A DEFENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT ESTABLISHED IN THE CHVRCH OF ENGLANDE FOR ECCLESIASTICALL MATTERS.

Contayning an aunswere vnto a Treatise called, The Learned Discourse of Eccl. Gouernment, otherwise intituled, A briefe and plaine declaration concerning the desires of all the faithfull Ministers that haue, and do seeke for the discipline and reformation of the Church of Englande.

Comprehending likewise an aunswere to the arguments in a Treatise named The iudgement of a most Reuerend and Learned man from beyond the Seas, &c.

Aunsvvering also to the argumentes of Caluine, Beza, and Da­naeus, with other our Reuerend learned Brethren, besides Caenaiis and Bo­dinus, both for the regiment of women, and in defence of her Maiestie, and of all other Christian Princes supreme Gouernment in Ecclesiasticall causes, Against The Tetrarchie that our Brethren would erect in euery particular congre­gation, of Doctors, Pastors, Gouernors and Deacons, with their seuerall and ioynt authoritie in Elections, Excommunications, Synodall Constitutions and other Ecclesiasticall matters.

Aunsvvered by Iohn Bridges Deane of Sarum.

Come and See. Ioh. 1.36.
Take it vp and Read. Aug. lib. conf. 8. ca. 12.

AT LONDON, Printed by Iohn VVindet, for Thomas Chard. 1587

The Preface to the Christian Reader.

WHereas in a Sermon preached at Paules Crosse about two yeares past, I had tou­ched (on occasion) some part of this Lear­ned Discourse, then lately set foorth; and for the peoples satisfaction, I had aunswe­red some principall argumentes of the same, in defence of her Maiesties supreme gouernment in Eccl. causes, and for our Bishops iurisdiction; as appeareth by the Sermon it selfe, which for the further ma­nifesting the occasion hereof, I haue set forth also, and recommend (deare Chri­stian Reader) to thy fauourable interpre­tation: which Sermon (according to the diuerse affections of the auditorie) tooke diuerse effectes; some beginning to relent and be resolued, which before had beene greatly carried away, in the contrary per­swasion of these matters, and promising reconcilement vnto their Bishops, whose state be­fore they had misliked; some (on the otherside) tooke such offence at that part of the Ser­mon which touched these thinges, that they ceased not to deface it, and to chalenge mee for it: I then promised, not only the anowing of that I had spoken; but also (God assisting me) the publishing both of the whole sermon, and the aunswering atlarge of all the Lear­ned Discourse.

For discharge of which promise, and because this booke pretendeth such a plausible title, and withall is reckoned of so great account; as I afterwarde could get oportunitie and lea­sure thereunto, proceeding by little and little in the same; and (by the way) taking withall some parts of the like argument, that other our Brethren haue since composed; and partly passing vp from them, to the very fountaines, (as I take it) from whence all our Brethren fetch their chiefest motiues, or the groundes of them, especially in these three reuerend [...] and learned Fathers, Caluine, Beza, & Danaeus: I haue now (thankes be to God) at length, after many delaies and stoppes thereof, thus farre forth accomplished & set out the same.

It is no small griefe to me (I protest) that on this occasion, I was thus drawen into these questions, with those, whom otherwise in Christe, I humbly acknowledge to be our deare Brethren. And much gladlier (the Lord knowes) would I be, to haue wholly obiected my selfe (as before to my mediocritie I haue endeuoured) against the publike aduersaries of Gods truth. And would God, all we which are of the houshold of faith, professing the light and libertie of the Gospell, would againe bende our forces that wayes, against the errours and tyrannie of Antichrist. In which course a while, we did runne well (but as the Apostle sayth to the Galathians) who hath let vs? Gal. 5. [...]. For so long as we ioyntly followed the quest of that vncouth beast, and of the purple Harlot on his backe; God mightely prospered vs in all our affayres. Yea it is wonderfull to consider, if we haue grace to acknowledge it, how God hath still hetherto, (aboue any Nation in the worlde, in this last age thereof) and yet doth not cease to blesse vs, his name of vs againe ineessantly, be blessed and magnified for it.

Howbeit, the shadowe is not more concomitant to the bodie, than enuie is aemulous of vertue and glory. As there is no state so happy on all partes in this life, but it shall euer be crossed with some or other daunger, or disturbance: so doth the enuious man (in these our Alcions dayes) labour nothing more, than to impugne and to ouerthrowe this our bless [...]d state, yea, to haue bereft vs of the Lordes annoynted, his holy handmayden, our most [Page] gratious Soueraigne, by whom (vnder our Lord Iesus Christ) God hath vouchsafed vs all these blessinges. In which practise, although the aduersaries attempts haue beene so peri­lous and vnnaturall, that the very remembrance of them breedeth horrour: yet the Lords continuall deliuerance from them, hath bin so admirable, and almost miraculous; that we can not but all reioyce together, & breake forth into the prayses of our so gratious father, our most mightie, righteous & m [...]rcifull God, and cast all our repose vpon his prouidence.

But as the holy Apostle S. Peter prudently forwarneth vs, be sober and watch, for your aduer­sarie the diuell as a roaring Lyon walketh about seeking whom he may deuour: 1. Pet. 5.8.9. so, see the malice and craft of this old serpent. That thing which he could neuer atcheiue by himselfe, withall the subtleties of his smooth temptations; nor by his grand deputie, the man of sin & sonne of perdition, withall his stratagems & violent forces: Sathā eftsoones hath now not only crept in among the childrē of God; but hath so broken a sunder the bondes of Gods peace; hath sowen the cockle of such contentions, & diuisions among vs that are brethren; wherby such discord hath also risen, euen among those that sowed before the good seed wheat; that no small hindrance hath growen therby to the course of the Gospell, & as great hazard to the state of all our Church & Realme; as could haue bin inflicted by the open hostilitie of the publike enemie. Yea, what could lay vs more open to his iniuries, thā to fall out thus amōg our selues into these garboyles? Or how freely can we nowe oppose our faces to confront our aduersaries; when euermore we must haue a skew eye, to the awke blowes of our own fellowes & Brethr. hard at our elbowes? Which double fight is so daungerous & so distrust­full; that it maketh many amongst vs to r [...]uolt or at least to hoouer: and is such an incou­ragemēt & aduantage to the enemies, to be more cōfirmed in their errors, & strengthned in their confederacies: that they insult vpon vs both; yea they blaspheme the very gospel it selfe which we professe; and all by occasion of these intempestiue, but too tempestious dis­agrements.

When Abraham saw the falling out between his and Lots heardmen; fearing the euill e­uent of such discorde, he sayth vnto Lot let there be (I pray thee) no strife betweene thee & me, neither yet betwixt thy heardmen and mine: and he addeth this reason, For we are bre­thren. Which reason did so mooue the prudent Ioseph, that after he had reuealed himselfe vnto his Brethren, returning thē to fetch his father; fearing least any expostulations might breede iarres among thē, he gaue them this especial charge; See that ye fall not out by the way. Thus did these auncient & holy Patriarkes esteeme of cōcord among brethren, & shunned (as a thing most vnnatural) all Brethrens discord. Which the godly & propheticall kinges, Dauid & Salomon well considering; Psal. 133. the father stirring vs vp to embrace this vertue; Beholde (sayth he) how good and comely a thing it is, for Brethren to dwell in one together? Liking it to the precious balme that was powred on the head of Aaron, and to the sweet dewe of heauen that falleth on the mountaines, to make them frutefull. The sonne (in detestation of the vice contrary) when he had set down the 6. things that the L. hateth; Hautie eies, a lying tong; handes that shed innocent bloud; an heart imagining wicked enterprises; feete that are swift in running to mischiefe; and a false witnesse that speaketh lies: Prou. 6.16. he concludeth (as with a greater vice than all these) in the seuenth and complete number, with this sinne, which he sayth, the soule of God abhorreth; And him that rayseth vp contentions among his Brethren.

And therefore when our sauiour Christ had fore-told his Disciples, all the persecutions that they should sustaine by their outward enemies: against all these, that they might haue brotherly loue among them selues; Peace (sayth hee) I leaue with you, my peace I giue vnto you. Ioh. 54.27. And againe; These thinges haue I spoken vnto you▪ that my ioy (which is the frute of peace) might remayne with you, Ioh. 15.11.12. and that my ioy might be full. This is my commaundement, that ye loue one another. Ioh. 16.33. And so, he knits vp his exhortation with this repetition; These things haue I spoken to you, that ye might haue peace in me. Which bond of peace and loue in Iesus Christ one towardes another, both the Apostle S. Paule, the Doctor of the Gentiles, and especially S. Iohn whom the Lord loued, and S. Peter that so loued the Lord, and S. Iames the iust, in their Epistles, so often and so earnestly call vpon, and so vehemently disswade vs from contentions.

Empedocles among t [...]e heathē Philosophers, beholding the sympathie and antipathie that is in naturall creatures, and being moued with the admiration therof, concluded, that [Page] all things were do [...] and vndone, by concord and discord. But, to haue this order of nature so inuerted, that those persons which are not only chained in this naturall Harmonie, but also in a mo [...]e heauenly concent, should dissent & be dissolued; is farre more wonderfull thā the composition of thinges contrary; and (that which is worse) is much more ieopardous. For (as the Apostle warned the Galathians, and by them vs; If ye bite and deuour one another, Gal. 4.15. take heede least ye be consumed one of an other. And since our S [...]uiour him selfe hath so seuerely denounced that dreadfull sentence, and it is a Maximie grounded on good reason, Math. 12.28. Euery kingdome diuided against it selfe shall be brought to naught, and euery Citie or house deuided against it selfe shall not stande: no merua [...]le (if these contentions should hold on & increase) though our Brethren and we be moued hereat, beholding this our most flourishing kingdome, with these diuisions to be thus rent in sunder, that almost no Citie or Towne in the same (I can not say, no house) but is either diuided, or at least disquieted by these factions.

Neuerthelesse, this among other is our chiefest comfort against all these and other like tentations; that hauing both of vs (for the ground of our religion) Gods euerlasting & in­fallible truth; for the which our common aduersaries do maligne and oppugne vs, but can neuer expugne and ouercome vs; for alwayes (as Zorobabell [...]ayde) The truth is greater and stronger than all: Howsoeuer therefore we be exercised with such plunges, 1. Esd. 3.35. I meane not of the open enemies (for the troubles that we receaue from them, doe more corroborate vs in Gods truth) but arising by the waywardnesse of our owne deare Brethren in the gospell: that yet we should not be too much dismayed, but stayed & recomforted. Sith that, albeit these last dayes (according to Christes and his Apostles prophecie) are more contentious: yet in serching the former ages, we shall finde that this selfe same tryall of our faith, is not now first laide vpon vs alone; but that heretofore the Church of God, and the most excel­lent Princes, Prelates, and people among them, haue often times bought this experience very derely, and with great molestations euen from their brethren.

No sooner had God deliuered his peculiar people, from the Aegyptians bondage and idolatrie, by the conduct of Moses and Aaron, and giuen them lawes and orders to be gouerned by; but those their guides were more molested, and the people more wasted them selues by their owne mutinies, than by the hande of any forraine enemies. And since the comming of our sauiour Christ, so soone as euer Constantine (worthily surnamed) the Great, had extinguished all the tyrantes persecutions, and procured publike peace vn­to the gospell: what a number of contentions straightwayes brake forth (besides the con­flictes with the pestiferous Heretikes) among the true professors of the right faith, euen for matters of discipline and orders, disquieting the vnitie and concord of the Church, and breeding no small griefe, and stoppall to that good Princes proceedinges, as we feele and lament the like in these our dayes.

There is great difference (I graunt) both in matter and manner of these contentions, and in the qualities of the persons that breed these vexations; euen as much as is, between him that would plucke my coa [...]e from off my backe, and so spoyle me; and him that would pull my skinne ouer mine eares, and so destroy me. The controuersies between the com­mon aduersaries and vs, are pro Aris & focis; for matters, & that capitall matters, of the sub­stance & life of our Christian religion; not trifles, as some newtrals would beare the peo­ple in hande. And therefore our aduersaries in matters of religion, are incensed against vs with mortall, or rather, with immortall hatred. Whereas the controuersies betwixt vs and our Brethren, are matters, or rather (as they call them) but manners, and formes of the Churches regiment: Howbeit, whether by sufferance, or by neglect of them, growen yet vnto so many heads, and so sharply prosecuted: not now contending so much for cappe & surplesse; nor for quarels at the vnlearneder sort of the poore ministers; nor inuectiues a­gainst the Bishops & their titles, or their superiour iurisdictions only: but withall, calling in question all their whole authoritie, & their very ministery of the worde and Sacramentes; and all our forme of publike prayers; yea, the prescription of any forme at all; the altera­tion of all the Clergie; the translation, and new limitation, of euerie Diocese, and par­ticular parish in the Realme; the erection of a new Tetrarchie, in eu [...]ry seuerall congrega­tion, of Doctors, Pastors, Gouernours, and Deacons; by which fower estates & offices, all [Page] matters should be directed, and all crimes eccl. or ciuill censured by their discipline. Yea, they mount vp to the highest toppe, euen of the Princes supreme gouernment. Since that therefore, these contentions haue aspired thus farre, to the imminent daunger of all our whole estate; though in an other sort than do our aduersaries in religion: it is more than high time, against these (though otherwise in Christe our well meaning, but misweening Brethren) to enter into the necessarie defence, of these, be they matters, or manners of such moment.

I am not ignorant that vnto many, this labour wil be thought superfluous, either of those that would haue these matters go forwarde without misliking; or of some also that allowe them not. Howbeit, because they haue eyther before beene sufficiently trauersed in, by o­ther alreadie, both pro & contra: or that now these controuersies (if they be not dead and buried long ago) yet the feruour of them is meetly well slaked; therefore according to Py­thagoras wise counsell, ignem opertum noli fodere, it were much better to let it alone, than to rake abroade the fire, that is couered in the cinders: these men thinke this to be the best aunswere, not at all to aunswere them, but to passe thē oue [...] in silence and contemne them. Whereby, eyther the parties contending (hauing wearied themselues in vaine) will the sooner giue ouer; or at least, other will thinke the matters not worthy, to be vouchsafed a­ny aunswere. And that to aunswere, yea to confute them, is but to prouoke further contro­uersies, of which wee are pestred with too many, and those not a little raysed, or enkinled, by often and intemperate disputing, aunswering, and replying one to an other.

And in very deede, with them that thinke thus, in some matters and manners of pro­ceeding, I my selfe am of their opinion. For this licentiousnesse of writing such reciprocall inuictiues, hath bred and breedeth much vnnecessarie trouble. Notwithstanding, as the Preacher (among all other thinges, that keepe the reuolution of their seasons) reckoneth vp this; there is a time to keepe silence, and a time to speake; when a matter groweth to importance, and is vrged too importunately, admitting it be a wrong and daungerous errour, and yet on all sides it winneth fauour; to let it so passe without all controlement; what were silence then, but grosse negligence, the very yeelding to the errour and danger, yea the wilfull betraying of the truth, and consenting to the ouerture of our state?

And euen so fareth it in this matter. The Papists, from whose grosse errors in doctrine we both dissent, and against whome, in the vnitie and substance of Gods truth we both a­gree (and for a while conioyntly we impugned their errors, idolatrie [...], and superstitions) at the first in defence of them, they began to write freshly and stoutly against vs, but when they saw, they were not able that way, to mainteine the badnesse of their cause, they left off writing, and followed (for the most part) this policie, to seeme to despise all further triall, by disputing and writing of the matter, and would seeke to vphold it onely or chief­ly, by countenance and authoritie: but finding againe the experience of this, that Volun­tas non potest cogi, the will of man must be perswaded, can not be compelled: and that nul­lum violentum est perpetuum, the thing that is only with violence coacted, can not possibly continue: and that in these controuersies, all men are most desirous to be satisfyed with some aunswere or other: they fall againe to writing, though hardly driuen thereto, vsing all the shifts they can, to bodge vp the insufficiencie of their cause. But in a good matter there neede no such practises.

True it is (as I sayd before) that the poynts to be discussed betwixt our Brethren and vs, be nothing of such waight as those are, wherein our Brethren and we do varie from the ad­uersaries, in the mayne and principall standerds of our faith, but are questions most what of discipline, and of the Churches gouernment. Neuerthelesse, since that heerein also, our Brethren haue not only made a breach from vs, but they haue bred such further contenti­on for them, as in which, a pacification is fo requisite, that without it, we see what broiles and daungers dayly growe, to the disturbing of our owne estate, to the aduantage of the publike aduersarie, to the hinderance and obloquie of the Gospell. It is necessarie there­fore, that (as God be praysed) we haue the truth in doctrine, and defend it well, not only by the authoritie of the Magistrate, but by the words owne authoritie, [...]enly in writing by the Ministers thereof, set foorth to all the world, against all the resisters of the same: so, [Page] hauing (as we trust) a good established forme, of the regiment & discipline of our Church of England; if any eyther of our professed aduersaries, or of our malecontented Bre­thren, shall withstand or write against it: we are all obliged (after the measure of each ones calling and habilitie) to maynteyne and defend it, and that not onely against the breakers of it, by the Magistrates execution of authoritie, but the Ministers no lesse in their vocati­on, when it is openly written against, are bound by their writing againe (if the goodnesse of the matter be able so to iustifie it selfe) to lay open all the whole state thereof, by dete­cting and confuting all the paralogismes and fallations of the gaynesayers, and by defen­ding it, euen with the firmenesse of the grounds, and the owne good nature of the cause: which manner of defence, being not destitute of lawfull authoritie, to see it obserued, not only represseth the resisters bodie, but satisfyeth, or conuinceth his minde, which is chief­ly in these contentions to be respected.

And although this also be true, that both our aduersaries in the controuersies of our religion, and our Brethren, in the questions of our regiment (for such matters as then were moued) haue beene by other of excellent learning, sufficiently aunswered alreadie: yet must we be still as ready to aunswere, in defence of both these causes, as either of them are ready to oppugne them, seeing that (God be thanked) we mainteine nothing in our doctrine, or in our regiment, whereof we can not render a sound reason, and sufficient proofe, from the verie foundation of Gods word, to mainteine it with a good conscience. Howbeit, sith that our Brethren cease not, but as they first began these controuersies, so they hold not yet themselues contented, but Plus vltra, they proceede further, and to fur­ther matters, and as they rise higher, so more eagerly they presse vpon them; not onely declaiming in the Pulpits, as they get any oportunitie thereunto, and exclaime if they be put to silence, but also put vp billes and supplication [...] at euery Parliament; compile and scatter abroade their printed treatises; insomuch, that in all degrees of men and women, noble, worshipful [...], [...]d of the vulgar sort, many begin to doubt of our established gouern­ment, and to suppose some great and inuincible validitie to be in their assertions, if too ma­nie be not alreadie carried away too farre in thi [...] opinion, that the regiment and discipline which our Brethren desire, is suppressed onely by meere authoritie, against the manifest prescription of Gods word, against the cleere examples of the Primitiue Church, against the manifold testimonies of the vnsuspected hystories and auncient Fathers, against the sound interpretations, and approued practise of all or the best reformed Churches, and against reason it selfe, as they pretend: how much behoueth it vs againe, in all brotherlie modestie, constantlie to stand vpon our gard in so iust a defence? For although many god­ly, learned, and wise, haue in searching found out the shallownesse heerein of all their grounds, yet is it requisite to lay them open to all other, that desire to be more thoroughly satisfyed, yea, euen to exenterate and rip vp the verie bowels of the whole cause, to exa­mine their chiefe and principall arguments, to go to the authors themselues from whence they fetch them, to set them downe at large, (least any might complaine they were mang­led or inuerted) and to do all this by the more diligent search and conference of the holie Scripture, by the better examining the state of the Primitiue Church, by the particular perusing the autentike hystories and testimonies of the auncient Fathers, by reuising the states, and writing of the reformed Churches, and by weighing the peyse and inference of their reasons; if happily by all, or by any of all these meanes, we shall see all, or any of the thing [...] that they crie so much vpon, to be truly and substantially prooued. Which thing, while heere I haue laboured to performe, though the volume haue growne bigge, and the search may seeme tedious vnto some, yet the desirous readers satisfaction may be part of his recompence, which I haue chiefely intended in this aunswere.

I know that some, too much dazeled by preoccupate affection, and wholy mancipated to their forestalled opinion, will be still picking byous quarrels, to replie vpon one thing or another. But to him that is desirous indeede to boult out the truth, to sound the mat­ters to their deapth, to leuell his ayme, not to euery incident, but to the head and state in question: such replyes (as bubles) will die as they rise, being of no regard, but seruing onely to feede and foade contentions, and foreseasoned humors: and such (I graunt) it is [Page] in vayne to aunswere, except they be too vrgent, or preuayle too much, or by silence and permission get too great credite.

But when as heere the persons with whome I deale, professe in the front and first title of their booke, that this is, A briefe and plaine declaration, concerning the desires (not of such, or such an one, or of some fewe or many of them, but) of all those faithfull Ministers that haue and doe seeke for the discipline and reformation, of the Church of Englande: and say againe, in their conclusion and last leafe of this Discourse, that if this forme of reformation (which they haue here set foorth) may not nowe be receaued; yet the present age may see and iudge, what is the vtter­most of our desire concerning reformation, which hitherto for lacke of such a publike testimoniall, hath beene subiect to infinite sclaunders, deuised by the aduersaries of Gods truth, and hindrance of godly proceedinges vnto reformation: And for remedie hereof, they haue nowe at length ioyned all their heads together; consulting and consenting vpon this plotforme of the Churches go­uernement; which for greater aestimation they recommende vnto vs, with this plausible title on the toppe of euerie leafe; A Learned Discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment: And that this is nowe set foorth to this ende, that the posteritie may knowe, that the truth in this time was not generally vnknowen, nor vntestified, concerning the regiment of the Church of God: thus coura­giously prouoking vs, to aunswere vnto this Learned Discourse, if we be able so to doe, or else to holde our peace for euer hereafter: who may not hereby see, that it is high time, either now, or neuer to speak for our selues, and for our Churches defence; or else (as conuicts) by silence to yeelde vnto them?

But now againe, while we thus contend by inueighing against, and aunswering one an­other; some good men (I knowe) there are, that wish vs both well, which are most of all afraide of this, that wee shall lay our shame and nakednesse open to all the worlde, and namely to the publike and deadly aduersaries of vs both; who by occasion of these inferi­our matters of circumstance, wherin we agree not; diffame the higher matters of substance wherein we agree. And I confesse with griefe, so we doe. But when this ariseth not by vs, nor by vs is growen so farre; and yet betweene our Brethren and vs, it is so farre growen, that the aduersarie alreadie, and all the world doth, or may see our dissent herein, although neither our Brethren, nor we had set it foorth in writing: yet when our Brethren by writing also diuulge it to the wide worlde, and still followe it with one treatise on the necke of an other: what booteth it any longer for that respect, to refraine from the publike defending of our cause? Yea, how doth it not nowe stande vs more vpon, to publish our so necessarie defence, that all men may better knowe and iudge it, hearing both partes? So that wee de­fende ours, and aunswere theirs, in such reuerende forte, as the Apostle putteth vs in minde; Let your modestie (or your patient mind) be made knowen to all men. And when the worlde shall see vs deale together thus: Phil. 4.5. they shall see, that although we must needs (as the sonne of Syrach bids vs) Striue for the truth vnto the death, Eccl.. 4.28. and defende iustice for thy life: yet still we are desirous (as the Apostle also willeth) If it be possible, so much as lieth in vs, to haue peace with all men. Rom. 12.18. And when the aduersarie shall see, how loath we are, and euen haled to enter into this conflict against our Brethren; and with what reuerence (for our partes) wee striue with them, or rather, stande onely at the bay of our defence, in the shielding of our Churches state and gouernance: And againe, when they shall see, howe that notwithstanding all these contentions for our regiment; we doe yet (as I hope hetherto we doe, and shall, the Lorde be praysed for it) continue in the vnion of all the ground-worke and building of our faith, doctrine, and religion; which the aduersaries among them selues (for all their crakes) doe not: they shall or may the easilier perceaue, (euen in the matter and manner of our contentions) both the synceritie of our cause, and the temperature of our dealing. Which may (by the grace of God) turne to their bettering; or at least, (to their shame) they shall or may full well discerne, how farre our verball contentions with our ouer zealous Brethr. differre from their verberall persecutions of them our ouer furious aduersaries; and are indeede no sufficient cause, to confirme or stay them in their errours. Albeit (I graunt) they do so, of the which I am the sorier, if it otherwise pleased God. And would to God, our Brethren with vs, wou'd better thinke hereon, that wee might both of vs being Bre­thren, once againe b [...]therly ioyne and combine our selues together [...] in the vnitie of [Page] [...]r doctrine, so in the vniformitie of our discipline, against the professed aduersaries of the Gospel and of vs both, either to their conuersion or confusion. And I doubt it nor, but that if our brethren shall yet now at length, enter with vs into a more aduised viewe, and circumspect examination of these matters: either they will remitte their further con­tention; or debate them with more deliberate moderation, to the better stopping of the [...]duersaries mouthes, and to our owne fuller resolution.

Which sequele (if it please God) to effect, I haue thus farre hazarded, (in this iust and necessarie defence) to expose my selfe to the hartburning & hard speaking (God knowes) of howe many a one, whome in the Lord (these opinions herein set aside) I loue and ho­nour in all duetie, and glad would I haue beene, that some other had employed their tra­uailes in this businesse, wherof many on our side (the Lord be praised for them) had beene able to haue discharged the same a great deale better. And I lingred the longer, expecting if any would preuent me: but when none did it, or did vouchsa [...]e it, and I was drawen in­to the action, on the foresaid prouocation; and was afterward of diuers requested, not to withdrawe my selfe from this occasion; considering withall, that I had before opposed my selfe against the publike aduersarie, in the like argument of the Christian Princes supreme go­uernement in Ecclesiasticall causes, which our brethren here also (though in another manner, but no lesse perillous) call againe in question: that nowe I should likewise beare my selfe on euen hand, yea, were it against mine owne deare brethren in Christ, and her maiesties loyal and louing subiectes, though greatly ouer reached in the heate & preposterous ear­nestnes of their pursuite herein.

How leuelly I haue borne my selfe, without gaule, or splene, in affection, or stile (my duitie to God, to his trueth, to his church, and to her maiestie reserued) hauing my qua­rell onely to the matters, not to the persons: I referre me to the equitie of the reader. My purpose (God he knoweth) is not wittingly, to giue iust offence to any of our brethren. Which if notwithstanding any shall take, for that I spare not to discouer the defectes of their arguments; for that I admonish them (albeit I trust, in spiritu lenitatis,) of their vn­tempered speaches, aswell against our and their most gratious Soueraigne, and all Chri­stian Princes soueraignetie, as against the authoritie and persons of our prelates, and of vs their fellowe ministers in the Gospell, and against our ministerie, and prescribed forme of prayer and sacraments; or for that I obserue more narrowly now and then, their absur­dities and cont [...]adictions to them selues, and their dangerous positions to our state; or for that I sende home againe vnto themselues, those foule-mouthed slaunders, wherewith vntruely they burden our church and vs; or for that I dissent from the iudgement or inter­pretation of those famous late writers, whome our brethren stand so much vppon; or for that I go to the pitche of the controuersies, and so largely prosecute the chiefest of them: If our brethren shall thinke these things too hardly followed, their owne importunitie be­ing the cause, and their full, at least their further satisfaction being my drift; I hope they will the easilier affoord me their excuse.

And I humbly beseech all our good meaning Brethr. that are otherwise persuaded herein than we are, to suspend their sentence but for the while, that they shall with indifferencie, and without partialitie, read and ponder these debatings to and fro, betwixt our brethren and vs, and then a gods name, giue their verdict, as God shal moue them, hauing the feare of God before their eyes, and a right zeale of his trueth and glorie in their hearts, with [...]n vnfeined loue and reuerence to his church. Which done, if I for my part haue herein [...]ffended any, I hartily crie them mercie, and shall be readie (by the grace of God) on all [...]ue warning and conuincing to the vttermost of my skill, and power, to retract or amend [...]: and so I trust and craue of all our brethren, that they will not disdaine to doe the like. Not regarding the person of the defender, but the proues of the defence, whereby (God [...]illing) we shall the sooner finde, and the better conclude, the cleere, true, and full deter­ [...]inations of all these questions.

And to the intent (gentle reader) thou shouldest the readilier finde out anie of the [...]ointes here in controuersie, I haue distributed all this answere to our brethrens learned [...]iscourse, into seueral books, prefixing their arguments to euery of them, besides the titles [Page] of the pages, and the marginall quotations, which in st [...]ede of an Index may serue [...] lead thee. And though directly it pertaine not to me, yet I craue the Printers and [...] owne pardon, for a great number of petit, and some grosse escapes in the impression, [...] haue fallen out the more, for the difficultie of my coppie vnto him, and by so often [...]ter­changing of the character, either in citing our brethrens wordes, or some other testimo­nie, or the text it selfe of scripture, as Pag. 146. lin. 34.35. Pag. 227. lin. 6.7. where the let­ter of the text is not distinguished. Besides the Hebrue wordes for the most part, & some Greeke, with wrong letters. And many wordes and sentences, which the composer nor corrector did well conceiue, and haue so passed, I being not alwayes present at reuising the prooues. But the learned and discreete reader may discerne them, of which escapes the chiefe and most are noted. The residue, I pray the reader vouchsafe to amend with his penne, sith I cannot do it with mine in all the copies. And so committing it to the good successe that God shall send it, and to the gentle construction of all our learned and other good brethren in the Lord, and of euery indifferent Christian reader, that is rightly desi­rous in the feare of God and loue of his trueth, for t [...] benefite of his Church, and stay of him selfe, to fadome the bottom of these controuersies, and wisheth the final pacification of them: Phil. 1.9, 10, 11. I conclude with the holy Apostles most godly prayer. Phil. 1. And this I praye, that your loue may abound more & more in knowledge & in all iudgement; that ye may discerne things that differ one from another; that ye may be pure & without offence, vntil the day of Christ, being fulfilled with all the fruites of righteousnes, which are by Iesus Christ, vnto the glorie & praise of God. So be it.

‘Blessed are the peace makers, for they shall be called the children of God.’ Math. 5.9.

AA


A DEFENCE OF THE GOVERNEMENT ESTABLI­SHED IN THE CHVRCH OF ENG­LAND FOR ECCLESIASTI­CALL MATTERS.
The Preface of the learned discourse vnto the Christian Reader.

THE holie Prophets hauing oftentimes, but searched, when and at what time, the foreseeing spirit of God declared vnto them, the manifold afflictions and troubles of the Church to come, The Pre­face. haue there­vpon entred into great lamentations for the same: and haue not on­ly wept and fasted themselues, but haue compiled for the Churche, 1. Pet. 1.9.10 Lamen. 1.2.3 4. whole bookes of Lamentations: therein instructing them what waye to take, for appeasing the wrath of God breaking out against them. Ioel. 2.

The Defence, &c.

IN this applying the great lamentations, weepings and fastings of the holy Pro­phets, Bridges. for the manifolde afflictions and troubles of the Church to come, either in their daies, or the time [...] succeeding, wherof they prophecie [...], [...] the sembla­ble manner of weeping, Our Brethe­rēs abusing of the spirit of God, and of the Pro­phe [...]s lam [...] ­tations. [...]asting & com­piling like bookes of Lamentations, by the fore-seeing Spirit of God, reuealing vn­to these our brethren [...]e li [...]e manifolde afflictions, now to in [...] vpon the church for the like offences: our brethren héere in [...] both too much abuse the fore-seeing spirit of God, and take too farre vpon them [...] be such Pro­phets, and offer too great an iniury to Gods Church, [...] time, (God be praised) héere in England, both in threatning vs [...] like cala­mities, and in burdening vs with the like causes: [...] [...]hey can shew in them selues, the like warrant of the fore-seeing [...], and shew also that we prouoke the [...]ierce wrath of God, in like off [...]nces. But what speake I of their abussingthus the applicationof t [...]se hol [...] Prophetes, [Page 2] when they dare also abuse the Apostle S. Peters words, and his applica­tion of those Prophetes, and of the for-seeing Spirite of God in them? Doth Peter applie it to any such manifolde afflictions and troubles of the Church to come, S. Peters Testimony wrested. to prouoke any to enter into great lamentations for the same, to weepe and faste, and to compile for the church, whole bookes of lamentations? and not rather in that place heere quoted, cite onely the Prophets fore-telling of our saluation, and of the comming of Christ: and although withall of his sufferings, yet of his glorye, &c. to confirme our faith in him? whose wordes are these, 1. Pet. 1.9 &c. Re­ceiuing the ende (or rewarde) of your faith, euen the saluation of your soules: of which saluation the Prophets haue inquired and searched, which prophecied of the grace that should come vnto you: searching when or what time the spirite which testified before of Christ which was in them, should declare the sufferings that should come vnto Christ, and the glory that should follow: vnto whome it was reuealed, that not vnto themselues, but vnto vs they shoulde minister the thinges that are nowe shewed vnto you by them, which haue preached vnto you the Gospell by the holye Ghoste, sente downe from heauen, the which thinges the Angels desire to beholde. What is héere in this application of S. Peter, that is not cleane contrary to that, wherto our brethren do applie it? This therefore is too foule a wresting of the Scripture, and that in the very [...] first entrie into the matter, to stumble vpon such an vntruth, or rather so to enforce it, to discourage the people, and to slaunder al the state of the Church thereby.

The acknowledgement of our sins, and Gods wrathe. I note not this, that we on the other side should instifle our selues, as though we were not sinners, or as though our sinnes were not manifold and grieuous sinnes: or as though we wouldflatter any in their sinnes, or lay pillowes vnder their armes, & lull them in the sleepe of security, with singing vnto them Peace, Peace: No, howsoeuer they burthen vs vntruly with that poynt, we do (by the grace of God) as much acknow­ledge our manifold wickednesse, The fault in our selues, not in our Lawes and Orders. and heauie prouocation of Gods wrath as doe our brethren; though in other respectes then they doe. For, that which they impute to the lawes & orders established in our Churche, we sée not any iust cause, so to diuerte the faulte from vs, but rather to acknowledge in repentaunce, the disorders to bee in our selues, in not submitting our selues (as we ought to doo) in the duetie of our obe­dience to the lawes and orders. For when we consider the sincerity of our faith, whi [...]h God hath giuen vs grace by his Gospel to professe; and beholde the [...]uelous light of his kingdome, into the which out of the power of darkn [...]sse, The True Causes of our ioye & mourning. and shadow of death, wherein we sat, he hath tran­slated vs: the vn [...]ekeable ioy and consolation of the spirit of God, that we receiue héereby, doth recomfort and confirme vs, against the feare of our sinnes, and terrour of the wrath of God. But when againe, we [Page 3] consider, how we walke not in this light that shineth to vs, but professe to be the children of light, and commit the works of darkenes: how our laws be good, and our liues be euill: this is a great touche vnto our conscience, which rebating our ioy, bringeth feare, least the kingdome should be taken from vs, and giuen to a nation that shall bring foorth better fruits thereof. When we see how these three capitall vices of the world, whereof S. Iohn complaineth. The lust of the flesh, the lust of the eies, & the pride of life. doth so mightily cary away the greatest parte: this we crie out vpon, 1 Iohn. 2. and bewaile. the euent whereof indeede wee feare, and giue warning of it, as much (we hope) to our powers, as any of our brethren do: at least, we con­fesse this is our duty, & offer to ioyne with our brethren, in the earnest re­prehension of these and al other vices, and in denouncing Gods righteous iudgements, on all those that continue vnrepentant in their sinnes: and we reioyce with them that reioice, and mourn with them that thus do mourn: wishing to god herein, that they also would ioine with vs. But their mour­ning is not for such grieuances, nor their thretnings for such vices. For we sée many that are great fauorites of their plotformes, both dwell & swel in these vices, and nothing by our brethrē said vnto them, yea, they are of thē (to all apparaunce) not a little esteemed, as of whom they are most main­tained and vpholden.

But our brethrens chiefest mourning, is a grudging & repining at their brethren preachers (as themselues are) & professors of the Gospel with thē, The causes of our bre­threns mourning. and the chiefest spirituall fathers in our Church, be they neuer so learned & godly: yet are they grieued at their superior dignitie, better maynte­nance, and greater authority. Yea, they maligne, and burden the lawes, orders, and gouernment it selfe, not the abuses onely. Yea, they spare not the authority that is giuen to the Prince, their most gratious Soueraigne but are offended therewith, that they cannot thereby, haue the entry which they séeke for, into those lawes, orders, authority, offices and discipline which they would bring in, and wherof they haue here prescribed a forme vnto vs. All their chiefest mourning and lamentation is for this, if indéed they weepe and mourne at all, and that euery teare be not (as they say) as big as a milstone. For (God be praised) they are merry inough and in good liking, saue that they put on a sower visour of mourning and terrour. But since their griefe, and al their threats of plagues and destructions, are not for our sins, or contempt of Gods word, but for that we followe not their misconceaued forme of reformation: we are the lesse to be moued with this tragicall beginning, that they tell vs héere of their mourning and lamen­ting, as those that made their faces looke sadde and pale, or for that they would take vpon them as Micheas, Ieremie, Ioel, & the auncient Prophets to prognosticate great calamities and destructions, to come vpon vs, for y t we admit not their formes of reformation. O, would God that we needed to mourn for no worse matter, & y t we néeded to feare nothing else but that. [Page 4] But let vs lament and abhorre in vnfeined repentaunce our manifold sins and amend our liues: and then recomforting our selues in the trueth of God, which we professe, and better estéeming and liuing after our lawes, and or [...]ers of gouernnment established: let vs put our whole affiaunc [...] in God, that for Christs sake he will extend such mercies vnto vs, that he will not laie greater, tentation on vs, then he will make a waye for vs to passe through the same: euē to that consolation of the comforter, in the mili­tant state of his Church in this present life: euē that ioy, that none shalb [...] able to take from vs, til we attaine to those ioyes that we hope for (though we cannot yet conceaue them) that in his Church triumphant he hath for euermore prepared for vs.

Which duetie in semblable manner should now long agon haue bin done of vs, did not the hope we conceaued in the middest of many tē ­pests, Preface. confirme vs in such expectation of her Maiestie, and her most ho­norable Counsel, as that according to their clemency towards the poore ministers and their families, but most especially according to their holy and zealous care, which ought to abound, for the cleane driuing out of the Cananites, and planting, hedging, pruning, and continuall preser­uing of the Lords vineyard from foxes, yea little foxes: this ciuill warre (as a man may say) of the Church, wherein so much of that bloud (wher­of S. Paule speaketh) is powred on the ground, should by their holy and iust authority, fully be ended.

See how quickly our brethren haue wiped away their teares. they say this duty in semblable manner should haue bene done of them now long ago, Bridges. did not the hope that they had otherwise conceaued, so tourne their mourning from this semblable manner: and whereunto? to a dissembla­ble shewe of that, which indéed they did not, but made vs afrayed of? For, if they meant good sadnesse: what was the reason that they did it not, but made onelie a coppy of their countenance to do it? Forsooth the hope that they had conceaued, and such expectation of her Maiestie, and her most honourable Councel &c. Her M [...] & his most ho. counsell wrongfully challenged. Sée againe, after they haue not spared to wrest Gods holy Scriptures, how vnduetifully our brethren héere also forgette themselues, euen almoste in the beginning of their Preface, or euer they come to their learned discourse on these matters: to burdē her Maiesty, & her most honourable counsell, for frustrating their hope, and deceiuing their expectation, and that they do not that which they ought to haue done & should by this time, haue fully ended. This is a sharp onset that is héere laid vnto their charges, for y e breach of their duty. No maruel, though they spare not the lawes nor y e Bishops, nor y e residue of their brethrē: whē they aduēture at the first dash, so hardly to challenge both the Queenes Ma. & al her most honorable Counsel, for not answering their hope & expectati­on ( as they say) that by this time, yea long agoe, they should and ought to haue done. Yea, and whereas they say that they conceaued this hope & [Page 5] expectation of them, in the middest of many tempests: how do they not also burden them (though with a little more biows) as though they had beene the causes, or at least the sufferers of them to be tossed in the midst, and that of many tempestes? But what tempests, and those many, haue they bene tossed with? God be praised, her Maiesties raigne hath bene the daies of the Alcions sitting in the neste, most frée from tempests, of all o­ther parts of Gods church: insomuch, that it hath euer bene a refuge and hauen, to harbour at anchor many other churches, Her Maiest. reigne not tempestu­ous. that haue indéede bene tossed in the midst of many tempests: al which are strangers borne to vs (saue in the new birth and commonwealth of the Israel of God) and hath denied succour to none: and are now our own natiue people, yea, the pore Ministers, and faithfull ministers too and their families also, denied this clemency; that they onely should be tossed in the midst of many tempests? It is said, there is a lake in Ireland, in the which if a man caste but a stone it causeth tempestes: and are these ministers of that nature? verely it is contrary to the nature of her Maiesty, Her Maie [...]. comfort to the ministe­ry. whose clemencie is knowne to all Churches, yea to all the world, and to her enemies: especially to al her lo­uing and obedient subiects, chiefly to godly Ministers, be they rich or poore. And also her most honorable Counsell are most ready to helpe and com­fort any such godly Ministers: and if any should offer any wrong, vnto a­ny the poorest of thē, would (vpon iust complaint) quickly help the matter. They should not néede to complain, that they also deceaued them of their hope and expectation, whiche were a great blot vnto their honours, if they should so do, or should willingly suffer any such wronges to be done. And if this be not done of them, nor by them suffered to bee done; what a greate fault and vnfaithfulnesse is this then, in these faithfull ministers, so vntruely to burden her Maiesty, and her moste honorable counsell, with so greate a crime? If therfore any of our brethren, or any poore Minister haue bene tossed, in many or any tempests, in these calme daies of her Maiesties peaceable, mercifull, prosperous, and most godly reign: it is most likely, that there is some matter in themselues, that either they are not so faithfull and godly, as they pretende, nor of so quiet disposition, or so obedient to her Maiesties lawes, and to their superiors as they ought to be; or else, there is in them some such other matter, as whereby they haue done, or do procure their owne trouble. And (till we enter furder in­to the examining of the cause) we may a while, rather suspect such matter in them-selues, then to beleue this their accusation of her Maiesty, & her most honorable Counsell, to haue bene the causes, or permitters of their tempestes, which they complaine they haue suffered: or that her Maiestie, and her most honorable Counsell haue not extended their clemency vn­to them, as they ought to haue done, in not satisfiyng the hope and expe­ctation of these Ministers.

But besides, that thus (no lesse vndutifully then vntruly) our brethren [Page 6] do burden her Maiesty and her most honorable Counsel: not so content, they charge them further, and in a higher matter, saying: But most espe­cially according to their holy and zealous care, Her Maiest. & her moste hon. coun­sels zeale & care, wrong­fully burde­ned of our brethrē for not driuing out of the Cananits, &c. which ought to aboūde for the cleane driuing out of the Cananits, &c. No [...]oubt her Maiesties & her most honorable counsels care, is both zealous and holy: & because it is so, it hath (we trust) to their habilities abounded, in performing that they ought to haue done héerein: and euen therfore, our brethren offer th [...] another iniury. Yea, if the driuing out of the Cananits, had bene indéede their hope and expectation, it had bene satisfied long a-go. What Cananits are there remayning, that should haue bene driuen out; that in such sort [...] as they ought to do, and might haue done, they haue not done it? and who are these Cananits? Do they meane the Papists? but they are more aptl [...] compared to the Idolatrous Israelits and Iewes, not to the Cananits, that were méere heathen. And although in some sense, they may be so cōpared, yet were not the Cananites so vtterlye to be driuen out; but that if any [...] would become in religion true Israelits, as Rahab and the Gibeonits, &c. they were permitted to abide, How farre christians are charged with that cō ­mandement notwithstanding the expresse commaunde­ment giuen them to the contrary. Whereas Christians, haue no such espe­ciall or generall charge, to driue cleane out all that haue beene Papistes, or superstitious, or Idolatrous, or Heritikes, or Insidels, if they were truely conuerted to the faith and religion of Iesus Christe, or else, how ha [...] Christ translated his Church from the Iewes to the Gentiles? And so (God be praised for it) hath he conuerted in these last daies infinite Papists to the Gospell. But if they meane those that remaine Papists: I doe not think [...] that they can shew, any such to be maintained in the Ministery. Although their wordes runne at large, of the cleane driuing out of all Cananits or Papistes out of the realme, of what state or condition soeuer they be: How much better is it (in my opinion) and more agréeable to the mercye of the Gospell, and to the clemency of her Maiesties most holy & zealous care, so to abound, Difference of the opē & couert obstiuare and weake papists. that her Maiesty hath assayed to haue woonn those Cananits to the Gospell, by letting them abide, & so driue out from them their Ca­nanitisme, rather than to driue out al the Cananits, except they obstinatly professe themselues to be Cananites, & to driue out such, at least out of al authority and publike Ministery, Ecclesiasticall or ciuill, or to restraine or punish them otherwise, as they deserue. although dissembling Cananits can neuer sufficiently be cleane driuen out, Her Ma. & her moste hon. coun­sels zeale & care in plan­ [...]ing, pru­ning and hedging of the L. vine­yarde. that shew such outward con­formity to the Gospell, that they deceaue her Maiesty, her most honora­ble Counsell, & al other, saue God only. Quis hominū scit quae sunt homini [...] nisi spiritus hominis qui in eo est. As for planting, hedging, pruning, & conti­nuall preseruing of the Lords vine-yard from foxes, yea little foxes: we trust also (as becommeth vs, and as we haue found by the benefite ther [...]f, good cause so to thinke) that her Maiesties, and her most honorable coū ­sels holy and zealous care, hath not a little abounded héerein. And this, [Page 7] (before we shall enter into this learned discourse,) is a good hearing, that they acknowledge her Maiestie ought to haue, with her most honorable counsell a holie and zealous care, to abounde in the planting, hedging, pruning, and continuall preseruing of the Lords vine-yarde, Our brethe­rens restrai­ning the au­thority of her Maiesty. from foxes yea little foxes. For when we shal come to this learned discourse we shal there sée, that our brethren so abridge & restraine this their authority héere in, that they their selues haue bene a great occasion (if there haue bene any defect) that the Lords vine-yard hath not bene planted, hedged, pruned, & continually preserued, with so full effect, as her Maiesties, and her most honorable Counsels holy care & zeale hath endeuored to bring to passe. For vnder pretence of these Cananits and foxes great or little, our bre­thren meane not indeede, so much to challenge the Papists, as our Bishops and Prelates, to be the great foxes, and other the poore ministers of gods word, the little foxes: and in generall, VVhom our brethren meane by Cananits & Foxes. al those to be Cananits ( bee they neuer so zealous protestantes) if they acknowledge the lawes and orders of our Church of England by her Maiesty established. And to shew this, they mention not the open warre with the common aduersary, which is the Papist: but (say they) this ciuil warre (as a man may say) of the church, wherein so much of that bloud (whereof S. Paule speaketh) is powred to the ground, should by their holy and iust authority fully be ended: The impedi­ments of end [...]ng this ci­uill warre. And so (say I) it might haue bene ended long ago, had it not bene more by the importunity of our brethren themselues, who, (as the old saying accordeth, the Foxe the first fynder,) haue both made & continually reniued this ciuil warre, more then either the Bishops, or any of vs, who haue bene and are conformable to the lawes nowe established, or any negligence in the be­halfe of her Maiestie, or of her most honorable Counsel, that thei should be thus wrongfully burdened, to haue bene the nourishers as it were of this ciuill warre, but haue still employed all their holy and iust authority to the full ending of it. And sith they giue it rightly this tearme of ciuill warre: ( which is a great deale more daungerous warre, than the forren warre with the open and common aduersarie) who hath raysed this so dā ­gerous ciuill warre? We, The raisers of this ciuill warre. that in all due obedience acknowledge y e lawes and orders established of the Churche of England? Or they that haue and doo impugne them? and who hath contended against her Maiesties, and her most honorable Counsels holy and iust authority? we or they? yea indéede, they haue not onely not yeelded to her Maiesties supreme au­thority herein: but they plainly deny the full ending and determining of this ciuil warre, consisting in these controuersies to appertaine vnto them, but onely to themselues, as (God willing) we shall see, when wee come (in this learned discourse) to the examining of the authority, that they giue to the ciuill Christian Magistrates in these matters.

Now, ( say they) when as wee at this time, The Pre­face. are subiect almost vnto all the afflictions, which can come vnto a church, blessed of God with such [Page 8] a Christian and happie regiment: Nehem. 4.2.3.4. Nehem. 4.7. Neh. 6.5.6. Neh. 10.11.12. as to the prophane scoffing of the H [...] ­monits at the building of the church, as at a wall which a foxe shoulde destroy: to the conspiracies of the Arabies and those of Asshod: to the false charges of sedition, contempt of all good lawes and proceedings, like to that of Sanballat: yea to the Prophets themselues, vndermining, nay reuiling, displacing, and greeuously afflicting the godly and learned Ministery, and so consequently plaguing the Churche with that plague whereby the Priestes may mourne, Ioel. 19. Amos. 8.11.12.13. because there is no offering, and the people perish, euen the young men with the famine of hearing the word of God preached: when (I say) we are subiect to all these, we can think of no waye for reconciling the brethren at variaunce, and after a moste sure and holy vnion of both their forces, for a couragious setting vpon the common aduersarye, then the certaine, peaceable, and reasonable way following.

Bridges Héere our brethren declare who they are, whome before they calle [...] Cananits and Foxes: not the common aduersary, but the brethren at va­riaunce. VVhom our brethren cal Cananits &, foxes. So that either they meane vs, or it must light on themselues: & if now they vouchsafe vs the name of brethren: howe vnbrotherlike haue they dealt with vs, to reuile vs by these vile tearmes, Cananits & foxes. As though we were beastly or heathen men, and not men and brethren as they are. How these termes re­dounde on themselues. But if we be their brethren, though at variance, and yet foxes and Cananites: what? and are they also of the same brood or brotherhood▪ But such is the eagernesse of their zeale, that in their heart, they regards not what foule tearmes they afforde vs, howsoeuer they rebound: and so, expose themselues and vs their brethren, to bee hissed and derided at, of the common aduersary to vs both, and not to be feared of him.

But they haue héere deuised a way which they call a certaine, peacea­ble, The peacea­ble and rea­sonable way that our brethren deuise of reconcile­ment. and reasonable way following, so to reconcile vs being brethren at variaunce, that after a most sure and holy vnion of both our forces, w [...] might giue a couragious onset vpon the common aduersary. This waye were woorth the hearing, and if it be such a way indeed, God forbid, but that we also (as becommeth brethren) forgiuing their so late reproches, should so much as lieth in vs, accept this offer.

But sée, how peaceably and reasonably they beginne the very menti­on of this way. First, they complaine againe, that at this time, they are subiect almoste vnto all the afflictions, which can come vnto a Church, blessed of God with such a Christian and happy regiment.

I confesse, it may be, that in a church of God, and in a Church also blessed of God, The regi­ment can­not be chri­stian and happie wheral the godly learned and faithfull ministers s [...]ffer affliction. Our brethrē graunt the church of Eng. regi­ment to be christian & happie. Our brethr [...] causers of their own [...] affliction [...]. and that with a happy and Christian regiment, som few particuler persons, vpon some accidents by occasion, may bee subiecte to some afflictions. But if those afflictions should be general to al that were the godlie, learned and faithfull ministers of the Church, and that also e­uen directly for the same Churches christian and happy regiment: howe [Page 9] could that church be truly said to be, a church blessed of God with a chri­stian and happye regiment. But since they graunte (and I hope they thinke as they speake, and dissemble not) that our Church of England is blessed of God with such a Christian and happy regiment, not meaning a meane degrée of the Christianity and happinesse thereof: it therefore fol­loweth and that of good consequency, if our brethren be at this time sub­iect to afflictions and that, all (as they pretend) for the Churches regimēt: that they are not so godly, learned, and faithfull ministers, as, woulde to God they were. Yea, they plainly bewray, in that they impugne the same regiment of the Church of God, which both God blesseth ( as they can­not héere deny, and confesse to bee such a christian and happie regiment) that vnchristianly, and also vnhappily they resiste the same, and are them­selues the causers of their own afflictions. And since they can graunt thus much: God graunt they would better aduise themselues, and yeelde vnto this so happie and Christian regiment of the Church so blessed of God, least they striue too farre against Gods blessings, and against their owne consciences and confession. Whereas, if they would yéeld, which haue be­gunne this vnhappie ciuill warre amongst vs: they might not only be par­takers of this blessing of God, & christian happy regiment: but it should yet be more happy and Christian-like, and both they and wee also, more blessed of God. For then indeed, we that are brethren at variance, should be so reconciled, that after a most sure and holye vnion of both our for­ces, we should couragiously set vpon the common aduersary, which now (we being at this variance) vniteth all his forces to set vpon vs.

But, what be the afflictions that our brethren complaine they are sub­iect vnto, yea, The afflicti­ons whereof our brethrē complaine. almost vnto al the afflictions that can come vnto a church blessed of God with such a Christian and happie regiment: As to the prophane scoffing of the Hammonits, as at a wall which a foxe should destroy: to the cōspiracies of the Arabies, & those of As [...]hod: to the false charges of sedition, contempt of all good lawes and proceedings, lyke to that of Sanballat: yea to the Prophets themselues, vndermining, nay reuiling, displacing, and grieuously afflicting the godly & learned mini­stery, and so consequently, plaguing the church, &c. Is this our brethe­rens certain, peaceable, and reasonable way to reconcile brethren at va­riaunce, and can they thinke of no waie else, then thus at the first dashe, to call their brethren scoffing Hammonits, conspiring Arabies, and those of Asshod: geuers of false charges like that of Sanballat: and to liken them to the false Prophets, and to the plaguers of the churche of God? This (me thinketh) is but a sory way, to reconcile brethren at variance. If, not rather, such a heap of so spightful reproches, as here they cast on vs, were the readiest way ( if we were neuer so much vnited) to separate vs, and to inflambe the ciuill warre betwene vs: especially being so vntrue, and so [...]aynous slaunders as these are. For, what worse can they say on the very [Page 10] Papists, which (they say) are both their and our common aduersaries? and what other were these Hammonits & Arabies for all their dissembling, &c. [...]. And i [...] we be such, how are we brethren? were these brethren to the Iewes? or would they reconcile thēselues vnto thē, as our brethren héer [...] say, they are now deuising a peaceable & reasonable waie, that we might vnite our forces? with what conscience can they do or go about this, if w [...] were such? & if we be not such, with what cōsciences can they burthen vs, with so false and gréeuous slaunders? Our Brethe­rens vnbro­therly sclaū ­ders or make they it no matter of consci­ence, so they may win credit and pitie, with the common people, they car [...] not by what shameful infamies so euer, so y t they make vs odious? This dealing is not brother-like, nor the way to reconcile brethrē at variance. God be mercifull to vs both, & lay not this vnto our bretherens charges.

Can they not procéed on the matter, if they haue ought against vs, with out such villainous reproches? if we should replye in such foule-mouthed language, what a hearing were this? indéed wee tell them plainely that they build not wel: Our brethe­r [...]ns and our building. but both hinder and ouerthrow their brethrens buil­ding: yea, they contrary and hinder their owne building. And most fain [...] would we haue them leaue this straunge manner of building: but not vt­terly to leaue all manner of building: but to ioyne with vs whome they confesse to be their brethren, & y t we build on the rocke also, and for al ma­teriall parts and substance of the building, they say, they agrée with vs. And we builded, and builded well, before they began, or were able to lay a stone, or temper morter to this building. Thus did not any of these Hammonits, Arabies, or those of Asshod, or Sanballat: who being no [...]rethren minded not y e the building should go foreward at al, but cleane to ouerthrow it, Our brethe­rens nearer imitation of those Ham­monits, &c. for al that they pretended building with them. And if we might liken any aliens from the common weale of Israel, to these our bre­thren in this dooing: Doe not they themselues play the like partes? For whereas wée (before they came in and troubled vs) were building of the Church, as well as we coulde, they mocke at our building, as at a wall, that a foxe could destroy. Yea, and I would wish our brethren take good héed, that they may not be iustly charged with some spice of sedition ( for they may rightly be challenged for contempt of good lawes and proce­dings) though we burden them not like to that ( accusation) of Sanballat. For he burdened the Iewes wrongfully, and as the Iewes were free (in building the temple) from those accusations, wherwith he fasly charged them, of sedition, and contempt of good lawes, because they had suffici­ent authority of the Prince so to do: in like manner haue we the Princes establishment, Who are ly­ker to vnder miners, for this our manner of building, which our brethren im­pugne. And therfore they ought to think better héereof: least they be iustly charged with that, wherwith the Iewes were falsly burdened Whether wee or our brethren imitate those false Prophetes, that discouraged the Prince Nehemias from proceeding in his former and lawfull building [Page 11] of the temple: we are sory that our brethren should rip it vp, they draw so neere that euill practise.

Vndermining we vse not, neither (God be praised) néede we vse it: we go simply and plainely to worke. Vndermining is more proper to them, that when the walles are builded, would cast them downe againe: as our brethren by all policies endeauour, to ouertourne all the regiment that we haue builded. As for theirs which they haue not builded, and are but yet laying the plotforme of it, we may well stop it, but properlie, we can­not be saide to vndermine it.

Reuiling is not our practise, RevYlinge. would God our brethren vsed it no more then we do: reconcilement might be made much the sooner. But (Leonem ex vnguibus) this very Preface doth foretell, what we shall expecte in the Learned discourse,

Some of them indéede haue bene displaced, but by their owne deme­rits and importunity, The displa­cinge of our Bretheren. and with griefe to those that haue bene driuen to displace them: neither can it be otherwise, except we shoulde yéelde vnto them in the matter, and authorise them against our selues.

Their grieuous afflicting we haue already aunswered. They are displaced with as much forbearance, lenity, and as much labouring to winne them, as may be. Other affliction ( except vpon great occasions ge­uen further by them selues) they suffer none. Neither do we deny some a­mong them (although not many) to be learned: Our Breth [...] rens Lear­ning & god­lines. yea (in some respects) some among them to be godly also. Yet neither their learning ( at leastwise, that they haue here shewed) is answerable to their vaūt of A learned discourse. But their godlines ( by their leaue) in this dealing may be much amēded. If our brethrē be so godly & learned a ministery: where learned they this point of godlinesse, not onely to wrest al these examples (contrarie to their consciences, and the apparant places) against vs their brethren: & to reuile vs as these enemies of the church of God: but to hale againste vs these testimonies also of the Prophets, The Priestes mou [...]ning. that we afflict and plague the Churche with that plague whereby the Priestes may mourne? What? and would they so faine bring vs in the compasse of such plaguers, that they will now [...]cknowledge themselues to bee included in the name of Priestes? whiche name (although néedlesly) they shun so much, as though it signified a sacri­ [...]cer. But indéede, if any make the Priests and ministers of the church to [...]ourne, these doings of our brethren are no small cause thereof: and if [...]hey impute the cause of the mourning, to the lacke of the peoples offe­ [...]ing: who go more about to decrease that little, which is employed to the [...]riests and Ministers maintenance, then our brethren do? Although (God [...]e praised for it) we haue not yet bene subiect to that dreadfull spiritual fa­ [...]ine, which the Prophet threatned, Amos, 8.11.12. & 13. The famine prophesied of: Amos. 8 11.12. & 13 Behold the daies [...]ome (saith the Lord God) that I will send a famine in the land, not a famine of [...]read, nor a thirst for water, but of hearing the word of the Lorde. And th [...]y shall [Page 12] wander from sea to sea, and from the North euen to the East, shall they runne to & fro, to seeke the word of the Lord, and sh [...]ll not find it. In that day s [...]all the farre virgines, and the young men perish for thirst. This was a feareful threate in­déede, How we are rather glut­ted then fa­m [...]shed with G [...]ds word. from the which GOD most gratiously hath preserued vs, and hath giuen vs such abundant measure of this spirituall foode of his holie word, that I am afraide, wee are rather glutted, and become so wanton and disdainefull, that if we cannot haue it de [...]iuered vnto vs, in such manner as our owne lustes desire it, and at these and those persons handes onely: (which is a signe of no great Famine) that we may rather feare, least for this vnthankefulnesse, and all our other abuses of this foode, it sha [...]l be ta­ken cleane from vs. And if we haue had any scarsitie in some places, by any persons default: Our brethe­rens conten­tions make the worde the searser. Let our brethren also take héede here-unto, that they haue not much more augmented the cause, by these vnnecessarie conten­tions, both driuing away others, and making manie to suspect the foode it selfe: and by with-drawing themselues (through their contempt of the Lawes established) from deliuering this foode vnto the people. But wee are rather contented, to repell these apparant sclanders from our selues, than to exasperate our Brethren, by laying the same before their owne fa­ces, to sée howe here they blemish themselues, in séeking thus to deface and discredite vs. But since they say they doe this, for the reconciling of vs being Brethren at variance, let vs construe it to the best. Better are the wounds of a friend, then the kisses of a flatterer. God graunt that those meanes which they haue here deuised, or any other, may prooue indéede such a certaine peaceable and reasonable way following, that wee may leaue this striuing with our selues, and vnite our forces, for a couragious setting vpon the common aduersarie.

Which is, that whereas both by bookes alreadie written, and by trea­tises lately and nowe published, Preface. it may appeare we seeke that which at the least in the iudgement of all true Christians, The way that our brethrē se [...]ke of re­concilement hath no small probabi­litie (as wee iudge, necessitie) of trueth out of the Scriptures: it may please her most excellent Maiestie and their honors to appoint on both sides, the best learned, most godly and moderate men to debate al dif­ferences of waight betweene them and vs. So that first vppon sufficient consideration, the Questions to be debated be without all ambiguiti [...] set downe, the reasons of both sides without all outgoings, shortly and plainely deliuered in writing ech to other, that after vpon sufficient ex­amination, the reasons of both be continually confirmed and resolued, till either by the euidence of trueth one partie yeelde vnto the other: or the follie and madnesse of those which gaine-say it, doe in equal iudge­ment become manifest, in regarde of the contradictions and absurdi­ties where-to they shall be driuen, by the force of Gods worde.

It may appeare ( we graunt) that our brethren haue both alreadie writ­ [...]en bookes, & now lately published treatises: but with what authoritie [Page 13] they could so doe, that is another question, The incon­uenience of publishing bookes without au­thority. if it be lawfull authoritie to do it, both against lawe and authoritie, we may shortly haue other, vpon like ensample, set out worse matters, yea, neuer so ill doctrine, or matters neuer so much against the state. For although they pretende their bookes and treatises to be neuer so good: yet ought they not to be published, but by good meanes also: least, if the good meanes be neglected, ill thinges in like manner may be published.

But by what ill meanes soeuer they set out their bookes and treatises: yet for the matter of them, it may ( say they) appeare, we seeke that, which at the least in the iudgement of all true Christians, hath no small proba­bilitie (as we iudge necessitie) of trueth out of the Scriptures.

Fancie might make a man bowlt branne, and thinke it is flower. And euen so doe our brethren imagine in this necessitie. But when we shall come to the examining of these bookes and treatises, The thinges that our brethren seeke for haue no necessity of truth out of the Scrip [...]ures. yea euen of this their learned discourse, compiled in the name of all the faithfull ministers, and of all their desires, and of all that ( they say) they seeke for: we shall finde necessitie of trueth out of the Scriptures, in no one thing of all their pos [...] ­tions in controuersie, except they vnderstande it so out of the Scriptures, that is to say, cleane without al scriptures, or any necessarie consequence of scriptures.

And although probability ought not to carrie away the matter, yet vp­on better suruey thereof, we shall finde not so much as any good probabili­ty, that is grounded on the Scriptures, but onely on the méere interpreta­tions and sayings of some the chiefest persons in estimation on their side: if at the least they agrée with them, and are not caried away by their owne fancies, as in the perusing of this learned discourse shall (God willing) appeare. In the meane season, sée héere how peremptorie our brethren are in their owne iudgement. That which they seeke for, is of no probability, but (as we iudge necessity) say they, & yet they confesse, that in the iudge­ment of all true Christians, it is but of probability, ( though saye they,) it hath no small probability. So that they graunt at the least héereby, that many, if not al, true Christians iudge, that, that which they seeke for hath no necessity of truth out of the Scriptures, but hold themselues contented onely with probability. For be it small or not small, it is but probability of truth out of the Scriptures, that they grounde themselues vpon: & yet think this hindereth not, but that they still be al true Christians. So that [...]hey count them no true Christians, No good p [...]obability of truth out of the scrip­tures. in whose iudgement the thinges that our brethren seeke for, haue not (at the least) great probability of trueth out of the Scriptures. But if they can allow them to be al true Christians, in whose iudgement these things stand but on the vncertainty of proba­bility: I trust we shal not léese our Christendome euer a whit the more [...]or this, but be true Christians, ( yea, their selues haue graunted vs euen in [...]his Preface, that we are their brethren, and that we agrée in the substāce [Page 14] of religion with them: and therfore of necessity if they be true Christians we be true Christians also) and yet we openly and constantly anow, that the most and greatest of the things that they seeke for, haue not at the least any probability of truth out of the Scriptures in our iudgements: yea, in my iudgement, not one of them al any good probability, but, we al con­fesse they haue no necessity. This therefore was too vnaduisedly and too peremptorily spoken, and vpon too great a confidence in their cause, as to hazard the truth of our Christianity, for not iudging these things to bee at least probable. But let the necessity or probability be tried, in the deba­ting and weighing of them: let vs now sée how they woulde haue them debated and weighed.

It may please ( say they) her most excellent Maiestie and their honors, to appoint on both sides the best learned, Preface. most godlie and moderate men to debate all differences of weight betweene them and vs.

This is a good beginning, that they will yéelde to her most excellent Maiestie and their honours, Bridges yet at the least thus much, if they woulde stande to this: How farre forth they yeeld auto­rity to her Maiesty. but when it shall come to the debating, wayghing, or de­termining: they giue her Maiestie and their honours no authoritie at al. Yea, they haue their selues alreadie debated, weighed, iudged, determi­ned, and prescribed these thinges, and that, for necessitie, in their iudge­ments, before they come to this conference, as shal also appeare by these their learned discourses: and is it likely they will yéelde, and reuoke this their principles, set foorth in print, and diuulged to all the worlde, by our reasoning afterwarde with them, howesoeuer by reasoning we should e­uict them? Had it not béene better, not to haue vaunted thus before hande on such necessitie and prescription?

But they say, The best learned, most godlie and moderate men on both sides should be appointed, to debate al differences of weight be­tweene them and vs.

For their partes they so glorie both of their learning and godlines, The lear­ning, godli­nesse & mo­deration of the debaters that they giue this booke two titles: in the one, for godlinesse and moderate­nesse: A declaration of the desires of the faithfull ministers: ( not pre­scribing, but moderatly desiring): in the other, for their learning: A lear­ned discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment. Thus haue they set foorth themselues for these vertues. But (thankes be to God) that they graunt yet some of our side, to be also both learned, godly and moderate men. What the learning is of many (God be praysed) on our side, let the lear­ned iudge. Moderation is more easily discerned: as the Apostle saieth, Phil. 4.5. Let your moderate (or patient) minde be knowen to all men. But since our brethren graunt they can be godlie to, and yet dissent from all these thinges that our brethren seeke for: it argueth, that they are not of such necessitie, but that men may be learned, moderate and godly to, though not onely they haue not these thinges that our Brethren seeke for, but that [Page 15] also they be of a contrarie opinion. And if this may be so among the lear­ned: I sée not why it may not be so likewise among the vnlearned, and so among vs all in generall. Our learning, our modestie, our godlinesse, is no whit preiudiced, by the want or refusall of these things that our bre­thren seeke for. And if it be no preiudice to these thrée vertues: no more is it preiudice to any other, and so, these thinges that our brethren seeke for may be altogether as well spared as receiued, nor haue anie necessitie at all in them.

But nowe, since they on their side (which likewise we denie not in thē, If the deba­ters shoulde be moderat men, then should our brethren vse more moderation in their tear­mes & not be so per­emptory in their dea­ling. but so farre foorth congratulate the same vnto them) shall haue both lear­ned, godly and moderate men also: yet would wee gladly vnderstande this, whether this shalbe counted a péece of their moderation, to vse such broade language as hath passed alreadie, euen in the giuing this aduice? nay would God it might cease here. but all this learned discourse is pe­stered with such, and with more immoderate spéeches, against the poore ministers, against all the Bishops, and against all vs their brethren: yea, against the Prince, and all the whole state of the Church. Me thinketh if we should haue moderate men on their side also, that wee might make good exception against all these, that call themselues here, all the faithfull ministers, as not moderate men. But vpon hope of their better modera­tion, on this moderate admonition, our request vnto them is: that at least­wise for the time of this debating, they would lay aside al this so peremp­torie vrging of necessitie, with all these and such other vndecent termes, and violent demeanour in this conference.

Well nowe, when her Maiestie and their honours, shall haue agréed vpon the men, how shall they procéede in handling the matter?

So that, first ( say they) vpon sufficient consideration, the questions to be debated, be without all ambiguitie set downe.

This first point (so farre as it stretcheth) is right good reason, and we holde well with it, that the questions, to be debated, should be set downe vpon sufficient consideration had of them: and then, The deba­ting of the questions & the allow­ing of them beeing sufficiently considered to be matters requisite to be debated vppon, to be set downe without all ambiguitie. But here-vpon ariseth another question, and (me thinketh) no lesse to be also sufficiently considered, who shall haue this sufficient consideration of the questions that are to be set downe, whether they be fit questions, or no? And who shall cut off all ambigui­ties, that the questions may be cleare and plaine? What, shall anie of the parties themselues? or both the parties that must debate and dispute vp­pon them? Or shall her Maiestie and their honours that appointed the parties, appoint the Questions? Or some other learned, godlie and mo­derate men ( but also appointed by them) to be the moderators of the dis­putation betwéene them?

If now such moderators shall-be agréed vpon also, to allow of the que­stions [Page 16] that shall-be set downe: how shall they begin to procéed in rea­soning?

The reasons ( say they) of both sides without all out-goeings shortlie and plainelie deliuered in writing each to other. The manner of the deba­ting.

What? And shall they doo it then all by writing? Indéed that is a sure way: for by that meanes, there shall be lesse escapes of the partie reaso­ning, and lesse euasions from his aduersarie, and lesse moouing the af­fections of the hearers, with the action of the person, when the reasons are deliuered in writing. And the other partie so receauing the argu­ments, shall againe with more aduisement, and lesse perturbing, peruse and weygh the force of the reasons, and more shortlie and plainelie with­out all out-goings, graunt, denie, or distinguish the same. And they againe receiuing this answer in writing, which the partie auoweth to stand vn­to, may better perceiue what they haue to confirme or to impugne, and still on both sides (with the lesse explication of their senses by mouth) goe more roundlie and resolutelie to the argument it selfe, setting aside all circumstances: till at length the one side be driuen to a demurre or issue, that all that argument must relie vpon, and looke for the finall sentence and determination of the matter. But what shall we héere doo? Who shall now determine that issue betwéene them? Shall the foresaid mode­rators, or anie other iudges? For their spéeches séeme to allow none: But that the disputers among themselues, it all determine all the matter, or without anie determinations, take it for a cleare case, as though it were determined. Who shalbe the determi­ner. For, saie they, That after, vpon sufficient examination, the reasons of both be continuallie confirmed and resolued, till either by the euidence of truth, one part yeeld vnto the other: or the follie and madnesse of those which gainesai it, doo in equall iudgement become manifest, in regarde of the contradictions and absurdities, whereto they shall be driuen by the force of Gods worde.

And might we conceiue anie assured hope, that if our bretheren were by this meanes conuicted, that then they would yeelde? Or if they or we, had anie such madnesse or follie not to yeelde, but still to gaine-saie the euidence of truth, and incurre contradictions and absurdities, where­vnto they or we should be driuen by force of Gods word: should none betwéene them and vs, haue this equall iudgement, to make this become manifest? This therefore, were to leaue the matter still vndetermined, except there were also some appointed, to be in equall iudgement, be­twéene the parties, the determiners of the matter. As for our parts, we neuer refused, or (by Gods grace) shall refuse anye waie, that her Maiestie and their honors shall thinke méete, whereby our brethren might be sa­tisfied. But we shall sée in this learned discourse, how their selues (except they also be the onelie determiners of the questions betwéene vs, reach­ing euen to the highest pointe of the Princes authoritie) vtterlie reiect [Page 17] both this, and all other waies, for the finall determination of them. But now, supposing all will fall out well on their side, they procéed saying.

Which waie, though it should come naked vnto vs, cannot well be re­fused, but being richlie attired with all robes and ornaments, Preface. which the scripture giueth vnto the synodicall assemblies, for such conferences: as namelie, that there be much searching of the truth by sufficient reaso­ning without all by matters, quarrels, euasions, and coulours whatso­euer: that there be much order, Act. 15.7. when the spirit of euerie prophet shall be subiect vnto the spirits of other prophets, and the iudgement of all shall be sufficientlie heard, 1. Cor. 14.13 32. without stopping of free and sufficient aun­swer, without lordlie carrying awaie of the matter, with no substance of reason; where no authoritie, pregnancie of wit, plausible persuasion of mans wisedome, shall turne the truth aside, 1. [...]or. 2.4. but all shall stand in the eui­dent demonstration of Gods spirit.

The waye which they haue before set downe, Bridges. although it be not able nor likelie, without some moderators and determiners, ap­pointed by hir Maiestie and their honours, to effect a perfect reconci­liation and sure vnion: yet the matters in controuersie, being so in writing on bothe sides debated, cannot well be saide to come na­ked, in respect of the robes and ornaments of the scripture: The naked triall of the matter. sithe the grounds of all their prooues, should be taken either out of the expresse te­stimonies of the scripture; or out of necessarie consequence of the scrip­ture. Except perhaps they meane, by being richlie attyred with all robes and ornaments, which the scripture giueth vnto the synodicall assem­blies for such conferences, their owne interpretations, and rhetoricall exornations of the scripture. But, let the scriptures ( as they say) be sear­ched out for the true vnderstanding of them, with as much reasoning as shall be thought necessarie and sufficient, without all by matters, quar­rels, euasions, and coulours whatsoeuer, and so, a Gods name, naked or adorned; let the matter be further tried when it shall.

But what meane they héere, that they adde yet further: Our bre­thrēs desire to conferre by waye of prophe­sying. That there be much order, when the spirit of euerie prophet shall-be subiect vnto the spirits of the other prophets? Would they reduce this synodicall confe­rence to the order of prophesying, which they began of late, in the imita­tion of that order, which S. Paule mentioneth, 1. Cor. 14? For that was not a strict and logicall reasoning, nor a deliuerie of their assertions and aunswers by writing: but a discoursing at large by mouth: nor so pro­perlie anie disputing, one against another, as an interpreting, one after an other, or exhorting, instructing, and comforting one another, as the spi­rit ( which at that time wrought miraculouslie in them) gaue them vtte­rance: is this then that conference which our brethren desire? Bicause they saye, they would not be stopped of free and sufficient answer. This is nothing agréeable to the waye, whereof they saide before, they could [Page 18] thinke of no waie but that, which should be, When the reasons on both sides, without all out-goings, are shortlie and plainelie deliuered in wri­ting each to other. And héere contrariwise, they would haue the Iudge­ment of all sufficientlie heard, and the spirit of euerie Prophet, to be subiect to the spirits of the other prophets, and that all shall stand in the euident demonstration of Gods spirit. So that vnder pretence of the demonstration or reuelation of Gods spirit ( as though yet those mira­culous reuelations and demonstrations of the spirit of God were still, and in these matters, to be expected, and not the manifest euiction of Gods word) if once they said that we on our side had not the spirit of God, but onelie they: either we must yeeld to them, or else nothing shall-be deter­mined betwéene vs. But if the matter shall come to the iudgement of the other prophets ( supposing all to be prophets in the synod or companie, appointed for the conference:) our brethren might perhaps be deceaued of their hoped successe, without anye lordlie carriyng awaie of the mat­ter. Neither is it méete (we graunt) that the matter should be stopped, without such free and sufficient answer, as is requisit for such a disputati­on: Lordlie car­riyng awaye the matter. or with lordlie carrying awaie of the matter with no substance of reason: or by authoritie, or pregnancie of wit, or plausible persuasion of mans wisdome to turne the truth aside. These spéeches are but byowse slaunders, glaunsing at the Bishops, and at the synodall assemblies in the conuocation house, as though they out-countenanced the matter with such shifts: which is neither charitablie nor truelie spoken by our brethren. But, who come néerest to these practises, we shall sée afterward (God willing) when wee come to the treatise of Synods in this learned discourse.

Preface.Lastly ( say they) that there be peace without all bitternesse, reuilings, suspitions, charging of men dead and aliue: whereby affections are mo­ued, 1. Cor. 14.33 iudgement blinded, and men driuen as with a mightie streame from the loue of the trueth. When it commeth thus adorned, we thinke, that which we labour to procure, Act. 14.16. to be so honorable not onely before God, but also before men, that none can iudge otherwise of it than we doe.

Bridges Turpe est doctori cûm culpa redarguit ipsum. Would God our brethren their selues would leaue off these practises, which here they would haue to be lest off. Bitternes to be left off. What is more bitter, or bitternesse it selfe, then are the spée­ches, which euen in their entrie into this meanes of reconciliation, they haue here vsed? And all this learned discourse is still besprinckled with this bitternesse, with reuilinges, with suspitions, and with charginges of men both dead and aliue. For not onely our Bishops, and we that (God be praysed) are aliue, Charging of men dead and aliue. be charged by our brethren: but the charge burde­neth no lesse all those Bishops and ministers, that first concluded vppon [Page 19] the Eccles. Lawes nowe in force. Yea, it includeth the Princes of so godly memorie, that with their cleargie, and the whole state of the Church and Realme, established the same.

But perhaps our brethren here do meane, that we vse to defend these Lawes with this argument, Mouing af­fections. that such and such most excellent men allow­ed of them: and of all thinges they loue not to heare of this argument: whereby ( they say) affections are moued, iudgement blinded, and men driuen as with a mightie streame from the loue of the truth.

Indéede in a false matter it may so doe, and hath doone much among the papistes: and by our brethrens leaue, they also are carried too much away with charginges of men dead and aliue, and with too much foresta­bled opinions of such and such men, as to say, Caluine being dead, The alleag­ing of the late and an­cient writers Beza or Daneus being aliue, were of this or that opinion in these thinges. And therefore, I haue also labored some what the more, to lay before the rea­der (amonge all other) especially their opinions: that the reader may better weigh their proues, and sée howe far they agrée or disagrée about thinges. And the like we all doe with Swinglius, Peter Martyr, Bullinger, Musculus, &c. With Cranmer, Ridley, Latimer, Hooper, Iuell, &c. being dead: besides Gualter, Zanchius, & others being aliue. Not to vse the opi­nions or sentences of these most famous men, to carie away the affections and blinde the iudgementes of men, to be driuen as with a mightie streame from the loue of the trueth: God forbid. Amicus Plato, amicus Socrates: magis amica veritas. But to confirme men better in the truth, as we also alleage the holie auncient fathers, Ireneus, Tertullian, Cyprian, Clemens, Alexandrinus, Origene, Eusebius, Epiphanius, Basill, Theo­doret, Chrysostome, Ierome, Ambrose, Augustine, &c. As witnesses on­ly to the trueth in doubtfull matters, and to heare their iudgementes and consentes in these questions, what was the vse or opinion of them in their dayes. And this doe our Brethren themselues, and giue vs occasion to search these fathers better. And this was vsed to be done, not onely in the seuerall treatises of the Fathers, according to the councell of Vincentius Lyrinensis, and as Theodoret vseth in his dialogues, &c. but also in all the best and most famous Synodicall assemblies, and disputations, holden in the auncient councels, to cite the testimonies of the godly fathers deceased, and of the most famous fathers consentes that were then liuing, for their interpretations and iudgements of their controuersies. Neither ought our Brethren to shunne this manner of charging them with men dead or a­liue. For it is a good (not adorning only of the trueth) but finding out of the trueth, lightning of the iudgement, and mouing mens affections, driuing them as with a mightie streame to the loue of the truth: and when the trueth commeth indéede thus adorned, wee thinke that which wee also labour to confirme and defende, as they labour to procure the [Page 20] contrarie, that none ( we doe not say) can iudge, otherwise then we doe▪ but that, they which doe iudge otherwise then we doe in these matters, may haue sufficient cause to iudge as we do, and to thinke them to be ho­norable, not onely before men, but before God also. Nowe, when our Brethren haue set downe al their deuise, how they would haue these con­trouersies to be debated: then they enter into the aunswere of the obie­ctions, which they suppose will be obiected against them, and say:

For if any shall obiect that the graue authoritie of Archbishops and Byshops shall receaue a checke, Preface. whilest they are brought to deale with those whom they iudge fewe, young, vnlearned, and not comparable to themselues: or that it is a chalenge not much vnlike the papistes: or lastly, that it shall bee preiudiciall to the estate of gouernement esta­blished:

Bridges In good time our Brethren remember among other these thrée obiecti­ons. Neither are they of small moment, being rightly set downe ( as in­déede they may be more pithily obiected) and require euerie one of them a sounde and sufficient aunswere. Our brethe­rens presup­posal of our obiections. It is no small matter, if any shall ob­iect but this first and lightest obiection of these thrée: that the graue Au­thoritie of Archb. and Bishops, shall receaue a checke, whilest they are brought to deale with those, The 1. obie­ction of cō ­parison be­tweene the Archb. B. & our brethe­ren. whom they iudge fewe, young, vnlearned, and not comparable to themselues. Albeit I thinke, that neyther our Archbyshops nor Bishops doe Iudge of these our brethren, that they be so fewe ( as it were better they were) but rather too many; at the least, farre moe in number than our Archbishops, or all our Bishops are: ney­ther do they iudge them to be so young ( although manie of them indéede be very young, Comparisō of age and youth. both in yeares, in iudgement, and in experience of these matters,) but that the auncienter sort of them, might for their age and time haue had leysure ynough, to haue sought out the state and grounde of these questions long a-goe; saue that they are too much fore grounded in their owne opinions. But in these matters, their youth or age is not cal­led into question. Neither doe our Archbishops or Bishops estéeme our brethren, at least, many of them, for vnlearned: but rather wish that they would not thinke and vaunt too much of their learning, Cōparison of learning. and if they would followe the Apostles counsell, sapere ad sobrietatem: it would bet­ter become them. That (when all is done) is the best learning, which fin­deth out, and submitteth it vnto the trueth. Neither doe the Archbishops and Bishops ( as I suppose) iudge, that our brethren are not comparable to themselues. Although our brethren may remember, there be thrée de­grées of comparison, Cōparison of authority and it might well ynough beséeme our brethren, so to compare with the Archb. and Bishops, that they would not forget their owne callings, nor the dignities of the Archb. and Bishops, which they call here their graue authoritie: Howbeit, they giue that tenne, but in [Page 21] a light mockage to thē, whē as indéed they acknowledge the Archb. or B. not to haue anie authoritie at all, but labour by all meanes, besides their scoffe, to be in all respects, (specially of authoritie) so comparable to thē: that they would not onely giue them a checke, as their equalles: but as their superiors, euen checke mate, vtterly to foyle and ouerthrow them. Which if they can do, by all their learning, and in such maner as is requi­site for the matter: let thē not spare it, a Gods blessing. And if our Archb. and Bishops, or any other of our partie, that otherwise are as readie as a­ny of our brethren, to giue account of their hope and faith to anie order­ly asking the same, shal-be by her most excellent Maiestie, and by her most honorable Counsell, brought to deale with anie of all these our brethren: I dare aduenture, that they will not disdayne by any lawefull and godly meanes, that can be deuised, to deale with them: if our brethren for their part would oblige themselues to stand there-to.

As for the second obiection, it is of greater moment: The 2. ob­iection of our bre­therens cha­lenge, to be not vn­like the pa­pists cha­lenge. that this our bre­therens chalenge, is not much vnlike to the chalenge of the Papistes. And can our brethren also foresée this, that anie may obiect this vnto them, that they make like chalenge to our Bishops, as doo the Papists? And are they neither afraid, nor ashamed of it, to drawe so neare the cha­lenge of the common aduersarie, against their brethren and fathers in Gods church?

And yet the third obiection is the greatest: The 3. ob­iection of preiudice to the estate of gouernement esta­blished. that it shall-be preiudi­ciall to the estate of gouern­ment esta­blished: which if it be: sée what a hazard they put, not so much the Archbishops and Bishops, and manie other persons vnto, besides the lawes and orders ecclesiasticall: as the whole estate of the Church and realme of England, and of all the gouer­nors, as well as of the gouernement, and so withall, of all the ciuill and politike lawes established, yea, of her Maiesties owne estate, gouernment, and sacred person, to be indangered. Which obiection how they can suf­ficientlie answer vnto: is an answer indéed worth the hearing. For, if now they can-not sufficientlie answer these obiections, which here their selues before-hand presuppose, will be, or may be obiected against them: it had béene better for them to haue suppressed these obiections. Which will be a sore blanke to all their learned discourse following, in the iudgement of the prudent and godlie reader. Let vs now therefore sée their answer, to the obiections. And first in generall to them all thrée they say:

It may please their wisdomes, who are to be iudges, to consider what we haue to answer vnto these things: which, if they haue the truth of Gods word, conteine the safest and best way in such cases, & tend to the full quieting of all, and the remoouing of the plagues which are vpon vs, and are likelie dailie further to come, euen from the common ad­uersarie: we may boldlie, yet most humblie vpon our knees, require [Page 22] them before God and all his elect Angels, not to cast it awaie.

Bridges What a strange and sleeuelesse answer haue we heere, to so direct and important obiections? Our bre­threns an­swer to these three obiections. I referre it to the iudgement, of whosoeuer shall be Iudges of this their answer: And I beléeue it will pose their wisedoms, to iudge, and misse n [...]t, what the meaning is of this our brethrens answer. For first, whome doe they meane héere in these wordes: It maye please their wisedomes, who are to be Iudges, to consider what we haue to answer vnto these things? The ambi­guitie of this answer. Doe they meane the Readers of these their writings? Or doo they meane, some to be appointed to be iudges of th [...] controuersies, in the foresaid conference and debating? But, when they set downe all the order of that conference, they so little mentioned any [...] iudges: that they would haue the matter so examined onelie on both sides, till by the euidence of truthe, the one part yeeld vnto the other: or the follie and madnesse of those which gaine-saie it, do in equall iudge­ment become manifest. Héere is mention indéed of equall iudgement, but it appeareth, that they would haue the parties onelie, not anye iudge or vmpiere betwéne the parties, to determine the matter: which is the thing that we thinke verie necessarie. But they thinke the matter would be so cleare, that it should néed no such iudges, nor in y conference they ar [...] answerers or defendants, but chalengers, as here they confesse: [...] yet her [...] they speake of those, that are to be iudges of their answer vnto these things, which I vnderstand, for their answer vnto these three obiections. And so I like wise make the same request with them, That it may please their wisedomes, who are to be iudges ( that is to saye, as I vnderstand them, the readers of their answer) to consider indéed and to weigh well, what they haue to answer vnto these things, at least-wise, what they d [...] answer vnto them. For if they haue to answer anye thing else: whie di [...] they not héere set it downe? Except they reserue somewhat for a further answer, which the readers wisedome, cannot, nor is not to consider, vntill they shew it. In the meane season, the readers or iudges wisedomes who­soeuer, and their owne wisedomes too, that made this answer, shall [...]nd [...] them-selues worke inough, to consider of this their answer, héere ma [...] vnto these things: which if they haue the truth of Gods word, con­teine the safest and best waie in such cases, &c.

Sée, how they make these things to hang together: they desire the iudges wisedome to consider, what they haue to answere vnto these things. What are these things, that the readers or iudges should consi­der? Are they not héere desired to consider of their answer to these their obiections, which, them-selues say, may be obiected against them? Now when they say, on these things, that is, these three obiections, which if they haue the truth of Gods word, &c. Then say I, let their wisedomes consider who are to be iudges, what our brethren can answer, that shall [Page 23] be able to confute euen these things, that is, these three obiection. Ex­cept our brethren will take vpon them to confute the truthe of Gods word. Sed magna est veritas & praeualet. But if they shall not meane by this their answer vnto these things, their answer vnto these three obiections: how shall the iudges wisedomes be able to knowe, what they should con­sider? if our brethren meane by these things, the waie of reconciliation that they set downe before: how saye they héere, these things conteine the safest and best waie in such cases: if they vnderstand by these things which they speake of héere, the waye it selfe that before they spake of [...] And if they meane those things that they set downe in that waie: what meane they héere in saying, they will answer vnto these things: when them-selues set those things downe, as meanes and rules to be obserued in the conference, and not as questions, or as obiections mooued either of vs, or yet of themselues, or of any other, to be by them answered at all vnto?

But the safest and best waie ( me thinketh) in such cases, as these vn­certeine spéeches are, which tend ( neither we, nor (I thinke) themselues that wrote them, can well tell, whervnto) is to let them alone without a­ [...]ye answer, nor to comber anie readers or iudges wisdomes in further considering of them, except their selues shall-be able, and will vouchsafe, to tell what they ment by these things, and by these words, that they vt­ter as it were in riddles, so confusedlie, that Magis opus est Oedipo, quam iu­dice, to decide them. As for that they adde, that they t [...]nd to the full qui­eting of all: The quie­ting of all. where-vnto soeuer these things, and these words also of our brethren t [...]nd: the full quieting of all is a good thing, so it be a quieting in goodnesse, and doone by good order. Would God our brethen, that ha [...] begun these troublesome contentions, would yet nowe at length submit themselues, to a full quieting of all. But they tell vs of one thing, and go about in this discourse the cleane contrarie. Yea, to make all the whol [...] estate more out of quiet then we be. The setting out of such discourses a [...] this is, tendeth so little to any full quiet of all, that it is the verie rea­diest waie to disturbe all with a soule disquieting.

And the remoouing ( saye they) of the plagues which are vpon vs, The remoo­uing of the plagues. and are like dailie further to come, euen from the common aduersarie. We haue no greater plague vpon vs, then these ciuill wars that our bre­thren haue begun. And her Maiestie & their honors, besides the Archb. & Bishops, and all we to our habilities, with all lenitie hetherto, haue la­boured to remooue. Would God our brethren that began this plague, would not continue and encrease it. But they prognosticate that there are more plagues that are like dailie further to come, euen from the common aduersarie. The more haue our brethren to answer, that know­ing or fearing this, will not cease plaguing both themselues and vs, with [Page 24] these vnnecessarie contentions. If they would needs haue begone them, they should at least haue forborne, till we had ouerpast all the dangers comming from the common aduersarie.

But saye they, We may boldlie, yet most humblie on our knees re­quire them before GOD, Our bre­threns bold and humble request vpō their knees. and all his elect Angels, not to cast it awaie. How doo they make this conclusion depend on the premisses? And who are they, whom thus boldie, yet most humblie on their knees, they may require them? Is it the Archbishops and Bishops? But neither they require such humilitie of our brethren: nor our brethren will make any request, in such humble manner to them. Or is it those, of whome before they said, who are to be iudges: not telling, who those iudges were: whether some appointed by hir Maiestie, and her most honorable counsell: or the readers: nor whereof they should be iudges: whether of the conference: or of these things, to wit of these obiections, or of their answer there-vnto, or of the controuersies in this learned discourse fol­lowing?

And what is it, that they heere require of them, not to cast it awaie? Whereof meane they this? Of the state of the gouernement established: that it should not be cast awaie? And good reason too: Or do they meane it of the conference: or of the obiecting the three obiections, or of their answer? But when they s [...]all tell vs plainer their owne meaning: then may we better tell them what is our answer. This in the meane season, is all, that they answer héere in generall to these obiections: which doone, they procéed to the particulers of them.

Wherefore, for the first, let vs graunt the great difference [...]hich they make of yeares and learning: Preface. yet the speech of Elihu giueth them suffi­cient aunswere: Ioh. 32.7.8. Ioh. 32.21.22. that this vnderstanding is not tied to such outward re­spects, but to the reuelation of Gods spirite: and to accept in such cases the persons of men, or to giue titles, is but to prouoke God to destroy vs. Yea let the memorable examples of Ezechias and the Priestes: of the Apostles in their counsels, 2. Chron. 30.1.5.23. ver. Act. 15.23. Gal. 1.1. Act. 11. [...].2.3.4. &c. Doctor Whitegiftes book, p. 389. of Paule in his Epistles, and euen of Peter in yeelding to the challenge of some, not so well instructed, moue them: who not only not refused the Leuites and elders, but accepted the peo­ple in some manner, to be heard to speake, and to authorise their deter­minations and writings. At least, let their own opinion (that in interpre­ting the scriptures, and deliuery of doctrine, wee are equall with them,) perswade them, not to refuse those, who if they coulde straine their con­sciences, to subscribe to the Archbishops articles: they would gladly re­ceaue them to be the Embassadours of Iesus Christ.

The first obiection consisted of thrée pointes: that our brethren wer [...] but fewe, Bridges. young, & vnlearned, to be accounted comparable to the Arch­bishops and Bishops,

[Page 25] To this they say: wherfore for the first, Our brethe­rens aun­swere to the first obiect. in yeelding for yeares & learning. let vs graunt the great diffe­rence they make of yeeres and learning.

This is wel done of our brethren (if they meane as they say) that they would yeeld to the Archbishops and Bishops, in these two things, and for the moste parte of these our brethren, they yéeld but in the thinges, that o­therwise are most apparant. Their exception of the reuelation of Gods spirit.

Yet ( say they) the speech of Elihu giueth them sufficient aunswere that this vnderstanding is not tied to such outward respects, but to the reuelation of Gods spirite.

I graunt, Our Replie. the speech of Elihu giueth sufficient aunswere for the re­spect of yeares, to all them that relie thereon. But our Arch-bishops nor Bish. neither wee, do measure the truth of the matter, by the age of the men. Neither we ascribe it to the title of age, or dignity: but acknowledge that which Elihu saith in the same chapter verse 9. Great men are not al­waies wise, neither doth the aged alwaies vnderstand iudgement: and yet they, & all the world doth knowe that wisdome in youth is but the séeldomer ex­ample: as Elihu said before ver. 6. I am young in yeares, and yee are auncient, and therefore I doubted and was afraide to shewe you my opinion: For I saide, the dayes shall speak, and the multitude of yeares shall teach wisdom. And in manie places, the young are willed to reuerence their auncients, and to learne wisdome of them, so that they be wise and reuerend persons. Notwith­standing if anie younger can make demonstration of the reuelation of Gods spirite, not reuealed vnto the elder: therin we confesse, both Arch­bishops and bishops, and all, are to hearken and yeelde vnto those yōger. Young Samuel is to be preferred before old Helie and al the Priestes: and young Daniel before all the elders of Israel: and héere-of Christe also gaue example euen in his childhood. And S. Paule gaue this precept, that none should despise Timothy for his youth: and yet was Timothy an elder in his office, yea an Archbishop ( as God willing shalbe sufficiently shewed in the debating of this learned discourse. But as our Archbishops & Bi­shops must not, and (I hope) do not reiecte any of our brethren, for their younger yeres: so must these our yoūger brethrē take no lesse, (if not much more héede), that to supply their defect in yeres, they presume not (on pre­text of Elihu) to father any of their owne, or other neuer so excellent mens deuises, on the reuelation of Gods spirit, except they can make apparant proofe thereof. For, so, both they in pretēding it, and we in beleeuing it, might runne into a great daunger, as did many auncient Heritikes, and as do the common aduersaries to vs both, besides the Anabaptistes: which when they can not proue their assertions, by cleare and inuincible testimo­nies of the Scripture, they alwayes runne to this, that they haue it by re­uelation of Gods spirit. But though our Arch-bishops, and Bish. vawnt not of any speciall reuelation of Gods spirit: yet I trust that in this mat­ter, [Page 26] as S. Paule said of his owne iudgement, 1. Cor 7.40. And I think also th [...]t I haue the spirit of God: so they with good testimony of conscience may say also, that although all haue not like measure: yet they are not destitute of Gods holy spirit. Which howe farre hee hath warranted vnto them in his word, for the grounde of their function: I referre to the examining of this learned discourse.

Our brethe­rens exam­ples. The memorable examples that our brethren here alleage, releiue thē nothing. Yea▪ let the memorable examples ( say they) of Ezechias and the Priests: of the Apostles in their counsels, of Paul in his Epistles, and euen of Peter in yeelding to the chalenge of some, not so well instructed moue them, who not onely refused the Leuites and Elders, but accepted the people in some manner to speake, and to authorize their determina­tions and writinges. For proofe hereof in the example of Ezechias, Ez [...]chias. the [...] quote, 2. Chro. 30.1.5.23. vers. In the 1. verse sayth the text: And Eze­chias sent to all Israell and Iudah, and also wrote letters to Ephraim and Ma­nasseh, that they should come to the house of the Lorde at Ierusalem, to keepe the passeouer vnto the L. God of Israel. What, is here any thing for proofe of any Priestes, Leuites, or pastorall Elders in office, but younger in yeares, or in learning inferiour, to haue any controuersies reuealed by the spirite of God vnto them, that were not reuealed vnto the Bishops, Priests and Le­uites, which in learning and age were their auncientes? For, if they bring not their examples to this point, they alledge them amisse, for in­stances to answere the two former parts of the first obiection, for the dif­ference of yeares and learning, betwéene our brethren on the one partie, and the Archb. and Bishops on the other.

Likewise in the 5. verse, And they decreed to make a proclamation through out all Israell from Beer-sheba euen to Dan, th [...]t they should come, and keep [...] the passeouer vnto the L. God of Israell at Ierusalem, for they had not done it [...] great time, as it is written.

Likewise the 23. And the whole assembly tooke Counsell to keepe it othe [...] seuen dayes: so they kept it seuen dayes with ioye. Let the reader or any who­soeuer iudge, (and iudge vpright) whether this be a fit example for thi [...] matter. It is a memorable example indéede of an other matter, whic [...] maketh cleane against these our Brethren, that denie the Princes autho­ritie in Eccl. matters, as is also to be séene in this learned discourse. An [...] if this be a good example, for the ordering & establishing of these contro­uersies: then hath her Maiestie alreadie well followed this example of E­zechias, and if it be a memorable example, would God our Brethren would remember better, to followe those Priestes and Leuites that obeye [...] Ezechias orders and commaundementes, in those Eccl. matters that h [...] commaunded them.

Their nèxt memorable example is, of the Apostles in their Counsels, [Page 27] [...]or the which they quote Act. 15. ver. 23. wherein the salutation of their letters is set downe; And they wrote letters vnto them after this maner. The Apo­stles and Elders. Act. 15. The Apostles and the Elders, the brethren, vnto the brethren, which are of the Gen­tiles in Antiochia, and in Syria, and in Silicia, sende greeting. What is heere againe for the present purpose? Indéede, here is a conference & debating holden of the Apostles and the elders assembled, and in these letters (as some interpret it) the peoples name is also vsed: though other referre the worde brethren, only to the Apostles and elders before mentioned. But, be-it vnderstood for the people: yet had not the people any thing at all to doe in the debating, conferring, disputing, or determining of those con­trouersies, as shall (God willing) appeare in this learned discourse: for this example is often alledged: I referre the Reader to the answere. But to the point we now stand on, what was done in that conference, where­in the younger elders, and lesse learned, preuailed against the elder and better learned? Yea, did not Iames the Bishop of that Church of Ierusa­lem determine all that controuersie? If our brethren therefore would sub­mit themselues to this memorable example, they would leaue off their contentions against their Bishops, & neuer pleade for their youth and dif­ference of learning, by this memorable example. As for that they add [...] of Paule in his Epistles, namely the place here onely quoted, Gal. 1. ver. 1. is likewise altogether impertinent to the purpose. Paule an Apostle not of men, neyther by man, but by Iesus Christ, and God the father, S. Paul. Gal. 1. [...]. which hath raysed him from the dead. It should rather séeme, that either they meane the 16. or 17. verses of that first Chapter: or the first, and so downe to the fift, of the 2. chapter. But of those we shal sée (God willing) also sufficiently trea­ted, in the answere to this learned discourse. And if our brethrē can prooue themselues to haue the like warrant for their assertions, that S. Paul had: they should come somewhat nearer to the purpose, in respect of S. Paules iunioritie. For hee was yonger or later at least, in the time of his calling▪ then any of the Apostles: but in learning, or in dignitie, or in office, no whit inferior: nor receaued any of those things from them: neither came he to Ierusalem, to conferre with them, and he saith, They did communicate nothing with him, 2. Gal. 6. But our Brethren bring this for an example of conferring, and they haue receaued their ministerie of our Bishops, whom nowe they contende withall.

And euen of Peter ( say they) in yeelding to the challenge of some not so well instructed: where-unto they quote, Act. 11. ver. 1.2.3. & 4. &c. in which verses are these wordes: Nowe the Apostles and the brethren that were in Indea, heard that the Gentiles had also receaued the worde of God: and when Peter was come vp to Ierusalem, they of the circu [...]cision contended against him, saying: Thou wentest in to men vncircumcised, and hast eaten with them: then Peter began, and expounded the thing in order to them saying: &c. [Page 28] Is heere any thing that maketh for our brethren: or rather, is not this flat against them? They saye well heerein, that they which chalenged Pe­ter, were not so well instructed. What? and doe they liken themselues to these men not so well instructed, that yet did thus presume to contende a­gainst Peter? and indéede, so our brethrén doe against our Bishops. But it should séeme, that our brethren also are not so well instructed, in that they would enstruct vs, or haue our Bishops, or any other to be moued by this example. What? and did Peter yeelde to these contentious men? Howe can our brethren say this, euen for verie shame? Doth not the text shew [...] the cleane contrarie? If they had looked furder, from the 4. verse downe to the 18. they might haue reade Peters memorable oration, made before thē so effectuously, that Luke concludeth all that matter thus: verse 18. And when they heard these things, they held their peace, & glorified God saying: then hath God also to the Gentiles graunted repentance vnto life. Whether nowe doth Peter yeelde to them, or they to Peter?

But whereto doe our brethren now on these examples, come in with these wordes? who not only, not refused the Leuites and Elders, but ac­cepted the people in some manner to be heard to speake, and authorize their determinations and writinges.

To whom do they apply these wordes thus confusedly spoken? Do they meane Ezechias, of whom they spake before, that he did not refuse the Le­uites, 2. Chron. 30. and that the Apostles refused not the Elders Act. 15. and that Peter accepted the people in some maner, to be heard to speake, and to authorize their determinations and writinges? It is a worlde to sée, how our brethren loue to clutter vp these thinges together, one to hold vp an other. Were they afraide, least, if the conclusions of these examples should be sorted by themselues, we should sée, that not one of them fitteth their turne? Indéede, Ezechias did not refuse the Leuites: for in the Chap­ter before, Ezechias dealing with the priests and Leuites. verse 4. &c. it is saide: And he brought in the Priests and the Le­uites, and gathered them into the east streate, and sayd vnto them: heare me ye Le­uites, sanctifie now your selues, and sanctifie the house of the Lorde God of your fa­thers, and carie forth the filthinesse out of the sanctuarie: for our fathers haue tres­passed and done euill in the eyes of the Lorde our God, and haue forsaken him, and turned away their faces from the tabernacle of the Lorde, and turned their backes, they haue also shut the doores of the porch, and quenched the Lampes, and haue nei­ther burnt incense, nor offered burnt offerings in the sanctuarie vnto the God of Israell. Wherefore the wrath of the Lorde hath beene on Iudah and Ierusalem, and he hath made them a scattering, a desolation, and an hissing, as ye see with your eyes: for our fathers are fallen by the sworde, and our sonnes, and our daughters, and our wiues are in captiuitie for the same cause. I now purpose to make a coue­nant with the Lorde God of Israel, that he may-turne away his wrath from vs. Now (my sonnes) be not deceaued, for the Lord hath chosen you to stand before him, [Page 29] to serue him, and to be his ministers, and to burne incense. Then the Leuites arose, Mahath, &c. and they gathered their brethren, and sanctified themselues, and came, according to the commandement of the King, and by the wordes of the Lord, for to clense the house of the Lord, and the priests went into the inner partes of the house of the Lorde, to clense it, &c. Here indéede the King refuseth not the Leuites but calleth them vnto him, and maketh vnto them this memora­ble oration, and those, that otherwise in their offices were his fathers, hée calleth his sons, in respect of his supreame authoritie ouer them, himselfe being but a young man: and they againe speake, verse 18. And they went in, to Ezechiah the king and sayd, we haue clensed all the house of the Lord, &c. but here is nothing wherein they appoint or charge the King, but all still of the Kinges commaundementes vnto them.

Verse. 20. And Hezechias the king rose earlie, and gathered the Princes of the citie, and went vp to the house of the Lord: and they brought seauen bullocks. &c. And he commanded the Preests the sonnes of Aaron to offer them on the altar of the Lord, &c. Then they brought the hee Goates for the sinne offering before the King, &c. For the king had commanded for all Israel the burnt offering and the sinne offering. And he appointed also the Leuites in the house of the Lord with Cymbals, with Violes, & with Harpes, according to the commandement of Dauid, and Gad the kings seer, &c. And Hezechiah commanded to offer the burnt offe­ring vpon the altar, &c. verse. 30. And Hezechias the king and the princes com­manded the Leuites, to praise the Lord with the words of Dauid and Asaph the seer: so they prayed with ioye, and they bowed themselues and worshipped. And Hezechias spake and said: Now yee haue consecrated your selues to the Lord, come neere, and bring the sacrifices and offerings of praise into the house of the Lord, and the congregation brought sacrifices, &c. Héere the King still comman­deth both the Priests and Leuites, and the people, and they all obeyed. But the Leuites are commended, vers. 34. To be more vpright in hart, to sanc­tifie themselues, then were the Priests. As for the 30 chapter which our brethren cite, after the foresaid first verse, wherein the King writeth to all Israel and Iudah: It followeth in the second, &c. And the king and his princes, and all the congregation had taken councell in Ierusalem, to keepe the passeouer in the second moneth. For they could not keepe it at this time, bicause there were not priests enough sanctified, neither was the people gathered to Ierusa­lem. And the thing pleased the King, and all the congregation: and they decreed to make proclamation through-out all Israell, &c. So the Posts went out with let­ters, by commission from the King and his Princes, througho [...]t all Israel, & with the commandement of the King: saying, Yee children of Israel, turne againe vn­to the Lord God of Abraham, Isaac, &c. And at this sacrifice the King prai­ed for the people, saying: verse, 18, &c. The good Lord be mercifull towards him, that prepareth his whole heart to seeke the Lord God, the God of his fathers, though he be not clensed according to thepurification of the sanctuarie, and the [Page 30] Lord heard Hezekiah, and healed the people. And verse, 22. Hezechiah spak [...] comfortablie to the Leuites that had good knowledge to sing vnto the Lord, &c. And in the chapter following, verse, 2. Hezechiah appointed the courses of the Priests and Leuites, for the burnt offerings and peace offerings, to minister and giue thankes, and to praise in the gates of the tentes of the Lord And verse. 4. He com­manded the people that dwelt in Ierusalem, to giue part to the Priests and Leuites, that they might be incouraged in the lawe of the Lord. And when the commande­ment was spred: the children of Israell brought aboundance of fruites, &c. And when Hezekiah and the Princes came and sawe the heapes, they blessed the Lord and his people Israel. And Hezechiah questioned with the Preists concerning the heapes. And Azariah the cheefe preest of the house of Sadoch, answered him and said: Since the people began to bring offerings, we haue eaten and haue beene satisfied, and there is left aboundance. For the Lord hath blest his people, and the aboundance that is left. And Hezechiah commanded to prepare chambers in the house of the Lord, &c. And Iehiel, &c. were ouerseers, by the appointment of Co­noni [...]h and Shimer his brother, and by the commandement of Hezechiah the king, and of Azariah the cheefe of the house of God, &c. And thus did Hezechiah through-out all Iuda, and did well and vprightlie and truelie before the Lord his God.

The exāple of Hezechi­as and the Leuites, cō futeth our brethren. Thus haue we séene both in the chapter quoted by our brethren, and the chapter going before, and the chapter following, how the King direc­ted all those Ecclesiasticall matters, commanded, ordered, and gouerned both the Leuites and the Priests. But what, is anye thing héere to our brethrens purpose? Did the Leuites debate anye controuersies with the King and Princes, or with the high Priest before the King: And the king, the princes, or the high preest, yeeld therein vnto the Leuites? Or not rather, they yeeld vnto the king, and to the princes, and to the high preest, in those matters? If now this be so memorable an example, why doo not our brethren, if they will be like the Leuites, yeeld to hir Maiestie, her counsell, and hir Bishops? Except they will be rather héerein like the king, his princes, and the high priest: then like these Leuites? As for the elders in the assemblie and conference, Act. 15. They also yeelded vnto the Apostles: not the Apostles vnto them. Although the Apostles refu­sed not the elders: no more doe our Bishops refuse our brethren, or anye other ecclesiasticall persons, The exam­ple also of the apostles and elders. Act. 15. is cleane a­gainst thē. that are lawfullie appointed and called to the conuocations, or to anie other ecclesiasticall assemblie or conference Neither do they denie the accepting euen of the people in some manner to be heard to speake. But whereto doe our brethren mention héere the people, in this debating? This is againe cleane contrârie to their own [...] rules, as we shall sée in this learned discourse. Would they haue the peo­ple also to be debaters, or to be Iudges of these controuersies? And to o­uer-rule the Bishops and cleargie in the determination of them?

[Page 31] But they haue yet one example more: At least ( saye they) let [...]eir owne opinion, that in interpreting the scriptures, and deliuerie of doc­trine, we are equall with them, persuade them. And héereto they quote this marginall note, and Whitegifts booke, pag. 389. If the Archbi­shop that now is, dooth graunt this: it is the greater signe of his reuerent modestie. Neither do an [...]e of our Bishops, or any of vs denie, the habili­tie of many of our brethren to be able to interpret the scriptures, & in the deliuerie of the doctrine thereof, to be equall either with the Bishops, Our bre­therens gifts in in­terpreting the scrip­tures not denied. or with any other. For it is not the accesse of the Bishops dignitie, that ma­keth the person a better interpretor, then he was before he was called to the dignitie: it sufficeth, if being in the dignitie, he imploie himselfe in his former faithfulnesse. And would God our brethren also would restraine their emulation to this comparison, to be equall or better, in interpreting and in the deliuerie of the scripture, then the Bishops, as Ierome conten­ded with Augustine.

And though Augustine were a Bishop, Ierome but a Prieste, which Ie­rome confesseth, and yet euer sharplie threatned the conflict with August­ine, if he were prouoked thereunto: Neuerthe-lesse Augustine reuerently aunswereth, Quanquam, &c For although, according to the tearmes of honour which the vse of the Church hath now obtained, the office of a Bishop be greater then the office of a Priest (or elder:) notwithstanding Augustin is in many things lesse then Ierome, yea, correction is not to be fled from or disdained, though it come from any that is the lesser. And in this behalfe of interpreting the scripture, Though di­uerse doct­ors in lear­ning excel­led, yet in gouernmēt they were inferiour. Cyprian honored Tertullian, and diuerse Bishops specially Alexander & Theoctistus reuerenced Origen. And yet these men, for all their giftes in interpreting the Scriptures, and deliuery of doctrine ( being farre supe­riour to the most part of the Bishops) did not therefore encroch further into any superiority or equallity of authority and dignity with the Bishops. Let our brethren interprete the Scriptures, and deliuer the doctrine sincerelie, and therein excel the Bishops: as they may easily do, both by cause of the Bishops great age, and great imploying in the gouernment and iurisdiction of the Church. As Augustine modestly confesseth of him­selfe vnto Ierome, saying, Nam neque in me, &c. For I neither see in my selfe so much knowledge of the diuine scriptures: yea, or that now there can be, as I see there is in you. And if I haue any facultie in this matter, I imploy it (as I may) to the people of God. But to apply my selfe more diligentlie to my studies, then for the furniture of the thinges that the people heare, I cannot by any meanes, for the Ecclesiasticall businesse. So that héerin the inferior (as these our brethren) may haue more opportu­nity in interpreting and deliuery of the Scripture. And I warrant then, the Bishops will not refuse them euer a whit, for their so doing, but helpe encourage, and defend them. Which although any Bishop fore-slowed, or [Page 32] enuied to doe: yet ought not any of our brethren, hauing such equal giftes with the Bishops, in the interpreting of the scriptures, and deliuerye of doctrine, and withal, being lawfully called by the Bishops into the mini­stery, to exauthorate, and withdrawe themselues from the ministery, for these controuersies of equall gouernment with the Bishops.

But sée how captiously our brethren deale, in citing the testimony ofthe Arch.: for where he saith: It is not to be denied but that there is an e­quallity of al ministers of Gods word, quoad ministeriū, touching the mi­nistery: Our brethe­rens haling of the Arch­bishops wordes. for they haue all like power to preach the word, to minister the sacraments: that is to say, the word preached, or the sacraments mini­stred, is as effectuall in one (in respect of the ministery) as it is in an o­ther. But, quoad ordinem & politiam, towching order and gouernment, there hath alwayes bene, and must be, degrees and superiority amongst them. These words do our brethren drawe to this obiection that they are not comparable in learning to the Arch-bishops and Bishops: at leaste ( say they) let their owne opinion, that in interpreting the Scriptures, & deliuery of doctrine, we are equall with them, perswade them. But who seeth not that these words of the Arch-bishop, do not inferre an equallity of the giftes in the ministers, as hauing these giftes equally: but an equa­litie of their ministery, in the hability to haue them: and doo distinguish [...] onely, betweene the power, of order, and of iurisdiction? And therefore this is, but haled, to aunswere the obiection of this comparison, betwéen the learning of the Arch-bishops and Bishops: and the learning of our brethren in the interpreting the scriptures, and deliuery of doctrine to be equall.

But our brethren saie, Who, if they could straine their consciences, to subscribe to the Archbishops articles: they would gladly receaue them, to be the Embassadors of Iesus Christ.

Our brethe­rens intricat speeches. These words againe are somewhat intricate, so that wee might misse our brethrens meaning, while they neither plainly expresse, who they are that would gladly receaue, nor whome, nor what: neither yet to whome these wordes, to be the Embassadors of Iesus Christ, are referred: whe­ther to them selues, or to the Arch-bishops and Bishops. But I coniecture their meaning to be this: that if these our brethren could straine their cō ­sciences to subscribe to the Arch-bishops articles, they would gladly re­ceaue those articles, that they might thereby haue liberty to preach, and so to be the Embassadors of Iesus Christ.

If our brethr [...]n héere meane by the Arch-bishops articles, the articles where-upon it was by the Arch-bishops and bishops of both prouinces, Our brethe­ren [...] refusall to subscribe to the Arch. a [...]ticles. & the whole Cleargie, in the conuocation holden at London &c. 1562. Put forth by the Queenes authority: some of which articles our brethren afterwarde in this learned discourse, pag. 135. do roughly challenge for [Page 33] diuerse grosse, and palpable errors: how truly or falslie, and with what g [...]d conscience they burden them therewith, I reserue to the examinati­on of the proper place.

But bicause they séeme not so much to meane those articles: ( for then, they should straine their consciences apparantly to farre, in calling those articles the Arch-bishops articles, which were the articles, not onely of Arch-bishops, but also of the bishops and of the whole Cleargie, and sett forth by her Maiesties authority): therfore I rather take it, that our bre­thren meane by the Arch-bishops articles, The Articles where-unto all such as are admitted to preach, reade, cathechyse, The articles minister the sacramēts or execute anie other Eccl. function, do agree and consent, & testifie the same by the subscription of their hands. viz.

1. That her Maiestie vnder God hath, and ought to haue the soue­raigntie and rule ouer all manner of persons, within her realmes, 1. Article of the supre­macy. domi­nions, and countries, of what state either (Ecclesiasticall or temporall) soeuer they be: and that none other forraine power, prelate, state, or po­tentate, hath, or ought to h [...]ue, any iurisdiction, power, superiority, pre­eminence, or authority Ecclesiasticall or spirituall: within her Maiesties said realmes: dominions, or countries.

2. That the booke of common prayer and of ordering Bish. Priests & Deacons, contayneth in it nothing contrary to the word of God, the 2. article of the com­munion booke. & that the same may lawfully be vsed: And that I my self who do subscribe, wil vse the forme of the said booke prescribed in publike prayer, and admi­nistration of the Sacraments; and none other.

3. That I allowe the booke of Articles of religion agreed vpon by the Arch. and Bi. of both prouinces, and the whole Cleargy: The 3. Arti. of the book of articles, An o. 1562▪ in the conuo­cation holden at London in the yeere of our L. God 1562. & set foorth by her Maiesties authority: and do beleeue al the articles therein contai­ned to be agreable to the word of God. In witnesse where-of I haue sub­scribed my name.

If now these articles, be the articles whereof our brethren say: If they would straine their consciences to subscribe to the Arch. articles, they woulde gladly receaue them to be the Embassadours of Iesus Christe: These forée articles, indéed, the Arch-bishop hath set downe, wherof the third comprehendeth the articles set out 1562. But what mattet is there of any of all these 3. articles, that our brethren without straining of their consciences, may not subscribe vnto.

First, wil they not subscribe vnto the for-most of these 3. articles which is the summe and content of An acte restoring to the crown the auncient iurisdiction ouer the state Eccl. & spirituall: and abolishing all forrayne power repugnant to the same. Anno 1. Eliz. cap. 1. But I thinke our bre­thren will not deny to subscribe to this article.

[Page 34] As concerning the second article, for the booke of common prayer, & of ordering Bishops, Priestes and Deacons, these two pointes are [...] wise enacted and authorized by like authority. The one, in an Acte for the vniformitie of common prayer and seruice in the church, and the ad­ministration of the Sacraments. Anno Eliza. 1. cap. 2. The other, An acte declaring the manner of making and consecrating the Arch-bishops & Bishops of this realme, to be good lawful and perfect: compri [...]ing ther­in also, the ordering and consecrating of Priests, ministers of Gods ho­ly word, and Sacraments; and of Deacons. Anno Elizab. 8. cap. 1. To all which enactings and authorizings by these our high courts of Parliamēt, The incon­ueniences of refusing to subscribe to the [...]se [...]se [...] articles. ( we being the true church of God, and our brethren subiects in our state) although they ought to haue, no small respect, least they straine their cō ­sciences, in refusing to subscribe there-to, and with all, in renouncing their charge and office of the Embassie of Iesus Christ, being so vrgent & important a function: Yet, if they could shewe anie greater, or but equi­valent reasons, (whereas héere they shew none at al), for their refusall of subscribing to these Articles: then might their refusal carry at least some shewe of probability. But till they shall so doe: I sée not, but that, while they pretend the straining of their consciences, if they should receaue this article: they straine their consciences, a great deale more, (if they do it in­déede on conscience) in that they refuse their subscription.

Hath the whole corporation of the realme (trow ye) and al the church of England, and all the states thereof, no conscience, or no knowledge what they did? Or did they (contrary to their knowledge) straine their consciences, in the enacting and establishing these things, which contein [...] al, that is comprised in this article? Yea, and all thinges conteined in the third article also, concerning the booke of Articles, agreed vpon by the Arch-bishops and Bishops, of both prouinces, and the whole Cleargie: in the conuocation holden at London 1562. and set foorth by her Ma­iesties authoritie, and also expresly ratified and commaunded to bee sub­scribed vnto, and openly reade and assented vnto, Anno Elizab xi [...]. ca. 12.

What a preiudice then is this refusall of these our brethren? what a slaunder? what a touche to the consciences of al these estates and person [...] when our brethren refuse, (& that of pretence on conscience), to subscribe to all these thinges, which vpon so mature deliberation both her Ma. & all the estrates of the realme, Eccl. & Temp. haue lawfully decréeed, establi­shed and authorised? If our brethren haue any parts among these, either represented or included: I see not how they also haue not so far foorth au­thorized that, which here they refuse to subscribe vnto. For, if they seclude themselues, from being any parts authorising the acts, autorized in Parli­ament & conuocation: they do not onely seclude them-selues from vs their brethren (which I hope are as faithful ministers as they, & haue as g [...]od [Page 35] consciences also (but frō the whole body of the Realme & church of Eng. y e haue most cléerly (in al these acts aforesaid) enacted and authorised, all the points cōteyned in these 3. art. & therfore, they may indéed be better called in my opinion, The clear­g [...]es sub­scription in K. Ed. time. the art. of the whole church & realm of Eng. than the Arch. articles. And when such points as are contayned in any of these art. were thus by Act of Parlia. enacted likewise, in the reigne of K. Ed. 6. of blessed memory: did the godly & reuerēd Preachers & ministers refuse to subscribe to that, which the whole church & realm had so decréed & authorised? No, the forme of their frée & plaine subscription, is apparant in these words Liber qui nuper, &c. The booke which is of late set forth, by the authority of the King, and of the Parl. of the Church of Engl. appointing a manner and forme of praying & administring the Sacraments in the church of Englād. Likewise also, that booke set forth by the same authority, of the ordination of the ministers of the church, are godly, & repugne in nothing to the wholsom doctrine of the Gospell, but they well agree, and they do cheefly furder the same, in very many things. Therefore they are of al the faithfull members of the Church of Eng. and most of al, of the ministers of the word, with all readinesse of mindes, and thankesgiuing, to be receaued, to bee approued, and to be commended vnto the people of God.

Thus did the godly, learned preachers, & faithful ministers thē, subscribe more expresly & furder then is now required of these our brethren, bicause we would beare with our brethren the more, sith they pretend such scruple and strayning of their consciences. But I aduise them in the feare of God, How dan­gerous our brethrens pretence is of straining conscience. to beware of such pretēces on cōsciēce. With what cōsciēce can they now not look back, but turn back from the plough of God, whereunto they haue bene lawfully called, & haue already laid to their hand, & now cast it quyte vp into the hedge, and clean forsake it? yea. disclaime the most honor. Em­bassy of Iesus C. & vtterly suppresse the declaring the matter of their mes­sage, because they cannot be suffered to declare it after their manner. And yet crie out of such poore ministers, as would faine preach if they could, & these can wel inough if they would: but except they may as they lift, they wil not. Are these the parts of good & faithfull Embas. and especially Em­bassadors of Iesus Christ? Do they not feare to strain their consciences, in these dealings, and pretend feare of straining their conscience in sub­scribing to these articles? but what strains of cōsciēce make they to spare no reproches, be they neuer so vntrue, against their brethrē, no, not sparing the Prince, and all in authority Eccl. or Politike vnder her Ma. & against all the state of the church, as is most apparant in diuerse of their books, & in this lear. dis. as (God willing) we shal see at large. And without autho­rity or licence, to publish abroad in print, and scatter abroad throughout the realm, cōtrary to al lawes & orders, their treatises so pestred w t slaunders reproches, & suspitions: & to pretēd (for the reformation which they deuise) prescriptiō of gods word, practise of aūciēt churches, & testimonies of holy [...] [Page 34] & yet cannot proue either any cleare scripture, or practise of any aūcient church, or cleare testimony of any holy Father: as, (by the grace of God) shall manifestly apppeare, by the diligent search thereof, in the examining of this learned discourse: howe greatly then haue our brethren strayned their consciences in these things? Or rather do they not (as Christ said) swallow vp a Camell and straine a gnat? such doings beséeme not the em­bassadors of Iesus Christ. The third point in their first obiection is of their fewnesse.

Preface.As for the fewnesse ( say they) it may be, if the ignorant ministers, the varietie of other which subscribe: some dooing it with this limitation, and some with that: some holding their former iudgement, as not gain­saide by their subscription, some lamenting their slippe in that behalfe, were deducted: the number of the one would not so greatly suremount the other.

Wee do not obiecte their fewnesse to them, as any preiudice vnto the matter; Bridges. if the pointes which they contended for, were material and ne­cessarie. Comparisō of number for fewnesse or multitud Neither do we obiect fewnesse in respect of Archbishops and bi­shops, but in respect of the consent of all the other of their brethren mini­sters, that haue agreed vpon these articles, from whome it might better become our brethren not to dissent: especially by making such a scisme in this our Church of Christe, as they do.

But they say, the number of the one, would not so greatly surmount the other, if the ignorant ministers were deducted. Of the ignorant mi­nisters, Our brethe­rens excep­tions from our nūber. Of ignorāt ministers. we shal afterward haue their large discourse. But let them de­duct them from this number, as indéed they are not reckoned. There is none chosen into the conuocation house, that is not thought and known to be sufficiently learned: how-soeuer our brethren in conceit of their owne learning do despise them. As for the other learned Pastors in the realme, besides that they gaue their compromise to those, whome they chose (vpon confidence of their learning and sincere iudgement) to agrée vpon the arti­cles, and to giue their suffrages in their names, haue either al of them, or y e most part of them, giuen also their especial assent & subscription therunto. But besides these, Of subscri­bers with li­mitation. they say there is, the varietie of other which sub­scribe (to bee deducted:) some doing it with this limitation, and some with that. If there be a variety of such subscribers: it is a great signe of n [...] rigour, nor straining of their consciences, but of all courtesie shewed vn­to them, and of relenting (so much as may be) extended to our brethren, in permitting them with such varietie of limitation. Howbeit, for al this number, the variety of their limitation containing no contradiction to the matter that they subscribe vnto, they may also bee well accounted in our number.

But they say, there are yet more to be deducted, some holding their [Page 37] former iudgement as not gaine-saide by their subscription. If their for­mer iudgement accorded there-with, they may well so hold it, not to be gainsaid by their subscription. But if they subscribe to one thing, & their former iudgement hold the contrary: Of Dissem­b [...]e [...]s. except they alter and correct their former iudgement: let thē looke to it, how they dissemble: & can then some of these our brethren and faithfull ministers straine their consciences on that fashion?

Lastly, say they, there are to be deducted, some lamenting their slipp in that behalfe. Indéede, this is a foule slippe of any our brethren, to sub­scribe contrary to their former iudgemēt, Of secret la­menters of their open subscribing. except that in their latter iudgement, vpon better aduisement, finding the defect of their former iudge­ment, they amend it: but if they subscribe against the [...]r conscience, & la­ment it secretly to them-selues, or to other their brethren, and not renoūce it to the open state: they haue to aunswere for their great and triple sinne. First, for the weakenesse, ignorance and errour of their iudgement, that ought to be strong, skilful, & sound in iudgement: namely, such as withal vpbrayde ignorance vnto others: and also, for that contrary to their iudgement, they subscribe to that which their selues condemne: and lastly, that they thinke all is so salued with their close lamenting of their facte, & yet not renouncing of their subscription: so that, while we plainly and simply make reckoning of them, to haue subscribed bona fide, and to haue said and written as they think, & to think as they haue writtē & said: Our brethren come now in with a new knack, ( new to vs, & vnlooked for at any of our brethrens hands, though it were practised of old by Arius, & y e Priscillia­nistes: The practise of Arius. & the Priscil­lianistes. except that the dissembling Papists and Anabaptists, do reuiue it,) and tell vs we must deduct out of our number, some such of our brethren, as hold their iudgement not gain-said by their subscription, and some such as lament their slippe in that behalfe. When as, who these shoulde be, we can take no notice, except they openly reclaimed their subscription. I am sory to heare it, that there should be any somes of such dissembling brethren, as can thus hold with the Hare, and run with the Hound, besides these our open recusant brethren.

But I trust there are not many such dissemblers, or rather none, if it were well examined: and that this is but our brethrens threaping more kindenesse then néedeth vpon them, to winne some from vs, or to make a shew vnto vs, that our number is not so great, as we account of, for so they conclude: that if these were deducted, the number of the one would not so greatly surmount the other. Neuerthelesse, for all these deductions, either open or vnderhande: this shall not much encrease their number, nor decrease ours. Neither haue they any cause to boast of such dissemblers As for vs, though we are sory for them, yet can we well spare both them, and other ignorant out of our number: and yet (God be praised for it) still [Page 38] surmount our brethren. Albeit we vaunt not of number ( as do the com­mon aduersaries to vs both) though the greater our number be, the more is our ioye, and our brethren should be the more ashamed of their separa­tion. But the number was not the cheefest thing that was obiected. But let vs now sée, what our brethren say to the other obiections.

As for the challenge of the Papists, knit vp with the consideration of the estate, Preface. the difference may be considered in the matter & manner. Cō ­cerning the matter, they make it in the substance of religion, which hath in diuerse assemblies abroad & at home bene disputed, resolued, & now publikly maintained for our true & holy faith. We in matters concer­ning the gouernment of Christ of great moment indeed, yet neuer thus handled, nor vrging the alteration, but perfection of the state of the church, and further good of the common-wealth, whilest by this means amongst many other things of great importaunce, the ignorant ministe­ry, and by it Popery, and by Popery, rebellion should be auoided, which by the other are most manifestly bred and nourished. Concerning the manner, they call it to a suddaine and tumultuous reasoning, where the readiest wit, the best memory, the most filed speech shall carry away the truthe: at least, meruelously moue the vngrounded hearers. We require that where both sides may vppon mature and sufficient deliberation be heard without any of these shewes, and the matter deliuered vnto her Maiestie and their Honours, and whomesoeuer they shall choose to re­ceaue and examine the Allegations of both sides: so that it need not be communicated vnto the people, vntill the manifest light of truthe, ap­peare first vnto them.

Bridges. This aunswere of our brethren, howsoeuer it may séeme to carry a shewe of perspicuity and plaine dealing, Our bretherens aun­swere to the 2. later ob. vnder shewe of p [...]rspicu­ity, is very intricate. because they distinguish it by matter and manner, and by (they and we), thus do they, and thus do we: Yet, séeing that the points to be aunswered, consist of these 2. diuerse ob­iections: the one, that this our brethrens challenge of vs, is a challenge not much vnlike the Papists challenge: and the other, that this forme of reformation ( which they would haue) shall be preiudiciall, to the es [...]ate of gouernment established: which estate of gouernement established is differing from the estate of gouernement established among the Papistes, and the ouerthrowe thereof: these obiections therefore, be­ing so different, should not (me thinketh, I speake it vnder correction) haue bene thus knitte vp togither, albeit with such an answere of distincti­on of matter and manner: except our brethren had cléered them-selues for the mater and manner. First in the one, against the Papistes: and then, they had also cléered them-selues, for y t matter & manner of the obiection against vs their brethren Protestantes: and shewed still with all plaine­ly and distinctly▪ whome they alwayes meane by this word they, saying, [Page 39] They make it, &c. and they call it &c. Whether they vnderstand [...] Papists, differing both from our brethren and from vs: or they vnderst [...] vs their brethren protestants, differing from them selues: Or else, in these darke spéeches, vnder pretence of breuity, they may offer vs their brethren Protestants too great an iniury: and the Papists, (our common aduersaries) too great aduauntage.

Besides that, in this aunswere, they huddle and knit vp a great manie thinges together, which to so waighty obiections, as of their agréeing with the Papists, and their disagreing from vs in challenging an estate of gouernment established, would haue required a larger, or (at least) a plai­ner aunswere: than thus to haue these so different obiections of different professors, to be knit vp together in such a knot, like the knot of Gordias, that except it should bee loosed by Alexander, it would hardly be vntied by vs, but that one quirke or an other may remaine. But to assaie it: and first for the matter.

Concerning the matter, they ( say our brethren) meaning as I take it by this worde, they, the Papists ( for so was the obiection, Our brethe­rens distin­ction of matter and manner. that it is a challenge not much vnlike the Papists) they make it ( that is to say) they make the matter of their challenge in the substance of Religion which (chal­lenge of matter in the substance of Religion) hath in diuerse assemblies abroad and at home, bene disputed, resolued, and now publikely mayn­tayned, for our true and holy faith. And by whom hath this bene dispu­ted, resolued, and no we publikely maintayned for our true and holie faith? Hath it not bene chéefly done, by vs their brethren Protestants? But go to then: héerein (they say) we disagrée not, Our Brethe­rens & our agreemēt in the Substāce of Religion. for challenge of matter in substance of Religion, wherein we both agree, and both of vs differ a­like from the Papistes. But it followeth, Wee in matters concerning the Gouernment of Christ, &c. And who againe are héere this we? Forsooth not we, al the Protestants against the Papists our common aduersaries: but we, that is to say, the faithful Ministers, and learned discoursers, are against our brethren Protestants, in matters concerning the gouerne­ment of Christ: though not in matters concerning the substance of Reli­gion. And heereupon our brethren conclude, that their challenge of vs, is much vnlike the Papistes challenge. This I take to be the meaning of their wordes, and I am glad yet, Our diffe­rence con­cerning go­uernment. that they confesse our agréement for the substance of Religion. And since they agrée with vs therein, it is lesse reason that they should dissent from vs in the gouernment: at least-wise, so peremptorily, that their challenge of vs in that behalfe, should bee not much vnlike the Papistes, being otherwise in the substance of Religion, so much vnlike them. But they say, the difference is in matters concer­ning the gouernment of Christ, of great moment indeed, yet neuer thus handled?

[Page 40] What they meane by handling thus these matters of gouernment: whe­ther they meane that they were neuer so notablie handled before, as they now handle them in this learned discourse, or as they set downe a waye to handle the debating of them: that, let them-selues discusse. But that they be the gouernment of Christ (the matter or manner of gouernment which they desire) as though Christ did vse that gouernmēt, or did apoint that gouernment, or that indeede it is of such moment asthey prescribe: that is but onely heere auouched by them, and denied by vs: the proofe (God willing) wil appeare in the considering of this learned discourse.

Not vrging ( say they) the alteration but perfection of the estate, and further good of the common wealth.

This séemeth to be referred to the 3. obiection, that it shal-be preiudi­ciall to the estate of gouernment established. But our brethren thinke, that it shall so little be preiudiciall to the estate of gouernement establi­shed, O [...]r brethe­rens vrging th [...] alterati­on of The state. that it shall tend to the great benefite of it: and how? not vrginge ( say they) the alteration, but perfection of the estate of the Church, and further good of the commō-wealth. But who may not plainly perceaue that this vrging is the vrging of an alteration, and the alteration of the estate, & that both of the Church & of the cōmō-wealth? if (as they saie) they vrge not the alteration: why let they it not alone as it is? or if they so séeke the perfection of the estate of the Church, and further good of the common-wealth, that they will not alter the estate there-of: then let that stand as it doth, as the estate of the Bishops, and other officers in the Church, especially the estate and authority of the Prince, both in the church, and in the common-wealth. And not to take all these awaie, as héere they do in this learned discourse. For, this is both the alteration, & the endangering (if not the ouerthrow) at leastwise, the making both the Church and common-wealth worse than they are. But worse or better, how do not their wordes implie an alteration? For when they pretends the vrging only of the perfection of the Church, and further good of the common-wealth: what meane they else, but that the Church is in an vn­perfect estate, & that the common-wealth also is not in so good an estate as they vrge to bring it vnto? And how, is not this a plaine vrging of the alteration both of the Church, and also of the common-wealth? These wordes therefore, are either cōtradictory to thē-selues: or else, they would & they would not. Or they would, & they dare not, for feare or shame, plainly vtter what they vrge, because they touch matters of moment indeede, ( as they say) euen the alteration of the estate, matters too highe both for them, and for vs, to meddle withall, namelie to alter, which perteynet [...] to persons of estate.

But now, how would this alteration that indéede is vrged, become the perfectiō of the churches estate, & further good of the common-wealth? [Page 41] Forsooth say they, whilest by this meanes amongst many other things of great importance, the ignorant ministery, & by it Popery, & by Popery, rebellion should be auoyded, which by the other are moste manifestlye bredde and nourished.

These purposes (I confesse) are very good, that Ignorance in the Mi­nistery, Popery & rebellion may be auoided: so that, the auoiding of these things, be done, by good and lawfull meanes also. But what is this that is héere said: which by the other, are most manifestly bred & nourished? Do they meane, that the ignorant ministerie, Popery, and Rebellion, are most manifestly bred and nourished by the estate of the Church of Eng, and the gouernment thereof established. What a most manifest vntrue, and vncharitable challenge of our Churches & common-wealths estate is this? Yea, (saue that for my part, Our Breth­rens pretēce of remoo­ving Igno­noraunce, Poperie, & Rebellion. I hope better o [...] our brethren) some ( and those good Protestants) would not stick to say, that this challenge wer now not onely, not much vn-like the Papists: but that it smelt somewhat strongly, of breding & norishing the third of these euils. And other would (at least) say, it were a false accusation of their poore brethren, & a foule slā ­der of the estate of the Church, and gouernment established. But I hope they wil construe their words to some gentler meaning: sith it is most ma­nifest to the contrarie, that the estate of the church of England, & gouer­nement established, do neither most manifestly, or manifestly, or any whit at all wittingly or directly, breede or nourish any of these thrée euils: ey­ther Ignorance in the ministery, or Popery, or Reblelion in any persons: but punish thē in whomsoeuer they manifestlie appeare. Albeit for the ig­norant ministerie, not perhaps in such manner of punishment, as our bre­thrē would haue thē punished. Yea, our brethrens former confessiō it selfe, doth not a little discharge y e estate of the Church & gouernmēt established frō these crimes, in saying, that Our true and holy faith hath in diuerse assemblies abroad & at home bene disputed, resolued, & now publik­ly maintayned. Which cannot be taken for their doing onely, but muche more for ours, by farre odds then theirs For so much as we are the pub­like maintainers thereof, & not they, whose gouernment hath yet no pub­like maintenance amongst vs. Yea, they refuse the publik ministery of the word & sacraments. And yet if they had that alteration of the estate of the Church, and common-wealth ( whose perfection and furder good they pretend) whether it would come to such perfection, or such further good, as to auoide these thrée euils, of an ignorant ministery, of Popery, & of Rebellion or no; and not rather breede and nourish them: at least wise, if not directly, yet by occasion, more then they now are bred & nourished: or, whether it would be the best & most manifest meanes to auoide thē, more then they be, or may be now auoyded.: therby (I may say vnto you) lyeth a question. For as our brethren told vs before, of some among them, that [Page 42] did this and that: So some among vs, that wish wel to our brethren, think that this alteration of theirs, would breed and nourish as great (if not greater) ignorance, then is already euen in the Preachers themselues: & y t it would cut of a great part, VVhether this altera­tion would not be occasiō of more ignortnce in the mini­stery. of y e study & profession of al good letters, both in diuinity & humanity, especially seing the example & boldenes of diuerse: some pretēding onlie the studie of the canonicall scriptures: some preten­ding the reuelatiō of Gods spirit, without studie so to suggest vnto thē at the same instant, that they need not to premeditat what they should speak, before they come vnto the pulpit. Some, vnder pretence of tourning the most part of teaching and exhorting, into conceptions of long prayers. Some, in distinguishing too precisely the office of a Teacher, from the office of a Pastor: cutting off ther-by the on half of a Doctors office, excluding al exhortatiō, reprehensiō, consolatiō, & al applicatiō frō his doctrine: and the most of them such as their-selues could not deny, in the first obiection, but said: Let vs graunt the great difference which they make of yeares & learning, betweene the Archbishops, the Bish. and them: and yet would these not only ouerthrow their estate of gouernment, but make euery one of them-selues to be equal to them: besides the setting vp in euery congre­gation a Seniory of Ecclesiastical gouernours, chosen out of all sortes & estates of men, Noble men, Gentlemen, merchaunts, yeomen, artificers, husbandmen, &c. which ought to haue the hearing, examination, and determining of all matters pertayning to discipline and gouernement of that congregation, as they tell vs in this Learned discourse. pag. 84. And besides the Deacons, excluded from all preparing themselues to the studie of the Pastorall ministery. These things, and a number suche like, (many that loue our brethrendo feare,) would shortly breed and nourish, a greater ignorance in the ministery, then now there is: especially, seing the boldnesse of many both Ministers and others, either manifestly known to be ignorant of the pitch of these controuersies, or but superficially flou­rished ouer, are the hoatest sticklers in these broyles, or the greatest fauo­rites of this desired and vrged alteration: & yet some of them (if they were well apposed) while there is nothing in their mouthes, more than disci­pline, discipline: they cannot tell their selues, what discipline is, & would be full weery of it, if they had it: or if they were but a litle sharply dis­pled, but euen with that discipline that is already in force, by the gouer­nement of the church established.

The feare of more bree­ding Pop. by this alte­ration. Now as Ignorance breedeth and nourisheth Popery, or other errors & superstitions: so againe they feare, that this alteration by so many mani­fest occasions, breeding and nourishing ignorance: either it might as manifestly breede and nourish Popery, euen by that reason wherby they suppose to auoyd Popery most of all, and that is by the erection of their Consistories. Vnto which if the people, or the Seniors, or the cheefeste in [Page 43] the congregation were inclined: they might do much more hurte, then now they are able to doe. Or if it bred not Popery: it might breede and nourish as great errours, pride, and oppressions, as Popery hath done, if not a great deale worse.

And as vppon ignorance and poperye, the thirde followed, that is to say, an inclination to rebellion: so it may bee feared, that his alteration being thus asmuche subiecte to the two, former euils, it would not be free from daunger of the thrd: This altera­tion more inclinable to sedition. especially the peoples inter­medling in the gouernement, being so much enlarged: except some grea­ter vigilancie be had, then as yet by our brethren is fore-séen, or then, in the estate of gouernment already established is to be feared. For of this gouernement established, wee haue seene already the experience, and therefore beeing orderly looked vnto, if any such occasion (as GOD forbid) shoulde happen, it might the sooner be repressed, as, God be prai­sed, it hath bene.

But if this vrged alteration should bee put in practise, not onelie the Papists might sooner take occasion of newe tumultes, as it many times falleth out in alterations, especially of the forme of gouernement establi­shed: but also it is not a litle to bee feared, that our brethren disagreeing from vs, and not agreeing among them-selues, might in these licentious and factious dayes, breake forth into more contentions and pertakinges, then that the particuler Seniories of euery congregation, or the Pro­uinciall Synods, were able to compose. Whilest our brethren with­al, in this Learned discourse, reiecte and deride, vniformity in Ceremo­niall constitutions, pag. 120. refuse and exclude the Princes authori­tie, in the decision of such matters, pag. 117.141. &c. The Papistes in the meane season beeing the lesse looked vnto, and the more strengthe­ned, & encouraged to blow the coales, & to make a blast on euery sparkle, when they get any aduauntage by such occasions of our disagreements: which whole matter, it might breed and nourish, to the preparation of Rebelliō: manie that are no euil-willers vnto these our brethrē, do great­ly feare the sequell, if this vrged alteration should take place. Neither may it bee sayde of them as Dauid sayde of the wicked: Trepidauerunt, vbi non erat timor: For they feare God, and wishe as-well both to the estate of the church and common wealth of this our Realme, as any of our brethren do, and are as farre from Popery as they are, God bee praysed for it.

But whatsoeuer they feare or coniecture to and fro, of the euent of these 3. euils, Ignorānce in the minist. Popery, & Rebelliō: I for my part would fain know what our brethrē mean by these words, y t lie houering in the midst of this sentēce, Amongst many other things of great importance: what those other things be, being many & of great importance: as though [Page 44] they were more to be auoyded then all these 3. and yet are namelesse nor dare shewe their faces. I feare mée, least in this darke cloud, there is hidd some great tempest, and daungerous thunder-claps, if it were their tyme to breake forth Sed aliquid latet, quod non patet: and therefore let them go as they came for mee, I will rather follow Pythagoras counsel, Noli fodere ig­nem opertum: it is shrewd waking the sleeping Dog. For the viewe but e­uen of these 3. euils, is already (me thinketh) more then inough. We can fore sée little perfection of the estate of the Church, or good of the com­mon-wealth to arise by the vrging this alteration. And thus much to their aunswere of the matter, now to the manner.

The two foresaid obiections were these: The one, that this our bre­threns challenge, is not much vnlike the Papists: the other, that it shal be preiudiciall to the estate of gouernment, established. To this againe they aunswere.

Our brethe­rens aun­swer for the manner.Concerning the manner, they call it to a suddaine and tumultuous reasoning: where the readiest wit, the beste memorye, the moste filed speech, shall carry awaye the truthe, at least, meruelously moue the vn­grounded hea [...]ers.

Who, are these they, that do on this wise? If the Papistes bee meant: they vse indéed, such & worse practises in their tumultuous reasoning syea in their most solemne councels, that they cal general. But if by this (they) our brethren meane vs their brethren Protestants: VVho call the matter to the man­ner of a tu­multuous reasoning, we, or they? as it appeareth heer­by, that we shunne not the reasoning with them of these matters: so if they complaine of any iniury offered vnto anie of them in the manner of reaso­ning, they should haue done plainly to haue shewed; who hath called them to reason in any such suddaine, tumultuous, or disordred manner. I haue rather heard the contrarie, that they their-selues haue oftentimes, and not long agone, called the matter to such reasonings. But belike, they fayled in their hoped successe of such suddain reasonings. ( which notwith­standing themselues haue prouoked) when they shoulde bee driuen to the strict and logicall order of disputing: and therefore they call this a sud­daine and tumultouse reasoning. As for vs. we vse no tumultes, or tu­multuous reasoning, neither (God be praised) need to vse any, for defence of the estate of gouernment established: they commonly startle & rayse tumultes, that finde them-selues greeued, and would make alteration of the state of a gouernment that is established. But I meruel they cōplain of these things: where the readiest wit, the best memory, the moste filed speech, shall carry away the truthe, at leaste meruelously moue the vn­grounded hearers▪ For euen by these things especially (wherein also they glory not a little) and not by any grounded matter, or anie substantiall prooues, our brethren carry away from the truthe of these points, so ma­ny as they do.

[Page 45] But belike, they haue founde in reasoning them-selues ouer-matched in these ornaments of witte, memory, and speech also. Which thrée things (we confesse) are aduauntages of no smal force, a readie wit, a good memo­ry and a filed spéech, to set forth and perswade the matter, The orna­ments of wit, memo­ry and vtte­rance. when they are ioyned with the wissdome and feare of God, with a sincere zeale and fer­uency of Gods truth, & with an humble & moderate spirit, cutting the word of God aright, as best maie serue to his glorie, to y t hearers edify­ing, & their dutifull obedience to their superiors. For our dram of discreti­on & of these vertues, is more woorth in reasoning of these controuersies, then al the pregnancie or readines of wit, then al y e promptnes or fidelitie of memory, then al the rowling of the tongue, or filed speeche with the smoothest and most eloquent rhethoricke in the world, should [...] bee compa­red there-vnto. Wel, may vngrounded hearers that desire still to heare of Nouelties with the Athenians, and the vnstable hearts of new-fangled heades, and itching eares, of those men or weomen which are euer learning (as saith the Apostle 2. Tim. 3.7.) and are neuer able to come to the knowledge of the truth, be eastly caried away from the truth, by such perswasions. But (thanks be giuen to God) we vse no such practises, but plainly speak the words of truth and sobernesse, and are readie (when we shal at anye time be called there-unto) to render an aunswere, to euery one that as­keth a reason of the hope that is in vs, or of any thing pertayning to our vocations, without tumults: as becommeth both faithfull Christians, and obedient subiects to our prince and superiors, in defence of the gouerne­ment established.

But we ( say our brethren meaning for them selues and excluding vs) we require that where both sides may vppon mature and sufficient deli­beration, be heard without any of these shewes, and the matter deliue­red vnto her Maiestie, their honours, and whosoeuer they shall choose, to receaue and examine the allegations of both sides, so that it neede not to be communicated vnto the people, vntill the manifeste lighte of the truth first appeare vnto them.

This then is the manner that our brethren set downe, whereby they would vrge the alteration, The manner of reaso­ning that our brethrē set downe. and (as the obiection saith) be preiudiciall to the estate of gouernment established. But let the preiudice thereof fall out as it should: if our brethren woulde indéede content them-selues with this manner of triall. Neither do we, nor (I hope) shall we at any tyme (being lawfully called there-unto) refuse this manner. Yea, euen accor­ding to the prescription of this manner, for the principall points there-of, haue we already procéeded long ago. Where the estate of the gouernment before established in popery: and the estate of the gouernment now e­stablished vnder the Gospell, hath on both sides vppon mature and sufficient deliberation, bene heard, without any of these shewes, if any were vsed, either of the one side, or the other. And the matter also hath beene [Page 46] deliuered to her Maiesty, and to their honours, or to whomsoeuer, that were chosen or appointed by her Maiesty and them, to receaue and ex­amine the allegations of both sides: and so was this estate of gouerne­ment by her Ma. and their honours, yea, by al the estates of the realme, determined, decreed, approued, ratified, confirmed, practised, mayn­tayned, continued, and by all these fore-said meanes and manner establi­shed. And this was done also, partlye in the time of the most renownie [...] Prince King Henrie the eight: The moste part of these matters, haue beene already de­cided by this māner. and again better, in the reigne of the mo [...] godly Prince, King Edward the sixt. But chieflie in the beginning, and some parts ther-of, in some other Synods and Parliaments, besides other more particuler conferences, & deliberations, since the happy reigne of our most gratious soueraigne Lady Queene Elizabeth. And yet all this will not now satisfie our brethren, but they will haue the matter fetched again about, as though it were fresh to beginne, or had neuer yet by so good a manner and meanes as these, bene hetherto disputed, examined, or de­liberated vpon. But would once more, serue their turne? No, nor I think one hundred or thousand times moe, except it were concluded in al points, euen as they themselues would haue it. But, how they would agrée amō [...] them-selues, and when, and how long that agréement would hold: God h [...] knoweth. For my part, I sée little hope of reconciliation in the matter, by this manner which they héere set down: God forgiue me, if I think amisse. Neither do I speake it of euill will vnto them, Whether our brethrē would stā [...]e to this manner. to whom I wish in Christe as to my self: nor, for that I would shunne y e conference in such manner, ( if I poore soule were worthy to be called among other ther-vnto) but only to shewe, that in very déede, this is but a meere pretence, to countenāce the matter, howsoeuer their entent (I graunt) be good & zealous, in the alteration of the estate of gouernment established. But if they intend in­déede such a manner of deliberation as they haue héere declared: who shal determine al the matter? Her Maiesty is named and their Honours, and whosoeuer they shall choose. What is heere assigned to her Ma. & their honours. But whereto are they named? Or wherto shal they choose anie? Forsooth, to receaue and examine the allegations on both sides. What meane they hereby? would they haue her Maiestye or them, to be scrutators and noters of the voyces, who giueth on this side, who on that, and so to examine which side hath mo voices? or, meane they by receauing and examining the allegations; to take, to marke, and exa­mine their reasons, & yet neither to determine any thing at al of them, nor to ratifie that, which the appointed iudges shall determine? But how then shall the manifeste light of the truth first appeare vnto them, except they shall so farre forth determine of the matter, that either on this or on th [...] side the truth consisteth?

But when the matter is thus determined: what shall now be done▪ it shall then be communicated to the people. And what now shal the peo­ple doe? shall they determine againe on the matter, after her Maiestie, [Page 47] their honours, or others whosoeuer by her Maiesty, The com­municating thereof to the people. and vnder her Ma. by their honours assigned or chosen, shall haue once determined of the matters, and communicated the same vnto the people: Shall they vndoe all that hath bene done, if they mislike it, or cannot agree vpon it? wherto then serued all this manner of their doing? No: her Maiestie onelye, in this manner, or their Honours, assigned by her Maiesty: or they, whosoe­uer are chosen by her Maiesty and them: must be, not onely the receauers and examiners of both sides: but also the iudges and determiners, as to whome the light of the truth shall first appeare: and then it must be com­mitted to the people, to knowe only what they must obey and stick vnto, without any further gain-saying, and there an ende. This is the manner ( as I take it) that here our brethren desire, of their disputation.

If now it be thus: hath not her Ma. vppon mature deliberation of the allegations on both sides, and that not by her selfe, but with their Ho­nours, and by them whome she with their honours hath chosen, determi­ned ( on the approbation) of the matter: and divulged her and their deter­mination, or approbation to the people alreadie? and where are our bre­thren then? Wil they desire to haue it yet once againe examined better, because perhaps al these learned discoursers haue not beene called to anie such disputation, conference, or deliberation. But what now if her Ma. their honours, and those that are by her Ma. and their honours chosen, These mat­ters alreadi [...] determined & ratified. shall thus determine or approue and ratifie againe, that which is already determined? will our brethren then, for euer héereafter, stand any more to her Ma. and their determ [...]nation, then now they do? If they wil: whie stande they not now to that her Maiesty hath already established, and to her constant auowing still of the same? Nay rather, why haue they clean already forsaken (in this their learned discourse following) all this deuise both for manner & matter. where-of they make all this so glorious pre­tence, and shewe, in this their Preface there-unto? For, if they would in­deede, that the matter should not be communicated vnto the people, vntil the manifest light of truth first appeare vnto thē: whom then meane they here, that it should first appeare vnto? Must it not firste appeare to them y t are chosen by her Ma & their honours, to receaue & examine the allega­tions on both sides? & what good māner then is this, for themselues before hand, to break this manner, by clapping out this learned discourse, & other so many treatises abroad in print, and so peremptorily before hand, to de­termine vpon al the points in controuersie betwene vs, & to cōmunicate them vnto the people, before the manifeste light of the truthe appeare, either vnto her Ma. their Ho. or to any whosoeuer they shal chose, to re­ceaue & examine the allegations of both sides, & consequently to deter­mine of y e same [...]are our brethrē frée frō t [...]eir own prescribed manner? to set out such bokes vnto y e people, both cōtrary to y e lawes, & cōtrary to that [Page 48] light of the truth, that hath already appeared to her Maiesty, and to her deputies determination. Yea, contrary also to the authority that h [...]ere in this manner is giuen to her Maiestie, denying in this learned discourse, pag. 141. that her Maiestie hath any other authority in these matters, then to make ciuill lawes, to binde the people to the confession of true faith, and to the right administring and receiuing of the sacraments, and to all Ecclesiasticall orders, that they being instructed by the worde of God, through the ministery of the preaching of the same ( which prea­ching commeth, after all the matter is established, and which preaching, is made also before the people) shal vnderstand to be profitable for the e­difying of the Church of Christ, &c. So that for all their godly pretence héere in the Preface, of deliuering the matter to her Maiestie, their Ho­nors, and whosoeuer they shall choose, to receaue and examine the alle­gations on both sides: so that it need not bee communicated vnto the people, til the manifest light of truth appeare first vnto them: yet, when it commeth to the matter indéed: this was spoken but for manners sake. For, the learned discourse, maketh no deliuery of it vnto the Prince, till it come by the Pastor preached in the pulpit, and so the people heare it as soone as the Prince: and then the Prince vnderstanding it out of the pulpit, must obey it: and make ciuill lawes only to maintaine and to punish with bodily punishment the offenders.

Neither doth our brethrens quirke héere help the matter, in that they say not, so that it should not bee communicated to the people, vntil, &c. but they say, so that it need not: they say wel therin y t, it need not, & why néed it not? All that was graunted to her Ma. and their H. was but onelie for māners sake, and re­solues to nothing. Forsooth, indede because it should not. Neither could it be cō ­municated vnto the people, before it were firste communicated to her Ma. or to her deputies, by the manner & order héere prescribed. For els [...], what meane these words, & the matter deliuered vnto her Ma, &c. so th [...]t our brethren themselues haue so broken this manner, that in a manner it is no more manner at al, then was the matter. And in this respect, our brethren haue prettily knit vp togither their aunswere to these 2. obiections, by the matter, and the manner: For, both matter and manner commeth all to one effect. And wher-to serueth all this manner, but to try the mat­ter? and in matter, concerning the substance of religion, we differed not. Wherfore must then this manner be obserued? Forsoth, not for any mat­ter of the substance of Religion, but, say they, concerning the gouern­ment of Christ: The momēt of the go­uernment pretended. of great moment indeede. Nay indeede ( brethren) is it not, of any great moment indeede, to vrge, & necessarily oblige all times and places, no, nor any time or place, as to the perfection of the estate of the church. For then, it were not onely a manner, but a matter, & that v [...] ­ry material cōcerning the substāce of religiō: wherein our brethren c [...] ­fesse that they agrée with vs, and dissent only in the gouernment. [Page 49] But where will our brethren shewe this gouernement, which they pre­tende to be the gouernment of Christ ( that is to say, the gouernment pre­scribed by Christ) to be the perpetuall, or to be the best, or to be any ordi­narie gouernement at all of his Church? It is not yet shewed, (that I can perceaue) by any other of our brethren, nor by this their learned dis­course. And if this could be shewed, it were matter indeede euen con­cerning the substance of religion, and a verie religious point to stande vpon. But since it is confessed, that all this a-doe about gouernement is not of the matter concerning the substance of Religion: dare our bre­thren aduenture so farre, to vrge, that (had it béene a gouernement of Christ, and that of great moment indeed in his time on the earth, and yet not of the substance of Religion) as to alter the gouernement establi­shed for such a matter, or rather not for a matter, but a manner of go­uernement not established? Yea, for this (be-it matter or manner of go­uernement) so to shake our whole estate of gouernement established, that in their gouernment which they would establish, her Maiestie ( which nowe hath a supreame gouernement, by the cleare worde of God, and after all mature deliberation, by all our owne consentes, lawes, and actes, in all our assemblies, synodes, councels, and Parliamentes, dispu­ted, resolued, determined, enacted, maintayned, continued, and by all these good meanes established) shal now haue her Maiesties authority cal­led againe in question, and a new examined, yea, so abased and set down, nay rather cleane set by, and put out? For, what title soeuer of her most excellent Maiestie, or bare terme of supreame authoritie, is not denied, (although I hope, our brethren doe it of no ill meaning, but onely are o­uershot there-in, and when they perceaue it, will reclaime it) yet the very thing that is here so much desired & vrged, is euen as Salomon fore-saw, more then his good and simple mother Bethsabee did, who thought no hurt vnto her sonne, but meant and wished all well, when she required so in­stantly of him, 3. Reg. 11. I desire of thee a small request, saye mee not naye: and the King sayde vnto her, Aske on my mother, for I will not say thee nay: then sayde shee, let Abysag the Sunamite be giuen to Adoniah thy brother to wife. But King Salomon aunswered and sayde vnto his mother: and why doest thou aske Abysag the Sunamite for Adoniah? aske for him the kingdome also. Verelie, verelie, which is Christes owne asseueration, Our brethe­rens de­sires preiu­dicial to her Maiesties chiefest au­thoritie. and therfore not rashlie to be vsed, nor vncharitably, I beléeue, and (mee thinkes) I fore-sée, that although these desires of our brethren stretch not, to preiu­dice her Maiesties life and person, which the dogged deadlie enemies doe séeke (the Lorde still defende her Maiestie from them:) and yet I thinke, that manie of them séeke it not so much, for anie malice to her person, as in a blinde malicious zeale against her authoritie, which if her Ma­iestie would giue ouer, manie of them would perhaps giue ouer their [Page 50] malice also, and acknowledge her their Soueraigne Ladie, as they did Queene Marie her Maiesties sister: yet this thing which these our bre­thren, though with as good meaning (I dare say for them) and with as louing hearts, as Bethsabee bare to her sonne Salomon, both thinke and wish vnto her Maiestie, as to their owne selues: but wha [...]soeuer they thinke, wish, or meane neuer so well, like louing subiectes: not onely her Maiestie, In whom (God be praysed) the wisedome (as it were) of Salo­mon shineth, but almost euerie man (not affectioned that way) may sée, that her Maiestie, to these her children, (as Salomon to his mother) may reply and say: Whie do you aske this thing? Aske, (if not the kingdome and all,) yet, euen the best and chiefest part, duetie, and authoritie of the kingdome. And that these desires of our brethren, doe so néerely touch her Maiestie, and euerie Christian Princes gouernment established, and supreame authoritie: I referre my selfe to this learned discourse, where it shall (God willing) most plainely appeare, what is taken away, and what is left to all Christian Princes, & so to her Maiestie in this gouerne­ment. Nowe vpon this satisfaction (as our brethren conceaue) to this last obiection, they conclude this preface, saying:

And if this so safe and reasonable an offer can not be liked, in respect of the last obiected consideration, Preface. we thinke it impossible, but the per­sons which desire a way so sound, peaceable & dutifull, shall recouer this fauour, that with safety of their consciences, they shal exercise their mi­nisterie with that libertie, which is meete for those, who shal-be tyed in all things to haue especiall regarde to the peace of the Church, and pub­like orders. Wherefore most Christian reader, when thou shalt by these fewe, take knowledge of these things: Pray vnto God for vs, and as thy place is, sollicite and furder so iust a cause, to this ende only, that Christs kingdome may be perfectly established, the consciences of all the godly quieted, and the happy regiment of her Maiestie honoured, with much ioy, peace, and quietnesse at home.

What safe & reasonable offer haue our brethren here made, or what an­swer haue they giuen, Bridges. or what meanes haue they deuised (besides the othe [...] obiections) to satisfie euē but the last obiected cōsideration? Our brethe­ren [...] 3. obie­ction not satisfied of preiudice to the state e­ [...]tablished. doth not the obiection stand stil, that it shalbe preiudicial to the estate of gouernmē [...] established? whē their desires principally are, that, not only the authority of the Bishops, & the most part of al the Lawes & orders eccl. established, but also, al the acts of Parliament ther-on: yea, her Maiesties own autho­ritie, & principall part thereof, concerning eccl. matters, must be reuersed, cancelled, abrogated, & dissolued, and a new authoritie in al these thinges set vp? Who may not sée (except he will blindfold himselfe with too muc [...] affection) that this is, and cannot otherwise be, but to the preiudice of the estate of gouernement that alreadie is established? As for the Bishoppes [Page 51] acceptation of any offer by our brethren, that to her Ma. & their Honors shalbe thought safe and reasonable, I dare vndertake it, they shall at all times be most readie to accept the same: so that our brethren would for euer hereafter, stande to the finall determination of the tryall. As for the offer, that here they make, is neither safe nor reasonable, nor satisfieth the consideration of the last obiection. And therefore, except better prouiso be had for the safegard of the Princes supreame authoritie: it can not ( as I take it) well be liked.

But if this offer can-not be liked: then say our brethren, we thinke it impossible, but the persons, which desire a way so sound, peaceable, and dutifull, shall recouer this fauour, that with safetie of their consciences, they shall exercise their ministerie with that libertie, &c.

As I said before, so I say againe, this way which our brethrē haue here set downe, is neither sound, peaceable, nor dutiful. It is so vnsound, that (as we haue séene) for many partes thereof, their verie words haue so vn­certain a sound, that we can not sound out the sense therof. And how can the same be peaceable: except there were such moderators and determi­nors, as might with full authoritie decide and determine all the contro­uersies? For if all should take vpon them to fall a prophecying, when they should fal rather to disputing: & all the hearers, & actors in the controuer­ [...]es, should (as in prophecieng) take vpon thē to be the iudges: how would not this, in these controuersies, bréed greater contentions & confusions, thē euer S. Paul reprehended among the Corinthians? Neither is it dutifull, when they cal into these questions, euen the Princes chief authority. Be­sides the intemperate spéeches against their brethrē, which we haue heard euen at their very first motion of this conference. And now since that this way ( as is here set down) is so vnsoūd, so vnpeaceable, so vndutiful: do our brethrē thinke it is impossible, but that the persons that desire this way, & make al these troubles, Our brethe­rens confi­dent opini­on of reco­uering fa­uour and exercise of their mini­sterie. shal recouer this fauor ( which they haue lost) y t with safetie of their consciences, they shall exercise their ministery, their cōsciences being thus affected as they are? would God, they would so en­ter into y e due examining of their consciences, wherfore they should haue lost this fauour which they now thinke they shal recouer? Yea, wherfore should they not more looke herein to dutie thē to fauour, for the exercise of their ministery? if they be indéed (as they say) faithful ministers, who made thē ministers? did not our Bishops? and if our B. be not Bishops: how could they make any ministers? How our brethren became mini­sters. and if their ordaining of thē were not a true or­daining: thē are they no true ministers. And if they be true & lawful mini­sters: how go they about to make their ministerie, to be no true & lawful ministerie, of whō their selues haue al the ministerie y t they haue? Would God this would sincke into their consciences: they would then neuer be the causes of their owne disfauour or restraint from the exercise of their [Page 52] ministerie, for the oppugning of their ministerie that made them mini­sters. Which if they exercise not: the default is not in the Bishoppes that made them ministers: for they made them of fauour, and to the end [...] that they should exercise their ministerie. So that the fault of their dis­fauour, and not exercise, is principally in their owne selues. And yet if they will performe indéede, that which in woordes heere they offer: they may both with recouerie of fauour, exercise their ministerie still, and might still so haue doone, without losse of fauour, if they would ex­ercise their ministerie with that libertie, which is meete for those which shal-be tyed in all thinges, Our brethe­rens offer to be tyed to haue speciall regard: to the peace of the church and publike orders. to haue especiall regarde to the peace of the Church and publike orders. In what bonde will they bee tyed to this: That her Maiestie, their honors, and the Bishops, may be assured here­of? Or will they promise this on the worde of a faithfull minister, that they will exercise their ministerie no otherwise? But, why then do they it not? For, there is no other thing required of them, and it is their dutie so to doe it. But what especiall regard of the peace of the Church & publike orders ( if they had libertie to exercise their ministery according to their consciences) is it likelie that our brethren would haue? whē as they were restrayned only for the abuse hereof: & being restrayned, do thus disturb [...] the peace of the Church, & the publike orders of the same? Yea, all their especiall regarde and drift, is against the publike orders. And if nowe they should thus be with fauour allowed, to exercise their ministery accor­ding to their cōsciences: what would our brethrē then spare to do against these publike orders? I maruel therfore how they can thus cōfidently say, it is impossible, but that they shall exercise their ministerie, &c. Where­as, it is both against all sense and reason, yea, plaine impossible to bee graunted to them, without we would with all, graunt vnto them all their desires, and deuises in these controuersies.

The epiloge of the pre­face exhor­ting to prai­er for these thinges. For the residue of this conclusion, we say in part with our bretheren also: Wherefore most Christian reader, when thou shalt by these fewe, take knowledge of these things, which are contayned in this preface, and in this Learned discourse, praye vnto God for vs: and as thy place is, ( and so farre foorth as accordeth with thy dutie therein) sollicite and fur­der so iust a cause ( as that the peace of the Church, the publike orders & gouernment established be not preiudiced) to this end only, that Christs kingdome may be perfectly established, the consciences of all the godly quieted, & the happy regimēt of her Ma. honored, with much peace, ioy, and quietnes, ( both) at home, among vs: and that it may ouerflowe, to th [...] reliefe, comfort and good example, of other parts of Christes Church, that are distressed in forraine countries. To the which effects (good Christian Reader) cal vpon God our heauenly Father, in the name of his sonne ou [...] Sauiour Christ, for the illumining of his holie spirit: that thy iudgement [Page 53] being not fore [...]talled in these matters, and yet, being desirous to sée the trueth, and to search out the bothom of these doubtes: thou mayest bee able to discerne the spirites aright, to resolue and staye thy selfe, on the very grounde of trueth in all these questions. And so a Gods name enter nowe, into the perusall and considering of this learned discourse.

The first booke of this defence against the learned discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment.

The argument of the first Booke.

THE first booke is of the principles of this learned dis­courses platforme of the Churches gouernment; of their partition thereof, into a Tetrarchie of 4. estates: Doctors, Pastors, Gouernours, and Deacons: and of their necessitie and perpetuitie: of the perswasion to leaue our own Estate, and embrace the Estate of our neighbors: and of their putting back the treatise of the Christian Princes supreame Gouernment, in Eccl. causes: and their reasons, why they will not first treate there-on, vntill they haue before assigned vnto all and euerie of these 4. Estates, all their places, with their seuerall and ioynt offices and authorities: wherein is shewed, not only what daun­ger, and iniurie is offred vnto Christian Princes: but also, with what vnworthie contumelies and sclaunders, they are reiected to the ende of this Learned discourse.

A learned discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernement, prooued by the worde of God. The title of our brethe­rens booke. Page. 1.

THis is the Title commendatorie of this booke, be­sides the other title which they set before it: A brief, or plaine declaration concerning the desires of al those faithfull ministers, The vaunt of learning in the dis­course. &c. But because this la­ter title liked them better: our brethren take the former part of this title, & prefixe ouer euerie leafe of all their treatise this commendation, A learned discourse of eccl. gouernment. I referre the iudge­ment of the learning to the learned. Me thinketh our brethren should haue [Page 54] done better, to let the discourse commende it selfe, whether it be learned or vnlearned: vino vendibili non [...]pus haedera. But what soeuer the reader can iudge of learning: let him stil haue his ayme to this point, that is here auouched, The proofe by the word of God. but not likewise set vp ouer euery leafe, proued by the word of God. For, beit learned or vnlearned, proue that: & we yéelde. And if our brethren proue it not by the word of God: then we craue of them, that they will cease these contentious discourses, and not stande so much vpon their learning. But both their learned discoursing of Eccl. gouernment, and their prouing the same by the word of God shall appeare (God wil­ling) to the Reader, by the discoursing.

The learned dis­course. Page. 1.The Church of God is the house of God, & therefore ought to be di­rected in al things, according to the order prescribed by the housholder himselfe: which order is not to be learned else-where, but in his holie word. The first of these principles or propositions, is the very worde of the holy Ghost vttered by Paul: The second followeth necessarily of the first. 1. Tim. [...].15. The third is a manifest trueth, beleeued of all them, that acknow­ledge the scripture of God, The defini­tion of the Church. to be a perfect rule of all our life, and able to make the man of God perfect, prepared to all good workes.

2. Tim. 3.17. On these thrée principles, our brethren lay their ground of al their lear­ned discourse. Bridges. Which being rightly vnderstoode, and building well vpon them, Three principles or propositions, whereon all this learned discourse is grounded. First, that the Church is Gods house. are verie good principles, or rather propositions, as they terme thē. Of this first, is saide ynough alreadie: concerning Dauids comparing him selfe to the stone in the corner of this mysticall houses building. And most gladly we admit this our brethrens testimonie for the same, as the verie worde of the holy Ghost vttered by Paule: and that this house of God, which is the Church of the liuing God, ( is) the piller and ground of truth: Because it alwayes vpholdeth and maintaineth the trueth, both in this matter of eccl. gouernment, and in all other, so farre as is necessa­rie to saluation. Albeit, Christe in principall, properly and absolutely, is the onely ground and foundation of this house. 1. Tim. 3.17. And heere by the way, sith by this testimonie of S. Paul, The Church the piller of [...]he truth. the Church, which is the house of God, is thus the piller and ground of the truthe: If this gouernment that our brethren vrge be so necessarie, and of so great moment to the house or church of God: then is it likely, y e the Church of God, though it hath not alwaies and in all places, yet for the most part of time & places, or at least­wise, in some ages and places, had this gouernment maintained, & kept it, or striued for it; or else belike it was not thought so necessarie.

2. that all things shold be directed by the hous­holders pre­scribed or­der.The second principle ( they say) followeth necessarily of the first. And so it doth, which seconde was this: and therefore ( this Church or house of God) ought to be directed in all thinges, according to the order prescribed by the housholder himselfe. Which principle is true within the boundes thereof, that is to say, in all thinges that he hath prescribed. [Page 55] But if he haue not prescribed all thinges appertayning to the externall gouernment of his Church or house: Howe farre this rule holdeth. then are those thinges which are not prescribed by the housholder himselfe, not to be so vrged, as that they ought necessarily, this way or that way to be alwayes directed. The Apostle Hebr. 8. verse. 5. saith out of Exod. 25. verse 40. Moses was war­ned by God, when he was about to finish the Tabernacle: See sayde he, Hebr. 8.5. that thou make all thinges according to the paterne, shewed to thee in the mount. But the Apostle proceeding in the ninth Chapter, Hebr. 9.11. verse 11. applying this first Tabernacle to the second, which he calleth a greater and more per­fect Tabernacle, not made with handes, that is, not of this building, ( meaning the naturall bodie of Christe) referreth not this to the mysti­call bodie, which is the Church or house of God, and much lesse to the externall forme of regiment in all matters ecclesiasticall, or belonging to the Churches gouernment. No, not when before, chap. 3. verse 1. Hebr. 3.1. &c. he speaketh both of Christ himselfe, and of his house or Church also. Therefore (sayeth he) holy brethren, partakers of the heauenly vocation, consi­der the Apostle and high Priest of our profession Christ Iesus: who was faithfull to him that hath appointe [...] him, euen as Moses was in all his house. For this man was counted woorthie of more glorie th [...]n Moses, in asmuch as he that hath buil­ded the house, hath more honour than the house. For euery house is builded of some man, and hee that hath built all thinges, is God. Nowe Moses verelie was faithfull in all his house, as a seruant, for a witnesse of the thinges which should be spoken after: but Christe is as the sonne ouer his owne house, whose house wee are, if we holde fast the confidence, and the reioysing of the hope, vnto the ende.

Here againe, we sée that this faithfulnesse in all his house, (as Moses was faithful,) is not to be reckoned, as though he went about to shewe vs, that all pointes of the externall regiment of the house or Churche of Christe, haue a prescribed order, by which they ought to bee direc­ted in all thinges: but that in the inwarde and spirituall regiment there­of, we should acknowledge Iesus Christ the sonne of God to be the Lord and owner of this house, and to consider him, as the Apostle and high Priest of our profession, that is, of our Christian faith and religion, and to confirme our faith in him, that wee are his house or Church, if wee holde fast ( not this or that externall forme of Ecclesiastical gouernment) but the confidence and reioysing of hope vnto the ende.

And thus farre foorth, and not furder, we admit this second principle or proposition.

And this is necessarie to be obserued, The capti­ous setting downe of the 2. prin­ciple. because this principle is here set downe in such captious order, as insinuating, that Christ had prescri­bed an order in all thinges, in his house or Church: according to the prescription whereof, all thinges ought to be directed. [Page 56] In which sense it is no principle, but a question betwéene vs, which w [...] denie, and our brethren affirme: but as yet they haue not prooued it.

The thirde ( saye they) is a manifest trueth, beleeued of all them, that acknoweledge the Scripture of God, The 3. prin­ciple. That the scripture teacheth all the Chur­ches gouernment. The caption of this third principle. to bee a perpetuall rule of all our life, and able to make the man of God perfect, prepared to all good workes.

Here againe, another caption is to be taken héede of, in this their thirde principle: which order is not to bee learned else-where, but in his holie woorde. For if they meane it of the order that in his holie worde he hath prescribed: true it is, that order is not to be learned any where else, as anie necessarie prescription: otherwise then as an expo­sition of the same order, for our more cleare and fuller learning thereof. And so (alwayes kéeping the foundation) the godlie fathers and exposi­tors may builde there-on: and the godlie gouernours of the Church, may beautifie and adorne the same: so that all be doone to Gods glorie, and to the true edifying of the Church. And so, this third proposition is a manifest trueth beleeued of all them, that acknowledge the scrip­ture of God, to be a perfect rule of all our life, and able to make the man of God perfect, prepared to all good workes.

But it followeth not héere-upon, that all generall or particuler orders in the externall gouernement of the Church, are not else-where to bee learned, but in Gods holie woorde: except they meane by Gods holie worde, such as are inclusiuely comprehended, and not expresselie speci­fied in his holie worde. For, they their selues haue not all their orders expressely mentioned, and in all thinges prescribed in Gods holy worde. For example, their owne communion booke, entituled: The forme of Common prayers, The forme of common prayer by our brethe­ren prescri­bed. administration of the Sacramentes, &c. They dare not auowe, that all thinges therein conteyned, haue not beene learned else-where, but in his holie worde, and are there to be founde eyther in plaine woordes, or necessarie implication: but because they thinke, that they are not contrarie: they dare auouch thus farre, to call them, Agreeable to Gods worde. And yet, as though the agreea­blenesse also might be called in question: they adde héere-to, And the vse of the reformed Churches. And as their owne booke of Common prayers vseth all these helpes, to saue all vpright, for feare they might be chalenged in this poynt: euen so, this booke which our bretheren commende vnto vs, to be, A learned discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouern­ment, prooued by the worde of God: wee shall finde in the discourse thereof, that the learned discoursers learned not all the orders prescri­bed there-in, Agreable to Gods worde though not prescribed. out of Gods holie worde: but somewhat else-where. Ex­cept they will likewise say, it is agreeable, or not contrarie to Gods ho­lie worde.

[Page 57] Wherein also, we shall (God willing) sée how they faile. But if that an­swer may thus serue them: I sée not whie, it may not as well serue vs, if we haue no other gouernement established, but such as is agreeable and not contrarie to the holie word of God, although it be not in his holie word expresselie prescribed.

Neither dooth this text of S. Paule. 2. Tim. 3.17. anie more infringe euerie order in the churches gouernement, that it maye not be learned else-where, but in Gods holie worde: then it dooth infringe euerie other order in the ciuill policie, or administration of euerie mans morall beha­uiour: that their orders also are not to be learned else-where, but in Gods holie word. Bicause, thi [...] is a manifest truth, beleeued of all them that acknowledge the scripture of God, to be a perfect rule of all our life, and able to make the man of God perfect, prepared to all good workes. But it sufficeth for such orders as are not prescribed, nor specifi­ed as things necessarie to saluation, both in life and manners, to leuell all such orders ( be they ecclesiasticall, ciuill, or morall) according to the ana­logie of those, that are specified & prescribed: and to receiue them, either as folded vp or vnfolded, in those generall specifications & prescriptions: and so to estéeme them in their degrées, as necessarie or expedient to edifi­cation, for order, comlinesse, or obedience sake, although they be none of those things, that directlie apperteine vnto the necessitie of our saluati­on, or to anie absolute necessitie of our obedience.

And thus farre (as I, vnder correction, take it) are these three princi­ples, albeit indéed no principles, bicause we sée they are thus intricate, ambiguous, captious, and so questionable (but propositions, are the fitter name for the two later) to be admitted, and no farther.

This foundation being surelie laide, The learned dis­course. Page. 2. against which the gates of hell cannot preuaile: we ought diligentlie and reuerentlie to search the ho­lie scriptures, that we may finde, what order our sauiour Christ, our one­lie housholder, hath set foorth in them: by which he would haue his church or houshold to be directed in all thinges, apperteining to the eternall saluation of vs men, his vnprofitable seruants. What mi­nisters are apointed in the church.

Héere our brethren drawe their thrée former propositions to an head or issue: what order is prescribed in the holie scriptures. But whereas they make these thrée foresaid propositions, Bridges. to be the foundation of all their building of this house of God: The issue of these three principles. ( the reuerence reserued to so lear­ned discoursers) me thinketh they should haue laide a more sure founda­tion, whether it be of this house of Gods church, or of their platforme of building this their ecclesiasticall gouernement. Our bre­therens found [...]ion, and the foū ­dation that For (as we may easilie perceiue, by view of these thrée propositions) they are not all of them so sure and plaine principles, as our brethren would beare vs in hand, they are. But this is apparant, that they are not that foundatiō, against which [Page 58] Christ saith) that the gates of hell shall not preuaile. That foundatio [...] was surelie laide indéed: for it was Christ himselfe, vpon whom (by faith in him) all the house of the church is builded: as the Apostle saith: No m [...]n can laye anie other foundation, then that that is laide, which is Iesus Christ. Séeing that therefore, our brethren make all their foundation, where vp­on their plotforme of gouernement shall arise, to consist on these thrée foresaid propositions: I doubt, least, the surelier they thinke that they lay their building on it, this foundation will not beare it, being so sandie, lose, and hollowe: except their building be of verie slight timber, & light stuffe. Neuerthelesse, the drift wherevnto they driue all these thrée pro­positions, is well to be liked, to search the scriptures, as Christe willeth, Iohn. 5.39. For they testifie of him. But although a man builde on that foundation, which is onelye Iesus Christ: yet (saith S. Paule. 1. Cor. 13.11, &c. [...]Cor. 13.11. Let euerie man take heed how he buildeth vpon it. For if any man build vpon this foundation, gold, siluer, precious stones, timber, hay, stubble: euerie mans worke shall-be made manifest. For the daie shall declare it, bicause it shall-be re­uealed by the fire, and the fire shall trie euerie mans worke, of what sorte it is. If anye mans worke that he hath built vpon, abide, he shall receiue wages: if anye mans worke burne, he shall lose, but he shall-be safe himselfe: neuerthelesse, yet as it were by the fire. And who are these that build thus, albeit, on Christe? Maye we not well (among all other interpretations) compare them vnto these builders, It sufficeth not to build on Christ, but also to take heede howe we b [...]ild on him. which being neither Heathen, nor Heretiks, nor errone­ous Papists ( for, all those builde besid [...]s the foundation Christ,) But these building and grounding themselues (so farre as reacheth to the ground and foundation) all on Christe, notwithstanding, they contend (as the Corinthians did) about matters, that were not so necessarie, but lesse edifiynge: of the which, although some of them were goo [...] giftes of GOD, méete for the state and time then present, (being well vsed) but not to bee vrged so peremptorilie, that euen a building and platforme, shoulde bee made and prescribed vnto all churches, and to all times and states, of those things: these men (although other­wise, they laye all their foundation onelie on Iesus Christ) yet when the fire of Gods spirit and holie word, shall come in-déed to trie them, this fire will consume and burne vp (as strawe, or stubble, yea be it tim­ber also) all these curious and contentious plotformes, that these our ze [...] ­lous brethen haue framed, and endeuoured to set vp, on Iesus Christe, the rocke and foundation of all the building. But not so, but that they their selues (by the grace of God) shall neuer the lesse be saued, though these deuises of theirs, for all they build them on Christ, yet bicause they are not so necessarie to edifiyng ( as they conceaue of them) shall perish in the triall.

And as this is true of our brethrens building, so likewise of ours, or o [...] [Page 59] anye others, if we should make anye building on Christe, of the outward order of ecclesiasticall gouernement, otherwise then as S. Paule the wise maister builder dooth: not to vrge them as matters of saluation, or as though the perfection of religion laye in them: nor yet to giue leaue to euery priuate congregation, to dispose of them, as they list: but so to vrge and reteine them, as orders necessarie, not of the building it selfe, but of the ornaments of the building, of which orders he giueth his generall rule, 1. Cor. 14.40. Let all things be doone honestlie and by order, as we shall (God willing) sée further in this discourse thereon. And such orders he séemeth also to include, 1. Cor. 11.34. Other things will I set in order when I come. But these orders are neither of the substance of the building: nor be all of them expressed in the holie scriptures, though some of them be: nor all that are expressed, are prescribed to all ages & churches, nor are things of necessitie to saluation. Albeit, they be not thervpon, to be vnor­derlie plucked vp or contemned, being orderlie set downe & established.

But, that we ought diligentlie and reuerentlie to search the holie scriptures, that we may finde what order our Sauiour Christ, our onelie housholder, hath set foorth in them, by which he would haue his house or church, to be directed in all thinges, apperteining to the eternall salua­tion of vs men, his vnprofitable seruants: This is most true, we ought so to do, and to do the same with great diligence, and no lesse reuerence: Diligence and reue­rence in searching the scrip­tures. least perhaps, of neuer so good and zealous a meaning, we should ouer-bu­sie our selues contentiouslie, for things not necessarilie perteining to the eternall saluation of vs men his vnprofitable seruants, when we find any thing mentioned in the holie scriptures: and not diligentlie and reue­rentlie searching, and considering the same, streightwaies vrge it, to be a generall order, or an absolute rule, that our Sauiour Christ, Vrging of things read in the scrip­ture, as necessarie to saluat [...]ō, that are not necessarie. our onelie (cheefe) housholder, hath set foorth in them: by the which he woulde haue his house or church to be directed, as in things perteining to the eternall saluation of vs men his vnprofitable seruants. This were indéed an improfitable seruice, and an vndiligent and vnreuerent searching of the holie scripture. For so, Per ignorationem Elenchi, not knowing the ground of the matter, which we searched for, we might (in a zeale not according to knowledge) run (and leade other with vs) into manie and dangerous inconueniences, and so, become not onelie vnprofitable, but hurtefull seruants too.

And if these our brethren, the learned discoursers, did alwaies search the holie scriptures, with this diligence and reuerence ( as both they and we, and all ought to doo) they should finde, that in their vrging of this their ecclesiasticall gouernement, as apperteining to saluation, they offer to great an iniurie, both to all vs their brethren, & to the most ages, and peoples (if not to all Gods church) besides themselues. For, albeit [Page 60] they could find some parts thereof set foorth by our sauiour Christ in the holie scriptures: ( which how they searche and prooue, this discourse will shew) yet, for all their forme héere prescribed, to be set foorth by our sa­uiour Christe, or by his apostles, in the holie scriptures, by which he would haue his church directed in all things, and that, as apperteining to the saluation of vs men, Our brethe­rens to hard a censure of t [...]e greatest pa [...]te of Christes church. his vnprofitable seruants: They shall neuer finde this, search while they will. Yea, in saying this, they pronounce to hard a censure, vpon all the house and church of Christ, where this ec­clesiasticall gouernement hath not béene obserued. Which (if it had per­teined to the saluation of man) should not onelie haue béene vnprofita­ble, but cast awaie and condemned seruants to, and so, no liuelie stones of his house, or parts of his true church at all. For it booteth not that other of our brethren thinke to helpe the matter, in likening our church to a man liuing, but yet maimed: or to a house standing, but yet ruinated. For, if it necessarilie be apperteining to the saluation of vs men: then cannot we men without it be partakers of saluatiō. But none are of the true church of God, but are pertakers of saluation. For the true church is onelie of the elected: and therefore either all that haue not had (since Christs time) this prescribed forme of gouernment, were not the church of Christ at all, Our bre­theren heer­in are of Harrisons opinion a­gainst [...]art­wright. or els, this prescribed forme of gouernmēt, is not necessarilie apper­teining to the saluatiō of vs men. And if not necessarie, then vnnecessarie to our saluatiō. And then, we shall mainteine our gouernment (I trust) in peace, honestie, and godlinesse, (by the grace of God) well-inough, yea, without anie deforming: and much more, without anie maiming of the church of Christ ( as Cartwrighte saith) and much more, without being no true church at all (as Harrison saith) although we want it.

But now let vs sée, with what diligence and reuerence our brethren haue searched the holie scriptures, The learned dis­course. Page. 2. and what they haue found in them for this their building.

Now we finde in the scriptures, that our sauiour Christ ascending in­to heauen, was not vnmindfull of his church on earth: but ordeined an holie ministerie of men, to the building vp of the bodie of Christ, in v­nitie of faith and knowledge. Eph [...]s. 4.11. 1. Cor. 12.28.

Bridges This for a beginning is well searched out, and a good beginning ma­keth a good ending. This is searched, found, and quoted by our brethren, Ephes. 4.11, and 1. Cor. 12.28. But they finde héere, that was not lost, nor is doubted of, Th [...] gif [...] & offices mē ­t [...]one [...], or called in question betwéene vs. For, we confesse, as fréelie as they, (that our sauiour Christ ascending into heauen, was not vnmindfull of his church on earth: Ephes. 4.11. but ordeined an holie ministerie of men. But what that holie ministerie of men was, the apostle himselfe sheweth in the same place, Ephes 4. ver. 11. He therefore gaue some to be A­postles, and some Prophet [...], and some Euangelists, and some Pastors and teachers. [Page 61] This place declareth, that our sauiour Christ was neither vnmyndfull, nor vnbountifull to his church on earth. Notwithstanding, the most part of the gifts héere reckoned vp, are ceased manie hundred yeares agone: and either there remaineth of this, but one, Pastor and teacher. vnderstanding pastor and teacher for one office, as the apostle deuiding the other, setteth downe this togi­ther iointlie, since the office of Pastor cheefelie consisteth in teaching, ( and so doo the most interpretor [...] expound it) or there remaineth but two ordi­narie functions at the most, héere mentioned: if we should deuide them as these our brethren doo: but of that afterward. Now onelie to the present purpose, for the which our brethren héere alledge this place, the Apostle héere citeth it not for anie orders of ecclesiasticall gouernement, concer­ning externall discipline or iurisdiction, in what prescribed manner it should be obserued, directed, set foorth, and perpetuallie continued in Christs church: yea, the chéefest part of those gouernours, The Apo­stles neither words nor scope set downe a perpetuall forme of externall gouerne­ment in th [...] church. which the A­postle setteth downe, is altered, by taking awaie the three principall na­med persons, Apostles, Prophets, and Euangelists. But S. Paule speaking there, of their diuerse gifts and functions: to what purpose doo our bre­thren say, Christ gaue them? To the building vp ( saye they) of the body of Christ in the vnitie of faith and knowledge.

What is this to the matter that we now search to finde in the scrip­tures, that is to saie, for some orders prescribed and set foorth, concer­ning the externall forme of ecclesiasticall gouernement for the church, to be directed by, in all things? Can we finde this, in this testimonie of the scripture? If we can: let vs search the place better, and not curtall it thus, as they doo. He therefore ( saith the Apostle) gaue some to be apo­stles, and some prophets, and some euangelists, and some pastors and teachers: for the gathering together of the saints, for the worke of the ministerie, and for the edification of the bodie of Christ, till we all meet togither in the vnitie of faith, and knowledge of the sonne of God, vnto a perfect man, and vnto the measure of the age of the fulnesse of Christ, that we hence foorth be no more children, wauering, and caried about with euerie winde of doctrine, by the deceite of men, and with crafti­nesse, whereby they lie in waite to deceaue. But let vs follow the truth in loue, and in all things grow vp into him, which is the head (that is Christ) by whome all the bodie being coupled and knit together by e­uerie ioint, for the furniture thereof, according to the effectuall power, which is in the measure of euerie part, receaueth encrease of the bodie, vnto the edifiyng of it selfe in loue.

This is all that S. Paule in this place speaketh, of these gifts, and of this building, and of the order and ends thereof. So that, héere he referreth all to vnitie in doctrine of faith, and to holie conuersation of life, and not to the externall orders of the churches ecclesiasticall gouernement. Al­beit [Page 62] we must not thinke héere vpon, that bicause this gouernement is not héere mentioned among the gifts, which our Sauiour Christ gaue to his church on earth, when he ascended into heauen: He was vnmindfull of his church: or that S. Paule was vnmindfull of his giftes: or that the church hauing not had this now desired gouernment, for so manye hun­dreth yeares, should haue béene so long time vnmindfull or destitute of the same, if it had béene any matter wherein the perfection of the church consisted: or the want thereof had béene any impediment to those ends, that the Apostle héere citeth. But we may rather thinke the contrarie, that it was no such important matter, and therefore not necessarie to be minded.

Well, yet if it be not in the one place héere quoted, it maye be in the o­ther. Let vs therefore likewise sée the other, 1. Cor. 12.28. 1. Cor. 12.28. And there in­déed are gouernours mentioned in expresse termes. For where S. Paule had said, Verse, 27. Now are ye the bodie of Christ, and members for your parte: it followeth. And God hath ordeined some in the church: as first Apostles, s [...] ­condlie Prophet, thirdlie Teachers; then, them that doo miracles: after that, the giftes of healing, helpers, gouernors, diuersities of toongs. Héere are giftes recko­ned vp, Apostles and Prophets mentioned before: and héere among other, are gouernors named: Gouernors. but what kind of gouernors? Or whether with anie ordinarie forme and order of gouernement, Neither in this place the example sets downe any perpe­tuall order of the chur­ches exter­nall gouernment. for the church alwaie [...] to be directed by, any more then by anye other of the residue héere men­tioned? (except Teachers, which are alwaies necessarie for the instructiō o [...] doctrine, and documents of life:) this place helpeth to our brethrens pur­pose, no more then did the other. Neither was the purpose of S. Paule héer­in, directed to any such bent, but to exhort the Corinthians vnto edifiyng in vnitie and loue, and not to distract themselues in faction, about thes [...] giftes, as he procéedeth saying: Are all Apostles? Are all Prophets? Ar [...] all Teachers? Are all workers of miracles? Haue all the giftes of hea­ling? Doo all speake with toongs? Doo all interpret? But desire yo [...] the best giftes, and I will yet shew you a more excellent waie. And so h [...] entreth into a lerned discourse indéed, chap. 13. Not of this our brethren [...] plotforme of ecclesiasticall gouernement, The exam­ples sco [...]e. as tending to the perfection of the church: But of the excellencie of loue or charitie, aboue all th [...] giftes and offices that he had named: and maketh this the waie to tend vnto the perfection of the church, concluding thus: And now abidet [...] faith, hope, and loue, these three: but the cheefest of these is loue. Thi [...] was the full drift of S. Paule in this place, concerning the mysticall bodi [...] of Christe, which is his church or house, and that the building vp there­of: euen, where he speaketh of Gouernors, and of the waye tending to perfection, & where he citeth many giftes and offices: and yet can we n [...]t héere finde this platforme of ecclesiasticall gouernement, which our br [...] ­thren [Page 63] desire & seeke for, ( now in the beginning of this learned discourse, and afterwards againe and againe) in these place [...]. And yet, had there béene then in the church of Christ, anye such plotforme, S. Paule had in this place, notable occasion to haue treated thereof. But héere is no menti­on of it, or of any pe [...]petuall forme at all prescribed of ecclesiast. gouerne­ment, saue onelie of Teaching: except they wil include that in gouerning. So that finding nothing hetherto to satisfie their desires, in searching these two testimonies of the scripture: let vs now procéed, to search further with them for this matter.

We finde also, that as the offices, are diuerse of this ministerie: The learned dis­course. Page. 2. and 3. so they are not generall vnto all the church, but as order and necessitie re­quire, for executing of their office, distributed and limited vnto cer­teine places or particuler churches, according to the diuision of regi­ons, cities and townes. For we read that Paule and Barnabas, ordeined at Derbie, Lystra, Iconium, and Antiochia, &c: elders by election in e­uerie church, with praier and fasting, and so commended them to the Lord, in whome they beleeued. Also Paule left Titus in the Isle of Creta, that he should ordeine Elders in euerie citie, as he had appointed.

What our brethren did finde in the two foresaide testimonies of the scripture, we haue alreadie séene, that is to saye, Bridges. they haue found out in them, for the confirmation of the question betwéene vs, what more, what lesse, méere nothing. Héere they tell vs they finde also, that the diuerse of­fices of this ministerie are not generall vnto all the church. But they finde also this so doubtfullye, that we can scarce tell howe to finde also what it is, that they saye héere, they haue found. For, The confu­sednes [...]e of our brethe­rens word [...]. what meane they by these words: that as the offices are diuerse, so are they not ge­nerall vnto all the church? Whether meane they, not generall vnto all the church, in respect of all the persons, of whom the church consisteth, that is to say, not generall or cōmon to all men? Or, meane they it, in respect of the time: that is to say, they are not generall or perpetuall to all the con­tinuance of the churche to the worlds end? And if they do so: why do they then alledge these places for them? Sithe they can neither finde by them, all the offices of eccl. gouernmēt that they desire: nor those places do di­ [...]inguish, which diuerse offices of this ministerie are generall or perpe­tuall, and which are not. Or, meane they generall, in respect of all places, wheresoeuer the church is through-out all the world dispersed? And al­though this last sence, seemeth to draw néerest to the coherence of their words following: but as order and necessitie require, for executing of their office, distributed and limited vnto corteine places or particuler churches, according to the di [...]isions of regions, cities and townes: yet [...]re these wordes (me thinkes) as darke, or darker then the other. And [...]ill ( [...] correction) I wishe, they had (for their owne sakes) set [Page 64] downe their words more plainelie. For my part, I gather this of them [...] that for the executing of anye of those diuerse offices ( not speaking of those that are alreadie ceased, but of those that are ordinarie offices, which our brethren also make diuerse offices) these cannot execute their offices, but that for order sake, and of verie necessitie, these offices or of­ficers must be distributed and limited, The distri­bution of offices in regions, ci­ties, and townes▪ for orders sake, and for ve­rie necessi­tie: either vnto certeine places, or particuler churches, where they may gouerne, feede, or teach the peo­ple: and these certeine places or particuler churches, are to be assigned or appointed vnto these diuerse offices or officers, according to the di­uisions of regions, cities and townes: that is to say, some of these diuerse offices or officers, to wit, Gouernors, Pastors, & Teachers, to be distri­buted and limited; some ouer regions, other ouer cities, and other ouer townes. Is not this their meaning, that these diuerse offices should be thus distinguished and limitted, and that for order sake: yea, that verie necessitie dooth require it, for the better executing of their offices?

If this be not their meaning: I cannot sée, what better construction to make of their words And the verie examples which héere they finde also, doo directlie confirme this sense. For although in the one, Act. 14.23: they tell vs, that Paule and Barnabas ordeined elders by election. Which ex­ample we shall afterwards (God willing) sée more fullie & oftener then once discoursed: yet neither followeth it, that those presbyters, preests o [...] elders, must be vnderstood of a seniorie, that are gouernors and not tea­chers, to be elected or ordeined in euerie church: and our brethren themselues before, spoke onelie of an holie ministerie, which words are vsuallie restrained, vnto the diuine ministers of the word & sacraments. Neither followeth it, that although the churches had elected them ( which cannot necessarilye be gathered on that text) whome they knew fittest to be ordeined: that therefore they had anye thing at all to doo in the ordei­ning or making of them. For, the text is plaine, that Paule and Barnabas did ordeine them, and not, the churches with Paule and Barnabas did ordeine them. Paule and Barnabasses orde [...]ning elders. As for their other example, Tit. 1.5. dooth most apparantli [...] confirme the same, and cleane ouerthroweth the ecclesiasticall gouerne­ment, that their selues desire. For first, what ecclesiasticall office Tit [...] had, Titus li­mited to the region of Creta. the verie subscription of S. Paules epistle vnto him, dooth declare: To Titus the first elected bishop of the church of the Cretenses. Which sub­scription, what it inferreth, we shall (God willing) haue further occasi [...] to note againe heereafter. In the meane season, it accordeth to our breth [...] ­rens saying, that he had by S. Paules assignement, for the executing of [...] episcopall office, Titus office and autho­ritie in his limited region. the whole Ile and people of the Cretians, as his pro­uince or region, distributed and limitted vnto him. And our brethren further confesse: Also Paule left Titus in the Ile of Creta, that he should ordeine Elders in euerie citie, as he had appointed. And not onelie so: [Page 65] but as appeareth by Saint Paules owne words: For this cause, The giftes, &c. left I thee in Creta, that thou shouldest redresse the things that remaine, and shouldest ordeine presbyters (preests or Elders) in euerie citie, as I ap­pointed thee. What these Presbyters, Preests, or Elders were, least we should vnderstand them to be Consistories, of gouerning onelie and not teaching presbyters, preests, or elders: He procéedeth, saying: what office the elders had that Titus or­deined. If anie be vnreprooueable, the husband of one wife, hauing faithfull children, which are not slandered of riot, neither are disobedient. For a Bishop must be vnreprooueable, as Gods steward: and so foorth, as by the de­scription of the properties there required, dooth appeare: especiallie the last, that he may be able to exhort with wholesome doctrine, and im­prooue them that gaine-saye it. Whereby we may plainelie sée, that he meaneth onelie the Bishops and Presbyters, Preests or Elders of the worde.

Héere, of these Bishops and Presbyters, Preests or Elders, S. Paule gi­ueth to Titus the authoritie or iurisdiction to be their ordinarie, or the ordeiner of them, in their Episcopall and presbyterall office, without a­nye mention at all, of any others election of them, besides himselfe, to ap­point and ordeine such, as he should sée, to be sufficientlie qualified for those offices. And that he should thus doo in euerie citie in Creta, which Iland at that time, had many and famous Cities. To conclude, he giueth him charge, and so withall, authoritie, that hee should there continue to redresse those things that were remaining to be doone, Which, what things they were (some orders, perhaps, of ecclesiasticall gouernement, méete for their state): yet, bicause they are not specified: no prescribed or­der of this or that ecclesiasticall gouernement, The proofe in Titus of Episcopall and Archie­piscopall iurisdictiō. can be inferred on those generall words. Neuerthelesse, they prooue, that he had authoritie, and that a continuing authoritie, to redresse such ecclesiasticall matters, as were amisse, or not yet established among them. So that, héere is a mani­fest iurisdiction Episcopall, yea, Archi-episcopall, not onelie ouer Pastors and Teachers, being elders in euerie particuler church: but also ouer Bishops hauing authoritie ouer whole cities: Titus being aboue them all, through-out y whole Ile, as a Regionall or Prouinciall Bishop, which we vsuallie call by the auncient terme, Metropolitane or Archbishop. And all this dooth héere by the waie (before we come to the proper trea­ [...]is [...] thereof) their owne example, which they haue héere found out, moste [...]festlie prooue, directlie against the ecclesiasticall gouernement that they seeke for. From these places, our brethren returne vnto the testi­monies, that they cited before, prefixing one moe, Rom. 12. vnto them.

Concerning the diuerse offices of the ministerie, The learned dis­course. Page. 3. we are taught by Saint Paule, Rom. 12.6. also, 1. Cor. 12.28. and Ephes. 4.11. Where we [Page 66] reade that God hath ordeined in the ministerie of his Church th [...]se se­uerall offices: namelie, Apostles, Euangelists, Prophets, Pastors, Doctors, Gouernors and Deacons: also men indued with the giftes of healing, of powers or miracles, and of diuerse toongs.

Bridges.Concerning the diuers offices of the ministerie, our brethren sear­ched before, but they could finde nothing for their desired Ecclesiasti­call gouernement. And yet heere the places which before were onelye cited in the margine, are now ascited and promoted into the Learned dis­course it selfe: (belike) on hope of some better matter. Howbeit, they saye nothing. They doo héere but muster on a plumpe, come foorth for a shewe, and so passe by in a confused order, and not in their places, as the Apostle setteth them downe And, a number are left out, that are also mentione [...] in these chapters héere cited, euen almoste as manye as bee héere name [...]. For besides these, the Apostle, Rom. 12. verse. 6. reckoneth vp diuerse other giftes.

Seeing then (saith hee) that wee haue giftes, which are diuerse, according to the grace that is giuen vnto vs: The diuerse giftes men­tioned in these places. whether we haue prophecie, let vs prophesie, according to the proportion of faith: or an office, let vs waire on the office: or he that teacheth, on teaching: or he that exhorteth, on exhortation: be that distri­buteth, let him doo it with simplicitie: he that ruleth, with diligence: he th [...] sheweth mercie, with cheerefulnesse. Héere are seauen giftes by the Apostle mentioned.

And 1. Cor. 12. beginning at the eight verse, he saith: Now there are diuersities of giftes, but the same spirite: and there are diuersities of admini­strations, but the same Lord: and there are diuersities of operations, but GOD is the same, which worketh all in all. But the manifestation of the spirite, is giuen to euerie man to profite with-all: for to one is giuen, by the spirite, the worde of wisedome: and to another the worde of knowledge, by the same spirit [...], and to another, is giuen faithe, by the same spirite: and to another, the giftes of healing, by the same spirite: and to another, the operation of gr [...] workes: and to another, prophesie: and to another, the discerning of spirites, and to another diuersities of toonges, and vnto another the interpretation of toongs.

Héere againe are nine giftes reckoned vp, of the which eight were not before Rom. 12. as diuerse giftes named. And in the place alreadie cit [...] and viewed, 1. Corin. 12. ver. 28. are also eight or nine reckoned: of the which, two or thrée were not before specified. And Ephes. 4. verse. 1 [...]. Likewise cited before and perused, are foure named: or if they distinguish Pastor from Teacher, and so make them fiue: yet remaine there moe, then as manye moe againe, as our brethren haue héere reckoned, besi [...] those that are not in these, but in other places mentioned. But wherto ar [...] [Page 67] our brethren, or should we néede to be, so curious, in the enumeration of these diuerse giftes or offices? Dooth it any whitte further our brethrens forme of Ecclesiasticall gouernement? Or rather, dooth it not in manye pointes confute it, as by Gods grace we shall afterward sée? Or doo they thinke, that as there were so manye diuerse giftes or offices, that they were all of them: or all those persons that were of some one office, of like measure in these giftes: or of like authoritie in that office? or that, although they were diuerse giftes or officers, one man might not haue diuerse of them, all at one time without confusion? But those pointes are debated afterward. In the meane season, all this hetherto prooueth no­thing, for the building of their platforme. But it sheweth muche-how vnconsideratelie they heape vp these things, with-out all order, put in and put out, making perpetuall or temporarie, to serue for euer, or to serue for a time, what soeuer serueth their turne and humor: and all to laye a modill of suche building, as whereon all this new deuised Te­trarchie might be erected. Which thing howe they do: let vs sée now their procéeding further.

Of these offices, some were temporall, seruing onelye for the firste planting and foundation of the churche among the Heathen: The lea [...] ned dis­course. Page. 3.4, 5 & 6 some are perpetuall, perteining to the nourishinge and buildinge vp of the churche for euer. Of the former sort were Apostles, Pro­phets, Euangelists, men indued with the graces of powers, of healings and of diuerse toongs. Of the later kinde are Doctors, Pastors, Go­uernors, and Deacons. The Apostles were ordeined by God, and sent foorth immediatlie by Christe, hauing a generall commission to spread the Gospell ouer all the worlde: which when they had accomplished, Matt. 28.19 Mark. 16.25 that office ceased. Suche were the twelue Apostles, Paule and Bar­nabas, &c.

And for this cause the Apostles appointed Matthias, in the place of Iudas, according to the scriptures: permitting neuerthelesse, Acts. 1.25. the elec­tion vnto God, by casting of Lottes, that the number might be full, for the firste planting of the Churche. But when Herode had slaine Iames the brother of Iohn with the sworde, Acts. 1 [...]. [...] they chose no man to succeed in his place, bicause they had no warrante of Gods worde: but the Holie­ghoste, as hee sawe it was expedient for the churche, afterwarde se­perated Paule and Barnabas which liued at Antioche, Acts. 13.2. as Prophets and Teachers to the worke, whereto he called them.

The Prophets were such as were indued, with a singuler gifte of Reuelation in the interpretation of the scriptures, and applying them to [Page 68] the present vse of the churche: of whome some also did foreshewe of things to come▪ as Agabus.

Also, there were in euerie citie that prophecied to S. Paule, as he passed by them, that bonds and afflictions were prepared for him at Ierusa­lem. This office being in the number of them that were ordeined for beautifying the Gospell, in the first publishing thereof, it ceased with that singuler and extraordinarie gift, to be an ordinarie function of the church.

The Euangelists were such as were stirred vp of GOD, to assist the Apostles in their ministerie of generall charge, Acts. 8.5. in planting the same by their preaching, Act. 8.14. but inferior in dignitie to the Apostles. Such was Phil­lip that first preached the Gospell in Samaria: whither Peter and Iohn were sent by the Apostles, to conferre vnto them, by praier and imposi­tion of hands, the visible graces of the Holie-ghost, which Philip did not.

Act. 21.8.The same Philip in Acts. 21. verse. 8. is called an Euangelist. So was Timothie, 2. Timoth. 4.5. such was Titus, [...]. Tim. [...].5. Silas, and manie other. This office also, with the order of the Apostles, is expired, and hath no place. Likewise as we doo plainelie see, that the gifts of healing, of powers or miracles, and of diuerse toongs, haue long since ceased to be in the church: so the offices of them which were grounded vpon these gifts, must also cease and be determined. Therefore the Papists doo vainelie reteine the name and office of exorcists, when they cannot cast out di­uels: and extreame vnction, when they cannot cure diseases: & to speake with strange toongs, which they haue not by inspiration, and that with­out anie interpretation, which S. Paule expresselie forbiddeth.

It is requisite and draweth néerer to the purpose, to know, what was temporall in these giftes, Bridges and what perpetuall: what is ceased, expi­red, What gifts and offices were tem­porall, what perpetuall. determined, and hath no place, and what remaineth: for feare, we should offend either waie: vrging that to be temporall which is perpetuall, or that to be perpetuall which was but temporall. For the error of this, breedeth most of all these troubles betweene vs. Where­in our bretheren doo bothe wayes greatlie mistake these giftes. For first, where they saye: Some were temporall, seruing onelie for the first planting and foundation of the churche among the Heathen: ( and of this former sorte, they reckon vp the Apostles, Prophets, E­uangelists, men indued with graces of powers, of healings:) and so they enter into their particuler prooues, of the ceasing of these functions: I thinke they maye better be-thinke them-selues, that all these giftes and offices, which their selues haue héere named, did not so cease, but that they haue since the firste planting and foundation [Page 69] of the churche among the Heathen, continued longer time among the Christians.

Yea, some of them, haue for a great part of the time, continued euen till our owne times, & yet continue. As the operation of great workes. Or if they meane thereby myracles, which were not ordinarie, no not in that extraordinarie time: and as the hypocrites had them also, so might and had diuerse of the Papists, and yet their cause neuer the better. And the like may we say of the gift of speaking with toongs, which haue not béene by studie before learned, as Anthonie, &c: and diuerse also both of the an­cient fathers, and some among the Papists, and some among vs, haue not béene destitute of the gift of prophesie, and much more may I say this, for the gift of healing: for none of these giftes or graces giuen then, or since, or yet, to men, inferre the gift & grace of Gods election, adoption, or be of necessitie to saluation. But, were there no other gifts and offices then, in the primitiue church, but these six, by our brethren heere reckoned, be­sides the foure, which they make standerds and remainers? Looke on the places before cited, and there we shall finde a great many moe, Moe ordi­narie gifts then our brethren mention. of which the most part haue euer béene, and yet are, euen as much, or farre more ordinarie giftes or offices, then these foure, which they saye are perpe­tuall.

S. Paule ( as is aforesaid) distinguishing these giftes, saith, Rom. 12.6. Seeing then that we haue giftes which are diuerse, according to the grace that is giuen vnto vs, whether we haue prophecie, let vs prophesie, according to the pro­portion of faith: or an office, let vs waite on the office: or he that teacheth on tea­ching: or be that exhorteth on exhortation he that distributeth, let him doo it with simplicitie: hee that ruleth, with diligence: hee that sheweth mercie with cheerefulnesse. Héere also are other giftes and offices reckoned vp, besides these foure of Doctors, Pastors, Gouernors and Deacons. If he meane by office, some particular function, which is ceased: that would be shew­ed: or els it may remaine and be still perpetuall. If he meane by teaching, Doctor, by exhorting, Pastor: by distributing Deacon. by ruling, one of those not teaching presbyters, preests, or elders, which our brethren call Gouernors▪ yet that which before the Apostle called an office, and that which followeth of shewing mercie, are particulerlie specified and distinguished from these foure, Doctor, Pastor, Gouernour, and Deacon. In what place then shall we reckon those two: either as temporall, or as perpetuall? if temporall: then is there moe ceased, then those sixe. If perpetuall: then more than these foure doo remaine

Likewise, Saint Paule ( as is aforesaid) 1. Cor. 12. saith. There are di­uersities of giftes, &c. For to one is giuen, by the spirit, the worde of wisedome: and to another the word of knowledge by the same spirit: and to another is giuen faith by the same spirit: and to another the operation of great workes: and to an­other [Page 70] other prophesie: and to another the discerning of spirites: and to another the di­uersities of t [...]onges: and to another the interpretation of toonges. All these the Apostle héere setteth downe, as giftes or offices, distinguished one from another.

What now shall we saye to the gifte or office, of them▪ that had the worde of wisedome giuen vnto them? Was that a temporall gifte or office, seruing onelie for the firste planting and foundation of the churche among the Heathen? If they saye the aboundant measure of it was temporall: that maye be granted: and yet the gifte and office still remaine. And so likewise, of the next gifte or office, in them that haue the gifte of knowledge or learning. For these are distinguished héere the one from the other, (as we commonlie say: The greatest clearkes ar [...] not alwayes the wisest men,) and these our brethren, as they profe [...] all-ouer this their booke, A learned discourse, do so beléeue, that they hau [...] the spirite of knowledge: otherwise they would not commend this trea­tise vnto vs by such a Title: so that, I perceaue this gifte also is not yet ceased, but that it maye be ioyned to those (their foure) remain­ders.

And what shall we saye, to that the Apostle calleth héere the gifte of Faithe: making it also a distinct office from the residue? If we saye, he meaneth the faith of miracles: then are those two giftes following, of healing and of the operation of great workes, not to be vnder­stood of the gift of miracles. So that, either the one or the other, séem [...] to be perpetuall. And what shall we saye, to the gifte or office of discerning spirites? For Saint Iohn, 1. Iohn. 4. verse. 1. saith vnto vs: Deerelie beloued, beleeue not euerie spirite, but trie the spirits whether they are of God: for manie false Prophets are gone out into the worlde. Which Epistle, being called Catholike or Vniuersall, serueth to all ages and people of the Churche: and the gifte of trying or discerning spirites, is yet requisite, if not more néedefull nowe, then euer it was.

To conclude, for this place: what shall we saye for the gifte or of­fice, if not of diuersities of toongs, yet, of the interpretations of toongs▪ Which gifte or office is not onelie at this daye, to be with all thanke­fulnesse acknowledged: but GOD which is the author of all goo [...] giftes, is highlye to be praised for it, and many of our good brethren are indued therewith.

Moreouer, in the place héere by our brethren quoted, Saint Paul [...] distinguisheth the gifte or office of helping, from that of healing. And are all these giftes and offices ceased, as temporall, and seruing onelie to the first planting and foundation of the churche among the Heathen? Naye rather, doo not the most of them remaine still in the [Page 71] churche among the faithfull, for the continuall building, confirmation, and establishing of them?

I graunt, th [...] remaine in another sorte, then as they were firste gi­uen in the primi [...]e churche: and for the moste times since, they haue béene giuen perhaps in an other manner, and in lesse aboundance or measure of them. But that is not the question: but whether all these giftes and offices, besides the foure, of Doctors, Pastors, Gouer­nours, and Deacons, ( as they deuide them,) haue béene expired, & ceased to be in the churche, since the firste planting and foundation thereof among the Heathen. For this is our brethrens conclusion: Likewise, as we doo plainelie see, that the giftes of healing, of powers or mira­cles, and of diuerse toongs, haue long since ceased to bee in the churche: so the offices of them, which were grounded vpon these gifts, must also cease and be determined. And shall not we then conclude on the contrarie, that the giftes yet in parte remaining, the offices must in parte remaine also?

I speake not this, to confirme the Papists, of whome our brethren (I graunt) doo well conclude, in saying: Therefore the Papists doo vainelie reteine the name of exorcistes, when they cannot caste out diuels: and extreame vnction, when they cannot cure diseases: and to speake with strange toonges, which they haue not by inspiration, and that without anye interpretation, which Saint Paule expresselie for­biddeth.

This dealing of the Papists was méere ridiculous and impious, pro­céeding from a blinde zeale, and preposterous imitation of that which they had not. And yet whether they had it, or not, would néeds make or­dinarie offices and imitations of them. Howbeit, how faultie soeuer they were therein: yet belye not (as they saye) the diuell. Their faulte was not, that they spake with strange toongs, which they had not by inspiration: for if they had not had them by inspiration, and yet had they vnderstood them, and the people which heard them, had vnderstood them also: then had this béene no faulte in them, except in speaking faul­tie matter.

But is this true, that the gifte ceasing, the office ceaseth? What then if the gifte of ruling, that Saint Paule speaketh of Rom. 12. verse. 8. And the giftes of those Gouernours, whome he men­tioneth, 1. Corinth. 12. verse▪ 28. ( vnderstanding the same as our bre­theren doo) haue ceased or doo cease, or should cease: The gift [...] of rulin [...]. will they graunt that the office of their desired Seniorie, whome they call Rulers or Gouernours, shoulde cease also, and bee expired or determined? And must wee vpon this presupposall, that there was anye suche then (which pointe is afterwarde fo [...] to bee examined) suppose [Page 72] also that this gifte of ruling that anye such had, hath so remained euer since?

Nay, if it be demanded further, whether either gifte or office thereof (vnderstanding the same as they doo) haue not since that time, euen from the first planting and foundation of the churche among the Heathen, and from thence euen till our time, discontinued? And besides all this: what warrant out of Gods word can be shewed, more for those rulers or Gouernors ( if they will néeds vnderstand thereby their seniorie, of which neither haue we any warrant) that they be more perpetuall then the o­ther? Or the other more temporall then these? And that these are of the later kinde, as are Doctors, Pastors, and Deacons, perteining to the nourishing and building vp of the churche for euer.

Our brethren haue alledged some-what for the ceasing of the other: is there anye thing alledged héere, for the perpetuitie of these Seniors: if they runne backe to their former search of the holie scriptures, to find out what order our Sauiour Christe, our onelie housholder, hath set foorth in them, by which he would haue his houshold directed in all thinges, perteining to the eternall saluation of vs men: we finde that all those giftes or offices, or the most of them, yea those which they say are ceased, are drawing néerer to matters perteining to saluation, then is this, of ruling or gouerning. Neither hath this any further warrant of remaining in the churche, then had the other. Now holdeth therefore this argument of our brethren? We finde ( say they) that there was such a se­niorie, set foorth by Christe in the holie scriptures: therefore, that of­fice must needs be one of those that are perpetuall, perteining to the nourishing and building vp of the church for euer. What reason d [...] they héere alledge for it? Nay, no reason, but this: Either it is of the one sorte, or of the other, temporall, or perpetuall: but, it is not of the one, to wit, temporall: Ergo, it is of the other sorte, that is, perpetuall. This rea­son is good, if the parts of it were as good. But howe doo our brethren prooue, it is not of the former sorte, that is to saye, temporall? Of the former sorte, that is to say, temporall, and which are ceased, there are but sixe reckoned by our brethren, Apostles, Prophets, Euangelists, men indued with the graces of powers, of healings, and of diuerse toongs: but the gift of ruling or gouerning is none of these: and therfore it must néeds be of the other kinde, and so, perpetuall. And how doo our brethren prooue there are but sixe of the former or temporall sorte? What if we can prooue by their owne place hé [...]re cited, that there were moe? And what if they all ceased not? And why may not this gift or office o [...] those kinde of rulers or gouernors, goe among the number of that former sorte with the sixe, which they call temporall, and make vp the seauenth, or rather the seuenté [...]nth, if they will accoūt them all in that former sort? [Page 73] Surely, except we make this our fourth Principle to our former three or rather this our first and last, our vnquestionable maximie, against the which there is no disputing▪ because (as ipse dixit) these our brethren the learned discoursers haue coursed it ouer, and ouerruled it, and so it is be­come a ruled case: here is else, nothing in the worlde to prooue it. And vp­on this they conclude, saying:

There remaineth therefore of these before rehearsed, The learned dis­course. Page. 7. & 8 onely in the Church, these Eccl. offices instituted of God: namely, Pastors, Doctors, Gouernors, & Deacons: by which the Church of God, may (according to his worde) bee directed in all matters, which are commonly called Ecclesiasticall. And therefore, as it is vnlawefull, so it is vnneedefull for men, following the deuises of their owne brayne, without the warrant of Gods worde, to institute and ordaine any other offices or kindes of ministerie besides these, appointed and approued by God himselfe, VVhat offi­ces remain [...] in the church. ex­ercised in the primitiue and pure Church, vntill the mysterie of iniqui­tie working a way for Antichristes pride & presumption, changed Gods ordinance, and brought in all kinde of false doctrine & confusion: and nowe againe, restored in all rightly reformed Churches, with such day­ly encrease, and glorye of the kingdome of Christe, and suppression of the tyrannie of Sathan, that the onely experience hereof, might bee a sufficient perswasion to vs to leaue this disordered state of ours, wher-in we haue so long labored with so litle profite: and to embrace that most beautifull order of eccl. regiment, which God so manifestly doth blesse and prosper in our neighbours handes.

We haue hearde what inuincible prooues ( as our brethren imagine) they haue found, and brought foorth out of the holy scriptures, Bridges to inferre the grounds of their desired Ecclesiastical gouernment. Now vpon these groundes and prooues ( such as they are) they resolutely procéede to the finall conclusion and determinate sentence of this matter, by whome all Ecclesiasticall matters shal-be directed, saying: There remayneth there­fore of these before rehearsed, only in the Church, these eccl. offices, in­stituted of God; namely, Pastors, Doctors, Gouernors and Deacons: by which the Church of God may according to his worde bee directed in all matters which are commonly called ecclesiasticall. Our Bretherens Terrar­chie, of 4. Persons. & their dissent from those our other Bretheren, which make à Pentarchy of 5. or a Tritarchie of 3.

In this peremptorie conclusion, the direction of all eccl. matters, is here to be onely gouerned by foure kinde of persons. Howbeit, the frute­full Sermon, vpon 1. Cor. 12. printed also 1584. by Rob. Walde-graue the printer of this learned discourse, maketh fiue ordinarie and perpetuall offices: Doctors, Pastors, Deacons, Rulers, and Attenders on the poore. But here by these our brethren (the Learned discoursers,) is erected a Tetrarchie, or Quadriuiratus, that is to say, a Catergouernment. And if (as diuerse expounde it) Pastors, & Teachers, be coincident in one office [Page 74] and person, as the text it selfe, Ephes. 4.11. Ioyntly setteth them toge­ther and not disiunctiuely, which it doth in the other offices there mentio­ned: and as the Scottish booke ( taken from the English Church in Gene­ua) séemeth to make no necessity of hauing Doctors, distinct from Pastors, saying: Although we are not ignorant, that the scripture maketh menti­on of a fourth kinde of ministers, left vnto the Church of Christe, which also are verie profitable, where time and place doe permit: and so ac­counting no further on Doctors, set downe but thrée: so that by them, it is but a Tritarchie, or Triumuiratus, as that kind of gouernement was called, when Lepidus, Anthonie, and Augustus parted the Romaine gouernement among them three, into a Triple regiment. If it fall not out alike, that as two then, made the thirde a cifer, and the one of those two did eate vppe the other, and all resolued into a Monar­chie: so in the ende, Monarchie and all being turned out, a fourth stept in, and set vp a Triple crowne for all. But what this Tetrarchie heer [...] erected will resolue into, in euerie particular Congregation, and that in all and euerie Ecclesiastical matter that is to be directed, and what they will comprehende vnder the name of Ecclesiasticall matter: is discoursed afterwarde.

But if this Tetrarchie be not instituted of God himselfe, nor accor­ding to the warrant of Gods worde, A greater Mysterye in contending for this Ca­ter-gouern­ment of these 4. cor­nered Per­sons, then the conten­tion was be­fore against the 4. cor­nerd caps. ordayned, appointed, nor appro­ued so to be: as we haue hetherto séene no such institution, appoynting, ordayning nor approouing: then am I afrayde (I burden none, but I feare it shrewdelie, if I haue not myste the marke) that there is a mysterie, which our well meaning bretheren see not, and therefore feare not: euen mysterium iniquitatis, that lyeth hydden in this partition of gouerning and directing all matters. I wishe the best, and therefore if I feare the worst: I hope I am the easier to bee par­doned.

Nowe, although this conclusion of Quartering, Fiuefolding, or trypling of this gouernment, séemeth at the first not to inferre anie pre­cise necessitie: yet by the Correllatiue, whiche of consequence they make to fall out on this conclusion, that other offices in the direction and gouernment of all Ecclesiasticall matters, are not onely vnneede­full but vnlawefull: The necessi­tie that they make of this Tetrar­chie. What is their resolution other then this? not as they mollified it before, that by these foure or thrée kindes of offices, ( as other contract them, and our brethren heere enlarge them, other stretch them furder into fiue) the Church of God may be directed in all matters which are commonly called Ecclesiasticall: But, the Church of God must be directed by none other.

How-be-it this consequence, doeth not absolutely so set it downe, saying: And therefore, it is not onely vnneedefull, but also vnlawe­full, [Page 75] for men, &c. to institute and ordaine any other offices or kindes of ministerie besides these: But sayling as it were with a side winde, séeming rather to runne vppon the needelesse, then, the lawelesse point, they rather séeme to insinuate it, then to inforce it, that it is vn­lawefull. And in verie deede, as they sette out the matter, their conclusion seemeth good and true, saying: And therefore as it is vnlawefull, so it is vnneedefull for men, following the deuises of their owne braine, without the warrant of Gods woorde, to institute and ordaine any other offices or kindes of ministerie, besides these appoin­ted and approued by God himselfe, exercised in the primitiue and pure Church, &c.

For, mens following the deuises of their owne brayne, Mens follo­wing the deuises of their owne braine. without the warrant of Gods woorde, in anie matter of importaunce, is a great offence. Yea, be-it in neuer so meane a matter, haue it no war­rant at all, neyther expressed nor conteyned, eyther in specialtie or generalitie in Gods worde: It is not so vnneedefull as vnlawefull, and a presumptuous rashnesse, when men are so head-strong and selfe­wéening, that they will followe no good Counsell, but the deuises of their owne brayne. And therefore, for our brethren to apply this, to all those that followe the gouernement established, were no lesse vnlawfull then vnneedefull.

Yea, howe may not this (my Masters) light on your selues? For what warrant haue you eyther expressed or included, for all the thinges contayned in this your platforme? yea, No warrant of this Te­trarchie in Gods word. for the institution and the or­dayning of all these offices and kindes of ministerie, and the per­petuitie of them in this foure quartered gouernement? Will you alledge that such offices are mentioned in Gods worde? Take héede yée mistake not, but that they were indéede such offices. But were this a sufficient proofe, that they were instituted and ordayned to be offices or kindes of ministerie, appointed and approued by God himselfe: Can you shewe this warrant also? And yet if you could doe all this: how would this suf­ [...]se, except with-all ye shewe vs a warrant for the perpetuitie, of all and onely these foure offices or kindes of ministerie? You are not ignorant what a warrant is: and I warrant you, and dare giue you there-on your (quietus est,) that, as you haue not yet founde it, so yée shall neuer be able (with all the learned discoursing in the worlde) to finde this warrant. For, thinke ye (if ye were able to finde thus much) that the warrant here­of doth goe n [...] furder then here ye say, appointed and approued by God him selfe? so were all the offices and kindes of ministerie of the Mosai­call and Templarie Priesthoode: and yet they were but temporall, and are ceased. Yea, so were the offices and kindes of ministerie of the Apostles, Prophetes, Euangelistes, men indued with the graces, [Page 76] of powers, Tetrarchy. of healings, and of diuerse tongues: and yet your selues c [...] ­fesse that all these are ceased, expired, determined, and haue no place. And therefore, if ye can shewe this warrant of Gods worde, for the Te­trarchie perpetually remayning of these eccl. offices instituted of God [...] namely, Pastors, Doctors, Gouernours, and Deacons: by which the Church of God, may (according to his word) be directed in all matters, which are commonly called eccl. shewe howe God appointed and ap­proued it, be-it, by himselfe, or by his Apostles, to be perpetually exerci­sed in his Church: and then foorth-with we yéelde.

And if ye can not doe this: then sée (good brethren) how this your owne conclusion here, reboundeth on your owne selues: Therefore as it is vn­lawfull, so it is vnneedefull for men, fo [...]lowing the deuises of their own braine, without the warrant of Gods worde, to institute and ordayne any other offices or kindes of ministerie, besides (not onely as you say) these appoynted and approued by God himselfe: but those that are ap­pointed and approued either by God himselfe, or by his Apostles, to be perpetually exercised in his Church.

But our brethren (belike) perceauing, that they had not sayd ynough for the proofe of these offices or kindes of ministerie: they Indorse their con­clusion (for the more strength) with this addition: exercised in the pri­mitiue and pure Church. The exercise of the primitiue church. Here is nowe set downe (as they conceaue) [...] sufficient and full warrant, for all these offices or kinds of ministerie, appointed and approued of God himselfe: But where, or how, no place is here alleaged, eyther in text or margine. For I would faine sée that place set downe, that we might haue the full viewe thereof, whether it were s [...] or no indéede, and in what manner it were of God himselfe appointed and approued. But if that faile: loe the practise, exercised in the primi­tiue and pure Church. I thinke so indéede, if euer it were appointed and approued by God himselfe at all. But so were the Apostles, Prophetes, Euangelistes, men indued with the graces, of powers, of healings, and of diuerse tongues. Yea, but exercised in the primitiue and pure church vntill the mysterie of iniquitie working a way for Antichristes pride and presumption, The bring­ing in of all kinde of fals doctrin. chaunged Gods ordinance, and brought in all kinde of false doctrine and confusion.

Nay, who there (Masters mine,) not so. For then it had béene exer­cised without interruption euen vntill this day. For all kind of false do­ctrine was not brought in, by manie hundred yeares, (after your owne reckoning) that this office or kinde of Gouernours ( if euer there w [...]r [...] any such office as you would now erect) was ceased. And Sathan hath [...] ­wayes béene sowing newe kindes of false doctrine, and I doubt w [...] ­ther all his kindes of false doctrine be yet brought in, or no.

But if ye said: it was exercised in the primitue and pure Church, vn­till [Page 77] the mysterie of iniquitie beganne to worke a way to Antichrists pride and presumption: although neither this be true, for all these foure offi­ces and kindes of ministerie in such manner as you vrge them: yet in say­ing so, you should better limite your selues within the boundes, that you chiefely stande on. The begin­ning of the mysterie of iniquitie. But when (trowe you) that mysterie of iniquitie be­ganne to worke. Was it not begunne, when S. Paule, sayde, 2. Thess. 2.7. The mysterie of iniquitie doth alreadie worke? Was it not begunne, when S. Iohn saide, 1. Iohn 2.18. Babes, it is the last time: and as ye haue hearde that Antichriste shall come, euen nowe are there manie Antichristes, whereby we knowe that it is the last time? But what inferreth this, (had there béene then such a Seniorie of Gouernors) that this office should remaine in the Church perpetually? For, in the primitiue and pure Church, were the Apostles: must we therefore perpetually haue Apostles? Nay (say they) it was not onely exercised in the primitiue Church, The pure Church. which may be called the time while the Apostles liued: but also in the pure Church. Not ve­rye pure I wisse in some pointes, within short while after the Apostles times.

But what time assigne ye to the exercise thereof? Date some time. Vn­till the mysterie of iniquitie working a way, for Antichristes pride and presumption, changed Gods ordinance. This is an vncertaine limita­tion. But what is this? Was Gods ordinance changed then, in so ne­cessarie and perpetuall an office? And howe was this office changed? Was it taken cleane away from the Church, so that the Church was al­together without it? It hath had Pastors, Teachers, and Deacons: ( such as they were, good or bad) alwayes hetherto, and neuer wanted as yet, vntill this houre. And was this seniorie of Gouernours appointed to remaine as long as they, and haue al they held out perpetually: and hath onely this Seniorie fayled? But still would I faine knowe, When Gods ordinance was chan­ged. some more certaine ghesse of the time, when this change hapned. For here are ney­ther Archbishops nor Bishops named, but onely these 4. Eccl. offices, Pa­stors, Doctors, Gouernours, and Deacons, by which (they say) the Church of God may, (according to his word) be directed in all matters, &c. And was there no exercise of Archbishops nor Bishops in the primi­tiue and pure Church? Or doe they include Archb. and Bishops in anie of these termes, because they are Gouernours of the Church, and are Pastors, and Teachers, and such as haue béene Deacons too? As S. Am­brose comprehendeth in the name of Bishops ( as we shall afterward, God willing, sée) all the inferiour Eccl. offices. And our brethren, where they should graunt that all Bishops are Pastors, graunt that all Pastors are Bi­shops, though their chiefe drift be against our Bishops: but they impugne not onely the office, but the verie name and all of the Archbishops, and make them to be other offices, or kindes of ministerie besides these ( that [Page 78] they say) are appointed and approued of God himselfe, exercised in the primitiue and pure Churche: and therefore the instituting and or­dayning of them, to be but mens following the deuices of their owne brayne: and to bee, as vnlawefull, so vnneedefull, and the changing of Gods ordinance.

But, if Bishops and Archbishops made this change: then was that ordinance changed, euen in the primitiue and pure Church. For euen then was Titus made an Archbishoppe, and had manie other Bishoppes vnder his gouernement, as we haue séene partly alreadie, for the order in Creete appointed by Saint Paule, whose act was (no doubt) appro­ued by God him selfe, and the Archiepiscopall iurisdiction, exercised by Titus: And was this deuised of Saint Paule or Titus, following the deuises of their owne braines, as a needelesse and vnlawfull thing? as a thing done without, and besides the warrant of Gods worde? Or ha [...] he not good warrant from God to institute and ordaine other offices or kindes of ministerie, then these fower? So that this conclusion of our brethren: (There remaineth therefore of these before rehearsed, onely in the Church, these Ecclesiasticall offices instituted of God: namely, Pastors, Archb. & B. [...]boue all these Te­ [...]rarkes. Doctors, Gouernours, and Deacons: by which the Church of God▪ may (according to his worde) bee directed in all matters, &c.) is nothing so nor so. For heere (ye sée) is another office appointed ouer all these offices nether is it vnlawfull nor vnneedefull, nor the institution or ordinance of men, following the deuises of their owne brayne, or without the warrant of Gods worde, or not appointed and approoued by God himselfe, or not exercised in the primitiue and pure Churche, or anie chaunge of Gods ordinance, or anie working a way to An­tichristes pride and presumption, that the Bishoppes and Archbishops were brought in, and that this Tetrarchie was dissolued, if indéede ther [...] had béene anie such Quadripartite or foure quartered gouernement. As for the office or kinde of ministerie of Bishoppes or Archbishops, though it be not (in the substance thereof) anie other office or kinde o [...] ministerie, different from the office of Pastor or Teacher: ( for notwi [...] ­standing it followe not, that euerie Pastor or Teacher bee a Bishoppe, ( as our brethren saye,) or an Archbishoppe: yet euerie Bishoppe or Archbishoppe is in his office and kinde of ministerie a Pastor and Tea­cher) neuerthelesse sithe hee is their ordayner or ordinarie, as wee terme it, and the ouerséer euen as well of them, as of the people, accor­to the diuisions of Regions, Cities, and Townes, distributed and limited to his gouernement: he is in dignitie of an other office and kind of ministerie, different from them.

And shall wee nowe dare to saye, that this office of Bishoppe [...] Archbishoppe doeth worke a way to Antichristes pride and presump­tion? [Page 79] Nay rather, it was the readiest waye, to restrayne and represse it, Archb. if it had beene alwayes kept accordingly: that Bishoppes, The office of Archb. & B. the readiest way to re­presse Anti­christs pride and tyranny in their Cities and Dioceses; Archbishoppes in their Prouinces and Regions distri­buted and limited vnto them, as Creta was by Saint Paule to Ti­tus ( reseruing to Christian Princes, as their Soueraignes their Su­preame gouernement) should (according to Gods worde) direct in their Consistories, Synodes and Councelles, all matters which are common­ly called Ecclesiasticall.

This was, and is, (in my iudgement) euen the best waye, that could be deuised ( and I like my iudgement the better, because of this ap­poyntment and approbation of Saint Paule) to haue stopped the way to Antichristes pride and presumption. Which way of Saint Paule, when one Archbishoppe afterwarde, vnder a name and pretence of S. Peter, to haue an higher office then all these Bishoppes or Archbishoppes had, The breach of the Arch. and B. offi­ces & autho­rities was the readiest way to An­tichristes pride and tyrannie. yea, to haue an vniuersall Bishopricke ouer all, and to represent Iesus Christe the head-shep-hearde and chiefe Bishoppe of our soules, aboue all other Bishoppes and Archbishoppes, which were distributed and limited in Regions, Cities and Townes, tooke vpon him, as though hee onely had a supreame and generall office or kinde of ministerie with­out any limitation of Towne, Citie, or Region, but reaching ouer all the vniuersall Church, yea, ouer all the whole worlde: this breach of these Bishoppes and Archbishops office and ministerie, was the working of the way to Antichristes pride and presumption: and not the institution and ordeyning, nor the distributing & limiting of this Episcopall or Ar­chiepiscopall office or kinde of ministerie. For else, whie might they not as well say, that Christes vniuersall Bishopricke or Archbishopricke, did worke a way to Antichristes pride and presumption, because Antichrist pretendeth, vsurpeth & abuseth, that office and kinde of ministerie, which is due and proper onely to Christe?

Christe (1. Pet. 2. vers. 7. & 8.) is called a stone, and the head of the corner, and a stone of offence. If Christe then had not béene the stone: they had not stumbled at him. Nay, then; If there were no Christe: there could be no Antichriste. If there had béene no Archbishoppe: the Pope had not béene the Archbishoppe of Rome, nor had wrought the way to his pride and presumption. And so, if there were no vse, there were no abuse of any thing.

Shall we lay therefore the fault on the right or institution, because by indirect means an abuse, or pretence, or vsurpatiō falleth out, or is brought in? What then may not worke the way of what ye will? but if ye marke it well: this argument maketh cleane against you. For, the chiefest way to Antichristes pride and presumption was, to change, to abbridge, to pull downe, and to encroch vpon the office and ministerie of Bishops, [Page 80] and Archbishops: and therefore the institution and maintenance of them, was one of the greatest impedimentes, that Antichriste had. And till hée brought all their lawful offices and ministeries vnder his pride and pre­sumption, he could neuer worke that mysterie of iniquitie that hee hath done.

So long as the Archbishoppe of Carthage kept him short in Afrike, and detected his forgeries to encroch vppon them: and likewise of the o­ther Archbishoprickes: he could not worke his mysterie of iniquitie [...] ­mong them. Yea, the litle Archbishop of Rauenna vnder his nose, held [...] him long tackling.

And if this pretended Seniorie of Gouernours, be as directly contrary to the right institution of Bishops and Archbishops, as Antichristes my­sterie of iniquitie and his intollerable pride and presumption is: then, either is this institution of Bishops and Archbishops in medio, and either of them ab extremo in extremum, The Archb. office a bet­ter stop a­gainst anti­christ, then th [...]se Te­trarkes. as the mediocritie of Iustice betwéene mi­nus and nimium: or else, this Seniorie of Gouernours is nearer this my­sterie of iniquitie, to worke the way to Antichristes pride and presump­tion. For, let the Bishops and Archbishops holde intierly their instituti­on: and they may better kéepe out Antichristes pride and presumption, then can these Seniours: who may more easily giue occasion to the settin [...] vp a 1000. petite-Antichristes full of pride and presumption too: then [...] able to pull downe or to restraine, the pride and presumption of that on [...] great Antichriste.

Neither hath the office of Bishop or Archbishop, brought in all kind of false doctrine, The euil of­ficers & not the office of Archb. & B. brought in false do­ctrine. or anie one kinde, except indirectly by the officers, not by the office. And so not onely Nestorius, and some few others that wer [...] Arch-bishops, but a number mo, as Arius, Pelagius, Eutiches, &c. that were Presbyters, Priestes, or Elders and Doctors, brought in false doctrine. Yea, Nicholas also (as it is saide) one of the first 7. Deacons. And should anie rightly thereupon charge these offices, to bring in false doctrine, because some such officers did bring it in? There was false do­ctrine brought in, in the primitiue Church: and shall we burden the pri­mitiue Church therewith? Thus indéede doe the Papistes burden both v [...] and our brethren: and so here our brethren burden vs. And shall we th [...] burden them againe? For, (set aside all partialitie) who may not easi [...] sée, that this Eccl. kinde of gouernment which they so much desire (whi [...] the Gouernors are not learned men) would of the twaine giue readie [...] occasion, then our gouernment established, not onely to more newe deui­ses of their owne braines, concerning gouernment: but also, if any ne [...] kin [...]e of false doctrine arise, to maintaine the same, and to make mor [...] factions about it, notwithstanding all the assistaunce of their lesser and greater Synodes.

[Page 81] Yea, would to God all kind of doctrine brought in by our brethren, The state of the refor. Churches. by occasion of these their controuersies for the alteration of gouernement, were so true and sounde, as I with it were: which as occasion (God wil­ling) shall serue I will furder declare: hoping yet that with some gentle constructions (whereof I would be right glad) all may be construed to the best: and that perceiuing their errors, they will say with Augustin [...] rare possum, H [...]reticus esse nolo. I maie hap to erre: I purpose not to bee an Heritike, that is, obstinately to maintaine an errour. But whereas they saie, all kinde of false doctrine and confusion, howsoeuer they maye es­cape either all or some kind of false doctrine: this desired gouernment is a great deale more prone to confusion, than is the gouernement establi­shed.

Now after these defacings of the offices and ministery in the gouerne­ment established amongst vs: The Tetrar­chy com­mended. they recommend their desired gouernment of this Tetrarchie vnto vs, saying: And now againe, restored in al right­ly reformed Churches, with such daily encrease and glorie of the king­dome of Christ, and suppression of the kingdome of Anti-Christe, that the onely experience heereof, might be a sufficient perswasion to vs to leaue this disordred state of ours, wherein wee haue so long laboured, with so little profit: and to embrace that moste bewtifull order of Ec­clesiastical regiment, which God so manifestlie doth blesse & prosper in our neighbours handes.

Whether that Ecclesiasticall Gouernment which was exercised in the Primitiue and pure Church, be now againe restored: The resto­ring Eccl. gouernmēt in the refor­med Chur­ches. or some other (in some points perhaps) like to that, may make a quaeri potest, and require a further view. But whether it be restored in all rightly reformed Chur­ches, so that, all reformed Churches are not rightly reformed, but wrōgfully reformed, and so not reformed, but deformed: as hauing driuen out one Diuell by another, and remoued one deformity, and established another: that, might growe to more than to a question: Yea, to an open slaunder not onely of vs, but of many true Christian and godly reformed Churches, besides ours.

What daily encrease it maketh among our neighbours ( where they say this is restored) of the kingdome of Christ, The bewti­ful state of our neigh­bours refo [...] ­med Chur­ches. and how it setteth foorthe his glory, more then other reformed churches do: and howe it more sup­presseth the tyrannie of Sathan: these things are caried away so smoothly and so solemnely avowed, (as though all were Gospell) that not only wee must not denie it, but beleeue it: nor onely yeelde vnto it (as moste true) but be moued with such emulation of it, that the onelie experience might be a sufficient perswasion to vs to leaue this disordered state of ours, wherein wee haue so long laboured with so little profit, and to embrace that moste bewtifull order of Ecclesiastical regiment, which God so ma­nifestlie [Page 82] nifestlie doth blesse and prosper in our neighbours hands. The state of the ref. Churches.

It is an olde saying, faire words make fooles faine: and heere are ve­ry faire words of our neighbours state, though as fowle of our owne. If nowe for these faire and foule wordes of our brethren, we will be­come such fooles, to mislike and leaue our owne, and embrace an others. T [...] goodly shewe of a fayrer bone perswaded Aesops Dog, to leaue the go [...] bone that he had alreadie in his mouth, and to leape into the water, after the shadowe of another. I praie GOD our brethren allure vs not with the like bayte of some faire shadow, to leaue the good state wee haue of gouernment established.

They entice vs héere with maruelous goodlie thinges, as right refor­mation, daily encrease and glory of the kingdome of Christ: they wilt vs to embrace that moste bewtifull order of Ecclesiasticall regiment, which God so manifestlie doth blesse and prosper in our neighboures handes. This beawtie were inough to enamoure a man: this prosperi­tie and blessing to set his téeth an edge, and to enflambe the harte of anye zealous, and godly meaning man, in the spiritual loue of God, for the en­crease and glory of his kingdome, and the desire to haue him blesse and prosper our estate.

But, is all this true in our neighbours, and is our owne state so dis­ordred,, Our brethe [...]ens defa­cing of our estate. and so laboursome with so little profit? For, otherwise, as our brethren in their Preface, likned our Prelates and ministers, to foxes and little foxes: so I remember, that once I reade a tale of a Foxe that had lost his taile, and because other had tayles, and hee had none: he went a­bout to perswade all his brethren, to leaue their tailes, for they were but an vnnecessary clogge and hinderance vnto them, trayling in the myre: which if it were away, O how light and nimble should they bee. And for example to perswade them the better, he shewed them the experience ( not in his neighbour) but in him-selfe. But one that knowe before on what necessity he had lost it: cried out vnto him, Brother Foxe, brother Foxe; leaue your faire perswasion. You haue lost your owne, and therefore you would haue vs to leaue ours to beare you company. But, what do ye tel vs héere (will our brethren say) a foolish flim flam tale of a foxe taile, to dallie out so waighty and so holie a matter: while we are earnest in per­swading to leaue this disordered state of ours, wherein we haue so long laboured with so little profit, and to embrace that moste bewtiful order of Ecclesiasticall regiment, which God so manifesttie doeth blesse and prosper in our neighbours handes. Indéed brethren if this were as true, as you héere go about to perswade it? I would yéeld gladly, and be soons perswaded. But if this be the méere following the deuises of your own braine, and nothing so, neither in vs, nor in our neighbours, as you would perswade vs: why may not a fained fable applyed to truth, aunswere a [Page 83] feyned perswasion, grounded on falsehoode? If yee bee so perswaded your selues, and thinke as ye say: it may bee, ye thinke so. Fortis imagina­tio in a mans owne brayne may worke wonders: but to perswade an-o­ther by anothers example, & by such an example as is neither necessary, nor fitte, nor sufficient; nor true: I may well shake off this fonde perswasi­on, neither comparing our brethren to Dogs or Foxes ( as they in bitter­nes compare vs though I may chaunce get a flappe with a Foxe tayle, (if not worse) for my labour.

But I pray you brethren, doe yee meane indéede good earneste as yee say, when ye tell vs, that the order of Ecclesiasticall Gouernment in the Primitiue Church is restored? for if it bee: The state of the Primi­tiue chur­ches gover­nement not restored. then haue wee newe Apo­stles, Prophetes, Euangelistes, &c. come againe. Yea, but (say you) those offices were temporall and are expyred: and therefore, are not to bee restored. Yea, but (say I) they were the chiefest offices, then, when the order of the Ecclesiasticall gouernment in the Primitiue Church was most bewtifull: and therefore, if they bee not restored, in whome the bewtie most consisted: then that state of Ecclesiasticall regiment, yea, the most bewtifull state thereof, is not, nor is to be restored. Yea, but (saye you) we restraine moste bewtifull, to the Offices that were perpetuall & to remaine for euer. Yea, Resoning the office of gouernours but (say I) how proue yee then your Seniour Gouernours, to be such, and to haue more Priuiledge of perpetuity, thē those better, higher, and more bewtifull offices had? and if they were to remaine for euer, why did they not so for euer remaine, but rather, for e­uer till now of late, so ceased to be in the Church, expired, and had no place: that they are now at length, euen at the laste caste of the worlde to be restored? If ye say the truth of the Gospell was hidden also, and the true professors of it: I graunt, it was so, and yet it was alwayes, and re­mayned still for euer, and wee can fetche and bring foorth, (againste the Gospels and our common aduersaries) witnesses more or fewer, yet some in all ages. And the like also, we can doe for Pastors, teachers, and Deacons, good and bad, in all ages, since the first institution of them. And can you (brethren) do the like for this your pretended gouerning and not teaching Seniory? if ye can, plead perpetuitie: if ye cannot (admitting that it once had bene) why crake ye of in others, or secke among vs, the resto­ring of that, which so many hundreth yeares, hath vtterly ceased to be in the Church, is expired and hath had no place? Ceased ( say you) de facto, but not de Iure. Proue you Ius, and wee will quicklie let fall our pleay de facto.

But till you can fynde either the righte, or the practise of them: or if they were once, where they haue beene hidden or banished al this whyle: Or if they dyed and were buried, till with the gifte of [Page 84] of working wonders, ye shall reuine and so restore them: what say you to those offices, that were then also, euen when Apostles, Prophetes, and Euangelists, &c. were aliue, and were ordeyned of the Apostles, and were offices distinguished in dignity from Pastors and Teachers, from Deacons or anie other gouerning Seniors, hauing authority ouer them, in the cities or regions limited vnto them? and these offices haue conti­nued euer since. If now therefore, the regiment of the Primitiue church be rightly reformed to the originall beawtie, Arch. & Bi. not to bee displaced by restoring the state of the Primit. church. then muste Bishops, and Arch-bishops stande, (for they stoode then,) what difference soeuer our brethren finde of standing now. And yet finde what difference they can, they shal finde, that if those Seniors ( imagining there were such as they pretende) be restored: both all they, and the Doctors, and Pastors, and Deacons, and all other Ecclesiastical officers, are al to be vnder the Ec­clesiasticall gouernment of Bishops and Arch-bishops. And if they stand not thus: to displace the superiour and y e old standard, to restore an inferi­our, and to set vp a new reuiued, fresh and young Senior: would so great­ly blemish the bewtifull order of this supposed Ecclesiasticall regiment, that, as it is said, at the second building of the Temple. Esra. cap. 3. ver. 12. that many of the Priestes and Leuites and the chiefe of the Fathers, auncient mē, which had seene the firste house, when the foundation of this house was laid, w [...]pt with a loude voice: So those that marke the bewtifull order of the Eccle­siasticall regiment in the Primitiue and pure Church indéede: and the most bewtifull order of the Ecclesiasticall regiment, that our brethren say, the church is now restored vnto, ( or rather vnder a name of resto­ring, VVho de­face the bewty of the refor­med Chur­ches. is not restored at all,) in those things for whiche they so contende, that they rather hinder the course of the Gospell, and decrease, not en­crease the kingdome of Christe, deface his glorye, make his Churche euill spoken of, rende the vnitie thereof, breake the broosed reede, and quenche the smoaking flaxe, and yet set all the house on fire, and call this right reforming, and restoring. It woulde so little moue anye that seriouslye considereth it, to embrace the state and order thereof, as most bewtifull: that if he did not detest it (with the common aduersaries) as most deformed: yet, loued he neuer so well the church, yea, the more he loued it, it would make his eyes, (not for ioy, but for gréefe of the sight) to water their plants, and his hearte throbbe, yea, bléede, to behold now the moste bewtifull bryde of Iesus Christe, howe her beawtie is va­ded, howe her ornamentes are spoyled, howe her bodye is haled, and almoste euen pulled in péeces: what by her aduersaries, what by our brethren her owne children, and all vnder pretence of reforming and restoring her: all is peace and encrease, and glorie, and em­bracing, and bewtifull, and blessed, and prospered, for the order, and state of the Churche with them: and wee that are the Churche [Page 85] of God also, our state ( for sooth) is a disordred state, we labour long, and we reape little profit by our labour.

Well, yet thankes be to God, if our state haue such ill lucke: that our neighbours haue better, The state of our neighbors. and that this moste bewtifull regiment of the Church is restored, at least among our neighbours. Our neighbours? This is a good hearing, Aliquod bonum propter vicinum bonum: And if they be so neare vs, let vs know them, that we may receaue some neighbor­lie comfort and refreshing by them.

Who are these our neighbors, where this state thus happily is restored? Do ye aske, who they are? Euen all the Churches that are rightlye restored. Nay, for Gods sake (my Maisters) say not so: for then, name me almost anie one reformed Church, that in one point or other, of order offices, discipline, rites and ceremonies, differeth not one from another. And which then among all these, are these our neighbours, which haue restored that regiment, and are rightly reformed? No refor­med Chur­ches but in some points of gouer. diff [...]r one frō another. The Scottish refor­med Churches are our néerest neighbours: but is their gouernment and orders, and making officers, and administration of Sacramentes, and booke of common Prayers, all one with these our Learned discoursers? and with the booke of common Prayers by our brethren now lastlie set forth? Or rather, is there not, euen in the booke of common Prayer, by them-selues compiled, betwéene the written booke, and that, that is prin­ted at Midleborough, and that at London, and that at Scotland, aboue a hundreth, yea, 200. yea, 300. differences one from an other: and all in a booke little bigger then an Almanack, but a matter, Differences euē in their booke of common prayer. wherin shoulde be greatest agréement of vniformity? Nay, doe our brethren héere at home agrée among them-selues in these matters of reformation? Or if all bee now agreed, may we set downe our rest vppon it, and resolue our selues, that these Learned discourses haue héere restored, the onely, very, true, whole perfect, and right reformation of that moste bewtifull order of Ecclesiasticall regiment, that was appointed and approoued by God himselfe, exercised in the Primitiue and pure Church, instituted and or­dained to continue for euer? O my Maisters, take heede what yee saye, least heereafter ye say, had I wist. Ye knowe whose saying that is.

Well, well: (will perhaps our brethren saye) some of our neighbors haue it: wee name none, leaste yee should say, wee preiudice any good neighbour of ours, as hauing not rightly reformed their Churches. For, though in all points, that most bewtifull order of Ecclesiasticall regimēt be not restored: yet is their state farre better than the disordered state of ours, wherein we haue so long laboured with so little profite, and con­trariwise which GOD so many wayes doth blesse and prosper in our neighbours handes, ( that if not the most) yet the bewtifull order of Ec­clesiasticall Regiment which they haue: Yea, the onelie experience of [Page 86] the daily encrease and glorie of the kingdome of Christe, and sup­pression of the tyrannie of Sathan, might be a sufficient perswasion for vs.

Experientia est Magistra Stultorum, as our brethren themselues do [...] afterwards pag. xlviij. tell vs. Our neigh­bours expe­rience no necessary paterne to vs. When the Asse that caried Salte, fal­ling downe in the water, and his salte melting awaie, g [...] vp agayne discharged of his burden: His fellowe Asse being loden with spoonges, sawe that, and hee fell downe likewise in the water, to trie the like experience. But his spoonges kept him downe, his experience drow­ned him. Non omnia conueniunt omnibus. Experience is not alwayes good vppon examples. Legibus non exemplis iudicatur. Had our neigh­bours restored it in verye déede: yet are not wee bounde to followe their example. The demur of this que­stion. No, not the example of the Primitiue Church it selfe, and much lesse those that follow their example. For, wee séeke not nowe what we may doo, or what might bee a sufficient perswasion vnto vs, if we would: but whet [...]er by any lawe or commaundement of Christe, or anye of his Apostles, wee be tied and bounde thereto, yea or no. Thi [...] is the very point that wee demurr vpon.

If God haue so prosperously blessed them, that would or haue happilie imitated, that supposed old order of Ecclesiasticall Regiment: God bee blessed for it. We reioyce of it, and congratulate with them, which soe­uer of our neighbours they be. But neither they, nor their imitation, pr [...] ­scribe vnto vs, nor their experience would fitte vs. Diuerse féete haue diuerse lastes. The shooe that will serue one, may wring another. Nei­ther yet is our state inferiour to theirs, or lesse blessed and prospered of the Lord, nor hath had lesse encrease & glory of the Lords kingdome, nor is lesse bewtifull: if we looke not with an euill eie, and a male-contente [...] minde on our owne state (as he saith)

Emulation of our neighbours state.
Fertilior seges est alienis semper in aruis,
Vicinum (que) pecus grandius vber habet

There groweth alwayes greater stoare of corne, within my Neighbours fieldes:
The greater vdder of his Cow, more milke vnto my Neighbour yeeldes.

Our neighbours haue this, our neighbours haue that: and wee want [...] these things. Fie (brethren) for shame, what neede this emulation of our neighbours, and murmuring against our owne state? And yet it is not altogether so, neither for them, (the more is the pitie, if it otherwise pleased God): Our owne [...]st [...]te. Neither for vs, (thanks be giuen to God for it) and for that plentifull measure of the encrease and glory of the kingdome o [...] Christ, in this our reformed Church of England: and for the suppressi­on of the tyrannie of Sathan and Anti-christe, and of his Ministers and [Page 87] confederates. Wee haue great cause highly to magnifie God, for the wō ­derfull and gratious works, he hath wrought for vs, aboue all our neigh­bours round about vs: yea, aboue all the particuler Churches néere or farre dispersed in the world at this day, euen in this estate of Ecclesiasti­call Gouernement established.

And all our neighbours, where GOD hath anie Churche neuer so muche reformed, doe (I hope) reioyce together with vs therefore: yea, not the beste of them, but (bee it spoken to the glorye of God, Our vnthākfulnesse for our estate. and without vpbraiding to others) haue found no small comfor­table benefite at our handes, and doe all most thankfully reacknowledge the same, without condemning, reprouing, or grudging at our state of Ec­clesiasticall gouernement established, what other kinde of reformation soeuer in their Ecclesiasticall Gouernement they bee directed by: Onelie we our selues murmur and grudge, condemne and slaunder, both among our selues, and to all our neighbours, our owne state, which is so euill, that woulde God ( were itaccording to his acceptable good pleasure) the kingdome and glory of Christe, and the suppression of Sathan and An­tichriste ( though I had rather wish it did no lesse) did but halfe as faste encrease and prosper, then (God bee glorified for it) in our state it doeth. And yet God graunt both in ours and in our neighbours states, and all other parts of Gods true Church, ( according as we al say in the Lordes Prayer, Thy kingdome come) these blessings of God, may daily more and more encrease and prosper. And so by Gods grace it shoulde still doe better and better (Maugre Sathan and Antichriste) if our owne bre­thren would not hindervs: and all reformed Churches shoulde doe well inough, notwithstanding we differ from them, and they from vs: Yea, though both of vs differ from the state of the Primitiue and pure Church, not in truthe of Faith and vnitie of Doctrine: But in matter, or manner of Orders, Offices, Rites and Ceremonies, concerning Ec­clesiasticall regiment, so farre as they are not prescribed by any perpe­tuall rule, other then for the time and state, or for order and comeli­nesse.

For, the difference of these thinges is not [...]irectlye materiall to salua­tion, neither ought to breake the bonde of peace and Chrystian concorde: But they may thinke and wishe well to vs, and wee in the name of the Lorde, thinke well, and wishe good lucke to them. Yea, to wishe, that they had no better state then we haue, on condition they had no worse, The harde-state of our neighbours Churches. and might alwayes haue as good: I thinke all our neighbours reformed Churches woulde bee soone entreated to say, AMEN. For in what hard case (God help them) good neighbours they be, their selues feele or feare it daily: and we heare of it, and cease not daily to pray for them, and, as we may, put to our helping hands vnto them.

[Page 88] The defa­cing of our state. Yea, our brethren their-selues (vpon better aduisement since) in their last supplication made to her gratious Maiestie: & to the high Court of Parliament, assembled 1587. pag. 8. do confesse it, saying: The Chur­ches of God rounde about vs, goe to wracke, in Fraunce, Belgia, and a great part of highe Dutche. I woulde Scotland had continued in her first loue, and that the hands of the builders were strengthened among you.

But in conclusion, neither their state or ours ( howsoeuer they stande) are bound to any perpetuall forme of all the orders and offices, of Eccle­siasticall regiment. Theirs may perhaps be better for them, their aflicted state standing as it doth: ours (all things in our established state of Go­uernment considered:) is best for vs. Away therefore (good brethren) with these disordered tearmes, O [...]r brethe­rens disor­dered spee­ [...]hes of our disordered state. This disordred state of ours: for they are not spéeches, beséeming thankfull and faithfull ministers to God, nor lo­uing and obedient subiects to our Prince and Superiours, so disorderlie cast forth on the state of Eccle. regiment. Which toucheth not onely Eccl. persons against whome perhaps our brethren will make no seruple of cō ­science, though their mouthes runne ouer, be they neuer so much their brethren, their Pastors, their betters, their superiours, their Bish, or Arch. to whome their selues peraduenture haue sworne Canonicam obedientiam. But these disordred speeches of theirs, touch the Magistrate, yea their Soueraigne very néere, and therefore they are not onely disordred, but daungerous speeches.

Neither ought our brethren to vpbraid our labours, vnto vs, that we [...] haue so long laboured with so little profit, to discourage the painefull laborer in the Lords vine-yard, T [...]e vp­braiding of our labors. and to make our handes weake, bee­cause our worke prospereth not so fast in our hands, as we would wishe it did: And yet it prospereth ( God be praysed) with more profit, then ei­ther we see, or our brethren like. But profit, or not profit, let vs still la­bour, and (thankes be to God) then we labour. All are not so idle loyte­rers, as afterwarde, our brethren complaine wee labour not [...]: and héere they finde fault with our labours. But labour we, or loyter we, they must still labour infinding fault: or else they should loyter, for lack of matter in discoursing. But howsoeuer they esteeme of our labours: the Laborer ( saith the Lord Luc. 10.) is worthie his rewarde. And as their-selues after­warde do note out of S. Paule, 1. Timoth. [...]. The elders that rule well, are wor­thie double honor, especially they which labour in the worde and doctrine. But they tell vs, that sentence maketh for their gouerning and not teaching elders: whether it doth so or no: we shall (God willing) at large examine, on their allegation of the same. but admitting it had included any such El­ders at that time: were their labours to be honoured that ruled well a­mong them, (and yet perhaps with as little profit)? And is the laborer in [Page 89] the word and doctrine to be despised, and his labour to be left, beecause we haue so long laboured with so little profit? But for all this discou­ragement of our brethren, let vs not be weary of wel-dooing, and com­mit the euent & profit to the Lorde, Our cōforte of our la­bours. and hearken rather to the Apostles ex­hortation, 1. Cor. 16. Therefore my beloued brethren, be ye stedfast, vnmou [...]able aboundant alwayes in the worke of the Lord: forasmuch as ye know, that your labor is not in vaine in the lorde. And this is our comfort, against this perswasion of our brethren, to leaue that state of ours, wherein we haue so long la­boured with so little profit. And yet we hope, we haue not all bene vnprofitable labourers: saue in respect of merite towarde God, wee confesse indeede (as Christ willeth vs to acknowledge our selues) That when wee haue done all we are able to do, we are but vnprofitable seruaunts: but not in all respectes vnprofitable. But if our so long labour haue had the lesse pro­fit, to our more gréefe: why do not our brethren, looke rather to the cause and hinderance of it? for perhaps, it is not so much of the laborer, The cause of our labours hinderance. as of the aduersaries that haue resisted vs. And haue we not aduersaries inow, of Sathan, of Antichriste, of his ministers, of the vnthankfull worlde, &c. but that our owne brethren wilbe euen almost as bitter against vs, as the worst? If therefore we haue so long laboured with so little profit: laie the fault where it is. Remoue the impediment, and then (God before) let vs say with Peter, Luc, 5.5. Though I haue laboured al night long, and haue taken no [...]hing: neu [...]rthelesse (Lord) at thy worde I will cast foorth the net. And then (no doubt) God will blesse our labours with more profit. And if our brethren when we becken to them, will come and helpe vs, we shall en­close such a multitude of Fishes, that our nettes shall bee full. And if our nettes breake, let vs mende them againe vniformely together. And then our state shall bee (if it bee not,) as beawtifull, and farre more beawtifull, ( I do not doubt it,) then anie of all our neighbours is.

But God blesse our neighbours, and make vs more thankfull, and lesse contentious and new-fangled then we be: and not onely more obedi­ent to our Ciuill Christian Magistrates, but more reuerent to the Eccle­siasticall gouernours, as the Apostle, Heb, 13.7. &c. giveth vs good counsell. Remember them which haue the ouer-sight of you, whiche haue decla­red vnto you the word [...] of God, whose faith followe, considering what hath beene the ende of their conuersation. Iesus Christ yesterdaye and to daye, the same also is for euer. Be not caried about, with diu [...]rse and straunge doctrines. And in the 17. verse, Obey them that haue the ouersight of you, for they watche for your soules, as they that must geue accounts, that they may do it with ioy, and not with griefe: for that is vnprofitable for you. And if there bee any disorder in doing this their duty, the fault being personall, the state is not to be defa­ced as disordred, but the faults redressed, and the state stand.

[Page 90] The Chri­stian prince repelled. But where the inferiours will presume to disobey, yea, to alter th [...] state of their Superiours, and to set vp them-selues: will not onely set out the Bishops and Archbishops, What would indeede make the state disor­dered. but the supreame authority of their Soueraigne too: If this should be suffered, the state would then indéed [...] become a most disordered state. And would worke a worse waie to Anti­christs pride and presumption, bringing in manie straunge kindes of false doctrine and confusion, and bréede a greater mysterie of iniquitie: while euery particuler congregation or seniorie among them, may thus, following the deuises of their owne braine, and pretending vpon a bar [...] fact, or order, or office, that they finde mentioned in the scriptures (though perhaps cleane other wise then they take it) inforce a warrant of Gods worde for them to followe: Yea, to thinke the onely experience of any of their neighbours successe, in imitation of the like, a sufficient perswa­sion for them, to leaue the state vnder which they liue, and con [...]melious­lie to reuile it, for a disordered state, and to preiudice and alter th [...] gouernement established, and to bring in a new Quaternion of Gouer­nours, by whome onely all matters maye bee directed, which are com­monly called Ecclesiasticall, without any other superior ouer [...]ight or go­uernment of Bish. or Arch. or any supreame authority of the Prince, t [...] be admitted among them.

Ha brethren, marke the mysterie of these deuises more aduisedlie, an [...] (I thinke) you will saye (at least-wise yee may saye,) that if our stat [...] were disordered: these things would not bring it into better order, but set it quite out of all order, and hazarde the cleane ouerthrow of the whole state. If the axe were gone, is this the remedy, to hurle the helue after it? howbeit our brethren héere, if the helue be not missing, but not orderlie set on, would cast both helue, and axe, and all away.

Now, least we might perhaps mistake our brethrens wordes, and so might be suspected to slaunder them, in saying they woulde cleane exclu [...] with the Bishops and Arch-bishops superiour authoritye, the supreame authority of the Christian Prince, ( and so of her Maiestie) from the dire­ction of all Ecclesiasticall matters: albeit their words aforesaid are plain [...] inough, yet this their resolute conclusion, in these wordes make it mani­feste.

Our brethe­rens conclu­sion cleane excludeth the Prince, and geueth the directiō of al Eccl. matters. to their 4. Tetrarck [...].There remaineth therefore, of these before rehearsed, onelie in the Church, these Ecclesiasticall offices instituted by God: namelie, Past­ors, Doctors, Gouernours, and Deacons: by which the church of God may, according to his worde, be directed in al matters, which are com­monly called Ecclesiasticall.

Here is the conclusion of this Tetrarchie: the Prince is not at all men­tioned, but cleane excluded from the direction of all Eccl. matters, and th [...] direction committed to these 4. onely, which particuler on [...]ly, debarre [...] [Page 91] both the Prince, and all other besides these 4. The Chri­stian prince excluded. Yet because among these 4. estates, this word Gouernours might carye such a generall sense, as that they might séeme not to exclude, but to include the Prince: to shew there­fore their meaning the plainer, that they intend not to include the Prince at al, in the Quadrant of these 4. kindes & estates of personages, vnder the ambiguous name of Gouernours, our brethren procéede, saying,

But while wee speake of Ecclesiasticall gouernement, it may bee thought of some, The learned dis­course. Page. 8. that we shoulde intreate first of the supreame autho­rity of Christian Princes: where upon it seemeth, that all the regiment of the church dependeth, which is such a myste to dazle the eyes of ig­norant persons, that they think all things in the Ecclesiast. state, ought to be disposed by that onely high authority and absolute power of the ciuill Magistrate.

In these wordes our brethren fore-séeing, Bridges. that some iuste o [...]fence might arise héereon, that professing a Learned discourse: The obie­ction why the treatise of the Chri­stian princes supremacy is not first cō ­sidered. and hauing delte thus farre in the Gouernement of Ecclesiasticall matters, and quartered the same into these 4. Tetrarks, Pastors, Doctors, Gouernours, and Dea­cons: and that all Ecclesi [...]sticall matters are to be directed only by these 4. the Christian Prince ( as, God bee praised, is amongst and ouer all vs her most excellent Maiestie) is not onely all this while not mentioned, but excluded: and so excluded, that whether her Maiesties estate be pre­iudiced héereby, is not so much as called first in question: and the Prin­ces authority being first debated and resolued vpon, then to haue procée­ded to the limiting and deciding of these Tetrarks, seuerall or conioyned Gouernement: Therefore our brethren thinke it nowe belike highe time to mitigate this offence, and to preuent this obiection. And indéede (brethren) it is a good obiection, and a point very necessary to haue beene firste, if not decided, yet treated on and better considered, or if not firste of all (albeit in good right, euen first of all in this matter of Ecclesiasticall gouernment) yet at least, or euer yee had procéeded thus farre in the trea­ting, determining, and giuing full and onelie authority, to all and euerie of these 4. Tetrarks.

For, yee can-not pleade ignorance, that yee thought not thereon be­fore nowe: That yee were called to a suddaine and tumultuous rea­soning, where the fynest witte, the beste memorye, the moste filed speeche, shall carrie awaye the truthe: at leaste, maruelouslye moue the vngrounded hearers: ( as in your Preface yee complayned.) For, Our brethe­ren foresa [...] the obiect. in their Pre­face. euen there, yee fore-sawe that it woulde bee obiected, and among o­ther thinges yee mentioned that obiection, saying: If anye shall obiect &c. that it shall bee preiudiciall to the estate of Gouernement esta­blished: And doe yee nowe vppon mature deliberation, hauing pro­fessed to set foorth, A Learned discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernement, [Page 92] and hauing entred into it, The Chri­stian prince repelled. laide your principles, and distributed all [...]he parts and persons that must be Gouernours of it: (as though ye be­thought your selues), come dropping in with this obiection, saying: But while we speake of Ecclesiasticall gouernement? As who woulde say: Good Lorde, howe haue wee forgotten our selues. Wee speake of Gouernment, and haue treated nothing of the Prince, which is the su­preme Governour. Wel, while it is in memory, and while we are spea­king of it, let vs say something to that obiection, that our selues partlye haue already moued, and it is most likelie wilbe by other obiected. let vs therefore aunswere before hand to that obiection, while we speake of Ecclesiasticall gouernment.

The tardie comming of this ob­iection. And it may bee, when yee wrote this, that yee thought on some such [...] like matter. Notwithstanding, this is but my coniecture, peraduentur [...] yea, peraduenture nay: but I take it, this is not the worst construction. Howbeit to say, while yee are speaking of it, and haue already giuen your resolute sentence on the matter, who haue the only gouernment it may be thought your obiection and your aunswere therevnto, com­meth verie tardie, to helpe the Princes title. Except ye will reuoke, or suspende your de [...]nitiue sentence, or except yee haue some further war­rant, from the experience of their example, that (they say) haue a cust­ome, first to giue iudgement, and put it in execution, and then to enquiure whether the party were guilty, yea or no. But Hyster [...]n, Proteron, for­mer or later, let it come in question, now a Gods name: that wee maye see, what is left to the Prince, and whether the Princes supreme goue [...] nement be any whit preiudiced, by this conclusion already passed, fo [...] the direction of all Ecclesiasticall matters, to bee made onely by these foresaid Tetrarcks.

But while we speake ( say they) of Ecclesiasticall Gouernement. N [...] sof [...]e (my good and learned discoursing brethren) since yee haue stay [...] to speake heereof, al this while: let mee craue pardon for a few worde [...] to stay your speech heereon a little while more. I pray you, what me [...] yee by this tearme heere, The Captiō of these wordes, Eccles. gover­ [...]ement. Ecclesiasticall gouernment? And a three lin [...] before, yee called it also, Ecclesiasticall regiment. For, there maie bee a great caption in these speeches, which our common aduersaries v [...] against vs, in all their writings and inuectiues, concerning the Princ [...] Supremacie. And therefore, you beeing her Maiesties true subiectes, [...] dissenting from the Papistes errours: I am lothe to haue you either [...] ­tangle your selues or vs, with their captious and sclaunderous tear [...], which not onely darken the matter, but touche her Maiesties honour, [...] sclaunder her Royall person, and right of her cheefest office very neare: [...] be it, you do it (I dare say it for you) of an ouershott zeale, and not of [...] malice, as they do.

[Page 93] They slaunder her Maiestie to take vpon her an Ecclesiasticall regi­ment or gouernment, as though she tooke vpon her, The Prin­ces supr. gouernmēt to be an Ecclesiasti­call person, or to exercise a function or office Ecclesiasticall: and to do the actions that appertaine to the Regiment Ecclesiasticall. The Papists selaunder of her Ma. This is a manifest sclaunder of her Maiestie, who neither exerciseth nor clay­meth anie such Ecclesiasticall Gouernement, nor the statute nameth or intendeth any [...] such Ecclesiasticall Gouernment of her Maiestie, but onelie that her Maiestie hath the Supreame Gouernement ouer all persons Ecclesiasticall: and is the Supreame Gouernour of them in all Ecclesiasticall causes, The princes supreame gouernmēt ouer al Ecc. persons, in al Ecclesi. matters. to ouersée and gouerne the right direction of al the persons and causes Ecclesiasticall. So that, where the direction of the consultation, and fynding out the causes, the execution and gouerne­ment of the actions, belongeth to the persons: the Supreame gouern­ment and direction of the causes to bée authorized, and the actions by the persons to be put in due execution, principally pertaine to her Maiestie.

And if ye thinke otherwise of her Maiesties, ( not Ecclesiasticall Go­uernment, but) supreame Gouernment, VVhat be­longeth to the Eccl. persons, and what to the Prince. in or ouer Ecclesiastical persons & causes: ye do greatly mistake it. And this may serue also for your third Tetrarke, whō ye cal Gouernours, to whome yee attribute amisse an Ec­clesiasticall Gouernement. Except ye intend by the word Eccl. anie man­ner of wayes perteyning to the Churche And thus, the widdowes of whome the Apostle speaketh 1. Tim. 5.9. Had Eccl. offices also, by which reckoning weomen with you, might be Ecclesiasticall persons, and haue an Eccl. gouernment in the church.

And so your Ecclesiasticall Gouernours, are notwith-standing popu­ler and plebeian persons, which commonly are called the laye people And by y e Scottish Churches, election of them and of the Deacons, where they saye: The Friday after, iudgement is taken, what persons are ele­cted for elders and Deacons to serue for that yeere: It shoulde séeme. they account them not properlie Ecclesiasticall persons, but rather lyke [...]ur Syde-men or Church-wardens. But howsoeuer yee confound these [...]earmes in these your Gouernours, it is not good confounding them in the Prince. And yee see that great captions, sclaunders, and cauils, may [...]rise vppon such great personages, by such intricate and d [...]btfull [...]earmes. Non bene definit, qui non bene diuidit. Speake distinolye and plaine, and then we shall better vnderstand your meaning, and either you or we shal quickly be driuen to a final conclusion, without al starting holes or eu [...]ons.

If yee meane by Ecclesiasticall gouernment, that her Maiestie ta­keth vppon her an Ecclesiasticall office, or to be an Ecclesiasticall person, and so execute the actions of the causes, that (as you say) are commonlie [Page 94] called Ecclesiasticall: ye incurre the common aduersaries slaunder of her Maiestie, although (I trust) vnwittingly, and therefore will not (I hope) vnwillingly reclaime your errour. If ye meane by Ecclesiasticall Go­uernement, her Maiesties Gouernement, in or ouer Ecclesiasticall matters or causes: we admit your sense: and now procéede on concerning the obiection and your aunswere.

Good reasō that al Pro­testants should think that the Princes supremacie should bee first treated on.It may be thought of some, that wee shoulde intreate first, of the Su­preame authority of Christian Princes.

And good reason to, (as I take it) if you will needes take vppon yo [...] (by what warrant or licence thereto, I doe not knowe) to intermeddl [...] in matters of state and Gouernement. Whether there were any [...] thought the contrarie (as I hope there are not many amongst vs Protest­ants) come you in, saying: It maye bee thought of some? as though you misliked, that anie shoulde so thinke; or thought not your selu [...], that manye amongest vs thought not so. But go to, some were per­haps of such a straunge opinion: and what (I praye you) is the o [...] ­nion?

That we should first intreate of the supreame authoritye of Christia [...] Princes.

Héere againe I craue yet another interruption for my learni [...] of so Learned discoursers. Doe yee héere afforde Christian Princes th [...] title of Supreame authority, Christian princes haue a supreame authority in Ecclesiast. matters. by way of supposition; As, whether they haue anie Supreame authority in Ecclesiastical matters, or no, let th [...] fall out in the Treatie, as it shall? or by way of assertion; acknowle [...] ging a Supreame authoritye in them? For, your woordes séeme rath [...] to carrie, that they haue a Supreame authoritie: Howbeit, not to be first treated vpon: and so likewise do your wordes in the next page, saying:

But of the Supreame authority of Christian Princes in Ecclesiasticall causes, how farre it extendeth by the worde of God, we shall haue bet­ter occasion to intreate heereafter, when we shall haue described the Ec­clesiasticall state.

So then, Christian Princes haue supreame authority in Ecclesiasticall causes, by your own assertion. But, how now doth this agrée with your former conclusion? There remaineth therefore of these before rehearsed onlie in the Church these Ecclesiasticall offices, instituted of GOD: namely, Pastors, Doctors, Gouernours, and Deacons: By which the Church of God may, according to his worde bee directed, in all mat­ters which are commonly called Ecclesiasticall. If Christian Princes haue supreame gouernment in Ecclesiasticall causes: howe are all Eccle­siasticall matters, or causes directed onelye by these Tetrarcks.

Shall the Prince be one of these fowre, and bee included in the compa [...] of the Gouernours? No, these gouernours are such Elders as are cho­sen [Page 95] out of the people. How shall we reconcile these sayings then? well inough, (say they). For, these 4. are the onely Ecclesiasticall officers: now we name not the Christian Prince an Ecclesiasticall officer, but the supreame gouernour.

This is very well reconciled indéede, for that point: saue that it fal­leth out hardlie in an other, that still the Lay people are made persons Ecclesiasticall. But what aunswereth this the pointe in hande? For, Difference betweene the Prince and his gov. and the 4. Tetrarcks. if the Christian Princes haue the supreame gouernment in Ecclesiasticall matters or causes: then, none of all these fowre officers or offices, ( call them Ecclesiasticall or what yee will,) neither diuisim, nor coniunctim, haue the onelie direction of all Ecclesiasticall matters or causes. For, the Christian Princes haue héere some direction; Nay, the chiefe and su­preame direction in them. Except yee finde out yet, some other quirke betwéene matters and causes: or, betweene directing and gouerning. But, as heere, Ecclesiasticall matters, and Ecclesiasticall causes, are ta­ken indifferentlie: so, for directing and gouerning, Directing, & gou [...]r­ning. I goe plainelye and simply to worke. He that dir [...]cteth, he gouerneth, and he that gouerneth he directeth.

The Christian Prince therefore, beeing (as our brethren graunt) the su­preame gouernour in Ecclesiasticall causes, is also the supreame director in Ecclesiasticall matters.

But if now they stoppe on this point, and will distinguish between direction and gouernment: and they ( that is to saie) these 4. officers, will direct all the matters, and the Prince must gouerne them, accor­ding onlie, to their direction: who a [...]e indéed the Gouernours then? The Prince or they; when he must gouerne, ( nay, say rather; when hee muste obey) according to their direction? For, they vnderstande by dire­cting, What our brethren meane by directing. not their counseling, or shewing their iudgemente and aduise: and such direction, (we freelie graunt) belongeth vnto them. But by directing, they meane, setting downe order, prescribing, com­maunding, decréeing, and determinining: and what is this else, but go­uerning? Who hath now the more supreme gouernment in Ecclesiasti­call matters, the Prince? or these fowre estates? But the Prince ( by their owne confessions) is the supreame gouernour in Ecclesiastical mat­ters, and not they: except our brethren giue the prince this title, The Prince called supr. gover. in a bare title. onelye for a shew, and kéepe the matters to them-selues. For, so the Pope cal­leth the Emperour, Emperour of Roome, and yet yet can hee haue no more roome in Rome, then it pleaseth the Pope to permit vnto him, who indeede hath all the Empire and gouernment of Rome. Now if these our learned discoursing brethren graunt christian princes this title, to be the supreame gouernour in Ecclesi. matters, in such a fashion: [Page 96] that is a planie mockerie before God and man. N [...]n est bonum ludere c [...] sanctis.

But if they trulie acknowledge the Christian Prince to beare the chi [...] stroake among them, in directing, prescribing, decréeing, confirming, for­bidding, and commaunding· Ecclesiasticall matters: then is the Prince indéede, the supreame gouernour in them, and not they. But then, stoope gallant; If the prince be indeed the supreme Gouernour then must our brethrē submitte them-selues to the gouernement established. All these iiij. estates, which (as they said before) muste beare such sway, that all Ecclesiasticall matters, maie be directed by them, and by them onlie, are topsie turnie ouertourned. Wet may the Christian Prince by them, ( though not by them onely) bee directed by waye of counsell and information: but when all is done, hee is still the Supreame Gouernour, and all they muste bee chiefly directed and go­uerned by the Christian Prince: in all such Ecclesiasticall matters, and causes, as are amongst them to be established.

Sith therefore our Learned discoursers haue graunted this, w [...] yeelde they not without further discoursing on the matter, to h [...] Maiesties supreame gouernement, that hath confirmed by her Su­preame authoritye, the decision of these Ecclesiasticall causes, and con­trouersies long agoe, and maintayneth the Ecclesiasticall gouernement now established?

And if now Christian Princes haue supreame authority in Ecclesiasti­call causes: while these our Learned brethren discoursers take on them, not to speake onelie, but to set downe directions of Ecclesiastical gouer­nement: maye not some thinke, ( nay maye not moste men thinke) that they shoulde treate firste of th [...] Supreame authoritye of Christian Princes? If they haue the firste degree in dignity, whye may they not haue the firste place in this Treatise? Howbeit, because this woor [...] Supreame, The worde Supreame. may bee taken as-well for the last in order, though y e first in dignitie, as the Princes giue their voyces and Royall assent last of all [...] and when euery bodie hath saide, their voice strykes deade or quickens [...] the matter. If our brethren héere meane, to reserue the Treatie of the Christian Princes Supreame authority, to y e purpose, & so to acknowled [...] them to bee the supreame gouernours: then a Gods name, procéede on, Let them say, as doe the Gentlemen-vshers before Princes, On afor [...] my Lordes. Let all these fowre estates take their places before, because that these our Learned discoursers so assigne them. We will not great­ly stryue with them about the roome, where they please to place Christ [...] ­an Princes, firste or laste, or middlemoste, if Christian Princes ma [...] entirely retaine their supreame authority in Ecclesiasticall causes.

Neuerthelesse, there is no reason to the contrary, but it may be thought of some, or of moste, if not of these Learned discoursers, that they shoul [...] [Page 97] haue treated first on the Supreame authoritie of Christian Princes: The Prin­cessupreme gov. sclan. that the reader might first haue knowen, what Gouernement perteyneth to them, and howe farre it extendeth by the worde of God, that haue the Supreame authoritie of Eccl. causes: and then to haue treated on those in their orders, dignities, and places, that are vnder them, and séene like­wise the differences of their inferiour Gouernements. And so should the reader of these controuersies, haue eastly & plainely perceaued, whether any of their inferior Gouernments & authorities had incroached on the Christian Princes Supreame gouernment & authoritie, yea or no. The iniurie offered to the Prince in the last place. This (mee thinketh) had béene the better, the simpler, and more direct Me­thode: then first to bring in all the other inferiour persons, and to assigne this and that Gouernement vnto euerie of them, and when all haue had their places offices and gouernementes assigned to them: then, to come to the Christian Princes, and tell them: this is the place and office of Supreame Gouernement, left for you. Your Maiesties come late, these 4. are your Seniours, ye are but their punies: and therefore be con­tent, there is no remedie, you must take that which by them is not fore­stalled, & howe farre your Supreame authoritie extendeth, we shall haue better occasion to entreate hereafter, when we haue described the Eccl. state. Me thinketh, that Christian Princes may take griefe hereat, yea, e­uerie indifferent Reader may suspect, that Christian Princes might haue great wrong offered them by this dealing.

But, whether our brethren, Discoursers, meane thus, or no: by bringing in first all the inferiour persons, and taking vp before hande (ere the Prin­ces be so much as mentioned) the direction of all Eccles. matters to bee directed onely by them, and bid the Princes be content, they shall haue the Supreame place of authoritie, that is, the last place (as they perhaps meane it) and the Princes vnderstande it for the chiefest place: let them now go on, and tell their owne tale, and shewe their reasons for thus pla­cing of the Christian Princes.

Where-uppon it seemeth, that all the regiment of the Churche de­pendeth.

Where-upon? And where-upon ( I pray you brethren) speake you this? eyther vpon the giuing to Christian Princes the first treatise? Our breth. captious sclaunder of the Princes supreame gouermēt. or vp­on the Supreame authoritie of Christian Princes? The supreame autho­ritie you haue graunted. But the first place of the treatie, yee will not graunt. Where-upon, it may be taken, that this your (where-upon) see­meth as if ye sayde: If we should first intreate of the Supreame authori­tie of Christian Princes: then it might seeme, that all the regiment of the Church dependeth on them. But construe your owne words where­vpon ye please, eyther vpon the one sense or the other. Here is nothing yet alleaged, but that onely it seemeth that all the regiment of the Church [Page 98] dependeth on it. But if it be vnderstoode for the onely first place of the treatie: it can not so much as seeme to depende all vppon the first trea­ting of the same. If it be vnderstoode of the Christian Princes supreame gouernement, in Ecclesiasticall causes, which you haue graunted and we take holde thereon, and that some what yet in time, least all be cleane gi­uen from them, if all be not giuen away alreadie, but yet will wee take as good holdfast as we can, for the Princes right, that Christian Princes haue supreame authoritie in Ecclesiasticall causes: which once beeing graunted: then, whether yee treate there-upon first or last: whatsoeuer would seeme to fall out, will seeme so still. But what is this that would seeme to fall out hereupon?

That all the regiment of the Church, dependeth on the Christian Prin­ces supreame authoritie in ecclesiasticall causes. A sclaunde­roussurmise of the Chri­stian Prince.

Would this seeme, if the Prince had the first place? Doeth it seeme that all the regiment of the Church, dependeth on the Pastor? And yet here you assigne the Pastour the first place. Though afterwarde vppon further aduisement, you put him backe, and make him come downe with shame, and take the lower roome, giuing the first place to the Do­ctor, notwithstanding your selues doe thus heere for a while exalt the Pastour. But it seemeth, ye haue a greater Iealousie of the Christi­an Prince, then of anie of all these foure Tetrarkes. For howsoeuer y [...] set them one before or after another, the Christian Prince must come behind them all, for feare it might seeme that the regiment of the Church dependeth thereon.

But shall the Christian Princes be debarred of the right of their place, in the treatie of their authoritie, because it seemeth that there-upon the Regiment of the Church dependeth? It seemeth, that these wordes are suspitiouslie cast foorth, as though her Maiestie would haue all the Eccle­siasticall functions, and all their ministerie of the worde and sacraments, and all the mysticall state of Christes militant Church in her Maiesties Dominions, to depende on her Maiesties supreame authoritie in Ecclesi­asticall matters. It seemetht, his is not verie good dealing, to burthen her Maiestie with suspition of such thinges. But we will suspende our iudg [...] ­ment, for all this that seemeth to depende: for if wee shoulde not, but streight condemne a thing, because it seemeth this or that: what if this dealing of our brethren seemed harde to the Christian Prince? What if it seemed to her Maiestie, that the bringing in of all these foure Estates before her Maiestie, and the giuing vnto them onely, the direction of all Ecclesiasticall matters, might be greatly preiudiciall to the state of go­uernement established; to make a mutenie in the common-weale, to s [...] vs all together by the eares; to make an infinite number of factions and alterations; yea, to take from her Maiestie the best part of her supreame [Page 99] authoritie; and to bréed many mo mischiefes and inconueniences, then she, or you, or we, or any yet sawe?

If (I say) it should seeme so vnto her Maiestie, and to a great num­ber besides, which thinke themselues as sounde Protestantes, and as good subiects as you either would seeme to be, or are: would ye not straight wayes aunswere? What though it seemeth so: yet, it is not so: it is but onely your surmise, and though it seemeth so to you: Things not to be measu­red by see­ming. yet it seemeth not so to vs ( ye will say) nor to many other. But sure it is not so, what­soeuer it seemeth vnto anie.

If nowe we replie: well, yet it seemeth not so of nothing. There can be no smoake, where there is no fire: and if it be not smoake indéede, yet since it seemeth to be smoak, it is not amisse to feare fire, We must abstaine from all appearaunce of evill. 1. Thes. 5. Would ye be content, to haue the matter ouerruled thus, against your Learned discourse for this Te­trarchie, because these daungers might so seeme to insue, yea, to depende there-upon? And I pray you brethren, what stronger reason call ye this? It may be thought of some, that we should first intreate, of the supreame authoritie of Christian Princes: whereupon it seemeth, that all the regi­ment of the Church dependeth.

Yea, but you will say: if it seemeth so, then, it commeth not of nothing. There is no smoake where there is no fire, We must abstaine from all appea­rance of euill. Who saide this? Forsooth (brethren) that did euen I: and hardily returne mine owne wordes to mine owne selfe, Lege Talionis. For ye sée I am bolde with you (brethren) in so doing. Some regi­ment of the Church de­pendeth on the Princes supream gouernement. Well then (will you say) it seemeth that all the Regiment of the Churche, dependeth on the supreame authoritie of the Christian Prince in Ecclesiasticall causes: and this seeming, commeth not on nothing. No verely, doth it not. For, to set aside your partiall suspition, and goe to the matter it selfe. The Christian Prince hauing supreame authoritie in Ecclesiast. causes: doeth no Regiment of the Churche at all, though not all the Regiment of the Church depende thereon?

Tush, this is a thing, which is such a myste ( say you) to dazell the eyes of the ignorant persons, that they thinke all thinges in the Eccles. state, ought to be disposed by that onely high authoritie and absolute power of the ciuill Magistrate.

A ha (brethren) I thought it would prooue somewhat. It seemed ( as the saying is) either a foxe or a fearne brake. I tooke it for smoake, and it was a myste. So that I myst my marke. And yet till it came, it ree­ked like a smoake. And a myste will not onely dazell the eyes, but so dar­ken the obiect, that wee cannot discerne the trueth, till the myste bée dissipated, and then, (if we haue good eyes) we shall sée all thinges as they are.

[Page 100] But what is this, which is such a myste, forsooth, that all the regi­ment of the Church dependeth on the authoritie of Christian Princes?

A sclande­rous myste. This is a foule, thicke, stincking, sclannderous, darke myste indéede.

Whence riseth this myste? Doe we raise anie such spéeches on the Prince? Doth the statute yéelde anie such authoritie to the prince? Doeth her Maiestie claime, or take vpon her anie such authoritie? I heare of none but of the common aduersaries, ( and you nowe which ar [...] our brethren,) that cast foorth anie such spéeches. Al-be-it, I ioyne not you and them in like condition. For, they most malitiously doe anowe and blase it: you onely say it seemeth: but whether to them, or to the people, or to your selues it seemeth: that you tell vs not. But it seemeth, ye will exempt your selues, and I am glad thereof: for I would not haue it, that you, who are our brethren in Iesu Christe, and her Maiesties tru [...] meaning subiectes, as we are, should haue either your eyes dazeled, or the verie paper (whereon you write) to be stayned, with the supition, or but with seeming to suspect, such false, foggie, and infectiue mystes a [...] those are.

If ye be Iealouse of them, to driue this myste away, it is well done: so that in this Iealousie to driue away the myste, ye driue not away with­all our Mistresses Supreame authoritie: It is no reason her Maiestie should loose her cleare right, vnder pretence that a myste dazeleth the eyes of ignorant persons.

The eyes of the ignorant dazeled with this myste. But if they be ignorant, then it is for that they knowe not the trueth hereof: and then is the truth of the matter cleane contrarie. And al­though the ignorant be deceaued: yet they that be not ignorant, hi [...] not deceaued. And can not the ignoraunt bée taught the trueth by them that are not ignoraunt? The ignoraunt persons were deceaued in ma­nie moe thinges, of which ignorant persons then, manie nowe (thankes be to God) doe knowe the trueth, except such as loue mystes and darke­nesse more then light.

But let not vs suppresse the trueth, for feare of what may seeme to ig­norant persons For to them truthe seemes falshoode; and all that we say both of vs, may seeme starke lyes. But it lyeth vs vppon so much the ra­ther, to tell them the truthe: and then if they will be ignorant, let them be ignorant still. But what is the point, wherein by this myste the eyes of the ignorant persons are thus dazeled? That all thinges in the Ec­clesiasticall state, ought to be disposed by the only high authoritie & ab­solute power of the Christian Magistrate. This indéede is a daungerous errour of ignorant persons. But if any be so ignorant: would this error be confirmed in them, if the authoritie & power of the Christian Princes were first treated vpon, and throughly viewed? And not rather, if there be any such as holde that opinion (as by our brethrens spéeches it seemeth [Page 101] sh [...]re should h [...] [...]nie) I take it were the best waye which could be ta­ken, that this myste, were first cleared, and the Treatie of the Christi­an Princes first treated vppon: least, eyther the Princes should take anie such onely high authoritie and absolute power vppon them, or that the people should so grossely and erroniously conceaue anie such matter of thē. This is my opinion in such cases. And I woulde wish you (brethren) to take héede, howe in these your discourses, The casting foorth of such false suspitions is not wel done. ( let them carie what name of learning soeuer ye wil) sith that the people are taught no such matter, sith that her Maiestie taketh no such absolute power vppon her, but (as be­commeth a good Christian Prince,) that, which of right pertaineth to her Maiesties royall office, and most godly, with all humilitie, patience and [...]uldenes, tempereth the Iustice of the same: you abuse not too much her Maiesties clemencie, that deserueth no such sclaunders nor suspitions at your h [...]ndes.

Wh [...]e put you such surmises in the peoples heads, if they were igno­rant, to deceaue them worse? For this is the way, to make the people ey­ther become Atheistes, as only and absolutely to depende on the Prince in all matters and causes Ecclesiasticall: or to grudge against her Maie­stie, as taking on her such an onely highe authoritie and absolute power to dispose all thinges in the state Ecclesiasticall. What could her open professed enemies haue sayde worse? Saue that they no lesse impudent­ly then falsely, like arrant Traytors, doe not shame to affirme it: and should you (brethren) come after those shamelesse children of Beliall, and say: But while we speake of Ecclesiasticall gouernment, it may be thought of some, that we should intreate first of the Supreame authori­tie of Christian Princes: where-upon it seemeth, that all the regiment of the Church dependeth: which is such a myste to dazell the eyes of ig­norant persons, that they thinke all thinges in the Eccles. state ought to be disposed, by the onely high authoritie and absolute power of the ciuill Magistrate? What suspicious spéeches, and byous glaunces, vnder the name of some, and of it seemeth. and of they thinke, are heere cast [...]oorth? and all this thinking and seeming to some, is turned to the peo­ple, and to ignorant persons: they, poore soules, must beare the fault of all. What is raysing of mystes, dazeling of eyes, walking in cloudes: yea, da [...]sing naked in a net, and when all the worlde looketh on, to thinke no [...] séeth vs, if this be not? And whie is the Soueraigne Prince called hereby no better terme, then the ciuill Magistrate: who before, was ac­knowledged in more reuerent manner, to be the Christian Prince, The terme of ciuil Ma­gistrate. and to haue also Supreame authoritie? What? and did you likewise meane. here­bie to graunt vnto Christian Princes, that all the regiment of the Church dependeth on their Supreame authoritie, and that all thinges in the Ec­clesiasticall state ought to be disposed by that onely high authoritie and [Page 102] absolute power of the ciuill Magistrate? What? & do ye h [...]e grant the [...] all this? Or graunt them some thing? or denie them all this, and gra [...]nt them nothing, nor any regiment, nor anie disposing at all? Yee saye, the ignorant persons, How farre our breth. denie or graunt this sclaunder. thought thus and thus: and would you for all that, giue so much vnto Christian Princes, as the Supream [...] authoritie in Ecclesiasticall causes? Did not you feare also, least yee should rays [...] a myste to dazell the eyes of ignorant persons? And what did yo [...] meane, when you gaue the direction of all Ecclesiasticall matters to your foure estates onely in the Church? And among other termes, her [...] speaking of the Christian Princes, ye call their estate the onely high [...] authoritie, and absolute power: but it sufficeth vs, (if ye will abide by your graunt,) that Christian Princes haue supreame authoritie in Ecclesi­asticall causes, as for the termes, onely and absolute, which are due on­lie vnto Christ; in talking of anie others vsurpation of them, we kno [...] no Christian Princes that doth vsurpe them. It is manifest, that our most gratious Soueraigne (the mirrour of all Christian Princes of this age) claimeth or vsurpeth, Her Ma. claimeth no such abso­lute power. no such onely highe authoritie or absolute power, whereby all thinges in the Ecclesiasticall state ought to be disposed.

Bestowe the vsurpation of these termes on the Pope, or of some tyrant: or looke your selues (brethren) better vnto it. For, you giue thrée thing [...] here to your foure Tetrarkes. First, direction: and then, of all Ecclesi [...] ­sticall matters: and that, onely to these foure in the Church. And wer [...] ye not afraide, least, the fourth terme, that is to saye, absolute power, would followe in a myste, to dazel the eyes of ignorant persons? Well, if after absolute, Absolon follow not also, it is the better.

But let vs now with-drawe our selues out of these mystes, and com [...] to clearer coasts, concerning some particuler pointes, what is here grau [...] ­ted, or denied to the Christian Princes by these our Learned discoursing brethren

Others there be, with more colour of reason, that referre only indif­ferent matters to the disposition of Princes: The learned dis­course. Page. 8. but in determining indiffe­rent matters, they shewe themselues not to be indifferent Iudges. For, whatsoeuer it shall please the ciuill Magistrate or themselues to call or count indifferent, it must be so holden of all men, without any further inquirie. But of the Supreame authoritie of Christian Princes in Eccles. causes, how farre it extendeth by the worde of God, we shall haue better occasion to intreate hereafter, when we haue described the eccl. state.

When vnder the name and blame of ignorant persons, these Learned discoursers haue answered (as they thinke) sufficiently; Bridges. that they haue not first treated on the Christian Princes estate, for feare, least in giuing th [...] Prince place, before they had inuested in full seazure and possession, these foure Tetrarks in their offices assigned alreadie vnto them, the Christian [Page 103] Prince might be thought to haue gotten too great aduauntage, The Prin­ces auth. in indifferent matters. as hauing his share set [...]ut before theirs: and therefore, hee is put backe, till all these foure be serued: vnder pretence, that if the Prince were serued first: ignorant persons would thinke, that al the other had their shares frō him, and all depended on him, and that his power might be thought ab­solute, and that this were a myste to dazell the eies of ignorant persons, which might sound to the Princes great reproch. Least, now the Christian Prince, or any other his wel-willers, should espie, that this indéede, were but a myste to dazell the Princes owne eyes, that pretending to staye him, for feare he might séeme to haue too much, they might leaue him no authoritie at all, in the directing and disposing those matters, wherein his Supreame authoritie most of all consisteth, to wit, (be they politike, morall, or Ecclesiasticall thinges) in matters indifferent: least they might thus séeme to spoyle the Prince of all: they come nowe to answere those men, that yet would leaue to the Christian Prince a Supreame authoritie in disposing of these indifferent matters.

Others ( say they) there be, with more colour of reason, Indifferent matters re­ferred to the Princes dis­position. that referre only indifferent matters to the disposition of Princes.

Who those others are, they doe not name: but we may well perceaue, that these our brethren discoursers fauour not greatly those mens opini­on, that the Christian Princes should haue anie disposing of indifferent matters. Notwithstanding, because they dare not in plaine wordes denie it: it is worth the sight, to sée howe pretyly they fetch it about, in the an­swering to the opinion of those others.

And first, they clawe these others, how-beit with a harde curricombe, that they at least haue more colour of reason, yet not reason, but colour of reason: Which rough or gentle yéelding somewhat to them, at least of a colour, must serue for a reasonable colour, to seeme to giue them some­thing, though (saue a colour) nothing: both to bereaue these others of their reason, & the Chr. Princes of all their Supreame auth. in indifferent mat­ters. And indéede, as they tell their tale, they driue it to as little reason, as they can, for in saying: they referre onely indifferent matters to the dis­position of Princes: they plainely insinuate, that these others should say, that the Princes are not onely the chiefe or Supreame, but also, the only disposers of indifferent matters: and this also our brethren affirme of indifferent matters indefinitely; as though, not some, but all indifferent matters, were in the onely disposition of Princes, at their pleasure.

Nowe, although that in some thinges, which of their nature are in­different, all lawes, of God and man, haue had no small regarde, of those that are called Principum placita, Princes coū sellers to giue aduise. drawing néere to the kinde of her Maiesties Proclamations: yet what good Prince hath euer reigned, (were he neuer so wise,) euen Salomon himselfe, but he had his counsell? [Page 104] Not to giue authoritie and life to his decrées in such indifferent matter [...], which lieth (I graunt) onelie in the Princes disposition: but to gi [...]e [...] ­uise and counsell vpon waightie and mature deliberation, what w [...]re be [...] in all respectes, according to the Analogie of Gods worde, the groundes and rule of reason, and all other thinges to be considered, for the aduanc [...] ­ment of Gods glorie, the establishment of the Princes estate, and the b [...] ­nefite of the common-weale. But howsoeuer anie other Princes haue [...] ­bused their authoritie, and followed their owne disposition, rather th [...]n reason in these matters: or their owne reason according to Machiauelle [...] rule, rather then the aduice or consents of their wise and goodly Counsel [...] shall we so déeme rashly, and beyonde our dutie, of her Ma. our most gra­tious Soueraigne, or of any other godly Christian Princes? Well then▪ what say our brethren these Learned discoursers here-unto, hauing mo­ued this case? The Princes authoritie in disposing indifferent matters. For, it is at this day a great question, & toucheth the matter to the quicke, what the Christian Princes authoritie is, in the dispositiō of indifferent matters? Let vs now listen to their answer & determination in this point. Wherby we shall sée, what they leaue to the Christian Prince, all or somewhat, Our brethe­rens motion of this point ought or nought, in the disposing of these things.

Their motion is this:

Others there be, with more coulour of reason, that referre only in­different matters to the disposition of Princes.

Our breth. answere. Their answer is this:

But in determining indifferent matters, they shewe themselues not to be indifferent Iudges.

The reasons of their an­swere. This answere they confirme with this reason:

For, whatsoeuer it shall please the ciuill Magistrate or themselues to call or count indifferent, it must be so holden of all men, whithout any further inquirie.

The brea­king off the further an­swere till hereafter. And with this answere they breake off the matter, saying:

But of the supreame authoritie of Christian Princes in Eccles. causes, howe farre it extendeth by the word of God: we shal haue better occasi­on to intreate here-after, when we haue described the Eccl. state.

And is this al then, that we shal looke for here, concerning this so gre [...] and important matter? Who mooued here this point now? Indéede it w [...] looked for before. But why at the length was it nowe mooued, and shall not nowe be throughlie answered, but thus be posted off, till better oc­casion here-after? Heere was a verie good occasion, and mooued by your selues, and the matter waightie and necessarie: and who would not nowe euen haue saide to him selfe, although some great busines or frien [...] had called him away? Nay, soft, I will stay a while, and here these o [...] brethrens Learned discourse and answere, in prouing and determining of this great point: & then be gone. But we may now be gone when we li [...]t, [Page 105] we haue our answer héere alre [...]die, such an one as it is: and till better occasion heereafter, we must be content with this. Well, and there be no remedie, then content: we will liue in hope.

But then (Brethren) forget not the matter quite and [...]leane, when that better occasion hereafter commeth. But it is an old saying, Omne promissum est aut debitum aut dubium. I doubt w [...] must take this answer for all, in this Learned Discourse. For, heereafter, when our brethren at the end of all this their Learned Discourse, take their better occasion ( as they thinke) to treate more largelée of the supreame authoritie of Christian Princes in ecclesiasticall causes, how farre it ex [...]endeth by the worde of God: there is, faire and well, better and worse, more and lesse, ne gry quidem, not so much as one word mentioned of indifferent matters. And is this indifferent dealing in such a matter? But since it is so, least we should go emptie awaye, we muste take this or none for an answer. The obiection propounded by themselues, was this:

Others there be with more coulour of reason, that referre onelie indifferent matters to the disposition of Princes.

To this they answer. But in determining indifferent matters, they shew them-selues not to be indifferent iudges.

This answere beginning with a But, is giuen rhetoricallie Ex abrupto. The weigh­ing of our brethrens answere. Vttering (as it were, for quicker [...]spatch, in a Learned Discourse,) the one halfe, or parte of the answere, by which they would haue vs to gather their whole minde: as who should saye: it is t [...]ue which these others affirme, How far our bretheren graūt to the Princes dis­posing in­different matters. that referre onlie indifferent matters to the disposition of Prin­ces: all this we gladlie graunt and yéeld vnto. But in determining indif­ferent matters, they shewe themselues no [...] to be indifferent iudges.

Is not this (brethren) the meaning of your answere? For I would be loath wittinglie to misconster you. Howbeit, to all that shall be indiffe­rent iudges of vs bothe, I hope, they will say, I haue more then coulour of reason, thus to conster your word [...]. You haue mooued héere a waightie obiection: Your full, plaine, and resolute answere is expected. If ye saye nothing at all vnto it: either it might be thought, that ye reiected it, as a matter not worthie to be answered: (and whye then did ye mooue it?) Or [...]lse, saying nothing therevnto: the old rule may hap to fasten on you: Qui tacet, videtur cons [...]ntire: He that holdeth his peace, dooth seeme to con­sent. Notwithstanding, that is but seeming, which though it inforce not, yet still it carieth more then coulour of Reason, that by all probabilitie, the partie yéeldeth. And it is commonlie, and in some cases necessarilie ta­ken, pro confess [...], as a cléere graunt. But if a man of purpose, will take vpon him to [...]nswere to that, which is obiected either by others or by himselfe, and answere onelie by waye of exception, as you héere expresselie beginne with this exception, But: what can that intend, but that ye fréelie graunt, [Page 106] to all the obiection, so farre foorth as is not expre [...]ed nor cont [...]ined, wi [...] ­in the compasse of your exception? And this goeth beyond your mist of videtur, it seemeth: and I plainelie take it for a plaine graunt.

Our bre­thren graūt it, and yet finde faulte with them that graūt it Now if ye graunte to the opinion of these, whom ye call others, that referre onelie indifferent matters to the disposition of Princes: why do ye so minceinglie, or rather odiouslie saye of them: they doo it with more coulour of reason, as though they had no reason, but a coulour of rea­son for it? And what reason or coulour of reason haue you to propose i [...], and graunt it, and yet to finde fault with them that doo auouche it▪ If y [...] say, ye finde faulte with the abuse of it: that is nothing to the obiection, which was, whether onelie indifferent matters were to be referred to the Princes disposition. But ( say you) in determining indifferent matter [...] they shew themselues not to be indifferent iudges. So that, if they shew­ed themselues to be indifferent iudges, in determining indifferent mat­ters: then they did well, and ye will allow Christian P [...]inces to haue au­thoritie, in the disposition of indifferent matters.

Who are these now, that in determining indifferent matters, shew themselues not be indifferent iudges? Who are these not indifferent iudges. If yée meane those others, with their coulour of reason: with what coulour of reason referre ye this to them, who (as ye saye) referre onelie indifferent matters to the dispositi­on of Princes? And how then are they become such determiners and iud­ges of indifferent matters, referring them onelie to the Princes disposi­tion? What iudgement or determination is that in these others, that hath no disposition of the matters, whereon they should iudge and de­termine, but referreth the disposition to the Prince? And what disposi­tion is that of the Prince, if these others and not the prince, be the iud­ges and determiners of it? If ye say these others finde out onelie, what be indifferent matters, and the Prince onelie dooth dispose them, how they shall-be vsed, when by these others they are determined and iudged to be indifferent: Mistaking indifferent for not in­different. where is then the faulte? In mistaking matters not indifferent, for indifferent: and indifferent, for not indifferent: and so in determining indifferent matters, they shew themselues not to be in­different iudges. And who doo thus? these others, that referre onelie in­different matters to the disposition of Princes. The Princes right heere­by not pre­iudiced. What is this to the Princes right, in the disposition of indifferent matters? The right of the Prince héerein, may remaine intier, for all this abuse of others. So that (I hope) we shall sooner agrée, then we were aware on. For, so that Christia [...] Princes may haue their right inuiolablie reserued: I dare hazzard thus farre of all good Christian Princes, and will presume (by hir Maiesties leaue) to giue warrant for our most gracious Soueraigne, that shée wi [...] not abuse hir authoritie, nor hath doone: nor (if any others haue abuse [...] hir authoritie héerein, committed by hir Maiestie vnto them) woul [...] [Page 107] [...]ainteyne them, or allowe thereof. The Prince slandered.

But all this will not serue. For, vnder pretence of this abuse, though doone by others, which other [...] notwithstanding are not named: not onlie they (whosoeuer they be) in a [...]thoritie vnder her: but also her Maiestie her selfe is most vnworthilie defaced, and her right héerein, Her maiest. right and dooings vnworthilie defaced. which cannot be denied, but for a shew is graunted vnto, (albeit not so neither in ex­presse wordes, but in necessitie of consequence is euicted from them) is héere cleane vndermined, and with a reproch [...]full contumelie ouerturned. Pretending not onelie that the Prince disposeth all these things amisse, according to the wrong determining of others: but that the Prince ioy­neth with these others, in the wrong determining and iudging of these matters. And that either the Prince and they, or els the Prince or they, rule all at their owne pleasure, disposing of indifferent matters for not indifferent: and of not indifferent, for indifferent: and so, in de­termining indifferent matters, shewe themselues not to be indifferent iudges.

For, whatsoeuer it shall please the ciuill magistrate, or themselues, to call or count indifferent, it must be so holden of all men, without a­nie further inquirie.

What doo they (brethren)? saye me that againe: doo they deale thus with euerie matter whatsoeuer? And at their owne pleasure, whatsoe­uer it shall please them? And haue they no better proofe, then their bare calling or coūting it to be indifferent? is that all the reason they alledge? And would they héerevpon onelie, haue it holden for such a maximie, that, not onelie it may, but it must be so holden, and that, of all men: and that, without anie further, so much as, inquirie? This is a verie strange dea­ling: this is an heynous matter indéed. If the matter go thus: alas poore men, I cannot greatlie blame you, if ye mislike such euill dealing, and thought them not to be indifferent iudges.

But (I beséeche you brethren) who are they that vse such dealing? The ciuill magistrate, or themselues. What? The ciuill magistrate? God forbid. Take héed what ye say, yea, vnsaye that againe. No, no, we say (you will say) the ciuill magistrate. And will ye so indeed? Whome then meane ye by the ciuill Magistrate? For, The ciuill magistrate. all our question was about Princes, and those not Heathen, but Christian Princes And we (will you saye) by the ciuill magistrate, doo meane also the Christian Prince. Well then (brethren) I nowe perceiue your meaning. Neither doo I denie, but that the terme (ciuill magistrate) is a fit and reuerend terme, as time and place serueth. Howbeit, héere treating of the supreme au­thoritie of Christian Princes, to come in (as before in a myst ye did, and nowe againe, and that openlie) with a terme, that maye as well fitte the great Turke, or anye Heathen, Infidell, prophane, [Page 108] or wicked Prince, as a Christian Prince: and speaking of not indifferent iudges, to call héere the Christian Prince, onlie and in generall, the Ciuill magistrate, as though it were some Ciuilian, or iudge in the Ciuill lawe, or some other inferior Magistrate, vnder the Prince: Quàm contemptim? quàm inciuile?

But would God, this were the greatest faulte in this discourse, to stumble now and then, on a course terme, though some what vnfitting for so learned discourses, and more vnfit in this treatise for the maiestie and reuerence of the Christian Prince, to be termed by. But let termes passe, and tend to the charge. Not onelie others, but also the Christian Prince, is héere charged and accused by the subiect, of an heynous crime: that whatsoeuer shall please the ciuill Magistrate, The subiects accusatiō of the Prince. ( meaning the Prince) or them-selues ( meaning others in authoritie called by the Prince) To call or counte indifferent, it must be so holden of all men, without any further inquirie. What a sore and sharpe accusation is this? And what a number of waightie branches hange thereon? For a Prince, a Christian Prince, yea the owne liege, naturall, and most godlie Christian Prince: of the sub­iects, yea, of the owne naturall, loyall, and sworne subiects, yea, of vs protestant reformed Christian subiects: yea, of those that pretend to be the most zealous, godlie, learned, faithfull Ministers subiects, to be thus burdened and exclaimed vpon. If this had béene true: yet would it haue required a more reuerent admonition And if it be false: then, to haue béene spoken in neuer so great secret, is both a sinne gréeuous before God, and to our owne estate, dangerous. But to accuse the Prince openlie of so foul [...] a matter, not onelie before God and his Angels: but to publish it in the hearing of all your fellow subiects: to thrust it out in print to other nati­ons, to the wide world, to perpetuall memorie: and as it were, in tables of Brasse, to set it downe in a plotforme, and in a Learned Discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernement: that the Ciuill Magistrate, pointing as it were with your finger, to that so gratious Christian Prince, vnder whome bothe you and we doo so happilie liue: to whom we all doo owe obedience, loue, dutie, honor, fealtie: to whom by so manie great benefits we be ob­liged: that hir Maiestie dooth deale with vs so violentlie, so wilfullie, so vni [...]silie, that whatsoeuer the please to call or count indifferent, it must be so houlden of all men, The heigh­nousnesse of this slander, [...]ot to be an indifferent iudge. without anie further inquirie: What greater crime almost can ye laye to anye, not Christian Princes, but barbarous ty­rants charge, in such a matter, then héere yée haue doone? For, anye to be called a Iudge not indifferent, that is appointed to be a iudge: is to charge him with a fore matter: that either of ignorance (which is too bad in a iudge,) or of knowledge (which is woorse) he is an affectionate, partiall, corrupt, and not a iust iudge. For, what of all these, and woorse, if woorse can be in a iudge, is not conteined in this infamous terme? He is not an [Page 109] indifferent Iudge. When a Iudge determineth a doubt or controuersie, iudiciallie, then to be not indifferent, is the manifest peruerting of his of­fice. For, what is the chéefest point of a Iudges office, but to giue iuste iudgement, and that iustlie? Thou shalt not (saith God vnto a Iudge, Le­uit. 9.) doe vniustlie in iudgement, thou shalt not fauour the person of the poore, nor honour the person of the mightie, but thou shalte iudge thy neighbour iustlie. The chee­fest point [...] of a Iudges office. And what is iustice, but, Suum cuique tribuere, to giue to euerie partie and part that, that apperteineth to the same: so that if there be accepting of the persons, more then of the waighing of the causes: if right be not mi­nistred indifferentlie to all: if the skoales be not of themselues of like poyse, other wise then as the weight of the matter that is put in them, causeth the one to weygh downe the other: and if the toong of the balance incline not downe that waye, after the heauier weight: if were euen a­gainst the course of nature. And if the Iudge, into whose hand God hath put the sworde of Iustice, should not strike right, but cleane ouerthwarte: condemne the innocent, iustifie the guiltie, saye good is euill, and euill is good: light is darkenesse, and darkenesse is light: sower is swéete, and swéete is sower: false is true, and true is false: not indifferent is indiffe­rent, and indifferent is not indifferent: then indéed he were a Iudge not indifferent, but vniust and false. The dang [...]r of this ac­cusation. Such not indifferent Iudges God accurs­seth, and will roote them out. Bicause, where they execute not their owne, but (as Iosaphat calleth them) the iudgements of God: they peruert them to Gods dishonour, to the maintenance of wrong and falshood, and to the iniurie and oppression of the people. This therefore is a most dreadfull accusation.

If ye replie, that ye speake this of others, not of Princes, that in deter­mining indifferent matters they shew themselues not to be indifferent Iudges: had ye said no more thereof, but so left it in suspense, what we might gather by this word they: although it had béene spoken verie sus­pitiouslie, to saye: others there be, with more coulour of reason, that re­ferre onelie indifferent matters to the disposition of Princes: but in de­termining indifferent matters, they shew themselues not to be indiffe­rent Iudges: which they, doo thus shewe themselues? The Princes to whose disposition the matters be referred? Or these others that referre them to the disposition of Princes? Because héere this word they, might be doubtfullie taken: and we ought not to conster doubtfull words odi­ouslie, to the worste parte, if they may be construed to the better: had ye therefore gone no further in the matter, and not your selues made your meaning plaine, and withall a great deale woorse: I might haue béene thought to haue offered you as great wrong, in threaping that sence on your words, as your words offer great wrong to Princes, in burthening Princes with so great a slaunder. But when as vpon these wordes: they [Page 110] shew themselues not to be indifferent Iudges: The Prince sclandered. yée pursue it at the hard [...] héeles, with this illatiue cause: For, whatsoeuer it shall please the Ciuill Magistrate, or themselues, to call or count indifferent, it must be so hol­den of all men without anie further inquirie: doo ye not most apparant­lie (to any that hath but his common sense) inferre this sentence on the other? The Prince directlie ac­cused so wel as others in authoritie. And although ye vtter it disiunaiuelie, saying: The Ciuill Magi­strate or themselues, and not iointlie, the Ciuill Magistrate and them­selues: doo ye not speake it of the one as well as of the other? Yea, and place the Prince in this crime, before the other, as of the twaine, the more culpable?

If this be not a great ouershooting of your duties, a foule forget­fulnesse of your estate and calling, and a verie sore crime for the subie [...] to burthen the Prince withall: then with all my heart I crie God mercie, and I crie you mercie too (my brethren) and will be most readie to make all the amends I may, for mistaking this to be so great a fault in you, that ye haue laide hére so great a fault, vnto your and our Princes charge. And though I would (God he knoweth) be most woe and loathe, The gree­uousnesse of our breth­offence in this slander. to be found culpable of such a crime, as to become an accuser of my brethren, be the matter neuer so true, and much more loath, being false: yet could I rather wish, to susteine all punishment of a slaunderer, then that you or any o­ther could prooue, such foule matter as this is, in her Maiestie. For what one word haue yée brought in all this your Learned Discourse, The Prince Slandered to proou [...] that the Prince inforceth you, to hold any one thing as indifferent, that is not indifferent?

And now (brethren) alleadging no one proofe of anye such matter not indifferent, to be holden indifferent: consider better with your selues, what ye haue héere doone against the Lords annointed, against your one­lie, so good, and gratious Soueraigne: who hath of you hetherto deserued so well, and shall she now of you hir subiects, be rewarded so ill? How [...] should you not be ashamed to be thought so vnthankefull? yea, not tre [...] ­ble and quake, to be found so vndutifull? Not so much for feare onelie, [...] incurre the danger of hir Maiesties indignation: for, (God be blessed [...] it) we haue a most milde and mercifull Princesse, readie to forgiue yo [...]. But what will ye answer to Almightie God, ( for I hope, ye feare God more then man) and God ( whose annointed hir Maiestie is) giueth this straight charge to euerie subiect, Exod. 22. Thou shalt not raile vpon [...] Iudges, neither shalt thou speake euill of the ruler of thy people. No, Reproche [...] the Prince (saith Salomon) so much as in thy thought: Neither speake th [...] euill of the riche, in thy bed chamber: for the foule of the ayre shall carrie thy voyce, a [...]d that which hath wings shall declare the matter, Ecclesiast. 10. And yet (brethren) haue not you feared with open mouthes, to crye o [...] these spéeches in t [...]e ayre, and adde your paper wings vnto them, to flye [Page 111] about in the worlde. Pinion therefore (my brethren) these wilde wings: laye your handes on your mouthes, and acknowledge this great faulte, that ye haue committed: Leaue these contumelious speeches, fitter for e­nemies then for Subiects: crye God and her Maiestie in your hearts hartilie mercie, and with humble reuerence and good opinion, submit your selues to her Maiesties disposition of these matters.

And as I hope (on better aduising of these your vnaduised dealings) yée will not be gréeued thus to do: so I trust that God, Inconside­rate zeale. and vnder GOD her Maiestie, ( considering that all this hath béene risen on a feruencie of zeale (I graunt) to Gods glorie, but not according to the knowledge and learning, whereof you persuade your selues, and not of anye euill will yée beare her Maiestie, but otherwise, loue, honour, obeye her, and wishe as well as we, withall your heartes vnto her) will most rea­dilie bothe forgiue and forget all these your distempered spéeches and demeanors.

If yée thinke, ye haue not committed so great a faulte, since that the matter ( when all is doone) is but for indifferent matters: and whye then, should the matter be made so great, the ground being so little? Lessening the cause dooth ag­grauate the faulte. I praye you (brethren) dooth the lessening of the matter, lessen the faulte: or not rather aggrauate the same? And yet, who make this great adoe, and this foule out-crie on the Prince for indifferent matters? Whereof (in the meane while) ye cannot denie, but the Prince hath the disposition: and when shée hath disposed them, then to crye out on her disposition of them, on this fashion, that she disposeth them so, that if she call or counte them indifferent, it must be so holden of all men without any further inquirie: call ye this (my maisters) a small matter? Dooth not the im­portance euen of all religion hang vpon it? For, if by this sclander, the Prince please to call or counte indifferent anye one, or all the articles of our faithe, it must be so holden of all men without anye further inqui­rie. Maye they not then dispose thus of all religion, and alter the same as it pleaseth them? The verie Antichriste of Rome, This accu­sation rea­cheth fur­ther then we accuse the Pope. went neuer yet so farre, neither doo we burthen him to haue gone so farre, in all his in­tollerable vsurpation, although, hee come verie néere vnto this blas­phemie.

Indéede the Pope and his blasphemous raylers, most impudentlie doo laye suche crimes vnto our Princes charge, and yet hardlie they goe so farre as this reacheth. And shall we then our selues (to confirme their most shamefull lies) accuse our owne so blessed a Prince, with so outra­gious and apparant a slaunder? It helpeth not that he [...] Maiestie is not by name accused.

If yee thinke, yee are to hardlie pressed, as speaking these thinges [...]gainst her Maiestie, whereas yee name her Maiestie not at all, nor [...]nye other Prince particularlie. I confesse, yee shew héerein a pointe [Page 112] of witte and learning▪ in this your Learned Discourse, to learne vs, that although we susteine a snubbe for an vnséemelie terme: yet to saue our selues vpright, and out of daunger, in speaking of Princes, it is good to speake some-what more at randon, and not of this Prince, nor of that Prince, but in generall termes, of the Ciuill Magistrate, and then cannot one Prince finde himselfe, more touched then an other: or at least, though they sée themselues gléeked at, yet cannot such holdfast be taken on their words. Indéed if ye delte thus with meaner persons, it were more tolle­rable, to put a case of Iohn a Stile, or of Ly homo, an Indiuiduū vagum would saue all cleanlie, and might be counted but a presupposall.

But when ye treate, not of a thing that mought, or mought not be doo [...] by Princes, or by the Ciuill Magistrate: but flatlie auouche thinges to be doone by them, and withall complaine of, and accuse the dooing of them: What? doo ye héere complaine of no bodie? Or, as if it were, not yet doone: doo ye crye and be not touched? Or who offendeth you? Do all Princes? Or some Princes? Or which Princes? Naye, (will ye saye) we name none. The Ciuill Magistrate is a tearme indefinite. But how indefinite soeuer it be, either it conteineth all, some, or none. If none: why whine ye? If some: name who. If all: ye haue mended the matter verie well. But what néed this? Will you now also your selues, hauing (al­most euen in your last wordes) found fault with mystes to dazell the eies of ignorant persons, goe about héere to cast mystes to dazell all mens eyes, with these indefinite termes of Princes, & of the Ciuill Magistrate? thinke ye men are such ignorant persons, and verie fooles, that they per­ceaue not, of what state ye speake, and of whome ye héere say, they shewe themselues? Go to, go to, I perceiue you will shew your selues quicklie, whom ye meane. Perhaps, some other reformed Churche, not ours: it is not our state that is so disordered: Neither is it our people, whom [...] ye persuade to leaue this disordered state of ours. Of ours? What sai [...] I? No, not of ours: and to imbrace that most beautifull order of Eccle­siasticall regiment, which God so manifestlie dooth blesse and prosper in our neighbours hand: it is not our Princes disposition of indifferent matters, that ye mislike: it is not our Prince, nor others in authoritie vn­der our Prince, that (ye say) in determining indifferent matters, shewe them-selues not to be indifferent Iudges: it is not our Ciuill Magi­strate, or anie others vnder our Ciuill Magistrate, that yee meane, dea [...] thus with their subiects, that whatsoeuer it shall please the Ciuill Magi­strate, or themselues, to call or counte indifferent, it must be so holden of all men, without anie further inquirie.

Fie, Fie, (my maisters,) doo ye thus so sotte and soothe your selues i [...] so Learned a Discourse, to thinke so courslie of all other men, as that they know not a B from a battle-dore. Who séethe not whome ye meane [...] [Page 113] ye meane by all these spéeches? The Prince with others sclandered▪ And what Prince and other persons ye note, and whom, ye were as good, (saue for fashions sake) to haue euen pointed out with your finger, and named them by expresse name. But de­ceaue not your selues, thinke not thus to bleare all mens eyes with these generall spéeches. For, how-so-euer ye may dazell the eyes of the igno­rant persons: all men, that haue any sight, or wit, not blinded with affectiō, doo sée, as cléerē as noone day, whom ye aime at. Yea, the blinde eyes of the aduersaries sée it and reioyse at it, and all godlie zealous, with discretion and knowledge, doo sée it, and lament it. And all her Maiesties obedient faithfull subiects, your vnfayned well wishing brethren in the Lord, but héerein greatlie dissenting from you, doo sée it with our eyes bedewed with our teares, and in our heartes bewaile and rue the view thereof: praying for you, that God would open your eies and mooue your hearts to consider better of these inconsiderate dealings.

But these our brethren perhaps, will bid vs praie for our selues héere­in, and not for them. For, if there be any faulte about these matters, Our bre­therens ac­cusation of others with the Prince. they impute it not to her Maiestie, so much as vnto others. And therefore they will say, if ye marke our words well, ye shall find that we rather burden others then the Prince. Others? Who be these others? Haue they no names neither? Nay (will they say) we name none, looke you to that, and take it among you. As for vs, we expresselie say, whatsoeuer it shall please the Ciuill Magistrate or themselues, &c.

Yea (my learned maisters) are ye good at that? Nay, then I sée we must marke your wordes better, and whatsouer the Princes calling or counting must be holden without any further inquirie: we must yet by your leaue, enquire further, and take better hold of these your wordes, and call ye to account also, not onelie for the Ciuill Magistrate, but for them, whom héere ye call and counte these themselues, and others that ye mention.

If yee would poste it off to others, to excuse your selues of anye ill meaning ye had, to blemish her Maiestie: I holde well with it: neither doo I vrge your wordes, to the intent to accuse you, but so farre as I may, rather to excuse you. Wishing you (where your accusation of her Maiestie is too apparant) that you should with submission and amend­ment, acknowledge the ouershooting of your duties. For, what dooth this reléeue your accusation, if not onelie the Prince, but others also be ac­cused of these things? If there be others besides the Prince, well may it lessen the Princes faulte, but it dooth not cleare it; if in giuing the dispo­sition of the matters to the Prince, and placeing héerein the Prince be­fore them, yee make not the Prince rather principall in the faulte, then accessarie

But bicause héere are others with the Prince accused: maye we be so [Page 114] bold to inquire further of these others? What haue others to doo in these matters? What? Whatsoeuer it shall please them-selues also, to call or count indifferent, it must be so holden of all men, without any further inquirie. Where in these others are accused. Doo they so? Then are they as déepe in, as the Prince. And doo they all this, without the Prince: or with the Prince? We say: whatsoe­uer it please the Ciuill Magistrate or them-selues. Then, if ye meane it disiunctiuelie without the Prince: the Princes faulte was by it selfe, as theirs also by themselues, and the one neither burtheneth nor easeth the other.

Naye (will they saye) we meane not so, but by the one or the other, we conclude them bothe. But the question was, of the Princes authoritie and disposing. Belike then the Prince dooth not dispose these indifferent matters all alone, nor whatsoeuer pleaseth him or her selfe: but, whatso­euer pleaseth them-selues: so that, the Prince hath some others assistant, at least for enformation what these things are, The Princes clearing, not to dispose these mat­ters all a­lone. yea to be determiners and iudges, to haue the same so called and accounted. Héere then, the Prince plaieth not the Tyrants part: this is not, Sic volo sic iube [...], stet pro ra­tione voluntas, thus will I haue it, thus I command it be: let that stand for reason, whatsoeuer pleaseth me: but contrariwise, héere is the token of a good Prince, that will not dispose of these matters alone, but call others vnto this deliberation. Well then, the Prince is cléered of that point. And now if there be no greater, or not more faultes in these others, to abuse the Princ, ( for ought that I sée) the Prince will soone be quitte.

But now, though the Prince be of a good nature and meaneth well: yet great fault may be in these others, who to flatter the Prince, will re­ferre all matters to the princes disposition. Such I graunt there may be, yea, there is no prince so good, whom flatterers tempt not now and then.

But (brethren) take héede héere, that you doo not eftsoones abuse the prince, Whether the faulte be in these others. vnder pretence of speaking against such flatterers: and that yé [...] also abuse none others in authoritie about the prince, by such odious and suspitious spéeches. It is (ye know) the common practise of the arrantest rebels, not to pretend so much their quarrell directlie against the prince: as to saye, Rebels practise. the prince ( whom still they praise to be naturallie of a good dis­position) hath others of counsell and authoritie, by whom the Prince is lead and abused. And these others, they would haue onelie remooued. I doo not (brethren) bring this, as an instance to resemble your dooings: but that ye should beware, least yée should resemble them. And yet as it is good for princes to take héede, what counsell of others they doo follow: so if this Prince héere, whome ye call the Ciuill Magistrate, examine these others, of whom yee haue mooued this suspition, whether they be such [...]atterers, yea or no: néede they desire anye better witnesses for them, [Page 115] than your selues? For who-so-euer they be, (bicause it might be odious to inquire their names) they séeme to be no flatterers of the Prince. For your selues saye of them: others there be, These other [...] giue the Prince no absolute power, &c. that referre onelie indifferent matters to the disposition of princes. In which wordes, although they giue to princes an authoritie of disposing: yet they restraine it onelie to indifferent matters. So that, they giue not princes that onelie high au­thoritie and absolute power, that all things in the Ecclesiasticall state are to be disposed by the Ciuill Magistrate: or that all the regiment of the churche dependeth on the supreame authoritie of the Christian princes: but the disposition of princes ( by these men, whom ye ter [...]e others,) is restrained onelie to indifferent matters. Whereby it séemeth, These others feare God. that these others, are men of conscience and knowledge, hauing the feare of God before their eyes, nor giue the prince the disposition of any one thing, which God alreadie hath disposed. So that hetherto, and that by your selues, these others also are acquitted, except there be further mat­ter against them.

But ( say our brethren) in determining indifferent matters, they shew themselues not to be indifferent Iudges.

What? are these others then, These others intrude not themselues into the of­fice of iud­ging. Iudges also and determiners of these matters? These are great offices: who called them héere-vnto? The prince called them to be examiners, and the iudgement and determina­tion of these matters, apperteyneth to their office. And did they not then intrude themselues? No. But they shew themselues not to be indiffe­rent Iudges. Why so? Are they partiall to themselues? These others take not the disposing to themselues, but giue it to the Prince. And Iudge or determine, that indifferent matters, belong to their owne dispositi­on? No, they referre that, from themselues, to the disposition of princes.

How are they partiall then? Belike they referre it to the Prince, bi­cause they are matters that onelie concerne the Prince, and not them­selues. Naye, they concerne them-selues, as much, or more, then any o­ther: and the iudgements and determinations what is the nature of those matters, doo especiallie apperteine vnto them. Doo they so? Both these others and the Prince cleered. sée how these things fall out, both for the Prince and for these others.

The Prince hath héere authoritie to dispose of indifferent mat­ters. How-be-it the prince will not dispose of them alone, but choo­seth and calleth others, which by their office and function, are most skilfull, to discerne indifferent matters from matters not indifferent, which intrude not them-selues into the iudgement and determining of these matters: which are so farre off to encroche anye aduantage or authoritie to them-selues héereby, that they referre these matters to the princes disposition: Neuerthelesse the prince will dispose [Page 116] nothing, but that which these men shall be Iudges and determiners of it, to be suche an indifferent matter, as whereof the Prince maye dis­pose: neither dooth the Prince impose anie thing vpon them, against their willes, nor craueth any thing of them, to Iudge or determine, this waie or that waie, what is, or what is not, an indifferent matter, but leaueth that frée to these others iudgement and determination. Héere the subiects giue the Princes their due, and goe no further: héere the Prin­ces take no more then is their due, nor all that neither, and but by the subiects owne consent, and by their aduise, iudgement and determinati­on, of the matters indifferencie, to whose skill and function it chéefelie apperteineth. Héere neither the Princes can complaine of the subiects, to intrude themselues, and to vsurpe vpon the Princes authoritie and disposition, Neither the subiects can complaine on the Princes, to en­croche on matters disposed of alreadie by GOD, to rule all alone, to determine all by selfe-will, or to take aduise of those that haue no skill, or to impose on them matters that concerne them, with-out their own [...] consents and determinations.

O what a pittifull péece of worke is héere. Is not this a heynous mat­ter, and this Prince worthie in such a Learned Discourse, to be coursed & cried out vpon: yea to be blazed forth in reproche to all the world, for this so great and foule a crime? But what then shall we saye to these others, these most perilous others, who-so-euer they be, these others, that are the causers of all this the Princes dooing? For they, they of all others, are such off-scowrings, out-parings, woonderments, and gazing-stockes of the whole world, as he was, on whom the Iewes cryed, Actes, 22. Awaye with suche a fellowe from the earthe, for hee is not worthye to liue.

How indif­ferentlie these others are thus accused for these in­different matters. Ha, brethren, is this your indifferent dealing with Christian Prin­ces, about indifferent matters, and that with your owne so gratious Soueraigne: (yea, let it be what Christian Prince ye please, to shift it vnto) and is this also your indifferent dealing, with such others as thes [...] are, euen by your owne testimonies of them? How can ye (for very [...] shame) avowe this saying, that this Prince, and these others, doo call and count indifferent matters, whatsoeuer pleaseth themselues? What? Quicquid libet licet? Or Quicquid licet libet? Doo ye meane, that (without all regard of GOD, The further parts of this accusation. of their callings, of their people, of the matter,) they runne altogither on a head, and follow onelie their owne pleasure, without any deliberation of the matter? This were not onelye wil­full and wicked, but méere brutish. Or meane yee, when they haue deliberated and throughlie debated thereon, that that (whatsoeuer it bee) pleaseth them to call and counte for indifferent, which they [Page 117] shall finde indéed so to be? Yea, but howsoeuer they doo it: yet, whatsoe­euer shall please themselues to call or count indifferent, that must be so holden of all men.

What? of all the nations in the worlde? What haue they to doo with all men? Naye, of all men, that they haue to doo with all, as the subiects to that Prince. And whye not I praye you? Would ye haue the subiects to dispise or disobey their determination? Or to estéeme those thinges which they call and account indifferent, to be not indifferent? And not indifferent to be indifferent? And still to vse them, Whether things law­fullie deter­mined are not so of the sub­iects to be holden in­uiolabl [...]e. as they their selues listed, at their pleasure? Or that things indifferent of their owne nature, should be vsed still according to their owne nature: indifferent things in­differentlie, by euerie man at his owne disposition? Or that whether anye vsed them or no, it makes no matter which end go forward? Would ye haue the subiects still at this libertie? But what néed then anye dispo­sing of them at all? Or anye question of them? Or to trouble the Prince, or anye others about them? Or what authoritie at all call ye that, either of Iudging, determining, or disposing of them, when euerie man maye doo as he please, and is not so much as bounden to hold them, or to ac­count of them, as they be iudged, determined, and disposed, but maye still dispose of them at his owne pleasure, without anye restraint or con­trollement? For so they might haue doone before, and as good neuer a whit as neuer the better. If a matter be lawfullie adiudged, determi­ned, and disposed: whye should it not of all men that liue vnder those Iudges, determiners and disposers, be so holden and accounted? Either it is an order, or it is none: and if an order, either to be counted and hol­den orderlie, or as good make none.

Yea, but (say they) must it be so holden and accounted of all men, without anie further inquirie? And what would yee inquire further? How farre they are further to be inquired vpon. Would yée call it againe in question? And when shoulde we then haue doone? And what would yée inquire vpon? Whether it were so? That is alreadie iudged and determined. Whether it were to be obserued and holden or no? That is likewise alreadie disposed. And how would ye inquire? as those that would gladlie learne, what is Iudged & determi­ned of the matters indifferencie, and what is disposed to be so holden & accounted? And vnderstanding the same, beléeue it so to be, and obey it? Or to be fresh Iudges, determiners and disposers of it? And yet when ye haue so doone, may not other saye as much on your iudgement, deter­mination, and disposition? So that, if further inquirie for these matters shall be thus admitted: then shall none of all these matters be euer fullie iudged determined or disposed: but still further inquiries made one af­ter another, and neuer an end, neuer any certeine resolution of these mat­ters: but héerein to be alwaies like those, of whome the Apostle 2. Tim. 3. [Page 118] speaketh, The cal­ling things determined into fur­ther que­stio [...]. Euer learning, and neuer able to come to the knowledge of the truthe. Would ye haue it thus? No, if it were once throughlie inquired vpon, it should goe no further. And who should be these last and full inquisitors, once for all? Will our brethren step out and say: that will we be? You? Who are you? Princes or subiects? Naye, but subiects also, as these o­thers are, some of the cleargie, and some of the laitie. What, and would you be Iudges and determiners? Whie not, as well as those others, sithe the matters concerne vs also. And would ye be Iudges and deter­miners without the Prince, and without these others: or with them? Naye, we would Iudge and determine with them. And must they then reuerse their owne former iudgements and determinations? Or else how is it a further inquirie? Let them choose: we will inquire of the matters further. What, vncalled of the Prince? Naye, the Prince shall call vs. And will ye prescribe the Prince to call you? Then you call the Prince, rather than the Prince you. We will not prescribe nor compell the Prince so to doo: but if the Prince call the others and not vs, we will call bothe the Prince and them (by their leaues) not indifferent Iudges. And what if the Prince cut off bothe them and you, and (to voide partiall­lie and stinte all strife) will Iudge all alone? Will ye then stand to the Princes iudgement? If the Prince Iudge as we would haue it: els not. And must it be as euerie one of you woulde haue it? What if some would haue this, and some would haue that? Must euerie man, or some for all, be admitted on your side with the others? Naye, not all, that wer [...] confusion, and cannot well be doone: but we would compromitte our voi­ces vnto some. And what now, if ye had alreadie all this, that yée séeme to desire: and those some for you, that haue béene in the Iudging and de­termining the indifferencie of such matters, haue assented vnto the orders of them that are alreadie disposed? Or were by the most and best part of the assemblie so evicted: that the matter hath béene sufficientlie inquired of, examined, Iudged, determined, and resolued alreadie, and therevpon by the Prince also disposed? Will not all this yet content you? No, no: we will then say and still crye out, that In determining indifferent mat­ters, they shew themselues not to be indifferent Iudges. And whye will ye thus complaine on them? For, whatsoeuer it shall please the ciuill Ma­gistrate, or themselues, to call or count indifferent: it must be so holden of all men, without any further inquirie.

This then (I perceaue) must be the fa-burden of all this song. The Prince shall haue a title of supreme authoritie, [...]he conclu­sion of all this accusa­tion. to dispose indifferent matters: and others shall inquire, iudge, and determine, which be and which be not indifferent matters. But if the Prince or these others, who­soeuer they be, either inquire of, or Iudge, or determine, or dispose, o­therwise of them, then shall please such as these our brethren the Learned [Page 119] Discoursers: not onelie they may course them for it, How this toucheth all politike matters. and discourse these matters againe more learnedlie: but it must be still free for all men, when and as often, and how they please, to inquire further, on all that is doone, and reuoke all their former inquiries, iudgements, determinations and dispositions: or else they shall haue this peale roong them: In determi­ning indifferent matters, they shewe themselues not to be indifferent Iudges. For, whatsoeuer it shall please the Ciuill Magistrate, or them­selues to call or count indifferent, it must be so holden of all men with­out anie further inquirie. And now if there be any indifferent Iudge, let him Iudge ( I beséech him) indifferentlie: If they deale thus with indif­ferent matters, ( wherein the Princes supremacie hath the greatest force) what is left to the Prince, or to any of these others, to enquire, iudge, de­termine, or to dispose vpon?

And how now: may not this also reach, How da [...] ­gerouslie this accusa­tion reach­eth from in­different matters in eccle. causes to all poli­tike matters by as much (not coulour of reason) but substance of reason, to all politike matters in the common­weale, as well as to these Ecclesiasticall, so farre foorth as both of them be indifferent? Whereby they may as well, when the Prince and all the states of the realme, haue determined, iudged, and disposed, of any such indifferent matter, crie out on the Prince and all others in the Parle­ment, and repeate this sclander in their former leoden: that in determi­ning indifferent matters, they shew themselues not to be indifferent iudges. For, whatsoeuer it shall please the Ciuill Magistrate and them­selues, to call and count indifferent, it must be so holden of all men, with­out any further inquirie. And thus may all the supreme authoritie of the Christian Prince, both in politike and ecclesiasticall matters, be cleane ouerthrowne: and euerie man set at libertie, to exclaime with o­pen mouthe on their soueraigne, and of all others in authoritie: and vn­der pretence of further inquirie, God knowes how farre they will runne. We sée a turbulent & Comicall beginning, but we sée not the lamentable & Tragicall ending of these things: Principiss obsta, serò medicina paratur.

But of the Princes authoritie in these matters, thus roughlie hewed at the entrie, they will héere for this time make a pawse, and promise for a while to go no further, hauing indéed at this verie first steppe gone ouer the shooes alreadie, more then a little to farre: and yet would God, they could héere haue made a cleanlie stoppe, and not made the matter a great deale worse, but haue rested at these words, saying:

But of the supreme authoritie of Christian Princes in Ecclesiasticall causes, how fa [...]e it extendeth by the word of God, we shall haue better occasion to intreate hereafter, when we haue described the ecclesi. state.

And I pray God, better intreating and treating to: for, this was but a harde intreating of Christian Princes, and a sorie treatie of their su­preame authoritie. But belike the moouing héere of these matters, [Page 120] for the Prince, ( though indéed mooued by themselues) in the course of their Learned Discourse of ecclesiasticall gouernement, by their foure estates, to be thus but a little interrupted, by touching onelie, rather then by trea­ting, of the christian Princes supreame authoritie, did some what perhaps disturbe and mooue their patience. And therefore, as they héere till heere­after take their leaue: so in this perturbation at the parting, declaring the cause of their departure now from them, and whye they néed not, and will not talke further with them at this time: in stéed of shaking or ra­ther wringing handes, they giue them such a parting blow for a farewell, such a volie for a vale: that it were inough (vnlesse they handle them gentlier heereafter, at their better occasion) to dashe all Christian Prin­ces, for all their magnanimitie, out of countenance: yea, to thrust them cleane out of Christendome, except they will holde themselues contented, with such places and authoritie, as they (after they haue at large descri­bed the ecclesiast. state, and fullie serued all their foure Tetrarks) shall please to assigne vnto them. And now, declaring their reasons héereof to euerie man, thinking (belike) that euerie man hath an interest in the fur­ther inquirie of these matters, they saye as followeth.

And that it is neither needfull nor agreeable to good order of tea­ching, The learned dis­course. Page. 9. and 10. to begin first therewith, it may be plaine to euerie man by this reason. The church of God was perfect in all hir regiment, before there was any Christian Prince: yea, the churche of God may stand & dooth stand at this daie in most blessed estate, where the Ciuill Magistrates, are not the greatest fauourers. By which it is manifest, that the regi­ment and gouernement thereof, dependeth not vpon the authoritie of Princes, but vpon the ordinance of God: who hath most mercifullie and wiselie so established the same, that, as with the comfortable aide of Christian Magistrates, it may singulerlie flourish and prosper: so with­out it, it may continue, and against the aduersaries thereof preuaile. For the church craueth helpe and defence of Christian Princes, to con­tinue and go forward more peaceablie and profitablie, to the setting vp of the kingdome of Christe: but all her authoritie she receaueth im­mediatlie of God.

In these words our bretheren the Learned Discoursers, to breake off this matter, Bridges. hauing alledged one of their reasons, ( as we haue heard) why they will not make their first treatie, on the supreame authoritie of Christian Princes: which reason was this, that they would not seeme to confirme the opinion of those, to whom (it seemeth) that all the regiment of the Church dependeth, on the Christian Princes supreme authoritie: and by the way answered (as we haue likewise heard) the opinion of o­thers, that referre indifferent matters to the Princes disposition: They now conclude this point with another answere, saying:

[Page 121]It is neither needefull, To beginne with the Princes au­thor. need­full. nor agreeable to good order of teaching, to beginne first therewith.

This scruple (I perceaue) sticketh yet in their stomakes, & peraduen­ture suspecting, y t they had hetherto sayd nothing oughtes-worth vnto the purpose, whie the Prince in this their Learned discourse, should not haue the principall place: that they might therefore procéede more frankely, this offence beeing taken away: (for the Princes supreame authoritie is no small moate in their eyes) they will yet, ere they part, confirme it fur­ther, with a fewe moe reasons, and so leaue it (as they promised) till hereafter.

And first ( they say) it is not needefull to beginne first therewith. VVhether it be needefull to beginne with the Princes au­thoritie. If by needefull, they meane necessarie: they might seeme to say somewhat to the purpose. For so, it was not needefull for them at all, to haue entred into this Learned discourse, nor to haue delt on this wise, nor to haue pro­céeded so far therein. Neither yet needful, as behouefull for them, or to all the parties to whom they haue communicated the same: but méere need­lesse, and better if they had dealt lesse: yea much better, if not at all, but had béene déedelesse to therein. But hauing vnnecessarily intruded themselues into this discourse: I thinke it had béene verie needefull, Needefull necessarie & conuenien [...]. though not in necessitie, yet of conueniencie and of duetie, to haue giuen the Prince ( be­ing the principall partie) the principall place. Yea, had it béene but for verie reuerence and and comelinesse, or to auoyde offence and suspition, both of the Prince and of manye others, especially in this last age of the worlde, whereof S. Paule prophecied. 2. Tim. 3. saying: This knowe also, that in the last dayes shall come perilous times, for men shalbe louers of their owne selues, couetous, boasters, proude, cursed speakers, disobedient to parents, vnthank­full, vnholy, without naturall affection, truce-breakers, false accusers, intempe­rate, fierce, dispisers of them that are good, traytors, headdie, highe minded, lo­uers of pleasures, more than louers of God, hauing a shadowe of godlinesse, but ha­uing denied the power thereof. Turne therefore away from such, &c.

Sith nowe of such as all these are, we sée the manifest experience, both in the Papistes, and in the Anabaptistes, in these last dayes: howe much needefull therefore might it well be thought for vs, in anie treatie of go­uernement in Gods Church, next after Iesus Christe himselfe, to haue preferred none in place, till we had seene howe farre the Princes right had stretched. And to haue followed S. Peters order, who, after hee had gene­rally handled the spirituall state of our Christianity, entring into the trea­tise of conuersation and gouernement of the Church: first requireth sub­mission to Princes, as to the chiefe, and then procéedeth to the dutie of hus­bandes, and wiues, of neighbours one to another, and so commeth to the Pastors and the people. Not, that this order is so needefull neither, that it should prescribe: and yet, if the Apostles at any time giue the chiefest [Page 122] place to Princes, Good or­der of tea­ching. which at that time (as our brethren héere saye) were not yet become Christian Princes: what woulde they haue doone, had they béene Christians? And howe much more should we (they nowe be­ing Christians) when as wee treate of the externall Regiment of the Church, next and immediately after Christe, giue the first treatise to Christian Princes, as to the Supreame Gouernours of the same. Espe­cially, the Princes, being in lawefull possession of the Supreame Gouern­ment, and the same possession established vnto them: how needefull were it, (if not necessarie,) first to consider the title of them that pleade in posses­sion established, or euer any other Gouernours be brought in. But nee­ding not stande so muche on neede: All thinges (sayeth Saint Paule) are lawefull vnto me, but all thinges are not expedient. 1. Corinth. 10. You needed not (brethren) to haue kept this order of your treatise, but you should haue béene more heedefull to that, that is expedient, than to that that is needefull. So that the Princes supreame authoritie be reserued intyer, (for that is needefull) vse your libertie in the order of your trea­ting thereon, a Gods name.

But ye adde, that it is neither needefull, nor agreeable to good or­der of teaching, to beginne first therewith.

It will perhaps set your teachers and Seniors out of the order that ye haue placed them in, The begin­ning with the Princes treatise a­greeable to good order of teaching. if it cleane remooue not some of them. And so I graunt, it is not agreeable to your order of teachinge in this Learned discourse. But otherwise, it is agreeable to all good order of teaching well ynough. And I take it to be as good an order of teaching, as anie o­ther. Namely, treating of the order of Gouernement, first to set downe the best and chiefest Governour.

Your selues do teache this Order in your Tetrarchie: first, Teachers, then Pastours, thirdly Gouernours, and lastly Deacons. Wherefore (I pray you) doe ye marshall them thus, The order of our bre­thren in pla­cing their Tetrarkes. and treate on them afterwarde at large in this order? ( For I can shew you an other order in Gods word) but that you thinke this to be a good order of teaching, to place them ac­cording to their dignities. And so you say, page. 15. the office of teaching is the first and principall office that is in the Church. If you nowe [...] ­stéeme their dignities thus, and according thereunto giue them their for­mer or later places: since that by your owne confession alreadie past, the Christian Princes haue Supreame authoritie in Eccl. causes, which non [...] of these 4. Tetrarkes, nor all of them haue, and so, are higher in dignitie then they all: how is not then the office of the Christian Princes, the first and principal office in the Church: which you attribute to the teachers? And why may not by this your owne reason, the Princes interest & office be treated vpon, before any of all these Tetrarkes?

No, no, to beginne first with the Supreame authoritie of Christian [Page 123] Princes in Eccles. causes, The argu­ment to put backe the Prin­ces treatise is neither needefull nor agreeable to good or­der of teaching. But to beginne with all these 4. Tetrarks, first Teachers, then Pastors, then Gouernors, & then Deacons, and then to sée what re­maineth for the Christian Princes: yea, yea, that, that, is needfull, and is very agreeable to good order of teaching.

O, this is a proper, needefull, agreeable, good, and orderly kind of tea­ching, is it not? Our brethe­rens strife for the first place. But I pray you (my Masters) in this your Learned dis­course, teach me one thing here for my learning. Wherefore make ye all this a-doe, to haue the Prince come after al these 4. Estates? Doe ye striue so earnestly (as did, yea, more thē did the Pharisees) for the highest roomes▪ that Princes and all, must giue roome to these your newe Tetrarkes, and that so soone as euer their heades péepe out of the shell? Our Chronicles tell vs of the old striuing for places nowe and then, among the Popishe Archbishops: and do you so reprehend all Archbishops, that not only they must be cleane put downe, but Princes and all put backe, till euery one of these newe Tetrarkes come foorth, and haue taken their places. Whi [...], (brethren) you of all men, shoulde not thus doe, who pretende equalitie. What, is it to be equall to Princes? or to haue equalitie in the mini­sterie? You can-not abide these names of Grace, of Honour, of Lordes. Doe ye shunne the names, and shooue at the matter? And so farre, that Emperours, Kings, Queenes, and all Christian Princes, for all their supremacie, must backarie, and come after you; or else, it is not agreea­ble to good order of teaching? If yée teache in this order, it is such a lesson, that (I am a-fraide) some can not easelie learne it. But for my parte, I hope it is not of anie pride in you. Neuerthelesse, I tell you playnelie, as my friendes and bretheren, leaue it: for manie mislike it, and suspecte it shrewdely, if it be not of pride, yet, to be no orderlie kinde of Teaching, nor good and plaine dealing with Christian Princes.

But you say, it may be plaine to euery man, by this reason.

The Church of God was perfecte in all her Regiment, The argu­ment to put backe the treatise of the Princes authoritie. before there was any Christian Prince: Yea the Church of God may stand, and doth stande, at this day in most bessed estate, where the Ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers. By which it is manifest, that the Regiment and Gouernment therof, dependeth not vpon the authoritie of Princes, but vpon the ordinance of God.

May it be plaine to euerie man by this reason? Euerie reason or ar­gument, as it should be good and true, both for forme & matter: so it ought to be directed to the purpose, and to conclude the point that is to be proued. And then, to euerie man it is a plaine reason.

What nowe is the point here to be prooued?

It is not needefull nor agreeable to good order of teaching, to begin [Page 124] first with intreating of the Supreame authoritie of Christian Princes in Eccles. causes. The argu­ment▪

This then (beeing the point to be prooued) must by necessarie conse­quence of the premisses, be plainely argued and set downe in the conclusi­on: or else euerie man may plainely see, it is no plaine reason, nor need­full to be yéelded vnto, nor agreeable to good order of teaching; but ei­ther some intricate Sophistication, or some vnnecessarie conclusion, litle or nothing pertayning to the purpose.

Plaine dealing (sayeth the Prouerbe) is a Iewell. Let vs there­fore sée this plaine reason, and the parts thereof, whether it conclude this point, or no.

The Church of God was perfect in all her regiment, before there was anie Christian Prince:

Yea, The Church of God may stande, and doeth stande at this day in most blessed state, where the Ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers.

What is the conclusion?

By which it is manifest, that the Regiment and Gouernment there­of, dependeth not vppon the authoritie of Princes, but vpon the ordi­nance of God, &c.

Loe, howe plaine to euerie man, and howe agreeable to good order of teaching, in any figure and moode of Syllogisme this reason is framed: and how patte the conclusion of this reason, hittes the point to be prooued, which they haue here so lustily auouched, may be plaine to euerie man by this reason.

What, will our Learned brethren here say? Tush, we meane not, in saying: it may be plaine to euerie man by this reason; to reason so strict­ly, A Learned discourse. according to the order of teaching in Logike: but we reason at large Rhethorically. This is (ye wotte) a Learned discourse, and therefore we are not bounde to make short conclusions, but according to our title, to shewe our Learning in discoursing on it.

Call ye this discoursing? It is a Discourse indéede, but of the coursest fashion that euer I saw. I know these Discoursers haue learning ynough, though they spare it here: yet if they should vtter it, I would bee loath, for my part, to contende with them.

But sée, howe affection in discoursing may carrie Learning and all, quite away, The hurt of too much affection. so farre from reason: that here neither in matter, truthe on­lie (which is principall) is remembred: nor in forme and manner, anie good order of teaching is obserued; nor yet in the conclusion, the prin­cipall point is marked, but gone cleane from, whereunto all the reason should be leaueled.

Well, yet, since this is the best reason, and all, that here, or hereafter [Page 125] they haue, to make this matter plaine to euerie man: The argu­ment a priore. least perhaps in the partes, or in the conclusion, there might lie hidden some further mat­ter, or reason, then they would open plaine to euerie man: let vs weighe the partes and conclusion better, and lay them more open, that euery man may perceaue plainely, the plaine truthe, and full validitie of this rea­son. For this seemeth to be a great reason, and to haue many small rea­sons in it.

First, on this first and maior proposition of the same, the Church of God was perfect in all her regiment, Our brethe­rens arg. fr [...] senioritie. before there was anye Christian Prince: although they make no direct conclusion thereon, yet they séeme to drawe an argument, à priore, from the former, as pleading from the elder hande, by senioritie; and on that also procéede to the greater perfe­ction, and thereupon reason, as it were, in this manner.

That which in the regiment thereof, was perfect before the other: that is to be treated vpon before the other.

But the Church of God was perfect in all her regiment, before there was anie Christian Prince:

What followeth hereupon but this?

Therefore the Church of God is to be treated vppon before Christi­an Princes.

But the question is not here betwixt the Church of God, Our brethe­rens conclu­sion not in question. and Christi­an Princes, whether of them shall first be treated vpon. For, whereas the name of the Church, is an integrall worde, and conteyneth the whole: and the Christian Princes are, though principall partes, yet but particu­ler partes thereof, included in the whole: and so the question were, as if one should aske, whether is the man before the head, or the head before the man? they offer therefore herein an iniurie to Christian Princes, as séeming to contende with the whole, and so striued against themselues, be­ing partes of the whole.

And yet, if a man would make an Anatomie of the whole body, and be­ginne with the treatise of the head, as the principall part, though the head was not the first part that was formed, but the heart, or some other, and afterwarde the heade: yet, beginning with the head, and to treate first of the office and powers thereof, hee should not doe a thing disagreeable to good order of teaching. Or, in the description of a house, though the house was not perfect till all the partes were made: if hee treated first of the court, or of the hall, or of the roofe, which perhappes were buil­ded last: yet might hee in processe, orderly describe the whole house.

For our question is not heere, of anie part compared with the whole: but in the whole, of anie parte compared to another. For, as the Christian Princes are but partes of the Church of God: so these foure estates that claime the direction of all Eccl matters in the Church, are but partes of [Page 126] the Church also. The argu­ment à Priore. So that, this first and Maior proposition, might haue béene lesse captious (as will appeare after in the viewe of the conclusion) and a great deale plainer: not to say, the Church of God was perfect in all her regiment: but, this kinde of gouernment: or, these only 4. estates in the Church, were Gouernors, before there were in the Churche of God any Christian Princes.

But because in this proposition, you include here these two thinges: the one that these foure Tetrarkes ( vnder the name of the Church) were before anie Christian Princes: the other, that their regiment was in all pointes of regiment, a perfect regiment, before that Christian Princes had in the Church of God anie being at all: let vs therefore consider a li­tle better, either of these two thinges, both of what force they are in con­sequence, to strengthen your reason; and of what truthe in substance, to giue credite to the matter thereof.

And first, for the force of the reason and argument, A Priore, ad­mitting the case, A thing is saide to be before ano­ther in di­uers senses. that these foure Tetrarkes were the former: yet, sithe Prius est multiplex: Tempore, Natura, Ordine, Honore: A thing is sayde to be before an-other, in diuerse respectes: eyther before it in time, or in the nature of the thing, or in the order of the place, or in the honour of the dignitie: we must looke to your tracke, howe ye confounde these thinges. For if yée make (as heere yee seeme to doe) your reason for these Tetrarkes from Senioritie, that because they were in time before, therefore in the order of treating on them, they must be placed before: and hauing encroched thus farre: Former in time infer­reth not for­mer in or­der, & much lesse in ho­nour. créepe yet further, that therefore also in dignitie, and honor, they must be set before, to make vp the perfecti­on of the Churches Regiment. This must bee cut shorte, and your Se­nior in time ( presupposing he were so) must be bidden to leaue his pear­ching, and drawe backe with shame, to come after both in order of place, and in honour of regiment, for anie necessitie that he can claime, but to be Master Prior in his owne Cell, which is of time onely. So that A­ristotles rule thereof is true: but euerie cocke on his owne dunghill: there let him crowe and crake, as fast as he will. And yet notwithstanding not without exceptions.

Antiquitie of time makes a iolie claime. Bonum, quò antiquius, eò me­lius. A good thing the more auncient, the better. Howe-be-it, this is not true in all good thinges. Neither doeth this rule so much respect the time, as the nature and continuance of those good thinges. So that, it is true in those good thinges, which eyther of their nature are not m [...] ­table, or their inutabilitie doeth better their state, and so the time is limited till they come to their perfection. For otherwise, in thinges that are the worse for wearing, or are past the periode of their ripenesse: the former and the elder are the worse. And if the former in time be thu [...] [Page 127] and yet more, restrayned, in his owne kinde of foremanship: Former in time. when the former in time, will waxe so proude of his birthright, that he must néedes haue place in order, and preferment also in regiment, before all his youn­ger brethren: I could shewe you not onely manie specialties and exam­ples against it; but you can shewe no necessarie rule, to prescribe vpon it, that, that which was former in time, Examples of the later in time former in order. must alwaies haue the first place in treatie. Except the treatie be, to discribe the manner howe the thinges beganne. For though Moses, writing of Gods creation of the worlde, set downe the manner, and tell what was created the first day, when as yet other things were not created, and so the second and the third day, and all the residue, mankinde being created last of all: yet cannot we rightly say, y t he, which would take vpon him to treate eyther by writing or spea­king of Gods works, or of the gouernment of his Church, or of God him selfe, which in euerie respect in nature, time, order, honor, & cause, is first and before all other thinges, is tyed to this order, so that God must bee first treated vpon: or else it is not a treatise agreeable to good order of teaching. Did S. Paule teach the Romanes amisse, when he sayd, Rom. 1. His invisible things, being vnderstood by his workes, through the cre­ation of the worlde, are seene, that is, both his eternall power and god­head? Doth not Caluine beginne his institutions first with the knowledg of man, and so ascende to the knowledge of God? Had not Christe a num­ber of Disciples first, out of whom afterwarde he chose his 12. Apostles? And yet doth not S. Paul 1. Cor. 12. recken them vp in this order, that God hath ordeyned some in the Church: as first Apostles, secondly Prophets, thirdly Teachers? And Ephes. 4. He therefore gaue some to be Apostles, and some Prophets, and some Euangelists, & some Pastors & Teachers? Yea, doe not your selues also fetch your Seniors pedegrée so high, that ye make them to be Seniors in antiquitie of time, both to the Euangelists, and to the Apostles? And neuerthelesse in this your treatise yee place them af­ter them? What, shall we say therefore: it is not agreeable to good order of teaching, thus to place thē after: because in the Church of God, ye say, there was a regiment of thē, before there were Euangelistes or Apostles?

If yée saye, ye stande not so muche of the placing of them, in respect of the Prioritie of the time, as of the dignitie: saying, Former in honour, not alwaies for­mer in or­der. that yée speake of perfection and of regiment, and therefore in time and honour also it is before them: and whie not then in order of place to haue the former trea­tie? yet foloweth this no more thē the other. Is not God before al things, in all respectes? And yet first or last, by good order of teaching may bée treated vpon. And as in the regiment of a mans life, though he first ap­prehend a thing with his senses, & his senses conueigh it to the intellectual powers: besides, that his senses be freshest when he is young & vnexpert­his science groweth after vpon long experience, when his senses decaye: [Page 128] againe, Former in dignitie. his habites of vertues arise first on his actions precedent, and fe­licitie succéedeth on his habites last of all, though in dignitie of honour first and chiefest: yet may anie man treating of these naturall and morall matters, pertayning to the regiment of mans life, eyther (per synthesin) beginne with the partes, and so by little and little ioyne and knitte them altogether, till he come to the highest and make vp the whole: or beginne with the whole, and per analysin resolue it and make (as it were) an Ana­tomie of all the partes and powers: and eyther beginne with the soule and the faculties thereof, and so come to the bodie, and the partes there [...]: or beginne with the bodie, and so come to the soule: so that (which way so euer he procéede) when he commeth orderly to any facultie or parte, he so set out the same, with the full power and perfect regiment of it, that no iniurie to anie facultie or part be offered, nor any confusion, by shuffling one into the office and regiment of an other. This rule therefore, that be­cause it is first in time before another, it is in order to bee first treated vpon before an other: or, because other as yet were not, therefore that which was before, made a perfect regiment: is no perfect nor good ar­gument. Which argument being grounded on so vncertaine and weak [...] foundation: all that is built thereon is easily shattered.

The Papistes for the traditions of the Church which they call the vn­written worde, The Papists argument à p [...]iore for traditions. or veritie vnwritten, vse the like argument against the authoritie of Gods written word, and veritie of the Scripture. The word was deliuered by tradition of preaching, before it was deliuered by wri­ting: therefore, traditions are of no lesse authoritie, nor lesse to be be­leeued, then the written worde and holie scripture: yea, the Churches authoritie is aboue the scriptures, and is the iudge thereof Thus doe the Papistes encroche from the time to the authoritie, as our brethren heere doe.

Nowe, as this reason faileth, both for the Senioritie of time, and fore­stalling the order of place, and much more for claiming any prioritie in dignitie, and most of all for inferring any such honour as perfection of regiment: so for the truthe of this proposition, that, The Church of God was perfect in all her regiment, The propo­sitiō vntrue. before there was any Christian Prince: I can not yet sée howe directly it can be iustified. For, if this were true: then there neede no regiment of Christian Princes at all. And howe then haue the Christian Princes anie authoritie at all in Eccl. causes? Or, [...]f they haue anie, howe came they by it: if the Churches regiment were perfect, or the Church perfect in all her regiment, before there were a­nie Christian Prince? The Chur­ches regi­ment bette­red by Chri­stian princes Or whereto serueth the Christian Princes supream authoritie in Ecclesiasticall causes, if not to make the regiment of the Church in better estate. For otherwise, the Church were as good with­out it, if she be no better in her Regiment by it, then she was before shée [Page 129] had it. But it is not so: both the church, and her regiment, The Chur­ches regi­ment. &c. is bettered by it. Which your selues are faine in part to confesse, euen heere in the con­clussion of your argument: saying of God who hath most mercifully and wisely so established the same ( to wit, the churches regiment) that as with the comfortable aide of christian Magistrates, it may singulerlie prosper and flourish &c. And againe, for the church craueth helpe, & defence of christian Princes, The healps, that Our Bretheren graunt, the Churche re­ceyveth by the Christiā Prince. to continue and go fore-ward more peace­ablye and profi [...]ablye, to the setting vp of the kingdome of Christ. Al­though héere ye will affoorde, no more but this: yet, if there were no more, this is inough to ouerthrow your saying, that the church of God was perfect in all her Regiment, before there was any christian prince. For, if this comfortable aide, helpe, and defence, to continue and goe fore­warde, ( in so great matters as) more peaceably and profitably to the set­ting vp of the kingdome of Christe, were taken awaie: then, the church of God, though (I graunt) it may continue, and against the aduersaries thereof preuaile: Yet should she not be perfect in al her Regiment, nee­ding this comfortable ayde, help, and defence of christian Princes. And the setting vp of the kingdome of Christe, shoulde with more trouble and lesse profit, go fore-warde: yea, rather it should go back-warde, and he hindered, though it continue, and not so singulerly flourish and pros­per, but decay.

And is this so smal a matter in your eyes, (brethren) as that it nothing appertained to the Regiment of the church, but that crauing all this of christian princes, and so without them, wanting the same; ye dare so bold­ly auouch, that she is perfect in all her Regiment without it? Doth she craue that she wanteth not? Then is she a wanton. Doeth she want it? Our brethe­ren straye from the question by them s [...]lues pro­pounded. then is she not perfect in all her Regiment? Or doeth it not greatly pertaine vnto her Regiment? Or, doe yee thinke, that this shall salue the matter, because the churche may continue, and againste the aduer­saries thereof preuaile without it? Our question nowe, is not of the substance and beeing of the church, but of the Regiment of it. Neither yet simply of the Regiment: but whether she were perfect in all her Regi­ment, before any christian princes were, or no The church ( I graunt) was then, and shall continue euer, and she had euen then a Regiment al­so. Yea, and that Regiment in soone respectes might be called perfecte for that time, The diffe­ [...]ence of the Churches [...]rfe [...]ion in regiment while there were not such open professed christian princes to be foster fathers, and noursing moothers of the church, as (God bee praysed) now there are. For, concerning the Rectors of the church then, as they were then more perfect and singuler persons: so had they more perfect and singuler extra-ordinary offices, and withall, more excellent giftes to be a­ble to gouerne it the better.

But this argueth so little the churches perfection then in al her Regi­ment [Page 130] ( vnderstanding the same of all her ordinary externall Regiment, The Ana­baptistes arguments confuted. whereupon our question is,) which Regiment shee was not then so perfe­ctly come vnto: that rather their extra-ordinary gifts and offices of Apo­stles, Euangelistes, Prophetes, &c. were added for that time, to supplye & furnish that part of the Regiment thereof, that was afterward to be made more perfect, concerning the ordinary state, by the accesse of the Christian Princes following.

Except therefore our Brethren intende, vtterlie to shake off all Chri­stian Princes, and account their supreame authority in Church causes, if not now to be nought, yet to be nought worth, and altogether vnnecessary to the perfection of the Churches Regiment; how can this be any good ar­gument to infirme it now, because (admitting this also were true) there were no Christiā Princes thē? & what do they inferre here-upō? that there is no more néede héerein of Christian Princes now, then there was then, (presupposing that then héerein there was no néede at all of them,) that were a very suspitious and perrilous conclusion. For, although thē there were the lesse néede of them, because that néede was then other-wise sup­plied: yet, those supplies not continuing: and malice increasing, both of aduersaries without, and of Hipocrites within: and the giftes also that remaine decreasing: there is now farre more neede of the Christian Prin­ces supreame gouernment, The state of the time differing the argument faileth for the regimēt to the perfecting of the Churches Regiment. And so, the state of the time for the regiment of the church differing: the argument of the Regiment, from the time then, to the time now, is defe­ctiue. But if they néeded then héerein, the helpe of christian Princes, as they do nowe, then was not the church perfect in all her Regiment, otherwise, than as it was extraordinarylie supplied, before the christian Princes helpe and comfortable aide, was added. Before which time, those temporary supplies comming to the church: as the Manna and other ex­traordinary helpes, made the Iewes estate to flourish, prosper, and goe fore-ward in the Desertes, though they ceased when they came to the land of promise: So, the church might bee said to bee perfecte in al her Regi­ment, meaning that Regiment which was fittest for the state of her aff [...]i­ction and trauelles then: bicause she had such extraordi [...]ry helpes. But this is no diminishing of that perfection ( if it may so be called) that is re­quisite to the ordinary regiment of the Church, vnder the Supreame Go­uernment of Christian princes, albeit the offices and giftes of Apostles, Euangelists, Difference of peculiar regiment for a special time & or­dinary regiment to cō ­tinue. Prophets, &c. are ceased, nor to be expected, nor reuoked.

Nowe then, as the proposition, (admitting there were no christian princes) is not true, in affirming that the church of God was perfecte in all her regiment, before there was any Christian prince: vnlesse wee vn­derstand that perfection of all her Regiment, which was appropriate to her, by the extra-ordinary prerogatiue, of that particuler age, and peculier [Page 131] state thereof, & not extending it to all her ordinary Regiment that shoulde perpetuallie continue: So is this proposition likewise moste vntrue, in this other parte, that there was not any christian prince then.

Albeit this also be no good argument: there were no christian princes then: Or, they were not reckoned among the Gouernours of the church then? therefore they are not to be reckoned among the gouernours of the Church nowe. Neyther this argument The Apostle Rom. 12.1. Cor: 12. and Ephes. 4. reckoneth vp onely in the church these 4. Pastors, Tea­chers, Gouernours, and Deacons, as the perpetual offices, by whiche the Church of God may, according to his worde, be directed in all mat­ters, which are commonly called Ecclesiastical: therefore Christian prin­ces ( as not mentioned) haue not to deale in the regiment of the same. It is not meete our Brethrē shoulde vse the same Argum▪ that the Ana-Baptists do [...] against Princes.

Which kinde of argumentes, I am the sorier that these our Brethren, in the earnestnesse of their zeale, should vse: bicause, as Gellius Snecanus Phrysius noteth (from whome our Brethren séeme to take manye thinges in this their Learned discourse) all these reasons that our Brethren heere vse, are the very plaine reasons of the Anabaptistes, against christiā Ma­gistrates. Whose heresie sith our Brethren do vtterly detest: I would haue them vtterly detest, & in any case not to vse their reasons, whichis nothing but to bolden & strengthen the Heritikes, & to breed suspition to thēselues.

Snecanus de Magistratu pag. 637. alleadgeth the Anabaptistes obiection, Gellius Snecanus de Magistratu. saying: Hucque trahunt quod Ephes. 4. &c. And to this they drawe, that (Ephes. 4.) the office of a Magistrate is not to be reckoned vp among the functions of the church. Whereunto he aunswereth in the nexte page, Quòd autem, Ephes. 4. But as for that, Ephesians. 4. S. Paule doth not men­tion the office of a Magistrate; that is to bee supplyed out of other pla­ces, to witte, Rom. 12. & 1. Corinth. 12. Whereas Rulings, and go­uernmentes are reckoned vp, among the giftes of the church, and kinds of vocations: as is aboue declared. Otherwise many things ordeyned in the church to edification, should be condemned. Yea, euen as the A­postle Rom. 13. properlie treating of the ciuill Magistrates, mentioneth not the Bishops: so it is no maruell that Paule heere passeth ouer the mē ­tion of the Magistrate: Namelye, when heere hee reckoneth not vp the kinds of al offices, but specially and properly the functions onelie of the Ministers of the word. Whereby not onely we see, that this argument is the very argument of the Anabaptistes, and therefore not to be vsed of our Bretheren: but also that those places, Romaines 12.. & 1. Cor. 12. ci­ted also by these our Brethren: where-as they vnderstande the woordes of the Apostle, Rulers and Gouernours, onely for their supposed Seniors and thirde sorte of Tetrarks: those wordes are as-well to bee vnderstoode of Christian Magistrates. Yea, if those wordes of Rulers and Gouer­nours shoulde not bee so vnderstoode, to witte, for Christian Magi­strates: [Page 132] many thinges ordeyned in the church to aedification, shoulde be condemned: those wordes therefore being thus vnderstood: both such ordinaunces in the Church ordeined by Christian Magistrats, are not to be condemned: and Christian Magistrates haue power to ordaine suche things. And the argument that our brethren héere vse, that th [...]re were n [...] Christian Princes, at that time, is also con [...]uted.

But this is handled by Gellius more at large, pag. 555. To this pur­pose ( saith he) serueth the likenesse and conueniencie of the Ciuill Ma­gistrate, The Ciuill Magistrate hath euer from the beginning bin ioyned with the Eccl. mi­nistery. and the Ecclesiasticall Ministery, which fighte not one with the other; but from the beginning haue alwayes beene most neerely ioyned together, although the proprieties of them both, in the Church are di­stinguished. Euen as it is manifest by the example of Moyses and A [...] ­ron. This order was distinctly obserued in the Church of GOD, in the time of godly King Iosaphat. 2. Chron. 19. Which thing of all other, is most euidentlie declared in the new Testament: Mat. 22. Where Christe saith, Giue vnto Caesar that that is Caesars, and to God, that that is Gods. Where-upon it is manifest, that God is no lesse the authour of the order of Magistracy among the faithfull, Rom. 13. then hee is of the order of the Churches offices, Ephes. 4. ver. 11. These things dot [...] Paule most effectually confirme, The Testi­monies Rom 12. & 1. Cor. 12. for Ru­lers, serue as­wel to the Magist. as to the Eccl. go­uernours. while Rom. 12. ver. 8. and 1. Cor. 12. v. 28. he reckoneth vp Rules and Gouernments among the giftes of the Church, and among the offices thereof. For the proprietie of the wordes which the holy Ghoste, both in the Greeke and in the Latine tongue doth vse, not only signifieth especially the censure of the Elder­shippe: but may be also generally stretched to the Rulings and Gouer­nements of all offices, as it is manifest by the declaration & conference of the Scripture.

For, besides the former places, Rom. 12. v. 8. 1. Cor. 12. v. 28. The name of gouernment, Pro. 11, v. 14. is giuen to counsellours. Act. 27. v. 11, and Apocal. 18. v. 17. it is referred vnto Ship-maisters. Ly [...] ­wise also, the name of Ruling is applied in the firste Epistle to Timoth. the 3. chapter, the 4. and 5. verses, to the administration and discipline, that is domesticall. And to these fore-cited places, commeth that, which Paule Rom. 13. v. 1.4. and Tit. 3. ver. 1. doeth expresse in the same wordes, as-well in the Greeke, as in the Latine tongue: the ciuill power and reuengement of the Magistrate against vnrighteous men and male­factors, against whome the Lawe is made. 1. Tim. 1. v 9.10. and the spirituall power and reuengement giuen of the Lorde, to the Apostles, for the edification of the church, against all contumacie: 2. Cor. 10. v. 6.8, and the thirtienth chapter, the tenth verse. For in both places he vseth these woordes, [...] and [...] insinuating by these selfe same woordes, that the distincte proprietie of power and [Page 133] power and reuengement, (both wherby the Magistrate taketh ven­geaunce of the contemner of the Lawes, and wherebye the Churche hath yet in a readines reuengement and power against all contumacy) is of God, and to be reckoned among the offices of the Church. Sithe that therefore, the ordinaunce of the Ciuill power, and of reuenge­ment▪ and the matter and the endes thereof, are no lesse of God, then the spirituall power and reuengement of the Ecclesiasticall ministerye: The ciuill & Eccles. po­wer alwaies ioyned in the Church. & sithe these two distincte functions haue alwayes beene ioyned together in the Church, and the holy Ghost (reckoning vp rulings and gouerne­ments, among the giftes and functions of the Church) doth generally comprehende all kindes of offices: yea, doeth rather expresse both the Ciuill and the Ecclesiasticall power and reuengement by the selfe-same meanes: With what rashnesse would the aduersaries exc [...]ude that from the Church, except they will take this away withall? Besides this, not onely the Scripture calleth the distinct Ciuill and Ecclesiasticall functi­on, by the selfe same names, by reason of the coniunction and vse of them both in the Church: but also calleth the ministers of them both, Guides and Praesidentes. This is manifest, by the conference of the Te­stimonies Mat. 27. ver. 2. Act. 23. ver. 26. Hebr. 13. ver. 7. and 17. & 1. Pet. 2. ver. 14. for in these places the worde [...], is commonly at­tributed as-well to the Ciuill Magistrate, as to the Ministers of the worde. To conclude, when Paule, 1. Cor. 12. v. 10.28. & 29: And 2. Cor. 10. v. 5. &. 6. doth reckon vp powers and reuengement against all contu­macie, lifting vp it selfe against God (wherewith Peter strake down A­nanias and Sapphira, Act. 5. and Paule strake blinde Elymas the Sorcerer) among the giftes and powers of the Church: who woulde exclude the powers of the Magistracie, ordeyned of God for the punishment of e­uil-doers, from his Church? Either of the powers is of God, aswell this ordinary of the Magistrate, as that extra-ordinary: you see the re­uengement of the wicked, to be both waies approued of God, although the properties of the offices & the forme of the reuenging are distingui­shed. It is not to the purpose, whether ye kil with sworde or with worde, (as saith Lactantius:) there is no difference, in the very substance of the reuengement: the end of either power is al one, to wit, the glory of God shyning in the righteous punishment of the euil. Yea, rather, since that tēporary power of punishing the obstinat, hath ceased, after that kings are now made the nourishers & champions of the Church: Therfore the church of Christ hath so much more need of this ordinary power & re­uengement of the Magistrate, wherby the good may be defended, & the euil punished. Lo Christian Reader, the scripture teacheth, that the Ci­uill power hath alwayes beene ioyned with the ministery of the word in the Church.

[Page 134] Thus saith Gellius Snecanus (one of the principal writers at this day, of these our brethren, the Learned Discoursers side.) Wherein we sée, how our brethren runne vpon the same flats, that the Anabaptistes do. Groun­ding themselues (against the Princes supreame authority in Ecclesiasti­call matters) on the very selfe-same reasons, that those Heritikes doe. And the very same reasons, whereby Gellius confuteth the Anabaptistes, doe also directly confute these Learned discoursers. The Anabaptistes say these words, Gouernours and Rulers, Rom. 12. and 1. Cor. 12. are to be vnderstoode onely of Ecclesiasticall Gouernours and Rulers: and doe not our Learned discoursers auouche the same? But Gellius héere verie exactly doth confute it. The Anabaptistes say, that in Christes and in the Apostles time, there was no Christian Magistrate, as Gellius setteth down their obiection, pag. 568. and what doth this differ, from this assertion of these our Learned discoursers: The Church of God was perfect in all her regiment, before there was anie Christian Prince? I doe not speake this, as though these our Learned discoursers did sauour of Anabaptistry, or fauour Anabaptistry wittinglie: God forbid. Howbeit in a heate zeale inconsideratlie, they runne vpon these quick sands. But, Ictus Piscator sa­pir. Gellius who sawe the state endaungered, when this old supposed and new deuised Seniorie, was set vp: and that the Anabaptistes vsed these arguments against the Christian Magistrates; was driuen, not onely to wring these weapons out of their handes, but to breake them in peeces, as naughtie argumentes. And will our brethren now take vp the broken shyuers, and fight with them, to put backe the treatise of the Christian Princes Gouernment?

Let Gellius therefore come foorth, and plainely tell them, that this is no plaine reason to proue their matter by, Gellius confutation of our brethe­rens argu­mentes. but both a friuolous and in­true assertion, that the Church of God was perfect in all her Regiment, before there was any Christian Prince. No, no (brethren saith Gellius) it is nothing so, your saying is not agree-able to good order of teaching The Scripture teacheth, that the Ciuill power hath alwayes beene ioyned with the Ministerie of the worde in the church. If it were al­wayes ioyned, it was ioyned euen then, when our brethren auouche it was not onely disioyned: but that the one was perfecte, when the other was not at all.

But because this Gellius, a Phrysian in the Lowe Countries, is one of the chiefest writers of our brethrens side, in those reformed Churches, of whome our Discoursers willed vs before, to embrace that moste bew­tifull order of Ecclesiasticall Regiment, which God so manifestlie doth blesse and prosper in our neighbours handes; and heere they remem­ber vs againe, that the Church of God doth stande at this day, in moste blessed estate, where the Ciuil Magist. are not the greatest fauorers: [Page 135] it is good therefore, that our brethren should see, both howe they are trou­bled with Anabaptistes, among these our neighbours, where this order of Ecclesiasticall Regiment, so much extolled by our brethren, is set vp: And to see the iudgementes of our brethrens best fauorites, and most ex­perienced in these matters, how cleane contrary it is, to these our learned, Our neigh­bours state commen­ded before so much by our brethe­ren, see how it is trobled with the A­nabaptists. ( but not experienced,) discoursers iudgements.

Whereby our learned brethren may learne, not onely to make better reasons, but much better, and with more reason. to waxe wiser héerein, with this Gellius, and rather vse their reasons to beat downe the Anabap­tistes: then to vse, such as the Anabaptistes vse, to beat back the christian Princes. And good brethren marke the reasons of this Gellius well, and ye shall finde them fully to aunswere your reasons in this matter. Gellius still procéeding against the Anabaptistes, beateth especially on these points that, the Churche and the faithe, of the olde and new Testament, is but one and the same. pag. 559. That there is one and the same doctrine of both the couenaunts: aswell concerning the article of Magistrates, and controuersie of punishing the euill, or vse of the sworde; as concerning the morall workes of Gods Lawe. pag. 560. Whereupon hee discour­seth by particuler collations of the olde and new Testament: how, not on­lie God in them both, is shewed to be the authour of the Magistrate, but how the like thinges are required of the Magistrate in both estates: howe both Testamentes direct the Magistrate to one ende: howe both Testa­ments giue Magistrates like authority in punishment: how all manner of persons, aswell Ecclesiasticall as Ciuill, were and are subiecte to the Prince in both estates: and how euen from the beginning of the world, al­wayes the Magistrates authoritie was, to sée, that the Lawe of God be in all points maintayned: which authority is not diminished by Christe, no not one iote. pag. 562,

After the proues of all this, hee concludeth thus in the 565. page. Non ergo noua, &c. Therefore, there is no new and diuerse doctrine deliuered of Christ: but the doctrine of either Testament is one and the same, a­greeing with the Lawe of nature, engrauen in Adam euen in his creatiō, and at length set forth in the Tables of the tenne commaundementes. Yea, let the aduersaries shewe, that Christ hath taught any thing, which is not extant, either in expresse wordes, or in consequence of the Scrip­ture, in the old Testament: not in respect of all things done, but as per­tayning to this controuersie, and to the rule of life: and we, will yeeld. The extra-ordinarye examples of Moyses, Elias, &c. and other peculier doings of God, as was that also of Peter, Act. 5. and the chaunge of the circumstances of the policy of Moyses, do not preiudice the general law of God.

There is therefore no difference betweene the faithful of the olde [Page 136] and new testament, Christian Princes frō the begin­ning. so farre forth as appertayneth to the reason of iu­stifying, and of living, saue that, certaine in these last daies, beeing lo­uers of them-selues, glorious, and prowde, 2. Tim. 3. Dispise Abraham and other godlie men in respect of them-selues; as though (to saye no worse of them) they were but rude children. The state of the old Testament and new all one.

And so Gellius knits vp all this point out of S. Paule 1. Cor. 10. from the examples of punishment then, to be admonitions to vs nowe, saying: Thou seest heere (Gentle Reader) that, either the punishment of the e­uill is not together with the policye of Moyses abrogated, but abideth perpetuallie: Or else these examples of punishmentes for our admoni­tion, are of Paule naughtily applied: especiallye when the same were not immediatlie of God inflicted vpon the Israelites: but by Moses, as ech-one of them are read of, in their places. To the which purpose, are to be applyed the examples of Gods vengeaunce against Ananias and Sapphyra: Act. 5. and Elymas the sorcerer, Act. 14. which, although they be extra-ordinary, yet they teach, that God also in the newe Testament, would haue sinnes punished with bodily punishment.

Of the extraordinary power of punishing where they wanted the ordinary.Thus doth Gellius shew, that, as the state of the Magistrate [...]till remay­ned one in all times, before the comming of Christ, and after perpetually: so, euen at that time when the Apostles liued, they extraordinarily did ex­ercise an extraordinary supply of the Magistrats authority for punishing. And S. Paule brought in the examples of the Israelites punishments infli­cted by Moses extraordinarily, to the Corinthians in those dayes, when the chiefe and ordinary Magistrates, ouer them, were not Christian prin­ces.

Héere upon Gellius proceeding to especiall arguments, among other commeth to the Anabaptistes obiection, of this selfe-same reason that our brethren in this Learned discourse doe vrge: That the Church of God was perfect in all her regiment, before there was any Christian prince, saying: pag. 568.

The Ana­baptists ob­iection.But they obiect, that in the time of Christe, and of Paule, there was no Christian Magistrate, Ergo: &c.

I aunswere. The authoritie of the Magistrate is not therefore weake­ned, albeit in the time of Christe and of Paule, Emperours and Kings set in high estate, were aliens from the faith. For, the higher power tooke not then her, beginning from the vnbeleeuing Gentiles vnder the newe Testament or in the time of Paule: but euen from the verie beginning of the worlde it was ordained of God himselfe, and appro­ued of Christ and his Apostles: as appeareth by that aboue declared. Yea indeed, where Paule doth say, the powers are ordeyned of GOD; hee not onelie respecteth the Magistrates of the Gentiles in his tyme: (as most of all the first institutiō of God:) in the Church of the Patriarks [Page 137] and the Israelites: expresly signifying, Christian Princes in the Apost. times. that one and the same ordinance is yet ratified vnder the newe Testament, and that God is aswel the Lord of the Gentiles as of the Iewes. Neither yet to this daye are the people of all the worlde lesse gouerned of him, than in times paste Israel was. For, the foundation of the ordinaunce of God beeing layde, The vntruth of our bre­threns asse [...] tion that there were no Magist. in Christs & his Apostles times. Rom. 13. the vse of the same, is withall established.

Moreouer, heere lurketh a fallacion, whereby, vnder pretence of part, the whole is denied. For it is false that no godly persons or such as feared God, did execute the office of a Magistrate in the new testament, as by the example of the Centurion, &c. wee may heereafter perceaue. Besides this, the aduersaries heere do stumble at that fallacie, whereby they snatch at the causes which are accidentall, One & the same ordi­naunce in both Testa. for Magist. for those that are ne­cessarie: and whereby, for the vices of men, seruing the Prince of dark­nesse in the time of Paule, they condemne the thing ordeyned, which is good and holie. Might not by the same reason, all honest kindes of life be condemned? yea, the Magistracie in the Church of Israell, for cer­taine wicked Kings whom God would haue reign, to punish the sinnes of his people, might be improued in the godlye Kings that followed. We must therefore of necessity distinguishe the matter it selfe from the persons. The fallatiō and the aunswer the reto Norsubtilly confounde the good ordinaunce of God with the infidel men, that executed the office of the Magistrat in Paules time. The power both of the old & new Testament, is one and the same: which, as it dependeth not on the dignity of men, but on the highest: Sap. 6. v. 4. Rom. 13. so, it is not vitiated by their indignity, or by circumstances of time and places. Moreouer those things, that are separated in time, are not by and by in the matter it selfe, and in the nature of their definition diuerse. Many things may be done agreable to Gods word, whereof no examples in Paules time are extant. Otherwise the credit and authoritye of the New Test. should be weakened, because the new Test. was not yet set downe in writing in Paules time. Yea, it had not bene lawful to haue translated the scripture in the mother tongue. Besides, that Paule accor­ding to the letter, maketh no expresse mētion of Schooles, &c. Also, the common aduersaries do not yet baptise the infants, of the faithfull. And manie that yet are louers of them-selues, but without charity, & notre­garders of their bounden dutie, wil not keepe the night watch, with the residue of the Citizens: who will therefore auowe that they ought not to do these things? we must distinguish the Law it selfe, from the factes of mē, neither is iudgement made of the whole, vnder pretēce of the part.

If againe they demaunde, how the wicked Magistrate, such a one as in the old time Nabuchadnezar was: and as there was at Rome, in the time of Paule: may be called the good ordinaunce and minister of God: Or how the giftes of the holie Ghoste, as the care of Peace, of honestye, of [Page 238] godlinesse, can haue place in them: I aunswere, we must distinguish the matter by it selfe, from the person: and the lawfull from the vnlawfull vse. For, the vices of the men are not to be imputed to the order. More­ouer, the giftes of God are diuerse, of the which, some are common, as­well to the euill, as to the good: as miracles, Matth 7. externall peace, fertilitie, &c. For God suffereth his Sunne to arise, both vpon the good and vpon the euil. And heereunto Mariage and Magistracie may be re­ferred. The substance of which things by it self, (as the good ordinance of God, Distincti­on between the ordi­nance of God & the vice of men) we must distinguish frō the vice of mē. The question betwixt our aduersaries and vs, is not of the persons, or of the abuse of the Ma­gistracie: but of the very matter it self. Which as it is not vitiated by the impietie of the Gentiles in Paules time: so, most commodiouslye may it, and ought, to bee administred of a Christian. To conclude, it ma­keth nothing for the aduersaries, nor hindreth the godly which execute the office of a Magistrate, that Nebuchadnezer is called the seruaunt of god. Hier. 25. For, albeit the euill Magistrate also be of god (in respect of the Diuine ordinaunce) notwithstanding, the malice of man is not therefore to be imputed to the order it selfe. But of necessity, we must distinguish the persons, from the offices instituted of god. Heere, the aduersaries stumble on the fallacion of composition, and on the fallaci­on of the accident: (as also in that sentence Rom. 13.) wherby they confound the persons of the wicked & their vices, with the ordinaunce of god. Nebuchadnezar is not absolutely called the Seruaunt of god, but in a certaine respect, to wit, of the iudgement of god, as it were a scourge, wherewith the sinnes of the Israelites were visited. But Paule calleth the Magistrate, the minister of god simplie. Yea, he calleth him also a good ordinaunce.

Moreouer, if Nebuchadnezar, and the heathen Magistrate, bee called the seruaunt and Minister of god, to whome the godly were compel­led to obey: much more therfore, euen by the comparison of the lesse to the greater, the godly, executing the office of a Magistrate, are GODS Ministers, to whome we owe obedience, according to Paule, 1. Tim. 6 ves. 1.2. would god all would heere marke the venome of the olde ser­pent, howe much more wee encline rather to rule, and to abuse the Christian liberty, than to obey. Last of all, Nebuchadnezar is not repre­hended in the Scripture, in respect of his Magistracy, but in respecte of his malice. &c.

The necessi­tie of a Ma­gist [...]ate among Ch [...]stians.Lo, (gentle Reader) out of these thinges, one of these two followeth of necessity: either there ought to be a Magistrate among the Christians, and that they may administer their Magistracie: Or els Paule did amisse in writing to the Romaines of the matter. Whether of these 2. shall wee beleeue? The Apostle saith, the Magistracie is of God: the aduersa­ries [Page 139] denie, that a Christian may execute this ordinaunce of god. Is it not lawfull for a Christian to be of god? Yea, to bee good, and to bee gods Minister? See, whyther pertinacy, and partialitie will carry men a­waie. The aduersaries exclude Christian Princes, that fauour not Ana­baptistry, from saluation: when they them-selues are not afrayed, to exercise among themselues, the office of a Magistrate, and to ioyne it with Faith. Did not god commit vnto Moyses, and to Esdras (as to the Politique Magistrate) the Libell of Diuorcement, and matrimoniall controuersies to bee decided? Wherefore, doe you take vppon you the separation of those that are maried, for the cause of Fornication, and and of departure made from the infidels: yea, and that also, the iudge­ment of Ciuill controuersies among your selues: sithe that these things (according to your saying) haue no place in the Church of Christe, nor can stande together with Faith? Trulie one of these twaine followeth of necessitie heere-upon: either the office of the Magistrate ought to haue place among them, (as the onely Christians:) or else they thruste their sickle into an-others haruest, and arrogate to them-selues, that, that properlie belongeth to the Magistrate.

Lo, (gentle Reader) thou seest the aduersaries, contrary to their own doctrine, turne indeede the office of the Magistrate, to their own commendation, which in Christian Princes they discommend. As though that were lawfull for them, whiche vnto other were not lawe­full. Not that the thing is diuerse, but because the men are diuerse. Markest thou not heere in the aduersaries the venome of the olde ser­pent, and the seditious spirit of the Iudaicall Rebellion, howe it encli­neth more to Ruling, than to obeying? God requireth men, that are valiaunt, fearing God, louers of the truth and of righteousnesse, which hate filthie lucre, and are prudent, to be the ministers of God. Exod. 18. ver. 21. Deut. 1. ver. 13. & 2. Chr. 19. Psal. 2. v. 10. &c. also Rom. 13 v. 4. Whether of these men are the fitter to execute these properties of Magistrates: those that are straungers from Christe and from his church, as the Iebusits & Cananites (to whom the aduersaries compare at this day the Magistrate:) or those that are true Christians and beleuers?

Paule Rom. 13. & 1. Peter. 2. do concordantly teach, that the Magist. is Gods minister, ordeyned for the praise of those, that do wel: and for the punishment of those that do ill. To this accordeth Paule 1. Tim. 2. teaching that we must pray for all manner persons, placed in highe au­thority, that we may lead a quiet and honest life, with all godlines. Out of which places conferred together, we see in breefe the Magistrates of­fice is to minister vnto god: the parts of whose Ministery, consiste gene­rally in the custody of both the Tables of the tenne Commaundements, and first in the care of Religion.

[Page 140]Heereupon the volume of the Lawe is commended vnto the King. Deut 17. and the execution, against the despisers of religion. Heere­unto appertaine the examples of Moses, Dauid, Iosue, Ezechias, &c. and 1. Tim. 2. godlinesse properly respecteth the worship of God: and then in maintaining the publike peace, as-well in defending the good, as in punishing the euill: and thirdlie, in honesty of life, whereby euerie one performes his dutie, 1. Tim. 2. These finall causes therefore of instituting the Magistrate being set downe: A Church without magistracy ne­uer seene. with what boldnesse take they awaye the vse thereof, out of the Church of Christ? Or els, doe they dreame of such a Church, as no man hath euer seene? And if the office of the Christian Magistrate, and custodie of the tenne commaundementes were taken awaie: What I pray you would remaine in the worlde, but meere Libertinisme, and a licentiousnesse of all mischiefes? If the ad­uersaries were not blinded in their owne selfe-loue and boldnesse: they would easily learne this, not onelie in them-selues, but also in the exam­ples of the faithful, both of the olde and newe testament. For if the godly haue no manner of neede at all of the Magistrate: Why doeth Moyses complaine of the Israelites (who did eate of the same spirituall meate, and drinke of the same spirituall drinke that we do) Howe can I labour alone, The godlye haue neede of the Mag▪ and beare your burthen and contentions? Why were striuings and contentions among the faithfull Corinthians? Doe our aduersaries (holier then they) want Darnel and euill doers?

But if they obiect, that albeit these things may be graunted, concer­ning the latter table of the Lawe: yet the former table properlie respect­eth conscience and faith, ouer which the Magistrate hath no power, but God alone.

I aunswere: the aduersaries are heere deceaued, and do deceaue: in that they exclude out of the former Table of the Law, outwarde Idola­try, and prophanation of the name of GOD, and of the Saboth, and the punishment of these things. Sith that this former table of the Law, comprehendeth in one and the same nature of definition, not only the inwarde worship of faith, and the Idolatrie contrary thereunto: but al­so the outwarde workes and punishments of them both. As, when the Magistrate punisheth periury: God testifieth, that he accurseth the soule that reuerenceth not his name. But the Magistrate when hee punisheth, properly respecteth the outwarde woorke, although hee be not able to change the minde. Rather no common­wealth without a chri­stian Magi­strate then a Magist ex­cluded, &c.

These thinges orderly considered: it were rather to bee wished, that there were no common-wealth without a true Christian Magistrate: thē that the same should bee excluded from the Church of God. For, who is able better to fulfil the conditions of a Magistrate, before already no­ted, or the office and endes pertayning to him, then is a Christian? In­somuch [Page 141] that if we shall iudge aright of the giftes of God, we muste con­fesse that it is a mighty benefite of God, when he giueth a godly and a Christian Magistrate vnto his Church. Is it not lawfull for a Christian to be of GOD, and to administer the Ordinaunce of God? Is it not lawfull for a faithfull person to defende the godlie, to punishe the euill, to exercise iustice, to defende the Widowes, and the Father-lesse, and to be the Minister of God? Rom. 13. Is it not lawful for a Christian, to preserue the publike tranquillitie, with all godlinesse and honesty? 1. Tim. 2. By these works God is glorified. And the Prophetes and A­postles exhort the faithfull thereunto. Therefore, the Christian Magi­strates office beeing taken away, all the former vertues are taken awaye with-all.

With what rashnesse therefore (O man) darest thou exclude the Ma­gistrate from God, by reason of the vse of the sworde, whome Paule e­uen for the same reason calleth Gods Minister? Yea, when Paule sayeth, Wilt thou not feare the power? do well. He signifieth that it is a mani­fest testification of an euill conscience, to dispise the Magistrate. Christe and the Apostles acknowledged the Heathen Magistrate to be Gods or­dinaunce, and gaue honour vnto him. It is maruell therefore, that the aduersaries will not admit, that a Christian may exercise that diuine or­dinaunce. Especially, seeing that Paule wished after holy Iudges, & pre­ferreth them before Infidels: Yea, and expreslye teacheth, that the Saints shall iudge the world. 1. Cor. 6. ver. 1.2. Heer-unto serueth that that Paule 1. Tim. 6. ver. 1.2. saith: Let seruaunts: whosoeuer bee vnder the yoke, esteeme their Maisters worthy of al honour, & those that haue faithfull Maisters, let them not despise them, in that they bee their bre­thren: but so much the rather serue them, because they are faithful and beloued. These things teach, and exhort saith the Apostle. Woulde to God, and aduersaries would teach also those that are theirs, in like man­ner, and enforce these things with exhortations. If Christe and his A­postles yeelded thus muche vnto an Heathen Magistrate: howe muche more is due vnto a Christian Magistrate? If the ende of the Magistrate bee, to haue the care of Religion, and to defende good men: with what reason do the aduersaries exclude the Magistrate from the proprietie of Religion, and of good? If they describe the office of the Magistrate, onely by Politique constitutions: I pray you, what difference make they betwene the Turkish, and the Christian Magistrate? The Magist. office neces­sary to the Church. If the office of the Magistrate be not necessary to the Church: Why did Paule and Peter write of that matter to the faithfull, that were subiect to the discipline of Christ.

Wherefore had the aduersaries rather, to dispise rule and to rayle on dignities, by comparing them vnto Iebusits, &c. according to the Apo­stles [Page 142] prophecie of the last dayes, 2. Pet. 2. ver 10. then to follow the wi [...] of God. 1. Pet. 2. ver. 15, &c. And by well dooing to bridle the igno­rance of madde men, and to honour the King? With what boldnes call they Magistrates, murtherers: because they kill homicides, and the transgressors of the Lawe? Which (Magistrates) the holie Ghost calleth Gods, and the Ministers of God. Psal. 82. Ioh. 10. Rom. 13.

No man in very deede will denie, but that al men (none excepted) are subiecte vnto their ordinary Magistrates, and may be compelled to ren­der vnto them, that they owe them. &c. Rom. 13. ver. 1. &c. If obedi­ence be godlie: the vse of the sworde is also godly. These things of ne­cessity followe one another mutually: to be subiect to the Magistrate, and render that we owe them; doe generally comprehende all thinges, without the which, the sworde of the Magistrate, by it selfe alone, can­not be borne. It followeth therefore, that the subiectes owe obedience in the vse of the sword vnto the Magistrate, to defend the good, and pu­nish the euill, and that for conscience. See, the aduersaries make a mat­ter of conscience, to obey the Magistrat in punishing the euil: But Paule saith, wee ought to doe the same, euen for conscience. Vnto whome a­greeth Peter, saying: for the Lorde, or for the Lords will. Lo, whether of these shall we beleeue: the holy Ghost speaking by the Apostles, or the aduersaries?

If anie man shall say, we must more obey God, than man: Paule an­swereth: the Magistrate, and the vse of the sworde, for the punishment of Malefactors, is the ordinaunce of God: and there-fore heere, we owe obedience not to man, but vnto God him-selfe. Furthermore, no man can serue two Maisters, Certaine of the Proph. & Apostles exercised also, the of­fice of the Magistrate. Mat. 6. Neither God at anie tyme hath commā ­ded, that we should obey wicked constitutions: but all the godly of the olde and newe Testament: the Prophetes, Christe, & the Apostles, haue not onely serued God and the Magistrate both together: but certaine al­so of them haue exercised the office of the Magistrate. Heb. 11. &c. Wherupon most forcibly it followeth, that to be a Christian: or to serue and to exercise the office of a Magistrate, and to punish the euill, are not contrary, neyther fight with the faith in Christ, but rather are ordeined one vnder the other, which may both without any damage to Christian godlinesse, consist together in one man. And this is euident (among o­ther, Why, God distingui­shed these Offices. by the examples of Melchisedech, Heli, and Samuel: who were Priestes and Magistrates both at once. Yea, God did not distinguishe those two offices, for that they fought one with an-other, but that one man was scarse sufficient to exercise both, &c.

Al this and much more writeth this Gellius Phrysius, in his aunswere to the Anabaptistes obiection, who made this one of the cheefest of their argumentes, that in Christes and Paules time, there were no Christian [Page 143] Magistrates. Neither do I set downe all this, as though these writers of this Learned discourse were so farre gone, as these Anabaptistes, to denie that there ought to be any Christian Princes: But rather to giue them warning to take the greater héed, that they come not too néere them, either in whole or in parte: nor strengthen their errour, and weaken the Princes state, and bréede themselues suspition: by vsing the selfe-same argumentes, that they vse. It is an olde saying, He that will no euill do: Must do nothing that longes therto.

For, if they doe, loe héere, how (wee neede not) one of the chiefeste of their owne side, among these our neighbours, whom they before so highly commended vnto vs, will not spare to set againste these our Brethren also. Neither yet doeth Gellius Snecanus Phrysius ende this matter thus, but (as it were) sets afresh againe, vpon this proposition, that the Church of GOD was perfect in all her Regiment, before there was anie Christian Prince. To improue this further, Snecanus doeth enter into the fowrthe parte of his treatise againste the Anabaptistes, saying. Pag. 599.

It nowe remayneth, that hauing opened the fore-said rules of the Scripture (taken from God, the onelie authour of the Magistrate in both the Testamentes: from the agreable proposition of the Ciuill and spiri­tual power in the Church; frō the Church and the doctrine being one in both the Testa. and from the examples of punishments declared by Paule for our admonition: and also from the definition, nature, The exāple of Christian Magistrats, in Christs & the Apost. times. or pro­prietie and final causes of the Magistrate, and the office of the subiects: & at the length from the special sentences of Christ and his Apostles) we should nowe set downe vnder these thinges certaine liuely examples, that that which is in sentences set before the minde, maye in a certayne manner be euidentlie layde before the senses, by examples. Firste, thou hearest Mat. 8. That the Centurion at one and the same tyme together, was both a Minister of the military affayres of the Romaynes, and had so great faith, as Christ at that time founde not in Israell. Ver. 9.10. Also Ioseph of Arimathia is called a disciple of Iesus, who looked for the kingdome of God, who was also a Senator (exercising iudgement a­gainst the wicked, and those that were guilty of death, as appeareth by that, that the Scripture mentioneth, and excepteth him, that he consen­ted not to the death of Christe) beeing a good and a righteous man, Mat. 27.57. Mar. 15.43. Luc. 23.50. &c.

Moreouer, Theophilus vnto whome Luke dedicateth his Gospell, was a Prince and gouernour of some certaine Region, as it appeareth by the propertie of the Epithete; The most excellent: which is a title agre­able to men that are Princes. For, Acts 23. ver. 26. it is attributed vnto Felix. And in the 26. chapter likewise, the 25. verse. vnto Festus, [Page 144] eyther of them beeing the Ruler of Iudaea, &c.

Furthermore, Nichodemus one of the chiefe Rulers of the Iewes, in­structed by Christ him-selfe in the Faithe: Io. 3. remayned in his vocati­on and his Magistracy, as appeareth Io. 7 v. 50. Neither did he for the same cause forsake Christe; as it is euident, by his officiousnesse of Christs buriall. Io. 19. ver. 39. Besides this▪ in that royall Courtier Ioan. 4. cō ­uerted by Christ vnto the Faith. And in the E [...]muche that was the chiefe gouernour of Candaces Queene of the Aethiopians, Act. 8. baptized by Phillip. And also in the Pro-consull Sergias Paulus, Act. 13. &c. Also Cornelius. Act. 10. ver. 1. &c. who also is called a Centurion, and a godlie man, and one that feared God: who also continually prayed to GOD, which coulde not be done without Faith in the Messias, (except a man will absurdly say, that all before the time of Christe were witho [...]t faith, when as this man especially is called, one purified of God, and accepta­ble vnto him, ver. 15. and 35. &c.

Heere I passe in silence the example of the chiefe rulers of Asia: F [...]r, who will affirme, that they being the friendes of Paule, were without the knowledge of Christ? Act. 19. ver. 30 &c. To these aboue named, com­meth the example of Erastus the procurator of the citie. Rom. 16. ver. 25. Exercising the office of a Magistrate, and reckoned by the holy Ghoste, among the Faithful. Yea, and the example also of the Saints who were of the house of Caesar, Phil. 4. v. 22, &c.

Thus we se most euidentlie, euen by the testimony at large of this one man, as one of the principall of their owne side, (to presse them with [...] more) how this reason that heere these Learned discoursers stand so much vpon, that the churche of God was perfecte in all her Regiment, before there was any christian Prince, is not only one of the principallest reasons of y e Anabaptistes, ( whom they, I hope, no lesse than we detest) albeit i [...] this affectionate zeale, they do in so many pointes as wee may héereby [...] ­ther, euen in a manner iutte with them (though vnawars) to ius [...]le at the authority of Christian Princes: but also how weake and of no force at all this their reason is. And with what a multitude of far better reasons, yea, as the Apostle saith, with a cloude of witnesses, it is beaten downe. And that, (which is most of all to be respected) how greatly they ouershoot thē ­selues in the truth thereof. Our Brethe­rens excep­tion of Em­perours. Neither doth it auaile them to say, that none of these were Emperours: For, it euicteth the cause sufficientlie, th [...] they were Princes, or at leaste, anie kinde of Magistrates. If they re­plye, that yet they did exercise no authority & gouernment in the church but liued as priuate persons among the Christians: albeit this is also the refuge of the Anabaptistes; y [...]t howe can this be prooued? Which if it were true, might make indéede, not colour, but grounde of reason for the Anabaptistes.

[Page 145] But as those Princes▪ were conuerted vnto Christianitie: Christia [...] Princes frō the begin­ning. So (no doubt) they reteyned their estates still, and the Christians so acknowledged and called them, as before. And if they submitted themselues before to their authoritie, while those Princes were Infidels: shal we thinke, that eyther the Princes did not much more thinke thēselues bounden to ouersée (so far as their abilitie stretched,) all the thrée especiall points of their charge, The Magist. lost no au­thoritie by professing Christianity. in the maintenance of both the Tables of Gods Law, Peace, honestie, and godlinesse, to be maintayned among the Christians: or that the Christian subiectes did not nowe much more honour them, obey them, & commit the Gouernment of their controuersies to them, when after they remayned among them being Christians, and retayned still their Gouernments be­ing Princes? But Gellius also saith somewhat hereunto, Page 634. More­ouer they obiecte that Paule 1. Cor. 6. Forbad the faithfull, that they should not hale one another, before the iudgment seates of the vnfaith­full. I answere, Paule did not absolutely, and by it selfe, condemne here the iudgements ordained of God. Deut. 16. & 17. sithe Paule himselfe without any reuenging of himself, appealed to the iudgement of Caesar. Nether forbiddeth he those things to the Christians in generall, Actes. 25. but re­prehendeth the Corinthians, in respect of circumstances, & of their vi­ces. As those, who prosecuted the extreme rigour of the law against their neighbor, & that before infidel Iudges. Yea rather, they thēselues enda­maged their brother. Whom notwithstanding, he did not by & by ther­fore excōmunicate; much lesse did he disallow the function of the Magi­strate, in respect of it selfe, or denied that it might be administred of the Christians: but rather contrariwise, permitted vnto them Arbiters and Iudges, & wished that the Magistrate were a christiā, in that he requireth holy Iudges. And this he clearely setteth out by a comparison from the more, to the lesse, affirming that the Saintes shall Iudge the world, yea and the Angels. Lo (Christian Reader) here the controuersie is most e­uidently decided. The aduersaries require an vniust, and Infidell Magi­strate. Paule would haue a Saint, and a beleeuing person, to be appoin­ted. If Paule permitted Arbiters to be chosen out of the faithfull, in de­ciding controuersies among the brethren, and saith that those, (al-be­it the basest of the faithfull.) are fitter than the infidell Iudges: howe much more then are the greatest faithfull ones, & wise ones, fit persons to be set in the publike Iudgement seates. Besides, that the Apostle ex­pressely vnder-hand, setts out a shew, wherein, whensoeuer better times should shine vpon them, those Iudgement seates should be brought in­to a more happie order, and more holy Iudges should be ordayned. The Ch. Re­gim. more happy, where Christ. Prin­ces are. For what-soeuer is graunted to an vnfaithfull: can much lesse be denied to a faithfull person. Howsoeuer it be, Paule wisheth not (as doe the ad­uersaries) Infidell, but holie and faithfull Iudges. Yea, except the Iudge [Page 146] be holie, he can scarse with good conscience before God, be a Iudge. Here-unto we may applie, that S. Paule wisheth Kinge Agrippa to be a Christian. Whereby wee perceaue, that wheresoeuer anie of these Christian Princes were at that time among the Christians, they had no finall authoritie, in decision of such controuersies as rose among them. Neither onely in titles of lande, breaches of peace, ciuill cases, and other worldly matters: but also in matters pertayning to the Regiment of the Churche and Ecclesiasticall: as were the matters, for the which Saint Paule so often pleaded against the Iewes, euen before suche Iudges as were not Christian. And al-be-it, Actes 18. When Paule was accused before Gallio by the, Iewes, saying: This fellowe perswadeth men to worshippe God contrarie to the lawe; as Paule was about to open his mouthe, Gallio sayde vnto the Iewes: If it be a matter of wronge, or an euill deede (O yee Iewes) I would according to reason maintayne you. But if it be a question of wordes, and names, and of your lawe: looke ye to it your selues, for I will be no Iudge of these thinges: Yet Paule, when he came before Felix, and he also woulde heare the plea betwéene his aduersaries and him, Actes 24. After that the Gouernours had beckned vnto him, that he should speake, hee aunswered: I doe the more gladlie aunswere for my selfe, for as much as I knowe, that thou hast beene of manie yeares a Iudge vnto this Nation, perhapps thinking that in all that time, hee might (as Cornelius and others) haue attayned to the knowledge of God, and so béene the fitter Iudge of these matters.

And although he was but a corrupt Iudge, both in affection and religi­on, and Festus also that succéeded him: yea, Nero the Emperour was worst of all: yet, because he occupied the roome of him, that should haue béene a better, yea, the highest Iudge in earth vnto him, albeit Paul were himselfe an Ecclesiastical person, & an Apostle and one of the chiefest pil­lers in the Church of God: yet he appealed euen to Neroes Iudgement seate. And when Festus brought him foorth, to pleade before Agrippa, he so reioyced of it, that he sayth, Act. 26. I thinke my selfe happie (King Agrippa,) because I shall aunswere this daye before thee, of all the thinges whereof I am accused of the Iewes. Chiefely, because thou hast knowledge of all customes and questions, which are among the Iewes. Wherefore, I beseech thee, heare me patiently, and when he was euen in the chiefest pointe of his plea, concerning the resurrection of Iesus Christe, ver. 24: As he aunswered thus for himselfe, Festus ( who had little skill of those matters) sayde with a loude voyce: Paule, thou art besides thy selfe, much learning doeth make thee madde. But he sayde, I am not madde (O noble Festus) but I speake the wordes of truth and sobernesse. For the king knoweth of these thinges, before whom also I speake boldely, for I am perswaded, that none of these thinges are hidd from him. For this thing was not done in a corner. O King Agrippa, be­leeuest [Page 147] thou the Prophets? I knowe that thou beleeuest. The Chur­ches state. Then Agrippa sayde vnto Paule: almost thou perswadest mee to become a Christian. Then Paule saide, I would to God, that not only thou: but also all that heare me to day, were both almost, and altogether such as I am, except these bondes. So that, if Paule did thus submit him-selfe vnto them, in the decision of these Ecclesiasticall controuersies, hoping they had béene more faithful Iudges thē they were; did not other Christians to other Prin­ces that were indéede Christian Princes, submit themselues also, to the de­cision of such their Ecclesiasticall controuersies, arising among them? And though S. Paule missed in the person, yet he wished those persons, to haue béene such, as he hoped, and as they ought to haue béene. But (as Gellius saith) if they were not such, yet this expressely insinuateth a shewe vnto vs, of those better Iudges that should come after, and better employ those places y t they abused. So that, although no Prince had béen good or Christi­an at those dayes: yet this argument had not béen good nor Christian. And there being (no doubt) euen at that time, some, (if not many) it is not on­ly no good argument, but an vntrue, and wrong assertion to ground vpon, that the Church of God was perfect in al her regiment, before there was any Christian Prince.

But would God, these our brethren would haue made the matter no worse against Christian Princes, then that they had not yet béene come in­to the Church of God. But it followeth at the harde héeles, with so hoate a pursute, euen to the estate at this day, saying: yea the Church of God may stande and doth stande at this day, in most blessed estate, where the ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers.

What haue we here? O Lorde, Our bretherens harde speeches of Christian Princes. who would haue looked for such spéeches at the handes of our brethren, & in so Learned a discourse of the Churches gouernment? Yet was it much better sayde before, speaking of the state thereof in the Apostles times: that the Church of God was perfect in all her Regiment before there was anie Christian Prince For that might yet haue béene restrayned to that time, Paules wish of Christian Princes. considering the speciall preroga­tiues, of that age, to haue supplied the want of Christian Princes. Not­withstanding it was not euen then so perfect, but that S. Paule wished the Regiment thereof to haue béene better. And that better euen by chri­stian Princes. Else, had hee neuer had such troubles, nor néeded to haue wished, that Agrippa, Festus, Bernice, &c. had béene Christians: nor haue appealed vnto Nero, nor haue had such hinderaunces in his functi­on. But when these our bretheren, thinking to haue carried this cleare awaye, will nowe make a generall rule thereon, that the Churche may stande perfecte still in all her Regiment, and that in most blessed state, with-out anie Christian Princes: then GOD helpe poore Christian Princes. For, being suche poore helpes vnto [Page 148] the Regiment of the Church, they may bee as well spared, or wished [...] ­way (which the Anabaptists wish them) as to be wished for, which S. Paul did wish them; saue for the Princes saluation of their owne soules, in which respect, they are not Christian Princes. Nay, if this were true: whie may they not as well with the verie Anabaptistes, set downe this rule to, that the Churche of God may stande, and doth stand, better without them? For, howsoeuer they séeme here to allure the reader, with these godly ti­tles, The Chur­ches perfection and most blessed state. of the Churche of God, of perfection in all her regiment, and that she standeth at this day in most blessed estate, where Christian Princes are not at all, and the ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers▪ yet dare we not ascribe these titles of perfection in all her Regiment, and of most blessed state vnto the Church of God, being militant and trauel­ling still vnder imperfection. But we acknowledge (as S. Paule sayeth 1. Cor. 13.) that we knowe imperfectly, and we teache imperfectly, but when that which is perfect shall come, then that which is imperfect shall be done away. And then shall come indéede the most blessed estate of the Churches per­fection in all her regiment. But if it be nowe alreadie, and that where no Christian Princes are, or where the Ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers; then whereto serue the Christian Princes, and the Ciuill Magistrates, to fauour the Gospel, but rather to hinder the perfecti­on of the Church in all regiment, and to cause it not to be in most blessed estate? For where any Christian Princes are; yea, the greatest fauourers of the Church of God that euer were: it could neuer yet aspire heereto. But where they were not, and are not, there these Learned discoursers tell vs, that the Church of God was perfect in all her Regiment, and standes in such estate as is most blessed. But where was this perfectiō in all the Regiment of it, before Christian Princes? And where standeth & yet at this day in most blessed estate, where the ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers? May not the places be named, that we might view thē? Must we runne to Vtopia for to séeke them out? Where was this? in Sodome and Gomorra, vnder Chedor-laomer, & where the ciuill Magi­strates, nor al the people, were any great fauourers of the Church of god? Where Lot being righteous, 2. Pat. 2. and dwelling among thē, in seeing & hearing thē, they vexed his righteous soule frō day to day with their vnlaw­full deedes? Was he & his family in most or more blessed estate, or the Church of God there, better gouerned, then in Salē, vnder Melchizedeck, or then in the Pilgrimage it made vnder Abraham? Was the Church of God better vnder Pharao, The Church in better state vnder Christian Princes, thē, &c. then vnder Moses? vnder the tyrants that op­pressed thē, then vnder the Iudges that deliuered thē? Was the Churches gouernment better vnder Saul, then vnder Dauid? vnder Ieroboam, A­chab, Manasses, & other Idolatrous Princes: then vnder Salomō, Iosaphat Iosias, Ezechias, & other godly Princes? & is it more perfect in all her regi­ment, [Page 149] and standeth in more blessed estate at this day, vnder the great Turke in Europe, vnder the Sophie in Asia, vnder the great Chan in India, where also great partes of the Church are dispersed: then vnder godly Christian Princes in Englande, Germanie, Scotlande, Denmarke, Suecia, Polonia, Hungarie, and all other places where Christianitie is openly professed at this day? Is the regiment of the Church of God better, To great vn­thankfulnes towards her Maiestie. & in more bles­sed estate in Italie vnder the Popes tyrannie, or in France, in Spaine, in Flaunders, &c. where the Christian Princes are not the greatest fauou­rers of the light of the Gospell, then here in England, where her Maiestie fauoureth the same so tenderly, and hath ventered her state & life so often for it? O vnthankefulnesse O blind: (what should I call it?) Malice? No, but selfe willed opinion, y e, to deface the good estate of the Church of God, wherin we are (vnder such a right Defender of the faith) defended & sheil­ded from all our enemies, in a farre more blessed estate then we deserue; will make such an odious comparison, as this is. But, as the old saying is, itch and ease, can no man please. But if the Church be so imperfect in all her regiment vnder our most gratious and true Christian Prince here in England, if our estate be so disordered and so little blessed, in comparison of theirs at this day, where the Ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fa­uourers: why do not these Learned discoursers take their course thether, where the Church is so perfect in all her regiment, euen as they would haue it, & in most blessed estate that they can wish it? If this be a matter of such moment & necessitie, as they would beare vs in hande, why go they not thether, where they say it is euen at this day? & they may goe thether when they will. No, I warrant you, they wil none of it on that price: but will tarrie here stil, & trouble their brethren, though they haue it not. No, no, whatsoeuer is pretended, to get that they would haue: if they can-not haue it, they haue learned this (or they may easily doe, if they trie experi­ence) that it is good kéeping themselues wel, when they are well. And welfare a good Christian Prince, that fauors the Church of God and the Gos­pell of Iesus Christ, when all is done.

But what meane they by these glaunces, that the Church of God doth stande at this day in most blessed estate, where the Ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers? Do they meane by ciuill Magistrates, as they did before, where they sayd, Whatsoeuer it please the Ciuill Magistrate to call or account indifferent? &c. Referring this terme to our most graci­ous Prince & Soueraigne? But I thinke they do not meane so, for as they speak more at large, saying, Where the ciuil Magistrates are not the grea­test fauourers, noting many, or more then one, & some other estates, which they cōpare with ours: so they here giue thē an harder title, to be not the greatest fauourers, then that (I hope) they will say, Her Maiest. fauour of the Gospell▪ they implie our gra­tious Soueraigne in that tearme. If then they meane, that we liue vnder [Page 150] such a blessed Prince, as fauoureth the Gospell: doe these men speake it in good sooth (as indéede sooth it is) or doe they Iest, or speake it but for fa­shion sake? But howe-soeuer they séeme to glaunce hereat, (for they nei­ther say it in expresse wordes, but as it were by comparison, doe séeme to inferre as much, in telling vs of other places in the worlde, where the Princes are not the greatest fauourers) notwithstanding they tell vs nei­ther what thing it is, whereof they are not the greatest fauourers. But I ghesse, that in this their Rhetoricall breuitie, they meane that they fa­uour not the Gospell, or the Church of God. For it séemeth, they re­ferre it not to this Regiment, that themselues fauour and desire. For so, they knowe, that her Maiestie being also not the greatest fauourer of their desired Regiment: they might conclude, that the Churche of Eng­lande, which they crie out of to bee in a state disordered, should bée in that most blessed estate which they desire. They séeme therefore to meane this, that her Maiestie is indéede a fouourer of the Gospell, or Church of God, and yet the state of the Churche of God, ( vnder Her Maiestie) is in an vnperfect, lesse blessed, and more disordered estate, than it is, where the Princes are not the greatest fauourers of the Church of God, and of his Gospell. Which if it be their meaning, (as I woulde be loath to gather of their wordes anie thing beyonde their meaning,) so I had rather they expounded themselues, or that their wordes néeded not an expositer, as well many times, as an aunswere. Nowe then, if their meaning be thus, that her Maiestie is a fauourer of the Gospell, and of the Church of God, although this in some sense, may séeme but a colde and sclender commendation bestowed on her Maiestie, to bee but a fa­uourer; as though thee liked well ynough thereof, and liked of others that professed it, but her selfe were not so zealous a professour, and louer of the Gospell: yet construyng all this to the best interpretation of her fauour thereunto, that her Maiestie is a great fauourer of the Gospell of God and of his Church: howe then doth shee so highlie fauour the same, and yet not suffer the Church of God, to be so perfecte in all her Regiment, as where no Christian, but Heathen Princes are? and not to be in so blessed estate, as it is vnder those Ciuill Magistrates, that are not the greatest fauourers? Meaning indéede (vnder a gentle name for reuerence sake) are no fauourers at all, but so much as they can, hate and persecute the Gospell and Church of God: How her Maiestie vn­der pretence of commen­dation is discommēded. and yet (will they, nill they) suffer it more to florishe herein, than her Maiestie doeth, béeing so great a fauourer of the same. What a foule rebuke, (vnder pretence of commendation) is this to her Maiestie? Yea, what a kinde of fauouring call ye this, when the not fauouring of the enemie, is better for the Re­giment of the Church, than the fauourers loue? Indéede, accidentalli [...] thinges may fall out so cleane contrarie, (as he that thought to kill his [Page 151] enemie, did him more good in thrusting him thorough, The primi­tiue state. and opening that impostume settered within him, then all his friendes and Phisitions that could not helpe him. But what gra-mercie was that to him? Whereas di­rectly of it selfe, is not this threatned of God, that he will take awaye a good Prince in his wrath, and giue an euill Prince, to punishe the wicked­nesse of his people? and doeth not God promise, Good Princes a great blessing▪ &c. ill Prince [...] a great curse of God. Isai. 49.23. as a great blessing to his Church, that Kinges should be the foster fathers, and Queenes should be the noursing mothers thereof? But by these men, they had a better Regiment, when they had Pharao to nourse them, with drowning of the infantes in the water, and oppressing their parentes on the lande: and when Herode bathed the infantes in their owne bloud. Did GOD meane, they shoulde haue suche Pappe with an Hatchet, and that Princes should be nourses on that fashion? Or did hee rather meane, that when he would sende such Princes as should fauour his Gospel and his Church, euen as the good nource comforteth and guideth well the childe, and is as it were an-other Parent to it, vnder whom the childe battelleth, and is well brought vppe; so next vnder GOD our heauenly Father wée should be nourished, fed, comforted, defended, and guided, till we growe to our perfect age in Iesu Christe, vnder the godlie Gouernement of our Christian Princes.

And is this, that is promised for so great a blessing, turned to a curse? And the curse turned to so great a blessing? God is able indéede, to turne all thinges to good. God had his Church still, euen in the most dreadfull persecutions that euer were, How God can turne his curse to a blessing. and the gold is siner that is tryed in the for­nace seuen times. So that this redoundeth in the end, both to the greater glorie of God, and to the better confirmation of his Church. But what can we conclude hereon? That the Church, when such hauocke is made in the congregation, and it is dispersed here and there: is then more perfect in al her Regiment, and in most blessed state? S. Paule saith, Rom. 5. Where sinne abounded, grace did more abound. But what? shall we say then, ( saieth S. Paule, Rom. 6.) Shall we continue still in sinne, that grace may abound? God forbid. And in those dayes of more iniquitie abounding, in the time of planting amonge the Gentiles, the faith and Gospell of Iesus Christe: the most parte of the Gentiles raged, and the people imagined vaine thinges: the kinges of the earth assembled, and the rulers came together against the Lorde, and against his Christe. Al-be-it, the faith tooke roo­ting amonge some, both Princes and people. And GOD in that extraordinarie time, dealt extraordinarilie with them, both with ex­traordinarie gifts and extraordinarie offices. Whereby he so helped and beautified that Primitiue estate of the Churche of Christe, among all those troubles, persecutions & dissipations; y t the Church séemed rather to flourish thē to be oppressed, & to be In most blessed estate in some respects, [Page 152] when in other respectes, it was in most pitifull estate, as S. Paule sayth, 2. Cor. 6. of Gods helpe at such times: For he sayth, I haue heard thee in a time accepted, How the Primitiue state was blessed and yet piti­full. and in the day of saluation, haue I succoured thee. Behold now the accepted time: behold nowe the day of saluation. We giue no occasion of offence in anie thing, that our ministerie should not be reprehended: but in all thinges wee approue our selues as the ministers of God, in much patience, in afflictions, in ne­cessities, in distresses, in stripes, in prisons, in tumults, in labours. By watchings, by fastinges, by purenesse, by knowledge, by long suffering, by kindnesse, by the holie Ghost, by loue vnfeined, by the worde of truthe, by the power of God, by the armour of righteousnesse on the right hande and on the left, by honour, and dishonour, by euill report, and good report, as deceauers, and yet true: as vnknowen, and yet knowen: as dying, and yet behold we liue: as chastened, and yet not killed: as sorow­ing, and yet alwayes reioysing: as poore, and yet [...]aking many riche: as hauing no­thing, and yet possessing all thinges. The state of the primitiue Church stri­uing thus against all these temptations and calamities, but by the grace and power of God surmounting them: in this respect was in more blessed state, then when afterwarde enioying peace and prosperitie, and abusing the same, contentions and other corruptions arose thereuppon, in which respect the state was not so blessed.

Is therefore persecution and al these troubles, better for the regiment of the Church of God, then peace & prosperitie? Yea, was not that re­giment that the Church had then, abused also, in those that had the gift of tongues, the gift of healing, & the gift of prophecieng? Which gifts not only many among the Corinthians, did abuse? but also there were mani [...] false Apostles, many [...]uill Pastors, many Teachers of false doctrine, & some Deacons not all the best. And (no doubt) their Segniories were as much corrupted as the residue, if they had anie suche standing officers amonge them, as these Discourses doe conceaue, and as wherein they saye, the Churches regimēt most consisted, with the Pastors, Teachers, & the Dea­cons. So that the Churche of God, no, not at y e time; no, not in that regi­ment that she was gouerned by; was then so perfect in al her regiment▪ nor in most blessed estate; for all that the Apostles were then liuing, and for all the extraordinarie giftes and offices, that then she had.

No such Eccl. Gouernours in the Apostles times as our Brethren pret [...]nd. And may we thinke, if there had bin such Gouernours among them at that time, that eyther they (if they had not thēselues béene infected) would not haue reformed so manie foule abuses? Or did not their authoritie stretch so farre? Or would not the residue be rather ruled by such gouer­nors among themselues, then to trouble and endanger themselues being Christians, before Infidell Iudges? Or if they had had any such gouernors among them, would not S. Paul ( chiding thē for going to lawe before in­fidell Iudges) not rather haue exhorted, yea charged them, to haue referre [...] those matters to the Segniorie & Gouernors, y e he had appointed ouer thée [Page 153] If he had appointed any, hauing builded so great and famous a Churche of God among them, continuing at Corinthus a yeare and a halfe togi­ther: or to those that they had chosen among themselues to be their Go­uernours, if that were the onelie order of the Churches regiment, then, and of such importance and necessitie? Or how chance, Saint Paule find­ing these inconueniences (in his absence from them) to haue fallen out, (perhaps bicause there wanted such Gouernours among them) dooth not will them (among so many precepts, perteyning to the regiment of the churche) in one place or an other of both his Epistles, to chose and ordeine such Gouernours ouer them? Or, mencioning Gouernours, What the Gouernour [...] were men­tioned 1. Cor. 12. and other giftes and offices, 1. Cor. 12. Would not say, these Gouernours, are those Seniors, that either ye haue, to direct these matters by: or at least, if yée haue them not, ye ought to haue them? But as though, they neither had anie suche, nor vrging them to haue any such Consistorie of Gouernours ouer them, speaking of their hauing busines one against another, he saith vnto them, 1. Cor. 6. Doo ye not know, that the Saints shall iudge the world? If the world then shall-be iudged by you, are ye vnworthie to iudge the smallest mat­ters? Know ye not that we shall iudge the Angels? How much more, 1. Cor. 6. things that perteine to this life? If then, ye haue iudgement of things pertaining to this life: set vp them which are least esteemed in the churche. I speake it to your shame. Is it so that there is not a wiseman among you, no, not one that can iudge betweene his bretheren? By which wordes it appeareth, that, not onelie in those mat­ters, (whatsoeuer they were) but that also in other matters perteining to the regiment of the churche, being matters perteining to this life, they had no such Consistories of Iudges or Gouernours among them. Nor S. Paule enforceth any such vpon them: but onelie to haue some one or other wise and godlie man, to be chosen among themselues (and that al­so without any preiudice to the authoritie of the gouernement then esta­blished) to bee their Gouernour. For, they being without a Christian Prince, to be their Gouernour, and being at that time also giuen to such corruptions and contentions: either they must go before Infidels, or bréed a confusion among themselues. So necessarie at all times is it to haue a Gouernour, that euen the primitiue Churche could not be without hir Gouernours. And yet neither the thing that S. Paule persuades them to, (being one of the greatest Christian churches in those daies) was to set vp a Consistorie among them, but some one Gouernour. Neither the matter that he diswades them from, is anye other thing more, The Corin­thians had no ordina­rie consisto­rie of eccle. Gouernors among thē. then for bringing their brethren and causes before Infidell Iudges. So that, this is not to be stretched beyond the state of the Corinthians then, nor any rule prescri­bed to any particular churche of GOD now, liuing vnder a prince or Iudge that is a Christian: That anye churche may, (otherwise then by waye of priuate arbitrement, as charitable, neighborlie, and blessed peace [Page 154] makers) take authoritie to elect or ordeine hereby among themselues, any one or other publike Iudge or Gouernour, and much lesse elect among them-selues, and set vp a Segniorie or Consistorie of Gouernours, in matters perteining to this life, as are all indifferent matters, perteining to the Ecclesiasticall regiment of the Churche: but that, when any con­trouersie ariseth about them in the churche, ( if they be not alreadie pre­scribed in Gods word) we must all, after all our deliberations on them, bring them to the finall determination, and disposition of the godlie christian Princes iudgement and censure, how they shall be vsed of the subiects. And thus maye we kéepe anye other good order of Iudges and iudgements, We hauing Christian Princes, are not bound to such Iud­ges as the Corinth. did choose. euen as well in ecclesiasticall as ciuill controuersies, accor­ding to the gouernement alreadie established, with out any more néed [...] of reuiuing those consistories whatsoeuer, that were then in any christi­an churche vsed, than of reuiuing this constitution of S. Paule for Iudges. For, although S. Paule gaue such a prescription of Iudges to them, in the wante of other Christian Gouernours: yet we that haue now Christian Princes, and Christian Iudges, and I hope godlie and righteous Iudges also, are not bound to chose Iudges in our owne Parishes. If we could in­déed take vp manie néedlesse controuersies among our selues at home: it were well doone, and would saue much trauell, veration, and expenses, and perhaps the Iudges might be eased to. But if we should therevpon make a rule, and say that we must néeds haue Iudges at home in our se­uerall Congregations, bicause S. Paule prescribed the Corinthians so to haue: and that all such publike Iudges to serue a whole realme or coun­trie, were not lawfull or were néedlesse, bicause, in the Primitiue Church they had no suche publike Christian Iudges for a whole realme or coun­trie: The danger of imita­ting the Primitiue Churches regiment heere in. might not this growe to the manifest iniurie not onelie of th [...] Iudges, but of all the whole common-weale? Yea, might not the Christi­an Prince feare, that by the same rule, (if it were true that ye saye, there was no Christian Prince then, when the Churche was perfect in all her regiment) he might be driuen cleane out of his ciuill regiment too, and out of all, not supreame onelie, but anye authoritie at all, among the Christi­ans, and cleane dispossessed of his kingdome, except he would content him­selfe, to be a Iudge chosen in one particuler citie? So that, neither inheri­tance, nor a whole Realme or Realmes, to bee ruled by anye one christian Prince, could hold any plea, if such rules might be coined on such examples.

And then forsoothe, the churche of GOD, as, before there was anye christian Prince: so after, they are all thrust out, or reduced to that state that they were in, might be saide to be perfect in all hir regiment, once againe. And that the Churche of God may stande and dooth stande in moste blessed state, where the ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fa­uourers, nor beare the greatest rule, but all is brought againe to the e­state it was in before, in the Apostles time, Doo ye not sée, what a most [Page 155] blessed estate the churche of God would come vnto, by this rule? Caution in muta­tion. And I pray you (bretheren) what warrant haue you more, or so muche, for the prescription of your Seniorie in euerie congregation, as is héere prescri­bed by S. Paule, for the choosing of this Iudge or ruler, among the perticu­ler congregations of the christians? We must take héed therfore, Cautiō in imitating examples, or prescri­bing vpon particuler rules. how we stand on such examples, or how we enlarge any rule, that was particuler to the time, or state then, or to the place or persons there, to be-come an ordinarie, generall, absolute, or perpetuall rule to vs, and to the whole Churche, whether it be by S. Paule, or by S. Peter, or by any, or by all the Apostles, or by our Lorde and Sauiour Iesus Christe him-selfe, prac­tised, yea, or commanded. For diuerse examples and commandements were but for certeine times, states, & places, and stretch no further. As the Disciples, to carrie neither golde, nor siluer, nor money, nor scrippe, nor two coates, nor shooes, nor staffe, Matth. 10. To abstaine from things offered to Idols, and from bloud, and from that that is strangled, Acts. 15. And that men should praye bare headed, &c. 1. Cor. 11. And albeit, that in the commandements and rules prescribed of these things, and of the like, neither Christe nor his Apostles tell, that they were to continue, but for a time: yet leueling the same by the analogie of our faithe, and by the proportion of our Christian libertie; we find no such necessitie in these thinges, nor of any other such like orders, as in the regiment of the Primi­tiue churche was vsed. For though they were vsed as orders, or as orna­naments, to beautifie the blessed estate of the Churches regiment then: yet neither the blessednes, nor the estate therof, consisted in them, when they had them. And if any church that now flourisheth haue any of them, it is neuer the more blessed for them, as of anye necessitie to the estate thereof. And if any haue them not, and haue other good orders of regiment established among them, it is neuer the lesse blessed of God, for the not hauing of them. If they haue what is necessarie: that sufficeth. Prooue either this Seniorie to be necessarie for vs imagining there had béene any such: or els all this most blessed estate, resolues to nothing.

But neither of these is yet prooued, nor (I feare mee) euer will bee: that there were any such Gouernours at all: A Confisto. of Ecclesi. Seniors not necessarie▪ but Magi­strates ne­cessarie. or that we are bound in eue­rie particuler congregation, to obeye, or to haue suche a Segniorie. But we are bound to haue, and to obeye in all lawfull ordinances, our Prin­ces and Magistrates: especiallie being Christians, and fauourers, and fosterers of the Churche of God, defenders of the faithe, setters foorth and professors of the Gospell. Where suche Princes are, (as wee muste néedes confesse we haue, except we be too vnthankefull) there indéed the Churche of GOD may stand, and standeth at this day, in farre more blessed state, with-out this Segniorie, then where this Segniorie stand­eth, and the Ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers: or [Page 256] to speake plaine English, Whereon the chur­ches gouer. depends. are no fauourers at all, but haters and persecuters of the Gospell.

And thus wee sée, how weake and vntrue, both these propositions of these reasons are, by the which as a notable great reason, in the end scars [...] woorth a little currane, these our Learned Discoursers auouched, that, it might be to euerie man so plaine, that it was neither needfull nor a­greeable to good order of teaching, to begin first to treate of the su­preame authoritie of Christian princes in ecclesiasticall causes. Now, a [...] we thus haue séene the valor and truthe of these two propositions, where­on their reason is made: so let vs sée their conclusion of this reason. Their conclusion is this: By which it is manifest, that the regiment and gouern­ment thereof, dependeth not vpon the authoritie of princes, but vpon the ordinance of God: who hath most mercifullie and wiselie so establi­shed the same, that as with the comfortable aide of christian Magistrats, it may singulerlie flourish and prosper: so without it, it may continue, and against the aduersaries thereof preuaile. For the churche craueth helpe and defence of Christian princes, to continue and go forward more peaceablie and profitablie, to the setting vp of the kingdome of Christe: but all her authoritie she receaueth immediatlie of God.

Is this then the conclusion of their reason? What is this to the pre­sent question: The conclu­sion of our breth. argu­mēt against the [...]irste treatie of the Prince. Or how hangeth this vpon the premisses? Maye not th [...] princes supreame authoritie in ecclesiasticall causes be first treated vp­on, except this must streight be concluded on it, by which it is manifest that the regiment and gouernment of the churche dependeth not vp­on the authoritie of princes, but vpon the ordinance of God? Where­fore is this so farre fetched conclusion brought in héere? Before, you sai [...] it seemeth, ( not yet telling to whome) but now it seemeth, that it seemeth so to you, The depen­dance of the churches gouernmēt. and that for a manifest and plaine conclusion, that if the princes supreame authoritie be first spoken of, then all the churches regiment dependeth on it. But I cannot tell how it seemeth to you, to be a mani­fest and plaine consequence: I promise you, it séemeth not so to me. Nor (I thinke) to any man, that will way the reason with any reason. And yet you threape such kindnesse on vs (that are, God be thanked, reasonable creatures also) that it now goeth beyond it seemeth: for it is manifest. Whereas indéed, not onelie it seemeth, but is manifest, to be a manifest violent, and extorted conclusion. Yea, a manifest iniurie both to God, to his churche, and to all the authoritie of all godlie Christian Princes, and most manifest wrong vnto her Maiestie. Dooth her Maiestie in claiming the supreame authoritie in Ecclesiasticall causes, in that portion of the churche of God committed to her Maiesties gouernement, or in not yéel­ding to this your desired regiment, claime this, that the regiment and go­uernement of the churche, dependeth vpon her authoritie? And if ye [Page 157] say ye meane not her Maiestie, but speake still vpon Princes at large: though ye mend not the matter, but make it worse, yet would to God ye would once name soone, to put the matter out of all suspition, and let them beare the blame, that claime such highe authoritie and absolute power, that all the regiment of the Churche dependeth thereon. No, I am sure ye can name no godlie Prince that dooth so. And yet sée, not onelie how ye make this a manifest conclusion, but how to aggrauate the matter, and make it more odious, ye conclude it also with an opposition, betwéene the Princes authoritie and Gods ordinance: saying, by which it is mani­fest, that the regiment and gouernement thereof, dependeth not vpon the authoritie of Princes, but vpon the ordinance of God. As though the Princes authoritie, were not also the ordinance of God. As the A­postle expresselie saith, Rom. 13. Let euerie soule be subiect to the higher pow­ers, for there is no power but of God. And the powers that be, are ordeined of God. Whosoeuer therefore resisteth, resisteth the ordinance of God.

And shall we now make an opposition, betwixt the authoritie of Prin­ces ( especiallie speaking of Christian Princes) and Gods ordinance? No opposi­tiō between Gods ordi­nance and the Princes authoritie. How could the verie enimies of vs both, either the Papists or the Anabaptists, haue roughe hewen a sharper conclusion, against Christian Princes au­thoritie, than this is? Notwithstanding, least Christian Princes should take iust offence, not onelie to haue their authoritie thus cleane cut off, but cast out of the doores also of the Churche of God, with such a contume­lie, as an authoritie opposite to Gods ordinance, and yet claiming all the Churches regiment to depend thereon: This conclusion shall bee afterward smoothed with gentler termes, and Christian Princes shall haue somewhat graunted to appease them. And what in this conclusion is that authoritie, that shall be now yéelded vnto Christian Princes? For­sooth, that God hath most mercifullie and wiselie so established the same, that as with the comfortable aide of christian Magistrates, it may sin­gulerlie florish and prosper: so without it, it may cōtinue, and against all the aduersaries thereof preuaile. For, the Churche craueth helpe and defence of Christian princes, to go forward more peaceablie and profi­tablie, to the setting vp of the kingdome of Christe, but all hir authori­tie she receaueth immediatlie of God. Whye, what againe is this to th [...] supreame, or to any authoritie of Christian Princes in ecclesiasticall cau­ses? Héere is some-what indéede for the Churches authoritie: No opposi­tiō between the churches & the Prin­ces authori­tie. but we speake not now of the Churches authoritie, so much, as of the princes au­thoritie in the Churche: except they will héere make a double oppositiō, not onelie betwéene the princes authoritie and Gods ordinance: but al­so betwéene the prince and the Churche, and either of their authorities, the princes, and the churches, and so enter into a new question, which of these is greater. But this is another great iniurie offered to christian [Page 158] Princes, The Chur­ches au­thoritie. who are by this meanes (as it were) thrust out, not onlie of their authoritie in the Churche, but as being, either none at all of the Churche ( saue as an opposite part thervnto) or if a parte of the Churche, yet a con­tentious parte, for authoritie striuing with the Churche, of the which them-selues are a principall parte and member. For what else meane they by these wordes, the Churche craueth helpe and defence of Chri­stian Princes, but that they seperate the Christian Prince and the Church? And whom meane they then by the name of the Churche, the whole o [...] particuler bodie thereof? VVhom they meane by the name of the churche. But, all the people deale not with the gouerne­ment of them-selues, nor are their owne Gouernours, which would bréed a great confusion in their gouernement, and quickelie come to no gouernement at all. If they meane these foure Tetrarches, ( as it séemes they doo:) they likewise be but partes to the Churche, as are the Princes, and inferior parts of the Prince also: except they will contend for superi­oritie aboue the Prince. But, inferior, or superior, they be but partes, and cannot claime to them-selues any more the name of the Churche, being but the Churches Ministers, ( if all be so) then the Prince or the people may. Nor so much neither, the Prince representing the head, and the peo­ple being the bodie. And if they say, they bee Christes ministers, so is the Prince also, no lesse in his function, then anye of them in theirs. And let them looke to it, thus vnder the name of the Churche, to part all the chur­ches authoritie among them, The aduer­saryes dea­ling vnder [...]he name of the churche. and so oppose their authoritie (as the chur­ches) to the Princes authoritie. For thus played euen the verie popish Priests, the common enemies to vs bothe. And vnder pretence of the chur­ches authoritie, and that they were the churche, the Ecclesiasticall per­sons, and the churche men; and that the Prince and the people, were but méere laye and ciuill persons, seperate from the churche: they not onelie kept the people downe, but also wroong all authoritie in Ecclesiasticall causes from the Prince. And vsed euen the same tearmes of the churche, and the Ciuill Magistrate, that héere these our brethren vse. Yea and the same reason, and giue the christian Princes as much, yea, the selfe-same titles, that héere our brethren doo. While thus, betwéene them bothe, the christian Princes are spoiled of all their authoritie in Ecclesiasticall cau­ses. For what is all that is giuen to christian Princes héere, but to be onelie aiders, helpers, and defendors of the churche?

Our bre­theren here giue no more to the Prince then do the ad­uersaries. And doo not the Papists vse the same tearmes? And giue as goodlie ti­tles as these, to christian Princes? Yes, and more, and better too. But what is this vnto regiment, gouernement, and authoritie? No, héere is nothing mentioned, but the regiment and gouernement thereof. Wher­of? Of the Prince? No, of the churche. And the churche craueth helpe and defence of christian Princes, but all her authoritie is immediatlie of God. So that, of the Prince she receiueth no authoritie at all. For, if s [...]ée [Page 159] receiue all immediatlie of God: then shée receaueth none immediatlie, nor mediatlie of the Prince. And if the receaue none from the Prince, but all of God immediatlie, without anye authoritie of the Prince: then is she exempted from all the authoritie of the Prince, and all her authoritie, is aboue all the authoritie of the Prince. Yea, the prince, hath no autho­ritie at all ouer her. And so not onelie the Prince, for anye not supreame, but any authoritie at all, ouer the churche in Ecclesiasticall causes, The Prince spoiled of all authority in all Eccl. matters▪ maye goe séeke it else-where: (for the churche is sped alreadie of all her autho­ritie from God immediatlie, with-out any from the Prince) but also the prince hazardeth his ciuill authoritie too. For if the churche finger any of that also, it is as good as a Mort-maine against the Prince. For why? the prince may helpe her, make her flourish and prosper: but all hir authori­tie is immediatlie of God.

Haue not Christian princes héere, a faire supreame authoritie in Eccle­siasticall causes left them? If the churche deale thus with christian Prin­ces: is that churche woorthie of the comfortable aide of christian Magi­strates, and to haue it, when it craueth helpe and defence of Christian princes, that will acknowledge her selfe to receaue no authoritie at all of christian princes? If shée saith, shée will acknowledge that shée recea­ueth, that is to say, comfortable aide of christian Magistrates, with the which it may singularlie flourish and prosper: and that shée acknowled­geth the helpe and defence that shée craueth of Christian princes, to con­tinue and go forward more peaceablie and profitablie, to the setting vp of the kingdome of Christe: This is yet some-what more, then be­fore was graunted.

So that, the churche hath néede of Christian princes comfortable aide, The healpe that the churche re­ceaueth of the Princ [...]. helpe, and defence. And then with-out them, shée is not so perfect in all her regiment, nor in moste blessed, nor so much blessed estate, but that I perceaue shée is more blessed with them: and where the princes are fa­uoures of the churche, and Gospell, and kingdome of Christe: there it may flourish and prosper, and that singulerly: which is some-what more yet by one ace, then where the princes are not the greatest fauorers. But where they are fauorers, there the church ( that belike, stood still before, or went backeward, or went forward more difficultlye) may goe forward not onlie more peaceablie but also more profitablie, to the setting vp of the kingdome of Christe. This is much more then was before graunted. Yea, but say they, as it may haue all these benefits by the princes helpe: so without it, it may continue, and against the aduersaries thereof pre­uaile. GOD forbid, else. But dooth it nota great deale better pre­uaile, with it? Yes, but what is all this vnto anye gouernement, regi­ment, or authoritye in the Prince, ouer the Churche? My fréende maye helpe me, y t hath no authoritie ouer me: yea, so may my seruants, that are [Page 160] vnder my gouernement, and with their comfortable aide, helpe, and de­fence, when I craue it, I may singulerlie flourish and prosper. Yea, the prince himselfe (be he neuer so high and mightie) may craue comfortable aide, helpe, and defence, of an other prince, or of his owne subiects, wher­by he may both singularlie flourish and prosper. And also continue and go forward more peaceablie and profitablie, not onelie to the mainte­nance of his owne estate, but also to the setting vp of the kingdome of Christe: what shall we conclude héereon? that such persons therefore, haue any authoritie ouer him? And this is all that is héere affoorded to anye Christian prince ouer the churche of God. And how much is this? For­soothe, What au­thoritie the Churche re­ceiueth im­mediatly of God, what mediatly of man. for any authoritie more or lesse, when it comes all to all: none at all. And why so? For, the churche receiueth all hir authoritie immediatlie of God. What, and nothing mediatelie of man? No? Not of the Apo­stles? Nor by all, or by any of these foure estates? Or, are they onelie the churche, and haue all the authoritie? Yea, are they God himselfe, if they onelie, be not the churche? Or dooth God giue them still that power that they haue, or pretend to haue of him, immediatelie, and by his owne selfe, without any mediation; and that in all the authoritie, not onelie of preach­ing the word, and ministring the Sacraments, and binding and losing; but also of electing, imposition of handes, and ordeining ministers, and of cal­ling Councels, and of making anye ordinances and constitutions concer­ning any Ecclesiasticall matters? What if some of these be of God, but yet mediatelie of God, by Gods Ministers? And what if some of them be of God also, but mediatelie from the Christian Prince? Yea, what if the Christian princes authoritie be of God also, as much immediatlie as the churches authoritie? Yea, and more immediatlie, then can be prooued for all these foure estates? But, be the princes authoritie of God immedi­atlie, or mediatlie of God by man: hath not the Christian prince as much authoritie now, since Christes and his Apostles time héere in earth, as it had ordinarilie before? What au­thoritie the Prince re­ceiueth im­mediatlie of God and mediatlie of man. Or, did the churche of Christe begin onelie then: and not rather from the beginning of the worlde: as Gellius prooueth a­gainst the Anabaptists, that the churche still, not onelie in substance of the mysticall bodie, and of doctrine: but also of the authoritie of gouernment, was euen from the beginning of the world, one and the same? Adam, Abraham, Moses, Iosue, the Iudges, Dauid, Salomon, Asa, Iosaphat, Iosi­as, Ezechias, Zorobabell, &c, were all christian princes Had all of them authoritie from God, either immediatlie or mediatelie: and haue chri­stian princes no more authoritie, then is héere allowed? Or howe, and when, & where, haue they since lost it? When we reason against the pa­pists, that still pretend the churches Authoritie ( meaning thereby their popish Hierarchie) that they might bereaue all christian princes of their supreame authoritie in Ecclesiast. causes: we bring foorth the examples [Page 161] of Moses, Iosue, Dauid, Salomon, Iosaphat, &c. If they had not béene (in substance & grounds of one & the same faith with vs) Chri. Princes then, (though not so called) as well as these that are called Christian Princes now: or if Christiā Princes haue not as much authoritie now, as the Prin­ces in and ouer the Churche of God had then: then are these examples, and the arguments drawne from them, nothing to the purpose, but the Papists and the Anabaptists will deride them.

Yea, as Saint Paule saithe of the Resurrection of Christe, 1. Corin. 15. If Christe bee not risen, then is our preaching vaine, and your faithe is also vaine, and wee are found false witnesses of GOD. So, if these arguments for the Princes authoritie, from the Olde Testament to the New, Our Breth. confirming the aduersa­ries and the Anabaptists in all these examples. are not substanciall and good arguments: then our preaching and alleadging of them against the Papists, and against the Anabaptists, is in vaine, &c. But these arguments of their examples are firme and good: (standing vpon one and the same perpetuall rule of the Princes charge and gouernement, in bothe Testaments:) & so confute bothe the Papists and the Anabaptists▪ Christi [...]n Princes therefore, according to the examples of Adam, Moses, Iosue, Dauid, &c. Haue as much authoritie both mediate and immediate from God, as the Ministers of the Churche, or the Churche it selfe hath, to be Gouernours in the Churche, and ouer the Churche of God also, or ouer any other of Gods Ministers. Not, to haue the Ecclesiasticall Mini­sters peculiar offices, and Ecclesiasticall authoritie, or to execute the acti­ons proper to their Ecclesiasticall functions; but to ouer-sée, gouerne and direct all Ecclesiasticall persons, to doo their duties in all Ecclesiasticall causes, and to haue the highest authoritie in the Churche, for the orde­ring, disposing, and authorizing, any order or constitution Ecclesiasticall in indifferent matters: notwithstanding any assertion, reason, or proofe, in this Learned Discourse, as yet alledged to the contrarie.

And as the Christian Prince hath immediatlie vnder Christe, this su­preame, first and principall authoritie: so ought the Christian Prince, by as good reason, in the treatise of the gouernment of the churches Eccle­siasticall matters, to haue had that supreame place which is first and prin­cipall; and not that supreame place which is last and least of all, or rather which is none at all: while all Ecclesiasticall matters must be firste distri­buted among these foure estates, and be onelie directed by them. But vntill these foure, be all serued in their places and orders: her Maiestie, and all Christian Princes, must hold themselues contented with this: and in the ende, they shall sée further, if any more authoritie in Ecclesiasticall matters, be left vnto them. In the meane season, let vs now returne, whe­ther our Bretheren leade vs, to the producing of these foure Tetrarkes, what their offices are, how necessarie and important they be: and what seuerall authoritie, or in common, is assigned vnto them.

The second Booke of the Doctor or Teacher.

The Argument of the second Booke.

THE second Booke, is of their first Tetrarche, called the Doctor or Teacher: wherein, after their resolutions of all the 4. Tetrarches, with the effects, & necessitie there­of, with chalenge of the Fathers alteration, and the vnhappie successe, & of our disordered state: & after their Apologie for their methode of this Learned Discourse: they come to their treaty of their Doctors. That this D. is the cheefest office in the Church, & most necessarie, and to be had in euery congregatiō. And of their name, institution & office, whether they be a se­uerall office necessarilie distinguished from Pastors: whether the Apostles words, Rom. 12.1. Cor. 12. & Eph. 4. do infer such distinction of office: the interpretation of the ancient fathers, and of the late writers on these places for this question: espe­ciallie, whether the Doctors or Teachers must onelie teach true doctrine, and confute false, or may with their teaching ioine exhortation and application, to their hearers. Whether there were euer, in the Olde Testament, or in the New, any suche Doctors as our Bretheren suppose: with the examination of the examples they alleage. What was the maner of the Doctors and Catechisers, teaching in the Primitiue and auncient chur­ches: and what now in the churches reformed.

LET vs therfore returne to those offices of Ecclesiasticall Regiment, which remaine to be exercised in the Churche of God, The learned Dis. Pag. 10. being insti­tuted and ordeined by Christe himselfe, which before wee haue proo­ued out of the Scriptures, to be onelie these? Doctors, Pastors, Gouer­nors, and Deacons, whereof some apperteine to doctrine, some to go­uernement and discipline. The dutie of Doctors and Pastors, is cheefe­lie to teache and instruct the people of God, in all things, that God hath appointed them to learne. The office of Elders and Deacons, is to pro­uide, that good order and discipline be obserued in the Churche.

[Page 163] IN this returne, Doctors. to these foure offices of Ecclesia­sticall regiment, Bridges. these Learned Discoursers firste set downe as a cleare rase, these resolutions. That onelie th [...]se, Doctors, Pastors, Gouernours, Our Breth, to bold re­solution of these foure Tetrarches. and Deacons, doo remaine to bee exercised in the Churche of God: That these foure offices of Ec­clesiasticall regiment be instituted and ordeined by Christe himselfe: and that they haue prooued this out of the scriptures. Softe a while (Brethren) let vs returne with you. Where (I pray you) and when, and how, and out of what places in the scriptures, haue yée prooued this? It was saide so indéed, but not prooued. Ye alleaged onelie thrée places, Rom. 12. ver. 6.1. Cor. 12. ver. 28. and Eph. 4. ver. 11. But neither haue ye Prooued out of any, or all of those testimonies, all these foure offices of Ecclesiasticall Regiment: nei­ther can ye doo it. What these Gouernours were: whether the same that Bishops, or Pastors and Teachers, or your supposed Seniors, or any Eccle­siasticall or ciuill officers, is not there, or in any other place, that ye haue yet cited, either in the Text of scripture expressed; or by any argumēt, that you haue made, Prooued. Neither haue yée prooued, that all these foure Ecclesiasticall offices, were instituted and ordeined by Christe himselfe, as héere you affirme. Neither haue ye prooued that all these foure offi­ces, now remaine to be exercised in the Churche of God. None of all these things are yet prooued, as maye appeare by that we haue séene in all this your Learned Discourse hetherto, and by all the places them-selues in the Scriptures. And therevpon, I put me to the veredict of euerie indif­ferent Readers iudgement. And yet sée, how boldlie you dare avowe all this, and flatlie say thereon: (which we haue prooued out of the scrip­tures:) where, neither the Scriptures which ye haue cited, haue it: nor yée haue prooued it out of them; yea, neither with them, nor with-out them, ye haue prooued it at all.

Now concerning the distribution of this foure squared gouernement, to the which these offices are seuerallie to bee assigned, whereas these Learned Discourses saye: Whereof some apperteine to doctrine, some to gouernement: What? doo ye héere deuide these foure officers, A doubtfull and confu­sed distri­bution. into thrée wardes, or into two? If ye say into two (for, the distribution is manifest) some to doctrine, and some to gouernment & discipline: and not, some to doctrine, and to gouernement, and some to discipline: but the latter two gouernement and discipline, ( not deuiding the same by a seuerall some, but by the copulatiue and, conioyning them togither, gouernement and Discipline,) we conteyne vnder one of these two seuerall somes. Verye well sayde, and canne you thus your selues deuide these thinges, and conioyne, and it must bee holden for a good [Page 164] deuiding and conioyning, and can you not bee content with Saint Paules like distribution, where he saith, Ephes. 4. ver. 11. Hee therefore gaue some Apostles, and some Prophets, and some Euangelists, and some Pastors and Teachers? The Apostle héere distributeth them by somes, as you doo, & when he comes to this, The Apo­stles distri­bution. and some to be Pastors: he addeth not, as an other diffe­rent office, and some to be Teachers: but as you doo héere saye, some to gouernement and discipline, including bothe togither, (without any fur­ther distribution) vnder one some, bothe apperteining to one office: and yet you will solemnelie breake this order of Saint Paule, contrarie to your owne order héere of distribution▪ and where he makes but one office, in two diuerse wordes: you will deuide them into another some, and make Pastors one office, and Teachers another office by it selfe, as that of the Euangelists distinct from the Apostles, or from the Prophets. But of your reasons, why ye thus deuide these things, we shall sée God willing more, in your seuerall handling of these offices.

But now, bicause, besides this distribution of these foure offices, some are referred but to one Prouince, that is doctrine; meaning the two for­mer offices, as you deuide them, Teachers and Pastors: and some are re­ferred to gouernement and discipline; meaning the two later, Gouer­nors & Deacons. Howbeit, not telling which apperteine to which: whe­ther gouernement to Gouernours, and discipline to Deacons: or go­uernement to Deacons, and discipline to Gouernours: or (as they says in the Schooles) Confuse capitur, let them take both indifferentlie betwéene them. Except ye will saye, that ye meane these wordes [...] as though diuerse wordes, yet but one matter. But I cannot perceiue how ye can well doo so, distinguishing so preciselie betwéene feeding and tea­ching, and yet confounding gouernement and discipline. For though dis­cipline, as we vsually take the word (which otherwise, by the Etimologie thereof, might be drawne néerer vnto Doctrine,) maye be comprehended vnder the name of gouernement: yet is not gouernement, being the ge­nus, or generall worde to discipline, cōprehended vnder discipline, nor all one with it. And therefore, as this is a confused distribution, or rather di­sturbation of these offices: so the bounds and lunits héere assigned to them, are much disordered, and out of all proportion.

Neither is this any better that followeth, of the seuerall partition of these foure officers duties in their charges, saying; The dutie of Doctors and pastors, is cheefelie to teache and instruct the people of God, in all things that God hath appointed them to learne. What meane ye héere by this worde cheefelie? Not, all their dutie: but the principall? And is this the cheefe dutie, of bothe these two? Or the cheefe dutie of one of these two, that is to saye, the Doctors? To teache and instruct the peo­ple of GOD, in all things that GOD hath appointed them to learne.

[Page 165] This indéed is properlie called doctrine, and therevpon, ye are nowe content (although it were long before) to affoord this title of Doctor vnto anye. But belike some of you that compiled this Learned Discourse, or some other that way affectionate, haue taken the degrée of Doctors: and therefore the name is more gratious, then when it was expresselie exclai­med vpon. And if anye of that degrée had written against them, he was méetelie well, Maister Doctored, for his labour. The Doctor hath the cheefest place. But Maister Doctor is now become one of these foure estates. Yea, Maister Doctor is the firste man that shall-be treated vpon. And Maister Doctor hath his authoritie assigned to him, before anye of the other thrée estates. Onelie this, methinks, Maister Doctor is some-what hardlie pent vp, and scarse offered elbowe roome, in his cheefe dutie and peculiar office. For héere, doctrine, teaching, instructing the people of God, in all things that God hath ap­pointed them to learne, is made as well the cheefe dutie of the Pastor, as of the Doctor. As for the office of Elders & Deacons: it is to prouide, that good order and discipline be obserued in the churche, but what they conteine vnder the name of order, and vnder the name of discipline, and which of them shall haue which, or both alike: and howe they shall prouide: and whether they shall make any order more then the other: or whether the other two, or any of the other two, shall not doo this, as far foorth as they: or whether they shall onelie looke to the obseruation of these things, not making orders, but prouide onelie that the orders made among them, be obserued: or whether they shall be like to our Churche­wardens and side-men, as we call them: These things and manie other arising héereon are not héere expressed. But wee shall peraduenture sée more héereafter, what shall be seuered out to euerie seuerall office, when they shall come foorth more orderlie in their orders. In the meane season, hauing thus distinguished and assigned these duties and charges, to these foure offices: they tell vs of the fruite and benefite, that shall redound vn­to vs, by the establishing and exercising of them.

These offices being rightlie established and exercised in the Churche, The learned Dis. Pag. 10. and 11. are able to make vs meete together, in the vnitie of faithe and know­ledge of the sonne of God, vnto a perfect man according to doctrine. And both for doctrine and order of gouernement, to make vs one bo­die of Christe, and members one of an other.

All this (we hope in God) may well be doone, by the Pastor or Teacher, Ephes. 4.13. 1. Cor. 12.27 without any bringing in, establishing or exercising of anye suche Gouer­nors, as is pretended. And yet this may be granted well inough also: Bridges. these offices being rightlie established and exercised. What effect [...] may insue of this Te­trarchie. For therby hangs a que­stion, about the right or wrong establishing and exercising of them. And as for the order of gouernment, what these are able to make vs: GOD graunt, they may not aswell (our order of gouernment established being [Page 166] throughly considered) be able to marre vs, The Te­trarchie. as to make vs; or to make vs not to meete togither, but to seperate our selues in the vnitie of faithe & knowledge of the sonne of God, farre from a perfect man, according to doctrine: and both for doctrine and order of gouernement, to make a foule disorder in this one bodie of Christe, and iarring of the members one from another. What ne­cessitie of these effects But the marke, that we must aime vnto, is not, what we may be made able to or fro; but whether these offices be of such im­portance and necessitie, that without all these foure offices meete, we cannot meete together in the vnitie of faithe, and knowledge of the sonne of God, vnto a perfect man, according to doctrine, &c. For then should we condemne all the Churches, that haue not all these foure offi­ces, thus distinguished, established and exercised, as they prescribe. Yea, then had God no Churche at all, in any part of the world héere on earth, this manie hundreth yeares, vntill these daies. For these Gouernours, that they would set vp, haue not béene anye where, since the Primitiu [...] state: presupposing, there were then any suche, as they imagine. But God forbid, that, for the wante of these Seniors, whome they call Gouernours, we should condemne all the militant Churche of Christe, so vniuersallie, and so long a time, hauing had the vnitie of faith and knowledge of the sonne of God, according to doctrine: albeit, it were not vnto a perfect but an vnperfect man. And yet all this (apperteining to the office of Pa­stors and Teachers) may make vs meete togither, in these things, vnto a perfect man also. And is not this inoughe withall, to make vs one bodie of Christe, and members one of another? And is this doone by the order of gouernment? Or not rather by the vnitie of faithe and knowledge of the sonne of God, vnto a perfect man according vnto doctrine? Nay, the place héere quoted, Ephes. 4. ver. 13. Nor any verse thereabouts, men­cioneth Deacons or Gouernours, These ef­fectes with­out this Te­trarchie. or anye order of gouernement, concerning any externall forme of Ecclesiastical regiment: otherwise then precepts of godlie life, going before and following in that chapter. And yet the Apostle notwithstanding, setteth downe all this effect, and more to, saying? Hee therefore gaue some to be Apostles, and some Prophets, and some Euangelists, and some Pastors and Teachers: for the gathering togither of the Saints, for the worke of the Ministerie, and for the edification of the bodie of Christe; till we all meete together in the vnitie of faithe, and knowledge of the sonne of GOD, and vnto the measure of the age of the fulnesse of Christe, that we hence-foorth be no more as children, &c. Héere Saint Paule addeth thrée other things, vnto those cited by these our Learned Discoursers. For the ga­thering togither of the Saints: for the worke of the Ministerie: and for the edifi­cation of the body of Christe. And yet is no mention at all made of any more offices remainder with vs, then Pastors & Teachers, hauing also ioyned these together as is aforesaid. Now then, if God doo all this that is héere [Page 167] expressed, by Pastors & Teachers onely: what necessitie is there héere vnto, so peremptorilie to enforce these Gouernours vpon vs? If they saye, yet these may doo good héerevnto, that we may the more easily atteine all these effects: If they presse vs no further: thē, with the grace of God, hauing Pa­stors & Teachers héere mentioned, yea hauing Deacons also (without the setting vp of these their other supposed Gouernours) we may well-inough enioy all these effects, y e the Apost. nameth. But these Disccoursers, presup­posing the consequence of these effects, onlie vpon the establishing & exerci­sing of all these 4. offices: they shooue further & further on y e same, to assay, if they can shooue all other order of gouernment out of the doores, saying: The learned Dis. Pag. 11. Bridges.

Now, what should be desired more then this, in the churche of God?

I answer, that in respect of the inward regiment, of y e misticall state of the kingdom of Christe, or of the necessitie of our saluation; nothing néede be more desired thē this. But in respect of the outward regiment of the Church, and the state of this life: Many things, as meanes, furtherances, & ornaments héerevnto, may be more desired. They demande further:

Or what wisdome of man can espie better than the spirite of God, The L.D Pag. 11. by what meanes this should be brought to effect which we doo desire?

I answer: if the spirit of God haue set downe the order of the regi­ment, of all these foure offices, to be the onelie, necessarie, ordinarie, Bridges. and perpetuall meanes, whereby this should be effected: then, the wisdome of man can espie none better, nor ought to espie any other; and if it doo, Mans wise­dom & wit. it is both follie & sin. But if the spirit of God haue not set downe this order, of the regiment of all these foure offices, to be the onelie, necessarie, ordi­narie, and perpetuall meanes, whereby this should be brought to effect: then the wisedome of man ( meaning the man of God) maye safelie set downe, such godlie orders of gouernement, as shall be best to bring these things to effect. They demand againe:

What mans witte can deuise better then the wisedome of God hath expressed? The L.D Pag. 11. Bridges.

I answer: what mans witte can deuise woorse then to tye vs with ne­cessitie perpetuallie to that, which the wisedome of God hath either not expressed, or not so expressed, y e he hath perpetuallie bound vs therevnto? The L.D Pag. 11. Bridges.

Or, when God hath established an order, for the administration of his owne house: what presumption of man dare change it?

Or, when God hath not established an order, for the administration of his owne house: what presumption of man dare vrge it?

But what dare not dust & ashes presume to do against his maker, The L.D Pag. 11. and that with greatest inconuenience: whē with best pretences of correcting & reforming that, which they do thinke to be vnperfect in his doings?

But what dare not dust & ashes presume to doo, Bridges. vnder pretence of his maker, & of his doings? And what dare not vassailes & subiects presume to do, against their Princes & Magistrates established gouernmēt, & that [Page 168] with greatest inconuenience, Doctors. when with best pretences of correcting & reforming that, which they do thinke to be vnperfect in their dooings?

The learned Dis. pag. 11. and 12.Example thereof wee haue moste euident. That, which is alledged as the cheefe defence of this disordred state, which nowe remaineth in our churche: namelie, that our fathers of olde time were not content with the simple order instituted by Christe, and established by his Apo­stles: but for better gouerning of the Churche, thought good some of­fices to adde thereto, some to take awaye, some to alter and change: and in effect to peruert and ouerthrow all Christian and Ecclesiasticall po­licie, Ephes. 2.20. which was builded vpon the foundation of the Prophets and Apo­stles, Iesus Christe being the cheefe corner stone.

Bridges. True indéed, the disorderlie dealing of these our Brethren, is a moste euident example of all this: we néede not runne to olde and farre fetched examples. Our Breth. disordered speeches, of our disor­dered state. That this state is disordered, is but the former standerous and disordered spéeche of these Discoursers: Reaching further in such a gene­rall word of state, then humble and godlie subiects ought to doo. Yea, if the state were in some points disordred: yet would these spéeches haue béene moderated in better order, then so lauishlie to lashe out suche tearmes, a­gainst the state. But if any thing therein were out of order; were this the waye to order it better, to turne all the orders established cleane out, and to bring in new strange orders, or olde antiquated orders, or that either neuer were, or we are not bound to be ordered by? Were not this rather the verie high waye, to make a more (if not most) disordered state, and to bring all the gouernement established out of order? But what order call ye this: to saye, that is alledged as the cheefe defence, &c. Namelie, that our forefathers of olde time were not content with the simple or­der instituted by Christe, Disordered alledging our allega­ [...]ions. and established by his Apostles? Which of all vs dooth alledge this, as his cheefe defence, or anye defence, or alledging at all thereof? And which of our forefathers ( I praye you) are alledged, and of what olde time doo we alledge them so at randon, that a man maye neither know who they be that alledge them: what they be that are alled­ged: when, where, & what they alledge: & yet to say that they were not cō ­tent, but Male-contents (as you séeme héerein to shewe your selues) & not content with the simple order instituted by Christe, Chris [...]es in­ [...]tution. & established by his Apost. What simple order do ye meane, so instituted & established? If ye meane, the order of regiment, of all these your foure offices: I pray you, where did Christe institute all these foure, & the Apostles establish them, in such order as you prescribe them? And I beséech you, did not the Apost. themselues thinke good, for better gouerning of the Churche, to adde to some offices, that Christe instituted not? And with-all (I pray you) were all the offices that Christe did institute, yea, & all those that the Apostles added, to be simplie so holden for perpetuall offices, that neither they, nor [Page 169] the Church euer after, might take away some of those offices, The Fath. sclaundred nor alter and change some, that were instituted euen by Christe himselfe, yea, and established by the [...]ostles themselues in their times; but that this must be thus roughly censured, to be in effect, to peruert and ouer-turne all Christian and Ecclesiast. policie, which was builded vpon the founda­tion of the Prophets and the Apostles, Ephes. 2.20. Iesus Christ being the chiefe cor­ner stone.

And did S. Paule (I pray you) in this place, mentioning building on this foundation, either speake of, or meane, S. Paules wordes wre­sted. all Christian and Ecclesiasti­call policie? If he did not: howe dare you adde this sense vnto the Apo­stles wordes? Which speaketh there altogether, of our mysticall incorpo­ration into Iesus Christ, by the spirit of God and preaching of his word, building v [...] into his Churche and habitation and not of any externall forme and order of offices in the Churche, builded, whether they were perpetuall or to be altered. Of the which orders that all were not perpe­tuall, but some to be altered and changed, though Instituted by Christe, The aunci­ent Fathers sclandered. and established by his Apostles, for that time: the olde Fathers that succée­ded the Apostles, did so little peruert and ouerturne, anie materiall part of the Church of God builded vppon the foundation of the Prophetes and the Apostles, Iesus Christ being the chiefe corner stone, letting go those orders and offices which were not perpetuall: that some of those olde Fathers, rather did offende (succéeding the primitiue Church) in that they laboured to retaine some of those orders and offices still, holding and vrging them as necessarie and perpetuall. And howe much more then should they offende, that when one of these offices presupposed, so mani [...] hundred yeares hath ceased in all the whole Churche, would nowe goe a­bout, (and that of necessitie) to vrge & prescribe the same to all Churches? Yea, what offence then, should we call this: when to bring in those offices that haue béene out so long, wee should thrust out th [...]se, that haue béene continually in: to wit, the offices of Bishops, which were instituted and established in the Apostles times, and haue continued euer since, Peruerting the Chur­ches policie. notwith­standing any corruptions and abusinges of them, euen as well as the of­fice of Pastors, and Teachers hath doone, which haue likewise béene cor­rupted and abused? And nowe, after so manie hundred yeares establish­ment, to remoue the office of Bishops and take it away: what were this, but to peruert and ouerthrowe a great part of the Christian and Eccles. policie which remaineth?

But howe vnha [...]ie a successe this good intent, (as they call it, The learned Dis. Pag. 12.) of theirs, deserued to haue of God, who alwaies abhorreth al good intents of men, that are contrarie to the good pleasure of his will, expressed in his holie worde: the age before vs (alas) hath felt, the present time doth plainely see, and we pray God the posteritie, warned by examples [Page 170] of their auncestors, Good in­tentes. may take heede of it.

Bridges. We defende not, nor stande vpon these good intentes of men, that are contrarie to the good pleasure of God or his [...]ll, Good In­tentes. expressed in his holie worde. Thankes be to God, we knowe, God abhorreth it: and (God be praysed) we abhorre it, and confesse, it hath had, and still will haue vnhappie successe. But whie speake ye this, more to the blemishe of the state of Gods Churches gouernement amonge vs: then among your selues? Doe we maintaine and enforce (as you doe) anye such in­tent? Name it. If ye say, it is this our order of gouernment in Ecclesi­asticall matters: Prooue it. As yet in this your Learned discourse, you haue not proued it. And if ye can not proue it; how do not these your own wordes then, with a recumbentibus, returne on your selues? If ye haue no good intent: that is worse. If ye haue a good intent ( as I hope ye haue) and can not prooue, that this your platforme of Eccles. gouernment, is prescribed necessarily vnto vs, in Gods worde, and ought to be perpetu­all in all Churches: wil your good intent, ( thinking it so to be) excuse you? Take you also heede therfore, & we pray God for you, (as you for vs,) that we may both of vs, and all of vs, be warned by such examples, of the vn­happie successe of good intentes of men, contrarie to the good pleasure of Gods will, expressed in his holie worde. But what are these ill euents, of these good intentes ye speake of?

For where there are especially 2. things propounded in the Church of God; The learned Dis. P. 12.13. Doctrine & Discipline, (as if a man would say, knowledge and practise) by which the glorie of God is sought & shineth therin: in steed of true doctrine, followed all manner of corruptions of the same, both in the whole and in euerie part therof, as ignorance, heresies, Idolatrie, superstition, &c. the Discipline degenerated vnto intollerable tyrannie & external Domination, cleane cōtrarie to the cōmandement of Christ, whereof ensued all vnbrideled licence of vngodly liuing. To be shorte, the exchange of the ordinance of God and Christ, brought in nothing else, 2. Thes. 2.12. but the Deuill and Antichrist.

This diuision here, of Doctrine and discipline, ( which notwithstanding I speak vnder correction) séemeth to me somwhat intricate, Bridges. to make these 2. membra diuidentia, doctrine & discipline, answerable to knowledg and practise. An vneuen diuision of Doctrine & discipline. Which latter twaine, knowledge & practise, make indéed a good diuision. For as the one is not cōfounded w t the other, so they 2. do part the whole betwéen thē, knowledg & practise. But so do not, Doctrine & discipline. Of which the one may be included in the other & so they deuide not, nor cōprehend the whole betwéen thē. Except ye conclude regimēt in dis­cipline. Where discipline rather, should better be conteined in regiment, as a part appertaining thereunto. But let your diuision goe; & vnderstand discipline in your own sense: (which now & thē is made a part of doctrine [Page 171] it selfe: & here parteth stakes with doctrine) albeit it is good to goe plaine & euen, especially in defining & diuiding, vpō the importance of which two, hangeth the greatest moment, both of truth & perspicuitie, in al controuer­sies that arise. And many there be (euē in these controuersies betwéen vs) that talke much of discipline, and (God wote) full litle know they, what it meanes. Now, although Discipline conteine not all the actions & practise of the life of mā, which is Membrū dividens here with knowledge or Do­ctrine, nor cōtaine all the regiment of the Church, but a part thereof: yet because discipline ( as it is vsually taken) is a necessarie part of Regiment: true it is, that both in doctrin & in discipline, the glory of God is sought, Vnhappie successe. and shineth. And this also is verie true, that when the good intentes of men, are contrary to the good pleasure of Gods wil, expressed in his ho­lie worde; there is deserued this vnhappie successe, that in steede of true doctrine, followed all maner of corruptions of the same. At leastwise, this is a readie way to make it to haue folowed. For we must here againe, temper & mollifie this peremptorie spéech: This successe hath not fo­lowed in e­uery part of the Church. Sithe (God be praysed) it hath not so folowed in the whole Church, & euerie part therof; neither in the whole corps of doctrine and euerie part thereof, as ignoraunce, heresies, Idolatrie, superstition, &c. For then, the faith of Christe had vtterly say­led, contrarie to the promise of Christ Matth. 16. and the gates of hell had preuayled against his Church: these Good intentes ( I graunt) hauing doone much hurt, euen in all places, at leastwise in one thing or another. And likewise I graunt, that on this occasion among others, the Discipline de­generated into intollerable tyrannie and externall domination: Too sharpe a conclusi­on. Where­of ensued all vnbridled licence of vngodlie liuing. Howbeit, wheras you conclude, saying: To be short, the exchange of the ordinance of God and Christ, brou [...]t in nothing but the Deuill and Antichrist. 2. Ephe. 2. This is somewhat too short a conclusion on this matter, and too sharpe also: to im­pute all this, to the exchange of the ordinance of God and Christe. Yee spake before, of good intentes of men, contrarie to the good pleasure of Gods will, expressed in his holie woorde. And if yée meane, such exchange of the ordinaunce of God and Christe; you say something: The Church not tied to all the offi­ces institu­ted of God. but, to vs, or to this present question betwéene vs, nothing. But if you thinke, that the Churche of God, is so necessarilie and perpetu­allie tyed to all those Offices, which eyther God (meaning the Father, or Iesus Christe his sonne our Lorde, being God also) did eyther himselfe ordayne, or the Apostles, or the Churche ( in their dayes) ordayned, that shée can-not let goe some of those offices, and bring in other some; still retayning those, that are by Christe and his Apostles ordayned to be perpetuall in his Churche: this is a great errour in you. For, God himselfe ordained all the Leuiticall and sacrificing Priesthood, and other offices; no we cleane ceassed.

[Page 172] Change of Gods ordi­nance. And Christe ( whom ye will confesse to be God also) did his owne self [...] ordayne Apostles, and Euangelistes, &c. And these were the principall offices that were established: and yet euen these are ceassed and gone also. So that here we sée, the manifest exchange of the ordinance of God and Christ. And wil you conclude straight waies hereupon: Is there a change of the ordinance of God and Christ? Then, to be short, it brought no­thing but the Deuill and Antichrist. Yea, but (will you say) you take vs now too shorte: for we meane not such changes as God and Christ made: but such changes as men make of good ententes, contrarie to the good pleasure of Gods will expressed in his holie worde. Well, if that be your meaning, Our Bre­threns sclan­der of vs confuted by their owne testimonie. what is that to vs? Or else, how doth your argument followe? For (God be blessed) none of all these vnhappie successes are hapned yet to vs, and I hope, and pray, that God will blesse vs still from them. Haue not we the onely, and whole doctrine of Gods trueth? Doe wée maintaine anie errors? No, themselues can not denie it. I report mee to these Learned discoursers owne testimonie in their Preface, that we dif­fer not in matter, or in the substance of Religion, which hath in diuerse assemblies abroade and at home, beene disputed, resolued, and nowe publikely maintayned, for our true and holy faith. If then, we maine­taine the true and holy faith, and differ not from themselues (as they say) in substance of Religion: can these spéeches be charitablie or truely ap­plied vnto vs: that we bring in, or maintaine nothing but the Diuell and Antichriste? Or doe we bring in, or maintaine the Deuill and An­tichrist? So hardly vnder the name of the olde Fathers, these spéeches runne against vs their Brethren, whom they confesse to agrée with them selues in doctrine. and who is this Antichrist that they meane? If it bee the Pope: haue not we driuen him out, and all his error [...]: and professe and Teach the only truthe of God? And if we teach the truthe, haue we the Deuill? Or rather, may we not say with our Sauiour Iesus Christ, both in our defence, we haue no Deuill; and demaunde of you, If wee speake the truth whie doe ye not beleeue vs? O Brethren, take héede of such bitter spée­ches, as prepostorous and eager zeale (howbeit grounded on good entent) made the Iewes breake foorth against Iesus Christe, with such reprochfull tearmes as these are. Our Breth. too peremp­torie cen­sure. And although these Discourses quotation here 2. Thess. 2.12. be both impertinent to the matter in hande, and also to the proouing of the bringing in the Deuill and Antichrist: and least of all, (as we trust in God) shall any whit touch vs: yet sée here, with howe sharpe a censure, they be alleaged against vs: which wordes are these; that all they might be damned which beleeued not the truthe, but had plea­sure in vnrighteousnesse. But sithe, (by their owne confession) wee are so farre from pleasure in vnrighteousnesse, that we both beleeue and pro­fesse the truthe, so well as they, or any other doe; we more repose our [Page 173] selues vpon the mercie and righteousnesse of God: Reformation minded. then that we feare to be damned for these thinges, or for the rash iudgementes of our Brethe­ren. For whie, to those that be in Iesus Christ, there is no condemna­tion. And if God iustifie vs who can condemne vs? But what is now the conclusion of all this drift?

Wherefore if we minde such a reformation as shall be acceptable to God, and profitable to his Church; The learned Dis. Pag. 13. we must throughlie be resolued to set vp no newe kinde of ministerie, of our owne inuention, neither for teaching, nor for discipline in the Eccles. state, but bring all thinges to that most perfect and absolute order, which God himselfe hath establi­shed by his worde.

We haue indéede minded such a reformation. Bridges And God be praysed for it, who gaue vs the minde, that he hath giuen vs the meanes also, The refor­mation of our Church to doe the thing we minded. And we beléeue, the Church of Englande ( for the publike state thereof) hath such a reformation, as is acceptable to God, and profitable to his Churche. And would be yet more acceptable vnto God, & more profitable to his Church: if it were not for such vnnecessary schismes and hindraunces of our Brethren. And if among vs beeing re­formed from the Popish errors and abuses, there remaine any particuler defectes, or personall faultes: they also being conuinced so to be, may be reformed in such good order, as shall not be preiudiciall to the gouerne­ment and reformation that is established. And if we must ( as these dis­coursers say) be throughly resolued to set vp no new kinde of ministe­rie, of our owne inuention, neither for teaching, No new Ministerie to be set vp. neither for discipline in the Ecclesiasticall state: Surely then (for any thing I sée) we must be throughly resolued, not to set vp, either the officers for teaching, whom these men call Doctors, or the officers for discipline, whom they call Go­uernours, in the Ecclesiasticall state of this their desired regiment: Yea, their Pastors and their Deacons to. For, in such order as they prescribe them, I thinke they will be all founde a newe kinde of ministerie: howso­euer they pretende, to bring all thinges to that most perfecte and abso­lute order, which God himselfe hath established by his worde. But, to set aside these termes of perfect and absolute: what doe these men meane by so often inculcating of these sayinges? Would they haue vs looke for Apostles, Euangelistes, and Prophetes againe? For, they were the chie­fest that were then, of God himselfe established by his worde. If they say, they meane of such established, as should be perpetuall: let goe, the perfection and absolutenesse of them, and prooue the perpetuitie and ne­cessitie of these offices.

And because all offices of the Church are so linked together, as the members of one bodie, whereof Christ is the head: The learned Dis. P. 13.14. we will so describe one parte, as the description of them all may be sufficiently compre­hended [Page 174] therein. Our Breth. Methode. As if a man would set foorth the manifold office & vses of the hand; he should declare what it doth alone, and what it doth with the helpe of the other hande, or with the arme, with the brest, with the knee, or with the foote. &c. what it can doe, with diuerse kindes of tooles, and what without all manner of instrumentes. This order wee thought good to obserue in describing the ministerie of the Church, as by which, both the distinction and communication of all offices & ser­uices in the Church, might most plainely appeare. Otherwise, we force not, by what Methode: so the same truthe bee plainely set foorth by any man. And as we controll not other mens Methodes by ours, so wee would not, that other mens manner of teaching should bee pre­iudiciall to ours. This we say because of them which eyther for lacke of wit, or through too muche wilfulnesse, if they see anie difference in the forme and order of teaching of diuerse men, though in matter and substance they all agree: they exclaime there is no vnitie, and therefore no truthe among them.

That all offices of the Church are so linked together, Bridges. as the mēbers of one bodie, whereof Christe is the head: I thinke may be further cal­led in question, How the head and partes of the mysti­call and naturall body are linked. howe it may be rightly vnderstoode. For the members of one bodie are so linked together, and especially the officiall partes ther­of; that if any of them be disioyned from the bodie, beit hande, or arme, or brest, or knee, or foote: the whole bodie is maymed. Yea, without th [...] breast ( I take it) it can not liue. And as for the mysticall bodie of Iesus Christe, whereof he is the heade; though this communion bee in suche a mysticall sorte, as the life of this head dependeth not vppon the may­ming, or taking away of anie parte or member of the mysticall bodie, not taking anie life at all, of anie parte of the bodie, but giuing all th [...] life they haue: vnto all the partes thereof (as the Apostle sayth, Ephes. 4.) that we should growe vp in him which is the head; that is Christ: by whō al the body, being coupled & knit together by euery ioynt, (for the fur­niture therof, according to the effectuall power, which is in the measure of euery part) receaueth encrease of the bodie, to the edifying of it selfe in loue. So that, no true part or liuing mēber of this mysticall bodie, can indéede be seuered from Christ their head, as Christ himself saith, I am the vine, Ioh. 15.5. ye are the branches, &c. except they be such vnfruitful branches, of whō he saith: If a man abide not in me, he is cast foorth as a branch and withereth, and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they burne. But if they be [...] members of the mysticall bodie indéede, then may they safely boste with Paule, Rom. 8. and say, Who shall seperate vs from the loue of Christe? shall tribulation, or anguish, or persecution, or famine, or nakednesse, or perill, or sworde? As who say; no. For (saith he) I am perswaded, that neyther death, nor life, nor Angelles, nor principallities, nor powers, nor thinges present, not [Page 175] thinges to come, nor heighte, nor depthe, nor anie other creature, New mini­sterie. shall be able to separate vs from the loue of God, which is in Iesus Christ our Lorde.

And shall we nowe say, that all offices of the Churche, The chur­ches offices not so lin­ked as the partes of the body. are so linked together, as the members of one bodie, whereof Christe is the heade? For my parte, I dare not anowe it, of all offices of the Church. Neither onely of those offices, that are ceased, as the Leuiticall Priestes, or as the Apostles, Prophetes, Euangelistes, and diuerse others: no, nor yet of all the offices of the Church remayning, and that haue continued, and be still among vs, as Pastors and Deacons: which are two of these your foure offices. For if we had no Deacons at all, (as we haue:) yet might the Pastors and Teachers office still continue entier, in the substance of the office ( and much lesse empayred) without anie such necessitie of these supposed Gouernours, that are so importunately required. But this cannot be eyther in all the members of a naturall bodie, and muche lesse in anie of the members of the mysticall bodie, where-of Christe is the head, that they can be separated one from an-other, and remaine entier: and therefore all offices of the Churche are not so linked toge­ther, as are the substanciall partes thereof.

As for these our Learned discoursers description of the Churches of­fices, promising so to describe one part, as the description of them all, The order that our bretheren pro­mise to ob­serue. may be sufficiently comprehended therein: although it be not materiall; yet I sée not also, howe they haue discharged this promise of theirs, in de­scribing euerie one of their foure officers, after this manner, as wee shall plainely perceaue in their treatise euen of their first office of Do­ctor immediately following. Wherein they neither deale with, nor speake of, eyther their Deacons, or their Gouernours, or shewe howe their Doctor hath anie intermedling with them at all. And therefore, they faile both in the manner of this description, that here vnnecessari­lie they tye themselues vnto; nor they do not after this example, as if a man would set forth the manifold office and vses of the hand, he should declare what it doth alone: and what it doth with the helpe of the other hande, or with the arme, with the brest, with the knee, or with the foote, &c. What it can doe with diuerse kindes of tooles, and what without, al maner of instruments. This order that here they affirme, they thought good to obserue, they haue not obserued. Although, if they had obserued the same: the truthe and substance of the matter had béene, neither the further, nor the nearer, saue that the perspicuitie of the order, maketh the truthe of the matter more plainely appeare. Otherwise ( as they say) euen so say we: we force not by what Methode; The matter more to be respected then the me­ [...]hode. so the same truthe be plainely set foorth by any man.

Prooue the necessitie of the matter, and we will not greatly stick vpon your Methode. And would to God, that, which you say here of y Methode, [Page 176] ye would say it, The Meth. of the Learned Dis. or rather obserue it, of the plaine truthe it selfe, and for the matter of the regiment concerning these offices: that except yee can hereafter shewe (which is yet not done) that we are bounde by any com­maundement of Christ or his Apostles, vnto this your regiment, of all, and onely, these 4. offices: ye would say likewise with vs, for the Go­uernement established in the Church of Englande, that as wee controll not other mens gouernement by ours, so we would not that other mens manner of gouerning, should be preiudiciall vnto ours.

A Method not to be controlled would be plaine and orderly set downe. But if ye will not haue vs controll your Methode; vtter the same al­so in plaine wordes. Our controuersie is all of the gouernement of the Church, and you tell vs what Methode ye will obserue in describing the ministerie of the Churche, as by which, both the distinction and com­munication of all offices and seruices in the Church might most plainly appeare.

What? doe ye make all offices and seruices in the Church to be of mi­nisters? Or, al the offices & seruices to be of gouernors? How the distin­ction or communication of these may plainely appeare, woulde haue béene somewhat more distinctly and plainely spoken. As touching the reason of your request, why ye would not haue your Methode controlled, nor other mens methodes preiudiciall to yours? I thinke it reasonable, if there were no further difference, then in the sorme and order of tea­ching of diuerse men, when in matter of substance they all agree. An [...] yet, in such matters as these are, and so precisely vrged, an vniformitie not onely of matter, but also of the Order and Methode in teaching of them, might perhaps haue made the matter lesse offensiue. Howbeit, if they all agree in matter of substance; and the matter of substaunce bee true, be good, be necessarie, which they all agree vpon; so that, they séeke the truthe indéede, and plainnesse in their Teaching: then is (as they say) it is but either for lacke of wit, or through too much wilfulnesse, if any exclaime, there is no vnitie, and therefore no truthe among them. But when in matter and substance, they differ not onely one from an-other, but from themselues also: Fault found with disa­greement in matter. then blame not men, nor impute it to them, that either for lacke of wit, or that through too much wilfulnesse, they say, there is not so much vnitie and truthe among them, as in matters so earnestly vrged, there ought to be. But now to the particuler viewe of these 4. offices.

Let vs then proceede in our purpose. The office of Teaching is the chiefe and principall office that is in the Church. The learded Dis. Pag. 15. By that we are taught to knowe God, and howe to serue him, and what benefits to looke for at his hande: without which knowledge, there can be no felicitie, but only destruction looked for: according to the saying of the wise man: where prophecying faileth, Pro. 29.1 [...]. there the people perish.

[Page 177] Albeit the office of teaching in these respectes: as to know God, The office of teaching and how to serue him, and what benefites to looke for at his handes, ( as the ordinary cause, sine qua non, without which there is no knowledge, Bridges. and without knowledge, there can be no felicity, but, The office of teaching in respect of regiment, is not the chie­fest in the Church. &c.) may wel be said to be the chiefe and principall office, that is in the Church: yet in respecte of the Ecclesiasticall gouernment, which is the title of all this Learned discourse ( vnderstanding the same truly and plainly, for the gouernment in, of, or ouer al Ecclesiastical causes, how they should be ordeined, dire­cted, or disposed) I take it, that this office of teachers ( admitting it were such a distinct office by it selfe, from the office of Pastors, as they woulde haue it) is not the chiefe and principall office in the Church. In Christe him selfe are the offices of a King, of a Prieste, and of a Prophete. And in that he was a Prophete, he was a Teacher also or Doctor. Which office was so necessary to reueale the will of his heauenly father: that both God the father said from heauen, This is my welbeloued sonne, in whome I am well pleased, heare him. Mat 17: And Christ of himselfe Luc. 4. did reade this sen­tence, The spirite of the Lord is vppon mee, because he hath anointed mee, that I shoulde preach the Gospell to the poore, &c. So that, where no man saw God at any time, except the onely begot [...]en Sonne which is in the bosome of the Father, had declared him. Io, 1: As he saith also, Io. 17. I haue giuē vnto thē the words which thou gauest mee, and they haue receaued them, and beleeued them, &c. without the which teaching there can be no felicitie, but only destruction looked for, as he said before in y e same prayer. This is life eternall, to know thee to be the onelie very God, and whome thou hast sent Iesus Christ: yet not-with­standing, the chiefe and principall office of gouerning the Churche of God, was neither this high and necessary office of his teaching: nor yet that of his Priesthoode, which was as necessary: yea, and higher in the a­ctions of the office, then the other.

But his royall and kingly office was, and is, the chiefe and principall office in him. And much mor [...] is it, in the outward regiment of the Church in Ecclesiasticall causes: wherein Moses, was aboue Aaron. Iosue, Da­uid, Solomon, &c. were aboue the high-priestes them-selues. And so re­maines it still, except ye can shew the order of these offices of the church inuerted. Of which the Papistes would be glad, and vrge it harde: espe­cially from Peter, wrestling there-to the thréefold saying of Christ to him: Ioan. 21. Feede my Lamb [...]s: feede my sheepe: feede my sheepe. Meaning, not on­ly his gouerning, but his office of Teaching, which was his especial fee­ding of them, and they driue it all to gouerning, aduauncing them-selues before all Christian Princes. And yet (we graunt) that in the action of their seuerall Ecclesiasticall function or Church ministery, they are aboue all Christian Princes, representing God vnto them, teaching and admoni­shing them, and all other: But not aboue them in gouernment of all Ec­clesiasticall [Page 178] causes. Which is the question in controuersie now betwixt vs on the one parte, and the Papists and these our owne Learned discour­sing Brethren, seuering them-selues from vs, and adhering (though not to them) yet to their errour, by a new deuise, on the other parte.

The L.D Pag. 15.The Ministery is deuided into two functions: they that exercise the firste, are called Pastors: the other are called Doctors or Teachers.

I pray you (my Learned discoursing Maisters) for my learning héere againe, let me aske this. When ye desired not to bee controlled for your methode, Bridges. differing from others: did ye include this, not to be controlled though ye differ from your selues also: Our brethe­rens con­tradictions in methode and matter about Doct and speake yee care not what con­tradictions, both one against an-other, and against your owne assertions? Ye say héere, The Ministery is deuided into two functions: that is, Pa­stors; and Doctors or Teachers. And when yee made this requeste in the Page precedent; ye said: This order we thought good to obserue, in de­scribing the Ministery of the Church, as by which both the distinction and communication of al offices, and seruices in the Church, might most plainely appeare. Did yee meane these 2. onelie, whome heere onelie ye call Ministers? Or, did ye meane all your 4. Offices, for the which ye request this immunity? If ye did: how are now these 2. only ministers? as indéede yee say heere the truer of the twaine, and better than your Counterpoyson that saith. Christe hath expreslye in his woorde sette downe sufficient ordinary Ministers, of Exhorters, Teachers, Elders, Deacons, &c. But nowe, as you héerein do counter your Counterpoy­son, deuiding the Ministery into two functions: Pastors, and Doctors: which I would not haue forgotten, nor contraried any more héereafter: be­ing a difference not of methode, but of matter: So, I pray yee withall, re­member this, that the forme of the Scottish election deuides not the Mini­sters into two distincte offices or officers: but makes them both all one. And this also is an other difference of matter or substance, not of me­thode.

Besides that, the order of the Churche of England vsed at Geneua, maketh first the election and office of Ministers, The English Chu [...]ch in Geneua concerning Doctors. ( whom they make to be al one with Pastors:) and after them; the election and office of Elders, & then of Deacons. And when al these 3. are at large set down, thē they say: We are not ignorant that the Scriptures make mention of a fourth kind of Ministers, left to the Church of Christe, which also are very profitable where time and place doth permit. But for lack of opportunity in this our dispersion and exile, we can-not wel haue the vse thereof. And would to God it were not neglected, where better occasion serueth. These Mi­nisters are called Teachers or Doctors. Whose office is to instructe and teach the faithfull in sounde doctrine. Prouiding with all diligence, that the purity of the Gospell be not corrupted, either through ignorance, or [Page 179] euil opinions. Notwithstanding considering the present state of things; we comprehend vnder this title, such meanes as God hath in his church that it should not be left desolate, nor yet his doctrine decay, for default of Ministers thereof. Therefore to tearme it by a worde more vsuall in these our dayes, we may cal it the order of Schooles. Wherin, the high­est degree, and most annexed to the Ministery and gouernment of the Church, is the exposition of Gods worde, which is contayned in the olde and newe Testaments. But because men can-not so well profite in that knowledge, except they be first instructed in the tongues and hu­maine Sciences: (for now God worketh not commonly by miracles) it is necessary that seede be sowne for the time to come, to the entent, that the Church bee not left baren, and waste to our posterity. And that Scholes also be erected, and Colledges maintayned with iust and suffici­ent stipendes: wherein, youth may bee trayned in the knowledge and feare of God, that in their ripe age they may proue worthy members of our Lord Iesus Christ: whether it be to rule in ciuil policie, or to serue in the spiritual Ministery, or else to liue in godly reuerence & subiectiō.

By this order of the English Congregation in Geneua: many thinges are different not in methode, but in matter and substance, from the plat forme of Ecclesiasticall gouernment, that these our Learned discoursers now set downe. Firste, héere is but three offices, as of necessitie, vrged, Ministers, Elders, and Deacons. Secondlye, The diffe­rences be­tweene our brethren & and the Eng Church in Geneua, cō ­cerning Do­ctors. the Ministers that haue the first place are the Pastors: and not Doctors, according to the forme of the new communion booke, & to the Counterpoyson; but contrary to these Discoursers, and to the Frutefull Sermon vpon 1. Cor. 12. Thirdly, they giue these Doctors the fourthe place; and call them a fourth kinde of mi­nistery. But they vrge them not, but say it is very profitable where time and place doeth permitte. Fourthly, they referre these Doctors to the Schooles and Colleges, and call them the order of schooles. Fiftlie, they tie them not only to teaching of Diuinity, and to the function of the spi­rituall Ministery: but also to bee professors of morall, ciuil, and politike professions. Howbeit, they make the chiefest and highest degree in these orders of Schooles, and most annexed to the Ministerye and gouerne­ment of the Church, to be the expositors of Gods worde, which we cal Doctors or professors of Diuinity. And belike, these our Learned dis­coursers miss-understanding these words, make them the chiefeste and highest office in the Churches gouernement. All these differences are in substaunce and matter: not in methode onely. But our Learned Dis­coursers héere, do not onely in these materiall things differ from the En­glish congregation in Geneua, and from the Scottish: but from thēselues also. For, if the office of teaching be the chiefe and principall office that is in the Church: how then is this true that followeth héere?

[Page 180] Doctors office.The Ministery is deuided into 2. functions: they, that exercise the first, are called Pastors: the other are called Doctors or Teachers. Should they not rather haue said, they that exercise the firste, are called Doctors or Teachers; and the other Pastors? Except wee shall haue another quirk [...] founde out betweene these words, office and function, or betwéene these wordes, first, chiefe and principall. For, if ye will say, ye meane by the word (first,) the first place, & not the dignitie: ye neyther giue the Pastor the first place: and ye call the Teachers office, to whome yee giue the first place, the chief and principal office that is in the Church. But what? Do ye meane the Doctor shal ouer-rule al the residue? No, God wot. For when it comes to the gouernment in Ecclesiasticall matters, except it bee for an Ergo in the Schooles, I am afrayed, Maister Doctor were as good come last, as first: or left cleane out, or, but permitted in time and place, ( as the Geneua & Scottish forme do say) for any great gouernment y t shal­be allowed him. But let him shift for his share of gouernment as he can, he is in place alreadie, and admitted first: and now let vs heare, what shalbe his office.

The learned Dis. Pag. 15. The office of a Doctor is to teach, as the very name doth declare: but yet euery Teacher is not ment thereby, for it appertaineth to Pastors also to teach: yet this later is distinct from the former.

The office of a Doctor Sith, the office of a Doctor is to teach, (as the very name doeth de­clare:) I maruell, that not long ago, the very name of Doctor was so hissed out both of the Schooles, Bridges. and of the Church, by some of these our chiefest reformers, The name of Doctor. that it coulde not bee named, but in disdaine & reproch. And now, the very name of Doctor is not onely admitted, but thus ad­uanced, that it is named the firste, the chiefe, and principall office in the Church. Thankes be to God, they see now more into the matter: at least, the name hath gotten greater credite. Belike, some of these Learned discoursers, or some of their fauorites, are either Doctors: or coulde bee nowe content to be named, Maister Doctor. And (by the grace of God) as this title of Doctors is now so plausitly admitted, not onely into the Schooles, but into the Church: so (I hope) we shall waxe more temperate and wise also, in accepting of other reuerent names and titles of the Mi­nisters, offices, and dignities, of the Church: then so odiously and con­temptuously, to exclaime vppon them, by that time we shall haue more aduisedlie considered of them. But yet (say they) euery teacher is not meant heereby, for it appertayneth also to Pastors to teach. Ye say wel, and so it may appertaine to Deacons to. Example Stephen Act. 6. and Philip, Act. 8. &c. Yet this later is distinct from the former. What meane ye by this? is the Pastors office now againe the later, that in your former wordes was so late, the former? Where you saide but halfe a dosen lynes before: y e first are called Pastors, the other are called doctors or teachers.

[Page 181] What a Teaching call ye this? that what is later, or what is former, The office of Teach­ing. neither you can teach vs, nor we can learne a certainty, by this teaching. But former or later, how is it distinct? For if the Pastor not onely maye teache, but also it appertaineth to Pastors to Teache, and so it is a parte of their office; yea, and as the forme of the English Congregation in Ge­neua saith, The Pastors or Ministers chiefe office, standeth in preaching the word of God, and ministring the Sacramentes: howe then are these offices distinct. (& that in Teaching,) one from another? Pastours & Doctours not distin­guished in teaching. Especially sithe that these Learned discoursers say withall, that the office of a Doctor, is to teach, as the very name doth declare. But, it pertayneth to Pastors also to Teach: therefore it appertayneth to Pastors, to be Doctors, & that by their office: Where-upon it followeth, that these offices in the Pastors and Doctors, are not such distinct offices ( as is pretended,) yea, their own repugnant confessions do confute it,

But they, not so carefull to auoide these contradictions, as carefull to followe their purpose: proceede, and say.

Almightie God being careful, The learned Dis. Pag. 15. & 16. that true doctrine should continue in his Church from time to time most wisely prouided, that certaine men should be appointed in euery Congregation, (whome hee hath endewed with giftes meete for the same purpose) which shoulde employ thēselues either wholly or principally, to the studie of holy scriptures: thereby to learne, to auouche the principles of true Religion, and to represse & beat downe all false and straunge opinions, of which, Sathan neuer ceaseth, to sow the seedes, but cheefelie where this office is not set vp and mayn­tayned according to Gods ordinaunce.

Moste true it is, that Almightie God is carefull, Bridges. that true doctrine should continue in his Church. And so, (he be praised for it) it hath done: Doctours not necessa­ry in euery Congrega­tion. spite of all the enimies practises to corrupt it. And his prouision also (we acknowledge) is most wife. But, that he hath prouided, that from time to time, certain men should be appointed in euery Congregation, whom he hath endewed with giftes &c. as a distincte office from the office of the Pastors of the Church: this is confidentlie auouched, but no so care­fully cōsidered, or as yet proued at al, of these so Learned discoursers. The English Congregation in Geneua, more carefully cōsidering of this mat­ter: durst not go so farre, but onely said, it was a kinde of Ministery verye profitable, where time and place doth permit. For, otherwise they saw that Christ left no such necessary and ordinary officer, appoynted for e­uery congregatiō, nor they saw any such practise of it from time to time in euery congregation. But vnderstanding the office not so precisely nei­ther, (as these Discoursers do): they saw it had béen in some times, and in some Congregations, but not in all, and euery time and congregation. Yea, they plainly confesse, of their owne time and congregation, that they [Page 198] neither had, nor could wel haue it, saying: But, for lack of opportunity in this our dispersion & exile, we cannot wel haue the vse thereof. So that, (al things considered) it is almost vnpossible (I speak as to man) so to haue it: nor there is any absolute necessity of it at all. Beza therefore making a difference betwéene Pastors and Doctors: saith, Pastors are those, that gouerne the Church: Doctors are those, that gouerne the Scooles. And yet sée, howe these our Learned discoursers make so cléere a matter of it, how, carefully and most wisely god hath appointed: yea, and prouided, that from time to time, & in euery congregation, such Doctors distinct from Pastors should be: and the continuance of true doctrine and Reli­gion depends vpon it, &c. But their very owne words do still (and beste) confute their owne selues. For, speaking of false and straunge opinions, of which Sathan neuer ceaseth to sow the seedes, chiefly where this office is not set vp, and maintayned: it clearely appeareth by these words, that they themselues do graunt, that in euery congregation, & that from time to time, such Doctors distinct frō Pastors haue not bene set vp, nor main­tayned. And yet had God his Church and many congregations, and the carefull wisdome and prouidence of God, and his true doctrine & Reli­gion still continued, for all Sathans seedes sowne of false and straunge o­pinions.

The learned Dis. Pag. 16.These mē must not content themselues with cōtemplatiue knowledge [...] but, as by the grace of God they excell other men in vnderstanding: so they must diligently enstruct other men in the same learning, and open­ly confute all false doctrine and heresie: & especially they ought to take paine in the instruction of such men, as may be made meete to serue in the Church: as Pastors, and to succede in their place, as Doctors.

Al this in y e Schooles, or in any place else conuenient, that professors of Diuinity, Bridges. Teachers, Readers, or expositors may bee maintayned, were [...] very good thing. The Doct­ors office. Our brethe­rē [...] positiōs of the Doct But to tie euery congregation, and that from time to time there-vnto: and to make thereof a distincte office seuerall from the office of Pastors: and to limite these Doctors onely to teach & confute, and not to exhorte, and disswade, and to say, they must instruct other mē, in the same learning, & yet, that especially they ought to take paine in the instruction of such mē, as may be made meete to serue in the Church as Pastors: where as these our brethren discoursers, make the principall part of a Pastors office, to exhorte and rebuke, not to enstruct and cō ­fute: how they can proue all these thinges to be true, and the last of them to hang together with it selfe: I referre it to their better advice, and mor [...] Learned discourse, and prooues thereof.

Their institution is set forth, 1 Cor. 12.28. also Eph. 4.11. In the for­mer place the Apostle teacheth, The learned Dis. that they are the ordinaunce of God: saith hee, GOD hath ordained in the Church, firste Apostles, secondlie [Page 199] Prophet [...]s, thirdly Doctors or Teachers.

In the later place hee testifieth, that our Sauiour Christe ascended on highe, ledde captiuitye captiue, and hath giuen giftes vnto men: amongest which giftes, he accounteth the function of Teachers. Pag. 16. and 17. Who should then refuse to embrace the ordinaunce of God? Who should depriue vs of the free gift of Christ? Ephes. 4.11.

Your argument is this: The ordinaunce of God, & free-gift of Christ is such, as none should refuse to embrace it, or depriue vs thereof: The instit [...] ­tion of Doctors.

The office of Doctors or Teachers distinct from Pastors, is the ordi­ [...]aunce of God, and the free gift of Christ:

Ergo: None should refuse it, or depriue vs of the office of Doctors, or Teachers distinct from Pastors.

Your Mai [...]r you let alone, as so cleare and inuincible, that nothing cā be said therto. Your Minor you confirme by. 2 places out of S. Paule, 1. Cor. 12.28. Eph. 4.11.

And [...]rst, because you would carry your Maior so cleare away, without touch of brest: Let vs sée, how the very proofe of your Minor beates it: if we should go no further. True it is, in your former proofe, 1. Cor. 12. that it is the ordinaunce of God; and that there he reckoneth vp, thirdly Tea­chers: but if this be named there the thirde, then belike there were two reckoned vp before. Neither doth the text stay at the third, of Teachers; but procéedeth, saying: Then them that do miracles: after that the gifts of healing, helpers, gouernours, diuersities of tongu [...]s. And euen so lyke­wise for your other proofe, Ephes. 4. that the function of Teachers, i [...] a­mong the giftes of Christ: he reckoneth vp there also, three other before it: yea, fower, by your reckoning of them, if a Teacher be distinguished from a Pastor. Now then, if the Maior of this argument may go so scot­frée, what aileth this argument on the same.

The Ordinaunce of God, and free gift of Christ is such, that none shoulde refuse to embrace it, or depriue vs ther [...]of.

But, Apostles, Prophetes, Euangelistes, they that do miracles, the giftes of healing, helpers, Gouernours, diuersities of tongues, are the ordinaunce of God, and the free giftes of Christ:

Ergo: None should refuse to embrace Apostles, Prophetes, Euangelistes, them that do miracles, &c. or depriue vs of them,

My Minor I prooue out of these two testimonies, 1. Cor. 12.28. and Eph. 4.11. Nay, soft, (will you peraduenture say) staye your prooues of your Minor, till yee haue prooued your Maior. For, except yee distin­guishe what manner ord [...]naunce of God, and what manner free-giftes of Christ they bee: your Maior can-not be so roundly yéelded vnto. No can? (say I,) are they not all the ordinaunces of God, and free gifts of Christ.

[Page 184]Who then should refuse to embrace them, or depriue vs of them? N [...]y, be not so hasty (perhaps will you say) for, we refuse not to embra [...]e them in their kindes, nor we depriue any of them, but allowe them, as ordi­naunces and free giftes of God: D [...]fference in the ordi­naunces of God & free gifts of Christ, some perpetual some tem­porall. but not ordinaunces or giftes all alike. For, (say you) of these offices, some were temporall, seruing onelye for the first planting and foundation of the Church among the Heathen: some are perpetual, pertaining to the nourishing and building vp of the Church for euer. Is it euen so? I pray you then (my Maisters) turn the glasse, and looke héere vponyour owne argument. Yea, (but wil you say) we speake héere of that ordinaunce and gift that is perpetuall. Doe ye so? Looke on your wordes better once againe, and also on the prooues of your Minor. Do ye finde there any such distinction, either specified or inferred, of these two Testimonies? What though it be not: (wil you say) will you deny that the ordinaunce and gift of Teaching is perpetual? No I denie it not, in that sence the Apostle speakes it. Nowbeit, as you would distinguish it, from Pastors, and make it a seuerall office, and in that sorte make it as perpetuall as Pastor is: I may well denie it, nor you doe proue or euer are able for to proue it. But the thing that in your Maior▪ I nowe denie; is, that euery ordinaunce of God, & free gift of Christe, is so per­petuall, that none may nowe refuse it or be depriued of it. And yet pro­perly we may wel say, it is no refusal, to embrace the ordinance of god nor depriuation of the free gifte of Christe, on our parts: when Christe him-selfe refuseth to continue the ordinaunces and giftes in his Church, then are we no longer to vrge them, or to looke for them.

To the Minor, that the office of Doctors or Teachers (distincte from Pastors, in such forte as is héere prescribed) is the ordinaunce of GOD, or free gift, or any gift of Christ at al: til ye can better proue it out of these 2. places: I denie it. For these places doe rather inferre, that the ordi­naunce, gifte, or office of a Teacher, is not so precisely distinct from a Pastor. The auntiēt fathers and late writers interpreta­tion of 1. C [...]r. 12. for Doctors & Pastors. Chrysost in 1 Corinth 12.

The former place, 1. Cor, 12.28. not omitting the ordinaunces giftes & offices transitory, and comming to those that are perpetuall, mencioning Teachers: ( Since Pastors are Teachers also by your owne teaching) doth rather inferre by Teachers, Pastors: then cleane omitte them. And so doe many both auncient and late interpreters, expounde the worde, Doctor, or Teacher in that place. Chrysostome. Tertió Doctores: Nam qui &c. For hee that fortelleth thinges to come; fore-telleth them all by the spirite suggesting them. As for the Teacher, it often falleth out, when as hys reason is of his own making. Whereupon also [...]e saith in an other place, the Elders that gouerne well, should be honoured with double honour, especially they that labour in the administration of the worde & of do­ctrine. Pag. 21. &c, Which sentence of S. Paule to Timothie these our Learned dis­coursers [Page 185] applie vnto their Pastors.

To whome accordeth Theodoret. Tertio Doctores: Nam i [...] quoque, &c. For they also beeing inspired with Diuine grace, did both alleage doct­rine out of the diuine sentences, Theodoretus in 1. Cor. 12. and also they brought foor the morall Exhortation: which these Discoursers here forbid them, as appertay­ning vnto the Pastors office. Hieroms opinion of the word Doctor, or Tea­cher in the said place, as it is in his common places cited by Musculus▪ so the same Wolfgangus Musculus on 1. Cor. 12. saith: Non recenset Ac­curate. &c. He doth not exquisitly recken vp al the offices of the Minis­ters of Christ. For, Eph. 4, he placeth Euang & Pastors after Prophetes, Musculus in 1. Cor. 12. and then placeth Teachers. And it appeareth that Teachers are the same whom there he calleth Pastors. The worde is apparant, that wee should vnderstande them to be Teachers, who Teach in the church. This was the office of Bishops and Presbyters, who also by a Metaphorical word, were called Pastors. Whome, the Apostles placed ouer the Churches that they had planted. And notwithstanding Act, 20. Paule heere by the spirite of God saith, that they were placed to this ende, that they should feede the Church of God. Which can-not bee vnderstoode but of the Doctrine of the worde.

And in his common places on the title de Ministris Verbi, Musculus in Loc. com. de minist. verbii. hee saith also: Pastors and Teachers are all one or the same, who also are called Pres­byters and Bishops. These are assigned to feed and teach certain Chur­ches. But by a Metaphoricall speech they are called Pastors of feeding, that is to say, of Teaching. Where-upon they are also called, Teachers, (or Doctors.) But they are called Presbyters, (or Priestes,) bicause they are Elders to other both in age and wisedome. (For, that word signifieth Elders or Seniors.) But they are called Bishops, for because that a care is committed vnto them, ouer the people of God. But as for this, that Pastors and Teachers are all one, euen as to feede and to teach, is al one thing: I suppose it is a manifest matter. The which also Hierome noteth vpon that, that the Apostle saith, not some Pastors, and some Teachers, Caluinus i [...] 1. Cor. 1 [...]. but ioyntly Some Pastors and Teachers, &c. Yea, Caluine himselfe vppon this place 1. Cor. 12 saith. Between them ( spèaking of the Prophetes) and the Doctors or Teachers, this difference may be noted. That the office of Teachers consisteth in that, that sound opinions may bee retay­ned and continued, wherebye the puritie of Religion maye remaine in the Church. Neuerthelesse, this name also (Doctor or Prophet) is ta­ken diuerse waies, And heere peraduenture it rather signifieth a Pastor. Except perhaps, ye had rather take it generally, fo [...] al that are furnished with ability of Teaching. As Ac [...]s 18.1. where also Luke ioyneth them vn­to Prophetes.

Thus wée sée how this place by the testimonye of all these, and manye [Page 202] moe learned, auntient, and late fathers; inferreth not, that this ordināce of God, or gift of Christ, or office of Doctor or Teacher, is alwayes di­stinct and seuerall office from the office of Pastors, as these our Learned discoursers so peremptorily affirme: but rather that sometimes, eyther they may be taken all for one ordinaunce, office, gift, or function: or at least-wise, though diuerse in some respectes; yet compatible, and coincidēt in one and the selfe-same person. Hieroni. in Ephes. 4. As Hierome noteth on this later testimo­nie Eph. 4. Nec Veró putandum, &c. Neither must we thinke, that as in the other three hee saide, some to be Apostles, some to be Prophetes, some to be Euangelists: so also in Pastors and Maisters ( for so Hierome interpreteth the word [...]) he should haue made them diuerse offi­cers. For he saith not, and some Pastors and some Maisters: but some Pastors and Maisters: that he which is a Pastor, ought also to be a Ma [...] ­ster. Neyther in the Churches, although he were a saint, should he take on him the name of a Pastor, except he can teach those whome hee fee­deth, or verily otherwise, that one and the same Praelate of the Churche be Pastor and Doctor.

And albeit Caluine himselfe on Ephes. 4. dissalloweth there, in some part the fore-said fathers interpretation of the worde Teacher: yet is hee not so peremptorie. By Doctors and Pastors ( saith he) some do thinke one office to be therfore assigned, because this disiunctiue particle, is not so set as in the former, that it discerneth the one from the other. In which opinion was Chrysostome and Augustine: for those thinges that are redde in the commentaries of Ambrose, are too childish and vnworthy of Am­brose. And verily in part, I doe subscribe unto them, that Paule speaketh of Pastors & Teachers indifferently, or as mixt together, as thoughe it were one and the selfe same order. Neyther do I deny that the name of Doctor or Teacher, doth agree in a certaine sort to all Pastors. Notwithstanding, stil this reason moues me, not to confound them two, which I see differ betweene them-selues. For, although it be the office of al Pa­stors to teach: notwith-standing there is a peculier gift of interpreting the Scripture, that the sowndnesse of opinions may bee retayned, and some man may be a Teacher, that is not fitte for preaching. They ther­fore (in my iudgement) are Pastors, to whome the care of a certain flock is committed, vnto whome the name of Doctors or Teachers to be gi­uen, misliketh me not. So that, in the meane while, we know, that ther is another kinde of Doctor or Teacher, who hath the gouernement as­well to enforme the pastors, as to instruct the whole Church. Not, but that now and then, the Pastor may bee the selfe-same which is the Do­ctor, but bicause the faculties are diuerse. To conclude, Bullinger saith on this place. Eph. 4. Bullingerus in Eph [...]s. There is none that may not see, that these words are cō ­founded togither, and one taken for another. For as an Apostle, is also a [Page 203] Prophet, a Doctor, or Teacher: an Euangelist, a Presbyter or Priest, and a Bishop: and a Bishop is an Euangelist, and a Prophet: a Doctor or Tea­cher is a Presbyter or Priest and Euangelist. So that on these words thus confusedly here taken: what argument of necessary distinction of offices, especially betwéen pastor or Teacher, can be inferred? & yet sée how these Learned discoursers vrge the perpetual necessitie of these offices, not only to be distinct in faculty: but to be seuered in seuerall persons, and to be so continued in euery cōgregatiō. And now (as they imagine) hauing proued out of these a places, the institution and ordinaunce of their Doctors: they procéede vnto their office.

The office of Doctors is breifly expressed in Rom. 12.7. Let him that is a Teacher, attend vpon teaching, The learned Dis. Pag. 17. where also it is distinguished from other offi­ces, and namely from the office of Pastors. For it followeth immediatly, Let him that exhorteth (which is a principal part of a Pastors office, not ne­cessarily required in a Teacher) be diligent in his exhortation. Rom. 12.7. For the office of Doctors is onely to teach true doctrine, R [...]m. 12.8. and to confute all heresies & false opinions, by the word of God, concerning all articles & principles of Christian Religion, without applying their teaching to any particu­ler state of time, of persons, or places.

This place (as ye say) is briefly indéed expressed, and brieflier than you do set it down: not [...], or he that is a Teacher. But, Bridges. [...], Or, he that teacheth in doctrine. Which breuitie séemeth rather to inferre some distinct part or action of an officers gifts or duties: The action of teaching distingui­shed from exhorting, inferreth no necessity of▪ distinct offices in Tea­cher & Ex­hort [...]r. thē to ex­presse a distinguished office of a distinct officer. So that, of this actiō there noted by the Apost. can-not be cōcluded by any necessary consequent to be any distinct office of a Doctor, and much lesse that it is distinguished frō other offices, and namely from the office of Pastors. For, howe can it bee namely distinguished, that is not there namely expressed?

If ye say, what though the Apost. name it not? no more he doth al these words, Let him that is a Teacher attend vpon his teaching: but only saith: Or he that teacheth in doctrine: nor, let him that exhorteth be diligent in his exhorta­tion: but only this in briefe, or he that exhorteth, in exhortation: & yet, though these words be not named, they are intended: or, at least, they are not cō ­trary to the meaning of the Text. What is this to the purpose? Doth that warrant you, not only to Paraphrast thus largely on the Text, in a distin­guished letter, where no such words are, & perhaps, no such meaning: but so expresly to au [...]uch of the Doctors office, that in this place, it is distin­guished from other offices, & namely from the office of Pastors: no such distinction, or officers names, either exhorters or teachers, being there so much as named? If ye say, although, neither these words, Let him attēd, nor let him be diligēt, be named in y e text: but either they, or some like words vnderstood: yet are these words named there, [...]: or he that exhorteth, in exhortatiō, & they follow immediatly vpō the other words.

[Page 188] They do so, But how chaunce ye interprete it not? Let him that is an Exhorter, &c. mought ye not as-wel haue said so, as to say, Let him that is a Teacher? & yet, he that Exhorteth, is an Exhorter, in respect of the a­ction of exhortation: & so is he that teacheth, (I graunt) a Teacher, in y action wherein he teacheth. Yet, as the action of exhorting giueth not to the exhorter a proper & ordinary denomination, as by a distinguished office to be called an exhorter, more then of his rebuking, a rebuker; of his ad­monishing, an admonisher; of his applying, an applyer: of his comforting, a comforter: & of his perswading, or disswading; a perswader, or disswader. By all which tearmes, hee may bee well called, in respect of the partes and actions of his office: so, no more doth it follow, that he that teacheth, true doctrine, should be named a Teacher, as by a peculiar office distin­guished from an exhorter, more thā he that confuteth false doctrine should be called by a distinguished office, a Confuter. And yet, he is a confuter, in that action, no lesse, if not more, distinguished from teaching true do­ctrine, than exhorting to imbrace true Doctrine or godlye life, is distin­guished from Teaching

Iunius tran­slation And although Iunius do translate the Syriake thus, Et est qui Doctor est in doctrina sua, & est qui Exhortator est in exhortatione sua: And he that is a Doctor is in his doctrine, & he that is an Exhorter, is in his exhortatiō. At which translation, I doe some what muse: yet, doth not Iunius so exactly separate these, as distinguished offices: but expoundes these wordes thus: He that hath a singuler aptnesse and dexterity in executing these gifts. Notwithstanding, neither he nor you, can inferre ther-vpon, that he that teacheth is alwayes a distinguished officer from an exhorter: anie more, then hee that exhorteth, The signifi­cation of the worde Pastor. is alwaies a distinguished officer from a Teacher. And least of al, can ye rightly conclude heeron, that a Teacher is distinguished from the other offices; and namely frō the office of Pastors. For, what is a Pastor, but a féeder? and what is more, his feeding, then his teaching? Saue that, (as Musculus noted well before) Pastor is a Metaphorical and vnproper terme: and the proper terme is Doctor, or Teacher,

But (say you) exhorting is a principall parte of a Pastors office, not necessarily required in a Teacher.

That exhorting is a principall part of a Pastors office: I assent: albeit the principall part is that, whereof he hath his name, Pastor: & that prin­cipally is teaching, though the Greek name [...] betoken also a Gouer­nour. But now, if exhortation be a principal part of a Pastors office, thē is it but a part, though a principal part, and not a whole seueral and di­stinguished office by it self. And if exhorting be but a part: why may not Teaching be another part also: and not a full, seuerall, and distinguished office by it selfe, as exhorting is?

Yea, if we shall go thus precisele to worke, with all the giftes that the [Page 189] Apostle héere setteth downe, The late writers on Doct. ex­horting. and of euery of them make distinguished of­fices, and seueral officers.: we should not onely racke and hale S. Paules both meaning and wordes, cleane from his purpose: but bring in more offices and officers, then these our Learned discoursers woulde erecte: and make them still speake one contrary to another, about these offices. Doth the Note héereon in the English Geneua Testament, make suche di­stinguished offices, of all héere mentioned? Doth it not say, by prophe­siyng heere hee meaneth preaching and teaching? and yet yee see, the Apostle setteth them downe distinctlie. First, Prophecy: then office, De­conship ( or) Ministery: then teaching: then exhorting: then distributing: then ruling: and then shewing mercy. And saith the Geneua Note, by office or ministery, all such offices as appertayne to the Church, as El­ders, Deacons, &c. And yet is euery one of these, by the Apostle set down distinctly by it selfe, distinguished from that which he called [...], office Ministery, or Deaconship.

Yea, where he speaketh héere firste of prophesying, saying: VVhether in Prophesying according to the proportion of Faith: the Geneua Note saith: By faith, he meaneth the knowledge of God in Christe, with the giftes of the holy Ghost And yet, S. Paule 1. Cor. 12. saith: To one is giuen by the spirit, the word of wisdome, to an-other the word of knowledge by the same spirit: to an-other is giuen faith, by the same spirit.

As therefore it can-not necessarily be inferred, that, bicause they were all seuerall and distinguished giftes of the spirite of God, they were seue­rall and distinguished offices, and so to continue perpetually seuerall & distinguished offices in the Church, the gifts of wisedome, knowledge, faith, &c: Wisedome, knowledge, faith, langua­ges interpretation, &c. were distinct gifts: but not distinct offices in di­stinct persōs The iudge­ment of the late writers concerning the office of Doctors. No more can we necessarily inferre it of these two giftes, Tea­ching and exhorting, that they must néedes be in the Church, seuerall & distinguished offices.

And as we haue séene the iudgement of the auncient fathers: so it shall not be amisse, to consider withall, the iudgement of the moste famous late writers for this point.

The Historiographers of Magdeburge, Magdeburg. Centur. 1. li. 2. cap. 7. pag. 509. lin. 12. noting the Primitiue Chur­ches order, for the vse of these offices in the Apostles times to say: Pro­phetes, Euangelistes, Pastors, and Doctors, did not make certaine de­grees of persons in the Ecclesiasticall regiment: but eyther they seeme to be numbred among the Apostles and their fellowes, or among the Presbyters, or the Deacons.

With what moderation Calvine distinguisheth the gift of teaching & of exhorting into 2. offices: we haue somewhat already heard. Caluinus in Rom. 12. He that is ordeyned a Minister ( saith hee) let him exercise his gifte in ministring. Neither let him thinke, that hee was taken into the degree for him­selfe, but for others. As though he should say: let him fulfill his office, by [Page 190] ministring truely, Doctors that hee may aunswere to his title, euen as straight­waies vnto Doctors, he commendeth vnder the name of doctrin, whole (or sownde) edification, in this sense: he that excelleth in doctrine, Lette him knowe the end thereof is, that the Church may be instructed truly, and let him meditate that onely: A Doctor is not debar­red from exhorting. that he may make the Churche more learned by his doctrine. For, he is a Doctor that formeth and bringeth vp the Church in the worde of truthe. He that excelleth in the power of exhorting, let him looke to this ende, that he exhorte effectually. But these offices haue a great affinity, and also a knitting together betweene them-selues, albeit they leaue, not be diuerse. No man indeed can ex­horte, but with doctrine: neuerthelesse, he that teacheth, is not straight wayes indued with the gifte of exhorting. Now, no man either teacheth or exhorteth, but, he ministreth. But as we see also and acknowledge in Gods gifts: it is enough to be fitte for the order Ecclesiasticall. Thus modestly doth Caluine mitigate the matter, euen where he maketh them diuerse offices. Not, that he which teacheth, can not, nor may exhorte (as our brethren here peremtorily permit him not) but that straight waies he is not endued with the gift of exhor [...]ing. As who say, in time he may be, and many are, and it is enough, if he be fitte for the Eccl▪ order of the ministerie.

Peter Martyr saith on these wordes, Petr. Mart. in Rom. 12. He that teacheth, in teaching: The Apostles gaue a moste fayre example of this precepte, when they saide, It is not meete that we should leaue the word of God, and minister at the Tables. For, sith they were instituted of the Lorde to teach the world, their will was to be done in doctrine.

Now, if this be the fairest example of this precept of Paule concerning teaching: Did not the Apostles alwayes intermingle exhortation with their doctrine? But, let Peter Martyr procéede on these wordes, He that exhorteth in exhorting. These two are of very neere affinitie between themselues, to teach and to exhorte, and sometimes both of them are graunted to one man. Notwithstanding now and then, and for a great part they are deuided. For, ye may see some, that can teach aptlie, and clearely set forth most cunning matters, and expounde hid thinges ma­nifestlie: and yet for all that, euen the same men are meruelous colde in exhortations. Some there are whose dexterity and forciblenesse is wonderfull in exhortations, who notwithstanding to teache, are of all o­ther most vnfitte. Out of the words of the Apostle to the Corinthians a little before alleadged, wee see, how the giftes of Prophecie are distinct We haue in the first place, He speaketh edification, which appertayneth ▪ ­to doctrine: Secondly, exhortation, wherby men are stirred to do good and to shunne euill. In the 3. place is added Consolation. For it often commeth to passe, that some are broken with aduersitie: who thereup­on [Page 191] may seeme, eyther that they wil dispayre, Doctors exhorting or that they will fall away from the truth.

Wherfore it is necessary, that they be helped with consolation. this part Paule heere doth not prosecute: I suppose, bicause hee comprehen­deth it vnder exhortation. But howe much, doctrines and publike ex­hortations were in vse accustomed in the Church in the auncient time, may be gathered of that chapter to the Cor. 14. Yea, Example [...] of the Do­ctors tea­ching with consolation these were neuer left off: no, not in the Synagogues of the Iewes, so often as the sacred assemblie was. Which may be proued of that, that when Christ sat a­mong them in the Sinagogue, a booke was sent to him, to expounde somewhat to the people. And when Paule and Barnabas came to Antio­chia of Pisidia, as is conteyned in the 13. chapter of the Acts, and when they came to the Synagogue with other Iewes, the ruler of the Si­nagogue said vnto them: If yee haue the word of consolation for the people, saie on.

Whereby it is apparant, that consolation being contayned vnder ex­hortation: and by these examples of the Doctors and the Teachers, thus intermingling consolation with their doctrine and teaching: that al­though in some, excelling in one of these giftes, and not in both, yet the ordinary vse was, aswell to ioyne exhortation vnto doctrine, as doctrin vnto exhortation.

And this doth Gualter set out yet more plaine. In the 3. place ( saith he) he setteth Doctors. Gualterus [...] Rom. 12. These he willeth to bee diligent and industrious in teaching: to witte, that they should instructe the people committed to their trust, diligentlie: and edifie all in true faith and godlinesse, &c. To conclude, let them apply euery thing vnto their hearers, that they may perceaue these things to be spoken vnto them, and to appertayne vnto them. And so shall they be true Doctors, and cutte the woorde of God aright: when they shall remember, that there is no lesse neede of prudence, then of faith, if they will performe these thinges.

In which wordes he maketh not onely the doctrine of true faith, but godlinesse, prudence, and application to the hearers, to bee necessary [...] pointes: and no lesse néedefull than the other, appertayning to the office of the Doctors.

In the fowrth place ( saith he) he setteth exhortation vnder doctrine. For, althoughe these 2. maye seeme to bee ioyned together, moste neerely betweene them-selues: yet are they diuerse giftes. Neither is hee alwayes furnished with both of them, that hath the one of them. For, such there are, that haue an excellent perspicuitye and facilitye of Teaching, and when they come to Exhortation, those men arevery colde: especiallye if they light vppon such as are stubborne, and such as will aunswere them againe: and vpon great personages, and on suche as [Page 192] are aduaunced with publike authority.

Againe, yee shall see others, who; when they can do lesse in teaching, if at any time they must dispute of darker matters: and yet are they most vehement in exhorting, and with a certaine maruelous waight of argu­mēts, do pierce euen the most obstinate mindes. But howsoeuer things are, we ought alwayes to remember, that in the Church of God there is neede not onely of meere doctrine, but also of exhortations, and that for the disposition of the froward flesh, which often is woont to looke backe: yea, and to stay in those thinges, which it knoweth to bee holye and wholesome.

For, there is such negligence of men ( saith Hemingius) yea euen in the businesse of their owne saluation: Hemingius in Rom. 12. that except they bee prodded with the goades of exhortations and chydings: the doctrine remayneth vn­effectuall. Let therefore the P [...]eachers of the worde in this place be ad­monished, that not only they shoulde thinke it is their office, to teach those things that are right: but also to applie the doctrin to the hearers. Which thing is done, when as according to the example of Christ, of the Prophetes, and of the Apostles, those things which they haue taught, they do (as it were) instill them by exhorting, & stirre vp diuerse motions of affections.

Let him teache in doctrine, exhorte in exhortation ( saith Bullinger) that is to say: Bullingerus in Rom. 12. let him so teach and exhorte, as godlinesse perswadeth, and becommeth the Christian doctrine to be. Of the which also the A­postle Peter saith. If any man speak, let him speak as the words of God. In which wordes he maketh both these actions of teaching and exhorting, to belong to one person.

Of which wordes also, He that teacheth in doctrine (Oleuian saith:) It is said Act. 2. that the people perseuered in the doctrine of the Apostles. Oleuianus in Rom. 12. And what especiall doctrine the Apostles vrged, that Sermon of Peter, Act. 2. teacheth, to witte, that Christ died, and was raysed againe. And nowe let vs shewe the contrary example out of the 7. of the Act. how they repre­hended false doctrine. But in either of these examples, both Peter an [...] Stephen are full of exhortation, and application, and vse not onely bare teaching of true doctrine, and confuting of false doctrine. Hee that exhor­teth, in exhorting, &c. Before hee spake of those that set their study on doctrine, as the professors in the Schoole, and certaine Doctors also in the Church: now, of those that haue the office of exhorting. Sometimes, these offices are distinguished; sometimes, both of them are borne of one and the selfe-same person.

Thus do all these late and excellent learned writers agrée, in the expo­sition of these wordes, that these gifts ( or if you will so cal them, offices or dueties) though they bee distinguished: yet not so, but that they d [...] [Page 193] either and both of them, and well may oftentimes concurre in one officer, Doct. Ex­horting. whether ye call him Doctor or Pastor. But it séemeth these our Br the Learned Dis. relie more on Bezaes interpretation of this place, then vpon all these. Let vs therfore sée also, what is Beza his iudgement hereupon.

When the Apostle ( sayth he) had generally admonished, that euery one should consecrate himselfe to God; Beza in Rom. 12. he woorthily placeth after the same, those thinges, that appertaine to the difference of vocations, that euerie man should containe himselfe, within the compasse of his owne lotte. Which thing nowe he expoundeth by the parts. And first he re­mēbreth the Ec. functions: which he deuideth into 2. sortes (or kindes) which they cal subalternal, that is to say, into prophecy, & into Deacon­ship or ministerie: to wit by the name of prophecie, cōprehending those things that pertaine to the gift of teaching: But by the name of Deacon­ship or ministerie, those Eccl. giftes which the Apostles renounced. Act. 6. a. 2.3. & 4. But nowe because in the gift of teaching, there is not one function, but there are diuerse degrees; neither in one and the same fun­ction the measure of the spirite is a-like euen: therefore the Apostle ad­monisheth the Prophetes, that they shoulde prophecie according to the proportion of the faith. That is, that euery man keepe the measure of his reuelatiō: least one should seeme to himselfe to know all. Which thing if it had beene kept in the Church, it had neuer fallen in those dangers, frō the which, when now scarcely it hath begunne to wade out, we must still take very great heed, least it fall not againe therin: except that be done which the Apostle admonished, 1. Cor. 14 f. 30.32. & 33. Otherwise, the name of prophecie is taken in a streight signification, as Ephes. 4. b. 11. & 1. Cor. 12. d. 28. And Deaconship or ministerie in a larger. So that it comprehendeth all Ecclesiasticall giftes. Yea also, the Apostolicall fun-action: To wit, because that publikely andpriuately we must all minister vnto God, as is abouesaide. Cap. 11. b. 13. Actes. 6. a 4. & 12. d. 25. In ministring, [...]. Erasmusin administration. Which inter­pretation though I refuse not: yet I put it backe. For, [...] in the for­mer place, signifieth the gift it selfe: and in the later the verie function of the gift. Which distinction the old Interpreter, by the gerundiue moode, me thinkes did better expresse, then, he that teacheth: [...]. Or as the vulgare translation and Erasmus; or he that teacheth. But in that Paul altered the kind of his speaking: I see, it wroong diuerse, who yet seeme not to haue knowen the cause of that matter. For these things are wont (of the the most part of the Interpreters) to be so expounded, as though the Apostle reckoned 5. diuers kinds of Eccl. functiōs. Which, I suppose not, neither doubt I, but that they will assent vnto me, whosoeuer shall more attentiuely consider this place. I therfore thinke, that Paul first of all (as I haue before said) reuoketh the Eccl. functions that are perpetuall [Page 194] (for the other that are temporarie, he worthily omitteth) vnto 2. kindes, after the example of the Apost. Act. 6. a 2.3.4. (as a litle before we haue said) that is to wit, to prophecie, & to Deaconship (or ministerie.) which distribution also, our Apostle followeth. 1 Tim. 3. making mention onely of Bishops & Deacons. Afterwardes, to diuide euery of those 2. kindes, into 2. sortes: that is to wit, Prophets into Pastors & Doctors: but Dea­cons, into those that distribute almes, into Gouernors, and them which serued to care for the poore of the Church, who for the most part were widdowes, of whō is treated seuerally 1. Tim. 5. b 9. and that this distin­ction might be better vnderstoode (my opinion is) the Apostle changed his kinde of speech. In teaching, [...] the vulgar and Eras. in do­ctrine. Which interpretation (as doubtfull) I refuse. For, to the Latines, (for the most parte) it declareth the thing it selfe, the which is taught. Whereas [...], signifieth the gift it selfe of teaching. But the Apostle calleth him Doctor, who studieth the onely interpretation of the Scrip­ture, in the Church, that the pure & syncere doctrine may be retayned. As the most learned interpreter in the Institution of Christian religion, (he meaneth Caluine) most truely taught, &c. But he calleth him an Ex­horter, which other-where is called a Pastor, as 1. Cor. 12. d 28. and Ephes. 4. c 11. And nowe & then also, a Prophet. as 1. Cor. 4. f 31. that is to say, him that ioyneth doctrine, with admonitions & exhortations: yea, and that with the administration of the Sacramentes.

This is Bezaes interpretation on this place. Whō, howsoeuer in the L. for my part (as I trust al other godly do) I honor as an holy, learned, & re­uerend Doctor himselfe, & with admiration prayse God, for his great and manifolde giftes in him, to the edification of his Church: notwithstanding if it be lawefull for Beza so fréely herein to dissent from al the holie, lear­ned, Dissent frō Beza. and auncient Fathers, and from all these alreadie named (as ye sée) & from many other such excellent interpreters, and Doctors of our owne age, (the proportion of faith, and bonde of charitie alwaies reserued:) may it not be as lawefull for another, vpon the more attentiue consideration of this place, (which himselfe here requireth) finding his reasons not to be of sufficient weight, against all these olde and new writers, to dissent herein likewise frō him. For what sufficient proofe is here alleaged, that S. Paule here only speaketh of perpetuall Eccl. offices, & those to be alwaies distin­guished by diuersities of persons? What sufficient proofe of this general diuision and subdiuision? That first Paule diuideth all generally into two subalternall kindes: Prophecie, and Ministerie or Deaconship: ( although therein some of these late writers agrée with him) and then, that prophe­cie must be taken larger here, than it is 1. Cor. [...]2. and Ephes. 4. where he likewise speaketh, of diuersities of giftes & offices in the Church, so wel as here he doth. Why may it not be taken there as large as here? Or ra­ther [Page 195] here as strict as there? And what sufficient proofe is here alleaged, that prophecie is here to be subdiuided into these 2: Doctors & Prophets? Or that ministers or Deacons are againe subdiuided, into other 2. sortes: to wit, into those that distribute almes: into Gouernors: and those that serue the Church in caring for the poore, such as for the most part were the widowes? And whie are these called the ministerie, more thā the other, that minister the worde and Sacramentes, and so are more properly to be called Ministers? And if we call thē Deacons, how are Gouernors called Deacons, so well as the distributers of the almes, to whō that name more properly was attributed? Or if the name must be distributed into these two: whence riseth this thirde, or out of which doeth it result? And whie is it rather put with Gouernours, than with distributers of almes, bée­ing called shewers of mercie: and the name of almes, deriued rather of mercie, than of Gouernors? And if these Gouernors be the Segniorie so much contended for: why are the Deacons distributers, placed before the Deacons gouernours? And what sufficient proofe is here alleaged, that these propheticall Doctors must onely be interpreters of the Scripture? He appealeth to Caluines Institutions. But I appeale to the Scripture it selfe. Doth not S. Paul manifestly 1. Cor. 12.29.30. distinguish between Doctors and Interpreters? Are all Apostles? are all Prophetes? are all Doctors? are all powers? Haue all the gifte of healinges? Doe all speake with tongues? Doe all interprete? And also if Doctors be Prophetes ( in the large sense of Prophet) so well as Pastors: doth not S. Paule euen in that sense of Prophet, distinguish betweene Interpreters and Prophetes? 1. Cor. 14.5. He is greater that prophecieth, than he that speaketh with tongues, except he interpret it, that the Church may receaue edification. & v. 27.28.29.

And if Caluine be heere appealed vnto, as the most Learned Interpre­ter, in his Christian Institution: why is he forsaken euen in the verie in­terpretation of this place? 1. Cor. 12. and yet, doth he not say in the same place, in his Institutions, where he handleth this matter? Quòd si, &c. But if we shall ioyne Euangelists to Apostles: Cap. 8.39. there will remaine vnto vs two payre, in a manner answerable the one to to other. For looke what like­nesse Doctors haue with the old Prophets: the same haue Pastors with the Apostles. The Propheticall office was the more excellent, for the sin­guler gift of reuelation, wherein they excelled. But the Doctors of­fice hath almost the same reason, and altogether one ende. The Doct. applyed their inter­p [...]etations. But which of all the Prophetes can ye reckon, that was but onely a bare and méere Interpreter of the Scripture? And this better appeareth by Caluine in the place which followeth that, which I cited before, vppon, 1. Cor. 12.28. But why I assent not to them, that include all the office of a Prophet in the interpretation of the Scripture: this is the reason. Because Paule pre­scribeth the number of 2. or 3. that ought to speake, and that in order. [Page 196] Which would not agree, with the bare interpretation of the scripture.

To conclude, I thus thinke, that they may be called Prophets, who by applying the fortellings, the threats, the promises, & the whole doctrin of the scripture, rightly & cunningly vnto the present vse of the Church, do make opē the wil of God. If any man think otherwise: I easily suffer him. Neither will I raise vp brawlings for that matter. For it is a difficult thing to iudge of the gifts & offices, of which the Church hath so long while been destitute: saue that steppes only or shadowes, do yet appeare. Thus modestly speaketh he of these things, to whō Beza referres himself. And withal, Caluine is to be noted in this, that where he thus denieth, the Prophet to be all one with Interpreter: yet he doth it not absolutely: but he doth it in this sense (that you vrge) y t he should only interpret, which he calleth bare interpretation: but he would haue application ioyned therto, and so he admitteth him for an Interpreter. Yea, he saith, if interpretati­on come therto, 1. Cor. 14.5. ( meaning, to the speeaking with tongues) then it is phophe­cie. Of which, we shal (God willing) sée more afterwards. In the meane season, Caluine retaineth the old interpretation of the word here, [...] calling it Doctrinam, Doctrine, as also Peter Martyr doth. Albeit, Beza re­proueth the vulgar, & Erasmus his interpretation, for calling it doctrine. For ( saith he) doctrine betokneth that thing it self, that is taught. Wher­as [...] signifieth the office of teaching. And if it doe so; then, in do­cendo, In teaching, ( which Beza followeth) is not the true interpretation, neither. For these wordes, in teaching, signifie rather the action or exer­cise of teaching, then the office of teaching. And that is the point that Paule driueth all his exhortation vnto. That they should exercise them­selues therein. And take away this interpretation, in doctrine, that is, the thing it selfe, the which is taught: then what letteth, but the Doctors of­fice may stretch further then doctrine or teaching, euen to exhorting, cō ­forting, applying, &c. As well as the Pastors may? Yea, if Beza may say of the word [...], that in the former place, it betokeneth the gift or of­fice it selfe: but in the later the function or exercise of the gift or office: which distinction ( saith he) the old interpreter (me thinkes) did better expresse, by the gerundiue moode: then, why may not likewise, (for a­nie thing here alleaged) by the same reason and proportion, if not the do­ctrin, yet the action exercise or function in teaching, ( being by Beza also translated) by the gerundiue moode be so expounded, in teaching rather thē expoūded, the office of teaching? But, beit actiō, gift, functiō, office, or what ye wil cal it: if (as Beza saith) the word prophecie signifie a gene­ral subalternall kynd, which is diuided into these 2, Doctor & Exhorter: how may not the Doctor be called as well a Prophet, as may the Exhor­ter? And this rule holding, Mēbra diuidentia non debent [...]onfundi, if the Ex­horter may labour in doctrine, so wel as exhortations and admonitions [Page 197] whie may be not he called, and be indéede, Edification and haue the office of Doctor or Teacher: so well as of Exhorter, which ye call Pastor? And then, how doe not both these offices, concurre in one person: he hauing the gift, Doctors may be Pa­stors as well as Pa­stors DD. and exercise also of the Doctor? And so all this deuise of so precisely, necessa­rily, and perpetually distinguishing these degrées into seuerall officers, is cleane confounded and confuted, euen in their Pastors office. And if it be so in Pastors: what reason is heere alleaged, whie Doctors on the other side, may not be called, and be Pastors, so well as Pastors Doctors; and deale, (besides the interpretation of the scripture) with exhortation, admonition, consolation, application, &c. so well as Pastors may with teaching and interpreting? But when all is done, both Caluine & Beza standing vpon their (puto:) I thinke so ( saith Caluine) and yet with suche a lowly modestie, as ye haue heard: and Beza, I suppose thus, or, The mode­stie of Cal­uin and Be­zaes supposall. I thinke not thus: and shall we nowe vpon these 2. reuerent Fathers only think­ing and supposals, be pressed with plaine assertions; or rather, oppressed with the necessitie and enforcing these thinges vppon vs? For here these Learned discoursers come not in, (as Caluine and Beza) with puto & opi­nor, I thinke it, I suppose it: But resolutely they determine the matter, saying: For the office of Doctors is onely to teach true doctrine, and to confute all heresies, & false opinions, by the worde of God, concerning all articles and principles of Religion, without applying their teaching to any particuler state, of time, of persons, or places.

This is a verie precise and streight limitation, of this supposed old lost, No exam­ple of any one Docto [...] restrained f [...]om apply­ing in all the olde & new Testament and prescribed new founde (or rather) vpstarted Doctor. Neither, as I thinke & suppose, ( to vse Caluines and Bezaes moderate termes herein) can they shewe in the old or newe Testament, any such one Doctor, that was thus restrayned, that hee might vse no application of his doctrine or interpretation, to his hearers. Doth Saint Paule speake of such inter­preters? Although he distinguish Interpreter from Prophet: yet (saith Caluine, vpon 1. Cor. 14.29.) In disputing, the interpreter was in place of a Prophet: As I shewed also before, in Caluines comparison of Christian Doctors, to the Iewes Prophetes. And therefore, the name of Prophet comprehending alike both Doctors and Pastors, by Bezaes owne opinion; when S. Paule declareth, 1. Cor. 14.3. the vse and ende of prophecying: he that prophecieth, speaketh to men to edification, ex­hortation and consolation: though he distinguish, ratione, (as wee say) in consideration ot the diuerse gift or vse thereof, betwéene these thinges: yet, re, he ioyneth them altogether in the Prophecie. Which prophecie ( as he said, Rom. 12.) must be according to the Analogie or proportiō of faith. Faith properly in respect of the matter it relieth vpon, appertaineth vnto doctrine: howbeit, not so strictly, that it goeth no further then, it is heere bounded: only to teach true doctrine, and to confute all heresies & false [Page 198] opinions by the worde of God, concerning all articles and principles of Christian Religion, without applying their teaching, to any particuler state of time, of persons, or places: But as Paul saith here in plain words, to all these ends & vses, to edification, exhortation, & consolation. Wher­upon (saith Caluine) to speake to edification, Calui [...]. is to speake that, that con­teyneth doctrine fit to edification. For I take this for doctrine, whereby we be instructed to godlines, to faith, to the worship & feare of God, and duties of holines & righteousnes: because that oftentimes, we haue need of proddes or goades: & other are pressed with afflictions, or labor tho­rough imbecillitie; he addeth vnto doctrine, exhortation, & consolatiō. And hereunto accordeth Beza himselfe. Beza in 1. Cor. [...]4. ver. 3. Aedificationē [...]. That is, those thinges that further men in the knowledge and studie of godlines.

On which words also saith P. Martyr. Aedificationē loquitur: hoc maxime, &c. This most pertaineth to the cōfirmatiō of the faith, to the purity of opi­nions & synceritie of religion. Ambrose expounding this place, said, the church to be edified, because the dissoluing of questions may be had. He speaketh exhortation & consolation, because generally, we exhort men, that they be heedfull to their saluation, and according to their strength striue thereunto. But consolation is, when singulerly we exhort thē, that they should not be brokē for aduersities, nor discourage their mind but haue it erected & vnfearefull. And either of these things cōmeth to passe by setting before their eyes, the profit & the damage that will followe. And to declare further, y t Doctors are here vnderstoode by these Prophets; Musculus saith: Musculus in [...]. Cor. 14. But this sentēce (I suppose) doth enough declare, of what kind of Prophet he doth speake: to wit, of him, by whom the Church is taught & instructed He saith not: he that prophecieth foretelleth things to come: for here he speaketh not of foretellings. But; he that propheci­eth, speaketh to men edification, exhortation, & consolation. But this do the Doctors of the Church, who with the word of doctrine, exhortatiō, and consolation, do edifie the people of the L: those Prophets therfore that in the Church do teach, are more to be made of: then if by a mira­cle they fange; or prayed with tonges. But marke the brief & cleare de­scription of this Propheticall office. He that prophecieth (saith he) spea­keth to men edification, exhortation, & consolation. The parts therfore of an Eccl. Prophet are, to edifie, exhort, & comfort. Edification is a Me­taphorical word, set for doctrine. He that teacheth the ignorant & rude, doth edifie thē to the building of the Lords house. Hereunto appertaine all those things that cōcerne faith & godlines, to be planted in the harts of the elected▪ By the which, vpon the foundation (that is Christ,) we are builded into the temple of God, as liuing stones, &c. The 2. part is ex­hortation, in Greeke [...], hereby the Prophet diligently exhorteth those that already beleeue & professe the religion of Christ, that in faith [Page 199] and true godlines they should constantly go forward. Doctors & Prophets. And as it were by name, he calleth on thē: euen as those that are wont to be cried vpō, who being set on a iourney, either stray aside, or go forwarde more slowly. This part of prophecie is chieflie necessary for them, who haue knowen the truth of Christ & all godlines; but in studie & cōuersation of life, do not expresse it, as it were meete they should. This part the Apostle dili­gently executed▪ Who whē he was at Ephesus for 3. yeares, he ceased not day & night, with teares to admonish and exhort euery one of the faith­full, Act. 20. The 3. part is consolation in Greeke [...]. But [...] is, to speake louingly to those that trauell, are afflicted, are sad: Such as are the poore, the desolate the captiues, the distressed, especially for Christ: And to lay before thē such things, whereupon they may receaue conso­lation, & be confirmed in the spirite of patience. This studie to comfort pertaineth to all Christians, especially to Prophets, the ministers of gods word. The people of Christ gathered together, hath ignorant, hath slug­gish & slowe, hath afflicted persons. The gift of prophecie is therfore gi­uen to the Church: whereby the ignorant should be taught, the sluggish admonished, & the afflicted receaue consolation. Bullinger in 1. Cor. 14.

Bullinger also saith of these Doct. He vnderstandeth prophecie, not the foretelling of thinges to come: but the interpretation of the holy scrip­ture. For saith Ambrose, by Prophets he vnderstandeth, the scriptures in­terpreters. ( which you say are your Doctors) for as a Prophet foretelleth things that are not knowē: so also he is said to prophecie, while he ope­neth the sense of the scripture that to many is hidden &c For the church hath nothing greater, & more profitable then Christian doctrine & the interpretation of the scripture, &c. And again: he that prophecieth, stu­dieth on euery part to profit his Church. For he that prophecieth, per­formeth that for which cause the assembly is gathered together. For, he speaketh vnto mē edification, exhortation, & consolation. To wit, while he expoundeth the secrecies & mysteries of the scripture, and out of thē doth either exhort to the studie of godlines, or else cōforteth those, whō faint heart, or terror, or dispaire, or impacience of trauaile, hath almost broken. And this it is, to speake to edification. That is to say, by speaking to endeuour & tende therto, that thou mayst profit the hearers. But, of this place it is cleare, that a Prophet is the same with Paul, that vnto vs is a Doctor, a Bishoppe, a Preacher, or an Euangelist.

To this agréeth Aretius, and saith: Hereupon it appeareth, A [...]etius in 1. Cor. 14. that most great are the profites of interpretation, whose partes are so bright.

And saieth Gualter vppon the same place: Gual [...]er in 1. Cor. 14. Heereupon Doctors in the scriptures, are called Edifiers. And for this cause the Apostle called himselfe a Maister builder. It pertaineth to these men before all things, to care, that they lay a good foundation, that is to wit, euen Christ, which otherwher is called the foundation of the Proph. & Apost. And thē that [Page 200] vpon that alone they build, nor mingle any stubble, hey, wood, or ought else straunge frō Christ. Moreouer, that diligently they plie the work, & with all care: least sathā with his mynes secretly wrought, do vndermine it; nor that it be ouer-turned with the whirle-windes & stormes of tem­pestes; nor finally, that any (as sande without lime) of their owne volun­tarie, slide and fal away. Ministers also must remēber, that there is need of continuall & perpetuall building. Partly, because the infirmitie of the beleeuers requireth dayly a-new renewing: partly, because new stones must often be layde vpon this holy edifice: that more may dayly be ga­thered to Christ, and his kingdome be enlarged perpetually. But in this place is euident the craft of Sathan: who, that hee might make all men more remisse and slouthfull in this studie, deuised certaine edifices of Temples, Towers, Colleges, and Chappels, that are called eternall, and are builded with great charges, the spirituall Temple of the Lorde be­ing in the meane time neglected, which lyeth there almost altogether in ruyne, where this frantike lust of building raygneth. For eyther there are no builders at all, or they are trecherous. Who (as the scripture speaketh of the Priestes of the Iewes, hauing reiected that precious stone of the foundation, do declare that all their help of saluation, is in things improfitable & pernitious. Let them take heed therfore of their exāples, that will speake edification. The other head of the eccles. ministerie, is Exhortation. Exhortatiō. There is need of this, for those, who do not straightway o­bey, when they are taught those things, that are necessary to attain saluation. For by nature we be more slow to heauēly things. And (that is more hurtful) we are delighted with sinnes and errors. Wherfore there is need of rebuking our sins & errors, need of reprouing & exhorting. Whereof we haue most graue examples in the Prophets, whom God in old time commanded, as watchmen to blowe the trumpet of his word, that they might stirre vppe all men to doe their duetie. The Apostles each where followed these, (to say as nowe, nothing of Christe) whose most graue exhortations are read in the Euangelistes. Therefore they do very great­ly erre, that at this day will haue none of this to bee done, but as though the naked and simple doctrine might suffice, do take most gree­uously all rebuking and exhorting. But howe necessary these are: the li­centiousnesse of most cruell wickednesse daylie encreasing, and the most corrupt manners of all men, aboundantly beareth witnesse: but because the Church hath many that are exercised with tentation and all kind of afflictions, there is added a third head, consolatiō. Consolatiō ▪ To the which appertaine those things, that in Ezechiel are spoken, of the office of the good & faithfull Pastor: when as the Lord promiseth that he will be hee, which will require the loste sheepe, reduce the expulsed, binde vp the wounded, & strengthen the weake. And in consideration of these things, [Page 201] the ministers of the Churches ought so to behaue themselues, Applica­tion. that they alwaies remember▪ they shall then at length be faithfull to God: if that (being intentiue with all their minde, on the peoples studies & maners) they set foorth all these things most diligentlie, according to the consi­deration of the hearers, and of the times. To this ought to be referred those things, that S. Paule to Timothie writeth: of cutting aright the word of God. And the things that Christe deliuered vnder the parable of the Steward, 2. Tim. 2. Matth. 24. Zuinglius on the 24. verse of the same chapter, Zuinglius. bréefelie knits vp all the matter, saying: To prophesie is to teache to admonish, to comfort, to reprooue, and to rebuke. And Pe­ter Martyr vpon 1. Sam. 10. ver. 9. Pet. Martyr. But in the Primitiue church, when Pro­phecy flourished: what difference was there between a Prophete and a Doctor? I aunswere, that although the office of them both were al one, yet were Doct [...]rs instructed by Maisters: but Prophets spake on the sud­den, beeing mooued by the inspiration of the holy Ghost, without anie helpe of man.

Thus doo all these, and manie moe late and notable learned writers (agréeing with the old Fathers, and almoste with all the interpreters of the Scriptures) accord, that by this Prophet héere mentioned he meaneth a Doctor or Teacher: But withall, that this Prophet, Doctor, or Tea­cher, communicateth in his teaching and interpreting of the Scriptures, in all the parts of a Pastors office, without restraint, anye more then the Pastor is restrained from any part that apperteineth to a Doctor. Yea, as Peter Martyr noteth on the same chapter, verse. 6, on these words: What shall I profite you: except I speake vnto you, either by Reuelation, Petr. Mart. in 1. Cor. 14. or by knowledge, or by Prophecie, or by Doctrine? Chrysostome thinketh, re­uelation, prophesie, science, and doctrine, to signifie the same thing. And that Paule by a certeine circumlocutiō, expressed [...]. a gentle diminution, that might easilie be perceiued of the hearers. Other beleeue, that these are diuerse giftes, by which the Churche might be edified: and some do fit these wordes thus: that reuelation should bee ioyned to prophesie: for Prophets doo not treate or speake but that thing that is reuealed to them. And likewise they will, that knowledge should cleaue to doctrine. For no man teacheth right, but that which before he knew. Wherevpon also it appeareth againe, that we said before, the estimation of the giftes are to be esteemed according to the profit & edification of the church, Musculus i [...] his Com­mentarie o [...] 1 Cor. 14. which is set in the confirming of faith & religion. And Musculus to the same purpose saith. Wherfore euen as he there said he that prophesieth speaketh to men to edification, exhortation, and consolation; so heere also, when he had said, except I speake to you: he addeth, either by re­uelation, or by knowledge, or by prophesie, or by doctrine, &c. Or by doctrine, (saith he) hee that speaketh by reuelation, or by science, or by [Page 202] prophesie, Examples of Doctors. serueth to informe vs in our faithe and vnderstanding of things, either hid or to come. But he that speaketh by doctrine, serueth to compose our life, and frame our manners. Thus farre I thinke this terme [...] in this place, may not vnfitlie be seperated from the ge­nerall doctrine, by the which all things in the word of God are taught. Hierome also thinketh so, for he expoundeth it with this paraphrase: except either I interprete it vnto you, or make plaine those hidden thinges of the lawe that I know, or expound prophesies, or teache you morall institutions. I knowe that Ambrose diuides not these thinges. For he saithe, all these signifie one thing. For none can teache, except it be vnderstood: Ambros. neither indeed can they be Reuelation, knowledge, pro­phesie, and doctrine: except they be vnderstood. Wherefore, to speake by Reuelation, by knowledge, by prophesie, or by doctrine, is altogi­ther to speake with vnderstanding. And so dooth Ch [...]sostome ex­poūd it, [...]&c. But that which he faith, is on this wise: Ex­cept I shall speake that, Chrysost. which may of you bee easilie conceiued, and is cleere. Notwithstanding, in the meane time, he forbiddeth not, that we may not by a fitte diuision, and perteining to the purpose, distinguish betweene these things, and giue to euerie one his proper sense. For as, when he said before: he that prophesieth, speaketh to men to edifica­tion, to exhortation, and to consolation, hee expressed the profit of ge­nerall prophesiyng: so heere he setteth downe certeine parts and instru­ments thereof, or rather founteines. For that, whereby, is one thing: and that, wherevnto, is another thing, that the Prophet speaketh in the Churche. Gual [...]eru [...] in 1. Cor. 14. And therfore ( saith Gualter) Paule setteth doctrine after these things, which applieth euerie one of them to the hearers, according to the consideration of the places and times: that they may serue for the instruction of euerie one. And to conclude for the amendment of their life and maners. And this is that parte, wherein the edification of the Churche, and of euerie member thereof, doth cheefelie consist, &c.

And to this purpose, speaking of these gifts, as instrumēts to edificatiō, Paule bringeth in the similitude of musicall instruments. Whereon (saith Gualter) we will not thinke, Gualterus in 1. Cor. 14. that Paule doth rashlie vse this similitude, For verie well and elegantlie, it shadoweth out the vse of the Ecclesiasti­call ministerie, and office of the Ministers. The Pipe admitteth manie and diuerse waies of tuning: and the Citheran or Harpe consisteth of diuerse chordes and stringes: and euen so the maner of preaching the worde of God, is not one: but often in one Sermon, with a marueilous harmonie, do concurre, doctrine, admonition, exhortation, rebukings, threatnings, and consolations. &c. This was Saint Paules doctrine for a Doctor, ( whome héere hee calleth a Prophet) and for Prophesiyng. And which your selues call teaching, Pag. 15. saying; The office of teaching is the [Page 203] principall office that is in the Churche. By that wee be taught to know God, and how to serue him, and what benefits to looke for at his hand. Without which knowledge there can be no felicitie, Gualoerue in 1. Cor. 14.24 but onelie destruc­tion looked for: according to the saying of the wiseman, Where pro­phesing faileth, there the people perish. So that as your selues confesse also, that by Prophesiyng is meant this your firste office of Teaching, which is indéed (being vsed as it ought to be) an excellent office. But (as Gualter saithe, on the verse, 24.) concerning the vse thereof: it is not a simple reciting and interpretation of the scripture ( as you would make it) But (as we haue heard in the beginning of this chapter) suche ano­ther, as is applied with exhortation & consolation, to the edification of the whole Churche, and of euerye one. And therefore it ought so to be exercised: that it should pearse into the mindes, and conuince them of sinne (which propertie, Christe sayde should be the worke of the Ho­ly-ghoste in the Apostles.) And to conclude: that it so worke, that all may perceiue that they are spoken of. But of this chapter you giue more occasion to note héereafter. Onelie this now at large, for the office of Doctors or Teachers of Doctrine, called heere Prophets and inter­preters of Scriptures: that they were not thus limitted, onelie to teach true doctrine, and to confute all heresies & false opinions by the worde, concerning all articles and principles of Christian Religion, with­out applying their teaching, to anye particuler state of time, of per­sons, or places. And nowe let vs sée howe yee can prooue this by exam­ples.

The example or practise of this office, The learned Dis. Pag. 17. is set foorth Acts. 13.1. where it is recorded by S. Luke, that Paule and Barnabas (before the Holie-ghoste commanded them to be seperated for the worke whervnto he called them) were in the number of Prophets and Doctors, with Simeon Niger, Lucius of Syrene, and Manahen in the Churche of Antiochia: where they continued in that office a whole yeare, in which Citie the Disci­ples were firste called by the name of Christians Act. 11.26. Act. 11.26. Likewise, Apollos which was an eloquent man and mightye in the Scriptures, firste at Ephesus but afterward being more perfectlie instructed in the waye of GOD, by A [...]uila and Priscilla in the Churche of Achaia, exercised the office of a Teacher, with great profite of them which had beleeued, and to the great confusion of the stiffe-necked Iewes, while hee prooued plainelye by the Scriptures, that Iesus was the Christe, Acts. 18.28. Acts. 18.28.

For the practise mentioned in the Scripture, Bridges. this might suffice that is noted by Sainte Paule, in this chapter 1 Corinth. 14. with the iudgements of all these writers: yea▪ of themselues, concerning these prophets that were Doctors, and of the manner of their teachings.

[Page 204] But now, bicause for this practise and example héereof, these our Bre­theren the Learned Discoursers, haue héere set downe some other exam­ples also, Our Breth. examples of Doctors. to prooue this practise: let vs follow and peruse the same. And first note this, that these examples héere alleaged, mention no perpetuitie, much lesse prooue it: nor any prescribed rule vnto themselues, much lesse to others. And bicause of all the persons héere named, Act. 13. Barnabas is first, and Paule is last, the other haue little record saue the bare names: let vs looke vpon this first and last, as the more notable, by whom we may leuell the others as lesse knowne. And héere at the entrie, in plaine and expresse terme, we méete (in all these persōs) with those that are intituled by the name of Teacher or Doctor, on which title our Bretheren take holde. And albeit the Text setteth it downe not in the name of Doctor onelie, but calleth them Prophets and Teachers or Doctors: yet that makes no matter. For, as (speaking of teaching) they alleaged prophesie before; so héere they take these names [...], as diuerse names be­tokening one matter. For, if they doo not so, either they speake contrarie to themselues: or nothing to the purpose. Contrarie: if the Doctors in­termeddle in other mens functions, distinguished from theirs. Nothing: if they meane not, they were suche Doctors, as héere they take vpon them to prooue vnto vs: whose office is onelie to teache true doctrine, and confute all heresies and false opinions, by the word of God, concerning all articles, and principles of Christian religion, without applying their teaching to any particuler state of time, of persons, or places. But it fol­loweth: The example or practise of this office is set foorth, Acts. 13.1. &c. So that their meaning is, to prooue all these héere recorded by Saint Luke, to be suche, and no other sorte of Doctors. To which purpose, how truelie these examples fitte; let vs sée (besides the conference of the Scrip­ture) howe they contrarie (in these examples) the Doctors, that their selues most estéeme.

Caluine vpon these words, Acts. 31.1, Caluinus in Act. 13.1. writeth thus: What Doctors differ from Prophets (at the least-wise in my iudgement) I haue ex­pounded on the fourth chapter to the Ephes. 11. And on the twelfe of the former Epistle to the Corinthians, 28. In this place these two are synonyms, ( that is, diuerse wordes signifiyng all one thing) that Luke might signifie, there were manie men in that Churche, indewed with a singuler grace of the spirite, for to teache. Truelie I see not how it agree­eth to take prophets, for those that excelled in the gifte of foretelling. But rather I suppose, The Doct. mentioned Act. 13. were exhorters. it is noted that they were excellent interpreters of the Scripture. But such did exercise the gifte of teaching and exhorting, euen as Paule dooth testifie, in the foureteenth of the former to the Co­rinthians, 29. Wee must regarde the drifte of Luke: Paule, and Barna­bas, were ministers of the Churche of Antioche: from thence God now [Page 205] calleth them to another place. Least any should thinke, Doctors. that Churche to be stripped naked, of good & fitte Ministers, that God prouided for others with the damage thereof: Luke preuents it, and teacheth, that there was such plentie, that helping the neede of others; notwithstand­ing it had a residue left, so much as was inoughe for the vse of it selfe. Wherevpon it appeareth, how liberallie the grace of God was powred on that Churche: from whence Riuers might bee drawne, hether and thether. So also dooth God enriche certeine Churches, aboue o­thers in our time, that they might bee Seminaries, to spread abroade the doctrine of the Gospell. By which iudgement of Caluine it appea­reth, that those Prophets of whome wee haue spoken, 1. Cor. 14. were these Doctors, being Interpreters of the Scriptures. How-be it, not bare interpreters, but suche as ioyned the gifte of exhorting with their teaching. Gualter saith on the same place, Act. 13.1. Gualterus in Act. 13.1. But they are called Doctors, who do publikelie instruct the Churche, and doo orderlie ap­plie the holie Scriptures, to the institution of all, These Doc­tors were appliers of their doc­trine. whome at this daye we call either Pastors or Ministers of the worde. Therefore, there was not at Antioche onelie a Churche, but also a Schoole, out of which the learned Ministers were sent to other Cities, &c.

Beza also vpon the second verse. Act. 13. Beza in Act. 13.2. When as they ministred, [...], that is, while they exercised their office, to wit, of teaching, & of Prophesiyng. For a little before he had said, they were Doctors & Prophets. Therefore Chrysostome rightlie interpreting [...], while they were ministring, that is, saith he, [...], while they were preach­ing. Wherevpon saithe the Geneua note. The Geneua note. The worde signifieth to exe­cute a publike charge as the Apostleship was, so that heere is shewed, that they preached and prophesied. While they preached ( saith Bul­lenger) while they redde holie things, interpreted and taught others, Bullingerus in Act. 13.2. and while they were occupied with holie thinges. For holie things are preaching, the reading of the Scripture, interpretation, doctrine, and suche other matters.

So that by all these learned mens iudgements, and by the apparance of the verie text it selfe, concerning the example and practise of this of­fice: it appeareth how vntrue this is, that the office of Doctors, is onelie to teache true doctrine, and to confute all heresies and false opinions, by the worde of God, concerning all articles and principles of Chri­stian religion, without appliyng their teaching to any particuler state, The exam­ple of Doc­tor Barna­bas. of time, of persons, or places. But to sée this practise better, by these per­ticuler examples: let·vs begin with Barnabas, which in the text is firste named. And whose verie name (saithe Saint Luke, Acts. 4.36.) is the sonne of consolation. On which Beza saithe, they that are skilfull of the Chaldie deriue it from [...] Bar, which is, Sonne, and [...] Nephesh, [Page 206] that is, Doctor Barnabas. Soule, as though yee would saye: he that refres [...]eth the Soule. Vatablus saithe: Full of consolation, that is, one moste apte to com­fort. Vatablus. And (trowe yee) this Surname, giuen him of the Apostles, ( for other-wise his proper name was loses, Barnabas his name. or as some copies haue it Ioseph, euen as Christe had giuen surnames to some of the Apostles, as Peter, signifiyng a Stone: and Boanerges, signifiyng the sonnes of Thunder,) was giuen him by them for anye greater cause, then for his comfortable and effectuall kinde of Teaching? And if it were so: can we suppose his Teaching was with-out application and exhortation? But let vs not stand vpon coniectures, nor on his name, but on his dooing. Dooth not the text expresselie say? Acts. 9.26▪ When Saule was come to Ierusalem, he assaied to ioyne himselfe vnto the Disciples, and they were all afeard of him, beleeuing not that hee was a disciple: but Barnabas tooke him, and brought him to the A­postles, and declared to them, how he had seene the Lord in the waye, and that hee had spoken vnto him, His applica­tion. and howe he had spoken boldlie at Damascus in the name of Iesus. Can we conceaue that Barnabas could doo all this, (or be-it that Paule did declare some parte thereof) with-out application of the parti­culer state, of the time, of the persons, of the places? But what say you to this place, conteyning the foure verses, 22.23.24. and 25. immediat­lie precéeding that place, that is cited by your selues, Act. 11.26. Then ti­dings of those things, (to witte, that a great number in Antiochia, beléeued and turned to the Lorde,) came to the eares of the Churche, which was in Ieru­salem. And they sent foorth Barnabas, that he should goe to Antiochia. Who when he was come, His exhor­tation. and had seene the grace of God: was glad, and exhorted all, that with purpose of heart they would cleaue vnto the Lorde: for hee was a good man, and full of the Holie-ghoste, and faithe. And much people ioyned themselues vnto the Lorde.

Upon these wordes, they sent Barnabas: ( saithe Bullinger) for con­solation and for helpe. Bullingerus in Act. 11. Caluinus in Act. 11. Moreouer ( saithe Caluine) this was the cause of sending Barnabas. The Apostles did then susteine the whole burden of the kindome of Christe. It was their partes therefore, euerie where, to forme (or frame) the Churches, & what companie of the faithfull were any where, to reteyne them in the pure and holye consente of faithe, Wheresoeuer there was any number of the faithfull, to ordeyne Mini­sters and Pastors. The sleight of Sathan is knowne, so soone as euer hee seeth a doore opened to the Gospell, by all meanes hee laboureth to corrupt, that that is syncere. Wherby it hath come to passe, that streight wayes with the doctrine of Christe, diuerse heresies haue boiled foorth. Wherefore, with how greater giftes euerie Churche excelleth: it ought to be carefull so much the more, least Sathan mingle and disturbe anie thing among the rude, and suche as are yet but little established in the faithe. For nothing is more easie, then the corne to be corrupted in the [Page 207] prime grasse thereof. To conclude, Barnabas was sent, that hee should aduaunce higher the rudiments of the faith: that hee should compose their matters into a certeine order: that hee shoulde giue a forme vnto the edifice newe begunne: that it might bee a lawfull state of a Churche.

So that, the end wherevnto Barnabas was sent, was not onlie to teach the principles of religion, with-out applying his teaching to any parti­culer state of times, of persons, or places: for; no doubt, this his apply­ing his teaching to the particuler state, bothe of the time, and of the per­sons, & of the place, was one of the greatest partes of his office in his commission, and causes of his sending thether. And if it were not; he had doone greatlie amisse, and béene an intruder into another mans office: and so, not answerable to his highe commendation that is giuen him, that he was a good man, and full of the Holie-ghoste and faithe. And being full of the Holie-ghoste, the comforter: no doubt his teaching was corre­spondent to his name, and not voide of consolation. And euen so expresse­lie saith the text, [...], and hee exhorted, or befeeched, or com­forted them all, that with purpose of heart they should continue in the Lorde.

Heere ( saith Marlorate) he brought no new doctrine into the church of Antiochia: Marlorate. but rightlie and simplie encourageth and confirmeth them, being instructed in Christe Iesu: that being constant, they should perseuer in that purpose to cleane vnto the Lord. Laste of all ( saithe Caluine) the exhortation of Barnabas is to be noted. Nowe, Caluinus. wee haue be­foresaid, that Barnabas to the former doctrine which they had embra­ced, did subscribe. Howbeit, least the doctrine should slippe awaye, it is necessarie, that the same should throughlie be fixed in the minds of the faithfull, with continuall exhortations, for when as we must haue con­tinuall battell, with so manye and so mightie enemies, and our mindes are fickle; except euerye one doo diligentlie arme himselfe: hee will streight-wayes fall away. And that doo infinite numbers declare to be too true, by their daylie reuolting. And héere Marlorate addeth Bul­lingers note: Marlorate. We gather also with how fewe lawes the apostles being contented, did bend all the force of their minde on this, that those which are set in the waye of the Lorde, they might reteine them, Bullinge [...]. and verie farre set them forward in the s [...]me. For, except wee trauell in the waye which we haue entred into, [...] haue begunne the iourney to no purpose. For he that setting his hande to the Plowe, shall looke backe; is not fitte for the hingdome of GOD. Luke. 9. verse. 61. And by these continuall exhortations of Barnabas, God wrought so effectuallie in this people (who before were taught by others) that (saith S. Luke:) A great multitude was added vnto the Lorde.

[Page 208] Doctor Paule. Wherevpon, saith Caluine: Where the number of the faithfull was alreadie plentifull, Luke saithe it increased by the comming of Barna­bas. Caluinus. Thus dooth the building of the Churche go forward, when one helpes another, with mutuall consent. This addition therefore of the faithfull, ( saith Marlorate out of Bullinger) is the effect of Barnabas his preaching. Marlorate. So that he did not onelie teach: but with-all he preached, he exhorted, he comforted, he applied, &c. So cleane contrarie is the prac­tise of Barnabas example, to this imagined office of a Doctor. Where­vnto these our Learned discoursers, applie the same. And as we thus most euidentlie sée, for Barnabas, before he sought out Paule to helpe him, in that place: The exam­ple of Doc­tor Paule. so likewise for Paule, bothe before this his comming to An­tiochia, and iointlie with Barnabas being there, and alwayes after, for the manner of his teaching, ioyned with applying, exhorting, rebuking, &c. For, Paule, Acts. 9. being replenished with the Holie-ghoste, after he had taried certeine daies with the Disciples at Damascus, he streight­waies preached Christe, that he was the sonne of God. Héere the princi­pall point and ground of his Treatie, was Doctrine. But did he barelie teache it? No, saithe the text, he preached Christe, and that was doone with such persuasion and application to the hearers, that saith Luke ver. 21. All that hard him were amased, and said: is not this he that destroyed them, that called vpon this name in Ierusalem: and came hether for that intent, that he should bring them bound vnto the high Priests? Came this astonishment among his hearers, of bare teaching? Trowe yee, Paule did not as ear­nestlie exhort them to embrace Christe; as he did breath out threates be­fore, against all those that professed Christe? If he had doone the one ear­nestlie, and the other barelie, without all appliyng and alleaging of him­selfe vnto them for a liuelie example, of the mightie power of Christe, that had beaten him downe and conuerted him: could his bare teaching of Christe, haue mooued suche amasement in them?

Caluinus in Act. 9. No, (saith Caluine,) hee that of late rushed with a furious onset a­gainst Christe, dooth not onelie mildelie submit himselfe at his com­mandement; but euen as a standerd bearer to recouer his glorie, dooth fight euen to the extremest danger. True it is, that he was not so soone enformed by the labour of Ananias; but when as he had receiued the rudiments by the mouth of man, he was by diuine influence exalted to higher matters, &c. And hee increased (saithe the text) more in strengthe, and confound [...]d the Iewes, &c. [...]reon saithe Caluine: Heere Luke not onelie commendeth the zeale of Paule to be strong, in confessing the faithe of Christe: but he teacheth also, with howe mightie reasons he did fight, by which he conuinced the Iewes. Hee waxed strong, that is, he was on the ouer-hand in disputing, and his confession had a force and efficacie ioined therewith: bicause, forsoothe, hee being furnished [Page 209] with the testimonies of the Scripture, and other helpes of the Holie-ghoste, did (as it were) ouerwhelme all his aduersaries. For the word (of disturbing them) that Luke vseth, dooth signifie, that when Paule pressed them beyonde measure, they were so dashed, that they were not their owne men. The manner of his disturbing them is expressed, in that Paule confirmed Iesus to be Christe. For the sense is: when the Iewes cheefelie would striue against it, they were notwithstanding ouercome and con­founded. So that Paule by experience prooued, that it was moste true which he pronounceth, that the Scripture is profitable to reprooue. 2. Tim. 3.16. And he performed that, which in another place, The manne [...] of a Bishops and a Doc­tors tea­ching. he requi­red of a Bishop and a Doctor. For he was armed with the word of God to auouche the truthe, Tit. 1.9. And indeede Luke comprehends two things that Paule in disputing was a Conqueror, in suche sorte, that he made the Iewes to fall. And yet their stubbernesse was not so broken and tamed, that they would yeeld vnto the truthe. Bicause for all this, their consciences turmoiled within them, and being dashed downe from the degree of their false opinion, they neuer a whitte submit­ted themselues to Christe. Therefore, so often as heretikes doo a­rise to oppugne the right faith: so often as the wicked doo enterprise, to shatter all godlinesse; so often as naughtie persons doo obsti­natelie withstande: let vs remember from hence to fetche our ar­mour, &c.

Thus dooth Caluine liuelie expresse the vehement moouing of affecti­ons, to astonish the hearers, that S. Paule vsed in his teaching, and making it all one office in the Doctor and in the Bishop, and applying his precepts to Timothie and Titus, to this dooing of Paule, and to the dutie of all true and zealous Teachers. Gua [...]terus in Act. 9. And héerévpon also dooth Gualter gather this ge­nerall rule: This place ( saithe he) admonisheth, that the doctrine of the Gospell ought to be preached. In which pointe the opinion of manie is, that they thinke a simple and full explication of the mysteries of saluati­on dooth suffice, and that they labour in vaine, A D [...]ct [...] expli [...]ation of doctrine, though sim­ple and fu [...]l suffice [...]h not. and are intollerable au­thors of dissensions, which reprooue the tyrannie of Antichriste, op­pugne superstition, and publikelie vndertake to enter into controuersie with the professed enimies of the truthe. True it is, that the simple doc­trine of the truthe mought haue sufficed, except there were suche, as would endeuoure to lappe the same in errors and darkenesse, and with­drawe the vnheedfull out of the pathe of truthe: but sithe there haue beene suche bothe in times paste, and at this daye maye commonlie be founde: it behooueth the faithfull to be admonished, that they should not giue eare vnto them. Which thing you shall neuer bring to passe, ex­cept yee make an euident proofe, that they erre all the world ouer. A­gaine, when the impudencie of manie breaketh out so farre, that openlie [Page 210] they dare gaine-saie the truthe, they are publikelie also to be confuted▪ least by their rashnesse they shoulde make the cause of the truthe sus­pected.

Wee read, that not onelie the Apostles, but Christe himselfe did ei­ther of these things. Whose example all these worthilie ought to fol­low, whosoeuer will be called and counted the Ministers of his Church. Which is the cause, that Paule would haue such kinde of Doctors, which cannot onelie instruct the rude in sounde doctrine, but also conuince those that speake against it. Titus. 1. And he testifieth also that the Scrip­tures are giuen to the same end, that they may serue for rebuking of the aduersaries, 2. Timoth. 3. Which seemed to the Holie-ghoste a matter of such importance, that he would not onelie haue the Deceauers of that age to bee reprooued by the Apostles, but hee would haue vs also to bee admonished of those, that in the laste times should moleste the Churche.

By which generall rule of Gualter, agréeing with Caluine héerevpon, it appeareth, that Paule applyed his doctrine, and ioyned admonition and redargution, as well as exhortation and consolation, to his Teaching. And that this Teaching is so little distinguished from the Pastors office: that it is common with the office and dutie of all Bishops and Ministers of the worde. And that except these applications be ioyned therevnto: the simple declaration of the truthe, although it be fullie set out, dooth not many times suffice, to ouerthrowe the malapart importunitie of the aduersaries. And as Paule thus, not onelie for the occasion of that time, but for the example of our and all times, made this introduction into his office of Teaching: so hée continued in such feruencie, till he met with Barnabas at Ierusalem, after thrée yeares trauell in Arabia, and all in this Citie of Damascus, that the Iewes ( no doubte, exasperated by his laying so hardlie their er­rors and obstinacie to their charges:) wente about to kill him. From th [...] which daunger being escaped, and come to Ierusalem, after Barnabas had exhorted the Disciples to admitte him into their companie: Hee was con­uersante (saith Luke, verse. 28.) with them at Ierusalem, and spake boldlie in the name of the Lorde Iesus, and disputed with the Grecians. But they went abou [...] to slaie him.

Belike he was still more earnest in reproouing them, than all the res [...] ­due. For the worde [...], signifieth, not o [...]elie that hee spake boldlie or confidentlie, but frankelie and freelie, and that with liberty and repre­hension.

Wherevpon the Geneua Margine noteth, The Gene­ua note. making open profession of the Gospell. And saithe Caluine; Caluine. In which wordes, Luke praiseth his for­titude in professing the Gospell. For among so manie hinderances, hee durst neuer haue hissed: had not his brest beene endewed with a rare [Page 211] constancie. In the meane season, all are prescribed what they ought to doo, to witte, euerie one according to the measure of his faithe. For althoughe all bee not Paules; neuerthelesse, the faithe of Christe must breed so muche confidence in our mindes: that when it is needfull for vs to speake, we waxe not altogither dombe. We must ( saithe Marlorate héere) be alwaies readie, to render a reason to all that aske it, Marlor [...]te. of the hope that is in vs.

And is all this freenesse, of Saint Paules teaching, and example to all men, without anye application, &c. that so mooued the aduersaries, that they still went about to murther him? Loe ( saithe Caluine) for zeale: fu­rie. Neither can it be otherwise, Caluin [...]. then that superstition should be fierce & cruell▪ Indeed it beseemeth the godlie, to be kindeled with an holie an­ger, when they see the pure truthe of God to bee corrupted with false and naughtie opinions: but so, that they moderate their zeale, that they determine nothing, excepte the cause be throughlie viewed, that they maye reduce them that erre, into the waye. Laste of all, if they see their frowardnesse to bee paste hope: yet maye not they snatche the sworde: bicause they should knowe that reuengement is not of GOD committed vnto them. And therefore Paule peaceablie auoydeth from them, whome hee had thus prouoked by his earnest teaching, &c.

Therefore ( saithe Luke) the Churches through-out all Iurie, and Galilee, and Samaria had peace, and were aedified: and they walked in the feare of GOD, and were replenished with the consolation of the Holie-ghoste.

Wherevpon (saithe Caluine) Luke signifieth, that the presence of Paule was a greeuous prouocation to the enemies of the Gospell. For whie did peace so suddenlye shine vnto the Churches by his departure: excepte that euen the sighte of him, did prouoke the furie of the ene­mies? Neither is this turned to him for a reproch, as though he had been as it were a Trumpet for a battell: but Luke rather setteth downe this for his commendation, that hee draue the enemies to a rage, euen with the onelye smell of his approching neere vnto them. For so woulde Christe triumphe in him, that hee should sprinckle vpon the Churche no lesse molestation, then renowne. Wherefore, by this example we are admonished, that they are not streight-wayes to bee condemned, whoe doe more enflambe the rage of wicked men, then other do. Which ad­monition, is not a little profitable. For as we are too softe and louing of our owne quietnesse: so nowe waxe we angrie with the best and moste excellent seruants of Christe, if by their vehemencie, wee thinke the euill will-be stirred vppe to hurte vs. But by this meanes, wee bee iniurious against the spirite of GOD, whose force and breathing hath kindeled all this flambe.

[Page 212] Thus as we still sée the zealous manner of S. Paules teaching: so when afterward, Act. 11.25.26. Barnabas being also an other Teacher and ex­horter, and hauing such an excellent gifte therin, (as is aforesaid) and yet knowing he was in these things, especiallie, in the vehemencie of exhor­tation, application, and persuasion, nothing comparable to Paule, ( as ap­peareth Act. 14.12. Where the Licaonians called Barnabas Iupiter, and Paule Mercurie, bicause hee was the cheefest speaker): yet Barnabas sought out Paule, and found him, and brought him to Antiochia. And they were conuersant with the Churche ( saithe Luke) a whole yeare, and taught much people: in so muche, that the Disciples were the firste cal­led Christians, in Antiochia. Shall wee now thinke that Barnabas haue­ing begone so soone; Paule in his Doctorship, changed not his manner of teaching. to ioine exhortation to his teaching, and that Paule being more vehement in exhorting, than he: they bothe of them left their former trade of teaching, and all that whole yeare fell to a newe trade, to teach onelie without exhorting, admonishing, rebuking, comforting, and with-out applying their teaching to any particuler state of time, of per­sons or places? Neither is it any thing likelie: neither the texte inferres it: neither dooth any learned writer so gather on the texte, that I haue yet séene: neither dooth it accorde with such a frutefull sequele. Their preach­ing ( saithe Marlorate) was so effectuall and so fruitefull. So that their continuance the whole yeare in teaching, was in such teaching, as was preaching, which consisteth much in exhortation, admonition, applicati­on, &c. and apperteineth to the office of a Pastor. Wherevpon, saith Gual­ter: Gualter. Let the Ministers of Churches follow this example. And while they persuade perseuerance to other, they themselues perseuer constant in their office: neither let them glorie in the bare name of a Pastor, but let them doo that, which becometh true Pastors. Least they seeme to be fol­lowers and successors of that foolish pastor, that is described in Zacha­rie, the eleuenth chapter.

So that S. Paule, practising all that whole yeare at Antiochia the of­f [...]ce of a Doctor, This place Act. 13. wre­sted for any other Doc­tors, thē for such Doc­tors as are examples to Pastors. ( as these our Learned Discoursers saye) and this Doctor preaching, and shewing an example for Pastors to followe: howe is this anye example for suche, as muste not meddle with the Pastors office? But neither héere, nor at anye time else, (that I can finde) Saint Paule e­uer practised the office of suche a Doctor. But looke, as he began, so with­out anye alteration, for this pointe of ioyning exhortation, admonition, & application, to this doctrine, he still continued. For as I noted before on these words, [...], While they were ministring vnto the Lorde, that is, (as Beza, and the Geneua Margine noteth) while they were preaching: and calleth it a publike charge, as the Apostleship was, and the Apostles were not tyed to suche an office, as taught without ex­horting or applying.

[Page 213] so dooth not the Holie-ghoste saye héere, Separate me Barnabas and Saule into another office, then they were in before: but, for the worke where vnto I haue called them. Which worke was still the same, that it was before, though doone in other places. For Paule changed not héere his office, as though he had béene but a Doctor [...]ntill nowe, and now was made an A­postle: for, as he continued a Doctor s [...]ill, so hee was an Apostle before. S. Paules teaching stil after the same māner And looke what manner of Teaching he vsed after, he vsed before: And as before, so he still continued in his teaching. Wherevpon saithe Caluine: But heere Luke saithe, that Paule was ordeined by voices, which seemeth not to be agreeable to Paules words, Gal. 1.1. Where he deni­eth that he was called either of men, or by men. I answer: Caluine. he was created an Apostle (and that, not by any mens voices) long before, that hee was sent vnto the Gentles: And had alreadie exercised his Apostleship for manie yeares, when hee was called to the Gentiles by a new Oracle. Wherefore, in that respect, that hee had God the author of his Apostle­ship, he doth not vnworthilie exclude men. Neither doth he now com­mand him to be ordeined of the Church, that his calling should depend of the iudgement of man: But that decree, that was knowne as yet, but to a fewe, God dooth now set foorth the same by a publike edict; and command it to be sealed with a solemne subscription of the Churche. The sense therefore of the words is: Nowe is the time that Paule must spread the Gospell among the Gentiles, and pulling downe the wall, Ephes. 2.14. Collect a Churche out of the Gentiles, who before were strangers from the kingdome of God. For although hetherto, God vsed his trauell at Antiochia, and in other places: this peculiar pointe is ad­ded now at length, that God would adopt togither the Geneiles into the selfe same inheritance of life with the Iewes. Howbeit, if he had been created Doctor thus euen from the beginning, neither yet then had he beene called by man. For when as the Lorde pronounceth that he was called of him: what remaineth for the Churche, but obedientlie to sub­scribe thereto? For neither is heere the iudgement of man placed be­tweene, as in a doubtfull matter; neither haue the voices freedome. But we must hold that which I said, that Paule and Barnabas are not now at lengthe, ordeined in the order of Doctors: but an extraordinarie office is enioyned, Paule and Barnabas not made heere suche Doctors as our Brethr. imagine. that they should begin to set foorth at large the grace of God in common to the Gentiles. And this doo the words sound when it is said; separate to the worke: for (no doubt) it signifieth a newe worke, and as yet vnaccustomed. But how is Barnabas ioyned heere a compani­on and colleague with Paule: whome wee neuer read to haue exercised the office of teaching? Yea, who alwaies him-selfe holding his peace, yeelded the partes of speaking to Paule? I answere: he had manie occa­sions inowe, of speaking offered him in Paules absence: that there was [Page 214] businesse inough for them bothe; for one could not be alwaies present in all places. There is no doubt, but that hee faithfullie went about the parts that God commaunded, nor was a dombe looker on. Neither is there any cause that we should maruell, whie the Sermons that he made, are not in plaine wordes expressed of Luke: sithe that hee scarse reciteth the thousand Sermon, of those that Paule made. Thus saithe Cal­uine.

Whereby it appeareth, that as Paules Doctorship and Apostleship, was all one, bothe before and after: the difference being onelie this com­mission, of dooing the same thing in common to the Gentiles, the which also was foretold before, bothe to Ananias that baptised him, and to himselfe in his traunce at Ierusalem, as he declared after in his Sermon, Act. 22.21. But héere it was enioyned vnto him. And being a Doctor before he was héere made the Doctor of the Gentiles: euen so, his manner of teaching, and executing this doctors office, was euer one and the same manner: that is to saye, euer ioining exhortation, admonition, consolation, rebuke­ing, or some kinde or other application to his doctrine. And this appea­reth, euen in the selfe-same 13. chapter, verse. 14. &c. But when (saithe Luke) they departed from Perga, they came to Antiochia of Pisidia, The Doct­ors, reading the Lectures of the Lawe & the Prophets, ioined exhortation Caluine. and went in­to the Synagog on the Sabaoth daye, and sate downe: and after the Lecture of the Lawe and of the Prophets, the rulers of the Synagog sent vnto them, saying: yee men and Bretheren, if yee haue anye worde of exhortation for the people, saye on.

Heere ( saithe Caluine) is no mention made of praiers, which notwith­standing (it is certeine) were not omitted, nor neglected. But bicause Lukes purpose was to rehearse the Sermon that Paule made there: Act. 13. it is no maruell, if hee onelie mention those things, that apperteine to the order of teaching.

But this is a notable place, out of which wee learne, what was the manner of treating on doctrine among the Iewes in that age. The firste place was giuen to the lawe and the Prophets. For it was not lawe­full to propound any thing vnto the Churche, which was not drawne out of that founteine. Heerevpon also we gather, that the Scripture was not suppressed among a few, but all were indifferentlie admitted to the reading thereof. After this, they that excelled in the grace of teaching and exhorting, The inter­preters vsed teaching & exhorting. had the second partes, as interpreters of the Scripture that was read. Notwithstanding, last of all, Luke dooth shewe, that all were not permitted to speake: least of that licence, confusion should spring.

But the office of exhorting was committed vnto certeine men, whome he calleth the princes of the Synagog, or the Maisters. Paule therefore and Barnabas, doo not by and by, shooue themselues foorth [Page 215] to speake; least they should disturbe with too muche haste, the accusto­med order: but they modestlie expect, Licence to exercise their office. vntill leaue bee giuen them for to speake, and that by the permission of those, vnto whome the autho­ritie thereof by publike consent belonged. Wee knowe howe corrupte the state of that people at that time was: and Luke at length in the end of the chapter will declare, how these Antiochians in refusing the grace of Christe, were more then proud & froward. And yet notwithstanding this goodnesse remained among them, that their assemblies were orde­red comelie and honestlie, &c.

Which saying of his is woorthie to bee the more considered, for that diuerse of these our Bretheren, doo make an argument of proportion, for the offices and orders of the Churche vnder Christe, correspondent to the offices and orders of the Iewes Synagogs, vnder Moises. That for their sacrificing Priests, wee haue Pastors: for their Leuites, The Coun­terpoyson. Pag. Doctors of the Lawe, we haue teachers, doctors of the Gospell: for theyr rulers of the Synagogs, wee haue Gouernours: for their Leuiticall lookers to the treasurie, wee haue Deacons: for theyr presbyterie wee haue El­ders, &c

Which enumeration and proportion, though it be very disordered and confused, and the argument thereon more weake and faultie: yet to make the best of it that mought bee, it appeareth (if wee goe no further then this place) that these Iewes obseruing their ordinarie custome, were not acquainted with suche a kinde of Doctors, as vsed no applying, nor exhorting in their teaching, but suche as styll ioyned these togither. For what did they else meane in this demaunde: The Iewes knew no Doct. but that were exhorte [...]s. If yee haue anye worde of exhortation: But that they tooke it to bee the office of a Teacher, to vse to the people, the worde of exhortation, with the worde of Doc­trine?

But perhaps they did this of ignorance of their owne orders, and had not béene acquainted with suche Doctors. But what-so-euer they thought, or conceaued, or demanded aright or amisse héerein; let vs sée (as we began) Caluins iudgement.

Dooth hee mislike it? No This speeche ( saithe hee, Caluinus in Act. 13.) dooth betoken that whatsoeuer grace is in men to edifie the Churche, it is, as it were pawned vnto them. Although the particle, in, (if there bee in you anye worde of consolation) according to the Hebrewe phrase, maye bee superfluous: and therefore I vrge not stiffelye that matter. Because the sense maye bee plaine, if you haue anye exhortation, The Doct. office in ex­horting and applying with tea­ching. that is apte and profitable to the people: howbeit, exhortation excludes not Doctrine. But this name seemeth to come of the common vse that was receaued among them. For properlie the office of [Page 216] a Doctor is, The Iewes Doctors. not to bring foorth anye newe thing of his owne sense, but the Scripture, wherein all the wisedome of the godlie is compre­hended: and to make it fitte vnto the presente vse of the people. By this meanes they do not so muche teache, as they applie the doctrine taken from another matter vnto the edification of the Churche. Which I suppose to be noted by the worde exhorting. What can be spoken of the office of a Doctor, more plaine then this? And howe plaine withall, this iudgement of Caluine ( bothe for the Doctors of the Iewes, and the Doctors of the Christians) is cleane contrarie, to these Discoursers distin­guishing, and limitting of a Doctors office from a Pastors, by exhorting and applying; I referre me not onelie to anye Doctors, but to any godlie Christian readers iudgement, be he neuer so simple, yea (almost) be he ne­uer so much affectionate.

And with-all, let the Reader marke the Geneua note héere [...]n: The Geneua note, on Act. 13.15. This de­clareth the Scripture is giuen to teache and exhorte vs, and that they re­fused none, that had giftes to set foorth Gods glorie, and to edifie his people. Belike then they regarded not the nice distinguishing of the per­sons office, but onelie respected these ends in him, Gods glorie, and their edifiyng. To which endes they required, not bare teaching, but teaching and exhorting: wherevnto, they thought, the Scripture to be giuen them. But whatsoeuer they thought: did S. Paule satisfie their demaund, being now appointed to become the Doctor or Teacher of the Gentiles? as h [...] calleth himselfe, 1. Tim. 2.7. And would he ioyne exhortation to his tea­ching? Yea, the verie first words of his Sermon are an Exhortation to them, to giue him audience, verse. 16. And although he procéede from th [...] 16. verse, S. Paules application. vntill the 26. verse, all in doctrine: yet hee entereth againe into application, and vseth, not onelie a moste graue exhortation an [...] reprehension: but (returning to matter of doctrine) knits vp all his Sermon with an application, and a dreadfull admonition to the dispisers of his doctrine.

And the next day againe, both Paule and Barnabas, as they begin with persuasion: so afterwarde reprehending the obstinate Iewes, and com­forting the beléeuing Gentiles, they conclude with Doctrine. And this or­der, to ioyne and enterlace these things togither, was alwaies the manner of Saint Paules teaching, being the Doctor and Teacher of the Gentiles. And this manner of teaching he constantlie obserueth, S. Paule to Timothie concerning the office of teaching. in all his Epistle [...], and willeth other Teachers so to doo. For, charging Timothie, to giue attendance, to reading, to exhortation, & to doctrine, 1. Tim. 4.13: And willing him to teach and exhorte, 1. Tim. 6.2: And bidding him to ordeine Teachers; dooth he limite it onlie vnto doctrine? No. But saith he, 2. Tim. 2. What things thou haste heard of me by manye witnesses, commend the same to faithfull men, which shall be able also to teache others. [Page 217] And what was that? All and only doctrine? No. S. Paules precepts of teaching. But doctrine intermin­gled with exhortation, admonition, reprehension, consolation perswa­sion, or still some kinde or other application.

These thinges (saith he) admonish, &c. ver. 14. and 15. studie to shew thy selfe an approoued workeman before God: and one not to be asha­med of cutting a-right the word of truthe. 24. Moreouer the seruant of the Lorde must not striue, but be gentle towardes all men, apt to teach, suffring the euill men patiently, instructing them with meekenesse, that are contrarie minded: proouing, if at any time God will giue them re­pentance, that they may knowe the truthe. Lo here the dutie and office of a Teacher. And doth he not herein most plainly insinuate, that he should teach them so, that with exhortation, perswasion, application, and all gentle meanes, he should assay to winne them? and doth not this Doctor of the Gentiles, to this purpose, set out himselfe an example heereof, 2. Tim. 3. ver. 10. saying: But thou hast fully knowen my doctrine, maner of liuing, purpose, faith, long suffring, loue, patience, S Paules example in teaching. &c. 14. but con­tinue thou in the thinges, which thou hast learned, and art perswaded thereof, knowing of whom thou hast learned them, and that thou hast knowen the holy scriptures of a childe: which are able to make thee wise vnto saluation, through the faith which is in Christ Iesus. For the whole scripture is giuen by inspiration, and is profitable to teach, to im­proue, to correct, and to instruct in righteousnes: that the man of God may be absolute beeing made perfecte vnto all good workes, cap. 4. I charge thee therefore before GOD, and before the Lorde Iesus Christe, which shall iudge the quicke and the dead at his appearing and in his kingdome: preach the worde, be instant in season and out of sea­son, improoue, rebuke, exhort, with all long suffring and doctrine. S. Paules ad­monition to Titus for teaching. He­therto alwayes wish teaching doctrine, Paule ioyneth exhortation: and willeth Timothie to ioyne application of these thinges with doctrine. and the like he doeth to Titus. Tit. 1.9. Holding-fast the faithfull worde ac­cording to doctrine, that he may bee able to exhort, with wholsome doctrine, and improue them that say against it.

If nowe it be replyed, that here he speaketh of a Bishop, and Paul was an Apostle, and Timothie and Titus Bishops: not onely the text maketh them Teachers or Doctors: but what office or degrée of the ministerie of the worde soeuer they had, S. Paule doth alwayes so ioyne these together, that Caluine on, 2. Tim. 3.16. saith ▪ He setteth doctrine in the first place, Caluin on 2. Tim. 3.16. as in order it goeth before all other. For hee should exhort or reprooue to n [...] purpose▪ except yee should teach before: Teaching going be­fore & ex­horting ioyned after it. but because doctrine is colde by it selfe: he addeth improouing and correcting, &c. and on 2. Tim. 4.2. he willes him to be instant in reprouing, rebuking, exhorting: by which wordes hee signifieth, that there is neede to driue vs on with [Page 218] manie proddes, S. Paules praecepts of teaching that we may proceéde in a straight course: for if there were that docilitie in vs that ought to be, the minister of Christ might drawe vs with his becke onely. But nowe, no, not moderate exhorta­tions (I say not, sounde counselles) do suffice to shake off our sluggish­nesse: except a greater vehemencie of reprehensions and chydinges doe come thereto. VVith all lenitie. A very necessarie exception. For, repro­uings euen with the very pushe of them doe fall away, and vanish into smoulder, except they be strengthned with doctrine. For as well exhor­tations, as reprehensions are helpes onely vnto doctrine. And therefore without it, they are of small force. Example whereof are they, which ex­cell only in feruencie and eagernesse, but they are not defenced with sounde doctrine: for they stoutly tyre themselues, they make loude cryes, and make a turmoyle, and that without profit, because they build without a foundation. I speake of good-men otherwise, but too litle learned, & too much feruent. And on Tit. 1.9. But what meaneth he by this, according to doctrine? Teaching of doctrine is to be refer­red to godly life. To wit, such an one as is profitable for the aedifi­cation of the Church. For, whatsoeuer is learned or knowē without any fruite of godlinesse, Paule is not woont to account it in the name of do­ctrine. But rather he condemneth for vanitie all speculations, that bring no profite, although otherwise they be neuer so wittie. So to the Rom. the 12. chap. 7. He that teacheth let him doe it in doctrine: that is to say, let him studie to profite his audience. To conclude, this is the first point, that a Pastor must be furnished with the knowledge of doctrine: but the second is, that he must reteyne the confession thereof, with a firme con­stancie of minde, euen to the vttermost. The third, that he apply his ma­ner of teaching in edifying: Doctrine is to be apply­ed. nor flie about by subtleties of friuolous cu­riositie, but al-onely seeke the sounde profite of the Church.

Thus doth Caluine not only in a Bishop, Pastor, or any Minister of the worde, shew how these two, Doctrine & Application, cannot cōueniently be disioyned, without the hindrance of edification, doctrine is colde and mooues not men without these helpes: and yet they helpe not without do­ctrine: but also one of these very places, which these our Learned Disc. and other of their minde do chiefly vrge for Doctors, Caluine on Rom. 12.7. Rom. 12.7. Caluine spea­king of Pastors, applies it to them, & to their dutie. And simply expounde [...] it thus: he that teacheth, let him do it in doctrine: that is to say, let him studie to profite his hearers. As who say, let him euen in this sorte as I haue saide of Pastors, not stande vpon méere speculation of doctrin, which moueth coldly of it selfe, by reason of the hearers dulnesse or hardnes, but let him ioyne such application thereof vnto his doctrine, as may best re­dound to their profite and aedification.

And now, as this was Paules continuall teaching, both by mouth & wri­ting, and moouing all others to do the like, euen the Doctor, so well as th [...] [Page 219] Pastor, as appeareth in all his Epistles: D. Apollos. so Barnabas ( if the Epistle to the Hebr. be his, & not rather, as it is cōmonly accepted, The Epistle to the Heb. takē of som to be writ­ten by Bar­nabas. S. Paules) though the argumēt stand most of doctrine aboue all the other epistles: yet doth he stil among the greatest points of doctrine, inserte application & adioyne sun­dry & singular exhortations, admonitions, reprehēsions, cōsolations, &c. to his doctrin. And the like doth Peter both in all his preachings, recorded in y e Acts of the Apostles, & in both his Epist. And Iohn & Iames, & Iude, & Stephen, Act. 7. &c. For, they all learned this order of Iesus Christe the chiefe Doctor, and both their & our M. of all our doctrine, & of all our tea­ching of it: Who euer ioyned exhortation, application, &c. to his doctrine. And sent out both his 12. Apostles, & his 72. Disciples, to kéepe the like ma­ner of teaching: and neuer taught, or enioyned other to teach in other or­der. Which is euē as much, as so to seuer the letter & the spirit, The danger and absurdi­tie of our Br. doctrin. in seuering the doctrine frō al application of the same, y t the liuely and quickning sense thereof is damped. neither only to say, that a man may do so vpon occasion, or in time & place, as some Doctors in the scholes, & in their lectures now & then: but to make a rule theron, & a seueral office, of such Doctors, & that ordinarie & perpetual, distinct frō Pastors: and y t they must not exhort, nor rebuke, nor cōfort, nor apply, but only teach without all these things; and that such Doctors must be in euery congregation, & must so teach the common people, who, of all other are most moued by affections; and that if the Doctor should perswade or apply he is an intruder into other mens fun­ctions, & a confounder, and breaketh off the ordinance of Christ: Counte [...] ­poyson. I do not only sée how this is not yet sufficiently prooued, but y t (as me thinkes, and I will speake it vnder correction of better proofe, than is yet brought, either in the Frutefull Sermon on, 1. Cor. 12. or in the Counterpoyson, or in this Learned discourse): I take it not agréeable to the Apostles precept, [...] to cut a-right the worde of God; nor fitte for the man of God, which is his minister; The right cutting of Cods word. nor according to the effectuall woorking of his worde; which is the power of God to saluation to all that beleeue it: which is writ­ten to our consolation; which is profitable to reach, to improoue, to correct, to en­struct, &c. which is, liuely, and mightie in operation, and sharper then anie two edged sworde, and entereth through, Hebr. 4. euen to the diuiding a-sunder of the soule and the spirite, and of the ioyntes, and of the marrawe, and is a discerner of the thoughtes and ententes of the heart. All which, and all other principall ver­tues ther [...]of, are no lesse wrought by the apt and right application, then by the true interpretation of the same.

And thus much for these examples of these Doctors teaching, or rather (neuer teaching) without applying of their doctrine.

But softe wee haue yet an-other example, that if all these will not proue it (as on the contrarie they plaine confute it) to sée, if that, will yet at length inferre it.

[Page 220]Likewise Apollos, which was an eloquent man, and mightie in the Scriptures, The learned Dis. Pag. 18. first at Ephesus, but afterwarde being more perfectly instru­cted in the way of God by Aquila and Priscilla, in the Church of A [...]haia, exercised the office of a Teacher, with great profite of them which had beleeued, and to the great confusion of the stiffe-necked Iewes, while he prooued plainely by the Scripture that Iesus was the Christe. Actes. 18.28. Actes 18.28

Apollos was an eloquent man, ( I graunt) but can you (my Learned Masters) with all the eloquence and learning ye haue, Bridges. prooue this; that Apollos did exercise the office of such a Teacher, Apollos no such D. as they vrge. as you haue here descri­bed? Which if ye could doe; yet, one swallowe would not make a spring.

But euen this example of Apollo, maketh as much against you, as the residue. For, Apollos being so eloquent, and mightie in the Scriptures, so seruent in the spirite, and so diligent in his teaching, ( as Luke testifieth,) do ye not sée, how all these things do manifestly infer, y t he vsed applicatiō & perswasion with his teaching? He was excellently wel learned, which he calleth mightie in the Scriptures: which point more properly indéede doth appertain to doctrine, and he was diligent also in his teaching which thing like-wise belongs to doctrine: and yet was not he so mightie in the scriptures, Apollos eloquence. for all his diligence in his teaching, but that he was (God w [...]t) a verie meane and insufficient Teacher, till hee was taught further, euen by a poore meane learned handie-craftes man, and his wife. So that his E­loquence was more in perswasion then in doctrine: and his feruencie of the spirite to mooue affections; as much as his diligence in his teaching. And what (I beséech you) were the matters, he taught? Were they not those thinges that are of the Lorde? And is not life and manners, and exhortation thereto, & dehortation from the contrarie, pertayning also to the way of the Lorde? But only the teaching of the articles of religion, and the confutation of the contrarie? And what was the doctrine that he onely knewe and taught? Apollo mi­nistred the Sacrament of baptisme Is it not here named Iohns Baptisme? And did he not then administer the Sacrament that he taught? Yea, was not the Sacrament of Baptisme that Iohn vsed: vnto repentance? And did not Iohn in ministring it exhort and applie, saying: Repent ye: for the kingdome of heauen is at hande? Did he not applie, when he pointed out Christ with his finger? When he sent them to Christ, that came to him? Did hee not applie, and exhort, and rebuke, euen in particuler, almost all sorts of per­sons: when they came to be baptised of him? And doeth not the name of Iohns Baptisme comprehende all his ministerie? And howe was Apollo then such a Doctor as is here imagined, without all ministring of the sa­cramentes, or preaching, or exhorting, or applying? But nowe, when Apollo was instructed more perfectly, and was minded to goe into A­chaia, and the brethren exhorting him thereunto, wrote to the Disciples [Page 221] to receaue him; when he was come he helped them much, Apollo. who had be­leeued through grace. For, mightilie he confuted publikely the Iewes, Apollos mighty tea­ching. with great vehemencie ( saith Luke) shewing by the scriptures that Iesus was Christ.

Now, as though he did nothing there, but onely teache and confute, you leaue out these wordes (mightily, and with great vehemencie,) and thrust in another of your owne, plainely as though he had vsed nothing but plaine teaching. Which wordes left out by you, Beza notwithstanding Beza doth especially obserue, [...], For with great contention: I would vse this Periphrase, to expresse the forceablenes of the Greeke word: wher­by is signified, that this eloquent man stretched all his sinewes, to ouer­come the Iewes. The vulgar, and Erasmus, call it, vehemently, that is, [...]. Moreouer a little after, they doe not seeme sufficiently to haue ex­pressed [...], they ouercame. For the preposition [...], encreaseth the signification, as in [...] throughly to endure, [...] an exqui­site, perfect, knowing, or doing of a thing: and in such like. And there­fore I translated it, he did more and more conuince them. As who say, he did more by his vehement, eloquent, and zelous exhortations and ad­monitions, on the one side, confirme and strengthen them, that had before beléeued, and were taught the principles, and groundes of Religion by o­thers: then he did by teaching. So that, though he taught them also by the Scriptures, that Iesus was Christ, which is the foundation of our doctrine: yet, he did this greater help vnto them, in confirming of them by applica­tion and exhortation in his teaching. And euen so against the aduersa­ries: he did mightily conuince them with the scriptures. But this migh­tinesse, this vehemencie, and so exquisite conuincing of them, could not be done; without a singuler application, and great reproouing of them. And to this (besides that Caluine doth agrée;) Gualter gathereth a general rule of this teaching of Apollos, saying: Gualterus [...] Act. 18. This example also doth admo­nish, what manner of teaching ought to be retained in the Church. First there is neede of zeale and feruencie of spirite, that all men may per­ceaue the matter is handled euen from the heart. For except this zeale be ioyned thereto, the doctrine will serue but for ostentation. Euen so, that Christ did burne in zeale: Feruens Do­ctors. his studie of teaching (which was neuer wearied,) and that feruent spirite in reforming the temple, doe aboun­dantly declare. Neither shall those luke-warme Doctors, or Teachers be euer allowed of him, when as Christ would haue, no not so much as priuate men in the cause of religion, to be luke-warme. Looke Apocal. [...]. And then, it is necessarie that diligence be added both for the slownesse of our wit, which receaueth not matters that are diuine, and also for the corruption of our nature, which alwayes is woont to striue against th [...] commaundements of God. To the which also commeth the wicked in­dustrie [Page 222] of Sathan our common enemie, whose suares to meete with, by continuall industrie, it behooueth the faithfull ministers day & night. And therefore Paule commaundeth Timothie, whom he knew to be tray­ned vp in the studie of the Scripture from his childhoode, to applie rea­ding. 1. Tim. 4. and the same Paule will afterwardes exhort with most graue argumentes, the Pastors of the Ephesians, to watchfulnesse and di­ligence. Thirdly, it behooueth the ministers to be endewed with a free­nesse of speaking, least they should dissemble any thing, being deceaued either with feare or fauour.

Thus doth Gualter declare, that this teaching of Apollos, was not a peculier kinde of teaching in Doctors without applying and exhorta­tion: but such as was the office in common of all ministers, and namely Pastors. And vpon this, that he profited the faithfull, and conuinced the Iewes, ( saieth Gualter): Further, this place admonisheth vs of manye thinges necessarie to be obserued. Gualier. For first, we are taught, that there is neede in the Church not onely of institution, but also of confuting of the aduersaries: for it cannot be that they should profite the Churches much, that indeuour not with chiefe diligence to roote out false opini­ons: as neither husbandrie can be fruitefull which suffereth shrubbes, or vnfruitefull darnell to growe vp. Ieremie therefore is bidden to plucke downe, and roote vp, & then to builde and plant. And Paule would haue a Bishop to be such, as should be able also to conuince the gainesayers. Tit. 1. but that, that is spoken of false Doctors, who must vtterly be con­futed: that also ought to be vnderstoode of those, that are openly wic­ked liuers, ad euill doers, which are woont to be offensiue to the weak­linges. For against these also, the faithfull ministers with the sworde of the spirite ought to fight: except they will lay open the Church, to be spoyled of wolues. Greatly therfore do they erre, who at this day would haue the Gospell so to be preached, that we should not withstande wic­ked doctrines and corrupt manners.

Besides, we are admonished, what weapons in the Church we mu [...]t fight withall, to wit, with the scriptures, which ( Paule teacheth in an-o­ther place,) to be inspired from God, and to be profitable to teach, to reproue, to exhort, and to rebuke, 2. Tim. 3.

Thus doeth this example of Apollos, not serue for such a Doctor, as may not doe the actions of a Pastor: but may as well deale with life a [...] doctrine, and may as well applie, exhort, and rebuke, as teach and con­fute. And yet, to the further consideration heereof, let vs note euen the place it selfe, & the office of a teacher, ( that ye say) Apollo in Achaia ex­ercised. Which as it appeareth, cap. 19.1. euen in the next wordes fo [...] ­lowing to your own quotation: (and it came to passe, [...]hile Apollo was at Co­rinthus) conferred with this 18. chap. by you cited for Apollos teaching: [Page 223] this Apollo succéeded Paule, who had planted a Church to Christ before at Corinth: after this (saith Luke v. 1. &c.) Paule going from Athens came to Corinth; so that Apollos was Paules successor in that place. And euen by that terme doth Caluine call him, ver. 28. Caluine. This is rightly to be attributed to the prouidence of God, Apollo was Paules suc­cessors to the Corinthian [...] that while Paule is forced to go from Ephesu [...] Apollo is sent in his place, who might recōpence the losse of his absence. And it is to purpose, to note, in what sort this mans beginning was, sithe he was also Paules successor among the Corinthians, and behaued him­selfe so excellently, and employed so faithfull and earnest trauaile, that Paul commendeth him honorablie, as his singular colleague, or one sent in the same commission with him, 1. Cor. 3.6. & 4.6. &c. So then, this Apollo succéeding Paule in place & office; by Paules exercise in the same place and office, we shall sée Apolloes: except Apollo did not his office, or were inferiour in execution of the same: where Paule preferreth him e­uen aboue himselfe, in the point that we are now in hande withall. And how did Paule teach at Corinth, and at Ephesus: in which places this Doctor Apollo did succeede this Doctor Paule? He disputed ( saith Luke) in the Synagogue euery Sabboth day, and exhorted the Iewes and Graecians. [...], therefore, that is, to perswade ( saith Caluine) I take it for that, that is by little and litle to induce. For in my iudgement, Luke signifieth, Caluine. that when the Iewes did coldly and foolishly handle the lawe: Paule spake of the corrupt & lost nature of mā, of the necessitie of grace, of the promi­sed redēption, of the maner of obteyning saluation: that he might awakē them. For this was a sit & an apt preparatiue vnto Christ. Then, when he ioyneth vnder it, that he was straightly driuen in spirite to teach Iesus to be Christ: the sense is, that he was stirred vp with a greater vehemencie, freely and openly to dispute of Christ. So that, we see, Paule brought not forth all at once, nor at one time, but tempered his doctrine according as occasion serued. Prudent Doctors▪ And because at this day that moderation is profita­ble: it behooueth faithfull Doctors prudently to waighe, from whence they should make their beginning, least a preposterous, and a confused manner doe hinder the course of the doctrine.

And was this done in him, or may be done in any, without applicati­on? Or consisted it all in doctrine, and nothing in exhortation, where ex­hortation, or perswasion is as expressely named as disputation?

Beza on this word [...], saith, Beza. that it signifieth such an ardē ­cie of Paule, that altogether forgetting himselfe, with an heroical force, he was caried foorth to preach Christ. He watched ( saieth Gualter) the Sabboth dayes, & the sacred assemblies, that (according to the maner in [...]hose daies) were gathered together. And first he prudently did tēper his doctrine, applying himselfe vnto the capacit [...]e of the he [...]rers: Which [...]e in an other place confesseth, while hee writeth, that hee nourishet [...] [Page 224] them with milke. Because, as yet they coulde not brooke stronger meate. Apollos in­sinuation to the hearers mindes. That doth Luke expresse in the worde of perswading. To declare that he insinuated himselfe aptly vnto the mindes of the hearers. Leaste he should euen in the verie thresholde, (as they say) offende any. And truely it is credible that he proceeded in the same order, that otherwise he was accustomed to doe, &c▪ And afterwarde when the Iewes resisted and blasphemed, he renounced a most dreadfull threat against them, ver. 6. and turned from them vnto the Gentiles there: among whom he aboad teaching the worde of God a yeare and 6. monethes. From whence he departed to Ephesus, where, in what fort and manner he taught, is not here so largely set downe: as afterward in the two next Chapters follow­ing, perswading, exhorting, admonishing and applying.

So that Apollos succéeding Paule in this commission of teaching in these places: it followeth, that Apollos teaching was not without these thinges. And no doubt, he had with such eloquence, and his perswasions so mooued the Corinthians, and he was growen thereby into such estima­tion: that sectes and contentions springing among them, S. Paule 1. Cor. 1. 12. & 1. Cor. 8. noteth, howe one sayd, I am of Paule: and another I am of A­pollo. Paule plan­ted, Appollo watered. Whom he rebuketh saying: Are ye not carnall? who is Paule then, and who is Apollo: but the ministers by whom ye beleeued? And as the Lord g [...]ue vn­to euerie man. I planted, Apollo watered: but God gaue the encrease. And a­gaine, These thinges brethren, haue I figuratiuely applyed to mine owne selfe, & to Apollo, for your sakes, &c. By all which, it is manifest, that Apollo was of so great fame, that he was comparable, in many mens opinions, to the chiefest Apostles. And shall we thinke that all his eloquence, and might, and vehemencie, was onely in teaching, and planting the articles and principles of Christian religion, without applying his teaching to anye particuler state of time, of person, or places? Nay rather, S. Paule ( in this comparison, and as in time he was before him, in those places) takes that to him selfe. And saith not, Apollo plantes, and Paule waters: but Paule plantes, and Apollo waters. As though he had (not figuratiuely) but in plain wordes saide, I am rather the Teacher and the Doctor of the Gentiles, as he also calles himselfe, 1. Tim. 2.7. But (saieth he) Apollo waters: hee cōmeth with his flowing streames of eloquence, and watereth that, that Paule had planted, If Paule the Doctor and planter be so eloquent: was Apollo the D. and watererwith out perswa­sion? to confirme and strengthen them by exhortation and perswasion, as Paule there saith, ver. 10. I haue laide the foundation, and an­other buildeth thereon. Now, if S. Paule liken himselfe (for teaching) to the Planter, and layer of the foundation, who notwithstanding spiceth all his teaching with so manifolde figures of surpassing eloquence, full of ex­hortation, admonition, reprehension, consolation, and all kinde of per­swasiue application, to whō all Orators may giue place: shall we thinke of Apollo this eloquent waterer, whom Paule so highly aduanced, whom [Page 225] the Corinthians so greatly esteemed, Doctors. whose zeale and labours God so mig [...]tily blessed and prospered, to his glory, his Churches benefite, and his enemies confusion; that he vsed no exhortation, no admonition, no re­prehension, no consolation, no application to any particuler state, of time of persons, of places, in his teaching? No testimo­ny of Scrip­ture for this furmised Doctor. But the Text in all these points is plaine contrary. This therefore is a méere surmised kinde of Doctor­ship, that is here pretended, nor any one testimony of the Scripture as yet alleaged, nor any one of these, or any other examples in the Scripture, doth enforce it. And as this Doctorship can-not be prooued by these exam­ples, but rather that they were Presbyters or Priestes, whome you call Pastors: so the compilers of the Ecclesiasticall historie of Magdeburge, Centuria 1. Lib. 2. cap. 7. fol. 508. Colum. 2 do say: In the Church of Anti­oche, for a time, were Paule and Barnabas, who are called Apostles, and Prophetes, and Doctors: whome it is lawfull to call Priestes or Presby­ters. And so like wise the same writers, speaking of all the Doctors of that age, doo further say, fol. 509. Prophetes, Euangelistes, Pastors and Do­ctors, didde not make certaine degrees of persons in the Ecclesiasticall Regiment, but they seeme to be numbred either among the Apostles & their fellowes, or else among the Priestes or Deacons. So that there was no seuerall degrée, or any ordinary appoynted office distinguished in persons, by reason of these diuerse giftes at that time.

Which Centuriographers also in the same booke and chapter, fol. 510. De ratione & forma Gubernat. do say: These were the works in common of the Apostles, and Prophetes, Euangelistes, Pastors, Doctors, Priestes, Deacons: they taught the Church purelie and sincerely, concerning al the points of Christian doctrine, &c. They interpreted the Scriptures. &c. They deliuered the Catechisme, &c. They preached repentance, &c. to­warde the obstinate they were more sharpe, &c, they exhorted those that were iustified, &c.

To conclude, they had Schooles no doubt and teachers in many chur­ches: and while they taught, they employed their diligence in teaching, as S. Paule willed, He that teacheth in teaching. But that those Teachers might not exhorte, nor applie, and that if they so did, they encroched vpō the office of the Pastor: this is not yet, (nor I thinke wil euer be) prooued. & the foresaid Collectors of the Ecclesiasticall storie, of that first Centurie or hundreth yéeres, Chap. 10. in the title of the Doctors of the Church, reckon vp indifferently, all the Apostles, the Euangelistes, Barnabas, A­gabus, Timothie, Titus, Silas, Siluanus, Iudas, Barsabas, Aristarchus, Aquila, Prisca, Archippus, Alexander, Andronicus, Iunias, Crispus, Chloas, Carpus, Apollo, Zenas, &c. And of this Doctor Zenas they write, saying: Paule mencioneth once onely, of one Zenas together with A­pollo, and he calleth him a Lawier. As, Tit. 3. Bring Zenas the expounder [Page 226] of the Lawe, and Apollo diligently, that they lack nothing. But it is likely, that in the encreasing of the Gospell, he sustayned the same office that Apollo did. As Hierome witnesseth these things of them both, in his declaratiō of the 3. Chapter of the Epistle to Titus, rehearsing it in this manner. Apollos was a man of Alexandria extraught of the Iewes maruelous elo­quent and perfect in the Lawe, Zenas a Doctor. the Bishop of Corinthus: who is thoughte to haue sayled ouer with Zenas the Doctor of the Lawe, vnto Creta an Isle neere-hande, by reason of the dissensions that were at Corinthus, & to haue returned to Corinthus after that, by the Epist, of Paule the dissenti­ons sproong at Corinthus were appeased. But who this Zenas the Do­ctor of the Lawe was, we can-not by anie other place of Scripture, tell: but onely this, that he also being an Apostolical man, had that worke in hand, of building vp the churches of Christe, that Apollo exercised. Whiche by the waye declareth, that this Doctor Apollos was also a Bi­shop: and that this Doctor Zenas, did ioyne exhortation and applicatiō to his teaching, as is before shewed Apollos did.

And so the writers of this Centurie, procéed on in the liues of the Do­ctors of that age, taking Manahen by the way, cited by these our Learned discoursers for one of these Doctors, Manahen a Doctor. that may neyther exhorte nor ap­plie. Of whome they say: Who also without doubt was among them, that first conuerted the Antiochians vnto the acknowledging of Faithe in Christe. After whome these Centuriographers descende to Gamaliel. Who because he was a Doctor of the Lawe among the Iewes, I would note also their testimone of him out of the Scriptures, the rather, that wée may the better perceaue what was the manner of the Doctors teaching among them. Because some thinke, this office of onely teaching, was or­dayned in the Church, to be correspondent to the manner of teaching, i [...] the Synagogues and assemblies of the Iewes. Gamaliel ( say they fol. 621. was borne at Tharsus, a worshipfull Doctor of the Law. Act. 5. Of whom Paule declareth before the tribune at Ephesus, Act. 22. That hee was at his feete instructed in the Lawe of his Fathers. Where-upon Athanasius in the booke of the passion of the image of the Lorde, calleth Gamaliel the Doctor of Paule, which was the Doctor of the Gentiles. When-as the multitude of the Iewes beeing stirred vp at Ierusalem, against Iohn and Peter, tooke counsell to kill them: Gamaliel with very prudent counsell, did withdrawe them: whiche thing Luke declareth in this manner. A certain Pharisie (saith he) in the counsel by name Gamaliel, a Doctor of the Lawe, Doctor Ga­maliel his exhortation and applica­tion, Act. 5. honourable among all the people, arising vp, commaunded the men, for a little while to be put foorthe, and saide vnto them: Men of Israell, take heede to your selues, what yee are about to doe, concerning these men. For, before these times, rose vp Theudas boasting himselfe, to whome resorted a number of men, about fower hundreth, who was slaine, and they all that obeyed him, were [Page 227] scattered and brought to naught. After this man arose up Iudas of Galilie, in the dayes if the Tribute, and drewe away much people after him. Hee also perished, and all that obeyed him were scattered abroade. And now I say vnto you, refraine your selues from these men, and let them alone. For, if this counsell or worke bee of men, it will come to nought, But if it bee of God, yee can-not destroy it, least ye be fou [...]de euen fighters against God. Vnto whose councell that hee declareth, that all the multitude agreeed, and hauing beaten the Apostles, sent them awaye.

Did not this Doctor héere also among the Iewes, both exhorte, & ap­plie to the particuler state of time, of persons, and of places? And as this Doctor Gamaliel, so no doubt, (opportunity seruing) did all the o­ther Doctors of the Lawe. Yea, Esdras him-selfe did not teach the Lawe vnto the Iewes, without exhortation and application to them. Esdras a Doctor. And as it was thus before Christes time among the Iewes, and in all the age of Christe, and of his Apostles: So, for the ages succéeding them, as the Churches had their Doctors or Teachers, so did those Doctors continue aswell in exhortation, and application of their doctrine to their audi­ence, as in teaching of them.

To which purpose, The Cate­chists Doct. and their order of tea­ching in the Pri [...]itiue Church. in steede of particuler examination of all the Do­ctors that succéeded in thrée or fowre Centuries following, I will note the onelie collections of Hyperius De Catechesi, which was the especial of­fice of the Doctors and Teachers: as Beza testifieth euen in his distincti­on betwéene Doctors and Pastors. Confessione Christiana cap. 5. Artic. 26. For the Doctors office is simplie to declare the word of GOD, that the true sense maye bee drawen foorth: and especially, to instructe the learners of the Catechisme: Which office Origen enioyed in the Church Alexandria.

In the olde time ( saith Hyperius) they deliuered the Catechisme to the rude. They did it, whosoeuer were endued with sufficient doctrine. Hyperius de Catechesi cap. 2. fol. 445. There is no doubt, but Peter the Apostle expounded the whole doctrine Catechisticall (or teaching by voyce the principles of Faithe) in the house of Cornelius the Centurion, before that hee baptized anye. Act 10.

Likewise, Philip in the citie of Samaria: and declared forth-with in the waye before the Eunuche, the principall head pointes of Christian Religion. Which the Scripture signifieth brieflie, saying: That hee preached Iesus vnto him. Act. 8. Heere is Peter the Apostle a Do­ctor, and Phillip the Deacon a Doctor, and their Catechising is prea­ching.

But ( saith Hyperius) in successe of time, euen as the Apostles reie­cted from them-selues the office of baptizing, being drawne away with greater, and more difficult matters, so was it expedient to commit vnto others the businesse of expounding the Catechisme.

[Page 228]When the Churche began to encrease, it was necessary for the varie­ty and waight of businesses, whiche a few were not able to sustayne: that offices should be distinguished, and the same to be enioyned to diuerse persons: euen as Ambrose expounding that place of Ephesians the 4. doth well teache: And hee gaue some to bee Apostles, some Prophetes, and some Pastors, and Teachers, to the renewing of the saintes, &c. Graue men therefore, notable for the sincerity of their life, and such as besides had a grace of teaching, and a prudence ioyned thereunto, were chosen to the office of Catechising: for to instruct those that were aliens from our religion. Verily, it behoued suche to be chosen, who, not so-much in their speeche, as in the actions of their life, should euen bowe down their myndes to loue the Gospell of Iesus Christe, and his sincere Reli­gion. Certes, to perswade one in speeche and wordes to embrace Christe, to inuite him to godlinesse, to open the waye to faith: but in doings to driue him from Christe, to giue an example of doing wicked­lie, to bring forth no fruites of faithe: is no other thing, then, as much as the daie before thou buildest vppe, so muche the daye following to pull downe: and with Penelope, to vntwiste the webbe againe, whiche thou wast minded to haue gone thorough.

More-ouer, before them whose condition is of very diuerse sorts, & wittes are not al like; The Tea­chers ap­plying his doctrine to all sorts of learners. to temper the manner of teaching, to the profit of ech one of them, is neede of singuler prudence.. Heere-unto there­fore appertayneth that whiche Clement writeth in his firste epistle to the brother of the Lorde: They that Catechise, that is to say, they that in­struct beginners with the worde, it behoueth that they them-selues bee instructed. For, it is a matter of the soule. And it behoueth him that teacheth and enstructeth rude soules, to be such an one, that he may bee able euen to proportion or fitte himselfe, and directe the order of his worde, according to the capacity of the hearer.

He therefore himselfe, must especially be verye well learned and skil­full, blamelesse, ripe, vnfearfull. And S. Augustine at large teacheth, how a Catechist, or Teacher, ought to rouse vp oftentimes his mynde to diligence and labour, to breake of all irkesomnesse in the difficulties that hee meeteth with. How furthermore it should be his speciall ende­uour, to frame his speeches, according to the diuersitie of the persons. And to deale otherwise with those that are of the Gentiles: Other­wise with those that come to the Churche, from among the Iewes: Otherwise also, with those that are of the citie, and politike men: O­therwise with those that are husbandmen, and altogether vntrayned vp: Otherwise with those that are Gramarians, Orators, or Philosophers: Otherwise, with those that are vnlearned: otherwise, with those that haue beene before accustomed to foule offences: and to treate on [Page 229] all thinges otherwise, with them that are thought to liue vn-reproue­able.

Besides this, there are many that feignedlie and not from the heart, come to heare the doctrine; some desire diuerse places of Scripture, and obscure questions to be expounded vnto them. From whose mindes, except the scruple be in time remooued: it is to be feared, least at some time, they leape back againe from their holy purpose. Therefore, these men which were called to the office of catechizing or teaching, had not onely neede of learning, but also of no meane wisedome. Of whiche things Augustine teacheth in his booke of Catechizing the rude, in the third, the fift, and in eleuen chapters following. And against Faustus the Manichaean, the thirtienth booke, the seauenth chapter: and so forth vnto the ending. And out of doubt such an other was Panthenus, the first Doctor of the Ecclesiasticall schoole after the Apostles, & Maister of the Catechismes, (or of these manner of Teachings) in Alexandria. Whome Clemens in his firste booke [...] (of his scatterings or stra­wings) witnesseth that he learned all of the Apostles. Of whome S. Hi­erome writeth, that he laboured muche in the Chruches with his liuelye voice. Such an other was Clemens of Alexandria the successor of Panthenus in either function. As also besides Hierome, Eusebius witnesseth, in the first booke, the tenth and eleuenth chapters of the Ecclesiasticall Hi­storie. Such an other was Origen there succeeding in the thirde place. Examples of the aun­cient Tea­chers. Such an other was Heraclas, vnto whom Origen deliuered vp the schoole. Such an other was Dyonisius the Catechizer or teacher of the people of Alexandria. Of whome Eusebius, in his Ecclesiasticall Historie, the 6. booke, Chap. 16.19.22. speaketh. Moreouer, such an-other at Hierusa­lem was Cyrillus: of whome, mention is made before. To conclude, suche an other at Carthage, was that godly man Deogratias, whome S. Augustine greatly doth commend.

All this noteth Hyperius of these auncient Doctors, Teachers, or Catechists. Whereby we may perceaue these Doctors Teachings, and much more by their owne workes and treatises, to be ful of exhortations & applications. Yea, some of their Catechistical bookes, are called by the name of exhortation, as that of Clemens Alexandrinus his oration ex­hortatory to the Gentiles. &c.

Neyther héerein did they inuade the office of other men: For, it speciallye appertayned to their owne office, as Hypperius further no­teth, 499. For those, which for the confession of the Christian truthe, The teach­ers anima­ting vnto constancie. were deteyned captiues, or ledde to punishment, hee was woonte (speaking of Origen, and likewise of Cyrill) with reasons brought foorthe out of the holie Scriptures, to comforte them, and to a­nimate them vnto constancye, and to many the children of the [Page 230] heathen, (vnto whom with the rules of Grammer, hee had studiouslye beate vpon the points of religion) to them was he an author to embrace Christianity. &c. And in the 3. Chap. (what doctrine, and poyntes of Re­ligion should be taught in a Cathechisme) fol: 472. he saith.

The 4. heade is of doctrine: but in the name of doctrine I take all those thinges, Exhortatiō to newnesse of life, con­teyned in doctrine. which were proposed to them that were newly baptized, and are exacted to be seuerely kept. That is to witte, of the newe life & innocency of the regenerate. For, it beseemeth him that is baptized, to become euen a newe man: and by all meanes to die to sinne,, to liue af­terwardes onely to righteousnesse: and to shew himselfe to bee suche in all the actions of his life, that it may be vnderstoode, he vsed the myste­ries trulie, and with fruit. Of the which newnesse of life after Baptisme Rom. 6. Knowe ye not that so many of vs, as are baptized, we are baptized into his death, wee are buried together with him, by baptisme into death: that euen as Christ was raysed from the deade, by the glory of the Father, euen so we should also walke in newenesse of life: For, if wee bee grafted with him, to the similitude of his death, euen so shall we be to the similitude of his resurrection. Knowing this, that our olde man is crucified with him, that the body of sinne might be destroyed, that hence-forth we should not serue sinne. &c. Also to the Eph. 4. This therefore I say and testifie by the Lord, that ye walke not heereafter, as the residue of the Gen­tiles walke, in the vanity of their mynde, &c. And a little after, of the do­ctrine succeeding baptisme. But you haue not thus learned Christe, if so beye haue heard of him, and haue beene taught in him, euen as the truthe is in Iesus. To lay aside, according to the former conuersation the olde man, which corrup­teth according to the luste of error. But be ye renewed in the spirite of your minde, and put on the new man, which is created according to God, by righteousnesse and holinesse of truthe. The like things thou readest Col. 3. & 2. Pet. 2. In which the doctrine of new obedience, and of the fruites of faithe, which ought chiefly to be regarded in the late baptized, is (as it were) in a painted ta­ble, set before our eyes.

Doctrine stretcheth not only to Faith, but also to cha­rity & good workes.And wee see the Apostle, in the moste of his Epistles, proceeding in that order, that in the former parte he treateth of the Faith of those that are to be iustified: where all things runne to this head, of faith in God, and of Baptisme the Sacrament of Faith: but in the later parte, of the faithe, and charity, or workes of those that are iustified. To witte, where he handleeh the offices of a Christian life, and all things that are there expounded, are rightly referred to that head of doctrine, that followeth Baptisme.

To conclude therefore, all the precepts, the exhortations, the rebu­kings, which are extant in the Apostolicall writings, concerning the charitie, iustice, innocency, purity of those, that are by faith Iustified & baptized, were comprehended: and such (teaching) as in times past, was [Page 231] in the fowrth place expounded before the learners. What is héere left out for the Teaching of the Pastor, that is not common with him vnto the Doctor?

And in the 4, Chapter of the manner of this Doctors Teaching. After he hath again at large declared,: how, The teachers Exhortati­ons. hauing his audience of all kindes of persons, he must apply him-selfe vnto them euery one: fol. 488. Hee saith: To conclude, if there were among the hearers, some learned, as Philosophers, Rhethoricians: they were gently warned that they should not dispise, nor heare with lothesomnesse, the doctrine of the gospell. Which in shewe, and in the manner of the deliuery, seemeth base and somewhat rusticall. Nor, that they attribute more then is right to mans wisedome, and to the bookes of the Philosophers, that they were before inured withall. But that they should more attentiuely consider the mat­ters themselues, and the reuerent largenesse of the mysteries. And that they should religiously examine all their rules, by the squyre of the ho­lie Scripture. And if they had redde ouer any good authours, they should constantly cleaue fast vnto them. But vnprofitable and stayned with euill opinions, they should in time lay them out of their handes. And if any thinges were more at length and groselye expounded, they should not be grieued thereat: for that was not for them, who alreadie partlie by priuate reading, partly by conference with godly men, were pretily entred: but ought many times to be done, for the ruder sorte: And if they seemed to require a more full explanation of any certaine Chapters: it was by the waye declared vnto them, the reading of what writers was able to satisfie them,

Which things, that they were wont thus to be done, S. Augustine in his booke of Catechizing the rude, in the 8. and 9. chapters, doeth de­clare. According to this manner therefore, did the Catechists or Tea­chers, when they did publikely teach, applie them-selues wholly vnto all men. And as the Apostle saide, to become all vnto all, to the intent to winne the moste part vnto Christe: and to giue no man occasion of starting backe, of erring, or so much as staggering. And if moreouer, they perceaued it were expedient: oftentimes they asked the Bishops themselues; to the ende, that of some certaine more difficulte pointes, or more needefull to be expounded; they might also publikely & more fully preach vnto the people. Whereunto no doubte those thinges are to be referred: bicause the fathers oftentimes, do intermingle in their Sermons, exhortations, &c. 497.

Againe, speaking of their diuersitie in teaching of children, and those of riper yeares, he saith: For, children also, the same forme of sownde wordes is well vsed: which in little bookes that are borne about, we see prescribed. But with those that are elder, there must be a freeer course of [Page 232] speeche, and place, by yeelding to examples, similitudes, descriptions, amplifications, The Rheto­rical man­ner of the doctors tea­ching. and to the mouings of the mindes. If at any tyme anye vices are to be reckoned vp, and reprehended: (which muste needs bee done in the expounding the tenne commandementes) those things in children shall bee noted, and chastifed with gentle woordes, which we know are familier to that age. In young & old persons, verilie, it is meete that other vices bee cured with another medicine. And euen as these thinges fall out more and more in the eyes of men; so muste the repre­hension be tempered: for they are able to susteine a sharper reprehen­sion.

In Exhortations, the like moderation must bee vsed, and duties pru­dently prescribed, that are agreable to euery age, and perswasiue argu­mentes aptly applied vnto them. What neede many wordes? What­soeuer shall be offered to tender mindes: that muste bee, as though it were milke or delicate pulse. Those thinges that shall bee distributed to them of full age, they must expresse (after a maner) the nature of strong meate. Generally, the Catechist or Teacher must often admonish all his hearers, that they often deeply in their mindes consider with him, what they once promised to God, & to the Church, in their baptisme. What confession of their faith they made. How haighnous a thing it is, for those that haue geuen their names, to fall from their Emperour Christe. What life Christe requireth of those that are his. Finallye, by what bayte, arte, prudence, and counsell so-euer hee can, he shall dili­gently studie to drawe them to the true feare of GOD, and loue of vertues, and hatred of vices. And thus muche of the manner of his tea­ching in publike.

All this at large, and much more writeth Hyperius of these Doctors and Teachers: which in the Primitiue Church were called Catechistes, bicause of the sounding of their voice in their teaching. And other Ecclesi­astical Doctors then these, from the Apostles times: (except the Deacons Priestes, Pastors or Bishops) I haue readde of none in al the Churche of Christe. But what Teachers soeuer haue béene; none haue béene debar­red, (till now) of exhorting, and applying of their doctrine. No, not the best of the Doctors, Teachers, Readers, or Catechists, what name soe­uer they shall be tearmed by, that God in these our laste dayes, hath ray­sed vp in his Church, to reforme the same: and to restore the true Tea­ching of the Gospell, which the enemies had suppressed: No, not one that I can yet reade or heare of, but that nowe and then hee exhorteth, rebu­keth, or applyeth in his teaching: as appeareth in all the woorkes of Luther, Zuinglius, Oecolampadius, Bucer, Musculus, Martyr, Bul­linger, All the later Doctors in the [...]efor­med Churches man­ner of [...]ea­ching. Simlerus, Gualter, Caluine, Danaeus, Zanchius, Hyperius, O­leuianus, Vrsinus, Sadeelus, Beza, Tremelius, Iunius, or any other lear­ned, [Page 233] godly, and famous Doctor, Teacher, Catechiste, Reader, interpre­ter, Expositor, &c: but in their teachings by mouth, you should haue hear [...] and in their teachings by writing yee shal finde more or lesse, erhortati­ons, reprehensions, admonitions, consolations, and applications, &c. On­ly the néerest that mee thinkes (I speake it vnder correction) doo drawe to this imagined Doctor, that these our brethren and Learned discoursers would set vp: are the Scholasticall, Thomisticall, Scotisticall, The new vr­ged Doct. are likest to the schoole­men. Sorboni­call, Cherubinical, Seraphical, ( or cal them what ye wit,) the Specula­tiue and contemplatiue doctors. They of all other, vsed a kinde of tea­ching and confuting, much like this manner, for the moste part, without applying their teaching, to any particuler state of time, of persons, or pla­ces. As for al other exāples of the practise of Doctors, both before Christs time, and in Christes time, and in the time of the Apostles, and in the time next after them, and so continuing till these Schoole-men began, and from them, vntill God raysed vp better Doctors among vs: and among vs, of all these, and other godly learned Doctors, not so muche as one ap­peareth, that thus preciselie was limited, onelye to teache, but had li­berty to exhorte and applie, and yet, exceeded not his office, But nowe, hauing considered the institution and practise of this Doctor thus far forth let vs returne to our Learned discoursers collection héereupon.

Therefore, if we purpose to haue the Church to flourish in true know­ledge, we must prouide that this office be restored, The learned Dis. Pag. 18. both in the vniuer­sities, and in as many other places as may bee, aswell for the better in­struction of all men, which are desirous to learne, as especially for the information of those, which shoulde occupie the roomes of Pastors. Of whiche sorte there ought to be a great number alwayes in good to­wardnesse, to take charge of so many seuerall flockes, as must of necessi­tie be in so great a Church as this is.

By this kinde of Doctors that is héere vrged, the Church would sorily flourish: restored that can-not be, which neuer was. Howbeit, Bridges. to haue Doctors or Teachers more especiallie, though not onely to dedicate them­selues to teach true doctrine, Doctors in the Vniuer­sities and in as many places, as maye be. and to confute all heresies and false opi­nions by the woorde of God, concerning all articles of true Religion, both in the Vniuersities, and in as many other places as may be: Is not thus farre said amisse. But this farre differeth, not in methode, but in matter, and that in one of the principall pointes thereof, from that which before was vrged: that hereunto God had prouided that certaine men shoulde bee appointed in euery congregation. But héere yée are well fallen, from euery congregation, to the vniuersities, and as many places as may be. This draweth néere indéede, to the Englishe forme at Geneua, and to the Scottish. But the néerer to any of them: the further from yourselfe.

[Page 235] And as ye were too peremptorie in that pointe, whiche héere yee miti­gate: so there, where yee saide, they shoulde employe themselues whol­lie or principallye to the studie of holye scriptures, &c. Whiche woorde principally, beeing also a gentle lenitiue of the woorde whollie, is cleane contrarye to it selfe, and to your laste assertion, that the office of Do­ctors, is onelie to teache true Doctrine, and to confute all heresies, &c. Which againe is an-other difference, not from your brethren, but from your selues; nor yet so much in methode, as in matter. Neyther can I sée, howe this also doeth hang together, that the especiall ende of these Doctors is for the information of those, that should occupie the roome of Pastors; and the Pastors office is not onely teaching, but exhortation is the principall parte of their office: And shoulde the informers and Teachers of their offices, not deale at all with exhorting and applying, which principally pertayneth to Pastors, but teache onelie? So in­déede, they might make them Learned Doctors, like them-selues, but sory Pastors, with whose office, they haue not to meddle. Mee thinkes it were better saide of the twaine, (these offices being thus distinguished) if Pastors did informe Pastors and Doctors too: since they may bothe Teache and exhorte: and Doctors maye not exhorte, but teache onely.

But of these thinges, I wil-be gladde to bée my selfe a learner, when I shall get a Doctor, that can more learnedly discourse vppon them. In the meane season, let vs now leaue both these imagined, and other Doctors, not to euery congregation, but rather to the Vniuersities, and other fitte places for them, as Cathedrall and Collegiat Churches, &c. Where (I truste) some good Teachers and Doctors bee. And now let vs come, to viewe the Pastors.

The Argument of the 3. booke con­cerning the 2. Tetrarke, called the Pastor.

FIrste, for the titles and names of Pastor, Elder, Priest, Su­perintendent, Ouerseer, and of Bishop: Of the indifferent vsage of the names of Pastor, Elder, and Bishop: Of one or many Bishops in one Citie: Of their equalitie in dignitie, and authoritie: Of those Bishops, that S. Paule called together to Miletum: Whether the name were not made peculier to one in the Apostles times: Whether Timothie and Titus were not such Bishops: How the Apostle calleth them Bishops at Philippos. Of the Superioritie among the Apostles, and whether Iames were Bishop of Ierusalem. Of the name and office of Priestes, and Bishops in the Primitiue Church: and so continuing, till Aërius moued the first question heere-of: and of the Fathers, op­posing them-selues against him. Of Ieromes reasons for the oc­casions and endes thereof. Of the auncient Fathers interpreta­tion of the former places; and of the continuall practise heerof in all Churches. That this order was no way to Anti-Christes pride, and tiranny; but the stop there-of. And of the originall and state of the Church of Rome: and of the schisme made ther­in by Nouatus a Bishoppe of a new making, and of his Purita­nisme.

BEsides Doctors, there must bee Pastors ordayned in euery congrega­tion, which haue diuerse appellations in the Scripture. As, The learned Dis. Pag. 19.20.21. & 22. Ephes. 4. they are called by the name of Pastors, bicause they ought to feede the seuerall flockes of Gods sheepe committed to their charge. As it appea­reth Act. 20.28. 1. Pet. 5.2. They are called also Elders, not alwayes in respect of their age, but of their office and grauity. For, Timothie was but a young man, & yet had the office of an Elder. This name was receaued of an aūciēt custome of the people of Israel, who vsed so to cal those that were rulers or officers among thē, Pastors and their titles. Act 20.28. 1. Pet. 5.2. Numb. 21.16 as it appeareth by many places both of the olde and newe Testament, but chieflie in Num. 11.16. Where god ordained seuentie Auncientes, to assist Moses in his gouernement, who [Page 236] were also indued at the same time with the spirit of Prophecy, frō which time it became an ordinarye office and name of Gouernours in Israell. Wherein we haue to note against the Papistes, that the Ministers of the Churche, are neuer called in the newe Testament, by the name of sacri­ficing Priestes, which were vnder the Law: but often are called Elders of the similitude of those auncients, that gouerned the people of GOD. Whereas, if they had beene appointed of God to bee sacrificers: the si­militude and name of sacrificing Priests, would a great deale better haue agreeed vnto them. But wher-as both these names, were vsuall amongst the Iewes, [...] and [...], the one signifying sacrificers, and the other Elders, the spirite of GOD dooth often call the Ministers Elders: but euer-more verye preciselye auoydeth to name them Sacrificers, or Priestes (as we vse the tearme:) yea, though they succeede them in one principall parte of their office, Mal. 2.7. that is to say, in teaching, as is writ­ten. The lippes of the Priest shoulde preserue knowledge, and men shall seeke the Law at his mouth. Heb. 7.12.24 The cause where-of is euident, to be this, that the sacri­cing Priesthoode of Aaron, is wholly translated vnto Christ: in whome onely it resteth, & passeth frō him to none other. But by the name of el­ders, the Pastors are called, Act. 14.23. Act. 14.23. Where Paule and Barnabas or­dayned Elders by election in euery congregation. And Act. 20.17. Act. 20.17. Paul sent for the Elders of Ephesus to Miletū. 1. Tim. 5 17. Also he affirmeth those Elders es­pecially which labour in preaching & doctrine, to be worthie of double honour. Which place also testifieth of an other kinde of Elders, of whom we shall haue occasion to speake more heere-after, whose office consi­steth onely in gouernment and not in publike teaching More-ouer, Tit. 1.5. he sheweth that he appoynted Titus to ordeine Elders in euerye Citie, and after-ward describeth what manner of men, he would haue to be cho­sen into the office. Also S. Iames cap. 5.14. Iam. 5.14. willeth, that if any besicke, they should call for the Elders of the Church, who being indewed with the gift of healing at that time, should pray for the diseased, and anoint him with oyle, 1. Pet. 5.2. and he should bee restored to his health. Finally, S. Peter as a fellowe Elder exhorteth the Elders to imploy all their diligence to the feeding of the flocke of God.

Bridges. THis Discourse ( as saith the marginall note in the beginning thereof) is of Pastors and their titles: as though this name Pastor were the chiefeste, and more vsuall name, then any other of these Ecclesi­asticall offices, and al other were but titles appen­dant to Pastors. Whereas, not onely (as I haue declared) Musculus saith, that the name of Pastor, is but a Metaphorical name; signifiing feeder of feeding, and is in right English commonly called a Sheephearde, not a [Page 237] Pastor. But also, these our Learned Brethren discourses themselues doe héere confesse, that they are called by the name of Pastors, because they ought to feede the seuerall flocks of Gods sheepe committed to their charge. But, as the people of God are called flocks of sheepe impro­perlie, and onely by similitude: So are the Ministers of Gods worde and Sacramentes; and none otherwise called Pastors.

Now, this their pasturing or feeding, being their teaching: The name of Pastor seeldome v­sed in the new Testa. the Pastor ( as Musculus saith) is the Teacher, or Doctor. And this woorde Pastor albeit (as is afore-saide) improperly taken, though it be somewhat more vsed by some of the Prophetes in the olde testament: yet (in the new Te­stament ( saue, where it is ascribed only vnto Iesus Christe) it is rare or ne­uer to be founde, directly ascribed to the Ministers of Gods word and Sa­cramentes, as it is in this place héere quoted. Ephes. 4. Vpon which we haue already spoken. And as for the other quotations, Act. 20. & 1. Pet. 5. do rather insinuate them than cal thē by the name of Pastors. The name of Doctor or Teacher more pro­per and sig­nifican [...] thē the name of Pastor. This Me­taphoricall name therfore of Pastor or shepeheard, or féeder, is no more (if it be not much lesse) significant, for the office of the Minister of gods word and Sacramentes: then is the name of Doctor, or is any more proper name of this Ecclesiasticall office, then are the other which héere be rec­koned vp. Whereof, as these our brethren the Learned discourses doe firste name the title of Elders: so in this example that they bring therof, Numb. 11.16. Where God ordayned 70. auncients to assist Moses in his go­uernment, who were also endued at the same time with the spirit of Prophecie, frō which time it became an ordinary office and name of gouernours in Israell. This is so hardly brought foorth, for the applying of this name vnto the spiritual Pastor or Minister of Gods worde and Sacramentes, that their-selues both héere do rather applye it to the name of Gouernours, whiche name they giue vnto their Seniors, that are not Pastors: And also, pag. 88. say­ing: That Pastors seeme to haue borowed this name of Elders, especi­allie in respect of their Gouernment. Whereas, it is apparant for those Elders ( for all their prophefying) that their gouernement consisted no white in Ecclesiasticall, but in ciuil and temporall matters onelie. So, that those Elders were nothing like either these Elders, which they call Pastors, nor like the Elders that they call Gouernours, which they would haue not only to gouerne ( though, some ciuil and temporall, but chieflye) all Ecclesiasticall matters. but of these 70. Elders, we shal sée more héer­after.

Nowe, concerning your note against the Papistes, that the Ministers of the Churche are neuer called in the newe Testament, by the name of sacrificing Priestes, which were vnder the Law. Which, as it is true: so that which followeth, but often are called Elders, of the similitude of those auncientes that gouerned the people of God, I take, not to bee so [Page 238] true, Elder. or so necessarily proued to be true, that the name [...], came of the similitude of those 70 auncientes, The minist. of the newe Test. haue neither name nor office from the Elders their manner of gouernement of the people of God; being so different and contrary.

True it is, that those auncientes are by the 70. interpreters called by that name, but so they cal also both Abraham and his wife, and his man, and Lot, and the Sodomites, and the Elders of Pharaohs house, and all the auncient men of the people of Israell, besides and before they so call those 70. auncientes. And of the office that they were called vnto, saith, Caluine, on the same place, Numb. 11.16. Numb. 11, 16

Caluine on Numb. 11.For, before the Lawe was set foorth, Moses was bidden to take 70. persons with him, who should conduct him into the mountaine, that they might be eie witnesses of the glory of God. In the meane season I denie not, that there were 2. more aboue the number of 70. But onelie I shewe why God determined this number, to witte, that hee mighte re­straine the guides and heades of the people, to the familie of Iacob, which was the beginning of the nation, and the name. Yea, it seemed before, when as Moses to take the tables at the hande of God, ascended into mount Sinai, that he did leade with him threescore and tenne Go­uernours.

Where-upon is gathered, that euen then were chosen in that num­ber, such as did excell in honor. Albeit the prouince of gouerning wher­of mention is now made, was not as yet enioyned vnto them. And it is likelie, that those selfe-same men whiche before were created Cap­taines, were called to this new and vnaccustomed office. Which also the wordes declare. Indeede, certaine it is that where-as the Iewes retur­ned from their exile in Babylon, because it has not lawfull for them to create a King, they imitated this example, in ordayning a Counsell or session of Senators So great honor was giuen to the memory of Dauid and of the Kinges, that out of their stocke they choase their 70. Gouer­nours, vnto whome appertayned the chiefeste power of all kynde of matters.

Thus saith Caluine of them. so that, the office of these 70. béeing méere laye, and nothing like to the gouernment of the Ministers of Gods word and Sacramentes: and the name [...] being indifferent to other as­well as to them, and that, both before and after them: it hath no likelie­hoode, that the ministers of Gods word, are called Elders of the simili­tude of those seuentie auncientes. True it is, that they are so called, and that often in the new Testament, and neuer, sacrificing Priestes. But what is this to the name priest? Can you say, The spirite of God neuer calleth them priestes? The spirite of God ( say you) doth often cal the Ministers Elders, but euer-more precisely auoydeth to name them sa­crificer, or priestes. [Page 239] Yea, doth it so? Howe doeth it then often call them Elders? Priest. when that which we name in English Elder, Prieste and Elder al one is in y e very terme of the spirit of God [...]? Of which very worde the English terme priest by contraction is deriued. Doe yee thinke this is a sufficient warrant, to come in with this Parenthesis (as we vse the terme)? And (I pray you) what an vsage cal ye this? Before, yee called them sacrificing priestes, and made your argument all on sacrificing priestes: And nowe yee come in with Sacrifi­cers or priestes. Priestes and sacrificers not all one. Not making these sacrificers or priestes to be termes dis­iunctiue, & distinguished offices: but as betokening al one office or thing, that to be a sacrificer, is to be a priest: and to be a priest, is to be a sacri­ficer. and that sacrificing priest is all one. As we vse the terme ( say you) they are all one. As you vse the tearme ( say I) you vse it greatly amisse, and verry farre from the vsage of the spirite of God, and from the vsage of all the writers, both of the olde testament, and the new.

And if both these names (as you confesse, were vsual among the Iewes, Reformers of names should mark not so much how thinges are used, as how they should be vsed. [...] and [...] the one signifiing sacrificers, the other Elders: then to vse these wordes one for an-other, (as you heere dooe) is a foule error and abuse. Especially, where we would, or shoulde of purpose speake proper­lie, and distinctly of these thinges.

For we must not thinke, to scape héere with this saying, euery thing as it is vsed, or taken: but what it is it selfe, and how it should be taken. Namelie heere of you, going about to reforme thinges and tearmes, that (you say) haue beene abused, and to reduce them to their firste originall vse, and institution.

Now, the terme [...] howsoeuer the spirit of GOD vsed it in the old Testament, and yet most commonly different from the sacrificer: but especially in the new Testament, neuer for sacrificer, but chieflye for the Minister of the word and Sacramentes: Our English worde prieste be­ing deriued from the same greeke word, as also, the Latine, the French, the Italian, the Spanish, the high and lowe Dutche, doo all deriue their names of this office, from this worde [...]: as Presbiter, Prestre, Presté Prete, Priester, euen as we say, Priest: And many such wordes we haue as [...] Episcopus, Euesqué, Vescoue, Obispo, Bischoff, and we say, Bishop: and as the French, Eglise, &c. of the Greeke worde [...], and wee Ecclesiasticall on the same: and Church, which the Northren En­glish calleth Kyrke of [...]: Deacon, of [...], and a number of our English wordes are deriued.

But, if nowe the Papistes, haue afterwards abused this terme Pres­biter, which we commonly call prieste, for sacrificer: Is it not lawfull for vs, to reduce this worde, vnto the same vse, it was then, and long time after, in good sense vsed? Since, when so-euer wee vse the [Page 240] same for the Ministers of the Gospell, Pastors. we protest to vse and vnderstand it in no other sense, than the new testament doth.

And if we wanting a fitte tearme for Sacrificers, the worde Priest hath beene ill applyed vnto Sacrificers, hath not the word Bish. Deacon, Clerck, Church, Sacrament, Ceremony, Baptisme, Euchariste, Crosse, Image, Saint, Doctor, Gospell; and a number tearmes moe, béene moste shame­fully, abused? and yet doth not their abuse debarre our libertye of vsing these tearmes, vnderstanding them in the true senses of them.

And although I for my part do not mislike the name Elder, ( being the true English of the word [...], as likewise shepheard or feeder, is of the word Pastor) if this worde Elder had béene in our Englishe tongue more ordinarily vsed, Why the name of El­der though the more natural En­glish, is not so fitte a tearme, as Priest for the mini­ster of the worde. and more properlie applyed to the Ministers of Gods word and Sacramentes, where-as the word Prieste, being deriued from the Gréeke, and ariued héere, is at the most but a frée denizen: yet, since this frée borne Elder, is so fréely used to so diuerse senses, that not on­ly your selues vse it, for an-other kynde of Elders: and because also it is more vsually taken for those that be méere Politike officers: & for all that are more auncient than others, and so, yee héere cal the 70. auncientes: and ordinarily, we vse it for Elders in yéeres and for those that haue liued & died long before our times: therefore (me thinkes) the tearme Elder, is not so fit a tearme (hauing so many, prophane senses) to be applyed to the Ministers of Gods word and Sacramentes, as is this our indenized word, Priest. And as also Pastor is an-other worde forreyner borne, and yet your selues had rather vse that tearme: yea; and make it your especiall proper tearme, then shepeheard, or féeder: because the word shepheard is, although the righter and playner English, yet properly betokening ba­ser persons, and feeder too generally applied to prophane vses.

Howbeit Brethren, without too earnest strife for these tearmes, this is but my simple opinion, a little declyning from your Learned discourse vpon this title of Priest. Notwith-standing, as far from all allowing, or li­king the popish sacrificing Priesthoode, or any other of their errors, or su­perstitions, as (thanks be to God, you our Learned brethren, or any other reformed Churches are.

As for the Latine worde Sacerdos, as who would say, a giuer of holye thinges: albeit indéede Sacerdos is no more the true exposition of [...], then priest is of Sacerdos: Yet is not this worde so vtterlie left out of the new Testament, but that S. Paule saith Rom 15.16. [...]. To this, that I might be the minister of Christ, among the Gentiles, sanctifiing them to the Gospel of God. Wherin he [...] alludeth to the name [...], that Feguernekinus in his promptuary of Marl. saith in the title of Pastor. Pastores quo sensu sacer. dicūtur. In what sense Pa. are called sacerdotal priests. But for the vse therof, as either the penury of [Page 241] the tongues permitted, or the vse preuayled: so the Graecians ( though hauing otherwise a tongue most copious) retained still their olde name [...], and the Latines, Sacerdos. Wherefore (saieth Kemnitius confuting the Councell of Trent about the Popishe sacrificing Priesthoode: Nei­ther doe we striue for names. Kemnitius. contra Trid. conc. tom. 2. pag. 1140. Paule by a generall name calleth the mi­nisters, Doctors, Pastors. In the Scripture of the newe testament, the name Sacerdotum, of Sacerdotall Priestes, and Sacerdoty, of Sacerdo­tall Priesthoode, is no where ascribed to the ministerie of the newe Te­stament: but by the vse of Ecclesiasticall writers, it is growen in cu­stome, to call the ministerie priest-hoode, and the Ministers Priestes.

So Chrysostome calleth [...], what-so-euer pertayneth to the Ministe­rie of the newe Testament.

August. de Ciuitate Dei, Lib. 20. saieth, Aug. deciuit. Dei. lib. 20. Bishoppes and Presbyters (or Priestes) are nowe properly in the Church called, Sacerdotes, Sacer­dotall Priestes.

If therefore the Papistes minded onely this, that there should be in the newe Testament an externall sacerdotall Priesthoode: that is to wit, an externall ministerie of the woorde and Sacramentes, as wee haue alreadie declared: there should be no controuersie, nor troubles should be mooued, for the name of Sacerdotall priesthoode: so that the matters that be true and necessarie, may bee safe. And euen thus as Kemnitius saith hereon: so say we.

But although our Bretheren, and we agrée héerein, against the aduer­saries of the Gospell, that the Sacrificing Priest-hoode ( vnderstanding it as Kemnitius héere sayde for the externall function and action of reall sacrificing) be translated vnto Christe and resteth in him onely: For other-wise, spiritually hee so communicateth both his kingdome and priest-hoode, to his whole mysticall bodie, that all the whole is an holy priest-hoode, as Peter sayth 1. Pet. 2. and all the partes thereof, Kinges and Priests in him: Apocal. 5. yet can not our Brethren here iustifie this, to be the cause, why the spirite of God auoydeth in the ministers of the newe Testament, the name of sacrificers or Priestes, because the sa­crificing priest-hoode of Aaron, is wholye translated vnto Christe, Aarons pri [...]sthoode not wholy resting in Christ only. in whome onely it resteth. For (as they heere confesse their selues) the ministers of the newe Testament succeede the sacrificing priest-hoode of the olde Testament, in one principall part of their office, that is to saye, in teachinge: as it is written, the lippes of the Prieste shoulde preserue knowledge, and menne shall seeke the lawe at his mouthe.

If then, the sacrificing priest-hoode resteth wholy in Christe: wee should haue no externall publique teaching of Gods Lawe. And there­fore our Bretheren must correct their wordes in that point. Neyther [Page 242] sufficeth it to saye, they meane it onely in respecte of their sacrificing: For, the sacrificing priest-hoode consisted not onely in sacrificing, i [...] teaching were a principall parte thereof. And was not prayer an-other principall parte thereof also? And both distinguished from the reall ex­ternall sacrificing parte? Yea, if our Bretheren seperate exhorting from teaching: as they sayde before, page. 17. exhorting is a principall parte of a Pastors office: and those sacrificing Priestes were Pastors: and are oftner so called in the olde Testament, then in the Newe: if then, in so manie, and all principal partes of that priest-hoode, the ministers suc­ceede them, although not in the sacrificing parte: then is neither this true, that the sacrificing priest-hoode resteth wholely and onely in Christe: neither is this anie cause, that though the name of Sacrificer be auoyded in the ministerie of the Newe Testament, the name also of Prieste ( signifying Elder) shoulde bée, or is auoyded. Which in­déede it is not. For they are often called [...], Presbyters or Priestes, in the newe Testament.

As for the places here by our Bretheren cited, because they are after­ward recited, vpon more materiall occasion of questions betwéene vs, and be héere onely referred to the vse of the name: I deferre them to their par­ticular answeres of them.

An-other name they haue in the Scripture, which is Superinten­dentes, The learned Dis. Pag. 22. & 23. or Ouerseers, because they ought to be vigilant and watchfull, to ouer-see the flocke, and euerie member thereof. Which name is ne­uer vsed in the Scripture, for such Bishops as claime and exercise domi­nion, and authoritie ouer whole Regions, & all the Pastors of the same, but onely for those that be Pastors of euerie seuerall congregation, ha­uing no superioritie ouer their fellowe Pastors, but be all of equall dig­nitie and authoritie. So are they named Act. 20. where Saint Luke in the 17. verse, calleth them Elders of the Church of Ephesus. S. Paule in the 28. verse, calleth the same Ouer-seers; saying: Take heede to your selues, Act. 20.17. and to the whole flocke, ouer which the holie-Ghost hath made you Ouer­seers, to feede or gouerne the Church of God, which hee hath purchased with his owne bloude. In this place all the three appellations concurre: name­lie, of ouer-seers plainely, and Pastors inclusiuely in the woorde flocke, and in the word [...], which signifieth to feede, or gouerne as a Pastor doth his sheepe.

We are nowe come to the name [...], which in our vulgar English we call Bishop, Bridges. which name likewise by our Brethren, is almost as much shunned, The name of Superin­tendent or Ouer-seer nothing so fit a name as Bishoppe. as the name of Priest, and called rather by the names of Super­intendent or Ouer-seer. And although these termes (where they are better knowen, and properly vsed for this office) are not to be misliked: yet because the word Superintendent, is not deriued of the word so often vsed [Page 243] by the spirite of God, but is onely a signification or exposition of the same; Superintendents and Ouerseers. howbeit, so darke and strange to the Learned, that they are not so wel ac­quainted therewith, as with the vsuall name of Bishop: and the name of Ouerseer, though it be English plaine inough: yet, being vsed for manie meane and worldly offices, as the Ouerseers of workes, the Ouerseers of willes, &c. I take it therefore not to be so proper and apt a name, as the vsuall and peculier name of Bishoppe, being the verie Etimologie of the Gréeke name, that the spirite of God vseth in the scripture.

But say our Brethren, this name is neuer vsed in the scripture, The vse of the name Bishop. for such Bishops as claime & exercise dominion and authority ouer whole Regi­ons, and all the Pastors of the same: but only for those that be Pastors of euerie seueral congregation, hauing no superiority ouer their fellow Pa­stors, but be all of equall dignitie and authoritie.

This is saide onely, and not prooued, either out of any place, before, or here alleaged. As for this present, Act. 20. ver. 17. & 28. neither nameth, nor inferreth any such thing. But argueth rather of twaine the cleane contrarie. For, what meaneth this confused collection thereupon? That in this place the three appellations doe concurre, namely, Our Breth. confused collection of these names out of Act. 20.17.28. of Ouerseers plainely, and Pastors inclusiuely in the worde flocke, and in the woorde [...] which signifieth to feede, or gouerne, as a pastor doth his sheepe. Where is here the concurrence of the three appellations? Here are two appellations by you named, Ouerseers plainely, and Pastors inclusiuely. Where is the thirde appellation that yée speake of? If ye meane in the Gréeke verbe following, when ye saye, and in the worde [...], call ye that also an appellation, because yée saye it signifieth to feede or go­uerne, as a Pastor doeth his sheepe? And howe chance then yee adde not the 3. appellation, and of gouerning also, call him a Gouernour? Fu [...]ye adde onely, as a Pastor doth his sheepe. And whie not also as a Gouer­nour doeth his people? For else, the terme of Pastor might haue suffi­ced.

What, doe ye shunne of purpose the appellation of Gouernour here also included, and giue the appellation of Gouernour to your other Elders, whome yée call (as it were) by their proper name Gouernours; and pull it from Bishoppes: least you might séeme (perhaps) to ouer­thwarie your selfe, and inferre (by giuing them the name also of Go­uernours,) that they exercised Dominion and authoritie, yea, perhaps ouer whole Regions, and all the Pastors of the same? Which is y thing that of all other yee can-not brooke. But let the proofe of that fall out after as it shall: out of this place, as yee prooue nothing to the contrarie; so, if yée meane, by these three distincte appellations eyther plainely spoken or included, that Bishoppes are Ouer-seers, are Pastors, and are Gouernours: then it followeth, that these thrée seuerall appellations [Page 244] haue thrée seuerall respectes. Bishop. Ouer-sight or superioritie of vewing and examining the states and dueties of them, whom they ouersee, as O­uerseers: feeding, by preaching the worde of GOD, and ministring the Sacramentes, the foode of the soule, as they are Pastors: and go­uernement, which, what it implyeth, besides these two former, I referr [...] to euerie indifferent concluders iudgement.

If nowe, ye would conteyne this thirde vnder the other two, ye should both confounde your selues, and these thrée concurring appellations. So that, the exercise of dominion and authoritie, of iurisdiction and disci­pline in the Church of God, appertayning to the office of Bishops, is ey­ther plainely or inclusiuely to be inferred of this place: euen by our owne obseruation thereon. Which exercise of authoritie and dominion, howe farce it reached, whether ouer whole Regions, and all, or anie the Pastors of the same: shall more and more appeare by further discussing that which followeth.

Where is to be noted, that Bishops or Ouer-seers of one Citie were manie: The L.D Pag. 23. which plainely argueth that they were none such, as nowe-adai [...]s are commonly called Bishops, which can be but one in one whole Dio­cesse, much lesse manie in one Citie.

Although we néede not greatly stande on this, whether those Bishops, that were called together by Saint Paule, Bridges. were at that time moe, than one there continually resiant, being so headde and famous a Church as Ephe­sus was, Whether there were many that properly were called Bishops in one Citie. and so in that point were different from Bishoppes nowe-a-dayes: yet may they well be such, in manie other more necessarie, ma­teriall, and nearer pointes, to the point nowe in hande, though in this or some other point, they were not such. Would to GOD, all in Chri­stendome, that haue the name and office of Bishoppes nowe-adayes, diffe­red no more but in this. The Popishe Bishoppes differ in manie moe and farre greater. And yet all, in all the offices of a Bishops differ not, though they all abuse their office diuerse wayes. As may an euill Prince, and a good Prince, and yet both Princes. As Aaron and Caiaphas, both Bishoppes: as Peter and Iudas, both Apostles. And so may there be both Doctors, Pastors, Gouernours, and Deacons, so well as Bishops, good and badde.

And much lesse difference: being both good, and differing only in num­ber of the persons, and not in the principall substance of their office. In which point is not so great difference, as these our Learned Bretheren wéene. For diuerse times there haue béene two or moe Bishoppes at once in one sée. Whereupon such were in the auncient time named [...] & Coepiscopi, as Clemens, Linus, and Cletus, by diuerse mennes opinions, all Bishoppes of Rome together.

And as Hierome Catalogo scriptornm Ecclesiast. telleth of Alexander, [Page 245] Bishoppe of Capadocia comming to Hierusalem where Narcissus was Bishop: he was made Bishop ioyntly with him, Suffragane & Coadiu­tor Bishops. and both of them together ruled the Churche of Ierusalem.

Although this haue the séeldomer happened, and orders since [...]aue beene made to the contrarie, as at the Councell of Nice, &c. to auoyde e­mulations and contentions: and the immitation of suffragranes, yet to this day testifieth the same. Nowe although this be plaine ynough, to be no such materiall matter. To conclude, that Bishoppes, be it, they be more together in one Diocesse, or in one Citie, haue no authoritie ouer other Pastors, but that all Pastors are of equall dignitie and authoritie: The questi­on is of the equalitie of all Pastors. yet if this were denied (I meane for this place here alleaged Act. 20.) can it be necessarilie inferred thereupon? The text it selfe (say you) plainelie ar­gueth it. So are they named Actes, 20. where S. Luke in the 17. verse calleth them Elders of the Church of Ephesus.

What say ye (my Maisters?) dare yee auouch these woordes, Our Breth. wresting the wordes of the Text. Acts. 20.17. for the text it selfe in déede, and in distinguished letters? Reade the text better, and you shall finde these wordes: VVherefore, from Miletum he sent to E­phesus, and called the Elders of the Church. Doeth this of necessitie inferre, that they were the Elders of the Church of Ephesus? Meaning by El­ders, only the Pastors or ministers of the worde and Sacraments, to the which purpose yee alleage it, and not the Elders that yée call Gouernours ( which, as ye afterward say, medled not with teaching) for thē ye, shold al­leage it cleane amisse for Pastors. And I pray you, do ye thinke there were then, (the Church there being so lately founded) manie Pastors or mini­sters of the word and Sacraments, What likeli­hoode of many Pasto­rall Elders in Ephesus wh [...]n S. Paul came to Mi­letum. abiding at that one Church of Ephe­sus? It is not likely, considering that time. For in the Chapter before saue one, Chap. 18.19. is the firste mention made of Ephesus, howe Saint Paule comming thether, entered into the Synagogue and disputed with the Iewes, who desired him to tarrie a longer time with them: but he would not consent, but bad them fare-well, &c. After whose departure came Apol­los, as is aforesaide, verse, 25. The same was instructed in the way of the Lorde, and he spake feruently in the spirite, and taught diligently the thinges of the Lorde, and knewe but the baptisme of Iohn onely. And hee beganne to speake boldely in the Synagogue, &c. After whom Cap. 19. ver. 1. Paule re­turning came to Ephesus, and founde certaine Disciples, and saide to th [...]m: haue ye receaued the holy Ghost, since yee beleeued? And they sayde vnto him, we haue not so much as heard, whether there be a holy-Ghost, &c. And all the men were about twelue, ver. 7. So that, all this while there was yet no great number of sufficiently enstructed Christians, much lesse of Pastors, ( and all in the Synagogue of the Iewes) at Ephesus.

But it followeth in the text of their encrease. ver. 8. Moreouer he went into the Synagogue and spake boldly for the space of three monethes, disputing, and [Page 246] exhorting to the thinges that appertayne to the kingdome of God.

But when certaine were hardened and disobeyed, speaking euill of the way of God, before the multitude: he departed from them, and separated the Disci­ples, and disputed daylie in the schoole of one Tyrannus. And this was done by the space of two yeares. So that all they which dwelt in Asia, hearde the worde of the Lorde Iesus, both Iewes and Graecians.

So that although Saint Luke saye, on the occasion of the myracles fol­lowing: verse 20. So the worde of God grewe mightily and preuailed: yet all this while héere is no store of Pastors ordeyned in this Church of Ephe­sus that we reade of, during Saint Paules aboade among them. Nowe (sayth Luke ver. 21.) when these thinges were accomplished: Paule purposed by the spirite, to passe through Macedonia, and Achaia and to goe to Ierusalem: saying: after I haue beene there, I must also see Rome. So he sent into Macedo­nia two of them that ministred to him, Timotheus and Erastus. But he remayned in Asia for a season. And the same time there arose no small trouble about that waye. For a certaine man named Dometrius a siluer Smith, &c. And so Luke entereth into the declaration of that sedition, which to haue pacified, ver. 30: When Paule would haue entered in vnto the people, the Disciples suffe­red him not. Certaine also of the chiefe of Asia, which were his friendes, sent vnto him, desiring him, that he would not present himselfe in the common place.

Whereuppon it followeth in this 20. Chapter, verse 1. Nowe after the tumult was ceased, Paule called the Disciples to him, and embraced them, and departed to goe into Macedonia. So that, heere is described by Luke all the state of the Church of Ephesus, from the time that it first re­ceaued the faith of Christe, till Saint Paule in his returne towardes Ierusalem, hauing passed by Ephesus, because hee woulde not spende the time in Asia, beeing come to Miletum, ( sayeth Luke:) VVhere­fore, from Miletum hee sent to Ephesus, and called the Elders of the Churche.

By all which conference it may appeare, that there were not at that time manie Pastors of the Church of Ephesus. And that (though the word of God grewe mightilie there and preuailed) yet wee may perceaue, that the most parte of the Citie remayned Idolatrous: so that the greatnesse of this Churche, was but in comparison of other lesser Cities. And if it were as Caluine obserueth, on Act. 14. verse 23. Caluine on Act. 14.23. And when they had ordeyned them Elders, by election in euerie Churche, &c. I inter­prete Presbyters, (Priestes, or Elders) to be heere called those, vnto whome the office of teaching was enioyned; for that there were some, that onely were correctors of manners, appeareth out of Paule, 1. Tim. 5.17. Nowe where Luke sayeth, that they were placed ouer e­uerie Churche: hereupon is gathered the difference betwixt their office, [Page 247] and the Apostles. For the Apostles had no certaine station; but often­times ranne about hether and thether, to fownde newe Churches. As for Pastors, (as placed in holdes) were addicted euerie one of them to their proper Churches.

If this nowe, were the Apostles disposing of these Pastors, euerie one of them to their proper Churches: that is, singuler men, in singuler Cities: ( besides, that by the way, he maketh the office of the Pastors to be teaching:) is it likely, there were manie hauing pastorall cure, in this one Churche of Ephesus? For, we finde not in all Paules aboade there, of diuerse congregations or Churches amonge them. Who may not therefore (if we conferre these thinges togeather) plainely ynough perceaue; that where the text sayth not, from Miletum hee sent to call the Elders of the Church of Ephesus: but, from Miletum he sent to Ephesus, and called the Elders of the Churche: that it should rather séeme, hee meaneth the Elders both of the Churche of Ephesus, and of other Cities of Asia, bordering there-about. For, as Luke sayde before, Chapter, 19. ver. 10. All they which dwels in Asia, hearde the worde of the Lorde Iesus, both Iewes and Graecians. And againe, verse 3. Certaine also of the chiefe of Asia, which were his friendes, sent vnto him, desiring him that he would not present him-selfe in the common place. So that, it might verie well be, that hearing of his approche, and (belike) thinking, he would haue come thether, or of some other occasion béeing there assembled, as to the chiefe Citie, and greatest Churche of all those coastes, he sent thether for them. And yet the woordes driue not so straightly neyther, that hée sent thether for them: but onely that, he sent to Ephesus, and called the Elders of the Churche.

So that, they might be called as well from other places, as from thence. And the wordes of Paule vnto them apparantly stretche fur­ther than to Ephesus. Who when they were come to him, ( sayeth Luke,) he sayde vnto them: Yee knowe from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I haue beene with you at all seasons. These wordes being directly spoken to these persons whome he called for, and expresse­ly saying, he had béene with them, from the first daye, hee had béene in Asia: and hee had béene long before in Asia, in his first peregrination: which these our Bretheren mentioned before, out of the 13. Chapter: that he and Barnabas were by the holie-Ghost seuered out to trauaile thether: wherein hee had béene at Perga, in Pamphilia: at Antioche in Pisidia; at Iconium, Derbe, Lystra in Lycaonia and Attalia, all Cities of this Asia the lesse, where Ephesus was the chiefeste of them all: Saint Paule with Barnabas, hauinge planted the Faith, and ordeyned Elders in euerie Churche, as is afore-saide: in his seconde [Page 248] peregrination returning with the Apostles decrees, to confirme these for­saide and other places: and being againe in Asia, till he was (Actes. 16. ver. 9. and 10.) called by the Lorde to preach the Gospell in Macedo­nia: which done, departing from Corinth, he came first to this Citie of E­phesus, at what time he tarried not, Act. 18.20. till in his returne from Ierusalem, Act. 19. ver. 1. he came againe to Ephesus, where he remay­ned two yeares and a quarter. Howebeit, the most writers call it two yeare, including the thrée monethes that Luke speaketh of before, ver. 8. for the time he taught in the Synagogue, with the time that hee taught in Tyrannus his schole. And this ( sayeth Luke) was done by the space of two yeares, S. Paule in­cludeth o­ther Chur­ches besides Ephesus. ver. 10. but Saint Paule in this Oration sayth to them, verse, 31. By the space of three yeares, I ceased not to warne euerie one, both night and day with teares. So that he plainely includeth with them other Churches of Asia, where he had likewise trauailed. Which also hee had before as it were expressed, ver. 25. And nowe beholde, I knowe that hence foorth, ye all through whom I haue gone, preaching the kingdome of God, shall see my face no more.

By all which we may safely conclude, that these Elders, ( were they Bishoppes or Pastors, or any other ministers of the Church, fewe, or manie,) were not onely of this one Citie of Ephesus, but of diuerse besides there-aboutes.

Neither is this my coniecture onely, although if it (were, I hope the indifferent marker not of men but matter, shall finde it carieth probabili­tie, Gualter on Act. 20.) but Gualter also is herein of my opinion. For ( saith he) he calleth out euen vnto Miletum ( which is about thirtie or fourtie miles distant) the Elders or Bishoppes of the Ephesians, and of the Cities adiacent: and ta­keth order with them for waightie matters in a generall Synode.

But nowe, let vs presuppose that all these Pastors, Priestes, or Elders were onely of the Church at Ephesus; doeth it followe necessarily there­vpon, that because Saint Paule calleth them all by the name of Bishoppes, they might not heare be Metaphorically called, or rather in some respect: then as the name might afterwarde, and euen in the Apostles times, be more properly restrayned, to some Pastors, that had some superioritie ouer their fellowe Pastors? So that, all were not of equall dignitie and autho­rite, though these at that time were.

For as this name [...]came from the heathen, so when it was first borowed of the sacred writers, and beganne to be vsed in the Churche of God, it might be vsed more indifferentlie. As also the name [...], The diuers senses of the name of Bishop. &c. Which names are not alwaies vnderstood in the Scripture, in like proper sense, as since they haue vsuallie béene and be accepted. And yet to this daye, we doo not so restreine this name Bishop, but (in respect of [Page 249] that the nature of the worde implyeth) we maye not onelie vse it still, Ecclesiasti­call titles and offices. for euerie Pastor or Minister of the worde and sacraments, but also (as wee commonlie saye) euerie man is a Bishop ouer his owne familie: and fa­milies also are sometimes called Churches. As, The name of King and of Priest in some sense, generall. Col. 4.15. and euery faith­full man is called euen a sacrificing Priest, as you translate it, and a King, Apoc. 5. But all this debarreth not, but that these wordes maye in other places, be taken in other senses, and maye more properlie bee applyed to some especiall offices. And so is the name of Bishop bothe wayes taken. And to shew this more manifestlie, as we allowe not any of the errors or abuses of the Popish Bishops, or other their ecclesiasticall orders or offi­ces, any more then any of our most zealous Bretheren do: so, if we peruse euen their owne assertions, and the auncient Fathers, bothe for this title of Bishops, and other titles, orders, degrées, dignities, and differences of the state ecclesiasticall in the Primitiue Churche; wee shall finde suffici­ent proofe and warrant héereof.

The writers of the Centuries, Cent. 1. lib. 2. cap. 7. pag. 507. in their ti­tle of the policie or gouernement of the Churche, Historiae Ma­gd. Centur. 1. li. 2. cap. 7. Pag. 507. doo saye: Among the persons that gouerned the Churche in this age, these differences doo occurre. For some are called Apostles, Eph. 4. 2. Cor. 12. And not onelie those twelue Disciples of Christe are noted by that name, The titles of the Eccl. offices in the scriptures. but Paule euery where in all his Epistles, calleth himselfe the Apostle of Christe: and Act. 14. Paule and Barnabas are called Apostles. Epaphroditus is na­med the Apostle of the Philippians. Philip. 2. Andronicus and Iunias, are notable among the Apostles, Rom. 16. Other: Prophets, Ephesians. 4. 1. Cor. 12. By this name, bothe they were called that were famous in the gifte of Prophesie, and also they that interpreted the Prophets, that is, the Scriptures, Act. 11. &c. Act. 13. Other: Euangelists, Eph. 4. Hee gaue other to bee Euangelists. By this name they not onelie appeare to be cal­led, who wrote the historie of the Gospell, as were Matthew, Marke, Luke, Iohn: but they also which euerie where did teache the Gospell. For Phi­lip one of the seauen Deacons, ordeined in the beginning at Ierusalem, is called an Euangelist, Act. 21. And Paule bids Timothie doo the worke throughlie of an Euangelist. 2. Tim. 4. Other, Pastors, Ephes. 4. Other, Doctors, Ephe. 4. and 1. Corin. 12. Other, Elders, 1. Pet. 5. or Bishops, for Bishops and Elders are taken for the same, Act. 20. Paule saith to the El­ders of Ephesus; the holy Ghost hath placed you Bishoppes to gouerne the Church of God, Tit. 1. I haue left thee in Creta that thou shouldest in euerie towne ordaine Elders, &c. For a Bishop must be blameles, &c. Iac. 5.

Here euen as you would haue it these Centuriographers, doe distin­guish betwéene the persons that, were Pastors, and that were Doctors. And also they made Elders and Bishops to bee all one. But they make [Page 250] Elders or Bishops to be distinguished from Pastors. And how agréeeth this with that you héere auouche, that by the name of Elders the Pastors are called: and that Bishops be Pastors: and that the names of Pastors and Ouer-seers doo concurre? Neither agréeeth this with you, that they saye, after they haue reckoned vp Deacons and waiting Ministers, or at­tendants on the Apostles: Meminerunt, &c. They remember onelye three degrees: Apostles, Presbyters or Bishops, and Deacons. All which three were founde in some Churches, while as the Apostles were yet a­liue. For in the Churche of Ierusalem, in the beginning, there were twelue Apostles, who exercised the ministerie of the Churche. But the number of the Churche increasing, and when necessitie required, a more diligent care of the things that were common, seauen Deacons are cho­sen and ordeined, Act. 6. There are also in the same Churche, Prophets, Act. 11. There are Apostles and Elders, Act. 15. They were receaued of the Churche and of the Apostles and Elders. When Paule came last of all vnto Hierusalem, hee founde there Iames and the Elders, whoe are sayd to haue come togither, Act. 21. In the Churche of Antiochia, for a time were Paule and Barnabas, who are called Apostles and Prophets, & Doctors, whome it is lawfull to call Elders.

If nowe, the sacred writers of the New Testament, doo remember but onelie three degrees: Apostles, Elders or Bishops, and Deacons: which all thrée were founde in some Churches, while the Apostles were yet li­uing, (which is the time that you prescribe, and which is the time whereof these men said in the beginning of this matter, Our Breth. Tetrarchie dissolued. that in this parte, no age is to be compared heerevnto,) where is then become the Ecclesiasticall gouernement of all these foure persons, Doctors, Pastors, Gouernours, and Deacons? Where are héere your Gouernours, if yée include them in the name Elders, they expresse what kinde of Elders they were: Elders or Bishops. As you héere saye, and ye call them Pastors; and they say, that those whome we may call Elders, were Apostles, Prophets, and Doctors. So that your other gouerning Elders, that were neither Apostles, Pro­phets, nor Doctors, are excluded, and your distinction also betwéene El­ders and Doctors, is remooued. Neither doo euen your owne examples, which immediatlie followe, any whitte helpe you. In the Church of Phil­lippos are Bishops and Deacons, Phil. 1. Paule and Barnabas are saide to create onelie Elders, Act. 14. Paule biddeth Titus to make Elders or Bi­shops in euerie towne in Creta, Tit. 1. Hee prescribeth to Timothie what manner of Bishops and Deacons he should ordeine, 1. Tim. 1. Paule sen­deth for Elders out of Ephesus, whome hee calleth Bishops, to come to Miletum vnto him, Act. 20. Thus doo they diligentlie search the Scrip­tures: and examine the churches state; and conster the word Bishop as you woulde haue it for Elder, or Minister of the worde; and saye, that these [Page 251] were the Elders of the Churche of Ephesus, that Paule sent for: and yet all this will not helpe to finde out one place recorded in the Scripture, while the Apostles liued, where the gouernement Ecclesiasticall, was directed by all these foure kinde of persons ioyned togither, and one distinguished in office frō another, as you (by the examples of the Apostles) would pre­scribe. But since they cannot doo it: I beséech you doo it, and set downe the place where all these foure concurred. And yet if ye so did, and no rule pre­scribed, for all to doo the like: may not we pleade also to be the churche of Christe, though we haue no such preests, Elders, Gouernours, nor suche Doctors distinct from pastors, as these Churches had not in all the Apo­stles times? To conclude, say these writers of the Centuries. The Tetrar­chie againe ouerthrown But howe manie persons exercised the ministerie in euerie churche, is not noted in the histories, nor is any where commaunded, that they should in euerye place be a like many. But as the fewnesse or the multitude of the assem­blie required: so were fewer or mo admitted to the Churches ministerie. They appointed Prophets, Euangelists, Pastors and Doctors, not to bee certeine degrees of persons in the Ecclesiasticall regiment, but they seeme to be reckoned either among the Apostles and their fellowes, or else among the Elders or the Deacons. So that, as still these your Go­uernours are not mencioned; so, still your quadrible distinction of these persons and their offices, is ouerthrowne, and no number commaunded or prescribed. Thus doo these setters foorth of this first Centurie ( or hundreth yeares) of the Apostles time, and of the Primitiue Churche, euen where they make for you, concerning the title of Bishops, make cleane againste you for your Doctors, for your Gouernours, & for your Deacons, whome they make to be Teachers also: saying of them Pag. 508. These mens office was to Minister to the table at Hierusalem, while the communitie of the goods was there, Act. 6. Deacons taught. But notwithstanding that they taught also and wrought signes, appeareth by Steuen, Act. 6, and by Philip, Act. 8.23. And in other Churches euery where, it was the Deacons office to teache & minister. Mention is also made of womē Deacons: for, Ro. [...]6, Women Deacons. Phoebe is called the minister of the Church of Cenchrea. The author of the Epistle to the Hebrews, calleth them by a generall name, the Ministers of the Churche, Heb. 13: Obeye your Rulers. Thus write they of the office of Dea­cons: so that, they were Doctors or Teachers also of the worde, and had the cure of soules, for so it followeth in the foresaid text. And submitte your selues: for they watche for your soules: all which is cleane contrarie to your prescription. Kemnitius also in his second Tome aforesaid, before hee come to the Treatise of the equalitie or superioritie of Bishops, Kemnitius 2. tom. contra Triden [...] con. confu­ting the decrée of Trident councell, for their seauen degrees of or­ders; saithe at large on this wise: as for the matter, thus it standes; bicause manye dutyes ( or offices) doo apperteyne to the ministerie of [Page 252] the Churche, which in a great assemblie of beleeuing people, cannot all and euerie one of them conuenientlie be dispatched of one man or of a fewe: that therefore all things should bee doone in order decentlie and to edification, the assemblie of the Churche being multiplyed: those du­ties or offices of the Ministerie, began to be distributed into certeine de­grees of Ministers, the which they called after [...], or [...], ordi­nances or orders, that euerie man should haue as it were a cerieine stati­on, in the which he should serue the Churche in certeine offices of the Ministerie. So the Apostles in the beginning, attended on the Ministerie of the worde and Sacraments, and also on the contribution and dispen­sation of the almes. But afterwarde the number of the Disciples increa­sing, they commended that parte of the ministerie which perteyned to almes vnto other, whome they called Deacons. And they allege the rea­son that they so doo, to witte, that they might trauell in the ministerie of the worde and praier more diligentlie, without any withdrawings of them from the same. Act. 6. And this firste beginning of degrees or of orders of the ministerie of the Apostlicall Churche, declareth wha [...] ought to be the cause, what the reason, what the ende of suche either de­grees or orders: to witte, that according to the consideration of the Ec­clesiasticall assemblie, all offices which apperteine to the Ministerie, may be executed more commodiouslie, rightlier, more diligentlie, and in or­der, with some grauitie to edification.

And bicause the Apostles out of those Deacons, did assume them, which were tried afterwards into the Ministerie of teaching, as Steuen, and Philip: it is gathered, this also to be the vse of these, either degrees or orders, that they sh [...]uld be prepared before, and prooued in the les­ser, that afterward the more waightie offices of the Ministerie, mighte the safelier and with profite be commended vnto them. And this is that that Paule saith, 1. Tim. 3. Let them firste bee tried, and so let them minister. Againe: They that haue in the Deaconship ministred well, shall get to them­selues a good degree. So in the Liturgie of the Church of Antiochia, Act. 13. There were Prophets, and Doctors: of whom, those did either foretell things to come, or expound the more difficult places of the Scripture, 1. Cor. 14. These did set foorth vnto the people the principles of Christi­an religion, Heb. 5. Paule and Barnabas doo assume Marke to be a Mini­ster, Act. 13. Not onelie that hee should Minister corporall things vnto them: but that they might commend to him certeine partes of the Mini­sterie of the worde, as Paule expresselie saith, Act. 15. How contrarie this is to your doctrine, both for the generall considerations of making degrées in the ministerie on these aforesaid causes: and namelie, how flat against your assertions for Deacons, Pag. 108: I referre to the conference of the Reader, till we shall come to your Learned Discourse thereon. Nowe to [Page 253] procéede on with Kemnitius.

In the Churche of Corinthe, there were Apostles, Prophets, Doctors, certeine that spake with languages, certeine that interpreted: some had Psalmes, some praiers, blessings, and thankesgiuings; not in priuate ex­ercises, but in the publike conuenticles of the Churche, 1. Cor. 12. & 14. Certeine degrees of the Ministerie, Ephes. 4. are reckoned vp. First, Apo­stles, which were not called to anye certeine Churche: neither by men but immediatlie of Christe. And had commaundement to teache euerie where. And were adorned with the witnesse of the spirite, and of mi­racles, that they erred not in doctrine, but that their doctrine was di­uine and Caelestiall: to the which all other Doctors should bee bounde. Secondlie, Prophets: who either had reuelations of things to come; ei­ther who interpreted languages, and the Scriptures: for those that were more growne: for these things are attributed, 1. Cor. 14, to the Pro­phets of the new Testament. Thirdlie, Euangelists, who were not Apo­stles, and yet they were not assigned to one certeine Churche, but were sent to diuerse Churches: that there they might teache the Gospell, but cheefelie that they might laye the firste foundations. Suche an E­uangelist was Philip, Act. 21, Timothie, 2. Tim. 4, Tichicus Syluanus, &c. That also there were suche Euangelists after the Apostles times: Eusebius testifieth, lib. 3. cap. 37, &c. Fourthlie, Pastors: who were placed ouer a cer­teine flocke of the Churche, as Peter sheweth, 1. Peter. 5, and did not on­lie teache, but also ministred the Sacraments, and had the viewe of the hearers, as Ezechiel. 34. describeth the office of the Pastorship. Fiftlie, Doctors, vnto whome the cheefe gouernement, and view of the church was not commended, but onelie to set foorth doctrine simplie to the people, such as afterward were Catechists. So, Rom. 2. Paule calleth him [...], A Teacher of Infants: and so, in this signification is the word [...], to Teache, expresselie vsed, Heb. 5.

Héere Kemnitius séemeth to make greatlie for your dinstinguished Doctors, and that they might not exhorte. And yet marke that place bet­ter, where S. Paule saith, Hebr. 5.12. For whereas concerning the time, ye ought to be Teachers: yet haue we neede againe, that wee teach you the first principles of the worde of God, and are become suche, as haue need of Milke, and not of strong meate, &c. And yée shall sée, that S. Paule euen in those wordes, verie ora­toriouslie dooth mooue them. Besides, that the Epistle hath many and singu­ler exhortations and applications, &c. And if ye further marke, ye shall finde all contrarie to you: euen where your Eldership and Bishoprike is also made all one. For it followeth; but all these degrees the Apostles comprehend in the name of Eldership or Bishoprike. So that your El­ders that are Bishops, are not onely Pastors ( as you would haue them) but your Doctors also are Elders, that are Bishops: cleane contrarie to your [Page 254] distinguishing of them. Now and then also by a generall name they call them Deacons, vnto whom the ministerie of the worde and Sacraments is committed. Col. 1, 1. Thes. 3, 2. Cor. 3. & 11, Ephes. 3. Paule himselfe al­so, did sometimes so regard the Ministerie of the worde, that hee com­mended the administration of the Sacraments vnto others, 1. Corinth. 1. Christe sent not me to Baptize, but to preach the Gospell. And 1. Tim. 1, he mencioneth two kindes of Elders (or Priests) of whom some labou­red in the worde and doctrine, some were set ouer the ecclesiasticall Censures: of which kinde of Priesthood (or Eldership) Tertullian also re­cordeth, in Apologet. ca. 39. These are almost the degrees, into which the offices of the Ecclesiasticall ministerie in the time of the Apostles are read to be distributed. And that distribution hath the examples also of the olde Testament. For Dauid 1. Par. 23, and in the chapter following, distributeth the Ministerie of the Temple into certeine degrees and or­ders. There were also in the Synagog, Readers, which onelye read the text of the Scripture. But besides, there were Doctors which interpreted the Scripture, and applyed the texte to exhortations, Luke. 2, Act. 15. And this was the difference betweene the Scribes and Phariseis. Wher­by we sée also, that these Doctors that were interpreters of the Scrip­tures, Doctors exhorting & apply [...]ng. bothe before the time of Christe, and his Apostles, héere in earth, and after in all their time, were not so to teache and interprete the princi­ples of religion, but that with-all they applyed the same to exhortations. Now vpon all these degrees and orders, Kemnitius gathereth these ge­nerall rules. But for this present disputation, this admonition is to bee added. Firste, that it is not in the worde of God commanded, which, or how manie, or that suche orders ought to bee. And héere I beséech you good Learned Bretheren, note this admonition well, and I thinke, this one admonition maye suffice, to answere all your Learned Discourse. For, The princi­pall question between vs, how ma­nie Ecclesi­asticall or­d [...]rs are cō ­maunded. the principall question betwéene vs, is not, what orders and degrees were in the Apostles times, of the Ecclesiasticall Ministerie; but whether those orders and degrees, or suche orders or degrees, and how manye of them are commanded; and so of necessitie ought to be reteined, yea or no. Secondlie, that in the time of the Apostles, there were not in all chur­ches, and alwayes, the selfe-same, and so manie degrees or orders. The which thing is manifestlie gathered out of the Epistles of Paule, writ­ten to diuerse, Churches. Not all pla­ces alike for Eccl. orders, nor al times in the Pri­mitiue Church.

And this is also another notable admonition, to be well pondered, yea all the peyse of our principall question, lyes againe héereon. For as be­fore, if there were no commaundement or prescribed rule to all ages; so héere, if there were no vniuersall practise in all Churches, in the Apo­stles times: or where there was a practise of these orders and degrees, it continued not then alwaies, but changed: howe are we now bounde to [Page 255] an vniuersall and perpetuall practise of those degrees and orders? Nei­ther doo we finde in Paules Epistles this diuersitie of practise, for other or­ders or degrees onelye; but euen of Pastors, whome yée call Bishops, not mentioned 1. Cor. 12, where so manye are reckoned vp, and among other; Gouernours, whose office (yée say) consisteth onely in gouernement, and not in publike teaching. And S. Paule, Ephes. 4. where hee mentioneth Pastors, omitteth these Gouernours: and yet in bothe places of purpose he handleth the orders of Ecclesiasticall ministerie. And in the latter, where he omitteth these Gouernours, that you vrge, hee setteth downe without any mention of them, the end of these orders to be, for the gathe­ring together of the Saints, for the worke of the ministerie, and for the edification of the bodie of Christe: till we all meete togither in the vnitie of faithe, and knowledge of the Sonne of God, vnto a perfect man, and vnto the measure of the age, of the fulnesse of Christe. And woulde wee haue a more fulnesse then this? And yet are your Gouernours cleane left out. This (I say) would be substantiallie noted for these orders. And al­beit, Kemnitius héere doo with-all gather, that in the Churche of Ephe­sus, there were also Elder-Gouernors, some-what like suche, as you pre­scribe: yet by this Epistle to the Ephesians, and by Kemnitius admoniti­on, it appeareth, they were not there alwaies. Nor the words to Timothie doo necessarilie inferre, that there were there, and then, anye such kinde of Elders. But whatsoeuer they were, all Churches were not alike in these orders.

Thirdlie ( saith Kemnitius) there was not in the time of the Apostles, One man executed diuers Eccl. offices in the Apostles times. suche a distribution of those degrees; but that more often one and the same man did susteine, and execute all those offices that apperteyned to the Ministerie. The which thing is manifest by the Apostolicall History. This third note againe, cleane ouerthroweth all your Learned Discourse, and fullie answereth all the bitter out-cries of our Bretherens Fruitefull Sermon ( as they terme it) on the 1. Cor. 12. for encroching, confoūding, The vnfruit­full termes of our Bre­therens Fruitefull Sermon, on 1. Cor. 12. foolish & pernicious shuffling togither, of diuerse duties. Which termes sauor of more zeale (to say the best thereof) then of charitie or knowledge. Now, saith Kemnitius vpon these thrée admonitions: These ordinances therfore, in the Apostles times were free (consideration being had of or­der, comlinesse, & edification) saue that at that time, certeine peculiar giftes, as of toongs, of prophesie, of Apostles, and of miracles, were giuē of God to certeine persons. As for these degrees wherof we haue hether­to spoken, were not any thing besides and without the ministerie of the word and Sacraments, but the same and the verie offices of the ministery were distributed into those degrees, for the causes now declared So that all this that is before spoken, is not so much to be noted for the extraor­dinarie offices; as for these that you make ordinarie.

[Page 256] Nowe, vpon this libertie of the Apostles times, howe the Primitiue Churche next succéeding them, did followe or alter anye of these orders: Kemnitius still procéedeth saying: That example of the Apostles, the Primitiue Churche with the same reason, and the like libertie did imi­tate. The Primi­tiue Chur­ches libertie in th [...]se things after the Apostles times. For the degrees of the offices of the Ministerie, were distributed. Howbeit, not altogither by the same reason, as in the Churche of Co­rinthe, or in the Churche of Ephesus: but according to the reason of the circumstances of euerie Churche. Wherevpon is gathered what a liber­tie there was, in the distribution of those degrees. And this requireth, no lesse to be marked, then all the other thrée admonitions. For, if there were suche a libertie in the Primitiue Churche, immediatlie after the Apostles times; Our libertie heerein after the Primi­tiue Church and that on the imitation of the Apostles; and that in these two and so famous Churches, Corinthus and Ephesus: and yet different in these degrees and orders, of the Ecclesiasticall Ministerie, one from an other, and other from them, according (not to any commaundement prescribed) but to the reason of the circumstances of euerie Churche: haue not wee as muche libertie now, in the distribution of the degrees and orders of the Ecclesiasticall Ministerie? Well, let vs procéede with Kemnitius, to his perticuler examples of these orders.

Dionisius, cap. 5. of hys Hierarchie, expresselie numbreth onelie three orders. Firste, [...], of the principall diuine Minister, to whome hee gi­ueth the cheefe and moste perfect office of teaching, in the declatation of all the mysteries of Christe, and administration of the Sacraments. Secondlye, [...], Sacerdotum, of the sacred Ministers or the giuers of holye giftes, The name [...], or Sa­cerdotall Priest. ( or as we vsuallie, for penurie of proper words, improperlie saye, Priests, which is deriued properlie of [...], as is aforesaide, and you call Elders: whereas [...] signifieth a sacred person, dedicate to the Temple, and the diuine offerings or ministerie) which doo more fullie instructe him in the Catechisme, and bring him to the Bishop, and helpe in those things, that perteine to the administration of the Sacraments. Thirdlie, [...], Ministrorum, of the ( publike) Ministers: to whome he giueth the office of cleansing, and preparing those, that are to be entred, that is to saye, of Catechising. And cap. 3. he saith, by the office of the Ministers, the reading of the holye Scripture, in the order thereof, is re­cited. Againe, of the Ministers: some stand to shut the dores of the Tem­ple, while they which are learners of the Catechisme, which are poeni­tents, which are possessed or vexed with a spirite, are thruste out. Other, haue an other office, to strippe him that it to be Baptised, &c. Thou see­est, that he reckoneth manye offices of the Ministerie: and yet he dooth not giue to euerie one of them peculiar orders: but reckoneth vp onelie three orders. The Canons of the Apostles, namelye, Bishoppe, Priest, or Elder, Three or­ders. and Deacon, Reader, and Singer. But there is no mention made [Page 257] of doore-keeper, exorciste, and acolyte. Bishop. Ambrose on the 4. chapter to the Ephesians, describing the degrees of the offices of the Ministerie of his time, rehearseth Bishops, Priests, or Elders, Deacons, Readers, exorcists. In the booke, which is ascribed to Hierome, of the seauen degrees of the Churche, Exorcists and Acolytes are not reckoned: Seauen or­ders not catholike. therefore the opi­nion of those seauen orders is not Catholike. But some of the auncients, number mo orders aboue those seauen: the Epistle of Ignatius recko­neth [...], Labourers: whome Epiphanius calleth [...], the little booke of Hierome, calleth them Fossores, diggers; to witte, which atten­ded on the corsses of the dead, and buried them. The Graecians haue a peculiar office of those that are syngeli, (or rather, as I take it) sygeli, silen­saries, or kéepers of silence, or bidders of the congregation to holde their peace. Ignatius reckoneth vnto the orders, Confessors: Clement, The Cano­nists make nine orders. Cate­chists: the Canonists reckon nine orders, for they reckon in Psalmists, and Bishops. But the multiplication of Ecclesiasticall orders, from thence­foorth, arose afterward. For Cyprian in the 3. booke, Epistle 22, sheweth, that nothing that was to be doone in the Church, and in matters of the Churche (although [...]hey properlie perteined not to the Ministerie of the word) should be doone by any other, than by clearkes. And so it behoo­ued the waiting & houshould seruants of the Bishops, and of the Priests or Elders, to be Clearkes. Clearkes. From thence afterwards Stewards, Defenders, Vidoms, those of the houses which were the greater (or Bowrgraues) were taken from the Clearkes. Clearkes therefore were those, which by a peculiar and more streight discipline, were framed and prepared to the Churches Ministerie. And they were first appointed to certeine lesser offices: that the studie, diligence, faithe, and grauitie of them, might bee tried, whether they would become fit for greater and more waightie of­fices. And in the Churches more frequented, when as especiallie out of the fields, villages, and little townes, cheefelie in the more solemne feasts, they must come from all partes to the Metropolitane Churche, (as many auncient canons or rules doo commaund this) one or a fewe were not able to execute all and euerie of the offices of the Ministerie. Therefore, degrees and orders were distinct: not in idle titles, but in cer­teine offices apperteyning to the ministerie of the Church. The Bishop was treating of the word of GOD, and caring for the discipline of the Churche: the Priests, were teaching and ministring the Sacraments. And héere note this difference betwixt the Bishops & the Priests: not mean­ing your Priests that ye call Gouernours onelie, Difference betweene the Bishops and Pri [...]sts. but Priests that taught and ministred the Sacraments; that is to saye, were bothe Doctors and Pastors, & with-all note the superioritie (ouer the Priests) of these aunci­ent Bishops in the Primitiue Church next the Apostles times. The Dea­cons were the Gouernours of the Churches treasures: that they mighte [Page 228] therevpon prouide for the maintenance of the poore, and cheefelie of the ministers of the Churche. The Deacons also afterwards began to be assigned to ease some parte of the Ministerie of the Bishop, The Deacōs exercise. and of the Priests, or Elders, as also Hierom ad Rusticum dooth testifie: as before to read something out of the Scripture, to teache, to exhorte, &c: to ad­monish the people to be attentiue, to haue their heartes to the Lorde, to pronounce the peace, to make readie those things that perteine to the administration of the Sacraments, to distribute the Sacraments to the people, to present those that are to be ordeined to the Bishop, to warne the Bishop of those things that perteine to discipline, &c. But Hierome complaineth to Rusticus of Narbona, that manie suche things especiallie in the Churche of Rome, were imposted vpon the Deacons, besides the Apostolic all tradition, and besides the custome of other churches, inso­muche that the firste and true office of the Deacons, was in Deacons al­most blotted out. For sithe that Deacons were occupied with those new offices; Subdeacons were substituted vnto them, which gathered the oblations of the faithfull, that were giuen for the sustentation of the poore, and of the Ministers. Besides these, there were readers, which out of the Scripture, especiallie out of the Old Testament, red publikelie be­fore the people. For the reading of the New Testament, was afterwarde giuen vnto the Deacons.

Inferior orders.There were Psalmists or singers, which did fore-sing (or set the note) to those things that all the people are woont to sing. There were doore keepers or Porters, which in the time of the mysteries, after the denoun­cing of the Deacon, thrust out of the Temple the Heathen, the learners of the Catechisme, the penitents, the possessed with spirits, the hereticks, and those that were excommunicate. For so dooth Dionysius describe this office. The Bishops, the Priests, and the Deacons, had their seruants, ministers, companions, or followers of them, whose labour as necessitie required they did vse. As Paule vsed the labour of Onesimus. Those they called Acolyths. From whence afterwards ignorance made them taper­bearers. There were besides Exorcists, that had the gifte of casting out or repressing diuels.

Where and how these distributiōs of degrees were obser­ued.This distribution of degrees in the more frequented Churches, by reason of the offices that perteined to the ministerie, was profita­ble, for bicause of order, to comlinesse and to edification. But in smal­ler and seldomer frequented Churches, suche destribution of degrees was not iudged necessarie. And in the more frequented also, was not e­uerye where the like and the same distribution of those degrees. But by this reason, to this vse, and in the same libertie, the moste parte of those degrees of the olde Churche, are also kept of vs. These things haue I re­hearsed, that it might the more commodiouslie be shewed, what in this [Page 225] chapter is put in controuersie, of the degrees or orders Ecclesiasticall, for neither doo we simplie reiect or condemne the distribution of those degrees, as it was in the Apostolicall and in the old churche: How farre they are re­iected. but accor­ding to the reason of necessitie and edification, wee vse the same in our Churches, after the same sorte as is declared.

Thus d [...]o we sée, all the state of the Ecclesiasticall ministerie in the A­postles and in the auncient time, in what forte and what varietie they were vsed, and on what occasions, and to what purposes they were ordei­ned, and howe farre-foorth they or we are bound vnto them, or at libertie from them. All which, in howe manie and howe forcible points, it ouer­throwes all your platforme of Ecclesiasticall gouernement: I referre to any indifferent readers iudgement. But bicause my chéefe occasion, to set this downe so far at large, was héere especiallie to consider among these orders, what he noteth, concerning the office and degree of a Bishop: I minde therefore, yet further to procéede with him▪ where of purpose and directlie he confuteth also the decrée of Trident counsell, that Bishops and priests are not equall.

But as wee haue séene all this in him at large, for all the orders and degrees of the Ecclesiasticall Ministerie: so by the same aforesaid, and in generall, haue wee to leuel all that, which in particuler hee setteth downe after concerning Bishops, of whome, and as before in speaking of these orders he alloweth none of the popish abuses in them: neither any of vs (I hope,) doo fauour, or would goe about by any meanes to mainteyne anye errors, vsurpation, pride, and tyrannie of the popish Bishops; so dooth not Kemnitius any more then we condemne, in true and godlie Bishops, simplie all superioritie ouer priests or pastorall Elders, neither would these our Brethrē, on the better consideration of the prooues thereof, both in the Apostles, and in the auncient Fathers, and by the graue and modest iudgement, euen of the very best, and moste learned late wri­ters of their side.

And firste, as we are not, (at least-wise should not be) desirous of con­tention, especiallie to contend about questions of names onelie, and méere titles, but rather to searche and followe the truthe of the matter: so I gladlie graunt for the name Bishop, and for the name prieste or pastorall Elder, though they differre in sense, (as Hierome in his Epistle to Ocea­nus saithe) the one being a name of dignitie, the other of age: yet in the olde time, and namelie when these names were firste in the Newe Testament, applyed to the Ministers of GODS worde, The n [...]me Bishop and Pri [...]st, at the st [...]st accep­ting of [...]ē ▪ v [...]ed ind [...]f [...] ­ [...]ntlie. and Sacra­ments, they were (I graunt indifferentlye vsed, Priest for Bishop, Bishop for priest, and both for one. The reason was, bicause suche commonlie as were chosen and ordeyned héerevnto, were in ripenesse of yeares aun­cient men. Or if in yeares not so auncient, ( which was the seldomer,) [Page 262] yet auncient in iudgement and grauitie of manners. Timothie Bishop. Wherevpon they had the name of [...], Priest, or Elder: and with-all in their office, hauing an ouersighte; the name Episcopus, that we call Bishop, was like­wise giuen vnto them. The state of the question for Bishops superioritie. But the question lyeth not in this, whether at that time, vntill these names were growne into more peculiar vses, they were thus indifferentlie taken one from another; or, whether they might not be reduced to that indifferent acceptation againe: but, whether those that were so called then indifferentlie, had likewise no kinde of difference in ouersight, authoritie, and gouernement among them, but were meerelie in suche sorte all equall alike ( being equallie of like and of one order and degree of Ministerie) that no one or other among them, to whom the name and office of Bishop was competible, had, or might haue anye superior ouersight, gouernement, and authoritie, ouer anye other in the same or­der, of Priesthood or Eldership, that himselfe was of: wherevpon this name Bishop ( or some other name equiualent) began to be more restrai­ned vnto that Priest, or Pastorall Elder, than vnto the residue: albeit, they were still indéed (and so were called) in the office of the Ministerie and Eldership, his fellow Elders. And how auncient the originall of this su­perior authoritie was. For this I take, to be the ground and principall substance of this controuersie.

Concerning the etimologie of the name of Bishop, bicause I haue so largelie begoone with him. I will onlie set downe Kemnitius, tom. 2. pag. 1181. Kemnitius tom. 2. exam. cap. 4. de sacr. ord. But that those things which in this place cōcerning Bishops may the rightlier be vnderstood, certeine thinges before hande out of the Scriptures, and out of the true testimonies of antiquities, are in briefe to be repeated. The names therefore [...], of Bishop, and Bishoplie office, The origi­nall of the name Bish. are in the Aposticall writing read, to be vsed for the Ec­clesiasticall ministerie, Act. 1. & 20. Phil. 1. Tit. 1.1. Tim. 5.1. Pet. 5. But those names are taken from the vse of the vulgar toong, and are applied to the Ministerie of the Churche, for the care of administration and of viewing. Suidas saith, that in the common-weale of Athens there, were Bishops and [...] Keepers or watchemen, that were sent to the cities subiect vnto them: not to gouerne them with an absolute gouernement, as Lindanus dooth interprete it: But, [...], that is, as Bu­deus out of Liuie translateth it, to viewe their fellowes matters. Plutarch in the life of Pericles, saithe: Phidias was [...], the Bishop of all the workes: that is the viewer of them, &c. And so noting out of Homer, Plutarche, Tullie, and the Pandects: The Apostle ( saith hee) did the more gladlye applye those names to the Ecclesiasticall Ministerye, bi­cause they were knowne and common, by reason of the Greeke tran­slation of the Olde Testament. For the worde [...] Pakad Pekudah, and [...] Pekudim, which signifieth a visitation, [Page 261] a viewing, an office, a care, an administration committed, Bishop. a dutie giuen in charge. The Graecians translated it, [...], to ouer­see, an ouersight, and ouerseers, or surueiors, Num. 31. the ouerseers of the armie, Iudic. 9. Abimelech hath Zebull his Bishop or ouerseer, 4. Reg. 11. The Bishops or ouerseers that are ouer the armie. Ibid. the custodies placed ouer the house of the Lord, are thus expounded of the Graecians he hath placed Bishops ouer the house of the Lord, 2. Par. 34. The view­ers of the workers, are called Bishops, Num. 4. The office or dutie of Ele­azar in the Tabernacle of the Lord is called [...], a Bishoprike. So, Psal. 109. The function of Iudges is called [...], a Bishoprike. I haue re­hearsed these examples that I haue obserued, that it might be considered from whence the Apostles tooke that name. The force whereof also may be gathered and vnderstood of those places. Hierome translateth it a super-attendent. Ambrose, a Super-inspector. Thus farre Kemnitius on the name. Nowe in this sense, euerie one to whome an Ecclesiasticall charge was committed at the firste might well be called a Bishop. In which sense, the name Bishop stretcheth especiallie to the Apostles, Act. 1. as likewise all the Apostles were Deacons. The gene­rall sense of the name Bishops. Yea the name Deacons con­teins all the Ecclesiasticall Ministerie. But when these offices began more seperatlie to be deuided: then the name of Deacon began to growe peculier vnto those, that attended especiallie on the tables, the name Bi­shop remaining as it did, vnto the Apostles. And when the Apostles plan­ted the faithe of Christe in any Churches, and ordeined in the same Pasto­rall elders, ( in respect of this their ouerseeing the people, and good orders among them) they indifferentlie communicated this name of Bishop vnto them. And so the name continued taken indifferentlie, and was well vsed by S. Paule to these Pastors, mentioned Acts. 20. ( admitting they were all of Ephesus onelie,) vntill factions rising among the people, as they were affected to some Elders, more then to other: so the name of Bishop which was before indifferent, became more appropriate vnto one; The appro­priating of the name B. vnto some one among the Pastors. who (as haue­ing the ouerseeing not onelie of the people, but also of his fellow Pastors,) began by their consentes, more especiallie to bee called Bishops, than the residue.

Which title, of being the Ouer-seer of them, as it could not but carrie with-all a iurisdiction and authoritie ouer them; nor could be wrong from them with-out all their consents, that were before inuested with this title and authoritie: so, who were the first that began the appropriating of this title Bishop, vnto one aboue his fellowe Pastors; and when, and where it first began; though it bee not purposelie expressed in the Scriptures: yet that the occasion and introduction of it, had his entrie euen in the Apostles times; manie reasons (and those I hope of substance) may induce vs there­vnto. [Page 262] And that not onelie of the testimonies of the auncient Fathers, Timothie Bishop. and practise of the Churche of Christe, This appro­priating of the name B. began in the Apostles times. in all the ages néerest succéeding the Apostles; ( which should some▪what mooue vs) but euen by the conference and examining the Scripture it selfe, we shall finde more then probalitie of the same.

For, if wee shoulde goe no further, then this Churche of Ephesus, of which ye make all these to be Pastors: & all these Pastors, Bishops: and all these Bishops equall, hauing iointlie an ouer-sight ouer the people, or parted into [...], which we call parishes: yet notwithstanding for all these Bishops, it dooth plainelie appeare, they had afterwards in S. Paules time, one Bishop that had an ouersight, ouer all these Bishops & ouer­seers.

And what (I praye you) importeth that, (if it bee prooued) but that ei­ther he was an Archbishop or cheefe Bishop ouer them, if they were Bi­shops: or if they were not, and did but for the time portake the name of Bishop, that was but late taken vp among them; yet at the last he had a superior episcopall iurisdiction ouer them? And first, what meaneth, (in the end of the later Epistle of S. Paule to Timothie,) this subscription? [...], The subscripcion of the later Epistle [...]o Timoth. &c. The second Epistle written from Rome vnto Timothie the first Bishop, ordeined of the Churche of Ephesus▪ True it is, the former parte of this subscription, is omitted in the common Latine translation. But since it is in the Greeke, and not omitted either by Erasmus, or by our Geneua tran­slation, though Beza ( likewise translating the same) do adde his censure-saying:

This member is not extant in some old bookes, and indeed, I thinke it is put in vnderhand: yet since he shewes no reason at all, wherefore he should so thinke: it is frée for other, not to thinke so lightlie of it: Timothie being of so manie learned and auncient Fathers and interpreters, so rep [...] ­ted and called Bishop of Ephesus. Now, if Timothie were the first ordei­ned Bishop of Ephesus; what? Was he first in time, and before all these▪ or was he any of these, whome S. Paule Act. 20. calleth Bishops? the text is manifest to the contrarie. For as Paule tooke him to goe with him, Act. 16.3. so he trauelled with him till he came to Boerea, Acts. 17. verse. 14. and 15, & there abiding, when Paule went to Athens, he came at his com­maundemēt vnto him to Corinthe. Act. 18.5. And so went with Paule, & abode with him at Ephesus, How Tim. was called the first Bi. of Ephesus. Acts. 19. vntill (verse. 22.) he sent him and E­rastus into Macedonia. Whither, when Saint Paule came, Acts. 20, and trauelled from thence to Greece: he sent againe Timothie, with diuers [...] other to Troas, where while Timothie abode: Saint Paule ( as it is likelie) wrote his First Epistle to the Corinthians, in his returne to Macedonia [Page 263] at Phillippos, Act. 20, verse. 3. and 6. Timothie Bishop of Ephesus. Determining to send Timothie with that Epistle backe againe to Corinthe, which of likeliehood hee did, when he came to Troas, where Timothie with other abode his com­ming. Who, when he came thether, sent Timothie, accompanied with Stephanus, Fortunatus, and Achaicus, with that Epistle, as in the ende thereof, 1. Corinthians. 19, verse. 8. appeareth. I will tarrie at Ephesus vntill Pentecoast, for a great doore and effectuall is opened vnto me: but there are manie aduersaries. Nowe, if Timothie come, see that hee bee without feare of you. For he worketh the worke of the Lord, euen as I doo.

And euen so saithe Luke, Act. 20. verse. 16. Paule had determined to saile by Ephesus, bicause he would not spend the time in Asia, for hee hasted if he could possiblie be at Ierusalem, at the daye of Pentecost. Whereas before he had minded to tarrie at Ephesus, till the drawing néere of that feast. So that (if I coniecture not amisse, which if I doo, I will be readie in all humilitie, to reforme my computation) it appeareth that Timothie was at that time, none of these Bishops, nor among them, whome Saint Paule called from Ephesus to Miletum. Howe then was Timothie the firste Bishop ordeined of Ephesus? Not, firste in time: for if anye at all in time; then muste hee néedes haue béene ordeyned Bishoppe after them. Neyther yet, that all the other Bishoppes were not at all ordeined, or were now all dead: but that in dignitie hee was the firste, that is to saie, Timoth not first Bishop there in time, but i [...] dignitie. the cheefe or Archbishop among and ouer them all. And to confirme this, let vs sée the iurisdiction and authoritie by S. Paule giuen him, ouer all the Ecclesiasticall Ministerie, in this Citie. For, whensoeuer Saint Paule wrote his firste Epistle to him, which some take to be during the time that hee taried for the assemblie of these Bishops aforesaid, in the meane while, stepping ouer to Laodicia, which is about the same distāce from Miletum, that Ephesus was, (as appeareth by the charte or mappe therof) and there at Laodicea he wrote that Epistle.

Other suppose (and it is farre more likelie) that it was after he had béene at Rome, and was by Nero set at libertie, in which time of [...]0 yeares space, as he visited againe, (which the Centuriographers note) the Churches of Syria, Asia, and Greece: so hauing a great care of this Churche of Ephesus, and kéeping his former course of visitation, as hee did, Act. 20. from Ephesus to Macedonia, and so backe againe, as be­fore hee had doone: he writeth from Laodicea vnto Timothie, whom [...] had before ordeined Bishop there, giuing him this charge, 1. Tim. 1. v [...]s [...]. 3. As I besought thee to abide still in Ephesus, [...] when I departed into [...] so doo, that thou maiest commaund some, that they teach none other [...] neither that they giue heede to fables and genealogies. Whereby [...] app [...] ­reth, that hee had authoritie giuen him by the Apos [...]le, to [...] [Page 264] controll, Timothie Bishop. and commaund such Bishops, Pastors, and Doctors, as were at Ephesus, both for the matter, and the manner of their teaching. Vpon which sentence saith Caluine: Caluine on [...]. Tim. 1. The worde of denouncing signifieth pow­er, for Paule would furnish him with power to restreine others. And this power he giueth him; not onelie that they shoulde teache no other doctrine, but also not the same Doctrine, otherwise. So that the manner of setting foorth doctrine, as well as the doctrine it selfe, apperteined to his charge and ouer-sight. In the 2. chapter he shewes him some orders, that he would haue obserued in the Churche, concerning prayers, and the publike Ministerie of the worde. In the 3. chapter he describes the office and duties of Bishops, and their wiues: of Deacons and their wiues, so that, although the name of Bishop, bee there taken indifferentlie, for the Pastors of the worde and Sacraments: yet still hath Timothie, an autho­ritie giuen him ouer them, bothe to make such Bishops, as should so be qualified; and to ouer-see, that they being made, should behaue themselues accordinglie.

Wherevpon, after hee hath described them, hee saithe to Timothie, verse. 14. These thinges write I vnto thee, trusting to come shortelie vnto thee: but if I tarrie long, that thou maiste haue knowledge how to behaue thy selfe in the house of God, which is the Churche of the liuing God, the piller and grounde of truthe. In which wordes, he plainelie giueth him an authoritie and iu­risdiction of ordering and gouerning these offices, in the policie and re­giment of the Church. Caluine. In this speech ( saith Caluine) he commendeth the weight and dignitie of the office, Timothie, a Pastorall el­der in Ephe­sus. bicause Pastors are as it were Stewards vnto whom God hath committed his house. So that, Caluine héere ma­keth Timothie a Pastor, whome ye call a Bishop, and he giueth him au­thoritie ouer other Pastors or Bishops there. And how doth not this plain­lie inferre, that though all in the pastorall office may be a like, and equall: yet in dignitie, one may haue charge and gouernement ouer another. In the 4 chapter, verse. 11. and 12. he saith, Commend and teach these things. Let no man dispise thy youth, but be vnto them that beleeue an example, &c. As though he woulde haue him become a myrror and patterne, not onelie to the people, but to the Pastors. Wherevpon ( saith Caluine) we also acknow­ledge, that Timothie was a yoong man, whoe notwithstanding farre sur­mounted manie Pastors. And on the 15. verse, he saith: Grace was gi­uen him by prophesie. How? To witte, for bicause (as we haue said) the Holie-ghoste by oracle had appointed Timothie, that he should be cho­sen into the order of pastors. Yea, your selues haue clearelie confessed, pag. 19. that, Timothie was but a yoong man, and yet had the office of an Elder.

If then, a Pastor, & an Elder, & a Bishop, be all one; then must Timothie néeds be a Bishop: & if a pastor, must haue a charge & flocke assigned him: [Page 265] then must Ephesus be his pastorall or Episcopall charge and flocke. Which charge that it stretched aboue his other felow Pastors or Bishops: is most apparant in the 5. Chapter, where, Timothies authoritie aboue other Pastor [...] there. ( besides his authoritie in chu­sing and ouerseeing the widdowes,) for his authoritie ouer these Pasto­rall Elders or Bishops: rebuke not an Elder rigorously ( saith the Apo­stle, to Tim. v. 1.) but exhort him as a Father. And ver. 17. the Elders that rule well are worthie of double honour, especially they that labour in the woorde and doctrine, &c. Against an Elder receaue no accusation, but vnder two or three witnesses. Them that sinne rebuke openly, that the rest also may feare. And here our Geneua Bible noteth, On them that sinne, chiefely the ministers, and so all others. I charge thee ( saith Paule) before God and the Lorde Iesus Christ, that thou obserue these thinges without preferring one before an-other. And do nothing par­tially, Lay hands suddenly on no man. And here againe saith the Geneua note, in admitting none without tryall.

Here Timothie being himselfe a Pastor of Ephesus, ( & so with you a Bi­shop of Ephesus,) hath a verie precise and speciall charge, aboue all other in the Church of Ephesus, concerning all degrées of persons that shoulde haue anie office in the Church, especially these Pastorall Elders, whome ye call Bishops, to admit them into this ministerie: to rebuke: to sée that they haue maintenance of liuing: and to sée them that rule well, and take paines in preaching the word of God to haue a double honour in compa­rison of other: and that the preferring of men to this function pertayned to him, and that he must take héede he preferre none of partialitie, and to ad­mitte no accuser of the Pastor, but such and such, &c. Doth not all this in­ferre that he had a superiour authoritie ouer them, (vsing it rightly, and not wrongfully) to doe these thinges? For, if they being Bishops and Pa­stors, were all equall, by such a flatte and perpetuall rule, as is pretended; then were euerie one of thē equall herein to him. And though Paule would haue written to him for loue and acquaintance, rather than to them: yet, if all the Pastors then were Bishops in all dignitie and iurisdiction alike: S. Paule could no more haue attributed these thinges ouer them vnto him, then vnto all or euerie one of thē ouer him. Yea, euen Beza himselfe on the 16. verse confesseth, that as he speaketh of such Elders as were Doctors, so (saith he) we must moreouer note out of this place, Beza in 1. Tim. 5.16. Timothie to haue bin in the Presbyterie of Ephesus, both [...], id est, antistitem, that is, the Prelate, or chiefe Bishop, or one that ruled and guided the other, as Iu­stine calles him. Not as one that should doe all thinges after his owne fancie, but one that according to his godlinesse and prudence, should moderate all things that in the assemblie should be done rightly and in order. Whereby it appeareth plainely, that as by Caluine, he is called their Pastor, which ye call Bishop: and by Beza, a chiefe Bishop in Presbyterie [Page 266] Presbyterie or consistorie of Elders. Which accordeth to the foresaid sub­scription of the later Epistle to Timothie, where he is called the first or chiefest Bishop. It sufficiently (I hope) doth argue, that not all Pastors nor Bishops, were alwayes euen then in the Apostles time, of equall dignitie and authoritie, no, not in the verie Church of Ephesus that is héere alleaged

Neither can all the shiftes in the worlde, that hee was bidden also to doe the woorke of an Euangelist, that he was a Prophet, that he was a man indewed with so manie, and so great giftes, that by the Apostles authoritie he was appointed there for a time, that he did nothing by his own selfe alone, but by the consent of his fellow Bishops or Pastors, and a number of such euasions, be able to elude this plaine example of Timothy, but that either he was an Arch-bishop ouer Bishops, or at least wise, a Bishop ouer Pastorall Elders.

The learned Dis. Pag. 23. & 24.The same thing is to be obserued, in the name of Bishops, vsed by S. Paul, Phil. 1.1. where he and Timothie sende salutations vnto the Bishops and Deacons of the Church, Phil. 1.1. which was in the Citie of Philippi: which Bishops were the Elders or Pastors, els would he not haue saluted in speciall wordes, the Deacons which were in inferiour office, and omitted the Elders, which were of more excellent calling.

Bridges. This example tendeth to the cōfirmation of the former, that in the name of Bishops, Whether there were mo Bishops at Philippos was signified Pastors, and that there were moe such Pastors called Bishops, than one in a Citie. All this wee haue sufficiently séene in the former example, Act. 20. But will this inferre anie more then did the other, that all Bishops euer after must be, or there and then were, a-like, and equall in dignitie and authoritie? Or is this argument that is annexed héere to strengthen this example, of force sufficient to conclude this equalitie?

He that saluteth in speciall wordes, those which are in inferiour of­fice, Our Breth. argument. will not omitte them which are of more excellent calling. But S. Paule saluted the Deacons which were in inferiour office in speciall wordes: Ergo, hee would not omitte the Elders which were of more excellent calling.

If this be the argument of this our Brethrens Learned discourse ( for it is the best argument y t my simple learning can bring it vnto) it standeth (God wotte) on too féeble supporters of probabilitie, to beare the peise of anie firme and necessarie consequence. Paules salu­tations. Paule saluteth in speciall woordes, and proper names, in this Epistle to the Philippians, diuerse women: and yet in speciall woordes and proper names hee saluteth not one man among them. But because the argument, (though weake) carrieth a likelihoode, that although there bee no speciall woordes of Elders, so well as of Bishops and Deacons: yet that they bée not omitted [Page 267] but included: I will gladly graunt them, that Pastorall Elders are not héere omitted, but included in the name of Bishoppes. What nowe are they the nearer to this equalitie? Is this reason, that they séeme héere to encroche thereon a sufficient reason? In the name of Bishoppes Paule comprehendeth, Pastors, Ergo, Bishoppes, and Pastors are all one, and all alike equall? If this argument be good: then, In the name of Bishoppes Actes. 1. Peter comprehendeth Apostles: Ergo, Bi­shops, and Apostles are all one and alike equall. Yea, Beza himselfe and that on this selfe same place, Phil. 1. doth saye: Beza in Phil. 1.1. Hee vnderstandeth those to be Bishops, whosoeuer are set ouer the worde and the gouern­ment. As Pastors, Doctors, and Elders, [...], on the woorde to ouer-see, because they must as watch-men, inquire on the doctrine and the manners of the flocke committed to them, as Act. 20, verse 28. whom sometimes by generall name hee calleth Elders, as in that place, verse, 17. And 1. Tim. 5.17. And the like doeth Beza, 1. Tim. 3.1. Upon the worde Bishoprike: So he calleth the office both of teach­ing, and of gouerning in the Church, as we haue sayde Phil. 1. a 1. And the quotation of the Geneua Bible followes Beza in both places. On the Phil. 1. By Bishops, he meaneth them that had charge of the woorde and gouerning, as Pastors, Doctors, and Elders. And againe, on the worde, the office of a Bishop, 1. Tim. 3. whether he be Pastor or Elder, saith the quotation of our Geneua Testament. Nowe then, by your ar­gument and their interpretation, we must reason thus: by the name of Bishoppe he meaneth not onely a Pastor, but a Doctor: Our Brethe­ren ouer­throwe all their owne deuises. and not onely a Doctor, but also a Priest or Elder, whose office ( ye say) consisteth one­ly in gouernement, and not in publike teaching: Ergo, a Doctor, and a Pastor, and a gouernour ( for so ye call your not teaching Priest or Elder) are all one and equall. Which is the cleane ouerthrowe of all this your Learned discourse of Ecclesiast. Gouernment.

Likewise, as on this former worde Bishop, Beza, and the Geneua Te­stament comprehend Doctors, Pastors, and Elders, not teaching, but on­ly gouerning: so also on the other word, Deacons: But ( saith Beza) he vn­derstandeth Deacons to be the stewards of the Eccles. treasurie, Beza. and the college of the widdowes. And 1. Tim. 3: Deacons: These are they that haue the care of the poore, &c. And the Geneua note: By Deacons, such as had the charge of the distribution, and of the poore and sicke.

Yea, Beza here procéedeth further, and saith: when otherwise, this name is sometime vniuersall, The name of Deacon. in so much that it comprehendeth euen the Apo­stles themselues also. So then, we must againe conclude, that the name Deacon comprehendeth the treasorers, the widdowes, the Apostles, yea, and all the Ecclesiasticall ministers, and so, Doctors and Pastors too: Ergo, all together are but all one office, and all alike equall in the same.

[Page 268] Who séeth not the euill sequence of this conclusion? And surely, though your argument faile, and your selues also are not comparable to the excel­lent Learned Master Beza: Our Breth. cont [...]arie to Beza, and to the Geneua Testament herein. yet of twaine, (in my iudgement) ye holde the truer opinion, in not vnderstanding here by the name of Bishops, Elders, those that are onely Gouernours and not Teachers: but vnderstanding thereby, Pastorall Elders, contrarie to Beza, and to the Geneua Testa­ment. Our Breth. and we, with Caluine and Daneus &c. against Be­zaes opiniō. and the Ge­neua note herein. And as we will all ioyne with you thus farre-foorth herein, that by the name of Bishops he comprehendeth Pastors, and not those that were not Pastors: so shall wee haue Caluine on our side, yea, and Danaeus too, who is also of Geneua, and a most earnest fauorer of your opiniō, and one that hath written best (in my fancie) of all our side, for the maintenance of it. And yet where he goeth about of set purpose to 1. Tim. 3.1. to prooue Bishops and Pastors to be all one: and maketh your last example Act. 20 his seconde argument, and this your present example, Phil. 1. to be a part of his fourth argument: Danaeus in Christ. Isag. 3. Part. c. 10. and where he distinguisheth of Elders as you do: euen there (saith he) of these Elders therfore that haue here their name of dignitie, not of age: there are two sortes in the Scripture. The one of thē that watch on manners onely, the other of them that attende both on doctrine and on manners, and labour in both. The which may be easily gathered out of this Epistle, cap. 5. ver▪ 17. Concerning therefore the first sorte, as it is distinguished from the second, so it is to be seuered frō the Bishops and Doctors. And so he entreth into his processe, the whole beginning whereof was this, which I should haue set before. But Paule in all this chap. treateth of Bishops and Deacons. Howbeit, there are o­ther Ecclesiasticall and necessarie dignities besides Deacons & Bishops, as are Elders, of whom some thinke that Paule spake nothing at all in this place. But reiecting their opinion, & distinguishing of these two sorts of Elders, he encludeth only Pastorall Elders, ( as you doe) in the name of Bishops.

Caluinus in Phil. 1. The like doeth Caluine in this place, Phil. 1. vppon the worde Bi­shops: He nameth the Pastors by themselues for honours sake. More­ouer, it is lawefull to gather hereon, the name Bishop to be common to all the ministers of the worde, when he attributeth manie Bishoppes to one Church. Therefore the name of Bishoppe and Pastor are Synonyms (or diuerse wordes meaning one thing, &c.) And on the name Deacon, he saith also in the saide place. This name may be taken two wayes, ey­ther for the ministers and carers for the poore, or for the Elders that were appointed to gouerne the manners. But because it is more com­monly taken of Paule in the former sense, I rather vnderstande it for the stewardes, that had the ouer-sight of distributing the almes. Thus you and we herein haue these two most famous men of our side, against Beza and the quoters of the Geneua Testament. And to say the truth, (all [Page 269] respect of persons set aside,) our opinion is the better, hauing the manifest not example onely, but rule of Gods woorde, in both places: that the Bi­shops there mentioned, Act. 20.28. must feede which (ye say) inclusiue­ly, is as much as Pastor. And 1. Tim. 3.2. he must be apt to teach, which appertayneth not vnto an onely Gouernour.

Nowe, although ye doe well herein, to dissent from Beza, and from the notes of the Geneua translation, vnto whom if ye would haue agréed, you might easilier perhaps, haue founde manie Bishops, both there in one Ci­tie, and here in another: (but then must you eyther amende this your ar­gument, or else ye should confound all offices in one, and make all equall) yet still your argument (euen as theirs also) is not of sufficient force, that, because Pastors are there named & included vnder the name of Bishop; therefore simplie Bishop and Pastor are all one, and yet, The weake­nesse of our Breth. argu­ment. I will gladlie graunt both you and them also, more than the argument can make good. That in the nature of the Pastorall Eldership and Episcopall ouer-sight, though, ratione, they differ in this, or that consideration, one from the other: yet, re, and indéede, they are so ioyned together in one office, that the one might then verie well, till the name Bishop grewe to a more proper sig­nification: yea, & may yet well inough interchangeablie be spoken the one of the other: a Pastor is a Bishop, & a Bishop is a Pastor: How B. and Pastor differ and yet are all one. notwithstanding it doth not followe hereupon, that in all respectes they are now, or were then, simplie and absolutely all one and the same offices, and especially that in dignitie, they were all a like and equall. For that is the chiefe point that should herein be prooued. Must al, that be of one order or office, of necessitie be of one equall dignitie in the same? What degrée or calling haue you, of Gentlemen, Esquiers, Knightes, Barons, Lordes, Earles, Dukes, Princes, or Kinges, but that, being in any one of these estates, orders, degrees, or offices, as they may be equall; so, one may haue dig­nitie, authoritie, gouernement, and superioritie well-inough ouer an­other euen of the same estate, order, degree, or office, that them­selues be?

If ye say, we must not bring examples of offices in the ciuill policie, and applie them to Ecclesiasticall: though your selues brought in such ex­amples a little before, out of Numb. 11.16. how God ordeyned 70. aun­cients to assist Moses in his gouernment, which were ciuill Seniors, and applie them to these Ecclesiasticall and Pastorall Elders: yet, will not you graunt this, that when it shall come to anie assemblies of Synodes, or Councels, one of these equalles may notwithstanding for the time, haue a superioritie ouer all the residue of the same function, that hee him selfe is of? Yes, but say you, this is done but for the time. Well then, if this may be doone with a safe conscience, and without iniurie to other of the same function, for the time of such an assemblie of Synode or Councell, ( which [Page 270] howe shorte or long it may holde, Superiority of Pastors. is vncertaine: can it not then bée lon­ger? Yea, can it not then become ordinarie and standing? If it be iniuri­ous and contrarie to the nature of the office, If superioritie among Pastors b [...] simplie nought, it can admitte no shortnes of time. it is not time long or short, that marres or makes it. Continuance may make it a continuall iniurie, and the longer time the longer iniurie, (if of it selfe it be an iniurie [...]) for then at no time, or by any meanes of man it can bee lawefull, béeing not compatible at all, with the nature and substance of the office. But if it be compatible, and may well inough agrée therewith: then, as vp­pon occasion the office may receaue accesse of further dignitie and supe­rioritie for a time: If it can be admitted for a time, it is not sim­plie euill. so the occasion longer or still continuing, why may not the accessorie dignitie and superioritie, longer also, and as néede re­quireth, still continue, without any preiudice of the equalitie, in the es­sence and substance of the office? Substantia non dicitur secundum magis & minus.

Peter, Iames, and Iohn, were in the verie function of the Apostleship ( which was all one in euerie one of them) all but equall, Superioritie of dignitie in the equa­litie of the Apostleship Gal. 2. fellowe and fellowe like, with all the residue of the Apostles. And yet these wordes of Paule Galat. 2. verse, 6.7.8. and 9. are not so lightlie to be shaken off, where hee saieth: And of them which seemed to be greate, what they were in times past, it makes no matter to mee. God accepteth no mans person. Neuerthelesse, they that are the chiefe, did communicate nothing with mee. But contrariwise, when they sawe that the Gospell of the vncircumcision was com­mitted vnto me, as the Gospell ouer the circumcision was vnto Peter (for hee that was mightie by Peter in the Apostleship ouer the circumcision, was mightie by me towardes the Gentiles) and when Iames, and Cephas, and Iohn knewe of the grace that was giuen vnto me (which are counted to be the pillers) they gaue to me and Barnabas the right hande of felloweship, that we should preach vnto the Gen­tiles and they vnto the circumcision.

Here is fellowship which carieth some equalitie with it, and that in the Apostleship. But is there no superioritie at all in this fellowship and equalitie of Apostleship? What meane these wordes, Great and chiefe a­mong them? Or, were they so in times past, and did they not so continue? And what meane these words, that Iames, and Cephas, & Iohn seemed pillers, more than the residue? Did they but seeme so, and were not so indéede? And what meaneth this, that the Gospel ouer the circumcision, (that is to say) ouer the Iewes, was committed to Peter, and that God was mightie by Peter in the Apostleship ouer them? Was it not commited as well to the residue of his fellowe Apostles? Or, had he no superioritie ouer the Iewes in this Apostleship, more then his fellowes had? Or was hee, or any of his fellowe Apostles, equall to Paule in the authorite of the like Apostleship ouer the Gentiles? Or, did this superiority of both their Apostleships, th [...] one ouer the Iewes, the other ouer the Gentiles, more than their fellowes, [Page 271] come and go by starts and sittes, of times and actions, Superiority of dignitie among the Apostles. and was not still re­stant in them, after it was committed to them?

Well, what concludeth Caluine hereupon? Now ( saith he, on the 9. ver.) I haue before declared that this (Iames) was the sonne of Alpheus. For, he could not be the brother of Iohn, Caluine on Gal. 2. v. 9. The superi­our dignitie of Iames in Ierusalem among his bre [...]hren, & fellow Apo­stles, &c. whome a little before Herode had killed. And to haue beene one of the Disciples, which so much excelled aboue the Apostles, were (in my iudgement) verie absurde. But that he was the chiefe among the Apostles, Luke also sheweth, who attribu­teth the peroration vnto him, and the defining of the cause in the coun­cell. Act. 15. c. 13. and 21. c. 18. Hee telleth that all the Elders of the Church of Ierusalē, were gathered together vnto him. As for that they seemed pillers, he speaketh it not by contempt, but citeth the common opinion, because that followeth there-vpon which could not rashly bee refused. Here where as the question is of dignitie, it is maruel that Iames is preferred before. Peraduenture it was doone, Quòd Hierosolymitanae Ecclesiae erat praefectus, For because he was set ouer the Church of Ierusa­lem, or he was prefect, or to speake plaine (as the auncient Ecclesiastical [...] writers doe) the Bishop of Ierusalem. And yet were the Apostles then resiant there, besides other Pastorall Elders. As for that, that appertay­neth to the name of piller, we know, that so fareth the nature of things, that those which in witte or prudence, or in other giftes doe surmount other men, they also are made superiors in authoritie. Euen thus goeth the matter in the Church of God, that howe much more each one excelleth in grace: so much the more honour ought to bee giuen vnto him. For it is an vnthankefulnesse, yea rather, a wickednesse, not to worshippe the spirite of God, wheresoeuer he appeareth in his giftes. Furthermore, as the people can-not want a Pastor, so euerie assem­blie of Pastors require a certaine moderator. Howbeit, let that alwaies holde, that he which is the chiefe or first of all, must be as it were the minister.

In which wordes, Caluine plainely alloweth, not onely one Pastor to be superiour, aboue his Brethren and fellowe Pastors, Iames hi [...] superior dignitie stan­ding & con­tinuing in Ierusalem. for a small time or present action: but for a standing continuance. For, this assemblie of the Apostles, and of the 70. Disciples, that were preachers likewise of the woorde, and so, Pastorall Elders, beganne euen from Christes as­cention and so continued till the Apostles were dispersed. If therefore, (as Caluine sayth) no assemblie of Pastors can be without a Superior: and the Apostles and Disciples assemblie at Ierusalem was then standing and continuing: howe followeth not withall, this standing continuance of Iames his superioritie ouer them? especially▪ sithe that, when manie of them were afterwarde dispersed, yet this standing assemblie of them brake not off, ouer whom ( sayeth Caluine) Iames was made the ruler, [Page 272] who continued still in this Superiour dignitie, Iames B. of Ierusalem. both Act. 15. and Act. 21. and Galat. 2. both ouer the Apostles, and all other Pastorall Elders, at Ierusalem.

And to prooue this further, euen by Caluine himselfe, that Iames had this standing and continuing superiority of dignitie among the Apostles and Pastorall Elders at Ierusalem; Caluines ci­ting Euse­bius, that Iames was B. of Ierus. yea, so farre, that he disalloweth not of the testimonie of Eusebius, that he was Bishop of Ierusalem: Caluine on the 15. of the Actes verse 13. writeth thus: They are greatly deceaued in that they denie him to be one of the twelue Apostles. For they are compelled to graunt him to be the same, whom Paul so honorably doth celebrate, that hee giueth him the first place among the pillers of the Church. Gal. 2.9. verely, neuer any of an inferiour order, should haue so excelled aboue the Apostles. For Paule adorneth him with the title of an Apostle. Neither is it worth the hearing, that Ierome alleageth, that the name is there generall: when of purpose the dignitie of the order is treated vpon, howe farre foorth Christe preferred the Apostles, be­fore the other Doctors of the Church. Moreouer, out of this place is easie to gather, that he was esteemed of no common price, sithe that with his sentence, he so confirmeth the wordes of Peter: that all yeelde vnto his sentence. And afterwarde vpon the 21. chap. ver. 18. we shall see againe, of how much valew his authoritie was. The Auncients thinke that to be done, because he was Bishop of the place. How-beit, it is not probable, that the faithfull at their will, altered the order by Christ set downe, Wherefore I doubt not, but that hee was the sonne of Alpheus, and of Christes consanguinitie, in which sense, he is called his brother. Whether he were Bishop of Ierusalem or no, I leaue it indifferent. Nei­ther makes it much to purpose, saue that clearely hereupon the impu­dencie of the Papistes is refelled. Sithe that the decree of the Councell is established, rather by the authoritie of Iames then of Peter. And truelie Eusebius in the beginning of the seconde booke, doubtes not to call Iames (whosoeuer he were,) the Bishop of the Apostles. Let the Roma­nistes go now, and vaunt, their Pope is the head of the vniuersall Church, because he is the successor of Peter, who suffered another to rule him, if Eusebius be beleeued.

And as Iames at Ierusalem, so Peter and Iohn were also pillers indéede, as they were counted, among their fellowe Apostles. And Peter and Paul had a higher authoritie and dignitie of Apostleship, ( the one ouer the dispersed Iewes, the other ouer the conuerted Gentiles) than the residue of the Apostles had, though in the verie function of the Apostleship, all were equally alike Apostles. And Paule might and did preache vnto the [...]ewes also, and Peter to the Gentiles, and all the residue, to either Iewe or Gen­tile. But these two, had a more speciall and higher dignitie, and GOD [Page 273] their company. Which example of the Apostles, [...]. and Caluines iudgemēt thereon, if we shall well consider: we shall not onely finde, that Caluine aunswereth himselfe sufficiently, in that place, albeit he write very mo­deratly on the matter: but, that we and all our brethren may be fully sa­tisfied, not▪onely it may well bee, that many in one Ecclesiasticall office and in that respect all equals one to an other, may safely notwithstanding haue some superiour in dignity and authority of gouernment amongst them, without any preiudice at all to one iote of the equality, in the nature and substance of their office, but withall, that it was so euen among the Apostles them selues: yea, euen from Christs ascension, and so continu­ed, and that not onele as a specialtie sproong among them, and dying with them, but deliuered by them to the ordinary office of Pastorall Eldershipp in the Church, as we shewed before in the example of Timothie, whom Caluine confesseth to be the Pastor of Ephesus,, and Beza, to be [...], the Prouost, ( the principall, the Prelate, or chiefe gouernour) of the Ephe­sine Pastors. And that not onely it was, and may be, but (as Caluine saith) it must be, and ought not, nor can be well otherwise: which (me thinkes,) fully and clearely satisfieth al this question.

Neyther doe I sée, but as we safely dissented from Beza before, not suf­fering him héere to apply the name of Bishops, to his newe Priestes or El­ders that are not Teachers: so, I sée not how we should approue him in y t which he concludes thereon, neither with anye necessarye consequence to proue his sayings, nor according to the verity of the auncient Recordes, & Fathers, nor agréeing with many the best learned of his owne side, nor yet correspondent to his owne assertions. Bezaes con­fession of appropria­ting the name of Bi. vnto one

For, Beza proceeding in his obseruation on this place: This therefore ( saith he) was the appellation of Bishops, vntill that he, which for poli­cies sake, was placed in the company ouer the residue of his brethren, whome Iustine calleth [...], a principall ruler, or one beeing in chiefest authority, began peculierly to be called Bishop.

All this hetherto, I gladly accorde vnto: if Beza agrée on the time whē it was done, and shew the reason of it, and allow there-of. Or else, shew some sufficient reason to the contrary. For, héere he confesseth, that bee­fore the name Bishop became peculier vnto one, the matter that the name importeth to be an ouer-seer: yea, and a greater matter too, and a name that is farre higher than the name Bishop is, was before the name Bi­shop became peculier. And what maketh it matter for the name, if the matter bee graunted? Let them yéelde in the matter héere with Beza, that one should bee aboue his brethren, and we should soone end the strife for the name. The mat­ter being yeelded vn­to, why striue wee for the name? Yet some name or other he must haue, and if we fynde no peculier name then recorded of this Superiority, and yet finde the matter then practised, might not the Church make a name, so it bee a modest [Page 274] name, as the church hath done in other thinges, where names wanted & matter appeared. The modest name of B. And may it not muche more take the reuerent and mo­dest name it selfe, that the Scripture vseth, and by all their consentes, that had interest before (and yet haue) in the same, yeeld it vnto that man pecu­lierlye, that before was their gouernour: but that this must bee made so great a matter, beeing but the very expresse title that the scripture vseth, and nothing so great indeed and significant in matter, as is [...] a Pre­fecte or Primate, a gouernour ouer them.

But this name and office (say they) was not continuing in him, but for the assemblye. What meane they: did it cease, when the Assemblie ceased? and did they chose a newe Prefect at euerye newe Assemblye? and so euery day, The conti­nuing of the n [...]me & office. when they came together, a newe was chosen? or did they continewe the old still? But neyther Pastor, nor euer Bishop did or could feede or ouersee continuallee without intermission: and yet they conti­nued still those Officers, though the exercise of the offices nowe and then [...]eased. And (as we haue shewed) the Apostles assemblye was daylie, which we call continuall. And therefore (which Caluine also confesseth) their Praefecte Iames, was their continuall Praefecte. And as Caluine ren­dereth a reason here-of: so Beza saith, it was for Policie. But what policie was it, good or bad: in hauing such a Praefect ouer them, before they gaue him the name of Bishop? No doubt, if Iames among the Apostles, ( as Caluine saithe) and Timothie ( as Beza saieth) were suche [...] a­mong the Pastors: The Primi­tiue Chur­ches pollicy then could not this Policie be but good, yea, verye good and necessarie for them: els would the one part neuer haue geuen it to them, nor the other haue euer taken it on them. But it was geuen, and taken: yea, but in Iustines time. Well, and Iustines time immediatelie succeeded the Apostles. But what called they this one Superiour ouer his fellowe Bretheren Pastors in Iustines time? Forsoothe, [...] Whye, and who was hee that told vs, not longe since, out of 1. Tim. ver. 19. That we ought to note out of that place, that Timothie was then in the Ephesian Eldershippe ( vnderstanding there Elders for Doctors or Pastors) [...]? Must wee note it there: and must we forgette it heere? Was that in the time of Iustine? or iust in Paules time? yea, but it was then, O [...]e among the Pastors was [...]. in the Apost [...]ime. in Paules time. then? and how long (I praye you) held that then? Forsooth? while Timothie taried at Ephesus. And can you tel, how long, or shorte that was? Well, he aboade not there, no did? S. Paule request­ed him earnestly to abide there. 1. Tim. 1.3. And did he neglect S. Paules request? no, but Paule sent for him afterward. and where finde yee that? If this Epistle bee doubtfull (with Beza) where it was written: in my opinion, it is more doubtfull, when. And if, as is likelye, after his li­bertye from prison, as is afore-said: then will it hardlye bee prooued, that Paule, after this Epistle written, sent for Timothie, to come to him [Page 275] from them, whom so earnestly he desired to tary with them? Well, yet at the most, in th [...]s aboade with them, hee was but [...]. And carieth not this woord as great a force of superiour dignitie, or rather of a certain Primacie or principalitie: as the woorde [...] doothe: whe [...]her yee call it Super-attendent ot Ouerseer?

But (I praie you) who expoundes this woord in the same place, Beza his owne con­fession that Timot. was B. of Ephes. and saithe [...] (id est Antistitem,) vt vocat Iustinus? The interpretation of Gelenius calls him, praecipuum fratrem: and Praesulem, and praepo­situm.

Which word praesul, and especiallye Beza his owne woord Antistes, is in Latin (as I take it) the verye selfe-same. that wee commonlye call in Englishe a Bishop: so that the Office at the least, and superiour dig­nitie of a Bishop beganne to bee peculier vnto one among his felowe bretheren, and pastorall Elders, euen in S. Paules time, by this reckon­ing. Though this one that thus had the matter before, beganne a little after, that is to wit, about Iustines time, to be peculiarlye called Bi­shop.

Nowe, if the matter were peculier to one before: what neede so great adoo, though the name folowed to be peculier after: this name [...], beeing indeede a greater and a higer title. Insomuche, that it is applyed vnto Magistrates, and princes, as well as to these superior Bish. As where Plato, epist. 7. saithe: [...], the Praefecte, Prince, or Magistrate of the great City, &c. Now if this appellation were giuen to one ouer the Pastorall Elders, ( as Beza saithe) in the Apostles time; which appellation notwith standing is often vsed in the Scriptures, and applyed to Elders and to Bishoppes: as, 1. Tim. 5, ver. 17. euen but 2. verses before this note of Beza: [...], Those Elders (or Priestes) well Rulers, or that behaue them-selues well, in their praefect­shippe (or principalitie:) let them be counted worthie of double ho­nour: chieflye they that labour in the word and doctrine. Out of which wordes you gathered before pag. 21. saying: Which place also testifi­eth of an other kinde of Elders, of whom we shall haue occasion to speake more heare after: whose office consisteth onelie in gouernment and not in publicke teaching. ( the reuerence reserued of all those famous men, from whom ye take this obseruation) me thinks, the wordes there, S. Paules words. [...]. Tim. 5.17. seeme ra­ther to in­ferre Bish. then not teaching Elders. inferre no such distinction, but séeme rather to be referred to those [...], y t such principall or prefect Elders, as, for al their godly paines & trauell in this Gouernmēt of other Elders, and rule of the Chur. discipline inter­mit not y e labor of the word and doctrine, any more then do their fellow brethren Elders, that are not such [...], where all generally are to bee honored: they, both for their dignity and good behauiour in the same, be­sides that, for their labour in the worde and doctrine, ( as the others do) [Page 276] more than any other, as they haue a double & greater care, deserue a dou­ble or a greater honour. The resem­blance of an house & the Chur­ches gouer­nement. And this rather seemeth to my simple iudgemēt, (howbeit vnder all correction, and without all contention) to be a good ex­position of that place.

And of this Superiour gouernement in the vse of this word, (which is vsed also, I graunt, in many meaner matters,) he gaue before an exam­ple to be a Bishop in the gouernment of the Bishops owne children and familie, by comparison to the gouernment of Gods Church, 1. Timoth. 3.4. [...] which gouerneth wel his owne house, hauing children [...] in subiection with all honesty. For if he cannot [...] rule (or stand as chiefe, or be principall) of his owne house, howe will hee care for the Church of God? But in euery house there may not be ma­ny Soueraignes, and chiefe Rulers, but one principall ouer all the other, nor yet many stewards, &c. And therefore, by the force of this worde and similitude, the Church béeing compared a little after, ver. 15. to the house of God, though we be all fellowe seruaunts in respect of Christ, and al Pa­stors fellowe stewards of Gods mysteries: yet in respecte of particuler Churches, and the externall Ecclesiasticall pollicy and Gouernement thereof, as it is also aptly compared to particuler families, though there be diuers Pastors in the same: Yet must one be a [...], a Prouost, a prin­cipall, a chiefe bayliffe vnder Christ, that must there gouerne all his fel­lowe seruaunts and all the children, within the Region, Diocese, or city limited vnto him: and keepe them all in an orderly subiection, euen as a Father doeth his children; or else the Ecclesiasticall pollicy is disturbed. And the same that héere is attributed to him ouer his children and house is attributed also vnto him, for this his principal rule, ouer the particuler Church of God, 1. Thess. 5.12. We beseech ye brethren, that yee acknowledge them that labour among you, [...] &c. And them that are chiefe ouer you in the Lord, and admonish you.

Now if this were the name whereby he was called, that had the Su­periority not onely ouer the people, but ouer his fellowe and brethren Pastors in any assemblies, while the name Bishop was yet indifferent to them all and that the name Bishop began to become peculier to one, The good chaunge of the name [...] to [...], & the iniquity thereof. ( as Beza saith) while there was such a [...] among them, thē as the name was very well changed from [...] to [...] from one that had a prin­cipall beeing or standing office ouer them, to a Superintendent or ouer­seer of them, which was a lower title of superiour dignitye, and therfore not giuen or taken of any il purpose: so withal, it argueth y e antiquity both of the matter, and of the appropriating of the name Episcopus more pecu­lierly vnto one, then before it had bene, to be either in or immediatly fol­lowing the Apost. times, euen by Bezaes owne testimony, out of Iustine and by examining of this worde and title in the Scripture.

[Page 277] And, as Caluine and Beza héere confesse the matter, so Gellius Sne­canus also de Disciplina Ecclesiastica, pag. 440. Golliu [...] Sne­canus de discipl. Eccl. pag. 440. speaking of the ministerye of the worde, concludeth out of 1. Tim. 5. uer. 19 20. Whereupon it manifesthe appeareth, that euen then a certaine order was ordayned at Ephesus, Cui Praefectus erat Timotheus, ouer the which Timothie was the Praefect. Whome Iustine calleth [...], and Beza translateth Antistitē, whome wecall Bishop. All this being considered, with the subscription afore-said vnto Timothie, argueth that this name. Bishop, (to become peculiar vnto one aboue his brethren and fellow Pastors), was neither so late, (as diuerse take it,) nor was meerely and altogether mans inuen­ [...]ion: and yet, if it had beene ordayned of man, being not other-wise pre­scribed of God: it may well be called also euen Gods ordinaunce, as we shall see after (God-willing) upon Peter.

The Centuriographers writing of the gouernment of the Churche, The Eccle­siasticall or­ders and de­grees in the Primitiue Church. in the time next succeeding the Apostles, do say: Cent. 2. ca. 7. pag. 125. and 126. But as there was no certaine and prescribed number of Minist. of the Church, commaunded in the holie Scriptures: so according as the necessitie of the Churches required, they had moe or fewer. And as a­mong them, (to the intent that there should be some order, and that the Ecclesiasticall offices shoulde bee better administred among many, by a certaine reason or consideration, and that the succession of Ministers might be made in order): necessity compelled them to ordayn and to keepe certain degrees of persons. But in that matter, and also in thys age, the most part of the Churches, kept a small number, and a simpli­citie. For, moe orders than these 3. that is to witte, Bishoprick, Priest­hoode, and Deaconrie, are not found with approued Authors. And, the offices which afterwards were distributed to dore-keepers, to Rea­ders, to Exorcists, and to Acolyts, were al names ioyned to the office of Deacon and Subdeacon. So in the French Church, (as appeareth by the Epist. of thē that were of Lions vnto the East churches), are reckoned vp more Ministers of the Church, then Bishop, Priests, and Deacons: the other are called brethren. Euseb. lib. 4. cap 1. Clemens of Alexandria, in the bokes of him, that are at this day extant: maketh no where mention of moe, then of Bishop, of Priestes, and of Deacons: except that in some places hee adioyne Widdowes. Neyther yet doeth hee in playne wordes, ascribe vnto them a Ministery in the Church, muche lesse a de­gree. Also Hierome in his Epist. to Euagrius doth testifie, that in the Church of Alexandria, there were no moe degrees, from Marke vnto Dionise, then bishopricke, Priest-hoode, and Deaconship. And so pro­ceeding to other Churches, and to Antioche, and Rome, where out of Iustine they note, vnum perfectum [...] fratrum, and certaine Deacons & the other brethren. Nic [...]phorus, li. 3. cap. 29. declareth that Eleutherius, [Page 278] which was taught the holy Scriptures of Anicetus, Ecclesiasti­call orders. (or rather of Anacle­cletus) was enrolled in the sacred number of the Cleargy. And in the 15. yeere of his age, tooke the degree of Deacon, and three yeare after was made Priest, and in the 10 yeere of his age, was chosen Bishop. Whereu­pon may be gathered, what degrees were in Rome, vnder the raigne of Hadrian, &c. It is woorthy memory, that of euery one Church, is onlye found a Bishop; in the Priesthoode, and in the Deaconship, are alwayes found many, according to the necessity of euery place or Church. Hie­rome testifieth in his epistle to Euagrius, that in the time of the Apostles, the degrees of Bishops and Priestes were not distinct. but afterward for remedie of schisme, one was chosen out of the Priestes, and placed in a higher degree, and called bishop. Which onely in the office of ordeyning should differ from the Priestes. Whereuppon it appeareth, that about these times, this chaunge began in the Church, and the office of a bishop higher then the degree of Priesthood, not so much by the institution of God, as by humane authority, for bicause of good order, aedification, and succession. Heereupon it is that Irenaeus calleth Soter, Anicetus, Hy­ginus, Pius, Telesphorus, Priestes: Euseb. lib. 5. cap, 24. And this indifferent vsurpation of this worde bishop and Prieste, is also found with others. Vnder Traiane as yet liued Iohn the Apostle, which was the chiefest foun­der of the Churches that were in Asia, and which also was woont to goe out of Ephesus, to the places neere adioyning, both partly to ordayne bishops, partly to chose the Cleargie by lotte, as Clement telleth in Euse­bius lib. 3. ca. 23. but he being dead: the Apostleship ceased in the Church, bicause that vnto their doctrine and writings, God would haue the Church at all times to be bounde. But the Apostles gaue Churches to Bishops in euerye one place: as Irenaeus lib. 4. cap. 63. doeth testifie. But bicause the doctrine of the Gospel was to be published throughout ma­ny nations, therefore the Churches were wonte to choose famous and constant men, prest to trauell, and ready to teach and to suffer for the Gospell, and to impose on them this office, that according to the imita­tion of the Apostles, forsaking their goods, or disposing them: they should trauel through many and farre places of the Gentiles, & preach the Gospell. These were called Euangelists or Apostolicall men: and Eu­sebius testifieth lib. 5. cap. 9. that very many of them were yet vnder Com­modus. In the number of whome is Pantenus reckoned, who was sent of Demetrius Bishop of Alexandria into India, &c.

Out of these obseruations of these Centuriographers vppon the aunci­ent fathers, cōcerning the gouernment of the Churches in this age, which was partlie in the time and life of some of the Apostles, The obser­uations of the Magde­burgenses. we also may note these thinges appertayning vnto our controuersie First, that there were ordinarily but three degrees of the Ecclesiasticall Ministery: Bishoppes, [Page 279] Priestes or Elders, and Deacons. by which Priests or Elders, The PrimChurches obseruatiō [...] they meane such Priestes or Elders, as were ministers of the worde: For they speak of those Priests or Elders, whose office at the first was not distincte from Bishops. So that, in the ordinary regiment of the most famous Churches in that age, and while some of the Apostles liued, and immediatlye after their death, these vnpreaching Prelates, Preests, or Elders that medled not with teaching, but were al in gouerning: were not accounted any offices or degrees of the Ecclesiasticall ministery. But they had onely three: as we haue, Bishops, Priestes, or Elders, that were teachers of the worde, & Deacons.

Secondly, and that which they call worthie memorie, One Bishop in one Church. that alwayes there was but one Bish, of one Church, and that the placing of Bishops one in euery Churche, was the doing of the Apostles, while they liued. But alwaies in euery Church (meaning al the faithful of one Citie) there were moe Priestes or pastorall Elders, and moe Deacons: Ergo: These Bi­shops and these Priests or pastorall Elders were not all one.

Thirdly, that albeit at the first, in the Apostles times, Ierome testifie, they were not distinct degrees, & some other fathers take the name indiffe­rently, of Bish. and Priest, as Irenaeus that calleth so many Bish. of Roome, Priestes: yet this alteration of the name, and this setting of him to whom they gaue it in a higher degree, was done at y e furdest (if not in Pauls time) yet in the time of Iohn the Euangelist, & so continued. And therfore though these Bish. of Rome are by Irenaeus called priestes, as Eusebius reporteth. (although indéede the words of Irenaeus are not priestes, but bi [...]h. as is ma­fest in Irenaeus him-self: in the translation that we haue extant. Lib. 3. cap. 3. Although, in the Chapter before, How Irenae­us vseth the name Bish. and Prieste indifferētly. hee generally calleth the Apostles suc­cessors priests: and in Li. 4. cap. 44. &c.) yet it followeth not, that eyther Eusebius or Irenaeus, tooke a bishop and a priest to be al one and of aequal dignity, though now and then, they vse the name indifferently, after▪ this appropriating of the name: because the persons which they speak of, were both priests and Bishops. For though euery priest or pastoral Elder, ( after the name Bishop was made peculier to one,) was not properly a bishop: yet euery Bishop was properlie a priest or pastorall Elder, and therefore might be well called by that name. And bicause they are now and then v­sed one for an other: it rather argueth, we should not marke so muche, the interchaungeable vsing of the name, as whether the parties be all alike equall in degree of dignity, that many times communicate in like name. And then shall we finde, that these Bishops were not onelye Superiours, in Dignitie, aboue pastorall Elders, but aboue all the Euangelistes re­mayning after the Apostles times. And that Bishoppe Alexander ( as we shall afterward sée) sent the Euangeliste Pantenus into India to preach the Gospell.

[Page 280] Bishops Gods ordi­naunce. Fowrthly, that this application of this name Bishop, to this one, pla­ced in higher authority among the Pastorall Elders, though it were not somuch done by any diuine institution, or ordinaunce of God, as by the authority of man: ( as Ierome saith) yet these words debarre not, but it might be (though not somuch) yet in some part so done: or, not cleane re­iected from Gods ordinaunce. For although no such ordinance appropri­ating the name Bishop, be expressed in the manifest word of God: yet the ordinaunce of the matter is plainely expressed: as we haue shewed out of Timothie, Caluines, and Bezaes plaine confession of the same. And the name also applyed to Timothie in the subscription of the 2. epist. if that may go for Scripture. But, let the application of the name, be not so much the expresse ordinaunce of God, as of godly men, and those in the Apost. times. And now, the Apostles aliue, being not vnwilling thereunto, was this ordinaunce of man, good, or ill? First, that it was done to good pur­poses, héere are plaine wordes, that it was done, for good order, aedifica­tion, The appro­priating the name Bish. to one in some parte the ordināce of God, though in some parte the ordi­naunce of man. and succession. yea, that very necessity did compell them so to do. Could there be any necessitie, good order, & aedification, against the in­stitution of Christ? It is then apparant not that it is not lawfull, bicause Christ gaue to or fro no institution of it: but bicause hee gaue none, and that there is no institutiō of Christ against it, (which had it bene material to saluation, or had it beene of doctrine, no doubt had beene expressed and commaunded) but being none, this ordinaunce of man was a thing, that man might do. And, being done for so good and necessary purposes: it was requisite also that man should do. And so, though it be not expresly, so much the ordinaunce of God as of man: yet bicause it is not forbidden but allowed of God, it is in a sorte euen the ordinaunce of God also, and to be conteyned vnder Peters sentence, 1. Pet. 2.13.14. For, though hee apply it in particuler to Kings, and those that are sent of him: yet the words are generall [...] vnto all or euery humane creature, or ordinance: so that whatsoeuer good law is made by lawful authoritie of man, not con­trary to Gods worde, we are héere bidden to submit our selues vnto it.

And therefore, either proue this law and ordinaunce of man ( to make the name Bishop, more peculier to one, then to all the other, among a number of Pastoral Elders) to be contrary to Gods lawe: or else, except this law be as lawfully remoued, as it was made, I see not how we may lawfully disobey or contemne the same. Well may we now and than vse the word indifferentlie, as did the fathers; but to denie them, both the title and the dignity also: that none of the fathers (that I read of) did, vntil Aë­rius came. Who, holding other more perilous points than this and percea­uing him-selfe ouer-matched with a Bish. Aeri [...]s his impugning the superio­ [...]ity o [...] Bish. as ill as himself: when he could not haue his owne will, be an as a mal-content, mis [...]king with the Su­perioritye of Bishoppes, to call this selfe-same matter into question. A­bout [Page 281] the yéere of our Lorde 340. And went about, Aerius o­pinion. vnder pretence of the first acceptation of these names Bishop, and Priest, vsed at the first, indifferently in the Apostles times, to reduce them altogether there-unto, and in all respect to make them alike, and equall, euen for all the worlde, as now our Brethren would do. And although Aërius opinion, (had it béene maintayned no furder of him, then that in the Apostles times they were sometimes vsed for all one. and had bene, or st [...]ll were, in the substance and nature of the office equall and all one:) had bene no matter worthy such great contention. Yet, when he did simply condemne this auncient order of superioritie, instituted in the Primitiue Church, and in the A­postles times, forgood order-sake among the Pastors: & stiffly with all contention maintayned his opinion: the question grew from brawling to schisme: and not so resting Aërius opinion was at length reiected and con­demned for an herisie. And so stands, for any thing I know to the contra­rie. Neither was it thus iudged of the Bishops onely them-selues, that might be thought partiall to their owne part, albeit we may not so iudge of all the holy Fathers that were Bish. in those dayes, which vniuersally condemned this opinion, that they did it for ambition, or partiality, or pride, or ignorance, which were too harde a iudgement of Epiphanius, Chrysost. Ambr. August. &c, Whose learning, as it was able to reache the depth of this question, or else (God wot) it had béene small: So they seing the truth, would neuer be caried away against their consciences, for worldly superiority, in the which many of them were most humble.

But not only (I say) those holy learned fathers, that were theirselues Bishops, but those also that were no Bishops. yea Ierome that was much offended with some Bishops, and was a man also very passionate, where he tooke offence, when he saw this controuersie hote in his dayes, S▪ Ieromes o­pinion of the superio­rite of Bish. by rea­son of the insolencie of some Bishops, did he euer like and allow of this o­pinion, that Bishops and Pastorall Priestes should stil be counted as names indifferent, and their authoritie be alike equall in all things. And but all one? Or, but alter and differ by toornes, and on occasion of some present actiō, this Priest chosen to be Bish. or be Superiour to day, or at this assem­bly: and to morrow, or at the next assembly, another Superiour chosen, and no Superior standing? Did Ierome euer like of this? No, read al his works ouer, and whersoeuer he writeth: as he often toucheth this matter & many times is very vehement against bishops, and fauouring Priestes▪ himselfe being one: so he alwayes acknowledgeth, th [...]s difference of bish. and Priest, that though in substance of the Ministery they be both all one: yet in degree of dignitie, the bishop is superiour, and the Priest is inferi­our to the bishop. Yea, where of purpose, most fauorably he setteth forth the Priests authority, as in his epistle ad Euagrium, wher [...] he alle [...]geth e­uen these examples heere alleaged, 1. Phil. & Act. 20. concluding thus: [Page 282] Wherein most manifestly it is proued, Ieromēs obseruatiō. that a Bishop and a priest are the same: &c. Yet, euen there also hee determineth the matter, saying: But that afterwarde, one was chosen which should be placed before the resi­due, it was done for the remedie of schisme, leaste euerye one drawing the Church of Christ after him, should breake it. For, also at Alexan­dria, euen from Marke the Euangeliste, vnto Heraclas and Dionisius Bishops, the priests did alwayes name the Bishop, one chosen from out themselues, whom they placed in a higher degree, euen as if an army should choose a Cheftaine. Or that Deacons shoulde choose from out of them, him whom they knew to be industrious & call him Arch-Dea­con. For, what doth a Bishop, that a priest doeth not, except it bee the giuing of Orders?

By which it appeareth, that howsoeuer the names were taken indiffe­rently, and as all one, at the first originall of them, for a while in the A­postles time: The obser­uation of Ieromes sentence of Bishops ori­ginall. though there were no institutiō of the Lord, for the change héereof: yet, as it was done for a most excellent and necessary cause; so it was done in the time of the most of the Apostles, euen S. Paule and S. Peter and many other of the Disciples, as yet lyuing: Marke deceasing (as the same Hierome noteth) in the 8. yeere of Nero: Yea, if we shal consider Ieromes wordes furder: we shall fynde this change both before, and also fully confirmed, and begunne vniuersally to bee practised in the Apostles times. And euen there also, where hee alleageth all these selfe-same ex­amples and testimonies out of the Scripture, to the contrary of y t, which these our brethren and all on the other side, at this day alleage therein. As Phil. 1. Act. 20. Heb. 13. 1. Pet. [...]. euen as though S. Hierome had led them to these places. And his wordes are their owne conclusion. Therefore a priest is the same that is a bishop, and before that by the instinct of the Diuell, studies (or factious pertakings) were made in Religion, & that it was saide among the people, I am of Paule, I am of Apollo, but I of Ce­phas: the Churches were gouerned by the common councell of priestes, or pastorall Elders, ( for so Ierome taketh the name Presbiter, and not for such Priestes, as onely gouerned and were not Teachers,) but after that euery one did thinke, those whom he had baptized to be his, not Christs, it was decreed in all the worlde, that one of the priestes beeing chosen, should be set aboue the reste, vnto whome all the care of the Churche should appertaine, and the seedes of schismes shoulde bee taken awaye. And when he hath alleaged (for proofe, that Bishops and priests were first all one,) al our brethrens examples afore-said: he concludeth againe, say­ing: These, to this purpose, that we might shewe, that among the aun­cients, priestes were the same, which all were bishops. But by little and little, that the plants of dissensions might be plucked vp: all the carefull prouision was giuen vnto one.

[Page 283]As therefore priestes know, Ieromes ob­seruation. that they by the custome of the Church are subiect vnto him that is placed ouer them: so let Bishops know, that rather by custome, than by the verity of the Lords disposing, they are greater than priestes. And that they ought to gouerne the Churche in common, following Moses, who when he had in his power to rule the people of Israell alone, The Bishop among the Pastors, cō ­pared to Moses among the Elders. he chose 70. with whome he would iudge the people. Héere is your former example also. Numb 11. but not as you al­leage it, that the office of the Eldership in the one, is an imitation of the Eldership of the other, meaning there the Ministers of the word and Sa­cramentes. For, these offices are nothing like: the one being méere tem­porall, the other méere Ecclesiasticall. Neither like your other, not Tea­ching Elders, as we shall after see. And yet, if they were alike, it would cleane beat down your aequality of dignity. For, though Moses took these to be assistants in Gouernment to him, yet were they not equall to him, but his inferiours. And thus the Bishop should haue his assistant priests & Minister of the word and Sacramentes, in preaching and ministring the Sacramentes, in ordeyning Ministers, and in making any Ecclesiasticall constitutions, and so, rule in common: but not that euery Minister, or those that were chosen to be assistants, should be hayle fellow wel mette, e­quall and all one in dignity with him: or else there is no imitation, but manifest breach of the example of Moses, and the 70. Elders, his coadiu­tors in the burthen of the gouernment.

Thus equally in this controuersie then, did Ierome beare him selfe, both to the Bishops and to the priestes, being himselfe a priest, and fauou­ring their cause, and pleading for them, so farre as possibly he could. Ney­ther would these testimonies (being not taken by the way, but of set pur­pose thus set downe) be sleightly considered For, (if we list not to be con­tentious) it may bee a notable paterne vnto vs, sithe wee sée this contro­uersie so hote, in these auncient and holye Fathers dayes, that were néerer the time of the originall of this change then we are, what was their opinion (that were the best learned, and holiest Fathers) thereon: & what reasons and resolutions moued them thereunto; to be the more perswaded to follow their iudgemēt: or at least, to beware, how far we stirre & moue factions and scismes for the same, as then Aërius and his sectaries did, to the disturbance of the Churches quiet in those dayes. For our Brethren do still alleage this sentence of Ierome against Bishops; but they still passe o­uer all those thinges that should open the grounds, the causes, the meaning and all the necessary obseruations thereof. Fiue things to be obser­ued out of Ieromes sentence.

Now, out of this sentence of Ierome, first we may plainly sée, that al­though he say Bishops and priestes were at the first all one: yet they were not so all one, that they had any lawe or institution of God, so to remaine all one, for then could they neuer haue beene changed.

[Page 284] And therefore, being chaunged by these so holy and so auncient fathers, it is apparant, that they al iudged it, not to be any whitte of the substance of the order and office, that they were all one: but a méere accessary and changeable thing, to be made different, as the Church should sée most ex­pedient

Secondly that this change was made, not onely while the Apostles were aliue, but that it drew faste vponthe time, after that those factions, mencioned by S. P. 1. Cor. 1, & 3. began to disturbe the Church of Corinth. wher it is said Silas was y e Bish. & it may wel be: for it is said of Silas, Act. 15.22. that he was one of those, that the Apostles appoynted to send to Anti­och. [...], Men that were principall Rulers among the Brethren. Whome, being left at Beroea, Act. 17, 14. Paule being at Athēs sent for, ver. 15 Who came vnto him at Corinth, where after these fa­ctions hapned, it is little inough he was made Bishop, being commended in the Scripture for such an able man, to be a chiefe gouernour among his brethren. Neyther is it vnlikelie, that he or some such other was ordayned there, where Ierome saith the occasion thereof did spring. But whosoeuer was there, or in other places, the first Bishoppe so ordained: this change was not very late, ere it began in the Apostles times.

Thirdlye, the occasion arising by reason of these factions, that sprang in the time while the name Bishoppe was yet indifferent to euerye Priest or Pastorall Elder, and while al among them were alike and equal in dignity, if that such and so many factions arose so soone at that time, while the Apostles liued: what would it haue done, if this equallity had continued longer? What would it haue done, if it had continued after the Apostles dayes? If it had c [...]ntinued in all the ages following? especially in these our factious and licentious times? When the very beginning to renue this equality by Aërius, in the time of these so reuerend fathers, did bréede such troubles in the Church of God, as scarse Theodoret, Epipha­nius, S. Augustine, S. Ambrose, Chrysostome, Hierome, and other holy and learned men, could expresse. And it is likelie, if it were nowe admit­ted, and that all were reduced to that first equallity of name and dignity, that we should now be cumbred with no factions? When as the very mo­tion of it brings withall in question, so many points of question, and it is so eagerly vrged, and so peremptorily cried vpon, as though all discipline were loste, all doctrine professed in vaine, yea, we are no true Church of Christ, without it? If the beginning to reduce it, make vs thus to leaue the battaile of the Lord against the open enimie, and fall to byting and de­facing thus one an-other, that are brethren: verily (I feare) were it set vp againe, we should finde farre more perilous factions in these dayes, then euer those fathers either felt or feared, when they firste made this ordi­naunce.

[Page 285] And as of the occasion, so, of the ende wherefore, I (fowrthly) note on these words of Ierome, that the cause why they did it was good, and ne­cessary. It was not directed to any tyrannie, to any pride▪ 4. The good and necessa­ry ende and effect ther­of. to any ambiti­on, or to any ill purpose, but cleane contrary. Especially, to pull vp those factions that were bred: and to preuent, that other shoulde not so easilye spring, and spread in the Church of Christ. To which good purposes, nothing in very deede is better, than to haue one in moderate order, with­out oppression and vsurpation, to be ouer and vnder another. As wee sée how it was euen at that time in Ierusalem, when factions and questions began to arise, and that they could not decide them at Antioche, and other places, where this equallity yet remayned, when they came or sent vnto Ierusalem to the Apostles, those that were the pillers and chiefe among their fellowe Apostles, did call them and all the Elders of the Church together. Which they could not haue done, had they had before no superiour authority ouer them. Neither read we of any giuen them, at any time af­ter they were assembled. And therefore, it plainly argueth (though it be not plainely set downe) that their superiour authority was standing and continuing in them. By the orderly direction and determination wherof, all their controuersies and affaires were the spéedilier dispatched, and the easilier composed, and they afterward continued the fréeer from all suche factions. But who did that among them, and in what manner, we shall sée afterwards.

Lastly, I note vpon these words of Ierome, that these considerations and causes didde so moue them, that it was liked generally on all sides. 5. The approbation of it. Neyther any Pastor did refuse (in respect of the publike benefite offered to the Church) to become an inferiour, to leaue their equallity, and surren­der their title of Bishop vnto one, that should be chosen among them, and submit them-selues to his superior dignity. Yea, that it was so well liked that by little and little, it was approoued and decreed in all the worlde. Which, if it were so: (as, why should we not credite these learned fathers affirmation, so many hundreth yéeres néerer to the doing of it, then wee are?) then (no doubt) but as it was in the Apostles times, which by many prooues (I hope) I haue clearely euicted: Augustine [...] rule of ge­nerall obse [...] ­uations. it must néedes be done by the as­sent and approbation also of the Apostles: and may safely be accounted a­mong those things, whereof S. Augustine saith Lib. 4. cap. 24. de Baptismo c [...]ntra Donatistas. That which the vniuersall Church doth holde, neither is instituted in the Councels, but hath beene holden alwayes; is moste rightly beleeued, not to haue bene deliuered, but by the authority of the Apostles.

And more at large in his Epistle ad Ianuarium: Epist. 118. Which Ia­nuarius, had moued a question vnto Augustine, concerning the obserua­tion of Customes, Rites, and Ceremonies. To whome Augustine aun­swereth [Page 286] saying: Augustine his rule. to those things that thou hast demaunded of me, &c. First therefore, I will that thou hold, that which is the heade of this dis­putation: that our Lord Iesus Christe, euen as he speaketh in the Gospel, hath sette vs vnder a gentle yoake, and a light burthen. Whereupon hee hath bounde together the society of the new people, with Sacramentes in number moste few, in obseruation most easie, in signification moste excellent. As is baptisme consecrated in the name of the Trinity, the cō ­municating of his body and bloud: and if there bee anye other thing that is commended in the Canonical Scriptures. Those things excepted which burdened the seruitude of the old people, according to the con­gruence of their hart, and of the prophetical time, and which are redde in the fiue bookes of Moyses. But those things that are not written, but that being deliuered we keepe, which are indeede obserued throughout the whole worlde: are giuen to be vnderstoode, that they are to bee retayned, as either of the Apostles themselues, or of plenary (or general) Counsels (whose authority is moste hole-some in the Church,) they are commended or decreed vpon. As, that the passion of the Lord, and the resurrection, and the ascension into heauen, and the comming of the holy Ghost from heauen, are celebrated. And if any suche other thing shall occurre, which is kept of the vniuersall Church, whither soeuer it spreade abroad it self. As for other things, which are varied by Coastes of Countries, and by regions; as is that, that other fast on the Satterday and other not: other euery day communicate the body and bloude of the Lord, other doo receaue but certaine daies: somewhere no daye is left of, in which there is not an offering made, somewhere on the Sat­terday onele, and the Lordes daie; somewhere onely on the Lordes day. And if any such other like thinge may bee noted, this whole kynde of things, hath free obseruations. Neither any discipline in these thinges is better to a graue and prudent Christian, then to do after that sort, af­ter which he shall see the Church doe, unto the which he shall happen to come. For that, which is enioyned, neyther againste the Faythe, nor yet againste good manners; is to bee holden indifferentlye: and to be kept according to the company of them, among whom men liue.

So that, according to this fatherly aduice and sounde iudgement of S. Augustine conferred with these and other circumstances, for the vniting of this name Bishop vnto one more peculierly, By this coū ­cel of Aug. this superi­ority is al­lowable. then to other his fellowe brethren, it being neither against the faith, nor against good manners: though there had beene no mention at all thereof, or of that whiche might inferre it, in the Scripture: and though diuerse Countries had one custom of Gouernement and we another: yet were not ours to be disobeyed, but straungers comming to vs, are to conforme themselues (as occasion requi­reth) to ours, and muche more our selues not to despise the same. But [Page 287] nowe, it beeing suche an vniuersall order, Bezaes cō ­clusion a­gainst Bi. that it hath al-waies continued euen from the Apostles times, and all ouer the Churche in euerye place, without alteration: nor any age or people haue beene knowen, or can bee named in al Christendome; where this pretended equality, since the Apo­stles times hath beene maintayned: but that there haue bene Bishoppes, good or bad, that haue beene superiors, thoughe not in the office of their Order, yet in the office of their Dignitye: albeit wee could not shewe in the expresse scripture, the time, the place, the manner of the institution, & beginning thereof: yet maye we safely with S. Augustine conclude, that it was not nor could be done, without the Apostles. Especiallye, when wee can shew, (as we haue showed, euen in the plain words of the Scripture,) the verye matter it selfe, not among Priestes in the old Lawe, among whom they had an highe Priest, ouer them, and all the Leuites, Princes, and Rulers of the Leuites; as our Bretheren reason, from the Prophesie of Esay: that God would take of the Gentiles, to be Priestes and Leuites; to ful­fill this Prophesie, by proportions of our Pastors and Doctors: but wee stande (for the originall practise of it) on the manifest examples in the newe Testament.

The Apostles, ( and that not in respect they were Apostles; for so they were sent abroad, and not resiant in a place, but as they were resiant, Some supe­riority a­mong the Apostles. & so Pastors,) had some higher then the residue; some that were Pillers and chiefe among them.. And like-wise had the other brethren [...], those that were guides and Rulers among them. And Timothie the Pastor of the Churche at Ephesus, ( as Caluine saith,) was the chiefe Ruler ( saith Beza) of all the Pastors there. Yea, the verye plaine subscription of the Epistle it selfe, calleth him plat and plaine, The firste Bishop of E­phesus. Sithe therefore, both the gift of this superior dignity, and the ap­plication of the name: had such auncient originall in the Apostles times when it began; had such vrgent occasions where it sprang: had such godly purposes where-to it tended: had such plausible allowance and authority of all the worlds decreeing to confirme it: (among whome, I hope at least were some good men,) And lastly, sithe it hath had such vniuersall and con­tinuall practise of it, among whom also, such a multitude of holy & learned fathers, haue taken them this peculier title and superiority: shall we now yéeld to Beza his procéeding on this example, Phil. 1. Bezain Phil, 1. That this was the chiefe occasion of all the mischiefe following? Here-upon ( saith Beza) be­gan the Diuel to lay the first foundation of his tirannie in Gods church as though all the administration of the Churche, Bezac [...] wrong con­clusion a­gainst Bish were together with the name trāslated vnto one. All this, and that which followeth in Beza, here­upon (be it spokē with al dutiful reuerēce to so worthy a man, & vnworthy affection with in these matters, to be so caried away) is vnnecessary colle­cted on the sequele here-of, howbeit directly, indéed, no sequel at all. True [Page 288] it is, that of any neuer so good a thing, the Diuell indirectly may pick occa­sion to worke mischiefe. But that can-not be properly avowed, that it com­meth from thence. For (as S. Iames saith) doth a fountaine send out at one place sweete water and bitter? Sequels of direct and indirect oc­casions. and directly (as Christ saith) a good tree bringeth forth good fruits. If therfore, so good an actiō, done for so good purposes, haue not had so good a sequell: it is not to be imputed to the matter, but to other ill occasions afterwarde. When the good housholder had sowed wheate: the enuious man, ( on occasion of the seruaunts sleeping) sowed Darnel. When God had sent Christe into the worlde, to be the corner stone of the building, by the occasion of mans malice, he was called, and was indéede to many, the stone of offence and stumbling. But what of that, shall wée take offence also? or, conclude, that Christe is not the God of peace and loue, because warre and discorde followes, while Sathan stirres occasions to make sects and diuisions, where the Gospell is preached and receaued? if that were proued to be the very necessary and proper occasion; and those euils following, to be the direct & natural sequeles: it were a good argumit ab effectis. otherwise, on euery accident, you may condemne all thinges.

But all this runnes on this supposal, that the whole administration of the Church, together with the name, is heereby translated vnto one. If this sequele did consequently followe: B [...]zaes mis­pre suppos [...]l then indéed we might wel conclude, that hereupon the Diuell laid his firste foundation of his tyrannie in the Church of God. But when Beza conts in with a byowse presupposall, as though it were so: who séeeth not, hee dareth not, nor indeede can saye, if did or doeth so? may not euery one still for all this order, reteyne all the administration of his office, both in preaching Gods worde, and admi­nistring his Sacraments? neither is all gouernment taken away from al­though a moderate superiour gouernment be giuen of all to some: and not yet of al in al the Church to one; but to one ouer some in seuerall parti­cular Churches. And this orderly superiority, beneficial vnto al y e church, iniurious and tirannous vnto none, as on the fore-said originals it sprang euen from the Apostles: so, howsoeuer the wicked abused the same, yet ve­ry many most godly, excellent, & holy fathers, being lawfully called ther­unto, did accept it, & acknowledge the state & challenge to be both lawfull, and to be a high calling, not so much of Superior dignity, as of Superiour charge in gouerning of Gods Church. We must rather looke to the right end & v [...]e of a thing, thē to the wrong occasions and a­buse it. And they trauelled painfully, and faithfully & fruitfully in the function thereof, God blessing and prospering their good labours. And lo, we that reape the benefite of these Bish. trauels looke with an aw [...]e eie, rather on the hurt which we surmise may come, or hath come by sinister occasion, or by euil possessors of this good dignity. And looke not (which we rather should) with a single eie on the meruelous good it may do, yea, it hath done, & euer will do, if they y t enioy this superiori­ty, do not abuse it, but vse it according to this first institution of it.

[Page 289] But nowe that we haue séene Beza his censure on this example, Thefathers interpreta­tion. Phil. 1. till he procéede from Bishops to Archbishops, &c. let vs sée what these auncient holy Fathers Bishops theirselues, write also, otherwise then Beza hereupon. And from them, come to the iudgement of the best lear­ned, of our owne late or yet liuing Brethren, concerning Bishops, & their exposition of this place.

And first Ierome that before (as we haue hearde) cited among other this testimonie, The aunci­ent Fathers iudgements of the name Bishop. Phil. 1. to shewe that Bishops and Priestes were some­times all one: Phil. 1.1. when he commenteth of purpose thereupon, doeth saye: Here we vnderstande Bishops for Priestes. For there could not be ma­nie Bishops of one Citie. But this is had also in the Actes of the Apo­stles. So that Ierome in both these places, vnderstandeth the woorde Bishoppe, to be not properly, but improperly spoken. Ieronimus in Phil. 1. And hee rende­reth the reason aforesaide: because that Paule writing this Epistle, when he was prisoner at Rome, and so be-like after this order was begunne: There could not be manie in one Citie, to whome this name proper­lie could be giuen.

And to shewe, that it was but spoken in a generall and vnproper vn­derstanding, our Brethren also will perhaps at length confesse it. For whereas they distribute all into foure offices, and heere are but onelie two reckoned vp: and Beza sayth, that Paule here setteth downe the most beautifull distribution of the Churche: It eyther followeth, that then there must be but two offices, Pastors, and Deacons, The name Bishop Phil. .1.1. vnderstoode vnproperly. taking Bi­shops and Pastors but for one: or else, if as Beza deuides it, he vnder­stande by Bishoppes, who-so-euer are ouer the woorde and gouerne­ment, as Pastors, Doctors, and Priestes or Elders ( vnderstanding them for Prieste Gouernours onelie) of the woorde to ouer-see, be­cause they must be as watchmen to enquire of the doctrine and man­ners of the flocke committed to them. Act. 20.28. whome nowe and then by a generall name he calleth Priestes or Elders, as there: verse, 17. and 1. Tim. 5.17. And so including both these Lay Priestes whome you call Gouernours, and including Doctors, whom you distinguishe likewise, from your Gouernors, and from your Pastors: it followeth, that the woorde Bishop heere, and also in other places, Act. 20. is not taken properly, but in a generall sense. And if this worde Bishop héere, bee so properly taken, that it comprehende neyther these Lay Priestes ( whom ye call Gouernors,) nor yet your Doctors ( which yee make the first and chiefest officers) but onely Pastors, vpon whom here ye treate distinctlie from the other: howe is this the must beautifull description of the parts of the Churche, when neyther of these are mentioned? but belike there was no such most beautifull distribution of the Churches offices, in the Church of the Philippians, in those dayes, as Beza and our Geneua [Page 290] quoters did imagine. And you do well to reiect this so generall vnderstan­ding of the worde, that Bishop and Pastorall Elder or Priest, were héere taken, and so still must be, for all one office.

Chrysostome writing on this place, Philip. 1. with the Bishops and Deacons: Chysost. in Phil. 1. what ( sayeth hee) is this? Were there manie Bishops of one Citie? No. But so he called the Priestes. For at that time they did nowe and then communicate (or parttake) in names, and a Deacon was called a Bishop. Wherefore writing to Timothie hee sayth fulfill thy Deaconship. When as he was a Bishop, for he saith vnto him, because he was Bishop: lay handes hastely on no bodie, and that, which was giuen to thee with the laying on of the handes of the priesthood or Eldership. But Priestes or Elders layde not their handes on a Bishop. And againe, writing to Titus, he sayth: For this cause I left thee in Creta, that thou shouldest ordayne Priestes (or Elders) in euerie Citie, as I appoynted thee, if anie be blamelesse the husbande of one wife, hee speaketh of a Bishop, and when he had sayd these thinges, he straight waies this set­teth vnder it: for a Bishop must be blamelesse as the steward of God. Not froward. Therefore, euen as I haue said, Priests in the old time were both called the Bishops and the Deacons of Christ. Wherupon now al­so the most parte of Bishops doe write: To his consenior (or fellowe Elder) to his Comminister (or fellewe minister): Howbeit, for all that, euerie one hath his owne name seuerally by himselfe, giuen vnto him, be he either Bishop, eyther Priest. What can be plainer spoken than this? that héere, & in the other places by our Brethren quoted, to prooue, by the indifferent taking nowe & then of the names & the offices that they were equal & all one; it is not so ment, but y t these names were there taken im­properly: whereas properly they are separate, and neither all one, nor equall. And that also is here proued by good reasons alleaged for the diffe­rence of the offices in the matter.

Theodoretus in Phil. .1.Theoderet likewise vppon this place, writeth thus: Hee sendeth to all at once, as well to those that had receaued the Sacerdotall priest­hoode, as to those that were fedde of them. For hee calleth them that were vouchsafed in baptisme, Saintes. But the Priestes or Elders he calleth Bishops. For at that time they had baothe names. And that al­so the storie of the Actes declareth. For when S. Luke had sayde, that the diuine Apostle had called to Miletum the Elders of the Ephesians, he telleth also the thinges that were spoken to them, for sayth saith he, looke to your selues, and to the whole flocke, in which the holie-Ghost hath placed you Bishops, to feede the Church of Christe. He named the same men both Priests & Bishops. So also in the Epistle to blessed Titus: therefore haue I left thee at Creta, that thou shouldest by the Cities or­daine Priestes or Elders, as I haue disposed vnto thee▪ And when he had [Page 291] tolde what manner of men they ought to be, that are ordayned: he ad­deth vnder it, for a B. must be without crime, euē as the steward of God. Moreouer, he sheweth this here also: for he ioyneth Deacons vnto Bish. whē as he had made mention of Priestes. Otherwise it could not be, that manie Bishops should be the Pastors of one Citie. Whereupon it comes to passe, to wit, that they were Priests, whō he called Bishops. But he cal­led in his Epistle the blessed Epaphroditus their Apostle. For your Apostle (saith he) and the helper of my necessitie. Therefore he plainely taught, that the Episcopall dispensation was committed vnto him, when as he had the appellation of Apostle. Thus also plainely saieth Theodorete, that although the other Pastorall Elders were called by the name of Bi­shops, yet the matter which he calleth the Episcopall dispensation, was commited ouer all the other but to one.

And with these accordeth Theophilactus, saying: Theophila­ctus in Phil. 1. Hee calleth the Priestes Fellow-bishops, for there were not manie Bishops in one Ci­tie, for as yet the names were notdistincte, but that also Bishoppes were called Deacons and Priestes. For writing to Timothie beeing a Bi­shop, fulfill (sayth hee) thy Deaconship, that is, thy Ministerie. And againe, that which was giuen thee by the laying on of the hande of the Eldership, that is, of the Bishops: for priestes or Elders did not ordaine a Bishop. Againe, Priestes were also called Bishops, as those that looke also vpon the people, and bore a care of them, to cleanse, and to lighten those whom it was needefull. Thus doth Theophilact with all the other agrée, that it was but a partaking of the name im­properly, as the name of Deacon was vsed, till they were more pro­perlie distinguished. But all that while, the matter and office was not so confounded, as one or equall, but distincte and one Superiour and infe­riour to another.

And howsoeuer Ambroses iudgement on these wordes, Ambr. in Phil. is lightlie cast off by some of our Brethren, because he taketh these wordes, with the Bishops and Deacons, not for such Bishops and Deacons, as were among the Pphilippians to whom he wrote, but for him-selfe and Timorhie and other with them: yet is hee plaine also of this opinion with the residue. For ( saith he) he wrote to the people: for if he had writtē to Bishops and Deacons, he would haue writtē to their persons, & he should haue writtē to the Bishop of that place, not to 2. or 3. euen as also he wrote to Titus and to Timothie. So that he verely thought, there was but one Bishop of that place, to whō when he wrote, he expounded these words of S. Paules sa­lutation: with the Bishops, &c. to be vnderstoode of ioyning him-selfe and Timothie, &c. in the participation of the grace and peace that he wished to them. Thus do the auncient, holy, and most learned Fathers agrée, & all other (that I reade of) before these, from the Apostles times, not only such [Page 292] as were Bishoppes their-selues, The Chur­ches pra­ctise. but also all other Pastors and Doctor [...] that the name of Bishop, was properlie peculier but to one Pastor, that had superiour dignitie, gouernement, and authoritie, ouer the residue of the Pastors in the Churches, Cities, and Diocesses, assigned to them:

And that this was the practise of the primitiue Churche, from the Apostles age, The vniuer­sall practise of the primitiue Church. vniuersally both for times and places: the Fathers owne testimonies conferred with the auncient Ecclesiasticall hystories, doe suf­ficiently recorde. Which, as we haue séene it begunne, in the practise a­mong the Apostles and Disciples themselues, at the first Metropoliti­call or Mother Church of Ierusalem: so, for confirmation thereof, Euse­bius lib. 2. cap. 1. citeth Clement of Alexandria, Euseb. lib. 2. cap. 1. to prooue that Iames was Bishop there. Euen this selfe same Iames, I saye, ( sayth Eusebius) which of the auntientes was surnamed the Iuste, by the woorthinesse of his vertues, and priuilege of his notable life. The stories haue de­clared that he obtayned the first seate, Iames B. of Ierusalē by the testimonie also of Clem. Alex. (or, was the first, which recea­ued the seate) of the Churche, that is at Ierusalem, as Clement he spea­keth not of Clement Bishop of Rome, whose workes are manifestlie for­ged and fathered in his name; but he speaketh of Clement Priest, Doctor, and Pastor in Alexandria) in his 6. booke of Informations, affirmeth, saying: For Peter (sayth he,) and Iames, and Iohn, after the ascension of our Sauiour, although they were preferred before all, notwith­standing they claimed not to them-selues, the glorie of the Primacie, but they ordayne Iames that was called the Iust, the Bishop of the A­postles.

Which wordes of Eusebius, liuing within thrée hundred yeares after Christe, are yet not so much, as this testimonie that hee alleageth out of Clemens Alexandrinus, that liued in the verie next age to the Apostles, and therefore could not lightly be deceaued in this point. Neither doeth he onely ascribe vnto Iames, the Episcopall office, but he calleth eyther him the first, or, the seate the first, as a Primacie, ouer all his fellowe A­postles, Ieroms testimonie of E­gesippus for Iames to be B. of Ierus. and Bretheren in that seate. Whose Bishoprike is also con­firmed by Ierome, citinge Egesippus, more auntient than Clement thereunto.

Eusebius reckoneth vp diuerse Bishops of Ierusalem, succéeding Iames, till he come to Narcissus and Alexander, who were both at once Bishops there, and it is noted for a rare example, and fell out when this Clement came thether. Hieron. in ca­talog. illustriū virorum. Of whom, and of this Alexander, saith Hi [...]rom in Catalog. illustr. virorum.

There is extant an Epistle of Alexander Bishop of Ierusalem, who to­gether with Narcissus ruled the Church, &c. In the ende of which Epi­stle he setteth downe these writinges. My Lordes and Brethren, I haue [Page 293] sent ouer vnto you, Clem. A­lexander. by Clement the blessed Priest (or Elder) a man renowmed and approued, whom ye also knowe, and nowe yee shall more fully reacknowledge. Who when he came thether according to the prouidence and visitation of God, he con­firmed and encreased Gods Church. Which sheweth, that this Clement being Presbyter, as also Ierome calleth him a Priest or Pastorall Elder of the Church of Alexandria, and yet with all (sayth he) [...], The offices that our Brethren make al one, were distingui­shed: and those that they distin­guished, were al one. the Doctor of the teaching or Catechising, in the Ecclesiasticall schoole of Alexandria: it appeareth, that those offices, which our Bretheren make to be distinguished, were not distinguished. And these offices that they make not distinguished but all one, were distinguished. For, Cle­ment was a Doctor or teacher, and yet withall, a Presbyter, a Priest, or Pastorall Elder. And though he were a Pastorall Elder, yet was hee no Bishop. Neither was his Pastorall Eldership so tyed to one place or folde, but that he trauelled abroade, to enstruct and confirme other Churches. Neuerthelesse, both in other and in his owne, Pastors tea­ching in o­ther Chur­ches. though otherwise for lear­ning, he was one of greatest authoritie in his age: yet liued he in all Ec­clesiasticall obedience vnder his Bishop Demetrius, who made him Priest or Elder in that Church, and also Doctor or publique teacher in that schoole; and before him the famous Pantaenus, Clementes Master; and after him, Origene, Clementes Scholler, were all vnder Demetrius this Bishoppe of Alexandria. And to prooue that this Clement flourished vnder Commodus within 80. yeares after the Apostle Saint Iohn: not onely Eusebius testifieth Libr. 6. cap. 11: but Clement him-selfe infer­reth it. Strom. lib. 1. saying: This booke is not for ostentation, with scripture gathered together artificially: but monumentes, (the helpe of forgetfulnesse) are gathered vnto me, for mine olde age. Verely, an image and shadowe of those manifest and liuely speeches, Howe neere Clem. Alex. that testifi­eth of Iames his Bishop­ricke liued to the Apo­stles. which I was vouchsafed to heare, of those blessed men, that indeede were of high­est price and estimation. The one of them was in Greece an Ionian, the other in Greece the great (or Apulia.) The one was from Coelesyria, the other from Aegypt. And other there were from the Easte, and one of those an Assyrian, the other an Hebrue in Palestine, of high pedegree. But when I light vpon this last, albeit in power he was the first, I stai­ed in Aegypt, hunting after those thinges that were hidden from me, e­uen as a verie Bee of Sycilia, sucking the flowers of the Propheticall and Apostolicall meadowe. He ingendreth a certaine syncere and in­corrupt knowledge, in the mindes of them that hearde him; but hee was such an other, as indeede kept the true deliuerie of the blessed do­ctrine, euen streight from Peter, and Iames, and Iohn, and Paule, and the holy Apostles, the sonne receauing them of the Father, (howbeit, fewe sonnes are like their Fathers) these haue by the will of God come also to vs, who will lay vp those Apostolicall seedes, that wee haue re­ceaued [Page 294] ceaued of our ancestors. Pantanus.

Eusebius te­stimonie of Pantaenus D. Wherein, as this auncient Father declareth his synceritie and dili­gence, in following the Apostles: so withall, howe neare he was to the Apostles times, and so notable a scholler picked out such notable Maisters, but the Maister, whom in the Doctorship hee succéeded was Pantaenus.

Of which Pantaenus, Eusebius saith, Lib. 5. cap. 10. ( to whome al­so accordeth Ierome) when at that time Pantaenus the most Noble man in all learning, had the rule of the Ecclesiasticall Schoole, and of the office of a Doctor, from whence the custome with them from the old time was deliuered ( as Ierome also sayth, according to an auncient custome in Alexandria, were Doctors alwayes from Marke the Euange­list) it remayneth yet vntill this day that in the Ecclesiast. Schoole, there are to be had Doctors of diuine Scriptures, ( or, as we cal them, Doctors of diuinitie) most choise men in science and learning. Of this office therefore, the man of whom before wee spake, was counted a certaine author, and a chiefetaine verie famous: as one that also among those Philosophers, which are called the Stoikes, had before that time no­blie flourished. Whose studie towardes God worde and great loue is reported to be so muche, that of the feruencie of faith and deuotion, he went to preach the Gospell to all the Nations that are hidden in the vttermost corners of the East, & that he came to the hether India, prea­ching the woorde of God. Euangelists. For there were yet in those dayes manie E­uangelistes, who according to the imitation of the holy Apostles, traue­ling in diuerse partes of the worlde, by the grace of God, and the vertue of their minde, brought the worde of God, and the faith of Christe, to euerie of those Nations that knewe it not.

Whereupon say the Centuriographers, It hapned that the Indians mo­ued with the renowne of the Church of Alexandria, & perhaps with the fame of the same Pantaenus, did by certain their legates, request of Deme­trius the Bishop of that Church, that he would sende a Doctor fitte and sounde, which might more fully instruct them, in the true doctrine of the Gospell, and winne other vnto Christe, that as yet were rude and ignorant of the Gospell. What is doone? Pantaenus the moderator of the holy schoole in his Church, is before all chosen of Demetrius, and ap­pointed vnto that vocation. Pantaenus heere dooth not drawe backe, nor is terrified with the labours and perilles: but foorth-with obeyeth this vocation, as it were Gods vocation, and fetteth on the iourney, al­though it were long and sharp. To become after the Apostles, the Euan­gelist of the Indians.

Thus are these Doctors, and Pastorall Elders, chosen, ordeyned, and appointed by their Bishop, which in authoritie of learning, was farre inferiour to them, but in authoritie and dignitie of place, farre their [Page 295] superiour: yea, although they were Euangelistes, Bishops su­perioritie. yet were they subiect to the Bishops.

And as this Bishop Demetrios, Doctors & Pastors vn­der the B. gouernmēt. had this superiour gouernement ouer all the Doctors and Preachers in his time, which was the 11. Bishop of Alexandria: euen so had all before him. Who are all sayde to rule and gouerne the Churche, notwithstanding there were diuerse notable Do­ctors and Pastors, besides the Bishops in Alexandria, and had so continued euen from the very Apostles times, yea, from S. Marke himselfe, which was the first planter of the faith of Christe among them, both Paule and Peter being yet liuing. Hierome calleth Marke, the Doctor of Alexan­dria, and saith, that Philo Indaeus had friendship with Peter and for this cause did also set foorth with prayses, the Church of Marke, Euseb. lib. 2. cap. 16. the disciple of Peter, and his followers at Alexandria. Among which prayses of Phi­lo Eusebius saith thus: He describeth diligently the degrees of them that exercised the ecclesiast. functions, which excelled the one the other, also the ministers of the Deacons. And finally the chiefe and principall honour of the Bishops office.

And as it was thus, euen from the Apostles times, in the Churche of Alexandria: so likewise was it in manie other places. Polycarpus ( saith Hierome, Hieron. in ca­talog. script. eccl. in Catalogo scriptorum Eccl.) the disciple of Iohn the A­postle, being of him ordayned Bishop of Smyrna, [...], was Princeps (which is Ieromes owne woorde) the Prince, that is, the chiefe Prelate, or as wee more moderately call it, Policarpus primate of Asia. the primate of all Asia. For he had many of the Apostles and them that had seene the Lord to be his Maisters, and had seene them.

Eusebius Lib. 3. cap. 36. sayth of Ignatius: Ignatius. Moreouer Ignatius no­torious in the renowne of fame, euen to our times, obtayned the Bishoprike of Antiochia, by the seconde succession after Peter; not that Peter was Bishop there; but that Peter beeing there, made Euodius the first Bishoppe of Antioche, after whome succeeded this Ignatius, that calleth him-selfe the Scholler or Disciple of Saint Iohn. Which Ignatius going to his Martyrdome writeth thus in his Epistle to the Antiochians:

Remember the rightlye moste blessed Euodius your Pastor, Ignatius ad Antiochenos. which was the first Bishop ordayned vnto you, euen of the Apostles? And anon after, speaking to the Priestes or Pastorall Elders, that he left at An­tiochia behinde him, hee sayth: The Pastoral Elders had a Bishop their Gouernor. Ye Priestes or Elders feede the flocke that is committed among you, vntill God declare who hee shall be, that shall be the Gouernour among you. As for me, I nowe make haste that I may gayne Christe. Let the Deacons acknowledge of what dig­nitie they be, and studie to be vnreproueable, that they may be the fol­lowers of Christ. Let the people be subiect to the Priestes or Elders, &c. [Page 296] And after he hath saluted manie, and doone salutations from manie, both Bishops, Pastors, and Deacons, &c. that accompanied him: for, he was of highe estimation ouer all Asia: I salute him ( sayth be) which in my place shall be-come your Prince, (Primate, or chiefe Prelate) whome I haue also begotten in Christe. Which hee meant of Heron that did suc­céede him in the Bishoprike, who was a Deacon in the Churche of An­tioche.

These Epistles, ( of what credite euerie thing conteyned in them is,) I will not pleade for them. Howe farre the credite of Ignatius Epistles stretcheth. But thinke verilie, that there are some Po­pish foystinges crept into them, as also is founde out, in the woorkes of other famous men. But, that the whole Epistles should bee vtterlie de­nied, or suspected, especially those that are not onely mentioned, but parts of them also worde for worde set downe, according to their manner, by other Ecclesiasticall writers, both by Ierome, that was verie curious in finding out forgeries, and also by Eusebius, that was within two hun­dred yeares of Ignatius: yea, Irenaeus that was Polycarpus Scholler, to whome Ignatius writeth one of these Epistles, and diuerse other aun­cient Fathers of greate credite, make mention of some of the woordes contayned in them: it can not bee that they should all be forged, especi­ally this point, for the distinction of the Bishops from Priestes, or Pa­storall Elders, and the superioritie of the Bishoppe ouer them, béeing concordant with all the other writers. And especially, to bée obser­ued almost in euerie one of these Epistles. In the Epistle ad Trallianos, hée sayeth: Ad Trallia­nos. I knowe yee haue an vndefiled minde, and without de­ceite in perseuerance, not on doubtfulnesse, but on the possession of sayth, as Polybius your Bishop hath signified to mee, who came to Smyrna by the will of God the Father, and of Iesus Christe his sonne, by the woorking togeather of the holie-Ghoste, and did so congra­tulate vnto mee, beeing bounde in Christe Iesu, that in him I might see all fulnesse. Receauing therefore him according vnto GOD, I haue by him acknowledged your beneuolence, finding you to bee the followers of Iesus Christe our Sauiour. Bee yee subiecte to the Bishoppe as to the Lorde, for he watcheth for your soules, as he that shall giue account to GOD. For which thing yee shall seeme vnto mee, not to liue according to the fleshe, but to liue according to Ie­sus Christe, who dyed for vs, that wee beleeuing in his deathe, might (by baptisme) bee made partakers of his resurrection. For it is necessarie that you shoulde doe nothing nor take ought in hande ( he meaneth concerning Ecclesiasticall causes) with out the Bishoppe. But submitte your selues to the Priestes (or Elders) as to the Apostles of Iesu Christe our hope, in whome abiding, wee shall be founde in him. [Page 297] you must also therefore by all meanes please the Deacons, Practise of Bishops su­perioritye. which are for the Ministerie of Iesus Christe. Eor they are not ministers in meate and drinke ( he alludeth to the Tables whereon they attended (but they are the Ministers of the Churche of God. Yee must therfore obserue that which they commaund you, euen as if it were fire burning. As for them, let them be suche. And as for you, reuerence ye them, euen as the Lord Iesus Christe. For they are the keepers of his place. The Bishop distingui­shed frō the Priest. Euen as the Bishop is the forme or type of him that is father of all. But the Priests euen as the as­semblie of God, and the coniunction of the Apostles of Christe, &c. And againe, after he hath warned them to take héede of Scismes, of Seducers, and those that are puffed vp with pride: and exhorted them to humilitie, he saithe, and yet reuerence your Bishop, euen as Christe, according to which, the blessed Apostles haue commaunded you. For hee that is pla­ced betweene the altare ( which worde altare, is often vsed of the aunci­ent Fathers for the Lords Table, and is héere meant, for the participation of the holye Communion,) he is cleane. For the which, obey your Bishop, and Priests or Elders. For he that is placed without the aultar, is dooing somewhat without the Bishop, the Priests, and the Deacons. Hee that shall be suche an one ( that is, excludeth him-selfe from the participation of the diuine misteries, deliuered by the Bishop, the Priests, and Deacons) is polluted in his conscience, and is woorse then an Infidell. For what is the Bishop, but one holding a principalitie and power ouer them all, thus farre foorth, as becommeth a man to holde, that is made the fol­lower of God according to vertue? What is Priesthood or the Elder­ship, but a holie institution of a counsellor and confessor of the Bishop? What also are the Deacons, but the followers of Christe, ministring to to the Bishop, as Christ to the Father, and working vnto him that cleane and vndefiled worke, as S. Stephan to the most blessed Iames, and Ti­mothie and Linus vnto Paule, and Anacletus and Clemens vnto Peter. There­fore he that shall be disobedient to these, shall be altogither without God, and wicked, and contemning Christe, and an abaser of his ordi­nance. And in the next Epistle of Ignatius, to the Magnesians: Howbeit, Ad Magne­sios. I deserued to haue seene you by the worthie in God your Bishop Damas, and the woorthie in God, your Priests or Elders, to witte Bassus and Ap­pollonius, and my ghest Socion, whome I haue nourished, bicause he is sub­iect to the Bishop, and to the Priests, in the grace of GOD, and in the lawe of Jesus Christe, and it behooueth you also not to contemne the age of the Bishop, and according to God the Father, The Priests reuerenced the Bishop. to giue him all re­uerence: according to which I haue also knowne the holye Priests to haue yeelded it him. Not thinking him to be contemned for the age that appeareth in him, but in the wisedom of God to obeye him. Sithe that, not the auncient in yeares are the wisest, neither the old men vnderstand [Page 298] prudence, Bishop of Rome. but the spirite which is in men, &c. And in the next Epistle ad Tharsenses: Yee Priestes or Elders, be subiect to the Bishop. Ye Deacons, to the Priests, Ad Thar­senses. Ad Phila­delphios. yee people to the Deacons. And in the Epistle to the Phi­ladelphians: Yee Princes be subiect to Caesar, or to the King. Yee Souldi­ors, to the Princes, Deacons, and to the Priests or Elders, as to the admi­nistrators of the holye things. But let the priests and the Deacons, and all the cleargie, Our Priests obeye the B. togither with all the people, and with the souldiors, and with the princes, yea, and with Caesar also, obeye the Bishop, and the Bi­shop Christe, as Christe the Father, and so is an vnitie kept by all. What can be plainer spoken, bothe for the difference, and for the superioritie of these ecclesiasticall offices? I vrge not these Epistles, as approouing all things in them, nor auouching the credit of them, and therefore passe ouer the residue, seruing also to this purpose. Neither yet dare I discredit them in all points, namelie in this, for the distinction of these three offices, Bi­shop, priests and Deacons: and for the superioritie of the Bishop, in anye citie ouer all the cleargie there. Bicause these things accord with all the o­ther writers, and state of that age, immediatlie following the Apostles.

In Asia also about the same time, was Papias, of whom Ieromie saith: Papias the hearer of Iohn, Papias saint Iohns disci­ple, Bishop. the Bishop of Hieropolis in Asia, and diuerse other famous Bishops of that age, of whome saithe Euseb. lib. 4. cap. 20, &c. At Antiochia about the same time, Theophilus helde the Bishoprike of the Church, The Bishops succeeding the Apostles being the sixt from the Apostles, where Cornelius was the fourth after Heron (Ignatus successor) whome in the 5. degree Heron succeeded. At the same time also was Egesippus holden famous, of whome wee haue spoken before. And Dionisius Bishop of Corinthe, & Pimitus was the most noble among the Bishops of Creta. Phillip also, and Apollinaris, and Me­lito, Musanus and Modestus. And the cheefest of all, Iraeneus, of which men, most excellent monuments of the Apostolicall faithe, and sounde doc­trine, are come euen vnto our age. Egesippus in the firste booke of his Commentaries (where hee sets downe the sentence of his beleefe, Egesippus te­stimonie of the Bishops sinceritie. with most full proofe) declareth also this: that when he trauelled to Rome, hauing conferred in speech and amitie, with the Bishops in all places, he founde them all Preachers and Teachers of one faithe, and also in the Epistle of Clement, written to the Corinthians, he mencioneth somthings that I thought necessarie to insert into this worke. He saithe therefore: And the Churche (saithe he) of Corinthe, euen vntill Primus the Bishoppe, whome (sayling to Rome) I sawe, The superi­tie of Bish. no alteratiō dissenting from the Lords ordi­nance. and abode with him at Corinthe manie daies, being delighted with the sinceritie of his faith: but when I came to Rome, I abode there, vntill Soter succeeded Amcedus, and Eleutheims succeeded Soter. But in all these their ordeinings, or in other things that I sawe in other cities, all things were in such sorte, euen as the law from of olde had deliuered, and the Prophets had iudged, and the Lorde had [Page 299] appointed. Moreouer, the saide partie recordeth certeine suche sayings, Bishops su­perioritie. also of the Heretikes, that arose in his time. And after (saithe hee) that Iames called the Iuste, was martyred, euen as the Lorde also himselfe, bare witnesse to the truthe: Simeon the sonne of Cleopas, the vnckle of Christe, was by the diuine election ordeined Bishop, chosen of all, in re­garde that he was the cousine of the Lorde, The Bish. superioritie no defiling of the churche. the Churche then was called a virgine, bicause that as yet shee was not defiled with the vndermining of the adulterous worde. But one Theobatus, for that he deserued the re­pulse of a Bishoprike, began euen in the beginning to disturbe and cor­rupte all things, &c.

Héere we sée againe by Egesippus, that liued in Iustines time, (not by the suspected Egesippus, that we haue, but by the fragments of the true Egesippus, taken out of Eusebius,) another firme testimonie, that Iames was Bishop of Ierusalem, and Simeon after him. Yea Eusebius reckoneth vp, lib. 4. cap. 5.25. Bishops of Ierusalem, one succéeding another, from the Apostles times, vntill that destruction of Ierusalem, vnder the Empe­ror Adrian; besides all the other Bishops in other places; and yet, that the Churche continued still vndefiled. So that, this superioritie, was no defi­ling of the Churches discipline, but the godlie gouernment of it, and (as Egesippus noteth) euen the appointment of the Lord, being practised and approoued by the Apostles. And that all the disturbance and corruption entred indéed (as Beza and our Brethren note) on occasion of striuing for this superioritie: but yet, this superioritie was not the cause, but their diuilish ambition and pride, as in this Theobutus, and Simon Magus, and Diotrephes, &c. who could abide no rulers ouer them, but would them­selues be rulers ouer others: and when they had repulses, then (as the for dispraised the grapes) they brake out into schismes and heresies. How cor­ruption and disturbance entred a­bout this superioritie. So that, this rather confirmeth this superioritie, then makes against it. And these godlie Fathers, that gaue not this offence, though other tooke it, con­tinued this order of superioritie in Bishops, and were the greatest defen­ders of Gods truthe and Churche, against these Scismatikes, Heretikes, and disturbers of it.

But nowe at length ( saith Euseb. procéeding ca. 23.) we must come to the mencioning of the blessed Dionysius Bishop of the Church of Corinth, whose learning and grace that he had in Gods worde, not onelie those people enioied, when he tooke vpon him for to gouerne: but those also that were farre off, to whō he gaue his presence by his Epistles. There is extant an epistle of his▪ cōcerning the Catholike faith, written to the La­cedemonians, in the which most florishingly, he treateth of peace & cōcord And an other to the Atheniās, wherein he mooueth thē to beleefe of the Gospell, & stirreth vp the sluggish, & withall reprooueth certeine, as al­most falne frō the faith, whē as their B. Publius had suffered martyrdom. [Page 300] And also he mencioneth Quadratus, that in the Sacerdotall Priesthood succeeded Publius. And he telleth, how that by his labour and industrie, a certeine reuiuing or quickning warmth of faith was renewed in them. Publius and Quadratus Bishops of Athens. Héere this Quadratus is said by this Dionysius, to succéed Publius in Sa­cerdotio, in the Sacerdotall Priesthood, not that the Priesthood and the Bishoprike, was equall and all one, for then hee had not succéeded him, be­ing a Priest or pastorall Elder in Publius time. But that which Ruffinus translateth, in Sacerdotio, Eusebius himselfe calleth [...], And Publius that was Bishop before him, he calleth [...], This Quadratus was al­so a Prophet, as saithe Euseb. lib. 3. cap. 37. For hauing reckoned vp Ig­natius and Heron, that gouerned the Churche of Antiochia, he saithe: Among them flourished Quadratus, who togithee with the daughters of Philip, was most famous in the grace of prophesieng, and also manie o­ther Disciples of the Apostles were aliue at that time. Who vpon the foundations of the Churche laide by them, did build vp moste worthie buildings, increasing in all things the preaching of the worde of God, and scattering more abroade through all the earth, the wholesome seeds of the kingdome of Heauen. To conclude, manie of them (kindeled with more feruent desire of the diuine Philosophie) did consecrate their soules to the worde of God, filling vp the wholesome precept of perfec­tion, that distributing their goods to those that had moste neede, they might be made readye to preache the Gospell, if that perhaps they should preache in anye prouinces, where the name of the faithe was not knowne. And laying among them the firste foundation of the Gospell, and committing the Churches that they had founded, to some certeine chosen of them to the office of gouerning the Churche, that they them­selues hastened to other nations, and to other prouinces, and exercised the office of Euangelists, so long as likewise the effect of diuine tokens, and the grace of the Holie-ghoste, did followe, as it did the Apostles in the beginning. Insomuch, that at one preaching, whole peoples were brought to the worship of the diuine religion, and the hearers faithe was not more slowe, then were the Preachers wordes. But bicause it is impossible to reckon vp euerye one of them, whoe were after the firste successions of the Apostles, in the Churches that are through-out the worlde; either the princes, ( he meaneth the Bishops that were the cheefe Ecclesiasticall Gouernours, or primates of the Churche) or the Euange­lists, or the pastors: let it suffice to haue onelie remembred those; the monuments of whose faithe and preaching, set downe in bookes, haue come euen to vs, as of Clement, and Ignatius, and of other, of whome wee haue before made mention.

Thus (as Ruffinus translates him) saithe Eusebius there, on occasion of this notable Bishop Quadratus, whereby (nothing withall the distinction [Page 239] of all these Bishops, to be the cheefe rulers, ouer the Pastors, euen from the firste planting of the faithe, and founding of the Churches throughout the worlde: it plainelie appeareth, that this Quadratus was long before he was Bishop, a pastor of the worde, bothe at Athens, and at Corinthe, as the Centuriographers note, saying: It is out of controuersie, that hee was at Athens, and there with singuler faithe and dexteritie, deliuered the Euangelicall doctrine. But whether hee were also an Athenian by countrie, or in what place, speciallie in the beginning, whether he taught in the Churche or in the Schoole, it is verie obscure. That he was furni­shed with learning, with faithe, with an excellent libertie of reprehensi­on, and with all giftes that beseeme a successor of the Apostles, is cleere, bothe by the testimonie of Eusebius, and by the things them-selues that he did. Yea, he was famous in the gifte of prophesie, as also at the same time were Philips daughters, It appeareth: that before he entred into the function of a Bishop (although we may not auouch that for certeintie) he had offered his writing for the Christians vnto Hadrian, and therevpon gotten himselfe an excellent fame. By this (also) it is most manifest, that Publius was aliue Quadratus continued vnder him, and was not Bishop although he were so famous a Priest or pastorall Elder, yet so long as this there nor his equall. So that, although a Bishop was a Priest or pastorall Elder, yet was not euerie such Priest, a Bishop, though otherwise he were neuer so famous a Priest or Pastor.

But to returne to Dionysius of Corinthe, in Eusebius lib. 4. cap. [...]2, Dionysius B. of Corinthu [...] in the Apo­stles daies. And this he noteth in that Epistle, that Dionysius the Areopagite, which being instructed of the Apostle Paule, beleeued in Christe, according to those things that are noted in the Acts of the Apostles, was of the said Apostle ordeined Bishop at Athens. And so reckoning vp other Epistles of this Dionysius, and in them commending Philip, Bishop of the Gortinians in Creta, and Palmus a Bishop of Pontus: vnto these ( saith he) is ioyned another Epistle to the Gnosians, in the which hee warneth and beseecheth Pinitus their Bishop, that hee should not laye vpon the neckes of the Disciples, heauye burdens, nor impose a necessitie of a forced chastitie vpon his bretheren, in the which the weakenesse of manie should be en­dangered. Wherby it appeareth, that he would haue enforced the Priests vnder him, to haue absteined from mariage ( for it cannot be vnderstood, Philip Bish. of Gortinea, his superio­ritie ouer the Pastors. that he went about to haue so enforced all the people) but as the papists afterward did enforce the Priests, or pastorall Elders, whome he calleth his Disciples and his bretheren. Which plainelie argueth (though he abu­sed the same) his superioritie ouer them: for had they béene his equals he could not haue doone it. Nexte to whome, Eusebius reckoneth, Theophilus Bishop of Antioche, an excellent writer. Whome Maximinus succéeded, Theophilus. Bishop of Anti-chia [...]. the 7 ( saith Eusebius) after the Apostles, in the Sacerdotall Prieststood [Page 284] of the Churche of Antiochia. By which tearme againe he meaneth the Bishoprike, and not the Pastorall Eldership or Priesthood. As shall yet more plainelie appeare, euen in the next example of Irenaeus, which was the moste singular instrument of God in all that age, a scholler of Polycar­pus, Bishop of Smyrna, who after comming to Lions in France, where li­uing with Photinus their reuerend Bishop, Irenaeus the scholer of Polycarpus. hee was made Presbyter, a Priest, or pastorall Elder of that Churche. And when troubles grew in the East parts, about Montanus, Alcibiades, and Theodotus, troubling the Churche with a new kinde of prophesiyng: which Montanus ( as noteth Euseb. li. 5. cap. 16, was inflamed with too great a desire of primacie: the Churche of Lions sent Ireneus to them, to pacifie the same. And by the waye, sent him also (saith Eusebius, lib. 5. cap. 3.) to Eleutherius Bishop of the citie of Rome, warning him of the Churches peace. Who also com­mended (to the foresaid Bishop of the citie of Rome) Irenaeus, being then as yet a priest or Elder of the Churche of Lions. Yeelding a testimonie of his life, which the wordes vnder written doo declare: we wish you (O Father Eleutherius) in all things, and alwaies in the Lord, well to fare We haue requested our brother and fellow Irenaeus, to beare these writings vnto you, whome we beseech that you will haue recommended, as one that is zealous of the Testament of Christe. For if wee knew, that anye mans degree would get and purchase righteousnesse, as in that hee is a Priest or Elder of the Churche, which also this man is; certeinelie we would haue commended this cheefelie in him. By which testimonie, it appeareth (especiallie being sent in such waightie affaires) that hee was a great and famous Preacher at that time, and yet was no Bishop in that Churche.

Yea, it should séeme, that hee had béene a Pastorall Elder, or Priest, a good while before he was Bishop. For Eusebius in his Chronicle, ma­keth the persecution in France to be in the seauenth yeare of Marcus An­tonius, which belike lasted long, and Photinus Bishop of Lions, being yet aliue: How long Irenaeu [...] was Priest be­fore he was Bishop. and the prophesiyng of Montanus & his fellowes, being in the ele­uenth yeare: he is not reckoned there as Bish. till the 3. yeare of Commo­dus. So that he was Priest before he was Bishop, about a dozen yeares by this rockoning, if not more. Yea the Magdeburgenses, that say, there are which affirme, that in the 13. yeare of Marcus Antonius, hee came to his Bishoprike, about the yeare of our Lorde 176. But vnder Commodus hee flourished most of all. The contention for Easter when it was hoattest, Eusebius in his Chronicle placeth, in the fourthe yeare of Seuerus, that is the yeare of our Lorde 199: other referre it to the fifte yeare of Se­uerus.

Therfore, he should haue beene in the ministerie, especiallie in his Bi­shoprike, [Page 281] about 23. yeares. To the which, if wee adde the yeares of his Priesthood or Eldership, perhaps it will runne to 30. yeares. And so at the least, by their computation, he was seauen yeares a Priest, before hee was Bishop.

And this also did these Centuriographers confesse before, saying: Pho­tinus being cruellie murthered in the persecution, for the confession of the truthe of the Gospell: Irenaeus hetherto being but a Priest or Elder in the same Churche, was substituted in his place. Whereby it is moste euident, that Presbyter and Episcopus, a Priest or Pastorall El­der, or minister of the worde, and a Bishop, were not all one and equall, in this holye and singuler learned Fathers dayes, so néere vnto the A­postles, that hee was scholler to Polycarpus, which liued in the Apostles times.

And euen in Irenaeus time, he telleth, that neither the giftes of hea­lings, nor of speaking with strange toongs, were yet ceassed. Although (I graunte) we shall nowe and then finde, where (when he speaketh of Bi­shops) he calles them Priests or Elders: as lib. 4. cap. 43: wherefore wee must hearken to those priests or Elders that are in the Churche, those that haue their succession from the Apostles, as wee haue shewed; who with the succession of the Bishoprike, haue receiued the certeine gifte of the truthe, according to the good will of the Father. And in the nexte chapter:

But those that are indeede of manye beleeued to bee Priests or Elders, and serue their pleasures, The name of Priest & Bishop, now and then taken in­diff [...]rentlie. and preferre not the feare of God in their heartes, but vexe the residue with reproches, and are lifted vp with the puffe of sitting highest, and secretlye doo euill, and saye, none shall see vs: shall be reprooued of the worde, that iudgeth not according to glorie, nor lookes on the countenance, but on the heart, &c. From all suche therefore we must absteyne, but cleaue vnto those, that (as wee haue saide) keepe bothe the doctrine of the Apostles, and the sounde worde, with the order of their Priesthood or Eldership, and expresse a conuersation without offence, to the information and correction of the residue, &c:

Suche priestes or Elders the Churche nourisheth, of whome the prophet saithe: And I will giue thee princes in peace, and thy Bishoppes in righteousnesse. Although in these and suche like places of Irenaeus, the worde bothe Priest and Bishop, maye be taken, the one for the other indifferentlie: yet dooth not this debarre, but that as Irenaeus him-selfe was a Prieste, for a while, before he were a Bishop: so lib. 3, cap. 3. hee there speaketh, all of the succession, vntill [...]is time, of the Bishops of the Churche of Rome, that cannot bee vnderstood of euerye Priest there.

[Page 238] Bishop of Rome. And indéed among all other that were Bishops, I haue chéeflie forborne the naming of these, not so muche for any corruption in this pointe, that at that time was in them, more than in other Bishops, ( for I take them ra­ther to haue beene as sincere as any of all the other) but that their succes­sors since those times, vpon the honor for their vertue and sinceritie giuen to them, of this first age, and for the dignitie of the place, and for the num­ber of them that then were martyrs there, and with-all, for the memorie of Paule and Peter, supposed there also, to haue suffered martyrdome, and to haue established the Churche there, and to haue ordeined a Bishop also ouer them: bicause (I saye) their successors waxing insolent, and abusing all these good occasions, haue also abused the memorie and names of those good auncient Bishops of Rome, with a number of forgeries fathered fals­lie on them: I haue therefore mencioned none of them. But bicause Ire­neus ( as they were then the mirrors of other Churches, and Bishops ex­celling in synceritie of doctrine, The succes­sion of the Bishop of Rome, till Ireneus time. in good order of discipline, and integritie of life) bringeth in all the Bishops of that sée, vntill his time, to confute the new deuises of the heretikes errors, by their constant continuance in the truthe: I will therefore also set downe, some parte of Ireneus words, for our further confirmation of this matter.

The tradition ( saith he) therefore of the Apostles, is made manifest in all the worlde. It is present to beholde in the Churche, for all that will heere the truthe. And wee haue to reckon vp them, which haue beene ordeined Bishops in the Churches from the Apostles, and the successors of them, Ireneus lib. 3. cap. 3. vntill our daies. Who haue taught no such thing, neither haue knowne how these men doate. For if the Apostles had knowne any such hidden mysteries, which they taught those that were perfect by them­selues and priuilie: they would most especially haue taught them vnto those, to whome they committed the Churches themselues. For they would haue them to be verie perfect and vnreprooueable in all things, whome they would also haue to be their successors. Deliuering to them euen their owne places of maistership that they had, who behauing themselues without faulte; great profite might come thereon; but offen­ding, great calamitie. How beit, bicause it is verie long in such a volume as this, to reckon vp the successions of all Churches: therefore of that Churche whith is the greatest, and most auncient, and knowne to all to be founded and ordeyned, of the two most glorious Apostles, Peter and Paule, declaring that tradition that it hath of the Apostles, and faithe published vnto men, comming euen vnto vs by the succession of the Bi­shops, we confound all those, which by any maner of meane, or by their owne euill selfe liking, or by vaine glorie, or by blindnesse and euill opi­nion, doo gather otherwise than they ought to doo. For vnto this Churche, bicause of the more mightie principalitie, it is necessarie that [Page 305] euerie Churche agree. That is, they that are faithfull euerie where, Whom Pe­ter & Paul made Bish. of Rome. in the which alwaies of those that are euerie where, the tradition that is from the Apostles, is kept. The blessed Apostles therefore, founding and instructing the Churche, deliuered vnto Linus the Bishoprike of admini­string the Churche. Of this Linus, Paule mentioneth in those Epistles that are to Timothie: but vnto him succeeded Anacletus, after whome in the third place from the Apostles, Clemens obteined the Bishoprike. Who also sawe the Apostles them-selues, and conferred with them, while as yet he had the preaching of the Apostles sounding in his eares, and their tradition before his eyes. For (not hee alone) manie at that time were yet aliue, that were taught of the Apostles. Vnder this Clemens therefore, no small dissention falling out among the brethren that were at Corinth, the Church which is at Rome, wrote most forcible letters to the Corinthians, gathering them togither vnto peace, and repayring their faithe, and declaring the tradition that they had euen of fresh re­ceiued from the Apostles. Which tradition declared, that there was one God Almightie, the maker of Heauen & Earth, the former of man, who brought on the world the generall floud, who called Abraham, who brought the people out of the lande of Egypt, who spake vnto Moses, who disposed the lawe, and sente the Prophets, who hath prepared fire for the diuell and his angels. That this GOD should be declared of the Churches, to be the Father of our Lord Iesus Christe, they that lift maye learne, euen out of the Scripture it selfe, and vnderstand it to be the Apo­stolicall tradition of the Churche: sithe that it is a more auncient Epi­stle then these are, which nowe teach falselie and feigne, that there is a­nother God aboue: the Demiurgus (or speaker to the people,) & the ma­ker of all these things that are. But to this Clement succeeded Euaristus, & to Euaristus, Alexander, and then Sixtus, the sixte, ordeined from the A­postles, and from him Telesphorus, who moste gloriouslie suffered mar­tyrdome. And then Higinus, after him P [...]us, after whome Anicetus: but when Soter had succeeded Anicetus: nowe in the twelfe place from the Apostles, Eleutherius hath the bishoprike. By this ordeining and successi­on, hath the tradition and publication of the truthe, which is from the Apostles, come vnto vs.

Thus saith this auncient father Irenaeus, of the Bishops of Rome, from the Apostles times, vntill his daies. Which sentence, How the Pa­pists wreste this sentēce of Ieromes. howsoeuer the Pa­pists snatche thereat, to abuse the simple with the name of tradition, of succession, of agréement with the Churche of Rome, of Peter and Paule as the first Bishops there, and as the head and principall Church of all other: as it maketh nothing for them in any of all these things; so notwithstand­ing for this point, that all Priests or pastorall Elders are not equall, but that one more peculierlie then the residue, called the B. of that church, [Page 306] had a superior and especiall gouernment of the same, Bishop of Ro [...]me. though not abso­lute and tyrannicall, yet, in iurisdiction aboue the rest of his brethren, & fellow priests or pastorall elders there: This supe­riority no matter of vnwritten & necessary doctrine or tradition. & that this was so ordeined of the Apostles, and so continued from them till Irenaeus time: is by this testi­mony of Irenaeus, as clere as any thing can be: that it maketh no whit for any popish tradition, either of doctrine or of discipline necessary to sal­uation, besides the manifest published and written word of God: if a man would wish he cannot finde a better place then this in all the fathers: For all the papistes vrging and writhing of the same. And therfore this argu­eth, that this episcopall superiority was then accounted, to be no such vn­written and necessarie doctrine, but a matter of wel ordered gouernment, practised vsually in the Apostles times, and ordeined by the Apostles in many places, How farre & wherein Irenaeus pleadeth on succession. and sufficiently apparant in the scriptures.

And as for the succession that Irenaeus speaketh of: true it is, that hi [...] fetcheth it from the Apostles, and in a playne line without interruption till his time but he neither maketh a general and perpetuall rule thereof, nor stretcheth it any further then he did reckon it, nor did, nor could make promise of further continuance, nor standes on that time neither for the time sake, nor for the persons sake that did succeede: but onely and alto­gether for the doctrine, which is the tradition that he speaketh of, and in respect that they succeeded one after another, The B. of Romes plea in these dayes. not so much, in the place as in the doctrine, without alteration or interruption of the same, for which cause he mencioneth the succession of them. But now, wheras the Bishops of Rome proceede further then these here reckoned vp, to th [...]se that afterward added any other doctrine, besides that which the Apo­stles in the scripture did deliuer, or any other tradition superstitious and hurtful, or any other discipline, as necessary to saluation: this place of Ire­naeus doth nothing in the world help them: and they alleadging this place in such a generall sort, Coūterfeit workes in Clements name. do manifestly wrest it, and abuse Irenaeus, and all those that beleeue them, on the credite of this auntient Father. Y [...], this place of Irenaeus, if it were to be measured no further then the personall succession of the B. doth not only ouerthr [...]w that succession, which they pretende from Peter to Clement, but also the workes that go in Clement [...] name to be méere counterfeit. Yea, this succession hath had iarring about the reckoning of it, euen in Ieroms days, who saith in his catalogue, that Clemens was the fourth B. of Rome after Peter, for the 2. was Linus, the 3. Anacletus. Although the moste of the latine writers thinke Clemens was the 2. after Peter, and Hierome tooke this opinion from Eusebius, and Eusebius ( as him self confesseth) from Irenaeus. But none of them rec­koned Cletus in this number, which Dammasus, Pletina, Onuphrius, and others doe. So intricate and doubtfull is also the verie personall succession of these Bishoppes: and yet all these 3. later writers, agréeing with these thrée auntiente Fathers, that Clemens did not [Page 307] succéede Peter: Pet. and Paule no Bishops of Rome. and all these thrée Fathers speaking also of Cle­mens workes, and mentioning this his notable Epistle to the Corinthi­ans, which we haue not, and not mentioning any such works, as are now thrust vpō vs in Clemēs name: it is a manifest argumēt that the Bishops of Rome that now are, and long haue bin, The corrup­tion of the B. of Rome. Irenaeus plea of suc­cession broken off. haue altered the tradition that their predecessor Clement heere alleadged, and haue thrust out the true Clement, and brought in a false and conterfeit Clement, and so, though they could agrée vpon the persons to be successors, yet haue they agayne broken the plea of this succession, that is héere vrged by Irenaeus.

Neither doth Irenaeus in pleading on this succession of these 12. Bishops ( whome our aduersaries make 13.) reckon Peter or Paul themselues to haue bin in the number of the Bishops, as all our aduersaries doe, and the Popes make their chéefest crake thereon, that Peter and Paule were the first Byshops there: but onely saith Irenaeus: The Church of Rome was founded and constituted of them: How Paule and Peter were foun­ders of the Church of Rome. as in the end of the same chap. he saith the Church of Ephesus was founded by S. Paul. And yet these words al­so, cannot be simplie vnderstood. For, albeit Paul was more among them, euen by the manifest tradition of the scripture ( which both Clement & Irenaeus héere do pleade vpon) then can stand with any trueth, that Peter had such continuance there as Paul had: yet was the church founded and constituted at Rome, before not only Paul did come among them, but be­fore he wrote his Epistle to them. Neuerthelesse, it may in some sense, be safelie sayde, that when as S. Paul came to Rome, and founde the Church there, neither such in multitude, neither such in ripenesse of knowledge, as the same went of them, and as he hoped of them, when he wrot vntothem Rom. 1. ver. 8. Your faith is published throughout all the world, and yet at S. Paules first comming to them, they were such a slender, and especial­ly so rawe a company, as appeareth Act, [...]8. Yet, sith the text testifieth, ver, 30 & 31. And Paule dwelt two yeeres full in his own hired house, Paules con­tinuance two yeares at Rome. & recei­ued all that came in vnto him, preaching the kingdome of God, & teaching those things that concerne the Lord Iesus Christ, with all confidence, no man forbidding him: all which was before his first arraignment at Rome, & he had much more leysure and fréedome after his deliuerance and before his second ar­raignment & condemnation: he might wel deserue this cōmendation of Ire­naeus, to be the founder, constituter & instructer of that Church.

And as for Peter it might be wel also, y t he came thither afterward, for there is no likelihood of his béeing there before, when the Iewes y t were so willing to hear Paul said vnto him, Act. 28. ver. 21.22. we neuer receiued let­ters out of Iury concerning thee, n [...]ither any of the brethren that came shewed or spake any harm of thee, but we wil heere of thee, what thou thinkest, for as concer­ning this sect, we know, that euery where it is spoken against. Wheras if S. Peter had bin among them, especially their B. it could not be, but they should of▪ often and fully at least haue heard thereof. But (as I saide) it may bre [Page 308] that Peter also trauelled to Rome afterwards, Peter not Bishop of Rome. desirous to sée the faithfull there, and to doo some good among them, as Saint Paule also confesseth of himselfe, that he likewise was desirous, saying, Romans. 1. verse, 10, &c. Praying alwaies in my praiers, The likelie­hood of the causes of Peters com­ming to Roome. that by some meane, at the last, I might take a pros­perous iourney, one time or another, to come vnto you: for I long to see you, that I might bestowe among you some spirituall gifte, that yee might bee established. I would yee should knowe (brethren) that I haue oftentimes purposed to come vnto you (and haue beene let hetherto) that I might haue some fruite also among you, as among other of the Gentiles. And no lesse cause had Peter of the like good de­sire, for those that were of the circumcision, of whome there were manie at Rome, & desirous to heare (as they called it, vnto S. Paule) of that Sect. And many godly men came to Rome, on such good desires, as Origen, &c. yea euen Irenaeus himselfe, that ioineth Peter with Paule in these actions: or else if Peter had no wil, (as Paul had) of trauelling thether: yet it might be, that Peter being of so great fame among the Christians, and accounted one of the cheefe pillers of the Churche, was vpon some occasion, carried thither, (as Christ said) whither he would not haue gone, and brought pri­soner to Rome ( as S. Paule was) & many other were, though not recorded.

And most likelie it is, that he suffered there also, from whence Neroes persecution sprang. Which though it be not mentioned in the Scripture, yet the Scripture mentioneth these wordes that our Sauiour Christe said to Peter, Iohn. 21. verse. 28. & 29. Verelie, verelie, I say vnto thee, when thou wast younger, Christs pro­phecie of Peters death fulfilled. thou girdedst thy self, and walkedst whether thou wouldest: but when thou shalt be olde, thou shalt stretch foorth thy hands, and another shall girde thee, and carie thee whither thou wouldest not. This spake hee, signifiing by what death he should glorifie God. And therefore, since this was Christes owne prophe­sie of Peters death: this is most certeine, that he died not a naturall death, but suffered martyrdome for Gods glorie. And whye should we denie, without any proofe, that which all the auncient Fathers, so néere Peters time, on so great likelihood, haue with one full consent, so vniuersallie affir­med, that Peter suffered at Rome? If it be saide, that this maye confirme their opinion, that saye, Peter was Bishop there: although that followeth not of any consequence; yet sithe that opinion arose not all of nothing, it is the more likelie, that he glorified God by his death there: at least-wise, that there he had béene, and not béene idle nor vnfruitfull, in that Churche: when they grew so farre, as to say, that he was there also the first Bishop. For my part, (vpon the déeper consideration of these things, being matters whereof the dissent is no preiudice to our faith), I am not of their opinion, that saye Peter was neuer at Rome at all. I suppose rather, that bothe he was there, and that for some time of abode, he taught there also: and that as Saint Paule suffered there, which his wordes there written, 2. Timoth. 4.6, doo in a manner plainelie declare, where he prophesied of his owne [Page 309] death saying: for I am now readie to be offered, Whom Pe­ter & Paul made Bish. of Rome. and the time of my dis­solution is at hande: and as Ignatius and other famous men, were fetched thether to suffer death; that euen so, was Peter caried thether, (to vse Christs owne wordes) and that being at Rome prisoner, before he dyed, Irenaeus ( who flourished about the distance of fourescore yeares after Pe­ters death, which is no great time, and little more than manie a mans age, This testi­monie of I­reneus, was within 80. yeares after Peters deth. and therefore it is verie likelie, that Irenaeus could tell somewhat of it) did know, that Peter and Paule had bothe béene there, and doone bothe of them so much good there, that he thought, he might worthilie bestowe these titles vpon them, that they were founders, constituters, and instructers of that Churche.

For although they were not bothe of them, yea neither of them, the Bi­shops of Rome their selues: yet the Churche there growing great, they had not onelie instructed them: but set downe suche Ecclesiasticall orders among them, as whereby their Churche was then gouerned. And as Ire­neus saith, Lin [...] Episcopatum administrandae Ecclesiae tradiderunt, they deliue­red the Bishoprike (or office of the Bishop) for the administring of the Churche vnto Linus: not deliuering the same to Clemens, as that puppet which counterfeits him-selfe to be Clement, moste impudentlie vaunteth in a forged letter to Iames Bishop of Ierusalem: Clemens E­pistles con­uinced. that Peter made him Bi­shop of Rome: but this place of Irenaeus being autentike, dooth notablye conuince that shamelesse forgerie, and shameth all the Popes and Pa­pists, that build their successiō, & manie other riffe-raffes thervpō. Neither dooth Irenaeus ascribe the action of making Linus the B. of Rome, to Peter alone: but to both the Apostles. And although this be a good record of Ire­neus, being almost of the same age, & liuing not farre from Rome, yea, ha­uing béene himselfe at Rome, and so, searched out the matter more exactly, or euer he durst put it in writing, and make argument thereon to confute the aduersaries: which, had it not béene so, would quicklie haue taken him tardie, and triumphed on the aduantage: yet is not his testimonie alone, for he also might else (as he was in some greater points) be by others de­ceiued: but Euseb. likewise citeth other as auncient as Ireneus, to the same purpose. For saith he, lib. 2. Eccl. bist. cap. 25. Nero therfore, as he professed him-selfe an open enemie of the Godhead, and of godlinesse, so before other things, hee thirsted for the death of the Apostles themselues, bi­cause they were the Capteines and standerd bearers among the people of God. And verelye he beheaded Paule in the citie of Rome it selfe. Eusebius te­stimonie of Pet. death at Rome. As for Peter, he condemned him to the gybbet of the crosse. I thinke it su­perfluous to seeke abroad other-where, the testimonie of these things: sithe that, notable and most cleere monuments of them, remaining e­uen vntill this daye, doo testifie the thing to haue beene doone. Not­withstanding a certeine auncient writer Caius, writeth of these matters, [Page 310] Who, Witnesses of Pet. & Pau. death at Roome. with Zephirinus Bishop of Rome, disputing against one Proculus, a Cataphrygian, mencioneth these things, of the places of the Apostles. ( This Zephirinus succéeded Victor whome Irenaeus reproued as we shall sée afterwarde. I ( saith he) haue the tokens of the Apostles, which I will shewe. Eusebius his confir­mation out of Caius For, if yee goe in the Kings high way, that leadeth to Vatica­num: or in the way that leadeth to Ostia; you shall see the tokens pight, which being sette on either part, the Churche of Rome is established. But that they suffered at one time, Dyonisius Bishop of Corinthus, when he was placed in the Citie, An other confirmatiō out of Dy­onisius Bish. of Corinth. and disputed of the Scripture (or in writing) saith thus: But you also hauing had warning of Peter and Paule, haue ioyned together the planting of the Romain, & of the Corinthian church for both of them comming together, did teach also in our Churche of Corinthus, & throughout all Italy, & teaching together in this Church were together at one and the same time crowned with Martyrdome, These thinges haue we rehearsed, that the storie which is in the opinion of all men, might be more confirmed.

This Dionisius héere mentioned, liued also in the time of this Irenaeus and wrote (saith Ierome) an Epistle to the Romaines, The Testi­mony of Ie­rome for these 2. wit­nesses. which he wrote to Soter Bishop there, next before Eleutherius, to whome Irenaeus being but Priest, was sent, and of whome he saith héere, which now hath the Bishop­ricke in the 12. place from the Apostles. Of this Caius also Ierome mén­cioneth, and of his famous disputation. And Eusebius also libr [...] 6. cap. 16. although his woords héere, shoulde rather make Caius to bee himselfe the Bishop of Rome, next to Victor. But I follow héere Ruffinus his tran­slation, bicause he was so neare to Eusebius owne time. Of which Bish­ops of Rome, How neere Ireneus was in place and time to the doing of [...]hese things Irenaeus himselfe, that reckoneth vp the succession of them, and flourished in the time of Eleutherius, and had séene the race of some of them, and had himselfe in his youth, béene a scholler vnder Polycarpus, the Disciple of S. Iohn, as Eusebius lib 5. cap. 20. noteth out of Irenaeus owne wordes, in an Epistle that he wrote to Florinus, howe hee did freshly re­member, where Polycar [...]us satte, his gesture, his words that he spake of Iohn, how he wrote them not in paper, but in his hart, and layed them vpp, &c. And how that, if Polycarpus had liued till then to haue heard Valentinus haeresies: hee woulde haue cryed out, O good GOD vnto what times, haste thou reserued mee, that I should heare suche things?

Is it now likelie, Irenaeus writing thus in a matter so notorious, and reckoning vp twelue Bishops, neither sparing Victor the 13. that succee­ded Eleutherius, when Victor abused his authority, but reprooued him: that if this superiority of one ouer his fellowes, and this pecularitye of the name Bishop to that one, had bene a new and straunge thing, and not so ordeyned in the Apostles times, and by the very Apostles them-selues: [Page 311] that Policarpus woulde not also haue cryed out against it? Peter not Bishop of Roome. Or that Ire­naeus would haue commended all these Bishoppes: or durst haue fathered the ordayning of them on the Apostles? Or coulde haue made anye argument at all thereof: when in Rome, so great a Churche, How Irenae. argumentes proue the superioritie of one Bish. ouer all the other Pa­stors in that Church. in all these Bishoppes times, there were other besides them, that were Pastoral El­ders, as well as they? And how then goeth the argument of the successi­on of one, and none of all the rest mentioned: if al of them were all one, and equall with that one Bishop, in the Episcopall dignitie and autho­rity? No, he could not do this with any reason: except this succession which he deriueth from the Apostles, be of this peculier title and authoritie of Bishop vnto one, and that in superiour dignity of the Churches Go­uernment, ouer and aboue the residue of his brethren Pastors in that Church.

I knowe that both Eusebius in his Chronicle, and Ierome with o­thers, in not throughlie considering these wordes of Irenaeus, Eusebius & Ieromes es­cape in mis­understan­ding Irenae­us. gather fur­ther, and vnnecessarily, that Peter also him-selfe was Bishop there For so go Ieromes wordes, that Clemens was the fowrth Bishop of Rome after Peter, for the second was Linus, and the third, Anacletus. But the very words of Irenaeus, are otherwise.

The blessed Apostles therefore, founding and instructing the Church, deliuered to Linus the Bishopricke of the Church to be admi­nistred. Of this Linus Paule mencioneth in these Epistles that are to Ti­mothie. But vnto him succeeded Anacletus.

Post eum tertio lo [...]o ab Apostolis Episcopatum sortitur Clemens, qui, & vi­dit ipsos Apostolos, & contulit cum eis, &c. After him in the thirde place from the Apostles, Clement enioyeth the Bishop-ricke, who also sawe the Apostles, and conferred with them.

In which words he doth not include as Ierome gathereth, Peter to haue beene the first Bishop: but maketh the reckoning, beginning firste with Linus, and so to Anacletus, and the thirde to be Clemens, procéeding till he come to the Bishop in his owne time, saying.

Nunc duodecimo loco Episcopatum ab Apostolis habet Eleutherius. Nowe in the twelfth place, Eleutherius hath the Bishopricke from the Apostles. So that, still hee excludeth the Apostles, from beeing in the number of these Bishops them-selues, but onely maketh them to be the Founders, Constitutors, and Instructors of that Church.

And this (he saith) was knowne to all men. So that except we wil vt­terly cast of Irenaeus for a notable lyar héerein, or, that notoriously he er­red, and all other Bishops: And also his Maister Polycarpus: I sée not but howe it manifestly falleth out, that this name of Bishoppe, to bee made peculiar and proper to one, more then to all the residue of the [Page 312] pastors, and the same one Bishop, to haue a superior gouernement and authoritie in that Churche, aboue all the other Pastors in the same: is not onelie the practise of the Primitiue Churche, nexte after the Apostles: but the verie founding and ordeining of the Apostles themselues. Neither is there any point of poperie, or of the popes pretended claime, from suc­céeding Peter, héere established. And many Churches had Bishops in them before Rome had any.

And although héere be mentioned, that all Churches ought to agree with the Churche of Rome: yet he noteth, that this agreement must be in this doctrine, that is héere set downe. Let the Churche of Rome that now is, agree in that: and then let them call for our agreement with the Churche of Rome. But, sithe the Churche of Rome, that nowe is, diffe­reth so notoriouslie, and in so manie great points from that, yea, is cleane contrarie therevnto: we must néeds differ from the Churche of Rome, that is now, that we maye agree with the Churche of Rome, that was then. And for this our disagreement now, we haue our placarde also, euen from this selfe-same father Irenaeus. Ireneus own acquittance for our dis­agreement. For, when Victor ( which followed this Eleutherius) did contrarie, or went beyond his bounds: Iraeneus that so highlie commended his good predecessors, did as sharpelie reprooue him their euill successor. And he that said before, all Churches must agree with the Churche of Rome; euen he, and his Churche, and manie moe Chur­ches, did by and by, dissent therein, from the Churche of Rome, and from the Bishop thereof. Wherevpon Erasmus, or Grineus, maketh a good cau­tion in the margine, on these wordes, All Churches ought to agree with the Churche of Rome. How much to be giuen to the chur­ch of Rome What and howe muche is to be giuen to the Churche of Rome, if so be, it hold the doctrine of the Apostles. Nei­ther yet dooth Irenaeus mention, in this agreeing with the Churche of Rome ( whatsoeuer superioritie the Bishop had there, among his owne cleargie and people) any obedience of all Churches, or of any other chur­ches therevnto. No, although he alleage a mightie reason, that All Chur­ches should agree with the Churche of Rome, for the more mightie principalitie of it, then other Churches had. For euen at that time, it was a mightie Churche, and one of the principall churches in the worlde. And yet the might consisted not in worldlie might, Wherin the might and principali­tie of the Churche of Rome consisted. nor in anye claime of prin­cipalitie ouer all churches; nor Peter, nor Paule, were then pretended to that purpose, but it was mightie, in constant defence and maintenance of the syncere faithe of Christe, and lesse defiled with Schismes and heresies, then other Churches at that time were. And therefore, as it was more in light so was it more looked vpon, honoured, and renowned in the worlde, then other lesser, or more distracted Churches were.

Neither was this more mightie principalitie giuen to the Bishop, but to the church; for although he had a principalitie in some respects ouer all the [Page 313] Clergie in his Churche: yet had his whole Church, in other respectes, The church of Romes principali­tie. a mightier principalitie aboue him, yea, euerie Pastorall Elder in some re­spectes, was his equall and all one with him. But the most mightie let­ters that were written by the true Clement to the Church of Corinthe, are not by Irenaeus called Clements: but, vnder this Clement, the church that is at Rome wrote most mightie (or effectuall) letters to the Corin­thians, &c. And therefore sayth both Eusebius, and Ierome: he wrote, as of the person of the Romaine Church. So that here was a superioritie, but no Tyrannie. The Bishop did it, by the obedient consent, and readie approbation of the Church. Nowe although these Bishops by Irenaeus are afterwarde called also, Sacerdotes or Presbyteri, sacerdotall or Elderly Priestes, as were the other ministers of Gods woorde: The gouernment of the Church of Rome not equall to e­uery pastor in the same. as appeareth in his Epistle, cited by Eusebius, lib. 5. cap. 24. which he wrote to Victor Bishop of Rome after Eleutherius, for his rashe excommunicating of the Easterne Bishops dissenting from him in the controuersie of celebrating Easterday: yet giueth he not the gouernement of the Church of Rome, to all the Pastorall Elders there alike, but to one only ouer them all, euen where hee calleth him also by the name of Priest or Elder. Which still, more confirmeth this our question.

I will not reckon out of Damasus, or other after him (though auncient recordes) howe manie Bishops and howe many Priestes or ministring El­ders, and how manie Deacons, Many priests or Pastorall Elders in Rome not Bish. there. such and such a Bishop of Rome made in those dayes: but, when Eusebius ( whome I dare better credite therein) settes it downe, then dare I make an argument on it. And euen about the same time Eusebius noteth, lib. 5. cap. 15. that in the Citie of Rome, one Florinus a certaine Priest in degree, fell from the Church. Shall we say now, that this Florinus was a Priest at Rome, or pastoral Elder: ther­fore he was Bishop of Rome also? It is plaine therefore, that though in degree of Priest-hood, they were equall and all one; yet in dignitie and gouernement of the Churche there was great difference. Which appea­reth better by that Eusebius noteth, for the pacifying of this controuersie of Easterday. For Eusebius hauing reckoned vp (lib. 5. cap. 22.) Victor suc­ceeding Eleutherius in the Sacerdotall Priest-hoode (or Bishoprike): and Demetrius, succeeding Iulianus at Alexandria; and Serapion, Bishops at the same time in o­ther Chur­ches. ordayned the eight Bishop from the Apostles at Antioche; Theophilus at Caesarea of Palestine; and Narcissus in Ierusalem: Bacchus at Corinthus: and Po­lycrates at Ephesus, being counted Noble among the Bishops: and ma­nie other excellent Sacerdotall Priestes at that time in other places: hee procéedeth, saying: cap. 23. While these gouerned the Churches in that time there arose no small question in the prouinces of Asia, arising as it were of their auncient custome, because they thought that in any case, the Feast of Easter must be kept the 14. day of the monethe, to witte, [Page 314] When the Iewes were bydden to offer the Lambe. Contro [...]r­sie about Easter. Auouching it as ne­cessarie, that whensoever the 14. daie of the moneth did come: they should leaue off to fast: when as altogether in no other churches suche a custome was euer wont to be obserued. For which cause, Assemblies of Bishops & Councilles, through all the Prouinces are called together. And sending forth their Epistles, one to another: they all of them, out of e­uerye their seuerall places, confirme one Ecclesiasticall decree. That it should not bee lawfull at any time to celebrate the Lords mysterie of Easter, except on the Lords day, in the which the Lorde arose from the deade, and on that onely day, the fasting should be broken vp. To con­clude, The Bishop of Rome not vniuer­sall Gouer­nour of all there remayneth euen to this day the decree of the Councell hol­den at Caesarea of Palestine, in the which Theophilus B. of the same Caesarea was the chiefe, and Narcissus the Sacerdotal Priest (or Bish.) of Ierusalem. Another like decree, is also had in the Councell of the City of Roome, ouer the which Bishop Victor is said to be the Gouernour, and Palmeas of the Prouince of Pontus. There was likewise an assembly of the Priests of the French, assigning Irenaeus to bee their guide. And Eacchilus Bi­shop of Corinth for Achaia. Who, all of them out of diuers places, set forth one and the same sentence of their iudgement.

All which as it confutes apparantly the Bishop of Rome, that hee was not the onely head and chiefe ruler ouer all: but euerye prouince had at that time, a Metropolitane Bishop, to bee President, or chiefe Ruler, a­mong them, concerning the Gouernment of this present action, and sessi­ons in these seuerall Councels: so, while all these assemblies were made, did the Bishops leaue their owne Churches and Cities, in all these great Prouinces, destitute of Pastorall Elders,, to teach the word, and mini­ster the Sacramentes? It is not likelie.

The Chur­ches not destitute of Pastors in the B [...]. absence. And yet, notwithstanding, though all and euery of these Bishops as­sembled, are indifferently called Elders or Priestes; yet are not the other (whome no doubt they left behinde them, being Priestes also) any of them called Bishop of those Seas, or in any one of those places, sauing only Ie­rusalem, that had then 2. Bishops together in one Citie. Which fell out vpon a straunge occasion, & is noted as a rare accident. And yet, in euery of those famous places, they had many, (at least moe than one) that were Pastorall Elders, that preached, & ministred the Sacraments in the Bi­shops absence: which againe plainly conuinceth, that there was a great difference, in the ordinary Gouernement of the Churches, besides the extraordinarie gouernment of the Councels, betwéene a Bishop, and a Prieste or Elder: In the one, the Bishop, being alwaies the Superiour, in his particuler Diocese: In the other, some Bishop being chosen the Superiour or Praesident, ouer the other Bishoppes, in that prouinciall as­sembly.

[Page 315] And to shew this yet more playne, and not only this, Cōtrouersy about East. but to measure this matter, being but a matter of gouernment, ( if it had beene diuerslye vsed in diuerse Churches, and not vniuersally alike in all) to declare by this matter, héere in question, how far foorth we ought, and no furder, (at the furdest) to striue against it, without making schisme or diuision of the Churches peace, and vnity: Let vs sée the collections of Eusebius, and Ie­rome, about the trouble and pacification of this question; for it fitlye ser­ueth to our purpose. But the Bishops of the coastes of Asia ( saith Eusebius lib. 5. cap, 24.) did rather confirm the custom deliuered them from their auncientes, Amongst whome, Polycrates, Polycrates letter to the B. of Rome. (which seemed to beare the Primacie, among them, writing to Victor Bishop of the church of Rome, noteth in these wordes, the manner of the auncient tradition, continu­ed euen to his owne time. We therefore, (saith hee) do celebrate the inuiolable day of Easter, neyther adding nor diminishing any thing. For, the great lightes in Asia, the chiefe and choise men are fallen a­sleepe: whome the Lorde in his comming shall raise, when hee shall come from heauen in glory, when he shal call for all his Saintes. Among whome, is Philip the Euangelist, which fell a-sleepe at Hierapolis, and also his 2. daughters, which waxed olde beeing virgines, and another daughter of his, replenished with the holy Ghoste, which fell a-fleepe at Ephesus.

And Iohn also, which leaned on the Lords brest, who was the chiefe Sacerdotall Prieste, and wore the pontificall ( or golden) plate: ( he alludeth (as I take it) vnto the High-Priest among the Iewes, signifiing the chiefe dignity and estimation he had in Asia,) which was a Martyr & a Doctor of the Church, who also is fallen a-sleep, or died at Ephesus. Polycarpus also at Smirna, both Bishop and Martyr, and likewise Thra­seas Bishop at Eumenia, but by martyrdome he died at Smirna. What shall I name Sagaren, beeing no lesse a Prieste and Martyr, which resteth in peace at Laodicea. More-ouer, Papirius and Macarius (or rather) Pa­pirius the blessed, and Melito, but an Eunuche for the kingdome of God, and filled with the holye Ghoste, who heth in the Citie of Sar­densias, expecting the comming of the Lorde from heauen, to rayse a­gaine the dead. Al these therfore, obserued the Easterday on the 14. day of the Moneth, according to the Gospell. Dooing nothing at all o­therwise without it, but by all thinges and in all thinges following the rule of faith.

Yea, and I Polycrates also, the leaste amongest you all, doe ob­serue it according to the tradition of my Fathers, these onely whome I haue followed euen from the beginning. For, seuen of my Pa­rentes haue beene Bishoppes by order, and I the eight, who haue also thus obserued this daie, that it mighte agree with that daye, [Page 316] wherein the people of the Iewes remooued the leauen. Controuer­sie of Easter Wherefore (most deere brethren) I am now (in the name of the Lorde) three-score and fiue yeares olde, hauing also most full vnderstanding of manie Bi­shops through-out the worlde, and intentiuely marking the Scriptures, I will not be mooued by those thinges, which are set out to make men afrayde: sithe that mine-elders haue also sayde, wee must obey GOD more than men. And after a fewe wordes, he setteth these vnder it, concerning those Bishops that were present with him: But I could also make mention of those Bishops, that your selues desired I shoulde call foorth, as also I haue doone. Whose names if I should write, it is too great a multitude. Who all knowing my businesse, haue confirmed those thinges that we write with their consent, being perswaded that we haue not carried graye hayres to no purpose, but haue beene alwayes conuersant in Christes discipline.

Thus wrote this reuerende Bishop of Ephesus against ( saith Ierome) the Bishop of Rome about this matter: The Bishop of Romes authoritie stretched no further then his owne prouince. but I followe Eusebius as hée is translated by Ruffinus. In the which Epistle, we may againe perceaue, that the Bishop of Rome had no such superioritie ouer these Bishops, as he nowe pretendeth. Onely he in the name of his Church, or of those Bi­shops that were likewise at Rome, assembled, ouer whome Victor was the President, had requested this Bishop of Ephesus, ( it being so great and famous a Sea, aboue all the Bishoprikes of those partes of Asia the lesse) to assemble and call for the Bishops of that prouince, to debate and giue their iudgementes on this question. And yet this argueth, that not onely this Polycrates called such a great multitude, from seuerall places, o [...] such onely as were Bishops in the same: but also, that as these Bishops were called from their owne Cities, for the decision of this controuersie: not onely there appeareth a difference, betwéene a Bishop and the Priests or Pastorall Elders left at home, to minister the worde and Sacraments: but also an ordinarie superioritie of this Bishop of Ephesus, The autho­of an Archb. ouer the o­ther Bishops of that Prouince, to call and assemble them togeather to a certaine place, and to propounde this petition of the Italian Bishops vnto them: or else, that he vsurped it and encroched vpon them; or else, that the Bishop of Rome had some authoritie ouer him and all them, to will him so to doe. But sithe it is apparant, that the Bishop of Romes autho­ritie was neuer (no not when it was greatest) there acknowledged: it followeth, that not onely Bishops were then Superiors vnto the ordina­rie sorte of Pastorall Elders; but that euen at that time, there was an or­dinarie superioritie, in that and such other principall places, ouer the or­dinarie sort of Bishops also.

How neere Polycra [...]es wa [...] to Saint And no doubt, he being the eight Bishop there, and by the count of his age, hauing liued within 40. yeares after Iohn the Euangelist, and in the [Page 317] time of Policarpus, whom he also mentioneth, Polycrates. and all of them beeing so precise, that they would not go one iote, neither in adding too, Iohn, & how precise in a­nie thing not allowed by the Apo­stle. nor taking from the scripture; no not in so much as the alteration of a day, nor would varie in anye thing from their forefathers, nor anie of their forefathers from the Scripture: howe is it likely, but that they tooke this order, both for one Pastorall Elder in a Citie, to be superior in dignitie to his fellow Elders, to whom this name Bishop should more properly belong: yea, and in that Citie, the Bishop to haue a superioritie also ouer other Bishops: to be the verie order of the Apostles, and to be sufficiently testified by Saint Paules Epistle to Timothie, the first Bishop there: or else, Polycrates would neuer haue taken these thinges vpon him, nor he could euer (euen for shame of all the worlde, and the testimonie of his owne conscience) haue auouched such precisenesse in his Epistle.

But ( sayth Eusebius) Victor the Bishop of the Churche of Rome, be­hauing himselfe more frowardly for these thinges, The Bishop of Romes frowardnes. goeth about to cutte off from the fellowship of the communion, the Churches euerie where of all Asia, and of the prouinces adioyning, as though they declyned into Heresie, and sendeth out letters, Eusebius lib. 5. cap. 24. wherein he separateth all without discretion, from the Ecclesiasticall bonde of peace. But all the Bishops liked not this, but rather on the contrarie, writing vnto him, they com­maunded him, that he should doe those things that pertayned to peace, and that he should studie for concorde and vnanimitie. To conclude, their letters also are extant, in the which they rebuke Victor more sharp­lie, as one that doth vnprofitablie regarde the benefite of the Churche. For Irenaeus also with other Bishops of Fraunce, (ouer whome hee was chiefe) doth in writing indeed confirme, Irenaeus re­prehension of the B. of Rome. that the mysterie of the Lords resurrection should be celebrated on the Lordes day: notwithstanding he reprooueth Victor that he had not doone well, to cut off from the v­nitie of the bodie, so many and so great Churches of God, who kept the custome deliuered to them of olde. Neither onely (sayth hee) the controuersie is handled of the day of Easter, but also of the forme of fa­sting. For some thinke, that the faste must be kept one day only; some two dayes; but other, moe daies: many also 40. dayes, so that they make the day, by reckoning the houres of the daye and of the night. Which varietie of keeping the faste, beganne not first nowe, nor in our times, but long before vs, of those (as I thinke) who not holding simplie that which was deliuered in the beginning: did fall afterwarde into an-other custome, eyther by negligence, or by lacke of knowledge. And yet not­withstanding for all that, all these, yea, though they differed amonge themselues in their obseruation, haue alwayes beene and are at peace with vs. Neither hath the discorde of the faste, broken the concorde of the Faith.

[Page 318] Irenaeus reprehension of Victor. And after this, he inserteth a certaine storie, that for the fitnes therof ought not to be omitted. To conclude (saith he) and all those priestes or Elders before Soter, which helde the sacerdotall (or sacred) priesthood of the Church, which you now gouerne, I meane, Anicetus, & Pius, and Higinus, and Telesphorus, & Sixtus, neither did they thēselues hold it thus, neither they that were about them. And yet notwithstanding while they obserued it not, they had peace alwaies with those Churches, which kept this manner of obseruance, yea, euen when it seemed contrarie vnto them, that other did not keepe it also in such like manner as they did. Yet were they neuer repulsed from the societie of the Church, or such as came from those coastes not receaued. Yea rather, all the Priests or Elders also that haue beene before you, haue solemnely sent the Eu­charist ( which vnder correction, I take not héere in this age, as manie do, to be the mysteries of the holie communion it selfe; but rather of an aun­cient custome of honour and courtesie, to sende the bread and the wine (as they say) vnto them at their comming to the towne, and the worde Eu­charist may well beare it, Comitas, gratitudo, or as Ierome calleth it, gra­tiositas, which we call thankefulnesse or courtesie) to all the Priestes or Elders of other Churches, not obseruing it as they did. When the bles­sed Polycarpus came to the Citie of Rome vnder Anicetus, when as they had some little iarre betweene them in manie other thinges, and ne­uerthelesse ioyned themselues streightwaies togeather in peace: they so handled the matter for this question, that neither of them defen­ded his opinion, with anie obstinate contending for it. For neither A­nicetus could perswade Polycarpus, that hee should not obserue those thinges, which he had knowen that Iohn the Disciple of our Lord, and the other Apostle (with whome hee alwaies had beene) did obserue: neyther againe Polycarpus perswaded Anicetus, to forsake those thinges which he sayde he had kept after the manner of his auncestors. And while these thinges were thus betweene them, they did communicate together. Insomuch that Anicetus graunted to Polycarpus, at the one­lie contemplation of doing him honour, to exercise the function of the sacerdotall ministerie. And so in full faith, and entire peace, and stedfast charitie, they parted a-sunder, that all Churches whether they keepe the Easterday so, or not so, notwithstanding shoulde keepe concorde among them. These thinges writeth Irenaeus, performing the woorke that his name importeth, to wit, procuring peace to the Churches of God. Neither onelie vnto Victor, but also in like man­ner vnto diuerse Gouernours of Churches, by his Epistles hee affir­meth, that no dissention ought to arise in the Churches of God for this question.

Thus farre collected by Eusebius, out of this auncient father Ire­naeus [Page 319] All which verie fitlie serueth also vnto our question. This gov. of necessity or of no ne­cessitie. For if our question of the manner of the Churches gouernement, be of necessitie; we sée then, howe wee should condemne all these holie Fathers manner of Ecclesiasticall Gouernement, which was of one Priest or Pastorall Elder, to haue an ordinarie superior gouernement and Iurisdiction ouer his fellowe ministers, and the name Bishop to bee more peculier vnto him, then to them. For, we manifestlie heereby doe sée, that thus had they, not onelie Victor, Ierenaeus, Polycrates, Howsoeuer this B. diffe­red in other orders, yet in this of B. superioritie receiued frō the Apostles they all a­greed. and the Bishoppes of that age: but they also that were before them, both Anicetus Bishoppe of Rome, with his predecessors, euen vppe to the Apostles times and also Polycarpus Bishop of Smyrna that knewe Saint Iohn, and some of the rest of the Apostles, was conuersant with them, marked their orders, as héere Irenaeus noteth of this Policrates, that he would not obserue anie other thing, then that hee had marked to be approoued of them. And therefore how-soeuer they differed in other thinges, as in the obser­uation of these Feastes and fasts: yet neither of them differed, in the supe­rioritie of Eccl. gouernment, from the orders, which they had both of them receaued from the Apostles. Saue that Victor began to abuse his authori­tie too rigorously, which not only Policrates with the Easterne Bishops be­ing of contrarie opinion; but Irenaeus and the Bishops of France also, that were of Victors owne opinion, doe vtterlie mislike, and thus sharpely re­proue in him, & disallow his censure. For, this superioritie of Victors cler­gie at Rome, stretched not then either Eastward or westward, ouer them. They mislike therfore, not his lawful & auncient superioritie; What they mislike, and what they mislike not in Victor. but his new insolent ouer-reaching the same. So that, if we make our question for the forme of Eccl. gouernment, to be a matter of necessitie: either wee must of necessitie condemne it in them, which were next vnto, yea, and in the Apostles daies: or else, they vsing such an ordinarie superioritie, that so narrowly marked the Apostles, and the Apostles againe, This questi­on of go­uernment whether of necessity o [...] no. ( as we may wel suppose) no lesse narrowly marking them: How can it be, but that of ne­cessitie, we must needes allowe it, that one among the pastorall Elders, should haue a superior dignitie and gouernment, to whom the name of Bishop should be more proper and peculier than to the residue, as Ani­cetus, Sixtus, Telesphorus, Higinus, Pius, Irenaeus, Policrates, If of necessi­tie we must needes haue it as these fathers had▪ Policar­pus, and other mentioned had?

If now, on the other side, this be not a matter of necessitie, but such as may be varied, being but a forme and manner of Ecclesiasticall gouern­ment, as the obseruation of this Feast and these Fastes, were of accusto­med order, not of necessity: then, so long as it is vsed in moderate sorte without tyrannie or pride, nor any thing contrary to the proportion, of Faithe and Godlinesse of lyfe, necessarilye maintayned there-by: (for otherwise, if those Fastes, or this Feaste had ben vsed to be kept [Page 320] superstitiously, Feastes and Fastes. it had béen so farre-foorth to be condemned) there is no rea­son, why we should breake the bonde of peace, and make such trouble in the Church of God, The vse of feasts & fasts to reiect the Gouernment, that in the nature thereof, is as much indifferent; as the solemnizing this or that day, the memoriall of the Lordes resurrection. And yet, we celebrate the same on the Sunday onely, as those Bishops of Rome, at that time did. Which I hope we doe, without all offence, though we haue no precept in Scripture for it. And therefore, as Polycarpus and Anicetus, differing in that point, notwith­standing, did not violate the peace and vnitie of the Church: so according to Irenaeus rule, while no such excessiue superioritie is maintayned of vs, as the Pope since that time hath vsurped, but such as we finde practised in the primitiue Church, and in the verie Apostles age: wee ought neither to condemne, or speake, or thinke euill, of other good Churches, that vse an other Eccl, gouernement, than we doe: neyther ought they to doe the like of ours. Though di­uersity may be in diuers states of Churches, yet in one state one v­niformitie. Not, that euerie person in one and the same Church, should vse this libertie of difference, without controlement and restraint of the superior in that Church, wherein he liueth. For, though it were lawfull for one Church, to differ from an-other, being not so tyed to vniformitie, as to vnitie: yet, is it not méete, for one Church to differ from it selfe: but to be both in vnitie, and be ruled also by vniformitie. Especially, where Law bindes them to obedience. Which argueth, that the Bishop of Rome, had not the Gouernment and direction of all other Churches; for then, he would haue brought then vnto his bent But he in his iurisdiction, & they likewise in theirs, had such seuerall superiorities: that those which would not obey their orders, being thus disposed, continued, and established, be­fore their times, might worthily be punished for their contempt, & should well deserue as sharpe, if not sharper reprehension, of euerie good Poly­crates and Irenaeus, than did Victor.

The exam­ples of the Doctors & Pastors obe­dient know­ledg [...] to their Bishop Now, as this was the state of Bishops then, euen from the Apostles times (till Victor beganne to disturbe the same) as we haue séene alrea­die, in Pantaenus and Clemens of Alexandria, that were Doctors or Tea­chers in the schooles, and withall, Priestes or Elders pastorall in the Church, and yet, not Bishops: so likewise, in Origene, Heraclas, and Ter­tullian, &c. it is no lesse, if not a great deale more apparant. For, when Origene for his singuler reading and preaching, beganne to growe so fa­mous, Origene. that he was of many desired to come to their Churches: and that a Prince of Arabia had sent to his Bishop Demetrius, to haue him come and preach there: of this briefly saith Eusebius lib. 6. cap. 15. being intrea­ted, he went thether; he taught them, they beleeued; he returned. How­beit, before he went, he left Heraclas in his place, Heraclas. of whom he him-selfe testifieth, as Eusebius noteth: Heraclas that now beautifieth the chayre of Preist-hood or Eldership at Alexandria: and yet at that time Heraclas [Page 321] was not Bishop, but chosen after Demetrius. But after a small time, Origen. ciuill warre arising at Alexandria,, while other went to other places, he ( to wit Origen) withdrew himselfe to the parts of Palestine, and taried at Caesarea, where the office of disputing in the Church, and expoun­ding the diuine Scriptures was enioyned vnto him of the Bishop, euen while as yet the order of Priest or Elder was not bestowed vppon him, as we fynde recorded in the epistle of Alexander writing againe vnto De­metrius, reprouing these things long after. But he writeth in this man­ner: As for that yee added in your letters, that it was neuer heard of or done at anie time, that lay men should dispute, where Bishops were pre­sent. I know not why ye would auouche so manifest an vntrueth. Since that the custome is this, that if anie where such men bee founde in the Church, that can enstructe the brethren, and comfort the people: they should alwaies be inuited or bidden thereunto of the holy Bishops, as Euelpius was of our brother Neon at Larandos, & Paulinus of Celsus at Ico­nium, & Theodorus of Atticus at Synnada. Neither also it is doubted, but that very many likewise in other places, if there be any that competently can fulfill the worke of God in the word and doctrine, they shoulde bee inuited of the Bishops.

Nowe, Origen thus trauelling in preaching, before he was ordeyned a Priest or Elder, and being requested ( saith Eusebius lib. 5. cap. 18.) of the Churches that are at Achaia, to come thether, When, how & of whom Origen was made priest. and conuince the heretikes, that in those places were growne vp more at liberty: while he was trauelling thither, and of necessity must passe by Palestine, hee was ordeyned a Prieste or Elder at Caesarea, of the Bishops of that Prouince. The Bishops that made him Priest were (saith Ierome) Theoctistus B. of Caesarea, and Alexander B. of Ierusalem ( who had (say the Centuriogra­phers) the cheefest authority in those parts. Which dignity, ( meaning of Priesthoode and Eldershippe) when it brought great admiration vnto Origen, and that he was euery where in great authority and reuerence with all men for his learning and wisdome: Demetrius enuying his glory & fame, did grieuously and bitterly accuse those Bishops that had pro­moted Origene vnto priesthoode. &c. Being certified therfore in his ab­sence of the enuie and euill will of Demetrius against him, he aboad at Cae­sarea, and there taught, leauing Heraclas his successor at Alexandria. At what time ( saith Eusebius lib. 6. cap. 19.) among the bishops of the nati­on of Cappadocia, Firmilianus, of the city of Caesarea was bountiful, he bore such reuerence for wisedome and Learning, still towardes Origen, How other B. honored O [...]ige [...]. that he was euer constrayning him to stay with him. And he also, forsa­king his Church, made speede to come to him. And he vsed a certaine religious recourse, while now and then he called him thither, for the instruction of his Church, nowe and then, he to aedifie himselfe, woulde [Page 322] goe to him, Origen. Tertullian and day and night sitte by him while he taught. Yea, and Alexander also, whom we shewed before to gouerne the Church of Ieru­salem, and Theoctistus which gouerned the Church of Caesarea (of Pa­lestine) did euen captiuate almost all the time of their life to heare him, and yeelded vnto him alone, the soueraignty of Maistership or Doctor­ship in the diuine Scriptures, and Ecclesiasticall doctrine. Whereby it appeareth, that the office of a Priest or Elder being a Minister of the word and Sacramentes, howsoeuer the party excelled, and were in admirati­on for his learning: yet in dignitie, he was distinguished from, and was farre inferiour vnto him, that was the Bishop of the Church. And that (as appeareth also in many places of Origens workes), bishops, Priestes and Deacons, were 3. degrées superiour and inferiour one to an other.

And euen at the same time or before it Zebenus being bishop of Anti­oche, ( as Ierome noteth) Gemnius, or, (as Eusebius calleth him Gemia­nus) a Priest of Antioche flourished. The succes­sion of the B. of Anti­oche. Which againe argueth, that a bi­shop and a Priest is not all one. Which bishop being dead, Babilas ( saith Eusebius lib. 6. cap. 16) receaued the principall gouernmēt of the church. These bishops so continuing (as the Magdeburgenses note them), suc­ceeding one after another, from the Apostles, vntill Paulus Samosatenus the Heretike was chosen bishop, against whome, Malchion a Prieste of the same Church of Antioche disputed before all the bishops there assembled so singulerly, that the disputation was written and published with great admiration of the same, and afterward vnder Cyrillus bishop there, the Magdeburgenses reckon Dorotheus, a learned Priest of Antioche, who after Cyrillus was made bishop. So that still Bishop & Priest was not all one. Tertullian. Before which time, vnder Zephirinus next bishop of Rome after Victor, Tertullian a Priest or Elder of Rome did flourish. Who in his booke de Baptismo saith: Superest ad concludendum. &c. It remayneth to conclude the matter, to giue warning of the obseruation, both of gi­uing baptisme & of receiuing. The right of giuing hath Summus Sacer­dos, the sacerdotall Priest that is the chief (or highest) which is the bish. and then the Priestes (or Elders) and the Deacons: howbeit not with­out the authority of the bishop, for the honor of the Church. Whiche remayning intier, the peace is safe. For otherwise, there is a righte vnto lay men. It may be giuen equally, except now the bish. or the Priests or the Deacons be called, Bishops prerogatiue a­boue priests and Deacōs saying: the word of the Lorde ought not to bee hid from any. I defend not Tertullians opinion, that laye persons maye baptise: but I note that which he setteth downe for the order in his time of the degrées of the Cleargie: that the bishop was superiour to the Prie­stes, aswell as to the Deacons: which also appeareth in his booke De Mo­nogamia. Wherein, though he slipt into the error of Montanus, yet in this distinction of a Bish. of a Priest, and of Deacon: he swarued not from the [Page 323] continuall approued custome of the Church. And in his booke, Puritans. De fuga in persequutione. But when the very authors thēselues, that is, the very Dea­cons, and the Priests, and the bish. do flee; how shall the lay people vn­derstand in what sense it is said, Flee from Citie to Citie? By which & other places in Tertullian you may sée the difference of these degrées in his time.

Whiche more manifestlye appeareth in a matter, that fell out a little after, though before the foresaid condemnation of Samosatenus, Nouatu [...]the author of a sect of Pu­ritans. as appea­reth by Eusebius lib. 6. cap, 33. At what time Nouatus a Prieste of the Church of Roome, puffed vp with a certaine pride, vtterly bereft thē that fel of al hope of saluation, although they worthely repented. Wher­upon also he became the chiefe of the Nouatians heresie who being se­perated from the Church by a proude name, called themselues [...], that is to say, puritans. For the which matter a most famous sacerdotal Councell was called, to the number of threescore B. and as many priests with a great many Deacons. Besides this also, through euery seuerall prouince, with great deliberation had vpon this matter, it is by decrees signified what was needefull to be done. It is therefore decreed that No­uatus being puffed vp with a proude minde, with all those that followed him, & whosoeuer should fal into that cruel opinion, keeping no whitte of brotherly loue, should be excommunicated out of the Church. But those that in the conflict had fallē should be healed with brotherly mer­cy, and be helped with the fomentations of repentaunce. Vpon this matter also, Cornelius the bishop of Rome, writeth to the Church of Anti­oche: declaring to Fabian the B, therof, what the councell assembled in the city of Rome had decreed, What also the Italians, the Africans, & o­ther Western churches thought, &c. And an other epistle of Cornelius written to Fabiā bish. of Antioche is extāt, shewing al things cōcerning Nouatus, who he was, of what manner life and conuersation, & how he fell from the church of God. In which epistle he declareth, The author of the Puri­tanisme dis­sembling that hee would bee Bishop. that hee fell into all these things, euen for the desire of a bishopr. which secretlye he nourished in himself. But chiefly he was puffed vp in that, that he had takē vnto him certaine excellent men, of those that were confessors, to be in the beginning his companions, among whome was Maximus a certaine priest of the church of Rome, & Vrbanus, which remained among them that were confessors (of faith in persecution). Yea & Sidonius A Celerius which were very famous among those, that were holden for confessors because they had ouercome all kinde of torments. but these (saith he) when more diligentlye they had perceaued that he delt al by deceites, by lies & periuries, and that he counterfaited holines to this onely pur­pose, that hee might bleare the ignorant, they forsaking him, or rather cursing him to the church, with great satisfiing returned. And con­fessed to the bishoppes, (beeing present,) and also to the laye men [Page 324] first their error, and then his fraudes and deceauings.

How hee suddainlye started out a new kinde of Bishop.Moreouer, in this epistle he addeth these thinges, that wheras he was alwaies wonte to sweare to his brethren, that he desired not at all to bee a bishop: vpon a sudden and vnwittingly, (as though hee had beene a thing newly formed) he started forth a bishop. Euen he forsooth, that challenged the discipline and the decrees Ecclesiasticall: hee also tooke before hand, a bishoprike vpon him; but such as of God hee had not re­ceaued, For, hauing gotten from an out part of Italy, 3. bishops, moste simple mē, & altogether ignorāt: or rather, they being deceaued of him with subtile circūuention, How he abused some simple Bish. he wringeth frō them an imagined rather thē lawful imposition of hands vpon him. Of whom notwithstanding, one forthwith returned to the Church, confessed his sinne, and was recea­ued into the communion or fellowship of the Laitye. Yea, the people making intercession for thus much But into the place of the other twain, that laid their handes vpon Nouatus, were other bishoppes ordeyned and sent. He therefore that claimed to himselfe the Gospell, knew not that in the Catholike Church, How manie Priests in Rome be­sides the B. in the which he saw there were 46. priests, and seauen Deacons, and seuen subdeacons. (or inferior Deacons) 4 [...] ▪ a­colytes (or wayting seruants,) Exorcistes and Readers, with Dore-kee­pers 52. Widowes with needy persons, 1500. all whom God nourisheth in his Church) that there ought to bee one bishoppe or ouerseer of them.

What can be playner to shewe the difference and superioritie betweene priest or pastorall Elder, and bishop, then this story? I stand not vppon their diuersitie in the offices then, whereof I haue spoken before out of Kemnitius against Trident Councell: But to the present purpose, of these 2. degrees now in questions, bishop and priest in that age, while the bishop of Rome tooke not vppon him, any such supreame authoritye, as now he claimeth: but onely, as bishop of Rome, or as chiefe bishop in those parts of Italy about Rome: what a number of priestes or Elders he had vnder him, how he called them and other bishops and priestes or Elders, when this controuersie fell, to consult with them vpon the mat­ter: how he in the name of his Church, and of this Prouinciall Councell, sent about to other chiefe Bishoppes in other Prouinces, to shewe what they had done, not prescribing nor commaunding, but brotherly reque­sting them to do the like in their Prouinces. Which sheweth, that as he at Rome, so all other chiefe or inferiour bishops, had likewise authority o­uer their priestes or Elders. And so long as this order was thus maintai­ned, their was neyther tyrannie in this superiority, but verye good & ne­cessary order: nor such schismes, errors and heresies, nor such Hypocrits as were the broachers of them, coulde peepe out, but streight they were founde, examined, and (so much as could be) were suppressed.

[Page 325] I graunte, they could not vtterlye suppresse them in those dayes, whē their-selues were yet suppressed by Heathen Princes. Ignorant Bishop. And among these bishoppes also, that had this superiour dignitie, in some places some simple & ignorant bishops did creepe in▪ As, what age was euer free? no, not the Apostles times. And this Superioritie did tickle some also, that had not the feare of God, by suche ill practises as heere Nouatus vsed, to at­taine by newe deuises to this dignitie, vnder pretence of reformation of Ecclesiasticall discipline, of the puritie and sincere profession of the Gos­pell, and all this geare: and that there shoulde bee moe Bishoppes, than one, in one churche. Yea, as Nouatus did: of whom saithe the former Epistle: that in the time of persequution, when hee hidde him-selfe in a little cell, & was by the Deacons, according to the māner, requested, The Author of this Puri­tanisme deemeth him­selfe to be a Prieste. to come and helpe at their departure, those that were learners of the faith: hee, fearing to come foorthe, denied him-selfe to bee a Prieste▪ And that, when hee deuided the Sacramentes vnto the people, hee would holde faste the handes of the receauers, nor suffer them to take it, before that euerye one of them had sworne by those thinges, that they held in their hands: that they should neuer (forsaking him) return to Cornelius. Though counterfeit Puritanes were then, and some suche mnght euen nowe also, disturbe the peace of the churche of Christe, and good order of gouerning the same: and by these practises deceaue many, e­uen such as haue beene moste earnest Confessors of the Gospell in the time of persecution, and are most zealous of Gods truth and glory; Yet, if good Bishops follow Cornelius his steps, that at that time was bishop of Rome, and was also a most constant Martyr, when the time of trial came, suffering death for the Gospell, and yet retayning with good conscience, (as nothing against the Gospel,) his right of his calling, in Superiour dig­nity and iurisdiction ouer all his people, and his Cleargie: he shall finde out these imagined Bishops, ( made in corners, pretending puritie), well inough. And al the godly zealous, that haue beene, or bee deceaued by thē, wil (I hope) on better aduising of them, and of the matter, forsake them, & acknowledge their fault, as Maximus, Vrbanus, Sidonius, & Celerius here did: yea, although they had vowed, and sworne, and receaued the sa­crament of the holy Communion thereupon, to the contrarie: and returne to the due obedience and acknowledgement, of their lawefull Bishoppe. Although (this by the way) I must confes, The Bishop worthilye punished for making such Minist. that the Bishops then of Rome were worthely punished in this man: for hee was made Priest, all of af­fection, and beyond all order. For Nouatus, hauing beene vexed in his you thewith an vncleane spirite when hee had consumed sometime with Exorcists fell into so grieuous a sickenes that his health was past hope: and euen for necessity lying in his bed, he was baptized, he had so long deferred the time of Baptisme. But afterwarde recouering, when hee [Page 326] was of priuate fauor so loued of the Bishop, that hee would make him Priest: albeit all the Cleargie, and verye manye of the Laitye stopped it, saying: it is not lawfull for him to bee a Clerke, which in extremity re­ceaued grace lying in his bed. Yet the bishop besought them of a spe­ciall fauour, that this might be graunted vnto him for this man onely. So that he whome the Bishop so extraordinarily aduaunced and made so much of, he of all other reuolted from him, and caused the people also to disobey him. And though he differed not from his bishop Cornelius, and other true beleeuers▪ in matter and substance of faith and religion: A caueat to all B. Magi­strates and people, in this matter. yet vn­der pretence of reforming discipline, and reducing all thinges to the Purity of the Gospell. he bredde this faction and schisme in the Church, that after­ward brake out into foule heresies. And therefore, let all Magistrats Bi­shops, and all the people that feare God, take héede to this matter. Wee must not onely abstaine from that which is euill, but from all shewe of euill, so néere as God shall geue vs grace therto.

The very God that is the authour of peace, sanctifie you throughout, that your whole spirit, and soule and body, may be kept blamelesse vntill the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ. 1 Thess. 5.

Thus haue I runne through the most part of this Primitiue age, from the very Apostles times, ere euer the bishop of Rome vsurped any suche supremacie, as he now most falsely challengeth: saue, one ouer rasheex­communicating, which Victor pronounced, not, for that he claymed anye iurisdiction, gouernment or authority ouer those bishops, whom he ex­communicated: but bicause they dissented from his opinion in those mat­ters.

Wherein we haue séene, how all this while, in all partes of Christen­dome, at least-wise. in the most famous parts at that time, this peculier applying of the name, and this superiority of bishopps in dignity & au­thority, ouer such Presbyters Priestes or Elders, as were Ministers of the word and Sacramentes, ( whom our brethren cal Pastors,) was with one consent, allowed and practised, without any interruption, reclayming, or misliking of any person, either of the Cleargie, or of the people, by a con­tinuall succession from & in the very Apostles dayes. To the which pur­pose, I haue not vrged such authors, as are suspected to be forged, in those holy and auncient Fathers names: but such as euen our brethren their­selues do acknowledge, to be the true authors of those bookes and stories, whence I cite them.

As for the holy Fathers following, Cyprian, Athanasius, Cyril, Basil, &c. doe not onely all of them agrée héereto, and for the most part were such bishops themselues: but also vpon anie occasion offered in their times, do defende and maintaine by the authoritie of the worde of God, this su­perior [Page 327] dignity and authority that they had and exercised, as shall yet fur­der (God willing) appeare in that which followeth.

But héere, because our brethren may seeme already to haue aunswered al that can be alleaged, out of the anciēt fathers: I am now to craue licence of the reader, to set a-syde for a while our brethrens Learned discourse, that we may heare and marke for our furder satisfaction, what our other Learned brethren aunswere heereunto. And firste they aunswere to all this, by distinction of the order of bishoppes, in a little booke late come forth, called: The iudgement of a most reuerend and Learned man from beyonde the Seas, concerning a threefold order of bishops, &c. Which aunswere beeing so briefly and plainely perused, as may satisfie: and con­ferred with the resolutions of our other brethren from beyonde the Seas also: we shal the readier returne to this Learned discourse of these our brethren at home, for the titles and equa­litye of the Pastors.

The Argument of the 4. booke, aunswering that parte of a Booke, late come foorth, called The iudgement of a moste reuerende and Learned man from beyonde the Seas, &c. that concerneth the superiour Authority of the Bishops.

THis Booke contayneth a diuision of three kindes of Bish­ops, to wit, of God, of Man, & of the Deuill. With Danaeus proues of this triple diuision. Treating first, of the lawfull vse, & honorablenes of the name B. Of Daneusand the moste reverend mans Definitions, and their confuting the definiti­on of the Bishop of man: Of the power that the most Reuerend yeeldeth vnto: Of the continuing Assemblye at Ierusalem, vn­der Iames: Of their office, that are called the Angelles of the Churches in the Reuelation, and of the churches Moderators Of the greatnesse of Peter, notwithstanding the rendring ac­coumpt of his doings; and of one going before the other Pastors Of the impugnyng and defending the argumentes of Epipha­nius, against Aerius: And of the Fathers report, that Timo­thie was Bishop of Ephesus: with the shifte for his beeing an Euangelist: and what the word, Eldershippe, importeth: Of the Order and authority of one laying on of handes: and of the differences betweene ordayning & electing: with the preroga­tiue of one euen in the elections: Of one or moe Bishoppes in one Citie: and of the schismes in the auncient Churches, where moe haue bene: and withall, of the lamentable schisme by the Meletians: Of Cyprians defence for Bishops to succeed the A­postles: and Ieromes defence for the originall of B. superiori­ty in the Apost. times: and of the Apostles remayning superior although they ioyne other with them in their actions, as Paul Softhenes: and that one was superiour in excommunicating: and that all this superiority of Bishops, was no priuy custome, but the continuall and vniuersall practise of all Christendome. [Page 329] This booke intituled, Three kindes of Bishops. The iudgement of a moste reuerende and learned man from beyonde the Seas, &c. beginneth vvith this prefixed distinction. The most re­uerend.

WE must needs make three kindes of Bish. of God. of Man. of the Diuell.

WHO this most reuerend and learned man should be, Bridges. sith his name (for what purpose I knowe not) is not dicouered by our Brethren: I minde not to pull off his visour, but with all due reuerence both to his person and learning, I may take the aduaun­tage (with lesse enuie, in a namelesse person) the better to consider the reasons of his iudgement. Howbeit, bicause the reuerende and learned Da­naeus professing openly his name, doth vse also this selfesame distinction, from whence this namelesse moste reuerende man, might séeme to haue barrowed it: I would therefore a little higher beginne with him, that be­gan before with this distinction, and so one aunswere serueth both.

Danaeus in his Christian introduction 3. parte, cap. 8. ( after he hath brieflie referred vs for the dignity and office of Pastors to Bernards sermons on the Canticles, 41. & 77,) saith on this wise: Danaeus in Christ. [...] sagog 3. par. lib▪ 2. cap 8. Haec breuissime ve­rum iam latius. Episcopi, &c. These things briefly, but now more at large▪ bishops and Pastors are one, in the holie Scripture. 1. Pet. 2. v. 25.5.2. Wee at this daye, name them Ministers of Gods worde, because men haue now long since abused both the name and dignity of bishops. And at this day, the name Episcopatus, of a bishoprike or bishops office, is esteemed to be the name of honor onely and of gaine, but not of bur­then and of labour. Albeit, contrariwise, Augustine in the 9. booke of the Citie of God, chap. 19. saith: The name of bishop is of worke, not of honor. For, of the office of a Bishop, or bishoprike, which in Paules time was one and Euangelicall, was afterwarde made a threefolde bi­shoprike, that is to wit, a Bishopricke Euangelicall, Humaine, and Sa­thanicall. Euangelicall, where is greatest equalitie among all the pastors of the Church of God. Humaine, when vnto some one of the Pastors a power and prelacie (or preferment) not indeede the greatest, howbeit some power, is giuen ouer the other men of the same order: that is to say, ouer other pastors and Elders. Sathanicall, when vnto one pastor is giuen vppon other Churches, an Emperors or Dictators power: as, in popery are bishops, Archbishops, the Pope.

[Page 330] The name of Bishop honorable. Be it spoken with protestation of all duetifull reuerence I wonder at so renowmed and learned a man. How zeale (against the corruptions of Popery) maketh now and then such a notable man also, and yet but a man ( Homines sumus, labi possumus: We are all but men, and may ouerslippe) to confounde and carrie things awaye in presupposals, cleane from their right course and places, euen where they woulde moste preciselye distin­guishe and dispose them. Howe bishops and Pastors are all one in the Scripture, wee haue séene alreadye at large, though not yet out of that place of S. Peter héere quoted, which (because our brethren Discour­sers) doo afterwards mention: we shall (God-willing) in order come thereto.

For the name of Minister of Gods word, vnderstood both for Pastor & bishop: it is a good name, and a good reason. But, that we should so cal B. and Pastors, ministers of Gods word, that wee shoulde cleane exclude either the dignity or the name of bishop: it is no reason at all. The Do­ctor both is, and may as-well be called a minister of Gods worde. And yet will you (brethren) distinguishe a Doctor from a Pastor, whome yes call a Minister, as we do▪ Yea, the Deacons name in the naturall signifi­cation thereof, signifieth a Minister: and yet, wee commonlye call not the Deacon, a Minister.

But, that the name bishop should not be shunned, and turned to Mini­ster, The name of Bishop not to be abolished though it hathe beene abu­sed. bicause the name and dignity hath beene long time abused: If this reason were good, we may take away the name and dignity of Doctor too, and the name of pastor would not be farre behinde. Yea, the name both of Church and Gospell. Yea, the name of Iesus: and the names of many things else, haue beene both as long, and as much abused, as euer the name and dignity of bishop hath bene. But since Danaeus, hath héere graunted, that their is a name and a dignity of it in the Scripture: mée thinkes, it were good reason, that we should rather seeke, to retayne both the dignity and the name, in such order as is not contrary to the Scrip­ture, and so (without the abuse growne since) to vse both the dignity and the name of the Euangelicall bishop, that is of God: than thus cleane to cast off, both dignity and name of bishop, for the abuse of them. But what now is this so long and great abuse.

A bishops office is counted at this daie, for a name of honor onely & of gaine, but not of burden and of labour.

That it is of honor, I aske no better witnesse; then Danaeus himselfe vpon 1, Tim. 3. ver. 1. The name of B [...]sh. as­well of ho­nor as of burthen. Who after he hath saide that priestes, or Elders & bishops are all one: he saith: Deacons are heere distinguished and plain­ly seuered from bishops. The name of priest is in Greeke [...], and therefore it is a Greeke word. But this word [...] and [...], differ as in Latine do vetus and senex.

[Page 331]For [...] is a name of age, and [...] also of dignity, The name of B. hono­rable. as may be gathe­red out of Plutarke in Nicea. If now [...] and [...] bee all one, how is not the name of Bishop, a name betokening an office of honour? Yea. the very Etymologie of the name, signifiing an Ouerseer: who séeth not it conteyneth an honor and preferment? Yea Hierome also whome Danaeus alleageth, in his Epistle ad Euagrium saith: A Priest and a bishop, the name of the one is of age, the name of the other is of dignity.

But to say as Danaeus heere doth, In what sense S. Aug saith it is a name of burthen no [...] of honor. that the office of a Bishop is counted at this day, a name of honour onele and of gaine, but not of burden, & of labour, or paine: I know no Papistes, much [...] (lesse Protestants) so ca­ried away with honor and gaine, that euer said it, or (mee thinkes) can thinke it. S. Augustine saith (I graunt) it is a name of worke not of ho­nor: yea God saith I will haue mercy, not Sacrifice. Such negatiues are not simple, but comparatiue. God requireth both; howbeit, the one more than the other. As he saide of iustice and of tithing, Haec oportet facere, illa non o­mittere. And if Elders & bishops be al one: doth not S. Paule say, 1. Tim. 5. The Elders that rule wel are worthy of double honor, chi [...]fly that labor in the word doctrine? But what saith he? ( saith Chrysost vpon 1 Tim. 3.) If any (saith hee) desire a bishoprike. I reproue it not, I disallowe it not: for it is a worke of gouernment. If any therefore desire this, not with the pompe of principalitye and lordlines; but with the care of gouernment, and af­fection of Charitie: I improoue it not, for hee desireth a good worke. For Moses also coueted that matter: how beit he sought not such power and ambition of gouerning: but he sought the matter so, that it was saide vnto him: VVho made thee a Prince and a Iudge ouer vs? If anie therefore desireth it so he desireth it well. For thereupon is it named a bishoprike, because hee looketh vpon all men, and vieweth all thinges. But of what bishop did S. Augustine speak, when he said A bishops name is of worke not of honor? spake he it not of such a bish [...]p, as had a supe­rior dignity and gouernment ouer pastorall Elders, as all the holy bish­ops long before his time had, and himselfe also? Or, did he condemne thē all, and himselfe, and his calling, when he so said? I maruell much (bee it spoken still with meete reuerence of so Learned a man) what Danaeus and our brethren meane, so often to alleage the Fathers, Ambrose, Augu­stine, Hierome, Theodoret, Cyprian, Bernarde? For, all those Danaeus alleageth in this chapter, and approoueth their sayings, for the name and office of bishops. And yet all such of these as were bish. yea, Archbishops▪ vsed theirselues, this superior dignity and authority ouer pastors.

This sentence of Augustine ( heere also alleaged) Epistola ad Valeri­anum. 143. There is nothing in this life, especially at this time more comfortable and acceptable vnto man than is the office of a bishoppe of a prieste, and of a Deacon, if the matter bee handled sleightlye, [Page 323] and flatteringly: Bishop E­uangelicall but then, before God, nothing is more miserable: and also in this life and chieflie at this time, nothing is more hard and daun­gerous, than the office of a bishop. But with God, nothing is more blessed, if we go to warre, as our Emperour, that is Christe, would haue vs. Is not héere by the way, a plaine distinction of al these 3. offices, bishops priests and Deacons. Again, Ambrose ( saith Danaeus) doth say, that in a bishop is the power of all the Ordinations. And (as saith Cyprian) a bishop is sette to bee a watchman ouer all. Did they meane héereby that they had no more authoritie than all other Ministers of the worde had? Or not rather, that they had a greater, then they all. But now to come to our triple distinction, that must aunswere al that is alleaged in all the fa­thers.

In the Gospell they are all one.

I denie that. In the Gospell, is mention of Bishop for Apostle▪ and in that kinde of Bishoprick, The Bishop Euangelical or bishop of God. all the Apostles were Bishoppes. But in the Gospell ( I meane in the recordes and state of the newe Testament) some were Bishops that were not Apostles: And therefore all were not all one. And doth not Beza, and the Geneua translation, take the name of Bishoppe ( euen in the places cited by our Learned discoursing Bre­thren) for those vnpreaching Prelates, or Elders not teaching, whome they call Gouernours? And if it bee so: then againe, all the Euangeli­call Bishops are not all one. And if the difference laye onely, in the pride and vitious life: were all Bishops good, that are mentioned in the Gospell, and by S. Iohn in the Reuelation?

But the Euangelicall bishoppe is, where there is moste greate ae­quallity among all the Pastors of Gods Church.

Neither can that be. For, if it shoulde: either there must neuer bee as­semblies and Councels, such as were at Ierusalem among the Apo­stles,: for then, their-selues confesse, there can-not bee aequalitye. Wee confesse ( say the Learned discoursers pag. 114, The equali­ty among al the Pastors, maketh not the Magist. Bishops.) that in euerye as­semblie or company, some one of necessitie must haue this preroga­tiue, to order and dispose the same with reason. So that, if one muste haue preeminence aboue the residue: then is there not so much equality, as before, and after. And so, for that time, wherein of all other they shoulde bee moste Euangelicall, by this moste greate aequality among them, beeing left off: they should not bee Euangelicall at all. And ther­fore, they may be Euangelicall well inough, both in suche assemblies, and without them, hauing not suche most great aequality, as is héere ima­gined.

Neither can I sée how this summa equalitas, this most greate aequalitye can at anie time, consist among the Pastors, For, if Caluines reason bee [Page 333] good, The Bishop of Man. vpon Galath. 2. ver. as we haue heard (that greater honor (spea­king there of the honor of dignity) should be geuen to those Pastors that haue greater gifts: and all the Pastors in one Citie haue not giftes alike: then not onely this, inequality of dignity must bee of the Pastor, to the people; but also of the inaequality of the Pastors, ariseth an inequality of the honor in dignity among the Pastors.

The reasons that our little English booke of the iudgement of a most reuerend and Learned man, Thehumane B. or B. of man, and his definitiō &c. alleageth for the Bishop of God to bee all one with Pastor; are the places cited already by our owne Learned dis­coursers alleaged, as Ephes. 4.11. 1. Tim. 3. & Phil. 1.1. and therefore, I passe them ouer to the places, where they are aunswered, & come to the 2. kinde of Bishop, the Bishop of man; for, on him lyeth now all the contro­uersie.

The humain ( saith Danaeus) is when vnto some one out of the pastors, there is giuen vpon the residue of the men which are also of the same order, that is, vpon other pastors and priestes of the Church, a power or prelacy, which is not indeed the chiefe; but some it is.

If the bishoprick of man, be no worse than this definition maketh it: I sée not, but that it is a good bishoprick: yea, why may it not be counted all one with the Euangelicall bishopricke? Shall I say, as much? nay, more then that, which is most equall with all the pastors? For, this wee haue shewed by manifest prooues, out of the word of God it self, euen in the ex­ample of Tim. & by the example of Iames, Act. 15. & 21. & Gal. 2. & euē out of Caluine & Beza: and by the exposition of manie the auncient and best approued Fathers, & by the track of the vniuersal practise from & in the A­postles times: & by the testimonies of more than 2. or 3. most auncient & credible witnesses: that the bishop of man ( as he is héere defined) is the ve­ry bishop of God also. As for the 3. bishop of the Diuell, let him go to the Diuell from whence he came. We haue (God be praised) nought to do with him. And howsoeuer our Br. might warble at the bishop, if any were so euil a man, that he might be called the Diuel himself, The definiti­on of the B. of the Diuel. as Christ called Iu­das: yet was his bishoprike of God. We haue none to whome is giuen y e summa potestas. We acknowledge it to be only in Iesus Christ, which is the only high bishop of our soules. If he be the bishop of the Diuel, to whom alone is giuen ouer other churches imperatoria & dictatoria potestas, an im­periall & dictatorial power: then be our bishops in England, Our Bish. in England haue no such power [...]. no bishops of the Diuel; which haue no such most high imperial or dictatorly power Whosoeuer should so say of them, should most manifestly slaunder them, & of whom a sclaunderer: is that, let the Etymology of the name Diabolus tel you. As for our bishops, they are of the number of those bishops of God, Of whom this most reuerend man saith: That the same were subiecte to Magistrates thoughe prophane: appeareth not onely by the example of [Page 334] Christ the highest Prieste, The. B. of mans pow­er. and of the Apostles, but also by the expresse words of Paule, 1. Tim. 2, & Luke 12.13. and such (God be praised) bee our bishoppes, and such were all these holy and auncient bishops that I haue mentioned. Howbeit, though the Pope may go in this crewe, whether this definition suffice for all Popish Arch-bishops, and Popish B; I doubt mée of it. For they haue no such highest power, though they would. But they are rather his slaues that hath it: & so it comes all to one reckoning for them, so long as they like it and maintaine it in him, and serue vnder him, and as néere as they can or dare, aspire to some part of his tyranni­call pride, and diuelish vsurpation. But, (God forbid) that we shoulde so thinke (when we cannot so say, except we say amisse) of any of our Reue­rend Fathers, bishops ouer vs, that haue renounced him, nor taken anie such power on them, ouer either prince, pastor, or people, in their go­uernmēts. But to annswere Danaeus with the iudgement of as reuerend and learned a man as is himselfe: Let Danaeus his selfe aunswere him­selfe, The superi­or authori­ty that Da­naeus allow­eth to a B [...]. ouer the Pastors. what manner of superiority he alloweth in Bish. For writing vpō the 5. chapter of the 1. Tim. ver. 22. Vnto whome the election of a pastor doth belong: After hee hath taken it from prince, from patrone, from praelate, neither yet that it perteyneth to all the Church alike, (whiche were to disturbe all thinges) neither to anie one, because none in the Church saue only Christe, is [...] the gouernour by himselfe alone, ( but of his arguments of election, we shall sée God willing afterwarde:) at the length he saithe: Neque eriam obstat. &c. Neither also doth this let it, that the Bishop is of the fathers called [...] ▪ President, as though hee onely might order the whole Church after his fancy: and therein aduāce whome he pleased: for that worde [...] a Praesident, declareth onely an order, that he which was called the Bishop, ought to sitte among his colleagues and fellow Priestes or Elders: but it giueth not vnto him a kingly or a chiefe and Pretor-like power, vppon the Church. Ambrose in lib. de dignitate Sacerdotum cap. 6. doth confirme that whiche wee saye. If thine eye shal be simple: thy whole bodie shal-be cleare. that is, If that the B. which deseued to rule the bodie, be bewtified with holy simplicitie and innocēcie: all the Church shineth with the brightnes of the light. But if thy eie be euil, &c. That is, if the B. which seemed to giue light to the body subiect to him, be shadowed with the blindnesse of wicked behauiour: what shal the other mēbers do, that are bereft the light of the eies? That is to say, what shall the seculer multitude do, whē with vnlawfull actions forbiddē, the B. shal prouoke the multitude to the like gulf of mischiefs. For what other thing should a B. be interpreted to be, but an Ouerseer: chiesly, when he siateth in a higher seate in the Ch. and so looketh vpon al, that the eies of all may looke on him.

So that héere at least, the bishop is made a Praesident, that sitteth, though among them, yet higher then all his fellowes. And is this sitting higher, [Page 335] onely to looke on them? or this beholding and looking on them, The Bishop of mans power. for no gouerning of them? But let Ambrose tell his whole meaning: who, after he had highly commended the honor and dignity of the high calling both of Bishop and Prieste, both aboue the prince and people, in his spirituall function, cap. 2. and shewed the daunger if their life were not aunswera­ble thereunto, cap. 3. Therefore brethren ( saith he vnto the Bishops & Priestes vnder him,) as the Roab setteth forth the Senator, as the til­lage the Husbandman, as the Barbarian his armour, as the skill of say­ling the shipman: and the qualitye of euerye Artificers worke decla­reth the Authors: So nothing betokeneth a Bishop, but a bishoplie worke. That he might be knowne rather by his good worke, than by his profession: and more to be a Bishop by his wel deseruings, than by the name whereby he is so called. For, (as wee haue saide) there is no­thing more excellent then a Bishopp: so nothing is more wretched if the Bishop be in hazard of his holy life. And as it is lighter to runne on the plaine, so is it more heauye, when one falleth from highe digni­tie. For the ruine that is from an high, is frushed with the more waigh­ty fall. Indeed, the bishoply honor before men, is renowmed, but if it su­staine a fall, it is a great griefe. For how much the degree of a bishoppe is higher than others, so much the more greeuous is the fall, if that by negligence he should slippe. A great height, muste haue great heede. The greater honor, must be enuironed with the greater circumspection. To whome more is of trust committed, of him (as it is written) is more demaunded. For, the thinges that are mingled, are with the worste. And in an other place, The mightie shall suffer more mighty tormentes. And to him that knoweth the Lawe and doeth it not, the sinne is heighnous. And the seruaunt that knoweth the will of the Lorde, if he shall not doo it, shall bee muche beaten. For, it is another thing that God requireth of a bish▪ and another, that of a prieste, and another that of a Deacon: and another, that of a Clerke, and another that of a laie man, either else, of euery singuler man. And albeit GOD shall examine in his iudgement the workes of all men, yet shall more bee required for of him, to whome more is committed. For he shall suffer greater punishmentes, to whome a cure hauing greater multitude of people to bee gouerned, shalbee com­mitted. Thus muche saith Ambrose in that Chap. of this matter, not onelye for the honor and charge of a bishoppe, more than other; but al­so of the seuerall and distinct degrées, of bishoppe, of priest, of Deacon, of Clerke, and of the Laye people. In the Chapter following, hee describeth thė properties of a bishoppe, out of S. Paule to Timothye. And in the [...] 1. Chap. he inueigheth most against the Arch-bi. in his time, that made bishops for money, and the bishops also for money, made priests & Deacons. All which as it sheweth their abuses: so it necessarilie inferreth, both their degrées, and also their dignities, to bee different: [Page 336] and euen confuteth that, The Bish. higher Seate. that Danaeus in the same place principally defen­deth.

Last of all S. Ambrose commeth to this sentence by Danaeus cited: For thou art called of all men a Bishop without doubting. Especially, when thou art esteemed by the very name, if so be that the action agree to the name, and the name associate it selfe vnto the action. For what other thing doth he interprete Bishop, but an ouer-looker vpon? chiefly, whē he sitteth in a higher seate, and so looketh upon all men, that the eyes of all men also do looke on him. This is in very déede, both the sentence and meaning of S. Ambrose, that he is set in a higher seate, than other in the Church, because of his higher dignity in the Church. And that his a­ction should so aunswere to his name, that as he ouerlooketh ( whereon he hath his name,) so should he ouer-rule them in the discipline of the church. And therefore he is called [...] a president, or one that sitteth highest. as Hierome confesseth in his epistle ad Euagrium. For also at Alexandria, from Marke the Euangeliste, vnto Heraclas and Dionysius Bishops: the Priestes doe alwaies take one chosen among them-selues, whome, being placed in a higher degree they called the Bishop. Whereby withall, it manifestly appeareth, that this Bishop of man ( as they tearme him) is of good antiquitie, euen from Marke the Euangelist, and so an Ecclesiasticall Bishop: so that, if he could pleade for his higher chayre, no better title, but onely so faire a prescription from S, Marke: mée thinketh he should be delt too hardly withall, to be turned out now.

Neither was this first begunne at Alexandria from S. Marke There is yet a more auncient recorde than Ieromes testimonie. For (saith Euse­bius lib 7, cap. 15.) To conclude also, the Chayre of Iames, (who was euen of our Sauiour himselfe and of the Apostles in Ierusalem, elected the first Bishop in the earth, The chaire of S. Iames at Ierusalē. & whom bookes do note to be the brother of the Lord) is yet to this day there kept. And in the same chayre do all they sitte, which vntill this present time, do enioy the sacred Priesthood of that Seate. It is kept therefore with great diligence, as a memory of holinesse deliuered from the auncestors, and is had in due reuerence, ei­ther in pretence of the antiquity, or of the first sanctification of the sa­cred Priesthoode.

Neither doth Eusebius write this, of the common estimation of the people, and his owne assertion, whereof he also spake before, libro secun­do, cap. 2 [...]: That vnto Iames an Episcopall seate in Ierusalem was ge­uen of the Apostles: but also cited out of Clemens, which likewise he ha [...] done more at large before, lib. 2. cap. 1. and hee addeth, for furder confir­mation héereof, saying: But Egesippus which was straightwayes after the very first successions of the Apostles, with more assured searche, rehear­seth of him in the fifte booke of his commentaries, after these woordes: [Page 337] Iames (sayth hee) the brother of the Lorde, The defini­tion of the B. of man. who of all men was called the Iuste, receaued with the Apostles, the Church, who endured from the verie times of the Lorde vntill our dayes. (And so at large Egesippus declareth the maner of his Martyrdome, The authen­tike testimonies of Ege­sippus, and Clement, Alex. cited by Eusebius and in conclusion sayth) These thinges more at large, but agreeable vnto Clement, hath Egesippus recor­ded: that Iames was so meruelous a man and among all men, so highlie thought of in the obseruing of all righteousnesse; that all that were wise among the Iewes beleeued, that this was the cause of the siege of Ieru­salem foorth-with following, that they had againe on him layde their wicked handes. And that Iosephus did thinke euen so, hee euidentlie declareth by these woordes: all which thinges (sayth hee) hapned to the Iewes for the reuenge of Iames the Iuste, which was the brother of Iesus, that is called Christe, whome they killed, beeing by the confession of all men, the most righteous and most holy man.

So that this Bishop which Danaeus calleth the Bishoppe of man, and his Episcopall chayre wherein he sate among his fellowe Brethren, and thereupon was called [...], the president of them, is of man indéede, but of such men, euen of the holie Apostles of Iesus Christe: that we must néedes confesse, it is of God also. Except wee will disavowe the Apo­stles doinges of the same, or call in question the credite of these Historio­graphers, that were so néere, and as it were euen in their times, which doe auowe it of them.

But nowe that we haue hearde Danaeus iudgement, let vs heare also the iudgement of this most reuerende and learned man from beyonde the seas, that is nowe ariued in Englande. For we Englishmen loue ma­nie times to heare of newes beyond-sea; where (in sooth) are manie most reuerend and learned men, and it is good to heare the iudgments of them, to sée if they agrée with these mens iudgementes. For, if he be neuer so much most reuerende and learned a man: yet, (I perceaue héereby) hée is but a man; and so is the Bishop of man, as well as he. And wee haue heard, for this one mans iudgement, the iudgement alreadie of a great manie moe, and that as reuerende and as learned men, as this one most reuerend and learned man, who so euer he be. The stile of most reue­rend man. But is he not some Arch­bishop himselfe? For this stile most Reuerend sauoreth much that waies, if the stile of Archbishops be not by you misliked, for that hee is called a most reuerende Father, and your stile is to be well allowed of, that cal­leth him but a most reuerende and learned man. But, as we haue heard other most reuerende and learned men from beyond the seas also, and from the most famous partes of all the worlde, and all of so manie hun­dred yeares before our times, yea, and before the vsurpation of the Pope: so let vs now heare also the iudgement of this most reuerende and lear­ned man, and conferre it with the other, and with the best learned euen of [Page 338] our Brethren themselues, The triple distinction ouerthrowē and so returne to procéede vppon our Learned Discourse.

The Bishop that is of man, ( saith this most reuerend & learned man) that is to say, The most re­uerend, brought into the Church by the alone wisedome of man, besides the expresse word of God, is a certaine power giuen to one cer­taine Pastor, aboue his other fellowes; yet limited with certaine orders or rules prouided against tyrannie.

In this definition of the B. of man, made here by the iudgment of this most reuerend and learned man, Bridges. ( except in the partie himself that is here defined) I sée as yet (in my simple & vnlearned iudgement) no great mat­ter to be misliked in him, Another B. of man defi­ned than we defende. or cause that he should mislike in the B. of man. Saue that here (me thinkes) he defines an other B. of man, then we de­fend or know of, to be among vs. And this is principally to be marked, that definitum & definitio doe so agrée, that whatsoeuer is spoken of the partie defined, be aunswerable to the definition of him: and whatsoeuer is put in the definition, be in all pointes answerable, and neither more nor lesse, than is proper to the partie that is defined: or else, it is no good definition of y e partie. For, here concerning the B. of man, are adioyned these words, that is to say, brought into the Church by the alone wisedome of man, besides the expresse word of God. Where here this most reuerend and learned man, taketh on him to define such a B: we take not vpon vs to de­fende or maintaine, such a Bishop, as is brought into the Church by the alone wisedome of man. If hee bee brought in by the onlie wisdome of man which is follie to God, he is the verie B. of the diuel. For, the alone wisedome of man, is méere foo­lishnes before God. Yea, (sayth S. Paule 1. Cor. 8.) The wisedome of the flesh, is death, but the wisedome of the spirite is life and peace, because the wisedome of the flesh is enmitie against God. For it is not subiect to the law of God, neither indeede can be. But, it is such wisedome as S. Iames speaketh of, earthly, sensuall, and diuelish. Iac. 3. while therefore, this most reuerend and learned man, speaketh héere distinctly of the B. of man, from the Bishop of God: he confoundeth him with the B. of the Diuell. For what is the alone wisedome of man without the wisdom of God, but the very wisdome of the diuel? For when man would be wise without God, he became a foole, & lost the Image of God, and was deformed with the image of the diuell, till by the liuely character of Gods expresse Image Iesus Christ, the Image of God was renewed in him. And if he do any thing of himselfe without the wis­dome of God, which is Iesus Christ, though in some respect it may be said his owne: yet, it is the Deuils, from whō all sinne first came. So that, here this triple distinction is confounded, neither indéed can it well be maintai­ned, T [...]e ouer­throwe of this most reuerend mās triple distinction. that he saith: we must needes make 3. Bishops. There is neither need nor truth in this distinction, and (sauing the reuerence of euerie reuerend and learned man) it is but a captious distinction. Where with, séeing they dare not for very shame, nor indéede can condemne all these holy fathers [Page 339] that mainteined it, as mainteining a B. of the deuill: The aunci­ent Bishops were of God. they turne that cun­ningly to the Papistes, that are the open aduersaries: and deuise a meane betwixt Gods Bishops, & the diuels, and that (for sooth) is the B. of man. Wherein, good simple men, or rather well wéening fooles, brought in a B. of their only or alone wisedome, There is no B of man, but either he is the B. of God, or of the deuil. & that (for sooth) is not the diuels B. but whose is he then? Is there halting here betwixt God & Baal, and a meane betwéene Christ and Beliall? Was not Saules alone wisedome, without God, witchcraft? And is not witchcraft of the diuel? Doth not Christ say, he that gathereth not with me, is against me? And is not he y t is against Christ, with the deuill? Why then do ye séeke out these figges leaues, & not plain­ly say (if ye can so say, if ye dare so say) that this Bishop, which all these ho­lie fathers did acknowledge, was the diuels B? if ye say it was the diuels B: I pray you looke vpon the fathers a little better, that brought this B. in into the Church. And marke whether they looke not like Gods childrē, VVhether the holy fa­thers in the primitiue ch. set vp the diuels Bis [...]. yea the notable & excellent, most reuerend & most learned saints of God, manie of them. And would all these set vp such an Idoll puppet as the di­uels B. to be gouernour, & ouer-seer of Gods Church and many of them be such their selues? If ye say it was not the diuels Bishop. For he was not yet come, but that (as Beza and Danaeus saye) hee made notwithstan­ding a way for the diuels Bishop to followe after. The reuerence still reserued of so learned and reuerende men, I dare not thinke so hardelie of them. For what is that, but to be the diuels Bishops gentle-men vshers, preparers, and fore-runners of his Antichriste? And so all comes to one, they were all the diuels Bishops, saue that the lesse hurtfull diuels went before, and the more perillous diuels came after. But all of them diuels incarnate, and no better then the diuels Bishops. But, God forbid, that euer we should so say, or thinke of them. It is no charitable iudgement of any (be he neuer so reuerende and learned man) vpon so manie holie, auncient, as good, and perhaps better Bishops of God, then is himselfe. But if (to mollifie all this) he will defende this part of his distinction, they are of man, but not of the diuell: thē let him put out these words brought in by the alone wisedome of man: yea, then let him confesse, (for in the end, he shall be driuen vnto it) that this B. of man, is euen the very B. of God also. The B. that was among these holy fathers was not so besids but that he is included in Gods worde. If he say, it can not be, the B. of God, because it is besides the expresse worde of God: that which is included, can not well bee called besides, but within. And then who séeth not, that if it were so, besides, yet, that is no barre, if it be not debarred by the expresse worde of God, but be eyther of necessarie consequence included; or a matter left at liber­tie, and not expressed? Neither is this any whit enclining to the errors of the Popish Bishops of the diuell, that would bring in anie doctrines of diuels, or diuelish traditions of man into the Church of God, besides, that is, without and against the Scripture.

[Page 340] The Bishops power li­mited. For if the Papists can prooue any of those thinges though not expressed, yet of necessarie consequence included in the scripture, & we refuse them: then had they matter indéede to be iustly offended with vs. But where their doctrines and traditions ( which we refuse) are such, as are neither expressed nor included in Gods word: what are they but in effect against it? Prooue this Bishop that ye call, of man, to be of that stampe, and then indéede: Out on him, yea and out with him. He is then of man (I graunt) but he is of the Diuell also: and we will (God willing) with you renounce and defie him. But as for those holie auncient Fathers, they brought in no other Bishop but such as had good warrant, both inclusiue and also expresse in Gods word. And we haue none (I hope) nor defende anie, but that ac­cordeth with these holie Fathers, and is not onely of man, but of God also.

As the most reuerende misseth in the partie defined, so likewise in the definiti­on. And as we say thus, for the partie defined, so, for the definition, that this Bishop of man is a certaine power, giuen to one certaine Pastor a­boue his other fellowes, yet limited with certaine orders or rules pro­uided against tyrannie. That the partie to whom power is giuen, may be called figuratiuely the power it selfe, is indéede in the expresse worde of God: Rom. 13. Let euerie soule be subiect to the higher powers. Now-beit, for such a learned man, in a definition to set down, in the front of anie treatise, to expresse the nature of a thing, vpon the light and truth whereof all the treatise dependeth; he should (me thinkes) auoide such figures, & speake plaine, and not say a Bishop is a power giuen to a Pastor, for this is rather a definition of the Bishops office, then of the Bishop that enioyes it. But because they be so néerely conioyned, and haue relation one to the other: let that goe. And although this difference heere set downe, that applyeth this definition to the partie defined, bee so large that it stretcheth to other persons, as well as to a Pastor, and so conteyneth more than doth a Bi­shop: yet let that goe too. But doe ye thinke that a power limited with orders or rules prouided against tyrannie, is not a good and lawefull power? Or is such a power of the Diuell? If all power ( that is indéede power) be of God: is not this much more of God, and acceptable to him? Yea, but (say you) be it neuer so good, yet the same to be giuen to one certaine Pastor aboue his fellowes, that is the point this learned man denyeth.

Yea? is that the matter? And what if he himselfe, or euer he turne the leafe, The most reuerend con­futes him­selfe, and his owne defi­tion. in expresse wordes do say: all thinges ought to be done orderly in the Lordes house, and therefore, that some one shoulde be president in euerie assemblie? And can this bee doone, with-out a certaine power bee giuen to one Pastor aboue his other fellowes? Yea, but that (will hée saye) is not giuen him to continue, but for the continu­aunce of the assemblie. But, this was lesse out of the definition, [Page 341] and he was called simplie the Bishop of man, The diffe­renceof the time. that had a certaine pow­er giuen to one certaine Pastor, aboue his other fellowes, yet limited with certaine orders or rules prouided against tyrannie. So that, hée that hath this power giuen him for a time of an assemblie, is by this reckoning the Bishoppe of God. And he that hath giuen him for longer time than an assemblie, is the Bishop of man. But I praye you, haue me reuerentlie commended to this most reuerende and learned man, and desire him to shewe mee this, in the expresse worde of God. For, I feare not, but that where-soeuer he shall finde the one, I will hazarde to finde the consequence of the other. And if this power may be giuen of man for a time: it is not then, The most reuerend con­fesseth supe­rioritie of the power, but he diffe­reth for the time. ( I take it) the difference of the power it selfe so much, nor of the competencie of it to the persons as the difference of the time, howe longer the person shall enioy this power that we contend for. We agrée, that such a power as is limited, with certaine orders or rules prouided against tyranie, is good, and lawefull, and of GOD. We agrée also, that it may be giuen of man to a Pastor, aboue his fel­lowe Pastors for a time, and hee still remaine a Pastor, and they still re­mayne therein his fellowes; but in respect of this his limited power giuen him, he is aboue them for the time. Is nowe the limitation of time, of the substance to make such difference, and that before God? But (I doubt not) if there bee no worse matter in the power it selfe, wee shall easilie obtaine a little longer time, than of a short assemblie, that our Bishop of man, being the man of God, may be Bishop of GOD also, and not so soone made a quondam, and an-other placed in his Bishop­ricke. Since, (be-it shorte or long) there is no daunger at all of anie tyrannie in it. But as hee limiteth him for the time, so he addeth after this definition, a limitation also, or rather, a specification of the power, saying:

They which did beare this office of Bishops, The most re­uerend, Bridges. are called Bishops in regarde of their fellowe-Elders, and the whole Clergie, as watchmen set ouer the Clergie.

True it is, that they are so called, though not onelie in regarde of their fellowe Elders, and the whole Clergie; but in regarde also of the whole people vnder them. And the regarde that is towarde their fellow-Elders and the whole Clergie, since it taketh not away the felowship of their bre­thren Elders, nor is anie absolute power, but a certaine power limited with certaine orders of rules prouided against tyrannie: is a good regard and neither iniurious vnto their fellow-Elders, or to any man, and euen therefore acceptable vnto God.

But, saith this most reuerend and learned man: The most r [...] uer [...] that this calling was not brought in by the worde, it is manifest, by that, that there is not to be founde in the newe Testament, so much as one syllable, whereby [Page 342] there may be the least surmise of any such thing. The conti­nuing as­semblie.

Whether there be not to be found in the new Test. so much as one syl­lable, Bridges. wherby there may be the least surmise of any such thing. I referre it to the consideration of that, which is alreadie alleaged, not only concer­ning Timothie & Titus: but also out of the testimony of those historiogra­phers & fathers cited, that liued either in the Apostles times, or followed next thē. Yea, I referre it to Caluine & Beza thēselues in the places before noted. And that is more, I referre it to the verie iudgement of this most Reuerend and learned man from beyond the seas, euen in the very next sentence, immediatly folowing this ouer-bolde, & too peremtory assertion.

The most re­uerend.For ( saithe he) although we doubt not, but all thinges ought to be done orderly in the Lordes house, and therfore that some one should be president in euery assemblie, whom Iohn in the Reuelation seemeth to call the Angell of the Churches.

If some one should be president in euerie assemblie, because al things ought be doone orderly in the Lordes house: Bridges. and the assemblie be of Priestes or Elders: then should one of the Priests or Elders be president ouer the residue. And if the assemblie continue not onely for actions done at one time, but continue still; then this presidentship ouer the Priestes or Elders should still continue, by the testimonie of this most Reuerend and Learned man; The conti­nuing of the assemblies at Ierusalem whe [...] Iames was presi­dent. or else, all things should not be orderly done in the Lords house. But now, whether the assemblie of the Clergie & Pastoral Elders, did not continue at or about Ierusalem, and that there be not so much as one syllable, whereby there may bee the least surmise of any such thing: looke Act. 1. ver. 4.13. and 14. Act. 2. ver. 1. & 42.43. & 44. Act. 4. ver. 32. Act. 5. ver. 11.12. and 13. Act. 6. ver. 2. & 5. Act. 8. v. 14. & 25. Act. 9. ver. 27. Act. 11. ver. 1.2.3.4. and 22. Act. 12. ver. 12. Act. 15. ver. 2.4. 6.12.22.23.24.25. &c. Act. 21. ver. 18. By the conference of all these and other places, it is most apparant, that the assemblie of the Clergie at Ierusalē was still continuing. And therefore it followeth, that one should be stil a continuing president ouer them: or else, all things should not haue beene doone orderly in the Lordes house. And what differeth this continuing president ( that is to say, one that sitteth higher than al the re­sidue,) frō the Bishop, whom Egesippus, Clem. Euseb. Ierome, & Ambr. (as is aforesaid) described to be placed in the higher seate to ouer-see his Brethren, whereupon this name Episcopus Bishop, is deriued?

Neither do I refuse the example, that this most Reuerende & learned man alleageth, Marloraeu [...] in Apocal. cap. 2. saying: whom Iohn in the Reuelation seemeth to cal the Angel of the Churches. And what gathereth Marlorate, that S. Iohn mea­neth, by this Angell? Angell and sent are all one. Whereupon we learne, that none can minister the worde of the Lorde purely, and with profit except, he be sent of the L. Rom. 10. c. 15. Iohn foretolde that he would [Page 343] write to the 7. Churches, as is aboue-said, The An­gels of the Churches. 1. a. 4. which thing he now be­ginneth to put in practise, while hee writeth to the Pastoures of those Churches. For the Pastors ought not to be estranged frō the Churches, of whom is made one bodie. Of Ephesus wee spake 1. c. 11. What office they had that are cal­led in the Reuelation, the Angels of the Churches. From this Church of Ephesus, Iohn beginneth, because for the multitude of the be­leeuers, and the celebritie of the place, it was esteemed for the chiefest Church. And profitable was it to make the beginning from the same: that it being corrected, it might more easily be prouided, for the corre­ction & health of other Churches. And although certaine things were to be corrected, aswell in the people, as in the Clergie, (as they call thē) not­withstanding he setteth not on the people, but on the Clergie. Neither calleth he vpon euery one of the Clergie by name, but on the Prince of the Clergie, that is to say, the Bishop. And that not without a reason. For the Pastor is to render accompt not only for his own sinnes, but also for the sinnes of those that are subiect to him, if it chance anie perish by his negligence or slouthfulnesse, as is contayned Ezech. 3. c. 20. Moreouer, euen as, so long as the stomake is sicke, health is prouided to the other mēbers to no purpose, but the chiefest regard is to be had therof: euen so, ought the medicine of correction, to be ministred to the Pastors be­fore the people. For, as the ill stomacke infectes the nourishment with the which all the mēbers are encreased: so by the euill and noysome life of the Pastors, the life of the people is corrupted. Albeit, it is likely, that not any one of the gouernours of the Church, is in this and in the places following, noted: but with all, the whole succession of the B. and Elders of that Church, is by order to be taken. Although the minister of the place ought to be accoūted alwaies amōg these to hold the chiefest.

By which collection of Marlorate it appeareth, that although S. Iohn by name of Angel, may comprehende generally the Clergie, to wit, chiefly the Pastors; yet here in writing especially to one, and calling that one the Angell of this or that Church; it is apparant, that some one or other, had a superioritie ouer the other of the Clergie in those Churches. Which one, is here peculierly called the Bishop and Prince, or chiefe of the Clergie or Pastors. Among which Churches, Ephesus being reckoned one & the first, wherein (as we haue séene Bezaes testimonie) were manie Pastors: it is euident, that although after Timothie, yet in S. Iohns time, the Churche of Ephesus, of whose Elders (if they were Elders of that Church only) cal­led by S. Paule to Miletum, wee had heard so much debated, how soeuer they might there be termed by the names of Bishops improperly: yet not­withstanding they had but one Prince or chiefe of all the Clergie there, which was indéede the Bishop or ouer-seer of them all, whom Christ here calleth, the Angell of the Church of Ephesus. And so likewise, we haue also to thinke of all the other Churches there named.

[Page 344] A Mode­rator. Loe, howe this most reuerende and learned man, hath him-selfe a­gainst himselfe, found out in the new Testament, a great deale more than one syllable, not of gathering the least surmise, but manifest euidence, that some one, yea, diuerse some such ones, bare this office of Bishoppes as Princes or chiefe in regarde of their fellowe Pastorall Elders, and of the whole Clergie, as principall watchmen, set ouer the other inferiour watchmen, in their seuerall, greater or lesser Cities and congregations. And therefore this Bishop that here is called the Bishop of man, is mani­festlie brought in by Gods worde, cleane contrarie to this ouerbolde as­sertion, of this most reuerent and learned out-landish man, who-so-euer (sauing his reuerence) he be. Neitheir can this shift following, elude this proofa, wherein he saith:

And Austen calleth the moderator Proestôta, yet this moderator of actions of the Church, The most re­uerend. sauing this one thing, that he was the first in or­der in the companie, had no authoritie ouer his fellowes, neither did he exercise anie higher office.

I would faine the place had béen quoted where S. Augustine calleth the moderator Proestôta. Bridges. That we might turne vnto it and peruse it, whether it be appliable to this question, yea or no. I feare me greatly, S. Augustin hath no such saying, especially meaning it, of a Bishop, that hee was such a Moderator of actions of the Church, sauing this one thing that he was the first in order in the cōpanie: but, had no authority ouer his fellowes, neither did he exercise anie higher office. And what a Moderator call ye that which doth not exercise anie higher office? A Modera­ [...]or. Is his moderatorship no office? And how can it be a moderatorship, and not higher? And how can he moderate his felowes, except he haue some authority ouer his felowes? Is this no more but this one thing, to be the first in order in the compa­nie? Or rather, is it not to be the last in order, and the first in authoritie of higher office? For in order, the moderator speaketh the last, and in all deliberations, determineth, that is, endeth and knitteth vp the matter. And the first in order, is rather in dignitie and authoritie the lowest, and commonly the punie (as they terme him) to all the companie. Wheras, if he be the moderator, to moderate the sentences of thē all, his last voice strikes the stroke, and hath the first and highest authoritie in the compa­ny. Yea, but he is the moderator of actions of the Church. And doth that abbridge his authoritie? What should he moderate, being a man of the church, but actions of the church? Graunt this, & there an end. For, whe­ther ye meane by the Church, all the people of God, or onely the Clergie, as vsually, we take the name; if he must moderate all their actions, how hath he not in this moderation an authoritie ouer them, and an high­er office? If yée meane by the actions of the Churche, the actions of the Clergie assembled in a Synode: And is this no action of the Churche [Page 245] to call and assemble the synode together, and appoint thē time and place, and propound matter to them, as causes of the said assembly? or shall not the moderator (the Christian Princes supreme authoritie alwayes pre­serued) moderate these actions of the Church? if not; name who shall. The mode­rating the actions of the Church not the ac­tions of the synodes onely. if he shall; by what authority? and howe then are these actions of the Church to bee vnderstoode onely, of moderating the actions of those that are assembled in the synode? But if this party whome S. Iohn in the Reuelation séemeth to call the Angell of the Churches be this Proestos, & this moderator of the Churches actions; was there then in euery one of those 7. Churches when S. Ioh. wrote to their Angels, that is, to their Proestotes and moderators, a synode holden at that instant? for if there were not; thē, these angels, Proestotes, & moderators, were not so called in that re­spect: but in respect of those actions, that were vsual, & continuing among them, And indéede, such are the matters that Christ there, doth commend or discommend them for: and not for moderating actions of any Synode then holden, or for being president in any such assemblies. It followeth therefore, that if they be of Christ himselfe called Angelles in the Reuela­tion: and (as heere is sayde of Austen) Moderators and Proestôtes, that is, Prouostes, or, such as had a principall being or cheefe standing among and ouer the Cleargy; that the termes were giuen them, rather for a continual office of higher authority, wherby they should be the pre­sidents & moderators of euery assembly, when any such should by them be summonced, rather than they should be called by these names onely, for being presidentes and moderators of them, when they were assembled, The most re­uerend. when as there were no such assemblies there at that time to moderate, nor Synodes whereof they should be Presidents.

But, saith this most reuerend and learned man: Therfore the author of the Epistle to the Hebrues, as Hierome noteth, doth call the whole companie of the Elders, gouernours, not any one certain man.

Where Hierome noteth this, is not héere noted, Bridges and therefore I can not note, what Hierome noteth thereon. But, that the author of the Epi­stle to the Hebrues calleth the whole company of the Elders, Gouer­nours; What hindreth this but that they also might haue a gouernour ouer them, and yet their selues be gouernours ouer others? and doth S. Paule speake there, of any such companie of these gouernours assembled in a Synode, as this learned man speaketh of? else: wherfore is this here alleaged? and yet, if he spake of such an assemblie of these gouernors; if his speech should not admit any, some one certaine man to be gouernor also of them: how should then one be president in euerie assembly ( sithe that all thinges ought to be done orderlie in the Lordes house) if they be all alike and equall gouernours? neither is the example of Peter next alleaged, any whit against it, but rather for it,

[Page 346] The most re­uerend.Such a one ( saith this learned man) was Peter manie times in the very assembly of Apostles, of a great authority surely amongst the Apostles, who were all otherwise equal, and yethe him selfe one of the company of thapostles sent by his companions to Samaria with Iohn, Act. 8.14. and in the assembly giuing an account of his ministery, to those which were of the circuncision. Act. 11.2.

Bridges If Peter many times were such an one, that is to say, a President, Proestôs and moderator of the assemblies of the Apostles: This is not onely to be of a great authoritie among them, but also, if of any autho­rity at all, then this great, was greater among the Apostles, then the authoritie of others at that time was. But did this great or greater au­thority by and by cease from among them, How Peter, Iames and Iohn were greater. vppon the ceasing of euery particuler assembly? Doth not S. Paul acknowledge Peter to remayne still great among the Apostles, euen when hee mencioneth no assemblye of them? and what meaneth he by this great, but by way of cōparison, that the other Apostles were lesse? and so Iames, and Peter and Iohn to bee greater then the residue. True it is, that héere is sayde, they were all o­therwise equall. But what doe these wordes also import, otherwise e­quall? ergo, this otherwise, being set aside: they were not equall. So that I perceiue in some respect, they that are not equalles, may otherwise be superiors or inferiors one to another, without preiudice of their equali­tie well inough▪ Yea, Caluin, Caluine in Act. 8.14. on this very example of Peter here alleaged, Act. 8.14. doth say: In that Luke declareth that Peter was sent of the resi­due, hereon may be gathered that he exercised not an empire ouer his colleagues, but did so excel among them, that yet, he was vnder & obei­ed the body. As who say, his superiority amōg thē, was rather in respect of their particuler persons, than of the whole Church or corporation. So that, this confutes the immoderate pride of the Pope, but denieth not a moderate superiority in the ministerie, wherewith it may very well a­grée. And this accordeth with Christes saying, Luke. 21. He that is greatest among you, let him be as the least. Neither doth this debarre Peters superio­ritie, that in the assemblie he gaue an account of his ministery to those which were of the circumcision, Act. 11.2. For, if wee better regarde those persons, Peters gi­uing accoūt deb [...]rreth not his su­perior [...]tie. to whome he gaue this account: I doubt not, but all our brethren, yea, euen this most reuerend and learned man will confesse, that he was farre superior vnto them. And if Apostleship haue any high authority: S. Paule Galat. 2. calleth him the Apostle of the circumcision. So that, this his fact, debarreth not his superiority ouer them. And on those persons to whome Peter gaue this account, saith Caluine. But note, that when as before, Caluin. in Act. [...].2. Luke had sayd that the Apostles and the brethren heard this same: hee spake not a worde of offence. But now to bring in as it were a newe sect of men, that attempted strife with Peter: The bre­thren [Page 347] (saieth he) hard it, he addeth nothing afterwards: it followeth, Peter ren­dring ac­counts. when Peter came to Ierusalem, they which were of the Circumcision chod with him, Who (verilye it must needes bee) were diuerse from the former. The particle [...], of the Circumcision, doth not simply note the Iewes, but those that were too muche addicted to the cere­monies of the Lawe. For there were no people of Ierusalem then in the flocke of Christe, but suche as were circumcised: from whome then shoulde they discerne these? Last of all, it seemeth not likely that the Apostles, and those more moderate, which were of the number of the faythfull, did attempt this strife. For although they had beene offended, yet might they haue come to Peter priuately, and required a reason of the fact. By these reasons I am mooued, that I thinke them to be called of the circumcision, whome suche a religion of circumcision helde, that they woulde permitte no man to haue place in the king­dome of God, but him that receiued the profession of the Lawe, and beeing initiated by this holy ceremony, did put off vncleannesse. To men hauing Circumcision: This was not forbidden by the law of God, but it was an obseruation deliuered of the Fathers by handes. Neither yet doth Peter except, that in this behalfe he is handled too preciselie, that by the necessitie of the lawe of man he is not bound: hee omit­teth all this defense, but aunswereth onely, that they came to him before, and were offered to him as it were by the hande of God. How­beit we here see the rare modestie of Peter, that whereas trusting on the goodnesse of his cause, hee might haue dispised the vnskilfull men, that vniustly were troublesome vnto him: notwithstanding, How Peter submitted himselfe. (as is de­cent to bee done among brethren) he doth gently excuse him selfe vn­to them. Indeed this was no light tentation, that hee was vnworthily accused, seeing that hee had faithfully obeyed God. But because hee knewe, that a Lawe was giuen to the whole Churche, that euery one shoulde be ready to render an account of his doctrine and life, so of­ten as the matter so requireth: and he remembred that hee was one of the [...]locke: he not onely suffereth him selfe to bee brought into order: but of his owne voluntary, hee submitteth him selfe to the Churches iudgement. Verily the Doctrine if it bee of God, is placed aboue the dice of mans iudgement, but because God would haue prophecy to be iudged. 1. Cor. 14.29. & 32: this condition must not be refused of his seruants, to proue themselues to be, How Peters fact confu­teth the Popes pride & tyranny, not any moderate superiority. such as they would be counted for to be. But how farre the defence aswell of doctrine, as of facts, ought to proceede: wee shall see anon. This (for the present) must be holden, that Peter willingly descended to pleade his cause, when his fact was improoued. But if the Pope of Rome bee the successor of Peter, why shall not he be holden by the same Lawe. Howsoeuer we graunt [Page 348] this kinde of submission was voluntarie, The na­ming of the supe­riors. notwithstanding, why doth not the successor imitate suche an example of modestie shewed vnto him? albeit, heere need nothing circuite: for if it be true, that the popes vomit vp in their sacrilegious decrees, Peter falsely forsooke the pri­uileges of his sea, & so was the betrayer of the Romane Sea. For, after that they haue made the Pope, the iudge of the whole worlde, who may not be subiect to the iudgement of man: after that they extolled him a­boue the Cloudes, that beeing free from all reason to bee rendred, hee might account his owne will and lust for Lawe: streight they ordeine ( him) Patrone of the Sea Apostolicall, which stoutlie should maintaine the priuiledges thereof, Of what slouthfulnesse therefore shall Peter be condemned, if by yeelding so easily▪ hee cast off the right by God col­lated to him? Why did not hee at the leaste obiect, that he was free from Lawes and exempted from the common number? but hee alleageth before hande no such thing, but straight entereth into the cause. But let vs remember, that nothing letteth whereby wee may not falsely de­spise that idoll, sith that vsurping to himselfe such vnbrideled tyranny, hee hath put him selfe out of the number of the Byshops.

Thus we sée it at large by Caluin, though it be rightly alleaged against the insolency of the Pope: yet maketh it nothing against the lawefull su­periority of Byshops, but rather for it: shewing, howe they shoulde vse it with such humility, that not onely they shoulde subiect themselues to the whole Church, but now and then, to base and vnskilful men beeing their accusers. ( Such, as Beza also calleth these vnworthy accusers of S Peter) and of humblenesse of mind, and of their owne good will render reasons to them of their doings, and yet, may well be, and (for al that) are, superior in all ecclesiasticall authoritie to those persons. The most re­uerend. But ( saith this most re­uerend and learned man) if any such Byshoplike authoritie of any one aboue the rest, as there was afterwardes, had bene then: surely the Apo­stles would haue set downe their names euen at that time, in their let­ters which they sent from one to another, especially, seeing Paule in his Epistle to the Philippians, doth name Byshops in their plurall number, and Deacons: or there should haue beene at least, some peculier men­tion made of them. Which seeing it is not done: it appeareth that a­mongst those gouernours, there was none in degree aboue their com­panion and fellow Byshops: but as occasion serued, the Churches were gouerned by a fellowlike and equall authority, among the fellow elders in their elderships, hee onely going before the rest, whose godlinesse & authority the company did most allow of.

This argument, if any such Byshoplike authority &c. had bene then: surely, Bridges the apostles woulde haue set downe their names, &c. which see­ing it is not done, it appearth &c. is gathered of probability, not vrged [Page 349] of necessity. And therefore with as easie probability, may be reiected. The na­ming of the supe­riors. If not: why is not this as good an argument: If any such doctors as might not exhort, and if any such elders as might not minister the word and sacraments, had bene then: surely, the Apostles would haue set down their names, in their letters which they sent from one to another. The moste reuerends argument on proba­bility, and of not na­ming the persons. &c. Which seeing it is not done; it appeareth, that among the ministers of the Church in the time of the Apostles, there were no such doctors nor Elders. If now this moste reuerend and learned man shall say, what though the Apostles set not downe their names, which they were not bound to do, nor needed: yet if the matter bee prooued playn inough, that there were then such offices; it makes no matter, though we want the names, to know who were then such officers. Nowe, If the mat­ter be pro­ued it suffi­ceth. although this for the matter of those offices be not yet shewed; yet, were it shewed, if the names of the officers be not shewed also; where is the vertue of our most reuerend and learned mans argument then become? and yet (God be praised) the assumption of this argument is not so true. For wee can shewe, and doe shewe, both apparant matter, and names also, that there was some one amonst the gouernours euen at that time, that was in degree aboue his companions and fellow Byshops. As, besides Peter, The persons are named that had su­perior au­thority. Iames and Iohn, who (as is aforesayde) are expresly in the text it selfe, by S. Paule, named greater than the rest of the Apostles, not onely the sub­scriptions of the Epistles to Timothy and Titus, declare: but also a great part of the matter conteined in them, doth not of probabilitie but of neces­sity inferre it. But what néede further proofes or playner testimony, than this most reuerend and learned mans owne mouth against himselfe, and that in this selfe same sentence? for, what exception is this that followeth héere? There was none aboue their companions and fellowe Byshops, but as occasion serued, The most reuerends confession of one go­ing be [...]ore the residue, and that in au [...]hority. the Churches were gouerned by a fellowlike & equall authoritie, among the fellow elders in their Elderships, hee one­ly going before the rest, whose godlinesse and authority the company did most allow of: For if he onely were going before the rest: how then was their authority equall? yea, but he had none authoritie, but by their allowance. What is that to the purpose? had he authority by their allow­ance? So much the better, when so good men did allow such authority, for one amongst them to go before the rest: and the worse for all those that will not now allow the like. Yea, but (saith he) he onelie going before the rest, whose godlinesse and authoritie the company did most allow of. So that héere is not onely his authority allowed of, but also his godlines. And well worthy. Thinke ye that we defend, that any should be allowed this authority without godlinesse? allowe the authoritie to the godly; and then, dissalowe and prooue the party to be vngodly that is allowed it, and I hope, if it bée done in good order, all that allow of godlinesse will [Page 350] allow your dissalowing. Epipha­nius oppugned and defended. Yea, but what was this authority here allow­ed? but of one onely going before the rest? What meaneth this lear­ned man, by only going before the rest? Doth he meane of going only, as the gentlemen others or other officers prepare the way for Princes, and more honourable personages than themselues, to follow? or as, when those that are companions in eche respect, fellowe and fellowlike, ha­uing equall authority, and yet they can not goe altogether chéeke by chéeke: some one of necessity must goe before his fellowes in a narrowe passage, notwithstanding all they that came after him, are in all points of of equal authority and fellowlike vnto him? What a going before is this? or how is this sayd, to be a going before by authority? For if one a­mongst them went before the rest of the Pastors or B. This B. of man had his beginning in the apo­stles times. with authority, what else is this, but that one was in degree aboue his companions and fellow pastors or bishops? yea, but this saith he, was as occasion serued. And I thinke so, for occasion serued very well. But howsoeuer it then serued, then it was. And so by this learned mans owne confessions, hee answereth and confuteth himselfe, stil inferring that this Bishop of man, had his beginning euen in the Apostles times.

After that this most reuerend and learned man, hath in this sort (as he thinketh) prooued, that this calling was not brought in by the word, and that, it is manifest by that, that there is not to be founde in the new Te­stament so much as one syllable, whereby there may be the least surmise of any such thing: ( which assertion how true or false it is, I referre to the indifferent readers verdict, on this foresayde improouing of it, yea to that he hath himselfe already alleaged against himselfe) presupposing nowe, The most reuerendes confutation of the aun­tiēt fathers, for this B. of man. that this calling was brought in onelye by the fathers: hee entreth in­to the confutation of them, and first inueigheth against Epiphanius, who liued about 380. yéeres after Christe, and that wee may the better way the iudgement of this moste reuerend and learned man, and howe hee confuteth Epiphanius: let vs before at large set downe Epiphanius own wordes, The most re­uerend. and then peruse his confutations of him.

But first, in that he saith, Epiphanius against the Arians defending the contrary opinion.

True it is, Epiphanius did mightely oppugne also the Arians, as the Capitall enemies of our faith, Bridges and Aerius that beganne this schisme in the churche about this equalitie, was likewise an Arian. Howbeit this is not héere so properly sayde, Epiphanius against the Arians, [...]piphanius against the Aerians. de­fending the contrarie opinion, namely, the Byshop ordeyned by man, &c. As to haue sayde, Epiphanius against the Aerians. &c. For although Aerius were also an Arian, and denied the diuinity of Iesus Christe: yet was not Arius an Aerian, nor (that I reade of) made any Question about this matter. Which that it may appeare, and who this Aerius was, [Page 351] and what in these poyntes (besides other) he oppugned: Aerius. let vs heare Epi­phanius himselfe declare it.

And likewise ( sayth Epiphanius) there arose one Aerius, a greate hurt vnto the Worlde, beeing of a boystrous minde and lift vp in his owne opinion. For, whether it were by reason of vaine-glory, Epiphanius contra h [...]res. lib. 3.10.1. Her. 75. The origi­nall from whence Ae­rius concei­ued this er­ror against bishops. or of haughty pride, hee effected all their haeresie, that by rashnesse hath beene wroughte, euen from the beginning to the ending. Verely, eyther lust or enuy agaynst his neyghbours, or greefe of mynde, or frowardnesse, wrought these thinges. In conclusion, blindenesse is of the Deuill, not that the Deuill can doe any thing agaynst a mans will, but that euery one is the authour to him selfe of the worke of sinne. Whereby (as hee sayth) those that bee good and sounde, may bee made manifest. This Aerius liueth in the flesh, and is yet a­liue euen at this day. Verily altogether an Arian, for hee thinketh not otherwise than euen as Arius doth: yea, and stretcheth further beyonde the poyntes that are of Arius. Quicke of speeche, and in this part hauing his lippes armed, that hee might drawe to him selfe, euen an armye of suche as are beguiled, Whome Aerius be­guiled, and a multitude of suche as haue itching eares, and a loose mynde. For he also hath deuised vnto the world, a certaine fabulous and vayne opinion, which is ridiculous to those that are prudent, and yet hath he deceiued and allured many by the same.

This manne was Schoole-fellowe with Eustathius the Sebastian, of the region so called of Sebastea, of Pontus or little Armenia. For they were both trayned vp together, Emulation & enuy the ground, on repulse of promotion. the foresayde Eustathi­us and Aerius: but when E [...]stathius came to a Byshopricke, hee (A­erius) did the more lust after it, but hee obteyned is not. Heere­vppon arose enuye, but Eustathius seemed to flatter Aerius. For streyght wayes after, hee made him priest, and committed an Hospi­tall vnto him, which in Pontus is called Ptochotropheum, of nouri­shing the poore.

For the prelates of the Churches doe builde suche places for the loue of hospitalitie. Aerius pro­mooted to be master of an hospi­tall of the poore. Causing the maymed and impotent persons to lodge there, and according to their abilitie, prouide victualles and necessaries for them. When as therefore his wrath was not yet appeased, speeches daylye encreased, and their emulation brake foorth abroade, and talke not very good, yea, slaunders were gi­uen foorth of Aerius againste Eustathius. But the Byshoppe Eu­stathius calling Aerius vnto him, flattered him, exhorted him, B. Eustathius flattering & sawning on Aerius threatened him, chafed with him, comforted him, and yet wrought nothing with him. For that platforme that was layde downe in the beginninge, draue him into this greate euill vvoorke: [Page 352] and so, at the length forsaking the hospitall, Aerius went away. Heere­vpon purposing to finde a pretence against his enimy, or searching to hurle a dart at his aduersarie, and from that time foorth slaundering Eustathius before all men, Aerius vn­thankfull & false slaun­dering and backbiting of Eusta­thius. he sayde, he is nowe no more such a person, but he is falne to gathering of mony, and to the possession of all sortes of thinges by all manner of meanes. And this verily deuised he of mere slaunder. Howbeit in very deede, whereas Eustathius had in his handes the necessities ecclesiastical, he coulde not otherwise do, and the things that were spoken by Aerius seemed probable. But if any shall thus think with himselfe, sith that (speaking against Aerius) wee haue by the way brought in Eustathius, doe we therefore with prayers extoll Eustathius? verily, not a few men haue his life and policy in admiration. But would to God he had also thought a right in the fayth. Eustathius error. For euen he also helde the opinion of Arius, from the beginning to the ending. Neyther did the troubles of persecution amend him, for hee suffered persecution with Basilius, with Bleusus and with others. Yea, hee was seene also to trauell in legacie with many other Byshoppes to Liberius the happie bi­shop of Rome, ( or rather vnhappy for he him selfe also fell from the faith & became an Arian) And to subscribe to the confession of the right faith made by setting forth of the Nicene councel, but afterward as bethink­ing himself, & as one awaked out of sleep, he left not of to cōsideragain his former poynts, of the wicked opinion of the Arians, but we haue to speak of Aerius & therefore we must again direct our speech to him. He (for the forsaid reasons) doth in the beginning crake of his renoūcing. And hauing forsaken the hospitall, he toulled vnto him a great multi­tude of men and women. But hee with his company was driuen from the Churches, the fildes the villages, and other cities, and often with his great company they liued watching and sober in the fieldes, and con­tinued all night abroade vnder the open skye, and vnder the rock, and fled to the woodes. But his speech was rather furious, then according to the condition of man. Aerius re­nouncing his liuing because hee woulde not liue vnder Eustathius. And he sayde, what is a Byshop to a Pastor? the one differeth nothing from the other. For, it is one order. Yea (sayth he) it is one honour, and one dignity. A Byshoppe vseth imposition of handes, so doth a priest. A Byshop baptizeth, so doth a Priest. A Byshop maketh the dispensation of the worshop of God, and a Prieste likewise. A Bysh. fitteth in his throne, a Priest sitteth also. Heerein hee deceiued many, and they had him for their guide.

Thus farre Epiphanius vpon the occasion and description of this er­ror. Whereby we sée, that this most reuerend and learned man is ouer­shot in this, that he saith. Epiphanius heere wrote against the Arians: for although by the way he mention them, with whose heresie Aerius an [...] Eustathius were both infected: yet hauing written against the Arians be­fore, [Page 353] Lib. 2. to 2, haeres. 69. Here Lib. 3. to 1. haeres. 75. Epiphan. against Aerius. He wrote against Aerius: And maketh this his proper and his first error. And withall Epi­phanius telleth, on what occassion of emulation and enuie this error sprang and with what odious slaunders and deuises it was set out, and with what reasons and arguments it was defended, and what multitudes of men and womē were allured by it, and how they behaued themselues, &c. Al which thinges drawe so néere (the heresie of Arius, and other errors of this Aerius set aside) to the foreshadowing of these controuersies, that we may all now (with gréefe and teares) sée the very cause, why the maliti­ous and slaunderous aduersaries of the Gospel, obiect falsely vnto vs to be Aerianst because these our brethren (which we do not) do séeme so néerely to follow the error, the occassion, the dealings and the argumentes of Ae­rius: in this matter. Now to Epiphanius confutations of them.

But let vs come ( sayth hee) to the oppositions against him, Epiph. co [...] ­futation of Aerius. reciting but a fewe thinges, and so passing ouer them, and that indeede because the whole matter is full of folly, and manifest vnto those that are wise. For, to say that a Byshop and a priest are equall, how is it possible? sithe that the order of byshops is the begetter of the Fathers. For that order begetteth the fathers to the Church. but the order of Priestes is not of ability to beget the fathers, but begetteth sonnes to the Church, by the regeneration of baptisme, but not the fathers or Doctors. And howe was it possible to ordeine a priest, nor hauing imposition of handes, for to elect, or to say, he is equall vnto, a byshop? The B the fathers of the pastors▪ the pastors the fathers o [...] the peo­ple. But his trifling and his en­uy, deceiued the foresayde Aerius. But he alleageth for his error, and the error of them that harken to him: that the Apostle writeth to the Priests and Deacons, and writeth not to the Byshops, and saith to the bishop, despise not the gift that is in thee, which thou haste receiued by the handes of the priesthoode (or eldership,) and againe in another place, he writeth to the Byshops and Deacons. Therefore (sayth hee) a byshop and a priest is all one, and he vnderstandeth not, (beeing ignoraunt of the consequence of the trueth) and hath not read the moste profounde hystories, that while as the preaching was new, the holy Apostle wrote according to the occasion of the matter, euen as it was. The occasiō of diff [...]rence in the apo­stles writing. For whereas by­shops were ordeyned, there he wrote to byshops and Deacons? For the Apostles coulde not ordayne all thinges foorthwith: for it was needeful to haue priests and deacons. For, by these two, the ecclesiasticall thinges may be filled vp. But whereas there was not founde any worthy of a by­shoprike: the place abode without a byshop. but where as neede was, and there were that were worthy of a byshoprick, ther byshops were ordey­ned. But when as there was no multitude, and there were not founde a­mong them that should be ordeyned priests or elders: there were they content with a bishop only, ordayned in that place alone. But it is im­possible [Page 354] possible for the Byshop to be without a deacon. And the Apostle pro­uided that Deacons should be made vnto the Byshop, for the ministery. Thus did the Church receiue the filling vp of the dispensation, thus were the places furnished at this time: for euery thing had not all thinges at the first beginning: but in the processe of time, those thinges were prouided for, that are requisite to the perfection of things neces­sary. Indeede Moses was sent into Aegipt, (as hath the olde Testament) onely with a rodde▪ but beeing sent of God, when he should goe forth into Aegypt, his brother Aaron was added to bee an helper vnto him: and then after he had giuen his commission to his brother, a senate was gathered to him▪ and the princes of the people of that time. And af­ter these thinges, the worke being corroborated, and a company to followe him being gathered together, hee passed through the sea: and as yet thinges were not according to the Lawe, till the Lorde called him into the mount: and then he gaue him the foldinges (or tables) of the commaundementes, and shewed vnto him howe he should build the tabernacle, and promote Princes and Captaynes of tenne, of fifty of hundreths and tribunes of the souldiers: And thou seest howe thinges are enlarged. Thou shalt doe all thinges (sayth hee) according to the forme shewed thee in the mount Sinai. And thou seest how the can­sticke, hauing seuen lightes is added, the vestiments reaching downe to the feete, the preestely garments, the belles, the cloakes, the little coats, the capppes, the miters, the setting of the precious stones, the Cuppes, the morters, the censers, the Basons, the Alters, the dishes, Masmaroth, which are colanders: Midicoth, which are called gobbettes, Mecho­noth, which are steps, and whatsoeuer the Lawe reherseth, Cherubins and other thinges. The Arke of the Testament, the staues, the rings, the tent, the collars, the skinnes died red, the pottes and other thinges, por­ters, Trumpets cast and crooked, golden and of siluer, brasen and of horne, and other thinges that the Lawe nameth: diuers sacrifices and doctrines. For whereas these things were not at the beginning, did not these thinges therefore after the order was made put men to businesse? and euen so those thinges that are written by the apostle, vntill such time as the Church was enlarged, vntill she came to her proper measure, vn­till she was most rightly gouerned with the ornature of vnderstanding, by the Father, the Sonne, and the holy ghost. And downe fell the saying of Aerius. And that it cannot be all one, the diuine saying of the Apo­stle teachet [...], who is a Byshoppe, and who is a priest or elder: When as hee sayth to Timothy, that was a Byshoppe, Rebuke not a Prieste or an Elder, but exhort him as a Father. What shoulde a Byshoppe haue to doe not to reprooue a priest or elder, if he hadde no power ouer a Priest or elder? euen as hee sayth agayne, Admitte no accusation lightlie a­gainst [Page 355] a preeste or elder, evcept before two or three witnesses, Defence of Epiph. argument. and hee sayde not to anie Prieste, admitte no accusation againste a Byshoppe: Neyther wrote hee to any Preeste, that hee shoulde not chide a Byshop. And thou seest, that all the ruine of him that is shaken of the deuill, is no small ruine.

These are the argumentes of Epiphanius agaynste Aerius on this matter. Nowe let vs see howe This most reuerende and learned man, doth aunswere the argumentes of Epiphanius.

Epiphanius ( sayth hee) against the Arians, defending the con­trary opinion, namelye, the byshoppe ordeyned by man, The most re­uerend. as ordeyned by God, doth bring foorth three reasons to the contrary: Two as it were out of the worde of God, the thirde out of the historye of those times: the first place is, 1. Timothy 5.1. Rebuke not an elder. &c.

It is straunge to sée, howe these our Brethren vnder countenaunces and Titles, forestalling the credite of moste reuerend and learned men, Bridges woulde carry away the matter, against these reuerend and learned au­cient Fathers: Yea, and that againste the manifest worde of God: And firste, concerning this Father Epiphanius, hath hee heere brought forth but three reasons? If this moste reuerend and learned man him selfe, in prosecuting Epiphanius reasons, doe alleage more then three: Epiph. hath more arg. then three. then blame him selfe, for this so manifest an vntrueth. Except hee will peraduen­ture salue it thus: What though hee brought foorth threescore? yet we may say, hee brought foorth three, And thinke yee wee may thus dal­ly with these Fathers? But as hee handleth the number of the Rea­sons: so likewise hee proceedeth in the order of them. Hee saythe the first place is 1. Timothy 5.1. If by the first place, hee meaneth the firste reasonne that Epiphanius bringethe foorthe: Epiphanius is moste playne to the contrarye, and hee manifestlye inuerteth Epiphanius Order. But lette vs take his aunsweres, as it pleaseth him to aun­swere them.

The first place is 1. Timothy 5.1. Rebuke not an Elder. &c. Whereby hee gathereth that Timothy had some authoritie ouer the Elders, The most re­uerend, that is, the pastors of the Church of Ephesus: but (be it spoken with the fauor of so worthy a man) he should haue marked, that here an elder is called, he that is such by age, not hee that is a pastour, which is declared by the opposition next following of yong men.

I deny not, but that the worde [...] in that place is aptlye, and moste commonly vnderstoode, in the naturall sense, Bridges. for Elders in re­spect of age. But to denye that Epiphanius or any other, maye not al­so apply it to Elder in office, which on the Gréeke, by contraction, Epith. vnderstandeth wel ynough the name of elder. is called Priest: is too hard a challenge of so worthy a man: especially since he makes the key of his reason on the word [...]: saying, what should a [Page 356] byshop haue to do, Defence of Epiph. argument. not to reprooue a priest (or elder) if hee had no po­wer ouer a priest (or elder)? And vnderstanding elder in his natural sence for elder in age, as also yonger in age, that Timothy shoulde not rebuke them: doth not this presuppose, that he had some power ouer them so to do? if then Saint Paul anone after in the same chapter, would haue Timo­thy openly reprooue them that sinne: and there (without all exception) hee e­specially speaketh of the elders in office and pastors: and this inferreth an authority, that Timothy had ouer the pastorall elders, whereby hee might or might not so rebuke or reprooue them: howe then, is not this reason that Epiphanius maketh a good reason? That, being forbidden to abuse it: he had authority for to vse it, and so therin, had some power ouer them. And that this may be applied, not onely to the elder in age: but also to the elder in office: as Epiphanius sets downe the whole sentence, re­buke not an elder but [...] exhort him as a father: So Peter, 1 Pet. 5 1. for this latter part, vseth the same worde [...] (to the Elders, to whome notwithstanding he was Superior) that Paule prescribeth here to Timothy. To conclude, sithe Caluine and Beza both confesse, that the 20. verse of this chapter is vnderstoode of those that are Elders in pastorall of­fice, what differeth it in effect from this sentence? and howe holdeth not E­piphanius reason? He might reproue pastors: Ergo he had some authori­ty ouer them, and so one pastor had at that time a superior authoity o­uer other his fellow pastors.

The most re­uerend.Another place ( saith this learned man) is out of the same Epistle, receyue not an accusation against an elder. 1. Tim. 5.19. Whereby hee gathereth, that the elders were subiect to the byshops and tribunall seate: but who will graunte him that Timothy was bishoppe of E­phesus? Bridges

Epiphanius heere doth mention no tribunall seate at all, nor gathe­reth his argument in this loose manner, and me thinks (by good reason and law of Logike) if this learned man would deny Epiphanius reason: he shoulde set downe his wordes and make some argument of them: and de­ny, or graunt, or distinguish some part of the argument. For yet at the least, The most reuerends il answering Epiph. argu­ment. he did so before. But now he letteth the argument go cleane away, & onely denyeth another assertion: that Epiphanius had set downe, before he made the former argument: where onely speaking of Timothy, that was ( sayth he) a byshop. These wordes, this learned man catcheth vp for halting, And as for the argument, that Epiphanius gathereth on Saint Paules wordes to Timothy: he medleth nothing with it. Wherein (me thinkes) he goeth wiselie (though not so learnedly) to worke to slinke [...] awaye from the wordes of the argument, and make as thoughe hee sawe them not. For if hee had but looked on them, hee shoulde playne­lye haue seene, howe fully they prooue the matter nowe in uestion. [Page 357] those Pastors that haue authority giuen them to admit or not admit ac­cusations made against other pastors, Timothy Byshop of Ephesus. are superior pastors or Byshops vnto them. And on the contrary, they that haue no such authority giuen them, are not superior pastors. But Timothie a pastor in Ephesus hath authority giuen him. 1. Tim. 5. ver. 19. to admit or not admit accusations made against other pastors: and contrariwise, the other pastors in E­phesus haue no such authority giuen them ouer him: Ergo, Timothy was a superior pastor in Ephesus ouer the other pastors, That is to say, their Byshop. This being the effect of the argument, this learned man denieth onely this, that Timothy was Byshop of Ephesus. But goe to, The most re­uerend. Bridges. let vs sée howe hee denies the same, or prooues his deniall.

Who will graunt ( sayth hee) that Timothy was Bishop of Ephe­sus?

Forsoothe, that will I, for any thing I sée yet. Nay rather; not who will; but, who can rightly deny, or elude the force of this, and other argu­ments that inferre it? But sayth this most reuerend and learned man. The most re­uerend. Bridges.

For the history will easily refell that which the fathers doe report as certaine.

And doe the Fathers then report it, and that, as certayne? and doth this most reuerend and learned man, so confidently aske, who will grant it: when he himselfe confesseth, that the fathers graunt it, and that, as cer­tayne? Doe they report it as certayne, and yet denie it? The Fathers report, and that as cer­tayne. or is the report that the reuerend and learned fathers make, as certayne: of so light re­gard with him? this (me thinkes) be he neuer so much his selfe, a most re­uerend and learned man, is a little too muche liking of his owne, The history of the Actes refelleth not the fathers report of Tim. to bee B. of Ephes. and too little estéeming of the learned fathers iudgements. But what reason hath he, why we should thus discredite the Fathers report, and, credite his?

For the history ( sayth he) will easily refute it. And what historie: the history of the Actes by S. Luke recorded? And did not the fathers know; or did they reiect the credite of this history? but let vs sée how the histo­ry will easily refell them.

For no man ( sayth he) can deny, that Timothy was one that accom­panied Paule, and therefore no Bishop assigned to any certayne place, The most re­uerend, who was sent one while to this place, another to that, for the establi­shing of the Churches: and finally, that he was an Euangelist, and not a byshop of any one certayne flocke. I haue desired thee (sayth hee) to abyde at Ephesus, whilest I went into Macedonia. And why so? namely to looke to the Churche which he had begun to establish, vntill hee were called for agayne, which he doth in the other epistle. What? and did the Apostle robbe the Ephesians of their Byshop, without asking their Church at the leaste? Surely, when hee went last to Hierusalem, neuer minding to returne to Ephesus: eyther he woulde haue restored [Page 360] Timothy vnto them, or the Ephesians woulde haue required him a­gayne of the Apostle, when hee put them in mind of the great danger at hand? or if another were to be put in his roome, hee woulde haue made expresse mention in that his diuine Sermon: but hee is sayde to haue sent for the elders onely, and to haue warned them of the dutie belonging to them all.

Bridges. To al this (saue y t which is inserted of his being euangelist) I answere with the old rule, distingue tempora, concilias loca, Distinguish the times, & thou reconcilest the places. The time of Timothy being B. af­ter the hist. of the Acts. For, if this epistle were written after Saint Paules first beeing prisoner at Rome, as I haue alreadie prooued it likely inough so to haue haue beene: then is all this descant lost, and the fathers report, may be as certayn, as they report it, for any thing in the history to the contrary, well ynough. Yea, if it had béene written before: why might not Timothy ( after he was by the Apostle setled, and commanded to stay at Ephesus as byshoppe) haue come from his Byshopricke, at Saint Paules sending for him, to doe further good at his returne, and ano­ther supply his absence at such a time? Neither did Paule robbe héerein the Ephesians, sending to them another faithull minister to supply his place, or (if hee came no more agayne vnto them) to succéede him. And though this chaunge might at the first bee somewhat greeuous to the E­phesians, yet knowing the Apostles minde and authority herein, no doubt they yéelded their willing assent thereto. Of his returne the historie of Luke mencioneth not, nor any other part of the Scripture: The history of the Magdeburgenses, Cent. 1. lib. 2. cap. 10. pag. 614. lin. 35. write thus of him: When he was requested of Paule to abyde at Ephesus, and there instruct the Church, of the which matter Paul prescribeth to him cer­tayne preceptes, through out the whole former epistle to Timothy: he stayed at Ephesus. Vpon which occasion Eusebius, li. 1. Cap. 14. sayth Sophronius and verie many other haue deliuered foorth, that hee was made the first byshop of the Ephesians, but that hee was sent beefore to the Corinthians, for because also of the ministerye, it appeareth out of the former epistle, Chapter 16. and that in ioynt laboure with Paule he wrote the later epistle to the Corinthians 2. Cor. 1. bee­cause it is also coniectured out of the Epistle to the Philippians, Chap. 2 that he was with Paule at Rome vnder Nero: but howe, and howe long, he ruled Doctour and gouernour of the Church of Ephesus, nothing plaine and certayne is deliuered foorth, of any approoued writer. Wher­uppon, neyther canne wee affirme for certayne, that at Ephesus, (be­cause, hee comming neere to the Porche of the Temple of Diana, re­prooued the Idolatry of the Ephesians) hee suffered martyrdome, be­ing ouerwhelmed with stakes and stones, which very manie haue de­liuered foorth, as Antoninus, and Vincentius, Lib. 38. Chap. 10. out of [Page 357] Polycrates the Preest or elder. Henricus de Erephordia, that sayd Ti­mothy suffered vnder Nerua: but Nicephorus, Lib. 3. chap. 71. vnder Domitian. As for the Ephesians requiring him agayn, (when Paul Act. 20. was at Miletum, and foretolde the bishoppes there collected of the great daunger at hande) ariseth onely on this learned mans surmise, that Timothies being among the Ephesians, and his calling away from them, was before Paules comming to Miletum. Which both wée haue sufficient­ly improoued, neyther can it agrée eyther with the former, or especiallye with the later Epistle of Paule to Timothy. For how coulde they require him againe of Saint Paul, or that he woulde restore Timothy vnto them: when in the former Epistle Paule requireth him, that as hee left him there, so he woulde tary there? and in the later Epistle hee writeth for him béeing there, to come from thence to Rome to Paule, where hee was then prisoner and ready to bee offered vp to death: so that, all that while, he was not from them, and this was long after Paules béeing at Miletum: and so with all, this vnnecessarie coniecture depending héereon, is cleane cut off: that if another had béene put in his roome, Paul would haue made expresse mention thereof: or of the others name, in that his diuine sermon. For, neither is it likely, that of all thinges then and there done or spoken, in that his diuine sermon, expresse mention is made, but onely of that, that was sufficient for Luke to haue expressed, to that purpose, for the which hee sets downe that his diuine sermon, Neyther coulde this sending for of Timothy bee mentioned then, Tychicus sent in sup­ply of Ti­mothy. which was done in another place, and long after, in the other Epistle, Chapter 5. as this learned man him selfe confesseth: and yet euen there, Paul plain­lye, expresseth also, whome hee sent to Ephesus, euen by name, Ti­chicus, when he sent for Timothy to come from them. But leaste none of all these shiftes should serue the turne: This learned man also hath lear­ned the olde refuge, that hee was an Euangelist: and then for soothe, what authority soeuer he had: The most re­uerend.

Yet it neede not seeme straunge to any, that the Euangelist Timo­thy, a man indued with so many, and so great giftes remaining at E­phesus, did gouerne all thinges by his direction, as one in degree aboue the Elders, and by the Apostles authoritye appoynted there for a time. Bridges.

This seemeth somewhat straunge, at leaste to mee, that this moste reuerende and learned man, shoulde deale in this matter in so strange a fashion. For that after these arguments of Epiphanius, enforcing a superiour authority in Timothy, are by him slatlye denied, and with these shiftes eluded: heere in the end it is now granted, that bothe he hadde a superior authoritie ouer the Pastors of Ephesus, and that hee remayned there, and that he gouerned all thinges by his direction. [Page 360] Which withall, The shift of Timothies Euange­listship. implieth an higher authority then either Epiphanius vr­ged, or is in question, Howbeit, here is yet another stale shift. This is not graunted him as Byshop, but as Euangelist, and as a man endued with so manie and great giftes. For his giftes, they are no hindrance why hee might be no Byshop, The shift of Timothies being an Euangelist. nor any debarre to any other Bishop, but rather the contrary: both he was the better byshop, and the better example to all o­ther Bishops. The gifts of S. Steuen bebarre not, but another which hath not so many and so great gifts may be Deacon, as well as hee. As for Ti­mothies being an Euangelist, because Paul bids him, doe the worke of an E­uangelist. If this be ynough to prooue he was an Euangelist: then whereas the words in the same sentence, 2. Tim. 4. ver. 5. Immediately followe, [...], fulfill thy Deaconship or ministery, it should followe he was a Deacon or a Minister iointly with his Euangelistship, and so was Titus, and those that were ioyned with him, as appeareth, 2. Co. 7. ver. 6.7 6. that Titus fulfilled this worke of a Deacon, and gathered the almes and be­neuolence of the Corinthians, How one person the head, diuers functions at once. and Paul requested Titus, ver. 6. that as hée & 13. c. 8.1. had begun, so he would fulfill this beneuolence, And ver. 16. he giueth God thankes, that he put such carefulnesse for them in Titus his hart, and commendeth his promptnesse to trauaile heerein. And verse 18. hee sayth: But wee haue sent togither with him, that brother whose prayse is in the Gospell, through all the Churches &c. On which wordes sayth Caluine; that three are sent: it is an argument, that a great great expectation was con­ceiued of the Corinthians, whereupon it behooued them to bee more heedefull vnto their duety, leaste they shoulde deceiue the hope of the Churches. Moreouer, who this seconde was, it is vncertayne, [...]aue that some coniecture it was Luke, other that it was Barnabas. Chryso­stome rather thinketh it was Barnabas, to whome I assent, because it is certayne hee was by the voices of the Churches, ioyned a companion with Paule. Howbeit because it is receiued by the common consent al­moste of all, that Luke was one of those that caried his Epistle, I mis­like not to haue him assigned to the thirde place. As for the seconde, whosoeuer in conclusion it was, he adorneth him with a notable testi­mony, that he was exercised in the gospell with commendation, that is, hee deserued prayse in promoting the Gospell. Gwalter ( and much better in my opinion) thinketh rather that it was Saynt Luke, and coulde not bee Barnabas, sithe Paule and Barnabas fell at strife about Marke, and parted asunder, Actes 15. verse 39. before the Corinthians were as yet conuerted to the fayth. But were it the one or the other: [...]the both here, with Titus, he did so diligentlie exercise and fulfil the work of a Dea­con: and Barnabas was a Doctour: and Luke an Euangelist: and Ti­tus also is called of Caluine an Euangeliste: if these offices then (without confusion of them) might bee thus ioyntlye combined in person [Page 361] person, why might not Timothie bee as well a Bishoppe as a Deacon, though he were also an Euangelist? He could not (saieth he) be a Bishop. No? And why so? For, a Bishop is one that is assigned to a certain place: but, no man can denie that Timothie was one, that accompanied Paule; and therefore no Bishop assigned to any certaine place, who was sent one while to this place, another to that, for the establishing of the Chur­ches. And hadde not a Deacon a certaine place to, although on occasi­on he might be sent to another? Timothie did not ac­companie Paule from place to place. But a Bishop must be Bishop of a cer­taine flocke. Timothie was not a Bishop of any certaine flocke: This is a méere flocke and not true. Did Timothie accompanie Paul from place to place, after hee was assigned of Paule to settle himselfe at Ephesus? Had he not then a certaine flocke, and was assigned to a certaine place? And did he not there remain (euen by this learned mans own confession) till in the later Epistle. S. Paule againe sent for him, and appointed an-o­ther to supplie his absence? And therefore, although an Euangelist, yet a Bishop. And why not an Euangelist and a Bishop: as well as an Apostle and a Bishop, as S. Iames was? Yea, if an Euangelist, then a Bishoppe. Zuinglius in his booke of a preachers office, saith on this wise, vppon the chiefe place Ephes. 4. so earnestly vrged by all our Brethren. Zuinglius in Ecclesiast. Paule in this his distribution of offices, mentioneth Euangelistes in the thirde place, whome he saith to be no lesse ordeyned of Christe, than are those other. But the office of an Euangelist differeth no whit at all, from that office that is committed to a prophet, if so be that we take a Prophet (as right nowe was fayde) for a watch man, which rooteth vp that which is euill, and planteth that which is good. The office of an Euan­gelist, the same that a Bishop. Neither is also an Euangeliste any other than a Bishop, or than he is whom he call a Pastor, as we may certainely gather out of S. Paules words, (in which calling vpon his Ti­mothie) he saith: But watch thou in all things, hard [...]n thy selfe in afflictions, doe throughlie the worke of an Euangelist, make thy ministerie approoued to the full. 2. Tim. 4. But Timothie at that time when Paule wrote these things to him, performed the office of a Bishop: where-upon it is euident, that according to the opinion of Paule the office of a Bishop and of an Euan­gelist is all one. Which thing euery man may easily gather by the words also of Paule going before. About the beginning of the same Chapter, he writeth thus: Preach the word, vrge it in season and out of season Reprooue, rebuke, exhort with all lenitie and doctrine. What shal we call this anie thing else, than to be the office of a Bishop of a Prophet & of a Pastor? What can bee plainer than these woordes of Zuinglius? Neither are these (as Megander in his commentarie on the Ephesians saith) vaine & friuolous reasons, but waightie reasons.

But had we no other reason than out of Caluine, with the assertion of this our Learned brethrens discourse, saying: a Pastor is all one and the [Page 362] same that is a Bishop: Imposition of handes. yet (saye they) Timothie had the office of an Elder. And Timothie ( sayth Caluine on, 1. Tim. 4. verse, 14.) was a Pastor, yea, the holie-Ghost ( sayth hee) had destinated by Oracle Ti­mothie to be chosen into the order of Pastors: Ergo, Timothie euen by the appointment of the holy Ghost was a Bishop.

Nowe if Timothie were a Bishop: then also by Epiphanius reason out of S. Paule ( which holdeth for any thing by this most Reuerende and learned man alleaged against his reason) he was a Superiour also of other Pastors. Yea, as Caluine sayth vpon these wordes to Timothie: Let no man despise thy youth, but be an example of the faithfull in woorde, &c. as though he sayde, see that in grauitie of manners thou gettest to thy selfe so much reuerence, Timothies excelling the other Pastors in Ephesus not only in ex­ample of life, but in superior dignitie & au­thoritie and that conti­nuing al his abode a­mong them that thy youthfull age, which otherwise is woont to be subiect to contempt, diminishe no-whitte of thy au­thoritie. Where-vpon we acknowledge that Timothie was yet a young man, who notwith-standing did farre excell manie Pastors.

Which excellencie beeing not onely of grauitie in vertue, but also of authoritie; which both S. Paules wordes giue, as Epiphanius reasoneth, and this most Reuerende and learned man, himselfe liberally confesseth, that Timothie being a man indued with so manie, and so great giftes, remayning at Ephesus, did gouerne all thinges by his direction: How doth not this ne [...]essarilie followe hereupon, that one Pastor and the same a Bishop had a superiour authoritie in the Apostle time, and by the A­postles authoritie, appointed there for a time, ouer other Pastors, and e­uen of the same degree that they were of in respect, (as Caluine saith) of Pastorship, which is the point in question, and yet in dignitie and authori­tie aboue them? Neither here sufficeth this poore shift, to say he was so appointed there for a time; sithe this time is not of anie present assem­blie, but of a long continuance, and whether anie assemble were holden, yea or no.

Now that this most reuerend and learned man hath held Epiphanius thus short, as though he would yéelde somewhat more vnto him of his frée courtesie, he saith:

The most re­uerend.But let vs graunt Epiphanius more than this, that Timothie had the authoritie of the laying on of hands out of these wordes of the Apostle, Lay not handes suddenly vpon anie. Let vs graunt this too, that these duties belonged to the gouernours: yet wee denie, that Timothie could haue had anie authoritie therefore, ouer the Elders of Ephesus, except he had beene an Euangelist.

Bridges These grauntes come in so freshly, one on anothers necke, as though greater & greater matters were graunted, then was of fine force before confessed. This most reuerends lieralitie i [...] [...] Whereas indéede, either lesse and lesse is graunted then was before, and much of that pulled backe: or else in conclusion, commeth all [Page 363] to the former stoppe, wiping all away as before, with the name and title of Euangelist. Before at length, he confessed: that Timothie gouerned all thinges by his direction, as one in degree aboue the Elders. And is this nowe more, that he had the authoritie of laying on of handes? This is but one thing, and before we had all thinges gouerned by his di­rection. And how then commeth in this graunt vpon the other: Imposition of handes. But let vs graunt Epiphanius more than this, that he did gouerne all thinges by his direction? Or rather, mought he not much better haue saide, Let vs denie that which wee haue graunted him, or, in all thinges graunt him lesse? But more, or lesse: howe come in these thinges as graunts, from this most Reuerende and learned man? As though it laye in his frée choise and liberall graunt: when it commeth out of these woordes of the Apostle, Laye not handes suddenlie vppon anie. For, if it come not out of these wordes; howe dare he graunt it out of them? Will he graunt an vntruthe? And if the wordes enforce it, then gramercie Paules words, and not his graunt: for he graunteth nothing more, then he is driuen vn­to. But there is here yet another grant, that perhaps is more frée & woorth the taking at his handes, where he saith, Let vs graunt this too, that these duties belonged to the Gouernours. What duties ( trowe we) are those he speketh of? For he named but one ceremony, of the laying on of hands. And who are these gouernours that (he saith) this belonged vnto? For if he meane by gouernours ( as doe our Brethren the Learned discoursers) for the segniorie of Elders, being not Pastors: then haue we spunne a faire threade, and gotten a goodly catch of all these graunts. But if he meane by the Gouernors, the Pastors that had a superioritie in gouerning their fellowe Bretheren Pastors, that the imposition of handes pertayneth onely or chiefely vnto them, as he graunteth héere, it did to Timothie: then I graunte indéede it is a further graunt, Timothie [...] superioritie in impositiō of handes. then was his laste graunt, and I ta [...]t it thankefully at his handes. And, though it bee not so much, as was the last graunt before graunted, that all thinges were gouerned by his direction: yet will it be ynough, euen by that one thing, at least to inferre a superioritie of a Pastor, to haue béene then in vse a­mong the Pastors.

But nowe vpon both these liberall grauntes, ( least they should séeme too prodigall a gift,) commeth in a restraint. Still the old shift of E­uangelist helpes all.

Yet we denie that Timothie could haue had anie authoritie therfore, ouer the Elders of Ephesus, except he had beene an Euangelist.

Héere is againe our olde exception. So that, if Timothie were not an Euangelist, our grauntes are reuoked and all is dasht, then had hee no authoritie ouer the Elders of Ephesus. Nay, that is more harde againste him, hée coulde not haue had anie ouer them, except he had beene an Euangelist. But, hee had it; Ergo, hee was an Euangelist. [Page 364] Or, The name of elder­ship. he was an Euangelist, Ergo, he had it. But, if nowe all lie vpon this point: we haue saide somewhat vnto it alreadie, and these wordes of Paul carie some probabilitie that Paule bids him fulfill the worke of an Euangelist. But that inferres not anie necessitie, that he was an Euangelist. We are bidden all of vs, His Euangelistship doubtful, & not necessa­rie in that matter. in manie places to fulfill the worke of God. But euerie kinde of fulfilling the workes that God bids vs doe, argueth not that wée be God. But, were he an Euangelist, or were he not; howe hanges this ex­ception with these grauntes? For, if the laying on of handes belong to the Gouernors: And Timothie had the authoritie of laying on of hands belonging to him, out of these wordes of the Apostle, lay not handes sud­denly vpon anie: how then, had not Timothie authoritie of that, that belon­ged to the Gouernours? And so, in that point, he had a superioritie ouer them. Except he shall yet replie, that they had this superioritie as well as he. And what néede had he then herein, to be an Euangelist, more than they? So that, it being graunted, that hee had so much as the residue had not; it followeth of necessitie, were he Euangelist, or were hee not, they must néedes confesse by the vertue of these wordes of Saint Paule, laye not handes suddenlie vpon any, that he had a superior authoritie, and this shift of being Euangelist will not yet beare out the matter. But if this will not serue, well fare an other.

The most re­uerend.For Paule himselfe 1. Tim. 4.14. doth shewe sufficiently, that the lay­ing on of the handes, was done, in the name of the Eldership it selfe, not by the authoritie of any superiour.

True it is, that Paule vseth there the name of the Eldership it selfe. But doth this impugne, that he which was the person that layd his hands on him which was ordeyned Pastor, Bridges had in that action no superior autho­ritie ouer him? Was not this action a solemne kinde of blessing, and the partie laying on his handes, not onely presenteth him to God, but repre­senteth God, Imposition of handes pertained to a superior. signifying that God receaueth him, both into his protection, and into that especiall function? And the minister thereof in so doing, pro­nounceth the blessing of God vpon him, and prayeth for him, and recey­ueth him, in the name of God and offereth him to God as a minister con­secrated to him. Which reuerent ceremonie is yet vsed in the ordeyning of ministers. And doth not this rule of Paule holde herein. Hebr. 7.7. out of doubt, that which is lesse is blessed of that which is greater? So that, if this action pertayned vnto one more than to the residue: no doubt it betoke­ned in him a great authoritie in the same. But Beza denieth that it was one mans action, and saith that the handes were layde on him, by the E­phesine Elders. And on this worde [...], that is, the order of the El­ders: by the which name ( saith he) it is probable, that the companie of all those are signified, which labored in the worde, in the Church of E­phesus. Act. 20. d. 17. f. 28. But, because Beza héere makes this but [Page 365] probable, & that there is no necessitie so to thinke: Laying on of handes. we may rather herein followe Caluine, Bezaes Maister, who sayth on the same place, 1. Tim. 4. 14. It was an vsuall and solemne thing to the Apostles, Caluine in 1. Tim. 4.14. to ordaine mi­nisters by laying on of handes. And indeede of this custome, and of the originall and signification thereof, I haue somewhat touched be­fore, and the residue we may fetch out of my institution. Presbyterium, priest-hoode (or Eldership). They that thinke this name to bee heere collectiue, put for the college of Priestes (or Elders) doe in my iudge­ment, thinke well. Howbeit, all thinges considered▪ I confesse, that the other sense doth not fitte it amisse, that it should be the name of the of­fice. He put the ceremonie for the act it selfe of the ordeyning. So then, the sense is, that Timothie, when as he was called into the ministerie, by the voice of the Prophets, and then ordeyned by the solemne custome: was withall furnished with the grace of the holie Ghost, to execute his function, &c. But, because this is spoken so darkely, that we sée not yet, on which sense he resolueth; and that he referreth vs to his Institutions: let vs sée there, what he determines on it. In his Institutions, Caluin. Insti­tut. cap. 8. sect. 50. cap. 8. sect. 50. The rite of ordayning doth remaine, to the which in the calling we haue giuen the last place. It is certaine the Apostles vsed no other cere­monie, than the laying on of handes, when they admitted anie to the ministerie. I suppose this rite or ceremonie flowed, from the custome of the Hebrues, who by the laying on of handes, as it were represented to God, the thing that they would haue to be blessed and consecrated. So Iacob, when hee would blesse Ephraim and Manasses, The aunci­ent custome of laying o [...] of handes. layde his handes vpon their heads, which thing our Lorde followed, when he prayed vp­on the infantes. In the same signification, (as I suppose) did the Iewes by the prescription of the lawe, lay their handes vppon their sacrifices. Wherefore, the Apostles by the laying on of handes, did signifie, that they presented him to God, whom they did enter into the ministerie. Albeit, they vsed it also vpon them, to whom they conferred the visible graces of the spirite. Howsoeuer it were, this was a solemne rite, so of­ten as they called anie man into the Ecclesiasticall ministerie. Thus did they consecrate Pastors & Doctors: thus Deacons. And although there remaine no certaine commandement, concerning laying on of handes: yet because we see, it was in perpetuall vse with the Apostles, that, The force a­mong vs of this aunci­ent ceremo­nie. so precise obseruation of them, ought to bee vnto vs, in steede of a com­mandement. And verely, it is profitable that by such a signe, both the ministery should be commended to the people; and also that he which is ordeyned should be admonished, that nowe hee is not his owne man, but is addicted into a seruice vnto God, and to his Church. Moreouer, it shall not be a voide signe, if it shal be restored into his right originall. For, if the spirite of God hath ordeyned in the Church nothing in vaine, [Page 366] we shall perceaue that this ceremonie, Laying on of handes. sithe that it came from him, is not vnprofitable, so it bee not turned into a superstitious abuse. Last­lie, we must holde this, that the whole multitude layde not their hands on the ministers, The Pastors hands alone but the Pastors alone. Not-with-standing, it is vncertaine whether moe of them, did alwayes laye on their handes, yea or no. Verily, it is euident, that in the Deacons, in Paule, and Bar­nabas, and in a fewe others, that was doone. But in an-other place Paule himselfe mentioneth, that hee, and not other moe, layde his handes on Timothie. I admonish thee (sayth he) that thou stirre vppe the grace which is in thee, by the laying on of my handes. For that which is sayde in the other Epistle, of the laying on of handes, of the Eldership, I doe not so take it, as though Paule spake, of the colledge of the Elders: but by this name, I vnderstande the verie ordey­ning it selfe: as though he should say, see that the grace be not frustrate, which by the laying on of handes thou hast receaued, when I created thee a Priest or Elder.

And in Caluines commentarie on the saide place, 2. Tim. 1. verse, 6. his woordes are these: Caluine in 2. Tim. 1.6. There is no doubt, but Timothie was wished for, with the common wishes of the Churche, and not elected by the priuate will or choyse of Paule alone. But it is not absurde, that Paule ascribeth the election priuately to himselfe, of the which he was the chiefest author. Although, heere he treateth rather of the ordey­ning, than of the election of him, that is to wit, of the solemne custome of instituting of him. Furthermore, it is not clearely apparant, whe­ther that, when anie was to be consecrated a Minister, all were woont to lay their handes vppon his heade: Caluines iudgement for the lay­ing on of handes by one only, a­gainst the iudgement of this most reuerend man. or else, one onely, in the place and name of all: but the coniecture enclineth rather to this, that there was one onely that layde on his handes. Concerning that which ap­pertayneth to the ceremonie, the Apostles borowed it of the aunci­ent custome of their Nation, or rather retayned it while it was yet in vse. For this is a parte of the comelinesse, that Paule other where commendeth. Although it may be doubted, whether this present lay­ing on of handes, may be referred to the ordeyning. Because at that time the graces of the spirite, of which he discourseth Roman. 12. & 1. Cor. 13. were by laying on of handes, The laying on of hands was the or­deining. giuen also to manie others, that were not ordeyned Pastors. But I easilie gather out of the former Epi­stle, that Paule heere treateth of the office of a Pastor. For this place a­greeth with that. neglect not the grace which is giuen to thee, The Elder­ship is the office of the Pastor. with the laying on of the handes of the Eldership.

Thus throughly, we sée Caluines iudgement, that this laying on of handes was a solemne kinde of ceremonie, vsed in the ordeyning of mi­nisters, to present them to God, and in the name of God, to blesse and [Page 367] consecrate them. Epiphanius argument. Which action was doone more commonlie by one man onely, being a more principall person than all the residue, (as was Paule and other the Apostles) than by the handes of all or manie Pastors, ioy­ned with him, al-beit, it were by their consentes and voyces, and in the name of all the Churche or Elders. Not, that euerie minister had equall authoritie, in the action: For, although the whole may well bee sayde, to haue a greater authoritie, than anie peculier parte: yet it fol­loweth not, but that there may bee difference of authoritie, and some higher and some lower, in the comparison of the seuerall and particuler partes one with an-other, and one minister superiour in dignitie to an­other. As, Paule superiour in this action vnto Timothie, and Timothie vnto other Pastors. And although of Paule it might be sayde, hee was an Apostle: yet in Timothie, here is no other respect had, but that hée was a Priest or Pastorall Elder, as Caluine expoundes Paules wordes, when I created thee a Priest or Elder. And this office of Priest-hoode or Elder­ship, and not the Colledge or Consistorie of the Elders, draweth néerer to the Apostles meaning.

And thus much for this most reuerende and learned mans confutation of Epiphanius argumentes out of the Scripture.

Nowe ( sayth he) the reasons of the same Epiphanius are these. Bishops (sayth he) begette the Fathers of the Churche, but Elders the sonnes, The most re­uerend. in as much as Bishops and not Elders ordeyned Bishops. But what is this else, then to aske to haue that which is in question: For it may be and ought to be aunswered, that the Bishops tooke that authoritie vpon them, without warrant of the worde of God, and that the rule is false, which concerning this matter, doeth attribute it to the Apostles, which may be shewed by the ordeyning of Timothy by the Eldership.

It séemeth, that this Learned man, accounteth all the reasons which he hath already alleaged out of Epiphanius, to be no reasons. Else, Bridges how saith he here? Nowe, the reasons of the same Epiphanius are these, &c. But howe then saide he before, The most reuerends contradiction to himselfe. that Epiphanius doth bring foorth three rea­sons: two as it were out of Gods worde, &c. and when he hath alleaged them in the order afore sayde, (the first place is, 1. Tim. 5.1. &c. another place is out of the same Epistle, &c.) and traueiled as wee haue heard to confute them; then (as though all this while, he had yet alleaged or con­futed no reason) he commeth in saying: Nowe, the reasons of the same Epiphanius are these, &c. What reason is in this dealing, especially of such a most reuerend and learned man?

But if these following, are his onely reasons: good reason he should re­port them right, and not make them other than they be.

Bishops (sayth he) beget the Fathers of the Church, Epiph words and reasons misreported▪ but Elders the sonnes, in as much as Bishops and not Elders ordayned Bishops.

[Page 368] Doth Epiphanius reason thus? Or, to this purpose? His wordes are these. To say that a Bishop and a Priest (or Elder) are equall, howe is it possible? The wordes of Epiph. For, the order of Bishops is the begetter of the Fathers, for, it begetteth the Fathers of the Church. But, the order of Priestes or Elders is not able to beget the Fathers: it begetteth the sonnes of the Church, by the regeneration of the washing, but not the Fathers or the Doctors. And howe was it possible for a Prieste or Elder to obtaine, not hauing the laying on of handes to elect? Or, to say that he is equall with a Bi­shop? The plaine meaning of these words. The plaine meaning here of Epiphanius is this: the Bishops beget, that is, ordayne Pastors and ministers of the worde and Sacramentes, which Pastors or Ministers, hee calleth Fathers or Doctors of the Church. But these Pastors or Ministers, whom he calleth Fathers or Do­ctors, being no Bishops, doe not againe beget, that is, ordaine, ( or make) other Fathers or Doctors, but doe onely (sayth he) begette the sonnes of the Church, that is, the faithfull people, by preaching the word and bap­tizing of them: the Bishops therefore hauing a further authoritie, to wit, of making ministers, then haue the ministers whom they make: howe i [...] the Bishops and the ministers authoritie equall? This is indéede the tru [...] meaning of Epiphanius his reason. He that can doe more: hath more power, than he which onely can doe lesse. But the Bishop can do more than the Priest or Elder can doe, for the Bishop can make Priests and El­ders which the Priestes or Elders can not doe. Therefore the bishop hath more power than the Priest o [...] Elder that is no Bishop. This being in ef­fect the argument of Epiphanius: this Learned man tourned all to this, that Epiphanius should say: The most reuerends mi­staking of Epiphanius wordes. Bishops beget the Fathers of the Church, but Elders the sonnes, in as much as Bishops and not Elders ordayned Bishops. As though he spake onely of ordayning Bishops; or, by Fathers ment onely bishops; and by sonnes, Priestes or Elders of the Churche. Whereas, Epiphanius confesseth: bishops, and Priestes or Elders, both of them to be Fathers and Doctors of the Church. But in this behalfe of ordayning anie of these Fathers, eyther Bishops or Priestes; the Bishops had a prerogatiue aboue the Priestes, and so, their authoritie is note­quall. This is the verie argument and reason that Epiphanius maketh. Nowe, Ep [...]ph doth not demand but prooue that that is in question. what saith our most Reuerende and learned man to this argu­ment?

But what is this else, ( saith he) then to aske to haue that which is in question?

And why so? Epiphanius here asketh nothing. The question heere i [...] this. The ground of Epiph. ar­gument. Whether Bishops and Priestes be in dignitie and authoritie equall and all one? Epiphanius proueth they be not, by this argument: They that be equall and all one in dignitie and authoritie: the one can doe in all thinges as much as the other, and not one more than the other. But [Page 369] the Bishops can make Bishops & Priestes, The most reverendes aunswere. which the Priests thēselues can not doe: therefore, Bishops & Priests are not equall and all one. That the B. can, or the Priest can not do this, which is héere auouched; this is not the question, but dependes vpon it, or else, he could make indéede no rea­son. If nowe, this assertion be vntrue; improue it, and neuer say; what is this else, than to aske to haue that which is in question. But, go to now. What reason hath this Learned man to improue it?

For it may be, and ought to be answered, that the Bishops tooke that authoritie vpon them, without warrant of the worde of God.

I thinke it may be indéede thus aunswered, of a man, The most reuerends vn­reuerend & vntrue aun­swere. that would vnre­uerently sclaunder hee cares not whome, and aunswere contrarie to all truthe and learning: but, that it ought to be aunswered so, of any man, and especially, of a most Reuerende and Learned man: be it spoken with reuerence, I thinke the cleane contrarie.

Did not this most reuerend and learned man himselfe graunt before, The most reuerends for­mer graunt ouerthrows this answer. but euen on the other side the lease, that Timothie had the authoritie of the laying on of hands? And what here was that, but ordeyning Bishops & Pastors? Except therefore, all those prooues be improoued, that inferre Timothie was B. of Ephesus: and this of Timothy conferred with Iames and Simeon after him at Ierusalem, and Titus in Creta: it is apparant, that Bishops tooke not that authoritie vpon them, without warrant of the worde of God. But thi [...], that he sayth, it may be, The most re­uerend. and ought to be aunswered, stayeth not héere, for he addeth:

And that the rule is false, which concerning this matter doth attri­bute it to the Apostles.

Here is a rule indéede, for this matter, of ordeyning ministers. Did not the Apostles take vpon them the authoritie to ordaine Bishops and Elders? Doth not S. Paule confesse, that he tooke that authoritie on him? Bridges. The most reuerendes far more vnre­uerend deni [...]ng the ma­nifest scrip­ture. And is Gods worde it selfe also, become a false rule, which is the rule of truth, that attributeth this matter to the Apostles? What could the open aduersaries of the word of God, haue spoken worse against the word of God? And how now shall this be shewed, that the worde of God doth not attribute this to the Apostles?

Which may be shewed ( sayth hée) by the ordeyning of Timothie by the Eldership. The most re­uerend,

And haue we not hearde euen by Caluine, the matter clearely and at large shewed, that not onely the ordeyning of Timothie was doone by Paule alone: but also that it was the common vse to bee doone by Paule alone? And that this woorde [...], Eldershippe, Bridges. signifi­eth in that place, not the Colledge, Consistorie, or companie of El­ders, but the office of the Elders. Yea Beza also yéeldeth so farre there­vnto.

[Page 370] Ordeyning & electing So that, the ordeyning of Timothie sheweth, not by the Eldership▪ that the rule is false: but that the rule is true which cōcerning this mat­ter, ( that is, the ordeyning of Elders, by the laying on of handes) doth attribute it to the Apostles. Sithe nowe, none of all these fetches will serue; haue we any more shiftes left to helpe the matter?

Againe for as much as election is the chiefe grounde of Church of­fices, The most re­uerend. which dependeth of the voyces of the whole companie, and not of the laying on of hands, which made not Bishops, but sent thē into their possession after they had made them: we may more truely affirme with the Apostle, that the holie Ghoste by the voyces of the children them­selues, made the Fathers, and not the Bishops.

Here is yet one or two deuises more together. And first, sithe the ordei­ning of Bishops and Pastors of the Church, Bridges. is so manifest a prerogatiue of the Bishops: The most Rev. flees frō the ordei­ning to the elect [...]ng. to eleuate the same, and to withdrawe vs from it, to the election of them, which he calleth the chiefe grounde of Church offices; I can not tell, what he may gather ofthese wordes, the chiefe grounde: but I take not election to be the chiefe point, to proue the prerogatiue of superiour dignitie and authoritie. For, as there is a difference betwéene these two, (as is confessed al [...]eadie by Caluine): so, though the election procéede from other groundes, as from the causes, why the partie is to be elected, and so, tende more to his commendation that is elected, or their profite for whose sake he is elected: The groūds & causes of the election. yet is the ordeyning and gi­uing him the office that he is elected vnto, manie times both the grea­ter dignitie and authoritie to the giuer, and the surer state vnto the ta­ker. Although, no certaine rule can bee made heereof. For manie a meane man may giue possession of a thing, who not-withstanding hath not the gifte thereof, nor anie voyce in electing him thereto.

And againe, manie a one may giue a voice in the election, which hath not yet so great dignitie and authoritie, When the people ele­cted, yet were they neither superior, nor equall to the Pastors. as solemnely to inuest the par­tie elected, in the office and possession of the same. For, if election ( as héere is sayde) dependeth on the voyces of the whole companie, as, when the people had the election of their Bishoppe: and it was sayde, Qui praefecturus est omnibus, ab omnibus eligatur: Hee that must rule all, must be elected of all: shall wee nowe saye, that euerie one among the people, that had a voice in election of the Bishop; had a superiour, or had but an equall dignitie and authoritie, with him that consecrated and ordeyned him Bishoppe? And is the action of consecrating and ordeyning by laying on of handes, ( being indéede an higher action than giuing a voice in the election, yea, than is the whole election) so farre de­based vnder election, and election so aduaunced ouer it, that it is héer [...] sayde, it made not Bishops, but sent them into their possession, after they had made them, meaning the people that elected them? And is the [Page 371] electing then to be a B. the making of a Bishop? And is the ordaining of a B, and the laying on of handes vpon him & the solemne action which the Apostles vsed, & wherof Paul gaue such a charge & prerogatiue to Tim. & to Titus, but the sending them into their possession, which other had giuen them? And did not the Apostles, nor Titus, nor Timothie, but the people make them? Did the people then make Bishops? And had the Apo­stles lesse authoritie in making Bishops, than had the people? And what meane these spéeches, that the election dependeth on the voyces of the whole cōpanie? What is héere meant by the company? Are not the peo­ple, of the companie, as well as the Clergie? And must it néedes be the whole cōpanie? May not maior pars, or senior, or sanior: the greater, the senior, the sounder part serue: but that it must depende on the voices of the whole companie, Neither di [...] the electio [...] depende on the voices of the whol [...] companie. or else, it is no election? indéed election dependeth not vpon the laying on of handes: but rather the laying on of handes vpon election. But yet is not this true, that is here sayd: The laying on of handes, which made not Bishops, but sent them in to their possession after they had made them? For, of the twaine, rather, the laying on of handes doth make them: and not sende them, but set them in the posses­sion of their office, by making of them officers. Whereas the election ( whosoeuer elected them) did but electe or chose them before, to be after­wards made, by laying the hands vpon thē. But now, be the election of neuer so manie, and of the whole companie; may there not bee suche a difference also of superiour dignitie and authoritie euen in the electors, difference of dignity and authoritie euen in the elections. that perhaps a fewe, yea, some one may carrie a greater stroke, than manie among them, or than all the residue, and haue (as they saye) a voyce negatiue, A negatiue voice in ele­ction. to counterpeyse all their voyces affirmatiue? When Paule had Titus to ordaine or make Priestes or Elders in euerie Citie in Creta: Hee seemeth ( sayth Caluine thereupon) to permitte too much vnto Titus, while he biddes him make ministers ouer all the Churches. For this should be in a manner a regall power.

And furthemore, by this meanes, the right of electing is taken away from euerie Church, and the iudgement from the colledge of the Pa­stors. But this had beene, to prophane all the holy administration of the Church. But the aunswere is easie. It is not permitted vnto the will of Titus, that he alone might do all things, & put into the Churcher what Bishops it pleased him: but onely, that he should gouerne the elections, How Titus moderated the electiōs. as a Moderator, according as it is necessarie. This kinde of speeche is common inough. So the Consull, or the Regent in the time of va­cancie, or the Dictator, is sayde to create Consulles. For that, Interrex. hee helde the sessions or meetinges, in which they were to be chosen. So also speaketh Luke of Paul and Barnabas, in the Act. 14.13. not that they onelie, as at their commaundement, set Pastors ouer the Churches, [Page 372] neither allowed nor knowe [...] [...]cause they ordeyned fit men, Superiori­tie in the election. which were chosen or desired of the people. We earne indeede of this place, that there was not thē such equality among the ministers of the Church, but that some one man was aboue them, Caluines cleere cōfes­sion against the mini­sters equali­ [...]ie in the time of the Apostles. in authoritie and in Coun­sell: but this was nothing to that tyrannicall and prophane custome of collations, which reigneth in the Popedome. For the manner of the A­postles was farre different.

Whereby it is apparant, that there was not suche equalitie in the minis [...]erie in the Apostles dayes, and in the primitiue Church, as is pretended, but that as some one, was the principall doer, in the making and consecrating of the Pastors and Fathers of the Church: A princi­pall gouer­nour in the elections & what autho­ritie Caluin saith he had. so also, some one was the principall gouernour euen in the election. Which, though he vsed no tyrannie, force, selfe-will, nor absolute power there­in, as the Pope vsed: yet was it comparable to a Consulles, to a Re­gentes, yea to a Dictators authoritie in some respectes also, in the ele­cting or creating of a Consull. But at least, he was aboue them, both in Counsell and in authoritie.

And therefore this conclusion which commeth in with the other shift, vnder the name of the holie-Ghoste, saying: We may more truelye affirme with the Apostle, that the holie-Ghoste by the voyces of the children themselues, made the fathers, and not the Bishops: Is but a blase to dasell mens eyes withall, if not also, a daungerous sinne (were it wittingly committed, as I hope it is not) against the worke of the ho­lie Ghoste. Besides the iniurie heere offered to the Apostle Paule and to Timothie and Titus that had and vsed this authoritie. True it is, the Apostle saith: Act. 20. ver. 28. that the holie-Ghost made them. And true it is also, that the children may haue, and had their voices towards the ma­king of them: but doth this followe, that Paule made none? Or, that Ti­mothie & Titus ( being Bishops, as is proued) made none: which is here so peremtorily concluded saying: & not the Bishops? If they made none, they brake Paules cōmandement. If they made anie, and were Bishops: then Bishops made thē, although the holy Ghost made them to. Because, they were not made without the holy Ghoste: because, they were made of the Bishops in suche godlie order, as the holie-Ghoste did allowe of: and because, they were men enspired with the holie Ghost, and fur­nished with his giftes, to doe their duties. And such men, because the godly people wished for, ( as Caluine saith, they did wish for Timothy) or gaue their assents and voyces of approbation of the Apostles election and or­deyning of Tim. & Titus, and also approued both Tim. & Titus his electi­on & ordeining of other godly and learned Pastors ouer them: therfore, howsoeuer the holy Ghost by the voices of the childrē, made the fathers; the holy Ghost, as y e principal author, & the sanctifier of thē by his inuisible [Page 373] or (if visible) miraculous operation in them: and the children, Our Breth. ioyning with Ae­rius. by wish­ing and approuing, either by voices, or holding up their handes, at the nam [...]ng of them: yet, since for the outward forme of them, the Gouerne­ment of the elections, lay in Timothy and Titus; and (as Caluine saieth) in some one man, as a moderator, as a Consull, as a Regent in an inte­rim, and as a Dictator, though, not like a tyrant and a Pope; and sith also after the election done, the laying on of handes, which was the conse­crating, ordeyning, or making, belonged also most cōmonly ( as Cal­uine saith) to one only, as héere to Timothy and Titus Bishops: It may well therefore, and truely be said and iustified, without iniury to the facte, of the holy Ghost, yea, to the glory of the holy Ghost, & without detrimēt to the children, or preiudice to the whole company: that the B. made the Pastors or Fathers of the Church, & still may make them, for anie thing héere alleaged to the contrary.

Another of his reasons is, (saith this most reuerend and learned man, The most re­uerend. against Ephipanius) a deprauing of places alleaged out of Paule, that the Church being newe borne, Bishops could not be so established eue­ry where at the first, as it is to be seene in the election of Deacons. Whō yet can Epiphanius perswade, that it was for want of fit men onely, that there were manie Bishops in euerie Church?

And is there yet behind another of Epiphanius his reasons, Bridges. & that of pla­ces alleaged out of Paule? Then was there more thē 3. reasons; yea, more then two (as it were) out of the worde of God. So trulie, this Learned man, tolde vs before, that Epiphanius did bring foorth 3. reasons to the contrary, two (as it were) out of the worde of God. But, what places alleaged out of Paule, hath Epiph. here depraued? Aërius indéede depra­ued 2. places alleaged out of Paule. Whereof Epiph. sayth: But his tri­fling & emulation hath deceiued the fore-saide Aërius. But he alleageth for his error, & the error of thē that heare him, that which the Apostle writeth to the Priests & Deacons, & writeth not to the B. & that he saith vnto a B. despise not the gift that is in thee, which thou hast receiued by the handes of the Eldership. And againe in an other place, Our Breth. allegations of the same places a­gainst the B. that A [...]rius alleaged. he writeth to the Bishops & Deacons. Wherefore (saith he) a B. and a Priest or Elder is all one. And these places here alleaged out of Paule by this Aërius, are nowe also for the selfe same purpose, alleaged likewise by our Brethren, in their Learned discourse, as we haue heard at large discussed: but what sayth Epiphanius héereunto?

And he knewe not (sayth Epiphanius) being ignorant of the con­sequence of the truthe, and had not reade the most profounde histo­ries, that the holy Apostle when as the preaching was newe, wrote ac­cording to the matter sprunge vppe, euen as he had it. For, where Bi­shops were alreadie ordayned, hee wrote to Bishops and to Deacons. [Page 374] For, Epiph. rea­son. the Apostles could not ordeyne all thinges by and by. Of Priestes (or Elders) and Deacons there was neede. For by these two the Ec­clesiasticall affaires may bee accomplished. But where there was not founde anie woorthie of the office of a Bishop: the place remayned without a Bishop: but where there was need, & there were men worthie the office of a Bishop: there Bishops were ordayned. But when there was no multitude, there was not founde among them those that should be made Priestes or Elders, and they were content with a Bishoppe a­lone, ordeyned in the place. But it is not possible for a bishop to bee without a Deacō. And the holy Apostle put to this care that there shuld be Deacons to the Bishop for the ministerie. Thus did the Churche re­ceaue the fillinges vp of the dispensation: thus were the places at that time. For euerie thing had not all at the first beginning: but in processe of time, those thinges were gotten, which were requisite for the perfe­ction of thinges necessarie.

Thus truely and grauely did Epiphanius aunswere these allegati­ons of Aërius. And what deprauing of places alleaged out of Paule is héere? Epiphanius depraued not the Apostles places. Was not this apparant, in the Deacons, which at the first, were not anie especiall office, till on occasion growing afterwarde? And doth not this stande with good reason, that (the Church beeing, as it were, newe and gréene among the Gentiles) Bishops coulde not euery where at the first, be so established? And doe wée not reade, howe in some Churches sometimes are mentioned onely Apostles and Elders, Act. 15. for Ecclesiasticall functions? All offices of the mini­stery not at the first in all places. And in Antioche, Act. 21. Be­sides Paule and Barnabas, who were also Apostles, are mentioned one­ly, Prophetes and Doctors, which Paule and Barnabas Act. 14. made also in the Churches, onely Priestes or Elders, without mention of Dea­cons. So that all were not made in euerie place at once, and at the first: or at least, all are not expressed that were made, as Act. 15. and as to Titus in Creta, Paule mentioneth not that he should make Deacons, but Priestes and Elders onelie, vsing that name indifferently for Byshops. So that (where the name is not expressed) might not Epiphanius well avouch, The good reason of Epiph. aun­swere. that this maketh nothing against the state in generall of the office, in that place not expressed? For, perhaps, it was not yet establi­shed there, as afterwarde it was. And doth not Saint Ambrose confesse as muche, and more than this, euen vppon the place of Ephes. 4. so much vrged? Ambrose in Ephes. 4. He gaue some to be Apostles, and some Prophetes, &c. Apply­ing them to the vse of the Church after the Apostles times, saying: the Apostles are the Bishops, the Prophetes are the expounders of the scrip­tures. Although among the verie beginninges, there were Prophetes such as Agabus, and the foure Virgines prophecying, as it is contey­ned in the Actes of the Apostles.

[Page 375]Howe-beit, for to commende the principles of the Faythe: Difference of orders at the first. the Interpreters are nowe called Prophetes. The Euangelistes are the Deacons, such as was Philip. Although they bee not Priestes: yet may they preache the Gospell, but with-out a chayre, euen as Ste­phen and Philip mentioned. The Pastors may be the Readers, who with their reading, fatten the people that heare them, because man li­ueth not in breade onely, but in euerie worde that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. But the Maisters are the exorcistes, because they appease & correct the disturbers or else those that were wont to instruct and trayne vp with readinges, Imbuere l [...]cti onibus. those infantes that were to be instructed As is the manner of the Iewes, whose tradition made a passage vnto vs, which is by negligence worne out. Among these, after the Bishop he is vnderstoode to be more, who for the hidden sense of the Scriptures o­pened, is sayde to prophecie: especially, because he draweth out the wordes of the hope to come. Which order may nowe be that, that is of the Priest hoode or the Eldership. For all the orders are in a bishop, All the or­ders are in the Bishop. because first hee is a Priest, that is to saye, the Prince or chiefe of the Priestes, and he is a Prophet, and an Euangelist, and the other offices of the Church are to be fulfilled in the ministerie of the faithful. Notwith­standing, after that in all places, the Churches were constituted, and offices ordeyned, the matter was composed otherwise than it beganne. For at the first all did teach, and all did baptize, what dayes or times so­euer there was occasion. For neither Philip sought time or day, The diffe­rence of the orders at the first. wherein he should baptize the Eunuche, nor interposed any fasting. Neither Paul and Silas differred the time, that they might baptize the chiefe man vn­der the tribune, (or the keeper of the prison) with al his. Neither had Pe­ter Deacons, nor sought the day when he baptized Cornelius with all his house, neither hee himselfe (did it, Optionem carcevis.) but he bad the brethren that went with him to Cornelius from Ioppe. For as yet besides the seauen there was no Deacon ordeyned. As therefore, the people encreased & multiplied, it was graunted to them all at the beginning; both to preach the Gos­pell, and to baptize, and to expounde the scriptures in the Church. But when as the Church had compassed about all places: conuenticles were appointed, and rectors & other offices were ordeyned in the Churches. That none of the Clergy durst (which was not ordeined) to presume vp­on him, the office that he knew, was not cōmitted or graunted vnto him. And the Church began to be gouerned by another order & prouidence because, that if all might doe the same thinges, it should be vnreasona­ble, and it would be thought a common & most vile thing. From hence therefore it is, whereupon neither Deacons nowe doe preache among the people, neither the Clerkes or the Layitie doe baptise. Why the Deacons, the Cle [...]kes, and the layetie do not now baptize. Neyther are the faithfull baptized whatsoeuer day they list, except they be sicke.

[Page 376] The origi­nals of pri­macies.The writings therfore of the Apostle in all points agree not, with the ordinance that nowe is in the Churche. For because that these thinges were written euen in the very beginnings, for he calleth also Timothie, that was of him created a Priest or Elder, a B. because Priests or Elders were at the first called Bishops, that the one giuing place, the follower should succeede him. To conclude, in Aegypt the Priestes (or Elders) do Consignāt. Ambroses [...]easons why the prima­cies and gouernement were cōmit­ted to one.ensigne them, if the B. be not present. But because the Priestes (or El­ders) following, beganne to be found vnworthie to holde primacies or chiefe gouernements, the reason was altered, the Councell prouiding therefore, it was constituted by the iudgement of manie Priestes, that not the order, but the deserte, should create the Bishop, least that an vn­woorthie one should rashly vsurpe, and be an offence to manie. Thus doth this most Reuerend and learned Father S. Ambrose write also, euen as much or more than Epiphanius doth, on these wordes alleaged by the Apostle. The most re­uerend.

But nowe saith our most Reuerende and learned man: whome yet can Epiphanius persuade, that it was for want of fitte men onely, that there were many Bishops in euerie Church?

Doth Epiphanius goe about to persuade anie héereunto? Or had hée anie cause to persuade this vnto them? Bridges. Which if hee would haue gone a­bout to persuade, The most reuerends de­prauing of Epiph. he should haue contraried his owne spéech, that sayde, there were some places, where there was no Bishop. This therefore, is rather a deprauing of that which Epiphanius doth alleage against Aë­rius: then that Epiphanius vsed anie deprauing of places alleaged by Aërius out of Paule.

Nowe, to conclude with Epiphanius, ( for he letteth slippe all his ar­gument, that by comparison he maketh from the examples of so manie thinges in the old Testament, that at the first were not ordeined) he saith, for that which he calleth, the 3. reason, out of the historie of those times: For that which not onely Hierome, The most re­uerend, but Epiphanius against the Miletians also reporteth concerning them of Alexandria: that is, Alexandria neuer had two Bishops, as the other Cities, vpon what ground the men of Alexandria did it, and followed not the examples of other Churches, let them see to it.

Bridges. Nay, let this our most Reuerende and Learned man him-selfe see to it, if it please him. If not: let vs see to it a little better. For hee settes it heere downe in such sorte, that the reader (not perusing the histories for this matter) would thinke, that all other Churches had two Bishops at once, faue onelie Alexandria. Whereas (except it were Ieru­salem, that so had by a rare occasion, Al Churches aswell as A­l [...]xandria had but one B. at once, ex [...]ept vpon some rare occasion. as is declared: or that vppon the ab­sence, age, or infirmitie of the Bishop, an other helper to him were cho­sen, which was called Coepiscopus) not onelie Alexander, but all other [Page 377] Churches in Christendome, Superiori­ty of Bi­shops. whereof any record maketh mention (I speak within the boundes of my serch for it) haue euen from the Apostles times, ( if they were so auncient) vsually continued vnder the ecclesiasticall go­uernment of one Bishop, as by their successions (set downe by Irenaeus, Eusebius, Theodorete, Socrates, Sozomene, Hierome, and others, doth appeare. Yea, by Epiphanius him selfe, wheresoeuer he reckoneth any by­shop, or succession of bishops, ( except where there were some sectes in any City that had seuerall bishops of their owne factions) hee mentioneth still but one bishop ouer the true beléeuing Christians in one City: And in this sort he reckoneth vp the bishops of Ierusalem. Lib. 2. Tom. 2. wri­ting against the Manichaeans, saying: The generation of the apostles hath passed from Peter (I say) euen to Paule, and to Iohn, who also was a great while in the worlde, euen vntill the times of Traiane. Iames also is past, the first bishop in Ierusalem, surnamed the brother of the Lorde, but the sonne of Ioseph, begotten on her that was his owne proper Wife, with the residue of his brethren, with whome was conuersant the Lord Iesus Christ, borne according to the flesh of the euer-virgine Mary, who in the order of brethren got this, that he was called their brother. There haue passed also out of the same his seate, all the saints, and with them Symeon, the sonnes of his Vnkle, the sonne of Cleophas the brother of Ioseph: Whose times consequently and according to the rowe, from Iames the bishop. I haue vnder ioined the bishops by succession in Ieru­salem, and with them euery king, euen vntill the time of the foresaid Au­relian and Probus, wherein this Manes was known, being a man of Per­sia, which begat this straunge doctrine into the worlde: and thus it is, 1. Iames, (who with a peece of woode suffered martyrdome,) vntil Nero. 2. Simeon, who was crucified vnder Traiane. 3. Iude, and so forsoothe, vntill he come to Hymenaeus the 37. bishop of Ierusalem vnder Aureli­an. In summe, from the assumption of Christ vntill Manes, and Aurelian and Probus Kings, are 276 yeares according to some chronicles: accor­ding to others, 246. &c. And as of this, so of any other Church that he na­meth (as he doth an infinit number other, on diuers occasiōs) of one church he euer nameth but one bishop: so that the church of Alexandria, and all other churches, for any thing héere spoken by Epiphanius, or any where else, may well ynough iustify their hauing ordinarily but one bishop at one time, Were the B. moe then one, yet had they authority ouer other priestes, though some churches (which Epiphanius wordes here do séeme to note) now and then vpon some extraordinarie occasion, might haue had two bishops at once. But were there one or two, they alwayes had supe­rior dignity and authority ouer all the residue of the Priestes or Elders in their churches. And in the same treaty, where Epiphanius noteth the or­der of Ierusalem, he telleth also of a disputation holden betwéene Triphon a Priest and the Heretique Manes at Caschara in Mesopotamia, Whereat [Page 378] the bishop being present, when he would haue holpen the priest Manes sayd vnto the Byshop: suffer me to dispute against Triphon, for thy dig­nity (by reason of the bishops office) exceedeth me. Whereby it appea­reth that then also in Mesopotamia, there was a great difference in the dignity and state of a Priest & of a bishop. And because this most reuerend and learned man alleageth Epiphanius against the Meletians: this also appeareth no lesse, The moste reuerendes alleaging Meletius sheweth a lamentable paterne of these con­tentions. if not so much more, euē in that treatise of Epiphanius. Besides that, in the story by him ther recorded of the sect that sprang from this Meletius, we may sée a liuely, (if it may not rather be called a deadly, verily a dolefull) paterne of this Schisme, nowe occasioned by our Bre­thren.

There is a certaine company ( sayth Epiph. lib. 2. to. 2. haer. 68.) in the coast of Aegipt, from Meletius a certain B. in Thebaida, of the Catholik Church, and of the right faith (for his fayth was not chaunged at any time from the holy catholike church) this Meletius was of one time with the foresaid Hierax, and afterward did succeede him. He was also of one time with the holy Peter bishop of Alexandria, and all these were in the time of the persecution, which was made in the time of Dioclesian and Maximian▪ A schisme and sect made in the church, not for religion but for dis­cipline. But the cause of Meletius was in this manner: he made a sect, but he departed not from the faith. This man in the time of the persecu­tion, together with Peter the holy Bishop and martyr, and with other martyrs, was taken of those that were sent of the King, to wite, of the Dukes or captaines of Alexandria and of Aegipt at that time: The Pre­sident of Thebaida was Cultianus, and Hierocles of Alexandria, and Meletius was deteyned in prison together with the foresaide martyrs, & with Peter the Archb. of Alexandria. But Meletius seemed also to excell among the bishops of Egypt, as he that had the second place after Peter in the Archbishopricke, as it were, for because of helping him, being vn­der him, and vnder him taking heede vnto the ecclesiastical affayres: for this is the custome, that the bishop of Alexandria, hath the ecclesiastical administration of all Egypt, and of Thebais, and of Mareota, and of Lybia, and of Ammoniaca, and of Maroeotis, and of Pentapolis. Now, when as al these captiues liued in prison, to the ende they shoulde bee martyred, and had remained shut vp along time: albeit others before thē being deliuered had suffered the testimony of Martyrdome, and had obtayned the honour of the reward, & were layde asleepe: but these as the princes and greater were reserued till afterwarde: The repen­tance of thē had falne in the persecu­tion, desi­ring to bee receiued into me [...]cy. when as some had indeed susteyned martyrdome, but other some had falne away from their martyrdome, and had committed the wicked worship of Idolles, and being compelled had also sacrificed: they indeede which fell and sacrificed and transgressed, came to the Confessors and to the mar­tyrs, that by repentance they might obteine mercy, being partly soul­diers, [Page 379] partly Clearkes of diuerse callings, partly Priestes, and Deacons, The scisme of the Meletians and others. A commotion was made among the Martyrs, and no vul­gare tumult: when as some sayde, those that once were falne, and that had renied, and aboade not in their fortitude, neither had stri­ued, oughte not to bee made worthye of repentaunce, leaste that those also, which yet remained, shoulde care the lesse for rebuke and punishment, by reason of such pardon to soone giuen vnto them, and shoulde so transgresse and fall to the deniall of God, and to the wicked worke of Graecisme. And this in deede was very agreeable to reason, that was spoken of these Confessours. And they that so sayde, were Meletius and Peleus, and certayne other martyrs more, and Confes­sours together with them. The B. Mel. zeale & se­ueritie in reiecting them▪ They therefore declaringe their zeale to God, spake these thinges, and they pronounced, that the persecution beeinge ended, place to repentaunce shoulde long time after, bee graunted to these foresayd parties, in the time of peace beeing made, if so bee in-deede they doe repent them, and declare the fruite of their repentaunce. Notwithstanding, not that euery one shoulde bee receyued into his proper calling: but after a space of time shoulde be gathered into the Churche, and into the community, and into the fellowshippe, but not into their callinges: And this proceeded of the loue of the trueth, and was full of zeale. But the moste holy Peter, en­dued with mercy, and being as it were the father of them all, entreated and besought them, saying: let vs receiue those that are repentaunt, and let vs appoint them a penaunce, that they maye sitte with other at the church, and let vs not cast them off, nor their calling, The Archb. P [...]ter [...] mer­cy to admit them. as the fame is that is come vnto vs: least peraduēture, those that once were of the deuil shat­tered and broosed vnto confusion, through imbecillity and infirmity, should also by reason of delaying the time, bee cleane subuerted and not healed, as it is written, The lame ought not be ouerthrowne but rather to be cu­red, and in deed the speech of Peter was for mercy and humanity, but the speech of Meletius for the truth & zeal. Hereupon, for the face (or shew) of the argument, which seemed in both of them to bee godly, a sect or scisme was made: these affirming this thing, and those that thing which was the other. But when the Archbishop Peter sawe, that Meletius with his company, beeing too much mooued with a godly zeale, resisted his counsell of humanity: Peter lift vp a veyle, and spreading abroade his cloake, to witte, a sheete or couering, in the prison, made an out-cry, they that think with me (saith he) let them drawe to me: and they that cleaue to Meletius opinion, let them goe to Meletius: and the multi­tude of the B. and of the monks, The greater part went to Mele [...]ius & of the Preests and of the other orders parted to Meletius very few B. at all, & a fewe other turned to Peter the archb. & after that these made their praiers by thēselues, & also those by [Page 380] them selues, yea and they perfourmed also their other sacrifices eyther of them seperately by themselues. But it hapned that Peter suffered martyrdome, and that blessed man departed, leauing Alexander his suc­cessor in Alexandria, Peter suffe­reth martir­dome. Meletius is exiled: for he succeeded in the throne after the foresayde Peter: But Meletius and many other, were sent into exile, being banished into the Phenecan mines, & then after that, those which followed were Confessors with Meletius, and Meletius him-selfe in his trauaile in pri­sonment, passing through euery region and euery place, did constitute Clearks, and bishops, and priests, and Deacons, and did builde vp Chur­ches to him-selfe, neither those communicated with them, nor they with those: and euery of them wrote in his own Church, those that succee­ded Peter, Meletius maketh B. priestes, and deacons, and erects chur­ches against his Archb. hauing the auncient Churches: The Catholike Churche: but those that cleaued to Meletius: the Martyrs Churche. Whereuppon also in Eleutheropolis, and in Gaza, and Aelia, when the same Me­letius came thither, he elected many in this manner, and it hapned that he spent much time in the foresayde mynes. But in the meane season the Confessors were set at liberty from the mynes. Those also that were of Peters part: for many yet were aliue that were followers of Meletius, and neither had they any communitie one with another in the mines, or made their prayers together. But it fell out, that Meletius yet for a while liued in the worlde, yea, that he flourished vnder Alexander Peters suc­cessor, and was in friendship with him, and tooke heede to the affayres of the Church, and of the fayth. For hee often-times sayde, I haue had nothing diuers and alterated. This Meletius beeing in Alexandria and tarying there for a time, hauing his communion with his company by himselfe, founde out Arius, and brought him before Alexander, because he had found Arius in his declarations to haue passed the bounds of the fayth. For he was a priest or Elder in Baucalide, a Church so called in A­lexandria, for there a priest or elder was appointed for euerie day, for there were manie Churches, but now there are more, and a Church was deliuered vnto him, howbeit there was another with him: but for what cause this was done, we shall declare exactly in his place, when neede thereunto shall be. &c. But now when the blessed Alexander in Alexan­dria, after the death of the foresayde Meletius the Confessor, hauing ta­ken a zeale against the sect and discord of the Church, began to seeme to trouble in all places, those that were left of Meletius, that had priuate community among them-selues, and to restrain and compell them, that they shoulde not dissent from the Church: but they beeing not willing, moued troubles and stirred vp tumults: and when they were so pressed and restrayned of the blessed Alexander: certein of the princes among them, and those that helde the cheefe places both in godlinesse and also in life, assembled and went vnto their company, for because of com­muning [Page 382] together, to the end to obtayne, both that they might offer and haue communion priuately, and not be impeached, but there was one Paphnutius, a great man, an Anchoret, who also was the sonne of a wo­man that had made the confession, yea, he himselfe also had in a certain sort, atteyned to the Confession: and Iohn their bishop being also him selfe a most reuerend man, & Callinicus bishop in Pelusium, and certain other that did this thing: who indeede going foorth, beeing brought vnto the king, were repulsed and reiected. For those that were in the palace, hearing of the name of the Meletians, and being ignorant what such a kinde of name should be, suffered not them to speake with the king. And heerein it hapned, that Paphnutius & Iohn and the residue, consumed much time in the parts of Constantinople and Nicomedia: What means they made to haue accesse to the Em­peror Con­stantinus Magnus. But then they grewe in friendship with Eusebius byshop of Nicomedia, and declared their cause to him, for they knewe that he had free liberty of speech with the king Constantine, & they besought him, that by him they might be made knowne vnto the king: Bu [...] he, after he had promi­sed that he would bring them to the knowledge of the king, and would procure the matter that they desired, requireth againe of them this pe­tition, that they shoulde receiue Arius with them into their societie, to wit, him that faynedly and by a mockerie had made his repentance, and they promised that they woulde receiue him. Whereupon Eusebius presenteth them vnto the king, and openeth to the king their cause, and it was graunted to the Meletians, that from that time foorth, they shold haue their communion by them selues, and be hindred by none. And would to God, these Meletians who shewed foorth the extreamest iu­stice of trueth, had rather had communion with those, The Meleti­ans cōpact to ioyne A­rius with them, that without the Archb. let, they might haue their communi­on by them selues. that fell after their repentaunce made, than to haue it with Arius and his secta­ries. For, it happened to them, according to the prouerbe, that fleeing the smoake, they fell in the fire. For, neither coulde Arius haue had his state, nor his libertie of speeche, but by this manner of occasion. Which ill coniunction hath hapned to them, euen vntil this day. For they which in times past liued purely, and were moste iust, and in faith Meletians, are intermingled with the disciples of Arius, being in these times remo­ued from the fayth. And although some of them abide in the true faith: neuerthelesse, they are not estranged from foule vnclea [...]nesse, by reason of the society with Arius, and the Arians. But the coniunction of Me­letius and of the Arians, had the originall on the foresaide occasion.

Thus much at large, and word for word, (vpon the occassion of this our most reuerend and learned mans obseruation, of that Epiphanius repor­teth against the Meletians, concerning them of Alexandria,) I thought good (though it bée long) to set downe out of him: to the end, wée mighte more throghly sée, what these (not Miletians, but) Meletians were, in many [Page 383] pointes not much vnlike our brethren. At the first, concerning doctrine, Pure in the faith of Christ, which I hope also our brethren yet be, and as sound in the substance of Christian religion (I trust) as either these Mele­tians were, or we are: but they were so seuere in certaine points, of their pretended Discipline, howbeit, admitting the superior dignity and au­thority of bishops ouer Priests or Pastorall elders, and of Archbishops ouer Bishops, euen in the heat of their sorest persecution, before the time of Constantine the great. As also at the beginning, did our brethren with vs, though they dissented in diuers other points of Discipline. yet, they stil acknowledged, as did the Meletians both the Bishops and Archbishops su­perior dignities and authorities, which these our brethren now reiect, & against whom, they haue made such a schism of the Church of God, that we may euen looke vpon, and lament, the like tragicall diuision among vs, that for too rigorous discipline fell out among them. In so much, that although both of vs professe the fayth of Christ aright: yet will not nowe our brethren ioyne in publike prayers with vs, but separate them selues asunder, and (as these men did) make priuate assemblies and orders a­mong themselues in their publike prayers & ministration of Sacramēts, & make bishops, Ministers and Deacons of their owne seuerall churches. But what the issue was of these Meletians, wee haue heard, and may fear and in part alreadie do féele, among our selues. God be merciful to vs both and giue vs grace in time to foresée and take héede, that the publike aduer­saries of the gospel, or any other old or new fangled heretical sectaries, nei­ther of the Anabapt. nor other like, haue their finger in this pye. And that this great zeale to obtaine the hauing of these seperate conuenticles, disci­pline, ministery, communion, & praiers. &c. do not ioine with them against vs their brethren, least in the end, their former synceritie of fayth and life be stained by them. On this occasion, two bishops together ( but the one of this faction) might spring vp in one City. But the faithfull in Alexandria, ( where from this sprang) stil acknowledged but one, & the same there and then an Archb. and the B. in al that Prouince and euery where else, to be superior in dignity & authority, to al other preests or pastoral elders.

Howbeit, Socrates li. 1. ca. 3. faith further of this Meletius, that he himself had bin before depriued of his bishoprick, Socrates. lib. 1. cap. 5. by the Archb. Peter, for y same fault, wherein Mel. shewed such rigor against other: whereby this diuision grew, not only betwene the right beléeuing Christians, and the heretikes: but also among the faithfull themselues. Wherupon (saith Socrates) great tumults was raised euery wher. For ye mightsee, not only the gouernors of the churches, vexing one another with contumelious termes: but al­so the multitude of the people to be distracted into 2. parts: wherof the one enclined to these mens opinion, the other to theirs: insomuch that the matter fel out to that mischief & shameful state: that the christian re­ligion [Page 382] was euen on the very theaters mocked at, Meletius. with the derision of all men. As for those that dwelt at Alexandria they contended of the chiefest points of our religion youthfully, and not without tauntings. They sent their legates to the other B. of euery prouince: but these deuiding their selues on either partie, raised vp the like contention. Meletius de­priued of his bishop­ricke. Yea the Meletians were intermingled with the Arians, who not long before were seuered from the church. But of what sort these also were, I think it meete to bee declared. Meletius a B, of a certain city in Egypt, was depriued of his epis­copal office, by Peter B. of Alexandria, (who in the reigne of Dioclesian died by martyrdome,) both for many other causes and chiefly for that in the time of persecution, he had denied the faith and had offered vnto I­dols: who when he was depriued, and had very many that cleaued vnto his faction. he gaue himself to be the ringleader of that heresie vnto thē, which from that time euen till this day, are in Egypt called the Meleti­ans. And when he could alleage no iust excuse or cause, why he seperated himselfe from the church: he said that he had onely in a terme, an iniury offered him. And he began to reuile Peter with raylings, and to deface him with reproches. And as soone as Peter had by martyrdome (in the rage of persecution) suffered death: he turned his reproches vpon Achil­las that succeeded Peter in the bishopricke, and afterward a fresh against Alexander: who after the death of Achillas, obteined the degree of that dignity. And while these were thus occupied in this strife and dissention [...] in the mean time was holden the quest, concerning Arius, whome Mel. with those that were of his side assisted, & conspired with Arius against the B. Thus saith Socrates also of this scisme. Theoderetus doth tel, li. 5. cap. 3. of another Meletius afterwards in Gratians time, that when in Antiochia the chiefest citie in the orient, the professours of the aposto­lical opinions were also deuided into 2. partes: & the one part (streight wayes after the practises attēpted against Eustathius the great) detesting the Arian wickednes & making their assemblies among themselues, had Paulinus to be their B: the other part, after the creation of Euseb. beeing with the notable Meletius, deuided frō the wicked, & beeing exercised a­mōg those dangers that we haue mentioned, were gouerned by the doc­trin of the most wise Mel. Besides these a third head gaue it self to the factiō of Apollinaris a Laodicean: who putting on the person of godlines▪ when he was reputed, as though he would maintain the apostolical opi­nions: not long after he shewed himself to be an enemy of them, &c. But the Duke Sapores being entred into Antioche, when the law of the em­perour was set foorth, Paulinus affirmed that he was of the parts of Da­masus. Apollinaris also (who couered his disease) affirmed the same. As for holy Meletius maintained quietnesse, Flauia [...]u [...] a pri [...]st and afterward a b [...]shop. nor lapped him selfe in theire contentions: but the moste wise Flauianus, beeinge as yet a Preeste (or Elder) firste turninge to Paulinus, in the hearinge [Page 385] of the Duke, did say: if you (my freend) reioyce, in the community of Damasus: see that you proue the coniunction of your opinions For he in the confession of one essence, preacheth manifestlie three persons of the Trinity. But you contrariwise take away the trinity of the persons. Wherefore, teach vs the consent of your opinions and then possesse the Churches, as the lawe commandeth. With which confutation, when he had stopped his mouth: hee sayde, that hee maruelled at Apollinaris, that so impudently resisted the trueth, when as he knewe well enough, that the famous Damasus auouched, that God the word did take vpon him our whole nature: to whome he alwayes taught the contrary: For (sayth he) thou depriuest our mindes of saluation, which accusation if it be false, then deny thou now this impe of thy newfanglenesse, and re­ceiue the doctrine of Damasus, and obteine the diuine Churches. Thus did the most wise Flauian allay their boldnes, by the trueth of his speech But Meletius of all men the mildest, sweetely and gentlie calling Pauli­nus, sayde▪ because the Lorde of this flocke hath set me also ouer the custodie of the sheepe, and other are committed vnto thee: sith there is a community of godlines among the sheepe: Meletius of­fer to part the bishop­ricke be­tween them & to go­uerne togi­ther for a full vnion. let vs freendly ioyne our foldes, and let go the contention of Mastership, and attend in common to the sheepe, that go in common in the pastures. But if the seate itself doe stoppe the concord, I also will endeuour to remooue this conten­tion. Let vs set (I pray you) in the seate, the booke of the diuine gospell, and let vs either of vs sitte together on eyther side it. And if so be that I shall dye before thee: be thou (O freend) alone the Sheepes ma­ster. But if this shall happen to thee before me: then will I to my ability, take vpon me the care of the flock. When as Paulinus allowed not these his sweete and gentle speeches: the Duke deciding the cause, commen­ded the Churches to Meletius the great. But Paulinus reteyned the ma­stership (or remained bishop) of these Sheepe, that had long before de­uided themselues.

Here agayne is another notable story of another Meletius, where moe in one city tooke vpon them, according to their factions, to be bishops: and what offer was made to appease the strife, of two at one time to haue ru­led together, vntill the decease of the one or the other, and how in the end it was determined vnto one.

Thus much to this most reuerend and learned mans aunsweres to Epiphanius, for the superioritie of one bishop, in one citie. The residue of his argumentes, because they are chéefely on the sentences taken from Ierome, Chrisostome, Theophilact, and Theodorete, whose sentences we haue before at large perused: I will héere for this time, passe them ouer, saue that which he sayth of Cyprian, as yet vntouched. The most re­uerend.

And whereas Cyprian ( sayth he) not in one place calleth the bishops [Page 385] successors of the Apostles, whose authority is from God: Cyprian. and if we take it so, as though by the very commaundement of God, these Bishops are the same, that in time past were the Apostles: the thing it self doth con­fute that, seeing there was alwaies a certaine portion assigned to euerye Bishop. But the Apostles, by the direction of the spirite of God, though not confusedlie, didde exercise their Ministery, throughout the whole world.

The meaning of Cyprian is plaine without cauiling, as the like say­ing of many other the auncient fathers, that bishops are the successors of the Apostles, bicause they succéeded both in the places & Churches by the Apostles fownded: and in the chiefest dignity of the Churches orders, as in their times, the function of the Apostles was. As the Magdeburgē ­ses note Cent. 3. cap. 6. tit. de ratione gubernandi. pag. 150.

The firste and cheefest authority belonged to the Bishops, whome also Cyprian lib. 3. Epistola, 14. calleth Praepositors, placed ouer the residue, who in gouernment sustayned the chiefest parte of the Ecclesi­asticall administration. After them, the next in dignity, belonged to the Priestes or Elders, and the third to the Deacons. And that Bishoppes were then aboue the Priestes or Pastorall Elders, is apparant by Cypri­ans owne wordes. I haue long helde my patience (moste deare brethe­ren) as though our bashfull silence should help to quietnesse. But when immoderate and abrupt presumption, by the rashnes thereof; shall at­tempt to disturbe the honor of the Martyrs, and shamefastnesse of the Confessors, and tranquillity of the whole people, I must no longer hold my peace. For, what daunger of the offense of the Lord ought we not to feare, The Bishop ouer the Priestes by the Gospel & the Lords iudgement. when as some of the Priestes (or Elders) neyther mindefull of the Gospell, nor of their place, no nor thinking of the Lords iudgements to come, neither that now, the Bishop is placed ouer them: do with contu­mely and contempt of him that is placed ouer them, claime the whole to themselues, which thing was neuer done at all vnder the auncestors: Yea and (would to God) that casting flatte downe the saluation of our brethren, they woulde not challenge all thinges to them selues. I can dissemble and beare the reproches of our Bishoprike, as I haue still dis­sembled and borne them. But now there is no place of dissembling, whē as our brotherhoode is deceaued by some of you: who, while with­out meanes of restoring the saluation, they desire to be plausible, they rather hinder such as are fallen. &c.

Whereby as it plainely appeareth, that the Pastorall Elders were infe­riour to bishops: so euen then, there were of the Cleargie, some Priests or Elders, that enuied and slaundered this their B. Superiority, and woulde haue had the dealing, as far forth. as they in restoring the poenitents, and in all thinges, equall authority to the bishoppes.

[Page 386] Peter and Paule. Which thing (by Cyprians iudgement how plausible a shew of refor­mation soeuer it had, was very offensiue vnto God, and neuer before at­tempted of the Ministers. A plausible shew of re­formation but offen­siue to God And so consequentlie, this superioritye of Bish. placed ouer the Priestes or Pastorall Elders, had continued euen from the Apostles times. And thus might they well of him bee called the succes­sors of the apostles. Not, that Cyprian ment, that there was no difference betwéene the Bishops and the Apostles.

And therefore, this is a manifest mistaking to say: If wee take it so, as though by the very commaundement of God, The most re­uerend. these Bishops are the same that in times past the Apostles, the thing it selfe dooth refute that seeing there was alwaies a certaine portion assigned to euery Bishoppe. But the Apostles, by the direction of the spirite of God, thoughe not confusedlye, didde exercise their Ministerye throughout the whole world,

Bridges. Although héerein and in other poyntes moe, the Apostles were distin­guished from and aboue Bishops: yet might they also be Bishoppes well i­nough. For, as this Learned man saith: they did it not confusedlye: so their charge to goe into all the world, and preache the Gospell vnto all nations, was not so, that euery one of them shoulde trauell ouer all the world, and preach vnto al nations: But that by the world ( being name [...] per fynecdochen the whole for the parts,) and that among them all, some héere and some there, by the direction indéed, of the spirit of GOD, they dispersed themselues at length in diuerse parts of the world. And there al­so diuerse of them, did settle themselues, so long as they liued, as is recor­ded in the moste credible histories of their trauels. And some taried still at Ierusalem, as Iames, and after him Symeon. Of which Iames it, is not onely in all the most auncient and not suspected records, constantlye & expresly auouched, that he was the Bishop of Ierusalem: but euen Iu­nius himself, (as precise otherwise as any of our Learned Brethren, and no lesse Learned,) in his booke of Notes vpon the Epistle of Iude, fol. 5. confesseth, saying:

Fowrthlie, hee is called Iudas the brother of Iames, not onelye in this salutation: Ionius re­ferring him se [...]fe for Iames B of Ierusalem. but also Luc. 6.16. & Act. 1.13. Bicause the name of Iames was moste famous among all men: as hee that moste of all was the Gouernour of the Church of Ierusalem. Who was called the bro­ther of the Lorde, who was accounted iuste, who was surnamed Cho­lih-ham: or, as it is commonly written Oblias, by the sentence of al mē, that is to say [...], the bulwarke, (or compassing a­bout) of the people in righteousnesse, as Clemens doeth interprete it, or [...], the wall of the people, as Epiphanius expoundeth it. As though hee conteyned the people, and environed them with defence rounde about, by the puritye of his doctrine, and by the holinesse and [Page 387] righteousnesse of his manners. For Moses Exod. 32.35. affirmeth, Bishops the Apostles successor. that on the contrarie, the people by vngodlinesse and impurenesse are made naked. Of these thinges▪ wee haue moste plentiful witnesses. Peter Act. 12 17, Luke, Act. 15. & 21. Paule, Gal. 2.9. Ioseph lib. 20. [...] in his history of Antiquities. Clement and Eusebius lib. 2. of his Ecclesi­siasticall history, cap. 23. which thrée last testimonies as we haue already perused, do confirme that Iames was the very bishop of Ierusalem.

But ( saith this most reuerend and Learned man) if this be true, The most re­uerend, there should haue beene more Bishops in the Church of Rome it selfe: name­ly Peter and Paule, which yet afterwards was counted peculier to one.

And must this needes follow, Bridges. that if bishops were the successors of the Apostles. Peter and Paule must néedes haue bene bishops of Rome? Peter and Paule not B of Rome. Such lose conclusions indeede the Papistes make. And why not at other places so well as at Rome, where moe than one of the Apostles were together? as at Samaria, and especially at Antiochia. But though bishops succeeded the Apostles in some thinges, yet it followes not, that they succeeded them in their Apostleship? And some of the Apostles were bishops also, as some were both Euangelistes and Prophetes, euen in the most proper signification of those functions. Yet for all that, were they Apostles still. But who maketh Peter and Paule bishop of Rome, because they were both at Rome? As for Paule, it is apparant he was there, and continued also there in teaching 2. yeere at once together▪ and yet we say not, he was Bishop there, nor Peter neither. And yet had they béene both Bishops there also, and at one time, why might they not for all that, haue after­wards had but one Bishop at once, and that one, The most re­uerend. successor well inough vn­to them both? but he replyeth.

And surely, there can-not be moe, the chiefe in one and the same cō ­pany at one time.

And cannot two be chiefe together, in respect of other inferiour to them both, though in one and the same companie? Bridges There were 2. Consuls at Rome, both chiefe alike together at one time, Both su [...]e­rior gouernment & su­preame too, may be in more then one ouer the residue. ouer all the other Sena­tors, their-selues being of the same order and company of Senators. There haue béene two or three Emperours also of Rome, who were all of one and the same company, and parted the Empire among them at one time, and all had chiefe authority together, ouer all the ciuill state of Rome. and might it not be so in a Bishops office, yea two or three toge­ther, vpon some extra-ordinary occasion, and yet all alike superior to all the other Pastors in that Church or Diocese? The question of equality, is of qualitie, not of quantitie: the number doth not appeach the superi­ority

[Page 388] The most re­uerend.And ( saith he) whereas the name of bishop, is said of the Apostleship, Act. 1.20. it maketh nothing to the matter, except a man by like reason, would haue the Deacons to haue bene Apostles, because Paule calleth his Apostleship a Deaconship or Ministery.

Indéede, if we would haue Bishops to be Apostles also, then he saide something to the matter, Bridges that Deacons should haue bene Apostles; bee­cause Paule calleth his Apostleship a Deaconship or Ministery, vnderstā ­ding the name of Deacon, in his vsuall and proper signification. But Paule doth not so call himselfe a Deacon; and yet now and then, hee exer­cised the proper office of a Deacon. Yea, all the Apostles did so, vntill (Acts 6.) they made a peculier office of the Deaconship. It followeth not, that be­cause some Apostl. were Bishops: all Bish. must bee Apost. Howbeit not so, that they excluded themselues, or other Pastors, that they might neuer iointly exercise also, a Deacons office. So might an Apostle be a Deacon, though a Deacon might not be an Apostle. As the higher office might in­clude the lower, though the lower include not the higher. And so the Apo­stles might be Bishops, although the Bishops succeeding them, might not bee Apostles. But, though their Apostleship it selfe Act. 1. bee called a Bishoprike improperly: what hindereth this in them, that the name and office of Bishop in his proper sence, might not be compatible, though not al one with the name & office of their Apostleship also? And yet, if it coulde not neither, notwithstanding, sith that the Apostles made Bishops, and made them in the highest degrée, of the Ministers ordinary and perpe­tuall orders; as the Apostles were for their extraordinary time the highest: so might they well of Cyprian be called the successors of the Apostles. so not onelye Ciprian, but (besides the auncient Fathers already cited,) S. Augustine calleth the Apostles, Bishops: and Bishops the Apostles suc­cessors. Tom. 4. de quaesti. ex nouo Testam. quaest. 97.

For ( saith he) no man is ignorant that our Sauiour instituted Bishops for the Churches. August Tom. de q [...]est ex nouo Testam. questione 97. Aug. tom. 8. in Psal. 44. For euen he him selfe before he ascended, laying his hand on his Apostles, ordeined them Bishops. And more at large, Tom. 8. on the 44. psalme: that they succeeded the Apostles. In steede of thy Fathers, are Sonnes borne vnto thee. The Apostles haue begotten thee. They them selues were sente, they their selues preached, euen the fathers theirselues: but coulde not they be alwaies bodily present with vs? If one of them said, I desire to bee loosed, and to be with Christ: muche more is it the best. It is necessary to tarry in the flesh, for you. Thus in­deede hee saide, but how long could he tarrie heere? Coulde hee vntill this time? Could hee for euer heere-after? Is then the Church desolate by their departure? God forbid.

In steede of thy Fathers, Sonnes are borne vnto thee. What meaneth it, In steede of thy fathers, sonnes are borne vnto thee. The fathers, the A­postles were sent. In steede of the Apostles, (or for the Apostles) sons [Page 389] are borne vnto thee, there are ordeyned bishops. Augustine For from whence are the bishoppes borne, that are at this day throughout all the worlde? The Bishop in steed of the Apost. The Church herselfe calleth them Fathers, she her selfe begat them, and shee her selfe placed them in the seates of their Fathers. Therefore, thou thinkest not thy self desolate, because thou seest not Peter, because thou seest not Paule, by whome thou art borne: a Fatherhood is growne to thee of thine owne Children. In steede of thy Fathers are children born vnto thee, whome thou shalt make Princes in all landes.

What can be playner spoken then these sayings of S. Augustine, both that the Apostles were also Bishops, and that (as Cyprian saide,) bishops are the successors of the Apostles?

As for that which is héere added of Hieromes former sentence, though I haue sufficientlye and at large discussed the same: yet, sithe this moste reuerende and Learned man also, hath somewhat more to say thereto: let vs likewise heare it. The most re­uerend,

But wee are ( saith hee) to looke into that also, that Ierome mighte seeme to be of the minde, that this kind of Bishop began then, when as Schismes arose vp in the Church.

Very true, euen so saith Hierome, and (as we haue noted) it follow­eth thereon, that this kind of bishop began, euen in the Apostles times. Bridges. And what heere can this moste reuerend and learned man, or anie other say, to denie this conclusion, except he will denie Hieromes saying? If he will denie it: why doth he bring it for him? Well, what of that, there is no remedie, he will denie it flat. yea, he suspects, whether Ierome were of that minde. The most re­uerend.

But we are ( saith he) to looke into that also, that Ierome might seeme to be of that minde, that this kind of Bish. began then, when as schismes arose vp in the Churches.

Nay, neuer say (for shame) he might seeme to bee of that minde, Bridges For if a mans minde may be knowen by his spéech, he speaketh it plaine, and nameth what kindes of schismes they were, when the people saide, I hold of Paule, I of Apollo, I of Cephas. So that hee plainely thought, Ieromes minde is most ap­parant that the peculla­rizing of the name & office of B. [...]as in the a­postles time. it was in the Apostles times. Yea, and he plainly so auowched, in the sen­tence also before alleaged out of Ierome, by this Learned man himself: For at Alexandria ( saith Hierome) from the time of Marke the Euange­liste, till the time of Heraclea and Dionisius Bishoppes: The Elders placed one in a high degree or place, chosen by them-selues, whome they called, the Bishoppe. So that, this was the plaine mynde of Ie­rome, ( sithe that diuerse of the Apostles suruiued Saint Marke) that the originall of this kinde of Bishoppes, beganne in the Apostles daies.

That this is not so ( saith he) we may gather out of Paule himself, who, [Page 390] of purpose writing to the Corinthians about the same matter, Hierome. dooth not only passe ouer this remedie: The most re­uerend. but also as fore-seing such a matter, doth in the title of the Epistle, ioyne vnto himselfe Sosthenes, to teache by his example, how carefully this Primacy is to bee auoyded in the As­semblies of the Church, who (as it is euident, were not onely the firste in Order next vnto Christe, but also highest in degree,) did execute their ministery in common.

Heere Ierome is flatlie challenged for an vntruthe. And what proofe against Ierome that this is not so? Bridges Forsooth, wee may gather it. And is this all, Ierome challenged of vntruth. it may be gathered? Shall we inferre a necessity, on a probabi­lity? Well, what may wee gather out of Paule himselfe? Bicause hee wrote of purpose against schismes, and passeth ouer this remedy: Ergo: This was neuer vsed at all for any remedie against schismes in the Apost­les times.

Let vs sée the goodnesse of this argument by the like. S. Paule wrote of purpose, The f [...]iuo­lousnesse of the moste rev. argum. against our naturall corruption, whereby we and our infantes are all borne in sinne. Against which the sacrament of our regeneration is a remedie: But S. Paule passeth ouer the baptizing of Infantes: Ergo: it was not a remedy in S. Paules time,

S. Paule also in the same Epistle that he speaketh of schismes, writeth of purpose, against whoredome, whereof diuorse is a remedy: but he pas­seth ouer the remedy of diuorse, in the cause of whoredome. Ergo; there was then in that case, no vse at all thereof. Saint Paule writeth of pur­pose against the abuse of the Lords supper, with their drunkennesse, sur­fetting, and making no difference of it from other meate, whereof it is al­so a remedy, to haue onely the elementes of breade and wine, and to re­moue all other meate at such times as it is ministred: but S. Paule passeth ouer the forbidding of those [...] (or loue Feasts) which were vsed to be made when they came therto: Ergo: The Lords supper was neuer vsed onely with bread & Wine in the Apostles times, but alwayes with ano­ther supper ioyned thereto.

On this fashion, we might reason of many moe thinges, But one for al Saint Paule writing of purpose against the same matter, to wit, against the Corinthians schismes, doth passe ouer this remedy, the aequalitye of all pastors in the Church: Ergo: In S. Paules time the pastors were not all equall. If it be replyed. But yet these thinges are written of, in other places, either by S. Paule, or by some other: so y t those remedies not­withstanding, remaine entier, although they be not there touched: And doth not this fully aunswere this most reuerende and Learned man, if this superiority among pastors, be shewed in other places: as in 2. Gal. and in the Epistles to Timothie and Titus? &c. Yea, what if in the self same place, the Apostle writing of purpose to the Corinthians aboute the [Page 391] same matter, doe sufficiently and plainely gather the superiority among the pastors? Doth not S. Paule name himselfe, besides Apollo and Ce­phas, on whose names the Corinthians pre [...]ended their schismes? And were not all these three, Elders, for all [...] were Apostles? Were not Paule and Apollo, of the same function that was Peter? Who (as this Learned man by and by his selfe confesseth) called himselfe fellow Elder: Ergo: an Elder. And was this S. Paules purpose, in writing of purpose against this schisme), that where the Corinthians thought too muche of these three Pastors, and made schismes about their affections to them, that for remedye hereof, they should so abase their estimation of them, that they shoulde count them but aequall to al other, and all other pastors ( set aside their Apostleship) to be aequall, and all one in dignitye and au­thority with them? Differ [...]nce of the per­sons dignity & authority in the aequality both of Apostleship &, Eldersh. No, howsoeuer the order and function of the Apo­stleship, was all one and aequall in all the Apostles, and the Elder-shippe among the Elders: yet neither as Apostles, nor yet as Elders, the per­sons were of like giftes, nor of like dignitye, and authoritie, in all pla­ces and respectes among them. Which superiour degrées and estima­tion, Saint Paule appproueth and alloweth: and neyther to the Corin­thians, nor anie where else, directly nor indirectly dooth improue the same. The most re­uerend.

But ( saith this our reuerend and Learned man) that S. Paule fore-se­ing such a matter, doeth in the title of the Epistle ioyne to him-selfe Sosthenes?

And did Saint Paule and Sosthenes, execute their Ministery in com­mon as aequals: Bridges. because he ioyned him to himself in the title of his Epy­stle, and in his salutations? He ioyned Timothie vnto himselfe, in his other Epistle to the Corinthians: and besides Timothie, Siluanus in both his Epistles to the Thessalonians: Doeth hee therefore execute his ministery with them in common, and as his aequals? and how then dooth this Learned man himself euen heere confesse of the Apostles: ( who it is euident, were not onely the firste in order next vnto Christe, but also highest in degree.) if these men whome in these salutations S. Paule ioyneth vnto himselfe, did execute their Ministerye in common: and therein were aequall vnto him?

These thinges hang not together. Whatsoeuer S. Paule in ioyning So­sthenes vnto himselfe in his salutations did sore-see: this Learned man fore-sawe not, no, nor after-saw his apparant contradictions to him selfe: and much lesse sawe he, what S. Paule fore-sawe héerein, cleane different from that that he imagineth. The most re­uer [...]nd.

Wherefore ( saith hee) no not the same Paule alone woulde excom­municate the incestuous persons, by his Apostolicall authoritye, but by the authoritye of the whole Eldershippe: Neyther dooth Peter [Page 392] doubt to call himselfe fellow Elder. Paule & So [...]henes.

Neyther doeth this debarre, but that still euen in excommunication S. Paule had a superior authority ouer the whole Eldershippe, Bridges. euen as Caluine himselfe confesseth on that place, 1. Cor. 5, 4. S. Paules author. su­periour in excōmunic. Caluinon 1. Cor. 5. [...]. Wee muste note ( saith he) that Paule though he were an Apostle, doeth not excommu­nicate after his own lust alone, but participate counsel with the church, that the matter may be done by a common authoritye: hee verilye go­eth before them, and sheweth the way. but in that hee ioyneth associ­ates with him, hee signifieth inough, that it is not the priuate power of one man.

To the which Marlorate addeth, and that as out of Caluine also: firste vpon these wordes, I haue already decreed, for I haue also ( saith he) al­ready iudged and pronounced the sentence which you ought to follow. Marlorate on 1. Cor. 5. And againe, as out of Martyr. Verily, the Apostle goeth before other in iudging, which also it beseemeth those that in the Church are the grea­ter, to the intent that the vnskilfuller people, may be in iudgement di­rected by their voice going before. And furder, as out of Caluine hee saith:

The auncient Church had an order of Priesthood or Eldershippe: whereof the Apostle mentioneth. 1. Tim. 5. c. 17. and these Priests or El­ders were of two sorts. For, certaine of them both taught and admini­stred the Sacramentes; yea rather, together with the Bishop, did gouern the Church, because the Bishop was of the same order that they were of. Neyther behaued he himselfe otherwise towardes them, than the Con­sul of Rome towards the Senators.

Whereby it plainely appeareth, that the Apostle, whether he ioyned vnto him ( after he had fore-iudged and decreed the same) the whole Church of Corinth, If the priests or Elders minist. of the word & Sacram. did then toge­ther with the B. go­uern the Ch. then were B distinct from Elders of the word & sacramēts or the Seniory, ( of what sort of Elders soeuer they vnderstande it) to denounce in their assembly, the sentence already decre­ed of excommunication: yet notwithstanding was Paule their farre superior: Yea, that euery Bishop in his Diocese, ioyning with his seig­norye, being of such Priestes or Elders as are of the order that the Bi­shop himselfe is of; neuerthelesse, still hee remayneth their superior, not onelie in other poyntes of dignitye, but euen in the voyces that they all ioyntlie assembled giue, in denouncing the partye to bee ex­communicate, with their assents, whome the Bishop before hath pronoun­ced iudged and decreed so to be.

And that he is as a Consull towardes the Senators, to witte, of a far higher authoritye than anye one, or than all his Bretheren in the Se­nate. And that this was the order in the auncient Church of the El­dership, whereof the Apostle maketh mention in the 1. to Timothy, 5. c. 17.

[Page 397] All which if it be true, A priuie custome. that Marlorate ( as out of Caluine) doth héere a­vowe: then is it plaine, that in the Apostles times, there were Bishops of the same order, that the other Priestes or pastorall elders were, who both taught and administred the Sacramentes, and though with the Bi­shop, they did gouerne the Church together: yet had he a farre superi­or dignity, then anie one, or then all they had, as a Consull among & yet aboue his Senators. Which is the very principall poynt in question. And how is not then this Bishop, that heere in contempt is called the Bishop of Man, the Bishop of God also? As for excommunication, we will re­ferre to his proper place. And for Peters calling of himselfe a fellowe El­der, because our Brethren, the Learned Discoursers, discourse better on it, I will likewise referre it, to their furder calling on the same.

The residue héere noted by this Learned man, for Ieromes sentence, is already aunswered, saue that he addeth this:

And whereas hee saieth in the same place, The most re­uerend. that it was decreed throughout all the worde: we are to vnderstande it no otherwise, than of a priuie custome, brought in by little and little.

Howe priuie it was, and by little and little brought in, the Reader may vnderstande by that we haue shewed already: Bridges that it began in the Apostles times, the apostles not vnwitting thereof: but willing the same: yea, some of the chiefe apostles themselues parties: Open to al the world in the most famous Churches, Ierusalem, Antioche, Alexandria, Ephe­sus, Rome, and all Creta ouer: spread from these places, throughout all Christendome: begun in the age of the apostles, and so continued in the Primitiue Church, and held in reuerence among all these auncient reue­rend holy, and learned fathers, confessors, and Martyrs, before the er­rors, superstitions, pride and tyrannie of Antichriste began: recorded & testified by so many and so credible witnesses: confessed and graunted vnto euen by the moste reuerende and best learned men indéede of our owne times: yea, by these our brethren themselues that do impugne it, and yet in effect doo thus confirme it: and shall wee now dare to call this a priuye custome brought in by little and little? But what dare not this man from beyonde the Seas ( vnder the name of moste reuerende & learned) presume to conclude, that dare folde vp all this matter thus?

And whatsoeuer is founde in Ignatius or other auncient Writers, when the Bishop of Sathan was not yet found out touching the authori­ty of the Bishops or ouerseers (as Iustine speaketh) is to bee vnderstood of this kind of Bishop. The most re­uerend,

Thus doth this moste reuerende and Learned man, shake off all these auncient writers, and holy fathers. Ignatius heere named, Bridges. immediatlye succeeding the Apostles, and liuing in Antiochia, before the destruction of Ierusalem▪ not onely in S. Iohns and Simeons dayes: but while manye [Page 414] other of the Apostles and Disciples liued, as Eusebius in his Chronicle witnesseth. Yea, though Beza also alow the title and office in Timothie, that Iustine ascribeth to bishops: What of all this? Whatsoeuer Iustine speaketh; yea, whatsoeuer is found in Ignatius, or other auucient writers whosoeuer they be, whatsoeuer they speake or write, neuer so-good, neuer so holie, neuer so true, what though it were, when the bishop of Sathan was not yet founde out; if it once be towching the authority of bishops & Ouer-seers, it is all to be reiected with this contumelie: It is to be vnder­stode of this kinde of bishoppe, whiche is called. The bishoppe of Man, that is to say, brought into the Church, by the alone wisedome of man, besides the expresse word of God. Thus doth this moste Reuerend and Learned man frō beyond the Seas, in a round conclusion, giue his iudge­ment of them, and so he leaueth them.

Let vs now therefore leaue him also, to returne a Gods blessing be­yond the Seas, from whence he came, and with all due re­uerence taking our leaue of him, in expectation of other reuerend and learned Fathers, Iudgements from beyonde the Seas also:

Let vs now for the present, returne home to our Bre­thren where we left them in their Learned Discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment.

THE ARGVMENT OF THE FIFT BOOKE, PROCEE­ding still further on the Pastors.

THis booke treateth specially on the Iudgements of other reuerend and godly learned men, from beyonde the seas also, in the late reformed Churches concerning this supe­riour authority & dignity of one pastor in a citie; or Diocesse or Prouince ouer his brethren and fellow pastors. Which one was called in a citie, or diocesse, bishop. in a prouince Archb. To the proofe whereof are, alleaged vpon our brethrens alle­gation of Titus. What superiour authoritie he had ouer all the pastors of Creta: with the iudgements of Bullinger, Caluine, Aretius Hemingius, Herebrande with the orders of other re­formed Churches for their Superintendents speciall and gene­rall. The B. and Archb. of the fathers and other canons of the auncient churches regiment approoued by Caluine in Geneua, with the approbation of Ieromes sentence, and that this order was in the Apost. times, and not contrary to the Apostolicall Doctrine: with Caluines epistles to diuerse B. and Archb. & to the King of Polonia, approouing this superior authori­ty: and his generall rules for all popish B. conuerted to the gos­pell. The iudgement of Zanchius and Bucer for those olde or­ders, specially of bishops & Archb. & for the old clericall dis­cipline and regimente due vnto them: of the obiections to the contrary out of Peter, and of the Titles proper to Christe: and whether the name Archb. be cōpetent to any Minist. & of Pe­ters Title of fellow Elder: and of Christs prohibitions of Titles & rule, & of his example of washing his Disc. feet, &c. and of humility & Lordship: of bishops holding temporalities & roy­alties: & of obediēce vnto them in the same, & of Diotrephes. with caueats for the Ministers lawful authority: and against vnlawfull liberty by aequality: lastly of Bezaes iudgement on these matters, for the Apostles and the auncient orders: & of the renuing those orders in the state of Geneua.

Titus au­thority.The Learned Discourse.

IN the same manner of speaking, he describeth the qualities of those, which were to be chosen Bishops and Deacons. Pag. 24. Likewise vnto Titus. 1.5. 1. Tim. 3.2.8 Ti [...]. 1.5.6.7. Hee calleth them elders, and immediately after, describing the qualities of such, as were meet to be ordeyned elders, hee calleth them bishops: saying For this cause did I leaue thee in Creta, that thou shouldest continue, to redresse the thinges that remayne: and that thou shouldest ordeyne elders in euery City, if any bee vnreproua­ble: the husband of one wife, hauing faithfull children: which are not accused of riot, nor are disobedient. For a bishop or ouerseer must be vnreprouable, as the steward of God, not froward. &c.

COncerning, the communicating of these names, Pastors, Bridges. Priestes, or elders, and byshops, indiffe­rently, or the being of the office all one and the same, vntill furder order in the Apostles times were taken: we haue at large before declared. But as for the matter, that among these Pastors, Elders or bishops, some one Pastor, elder or bi­shop, had a superior gouernment ouer many of the residue in the same order: as wee haue plainly prooued it by Saint Paule, through-out all the same his Epistle to Timothy héere alleaged, and also out of the other Epistle vnto him: so, for this Epistle likewise vnto Titus. 1.5. Which Epistle appeareth to be so late written by Saint Paule, that there is no such iourney, or aboade, in any such place mentio­ned, in all those iourneyes which Saint Luke so diligently in the Actes recordeth: & therfore it should rather séeme, to be written after that time.

Bullinger, in his Preface on this Epistle to Titus sayth: when it was written, eyther before or after the Apostle was taken, it is not euident ynough. The time when the Epistle to Titus was written. Theophilacte thinketh it written before his bondes, and before the later to Timothie were published. Certainely, hee that wil search it more diligently, shall not want coniectures, whereby it may be gathered that it was written, after that by the sentence of Caesar, hee was at Rome acquitted.

But were it written then, or after, or before, or as Chytreus also in his Onomastichon gathereth: Chytraeus in Onomasticho. yet maketh it no lesse, if not much more, vnto this purpose, that euen at that time, while the name of Preest or Elder and Bishop was yet vsed in common: notwithstanding there was, yea, and that no small difference, among these Preestes or elders and Bi­shops, in the degree of superiour gouernment: which is apparant by [Page 403] the text it selfe, wherein Saint Paule giueth Titus beeing a priest, or el­der, or pastor, or Bishop, a greate deale more authority and superior dignitie, then ordinarilye appertayned to euery Preest or elder or Pa­stor or Bishoppe, or by what name soeuer they were tearmed. Which Caluine himselfe vpon these wordes, For this cause haue I l [...]ft thee in Cre­ta, &c. doth note saying: This beginning doth clearely shewe, Cal [...]in 1. Ti [...]. that Titus is not so muche admonished for his owne sake, as commended vnto others) leaste any shoulde hinder him, the Apostle commit­teth vnto him, his owne turnes. Wherefore it behooueth, that hee bee acknowledged of all men, for the Apostles Vicar, and bee re­uerentlye receyued. For sithe that no certayne station was assigned to the Apostles, but an office enioyned to them, of spreading the Gos­pell through-out all the worlde: whereas therefore they trauayled out of one city into another, they vsed to substitute fitte men in their place, by whose labour that which they beganne, shoulde be finished. Praedicas. So Paule boasteth that he founded the Church of Corinth, but other were the master workman which ought to builde therupon, that is, to further the building. This indeede belongeth to all Pastors. [...]or, the Churches shall alwayes haue neede of encreasinges, and of furde­raunce, so long as the worlde endureth. But beyonde the ordinary office of pastors, a care of ordeyning the Churche was committed to Titus, for pastors are wont to bee placed ouer Churches, that bee al­ready ordeyned, and formed in a certayne manner: But Titus sustey­ned a certayne burden more, that it is witte, to giue a fourme to chur­ches not yet orderly framed, that he might establishe a certaine manner of pollicie together with Discipline. Thus hath Titus beeing an E [...]der, or pastor or bishop a Superior authority giuen him aboue other El­ders, pastours or bishoppes, were they then distinguished or all one. As for the office of Titus, it is deuided ( sayth Aretius) in two partes, the one is parted into correcting the other into ordeyning. These two wee haue in the Apostles proposition: That thou mightest correct the other thinges, and Towne by Towne ordeyne Elders. That therefore, shoulde bee [...], Correction, but this [...], Ordination. Aretiu [...] in tit. Correction conteyneth all that, that is vicious in the manners of men, and ought to bee and may bee amended, according to the rule of Gods Lawe. In which part the Apostle hadde in-deede corre­cted many thinges, but not all, nor the whole. Hereupon was the pre­cept of the amendment of the residue. &c Whereby wee are ad­monished, that alwayes and euery where, we haue neede of amend­ing.

Moreouer, that there canne bee no vigilancy so greate of God­lye Ministers, that can in the hearers correct vices to the full, but that [Page 404] still that saying of the Apostle is to bee often repeated, Correct the other thinges. &c.

The other office of Titus, is to ordeine Preestes or Elders Towne by Towne. This is called [...] the ordination of Mi­nisters: a place moste ample and needefull to bee knowne. It is wont heere to bee enquired, who oughte to ordeine and then who are to bee ordeyned. Concerning the former, the Apostle in this place attri­buteth this to Titus alone: Titu [...] ordai­ned Elders alone. for there were no other in Creta that re­garded this matter, or that coulde haue perfourmed it: and all the Ma­gistrates were as yet heathen, and Titus was moste rightly enstructed of the Apostle, and endued with giftes of the holy ghoste. At this day there is another reason, wee haue faythfull Magistrates and Christian people: And therefore the force of the election pertayneth not to the onely Ministers, although heere it appertaine to Titus alone. And there­fore our Churches. ( He speaketh of the territory belonging to the Lords of Berne in Heluetia) doe keepe this manner, that the Ministers doe in­deed elect, notwithstanding, they offer thē to the Senate ( as if we should present the election to the Quéenes Maiesty, & to the Coūsel) Which either alloweth or disaloweth all the election, according as they vnderstande the matter. Oftentimes also the consent of the whole Church is sought, ouer whome the Minister is to bee preferred. Thus sayth Aretius not onelye of their order in ordeyning Ministers, both different from this example of Titus, and from the rules prescribed by these our Learned discoursers: but also to shewe, that Titus had there and then, the whole and onely gouernment of these thinges.

Neither auayleth that, which Caluine aunswereth to his owne ob­iection: which though wee haue noted once before, in aunswering the moste reuerende and learned man, when hee vrged Election as the cheefe grounde of Churche offices, Caluines ob­i [...]ction and answere for Titus au­thority in electing & ordeining Pastors. which dependeth on the voyces of the whole company: Yet once more, (if it be pardonable) let vs a­gaine consider his obiection, and his aunswere: But hee seemeth ( sayth Caluine) to permitte too muche to Titus, while hee commaundeth him to sette Ministers ouer all the Churches. For this were almoste a Kinglike power: and moreouer by these meanes, is taken away from euery Church the right of electing, and the iudgement from the col­ledge of the Pastors: but this were to prophane all the holy admini­stration of the Church. But the aunswere ( sayth Caluine) heereunto is easy. Not that it is permitted to the will of Titus, that hee might doe all things alone, and place bishops ouer the Churches whome hee pleased: but onely hee commaundeth him to gouern the elections, as a modera­tor, euen as it is necessary. This is a speeche common ynough: so is the Consull, or hee that supplieth the place of the King in the vacancy, [Page 405] or the dictator, sayde to haue created the Consulles, Inequality of Mini­sters. because he held the court where they were to bee elected. And so saith Luke of Paule and Barnabas in the Actes: not that they alone did preferre, as at their commaundement, the Pastors of the Church, eyther tried or known: but because they ordeyned fitte men which were elected or desired of the people.

I omit héere, in this matter (concerning Titus ordeining Ministers,) the contradiction of these two so notable learned men Caluine and Areti­us: the one sayth, the ordeining and the election of them pertayned to him alone: the other sayth, not to him alone, the one sayth, they were ele­cted or desired of the people: the other sayth, none regarded this or could do it: and yet both of these (thus varying) excellent men. But to re­concile them both as well as we may, yea, to yéelde to Caluine as the se­nior, and the more renouned, and the nerer fauouring these our brethrens Discourses, and being him selfe the cheefe Pastor euen in Geneua, wher­unto they would néerer leuel our Ecclesiasticall gouernment: let Caluines owne conclusion aunswere his owne selfe, and our brethrens pretended e­qualitie of their Pastors. Indeede ( sayth Caluine) We learne out of this place, Caluine [...] conclusion that the mi­nisters were not al equal in authori­ty in the A­postles times. that there was not then such equality among the Ministers of the Church, but that some one was aboue them in authoritye and in coun­sell. Howbeit, this is nothing to the tyrannicall and prophane man­ner of Collations which reigneth in popery: for the manner of the apo­stles was very farre different. What can be playner sayde, then this con­clusion of Caluine, that there was not then such equalitye among the ministers of the Church, but that some one was aboue them, not onely in Counsell but also in authority?

Neither is this confessed of Titus onely, but of the whole state of the Ministery then, to wit in the Apostles times, and for all the continuance of the Ministery after them, that there shoulde not bee among the Mini­sters of the churches (and by Ministers there, hée speaketh of Pastors) suche an equality as our Brethren héere pretende, but that some one, both in Counsayle and also in authority, should bée a Gouernor and Ru­ler▪ fet ouer aboue his brethren and fellowe Ministers: and by what name could they or can we call him better, then a Bishop?

The auncient Fathers therefore, hauing by continuall succession re­ceiued this Title, for a Superiour in authority and counsaile, among the Ministers of the Church, as not equall, [...], by a kinde of prehemi­to call him a Byshop: The ancient fathers ac­knowled­ging Titus to be B. of Creta. and finding Titus to haue such Superiority commit­ted vnto him, ouer a whole Isle, hauing an hundreth Cities or good Towns therein; do call him Bishop of Creta. Titus ( sayth Hierome) the Bishop of Creta. In which Isle and the Islandes lying thereaboutes, hee prea­ched the Gospell of Christe, and there died.

[Page 406] Titus au­thorityHemingius a famous and yet liuing learned man, writing vpon this Epistle of Paule to Titus, in the summe of the first Chapter, saith on this wise: The summe of the first Chapiter is, that a Byshop ought Towne by Towne, to ordayne Ministers of blamelesse life, and of sounde doc­trine. Whereby he may stop the seducers mouthes, and blame such as teache peruerse thinges, Titus a B. and his au­thority a patern to al other B. that they may at length become sounde and repent. In which wordes, he signifieth, that both Titus was a bishop, and that generally all such as are Bishoppes haue a Superiority ouer Pastors and Ministers, both to ordeine them, and to correct them. And vpon these wordes, For this cause I left thee in Creta, &c. Hee saith: Ha­uing finished the Preface and salutation, he treateth of well ordey­ning those thinges, that were of Paule omitted, by reason of his su­daine departure, and of ordeining byshoppes in euery Towne. Be­cause hee woulde not haue a want of gouernment in the Churche, but that all might bee doone in order and decentlye, hee woulde that some man notable in life and Doctrine, shoulde bee the go­uernour to ordeyne the Ministers, and to dispose all thinges rightly in the Church, which shoulde take heede that no heresies shoulde a­rise: The popes superiority not establi­shed by this superiority of a bishop. Which (to conclude) shoulde studye that all things should bee done orderly, neyther yet heereupon, is the primacy of the Pope, nor their tyrannicall [...], or freedome of liuing after their owne lawes, and iurisdiction of the papistes, which they challenge to themselues, e­stablished. For they serue not our Lorde Iesus Christe, but endeuour them selues with all their might, to extinguish the light of the gos­pell, that by the goodnesse of God is kindled. Albeit they are greatly defeated of their opinion: for the bloude of the martyrs is as it were the best oyle, for it causeth that the light of the gospell being kind­led, doth burne the more. That thou mayest correct the thinges that are desired: that is, that thou shouldeste rightlye dispose those thinges, that are desired in the ecclesiasticall ordination. For Paule as it seemeth hauinge layde the foundation, went vnto some other place, as hee that was the Apostle and Doctoure, not of one Na­tion, but of the Gentiles, leauing in the meane season, among the Cretensians, Titus, which shoulde set in order those thinges, that hee him selfe in so short a time had not furnished. Note, that the office of a Byshoppe in generall, is to dispose rightly all thinges in the Churche. And that thou shouldest in euery Towne ordeyne Preestes or Elders. And the cheefest part of the Episcopall office is to ordeyn fitte Ministers of the worde. &c.

Neyther onely doth Hemingius write thus, on the occasion of these wordes of the Apostle to Titus, then the which, wee neede no playner testimony: but also vppon the fourth of the Ephesians, concerning Pa­stors [Page 407] ( vnder which name our Brethren woulde shelter Preestes or El­ders, and byshoppes, not onely to bee alwayes equall, Ecclesia­sticall pro­motion. but all one and the same. Hemingius sayth, Pastours were those, whome at this day wee call Parochos, Parish Preestes, these were placed ouer certayne Chur­ches, that by preaching, by administring the Sacramentes, and by a certayne holy Discipline, they mought gouerne them. These are not for a time, but their office is necessary in the Church, euen vn­till the Iudgement.

Doctours are these, whome the Churche in times past called Catechizers: whose office was to prescribe the forme of Doctrine, and to deliuer the foundations of the Doctrine, which the Pastours afterwardes shoulde followe. Such as at this day, teache the youth Religion in the schooles. These haue regarde that the true interpreta­tion, and a iust measure of teaching, bee reteyned in the Churche. Howbeit notwithstanding in the time of the Apostles, the manner of promoting as it is nowe in vse, was not yet receiued. Neuerthelesse we must vnderstand, that the godly gouernors of the Churches, and of the schooles, ordeyned the degrees of promotions, vppon good and profitable counsayl, both that the arrogaunte shoulde not vsurpe to them-selues this Title of honoure, without the Iudgemente of the Churche: and also that suche as were fit men, mighte bee acknowled­ged by the publike testimonie, and bee had in price. Neyther this contrary to the dignity of the Ecclesiasticall Hierarchy, which is com­mendeth order and comelinesse to the Church: it leaueth vnto her the righte of ordeyning the customes, which seeme to make for or­der and decency. Wherefore there is no cause, that wee shoulde re­garde these speeches, of the proude spirites of suche as contemne these Ecclesiasticall degrees: if so bee, that they vnto whome such degrees are collated, shall remember, that they are not the bad­ges of the contempte of others, or of arrogaunte Supereminency: but rather, the publike Testimonies of the duety, that they owe to the Church, and whereunto (as it were with a publike Sacrament) they be bounde.

But perhappes the aduersaries obiect, that the Churche maye not knowe Pompe: but shoulde haue the triall of Fayth, and of holye life, of prayer, and the laying on of handes. I aunswere: it is nothing vnfitting for Christians, to bestowe or collate the Testimonyes of learninge and honestye, vppon those that are godlye and learned men, that the Churche maye knowe, vnto whome shee mighte safe­ly commende the gouernment and the care of Doctrine. Neyther hindreth it, that such promotions haue nowe of long time beene abu­sed: so that, the defilings of them being wiped away, wee maye re­tayne [Page 408] the thinges that to the Churches and to the Schooles are profi­table. Inequality of d [...]gnity. Again they make exception, and say, that the Lorde prohibited to be called Rabbi, and Masters on the earth, because one is Master. I aun­swere the same L. saith, we must not call father on the earth: who not­withstanding in his Lawe commaundeth the parentes to bee honou­red. Wherefore, that forbidding is not to bee vnderstoode of the ap­pellation or naminge, but of another matter besides, that the cir­cumstaunce of the place doth sufficiently conuince, what is the mea­ning of that forbidding. For hee addeth: He that is greatest of you shall be your minister. Christ for­biddeth the superiority or the title thereof, but the ambiti­on & abuse of it. Again, he that exalteth himselfe shalbe humbled, The Lorde therefore woulde not, that the appellation of Father, or of Master, or of Doctoure shoulde bee taken awaye: but the arro­gant trust therein. Hee woulde not haue that wee shoulde like of our selues, if wee seeme to excell in anye giftes. Hee woulde haue vs that wee shoulde not arrogantlye preferre oure selues before o­thers, but rather that hee whiche is the greatest, shoulde make him selfe the Minister vnto all. Hee woulde not haue vs deuise anye newe Doctrine, but that in matters of saluation, vve shoulde followe our onelye Master Iesus Christe. But, as for that they vrge the sayinge of the Apostle Iames, who sayth, My Brethren, bee yee not many masters. knowinge that yee shall receiue the greater iudgement: It is easily refel­led. For Iames in his forbiddinge, setteth downe this reason. For wee slippe all of vs in many things. The sense therefore of this for­bidding is, that we woulde not bee rough controllers of other mens manners.

Thus sayth this excellent learned man Hemingius, Hemingius of these degrées and Titles of Schooles and Ecclesiasticall promotions, and in his Sin­tagma. Syntagma Tit. De gubernatione ecclesiae Sect. 12. [...]it. or arg. Bern. Eccle. Hée descendeth fur­ther vnto the particular Titles and degrees, which these our brethren especially doe forbidde: saying, Moreouer, sithe that the Kingdome of Christe is gouerned by the worde and spirite of Christe the Monark, there are therein two kindes of men, that is to witte, the setters forth of the worde, and the hearers of them: who no otherwise than the Fathers and the Sonnes, The spi [...]i­tuall iuris­diction all one but the degrees of dignitie not equall. reuerence and worship the one the other. And although the spirituall iurisdiction of these setters foorth of the worde (of which iurisdiction wee shall speake afterwarde) bee all one: notwithstandinge the Degrees of dignitie bee not equall, and that partly by the Lawe of GOD, and partly by the approbation of the Churche. For as Christe ascendinge from on high gaue Gyftes to men, Apostles, Prophetes, Euangelistes, Doctours and Pastors: So gaue hee vnto his Churche power to edification. By this power the Church ordeyneth Ministers for her profite, that all thinges might bee [Page 409] doone orderly, to the encreasing of the bodie of Christ. Hereupon the pure Churche following the times of the Apostles, did ordeyne some Patriarches, some Bishops, some Bishops Coadiutors, whō Iustine the Martyr calleth [...], whom we call Prepositors, some Pastors and Ca­techisers. The reformed Churches, after the darkenesse driuen awaie, which the Pope brought into the Churche, The degrees that the re­formed churches do ac­knowledge are content with fewer de­grees, least by little & little, the matter might passe into a tyrannie. They haue Bishops, Doctors, Pastors, and Ministers inferiour vnto Pastors, whom by a fonde terme, they call Chapleyns. Among these, he that ex­celleth in the excellencie of giftes, in the greatnesse of labours, and in the degree of calling, is preferred before other in dignitie. Not indeed that he should exercise a dominion vpon other, but that he should rule other in wisedome and Counsell: so be, that he shall shewe the reason of his Counsell drawen out of the word of God, and out of the lawfull or­dinance of the Churche. For when Christe onely in his kingdome is [...], free from rendring anie account: it is fitte that they which be subiectes to him, should render a reckoning of their doings. Thus re­uerently writeth this Reuerende and learned man Hemingius, on these titles and difference of dignities, in the offices & promotions of the pure and primitiue Church, succéeding the time of the Apostles, and of the re­formed Churches in these dayes.

Vnto whom also accordeth Herbrandus, a famous Protestant writer, nowe liuing, though differing frō vs in the controuersie of the sacrament, who in Compendio Theologiae, loco de ministerio. Herbran­dus in comp. Theol. lo, d [...] minist. Vpon this question whether there are, or ought to be, degrees among the Ministers of the Church? Yea, ( sayth he) for God himselfe made and ordeined these degrees, with different giftes. Ephes. 4. Hee gaue some Apostles, but some Prophets, but some Euangelistes, but some Pastors, and Doctors, to the filling vp of the Sayntes, into the woorke of the Ministerie, to the building of the body of Christe. Also Paule nameth Bishops, Priests or Elders, and Dea­cons. Moreouer, by reason of order, for good order or discipline sake, and to preserue consent, concorde and vnanimitie, let some be superi­our vnto other. Least there should be [...], a dissolute state without go­uernement in the Church, orders were ordeyned among the ministers by a profitable Counsell. As among vs, Superinten­dents special and Superin­tendents generall ouer Pastors. ( meaning the Germaine refor­med Churches) are Subdeacons, Deacons, Pastors, Super-intendentes speciall, ouer whome doe rule Super-intendentes generall. ( as we vse the names of Bishops, and Arch-bishops, after the olde and vsuall name) Vnto these, other chiefe and choise men, (as wel Ecclesiasticall as Polyti­call, adioyned) do make the chiefe Senate of the Church. But this pri­macie is not of power, that for his higher degree, a greater authoritie, licence and power should be graunted to anie man, of decreeing anye [Page 410] thing, Caluines iudgement of Bishops. or of commaunding in the Church, or of ordeyning at his plea­sure, or of determining in the controuersies of Religion: for heere as much preuayleth, and ought to preuaile, the sentence of the low­est, as of the highest, which resteth on better and firmer testimonies of the holie Scripture, and of argumentes brought from thence, in what place or degree soeuer any man bee placed. But it is a Prima­cie of order, in the residue of the gouernement and polycie of the Church.

Thus sayth Herebrande of the Germaine Churches. But if now, for admitting a bishop and distinguishing him from Priest or Elder: for al­lowing Sub-deacons, which we do not: for hauing Super-intendents spe­ciall and generall: and for making this distinction for primacie of power and order in this sense, that this power of order, is of a standing and con­tinuing degree of dignitie, superiour to Elder or Pastor: if for these pointes, Herebrande and all those reformed Churches in this matter be reiected: let vs then come euen to Caluine himselfe, who doth yet more reuerently write of these titles and dignities of order, where they are not reteyned, then these our Brethren do among vs, be they neuer so god­ly vsed.

For, Caluine in his Institutions, cap. 8. de Fide. sect. 51. [...]aluin. Ins [...]it. ca. 8. sect. 51. Hetherto ( sayth he) we haue treated of the order of gouerning the Churche, as out of the pure woorde of God it is deliuered vnto vs, and of the mi­nisteries as they are ordeyned of Christe. Nowe, to the ende that all thinges may bee made manifest more clearely and more familiarlye, and may also be better fixed in our mindes: it shall be profitable to re­cognize the forme of the auncient Churche in those thinges, which shall represent vnto vs before our eyes, The Canons of the aun­cient B. how little they varied from gods word. a certaine Image of the equall diuine Institution. For, although the Bishops of those times haue sette foorth manie Canons, wherein they might seeme to expresse more then were expressed in the holie-scriptures: they composed notwith­standing all their whole domesticall administration, with such heede­fulnesse, to that onely leuell of the woorde of God: that you may easily see, they had in this parte, almost nothing varying from Gods worde. Yea, if anie thing might be wished for in their ordinaunces, not-with-standing, because they endeuoured with a syncere studie, to conserue the institution of the Lorde, and swarued not much from the same: it shall very much auayle, here briefely to collecte what man­ner of obseruation they had. According as we haue declared, three kindes of Ministers to be commended vnto vs in the scripture: so, what­soeuer Ministers the auncient Church of God had, she distinguished thē into three orders. For out of the orders of Priests or Elders, partly were chosen Pastors & Doctors: the other part gouerned the censure or con­trolement [Page 411] of manners, and corrections. The care of the poore and dis­pensation of the Almes was cōmitted to the Deacons, as for the readers and Acolytes, were no names of offices that were certaine. But those whō they called Clerkes, they acquainted thē with certaine exercises to serue the Church, whereby they might better vnderstande whereunto they were appointed, and in time, might come the more readie prepared to their office, as I shall anon more at large declare. And so Ierome, when as he set downe 5. orders, he reckoneth vp Bishops, Priestes, Deacons, the faithfull, and those that learne the Catechisme: to the residue of the Clergie, and to the Monkes he attributeth no proper place. Caluines confession of the pri­matiue churches order for superio­ritie of B. They there­fore called all them Priests or Elders, to whō the office of teaching was enioyned. They elected one out of the number in euery Citie, to whom especially they gaue the title of Bishop, least that by reason of equalitie (as it is woont to come to passe) discorde should spring vp. How-beit, the Bishop was not so superiour in Honour and dignitie, that hee had dominion ouer his Colleagues: but what parts the Consull hath in the Senate, to propounde the businesses, to demaunde the opinions to goe before, or gouerne the other in Counseling, admonishing, exhorting, to rule all the whole action by his authoritie, and to put in execution that which by the common counsell shall be decreed: that office did the Bishop sustaine in the assembly of the Priestes or Elders. And that this for the necessitie of the times, was with consent of men brought in, the auncientes themselues confesse it. So Hierome on the Epistle to Titus. A Prieste or Elder (sayth he) was the same that a Bishop, & before that by the instinction of the Deuell, factions beganne to be made in religi­on, and that it was said among the people, I hold of Paule, I of Cephas: the Churches were gouerned by the common Counsell of the Priests or Elders. Afterwarde, that the seedes of dissention might be pulled vp, all the carefulnesse was surrendred vnto one man. As therefore the Priestes or Elders knowe, that of the custome of the Churche, they are subiected to him that ruleth ouer them: so let Bishops knowe, that ra­ther by custome, than by the veritie of the Lordes disposing, they are greater than the Priestes or Elders, and they ought to rule the Church in common. Howbeit, he teacheth in another place, The aunci­entnesse of this institu­tion from S. Markes time. howe auncient an Institution it was. For he sayth, at Alexandria, from Marke the E­uangelist vntill Heraclas and Dionisius Priestes or Elders, they alwayes placed in a higher degree, one that was chosen from amonge them­selues, whome they called the Bishop. Euerie Citie therefore had their Colledge of Priestes or Elders, which were Pastors and Doctors. For all of them exercised also among the people, the office of teaching, exhorting and correcting▪ which Paule enioyneth vnto Bishops. ( and here by the way, note, that then, which was yet in the Apostles times, [Page 412] the Doctors as wel as the Pastors, Caluine. had the exercise of exhorting and cor­recting as well as of teaching. Limitation of Regions to the cities whence the Priests shold be taken.) And to the end they might leaue seede after them, they trauelled in enstructing the younger sorte, that had enrolled their names into the sacred soldage. Vnto euery Citie was at­tributed a certaine Region, which frō thence should take their Priests or Elders. And it should be reckoned as it were vnto the bodie of that Ch. Euery one of the Colledges (as I haue sayd) only for because of policie and of conseruing peace, was vnder one bishop. Who, so excelled the other in dignitie, that he was subiected to the assemblie of the brethren. But if the field or territorie, which was vnder his bishoprike, were more than that it might suffice for the bishop, euery where to doe his office: there were certaine Priests or Elders assigned in certain places through that fielde, who in meaner affaires did serue his turnes. Those they cal­led Chorepiscopos, Bishops deputies, ( or as wee call them bishops suffra­ganes) because they represented the bishop through out that prouince.

The fathers in cōposing all this form of gouerne­ment by the only rule of Gods word though it be not ex­pressed therein. In which wordes Caluine plainely confesseth, that although all these degrées of dignitie be not expressed in expresse wordes in the Scripture: yet the Fathers had such a care to compose all their forme of gouerne­ment by the onely rule of Gods woorde, that almost nothing is diffe­rent from Gods worde. And that bishoppes were but one ordinarily in one Citie, who had Regions, and Prouinces, and manie Priests or Elders, yea, Colleges of Elders of Priestes, vnder them: & that some of their Pro­uinces were so large, that they had deputies or suffraganes also to supply their tournes. Which withall inferreth that this their dignitie ouer these persons, could not be onely for the present time of this or that action or as­semblie, but was still standing and continuall, euen as those Regions and Prouinces allotted to them and as were the numbers of Pastors and Colleges of Priestes or Elders in euerie Citie (as are our Cathedrall Churches) likewise abiding and continuing. And this dignitie of one B. a­boue the Priestes or Elders, arose not of any ambitious aspiring: but of verie necessitie to auoide it. And that of the equalitie of Priests or Elders, dissentions and sectes would spring. And that this dignity is so auncient, that it was vsed in Alexandria a most famous Church, euen from Saint Markes time. Who, as Eusebius in his Chronicle noteth, died foure or fiue yeares before either Peter or Paule, and while manie of the Apostles and Disciples were yet liuing. For, to reiect that which Eusebius speaketh of Peter ( or rather which is manifestly foysted into his Chronicle) that he was Christianorum Pontifex primus, Eusebius chronicle corrupted & not agreing to his eccl. hist. the first or chiefe Bishop of the Chri­stians, and that when he had founded the Church of Antioch, he went to Rome, where preaching the Gospell, he continued 25. yeares Bishop of that Citie: because this agréeth not with the holy Scripture, no, nor yet with that which Eusebius citeth, concerning Peter out of Dionisius [Page 413] Bishop of Corinth, Li. 2. Hist. Eccl. cap. 25. as is afore-saide, is therefore worthie to be repulsed: The credite of Eusebius report and proofe in his eccl. hist. yet this which Eusebius hath both in his chronicle and in his Eccl. historie, of Annianus or [...]yned the first Bishop of Alex­andria after Marke the Euangelist: and of, Euodius ordeyned the first bishop of Antioche, another more famous Church, the 45. yeare of the L. that is, the 12. yeare after the Lordes ascention: and that Iames the bro­ther of the Lorde was ordeined of the Apostles the first Bishop of Ieru­salem, the most famous Church of all in those dayes, and that in the very yeare of Christes ascention: how soeuer the Scripture expresse it not, or that Ierome say it was done by cōsent of mē, or custome of the Church, and not of the verity of the Lordes dispensation; yet sithe this consent is of so manie and so holy men, and this custome so auntient and of these so notable Churches in the Apostles dayes: if this order had béene anye breach of the veritie of the Lordes dispensation, The Apostl [...] not impro­uing, but approuing these orders or of any perpetuall or­der set downe and commanded by the Apostles; or not good and necessarie, but daungerous and hurtfull to the Churches of Christe, by them both be­fore and after planted: or had béene anie direct occasion to the tyrannie of Antichriste: no doubt they should haue knowen it, and foreknowen the euent, and would neuer haue permitted, but impugned, and expressely written against the same. Therefore, we must either set on a bolde face, to denie this auncient originall of it, which Caluine dare not doe, but in this reuerent maner acknowledgeth and yéeldeth vnto it: or else we must néedes graunt, that this superioritie of one Priest or Elder ouer the resi­due, to whom more especially this title of Bishop should appertaine, is a godly and necessarie order for the Churches gouernement, and Aposto­licall: as approued euen by the Apostles. We graunt that bishops since that time haue encroched, especially the Popishe Bishops, and most of all the Pope. But what is that to our Bishops? Let our Brethren yéelde thē that, which héere and in manie other places Caluine graunteth that the Bishop should haue a continuing superior dignitie, whether the assem­blie holde or no: that in the assembly of the Priestes or Pastorall Elders, he should so be subiect, that notwithstanding, he should rule all the acti­on, and be towardes them as a Dictator, or but as Vice-roy, or but as a Consull towardes his Senate, may rather, not so much by many partes: for, our Bishops take not vpō them, any such superioritie ouer their Cler­gie, but farre inferiour to all these examples: let them either therfore re­iect Caluine too: or else, with what face can they denie, this lower & more moderate superioritie, than Caluine thus commendeth to bee exercised o­uer their fellowe Ministers by our Bishops? Caluines iudgement of the titles of B. and Archb. and their supe­riour auth.

But that we may sée, not onely Caluines iudgement, for the begin­ning of these superior dignities, in the primitiue Church: but also what he will allowe or disallowe, in the reformed Bishops of our times, both for [Page 414] the remaynder of their Titles of Bishops, and of reteyning their superior dignities with the same: as he writeth any Epistles to Archb. or Bishops, professing the gospell, he both calleth them Reuerende Fathers, & Archb. and Bishops of such and such places, and inciteth them to remember the place that they be called vnto. And the like titles also vnto such persons, vseth Beza himselfe, (I hope with good conscience, and thinking as hee speaketh.) Epist. 295.

When Caluine writeth to the Bishop of London (Epist. 295.) to wit, vnto Grindall, he not only saluteth him by that name: but he acknowledg­eth also his superiour authoritie ouer all the Pastors there inhabiting: Although ( saieth he) most Renowmed man, and Reuerende Lorde, you expecte not till I giue you thankes, Caluine ac­knowledg­eth London and diuerse other places to appertain to the Bi­shoprike of one. for that duetie of godlinesse which you haue performed vnto the Churche of Christe: neuer-the­lesse for that care that you haue vouchsafed to take of our countriemen, which inhabite in the chiefest Citie of your Bishoprike, that not onely by the benefite of the Queene, they might haue libertie giuen them of inuocating God purely, but also from hence to call for a Pastor: except I should co [...]fesse my selfe bounden vnto you: I were to be condemned both of follie and inhumanitie. And sithe you haue not disdeyned vo­luntarilie to request and exhorte me, to prouide a fitte Pastor to be cho­sen for them: there is no neede that I should commende them to your trust and protection, for whose health I see you are so carefull. And ve­rily, as ye haue hetherto testified your rare and singuler studie of god­linesse, in so liberallie helping them: so shall it nowe pertaine to your constancie to maintaine your good deede euen to the end. Thus doth Caluine acknowledge the Bishops authoritie, and so cōmendeth vnto him Galasius the French Churches Pastor in his Diocesse. True it is that in the same Epistle he afterwarde hath these wordes also: It greeueth mee greatly, that all the Churches of the kingdome are not so composed, as all good men would wish, or at the beginning they hoped for. But an vnweriable indeuour is needefull to ouer-come all stoppes. But it is now expedient and verie needefull that the Queene do knowe, that you so willingly forgo, yea reiect frō you, what soeuer sauoreth of earth­ly Lordship, that you may haue the lawfull authoritie, & that, that God hath giuen, to exercise the spirituall office. This shalbe the true heigth & excellencie therof. Caluine still acknow­legdeth the name of L. in a Bishop. Then shall it hold the highest degree vnder Christ the head, if it stretch out the hand vnto lawful Pastors, to execute those parts that are enioyned to you. In which words (if we shall marke thē wel) he still alloweth the B. a superiour authoritie ouer other Pastors, whō they ordeyne, and ioyne assistance vnto them. And he yéeldeth in these titles. Reuerende Domine, & [...]bseruande Domine, the name of Lorde, (except we translate it, Sir) still vnto them. But, for the matter, he still acknowledg­eth [Page 415] a superiour authoritie to be in them. And as he doth this to the Bishop of our countries: so to the Bishops in other countries, such as professed the Gospell. Caluines re­uerend stile. As Epist. 272. he not onely for fashion sake vseth this stile (which if it were vnlawefull hee ought not to flatter him withall) Iohn Caluine to the illustrious and Reuerende Lord, Iames Ithaue Bishop of Vladislauia, worthy of me to be reuerenced for his excellēt vertues: but when he comes to the matter: he saith: Epist. 272. This is my reason and matter of writing, that the light of the Gospell being nowe risen vp among you, sith that God hath opened your eies that you are throughly awakened, for, I heare that you haue not only tasted the true doctrine of godlines, but that you are indued with that knowledge therof, that shaketh off all pretext of error and ignorance. But you for your prudence are not igno­rant, how intollerable the prophaning is of the heauenly grace, whē as of set pupose we stiffle it. And although this bright dignitie in the stage of the worlde, doth procure an applause (or reioysing) vnto you: not­withstanding you must diligently take heede, that the deceitefull flatte­ries doe not smooth you: by the which snares, sathan at this day draw­eth manie into a deadly Labyrinthe. So it commeth to passe, that they which exercise their cunning to seeke shiftes, at length when they see their coulors vanish away, they openly oppose themselues against God, yea rather they, breakefoorth into manifest furie. Of this matter there are extant (no doubt) before your eyes too manie examples. While some violently with sword and fire assay to extinguish the heauenly do­ctrine. Other, that they may safely lye drowned in their filthes, do not onely make much of their slouth: but after the fashion of beastes, asto­nish their consciences. From this pestiferous infection of the Epicures: whosoeuer (being in his delightes) doth not earnestly and attentiuely take heed to himselfe: it can hardly be brought to passe, but that he shal waxe prophane, & casting aside the feare of God, hurle himselfe into the same wantonnesse with them. What therefore ought you to doe? Dis­cordes are hotte among you: the one parte desireth the intier worship of God to be restored: the other part stifly defendeth the wicked super­stitions. For you to stande in the middle, whom God (as it were with his hande reached out) calleth to the protection of his cause: it is shame and wickednesse. Thinke what place you occupie, and what a charge is imposed vpon you. Adde this, that the enemies of godlinesse, while in their clutterie darkenesse, He exhor­teth the B. to be [...]hinke him of h [...]s place and charge▪ they can not abide the small sparkes of your godlinesse: they (as it were) thrust you out of their faction, which you voluntarily should haue fledde from. Pardon me of your courtesie, if in one worde. I be more sharpe (because that to profite you, I must speake freelye that I thinke): when you shall come to the heauenlie iudgement seate, the offence of betraying can not be washed away, [Page 416] except in time you with-drawe your selfe from that bande, that openlie conspireth to oppresse the name of Christe. But if nowe it bee greeuous to you to be diminished, that Christ may increase in you: thinke on Mo­ses example, which vnder obscure shadowes, did yet not doubt, to prefer the rebuke of Christ, before the delightes and riches of the Aegyptians. But although peraduenture I haue beene more bolde with your Excel­lencie, then was meete: not-withstanding (sithe my purpose was, to re­gard your saluotion) I hope my libertye shall not be odiousto you, &c. Fare you wel, most excellent man, illustrious and Reuerend Lord: &c.

But here againe, least we might thinke, hee goeth about to persuade him to leaue his B. as a dignitie that he could not lawefully retaine with the profession of the gospel (which was not his drift, but to haue himretain still his place and dignitie, so farre as hee might doe it, without houering betwéene the Papistes and the Epicures: and thereto, he willeth him to thinke on the place he occupied, and what charge was layde vpon him: and yet, to renounce it, rather than to ioyne with those enemies of the Gospel) to shew this better, Caluine setteth downe more fully in his E­pistle to the King of that countrey of Polonia, Caluini Epist. 190. ad Re­gem Poloniae. ( Epist. 190.) what manner of superiour dignitie and authoritie, he not onely alloweth to remaine in a Bishop: but also in an Archb. so little shunneth he, or disaloweth, either the name or the office of them.

To conclude, ( saith he) onely ambition and pride hath forged that Primacie that the Romanistes oppose vnto vs. Caluines al­lowanc [...] of an Archb. and B. vnder him. The auncient Church in­deede did institute Patriarchies, & did appoint also to euery of the Pro­uin [...] [...]ertaine Primacies, that the Bishops by this bonde of concorde, migh [...] [...] better knitte together among themselues. Euen as, if so be, at this day in the most noble kingdome of Polonia, one Archbishop were ouer the residue. Not, that he should ouerrule the residue, or snatching the right (or Lawe) from them, arrogate it vnto him-selfe: but that, for because of order, he should in the Synodes hold the first place, and nou­rish an holie vnitie among his collegues & brethren. And furthermore, there should bee either Prouinciall, or Citie Bishops, which peculierly should giue attendance to the conseruing of order. Euen as nature sug­gesteth this vnto vs, that out of al Colleges, one ought to be chosen, vp on whom the chiefest care should lie. But it is one thing to beare a mo­derate Honor, to wit, so farre as the facultie (or power) of man exten­deth it self; another to comprehende th [...] whole compasse of the world in a gouernmēt vnmeasurable. Thus doth Caluine most clearely (though he condemne the Popes vsurpation) approue both the superioritie of Pa­storship, not onely in Bishops ouer Cities and Prouinces, where manie Pastors be: but also of Archb. and of one Archb. the chiefe and primate of a mightie kingdome, more th [...]n fiue times as bigge as Englande, to bée [Page 417] ouer all the residue. And this being well vsed, (without offring iniurie to the right of other bishops vnder him:) hee thinketh to be both good and necessarie. So farre off is he (as our Brethren here doe) from condem­ning the very name of Archbishops. No, he alloweth both the office and the name, euen here in Englande also: as appeareth by his letter vnto the Archb. of Canterburie Epist. 127. Epist. 127. Caluinus Cranmero Archiepisc. Can­tuariensi salutem:

When as at this time it was not to be hoped, which was most to bee wished, that euerie one of the chiefest teachers, out of diuerse Churches, which haue embraced the pure doctrine of the Gospell, shoulde come together, and out of the pure word of God should set foorth to the po­steritie, a certaine and cleare confession, of euerie one of the capitall pointes at this day in controuersie: I doe greatly commende (right Re­uerende Lorde) the counsell which you haue begunne, that the English men might ripely establish religion among them, that the mindes of the people should not sticke longer in suspence, while thinges are vncer­taine, or lesse orderly composed, than were meete. To which purpose, The place & office of an Archb. en­ioyned by God. it behooueth all those that haue the gouernment there, to apply in com­mon their studies: notwithstanding so, that the chiefest parts be yours. You see what this place requireth, or rather, what God according to the reason of the office which hee hath enioyned vnto you doeth by his right require of you. The chiefest auth. Eccl. in an Archb. In you is the chiefest authoritie which the noble­nesse of honor doth not more procure vnto you, than the opinion long since conceaued of your prudence & integritie, &c. Thus doth Caluine where he still calleth vpon, for increase and spéede of further, and full re­formation) acknowledge both his title of Arch-bishop, and his office of Primacie, with the honour and authoritie thereof, aboue all other in the Churches ministerie, to be good and lawfull.

And to shewe further, howe he alloweth the generall practise of Epis­copall authoritie, where, when, and whosoeuer Bishop shoulde receaue the Gospell: whether he should giue ouer, or reteyne still a Superiour authoritie in his Diocesse, ouer the other Pastors in the same: hée hath fully decided this Question, Epist. 373. Si Episcopus vel curatus ad Ecclesiam se aediunxerit. If a Bishop or a Curate shall adioyne himselfe vn­to the Church: Caluine aunswereth on this wise.

Being asked my sentence or opinion, concerning Bishops, Curates, and others of like degree, or whome they call Graduates, Caluines re­solutiō how B. conuer­ted to the Gospell, should be­haue them­selues. if that the Lorde shoulde vouchsafe any of them his grace, that they would ad­ioyne themselues vnto the Church; howe must they behaue themselues towardes them, &c. Here, after his excuse for breuitie, by reason of his rewme, he sayth: If therefore it shall happen that in Poperie, anie to whome the cure of soules shall haue beene committed, that is to [Page 418] wit, a Bishop or a Curate, shall receaue the grace of the Lorde, so that he professe the pure doctrine of the Gospell: if he shalbe founde not to be so fitte for the office of a Pastor, nor to be endewed with that know­ledge and dexteritie that is requisite: hee shoulde altogether doe very rashly, if he would intermitte himselfe into so great a matter. The fruite therefore, of his conuersion shall consist in that, if so be hee discharge him-selfe of all cure, and doe so acknowledge that grosse abuse, that he did beare before a voide title with-out matter, and thereuppon giue place to a fitte successor, that may lawefully be instituted, it shall suf­fice for him, if he holde the place of a sheepe in the Lordes folde. But if so bee, that anye suche one shall bee endewed with learning and dexteritie, yea and with affection to teach also heere-after: let him firste of all make a confession of his faythe, and holily testifie that he cleaueth faste vnto the pure and syncere Religion; and fur­thermore, that he acknowledge that his vocation, to haue beene ioy­ned with meere abuse: and that hee desire a newe approbation: and namely, that he professe, that to be frustrate that he was instituted be­fore by the Popes authoritie: and withall, that he renownce all meanes vnlawfull, and repugnant to the order which the Lord Iesus hath ordey­ned in his Church.

These thinges praemised: I see not what should let, that hee may not bee admitted to the office of a Pastor, so that hee promise, and doe in verie deede performe that faith, which is required to the exe­cuting of the office: and especially that he ioyne him-selfe, with the companie of the Ministers that purelie teache the woorde, and sub­mitte him-selfe to the Discipline and polycie which hath place a­mong them. As for the memorie of his former life, let that remaine buried, neither let any thing be imputed vnto him that then was com­mitted, onely that he be admonished of the performing of his duetie hereafter lawefully. If that Canon of Paule bee obiected, wherein is deliuered that a Bishop must be vnreprooue-able: I aunswere, here is not delt with (in my iudgement) concerning a simple and absolute e­lection, but concerning the approbation and restitution to a certaine office, because of the corruption passing betweene, &c.

Here, after he hath prooued that point, hee commeth to the conclusi­on, saying: These thinges beeing presupposed, the partes shall be of suche a Bishop as this, How a con­uerted Bish. shall reteine his iurisdiction and superior autho­ritie. to doe his endeuour so farre as in him shalt lie, that all the Churches which appertaine vnto his Bishopricke, shall be repurged from all errors and worships of Idolles, while hee him-selfe shall by his example goe before all the Curates of his Dioc [...]sse, and shall induce them to admitte the reformation, vnto the which by the woorde of GOD wee are inuited, and the which shall wholely [Page 419] aunswere, both to the state and to the vse of the primitiue Churche. As for that which appertayneth to those goods, which are called tem­poralties, whether they cōsist in Iurisdiction, or in annual rent; although the originall of them sprange out of that corruption, that is by no meanes to bee borne, with the pure simplicitie of the spirituall mini­sterie: notwithstanding, so long as things remayne thus confessed, the possession after a sorte of suffering them, may be left vnto them: So be, that exhortation be giuen vnto them, that they looke to it, howe they dispose those thinges, which they shall haue knowen to bee dedica­ted vnto God, both that they profane not thinges consecrated to god, and also that they conteyne themselues in the modestie which may be­seeme true Bishops, &c.

Thus, by Caluines plaine opinion, for a reformed Bishop to haue a Di­ocesse, and gouernement therein of Curates and Pastors vnder him, is not contrarie to the state and vse of the primitiue Churche, nor to the reformation vnto the which by the worde of God we are inuited, nor any vnlawfull meanes, or repugnant to the order which the Lorde Iesus hath ordeyned in his Churche, but may aunswere wholely there-vnto. And so that Bishops doe these thinges, both for themselues, and for their office, and for their Diocesse, and for their goods and temporalties and iurisdictions, that Caluine here would haue them doe: though he doe but tollerate the dispensation of their temporalties: &c. yet he manifestly al­loweth them to remaine Bishops still, and to retayne their Diocesses, and to goe before or guide the Curates and Pastors, and all the Chur­ches appertayning to their Bishoprickes. And he seeth no let, but they may so continue.

Thus sayeth Caluine of these Protestant and Refourmed Bishops. But aboue all other Reuerende and Learned mens iudgementes, from beyonde the seas in anye refourmed Churches, that notable and godlie Learned man Zanchius, who is also yet liuing, hath moste pythily to this point (mée thinkes, be it spoken with-out contempt of any other) set downe his graue iudgement on these matters. In his last booke of the con­fession of his faith concerning Christian Religion: Zanchius in confess. Christ. relig. Who first in the 24. Chapter, in the title of the Militant Church, the 6. Aphorisme or distincti­on being this: From what kind of succession of Bishops can it be shewed, that any Church is Apostolicall? To which he answereth: We do so ac­knowledge, that from the perpetuall succession of B. in any Church, How farre succession of Bishops holdeth. not what kind of succession soeuer, but that which hath adioyned therwith, a continuance of the Apostolicall doctrine, may rightly be shewed to be an Apostolicall Churche. Suche an one, as in the olde time was the Churche of Rome, and the succession of the Bishops thereof, vntill the time of Irenaeus, of Tertullian, and of Cyprian, and of certaine others. [Page 420] In so much that not vnwoorthily, Zanchius. those fathers were woont to appeale and cite the Heretikes of their time, vnto that Churche, and to other men like to them, &c.

But in all these Fathers times, and manie other like to them ( as we haue shewed) this perpetuall succession of Bishops, Bish: auth. agreable to the Apostles doctrine. was of suche as were superiour in dignitie, to the residue of the Pastors in those Chur­ches: Therefore, this continuance of superioritie in Bishops, and suche titles of dignitie in the Ministerie, is not repugnant to the Apostolicall Church, nor to the Apostolicall doctrine.

Nowe, this Zanchius may the better be allowed of these our Bre­theren, for that in some of the fore-saide pointes, hee fauoureth in some parte their opinion: Wherein Zanchius fa­uoreth our Brethrens opinion. as, for their Elders that were not Pastors, cap. 25. Aphorism. 7. For their diuision of Doctors distinct from Pastors. And for the name and order of Elders, to bee vsed in the Scripture as all one with Bishoppes and Catechizers: Aphorism. 9. Which thing also we graunt as before is noted, the substance of the order to bee all one, and the difference onely to be in the degree of dignitie and authoritie. And also for Doctors to teache onely, but not with suche teaching, but that they did withall exhort, as he sheweth after: Aphorism. 10. yet not­withstanding ( sayth hee) we doe not in the meane season disallowe the Fathers, Approbatiō of orders multiplied. for that according to the diuerse manner, both of dispen­sing the woorde, and of Gouerning the Churche, they multiplyed the orders of the Ministers: when as that thing was free for them, euen as also it is for vs. And when as it is apparant, that that was doone of them for causes which were honest, pertayning, according to that time, to order, to comlinesse, and to the edification of the Church.

Aphorisme the 11. Aphorism. 11. The confirmation of the same sentence, with the explication of certaine Ecclesiasticall orders in the primitiue Church.

For we knowe that our God is the God of order, not of confusion, and that the Church is kept by order, and lost [...], by lacke of order. For which cause he hath instituted many also and diuerse orders of mi­nisters, not onely in times past in Israell, but also after-wardes, in the Church, gathered together of the Iewes and of the Gentiles: and also for the same cause, hee hath left it free vnto the Churches, that they might adde moe orders or not adde them, so that the same may be done to aedification. Whereas therefore, (when all the Ministers of the worde were called equally both Pastors, and also Bishops, & also Priests or Elders, The origi­nall of one to be superi­our and B.) and whereas they were of equall authoritie; one afterwarde beganne to be preferred aboue all his Colleagues, howbeit not as their Lorde, but as the Rector in the vniuersitie aboue his other Colleagues: & to this man in principall, the care of the whole Church was cōmitted: [Page 421] whereupon, and by a certaine kinde of Excellencie, hee alone was ac­customed to be called by the name of bishop and Pastor, the residue of his fellow Ministers being contented with the name of Priests or Elders, in so much, that in euery City there began to be one onely Bishop, and many Priestes or Elders. This thing we iudge cannot be dissalowed. Of which matter, the declaration and the sentence of Ierome both other­where, and also in the epistle to Euagrius, and in the commentaries of the Epistle to Titus chap. 1. is of vs approued. Who saith, all this came rather of custome, than of the verity of the Lordes disposing: that the plants of dissensions & of schismes, might be taken away. Verily by this reason, those things also that were ordeyned concerning Arch-bishops, yea, and of the 4. Patriarkes, euen before the Nicene Councell it selfe, The same reason that serued for B. serueth for Archb. wee thinke may be excused and defended: although that all thinges in successe of time afterwardes, were drawen awaye vnto the greatest ty­rannie and ambition: which is the cause why that the neerer wee ap­proche in those orders to the Apostolicall simplicitie, so muche the more is it also of vs allowed. And we iudge, that euery where they should endeuour to approch thereto.

Nowe when Zanchius hath added certaine other Aphorismes, concer­ning the Church and the lawfull Ministers thereof: he setteth downe (A­phorism. 20.) their authoritie, saying: We beleeue also, Whereto & how far the ministers auth. stret­cheth. that great autho­ritie is of Christe giuen vnto the lawfull Ministers, to wit, to performe those thinges whereunto also they are called: to preach the Gospell: to interprete the holy scriptures according to the analogie of the faith: to catechise: to teach the people what is the will of God: to reprooue and rebuke as well the great as the small: to remitte or reteyne sinnes ministerially, to binde the impenitent and to loose the repentant: to administer also the Sacraments, which Christ instituted, and according to his manner deliuered: to exercise Discipline after the prescrip­tion of Christe, and also by the expounding of the Apostles: to con­clude, to all those things also which though they be not expressed in the holy scriptures, notwithstanding do appertaine to order, and to comli­nesse, and make to edification, but not to destruction, according to the generall rule deliuered of the Apostle, That all thinges ought to be doone in order, decently, and to aedification. For neither doe we beleeue, 1. Cor. 14.40. that any authoritie is giuen to the ministers, that ought to be stretched beyonde the boundes of Gods worde, or vnto anie other ende, than to the aedifi­cation of the Church. And therefore, we vtterly deny, that any Bishop, How farre it is debatted. yea, or that all of them together, haue authoritie of ordeyning any thing contrarie to the scriptures: of adding any thing vnto them, or of take­ing any thing from them: of making newe articles of the faith: of in­stituting new Sacramentes: of bringing into the Church new worships: [Page 422] of setting forth lawes that should bind the consciences, and that should be made equall in authoritie to the lawe of God: or of hauing domini­on in the Church and consciences of the faithfull: of forbidding those thinges that God hath graunted, and would haue to bee free. Or finally of commanding any thing that is without the worde of God, as though it were necessarie to saluation: sithe that it can not truely be sayde, that indeede the whole Church hath not this authoritie.

Hauing thus in euery particuler, set downe and limited the authoritie of the lawefull Ministers of the Church, according to the worde of God: he procéedeth (Aphorisme 21.) vnto this: Aphor. 21. that the politike authoritie of Bishops which also are Princes, is not to be denied, for any thing before restrayned.

That B. may haue also politicall au­ [...]horitie.In the meane season we denie not, that Bishops which with-all are also Princes, besides the authoritie Ecclesiasticall, should also haue their lawes politike and powers seculer, yea euen as the rest of Princes haue: the right of the commaunding seculer thinges, the right of the sworde: some of them the right of Electing and confirming kinges, and Em­perours: and of ordeyning and administring other politike thinges: and of compelling the people subiecte vnto them to yeelde them o­bedience: and there-upon, we confesse, that vnto their politike com­maundementes, which with-out the transgression of Gods lawe may be kept, their subiectes ought to obey, not onely for feare, but also for conscience. Rom. 13.5. For we knowe, that all power is of God, and who-so-euer resisteth, resisteth the ordinance of God. Rom. 13.1.2. And that moreouer, kinges are to be ho­nored, and we ought to be subiect to Princes and Lords in all feare, not onely to those that are courteous and modest, 1. Pet. 2.17. but also to the froward and wicked.

To conclude, when he commeth to Ecclesiast. Discipline, which (Apho­risme 36.) he deuideth into popular and clericall: in the 3. part of the cle­ricall discipline, (Aphorisme 38.) he saith: The third is, that they should promise peculiar obedience in things that are honest, Obedience to Metropo­litane. vnto their Bishop, and to the Metropolitane of the Bishops.

Nowe although by all these Aphorismes, of this excellent Learned man, and great light of our age, Zanchius, it is most apparant what his Iudgement is, of the superioritie of Bishops, and with what reasons he prooueth and confirmeth the same, to be in all pointes agréeable to Gods worde. Yet, for the further confirmation of these thinges, and to satis­fie all suche as shoulde, or did mislike anie thing conteyned in them: let vs also not thinke it tedious, to peruse certaine other obseruations, that he hath lastly adioyned to these Aphorismes, in the foresaid confession of the faith, with the preface of his reasons for the same.

The obseruations of the same Zanchius, vpon his confession.

Neither fewe nor light are the causes, with the which I was drawen, Zanchius cō firmation of his confessi­on in these thinges. that I had leauer adde these obseruations to my confession, apart by thē selues, than to alter any thing therein. There are not a fewe vnto whom it is knowen, on what occasion, at what time, by whose commaunde­ment, in whose name, and to what ends, I being indeede vnwilling and compelled, wrote the summe of the Christian Religion. Vpon what occasion Zanchius set out these obseruations. But although ech man seeth▪ that this confession was neuer (as it was hoped for) set foorth in their name, for whose cause it was written: notwithstanding how this was done, and vpon what causes it was done, all men do not clearely vnderstande: while many men marueile at the dooing, but are ignoraunt of the true causes of the matter. Heereupon howe di­uerse suspitions might haue hapned vnto many: howe diuerse iudge­mentes might haue beene made, both of me and of the confession it selfe, I will not say of priuate persons, but also of the very Churches: to conclude, howe diuerse and sinister reportes, might haue beene scatte­red among the common people: what one is he among men that doth not knowe? It behooueth me therefore, before I shall die, to stoppe the sinister & naughtie supitions, iudgements, reports, concerning my do­ctrine. Which thing I iudged, could of me be done by no better meane, than if I should prouide, that both my confession, euen as it was of me written, should be set foorth seuerally by it selfe: and also seuerally by thēselues, my obseruations theron, by the which, if any things were dark, they might be made plaine: if any things were doubtful, they might bee confirmed: and that I should leaue the iudgement of the whole busines, vnto the whole true Catholike Church. Moreouer I thought, that to re­moue false suspitions out of mens mindes, (if any were conceaued) I should doe no little good, if, what iudgementes were made of learned men, concerning the cōfession: I should euē by their owne letters make them knowen to all the godly: especially sithe that also out of the same, euery man might easily vnderstande, for what causes the confession was not set foorth, in that manner that it was purposed. A certaine greate man wrote vnto me of that matter, in these words:

Concerning that which you write of your cōfession, A Noble mans letter to Zanchius on this mat­ter. it was read ouer of me, and of N. and of others, with great pleasure. Which both was writ­ten most learnedly, & with a most excellent Methode. And if so be, you except that, which in the end you adde, concerning Archb. & the Hierar­chy, it liked me exceedingly well. But when we did deliberate with our brethren N.N. the which are heere, concerning the way and manner of entring into a concord, among al the Churches of our confession: they with one consent did iudge: that this was both the only, & the safest, & the reddiest way: that the cōfessiōs of faith already receiued & set forth, [Page 424] by the Churches of euerie Prouince should be composed & compacted into one harmony; because they are all of them, one most like another, so farre as appertaineth [...], to the substance of faith, and that their confession was refused of none of the Churches. This their counsell, when they proued it by many reasons, we haue written therof vnto you, and to the Reuerende brethren N.N. and to other Churches neighbors to vs, who all of them greatly like the selfe same counsell.

These thinges, out of the letters of that great man. To the same opi­nion almost, we might produce out of other mens letters also, writing of the same matter. But sithe it is not necessarie, for breuitie sake wee omitte them.

Zanchius nowe, being thus mooued by these considerations, to iustifie all these his former Aphorismes, in these pointes aforesaid, setteth downe among other, these obseruations following.

Vpon the 25. Chap. Aphorism. 10. & 11.

When I wrote this confession of faith, I wrote all thinges of a good conscience: and as I beleeued, so I spake also freely, as the holy scrip­ture teacheth vs to doe. The orders not striuing with the scripture. But, my fayth first of all and simplie, dothe rely on the woorde of God; after which, somewhat also on the com­mon consent of the whole auncient Catholike Churche: so bee, that the same consent, striue not with the holy scriptures. For I beleeue that those thinges which were of the holy Fathers, beeing gathered to­gether in the name of the Lorde, determined and receaued with a com­mon consent of them all, without any contradiction of the holy scrip­tures: that those thinges (albeit they bee not of the same authoritie with the holy Scriptures) are also of the holy Ghost. Hereupon it com­meth to passe that those thinges that are of this sorte: neither would I, neyther dare I with a good conscience disallowe them. But what is more certaine out of the stories, out of the Counselles, and out of the writinges of all the Fathers, than those orders of Ministers, of the which we haue spoken, to haue beene ordeyned in the Church, and receaued by the common consent of the Christian common weale? But who am I, that I should disalow, that which the whole Church hath allowed? No, neither all the learned men of our time durst disallowe. For why, they knewe that both these thinges were lawefull vnto the Churche, and that all those thinges proceeded and were ordeyned, both of god­linesse, and to good endes, for the edification of the elected.

Bucers opi­nion.And for the cause of confirming this matter: I thought good here to inserte suche thinges as Martine Bucer of godly memorie, a man moste famous for singuler godlinesse and learning, hath left written vpon the Epistle to the Ephesians.

As for the administration of the woorde when it is doone by the [Page 425] reading and reciting of the deuine scriptures, finally, Bucer. by the interpreta­tion and explication of the same, and by exhortations taken frō thence, and also by repetition, and by the Catechisme, which is perfourmed by mutuall questions, and aunsweres, of him that is the Catechiser, and of the party that is catechised, and by holy conferences and debatings of the harder Questions of our religion: How the Ecclesiasti­call functi­ons are to be multi­ed. according to this manifold dis­pensation of wholesome doctrine, the giftes or offices of this function are also multiplied. For whatsoeuer belonged to the moste perfect mā ­ner of teaching, that (in the administration of the doctrine of saluation) is to be applied with most great study: because that, sith thou art a man the knowledge of seeing God, or liuing according vnto God, which (as of al other it is most diuine, so also most difficult) ought to be set forth: they, now that teach artes diligently, contayned, in some certain books, (as, if a man woulde purpose out of Euclide, to teach the Mathemati­calles) first of all, they will reade and recite the booke proposed: and streight waies they wil expound the particuler words that are not com­monly knowe, (as euery Art hath his proper wordes and names) and then, if anye collection or argument be more breefely made, they ex­pound it, by resoluing the partes thereof, and make it cleare by many examples: out of the generall preceptes, they teache particulers, and they do enforme them how farre foorth they stretch. This it is (pro­perlye) to teache: But he that is indeede a sure or faithfull Doctor, is not contente to teache these thinges, although by a faythfull deliue­rance of the Doctrine: but also hee repeateth it, The manes of the D. reaching. D. exhor­tors and applier [...]. and exacteth the thinges that he taughte, and offereth him selfe readye to his schollers, that they might demaunde a playn explication, of those matters where­of they doubt. Moreouer hee propoundeth the thinges that hee hath taught, to bee discussed in publike disputations, that there might no doubt at all remayne. Besides these thinges, he maketh oftentimes ex­hortations, to profit them well in the Doctrine proposed ( Héere again, the Doctor not onely teacheth but also exhorteth.) And hee addeth dis­suasions from those things whereby they might bee hindred, and also admonitions, and reprehentions, and generall rebukinges. Last of all such a master marketh diligently, what may profite euery one of his schollers. And if he shall marke any to be slack in learning, he both cor­recteth him priuily, and admonisheth him of his duety. If hee perceiue any to goe lustily forward in learning, hee often times calleth him, com­mendeth him, and enflameth him, that hee might followe his studye more and more. Christ the Lorde him selfe did also keepe all these se­uen manners of teaching. In the synagogue at Nazareth, hee read the 61. Chapter of Esay, and interpeted it. Luc. 4. in the mount, he expoun­ded the commaundementes of God. Math. 5. and taught euery where, [Page 425] and exhorted, and reprehended, and rebuked out of the worde of God. He answered also vnto all both good and bad that asked him que­stions, and on the other side he demaunded Questions, as Math 22. He often catechized the Disciples, he himselfe was also present at the cate­chising. Luke. 2. Sith therfore the ministery of teaching requireth a work so manifold: there are also many orders of Ministers deputed vnto this Ministery. And first of all, Readers whose office was in a pulpit, a place somewhat higher, to recite the diuine scriptures. But this recitall of the diuine scriptures was ordeyned to this purpose, Readers of­fice. that both the tongue & the manner of speaking of the scripture, and the whole scripture it self might be made more knowne and familiar to the people. For, within a year, they recited all the holy bookes vnto the people. When as those that opened the scriptures, coulde not by expounding, finish but some part of the scriptures, and that no great part, neither in one yeare. While in the meane season, by the onely reciting of the diuine bookes vnto the people, the knowlege of all the pointes of our saluation was meruelous­ly confirmed: for they are oftentimes in euery one of the holy bookes repeated, and are by diuers and other names expounded: so that al­wayes the people out of the lesson following, shoulde learne manye thinges, which they coulde not as yet playnely perceiue by the for­mer lesson: and by that worke, was the peoples iudgement confirmed, concerning all our Religion, as also concerning the expositions of the scriptures, Curats. and concerning all doctrine that was brought foorth before them, eyther by the lawfull Curates and Doctors, or else by others.

For these causes, this office also of reciting simply the diuine scrip­tures vnto the people, was in the auncient Churches, highly esteemed. Neyther were any chosen to this ministery, but such as were commen­ded for their singuler godlinesse, the which both we may vnderstande by other monumentes of the auncientes, and also is perceiued cheefely by one Epistle or twayne, of Saint Cyprian, as out of the fift Epistle, in the seconde booke, concerning Aurelius, that was ordeyned a rea­der: Singers of the psalmes & Hymnes. And Epistle 22. in the third booke, concerning Saturus: And in the fourth booke, concerning Celerinus Celestine. To these readers, were afterward adioyned Psalterists, who had the gouerning of the Psalmes and hymmes that were to be sung.

Concerning the Scriptures to bee reade, (the Lorde bee thanked) it is well ordered in the Englishe Churches, so that there might bee fitte readers, which shoulde adde thereto a grauitie and religiousnesse, worthy of the diuine mysteries that were recited in the holy Lessons. Let it therefore bee pondered diligently, whose mouth they represent them-selues to bee, which in the sacred assembles reade the diuine [Page 426] bookes vnto the people: that is to wit, they represent the mouth of God almighty: then, of what moment, of what dignity, the matters are, that are recited, which are the wordes and preceptes of life eternall: last of all, to what manner of men, and to what purpose, the readers of the holy scriptures ought to serue. For they ought to minister vnto the sonnes of God, for whose saluation, the first begotten sonne of God shedde his owne bloude: by the which thinges the same saluation maye more and more bee made open, and bee throughly perfourmed vnto them. Which thinges if a man with a true fayth consider with him selfe: what grauity, decency, religion, can bee yeelded in any acti­on, that such a reader shoulde ouerslippe? The pronū ­tiation of the readers. But they which exercise this function, ought alwayes to haue that in the sight of their minde, that those thinges which are reade before them, ought effectually to serue to the edification of fayth in the hearers: the which also shall then at the length bee brought to passe, when as both those thinges are well vnderstoode, and also are receiued as the wordes of God. But vnto both of these, a moste cleare, well spoken, religious pronunciation, is required. Whereupon is gathered, that they are not the Ministers of Christe, which doe so recite the diuine scriptures, as though that were the onely thing which shoulde be required, that the shortest leysure that can be, may be spent in such kinde of recitall.

Now, there is another office, Interpreter [...] the interpretation of the Doctrine that is to be dispensed, that this to wite, a more simple explication of words and sentences. This ministery did the bishoppes execute, and the priests or Elders. Notwithstanding sometimes they admitted vnto this functi­on, out of the order of Deacons, and of Sub-deacons, yea, and some­time of the layty, such as they founde to bee by the holy Ghoste made fitte, profitable to exercise the same. So Origene beeing also a lay man, was called to this office, in the Church of Cesarea of Palestine, by A­lexander byshop of Hilta, and by Thertistus bishoppe of the same Church of Cesarea. Euelpis also, by Neonus bishoppe of the Larandians, and Paulinus bishop by Celsus bishop of Iconium: and Theodorus by Atticus bishoppe of the Sinadians. These thinges are reade in Euse­bius in the sixt booke, the tenth Chapter of his Ecclesiasticall history. And out of the Epistle of those two bishops, Alexander of Ierusalem, and Theoctistus of Cesarea, bishops in Palestine, to Demetrius bishop of A­lexandria, who reprehended the fact of these two bishops, concerning Origene, as though it were a thing neuer hearde off, for a lay-man, while bishoppes were present, to speake in the Churche vnto the peo­ple.

But these B. manifestly affirme, that this was not true, but that the ho­ly Bishops were accustomed to exhort them, whome among the laytye [Page 428] they knew to be fitte, that they would bring foorth some profite vnto the people, of interpreting the scripture:, and in teaching: and that they would exercise this ministery, euen while they their-selues also were present. And the seconde, and so the thirde part of the Ministery, to wit, interpretation and Doctrine, the bishops and the priestes did administer it cheefely by them-selues. Notwithstanding both out of the inferior orders, and also out of the lay persons, if they had noted any to be fit for this office, they adioyned them to be ioint-laborers with thē. After the same manner, did the bishops and the preestes administer also the fourth part of deliuering the doctrine, the which is, out of the di­uine bookes (being expounded) to exhort vnto the duties of Godlines, to dissuade from sinnes, and from all thinges that may, on any part, slac­ken or hinder the course of a godlie and holy life, to reprehende and chide those that sinne, to comfort the penitent: although the bishops the priests or elders cheefly did perform this function, because that it re­quired so much the great authority. 1. Tim. 5. The fift part, the Catechis­mes, they commended now to the priestes, nowe to the Deacons, nowe to the ministers of the inferior orders, How the B, and the priestes also did these thinges. euen as euery one appeared more apt vnto this kinde of teaching. And so, was Origene the Catechizer at Alexandria. The sixt booke of the Ecclesiasticall history of Eusebius of Caesarea. Chap. 13. and 20. Also the sixt part, the holy disputations, they yeelded to euery one that was more apt thereto, although for the most part, the bishops their selues gouerned them. The seuenth part, priuate calling vpon admonition, the byshops also studied to doe it by them­selues. Howbeit, they alwayes exhort edeuery one of the preestes or el­ders, and the greater of the inferiour orders to doe the same. 1. Thes. 5. Therefore, the readers ought to exercise the ministery of the Doctrine, by reciting the diuine scriptures, but the bishops by interpreting and by teaching, by exhorting, by disputing, and by priuate calling vpon, and moreouer both by reading, and by catechising, if that peculier rea­ders and catechisers want. Furthermore they committed the catechis­mes to certain Prieests and Deacons, or else, to those also that were cho­sen therunto, out of the inferior orders. As also they admitted out of those, vnto the offices of interpreting, and of teaching, and of dispu­ting, whomesoeuer they found apt for these offices, in what order so­euer they were of the holy ministery, yet also (as it is sayde) out of the laity. But in these offices, that thing is diligentlie to bee marked, that the holie ghoste did in-deede so disperse vnto them that were his men, these giftes of teaching: that vnto one he would giue the gift and singu­ler faculty, of interpreting and making plain the scriptures, vnto whom notwithstanding he giueth not with the like dexterity, and with so hap­py successe, to teach and confirme the points of our religion, out of the [Page 429] diuine scriptures, or also luckely to defende them in disputing. But to another he giueth a peculier and notable faculty of exhorting the bre­thren out of the scriptures, of admonishinge, of reprehending, and al­so of catechising, and of priuate calling vpon; vnto whom notwithstan­ding, he giueth not, to excell in other giftes of teaching. This varietie of the gifts of the holy Ghost, wee dayly find by triall in those, that do publikely teach the people of Christ, which are Christes true Churches, and suffer themselues to be altogether ruled by the holy Ghoste. These Churches doe religiously note, what spirituall faculties are giuen to eche one in the Church, and doe so much as lieth in them, apply euery man to that point, that appertayneth to his function. Wherefore vnto the particuler parts of teaching, they giue particuler ministers, if so bee, they finde among the men that appertaine vnto them, those that are of the Lorde singularly made and furnished to the particuler office of tea­ching. But because it is necessary for the saluation of Gods people, that no part of the teaching (which I haue reckoned to be 7 partes) be vt­terlie ouer-passed in any Church: euery one of the Ministers, yea, and of the layty also, in what place soeuer he bee placed in the Church, ought to exercise (so farre foorth as hee is able) all these partes of teachinge, both of reading, and of interpreting, and of teaching, and of exhorting, and of Catechizing, and of disputing, and of calling vpon: See how far oure learned Brethren differ from this graue iudgement of Bucer and Zanchius for the exercise of these offices) Yea euery one ought to take vp­on him to him selfe, How euerye minister ac­cording to his gift may do these thinges. so manie of these functions that are to bee admini­stred, and so much part of euery one of them, as vnto howe many, and to how much part of euery one, hee shall perceyue himselfe to be furni­shed of the holy ghoste. Let the example of an house orderly appoin­ted and distributed, bee considered: wherein the Father of the house­holde about other businesses, the Mother of the housholde about other the sonnes and the Daughters about other, the Man-seruauntes and the Mayde-seruaunts about other. Heere while all are present and in health, euery one in-deede goeth about his owne office: but if any of the Fa­mily bee absent, or bee not in good health, and there happen a necessity of some seruice: eche one so runneth to helpe that necessity, that often times the men goe about the womens offices, and the Women the Of­fices of the men, the Maysters the offices of the seruauntes, and the ser­uaunts the offices of the Maysters.

Now as Zanchius alleageth this out of Bucer, concerning the seueral and mutuall vse of the Ecclesiasticall offices, in so many poynts different from these our Learned brethren, and that in the allowance of the church of England: so hee proceedeth Concerning also the Clericall Discipline:

The thirde part of the Clericall Discipline, is a peculier subiection: [Page 429] Wherein the Clearkes that are of inferior degree and Ministery, doe submitte themselues to them, which in order and Ministery are superi­or. The Lorde hath taught vs this part of discipline, both by his exam­ple, who ordeyned his Disciples, that should become the Doctours or Teachers of Gods elected, throughout all the worlde, by a peculier ma­stershippe vnto this office, and by a certaine Domesticall Discipline: whome the apostles imitating, euery one of them also had his Disci­ples, the which he woulde frame to exercise orderly the holy Mini­stery.

For, euery more difficult function of life, requireth also a peculiar & perpetuall doctrine, Institution and custody: as we may see in the stu­dies of phylosophy, and in the military institution. Which Lycurgus throughly weighing, did so ordeyne the common weale of the Lacede­monians (as Xenophon witnesseth) that no order in the common weale, shoulde be without his proper office of a master. And Plato also in his Lawes and common weale requireth, Magisterio. that nothing at all shoulde bee a­mong the Citizens, [...], vnkept. Heereupon also our Lorde when as he would haue those who are his to be so set together▪ one with ano­ther, and to cleaue together: he verily putteth euery one of those that are his, vnder others of whom, as it were of members that are of more ample and larger spreadinge power and efficacye, hee shoulde bee kept, mooued, and ruled. The same thing hath the holye Ghoste commaunded, Bee yee subiect one to another in the feare of God, E­phes. 5.

The holy Fathers therefore in the old time, considering these things, haue described the same in the order of the Cleargy, that all the other Clearks should with a singular care bee kept and gouerned of the Pres­byter or Eldershippe: but among the Preestes or Elders, the bishop, as a Consull among the secretaries of the common-weale: ( according to the often alleaged example of Caluine) So hee shoulde beare the cheeefest care and custody both of the whole Church, The autho­rity of a B. among the pri [...]stes. and also singulerly of the vniuersall order of the Cleargye. But vnto euery more frequented Church, they ordeyned bishops: and to euery one of such Churches, they commended the Churches neerer adioyning, that were in the lesser Townes or Villages, and to this purpose, they willed the Preestes and Curates of the same Churches (whome they called Chorepiscop [...]s, Bi­shops Chorall) eche one of them to hearken to the bishop, that was neerer to them, and to the Presbytery or Eldership. Which Preestes or Elders, those B being the more cheefe, called oftentimes together with al their Cleargy, and furnished them in knowledge and diligence of their functions. But whereas the Lorde woulde, that they which are men ap­pertayning to him, shoulde mutually embrace one another, and sustayn [Page 428] care one of another, as farre and as largely as they are able (for all Chri­stians are one body) the holy fathers haue ordeyned, that the bishops of euery prouince (for now all the territories subiect to the Romanes were distributed into Prouinces,) should assemble them-selues together with the preestes or Elders, so often as the neede of the churches required the same: but for certaynty twise in the yeare, and shoulde enquire of the do­ctrine and discipline of Christ, how the same in all the particular Chur­ches was administred, and did flourish. And where they had found, that sinne was, they shoulde correct it and such thinges as they had knowne to bee wel they should confirm them and aduance them. But, Metrop. B. ouer the o­ther. Bish. that these Synodes should rightly & orderly be administred, they willed, that both for the calling and moderating of them, the Metropolitans should bee the rulers of them, that is the bishops of euery Metropolitane City: for so the cheefest city in euery prouince was called, where the Pretory or pal­lace of the cheefest president was. And therupon vnto these Metropoli­tane byshops, they enioyned a certayne care and heedefulnesse of all the Churches throughout their prouince: that if so be they vnderstoode of anie thing, that were not so wel ordeyned or doone, either of the mini­sters of the Churches, or of the common people, they should in time ad­monish them thereof: The bishops peculier iurisdiction and if they could not amend the same by their ad­monitions, that to correct it, they should call together a synode of the B. for no iudgement was graunted vnto them, which by their owne proper authority, they might exercise in the Churches, that had bishops them­selues of their owne: for all the iudgement both ouer the people and ouer the Cleargy, appertayned to their owne bishop, and to the preest or Elder of euery church, and as for the B. the synodes iudged them. And thereupon when as the B. were to be ordeined vnto the churches: it was appointed that they should come together to the same church, with all the B. of their Prouince (if that with the profit of the churches it might bee doone,) if not, with some of them, Howbeit, not with fewer then two or three of them. Which bishops should gouerne the election of the bishop, Elections of bishops. if it were yet to be made: and being made, they should examine it, and most seuerely make inquiry of him that is elected, and search out all his life, and his ability for the Episcopall office, and then at length ini­tiate him into the episcopall function. All which thinges were instituted and were in force vnto this ende, that there might bee among the chur­ches and in the Ministers therof, so great a knowledge as by any means was possible, and a mutuall care: and to debarre and expell all offences of Doctrine and of manners, and to susteine, aduaunce and make more effectuall the edification of faith & life, worthy of Christ the Lord: inso­much, that if so be any had ceased from their duetye or office, the other bishops shold giue assistance, yea, to the excōmunicating & casting him [Page 432] out of the Episcopall office. Let those thinges be considered, that Saint Cyprian wrote to Stephanus bishop of Rome, concerning Martian bish. of Arles, who fell into the Nouatians sect. The first booke, Epist. 13. and also those thinges that he wrote in the third Epistle, the first booke, con­cerning a certayn portion of the Flocke distributed to euery one of the B. and the thinges that he hath in his Preface, Quae prefa­tus enim. and in the counsayle of Carthage, as he writeth to Quirinus.

Furthermore, when as all the world was replenished with Churches, and that the Metropolitanes also had neede of their owne particuler cure, for neither (as there began to be very many) were all of them wise or watchfull inough, (for alwayes in all orders of men, fewe are excel­lent) the care of some of the prouinces, was committed to certayn By­shops of the cheefe Churches: as to the Romaine, to the Constantino­politane, to the Antiochian and to the Alexandrine, and afterwarde to the Caesarien of Cappadocia, and to certain other, euen as (the Churches of Christes faythfull people being multiplied) the necessity seemed to requre. Primats. Notwithstanding, vnto these Primate bishops (whom afterward they called Patriarckes) there was no right at all ouer these other bi­shops or Churches, then that I haue sayde, was vnto euery Metropoli­tane, Patriarkes. ouer the Churches and bishops of his prouince. Euery one vnto his owne portion of Churches, ought a singuler care and heedefulnesse, and also to admonish the bishops in time, if any had aught offended or slacked in his office. And if by admonishing he had profited nothing, to adhibite the authority of a Councell. Among these the first place was yeelded to the Romayne, both for the reuerence of S. Peter, and also for the maiesty of the City. By which reason the fathers afterward ensu­ing, gaue the second place to the Constantinopolitane, as to the other Rome, and to the bishop of the seate of the Empire: whereas the Antio­chian had before that, obtained the seconde place among these Patri­arckes.

But as the nature of man defiled with ambition, laboureth alwayes more, that he might rule far & wide, then that hee might rule well: these Patriarckes on the occasion of this generall care of the Churches to thē committed, drew vnto them, first, the ordeyning of the bishops that were neerer to them: And by that ordeining, snatched by litle and little, and confirmed some iurisdiction ouer such byshops and their churches. Which euill when now it glimpsed foorth, began to become a greeuous contention, concerning a generall empire ouer all the Churches. Which indeede first of all Iohn a certaine bishop of Constantinople, vnder the Emperour Mauritius, attempted to take vpon him. Of which contenti­on very many Epistles▪ among the Epistles of S. Gregory, lib. 5.6.7. are extant. At the length vnder Phocas, the Romayne obteyned this Title [Page 433] of the vniuersall Bishop. Which title by little and little, Zanchius. the bishops of this sea, began more to abuse: vntil vpon occasion, first by the diuision of the Empire vnder Charles the greate, afterwards by the discordes of Princes and nations: whereby they brake the power of the Emperor of the West, and of other kings: They haue lift vp themselues, into that Anti-Christian power, whereof now they vaunt; hauing firste oppressed the power of the Bishops, and then also, of the kings and Emperoures. Thus therefore hath Sathan ouerthrowne, all the healthfull obedience & gouernment of the clerical order. The clericall order of gouernmēt and obedi­ence broken by Antichr. For the Romaine Antichriste hath ta­ken an immediate Empire vnto himselfe, ouer all the Cleargy, and also ouer the Laity: & hath dissolued the custody of the Bishops, when they were good, and their care towards those that were commended to their truste. But because it is altogether necessary, that euery of the Clerkes, should haue their proper keepers and carers for them: the power and authority, as of Bishops, so also of Archdeacons, and of all other, by what meanes soeuer they be esteemed, vnto whome any portion of kee­ping and gouerning the Cleargie is committed, is to be restoared: and also their vigilancy, and heedfull regarde or correction, leaste any should bee at all in this order, [...], vnkept. Thus farre Bucer, not onelye faithfully reciting, but also praysing the custome of the auncient church in diuers orders of Ecclesiastical functions to be ordeined, of the which we haue before spoken.

Moreouer, I ought also to haue had consideration of those churches which although they haue embraced the Gospel; notwithwanding both in matter and in name, they haue retayned their Bishops and Archbish. Besides that in the Churches also of the Protestants, there want not in very deede Bishops and Archbishops: The names of Arch. and Bish. better then Super­intendentes. whome (hauing chaunged their good Greeke names, into euill Latine names,) they call Superindentes, and generall Superindentes: but where also, they neither obteine these old good Greeke names, neither these newe euill Latine names: euen there notwithstanding some principals or chiefe are wont to bee, vnto whome almost al the authority, doth belong. Poynting out, as it should séeme to Geneua, &c. The controuersie therefore should haue beene of names: but whenas we agree cōcerning the matters; what do we brawle concerning the names? In the meane season, euen as I haue not dissal­lowed the Fathers, in that matter, whereuppon the quaestion is: Prima [...]ij. so can I not, but loue our mens zeale. Who haue therefore hated the names, bicause they feare, least with the names, the olde ambition also and the tyrannye, with the ruine and desolation of the Churches, might be cal­led againe.

Thus reuerently writeth Zanchius, of these Ecclesiasticall orders, & of this superiority of Bishops, and Arch-bishops: yea and of the Patri­arkes [Page 434] also, before the pride and tiranny of Antichriste came: and that it came not by these orders and dignities, but by the ambitious breaking and violating of them: and he neither disalloweth, but highly commendeth these Fathers, and these orders and dignities, as good and necessary, and nothing preiudiciall to the word of God: nor condemneth the zeale of these our brethren, though he shewe withall, that albeit they shunne and hate the name of Bishop and Archbishop: yet they haue the matter, and retain still such principall or chiefe ministers among them, to whom almost all the authority doth belong. Now as hee hath thus at large defended and confirmed his 10. & 11. Aphorismes: so comming to the 12. he proceedeth against the ambition & tyrannie of the Pope, to shew that none of al these orders and dignities, no not of the Patriarkes, were any occasion therunto saying: For neither Christe ordeyned such an head: neither the auncient Fathers would admit it, bicause it was not expedient for the Churche. But they were contented with 4. Patriarks, The autho­rity of arch. against An­tichristes tyranny. the Romain, the Cōstantino­politane, the Alexandrine, and the Antiochien: who all of them should be of equall authority and power, and ech one should bee content with his owne bowndes, euen as it was defyned in the Nicene Councell, & confirmed in others: and that, not without great & waighty causes. Of the which, this in my iudgement is not the laste, to wit, leaste the dores should be opened vnto tyrannie in the Church: but rather, that if one should dare to attempt any thing, contrarye to the sownde doctrine of Christ, and contrary to the liberty of the Church. The other Arch-bish. being of no lesse authority with their bishops, might oppose themselues and dawnt his boldnes, & breake his tyrannie. The Church in respecte of Christe, is a kingdome. In respect of men, that are in the same, & eyther do rule, or be ruled; it is a gouernment of the best persons.

This is Zanchius graue iudgement, euen of these Patriarkes, that if they had beene kept as they ought to haue béene, and according to the good purpose of their institution: they were so litle occasiōs to any popish pride or tyranny, The origi­nall of Pa­triar [...]es for general coūsels. that they were the most especiall suppression of it, and of al er­rors and factions in the Church, and that it impeacheth nothing Christes kingdome, And what hath Zanchius said héerein, (saue for the bare title of Hierarchie) that Caluine himselfe doth not anow? who saith: Institut. Chr. cap. 8. de Fide. Sect. 54.

But that al the particular Prouinces, had one Arch-bishop among the Bishops: and that in the Nicene Councell, Patriarks were ordeyned, that in order and dignity should be superiour to the Arch-bishop; that thing appertayned to the conseruation of discipline. Albeit, in this disputa­tion it can not be ouerpassed, that these degrees therefore, were chieflye instituted for this cause, that if any thing should happen in any Church, which coulde not be well dispatched of a few: it should bee referred to a [Page 435] prouinciall Synode. If the greatnesse and difficulty of the cause, requi­red also a greater discussing, that Patriarkes were adhibited together with the Sinodes: from the which there should be no appeale, but a ge­nerall Councell. The gouernment being thus constituted, some called it an Hierarchie, an holy gouernment, or sacred principalitye, The name of Hier [...]ch [...] by a name (as seemeth to mee) vnproper verily, vnused in the Scriptures. For the holy Ghost would take heede, least any should dreame of principaiity or Domination, when as the gouernment of the Church is treated vpon. Howbeit, if omitting the name, we shall looke into the matter: we shall find that the old Bishops would not faigneanother forme of gouerning the Church, different from that which the Lord by his word prescribed. Thus also doth Caluine his selfe confesse, besides that which he before cō ­fessed. And what shoulde wee then (as Zanchius saide) brawle about the name: the matter whereof is thus, of al these so excellent learneed men, both the auncient Fathers, and also the late, or yet lyving moste famous [...] writers, approoued, practised, and confirmed? and yet what signifieth this name Hierarchie in effect also, which Caluine only héere misliketh, but an holy principalitie or sacred gouernment, not different from this name Ecclesiasticall regiment: which title our brethren here allow, & so often in this their Learned discourse of Eccl. gouernment? Let vs now therefore returne to procéede on their learned Discourse.

Finally S. Peter chap. 5.1. the place before alleaged, comprehendeth all the three names, of Elders, Pastors, and Bishops. The Elders (saith he) which are amongst you, I beseech. The name of Pastor, The learned dis­course, Pag. 27 & 28. is vnderstanded by re­lation of the names of feeding, and the flock, which he vseth also by the name of Archipoimen, which signifieth the chiefe of Pastors, whiche is our Sauiour Christ. The name of Bishop, or Ouerseers, is included in the word [...], which signifieth them, which do carefully exercise the office of Bishops or Ouerseers. His exhortation is this. The Elders which are amongst you, I beseech, which am also a fellow Elder, 1. Pet. 5.1. 1, Pe [...]. 5.1.2.3.4. and a witnesse of the sufferings of Christ, and also a pertaker of the glory that shalbe reuealed: Feed the flock of God which is committed vnto you, so much as in you lyeth, carefully ouer­seeing, not by constraint, but willingly: Not for filthy lucre, but of a ready minde: Not as exercising Lordship ouer the haeritage, but that you may be examples to the flock. And when the chiefe Pastor shall appeare, you shall receaue an vncorrupti­ble crowne of glory. S. Peter in this place reproueth three notable vices, which do great hurt among the Minist. of the Church, if they be not ta­ken heed of: slouthfulnesse in teaching: couetousnes of lucre: & ambiti­ous desire of exercising Lordship: exhorting them to painfull diligence, bicause they were B. or Ouerseers: to a ready care bicause they were Past. & therefore should labour for loue of the flock, & not for lucre like hire­lings; to humility, because their chiefe dignity in that they were Elders, [...] [Page 436] excell in godlinesse, Titles of Arch-bish. &c. that they might be an example to the flock, which cannot be, except they submit themselues and their liues, to the cōmon rule of other men: which, most excellent vertues if they embrace, they should be sure to be plentifully rewarded by him, who onely deserueth to be called the chiefe of all Elders, Pastors, and Bishops: to whome onely, these honorable names of Archipresbyter, Archiepiscopus. & Ar­chipoimen, and such like, do properly agree. For, as the Apostle, calleth our sauiour Christ in this place, the chiefe Pastor; so in the second chap. the 25. verse, 1. Pe [...], 2.25. he calleth him both the Pastor and Bishop of our soules. Wherefore, as he onely is our chiefe Pastor, or Archipoimen, so is he also our onely Archbishop. And that the name of Archipresbyter, or cheefe of Elders; pertayneth to no mortall man, may be seene by this place, where S. Pet. that excellēt & high Apost. who if any mā could, might as wel as any haue challēged that name, durst not cal himself other then [...] a fellow Elder: no, not when he fought authority to himself, by that name to be bolde, to exhort the Elders of the Churche. But leaste anye should thinke we stay onely in names & tearmes, which are not so great­ly material, let him consider, that S, Peter expresly forbiddeth the Elders to exercise Lordship ouer their seuerall congregations, how much more ouer their fellow Elders.

Héere are cited two testimonies out of the Apostle S. Peter: The for­mer 1. Pet 5. v. 1.2.3. & 4. Out of which, our Brethren firste doe gather, that Peter exhorting the Ministers of the Church, Bridges comprehendeth al the three names, S. Peters te­stimonies of these titles. Names in­cluded. Elders, Pastors, and Bishops, indifferently. Elders, plain­ly: Pastor, vnderstanded by relation, of the names of feeding, and the flock, & by the name of Archipoimen, which signifieth the chiefe of Pa­stors, which is our sauiour Christ: and the name of Bishops or Ouersee­ers is included in the word [...] which signifieth thē, which do care­fully exercise the office of Bishops, or ouerseers.

Now although we may most easily graunt all this, as nothing preiudiciall to the question: Yet see, what slender arguments these are, y t bicause a name may be included; or by relation of some sense may be vnderstan­ded: therefore, the name of Bishop in this or that place so included, muste alwayes be as ordinary & proper a name, as is the name of Prieste or El­der, by the which he is expresly tearmed. We denie not (as we haue often before shewed) but that both the tearmes, and the offices also that the tearmes purporte, were then for a while vsed indifferently: but whether the vsage of them afterwarde, & that, in the Apost. times, more properly to one among the Pastors or Elders of the Churches, were vsedwell, & is to be continually reteyned; that is héere the question. S. Peter calleth (& that expresly) al Christians [...] a holy sacerdotal Priesthood as also S. Iohn calleth thē, 1. Pet. 2. Apocal. 1. Kings & Sacerdotal Priists. in expres tearmes, & not inclusiuely: [...] [Page 437] And many other tearmes by relation of vnderstanding, Titles of [...] & Elders. may be very apt­ly applyed to manie men; and yet we may not these-vppon make proper names of them. Euery Ouerseer is not a Bishop, Proper and improper names. nor euery Shephearde a Pastor: nor euery Elder a Minister of Gods word. The name of Elder is vsed of S. Peter, euen immediately a [...]ter this allegation cited, not for a Mi­nister of the word of God, ver, 5. as Beza noteth. Heere the reason of the Antithesis requireth, that we should take this name concerning age, and not concerning dignity. But if it be to be taken in the firste verse, as Beza taketh it, saying, The name of Prieste or Elder is generall, compre­hending all them that are (as I may tearme them) of the Senate Ecclesiasticall; vulgarly, Seniors: how then doo our Brethren héere saye, that S. Peter there comprehendeth all the three names, of Elders, Pastors, and Bishops: and so restrayne it onely vnto those, that are Teachers and Mi­nisters of Gods word? How neces­sary Bish. superiority is, by our Bre­threns own collection.

Concerning the collectiō that our brethren gather out of S. Peters words ver. 1.2.3. and 4▪ That hee reprooueth three notable vices, slothfulnesse in teaching: couetousnesse of lucre: and ambitious desire of exercising Lordship: and that if these three be not taken heede vnto, they do great hurte among the Ministers of the Church: All this againe, wee confesse is true. And euen because these three must be taken heed vnto: we ther­fore, with all the fore-said holy fathers, and godly Learned men, do thinke it very conuenient and needefull, that there should be amongst the Elders, Pastors and Bishops, some superiors to call vppon them, as Peter did, and to Ouersee, that such as are slouthfull in teaching, Slouth, shoulde bee orderlye caused to be diligent in teaching, so much as in them lyeth. And suche as are couetous of lucre, should be taken heed vnto: Couetous­nesse. and either remoued, or so reformed, that both in taking and in spending the goods of the Churche, they should so behaue themselues, as the lawes of God, and the godly or­dinaunces of the Church and realme, hath in that behalfe prouided. And that those which forgetting their calling, Pride. are puffed vp with anye ambi­tious desire of exercising Lordshippe, shoulde bee repressed: and if they haue any suche title or office, shoulde exercise their Lordship in humility, without ambition or pride.

But this simply debarreth not, the exercise of all kinde of Lordship in any competent dignity, reuerent title of honor, and superiour authority, which is the question; but rather confirmeth it so to be exercised, with pain­full diligence and ready care, without slouthfulnesse: with hospitalitie, & loue of the flock, without couetousnesse of lucre: with modeste humility without ambitious desire of exercising Lordship. We allow here this col­lection out of Peter, that he eahorteth them to painfull diligence, because [...]hey were B, or Ouerseers: to a ready care, bicause they were Pastors: & [...]herefore should labour for loue of the flocke, & not for lucre, like hyre­lings: [Page 438] to modest humility, Submissio. because their chiefe dignity, in that they were Elders, was to excell in godlines, that they might bee an example to the flock. All this likewise is true, their excellencie in godlinesse, is aboue al the excellencie in any dignity or Ecclesiastical honor, that they can be ex­alted vnto: but that that followeth; which can-not be except they submit themselues and their liues to the common rule of other men: is some­what darkely and straungely spoken. For if our brethren meane by this submission of themselues and their liues, to the common rule of other men, that they should haue no superior Ecclesiastical authority ouer other men, but that all other men were aequal and alike in all Ecclesiastical go­uernment vnto them: or rather, that the ouerseers of other men, shoulde in their rule & ouersight, be vnder & inferior to the rule: and that also, to the common rule of other men▪ this were a manifest absurdity in al rea­son, and a plaine contradiction to it selfe.

Neither did Peter or any of the Apostles so submit themselues: neither were Timothy or Titus bidden by S. Paul so to submit themselues; neither doth Peter here, or any where els, wil any Bish. Pastors or Elders, so to do. But, Neither Pe­ter nor Paul require such submission. for al their humulity of minde, and dilig [...]nce of body, in teaching, &c. neuerthelesse, to ouersee, to commaund, to rebuke, to rule & gouerne o­ther men, Ministers and all, according to their place of calling, and autho­rity of God committed vnto them. And they that thus do, and embrace withall, these most excellent vertues: they should be sure to bee plentiful­ly rewarded by him who only ( as here is truely said) deserueth to be cal­led the chiefe of all Elders, Pastors, & Bishops. Neither is there any, (at least that I know, or I thinke, that our Brethren can name) except that man of sin the Pope, which claimeth any such title, to be called, the chiefe of al Elders, Pastors, and Bishops: sure I am, none deserueth so to bee called. As for any of our Arch-bishops, whose dignitye, as it conteyneth no such absolute, either power or title: so it stretcheth nothing néere to all, or to halfe, or to a quarter, and but scarse to a handfull, in comparison of all Elders Pastors and Bishops: and is bownded onelye to this little cor­ner and portion of the Church, in the realme of England: both they and all we still acknowledging this, that our Lorde Iesus Christe only deserueth to be called, How these [...]tles agree onely to [...] Christe. and onely is indeede, the chiefe of all Elders, Pastors & B. as heere is said. And also, if these wordes following, bee likewise so abso­lutely & generally vnderstood, To whome only these honorable names of Archipresbyter, Archiepiscopus, Archipoimen, and such like, do properly agree: we agree also, that they agree only ( in that proper sense) to him. As Christ ( in an absolute vnderstanding of good,) saith: Luc. 18. None is good but onely God. And as S Paule saith to the Rom. 16. namely to Timothy. 1. Tim, [...]. [...]7. To the King eternall, immortall, inuisible, & wise onely, be honor & glory for euer and euer. And 1. Tim. 6.15-& 16. speaking of the comming of [Page 436] the comming of our L Iesus Christ: whome in his times, he that blessed one, Titles pro­per to Chr. and only Prince, King of kings, and Lord of lord [...], shall shew: who only hath immortality, &c. And as the same our sauiour Christ willeth vs, not to be called father or Maister: For we haue one Father and Maister, which is in heauen: to whome onely these honorable titles do (indeede) properly agree: speaking properlye, of proper agreement, in the fowrth and highest manner of propriety. How diuer [...] of these ti­tles are frō Christ, com­municated to man. But if we make al these honorab. titles, so properly to agree vnto Christ, that none of them may be vnderstood, included, or communicated, to any of y e Eccl. Politicall, nor oeconomicall Ministers of Christe: so that none at al may be called either good, or King, or Prince, or Wise, or Father, or Mai­ster, by participation of any portion of the goodnes, power, wisdom, fa­therhoode, Maistershippe, &c. of God, as offices, gifts, or graces impar­ted to vs: while we should hypocritically, or zealously pretend to honour him, and to séeke his only glory: we should both vnthankfully (indéede) not acknowledge his goodnes and gratious giftes, whiche recommende to vs the more glory in him: and disobedientlie dishonor him in his ordinances, and higher powers, that he hath placed ouer vs.

But where now doth God, (in this, or any other expresse, or inclusiue place of all the Scripture) challenge to himself all these honorable names to agree onely and properly vnto him? The honorable name that Saint Peter onely. Heere ascribeth to Christe, is [...] cheefe or principall pastor. Which Title I neuer hearde of any other, that it was giuen vnto, or taken vpon him. As for Archipresbytor a principal priest or elder ( which tearme it is not in vse with vs, nor Arch-priest, Archipoimen & archpriest as our aduersaries cal it) bicause in the office of Priesthoode, Eldership, or Pastorship, we acknow­ledge all to haue one office vnder the high-pastor of our soules, and aun­cient of daies Iesus Christ. Onelie, sith that the name Archbishop, signifi­ing a chief or principall ouer-seer, is no where in the Scrip. properly, nor not properly applyed vnto him, shall we dare to say, as wee maye of some other peculiar titles and names of God, Iehouah, Omnipotent, &c. ( when as God now & then of his goodnes vouchsafeth to cōmunicat to some his especial Minist. so honorab. names, belonging to himself, Adonai, El­lohim, & the name of the Lordes Christ, or anoynted, &c.) that these hon. names Archipresbyter, & Archiepis. do so only & properly agree vnto Ie­sus Christ, that none other, in no other conditional sense, may be called by them? I thinke this can not wel be prooued by scripture, nor any reason or argument will inferre it.

If we think this word [...] that is, Prince, by contraction prefixed, and in corporate to the other words, [...], & [...] do so aduance the sense therof, y t they become not cōpetible to mortal men: especially being appli­ed to the ordering & gouerning of the chur [...]h: are not those names & offi­ [...]es being simply taken without this composition seruing to builde the Ch. [Page 440] as S. Paule saith Ephes. 4. euen on the place, [...] that our Brethren do allege for pastors and Doctors: that they are all giuen to the worke of the Ministery vnto the edifiing or building of the body of Christe, &c. So that indéed, al these offices that Christe ordeyned, are but builders of this mysticall temple, vntill we all come to the vnity of faithe, and of the knowledge of the sonne of God, vnto a perfect man, vnto the measure of the age of the fulnesse of Christ: And who is the principall builder of this Temple? but euen hee that saide of the Temple of his owne naturall bodie, to the which his mysticall bodie is compared: Thes [...]name [...] & offices giuen to the building of the Church. Destroy this Temple, and in three dayes, I will builde it vppe againe. Io. 6.21. Wheruppon (saith S. Paule Heb. 9.1. &c.) holie bretheren, pertakers of the heauenly calling, consider the Apostle and heade-Priest of our co [...]fession Iesus. who is faithfull to him that hath preferred him, euen as Moses also in all his house. For he was counted worthye of greater glorye than Moses: how much greater honor than the house, he hath that made it. For euerye house is builded of some man, but he that created all thinges is God. And veri­lie, Moses was faithfull in all his house. as a seruaunt, in witnesse of those thin­ges, that were to bee spoken. But Christe is in his house as a Sonne, which house are wee, if wee keepe firme and sure the confidence and glorye of hope, vnto the en­ding.

Héere are these honorable names, attributed both vnto Christe, & vn­to Moses: that as Christe was the builder of the spirituall house or tem­ple of God▪ so was Moses. Christe as the sonne and owner, Moses, but as a seruaunt in Gods house. and yet commeth in S. Paule, 1. Cor. 3. v. 9.10. Ye are the building of God, according to the grace of God that is giuen to mee, I as a wise [...] Arch-builder, (or chiefe builder) which we commonly trāslatea Maister builder, haue laid the foundation, & another buildeth vpon it?

What? durst S. Paule say of himself he was, [...] which tearme principally, is proper vnto Christ? For the worde signifieth, such prin­cipallitie and chiefe degrée: applied by S. Paule vnto himselfe, and that in the cheefest worke of Gods Church, the building of it: the worke that conteyneth all Ecclesiasticall offices, and whereto all do tende: and that without any derogation to Iesus Christe. Although Christe absolutelie, simply and aboue all, be the onely and proper [...] of all this mysticall building. And is this honorable name Elder, of such honorable Elder­shippe, and prerogatiue aboue builder, or of any such peculiar applicati­on to God the Father, or to Christe the sonne, that it is onely and pro­perlye applyed to him? Indéede, Christe is called, the olde or aun­cient of dayes, not the elder, except with addition: our Elder Brother: otherwise, this honorable name is not so proper onelie to Christe, to bée called Presbyter, as to be called Sacerdos. And therefore is lesse iniurious, yea▪ no iniury at all, to the peculiar, or to any other honorable name, of our sauiour Iesus Christ▪ to bee called Archipresbyter. And yet, if Presbyter [Page 441] had beene any name of Christe, seeing that [...] and [...] sacerdos, & Pontifex: & yet admitted a mortal mā to be so much: Man beeing but the figure cal­led [...]. his figure euen of his Sacrifice, that one aboue all the other sacrificing priestes, was called also, fummus sacerdos, or Pontifex Maximus. the highest sacred Minister, or sa­crificing prieste, and chiefest Bishop, without anie derogation to Christes honor: yea, it rather serued, to his honor: how much more then in this title Presbyter and Archipresbyter, being names not so proper to him, may a mortall man without anie dishonour to his prerogatiue, reuerently be called Archipresbyter?

If it bee saide, the highe-prieste was so called, because hee prefigured Christe: True it is, But, sith our Brethren confesse, that those offices & callings, were likewise also for good order of discipline among them; although that priesthoode both in him, and in all other of that order of Aaron and Leui, bee accomplished in Christe, and so abolished: yet, as the degrees of order and differences of Ministers among them ( by our Brethrens owne confession) was the signe also of the differences among vs: So, why not withall, of the differences of degrees and dignities in the same. And sithe our brethren alleage héereunto, the Synagogues a­mong the Iewes, and their order théerein and that they had [...], chiefe gouernours or princes of the Synagogues, which order of digni­tie, was not abolished by Christe: and some good christians were suche a­mong the Iewes, not dissalowed but commended by S. Luke, Th [...] name of [...]among the Christi­an Iewes. euen by that name, Act. 18. ver. 8. And Crispus [...] ▪ the Arch-gouernour of the Sinagogue beleeued with all his house. And although Paule after warde 1. Cor. 1.14. mencioning this Crispus, tearme him not there, the Arch-gouernour of the Iewes sinagogue: yet as it further appeareth Act. 18. ver. 17. by Sosthenes, who was long before a faithfull Christian, and as diuers alleage out of Eusebius lib. 1. cap. 13. he was also one of the 72 Disciples chosen of Christe. So S. Luke calleth him [...] the Arch ruler or principall of the sinagogue: continuing well inough the name and office of his dignity, with the sinceritie of Christs religion, any order then to the contrarie notwithstanding.

But if our brethren aske vs, what we say to the other honorable name Archiepiscopus: indéede, wee néede saye the lesse to this of Archipresbyter, Archdeaco [...] Arch-prieste, or Arch elder, retayning no such name among vs, as wee haue of Arch-deacon, and Arch-bishop: but because the name of Deacon is a name much lesse proper vnto Christ: Arch-deacon may bee afforded with our brethrens lesse suspition, of touching Christes glory and prhemi­nence. Deacon signifiing but Minister; Arch-deac, Bisho [...] can signifie but a chiefe or principall Minister: and therefore may be suffered with lesse enuie: and we haue heard Zanchius & Bucers allowance of it. As for the name of Bi. being a name of dignity and (being wel vsed) as S. Paule saith, deseruing [Page 442] double honor, Arch-bish. it is not only a name pertayning to Christe, which is called the Bish. of our soules. but also communicated by his Apostles vnto mor­tall men. And though the name of Archb. signifie a principall ouerseer in his dignity; & being simply and absolutely vnderstod of Christe aboue all other: is in very déede only the true archbishop: yet since the Scripture ex­presseth no where this name, either peculiarly or at all vnto him: & since so many holy fathers, of so great antiquity, both in their seuerall writings, & with so many vniuersall consents, euen in the best allowed both generall and provinciall Counsels, The name & office wel v­sed accor­ding to the obseruatiōs of S. Peter. vpon so grounded reasons, to so good & necessary purposes, & in such lawfull cases: but yet, with such conditions & bowndes (as is aforesaid) did ordaine, receaue, & continue the same: and since that al­so, such notable Protestants of our owne age, in the Churches reformed, Luther, Melancthon, Zuinglius, Oecolampadius, Bullinger, Peter, Mar­tyr, Gualter, Hemingius, Zanchius, yea, and Caluine himselfe (as wee haue heard) alloweth the institution and practise thereof: I sée not, how our learned brethren discoursers can rightly finde any at all of these vices, that Peter héere reproueth, as doing great hurte among the Ministers of the Church, to be directly conteyned in this honorable name of Archb. but y t it may be well vsed with paineful diligence, ready care, and with modest humility, to the greate benefite among the Ministers of the Churche, & to the suppressing of all these foresaid, three notable, & many other as nota­ble vices, factions and schisines, disorders & consusions, errors & heresies, when any such begin to spring and breake out, among the ministers of the Church, to suppresse them by the godly industry and necessary authoritye of the Bish. and Archb. iurisdictions.

But our brethren héere do make these reasons: & first for Archbishop: For, How far we yeeld to our brethrens argumēt for these termes how far wee denie it. as the Apostle calleth our Sauiour Christ in this place, the chief pa­stor, so in the 2. chap. v. 25. [...]e calleth him both the Pastor & Bishop of our soules. Wherfore as he only is our chiefe Pastor or Archipoimen: so is he also our onely Archbishop. This argument were to some purpose if we simply denied Christ to be our Archbishop, or to be our onelye Arch­bishop in that sense, that is equiualent there to Arch-pastor. For as our brethren heere theirselues confesse, it is to be vnderstod of him, who on­ly deserueth to be called. the chiefe of all Elders, pastors, and Bishops: In whech sense we not only acknowledge him to be the only Archpastor, but to be the onely Arch-elder ( if we may so tearme him, because he is our elder brother) or rather Archpriest betokening the chiefe dignity of that his office, and also to be the onely Archbishop. But sith we, nor any good Protestant, nor anye of the auncient Fathers, vnderstande Archbishop in that sense: Therefore, this argument a comparati [...], and of the similitude of the one tearme to the other, is disparatum and much vnlike. The one is a plaine tearme expresly ascribed in the Scripture vnto Christe, and not [Page 443] the other: and therefore, Archpriest if our brethrens arguments from the expresse scriptures be good, then haue we better liberty, to deny their reasons good­nesse, for this tearme. Yea if this reason be of good consequence, as the A­postle calleth our Sauiour Christ in this place the chiefe Pastor: so in the 2. chap. the 25. verse, hee calleth him both the Pastor and Bishop of our soules. If these places follow thus, as the one, so the other: why may we not better conclude thus? But these honourable names, the Pastor and Bishop of our soules, are not so absolutely in all senses proper onely vnto Christe, but that vnder Christe in some good and true senses, they are also competible, to other men. Therefore, these tearmes of Pastor, but more especially of Archbishop, which in no place is ascribed to Christe, are not so absolutely in all senses proper onely vnto Christ, but that vnder Christ in some good and true senses, they are also competible to other mē. So that if we consider their owne argument better, it maketh not so muche with them, as against them.

Now as they reason thus on these two tearmes Arch-pastor, & Arch­bishop; so againe for the thirde tearme, Archipresbyter, they like wise say: And that the name Archipresbyter or chiefe of Elders, The learned disc Pag. 27 pertayneth to no mortall man, may be seene by this place, where S. Peter that excellent and high Apostle, who if anye man coulde, might as-well as anye, haue challenged that name, durste not call him-selfe other then [...], a fellowe Elder, no; not when hee sought authoritye to him-selfe, by that name to bee bolde, to exhorte the Elders of the Church.

No man ( as I said before) among vs in Englande, Bridges hath anye suche name, as Archipresbyter, Archpriest, or chiefe of Elders, and therefore it is needelesse to challenge the discipline of the Church of Englande for that, which (all Englande séeeth) we haue not. But if our brethren think, The name of Archp [...]. not in vse a­mong vs. with an awke stroake, through the sides of this title of Arch-prieste, to wounde the title of Archbishop, inferring thus: If the name of Arch­bishop bee allowable, which is the higher title, Our brethe­rens argum. then muche more is the name of Arche-presbyter, allowable, whiche is the lower: But that it is not allowable: therefore, muche lesse the greater of Arch­bishop.

The Maior of this argument being distinguished, the defect therof, foorth­with appeareth. True it is, that where they vse the title of Archprieste, they vse it as inferiour both to Arch-bishop, and to Bishop. Our vse of the name Archbishop because they take it onelye as a chiefe or principall person, among a number of those that are but méere Priestes or Elders, without any Episcopal superiority. And so likewise Arch-deacon, as a chiefe or principall person, among a number of other Deacons. And thus also vse we the honorable name of Archb for a chiefe or principal person among the Bishops, that is to wit, [Page 444] one, to whome among some other of the same order and Ministery, a cer­taine superior dignity aboue some the residue of his fellowes, is attribu­ted. In which sense also, this name Arch-priest, or Arch-elder, though we vse it not, might of others (as is aforesaid) be vsed wel inough. But bicaus the name Prieste, Why we vse not the name Arch-Priest. or pastorall Elder, hath a néerer reference to the office, which is al one and the same, both in the him, and in Bi. and Archbish. And the name of Bish. signifieth not a seuerall office of the Ministery, but a su­perior degree of dignity and authority, in the selfesame order of the Mi­nistery that the Priest or pastoral Elder is in, as S. Aug. to. 4. in his que­stions ex vtro (que) mixtim. quaest. 101. saith. Quid est enim Episcopus, nisi primus Presbyter, hoc est, summus sacerdos? For what is a Bishoppe, but the chiefe Priest or Elder, that is to say, the highest sacred Minister? & this he spea­keth euen of that place of S. Paul [...]. Tim. 3. where the priest or Elder is cal­led a Bishop. so that the bishop: yea, and the Archbishop, are still but Priestes or Elders, in respecte of the order and office of the Minist­erie.

Although therfore the name of Bishop, being an honorable name, how­beit, but a name of degree in the office of dignity and auth. & therby may aswell admit the name of a superiour among themselues: as also ouer the residue of the Ministers: yet, sith the name of Pastor, Priest, or Pastoral el­der, continueth still both in the Bishop, and in the arch-bishop, being not so apt to admit such a superior title of dignity among the Pastors, priests or pastoral Elders, which are titles common to them al, & signifting rather the substance of the office, than any quality of degree therein: and substan­tia non dicitur, secundum magis & minus. Which reason, though it sufficeth vs to vse the title of the one, & not of the other, because Arch-priest, which indéed is lesser in respect of degeee, is the greater, or at leaste, in both is al one, in respect of the office or order of the Ministery, and therefore wee vse it not: yet, (for any thing héere alleaged by our brethren) not only wée might vse it, but euen the Papists might still vse the title of Archprieste, as they do, vnderstanding not the name Prieste for sacrificer. For, where our brethren say, that the name of Archipresbyter or chiefe of Elders, partey­neth to no mortall man: neither they, nor anie other (except the Pope himselfe, who said also, he was the B. of Bishops,) did so vse the [...]earme Archipresbyter, How the name of Arch Prieste and Arch­bishop are allowable. in this sense, thus indefinitely and in generall spoken, as chiefe of Elders: but as a chiefe person in some subalternall respectes, a­mong a certaine number and appointed companie of his brethren, Priestes or Elders. And so it may well appertaine to a mortall man, yea, to a man framed after our brethrens owne deuising: to be a chiefe man among his brethren Elders for a time, or for an action in the assemblie of them. Yea, in this restrainte, they admit the name of Archbishoppe also. And if (as they say) Episcopus and Presbyter bee all one: then in that sense, ad­mitting [Page 445] Archbishop, Peter prince of the Apost. how far will they differ from admitting also the title of Archipresbyter? but nowe let vs sée their argument against this title, that is héere alleaged out of Peter.

The argument is this. If any man coulde; Our bretherens argu­ment from S. Peter. S. Peter that excellent and high Apostle, might as well as any, haue challenged that name, Arch-elder.

But, S. Peter durst not call himselfe other than [...], a fellowe Elder, no not when he sought authority to himselfe, by that name to be bolde to exhorte the Elders of the Church:

Ergo: No mortall man) that is an Elder, can or ought to dare, to challenge that name Archipresbyter, or to call himselfe, other then [...],

Concerning héere our brethrens Maior in this argument, wee gladlye allow it, both that S. Peter was so excellent and high an Apostle: and also that if any ( méere) mortall man could, he might as wel as any, How S. Pete [...] excelled a­mong the Apost. and whether in dignity. haue chal­lenged that name. But, by the way, (because of these words more than I looked for) had S. Peter ( in any respecte) any superiority aboue his fellow Apostles? Did he then excell the residue in any dignity? or were not the residue as high as he, but that he by an excellencie, is heere saide to bee high, more than all they? Were not our brethren afrayed, least by these speeches, they might seeme to confirme the Papists opinion, that S. Peter was the head of the Apostles? yea, diuerse of the Fathers cal S. Peter the Prince of the Apostles, as doth Origen in his 17. homily vpon Luke: and Cyprian lib. 1. Epist. 3. lib. 4. Epist. 9. that Peter was the foundation of the church: and yet doth neither Origene allowe anie primacy of the B. of Rome, or of the church of Rome from Peter.

And Cyprian De simplicitate Praelatorum saith: The Lorde speaketh vn­to Peter, I (saith he) saie vnto thee, that thou art Peter, and vpon this rocke, I will build my Church, and the gates of Hel shall not ouercome it. I will giue to thee the keyes of the kingdome of heauen: and the thinges that thou shalt binde vppon the earth, shalbe bounde also in heauen: Pare [...]. And to the same party after his resurrection, he saith; Feede my sheepe. And although (after his resurrection) he gaue his power alike euen or aequall to all the Apostles, and say, As the Father sent mee, so send I you also: receaue ye the holy Ghoste, If ye shall remit sins vnto anie, they shalbe remitted vnto him: if you shall holde them, they shalbe hol­den: Notwithstanding, that he might make vnity manifest, he by his au­thority did dispose the originall of the same vnity, beginning from one. Certeinlye, this were the other Apostles also that Peter was, endewed with like consorte both of honour and power, but the beginning commeth from vnitie, that the Churche mighte bee declared to bee one.

So then, though the honor and power, in respect of their office of Apo­stleship, [Page 446] were aequall in them all, and of like consort: yet in this respect, y t in all numbers and orders, there muste euer bee a beginning from one; therein was Peter in the Apostles company, the firste and cheefest: And so is he called of the Euangelist Mat. 10.1, by the name of first. Neither is he set down first, for order only: but also for some other preeminence depē ­dant thereon. And therfore, we may safely gather that Christ made a spe­ciall choise of these 3. Apostles, Peter, Iames, & Iohn, more than of al the residue. Whereupon it should séeme that these 3. were as S. Paule noteth Gal. 2. esteemed as pillers, & seemed great among thē. And though Iames had the prerogatiue of being made the B. of Ierusalem, & not Peter: yet (as it is very well said here by our brethren) in respect of the felowship of the Ap. Peter & not Iames was that excellent and high Apostle, that excelled and surmounted all his fellowes, as ring-leader, and though not as head; yet oftentimes as mouth of all the residue. And could there be these differēces & degrees of excellency, height, and greatnes, in this one fellowship of the Apostles (the honor and power of like consort in the office of the A­postleship still remayning) & may there not be so, And euen in like manner may a Arch. [...]xcel a bish. among the Elders, & yet, one to be B. and among the Bishops, & yet, one be Archb. without the im­peachement of the honor and of the power of like consort, in the office of Eldership, & Bishoprike. If one among them (notwithstanding the equa­lity of their Apostleship) was, and might be rightly called: that excellent & high Apostle: why may not one likewise amōg the Elders) not withstā ­ding the equality of their Eldership) be indéede, & so be called, that excel­lent and high Elder; & one B. among the B. that excellēt & high Bishop.

But, let this go, as a scape by the way: yea, let S. Peter be neuer so ex­cellent and high an Apostle: yet (say our brethren) he durst not call him­selfe other than [...], fellow Elder.

No? durst h [...] not so? how then durst he, euen at the first dashe, and the very firste wordes of his Epistle, call him selfe, Peter the Apostle of Iesus Christ. lo, héere he called himselfe other then [...], a fellow Elder.

Yea, but (say they) he durst not, when he sought authority to himselfe, by that name to be bold, to exhorte the Elders of the Church: euen then durst he not call himself other than [...].

What? & did S. Peter then seeke authority to himselfe? or, if he did it, did he seek it by that name? was not the name of the Apostle, of more antiquity than Praesbyter was? or, then [...] was? yea or then [...] had ben, if he had vsed it? or, did he not rather then, sette aside his authority, and set aside the name of apostle, and descende down to their owne name & order, vnto whome he wrote? being but in respect of their Ministers, Priests or Elders, and abasing him selfe, to insinuate and per­swade them the rather, as though that excellent and high apost. had béene but their fellow, in that office of Priesthoode or Eldership, though in his apostleship far aboue them.

[Page 447] And therefore (be it spoken vnder correction) this seemeth not to be so well auouched of our brethren: Peter for­biddeth Lordship. that S. Peter durste not call himselfe other than [...], a fellowe Elder: no, not when he sought authority to himselfe by that name, to be bold to exhorte the Elders of the Church, Peter both durst and did cal him­selfe other then [...]. For, S. Peter, could, & durst, if he would haue done it And he did it, when he would vse his authority, But héere it shoulde séeme, he vsed or soughte it not, but set it aside, and vsed this lower tearme, in his modest humility to the which he exhorted them. And yet, this no white hindred his superi­or dignity & office of apostleship far aboue them.

But wherefore is this word fellow Elder, héere so vrged, that S. Peter where he sought authority to himself, durst vse no other name? doth this word fellow Elder inferre, that all that are fellowes euen in the very El­dership, must be in all respects fellow & fellow like, and all of such equali­ty, that no superior dignity may be admitted in this felowship? S. Paul al­so calleth diuerse persons his fellow labourers in the Gospel, & his fellow seruaunts: yea, he mencioneth his yoake-fellowe, which is, of diuerse, ex­pounded for his wife: yea, he calleth all the sonnes of God, fellow heires with Christe: and is there no difference of dignities in these fellowships? In the Courte, the best noble man in Englande, wil many times cal those that are of far inferior offices, & yet her Maiesties sworne men in her most honorable houshold, their fellowes: shall we say they durst not call them­selues other than their fellowes? or that they are all alike & aequall. But if this fellowship that Peter speaketh of be in the Eldership: then by the way, we haue héere to note, that S. Peter was both an apostle: & an elder. But our brether [...]n say, an elder is all one with a B. therefore the name & office of a B. was not so separated, but that euen the Apostles also both might be and were their selues Bishops. The learned Dis. Pag. 27. & 28.

But least ( say our Brethren) any man should thinke, we stay only in names and tearmes, which are not so greatly materiall: let him consider that Saint Peter expresly forbiddeth the Elders, to exercise Lordship ouer theirseueral cōgregatiōs, how much more ouer their fellow Elders.

If our brethren woulde not, that any man shoulde thinke they stay only in names and tearmes: Bridges. and if names and tearmes are not so greatly materiall: I maruell they make so much adoo about them, or rather, as it seemeth (for any thing héere alleaged) stay ( if not onely) yet moste vppon them? the thing indéede that S. Peter héere expresly forbiddeth, Our breth [...]ē st [...]y on names▪ is to exer-Lordship. So that Saint Peters forbidding, is not for any name or tearme, but for exercise of Lordship. Neither do we deny, but that which the Apo­stle Saint peter forbibdeth th [...] Elders, should be still forbidden them.

And with our brethren, allowing Caluines & Bezaes interpretation, (sith from Caluine, they séeme to haue taken all these their obseruations, on the foresaid place of Peter, though somewhat altering both Caluines words & sense héerein) that the word Cleargie signifieth not the whole order of the [Page 448] Ministers, but the particular Churches, and the vniuersal body of the Ch. ( that is, al the congregation, being the L. inheritaunce & allotment), as well as the Ministers: Doth S. Peter then forbid, that any one Elder should haue & exercise any superior gouernmēt ouer the cleargy, vnderstanding the cleargy in this sense? If he doth not, but alloweth it, & his self practised it; then, howsoeuer the name both of gouerning, & of clergy may be abu­sed; y e matter is cleare, that one Priest or Elder, amōg the residue, may haue a lawfull superior auth. & gouernmēt ouer the cleargy; ( that is) ouer all the vniuersal body of the Church, in euery particular or seueral cogrega­tion: & so not only ouer the people, but also ouer the whole order of Minist.

For the matter that is héere forbidden the Elders, is not to be [...], which simply is gouerning and exercising a lawful authority: but rather manifestly he doth inferre it, saying: [...], neither as misruling of the cleargy. On which word saith Caluine: Because with the Grecians, the proposition [...] for the most part is taken in euil part: Pe­ter heere reproueth a preposterous Lordship: Caluine, such as theirs, who not cō ­sidering with thēselus, that they are the Minist. of Christ & of the church do couet somewhat more. What Lord­ship Peter [...]eproueth. Erasmus noteth on it: Nō dominātes more Regum: Not ruling after the māner of Kings: or Non Dominio prementes, Not pres­sing thē with Dominiō (or Lordship:) so that here is nothing at al spokē against any vnlawful superiority, that any elders may exercise ouer the cleargy. For otherwise he should permit no gouernment at all vnto them ouer the congregatiō, or of one at anie time in a synode. And therfore these wordes of Saint Peter must needs be vnderstood either of too excelling, or of too tyrannicall gouernment, and so Caluine concludes thus: For God deliuereth not a kingdome to the Pastors, but onelie enioyenth them a care, so that theright in the mean time remaines entier to himself, and so saith Beza: he sheweth that not a kingdome, but a care is committed to them. So that this Lordship that Saint Peter expreslie forbiddeth, is only against their exercise of a kinglike, or of a tyrannicall Lordship, and not a­gainst anie moderate Lordship and superior authority ouer the cleargie. But to proue this further and better (as they thinke) our brethren ascend from Saint Peter vnto Christ, saying.

Which thing also our Sauiour Christ precisely forbiddeth, when there was a contention among his apo. about the primacy. The Kings of the nations haue dominion ouer them, and they that beare rule ouer them are called gratious Lordes or beneficiall, but you shall not be so. Also Mat. 20.25. and Mar. 10.41, Vpon the ambitious request of the sonnes of Zebedy, & the disdain of the other against thē. The princes of the Gentiles exercise lordship ouer them and they that bee great, exercise authority ouer them, but it shall not bee so amongest you, but who so will be great amongest you, let him be your Minister, and he that will bee first among you, let him bee your seruaunt. [Page 449] the same thing he taught by his example, Howe Christ for­biddeth greater. when he washed his Disciples feete, and commaunded them to shewe the like humility one towards another, which were all brethren, which he their Lord and Master shew­ed towardes them. Also Math, 23.8. &c. He forbiddeth all ambitious ti­tles of Rabbi, Master, Father. &c, The reason hee addeth, Iohn. 13.13. for you are all brethren. For these names agree properly to God and Christe. Math. 23.8. For the greatest dignity of an Ecclesiasticall person is a Ministerye, and not a Lordship.

These places hauing bene before by other so often alleaged, and so ful­ly answered, neede the lesse discussing. The wordes indéede of our sauiour Christe cited by S. Luke. 22.25. might seeme at the first shewe to forbid all gouernment, because he sayth [...], they rule or gouerne them: But being larger and more plainely expounded, both not onely, by S. Mat. 20.25, but also by S. Mark 10.41, who both of them expresly vse the same word that S. Peter doth [...], they do plainly shew, that it should be vnderstoode in the same sense. And therefore this is heere of our Bre­thren rightlyer sayde than they were aware of: Which thing also our sa­uiour Christ precisely forbiddeth, when &c. So that, as S. Peter simplye forbiddeth not in the Ministery, all Superiority of gouernment and re­uerend Title of honor: but onely such as eyther is proper vnto Kinges, or abused by tyrants & ambitious men: so the same thing beeing forbidden precisely by our sauiour Christ also: if we wil be rightly precise herein, we ought not to stretch these words furder, than Sauiour Christ & S. Peter do.

And as indeed, it is good to note, what here our sauiour Christ precisely forbiddeth: so let vs precisely note withall, what here precisely he allow­eth. For whereas both in Mat. and Marke hee saieth, [...] but he that wilbee among you made greote, which the olde tranflation cal­leth greater, And againe, [...], be & be made first or chiefe: Luke saith, [...]: and againe, [...], But hee that is greate [...]t among you, and he that is Prince or gouernor. Here all these titles are both preciselye expressed. The first amōg them, that is to say among the ministers of the word, and sacraments, and not only the first in order of number, but in the quality and degree of dignity: first, that is, great, greater, & greatest amog them. Yea in precise words, the prince or gouernor of thē. And all this, with this condition, is expresly & precisely allowed of our sauiour Christ, that is to say, so y t the same person be the Minister or the seruant of thē al.

If our brethren say: how can the same person be both greatest & least, How Christ expoundes his owne wo [...]des. gouernor and seruant all at once? although these may agrée wel together, in diuerse respects: yet, to vrge euen the precise wordes of our Sauiour Christ, Christ expresly doth expound himself. For that which is said before [...]e shold bee, Luk. 22. saith, [...] as though he were one that serued: that is to say, he should in his greater dignity or gouernment of them, [Page 450] behaue himself in lowlines and humility, Titles of Masters & fathers as if he were the seruant & the least among them, And this wel accordeth to S. Peters former sentence, ex­horting the Elders, amōg other vertues, to modest humility. But our brethren perhaps, Our Br. ex­a [...]ple flat against thē. would not haue these expresse words thus precisely vrged, & yet, sée how they make it more plain, euen by the very example that they bring (as they thinke) against it.

The same thing ( say they) he taught by his example, when he washed his apostles feet, & cōmanded thē to shew the like humility one to another, which were al brethren, which he their Lorde & master shewed to them.

And was this example indéede, the teaching of the same thing? What then, if he for al this great humility, yea, & that, cōmanding them to shew the like humility, did notwithstāding, retein stil a superiority of lordship & mastership ouer them, that both our brethren confes, saying, which hee their Lord & M. shewed towards thē. & when Christ had shewed thē this exāple, Humility debarreth not superi­ority of of­fice. he himself said: Vnderstand ye [...]hat I haue done vnto you? ye cal me ma­ster & Lord, & ye say wel, for so I am. If now, he taught them by his doctrine the same thing, in the foresaid places, Mat. 20. Mar. 10. & Luc. 22. that he taught them here by his exāple: then do not those places precisely forbid, euery Mastership & Lordship, or superiorship of authority & title of dig­nity & honor, amōg the ministers of the word & sacramēts. Neither doth Mastersh. or Lordsh. or superior autority & title therof amōg thē ( being so far as we acknowlege thē, inferior to our Sauiour Christs) any whit impugne the disciples, or any godly Prelates humility, or their humility im­pugne their Mastership, Lordship, or superior autority & title, as it did not in this example of Christ▪ nor in other humble both Princes & Prelates, as Constantine, Theodosius, &c. Ambrose, Augustine, &c. that with the A­postles followed this example. And to the same effect writeth both Ierom, Augustine, and diuers others: Superiority therefore, in the godly gouer­nors, ciuill or ec-clesiastical, may ioin with the true humility wel ynough.

As for that place. Mat. 23.8. &c. where (they say) Christ forbiddeth al am­bitious titles of Rabbi, Master, Father, &c. Shal we condemn al these titles for ambitious? Rabbi, among vs is not in vse, but among the Iewes, and a reue­rende name, signifiing al one with Maister, great, or excellent, or one insteed of many: and giuen also to Christ, and accepted of him: and since, as­cribed without offence, to many notable, christian and godly Iews, besides the wicked & erroneous Rabbines. As for the titles of Maist. & father, as they are vsuall among vs: so they are not ambitious: & if any ambitiously desire them, the ambition is in the man, not in the title. Neither doth Chr. simply forbid these titles, but the ambition to obteyne them. For although in precise words he say, [...]: But be ye not called Rabbi: Neuerthelesse, the meaning thereof is so plain, that not only the old vulgar tran­slation doth wel expound it, Vos aute nolite vocari Rabbi: but will not yee to [Page 451] be called Rabbi. as who should say, Haue ye no inordinate wil or desire so to be called: But that also euen Beza him-selfe saith, [...] id est, ne am­b [...]atis hunc honorem: ne (que) enim vetat Christus, &c. Be ye not called, that is to say do not ye ambitiously desire (or sue for) this honor. Beza annot. in Mat. 1. For Christe forbid­deth not, that we should giue to the Magist. and to Maisters their honor but he condemneth ambition, as August, declareth in the Sermon of the Lords words, out of Mat. 11. as Erasinus hath noted. Or else, by these ti­tles Master or Father in this place, he meaneth them not in such senses, as we commonly vse to call them: but for such as are Doctors or Maisters in teaching and giuing praeceptes, and so are the very wordes, [...] Be ye not called Doctors: as who say Be ye not called Doctors of any doctrin of your selues, and precepts of your devising, nor be ye called fathers, as authors & originals of doctrin & religiō, for that only appertaineth to God. Both which expositions as the text yeelds them apparantly, so the moste and best of all the interpreters old and new, agree vpon them.

Neither doth the reason that he addeth, For you are all Br. ( meaning, both by creation and regeneration, vnder God our cheef Master & father) take away the lawfull vse of this title Mast. & Father among men: or the being, either of Mast. in their subalternall degrees, either of Father in na­ture▪ in yeares or in dignity, either ecclesiasticall or political. Yea, our bre­thren theirselues (if they haue children) can be content they call them Fa­ther, and they call one another Master, for all these wordes. Ephes. 5 5. 1. Tim 5.21.

And therefore this is not so truely inferred: For these names agree pro­perly to God & Christ: except they mean this properly not very proper­ly, neither in this speech of God and Christ, ( for though S paul in a fewe places, speak thus distinctly, God and Christ: yet might we more proper­ly vse S. Paules plainer speeches: and sith Christe also is God and man, to haue said, God the father and Christ) Neither: do these titles Father & master, agree so properly to God the Father and to Christ. For both Christe is called more properly of the twaine, the sonne than the father, And God the father of whom is all fatherhood in heauen & earth, thogh he be proper­lie called God the father, and our heauenlie father: The name of Father not proper to Ch [...]iste. yet he is not proper­lie called father, in the proper sense. For when wee saie a thing is prop [...]r to one, we commonlie exclude the proprietie of the same from all but him. But God that vouchsafeth (as I haue said already) to communicate higher & more proper names of his than Master or Father, alloweth so generallie the vse of these names, Maister and Father, both to good and bad, nor debar­reth them from any his ministers: that I sée not how▪ in anie sense that we doe vse them, they can be aptlie sayd to agree properlie to [...]od & Christ, which if it were true, then our vse of these names Maister or Father, were not onelie improper, but plaine blasphemie.

As for that that is added here, as a reason héereof: for, the greatest dig­nitie [Page 452] of an Eccl. person, B. tempo­ralties. is a ministerie and not a Lordship: is a verie im­proper illation on the premisses. Howbeit, it may be well graunted with­out preiudice. And may as well be sayde, of any ciuill, as of anie Eccle­siasticall person, that his greatest dignitie is a Ministerie and not a Lord­ship. For in that he is Gods Minister, it surmounteth rhe greatest world­ly dignitie he can attaine vnto, The dignity of being Gods mini­ster. al were he King or Keyser neuer so great. And this also is in very déede, the greatest dignitie in euery Eccl. person, ( aboue anie degree of externall dignitie, which for order sake hee is promoted vnto) that he is Gods Minister: as S. Paule saide, let a man so esteeme vs as the ministers of Christe, and stewardes of the mysteries of God, 1. Co. 4.1. And in this respect, not the greatest prince in the world, if he feare God, but (be [...]he Preest neuer so poore, or low of degree) he hum­bly acknowledgeth this poore Minister of Gods worde and Sacramentes, in his Ministration, to be of farre greater dignity, than is all his Ciuill po­wer and externall Maiesty. But the question is not heere so properly, which is the greatest dignity of an Ecclesiastical person: whether a Mini­stery, or a Lordship? meaning by Ministery, the Ecclesiasticall function, by Lordship, eyther a Title or an estate of some externall superiour go­uernment: as whether these twayne may bee competible. Which point though Caluine on the foresaid sentence of our Sauiour Christ, Math. 20. resolue it, for a Ciuill Princes or temporall Lordes part, that in cases of vrgent necessity hee that hath the Lordshippe of a Village or a ci­ty, Brentus re­solution for Ministers that they may be ma­gistrates. may exercise the office of teaching: and the same he shewed in his foresaid Epistle to the king of Polonia: and on the other part, Brentius, on the foresaid exāple likewise resolueth this point, for him that is a Minister of the Word, that he in diuerse respects also, may withall hold, as the posses­sion of externall goods, so an externall Lordship or principality: Yet, sith that the most famous Zanchius, hath euen as it were the other day, besides his former confession, on this though not directly on neither of these points, yet added in his appendix. Cap. 25. Aphoris. 21. His obseruations also heereupon: I will onely here set downe that which he saith, whereby we may see howe much more any Lordships, that any of our bishops or arch-B. haue, are allowable and our Brethren should gladlier yeeld vnto them.

There are two far different questions, ( saith Zanchius) whether it bee lawfull for bishops to be princes also, and for Princes to be bishops, re­taying their principalities: And whether they which already are both B. & princes, besides their authority Ecclesiasticall, may also haue rightes or lawes politike ouer Citizens being subiects vnto them: and thereupon whether the subiects ought to obey them as princes, yea, or no. In my A­phorisme, I spake nothing at all of the former question, because it was not necessary: but onely of the later. But who doth not plainly see, that it is made manifest by the testimonies of mee brought foorth, that, by [Page 453] what right and by what wrong they were created princes, Diotre­pher. they must wholy obeye them. For why shoulde not they that are subiectes to the B. of Mentz, Coleine, and Triers, being princes of the Empire and withal Archb. obey them in things that fight nothing at all with Christian god­linesse? Certesse, it were the part of seditious men, not to obey them. But if they must obey these: why must not they also that liue vnder his gouernmente, obeye the bishoppe of Rome, in the same thinges, and for the same cause? For of all these, the reason is the same or all one. Of the former question (as I sayd bfore) I disputed nothing, nor yet now also, in this my briefe confession, The former question diputable on both partes. haue I determined to dispute. When as I know, that all are not of one opinion, and many thinges may be spoken on both parts. That place Math. 20. ( Ye know that the princes of the Gentiles or of the nations doe rule ouer them, & the great men exercise power ouer them but ye shall not so:) Some interpreting it one way, & of the only apostles and Ministers of the word: others, another way, of all the Dis­ciples of Christ and Christians.

Thus saith the renomned Zanchius of these matters. And if so worthy and great learned man, and moste earnest protestant, euen where he for­beareth the disputing of this former question, (which woulde God he had discussed (but as I say) on the second question, he write thus, of so Great estates and principalities, being ioyned with the ecclesiastical ministery, yea, by what right or wrong soeuer they bee ioyned, yet that they must be obeyed, and that they play the parts of fedicious men that obey them not, in thinges not repugnant vnto Godlines: May not we, (that by ma­ny degrees commeth nothing neere to such principalities, as Zanchias speaketh of,) iustify the superiority and Lordship of bishops and Archb. among vs, which they hold vnder our most gracious souereigne, but as Degrees of dignity for order sake, and vsing the same with ready care, painfull diligence, and modest humility, and acknowledging also their greatest dignity, to be their Ecclesiasticall Ministery, and not their exter­nall Lordshippe? But for the further conferming thereof: our Brethren haue yet one argument more, from the apostle S. Iohn, saying.

Saint Iohn also in his thirde Epistle sharplye reprooueth Diot [...]ephes, The L.D Pag. 29. beecause hee was [...], one that desired the primacy, in the Church. 1. I [...]hn. 9.

This example also of reproouing this ambitious Diotrephes, Our bre­threns [...]x­ample no­th [...]ng t [...] the qu [...]stion. is well alleaged against the inordinate desire of primacy in the Church, such as Diotrephes had: but is nothing to the question in hande, whether any Pri­macy in any particuler Churches among the Ministers of the worde, may bee lawfully exercised: yea, or no: if it bee not desired, but imposed on them or desired, in a more lawfull manner then this Diotrephes did. Our Brethren héere translate it not very precisely but to their aduan­tage, [Page 454] one that desired the primacy of the Church: where as the Apo­stles wordes are [...], one louing the primacy of them. Ex­presly noting his ambition, that his loue was all set, not on them, but on the primacy of them. If our brethren then conclude that the primacy, if it might not be loued, must néedes be vnlawful: may we not as well con­clude thus, Diotrephes examples maketh more to prooue that there was then a supe­riority, then that there was none. There is nothing more wicked then to loue mony. Eccl. 10. And therefore Mony must néedes be vnlawfull? Or rather, doth not this proue the more, that there is a lawfulnesse of the thing, yea, and a lawfull loue of it also, because the fault was neither in the thing it selfe, nor simply in the loue, but in the inordinate or immoderate loue thereof. Whether this Diotrephes were a Minister of the worde of God, or no: that is not apparant. If he were not, it is the further from the Question. But if hee were, as it is not vnlikely, then it argueth, that euen in the apostles times there were Degrees of dignity in the Ministery, whereby some were Superior to the residue of their fellow-brethren in the Churche, and some were chiefe also among them. For, Ignoti nulla cupido. If there had bin no such Primacy, there had béene &c. But to be in Loue with these dignities, and so to desire them ambitiously, or to vsurpe them tyrannously, as saint Iohn sayth, that this Diotrephes did (, who would not receyue, no, not S. Iohn him-selfe that was farre in dignity his Superior, nor woulde en­tertaine the Brethren, and forbad other that would receiue them, and cast them out of the Church: this insolency, tyranny, and ambition, con­dēned in him, or in any other like him, is nothing at all against this lawfull superiority or primacy y t is allowed among vs, yea, rather, it confirmeth the same. Howbeit, it is a good example ( we confesse) for al Prelates of the Church, to take héed of the like vices, in their Ecclesiasticall gouernment.

Nowe, when with all these testimonies and examples, our Brethren haue made this Learned Discourse, against this Superiority of Bishops o­uer their Brethren Pastors: least it might be thought, they had too much a­based the bishops authority: they make exception and say.

Howbeit, in this case we must take heede, that we spoyle not the Mi­nisters of the Church of all their lawfull authority. The learned Dis. Pag. 29.

This is a good caueat, if it had come in time. But although we cōmonly say, When the steede is stolne shut the stable dore: yet better late then ne­uer. For if all these thinges that our brethren haue auouched, were admit­ted: Bridges. a great part of it, though not al their lawfull authority should be spoi­led But, if wee must take heede heeeunto, it is good yet taking heede in time. For, these reasons haue so forestalled, a number of our brethren, that it is more than high time, it were taken heede vnto.

And yet, if we would take good heede indéede, and not bee caried away with shewes and glorious pretences of Zeale and Reformation, so farre, that we take no heede to discerne betwéene the matter of Religion, & the forme of Discipline: betwene things commanded and commended: be­twéen [Page 455] Ius & factum, the fact done, and the right of the thing to be done: Lawfull authority. betwéene Rules and examples: betwéene thinges expressed & thinges in­ferred: betwéen the vse of things and the abuse of them: if we wold take heede to the auncient recordes of vnsuspected Chronicles, to the graue te­stimonies of the auncient holy fathers, to the continual (euen from the apo­stles times) and vniuersall practise of all the whole and all the parts of the Church of Christ, vntill our owne age: and if now (after the general cor­ruptions of the papists,) we woulde take heede to the sounde and mature, iudgement and consent of the best Learned godliest and most reuerende, renounned Protestants: & most of al, if we would take heed to the testimonies and examples cited out of Gods most holy word, & not shuffle them ouer, & loosely apply them: if we would (I say) take more diligent heede to all these thinges: we should neither spoyle the Ministers of the Church of all, or of any their lawfull authoritie, nor entangle our selues with these vnnecessary troubles and diuisions that we make But our brethren thogh thus late, howbeit now at lēgth, willing vs in this case, to take heed, that wee spoyle not the Ministers of the Church, of all their lawfull authori­ty, as though they were content we shold take no great heed thogh they were spoiled of some of their lawfull authority: doe adde this reason.

For although these testimonies of scripture, directly condemn the au­thority of one pastor aboue another: The L. Disc. Pag. 29 & 30. yet neither do they set euery pastor at libertie by himselfe, to do what they list without controlmēt: nor yet do take away the lawful authority he hath ouer his flock: but that impe­rious and pompeous dominion, which is meet for ciuil magistrates, and great potentates to exercise in worldly affayes: otherwise (in respect of their lawful authority) they are called by the apostle in his epistle to the Hebr. Guides, such as are appointed to ouersee the flocke, & vnto them submission & obedience is commaunded, in the same chap. verse. 11.

Whether these testimonies of scripture, that haue bin alleaged, direct­ly condemne the authority one pastor aboue another, yea, or no: Bridges. I refer it to the better taking heede of al these testimonies, & on that which hath on either side bin saide thereon. Direct condemnation shold haue bin vt­tered in some expresse words. But as yet, there hath passed no such direct sentence, nor direct implication of any condemnation thereof at al, but ra­then the clean contrary. But our brethren presupposing this condemnati­on, Our brethrē presup [...]ose of dir [...]ct condemna­tion. & yet again doubting the obiection of another no lesse inconuenience thā the spoyle of all the lawful authority, thinking to preuent this also, do say.

Yet neither do they set euery pastor at liberty by himselfe to do what they list, without controlment.

How far off (must we imagine) wold they be set, frō such a liberty, euery pastor by himselfe to do what they list without controlmēt? when as no one among thē hath any authority ouer another, but euery one of thē is equal, & in al respects fellow & fellow like vnto another, hayl fellow well [Page 456] met, Beza. without any one among them any whit superior ouer them? are they not then the néerer, What liberty this equality would breed to do euen what they list? at least, may they not doe so, for any one among them that can let them? who although hee doe controule them, hath hee any authority to controul them? And, except they haue the greater grace of God, so to stay themselues, that (as it is said, 1. Tim. 1. There is no lawe giuen to the righteous:) they néede no lawe nor go­uernour ouer them.

But if the apostles ( as we haue heard Caluines confessiō) were not with out one of their company to be a superior among them: may we not wel think, that other pastors haue as much and farre more néede, to haue one pastor also among them to be their superior? Yea, and it were but as Be­za saith in his confession, cap, 5. De eccl. vpon this article, 29. That there ought to bee some order appointed in the college of the Pastors.

Although ( saith he) the authority of the pastors among themselues be equall, as it is one function, Notwithstanding it is necessary, that al com­panies should be gouerned in some certain order. Therefore wee see, that at Hierusalem in the college of the Apostles, Peter went before the resi­due. Howbeit, it comes not to passe heereupon, which some striue for, to wit, that the apostleship of P [...]ter, is to be distinguished from the office of his colleagues, as though he had bin a prince ouer the apostles, or as the head of the church. For he wēt before his colleagues, only, for because of order, and that in the common assemblie, so often as need required. And that it was so, it is manifest of that, that being before the Church repre­hēded, by those that were of the circumcision: he yeelds a reason of his legacy that he had trauelled in: and is at Antioch openly by Paul repro­ued Neither shall any, no, not the lightest testimony in all that whole hi­story be found, out of which this primacy may be gathered. But on the contrary, the whole order of the history conuinceth, that the vocation of the Apostles was euen, and the function equall.

Here B [...]Za maketh among the Apostles, & all Pastors, both an equality & an inequality. In respect of the function & apostleship or pastorship, al are euen & equal. Peters apostleship is not distinguished or different from the apostleship of the residue, as thogh he were their prince or head: this Primacy or any the lightest testimony thereof is not to be found. Yea, in this respect, he suffers himselfe to be reproued, both of his equals and inferiors. But in respect of order they are again vnequall, & the same Pe­ter so much superior, that he goeth before thē al. And hereupon he setteth down for all pastors a generall rule: that although in respect of the fun­ction or office of the pastorship, al pastors beeuen & equal: yet in respect of their company, & of some certain order, it is necessary that they shold all of them bee gouerned, and so some one or few among them, must of very necessity be their superiours. But let Bez [...] procéede.

[Page 457]Therefore we acknowledge that it is necessarie, that there should be some one among the Breth. which shuld assemble together the college: which should shew thē of the businesses, which should send his colleges to gather the voices, to conclude, which should when need shalbe, write & speak in the colleges name. Such an one was he in the ancient church, Priestes in the primi­tiue church. whō Iustine calleth [...], that is, the bishop: they cal him now in some places the deane of the companie, which hath a yearely office, to wit, where the Chuches are distributed into companies: otherwhere, they call him a Super-intendent, to auoyde I suppose, the enuie of the Epis­copall tyranny. But we are not ignorant, howe many thinges were or­deyned by the auncientes, concerning the seates of Bishops, of Metro­politanes, and of Patriarks, and that of the best zeale, and that with the limites of ech one determined, and hauing a certaine authority attribu­ted to them. Yet neuerthelesse, Superinten­dent. because that horrible tyrannie which springing from these beginnings (as Hierome rightly iudged, and is ma­nifest by all the whole hystorie of those times) did vndoo or leese the v­niuersall Church, and almost that alone hindreth at this day the renew­ing thereof: we rest our selues in the order and custome of the Apostles, whom it appeareth sufficiently to haue chosen by their common con­sent, in the procuring of their businesses, Metropoli­tane. them that they iudged to bee most fitte, according as necessitie did require, and euen in such sorte, that the power of those men should be temporarie, (or continuing but for a time) and should be defined or bounded, and that the Churches among themselues should yeelde reuerence one to another of dutie, but not of a certaine royall Empire, to wit, when as they sought this onely thing, that they might mutually one helpe an other, in the encreasing of the glorie of God. So farre is it off, that it should be lawefull for anie man, to attempt aught of his owne will, or that any should saye, that he ought to be iudged of no man although hee drewe all men hedlong into hell, as that Romane Antichrist not onely sayd, but also left it writ­ten, that a perpetuall monument of the Romaine Apostacie might re­maine. And that these thinges were thus practised of the Apostles, may to euery man be manifest out of the hystorie of Matthias, and the Dea­cons election, & also out of that, that Simon & Iohn are sent of the resi­due of the Apostles vnto Samaria, and Barnabas, Iudas, and Silas vnto Antioche: yea, and that out of all the Synode holden at Hierusalem, and out of those things which in many places are written of Paule.

If there were no more graunted, but this that here Beza yéeldeth vn­to: it were inough sufficiently and directly, to condemne the assertion of our Brethren, denying the authoritie of one Pastor aboue another. For here is some authoritie plainely graunted, yea, and thought necessarie, of one aboue another; both among the Apostles and among the Pastors. [Page 458] Howbeit, (by the way, and once againe) I maruell no lesse than before I did, Bezaeswrōg ascribing that to the occasion of the Popes tyrannie, that was the chiefest stop thereof. at this so reuerend & godly learned Father M. Beza, that he would not only (as before) affirme, that from these beginninges of the order a­mong the auncients as well for Bishops as Metropolitanes & Patriarks, that horrible tyranny, which he after speaketh of, did spring: but that he appealeth also to the whole hystorie of those tymes. Whereas, he is not ignorant, ( as he saith he is not) or if he be, he and all the world may most easily knowe, by marking better the hystories of those times, that those orders ( as he also confesseth them to haue béene ordeined euen of the best zeale, and that also they were bounden with limites, and with a certaine authoritie attributed vnto thē, and so were not vniuersal, nor of anie ab­solute and indefinite authoritie) were the very stoppe and abbridging of that horrible tyrannie. Which tyrannie could neuer take place, so long as those auncient orders continued inuiolate. And therefore, this is a ma­nifest iniurie to those orders, were they good, or were they bad: to say, that that horrible tyranny sprange of those beginninges, by which it was re­pressed & kept backe: as may appeare both in Cyprians times, and by that councell of Aphrike, wherein S. Augustine himselfe was present.

And as for that which Beza citeth hereunto of Hierome on Titus: is the thing that here I most doe woonder at, that suche an excellent man, so constantly auoucheth this auncient Father, euen to the cleane contrarie, both of that he euidently meaneth, & most plainely speaketh. Doth Ierome say or meane, that that horrible tyranny sprang of the auncient Fathers constitutions of Bishops, Metropolitanes, and Patriarkes? Saith he not rather that the auncient Fathers constitutions of Bishops ( of whom only he there speaketh) were made to stop scismes & diuisions in the Church? And if they stopped factions & scismes then: are they become almost the only stop or hindrance of renewing the Church now? Surely, then som [...] other thing doth stop the right course of thē: which stop being takē away, & they restored to their first institution, ordeined by the best zeale of the auncients, with their olde certaine authoritie attributed vnto them, and their boundes limited as they were before that stop came: what letteth, but that as they were ordeined of the best zeale, As Beza cō ­fesseth the olde orders were made of the best (that is, ac­cording to knowledge) so they may be renewed with best effect. so they may be renewed and continue with the best effect? And what is the greatest stop of them, but euen that horrible tyranny of that Romane Antichrist here mentio­ned? That brake these bounds, and vsurped a cleane contrary authoritie, that is to say, vnbounded, absolute & vniuersall. And thinking it was law­full for him, to do what he list without controlement, vaunted y e he must be iudged of none, although he drewe all to hell hedlong. Remoue this stop, & expel this horrible tyranny of that Romane Antichrist, or if there be any other tyranny or abuses proued that remaine, remoue them: and then may these ordinances of the auncients remaine well inough. Nei­ther [Page 459] will they become any stoppe or hindraunce to the renewing of the Church, but be one of the greatest furderances therunto. Geneua.

Church of Geneua will not admitte all those orders of the auncientes, for Bishops, Metropolitanes and Patriarkes: The orders that we ac­knowledge are no hin­derance, but furtherance to the chur­ches refor­mation. we also ad­mitte not that Patriarke of the West, because hee is become that Anti­christ, and deuourer of all his fellowes by that horrible tyrannie, but allowe onely Bishoppes and Metropolitanes or Arch-bishoppes, as of more auncient time, before that horrible tyrannie did beginne. As for the name of Bishops, wee finde it expressely in the Scriptures, and therefore we auoide it not, for any Episcopall tyrannie, or rather ty­rannie not Episcopall, wherewith the name hath béene abused. No more than we should auoyde the names of Doctors, Elders, Gouernors, Deacons, which our Bretheren vse: though, none of them all, but haue béene abused; or of Kinges, Princes, Lordes, Masters, Fathers; or of Gospell, Church, Sacramentes, Praying, Preaching, Fasting, Excom­municating, &c. All which names, and a number moe, haue béene no lesse Hypocritically, at least, shamefully abused: yea, the name of Iesus, of Christe, and of God: that for the abuses of a name, otherwise good and lawefull, wee should cleane leaue all vse thereof, Olde offices renewed to haue their old names. and deuise for Bi­shop, a newe or an vnusuall name of Superattendent. Let newe lawes and offices haue newe names a Gods name, but let olde names béeing renewed to their olde state, stande as before they stoode. And since both the matter of the name Metropolitane, and also the name it selfe is founde (as wee haue alreadie séene) to haue béene extant without anie tyrannie or abuse: yea, the matter and name of Bishops from the very Apostles times: we néede neuer change the names, nor be ashamed of thē, nor feare by reason of thē, the stoppage of renewing the Churches state. Nay, we haue felt, if we would, as we shold, dutifully acknowledg it, that the renewing of the Church hath béen with vs (God be praysed) mightily furthered by them. And although that worthy City & Church of Geneua, haue founde that the Bishop there being a Papist, & an open enemie of the Gospell, deuoted to Antichrist, hath bin a stop & hindrance to the renuing of the Church among them, insomuch that God hath there renewed his Church w tout him (to God also be prayses for it): yet what hindreth this, but that, if their B. had reformed himself to y e rule of the Gospell, he might haue kept his Bishopricke welinough? And the Church of Geneua and al the Ministers and Pastors therein, not onely might, but ought to haue acknowledged him, to bee their Bishop and Superiour, euen by Cal­nines owne prescription to other Churches, where the Bishops woulde receaue the Gospell, as is alreadie declared. And so should Caluine him­selfe and Beza also, (and I beléeue would, if they would haue béene Pa­stors there) haue acknowledged the Bishop of Geneua their Superiour.

[Page 460] But God disposing it otherwise, by the default and tyranny of the Bi­shop: We enuie not the state of Geneua nor they ought to prescribe vnto vs. if they nowe acknowledge themselues, to rest in any order and cu­stome of the Apostles, and can so doe; it is well doone (and againe God be praysed for it) wee enuie not them, nor disturbe their rest in the same order and custome of the Apostles whosoeuer: neither can they, nor do therein prescribe to vs.

And yet, if it were the order and custome of the Apostles, that they rest in, The Apo­stles orders. we haue plainely and at large séeme, that the order and custome of the Apostles, both among themselues and in other Churches, permit­ted Bishops and the Superioritie of the same: and that not so temporarie, as, standing for an only present assemble, which perhaps might not hold out an hower or two: nor, for a day, a wéeke, a moneth, or a yeare: but as standerds and continuers in the same. Yea, Zuinglius, that saith a Bi­shop and a Priest or Elder were once all one: yet, in his booke de Ratione & Officio Concionandi, Zuinglius de officio concio­nandi. or Ecclesiastes, The Preacher, he saith: Againe Act. 21. Luke writeth thus: The next day wee that were with Paule came to Caesarea, and entring into the house of Philip the Euangelist, which was one of the seuen, we aboade with him. This man had fowre daughters, Virgines prophecying. In which place, first we haue to note that thing, that this Philip of the Church of Caesarea the Euangelist, was a Bishop or a Pastor. Neither is he of Luke called an Apostle, Howbeit, he was one of the seuen, which were ordey­ned Deacons, as the same partie shewed before cap. 6. That thing also withall ought to be noted, that they layde downe the name of the Apo­stles, The Apo­stles when they setled themselues became Bi­shops. so soone as being fixed to any one Church, they had the continu­all cure thereof, that is to wit, when as either being hindred by age, or else afflicted with diseases, with the troubles of peregrinations, and with dangers, they were not able to suffice any longer. For then were they not any longer named Apostles, but Bishops. But we may bring foorth S. Iames (whom for his age, we call Iames the lesse) an example, or ra­ther a witnesse of this thing. For Hierome, and withall all the auncient Fathers, doe name this man Bishop of Ierusalem, for no other cause, than that hee had placed his seate, fixed in that Citie. For when as be­fore (as also the other Apostles, being giuen to peregrinations) he had taught the faith ech where all ouer the countryes: hee was at the length by the Apostles themseles, ordeyned to be the partie, that as a certaine diligent watchman, shoulde take vpon him the cure of the Churche of Ierusalem. The same thing we may say of Iohn the Euangelist and Dis­ciple of Christ. S. Iohn B. of Ephesus af­ter Tim. For when as he (hauing beene cast forth to diuerse dan­gers) had long time administred the function Apostolicall: at length being made the Bishop of the Ephesians, he departed out of this life in that [...]itie, in the 68. yeare after the ascention of the Lorde.

Nowe then, some of the Apostles being on this wise Bishops in suche [Page 461] places, and so, as our Brethren call them Pastors: shall wee thinke, Primate. that the other Pastors in those Cities did not stil acknowledge a Superiour dig­nitie vnto them, and that for a longer time, [...] take it the Pastors be not all of like auth. in Geneua. than for the occasion of some present action or assemblie? Yea, haue all the Pastors alike euen, and as full authoritie equall in Geneua it selfe, as that most excellent instrument of God Master Caluine, or the most woorthie Master Beza, yet liuing? Indéede I can not precisely tell; but I thinke not so, nor it séemeth so, and in my simple opinion (be it spoken with due honour re­serued to euery godly and Learned minister there, be they neuer so equall and all one, in respect of the same function and Ministerie) it were not méete it shoulde so bee. Or if it be so, yet, were it not so good, no not for them: as if that (I speake of Beza in Geneua) or some other excellent man were appointed, to haue a continuing and standing moderate of­fice, ouer all the residue of his fellowe brethren there in the ministerie, to ouer-see and gouerne them, assigned vnto him, and to exercise the same with painefull care, readie diligence, and modest humilitie, so long as he is able to discharge the same. And so indéede, it should drawe néerer to the order and custome of the Apostles. And yet, if their order and cu­stome had admitted such a temporarie superior among them, as had ser­ued only the tournes but of temporarie occasions: yet, thereby also for that time and occasion, one Pastor had had the authoritie ouer another: yea, ouer all the other in the companie. And how then do our Brethren here affirme, that these testimonies of scripture directly condemne the authoritie of one Pastor aboue another?

As for the testimonies that Beza alleageth, euen of the very first of them concerning the election of Matthias, Act. 1. Caluine vppon these wordes, ver. 16. The scripture must haue beene fulfilled, sayth: Because Pe­ter maketh the speeche; the Papistes make him the head of the whole Church. As though none may speake in the assembly of the godly, but forth-with he must be made a Pope. We graunt indeede, that as it is ne­cessarie some one in euery assembly, must holde the Primacie or be the chiefe: so the Apostles yeelded this honour vnto Peter. But what is this to a Popedome? So that here, though that horrible tyrannie of the Pope be not inferred, which the Papistes on euery inkling gréedily gather: yet, Caluine not onely confesseth plainely, both in Peter a certaine honour of Primacie yeelded vnto him: but also confesseth it necessarie for euerie as­sembly of the faithfull to haue such a Primate. The like he sayth of the other example. Act. 6. Of the sending of Simon and Iohn vnto Samaria. How Peter excelled any one, & was inferiour to the whole. Concerning that Luke ( sayth he) declareth, that Peter was sent of the re­sidue: hereupon it may be gatherad, that he exercised not an Empire o­uer his Colleagues, but did so excel among them, that notwithstanding, he was vnder the bodie and obeyed it. So that, his autho [...]itie excelled [Page 462] any and euery one of his fellowes in particular: but in respect of the whole bodie and corporation of them, he was not so much as fellow but inferi­our. As for the last testimonie cited héere by Beza Act. 15. what Caluine hath sayd alreadie thereon, euen for the standing Bishoprike of Iames at Ierusalem, and how therein he excelled the residue of the Apostles: wée haue at large heard before.

Now where our Brethren adde, that yet they take not away the lawe­full authoritie he hath ouer his flocke: but that Imperious and Pompe­ous dominion, which is meete for ciuile Magistrates, and great Poten­tates to exercise in worldly affaires: euen as Beza said, it was not of any kingly Empire or royall commaundement, and yet, was it a reuerence giuen of dutie: and as Caluine saide, it was not a Papacie nor Empire o­uer his Colleagues, and yet, he did excell among them, and he [...]d a Prima­cie ouer them, and the other yeelded an honour to him: so, these our Brethrens sayings may be well allowed. Our Arch. and Bishops state far frō Imperious and Pompe­ous domi­nion. And I thinke, no Bishoppe or Arch-bishop in Englande doth desire any other, then such limited autho­ritie of their office, as may well agrée with these moderations, and ra­ther stande with humilitie, modestie, and diligent ouersight of good or­der: than to aspire to any such royall Empire, or to exercise anie Impe­rious and Pompeous Dominion. And saue for the name sake of Lorde, that for a litle more reuerence ( God wotte) they are honoured with all: (if I should not rather say, for some others, a great deale more enuied for that they haue not;) our Bishops haue béene méetely well shriuen for such matters.

The learned disc. Pag. 29. & 30. Bridges. This Pompeous & Imperious dominion being thus exemted: other­wise ( say our Brethren) in respect of their lawefull authoritie, they are called by the Apostle in his Epistle to the Hebrewes, Guides, such as are appointed to ouersee the flocke with authoritie, and vnto them submis­sion and obedience is commaunded in the same chapter, ver. 17.

If this name [...], (vsed in that Chap. by S. Paule) which not only sig­nifieth a guide, but a Captaine going before all the residue with gouern­ment & principalitie, may enclude a lawfull authoritie & cōmandement of submission and obedience, without Imperious and Pompeous domi­nion: our Prelates (I hope) wil desire no more, nor so much neither, in al lawfull respects, as may in this worde [...], be well conteyned. But if here in the word flocke, wherof the B. is guide, they include not the whole congregation, and so with all, the inferiour Ministers and Pastors in the same, as well as the other people: then is not this alleaged to the purpose, whether any one Pastor may haue Superior authoritie ouer another, and be [...] of the residue, and then it is but a flocke here to alleage it. But, i [...] it be vnderstood of the whole particular Church: then indéed it is allea­ged to the present purpose: but it proueth, that (the Imperious & Pompe­ous [Page 463] dominion excepted) one may haue authoritie ouer another. [...].

Other names are applyed to them in the Scripture, but they bee for the most part more generall, The learned disc. Pag. 30. pertayning to all kinde of teachers in the Church of God, both in the time of the lawe & of the Gospell, as Seers, Prophets, watchmen, Angels, Laborers, Builders, Stewards, & such like: all which with many other, serue to expresse some part of their office, as their knowledge, their diligence, their authority, their faithfulnes, their discretiō: also the necessitie of thē, the cōmoditie that cōmeth by them.

Concerning these Titles, as not in controuersie, I passe them ouer. Bridges.

The argument of the 6. Booke.

THE 6. Booke is of the Pastors or Bishops office. For the limiting of him to one only congregation. Whether the Pastor may haue Curates or Substitutes vnder him to sup­ply his absence. Whether all ministers are to be vtterly expel­led, be they neuer so Learned or diligent, if they haue not the gift of preaching, and cannot confute the gaine-sayers. Of mi­nisters that are altogether vnskilfull, and of their remoouing. Whether all be eternally condemned, that do not by hearing [...]f preaching become faithfull. Of the lack [...] of preaching, & of the impossibility to furnish euery congregation with preachers. Of t [...] hindrances hereof, & the indeuors to helpe it, & of our Bre­ [...]rens praeposterous means. Of the state of the French Churches [...]or abundance of Preachers. Of pluralities & non residencies. Of reading a praescribed forme of prayers, Psalmes, and chap­ters. Of the students discouragement for the ill bestowing of li­uings. Of the want of lyuings able to maintaine Learned Prea­chers. Of spoiling the ministers maintenance, vnder pretence of better prouiding for thē, & of these spoilers & mockers of God & mā. Of their maintenāce in the frēch churches without such helps as we haue. Of the Prophets sētēces applied to our vnskil­ful Pastors & reading ministers. Of the vse of godly learned ho­milies, & whether they may be effectual in the hearers. Of the Pastors duty. What Ministers our Br [...]impugne & we defend. [Page 464] Of our Ministers exercises. Of three remedies that our Brethe­ren set downe, to helpe the necessities for lacke of liuinges: of restoring the Sacrilege of Abbies, of diuiding superfluities of some places, and of a 3. namelesse and generall remedie. Of the remedies to supply the want of Learned men: by eneoragers, by ouerseers in the vniuersities, by tourning out droanes and vn­profitable heads of colleges, by placing newe gouernors, by ere­cting new Doctors in as many places as may be, by compulsi­on, and by prayer. Of the corruption of our state. Of our Bre­threns dispensation, till all these thinges can be brought to passe. Of our Brethrens hope to effect all these thinges, and in howe short time, and of their incouragement hereunto. Of their commending her Maiesties most honorable & glorious raigne. And of their promise to ieopard their liues for the successe, and of their mourning, threatning, and protestation, if all these things (according to these their deuised meanes) be not speedily [...] practise.

The learned Dis. Pag. 30. & 31.BVT concerning the names of Pastors, as they are a speciall office in the Church, this may suffice. But for as much as we haue vndertaken so to describe a Pastor and his office, as all other offices of the Churc [...], may be described therewith: we must not stay onely in the name, bu [...] set forth also the whole substance of the person. For which intent it shal [...] be necessarie for vs to consider a Pastor or Bishop two wayes, in the pro­per function of his ministerie, and in gouernement with his Elders: by which we shall vnderstand how this ministerie ought to be reformed and restored among vs. As touching his office, something hath beene sayde before generally, vnder the description of his seuerall names. But now more particulerly we must examine what belongeth to his charge.

Bridges. OUr Brethren presupposing they haue in this thei [...] Learned Disc. sufficiently prooued, that the name [...] of Pastor & Bishop must alwaies be taken synony­mically, as diuerse words signifying but one thing: and that there may be no such dignitie accessorie to the office, as whereby one Pastor or Bishop may haue authoritie ouer another: doe nowe procée [...] [Page 465] to their platforme of prescribing lawes, Prescri­bing lawe. concerning these Pastors and Bi­shops office, and the reformation that they would propose vnto them. Whereof I marueile not a little, at our Brethrens ouer boldnesse in these things, (and crauing pardon of my terme, least I also be thought ouerbold with them, and I would gladly vse a mylder terme for their sakes, if the matter could permitte it) that they dare take vpon them to sette downe lawes and orders, Our Breth. prescription of laws with out auth. of refourming and restoring these offices of the mini­sterie ( imagining they stande nowe deformed, yea, lost) they being as I take them to be (for they are namelesse) but priuate persons: except they alleage that they be ministers: but, whether authorised or exauthorated, yea, or no, I knowe not. If they be, exauthorate, then are they still as méere priuate, being depriued of the publike personage & action that they had, if they be not, then do they contrarie to the state of their owne calling, exercising the office of that ministerie, which their selues professe to bée deformed and lost. And how soeuer the title of their Learned Discourse pretendes in the froont, onely a briefe and plaine declaration, concerning the desires of all those faithfull Ministers, which doe seeke for the Dis­cipline and reformation of the Church of Englande: where is preten­ded nothing but a declaring of the desires that they seeke: yet, in the see­king, they desire it in such a peremptorie fashion, that we finde their de­sires to be a plaine charge and prescription, which is both aboue any au­thoritie that they haue so to doe: and, were the matters that they woulde haue reformed and restored better than they be, yet, this maner that they vse is nught, and a daungerous president. If they pretende the example of the Prophets and Apostles: did they cast foorth their writinges in this manner? And yet should our Brethren offer a manifest iniurie, to those holy extraordinarie examples. Except they could either proue themselues to be such Prophetes and Apostles, as they were: or to vrge no other thinges, than they commaunded to be perpetually kept, and so being de­formed or loste, to be reformed or restored. Otherwise, me thinks this dealing (considering their persons, and the matters and their manner of them) is plus satis pro imperio, euen while they speake against imperious dealing, and may better be called a prescript commaundement of their dis­cipline & reformation, then a Learned discourse vpon it. But to come to these rules.

The Pastor must be limited to one only congregation of such compe­tent number, as he (if he be but one) or if they be two, The learned disc. Pag. 31.32. & 33. may be suffici­ent to the instruction of all and euery member of the same Church. And first he may no more lawefully haue charge of two or 3. Churches, then he can be possibly in diuerse places. No more then a shepheard of whō he taketh his name, may haue the leading of sundrie flockes in diuerse places; neither may he be absent frō his charge, with better reason then [Page 466] a shephearde from his flocke. One Pastor one congre­gation. As for substitutes or hyrelinges, will not bee allowed in this case: for Pastors are substitutes of God, and haue an office of credite committed vnto them, therefore by no good rea­son may they make any substitutes in their place, or cōmit their charge vnto another. The law of man grounded vpō good reason, alloweth not substitutes of substituts: nor committing ouer of an office of credite in temporall matters. How shall God almighty then take it in good part, when the flocke of Christ which he hath purchased with his own bloud, shalbe so greatly neglected, to the endangering of their euerlasting saluation? 1. P [...]. 5. Therefore the ordinance of God is, that the Pastor should attende vnto his peculier flock. That Elders should bee ordeyned in euery City Towne or other places. Tit. 1.5. Titus. 1.5. and Actes 14.23. Act. 14.23. The Apostles ordey­ned Elders in euery church, of Derbe, Lystra, Iconium, and Tichia, and all the congregations about.

Bridges. Our Brethren héere setting downe their principles, for the Bishops and the Pastors office, which they make all one; (vnderhand thereby to o­uerthrowe the most of all the liuings and iurisdictions of the Bishops) first set downe this rule, Our Breth rule and the drift therof. The Pastor must be limited to one onely congrega­tion. I would faine knowe (especally, vnderstanding the name of Pa­stors, as all one with Bishops) where this rule is made such a necessarie and perpetuall principle, in all the scripture? We finde the manifest con­trarie, both in Timothie and in Titus, who were Bishoppes, as wee haue proued: The contra­ry examples in Tim and Titus whom they cōfesse to b [...] pastors and so, by Caluines and others plaine confessions, and by our Brethrens owne consequence, they were Pastors. But moe congre­gations than one onely were committed to their charges: how therefore is this a true principle, that a Pastor must be limited to one onely con­gregation? If our Brethren, to auoyde the force of this argument, thinke to escape, in saying, that here they meane not such Proëstotes, and higher Pastors which had superiour authoritie ouer other Pastors, as Timothie and Titus had: doe they not here then confesse withal the principall point in question, and that which is with might and maine stood most vpon, that no pastor hath superiour authority ouer an other, but all are equall? Graunt this, that they being Pastors, had a superior authoritie & charge, ouer mo congregations at once then one only: and then this rule of our Brethren, heere (being vnderstood of Pastors hauing lesse charge and au­thoritie, being not Bishops, Proëstotes or other Prelats of higher calling) may more easily be graunted, to haue but one only congregation limi­ted to them.

If our Brethren saye, that charge ouer moe congregations was not committed to Timothie and Titus, in respect of their pastorship: although that shift be already sufficiently preuented: yet, what helpes it here to vp­hold this rule? Sith Titus was Bishop of all Creta, where many congre­gations [Page 467] were, that had seuerall Pastors. Absence of Pastors. And Bishop ( they say) & pastor are all one: or, were they not all one, were he as a B. or as they say an E­uangelist or what they will; yet still withall he was a pastor ( as Caluine confesseth) of all those seuerall congregations. And this being graunted, at least proued, for these pastors that haue any other superiour authoritie annexed to their pastorship, that they be not subiect to this rule: As our Bre­thren would haue 2. Pa­stors ouer one greater congregati­on, so may one Pastor be ouer two lesser. then fol­loweth it not of any necessity on this broken rule, that al other pastors are simply so tied thereto, that they must alwaies be limited to one only con­gregation. For, as it is here of our Breth. said, that two may be admitted to one congregation, according to the competency of the nūber: so, if the nūber be lesse, why may not 2. smal congregatiōs, being néerer together, be limited likewise to one pastor, in want of such sufficient & learned pa­stors, as our Brethren afterwarde crie vpon, & complaine of the rarenes of them? Or▪ if 2. Pastors be limited to one, or to moe congregations, as occasion and necessitie may require: why may they not be one ouer & vn­der another, according to the more or lesse worthines of the pastors? So that betwéene them both, or moe, or fewer, sufficient instruction & ouer­sight of al & euery nūber of the same Church be prouided for. Our Breth. vniting of moe congregations into one, is all one in effect [...]ith ha­uing mo se­uerall, if that mo seuerall be not bet­ter. And if our Brethren may haue authoritie ( without authority) to vnite 2. or 3. lesser and néerer congregations into one, which they also appoint to be done, for the greater confluence of the people, & the better maintenance of the Pa­stors: comes it not in effect all to one reckoning? and hath not one stil moe congregations than one? although all are made but one congregation, being thus vnited: but that now his cōgregations are more distant a sun­der, which he had rather (if he could conueniently, both [...]or his peoples pro­fit, and his owne ease) were néerer combinded or vnited. Albeit, as we sée some conueniences, that might make such vnions in the smaller con­gregations to be wished; so, as many and as great inconueniences on the other side, both in the countrey Villages, that might more often and with more daunger be left all desolate; and euen in the néerer & more frequent congregations in Townes and Cities) make these vnions againe to be so feared, especially in contagious times, that it were better one learned pa­stor had 2. or 3. congregations, with his ministers to ouer-sée them vn­der him seuerally, then two or three congregations to bee vnited into one; and haue one, or two, or three pastors ioyntly & equally, ( but in one place and assembly) for to guide them.

But to leaue the scanning of these things, to those that haue better ex­perience and more skil, than I professe, or our Brethren séeme to haue, for all their Learned discourse hereon, and to those that haue more authoritie than we both: from this let vs comr to an other principle, that our Bre­thren as a correlatiue set downe hereupon, who to confirm that they haue sayde, do further say.

[Page 468]And first, he may no more lawfully haue charge of 2. or 3. Churches then he can possibly be in diuerse places. Our Breth. second rule. The Pastors being in di­uerse places.

And is not this possible for him well inough, to bee in diuerse places? Therfore, for any thing here alleaged to the contrary, he might haue 2. or 3. Churches, possiblie and lawefully well inough. If they saye, it is not possible, to be in diuerse places alwayes, and together at once, that is another matter. And sooth indéed it is plaine impossible.

A Pastors ab [...]ence on diue [...]se oc­casions be­ing supplied by another. But is this required, with such absolute necessitie, in euery Pastor? may not sickenesse, prisonment, banishment, sute of lawe, attendance on the Princes commaundement, repaire to prouinciall, nationall, or oecuimenicall Synodes, and a number of such like occasions, make a Pa­stor be in other places, other whiles, than where he is Pastor? And yet, be Pastor there still in vertue of his office, though not in action of his person, while he is thus absent. If our Brethren say, this absence is not ordinarie, but rather his spirite and heart is present with them, for all the inuoluntarie detention of his bodie: what doth that helpe the mat­ter? None per­mitted to be absent but on speciall considerati­on and pro­uision. Since we plainely sée héereby, that he may on so many-folde occa­sions (remaining notwithstanding a true and faithfull Pastor) be both possibly and lawefully in other places? Neyther are anie permitted to be at anie time absent ordinarile, except vpon lawefull and expedi­ent considerations, and necessarie prouisions of supplie. If our Brethren reply, that euen because there may fall out such extraordinarie occasi­ons of the Pastors absence, they would therefore rather of the twaine, that there shoulde bee moe Pastors in one place, than to haue but one Pastor in moe places, because the one in such cases may supplie the o­thers absence: although we must not so muche alwayes attende what wée would haue, as what wee may haue, and what euerie congregati­on may sustaine: yet, is not this againe in effect all one, as when the Pastor findeth at his charges, and is so bounde by lawe to doe, (if vp­pon anie consideration hée him-selfe be licensed to be absent) his lawe­full and sufficient Substitute, to the instruction of all and euerie mem­ber of the same Churche, in the time of his absence? And is not this the néerer way, to bring two Pastors also to one congregation, yea, euen in those that are the lesser congregations?

And yet, were there two or moe Pastor in euerie congregation: if ech Pastors continuall presence, Our B [...]eth. vrging their rule so strictly, fall from one impos­sibilitie to another. must be still, with all & euery member of the same Church: what one Pastor can there be, that shall alwaies bee still present with euery one, but be absent from some, while he is present with other? Yea if as S. Paul calleth diuers families, diuers churches, Rom. 16.5.1. Cor. 16.19. Colloss. 4.15. and Philem. ver. 21. If he goe but as S. Paule saide he did at Ephesus Act. 20. ver. 20. from one house to another: how might not this be spokē against any that shold do y e like: y t he may no more [Page 469] lawfullie haue charge of two or three Churches, that is, Substitutes two or thrée fa­milies, than he can be possible in diuerse places? But if he may be possi­blie well inough in diuerse places, though not at once but at diuerse times: then as the diuerse places bee néerer or easier to bee looked vnto: so the charge of two or three Churches, as to the state (hauing authoritie to pro­uide therefore) shal be thought conuenient, may lawfullie inough be of him sustained. But to inforce this vnlawfulnesse and impossibilitie further, they adde this similitude.

No more than a shepheard of whom he taketh his name, Our brethe­rens simili­tude of a shepheard. Gen. [...]0. may haue the leading of sundrie flockes in diuerse places: neither may hee be ab­sent from his charge, with better reason that a shepheard from his flock.

Although this similitude be too preciselie here by our brethren vrged in this pount: yet to ioyne with them therein, whie maye not also the verie shepheards of the brute beasts, haue the leading of sundrie flockes in di­uerse places? Had not Iacob, so, both of Labans flockes of sheepe, and of his owne? which flocks went not alwaies together. And how much easier may he be a ringleader or chiefe maister-shepheard, hauing other inferior shepheards vnder him, to leade the diuerse flockes, whereof he hath taken charge vpon him, and though al haue charge also and be shepheards of the same function that he is: yet, as he may haue a greter skil, so he may haue a greater dignitie, both ouer diuerse flocks of sheepe, & ouer the diuerse & perticular shepheards of thē. Yea, & for the absence of the shepheard, was not Dauid appointed by his father to kéepe his sheep? A shepherds absence sup­plied. And yet he was both called from thē to be annointed of Samuel: & he remayned shepheard still, euen after he was made Sauls Esquire: as it is saide, 1. Sam. 17. 1. Sam. 17.15. Da­uid went and returned from Saule, that he might feede his Fathers flocke in Beth­lehem. And when he was there, his father sent him with victuals, & gifts to his Brethren, & to their Captaine in the armie. And saith the text. verse 20. So Dauid rose vp early in the morning, and left the sheepe with a keeper. Montanus translates it, Et reliquit pecus super custodientem. Saith Vata­blus, Iuxta custodem. 1. commendauit gregem custodi. As is the vulgar, he commended the sheepe to a keeper. The 72. [...]. Tre­melius saith, deserto grege penes custodem. So that, Dauid heere being his Fathers shephearde, did appoint a substitute shepheard in his absence. And though his Brethren vpbrayded him (as our Brethren here doe vs) and sayde, verse, 28. VVhy camest thou downe hether? Dauid de­fends his absēce against his brethrēs accusations. VVith whom hast thou left those fewe sheepe in the wildernesse? &c. Yet Dauid iustly defendes himselfe, and saide: VVhat haue I nowe done? Is there not a cause? So that ha­uing a cause, he iustifies his absence, and atchiued therby a worke no lesse necessarie, and farre more beneficiall to Gods Church, while his substi­tute attended in his shéepe.

But (say our Brethren) As for substitutes or hyrelinges, will not be [Page 470] allowed in this case: for Pastors are substitutes of God, and haue an of­fice of credite cōmitted vnto thē. Therfore by no good reason may they make any substitutes in their place, or cōmit their charge vnto another.

This reason not onely toucheth Eccl. Pastors, but ciuill Princes, that are called Substitutes of God, Princes cal­led Pastors. and Pastors also of their people, not onely of Homer, but in the scripture. 3. Reg. 22. Micheas prophecying of A­chabs death though a wicked king: saieth, I sawe all Israell scattered on the mountaines as sheepe that had no Pastor. And Esa. 44.28. the Lorde him­selfe sayth to Cyrus, Thou art my Pastor and he shall performe all my desire. And the Prophet in the Psalme. 78. ver. 70. &c. He chose Dauid also his ser­uant and tooke him from the sheepe foldes, euen from behinde the ewes with young brought he him to feede his people in Iacob, and his inheritance in Israell. So hee fedde them according to the simplicitie of his heart, and guided them by the discretion of his handes.

Howe our brethrens rules reach vnto and o­uerthrowe Princes e­states. Princes then being Pastors, our Brethren say; Pastors are Substitutes of God, and haue an office of credite committed vnto them. Shall wée therfore thus conclude here, with our Brethrens consequence? Therfore, by no good reason may they make any substitutes in their place, or cō ­mitte their charge vnto another? Mought not Dauid substitute his depu­ties both in the teritories he cōquered frō other Princes out of the bounds of Israell, and make Substitutes & Liefetenants of his owne Cities & Ca­stles? Princes be­ing political Pastors may haue substi­tutes. Mought not Iosaphat make Zebadiah a ruler of the house of Iudah for all the kings affaires? 2. Chron. 19. v. 11. mought not Pharao make Io­seph his substitute ouer all Aegypt? mought not Ahasuerus make Mardo­cheus his Substitute? And Darius, Daniel? And Artaxerxes, Nehemias? doth the holy Ghost improue this order of substitutiō vnder the Emperor. Luke 3. v. 1. Now in the fift yeare of the reigne of Tiberius Caesar, Pontius Pilate being Gouernour of Iudea, and Herode tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip, tetrarch of Iturea, and of the countrie of Trachonitis, and Lysanias the Tetrarch of Abilene? Did Christ denie Pilates authoritie to be lawfull, because hée was the debitie or substitute of Tiberius? or S. Paule not acknowledge Fae­lix and Festus substitutes of Nero, and gouernors of those parties in his absence? And is not this also the doctrine of S. Peter, 1. Pet. 2. ver. 13. & 14. Submit your selues vnto all manner ordinance of man for the Lordes sake, whether it be vnto the king, as vnto the superiour: or vnto Gouernours as vnto them tha [...] are sent of him?

And are not al these againe both the kings substitutes, and the kings thē selues the substitutes of God, as Iosaphat said vnto his Iudges, that he set through out the lande in euery Citie, 2. Chron. 19.6. Take heede what ye do, for ye execute not the iudgements of man, but of the Lord? And S. Paul speaking of the Magistrate, Rom. 13. ver. 1.4. & 5. saith: There is no power but of God, &c. He is the minister of God, &c. they are Gods ministers &c. and how his mi­nisters, [Page 471] but as substitutes? may they therefore make no substituts vnder them, nor cōmit their charge vnto another? This doctrine of our Breth. is very dangerous, & toucheth not only Eccl. Pastors, & Bish. & all appro­priations to the Prince, or to whō soeuer: but also toucheth so néere, or ra­ther cutteth cleane off, all Princes holding of diuerse realmes, dominions, & signiories, by what right of conquest, gift, inheritance, or any other neuer so good title, they enioy the same. Yea, and all nobles, or any other priuate persons, offices and liuings; that as they are all of them, what soeuer they haue, and whosoeuer they be, but substitutes of God, and haue offices of credite cōmitted vnto them: So if they haue any moe offices or liuings than one, and in one place: they must cleane forsake them & giue thē all vp. And why? forsooth, because they are but substitutes of God, and can not make any substitute in their place. Now although this doctrine be so dan­gerous & absurde; notwithstanding, our Brethren to confirme it do procéed.

The law of man grounded vpō good reason, The learned disc. Pag. 32. alloweth not substitutes of substitutes, nor cōmitting ouer of an office of credite in tēporall mat­ters. How shall God almightie then take it in good part, whē the flock of Christ, which he hath purchased with his own bloud, shalbe so greatly neglected, to the endangering of their euerlasting saluation.

Sith I professe not the study of the law of man, Bridges. I referre the discussing of the same, to the learned professors of it. But it being grounded ( as our Breth. say) vpon good reason, and but the law of man, The lawe both of god and man al­loweth suffi­cient substi­tutes. & speaking but of the substitutes of man, it séemes no good reason, it should ouer-rule those, that by the law of God, are the substitutes of God, of whō our Breth be­fore spake. And although I gladly yéelde vnto this rule of the law of man, being grounded vpō good reason: yet in my simple reason, it shold séeme not to be so absolute a lawe, & so generall a rule, but that it may, both by the law of man it selfe, grounded vpon as good reason as it, & by the lawe of God, whereunto all the groundes of good reason giue place, admit ma­ny exceptions that controll it. For, although in the Courte of Delegates it might haue some place, How substi­tutes may substitute substitutes. & yet in some cases delegates ( y e are but substitutes of the Prince) do substitute delegates and other substitutes as commissio­ners vnder them, to search out matters and circumstances, and to call before them and examine such persons & factes, as they their selues being absent, can not inquire vpon. But what toucheth this the Prince himselfe that maketh these delegates, and yet himself is but a delegate vnder God? This rule of the law of man, Nemo potest glady putestatē sibi datam, vel cuius­libet alterius coertionis, ad aliū transferre: C. L. c. de eius cu [...]mand [...]est Iu [...]isd. No man can passe ouer to another the power of the sword, that is, the autoritie of putting to death, or of any other punishmēt: was an ancient rule among the Romanes, tendring the libertie & life of man: and yet al kings, & Princes, to whō God hath giuen the power of the sword, though their selues be but the substituts of God, [Page 472] they make other their substitutes in this power: and thereby the iudges euen as substitutes of substitutes, do punish offenders, and (if Iustice so require) euen by death. Yea, and their substitutes also vnder them, doe execute the sentence of those substitutes. And hath not also the law of man such an expresse exception: C. de in. a iu­dice [...]st extra dele. super quorum. Vicarius Vicarium constituere non potest, ficut nec delegatus delegatum, nisi datus esset à principe? He that is a Vicar or a De­putie of another, cannot appoint another Vicar or Deputie, as nei­ther can a Delegate appoint another Delegate, except he be giuen of the Prince. Pa. in. d. C. Bariold. So that, by the Prince he may. And therefore, it is also saide in the Lawe of man, quando committitur, aliquid alicui subdelegato, cum au­thoritate subdelegandi, tune potest subdelegare, alias non. When an other thing is committed to any vnder Deligate or substitute, with an autho­rity of substituting an other vnder him: thē may he substitute such a sub­stitute, or else not.

And this againe, is a cōmon rule of the law of man, & grounded also vpon good reason: Potest quis per aliū, ꝙ potest facere per seipsum. That which a man can do by himselfe, the same he can doe by an other in his name. True it is, in some cases, & good reason to, he that is a substitute, with­out the will of him that did substitute him, B.l. 1. § vsus de procucat. c. § per qui [...] pe [...]sonis agere poss. especially where the Substitu­ter or giuer of an office of credite, doth so restraine the substitute or re­ceauer of the office, that he only must do it by himselfe there this our bre­thrēs rule doth hold. Yea, so saith the Canon Law of the Pope: Quando Ta­pa delegat causam: Dicendo, praecipimus vel mandamus per vos, &c. Tunc non potest subdelegare. C.s. pro debi­litate eod. tit. C. quantum § is aui. de offi­leg. Similiter quando alicui magnum ministerium committitur, in quo industria personae eligitur, vel vt negotium personaliter exequatur, nis [...] de consensu partium. And yet, in offices of credite committed to anye, in temporall matters, his owne personall execution is in certaine cases forborne also, and (except in rigour of lawe,) is in good reason, dispensed with: as in sicknesse, imprisonment, or the Princes seruice, or such ne­cessary and lawefull detentions of his person, a lawull substitute may by good lawe and reason, or by the Lordes accepting, and by the consentes of the parties, be allowed and serue as well and better nowe and then the tourne, than if the principall substitute were himselfe present. And with­all if his absence, ( by reason of his presence in some other place) may doe more good: then the lawe helpes him with another gentle rule, of that famous Lawyer Vlpian: Absentiam eius qui Reip. causa abest, neque ei, neque alij damnosa esse debet. The absence of him that is absent for the cause of the common-weale, ought neither to be preiudiciall to himselfe, nor to another.

Now, if these fauourable mitigations wil not serue (as I being no law­yer wil not gladly contende for them): Let vs then come to the inference of our Brethrens argument, that they gather vpon this law of man.

[Page 473]How shall God then take it in good part ( say our Brethren) when the flocke of Christe▪ which he hath purchased with his own bloud, shall bee so greatly neglected, to the endangering of their euerlasting salua­tion.

We graunt it were a dreadfull thing, neither woulde God take it in good part, that any such negligent substitutes should be allowed. But if this allowance of sufficient substitutes in the foresaid cases, be not done to the neglecting of the flocke of Christe, but to the auoiding thereof and of this danger: then (we hope) God taketh it not in ill part. So that, this must first be better proued, that al the ordeyning of substitutes, specially of such sufficient subisttutes, as are in all respectes, as foroth Pastors, as the o­ther pastors are that substitute them, is to neglect the flocke: or els, both for the antecedent and for the consequent, this is (God wot) a very slender argument. Their resolution hereon, and their proofes annexed are these.

Therefore the ordinance of God is, that the Pastor shoulde attende vnto his peculier flocke. The learned disc. Pag. 32.33. That Elders should bee ordeyned in euery city Towne or other places. Titus. 1.5. and Actes 14.23. The Apostles ordey­ned Elders in euery church, of Derbe, Lystra, Iconium, and Tichia, and all the congregations about.

Although this citing of the text, Act. 14.23. be a very grosse error, yet passing that ouer: this conclusion is more tollerable then the premisses, Bridges. & I yeeld thereto. But that this attendance shoulde be with such a personal continuance, that it may admit no supply of substitute: is not as yet proued nor (I thinke) will be, by these places, but rather the cleane contrary. For although in either of them, mention is made of ordeininge Preestes or pastorall elders in euery church, Town or City: yet whether there were more than one in euery place, or that one might substitute another in his absence, there is made no expresse mention: onely, if we may measure the one place by the other, (as I sée not why we may not, and our brethren ioin them both alike) then in none of those churches the Pastor was so tied tied to his continuall aboade, but that on good occasion he might be absent, hauing another sufficient substitute to supply the place. For, as Caluine sayth, vpon the Preface of the epistle to Titus, That because (no doubt) he was of some contemned, as though he had beene, but as Anye one of the common sort of pastors: and it may be also, that complaintes flewe a­bout on him, tooke vpon him more than was meet, that he receiued not pastors except allowed his iudgement &c. Paule putteth vpon him his owne person as well in creating Ministers, as in the whole administrati­tion of the Church. And in the Epistle to Titus 1.5. the place heere quo­ted: For Paule testifieth that hee assigned his owne turnes vnto him, wherefore it is meete that hee shoulde bee of all ackowledged, as the Vicar ( which is all oue with substitute) of the Apostle, and reuerently re­ceyued. [Page 475] so that besides the proofe of his superiority, beeing chéefe pastor there, were he Euangelist, ( as Caluine saith) or whatsoeuer hee were be­sides: as hée called also Paul him selfe, not onely the pastor of that Isle, but the Apostle of the Gentiles: so it appeareth also héereby, that substi­tutes were allowable euen of the Apostles, for all they were them selues Gods immediate substitutes, in which respect soeuer we consider them, ey­ther as pastors, Euaungelistes or Apostles. And Caluine draweth this to a generall rule, saying: Moreouer it is a notable point, to note the modesty of Paule, which gladly doth suffer that to bee made vp of ano­ther, which hee himselfe begun. And that when as in-dede, Titus was farre inferiour vnto him, hee refuseth not to haue him, [...], the cor­rector, that should lay the last hande to his worke. Thus ought the god­lye Doctors to bee affected, that euery man drawe not all ambitiouslye to himselfe, but earnestly helpe the one the other: and that with howe much greater successe eche one shall haue laboured, the residue shoulde rather reioyce with him then enuie him. Neither onely doth Caluine thus applie to all pastors, this example of Paules substitution of Titus: but likewise Bullinger, vpon saint Paules wordes, in the ende of his Epi­stle to Titus, Chapter 3. vers. 12. When I shall sende Arteams or Ti­chicus vnto thee, doe thy diligence to come vnto me to Nicopolis, for I haue dtermined to winter there. Hee calleth ( saith Bullinger) Titus vn­to him to Epirus. Bullinger in Tit. Howbeit there is also another Nicopolis in Thracia, another in Cilitia and pontus. But hee woulde not haue him goe from Creta, before that he had substituted eyther Tichicus or Artemas, to wit, that the people of Creta, which of late beleeued, shoulde not bee desti­tute of the care of a faythfull Bishoppe. For it is a great wickednesse to spoyle the Churches of their pastors, except yee shall substitute other more faithfull. Not meaning that Titus was lesse faithfull than Tichicus or Artemas, but that they being his substitutes, did faythfully supply Ti­tus absence. Thus doe wee sée in this one example, not only the absence of the Bishop or Pastor vpon conuenient occasion to bee allowed of the a­postle: but also the allowance of a faithful substitute, in the absence of the Bishop and pastor.

Secondly, the office of pastors is, not onely to teache the same trueth in their seuerall Flockes, The L. Disc. Pag. 33. & 30. but also to applye it to the time and persons, of whome they haue charge, with exhortation and repre­hension: with consolation of the afflicted, and threatning of the ob­stinate. &c.

This in fewe wordes is set foorth by saint Paule speaking of the diuerse giftes of God in his Churche, hee sayth: whether it bee hee that teacheth in his doctrine, Ro. 12.7.8. or hee that exhorteth, in his exhortation. The Doctor therefore teacheth without exhortation. The pastor teacheth [Page 474] and exhorteth withall. More at large, hee setteth foorth the same office in his exhortation vnto the pastors of Ephesus, Acts. 20. willing th [...]m to followe his example, who supplied that office, vntil they were able to succeede in his place. Also very breefely, and yet fully, hee describeth the same vnto Timothy, 2. Tim. 3.16.17. shewing first that all his foundation must bee out of the scriptures, which were sufficient for all partes of his charge, and then moste earnestly commaundeth him to practise the same withall dili­gence, his wordes are these. Al scripture is inspired of God, 2. Tim. 3.16. and prosita­ble for Doctrine, for exhortation, for reformation, and for enstruction, which is in righteousnesse, that the man of GOD may be prepared to al good workes: therefore I charge thee before God, and before the Lorde Iesus Christe, which shal iudge the quicke and the deade at his appearing, and in his kingdome, preache the worde, bee instant in sea­son and out of season, improoue, rebuke, exhort withal long suffering and doctrine.

Nothing of all this is in controuersie, vnderstanding teaching ac­cording to the measure of euery pastors gift: saue this sentence, Bridges. that the Doctour teacheth without exhortation: which wée haue before at large confuted.

The first part therefore, and the cheefest of a pastors office or duetye is to feede with wholesome Doctrine the flocke that is committed to his charge and therefore saint Paule describing what manner of men are meete for that charge vnto Timothie requireth that a Bishoppe or Pa­stor bee apt or able able to teache: The learned disc. Pag. 34.35. For if a man haue neuer so much knowledge, and bee not apt or able to teache, hee ought by no meanes to be admitted vnto this vocation. And vnto Titus writing, Chapter 1. the firste verse 9. he requireth that hee bee suche a one, as holdeth faste the faythfull woorde accordinge to doctrine, that hee also may bee able to exhorte with wholesome doctrine, and improoue them that saye againste it. Weereupon it followeth necessarily, that whoso­euer is him felfe ignorant in the knowledge of Gods woorde, & there­fore vnable eyther to exhorte with wholesome doctrine, or to confute them that gaine-say it, is altogether vnmeete for the office of a pastor or Bishop.

Albeit, we might héere inquyre, how it was said before, First, he maye no more lawfully haue charge of 2. or three Churches, &c. and then: Bridges Se­condlie, the office of pastors is not onely to teach, &c. And nowe to con­clude vpon this second saying: The first part therefore, and the chiefest of a pastors office, is to feede with wholesome doctrine: Notwithstanding not to stande on such reckonings (though we with they had reckoned more orderly, for our Brethrens sake, professing ouer the head of euery page ▪ A Learned Disc. as also for the vnlearneds better perceauing their lear. dis­course [Page 476] thereon) to come to the materiall point here required: Pastors a­bility. that the Bi­shop or the Pastor should be apt and able to teach, to exhort, and to con­fute, Diuersity in the giftes of God, & measure of thē. &c. This we yéeld vnto, considering withall the diuersities of mens giftes, euen in the Ministerie, how some haue ten talents committed vnto them, some fiue, some two, and some but one: so that all emploie them after their abilitie to the Lords aduantage, we hope the Lord wil not condemne, but commend the poore trauaile of that seruant, so that hee haue not hid his one talent in the napkin. And admitting also that which Saint Paule saith 1. Cor. 12. ver. 7. &c. so often by our brethren otherwise remembred, The manifestation of the spirit is giuen to euery one to profit, to this man is giuen by the spirit the word of wisedōme, to another is giuen the word of knowledge according to the same spirit, to another faith in the same spirit, to another the gift of healing in the same spirit, to another facul­ties of powers, to another prophesies, to another discerning of spirits, to another the kinds of tongues, to another the interpretation of tongues: and all these things worketh euen the selfe same spirite, distributing to e­uerie man seuerallie euen as he will. and ver. 28. &c. And God hath or­dained some in the Church, as first Apostles, secondlie Prophets, thirdlie teachers, then them that do myracles, after that the giftes of healing, hel­pers, gouernors, diuersities of tongues. Are all Apostles, are all Prophets? are all teachers? are all workers of myracles? haue all the giftes of hea­ling? doe all speake with tongues? doe all interpret? Neither also forget­ting that place, Rom, 12. that our brethren themselues (entering into this matter on the other side of the leafe, put vs in minde of) Seeing then we haue giftes that are diuerse, according to the grace that is giuen vnto vs, whether wee haue prophesie, let vs prophesie according to the proportion of faith: or an office, on the office: or he that teacheth in teaching: or he that exhorteth, in exhortation: he that distributeth, with simplicitie: he that ruleth, with diligence: he that shew­eth mercie, with cheerefulnesse. All which places dulie considered and confer­red, that though these offices be not so distinguished, but that one may haue mo of them, as we haue alreadie proued against our brethrens too precise seuering of them before, which now in the Pastor they woulde ioyne toge­ther, for many of them, and that of necessitie: yet heereby we may plainlie see, there is no such necessitie of the coniunction of these seuerall giftes in all Pastors, but although some haue them all, some are not so furnished, but that notwithstanding they want some of these giftes, by our brethren here so necessarilie required: All Mini­sters are not vtterly to be reiected that want some gifts though requisite. yet are they not to bee cleane excluded out of the Ministerie. And how do our brethren here then saie? If a man haue ne­uer so much knowledge, & be not apt or able to teach ( meaning by tea­ching, not onelie such teaching as they ascribe onelie to Doctors, but also publike preaching, which conteineth both teaching and exhortation, as they sayd euē in their last Section, the Pastor teacheth and exhorteth with [Page 477] all, Ministers not prea­chers. except he can teache thus) he ought by no meanes to be admitted in­to this vocation. And yet, if he could do this, and were not able to confute them that gainsay the wholesome doctrine, he is altogether vnmeete for the office of a pastor or Bishop. This were very harde to be vrged, with such a peremptory necessity. Which if it were: perchance many of these our Learned brethen Discoursers theirselues might fail, especially in this last point, being not able what soeuer they perswade thēselues) to defend these their owne desires, and to confute vs iheir Brethren, (whome they take in hande to confute: not of any vnholesome Doctrine, which they confesse that wee professe so well as they, and as for those whome they shoulde rather confute indéede, as the papistes, the Anabaptistes, the Arians, the libertines, the brethren of Loue, and such like mainteining not wholesom doctrine, it would not onely appose them, but many other (yea, otherwise good preachers) to confute them in such order, as the Apo­stle there requireth. In the famous Nicene Counsell were assembled ma­ny notable learned Bishops and Elders, A simple man confu­ting a Phi­losopher. and yet when it came to disputati­on: one simple ancient father, who was no preacher neither, did more good in confuting a sophisticall and wrangling Phylosopher, euen by the plaine recitall of the onely Creede: than al the the eloquent and Learned bishops were able to doe. For, as the Arian philosopher sayd: while they striued with words he had wordes ynough for them all. But when vertue came, words, gaue place to vertue. If it be sayde, this fact was not of a Pastor, but of a lay Confessor, as Socrates mentioneth Hist. Tripart. lib. 2. cap. 3. Which notwithstanding in Sozomenus, seemeth another like fact, to bee done by a Preest or Elder, being also a Confessor, to defend y e other preests his fellowes, whome another philosopher insulted vpon: yet, euen in the next Chapter, Sozomenus mentioneth a Confutation also not much vn­like, betweene a pagane phisosopher, and Alexander Bishop of Constan­tinople. For when di [...]tra of the phylosophers desired to dispute before the Emperor, with the bishop: and he being vnexpert in such exercise of wordes &c. Notwithstanding tooke vpon him the conflict by the com­mandement of the Emperour, When all the philosophers would speak, he required them to appoint out one, whom they would choose, and cō ­manded the other to hold their peace, and marke what should bee spo­ken of them twaine. Whervpon one of them vndertaking the dealing of the whole disputation: the blessed Alexander saith vnto the philosopher: in the name of Iesus Christ, I command thee that thou speake not: and as soone as he had sayd the word, the deed was performed: For sodainly so soone as he heard the speech: his mouth being closed vp hee became speechelesse. This bishop was of great vertue of life, and had the gift ( as it appeared) of myracles. He could not dispute and confute the gainsayer of wholesome doctrine, yet could he stop their mouthes pretily wel. But [Page 463] if our brethren had bene there, if they durst not speake, for feare their mouthes had beene stopt likewise, yet, they woulde after haue sayde of him that being vnable to confute, he was altogether vnmeete for the of­fice of a Pastor or a byshop. But those that woulde say so of suche a man, were meete ynough to haue their mouthes also if not by myracle, yet by authority to bee stopped, rather than to open them thus at randon, a­gainst many good, playn, and simple pastors, who though they haue not the gifte of GOD with any audacitye and grace, of vtterance in the pulpit make a plausible sermon to the people: yet in priuate admonition, in sound knowlege, in sincere & constant profession of the trueth, can teach and perswade with their example, and confute more effectually by theire life, (though otherwise, in publike action they can doe little without their booke: and yet shall some of these perhaps, do more good among the people) than some other eloquent and famous Preacher or Disputer, or Confuter shal be able to doe. I graunt these high and moste excellent gifts are to be honored with duble honor, but the other are not so far to be despised, as to be called altogether vnmeet, for the office of a pastor or bishop. How­beit, (I confesse) if any be altogether ignorant of the knowledge of Gods worde, the same is also altogether vnmeet for the office of a pastor or bi­shop. The learned dis­course, Pag. 35 & 36. Hereupon our brethren set down their resolution, saying:

Wherefore if wee euer minde such a reformation, as God shall there­by be glorified, & his Church edified, we must vtterly remoue al the vn­learned pastors, as men by no means to be tollerated to haue any charge ouer the Lordes flocke: and also prouide that heereafter none bee re­ceiued into that office, but such as are sufficient for their knowledge & ability in teaching, to take so waighty a charge in hand.

What a great vnthankfulnesse is this, to say, If euer we minde sucha reformation, Bridges. as God shal thereby be glorified and his church edified? As who shoulde say, it was neuer yet hetherto, in all this Reformation of the Church, eyther endeuored, or so much as minded. And is all this that hath béene done, nothing to the glorifying of God, nor to the edifying of his Church? or hath it so fallen out, that both God hath bene glorified ther­by, and his Church edified, and yet was neuer minded? with charity to our bretheren beit spoken this their censure is too too vncharitable, both of her Maiest. &, her Maiest. Brothers, and Fathers mindes, and reformati­on: with all their godly Counsels endeuours, and all their learned bishops and preachers trauels, to these especiall purposes, that God might bee glorified and his Church edified: and too iniurious euen to the Glorye that God hath already gotten, and the edification that the Churche, ( namely of England) hath enioyed, and other Chuhches that haue in part felt, no small comfort and edification therby: Gods name bée more and more glorified and praysed for it.

[Page 464] But nowe, imagining (if wee may so harden our heartes, and be­numbe our senses, as not to féele nor acknowledge these good blessings of God) that Gods glory and his Churches edification was neuer yet sette foorth among vs, nor so much as minded: what is the thing they woulde haue vs doe?

If euer we minde such a reformation as God shal thereby be glorified and his Church edified: we must vtterly ( forsooth) remoue all the vnlear­ned pastors, as men by no meanes to bee tollerated to haue any charge ouer the Lords flocke, and also prouide that heereafter none be receiued into that office, but such as are sufficient for their knowledge and abili­ty in teaching, to take so waighty a charge in hand.

Concerning the prouision for heereafter, it is very good counsell. But for those that are in office already (only for that they cānot publikly preach and exhorte and confute, though otherwise they haue neuer so muche knowledge) there is no remedy, but that they must euery one be remoo­ued, and that vtterly remoued, and that by no meanes to be tollerated, no not to haue any charge, though it be not, the pastorall charge, no not to be a Deacon, nor a Reader, nor yet a Dore-keeper ouer the Lordes flock: this is a hard censure. Indeede, nothing so harde, as one of them (with more eager zeale than the moste of the residue) wrote of late in his aunswere against M. C. for ioyning with the English Churches, saying: Wherefore I woulde say, there were holinesse in the dumbe Ministerye, Harrison a­gainst Ca [...]t­wright. pag. 23. ( for that is their vsuall and mildest tearme they afforde the Ministers that are not publike preachers) if all the dumbe Ministers were hanged vp in the Churches, and publike assemblies, An vnchari­table speech and bloudy sentence. for a warning and terror to the reste, that are ready to enter such a function: then indeede, there were a holy signe and remembraunce of iudgement against such wretches: but other holinesse haue they none in them.

This iudgement is farre more rigorous and extream, than this of our Learned brethren Discoursers. Yea, by this bloudy sentence, some of our brethren perhaps their-selues, that are more Zealous than learned, or more Learned then able with any gift of persuasion to make any publike exhortation and confutation, might be called into daunger, How quick­ly this might re­uerse on our brethrē. not nowe of their liuings, but of thei [...] liues, and although they would tell a fayre tale, to saue their liues, and would rather preach such slender stuffe God wotte as they had: yet, if they were vnlearned, they must be counted dumb dogs, they must trusse also, the cord would not suffer them to vtter it. So soone might this Iudgement be reuersed on some of their own wel-willers, who spare not to cast foorth such vncharitable and bitter spéeches, saying, of the poore Ministers of Christ: we say not but that that our dumbe Ministers may be heard, for if standing on the galowes to bee executed, they say woulde come downe, I knowe we may heare them.

[Page 408] Do these spéeches sauour of Christian charity? If not, rather of the spirite of those cried Crucifige, Crucifige, and hauing crucified Christ, so these speak of hanging vp his poore Ministers. And as they in scorne bad him come downe from the crosse: so these speaking of hearing his Ministers, doe say, they may indéede be heard, when they say they would come downe from the Gallows. Yet, well fare these our Brethren the Learned Discoursers, that are somewhat more pitifull to the poore vnlearned pastors, Our brethrē the Learned Discoursers mildensse. not to hang them vp by the neck, as Theeues and Robbers, Traytors and Re­belles, ( for so they commonly call them) for a warning and terror: but to turn them out to shake their eares, and beg their Bread, with their wiues and children like wretches, Roagues, and Vagaboundes. Yea, they are fayre dealt with that they haue their liues. And this is the mylder sorte of these our Brethren. And vntill the poore Ministers that bee not Learned preachers, be at leaste thus gently handled: wee shall neuer minde suche a reformation, as God shall thereby bee glorified, and his Church e­defied.

Alas poore soules, which heretofore, euen for their zeal of Gods word, ( thogh not al, yet many of them) in time of so great necessity, when the ty­ranny of Antichriste had wasted and taken away so many Learned pa­stors, The state of the Minist. that are not preachers. and when the popish massing sacrifices were also remoued: then these good Zealous men, being of some readier skill and ability, than were the most part of the residue in those dayes, did forsake their former trades, whereby before they honestly liued, which if they had continued might yet thereby haue mainteined themselues: and with hatred and hazard of their liues, (the most part being then aduersaies of the trueth in many places) haue wholly dedicated them selues to the Ministery of Gods worde and Sacramentes: beeing also lawfully, both by the best pastors then of the church of England, yea, & many of them assent, desire, and election of by their brethren Protestants, with testification of their good conuersation: albeit not so Learned nor trayned in schooles, as godly zealous: nor able to preach, to expounde, to exhort, to confute learnedly in publike auditory though otherwise sufficient to giue godly counsel, admonition, and instruc­tion in all priuate: though in the open Congregation not daring (knowing their owne simplicity) to hazard themselues further then the distinct rea­ding of the scriptures, with such fruitefull Interpretations and Home­lies, as by authority are approoued and assigned, with the publike forme of common prayer prescribed, and the reuerent administration of Christs sacramentes: and haue nowe in the continuall exercise of these thinges, besides their priuate studies aboue this twenty, yea, some aboue thirtie yeares, spent all their time: and nowe in their old age, should be vtterly re­mooued, and by no meanes tollerated to haue any charge ouer the Lordes flock, nor any other prouision so much as spoken of for their main­nance: [Page 481] though not called in question, whether they would be hangd, or no: Me thinketh, these thinges if they were a little better considered and di­gested, should it least more moue the bowels of mercie, yea the remorse of conscience and thankfulnesse, in our learned brethren, than to deale so extreamly with them. It may be, that a number of such withall, are crept into the Ministery, altogether so ignorant, and perhaps so criminous and offensiue, who might worthily sustaine so sharpe a iudgement, Not all to be condem­ned alike. that it were better they were vtterly remooued, than by any meanes to bee tollera­ted, to haue any charge of the Lords flock. For such I pleade not. But no reason, that their causes of entering into, and continuing in the Mi­nistery, being so different, they should passe al alike so hard a censure. But what reason induceth our brethren héereunto.

What man, hauing but one hundreth sheepe, woulde make such a mā a shepheard or Ouerseer ouer them, as were a naturall Idiote, The learned Dis. Pag. 36. or other­wise altogether vnskilfull or vnable too performe the thinges that be­long to a shepheard? if no man haue so little care of bruite beasts: what brutish negligence is it, to commit the people of God, redeemed with the precious bloude of Iesus Christe, to suche vnskilfull and vnsufficiēt Pastors, as neither themselues knowe the waye of saluation, neyther are able to lead other vnto it, whereof they are so cleane ignorant them­selues.

If our brethren meant only of such persons as they now speake of, Bridges it were more than a brutish negligence in very déede, to commit the peo­ple of god, to such vnskilfull and vnsufficient Pastors.. But before, they spoke of such, as had neuer so much knowledge: and now they come in with naturall Idiotes, with altogether vnskilfull, vnable and vnsuffi­cient Pastors: and such, as neither themselues know the way of saluati­on, neither are able to leade other vnto it, whereof they are ignoraunt thēselues. Is there no difference betwéene these & those that are both wise, godly, and learned; and diligent to leade the people of God, bothe by counsell, instruction and example: though they haue not the gifte of o­pen preaching, publike exhorting of the people, and effectual confuting of the gainesayer. These are those, that we woulde haue more fauorablye delt withall. As for the other naturall Idiotes, and altogether vnskilfull, vnable, and vnsufficient Pastors: we pleade not for any tolleration of thē. And we hope there be not many suche hope-losts, that these words should thus in generall, be lauashly cast forth, to the blemish, suspition and slaū ­der of the Ministers. But our brethren yet thinke harder of the matter, & (as it were) euen in pronouncing the sentence of eternall condemnation on many whole Churches in the realme, they say. The learned disc Pag. 36.

If there be no way of saluation, but by faithe; and none can beleeue but such as heare the word of God preached: O Lord, how miserable is [Page 520] the state of manye flockes in this lande, Saluation dependeth not on faith. who either seldome or neuer heare the word of God trulie preached, and therefore know not how to beleeue, that they might be saued.

I meruaile now lesse, if our learned Brethren bee so hard hearted a­gainst all those learned or vnlearned, if they bee not preaching pastors, as to thrust them cleane out of all the Ministerie: Bridges. since that in this their too earnest zeale, they thrust withall so manie flocks in this land, and in many other lands, cleane out both of the state of saluation, & also of the meanes to be saued. For first, loe heere what a number at a clap, by this thunderclap of theirs, are flatlie pronounced to be perpetuallie damned, whom we cha­ritablie hope, Our breth. inconsiderat cōdemning of all that haue not faith. and verilie beleeue, to be as safelie saued as our selues. If there bee no waie of saluation but by faith, how well might we then crie out indeede, O Lorde how miserable is the state of all our infants, dying not onelie before, but also after Baptisme in their infancie. The Papists as they pronounce that none are saued, but onely such as are baptized: so, for Faith likewise, they holde this opinion, that there is no waie of saluation but by faith, albeit, adding other things thereto, and séeing their infantes not capable of Faith, they affirme that they are saued, not by their owne faith, but by the Churches faith, and by the faith of their Godfathers or Godmothers, How the in­fantes of the faithfull are s [...]ued. ( as we call them) that in baptizing vndertake and aunswere for them.

Luther and diuerse other following him, perceiuing the grosenesse of this error, (vpon which sundrie inconueniences depend) to be saued by the faith, not of himselfe, but of other: affirme that our infants haue theyr selues the substance of faith, although it be not able in act to shew it selfe: and that (as Saint Paule saith out of Abakuk, ca. 2. The iust liueth by his owne faith, they are likewise saued and iustified by their owne faith.

But Caluine séeing further into this matter, and that this properly and in verie déede is not faith, which requireth both an intellectual knowledge, and an actuall assured persuasion and confidence on the truth of Gods pro­mises, and couenant in the mercies and merites of Christ Iesus, which act of the minde infantes haue not; and considering that saluation properlie de­pendeth not on the act or on the habit of our faith, but on Gods eternal elec­tion, and the performance of his promise: and that faith being the gifte of God, is indeede the onelie meanes, and waie of saluation, to those that are capable to vnderstand, & by beléeuing the same, applie the promise of Christ his merites, & saluation to themselues, but vnto those that are not yet gro­wen to this capacitie their naturall defect or rather vnripenesse, maketh not the promise of God frustrate, nor defeateth the election, that was before the children were borne, yea, ere the foundations of the worlde were laide, purposed in Gods eternal decrée, & this foundation is sure, God knows who [Page 517] are his: Caluine therfore willeth vs, Infants saluation. not to applie these sentences of Christ ( that recommend faith vnto vs) vnto the infants: but vnto those that are growne to capacitie by the gift of God in them, to vnderstande and appre­hend the same. And for the infants of vs which are faithfull, and so inclu­ded in the couenant betwixt GOD and his people, admitting our infants to receiue the Sacrament of regeneration, because though they bee not capable of knowledge and faith, yet are they capable of the thing signified, and of the fauour of God the Father, & of the grace of Christ the sonne, The infants of the faith­full that die before bap­tisme.. & of the inspiration of the holie Ghost; yea, although they die before they receiue the outward signe, yet, not to presume to iudge them cleane debar­red and bereft of these inward graces, but to relie vpon the promise of the couenant, that he will not onelie be our God and so our sauiour, that haue faith in him: but the God and sauiour of our séede also, although yet they haue not faith in him, and that we and our séede shall be his people. Neither onelie in an outward sanctification, whereby as the roote, so the branches are holie: but by the inward sanctification, and by saluation, so farre as ac­cordeth with his eternall election in Christ Iesu.

So then, except this which our Brethren héere saie, If there be no waie of saluation but by faith, be restrained to such onelie as are both of yéeres, and of discretion also to vnderstād (at the least in some measure) & by faith, to applie the word of God vnto them: we should finde a manifest errour, and too hard a iudgement contained in this sentence, that there is no waie of saluation but by faith. Secondly, héere followeth vpon this, an assump­tion farre more hard and peremptorie, concerning the word of God, than this former proposition, concerning faith in him. And none ( say our Bre.) can beléeue but such as heare the word of God preached. Indéede the or­dinarie meanes to faith, is the word of God, which in the meane while de­barreth not anie extraordinarie meanes, for God fréelie to instill his spirit, and to giue his gift of faith by inspiration, as Caluine saith on the 14. verse, Rom. 10. vpon these words: How shall they beleeue in him on whom they haue not heard? and how shall they heare without a preacher? Hee placed heere no other word than that which is preached; because this is the ordinarie meanes, that the Lord hath ordained, of dispensing the same. If anie doo further contend thereon, that God cannot instill into men, the know­ledge of him by other meanes, than by the instrument of preaching: we denie that is was the Apostles minde, who onelie looked on the otdina­rie dispensation of GOD, but woulde not prescribe a lawe vnto his grace.

So that, againe we sée, that this saying of our Brethren heere, is preiu­diciall, not onely vnto mens faith, but vnto Gods grace, thus flatlie to af­firm, that none can beleeue but such a [...] heare the word of God preached. But all this for faith and preaching, our brethren thinke to warrant out [Page 484] of Beza in his Confession cap. 4. Artic. 35. The means to faith. where he saith: thirdly sith that wihout faith, entrance to Christ & life aeternall is open to none: and the preaching of the word, is the ordinary instrument of the holy Ghost, to engender faith in vs: it followeth, that the preaching of the word, and the same effectual, is to be required in all of ripe yeeres, to this purpose, that they may be saued: except, whē it hath pleased God extraordinarily to worke in their harts. If our brethren had kepte themselues within the modest compasse of these boundes, as Beza doth, for faith in them of rype yeeres, and with preaching as an ordinary instrument of God, and gone no further: this had bene allowable.

But now, what meane our brethren héere by preaching? can no pri­uate, nor publike reading of the woorde of God; with neuer so diligent marking and conferring of the same; and with reading also and conferring the sounde, learned, plaine, and godly expositions, interpretations, Ser­mons and commentaries of the woorde of God: nor no reading of sincere common places, gathered out of Gods woorde: nor no priuate conference with godly and learned men, vpon doubtes and scruples; nor in catechi­zing, or exercise of Doctors, which our brethren say pag. 17. must teach onely true doctrine, and confute all haeresies, and false opinions by the word of God, concerning all articles and principles of Christian religi­on, without applying their teaching to any particuler state of time, of persons, or of places: and must not exhorte, as preachers must: who still intermix exhortation, reprehension, consolation, and application with their doctrine: and can none come to beleeue by none of al these meanes, nor by them altogether, except preaching bee continuallye adioyned to them? or do our brethren vnderstand preaching also in all these meanes? for they are both ordinary meanes in their kindes, so well as preaching, and very effectuall meanes, whereby oftentimes, and namely in wante of preaching, God worketh mightily in the instilling, and the encreasing of knowledge and Faith in his elected.

Now vpon these two erroneous (by their leaue be it spoken, for a bro­ther may erre, but not persist therein) and too austere premisses, our bre­thren make their sharpe conclusion, with a shrill and miserable exclamati­on, crying out:

O Lord how miserable is the state of many flocks in this land, who ei­ther seeldome or neuer heare the word of God truly preached.

More seeldome perhaps, then were to be wished: but neuer to heare the word of God preached, or to heare it falsly preached, and not truely when it is preached, I hope there are not many flockes in this lande, or rather, but very fewe, if any at all: yea, I beleeue, no not one, but that hath heard the word of God, although the seeldomer, yet trulye and plainlye preached among them.

[Page 485] But what is meant héere by these wordes truely preached? Preaching they spake before of the word of God preached: and now they come in with truelye preached. Belike, if it be not preached in such manner & forme, or with the auouching of such poyntes as these, that our brethren desire and con­tend for, and vse most to preach vpon; it is not truelye preached. Preaching truly. And in that sense, they may peraduenture say some what more truly, that in ma­ny flocks of this lande, it is seeldome or neuer heard. Although (I am a­frayed) it be in too many flockes in this lande, on that fashion, by some of our brethren, both too often, and also too vntruely preached. Whiche ma­keth indéede a miserable state in many flockes of this land, & hath bredde and still bréedeth a moste miserable, lamentable, and horrible schisme in manye flockes of this lande, and more miserable is like to bréede, if suche preaching should not be restrayned.

But what a foule sclaūder is this (& that for such to make, as in the pre­ching of the Gospel, The church and realme of England [...] fowly sclaū ­dered. professe to be our brethren) not only for the ministe­ry of this lande, but also for the flockes and people of the same: that they seeldome or neuer haue the word of God truely preached, and therfore know not how to beleeue, that they mighte bee saued. As though they were all infidels, Turkes, Saracens, or some wylde sauage people: or at the leaste, worse then the Papistes, of all whome. I dare not hazard so far as to say, that they, neither beleeue in God, nor know how to beleeue, & not onely stand as damned creatures, but as those that are destitute of all meanes, whereby they might be saued. This is too heauie censure of our brethren. But now that they haue thus passed their sentence, leaste wee shoulde appeale from it as vniuste, vnmercifull & vntrue, or but aunswere any thing against it: they preuent that which they imagine, we will aun­swere thereunto, and replie before hande to our imagined aūswere saying.

But heere it will be aunswered, The learned Dis. Pag. 37. Bridges. that as it is a thing greatly to be desi­red; so is it altogether impossible, to prouide the churche of so manie learned Pastors, as shoulde take charge of euery seuerall congregation.

And haue wee no other aunswere to make vnto our brethren but this? what a straunge foading of themselues is this, and condemning of others, to imagine also, that we must aunswere this and that, euen as they con­ceaue in their fancies, The aun­swere of im­possibility of proui­ding learned preachers for euerye Church. and would haue vs frame our answeres to their ob­iections and surmises? Hath any of vs, or haue I aunswered thus (except by way of debating) to any of their like accusations afore-said? And yet, I hope, I haue aunswered truely and sufficiently, for any thing yet alleaged by our Learned Brethren, what shew soeuer it carry of learning, when it is not aunswered. Albeit our brethren haue bene by other (if aunswere would serue) throughly aunswered. Neyther should they now by me haue béene at all aunswered, saue vpon vrgent prouocation thereunto. But let vs now sée, this our presupposed aunswere, wherewith theirselues in [...]ur [Page 486] names, Impossibi­lity of lear­ned Pastors do aunswere themselues.

As it is a thing greatly to be desired: so is it altogether impossible, to prouide the Church of so many learned Pastors, as shoulde take charge of euery seuerall congregation. In what sense impos­sible is vn­derstood.

Sith they will néedes haue this to be our aunswere: let it stande in gods name for our aunswere, so it be mollified in these wordes, altogether im­possible: which is as much to say, as absolutely impossible. And who cā say so, sith, nothing is impossible vnto God? who can make the stones to crie, and of them make children vnto Abraham: and sith that which is im­possible to man, is possible to God, &c. But according to the state of thinges either as they are, or as they may conuenientlye bee holpen, one thing considered with an other: might we not well auowe, this aunswere, that vnto man it is vnpossible, specially vnderstanding impossibility, ( as it is oftentimes vnderstood, for such a difficulty, to bring to passe, as wee could not well, sée how it should be done, without as great, or greater dā ­gers to ensue.

The learned dis­course. Pag. 37. BridgesBut heereto we reply, ( say our brethren) that it is a thing necessarilye required at our handes, by God almighty, and therefore we must obiect no impossibility, especially when our owne negligence is the cause of al the difficulty, or if you wil so call it, impossibility.

Albeit, we might not amisse enquire of our brethren, what they means by these Learned Pastors: and with what necessity God requireth that al Pastors should be such learned Pastors,: notwithstanding, for anye thing héere replyed on our supposed aunswere, are there not some thinges that are necessarily required at our handes by God Almighty, that we must néedes confesse, are euen altogether and absolutely on our parts impossi­ble? as the perfecte obedience of Gods lawe. And yet, especiallye our negligence, in our firste parents fall, and our owne sinnes in vs, are the cause of our not difficulty, but méere impossibility to do those things, that Almighty God necessarily requireth at our handes. Except wee shoulde say with the Papists, that we can fulfil Gods law, or else w t them, accuse God of iniustice, if he should require at our handes an impossibility. And that therfore, we must obiect no impossibility, for we replie, it is a thing necessarily required at our hands by God almighty. If our brethren say that therein God helpeth vs another way: so may he doo héere also, though the Minister be not all thing so learned a Pastor, as God necessarily requi­reth at his handes that he should be

The learned dis­course, Pag. 37. Bridges.Wee confesse ( say our brethren) it wilbe harde at firste, but we muste do our endeuour, and commit the successe vnto God, and there is no doubt, but in time it will grow to an happy end.

This confession is very true, it will be hard at the first. And wee as­sent, that we must do our endeuour, so far forth as we conueniently may [Page 487] but not to the iniury, & much lesse to the vndoing, Indeuour to help it▪ of any neuer so simple & poore a Minister, if he be vertuous & diligent to his power in his function; and so commit the successe vnto God. To whome, if our brethren would indéede commit it, they woulde omit these vnnecessary contentions, nor so vrge their desires of reforming discipline,, nor publish these devises & platformes of Ecclesiasticall gouernement, entituling them solemnelye, Learned discourses, prescribing more than is lawfull for priuate men to doe; at leastwise, they would neuer so far procéed in them, with such-vn­brotherlike iuuectiues against the publike Magistrates and Ministers learned and vnlearned: but desire those thinges that they thinke are a­misse, and would wish reformed, in a more Christian, charitable, and good subiectlike manner, than they do: & thē there is no doubt, but that whatsoe­uer were indéede to be reformed, though it be hard at the first, yet by this softnesse, in time it would at last grow to an happy end. For, as the Pro­uerbe is, A good beginning maketh a good ending, But such a prepost­erous and violent beginning, continuing and encreasing, as hetherto our brethren haue vsed for these matters, and do vse, not only breedeth a pre­sent disturbance and continuall schisme: but also boadeth a doubtful suspi­tion (without gods mercifull help) of a tragicall and vnhappy ending.

But when ( say they) we shalbe altogether carelesse, The learned dis­course. pag. 37. & 38. as wee haue beene long time: and that is worse, not acknowledging any default in this be­halfe, (as there be that do not;) and that is most of all, maintayning such lettes and hinderances, as be continuall nurseries of ignorance and ig­norant Pastors: we may be ashamed to alleage that difficulty, for which none are to be blamed, but we our selues.

To be carelesse in so carefull matters, is a great default. But we must take héed on the other side, of too much curiositye and of rashnesse, Bridges both in thrusting our selues (béeyond our calling) into actions of pretensed refor­mation: and also take héede, whome thus at randone and in these gene­rall speeches, we accuse to haue bene so long time carelesse. For, as this carefulnesse principally pertayneth to those, that by authoritye are called to the charge and care thereof: so her Maiestie, with her honorable coun­sell, and the godly learned-Praelates, haue not onely had great care in this behalfe: but with carefull trauayles, haue muche endeuoured, Our brethe­rens sturres haue hinde­red these cares. that these troubles might bee happilye ended. But euermore hetherto vnhappily, these our Brethrens intempestiue sturres, haue bredde such lettes and hinderaunces héereunto: that they are now further off, and call moe and higher pointes in question: than they did about Caps and Surplesses at the beginning.

And these contentions, being more earnestly trauersed betwéen the lear­ned, haue geuen aduauntage to embolden the common aduersarye of vs both: and withall haue occasioned the moe vnlearned in the Ministerye, to [Page 488] bee lesse taken heede vnto, Carefulnes than otherwise more easily they mought haue beene.

Which neuerthelesse we complaine not vpon, as Adam did on Eue, to poste all the fault vnto our brethren, & not acknowledge any default here­in among our selues: but noting the same, (with duetifull submission to their authority) we wish that some euen of our Bishops, had bene so care­full in this long time, that they had not admitted some, though prettilye learned, yet too head-strong and newfangled Ministers, that since they haue entred into the Ministery, forgetting the calling of them, by whome they were called, (if they haue any calling in the Ministery) forgetting the othe of their Canonicall obedience to their Bishops, and of their loyall obedience to their prince, haue, and do make, all, or the most parte of all these sturres. But their carelesnesse in admitting suche, hath beene since méetlie well punished, by these their disobedient and vnthankfull children And some also they haue admitted into this function, too vnlearned, ( wee confesse,) and vnworthy Ministers and so are not altogther cleare of main­tayning the continuall nurseries of ignoraunce and ignorant Pastors: Yet neither haue they beene maintayned, How their carelesnesse hath beene punished. but greatly rebuked, for their so carelesse doings: and therupon lawes and prouisions haue bene made, and stande in force, to represse such vnlearned Ministers, and the makers of them. And though we acknowledge, that we may be well ashamed ( and sory, in respecte of the defaultes of some) to alleage that difficultye for the which we our selues are to be blamed: yet, sith our brethren also do héere confesse with vs the difficultye, that it will bee hard at the firste, and are themselues also in no smal part a cause thereof, and of greater letts and hinderaunces to a happy ende, of these vntimely brawles and troubles: Let them take part of this blame and shame with vs, and either of vs, so soone, & as much as we may, carefully endeuour to amend it.

We may ( say they) be ashamed, now that our Church hath had rest & peace, The learned dis­course. Pag. 38. with free preaching of the Gospell these 25. or 26. yeeres, vnder the protection of our most gratious Queene, to be so vnfurnished with learned Pastors▪ as we are: whereas, if that diligence had beene vsed of all parts, as might and should haue bene employed of all them that vn­feynedly seeke the kingdome of God and his righteousnesse, almoste in halfe the time, this necessity might haue bene well supplyed,

If our Churche haue had reste and peace, with free preaching of the Gospell, Bridges these 25. or 26, yeeres, and now since also, this 27. this 28. and vpward, vnder the protection of our most gratious Queene: how much are we bound with all thankfulnesse, first to Almightye God, and after, vnto our moste gratious Queene, to re-acknowledge the same. And how may they be ashamed then, that (where we haue had suche rest and peace with free preaching of the Gospell, by this protection, all this while, [Page 489] from the disturbance of our forraine enemies, haue at home continuallye not ceased to disturbe this rest and peace, with these contentions and diui­sions: and defaming the cheefest preachers, in this realme, haue therebye not a little hindred the free preaching of the Gospell? and how again, may they yet bee more ashamed, that being not content to liue in this rest and peace of our Church, nor with the free preaching of the gospel, although they themselues acknowledge it, yet they exclaime (contrary to that their selues doe héere acknowle [...]e) that they haue no rest, nor peace, nor the free preaching of the gospell, but cal the state of our church, a deformed state and deface it with far worse contumelies: & so both disturbe the prea­ching, of the gospell, ( which otherwise, their selues confesse, is preached freelie,) and grieue her Maiestye: Yea, some of them in their Pamphlets also, breake foorth into verye disloyall speeches, which I now forbeare to name, but all of them, disobey her Maiest. lawes, and yet héere confesse her to be a most gratious Queene, & that they enioy al these excellent benefits vnder her Maiesties protection. Surely, if we were so vnfurnished of learned Pastors, as they exclaime, which notwithstanding is nothing so much, (God be praysed for it) as they to make it séeme more odious, The gospel freely prea­ched. pre­tend it is: for (if we be so vnfurnished of learned Pastors, howe is the gos­pell freely preached?) and yet we wish, we were still better & better fur­nished than we be, and our Prelates put to their helping handes, as they may thereto: yet, if we were worse furnished then we are, (considering these benefits,) it might be some what better borne withall: than that the lack of the greater learning in some of our Pastors, should be thus vpbray­ded to the whole state.

But now, if there be any thing to be holpen héerein: is this a reason, to alter the Ecclesiasticall gouernement, and to punish the Learned pastors, and all the Bishops, bicause of some vnlearned Pastors among them And admit, that diligence hath not beene vsed of all partes, that mighte and should haue bene employed of all them that vnfainedlye seeke the king­dome of God, and his righteousnesse.

Must all these partes that seeke vnfainedlye the kingdome of God, and his righteousnes, though not with imploying that diligence therein, that they should haue done, be therefore deposed of al their authority? yea, and that there must be no such authority at all, but all Pastors in authori­ty must be aequall? Is this the readiest waye to make more Learned Pa­stors, or not rather to make fewer than there be: if not, to make them all the more vnlearned? and is this our learned brethrens vnfained seeking the kingdome of God & his righteousnesse?

And we haue yet, to thanke God for this, that although that diligence had not bene vsed of all partes, that might and should haue bene employ­ed of all them that seeke the kingdome of God, and his righteousnesse; [Page 490] yet sith it is graunted and cannot be denied, Pr [...]poste­rous mea­nes. that they seeke the kingdome of God and his righteousnesse: though not with that diligence, that they might and shoulde haue done: This lack of diligence is farre better, at least wise, lesse euil in all those parts, than is the double diligence of these our brethren, that employ themselues and seeke by all meanes, to deface the learned Pastors ( which God be praysed are not a fewe) by the remain­der of the vnlearneder sorte; and would cleane ouerthrow, not onely them that be diligent or negligent in authoritie, but the authority it selfe, vn­der complaint of lack of diligence in all partes that haue the authoritye. And this diligence indéede of our brethren hath bene such an hinderaunce to a great many, that might and would haue prooued learned Pastors, that they haue cleane diuerted their studies, & professions from the Ministery, on this offence; or else, in halfe, yea in a quarter of all this time, this ne­cessity might haue beene well supplyed. But our Brethren, to turne vs from the consideration of these hinderaunces, doe drawe vs another way, and say:

If wee seeke experience, what diligent and carefull prouision is able to do with the blessing of God: The learned disc. Pag. 38. looke to our neihhbours and brethren in Christ, of Fraunce, who although they neuer enioyed one day of such peace, as we haue done so many yeares,: yet howe plentifullye are they furnished with all kindes of Ecclesiasticall Ministers, and namelye with godly and learned Pastors, it would reioise any Christian hart to behold in them, and lament to see the lack in vs.

Yet once againe, we must seeke experience from our neighbours and brethren in Christe of Fraunce: when as these our brethren their selues confesse, Bridges. that at home, for the free preaching of the Gospell, wee are and haue béene all the raigne of our most gratious Queene, in farre happier case than they: Comparisō of our neighbours chur­ches in France and our. and con [...]sse withall, that héerein they neuer enioyned, no, not one day of such peace, as we haue done so many yeeres, And yet can­not our brethren be thankfull, for all this; except we also, be as plentifully furnished with all kinde of Ecclesiasticall Ministers, and namelye, with godly and Learned Pastors, as they be. What they meane by their plen­tifull furniture of all kind of Ecclesiasticall Ministers, they do not tell vs, and therefore it maketh the lesse matter. As for these specified, namelye godly & learned Pastors: albeit we were not so wel furnished as they for our parts: though our harts reioyce to behold this plentifull furniture in them; yet is there no cause, that either they, or wee shoulde lament this want in vs. Notwithstanding, what wanteth, we both acknowledge and lament; and wish and endeuour to supply: that our and their ioy mighte be full both in them and vs. It is much hindred in Fraunce, by the open hostility of the publike aduersaries of the Gospell; and with vs, by our bre­threns vnnecessary molestations, which are both lamentable to any true [Page 491] Christian heart to thinke on, The french Churches. and do much hinder the plentifull furniture of godly and learned Pastors among vs

And although (to make the comparison more odious against the state of our Ecclesiasticall Ministers) our Brethren set a better face vpon the mat­ter, for our neighbours and brethren in Christe of France: how plenti­fully they are furnished with all kinde of Ministers: and namelye, with godly & Learned Pastors, that it would reioyse any Christian hart, to be­holde it in them: though the hearing of it, is a ioyfull hearing, to euerye Christian hart: yet I doubt mée, we may rather wish it were so, than that in very déede, there is such great furniture of learned Pastors, as is héere pretended. And that also we should quickly behold in them, if they might haue (were it the good will of God) as God be praysed for it, we haue and enioye, such peace and rest with free preaching of the Gospell, vnder the protection also of their Kinges and Magistrates: It woulde then ma­nifestly appeare, that they are not so plentifully furnished, and that they neuer had in all their Ciuill warres, any such great numbers of Learned Pastors: and so much the fewer, for that many of their small many, haue bene either so slaine and martyred at home, or dispersed abroad, & fled into other nations: that (I suppose) if al the remnants of them were assembled and viewed, they shoulde be founde not halfe a quarter able, except God (as he is able, who spake the worde, and great was the multitude of the preachers) raise vp a great multitude of moe learned Pastors, to furnishe that great & populous realme, & al the seueral congregations in the same.

And yet, nowe as they are, in these troublesome times of persecution, it may be, that in some few places of safest refuge, there may well be, in re­spect of their assemblies, some congregations among them, in Fraunce, in England, in Germany, and in other places, whether they are fledd for re­fuge, as to a Sanctuarye whiche God in exile hath prouided for them, as (God be praysed) England is for many nations, in which they may easily haue plentifull furniture of godly and learned Pastors. Which, as it pro­céedeth from the gratious prouidence of God, to confirme his afflicted peo­ple, in such times of greater triall and necessity: so, though it lamente our heartes to see their daungers, & we pray for them with all our harts, that they might enioy also such rest of body, & peace of conscience, with the free preaching of the Gospell, as we enioy: in the meane time it not a little reioiceth our hearts to behold such surniture of learned Pastors, as god of his great goodnes hath giuen vnto them for their strengthening. And yet should both they & we, & all Christian harts redouble our reioycing, if they might enioy these blessings of peace & rest, with the free preaching of the gospel, as we do: though as many seueral cōgregatiōs in France, were no better furnished with learned though otherwise godly Pastors, than are a­mong vs: and (I thinke) they would not repent them of such a bargen.

[Page 492] Acknow­ledging de­fect.But as for those ( say our brethren) that acknowledge no defect in our Church, through the great multitude of ignorant Pastors: we had rather at this time pray to God to lighten their blindenesse, The learned dis­course. pag. 39. Bridges then by any long discourse, to discouer their palpable darknesse.

For such great multitude of ignoraunt pastors ( vnderstanding them as is before described) I hope there be not. That there is no defect in the Church, through those ignorant pastors that be: I knowe of none, but do acknowledge it with great griefe, and many godly Praelates and other in authority, employ their great diligence, to the helpe and redresse ther­of: so farre, as by any lawfull meenes they may: And if any doe otherwise: we pray God also with our brethren, to lighten their blindnesse, and to chaunge their hearts, and a Gods name, euen by as long discourse, as our Brethren will, & do, (though they say they will not,) discouer their palpa­ble darknesse, Discouering the same or any other defect in them, not as Cham did, when he sawe his Fathers nakednes, but so far foorth, as they alwayes remember, that Charitas operit multitudinem peccatorum. Charity couereth a multitude of sinnes.

Which if they would indéede performe, they would not make the mat­ter worse than it is, and amplifie it by so great multitudes, and aggrauate it by calling such multitudes, not onelie ignorant persons, but Idiotes, I­dols, and a great many fouler and vnfitter tearmes; and not onelie bestow such tearmes on them, but as many, if not worse, on the best learned and chiefest in authoritie, vnder her Maiestie, the Fathers, Bishops, and Arch­bishops. in the Cleargie. and must all these be condemned of blindesse, and papable darknesse? And when thus they haue poured foorth all that they can imagine, and a great deale more than they canne proue, or though they could proue, were conuenient (and it were but for their owne modestitie) to haue discouered: and to discouer it in such a gybing and scornfull man­ner, and in such eagre moodes and vnreuerent tearmes, and to defile with such spéeches, not onelie that that might be wished better, but withall, that that is not onelie tollerable but also commendable in them: & then to come in with their frumpe and saie, they wil rather praie for them: than disco­uer them: me thinkes their praier would be more effectuall, if their long or short discoursing, though it were lesse learned, were more temperate. But now that our Brethren rather list to pray to God: they make their petition, saying:

Woulde to God there were not more difficultye in reforming them that maintaine such inconueniences, The learned disc. Pag. 39. & 40. as except they be taken away: we shall neuer be disburdened of the cankers of the Church, those vnlear­ned ministers. For while Non-residentes, and pluralities be retayned we shall neuer want vnlearned Curates, that for small stipendes, wil supply the absence of Pluralities, and Non-residentes: which grosse corruptiōs [Page 493] of pastorall office, as they may haue some honest pretence, Pluralities so can they haue no better pretēce, neyther are they reteyned with a better consci­ence, then the Priestes in our sauiour Christes time, suffered the exchaū ­gers of money, Grasiers, and Pulterers to make a burse or shambles, and a poultrie: yea, a denne of theeues of the temple of God, which was ap­pointed to be a house of prayer to all nations. Mat. 21.12. Mark. 11.15 Ioan. 2.14.

This prayer expresseth more feruour, than knowledge, or at leaste, Bridges. their acknowledging of that duetifull obedience and charity, that were ra­ther to be wished, our brethren had alayed the intemperance of their zeale withall. As not onely in wishing them reformed: but that there were not more difficulty in reforming them, that maintaine such or any other in­conueniences in the Church. It is an olde saying and of great considerati­on, Better to suffer a mischiefe than an inconuenience. and worse is it, Our brethe­rens daungerous & slaū ­derous spe­ches ynder colour of praier. to maintaine it, than to suffer it. And how much the more, so much the worse. If then, such thinges as héere be noted, are such inconueniences: how is not this too vnaduisedly cast foorth, in forme of a prayer to God, that they muste bee reformed, and yet cannot but with more difficultye bee refor­med, that maintaine them? Doth not this too néere touch principally her Maiesty, whom in the page before (more duetifully) they acknowledged to be our most gratious Queene: and many ciuill Magistrates, besids those Ecclesiasticall Praelates, that haue to do in these matters: yea, the statute, and whole state that do maintaine them?

Besides that, euery poore Curate which liueth vnder any Pastor, if hee be not himselfe so learned as the Pastor is; he is héere called by this mylde tearme, a cankre of the Church. If a cankred Papist, or a cankred hae­ritike ( for the Apostle saith so, of haerisie & false doctrine, that it eateth like a cankre,) had so called our protestant Ministers, I woulde haue saide, he had spoken like himselfe. But it is a far vnlike and vnséemely spéeche, for Protestant Minist. to bestow vpon their brethren Minist. in the Gospell.

True it is, that by the Non residence of some Pastors, and the plura­lities graunted vnto them, some Curates and Ministers of lesser giftes are maintayned: and (as I take it) reason too. For, as we haue shewed out of Caluine) the giftes of the Pastors being not alike, there may well bee dif­ference in them, both of superiority, & of maintenance. Which may ac­cord also wel inough with the saying of the Apost. The Elders that gouerne well, especially in the work of the word, are worthy of double honor. And therfore, if some more Learned pastors hauing also a greater gift of the spirit of go­uernment, haue moe parcels of the Churche of god to gouerne, than o­ther haue, and thereupon are permitted (in consideration of their greater labours in the word) to do good in moe places: and for their better proui­sion, to haue other besides them, and in their absences to attend continu­allye [Page 534] to those congregations, Reading. while their more fruitefull trauailes are other where emploied: if these also by order of lawe, and by authori­tie of Magistracie bee prouided for: What is ai­med at vn­der pretence of inueigh­ing against pluralities and non re­sidents. and yet, cannot bee permitted but by the lawe and magistrate, so that it is not free to euerye one that liste, but to choice and more able men, and onelie to so good purposes, and al­waies with sufficiēt prouisions for euerie place and person so permitted: Is it lawfull for euerie or anie priuate subiect on this publike fashion to exclaime against it, and also to inueigh against the Magistrates for main­taining of it?

But there is a mysterie in this thing, more than euerie bodie wéeneth, Pluralities and non residents are pretended, which if they bee abused, are not so maintained, but that vpon proofe thereof, they are punishable, or to bée restrained or reuoked: but other matters are shot at, to wit, the liuings of the Bishops, of the Colledges, or of anie that haue anie portions of the Church, impropriated and allotted vnto them. Howbeit our Bre­thren faile herein of their chiefe purpose, for, if all these were taken away; yet may the power and superiour authoritie remaine, though weakened, when the liuing is gone, and so al Pastors, notwithstanding al these byouse deuises are not equall.

As for that our Brethren adde, of the pretence of these thinges, which they call grose corruptions of Pastorall office; to omit the reconciliation of these sayings, Our breth. contradicti­on and slan­derous ac­cusation. that as they may haue some honest pretence, so they can haue no better pretence, than had the exchangers of money, the grasi­ers and poulterers, to make a burse or shambles, or a poultrie, yea, a den of theeues of the Temple of God, which were indéede no honest preten­ces at al: This is also too rough a censure of our Brethren, so flatlie to con­demne all the Magistrates and Ministers in the Church of GOD, which (in manner aforsayd) permit these things, to haue no better pretence nor conscience, than these deadlie enimies of Christ had. The Texts allea­ged out of Matthew, Marke, and Iohn, stande onelie on a ranke for a bare shew, and proue nothing at all, that these matters haue no better pre­tence and conscience, than those grose corruptions of those wicked Iewes had.

And is this now, that which our Brethren meant, when they sayde e­uen the last sentence before, they would rather praie to GOD to lighten their heartes, than by anie long discourse, to discouer their palpable darknesse? Indéede Breuis oratio penetrat coelum? But this short Prayer pearceth beyond all Gods forboad, and this short discourse, Si breuis grauis, it were better be longer and be leuis Howbeit, the burthen of it, is but a faburthen of a foule mouth, and of an heauie irkesome slander, vnfit for our learned Brethren to haue vttered. And yet not content therwith, our bre­thren procéede and saie.

[Page 521]But especiallie while the whole office of a Pastor, Prescribed forme. shall be thought to consist in reading onelie a prescript number of Psalmes and Chapters of the Scriptures, with other appointed formes of praier: The lear­ned disc pag. 36. and that hee may be allowed as a sufficient Pastor which dooth the things, which a childe of ten yeeres olde may doe as well as hee, so long shall wee neuer lacke vnlearned pastors, ignorant and vngodlie people, simonicall and sacrilegious patrones: so long the building of Gods Church shall goe but slowlie forwarde. Besides other superstitious fantasies, mayntained in the peoples heartes, which for shortnesse wee omitte to speake of.

Of what estimation reading hath béene accounted in the auncient and primitiue Church, Bridges. and the office of readers both of the Psalms and Chap­ters of the Scriptures: we haue alreadie declared out of Zanchius, Readers. citing Bucer at large for the same. And how auncient and allowable, appointed formes of Praier haue bene in the Church of God, among al the holie Fa­thers, & are yet euen in those reformed Churches, that are most now com­mended vnto vs of our Breth? yea, their selues also haue in print set down vnto vs appointed formes of Praier: though with what warrant and au­thoritie they may prescribe and appoint formes of praier to their Prince, and to the whole Church of Englande, and reiect that which is by law­full authoritie of the Prince, With what authoritie our breth. can set out a prescribed forme of their owne making, & reiect that that is done by authori­tie. and of all the states of the Realme and Church of Englande alreadie appointed: I doe not yet knowe, and faine woulde I learne, how they are able to iustifie these dooings: and how their owne prescribing vnto others, their appointed formes of pray­er and ministration of the Sacraments, ( they hauing no sufficient au­thoritie therevnto) dooth not much more confute themselues, that controll other for prescribing appoynted formes of Prayer vnto them.

As for that they saie, the whole office of a pastor shall bee thought to consist in reading these things: I know none that saith or thinketh so: or that hee may bee allowed as a sufficient pastor, A Pastors office con­sists not all in reading. which dooth the things which a child of ten yeeres olde may doe as well as hee. Who alloweth such a one for a sufficient Pastor? And what are those things which a child of ten yeeres olde may doo as well as hee? May a childe of tenne yeeres olde minister the Sacrament of Baptisme and the Lordes supper, or pro­nounce the publike absolution to the people? But they meane perhaps that such a childe may reade the appointed formes of prayers, Psalmes, and Chapters of the Scriptures, as well as he? Maie hee so, in the pub­like Congregation, and haue no lawfull calling therevnto? And yet, may hee doe it as well as hee that is lawfullie called? If they meane onelie, in the respect of his reading: I easilie graunt it them, that anye priuate man, woman, or childe, although younger than tenne [Page 484] yeeres olde, Reading. if his sight be quicke and his voice cleere, & he be wel enured to reading, may both reade as well, & farre better, than many an old Doctor, yea, than the most zealous and best learned Pastor in the world, when his tongue foltreth, or his eies waxe dim, or age or other debility doth so wea­ken him, that he cannot so lowde, so cleane & reddily reade, as a childe or a woman may do. But the holy auncient Fathers, did not therfore contemne the office of Readers. No, they considered the person, whome for their cal­ling and office, they represented, and permitted neither childe, woman, nor any man neuer so prompt a Reader, Readers. in such publike and autentike manner to reade these thinges, but onely those men that were lawfullye called and authorized thereunto: and did greatly reuerence and estéeme this office of Readers, although they were not yet made Pastors, but were Readers only. And shall we now contemne them, & condemne them, when these Readers are Pastors also? and say that such a Pastor reading, doeth the thinges which a childe of ten yeeres olde may do as well as he? And yet, it followes not, if there were some such Pastors whome a childe didde excell, & that if any such vpō some especiall consideration were born with­all, we shall neuer lacke vnlearned Pastors; ignorant and vngodly people, simonicall and sacrilegious Patrones, The sequele of our bre­threns deui­ses. &c. Whereas, mée thinkes, (and I speake it bonafide, and I hope, bona cum venia,) that rather of the twaine, if these our brethrens deuises should take place; we should haue more cōtēpt of learning, and greater number of vnlearned Pastors: and so more igno­rant and vngodly, and contentious people; more simonicall and sacrile­gious patrones, ( if any patrones at all should be allowed) more slow for­wardnesse of the building of Gods church, beside other many moe new superstitious fantasies, which for shortnes we omit to speake of: than ey­ther now there is, or euer was, or euer would be, by any direct occasion of reading, a prescript number of psalmes and chapters of the Scriptures, with other appointed formes of prayer, as now we haue. But our bre­thren supposing, they haue héere so full confuted this publike reading, of prescribed formes of prayer, psalmes and chapters, that wee our selues would séeke to haue it, yet for a while, at least to be tollerated: they would cut of this also, and say:

What though some say: formall reading might be borne withall for [...] time, The learned disc pag. 40. & 41. vntill the Church might be prouided of sufficient pastors, which yet is not graunted; shall it therfore continue alwayes to the perpetuall decay of knowledge, and hurte of the Church of God?

Who are those some that so say, that formall reading might bee borne withal for a time, vntil, &c: And what is héere meant, by formal reading? If it be a comelie and reuerent forme of reading a prescript number of Psalmes & Chapters of the Scriptures, Bridges. with other appointed formes of prayer before mentioned: Why shoulde anie saie it might bee borne [Page 497] withall for a time, A prescri­bed forme. vntill the Church might be prouided of sufficient pa­stors? as though the reading of these thinges, should no longer be suffered, but that afterward, those that shoulde be thought to be sufficient pastors, should haue no appointed formes of Prayer at all, nor any number at all of Psalmes, or chapters of the scriptures prescribed vnto them, but that euery sufficient pastor, might be free, to vary in his formes of prayer, and number of Psalmes, and chapters of the scripture at his pleasure. What sufficiency shall be appointed for such Pastors, is not here set downe. For my part, I thinke there is no sufficiency in a Pastor to be counted a suffi­cient priuiledge, so clearely to acquite him, but that, although he may now and then leaue out, or adde, or alter some part of the prescribed and ap­pointed forme, vpon occasion at his discretion, yet were it not conuenient, (were he neuer so sufficient learned) that there shoulde be no forme at all appointed. For wee must not onely consider the sufficiency of the Pastor, The danger of hauing no prescript forme. but withall the sufficiency or insufficiency of the people, and the order and comlinesse of the Church. Which is best obserued, especially in these licentious and perillous times, full of errors and corruptions, not when wee are moste at libertye, but when Orders appointed doe restraiue vs.

But these our Brethren, the Learned discoursers, reiecte all suche formes of prayer, and say: What though some saye, formall reading might be borne withall for a time, vntill the Church might be prouided of sufficient Pastors? which is not yet granted. No is? who are they, that haue of late set forth this Pamphlet, intituled, A booke of the forme of common prayer, and ministration of the sacramentes, The forme that our brethren their-selues do prescribe &c. agreable to Gods word, and the vse of the reformed Churches? Is not formal rea­ding, and numbers of Psalmes, and chapters of the scripture, héere pre­scribed? And if this booke of the forme of common prayer, be agreable to Gods word and the vse of the reformed Churches: howe is this our bre­threns Learned Discourse, which they call a breefe and playne declara­tion, concerning the desires of all those faithful ministers, that haue and doe seeke for the reformation of the Church of Englande, agreeable to Gods word, and to the vse of the reformed Churches? and how do these our Brethren heere affirme, that if this formall reading shoulde continue alwayes, it shoulde redounde to the perpetuall decay of knowledge, and hurt of the Church of God? which (as Bucer sayth) is to the great en­crease of knowledge and manifolde benefite of the Churche of God. God.

What greater discouragement is there vnto Studentes, then to see the rewardes of learning, The learned Dis. Pag. 41. bestowed as commonly vpon the ignoraunt as vpon the Learned? What encouragement is it to idlenesse and slouthfulnesse, in them that be already in that vocation, to be [...]old them [Page 498] that take no paine, Studentes discoura­ged. to liue in wealth and ease, without punishment of their negligence?

And with what necessary consequence doth this hang, vpon the con­tinuance of an appointed forme of prayer, Bridges. Psalmes, and Chapters? May not the rewardes of learning be bestowed vpon Studentes, and yet for­mall reading of these thinges still continue? yea, may not Students im­ploy their time more continually in their studies, and haue the more lea­sure to study better about the expositiō of the Scriptures, when the publike forme of prayer is already appointed and prescribed vnto them? True it is, that this is a great discouragement vnto Studentes, to see the re­wardes of Learning, as commonlye bestowed vpon the ignoraunt as vpon the learned: But woulde not euill Patrones doe so more then they doe, except the superior authority of the Bishoppes did not restraine them? and if it were so that all were equall, and the bestowing of the re­wardes of Learning, Liuinges ill bestowed would be worse be­stowed if B. were not. lay in the election of the vnlearned and vulgar peo­ple: woulde not the same discouragement as commonlye, or more commonly fall out then? And is this the waye to encourage Studentes, vnder pretence that the rewardes of learning are not so well bestowed, to spoyle and pull downe Bishoprikes, Colleages, Cathedrall Churches, Glebes and Tythes, &c. And to take all this cleane away, both from the vnlearned and learned too? And are these men nowe so carefull, of the greate discouragement of Studentes, to see the rewardes of Learning as commonly bestowed vpon the ignoraunt as vpon the learned? It is a good hearing, that they are so carefull for the matter: but it is a shrewde suspition, that if they bée not so well bestowed nowe, if it came to some of their bestowing, they shoulde (forsooth) bée fayre and well be­stowed.

If any that take no payne, liue in wealth and ease, which I thinke be verye fewe, among the Ministers in these our dayes, and therefore maye be of Students beholden with lesse discouragement, or any enuious eyes and that such escape without punishment of their negligence, The vocati­ons vnder­mined by the persons default. to the en­couragement vnto Idlenesse & slouthfulnes, in them that bee already in that vocation, what are these personal defaultes of them which bee in that vocation, to the vocation it selfe? yea rather, doe not these quarelles picked at their negligence, Idlenesse and slouthfulnesse, ( while there are other that are not negligent, Idle nor slouthfull, and yet no learned prea­chers, but trauell in their vocation, bestowing that one small talent that God hath lent them, to the vttermoste extent thereof and to the Lordes ad­uantage) confirm and the more approoue that vocation? And may not those that are, negligent, idle, and slouthfull, be punished well ynough, and that more orderly punished, and made to take paines: the state of the Ecclesia­sticall gouernment standing as it doth? is there no punishment with our [Page 499] brethren, but either hanging vp, or turning out: yea, Maintai­nance of liuing. and cleane ouertur­ning too, of all that vocation, and of all the Ecclesiasticall gouernment?

But here againe ( say our brethren,) it will be obiected, because there are not liuings able to maintaine al learned Pastors, The learned dis­course, Pag. 41. we must be enforced to admit many ignorant Ministers. But againe we answere, it is our part, no onely to prouide learned pastors: but also liuings sufficient to main­taine them, vpon the necessity of Gods commaundement. Let him that is enstructed in the worde (sayth S. Paule) minister to him that doth in­struct him in all good things. Be not deceiued for God is not mocked. By which saying the Apostle confuteth all vaine excuses, Gal. 6.6. 1. Cor. 9.6. Gal. 6.6.7. which many are wont to alleage, why they woulde contribute nothing to the maintai­nance of their pastors: All which he affirmeth to be vayne, because they haue to doe with God and not with men onely. For heere is not regar­ded the liuing of a man, but howe much they esteem Christe and the gos­pell of God. Therefore except we will mocke God to his face, let vs ob­iect nothing to testify such shamefull ingratitude, that we woulde doubt, how they shoulde be prouided of bodily foode, of whome we receiue the foode of our soules. As though we could not aforde them an earthly re­cōpence, of whome we receiue heauenly benefits. If nothing had bin be­fore time allotted, towards the liuing of the pastors: yet were we bound in paine of damnation, to prouide sufficient for them: and now there is somwhat towardes a liuing, where there is least, and in al places suffi­cient, if it were well disposed, why should wee obiect necessitie through lacke of liuings, to retaine Idols in stead of true Pastors?

How true this obiection is, Bridges. ( considering not onelie the employing vnto other prophane vses, Lacke of sufficient maintenāce in euery congrega­tion. the liuing that hath bene dedicated there-vnto but also the verie pouertie of many Parishes themselues, to finde such maintenance in euerie Church or seuerall Congregation throughout the Realm, as might encourage students & learned Pastors:) may plainlie to any that indifferentlie wold weigh these considerations, be soone apparāt.

Neither yet followeth it herevpon, that we must be inforced to admit many or anie ignorant Ministers, though some not so learned Ministers, as might deserue the greater rewards of learning. Our brethren answere herevnto, It is our part not onlie to prouide learned Pastors: but also li­uings to maintaine thē, vpon the necessity of Gods cōmandement. This is true, where sufficient liuings are not alreadie prouided for them, there it is our part, so far forth to prouide for them, as we conuenientlie are a­ble. Saint Paule wrote to them that had Pastors, and were of good abilitie to maintain them. And it is likelie (as Caluine noteth thereon, frō whence our brethren seeme to take this obseruation) that the Doctors and Mini­sters of the word were euen then neglected, when there was yet no cer­taine portions allotted vnto them, but the Pastors liued on the peoples [Page 500] beneuolence and contributions.

If this deuotion waxed so cold then, that S. Paul was fayne to call vpon them and commaund them, in the primitiue age and prime of the Church, the Apostles yet liuing: howe much more had wee néede in this last and corrupt age, (when so many are giuen to the spoyle of all things allotted to the Ministery, by these newe fangled deuices, and by ouerthrowing the authority, and taking a way the liuinges of the bishops, and other the best learned preachers in the Ministery,) to take héede, leaste while we would séeme to pleade for the maintainance of the Ministers liuing, wee giue no occasion to the quite ouerthrowe and spoyling of them.

And if any (as indéed many) testifie such shamefull ingratitude, by their vain excuses such as Hierome, ( on this precept of thapostle) reckoneth vp: as our brethren rightly say thereon: they doe but mocke God to his face. Euen such are many of those (although there bee also many other better disposed) that crye out so fast of vnlearned Ministers, Many that are most earnest in these things haue gotten a good portiō of these li­uings alrea­dy. and haue alreadye licked vp a good portion of the liuings, that were dedicated to the main­tainance of the best learned and cheefest in the Ministery. And by these our Brethrens deuises and exclamations, doe euen gape for the swallow­ing of the residue. But sith (as it is confessed here) such prouision hath bin allotted for the liuing of the pastors, and yet, after al that is already gone, there is somewhat remaining towardes a liuing, where there is least, and in all places sufficient, if it were well disposed: Why shoulde wee not ra­ther séeke godly and lawfull meanes, that suche a sufficiency might bee well disposed, than to ouerthrowe all that is already well disposed, vnder pretence that wee retayne certayne Idolles in steede of true pastors? as though none coulde bee true pastors, but learned men: and all pastors that are not learned, ( nay though neuer so well learned, if not learned preachers, exxhorters and Confuters of the gayn-sayers,) are but Idolles and vntrue pastors.

This Discourse of our Brethren, may perhaps (because they woulde so séeme to fauour learned men) bee called learned in their owne opini­ons: but wee haue not so learned Christe, thus to condemne our poore bre­thren Ministers, onely for lacke of learning: if otherwise, being not igno­raunt of their office, they be diligent and faithfull to their ability. O that our learned brethren woulde remember well this saying, Scientia inflat, charitas aedificat. And that while they speake against these Mockers of God, they woulde bethink themselues, what God and man may think of this their straunge dealing: to pretend, men are bound vpon necessity of Gods cōmmandement, Mockery of God & man & in pain of damnation, to prouide sufficient liuing to maintaine learned pastors, euen where nothing hath bin be­fore time allotted, and yet, to take from them that which is allotted, and to bereue them of their authority, and to do this to y t best learned, vnder a [Page 501] shadowe of doing it onely to the vnlearned: what a mockery is this, Spoylers & Mock­ers. both of God and man vnto their faces? If our Brethrens complaint bee héere true, that many are wont to alleage vaine excuses why they would con­tribute nothing to the maintenāce of their Pastors, & that is more shameful ingratitude, which we sée find by proof that many wold take away that which is already allotted, & make a mocke of this, which our Brethren heere, as it séemeth in good sadnesse tell them, that they haue to doe with God, &c. and that they mocke God, although in the end they shall finde, that though the latine be false, the sense is true, Qui mockat mockabitur, or as Dauid sayth, Psalm 2. Hee that dwelleth in the Heauens shall laugh them to scorne, the Lord shall haue them in derision, and shall charge them with it, whē full heauily they shal abye, and bewayl their mocking and their spoyling: and will nowe our Brethren (that complayne of these mockers and these spoylers) be mocked also of them, and giue occasion to their spoyling.

Is it not yet better to stande as it doth in the meane season, though all haue not share and share alike in the rewardes of learning, (as their gifts and charges are not alike) than (attempting thus with our Brethren, to alter and turquish all, vpon hope of equall diuision,) to open a gappe to these Mockers and Cormorantes, clapping our Brethren on the backe, and encouraging them to enueigh against the Bishops, and to make odious the chéefest and best Learned Pastors: to complaine and crie out vpon the vneuen and ill bestowing and disposing of the ecclesiastical liuings: and to pretende more equall distribution of them: and when al is first dis­solued, and taken away from those that haue them: then in come these hoo­uering puttocks, to seaze in their clawes, and carry cleane awaye all the remainder from both the parties striuing. And when all is gone: then af­ter come our Brethren, and burthen their consciences for these mocks and spoyles, and exhort and charge them on paine of damnation to allotte some sufficient stipendes to their Ministers, Is not this another playne mockery?

God helpe the poore pastors and studentes, be they vnlearned, The great spoyles that learned men complaine on, that are made vnder pretence of reformatiō. or ne­uer so learned, if it shoulde euer come to these new allotments and dispo­singes, what shoulde be thought sufficient for them Other Realmes haue felt the lamentable experience, and (what face soeuer our Brethren haere set on the matter,) we reade of their best best learned pastors complaintes in their workes, of this shamefull vngratefulnesse, of them, that vnder pre­tence of auoyding popish pride and tyrannie, haue spoyled them, both of their sufficient maintenance of liuing▪ and of the lawfull authority of their ecclesiastiasticall gouernment. But our brethren turne vs from the consideration of the Learned Pastors complaintes of this vngratefulnesse, in diuers parts of Germany, Denmarke, Scotland, &c. and woulde haue vs looke againe on the persecuted Churches in Fraunce, saying.

[Page 502] The french Churches.Looke once againe into France (for examples moue much) and behold the Churches there impouerished, and spoyled with long warres, perse­cution and vnquietnesse. The learned disc. Pag. 43. They haue neither Bishoprickes, Deanries, pre­bends nor benefices to bestowe on their pastors, and yet Minister vnto them all thinges necessary for an honest sober life, and shal we that haue all this while liued in peace, and prosperity, vnder a godly and religious Princesse, hauing all these helps, thinke it is impossible, by disposition of Godly and wise gouernours, to appoint a sufficient portion, for so ma­ny learned pastors as are necessary for our Churches?

We must once againe looke into Fraunce, and beholde the Churches there impouerished, Bridges and spoyled with long warres, persecution and vnquietnesse. And who haue thus spoyled them? haue not the aduersaries of the gospel? and they againe haue met with them, and méetely wel spoy­led the other. But they haue neither Bishoprickes, Deanries, Prebendes, nor benefices to bestowe on their pastors. Haue they not? the more pity, if it pleased God: it were better for them, and they had them, so they be­stowed them better than they be bestowed. But (say they) these Churches haue none of all these helpes to bestowe, and yet Minister vnto them all thinges necessary for an honest sober life. But I ask, if they had that they haue not, Byshoprickes, Deanries, Prebendes and benefices, to bestow on their pastors: should they not bestow them? and if they did bestow them on their pastors, were it not better bothe for theire pastors and for them too? And shall wee then, who. (God bee praysed for it, and continue it) li­uing in peace and prosperity, vnder a godly and religious Princesse, and hauing all these helpes, to bestowe on our pastors, not bestowe them on them, but go about to take them from them? yea, to pul thē all clean down? If examples moue: let them moue vs, rather to be thankful in this point vnto God, and not to mooue such vnquietnes among our selues, being with out warres, as shal impouerish & spoil as much, as can the open aduersary of the gospel with his persecution. And if we wil not mock her Maiesty to her face also, but mean sooth as we say, that we that haue al this while li­ued in peace & prosperity, Who mock her Maiesty if they obey not. vnder a godly and religious princesse, hauing all these helpes: why obey we not this godly and religious princes lawes of ecclesiasticall gouernment, but exclaim on them as vngodly and vnre­ligious? is that a godly & religious prince, that setteth forth & maintaineth vngodly and vnreligious lawes, and that in the Ecclesiasticall gouernmēt of the Church, which is no lesse matter than the ciuill gouernment of the realm? How do these things hang together? yea, how doe not our brethren (in these words) so intāgle themselues, that either they shew plainly, they mock her Maiesty to her face: or els bewray them, selues that these their doings are the parts neither of godly nor religious subiects. Which when they shal consider better: I hope, this confession of her Maiesty, being truly [Page 503] spoken, & truly ment, wil somewhat better moue them to their duties. Bish. Dea [...] ries. &c. helpes. And sith that they confesse withal, we liue in peace & prosperity vnder a godly and religious princesse: why should our brethren shew this shamefull in­gratitude, both to her Maiesty, & to God the chéesest author whence this peace and prosperity, springeth, to disturb this peace, and hinder this pro­sperity, more than all the aduersaries of the Gospel, either do, or can doe? & séeing they theirselues do here acknowledge, that Bishopricks, Deanries, Prebends and benefices, be al of them helps: why do they impugne them, as hindrances vnto Gods church, and to the pastors of it? as for the ap­pointing of a sufficient portion, by the disposition of Godly & wise go­uernors, for so many learned pastors as are necessary for our Churches. If they want any prouision, not prouided for by the Laws of the Church and realm now in force: no man (that I know) thinketh it either impossi­ble, or not needful to be prouided for. But this may be sufficiently proui­ded for well ynough, without the ouerthrow of the Bishops or Archb. su­periority ouer his brethren pastors, or without the spoyl of theirs, or any others liuings, and especially, without the setting vp of these old pretended▪ but indéede, new deuised formes of Ecclesiasticall gouerment.

There is none excuse therefore to be admitted, but that we must en­deuor to the vttermoste of our power, that euery seuerall congregation, church or parish bee prouided of a learned pastor. The L. Disc. Pag. 43 44, 45, 46. For vnskilful sheepe­heards haue bin too long thrust vpon vs, to the great dishonor of God, and defacing of the Gospel of Christ. Wee haue hitherto taken vpon vs without warrant of Gods worde, to allowe such for pastors of mens soules, whome no careful owner of cattel, woulde make ouerseer of his sheepes bodies. Which thing almighty God hath alwayes detested, and fignified his misliking by diuers testimonies, both of the olde and newe testament. Therefore he sayth by the prophet Esay, complaining of the vnlearned pastors of Israel, which was the onely cause of their affliction and miseries. Their watchmen are all blind, they haue no knowledge, they can-not barke, they lye and sleepe and delight in sleeping, and these greedy Dogges can neuer haue ynough, and these shepheardes cannot vnderstand, Esai. 56.10.11.12. for they all looke to their owne way, euery one for his aduantage, and for his owne purpose. Come, I will bring VVine, and wee wil fil our selues with strong drinke, and to morrowe shall be as this day, and much more aboundant.

If the prophet had liued in these oure dayes might hee not haue spoken the same more truelye of manye Shires in ENGLAND? Wee see therefore that blinde Watche men, and ignoraunt dumbe dogges, and idle greedie curres, and vnlearned Shepheardes, that serue for nothing, but to fill their owne purses, or their paunches, by the te­stimonie of God his spirite, are denied to be meete Pastors of the peo­ple of God. The Prophet Ezechiel also enueigheth at large, againste [Page 504] the vnfeeding shepheardes of Israell: K [...]sk [...]lfull Pastors. saying, ( VVoe be vnto the shepheardes of Israell which feede themselues: shoulde not the shepheard feede the flocke: Yee eate the fatte, Ezech. 34.2.3.4. and you clothe you with the w [...]olle: yee kill them that are fedde, but ye [...]e de not the Sheepe. The weake haue ye not strengthened, the sicke haue ye not healed, neither haue yee bounde vp the broken, nor brought agayne that which was driuen aw [...]y, neither haue yee sought that which was lost. &c. throughout the whole chapter. When feeding of Gods sheepe is a matter of so great importaunce, and consisteth of so many partes, which the prophet hath heere described, how shoulde wee admitte them whome God re­iecteth? Which being ignoraunt and vnlearned knowe nothing at all, and therefore nothing can doe that appertayneth to this charge, or any part thereof: vndoubtedly the reteyning of such, is a manifest token of the vengeance of God against vs, for so hee threatneth by the prophet Zach. his words are these. And the Lord saide vnto mee: take to thee ye [...] the Instrumentes of a foolish Sephear [...]e. For loe, I will raise vp a Shephearde in the Lande, which shall not looke for the thing that is lost, nor seeke the tender lambes, nor heale that is hurte: Zach. 11.16.17. nor feede that which standeth vp, but hee shall eate the fleshe of the fat and teare their Hooues in peeces. O Idoll Shephearde that lea­ueth the Flocke, the Sworde shall bee vppon his arme, and vppon his righte eye: his arme shall bee cleane dried vp, and his right eye shall bee vtterlye darkened.

Héere first where our Brethren conclude on their former premisses, that there is none excuse, Bridges. &c. We graunt as before, that all vaine excu­ses are insufficient, and that we must doe our endeuour to the vttermost of our power, so it bée done without violence or iniury to any man. But that euery seuerall congregation, Church or Parish must bee prouided of a learned pastor, Prouiding of learned men. meaning such a learned pastor, as shoulde néede no ap­poynted forme of prayer: &c is not so necessary. Howbeit, as learned a man were to be wished and prouided for, as maye conuenientlye bee gotten.

And if Vnskilfull shepheardes haue beene too long thrust vpon vs, is there no remedy, but we must thrust out the most skilful, for the vnskil­fuls sake? But what doe our Brethren meane by this saying, that wee haue hitherto taken vppon vs, without warrant of Gods word, to allow such for Pastors of mens soules, whome no carefull owner of Cattle woulde make ouerseer of his Sheepes bodies? And can they warrant this out of Gods worde, that we should onely allow such for Pastors of mens soules, whome a carefull owner of Cattle woulde make ouerseer of his Sheepes bodies? Verilye by this accusation they myghte thrust out a greate manye not onelye vnlearned, but also the moste Learned and skil­fullest Pastours of mens soules, that for any skill at all, and perhappes also for anye abilitye of theire bodies, no carefull owner of Cattle [Page 505] woulde make ouer-seer of his sheepes bodies. The Pro­phets wre­sted. But if our Bretheren saie, they mean not so, though they say so, but onlie y t we allow such for Pa­stors of mens soules, as are more vnskilfull of the foode of mens soules, than are such, as for their vnskilfulnesse to ouersee the bodies of his sheepe, no owner of cattell would allowe for bodilie shepheards: as (I hope) there be none, or not many, so vnskilful: so, if there be anie, they are not allowed, much lesse thrust vpon vs, but rather instructed, or punished, or remoued, at least wise on proofe they are remoueable.

As for these sentences, which our brethren here cite against vnskilfull pastors, were not onelie spoken against the wicked and Idolatrous Priests in those Prophets daies: but also against their wicked Kings, Princes, and Magistrates, as Caluine obserueth, saying on the same 10. verse, Esay. 56. Our bre­threns too lauish ap­plication of the prophe­sie of Esaie. Moreouer, by the name of watchmen, hee not onelie vnderstandeth the Prophets, vnto whom the function of teaching was inioyned, but also the Iudges, the Gouernors, and Kings, who ought to haue administred all things orderlie, &c The applying therefore of this sentence vnto our state now, may inferre a verie dangerous and not subiectlike conclusion, and if our brethren will néeds vnderstand it of the onelie Ecclesiastical pa­stors, as that of Ezechiel and of Zacharie: yet why should they not rather applie it (as Caluine doth that of Zacharie) vnto the Popish pastors, that resemble these against whō the Prophets inueigh? Albeit Tremelius and other referre these sayings of Zacharie to the Magistrate also But take it for the Ecclesiasticall pastors. If anie of the pastors in these or anie other Prophets daies, had diligētlie (at their due times assigned vnto them) read in their publike Congregations, the onelie lawe and the Prophets, and administred the Sacraments and rites then appointed, though they had not with anie interpretations at large expounded the same, nor giuen anie persuasible exhortation to the people: yea, though they were not of suffici­ent learning so to doe, but were able onelie to shew the briefe and simple meaning of those mysteries: yet, would not, nor could these Prophets haue applied these inuectiues, to anie such true and diligent, though not learned nor preaching pastors. And much lesse can our brethren or anie other, di­rect them against our Christian & godlie protestant Ministers of the Go­spell, though they bee no learned preachers, interpreters, nor exhorters: if they diligentlie reade the onely word of God vnto the people, & sincere­lie administer the Sacraments, and where a doubt is in anie principle of our religion, can onelie in briefe declare the same though they bée neyther learned otherwise, nor able to preach, exhort, persuade, nor apply in pub­like action. So that, these sentences of the Prophets▪ are a great deale both too vnaduisedlie, and too vncharitablie of our brethren hated and wrested a­gainst all those Ministers of the Gospell, that are no preachers.

Howbeit, if there be anie such among the Ministers of the Gospell, that [Page 510] may be rightlie compared vnto these, The Proph wrested. against whome the Prophets crie: wée confesse it is not fit such shoulde bee maintained, neyther dooth anie lawe now in force maintaine them, neyther thinke I, that this which here confidentlie, our Brethren by waie of a question doe auowe, is true: that if the Prophet had liued in these our dayes, might hee not haue spoken the same more truelie of manie shieres in England? If the Pro­phets had li­ued in our daies, they would not haue spoken as our breth. No verilie (GOD bée praised for it) could he. For what manie shieres can our Breth. name in England, whereof it may bée truelie sayd, their watchmen are all blinde, and cannot barke, &c?

What an harde spéech is this from our Brethren, to publish and de­nounce, though (thankes bée to GOD) not against all shieres, yet against manie shieres in Englande? But I verilie hope, that if it shoulde be try­ed, it cannot bée verified of anie one shiere in Englande. And yet, if in a­nie or manie shieres, there bée anie such (as wée graunt there bee too ma­nie, if there bée anie) to still I stande to my tackeling on this point, bée they manie, or in manie shieres; they may bee all well, yea, better refor­med ( without this newe alteration of our Brethrens Ecclesiasticall go­uernment) by the Bishoppes and Archbishoppes, superiour authoritie ouer them. For, howsoeuer by abuse, negligence, or corruption, anie such blinde watchmen, and ignorant dumbe dogges, and idle greedie curres, and vnlearned shepheardes, that serue for nothing but to fill their paunches, may heere and there creepe in: yet are none such by the Ecclesiasticall state of gouernment allowed, but as they are founde criminous heerein, so they are eyther depriued or cor­rected.

And as for this sentence of Ezechiel, is so directlie spoken against those Pastors, that wilfullie suffered all the people to runne into open Idola­trie, that except wée shoulde withall, burthen all the Realme to bée open Idolaters, and the whole Cleargie wilfullie to neglect it, and that they are neither willing nor able to speake ought against it: (although with­all wée graunt, it comprehende all those that are semblable in igno­raunce, negligence, couetousnesse, and voluptuousnesse, without anie regard of GODS people) it cannot thus largelie and at randon bée ap­plyed to our whole state, neyther against those that are learned, paine­full, and faithfull preachers, of which sorte (God bee praised, and increase them) wée are not vnfurnished, neyther against those theyr Curates in their absences and vnder them, Ezechiels sentence abused▪ and the whole cleargie learned and vnlear­ned slādered such as, although they bée not able to preach, yet they teach truelie and diligentlie to theyr abilitie, and frame theyr liues according therevnto. As for such other as heere are named, I thinke it would be ouer harde for our Brethren, to finde out such to bee maintained, which beeing ignorant and vnlearned, knowe nothing at all, and therefore nothing can doo, that appertayneth to his [Page 511] charge, or anie part thereof. Reading Ministers. Neither dooth the sentence alleadged out of Zacharie, touch our poore Ministers. Who though they bée not so learned, that they can with anie edification preach, Zacharies sentence wrested against the Mini­sters of the Gospell, though not preachers. as wée vse the name of Prea­chers, especiallie as our Brethren heere pretend to vnderstand the word: yet if they reade and set foorth the worde of God with all their diligence faithfullie, they are so acquited from this censure of the Prophet Za­charie, that Caluine writing at large vppon the same, compareth them onelie to the Popishe Pastors, not vnto anie Ministers of the Gos­pell.

Now seeing ( saie our Brethren) wee are taught by these wordes of the Lorde God, The learned Dis. Pag. 47. that it is a great and horrible plague to haue the Church of God encombered with such foolish and Idoll shepheardes: let vs studie to remoue such plagues from the flocke of Christ, whose armes are cleane dried vp, that they haue no force, and theyr eyes vtterlie dar­kened, that they haue no skill, so that they are not able to perfourme those dueties which pertaine to a wise and faithfull shephearde, except wee will betraie the sheepe of Christ, into the mouthes of rauenous wolues, 1. Pet. 18. and especiallie into the teeth of that great ramping lion the diuell, who neuer ceaseth going about to seeke whome hee maye de­uour for his praie. For what doo these reading Ministers differ from those Idoll shepheards, which God in his vengeance threatneth to send, for the ingratitude of the people?

What we are taught by these wordes of the Lorde God, in these fore­sayde sentences of the Prophets: we haue before sufficientlie seene, Bridges. that they touch not anie godlie and diligent Ministers of the worde and Sa­craments of Christ, although they bée not learned Preachers. We grant, it is a great and horrible plague to haue the Church of God encumbe­red with such foolish and Idoll shepheardes, as Zacharie describeth: and to studie to remooue such plagues from the flocke of Christ, whose armes are cleane dried vp, that they haue no force, and theyr eyes vt­terlie darkened that they haue no skill, &c. It is good councell. But to demand héereon: What doo these reading Ministers differ from those I­doll shepheardes, which GOD in his vengeaunce threatneth to send, for the ingratitude of the people? Is a question with another demand to bée assoyled. What they meane by these reading Ministers? For, albeit this is most vntrue, What our breth. mean by reading Ministers. that those Idoll shepheardes of whome the Prophet speaketh, were reading Ministers, but rather they are cal­led Idoll shepheardes, for that they were not reading Ministers, but dumbe and silent Ministers, lyke to Idolles, that had mouthes and [...]pake not. Yet, if they meane by reading Ministers, such among vs, as canne dooe nothing else but onelye reade: although some­time in the auncient Churche, there hathe also beene a greate [Page 508] vse of such reading Ministers, Homelies. whose office was onelie, or most especially to reade, and great account made thereof, & serued for good & excellent pur­poses, as out of Zāchius & Bucer is declared: yet notwithstanding, if these reading Ministers perched into higher places of the Ministerie than they should, (as comming some what néere to the touch of these tearmes) they might perhaps better deserue to be remoued. But if they simplie meane all reading Ministers, wheras the most part are able to giue good coun­saile, instruction, admonition, & exhortation in priuate conference, be­sides their publike formall reading, though they haue no dexteritie in publike preaching: yea, there is none so learned a preacher in this land, or in anie other Church, but it may beséeme him well inough to reade the publike forme of common praier in the Church; and to reade the Chap­ters and Psalmes appointed, and so, all sorts of Ecclesiasticall persons, be­ing comprised in this tearme, Reading Ministers: it were ouerhard to re­moue all, and to condemne all reading Ministers for Idoll shepheards.

It will be answered (no doubt) that to supplie their ignoraunce, there are added to their appointed seruice, The learned disc. Pag. 48. many godlie and learned Home­lies, which if they reade with their seruice, there is not so greate neede of preaching and interpretation of the Scriptures.

And if this be answered, for anie thing that is héere replied, the answere might satisfie anie reasonable man, that were not too litigious and impor­tune. Bridges. Why may not many godlie and learned Homelies bee added, to supplie their ignorance that are not learned pastors? Is not an Homelie a sermon also? And if they be godlie, and learned, & many such Sermons, although they be but read plainlie and distinctlie vpon the booke, and not conned or spoken without the booke: may it not be safelie sayde (at least thus much) that where they are orderlie and often read, there is not so great neede of other preaching, and of other interpretation of the Scrip­tures? Whē as indéed, the reading of thē (being read as they ought to be) is also a kind of preaching, and oftentimes no vnfruitfull interpreting of the Scriptures. But now, what doe our brethren héere replie vnto the an­swere of this supplie?

We will derogate nothing heere from the dignitie of those Homelies: we will not accuse heere the vnsensible reading of vnlearned Ministers, The learned dis­course, Pag. 48. neither yet the vnreuerent contempt of the ignorant hearers: but which all godlie and wise men must needes confesse, those exhortations that are not applied to the proper circumstances of times, places, persons, & occasions, are of smal power to persuade anie man, and least of all the ig­norant people.

Bridges What our brethren heere doe meane, in saying, wee will derogate no­thing here from the dignitie of those Homelies: Homelies. it is vncertaine, because that this restraint heere, séemeth to infer, that some where els they wil de­rogate [Page 509] from the dignitie of them. Which if they doe: wee must answere it then, & take this in y e meane season that is granted here. And yet here let vs friendlie forewarne our brethren, to remember what they haue gran­ted heere, least they derogate there, from that which they haue acknow­ledged here, that those Homilies are godlie and learned Homilies, yea, Our breth. derogation from Hom. though godlie and learned. let them take héed that euen here they controll not themselues, for if they will heere derogate nothing from the dignitie of them: how then will they not allow them to be read? Is it no derogation to the dignitie of thē, to prohibite the reading of them? And sith they heere confesse them to bée both godlie and learned, why may not such profit be reaped by them, that they may be a good and necessarie supplie, when other kinde of preaching wanteth? As for the vnsensible reading of vnlearned Ministers, may both here and anie where else be worthelie misliked, and also the vnreuerent contempt of the ignorant hearers.

But what is this against the godlie and learned Homelies, when they are sensiblie read, and when they are reuerentlie heard, and not contem­ned, and when the ignorant hearers attaine to knowledge, by the hearing and marking of them? But whatsoeuer they will derogate other where, or contrarie themselues there or here: What a daungerous saying is this that followeth, as a reason here of thē alleaged? But, that which all godlie and wise men must needes confesse, those exhortations that are not ap­plied to the proper circumstances of times, places, persons, and occasi­ons, are of small power to persuade anie man, What can our bre saie worse to the derogation of godlie learned Ho­milies. and least of all the igno­rant people? For these generall spéeches take not onelie awaie the bene­fit, that many to their comfort and increase of knowledge féele, by the rea­ding and hearing of many godlie and learned Homilies: but also of all other writers & Fathers Commentaries, Cōmon places, Apologies, Con­futations, Treatises, Sermons, Postills, Homilies, or whatsoeuer neuer so godlie and learned discourses, yea, it would make the holie Scripture it selfe, which is the power of God to saluation to all them that beleeue it. Rom. 1. which is quicke and forcible, and more pearcing than a two edged swoord, reaching euen to the parting of the soule and the spirit, and of the ioyntes and marow, and a separater of the thoughts and intentions of the heart. Heb. 4. to be of small power. And what are anie godlie and learned Homelies, but written Sermons, expositions, and preachings of Gods word, to make the same more plaine, and so to persuade more effec­tuallie the ignorant hearers?

But, The smaller power ma [...]e yet helpe somwhat [...] want of th [...] greate [...]. be it that godlie and learned Homilies are but of small power to persuade anie man: yet if they be of some power, though the smaller; then may they be added as some supplie, though the smaller: when the greater supplie of godlie & learned preaching is not alwaies so redie: al­beit that many godlie and learned Homilies, are not so destitute neither [Page 510] of application, to diuers proper circumstances, of times, places, persons, and occasions, The force of godly lear­ned Homi­lies to the godly disposed. but that the diligent hearer and marker may perceiue him selfe sufficientlie, and often times with more moderation, and no lesse pi­thilie to be touched and moued, than perhaps with many moe vehement & lesse considerate exhortations or reprehensions of diuerse, yea, & that very godlie and learned preachers.

Let long experience, the mistres of fooles, teach vs, if knowledge the instructor of wise men cannot moue vs. The learned disc. Pag. 48. & 49. How many Papists conuerted? How many ignorant instructed? How many wicked reformed, are ye a­ble to shew by this ignorant and vnlearned Ministerie, with al the helpes of reading, of formall Praiers, Homilies, without preaching & applying the Scriptures to the proper circumstances before rehearsed?

If long experience bee the mistres of fooles: whose mistres is late & short Experience? Bridges And why then doe our Brethren crie so fast, to haue vs looke vpon and follow the late experience, Experience. and that in other Countries, as a rule for vs and all to imitate? The question here demaunded how ma­ny Papists conuerted, &c? is verie captions. As though we allowed of ig­norant and vnlearned Ministers, or allowed of such reading of formall praiers and Homilies, as neuer hath the helpes of preaching, or applying the Scriptures to the proper circumstances before rehearsed. How far we allowe of Homilies. Where­as we hope▪ there is no Congregation so vtterlie destitute of preaching, albeit, that the Homilies their selues (being as is confessed) both godlie & learned, be both a preaching and an applying of the Scriptures, & may be well vsed of anie neuer so godlie & learned a Minister, and much more the lesse learned that he is.

And no doubt, though we name not perticular persons, which we might well doe, and I for my part, & that in open disputatiō of this matter, with some not of the meanest of our Breth. & that before y e Maior thē, & chiefest of the Citie, haue heard diuerse godlie, zealous, & worshipfull, seriously ac­knowledge great fruit by the hearing of Homilies, yea, and some that haue plainly confessed of themselues, that before being verie ignorant Papists, though they haue not onely ben conuerted by the hearing of the godly & learned Homilies, nor onely by hearing preachers, nor onely by reading the Scriptures, nor onely by praier to God, who only openeth, molliffeth, lightneth, and conuerteth the heart: but that God hath done it sometimes by all these meanes together, & somtimes by one, & sometimes by another, with conference, disputing, & other godly meanes: yet among all, they haue openly professed, that God hath conuerted thē frō their Papistrie, & instruc­ted thē from their ignorance, & reformed thē from their wickednes, not a little but verie much, by the often reading and hearing of printed sermōs or Homelies of our owne Countrimen, & of other nations: as of Caluine, Bullinger, Gualter, Hemingius, & diuers others: & whether this be true or [Page 511] no, wheras our Breth▪ demand, how many we are able to shew: let euerie man shew himselfe as he hath found, I appeale to euerie mans conscience, for his owne experience in this point: & I doubt not, but (if they will not vnthankfully hide it) many thousands in this land would rise vp, & with heart and mouth confesse, that they haue found no small comfort & edificati­on, by the reading and hearing of such godlie and learned Homilies or Sermons, as in our English tongue are set forth.

Againe, who seeth not, but he that is so blind that wil see nothing, that these parts of a true pastors duty, The learned dis­course. pag. 49. which both the prophets Ezech. & Zac. reherse, namely, to strengthē the weak, to heale the sick, to bind the bro­kē, to seek the lost, to bring home that is caried away, to cherish the yōg lābs, to feed the strōg sheep, &c. cānot be performed of any man by such means as these, but only by such a one as is a godly & lerned shepheard.

I grant these duties cannot be performed by such meanes as these, of any man that is altogether ignorant & vtterly vnlearned, Bridges such as our breth haue heretofore described. But I denie this, that these duties can be performed only by such an one, as is a godly and learned shepheard, in such sense, that he may not withall vse these meanes.

Wherfore, these poore helps of prescript forme of reading of praiers, of homelies, & such like, The learned dis­course. Pag. 49. & 50. when they are alleaged to maintaine the igno­rance of vnskilful pastors, are called no beteer by the iudgemēt of God, but the instruments of foolish & Idoll shepheards, which haue a certain pretence of pastorall office, but in effect are altogether vnmeete for the same: euē as Idols & Idiots are good for nothing, but able to do much hurt, concerning whō, our sauiour Christ pronounceth this fearful sen­tence: If the blind leade the blind they shal both fal into the pit. Mat 15.14. How lōg therefore shal we suffer the blind to leade the blind, to the destruction of both? Let vs therfore now at length remoue these blind guides, & place in their steads faithful ouerseers, that may leade the flock of Christ into the waie of saluation.

How is now the promise kept which our breth. made so late before, Bridges. that they would derogate nothing heere frō the dignitie of those Homilies, which thēselues confesse to be both godly & learned? And yet here euē the verie next page▪ both Homilies generally, & also the prescript form of rea­ding of praiers, & such like, are not only contēptuously called pore helps, but are in reproch termed the instrumēts of foolish & Idol shepheards, & y t is worst of all, they say they are called no better by the iudgement of God. The Iewes vsed a pre­script forme of praiers & written Ser­mons. But do they find this iudgemēt or calling of God out of Zach. or E­zech. or anie other of the Prophets? Do any of thē call a prescript form of godly praiers, or of godly & learned Homilies or sermōs by these terms? Had not the Iewes a prescript forme of all their sacrifices, & of many prai­ers & Psalmes, cōposed, digested, & prescribed to the children of Corath, & to [Page 512] other Priests and Leuites? The true vse of Ho­milies. And had they not also many Serm [...]ns written by Moses, and by the other prophets, which they often vsed on the Saboth daies, and other feasts to reade in the congregations publiklie, without a­nie alteration of them, or the addition so much as of any exposition or ex­hortation gathered on them? And did they not in so doing, euen all these things that here are mentioned, notwithstanding all things were prescri­bed vnto them? And yet were they no Idiots nor Idols, nor the blind lea­ders of the blind, nor these sentences of Christ nor of these Prophets wer applied vnto them, nor the following of the prescribed seruice, are of them called the Instruments of foolish and Idoll shepheards. Or, what godlie and learned Commentarie expoundeth these wordes of the Prophet, for the prescript forme of praier and Homelies?

Caluine on these wordes of Zacharie, chap. 11. verse. 15. Caluine on Zacharie chap. 11.15. Take to thee the instrument of a foolish shepheard, saith on this wise: The Prophet heere teacheth, that whereas God hath cast off the care of the people: there shall be some vaine shew of gouernment, but out of which it may easilie be gathered, that God exerciseth no more the office of the Pastor: as though he should saie, the people should be so forsaken, that notwith­standing they should thinke themselues yet for a while to be, and to re­maine vnder the safegard of God: Euen as we doe see in Poperie those proud boastings to flie about, the church to be neuer forsaken of God. Although therfore the truth of God hath hetherto bene ouerwhelmed: notwithstanding it was the true Church, which was stuffed with wicked superstitions. Euen as therefore the Papistes boast and are contented with a title onelie: so we know the Iewes pretended their priuiledges, & these also were their weapons, when they would coape and conflict with the Apostles. What? are not wee the inheritance of God? Hath hee not promised, that there should be a perpetual sanctuarie to himselfe among vs? Is not the sacerdotall vnction a certaine and infallible signe of his grace? Euen as therefore the Iewes puffed out those foolish boastings a­gainst the Apostles: so also at this daie the Papists doe shroude all their shames, vnder the title of the Church. This now dooth Zacharie vnder­stand, when he saith, that by the commandement of God, hee tooke the vessel or instrument of a folish pastor or shepherd. [...] signifieth vnto the Hebrues anie instrument, we expound it a broken bagge. But that is to much wrested. I doubt not therefore, but that by the instrument of the pastor, Zacharie vnderstandeth the Ensignes or notable markes, out of the which it might be gathered there was yet some pastor, but in the meane season he calleth him a foolish pastor, that we may knowe, he was but a voide or a deceitfull visard. The name therefore of pastor is heere placed by granting to it, as the Scripture often speaketh, and at this day we also grant now and then to the Papists, the name of the Church, and [Page 557] also we graunt to their horned or mitred Bishops the name of Pastors.

Thus doth Caluine apply this saying to the Papistes ( as the most part both of olde and newe interpreters, apply the Pastor heere mentioned to Antichrist) and the instrument of this foolish shepheard to the title of the Church. But none that I read of, to the prescript forme of godly praiers or to the reading of godly and learned homilies.

If our Brethren say, that these thinges are not of themselues called the instrumentes of foolish Pastors, but when they are alleaged to main­taine the ignorance of vnskilfull Pastors: although, this be not true al­together neyther; yet, were it true, when these thinges are so alleaged: as the scripture in some sense, The scriptur wrested is not the scripture which in his true sense is gods holy word. when it is wrested and alleaged to main­tayne that, which it is not spoken of, nor appliable vnto, is called a dead letter, or rather not the Scripture at all, and so may be called in suche a wrested and false sense, the instrument of an Hereticall Pastor, and of the Diuell himselfe, or by any worse name: and yet vsed and applyed in his true sense, (in which onely it is indéede the Scripture,) it is the holie woorde of God: as also wee may saye the like of the sacrifices, and other ceremonies of Gods lawe amonge the Iewes, The vse and abuse of the sacrifices. when they were vsed in their kindes, and referred as types and figures to Iesus Christe, they were the holy ordinaunces of the Lorde: but being dra­wen from Christe, whome they prefigured, to maintayne the errour of op [...] operatum, as though they had vertue and grace in themselues, to forgiue the sinnes of those that made the sacrifices, or of those to whome they applyed them: they are then called beggerly elementes, and as it were the offering vp of dogges, which God detesteth: so, if we shoulde commende the reading of prescript forme, of holie and deuout prayers, or of godlie and learned homilies, The abuse in reading prayers and homilies letteth not but that there is a good vse of them. to maintaine the ignorance of vn­skilfull Pastors: then indeede it might well be sayde, that the holinesse, and deuotion of those prayers, turneth to sinne and superstition; the godlinesse and learnednesse of those homilies, might well be sayde, by the iudgement of GOD to be no better than instrumentes of foolish Pastors, though in these places cited, God call them not so. But, since we alleage not, nor vse any prescript reading, or forme of prayer and homelies, to maintayne the ignoraunce of vnskilfull Pastors, but con­trariwise, to instruct both them and all others that here the same, and so to bring them out of ignorance to godly and learned knowledge: these odious and contemptuous termes, can by no right bee iustlie applyed vn­to them. And as for the suffering of anye blinde guydes to leade the blinde: If they be suche blinde ones indéede as Christe speaketh of, Blind guid [...]. it were not conuenient they should be suffered. And if our Brethren would leaue these vnnecessarie striuings with suche guydes as be not blind, but sée as well, or better than theirselues, those blinde guydes where any be, [Page 514] might be better and more orderly remooued, Politike shiftes. and other faithfull ouer­seers placed in their steede.

The learned disc. pag. 50. & 51.The ministers of the Church are the salte of the earth. If the salte be vnsauorie, wherewith shall it be seasoned? It is good for nothing but to be cast out and trooden downe of mens feete. Let vs not therefore seeke politike shiftes to maintayne the vnsauorie salte, which our Saui­our Christ pronounceth to be good for nothing but to be cast out. By these and many other testimonies of the scripture, Mat. 5.13. it is as cleare as the sonne at noone dayes, that it is the office and duetie of a Pastor, both to be able and willing to teach his flocke, and that no ignorant & vnler­ned person is to be admitted to that charge, or reteyned, if hee be crept in, no more than a blind man is to be suffred in an office, which must be executed only with the sight: or a dumbe dogge to giue warning which can not barke; or an Idol to haue the place of a man, or a foole of a wise man, or a wolfe of a shepheard, or darkenesse in steede of light, or salte that is vnsauorie to season withall.

We graunt, no politike shifts should be fought nor vsed, neyther (hope we) any are sought or vsed, Bridges. at least, our Brethren haue not yet prooued any to be sought or vsed by the state of the Ecclesiasticall gouernement, Our forme of prayers & homilies no politike shift to main­taine vnlear­ned Pastors. to maintayn such Ministers, as may rightly be cōpared vnto these termes. Neither are godly and learned Homilies, nor the prescribed forme of godly prayers, any politike shiftes to maintaine them. If they were: our Brethren theirselues might be burdened, to seeke also such politike shifts, that doe likewise prescribe a forme of publike prayer. Such Ministers as are here described, blinde, fooles, Idiots, Idols, dumbe dogges, wolues, darkenesse, salte vnsauorie, ignorant and vnlearned persons; where any vpon iust tryall are founde and conuicted so to be, and of whom is no hope that they may become able and willing to teach their flocke, it had béene better (we confesse) they had not béene admitted to that charge, or beeing crept in, are not to be reteyned. Notwithstanding, all such may orderly be remooued, and yet the prescript forme of common prayer, & of godly & learned homilies, & the superior authoritie of Bishops & Archb. with the other discipline and gouernement of the Church of England alrea­dy established, may continue well inough in force, without these byous, o­dious and impertinent quarels, of mainteyning any such vnlerned mini­sters.

But while we intreate of teaching, to be the dutie of a Pastor, we do not only mean publike preaching when the congregation is assembled: The learned disc. Pag. 51.52.53. but also priuate exhortation, reprehension, consolation, of euery parti­culer person within his charge, so often as neede shall require. And that this is also the dutie of a faithfull Bishop, S. Paule testifieth, setting be­fore the Elders of the Churche of Ephesus the example of his diligence, [Page 515] which he would haue them to follow. The Pastors priuate du­tie. You know (sayth he) from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I haue beene with you at all seasons. Seruing the Lorde with all modestie, &c. And how I kept backe nothing that was profitable, but haue shewed you, and taught you, Act. 20.8.19. & 20. both openly and throughout eue­ry house. By which is manifest that the Pastor must not onely teach al his flocke openly, but also he must instruct euery family priuately, whereso­euer he shall see it to be needefull or expedient. Which dutie cannot be accōplished by a reading Minister. Also in the 26. ver. of the same chap. hee commendeth vnto the Elders, a generall care of the whole flocke. Take heede to your selues (saith he) and to the whole flocke. Act. 20.26. Which care cannot be well, or at all vndertaken, except they be diligent to teach, both all and euery one of their flocke, as neede shall require. Which thing also he willeth them once againe to obserue in his example, verse, 31. saying: Therefore watch ye, remembring that by the space of three yeares, I ceased not night and day, exhorting euerie one of you. By these testimonies, Act. 20.31. it is euident to see, what diligence the holy Ghost requireth of Pastors in teaching, both publikely & priuately, as well generally all their flocke, as particu­lerly euery one of them. He therfore that is vnapt, to execute this part of a Pastors dutie, is altogether vnmeete, to whom gouernance of the flocke of God, should be committed.

All this, with these thrée sentences of S. Paul, ( as our Breth, here say) are especially referred to priuate exhortation, reprehension, & cōsolatiō. Bridges. And we grannt this particuler and priuate teaching, to be a part of a Pa­stors dutie, The Pastor [...] priuate duty. and that he which is (altogether) vnapt to execute this parte of a Pastors dutie, is altogether vnmeete, to whom gouernance of the flocke of God should be committed. But again we say, that he which is apt to execute this part of a Pastors dutie▪ and is diligent to teach al and euerie one priuately wheresoeuer he shall see it needefull & expedient, is not altogether vnmeete, to whom the gouernance of the flocke of God should be committed. Sith there are many, both godly and learned Pa­stors, that can doe, & do to their habilities execute & accomplish these duties, & yet haue not the gift of publike preaching: and therefore, for their open actions, why may they not the better & oftner, vse the reading of the pre­scribed forme of cōmon prayer, and other godly and learned homilies, in the publike assemblies of the flocke and congregation?

In temporall affayres, The learned disc. pag. 53. no man will committe the least charge that can be, to such persons as he knoweth to be altogether vnmeete, or vn­able to aunswere vnto the charge: & shall we continue as we haue done hetherto, to put thē in trust with the gretest charge that can be, the salua­tiō of so many thousand soules, redeemed with the bloud of Christ, whō we knowe certainely to be able to do, no part of a Pastors dutie suffici­ently? God forbid that we should still continue, so lightly to esteeme so [Page 560] waightie a matter, Vnable Ministers. as though we accoūted the bloud of Christ, by which we are sanctified, to be prophane, and would contumeliously withstand the spirite of God.

Bridges Our Bretheren are all in extremes, as though wee allowed the com­mitting this office of Pastorship, to those that are altogether vnmeete, and to such whom we know certainely to be able to do no part of a Pastors dutie sufficiently, Our Breth. impugne one and we defende another. which to doe is a great and iust offence. But we defend one, & they impugne another. Albeit, vnder the quarell against that other, they meane to wring out indéede, both the one and the other, and not only the méere insufficient Pastor, but the most sufficient. As for vs, we onely speake in defence, and that but by the way of tolleration for a time, of such as are not altogether vnmeete, What Mini­sters we de­fende & how fa [...]e foorth. but willing and able to doe some part, or the more parte, and that sufficiently of a Pastors office, though not all, or all, though not in such sorte, as other better learned, that can publikely interprete and apply the scriptures, to the circumstances of times, pla­ces, persons, occasions, and in publike preaching haue the gift, learnedly and effectually to exhort, to comfort, to admonish, to reprehende the hearers, and to confute the gainesayers: although, they be yet able to doe these thinges better in priuate. And in publike they followe the formes set downe and appointed, of godly and learned homilies.

Not, but that we heartily wish as well as they, that all Pastors could as fréely and learnedly preach, as can the best; at least, better than they nowe can. And the godlie Bishoppes and Prelates doe (I hope) ende­uour themselues in their charges, to exercise the Pastors thereunto. Nei­ther doe we allowe, that the Pastorall charge should bee committed vn­to anie, that in anye respecte is insufficient. But if it were before committed vnto them, except they be altogether vnmeete, and no hope of anie sufficiencie in them; we thinke not, that by and by they must bée thrust out by head and shoulders. But that they may bee permitted to doe what they can doe, and be trayned vp with such exercises of learning, as whereby they may waxe more able. And in the meane time, godlie and learned Preachers to trauell the oftner in such places, The exercise of our Mi­nist [...]rs. the better to supplie that which wanteth, and hereafter not to committe the charge but to such onely, as shall bee more sufficient to discharge it. And this not onely we like and agrée vnto; but I trust, yea, I knowe in many pla­ces, (so farre as conueniently may be doone) it is with all diligence and care alreadie prouided for, and may well be doone, the Ecclesiasticall gouernement of the Churche of Englande, notwithstanding standing a [...] it doth.

The learned disc Pag. 54.But necessitie (you will aunswere) hath no lawe. This necessitie wee haue aunswered before, to consist in two pointes. In lacke of ly­uings, and lack of learned men. The first we haue shewed ought to be no [Page 517] lette, no not of an houre, if the other want could so soone be supplied. Learned mē and main­tenance. And both must of necessitie be prouided for in time, or else wee testifie before God and his holie Angels, that they which neglect or withstand this prouision, shalbe guiltie of the bloud of al thē, which perish through the default of teaching, in the whole realme.

This is a good aunswere ( being vnderstoode in his right sense) that here againe we are presupposed to make, necessitie hath no law. Bridges. Our Brethrē aunswere hereunto, Two neces­sities, lacke of liuing & lack of lear­ned men. by distinction of the thinges wherein this necessitie doth consist, to wite, in these 2. points, in lacke of liuinges, and lacke of learned men. Well then, our Brethren here graunt (when they can thus properly distinguish the same) that there is a necessitie in this matter. But, to the first they aunswere, that they haue shewed it ought to be no let, no not of an howre. Nowe verily, then it is a gentle necessitie, that so soone can dispatch so great a matter. But, for the other necessitie of learned men, they cōfesse it to be harder, saying: if the other want could so soone be supplyed. If then a longer time must of necessitie be requi­red, for the supply of learned men, how then should all these Pastors that are not learned men be foorthwith tourned out, and no longer at all be re­teyned? Should the Churches lye vtterly vacant, vntill these learned mē might be gotten? And should we supply this want with a greater want, y t is, with none at all in the meane time, neither learned nor vnlearned?

But haue our brethren espied it out now at length, For the time to supplye these neces­sities is con­trary to that they saide before. that both these ne­cessities, yea that of liuings as wel as y t of learned men, must of necessity be prouided for in time? This is an other song than our Breth. sang be­fore, that the one must be done out of hand & suffred no longer: & the other ought to be no let no not an houre: but (as better aduised) they nowe be­gin to sée, that soft fire makes swéete malte, and in space will come grace. It must haue time, or euer that these necessities cā be prouided for, & per­chance a longer time than an houre, to prouide for the easier of both these necessities.

But howsoeuer they lengthen or shorten the time of this prouision: I would wish our breth. here aduise thēselues, Our Breth. protestation how they protest before god and his Angels, such solemne testifications, as here they make, of thē that neglect or withstand this prouision. For, if they meane, this prouisiō, that they immediatly set downe: it is a very daungerous prouision, in diuerse respects, not only against meaner persons: but also against greater perso­nages & states, than I would wish our Breth. Protestants: yea, then besée­meth lowly subiects, or charitable Christians, to haue delt in: least (though they haue no ill meaning) they giue occasiō of further suspitiō. And though they say, they meane generally any godly and conuenient prouision: as I hope there is no godly Magistrate or Prelate, that neglecteth or with­standeth the same: so I admonish our Brethren once againe, to take héede [Page 518] of such dreadfull protestations. Prouisions for main­tenance. Least, while so importunately they vrge for necessarie, this vnnecessarie prouision that they set downe, and o­ther their platformes and modilles of Ecclesiasticall regiment: they doe not their selues neglect and withstande, suche godlie prouisions of the Prince, and of those that haue authoritie hereunto vnder God and her Maiestie, whereby these necessities might haue béene long ere now, much better than they are, prouided for. And let thē withall take no lesse héede, least this prouision of theirs that followeth, would not, while they thinke to mende the matter, make it farre worse, both for the necessitie and want of lyuinges, and also of learned men. Which, whether it will or no, let vs sée and consider these prouisions of theirs, to supply and take away these two necessities.

The learned disc Pag. 54.The lacke of lyuinges may be supplyed, eyther by restoring the sa­crileges of Abbyes, as Impropriations of benefices, &c. or by deui­ding the superfluities of some places that haue too much, vnto thē that haue too little, or by anie other godly meanes, that may be thought meete to those godly and wise gouernours, that by duetie ought and by authoritie may doe it.

Bridges To supply the lacke of lyuings, our Brethrē do here set down a three­folde prouision. First, by restoring the sacrileges of Abbyes, as impro­priations of benefices, A threefold prouision. &c. Nay, soft (good Brethren) let vs pause a­while on this, for (me thinkes) the verie name of the Abbyes ( the Ab­byes prouisions being so great and riche) séemes to promise great mat­ters. And there were no more but this poore helpe to restore the sacri­leges of Abbyes, meaning their landes and goods: the necessitie of the poore Pastors lyuinges, would be helped well inough, I warrant you. All the other prouisions might surcease. But I praye you, if wée should goe no further but to this: call ye me this a prouision of an houres warning? They were a longer while ere they were sette vp. And as it is a true saying of olde, Facilius est destruere quàm construere, W [...] may quicklier pull downe with one hande, This resto­ring requi­reth a lon­ger time thā is here set downe. than wee can easilie builde againe with both. They were quickly downe, and yet in longer while than an houre, or a day, or a yeare: and trowe you they would bee all so soone restored?

But I hope, ye wotte well what ye mean. For ye say not, all the lands and goods of Abbyes should be restored: but, by restoring the sacrileges of Abbyes, as impropriations of benefices, &c.

And I pray you, what meane you by these wordes, the sacrileges of Abbyes? What our Breth. me [...]n by the sacri­lege of Ab­byes. doe ye not meane the taking away from them their landes and goods? If ye so doe: call yée that sacrilege? which is the worst kinde and highest degrée of theft, when they robbe such thinges as are consecrated to holie vses. But I hope our Brethren thinke not so well of those dens [Page 519] of tháenes, the cages of vncleaunesse, and nurseries of superstition, Abbies sa­crilege. the chiefe pillers and mayntenance of the Pope his errours, pryde and ty­rannie; that their landes and goodes as impropriations, The taking away their landes and goods was no sacrilege. &c. were dedi­cated to suche holie vses, that the taking of those goods from them, might be rightly called sacrilege, euen as though it had béene the rob­berie of Gods temple among the Iewes, or of the Churche among vs: I thinke our Brethren haue not so good an opinion of those Abbyes, nor so ill an opinion of the parties, that tooke those landes and goods from the Abbyes.

For if they account the taking away of those impropriations, &c. from the Abbyes to be sacrilege: then what doe they account the takers away of them? And who were they that tooke away these goods and landes from the Abbyes, and dissolued the Abbyes themselues? Not onely the most re­nowmed Prince of happie memorie King Henrie the eight: but all the whole state and persons in the Realme. Which gaue them to the King, and the King to diuerse Nobles and subiectes, as he pleased. If our Bre­thren should call all these Church robbers (which the name sacrilege be­tokeneth) because they dissolued, tooke and gaue them away by law▪ & that by the highest order of lawe in all this lande, no doubt vpon no lesse deli­beration of al the states of the Realme, than it was the iust punishment of almightie God vpon those Abbyes, and one of the greatest shatterings of Antichrists kingdome in this land: to cal now these doings sacrilege, were nothing so dutifull and considerate a spéeche, as our Brethren in a matter so important sho [...]ld haue vsed. If our Brethrens drift be, that they would haue all the Abbye landes and goods restored: howe their goods can pos­sibly be restored, I can not sée; The Abbye landes and go [...]eds can not be well restored. their riches and Iewels beeing no small part thereof, so dispersed and consumed, as fewe men aliue can tell where almost anie relictes of them remaine. And their houses for the most parte left desolate like Ierusalem, scarse one stone standing on another; or rather like Babylon, for owles and infamous birdes and beastes to nest in. As for their landes and reuenues might better be restored.

But from whome againe should they be taken? And from howe highe, and some from howe lowe personages in this lande? And how ma­nie should thereby euen vtterly be vndone? And would not this also aske time to be considered? Or by what name shall we terme the taking them away once againe, from them that nowe enioy them? Or by what right and law should they be taken from them, and giuen to the supply of the poore Pastors? I graunt, no small part of them might perhaps, haue béene better imployed: as some parte (God be praysed) was. But that is past and gone, and done by order and lawe, and done euen by Gods iustice and great prouidence, whosoeuer looketh déepely into the dooing of it But howsoeuer it was doone; howe it nowe should be vndone, and all restored [Page 520] and that to the Pastors: Restoring Abbye landes. would aske (I thinke) a greater deliberation, a lon­ger time, & a worke of more waight and difficultie than we all do wéene, or we are able to forecast would followe and perchance would fall out x. wayes worse, than this one would euer be able to counterpeise.

But if now our Brethren say, that they vnderstande not by the sacrile­ges of Abbyes, If they mean the lands & goods [...]hat the Ab­byes got sa­crilegrously they can not be restored. that which was taken away from them: but rather that which the Abbeys tooke from others, namely the Pastors liuings: where­upon they say: as impropriations of benefices, &c. what doth this &c. meane, but the landes and goodes that the Abbies had? And for my part, I had rather indéede vnderstand the words of our Brethren in this sense, that the Abbyes cōmitted sacrilege, in taking impropriations of bene­fices. Although wee must offer no iniury no not to the Deuill himselfe. Neyther can we so call it sacrilege of the Abbeys, when they receaued the same by lawe and order, and with all the parties consents that were the owners, or that had any title or right therein. But doth not this come in effect all to one reckoning, to robbe Peter and paye Powle? What a number should be robbed of their right, and manie, of the best or most part of their liuinges; and some, of all the liuinges that they haue; if the onely impropriations of benefices, without this &c. belonging to Ab­byes, ( some Abbie hauing litle else) should be restored for the supply of Pa­stors? Which to be done without the owners good willes, that peraduen­ture also bought it with their money, or by exchange with the Prince for o­ther lands, by what title should we terme this restoring? And to tarie till the owners were willing to restore it, and yet good men and earnest Pro­testants, and many also no smal fauorites of our Breth. I thinke it would aske a longer time then an houre, to deliberate theron, & perchance cleane alienate them from fauoring these deuises of our brethren, except they can finde out some other prouision for their Pastors.

But, if this will be no better liked: our Brethren haue another way to the woode. The 2. pro­uision by deuiding of superfluities. Or by diuiding the superfluities of some places that haue too much vnto them that haue too little.

Yea forsooth, this indéede comes néerer to the touch, and is more plausi­ble of the twaine, if there be any more stakes to be deuided. What talke ye of restoring that that is past? Let vs fall to deuiding of that that re­maines. Many will like farre better of this deuise than of the former. For why, they may perhaps in this diuision, come by a share for their part, if they haue ought to doe therein. Hee is an ill cooke that can not licke his owne fingers, What places haue super­ [...]uities. if this deuision once come to fingering. But our Bretheren would diuide, but onely the superfluities of some places that haue too much. And is there any places that haue yet such superflui­ties, & too much? I doubt me, if they be well examined, they wil be found to ouerflowe with a small superfluitie ( God wotte) if not rather th [...]se [Page 521] places that are enuied most, Deuiding superflui­ties. or suspected to haue such superfluity and too much: haue that cōpetēcy that may defray their necessary charge, & main­tain (not with superfluity, but with sufficiency) the decency of their places and callings.

O Brethren, let vs take béede of Iudas example, and not thinke such a­boundance superfluity or too much, when it ouerfloweth (if it ouerflow­eth at all) so farre as stretcheth to the help and comfort of those that haue to little. For if any do abuse their superfluity, The true vse of aboun­dance. ( haue they any) or their suf­ficiency, to their owne excesse, either in sparing or in spending, and follow not the Apostles example, whiche knewe Howe to abounde and howe to want, Philipians. 4. nor regarde his rule prescribed to the Co­rinthians, Let your aboundance supply their defect that their aboun­daunce might supply your defect that there might bee equality, 2. Cor. 8.14▪ which (as Caluine sayth thereon) may bee made of a mutuall collation by a fit proportion, notwithstanding some possesse more and some lesse, and the giftes be vnequally distributed: If (I say) they that possesse more kéepe not this rule: the fault is personall, not reall, rather the mans, than the matters. And if one doe ill, he may be amended, or remooued, The māner [...] quarreled at for the Ma­nors. and ano­ther may do more good, the liuing standing intyere as it did, yea, though it were superfluous indéede, and though our brethren thinke it too much, yet of twayne, better too much than too little, Beatius est dare quam accip [...]re, as the Lorde sayd: And, si honores mutent mores: mutent mores & honores. If ho­nours chaunge manners: let manners chaunge honours, and not enuy the manors for the manners.

And what is meant here by these glaunsing spéeches the Superfluities of some places to haue too much? Are not Bishoprikes, Colleges, Cathe­drall Churches, and Hospitalles, héere aymed at? as though these places had too much, and superfluity of liuings, which they woulde haue eyther clean taken away, or pared and circumcised of some of their liuings, lands [...]nd manors as too much, what place [...] they meane haue too much. or doe they mean it of the places and Lordships of the temporaltie? that they nor any estate should haue any liuings, that might to our brethren be thought superfluous and too much, but that a diuision must be made also thereof among these Pastors, that haue (as they say) too little. Nay, if these wordes should be vnderstoode of such diuision: they would & that not vnworthily be liked as ill and worse than were the former, of restoring the sacriledges of Abbyes as impropriations of be­nefices &c. Whereby not onely Bishoprikes, Colleges, These spee­ches ieopardous to the whole state. Cathedrall chur­ches, and Hospitalles, but all the estates, euen the highest and all in ciuill policy (vnder pr [...]tence of reforming the Church and diuiding the Church liuings) might be called in the compasse of this newe diuision, and as su­perfluous be méetely well rebated. But, if this be ieoperdous euen to the whole state, besides manifest iniuries offered, not onely to many worship­full, [Page 522] yea, The thirde Prouision. to all the nobles, and (that is most iniurious) to her most excellent Maiesty, by whome vnder almighty God, we enioy, be it much or little, all the liuings we haue: and therfore the deuise of this diuision may not be at­tempted, without the incurring greater inconuenience [...] than our brethren would shun: Then last of al, & in general for all, this must serue the turne. Or by any other godly means, The third prouision. that may be thought meet, to these godly and wise gouernors that by duty ought, and by authority may do it.

This prouision was well reserued to the last cast, and when all fayles, may well serue to helpe at a pinch, in stéede of all other deuises. If it will bée no butter, make it chéeze. If it will not sadge by one meane, then trie it by any other meanes. Nay (say our Brethren) not so, but by any other godly meanes. And what godly meanes is that? hath it no name, but any other? shall we depend, we can not tell vpon what?

Any other godly meanes ( say they) that may bee thought meete to these, &c.

What? and shall it be arbitrary, that they shall thinke meete? and who be they that thus shall thinke meete, we cannot tell what?

Who? These godly and wise gouernors.

These: which be these?

These that by duety ought, and by authority may doe it.

But still I desire that we might knowe by some more playne descrip­tion of what state or condition these shoulde be: For this is still Ignotum per ignotius. Ye tell vs of gouernors, and these gouernours, and godly gouer­nors, & wise gouernors, that by duty ought and by authority may doe it. And we are neuer the wiser, who they are, nor what office they haue, nor of what vocation they bée: whether they be gouernors, that are so called in this Learned Discourse of Ecclesiastical gouernment: or whether ye mean any other ciuill Magistrates. For it may bee easily ghessed, yee meane not the Bishops & Prelates: nor ye meane (as it should appear by these words) the Queenes Maiestie. And who then should these godly & wise gouernors be, that by duty ought, and by authority may do it, without the licence of their soueraigne? I sée no godly no wise gouernor, that may or ought, or (I thinke) wil intermeddle in such restorings, diuisions, or prouisions, as here in a generall name, of I wot not what godly meanes, nor howe, nor when, nor to whome, nor to how many of them, it may, or it may not be thought meete. Is not this a Learned discourse, that our brethren haue here deuised, for the reforming, helping, supplying, restoring, prouiding, & diuiding of these liuings? The learned Dis. Pag. 54.55.56. and thus they conclude this 1. point, concerning the liuings of the Pastors. Let vs now sée how they deuise to help the other point, for the want of learned men.

The lack of learned preachers must bee so farre foorth supplied, as it may presently, by encouraging and exhorting so many as are able, to [Page 523] take that charge in hande, Remedy for learned Pastors. by ouerseeing the readers and schollers in Di­uinity in the vniuersities, to doe dueties, the one in teaching purely, the other in learning diligently: by thrusting out these vnprofitable heades of Colleges, & other drone Bees, which eyther are vnable or vnwilling to set forwarde the studie of diuinity in their seuerall houses, and placing diligent and learned gouernors and studentes in their places, and by other good meanes reforming vniuersities, by erecting of Doctors and teachers, in as many places as may be: by compelling the vnlearned Mi­nisters, in whome is anie towardnesse, to become schollers in Diuinity, with some allowance of liuing if they be willing to study, or else to send them from whence they came, to get their liuinges with sweate of their browes: and especially considering the greatnesse of the haruest and few­nesse of the Laborers, by praying earnestly the Lorde of the Haruest in this great necessity of ours, to thrust foorth Laborers into his Haruest. And in the meane time till God shall blesse vs with a sufficient number of Learned pastors, to take some extraordinary and temporall order for ouerseeing the Churches, that although they can-not bee all sufficient­lye instructed and gouerned: yet so many shall not bee altogether destitute, of all knowledge and spirituall gouernement, as there are now in this most corrupt state of the Church, in which we haue hitherto continued.

If the lacke of learned Preachers, must so farre forth be supplied, Bridges. as it may presently: then must not al the pastors that are not learned Preachers be presentlie displaced. Which is flat contrary to that which before so ear­nestly was vrged, that they must no longer be retained. But nowe when our brethren come more aduisedly to consider and set downe before them­selues, their own deuises, that they would haue for remedies: they begin to find & confesse that, which before they saw not & impugned. The first means that is here set down, is by encouraging and exhorting so many as are a­able, to take that charge in hande. This is good counsell, adding fitnesse to ability: for many are able, that for diuers respects it were not fit, they shold take that charge in hand. The first [...]emedy of [...]ncourage­ment. But since encouragement & exhortation is so good means to fit & able persons thereunto: would to God our brethren thē selues, would follow this their own good counsell: and not by these vnneces­sary disturbāces, discourage & dehort many not only fit & able to take that charge in hand: but that haue taken it in hande, & haue both couragiously them-selues laide hande to this plowe, and haue encouraged others, and their heartes are nowe so discouraged, their handes so weakened and falne downe, yea, they haue so falne awaye, and pulled awaye their handes from the Plough and tylth of Gods field: that withall they haue discouraged many other, which are eyther become of ecclesiastical méere seculer, Demas reliquit nos & secutus est presens saeculū or they ar becōe [Page 524] Newtralles in religion: Ouerseeing Studentes. yea, some are become playne apostataes to the open aduersaries of the Gospell. Who onelye are much encouraged hereby, exhorting themselues and others to gape for the spoyles of vs both, while wee thus contende and striue one with another, and all they holde close together against vs.

If therefore our Brethren will exhort and encourage other indéede, let them first leaue off these innouations, and especiallye these eager contenti­ons for them, and ioyne together with their Soueraigne Prince, with the Magistrates and prelates, with the lawes established, like good subiectes, and with vs their Brethren brotherlike, in defence and aduauncing the Ecclesiasticall state of regiment that wee liue vnder: and if we finde or think ought to be amisse, séeke the reforming of it in such hūble, charitable, & modest maner, as beséemeth our calling, without such scisme and, breach of Gods and the Princes peace therefore, and so shall wee discourage and daunt our aduersaries, confirme our selues, and withal encourage and ex­hort more effectually, so many as shalbe able and méet to take that charge in hand.

The seconde meanes is: By ouerseeing the readers and scollers in diuinitye in the vniuersities, The seconde remedie of ouerseeing Students to doe their duties. to doe their duties, the one in teaching purely, the other in learning diligently.

This also is a good counsell. But who shall be these Ouerseers of these Readers in Diuinity to teach purely? if they be all equall? how shall this be without a superior authority to ouersee them so to do, and continually to ouersee that it so continue? Doth not this imply a continuing superio­rity? and of what function shall this continuing superior be? shall he bée a Doctor or a Pastor? Because our brethren so necessarily would haue these offices alwayes distinguished, and vsed by distinct and seuerall persons. Shall the Pastor ouersee the Teacher and that in teaching, which is made the proper function of the Doctor? But howe then was the Doctors of­fice before, Page. 13. made the cheefe and principall office that is in the Church? or if the Teacher or Doctor shall ouersee the Pastors, Why is not the name of ouerseer which is the English of the name Bishop, that our brethren alwayes make all one with pastor, as well compētible to the Office of the Teacher or Doctor?

And againe why doe our Brethren here restaine the office of the Rea­ders in diuinity, Why they restraine the ouerseer to the vniuer­sities. and of those that should purely teach, to the vniuersities? Whereas before it was auouched. pag. 15. that Doctors and Teachers should bee appointed in euery Congregation: yea, anon after, among these meanes héere deuised, they woulde haue Doctors and Teachers ere­cted in as many places as may be. But héere they mention onely the Vni­uersities. But now if this be a meanes ( as in déed it is a very good meanes) to the supply of learned preachers: by ouerseeing the readers and schol­lers [Page 525] in Diuinity, in the Vniuersities to doe their duties, Newe Do­ctors. the one in Tea­ching purely, the other in learning diligently: so (God be praised) the v­niuersities are not destitute either of teachers to teache purely, either of scholers to be learned diligently, either of ouerseers, both Bish. Chancel­lors, Vicechancelors, heads of houses, Deans in houses, to ouersee these thinges done accordingly, if we could be content and thankfull for it.

The third meanes is, The third meanes by thrusting out. &c. by thrusting out these vnprofitable heades of Colleges and other droane bees, which either are vnable or vnwilling, to set forward the study of Diuinity, in their seuerall houses, & placing di­ligent and learned gouernours in their places.

God saue all: here is towards againe, another curteous intertainment of Tom Drumme, by the heade and shoulders to thrust out ( not nowe a­ny vnlearned Ministers) but the heades of Colleges, and other ( we know not who) vnder the title of Drone Bees: & yet some affirm y t a Drone Bee, may be a better head of a hiue of Bees, at least wise, may doe better seruice in the hiue, than a Waspe, or than some stinging Bees may. I pray God this desire of thrusting out of the heades of Colleages, spring not from the priuate quarrelles of some angry waspes, or of some busy Bees. These heades of Colleages are pretended to bée vnprofitable: perchaunce in this sense, that they are not for their profite. But who are these vnprofitable heades of Colleages? For else these wordes might séeme not so much to note some, as to giue a gléeke to all that are the heads of Colleages, Vnprofita­heads of Colleges. to be vnprofitable. But for a shew of restraint, that they mean not all but some, héere is added, which are either vnable or vnwilling to set forwarde the study of Diuinity in their seuerall houses. And what meane our brethren by this? that the heades of all the Colleages and houses, shoulde be their­selues professors of diuinity? but what if their places, and their whol foun­dation in their seuerall houses, doe altogether or for the most part, require both & in them-selues, in the Fellows and Schollers of that house, another function and profession, eyther of Lawe or Phisicke? How shall they then set forward the study of Diuinity in their seuerall houses? shal they break their statutes and foundations, to set it forwarde? or what is meant by this setting forwa [...]de? I hope there is none suffered that sets it backwarde, but so forwarde as they may, and as the foundations of their seuerall Houses will permit. And if any doe otherwise, and be founde culpable: This proui­sion already prouided for. there are al­ready such prouisions, both of the priuate statutes of their seuerall houses, and of the publike Lawes of the Vniuersities, and of the Diocesse, and of the whole Realme: that such heades of Colleages as can be lawfully pro­ued to be vnprofitable, & other Drone Bees, are already sufficiently pro­uided for. They may wel be reformed or displaced the state of both the v­niuersities & of all the Church of England, intierly standing as it doth. As for the placing of other diligent and learned gouernors and studentes in [Page 526] their places: Expulsion. Soft a while the old must first be conuicted, and be orderly re­moued, or euer these new other gouernors that would be, be they neuer so diligent or learned can be admitted gouernors in their places. Otherwise, their diligence might be thought suspicious, for all their learning, if they haue not learned to tarry till they be lawfully called to be gouernors.

The 4. means generall. The fourth meanes is this, And by other good meanes reforming v­niuersities. This is generall and vncertaine, as before was our brethrens conclusion of their meanes, for the supply of liuings.

Neyther are the Vniuersities ( thanks be to God) destitute of many good meanes already prouided, for the reforming of such thinges as are amisse among them. Although our brethren séeme héere to go a great deale fur­ther, Bees better than waspes in hiues. than to Readers, and to heads of colleges, or to abhor Drone bees in seueral houses. For in saying they wold haue by some other good means the Vniuersities reformed: What do they else but playnly inferre, that the whole state of both the Vniuersities shoulde be newe formed, & as it were made again, Vnprofita­ble heads of Colledges. according to the regiment of their platformes: as though they were altogether corrupted and out of order. And thus vnder pretence of the vnlearned Ministers: all the Learned men in the Realme, yea the nur­series of learning, and all the foundations of their seuerall Colleages and Houses, with the whole corporations of both the Vniuersities, must be al­tered and come vnder the reformation of this our Brethrens Learned Discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment.

And yet our Brethr. not thus contented, adde a fift byon [...] means, which would not onely vndermine the Vniuersities: but vnder a shew of encrea­sing the number of Learned men, would both discourage the best learned in the land & hazard all the land: to be pestered, with a far greater number of vnlearned pastors thā ther are. For what mean our brethr. by this mean?

By erecting of Doctors and teachers in as many places as maye bee. Would they haue moe Vniuersities erected in as many places as may be? or woulde they haue Doctors erected without the erection of the Vni­uersities? and that (as they sayde before, Pag. 15.) Doctors and Teachers shoulde be appointed in euery Congregation? woulde they nowe haue that euery Congregations should haue authority to erect Doctors and Teachers? Bee thinkes, it is another matter to erect one to be a Doctor or Teacher, and being already so erected, to be appointed or allowed a place where to teache and exercise the function of his Doctorship. I hold well with it that he might be appointed or assigned to teach, in as many pla­ces and congregations as may be. The prouisi­on alreadie prouided. And this yet is spoken with more cir­cumspectiō, thā to haue such Doctors & Teachers in euery Congregatiō.

But herein this again is far worse, that these doctors & teachers should be erected & created, or intituled doctors, in respect of this office of profes­sing the teaching of Diuinitie, but onely in those places, where he should bee throughly trained vp in a conuenient time of yeres, and tried with the [Page 527] exercises & disputatiōs of the scholes, Young Do­ctors. by the learned & already approued doctors in thevniuersities, professing the study of diuinity. Nor any to be admitted at all for readers & teachers in diuinity, except the learned pre­lats, B. & ouerseers of those places, where he shold be appointed to teach had found him sufficient therunto, least a yong scholler should be erected, as Paul forbad 1. Timoth. 3.6. 1. Tim. 3. [...] Whereon saith Beza, whō our Geneua Bibles note doth follow: Lēaste euen in that that he is lift vp into that degree, hee take occasion of pride, that may ouerthrow him, & so hee fall in the same condemnation, that the deuil himselfe did. And Cal. saith: because many then were brought to the faith that were of excellent wit & learning, S. Paul forbiddeth such to be admitted to the office of a B. so soone as they haue yeelded their name to Christ. The too much bold­nes and ouer feruency of yong schol­lers. For he sheweth how much dāger ther is in that matter. For certaine it is, that for the most part, they are puffed vp & ful of ostentation: & so it shalcome to passe, that their arrogancy & ambition shal ouerthrow them headlong. That which Paul saith, we find by experience, for the yong schollers are not only feruent to wax bolde, but also are swolne vp with a fond confidence, as though they coulde flie clean through the clouds. And therfore not without cause they are kept back from the honor of a Bishops office, vntil that in successe of time, the haughtines of their witte be tamed.

And the like may wee well say for this office of doctorship, that none are to be admitted into this office, & adorned with this especiall title of Do­ctor: but those that vpon experience grown in continuance of time and ap­proued triall of their exercises requisite by order therunto, are by the iudg­ment of the best learned in that profession in the Vniuersitie authorised & entituled by that degree, to be a Doctor or professor in diuinity. The way to all bolde li­centiousnes ignorance & innouations And bring once these orders of the Vniuersities degrees into cōtempt it wil fal out to be the apparant discouragement of the learned, from the studie & profession of diuinitie, besides the endaungering of the whole or chiefest state of the Vniuersities: and incouragement and giuing license to euerie fresh wit or rash head or euer he be halfe ripe, (& had more néed to learne,) to intrude and erect himselfe to teach, Quicquid in buccam veneri [...], and to cal himself, or to be erected a Doctor, when, God wot, he deserueth not amōg those y t be learned indéed, (or if he shold be wel apposed in the vniuersities,) the name scarse of a scholler. Is not this the way to all licenciousnesse, for who is so bolde as blinde baiard?) and to open the gappe to all errours, tumultes, innouations and vnder pretence of learning, and of exclaiming against the vnlearned, to ouerthrow those learned that we haue, yea, with all the very nurseries and store-houses of all good learning, and to en­cumber vs with 20. vnlearned, busie new erected Doctors, teachers and preachers, for any one vnlearned that now for lack of preaching, our bre­thren complayne vpon?

[Page 528] Prayer. The sixt meanes is: by compelling the vnlearned Ministers, in whom is any towardnesse to become schollers in diuinitie, The sixt m [...]an [...]s compulsion with some allowance of lyuing if they be willing to studie, or else to sende them from whence they came to get their liuinges with the sweate of their browes.

This counsell is not to be misliked, if the compelling ( heere mentio­ned) be not violent. The former part alreadie is in practise, for the vn­learneder sort of the Ministers, in whom there is any towardnesse to be­come schollers in diuinitie, How farre foorth this already is in practise. which are compelled so to employ thēselues in the studie thereof, that they may become the more learned, and haue exercises and visitations of sette purpose to the same ende: and being wil­ling to studie, haue some allowance of lyuing, in the cures where they serue, and doe the best seruice that they can.

As for the other, such as haue not any towardnesse, nor any willingnes to learne, of which sorte (if there be anie) I hope there is but verie fewe, and wish there were none at al: except age or infirmitie mooue some com­passion, to releiue them with almes, they are well worthie so to get their liuing with the sweate of their browes, and so doe get it, for any that (I thinke) will giue them any allowance of lyuing, being neither able nor willing, to doe any seruice in their Churches. Except some here and there may haue some liuing alreadie of his owne. And yet, if his liuing be ec­clesiasticall: hee is depriuable, or shall be driuen to finde another, both a­ble and willing, by the eccl. lawes now in force: which if they be not ex­ecuted accordingly, neuer blame the lawe but conuince the officer to bee blame worthie, which should better looke vnto it.

The last meanes, is this: And especially by considering the greatnes of the haruest, The last meanes prayer. and fewnesse of the labourers, by praying earnestly the Lorde of the haruest in this great necessitie of ours, to thrust foorth la­bourers into his haruest.

This is the very best means of all the other, and deserue the first place, except it be reserued to the last, as to the chiefest, when all other meanes faile, then to fall to prayer vnto almighty God, to helpe the matter. This remedy which christ teacheth Mat. 9. is not now first to be put in practise, Math. 9. but hath béene and is of all the faithfull prooued by experience long since, to be a good and moste effectuall meanes, God be praised for it, and giue vs grace, not to striue against the blessing of God. For, this is great vnthank fulnesse to all those Laborers whome God hath now this good while, since the shining of this day starre, and reuealing of the Gospell, thrust foorth into his Haruest among vs, Prayer is best meanes Our Brethren beginning now to cal in que­stion not onely our actions but all our Function, and disdayning the La­bors, euen of those that died in the burthen of this Labor,, begin so fast to call for other fresh workemen, and order all the worke in a newe fashion, and vrge it with such a hot and contentious zeale, that the olde and best la­borers, [Page 529] yet liuing, are more then halfe discouraged. And, but that they look vp to the Lorde of the Haruest, which thrust them foorth, their heartes shoulde fayle them. And many other toward Laborers, that on the Lordes calling, were but late entred into this Haruest, begin to stande in a mam­mering, and drawe backe, except a number of these our too forwarde bre­thren. And therefore indéede, we had néede on all handes, without ceasing: & moste earnestly to pray to God, to thrust foorth moe laborers into his haruest, and to comfort them that be thrust in by him: least both Laborers & haruest, & all, waxe thinner and more backwarde than it dooth. Praie, Praie. Now vpon all these foresaid meanes, our brethren make their con­clusion, saying.

And in the meane time till God shall blesse vs with a sufficient number of learned Pastors, The learned Dis. Pag. 56. to take some extraordinary and temporall order for ouer-seeing the Churches, that although they cannot be all sufficientlie enstructed and gouerned: yet so many shall not be altogether destitute of all knowledge and spirituall gouernement, as there are nowe in this moste corrupt state of the Churche, in which wee haue hetherto conti­nued.

These are very hard spéeches against the present state of the Churche of Englande, and in truth by no meanes iustifiable: Bridges. that it is a moste cor­rupt state of the Church, and so hath hetherto continued. A soule de­famation of the churches estate. For if it be now in a most corrupt state, then was it not more corrupt in the time of all the popish superstitions. If wee nowe, (as our brethren in their Preface to this Learned discourse confesse) maintaine the true and holie faith, and haue the Gospell freely preached, as in this learned discourse they also graunt: are we so corrupt as when manifest errors in doctrine and faith were maintained, Our bre­threns con­ [...]radiction and absurdi­ties in this slaunder. and the preaching of the Gospell suppressed and perse­cuted? And yet we debarre them not altogether of the title of the Church, though a Church exceeding much corrupted. Or doth the most corrup­tion of the Church, lie in matters (or rather in formes) of discipline? Ad­mitting we haue a discipline that were corrupted: notwithstanding, pro­fessing the holy truth in all pointes of faith and doctrine. The Saxon Churches haue in some pointes the like discipline, to that our brethren contend for, and yet in some materiall pointes of the Lordes supper, they hold as grosse, if not farre grosser errors, and corruption, than doe the Pa­pists: Our bre­threns too great vn­thankful­nesse. And is our state ( being in that and all other pointes of doctrine most sincere) more corrupt than theirs? Which I speake not as insulting vpon them, but with pitie and reuerence: but onely to note our brethrens vn­thankefull not acknowledging, of our exceeding, more sincere, and farre better estate than theirs, and manie others, as the Grecians, Armeni­ans, Indians, Aethiopians, &c. which are yet acknowledged to be the the Churches of Christ, albeit all differ in discipline, and are not free [Page 568] from errors euen in doctrine, Dispensa­tion for a time. which God be praised we are, by our breth. owne confession.

But why doe our Brethren thus exclaime on the estate of our Church as a most corrupt state? For whose cause our breth. raise this slander. Forsooth because (as they saie and doe imagine) there are many that are altogether destitute of all knowledge and spiri­tuall gouernment. If they meane Papists, and wicked worldlings, where are not some, and that too many intermingled in the Church of GOD? And so, there may be many, (we graunt, lamenting it,) among vs but not of vs. And the more (I feare) by reason of these garboyles among our selues. But if they bée the children of God, and the true Church indéede, and haue yéeres of vnderstanding, I hope, nay I am sure, there is none, no not one such, as is altogether destitute of all knowledge and spirituall gouernment, set a side naturall Idiotes, which are as infants, and without discretion. Nay, not the most of the worldlie hypocrites, are altogether destitute of all knowledge of God, (and of his word) and of all partes of spirituall gouernment, although they knowe not all pointes, or manie pointes not so exactlie, as other doe, or as their selues should doe. I speake not this to defende anie mannes default and corruption in these thinges: but to shew, that this is a greate deale more aggrauated, than eyther nee­deth, or is true, or than our Brethren haue anie iust cause to accuse so hai­nouslie, the whole state of the Church of England, to bee a most corrup­ted state.

But sée nowe, howe our malecontented Brethren, finding such a grie­uous fault, of this most corrupt state of the Church, though they might haue all these meanes, that they haue heere deuised to reforme the same, graunted vnto them: yet are they faine in the end to confesse, that this their Learned discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment cannot take place, but that they must take some extraordinarie and temporall order, The mani­ [...]est incon­ueniences that our breth. runne into by these deuises. for o­uerseeing of the Churches, in the meane time, vntill GOD shall blesse vs, with a sufficient number of learned pastors.

So that, they cannot for all these meanes, helpes, prouisions, supplyes, desires, or anie other thing that they are able with all their learned heads consulting together, imagine howe their Ecclesiasticall regiment should be set vp. And yet, wée must first downe out of hande and awaye with that Ecclesiasticall regiment that we haue, cre euer not onelie theyrs shall come in place, but or euer wee haue or can yet deuise, how wée shall deale in the meane time, till GOD shall blesse vs with a sufficient number of learned pastors. Which when this till, and this sufficient number will be filled vp, Our breth. allowance of tollera­tion for a [...]ne. to our Brethrens contentation: is not héere limited by them, nor we are able to coniecture.

But coulde not our Brethren haue forséene this before, which héere [Page 565] now, (after all their debating and deuising,) they beginne to sée, Imaginatiō and are driuen to confesse? And how then must all Pastors that bee not learned preachers, be presentlie turned out and no longer retayned? Or if they may lawfullie for a time ( which with all when it shall stint, is vncertaine) continue still and bée retained: how then are these thinges either true, Whether our breth. can dispense for a time with things contrarie to Gods com­mandment▪ or tollerable in them? Shall wee tollerate such notorious and most corrupt wickednesse as they crie out vpon, till God shall blesse vs with a suffici­ent number of learned pastors? And till GOD shall thus blesse vs, what extraordinarie and temporall order of ouerseers of the Churches will God blesse: if hee haue flatlie forbidden all other, than that onelie or­der which our Brethren pretend, that God so straightlie hath comman­ded? Or what extraordinarie or temporall order can, or dare anie, or all the Church auouch, or presume to take vpon them, to appoint or tollerate anie time?

If the ouerseers that our Brethren vrge, and the orders of Ecclesiasti­call gouernment which they set downe, bee of GOD commaunded, for ordinarie and perpetuall to all ages and Churches: either they woulde haue vs wilfullie to transgresse Gods commaundement, without anie speciall warrant, on presumption of their dispensation for a time, or else, they must néedes graunt (and that is indéede the verie truth, which they dare not for shame openlie confesse, although of fine force they are con­strayned to yéelde to it in the ende, and in a byous manner to acknowledge it) that the Ecclesiasticall gouernment & order for ouerseeing the Chur­ches, which they pretend: is not of anie necessitie by GOD commanded, nor anie perpetuall order to all ages and Churches, by Christ and his A­postles prescribed. Which if it be not, then our Churches state is not so corrupt as they exclaime.

Nay, let them looke then vnto it, how trulie they auouch it so to bee, and make such a contentious rupture in the Church for it. If it be, howe can they héere giue anie extraordinarie and temporall order, warrant or pla­karde, for anie meane time, to the contrarie? So that both wayes, our Brethren apparantlie goe about héerein, both to abuse themselues and vs.

But now, thinking that by this Interim, wrought by all these fore­sayd meanes, they should effect many and mightie matters: our Brethe­ren waxing bolde, procéede to aunswere euen to anie mannes thoughtes, that shoulde doubt so much as anie difficultie in bringing about these things.

If anie man ( saie they) thinke this is ouerhard to bee brought to passe, let him consider that there was neuer woorke of more difficultie, The learned Dis. Pag. 56. than to build vp the Church of God, so that the necessitie & cōmoditie of the work shuld cause vs to staie nothing at the difficultie therof, for with our [Page 544] faithfull endeauour, wee shall not want the mightie assistance of God, who will blesse our godlie labours, with greater successe than wee can looke for.

How hard many of these things are, we haue heard alreadie, and easilie may coniecture. Bridges Yea, how dangerous and vnnecessarie some of them be, and how some of them are alreadie in experience. What our brethren woulde haue vs be­fore-hand to imagine. But nowe to our better in­couragement, to giue the onset on all these meanes; wee must imagine, that they are the building vp of the Church of God, than the which nothing is more necessarie or commodious: and therefore nothing should cause vs to staie at the difficultie thereof. Verilie Fortis imaginatio can do much, as we sée in our Brethren that imagine these presupposals, and thereon dare aduenture to enterprise neuer so difficult attemptes, to atchieue this their strong imagination. But godlie and staied men must not run on such headstrong fantasies, but vppon assured groundes. Now, when we should come to the ground-worke of this building, Whie wee dare not hazzard on this imagi­nation. and finde that, which our Bre­thren imagine, hath no better foundation on Gods word, for the building vp of such a frame, as they, and not the word of God prescribeth: & with­all, that this their modill which they haue complotted, is the manifest scat­tering and pulling downe of that which in the Church of God is alreadie builded: and for the chiefest part, is not so necessarie, and in some pointes most dangerous, besides the difficultie to bring the same to passe: no mer­uaile though so many staie, and dare not hazard to build on this platforme, and in this manner as our Brethren call vpon vs. For as Saint Paul saith Gal. 2.18. If I build againe the things which I haue pulled downe, I make my self a trāsgressor: so If I pul down the things that I haue builded ( if they be wel builded vp) I make my selfe also another trāsgressor. And sith we haue al­redie builded on the onlie foundation Iesus Christ, and God hath alreadie blessed our building: if now anie other will build thereon, and turquise our building: except he can bring better proofes that we build amisse, and that God allowes not, nor likes our building: and shewe, that not onelie we may more easilie, and also with more beautie and profite, build after a­nother order that he wil teach vs, but that we must and are bound to build on that fashion: he presumeth too farre, and offereth vs wrong, and maye doe more hurt and hinderaunce to the building of the Church of GOD, than euer (for all his zeale) hee shall doe good, or bee able to further the same, except to put it further off, than alreadie it is.

But ( saie our Brethren) with our faithfull endeauour wee shall not want the mightie assistance of God, who will blesse our godlie labours, with greater successe than we can looke for. Our incou­ragement in Gods blessing again [...]t all the [...]e temptations

Verie true, in all faithfull endeauours, grounded on a good matter, and proceeding by a good order, GOD will blesse our godlie la­bours, and his name bee blessed for it, so he hath done, notwithstanding [Page 533] all the stops both of our foraine enimies, Presum tu­ous offer. and of our owne brethrens do­mesticall impediments, we haue not wanted the mightie assistaunce of God, blessing our godlie labors, and that with greater successe, than they acknowledge or wish, or we haue deserued, or in these troubles wee could haue looked for. So that in this behalf we may wel recomfort our selue [...] with that saying of the 124. Psalme: If the Lord had not bene on our side (maie Israel now saie) if the Lord had not beene on our side, when men rose vp against vs, they had swallowed vs vp quicke, when their wrath was kindled against vs. And in the 127. following: Except the Lord build their house, the labour is in vaine that build it. And since God hath thus blessed our handie workes, euen be­yond all that wee looked for, ( for although wee might well looke for no lesse, of the professed aduersaries of the Gospell, yet who would haue loo­ked for such vnthankfulnesse to God, and such hinderance of the worke of God, among our selues at our Brethrens hands, the professors with vs of Christs Gospel?) Shal we now also looke for new deuises, and with them contemne and alter all that the Lord hath alredie so mightilie blessed? and looke for him also to blesse the labours of our handes, in the contrarie to that we haue begun to labour, and wherein we haue so prosperouslie pro­ceeded, and which God hath alreadie blessed, with such mightie assistance and successe? But now our Brethren supposing these thinges might bee well compassed, most confidenilie they auowe and saie:

If God therefore will graunt that these and such like meanes may take place, by the high authoritie of our dreade Soueraigne, The learned Dis. Pag. 56. & 57. the Queenes Ma­iestie, and continue this comfortable peace, which wee inioie, vnder her most gracious gouernment, we dare ieopard our liues, that in lesse than halfe the time, that is alreadie properouslie passed, of her Maiesties moste honourable and glorious raigne, the necessitie of learned Pastors shall be so well supplied, as we shall haue no great cause to complaine for lack of them, if we may vse like diligence to continue them: if not, wee will spend the rest of our life in mourning, & expectation of the heauie ven­geance of GOD, which must needes fall vpon vs for this manifest con­tempt of his expresse commandement, and neglect of increasing the glo­rious kingdome of our sauiour Christ. Act 20.26.27. In the meane time we may boldlie saie with the Apostle, Act. 20. We testifie vnto you this daie, that wee are cleane from the bloud of you all, for we haue not failed to shew you the whole councell of God concerning the regiment of his Church.

For some of these and such like meanes, it hath pleased God alreadie to graunt, that they may and doe take place, and woulde take more place, Bridges. were it not for their importune hindering (as I sayd before) not so much of the open aduersaries of the Gospell, as of our owne Brethren that fauour and professe it, and yet preposterouslie doe stop the course thereof. The will & grant of god As for some of these meanes heere deuised, it hath pleased God in his greate wise­dome [Page 534] not to graunt them. Her M [...]ie­sties gouernment com­mended. And therefore when we sée the will and graunt of God alreadie, it were fitter we applied our w [...]lls to his, than to wish hi [...] (contrarie to his ordinance) to become appliable vnto our wils And whe [...]e our Brethren would haue God graunt these their petit [...]ons to take place, by the high authoritie of our dreade Soueraigne the Queenes Maiestie, Our breth. te [...]tation to God▪ and disobedience to her Maie­stie. sith we manifestlie sée that by her Maiesties high authoritie, GOD hath graunted such good successe to his Gospell, and repaired his Church, by such lawfull means of discipline, as God hath both allowed and blessed: which withall, is by her Maiesties high authoritie established and confir­med amongst vs: what a tentation is this to God, not to bee content, but to craue that he would graunt other new meanes? And what obedience is this to her Maiesties high authoritie? If her Maiestie herein haue any au­thoritie at all, why do not we obey it? If her Maiesties authoritie héere be high, What our b [...]eth grant in words and deny in facts why doe we abase and bring it lowe? If shee bee our dread Soue­raigne: why dreade we not thus to ouerthwart al her lawes and ordinan­ces, and without all dreade to contemne them, and to cast forth such contu­melious and slanderous spéeches, on all the state of the Church, to be most corrupt? If her Maiestie be the Soueraigne, that is ▪ the Supreame gouer­nor under Christ, of this portion of the Church: How doth not this defa­matiō more blemish her Maiesties gouernment, thā al these faire spéeches can suffer to salue it? And how call they her Maiestie Soueraigne, and not acknowledge her soueraigntie or supremacie? And if we inioy this cōfor­table peace vnder her most gracious gouernmēt: why do not we cōtinue it, and be thankfull to God and to her Maiestie for it? Why disturbe wée it, and make it vncomfortable? To conclude, if it be a most gracious go­uernment, how is the state of the Church being gouerned vnder her Ma­iestie, most corrupted? Can most gracious and most corrupt agrée toge­ther? What fellowship hath righteousnesse, (saith Saint Paule, 2. Cor. 6.14.) with vnrighteousnesse? and what communion hath [...]ight with darknesse? & what concord hath Christ with Belial? Or hath her Maiestie no gouernment at all ouer the Church, but onelie ouer the Realme and ciuile pollicie?

Are these tearmes then giuen her as a méere ciuile Prince? or is her Ma­iestie acknowledged indeede, the supreame gouernour in all Ecclesiasticall causes, in the Church of England? If she be: how doth shee looke vnto her gouernment in the Church of England, the state of the Church standing most corrupt? These things hang together like Germaines lippes. Who seeth not that they speak cleane contradictions in this stammering? While they woulde thus plaie on both handes, and giue onelie these fayre titles to her Maiestie for fashion sake, Our breth. cōtradictiō [...] of her M [...]ie­sties gouernment. and to auoide suspition, or to winne fauour: but if in verie déede they meant as they saie they woulde neuer thus im­pugne the established gouernment, orders, lawes, and proceedings of her Maiestie.

[Page 535] They confesse that vnder her most gracious gouernment the time hath alreadie prosperouslie passed: and yet they inferre vnder hand, Her Maie­sties gouernment defa­med. that it hath passed so vnprosperouslie, that in lesse than halfe the time, they dare ieopard their liues, if they might haue their deuises broght to passe, that the necessitie of learned Preachers shall bee so well supplied, as wee shall haue no great cause to complaine for lacke of them. And yet withall they saie, her Maiesties raigne is most honourable and glorious. Which if it be: then haue they no cause to complain. But they complaine of these things with great outcries, and saie they haue great cause to complaine, as though her Maiesties raigne were so dishonourable and ignominious, that it nothing tended the honour and glorie of God, which (they saie) they onelie seeke in this their Ecclesiasticall regiment.

So that in commending her Maiesties most honourable and glorious raigne, what meane they but of such an externall honour and glorie of the world, as little or nought respecteth the honour and glorie of the Lorde. This is not well done of our Brethren, thus to slander her Maiesties go­uernment, and the whole state of the Church of England, vnder these faire and coulourable spéeches: least our Breth. might séeme in anie shew, to come néere to those dissembling hypocrites, whome Dauid so grieuouslie complaineth on, Psal. 54. saying: If mine enimie had defamed me, I could haue borne it, and if mine aduersarie had exalted himself against me, I would haue hid­den me from him. But it was thou O man, euen my companion, my guide, and my familiar, which diddest eate sweete meate together with m [...], yea, w [...] walled toge­ther in the house of God as companions. And shall it be sayde of those, that not onelie liue in one Realme, and are or should be gouerned by one lawe, vn­der one most gracious Soueraigne: yea, her Maiestie, and wee and all, vn­der one Iesus Christ, in profession of our religion, and of one Church of God, that we deale thus one against another, and that as Dauid there saich verse. 21. The wordes of his mouth were softer than butter, and yet warre in his heart: his wordes [...]ere more gentle than oyle, and yet they were swoordes? Now as these things beséeme not the [...]hildren of God: so is not this com­mendable in our Brethren, that (to set the better face of zeale vppon these foresayde spéeches, thus tempered with no lesse gall than honie, they offer thus freshlie to ieopard their liues, that this which they promise and ima­gine, shal be done in lesse than halfe the time, that is alreadie passed. Well may our Brethren blemish the time that is alreadie passed, as not ve­rie prosperouslie passed, though for a shewe they saie so: but to deter­mine, De futur [...] contingenti, Our breth. aduenterous p [...]o [...]ise for the time of furnishing learned [...] [...]ors. for that which may happe to come to passe here­after, and to prescribe it a time: ( saue that they presume of her Maie­sties clemencie not to take the aduantage of the forfaiture) they might peraduenture hazarde too farre theyr best ioyntes, if theyr happe were not better in this bargaynes euent, than eyther theyr learning [Page 536] or their wisedome in the bargens making. A bolde promise. But what good lucke so euer would betide them, to haue their desires graunted, or their hope and pro­mise come to passe: yet their words sauour so suspitiouslie, that for all this they would not holde themselues fullie satisfied. For when they saie, The necessitie of learned Pastors shall be so well supplied, as we shall haue no no great cause to complaine for lacke of them: Our breth. restra [...]nt of their pro­mise and ex­ [...]ptions. they séeme in these words that they would still haue some cause, though it were not greate, to com­plaine euen for lacke of them, when they had them. And as for other mat­ters they would st [...]ll pretend as great cause or greater to complaine, as much as they did before. And so after all these things were granted to thē, we might be little or neuer a whit the more eased of their complaining. For the nature of some, is neuer to be contented, euen when they haue the thing they would, yet still Plus vltra, itch and ease cannot please. And this our Bre. séeme to insinuate before hand by indenture, saying: If we may vse like diligence continue thē. Under which doubtful exception, we shal euer hang in a continuall suspense, of as great complaining and contending as before.

But now, if our Breth. cannot haue all these meanes that they haue her [...] deuised, What our breth w [...]l do if these thin­ges cannot be granted. graunted vnto them, what then wil they doe? If not, we wil spend the rest of our life in mourning. Sée héere, what a straunge qualme is so­dainlie come ouer the stomacke of our Brethren. Right now, so full & preg­nant in diuising prouisions, diuisions, supplies, erecting, correcting, pla­cing, displacing, & many other means: which don, they fal to chierful enco­raging to giue the onset, imagining facilitie, and expecting to ouercome all difficultie, promising good successe, and Gods blessing and theirs to bee with them, setting a time, yea, offering to ieopard their liues on the bar­gen: in the meane season, vsing all allurementes, extolling the Queenes Maiestie for her high authoritie, her dreade Soueraigntie, the inioying by her a comfortable peace, her most gracious gouernmēt, her most ho­nourable and glorious r [...]igne, with the time that is alreadie prosperous­lie passed. Whose heart, would not all these things reioyce and inflame? and now on a sodaine, or euer the sentence come to his full breathing peri­ode, if they cannot haue their wils in all these things: this sentence is cut off, Totnam is turned French, and all this faire weather is cleane ouer­cast, with such a blacke clowde and terrible threates of stormes; that these our Brethren will not now pout for anger, like a sulleine shrew, but they will become mourners: yea, they vowe héere, that they will spend the rest of their life in mourning, & take no comfort in all these blessings of God, nor in anie her Maiesties neuer so high authoritie, nor in her most grati­ous gouernment, nor in her most honourable and glorious raigne, nor in anie of the time that is alreadie prosperouslie passed: but euen as though some cruell tyrant, some Heathen or Popish persecuter did oppresse the [Page 537] Church and them: Our breth. mourning. as though Herode had killed all the children in Beth­leem and the coasts round about, and Ieremies Prophesie were yet to bee fulfilled, A voice was heard in Rama, mourning, and weeping, and great lamentation. Rachel weeping for her children and would not be com­forted, because they were not: euen so our Brethren promise, not onelie to mourne for the time passed ( though they cōfesse it passed prosperously:) or for the present time, which they infamouslie call a state of the Churche most corrupt: but as though it were in a desperate state, and past al hope, if all these their deuised meanes take not place: as though they would ne­uer héereafter take comfort anie more, so long as they liued, they héere so­lempnlie pronounce, that they wil spend the rest of their life in mourning.

Phie, phie, Brethren, euen for verie shame of the world, besides the of­fence of God, that euer such spéeches should haue passed your penne, (for I hope you neuer speake thē with your mouths, nor let thē sinke at least into your heartes) doth such waywardnesse become such learned discoursers? And I beséech you Brethren, euen in the consolations of Iesu Christ, ( if ye speake from the heart and in good sadnesse, and not rather by some rhetori­call amplification, more to moue your readers, than your selues are moo­ued) that ye wold be better aduised, & eate this word; How vnseemly these pas­sions are for so learned discourses. that you would repent & reuoke this too too passionate and hastie promise, which sauoureth more of Ionas or Esdras impatiencie in their mourning, ( to thinke no worse there­of) than of such staied men as you would seeme to be. If you cannot herein haue your desires: possesse your soules with patiēce, & comfort your selues in Christ, as all good Christians, and all true subiects, & all wise men ought to do. But what is the cause, that our Bre. thus in their hast, do promise to spend the rest of this liues in mourning, if they want these things? Doe the feare anie daunger? Yea, say they: An expectation of the heauie ven­geance of God, which must needs fall vpon vs, for this manifest cōtempt of his expresse commaundement, and neglect of increasing the glorious kingdome of our sauiour Christ.

This were (we confesse) an horrible crime, and it is a fearefull thing to fall into the handes of the liuing God, if his wrath bee kindeled, Our breth. threate of Gods wrat [...]. and goe from him, we hauing heaped wrath vnto our selues against the daie of wrath. And as Saint Paule saith, Heb, 10.26.27. If we sinne willinglie after that we haue receiued the knowledge of the truth, the [...] remaineth no more sacri­fice for sinnes, but a fearefull expectation of iudgement and violent fire, [...]hich shall deuour the aduersaries. But, as whē he spake before, cha. 6 of the like dread­full expectation: he added this comfort, verse 9. But beloued, we haue persua­ded our solues better things of you, and such as accompanie salu [...]ti [...]n, though we thus speake: euen so, both we are persuaded better of our Breth. than that they wil spend the rest of their liues in mourning, and expectation of the heauie vengeance of God. & I hope they are persuaded better of vs also. [Page 538] For although we humblie acknowledge that by our manifolde sinnes, Bretherensch eate. if God should enter into iudgement with vs, neither we, nor they, nor anie flesh could sustaine it: Our confesi­on & cōfort. yet by vnfained repentance and assured faith, fly­ing vnto the throne of grace, our onelie mediator and sauiour Iesus Christ, wee firmelie hope (and hope shall not confound vs) that God the Father for Christs sake, wil diuert this heauie vengeance, both from our brethren and from vs.

But they threaten, that it must needes fall vpon vs, for this manifest contempt of his expresse commandement, & neglect of the increasing of the glorious kingdome of our sauiour Christ. How we are all too neg­ligent. God forbid that wil­fullie we should doe either of these things, and God be mercifull to vs all, we must néeds confesse (and voluntarilie we do it,) with heartie sorrowful­nesse and deprecation, that there is in vs a neglect in some respects, of in­creasing the glorious kingdome of our sauiour Christ, in that neither we, nor they nor anie the best of vs all, doo our dutie, with so much diligence and indeauour as we should doe God forgiue vs that is past, and amend as for that is to come, to be more able and diligent than we bee. But that this neglect is in respect of this, that knowing these meanes by our Bre­thren héere set downe, and all their platforme in this their Learned Dis­course of Ecclesiastical gouernment, to be the increasing of the glorious kingdome of our sauiour Christ, How our breth. & wee shuld thinke of these thinges and one of another. and wil [...]u [...]lie and wittinglie contemne it, or neglect it: I hope none of vs doth so; and if we could sée anie substan­tiall grounded reasons of our Breth. to moue vs therevnto, we praie God, ( and hope God woulde heare our praiers,) that wee might forsake all worldlie liuings, yea, life and all, rather than we should not ioyne with thē. And brotherlie charitie moueth me to thinke so of them likewise, that they doe not striue against their consciences▪ or haue no conscience in that they shou [...]d, but that they make conscience of that which they shuld not, & rather mistake, than of purpose they would wittinglie misleade themselues or o­thers.

Howbeit heerein they are in the greater fault, that take on them to con­troll and teach, Our bre [...]h. gre [...]t defalt heerein. the teachers and all, and doe misteach vs, and tell vs Gods word teacheth that which it doth not teach, and terrifie vs with the expec­tion of the heauie vengeance of God, for this manifest contempt of his expresse commandement: & yet for these deuises and Learned Discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment, and discipline, which they so much pretend and vrge: they haue not hetherto nor h [...]ere doe nor (I beleeue euer can) shew and proue in expresse wordes, anie expresse commandement of our sauiour Christ, or anie necessarie consequence to infer it, which if we might once see, and then should make a manifest contempt, or anie contempt at all thereof, then should we haue right good cause to tremble and quake, to mourne, and expect the heauie vengeance of God, except God in the infi­nite [Page 539] treasurie of his mercies▪ surmounting all his workes, & al our sinnes, Our hope & consci­ence. did giue vs his comfort, and forgiue vs our sinnes, through our Lord & one­lie sauiour Iesus Christ. But vntill this expresse commandement, or anie other necessarilie inferred, for this Ecclesiasticall gouernment, that our breth. in this Learned Discourse prescribe, be shewed and made manifest: I hope that in the testimonie of a good conscience, being iustified by faith, wee may haue peace with God, by our Lord Iesus Christ, by whom we haue aceesse by faith into this grace (or fauour) [...]herin we stand, and glorie in the hope of the glory of the sonnes of God. Rom, 5. And as this is the anker of our hope, so (good Breth.) once againe in the feare of God, I exhort you to take heed, how ye preten [...] Christs expresse commandement so peremptorilie, and cannot shew it, & to consider with what boldnesse ye may take vpon you that sentence of S. Paule, saying:

In the meane time we may boldlie saie with the Apostle, Act. 20. VVe testifie vnto you this day, that we are cl [...]a [...]e frō the bloud of you al for we haue not failed to shew you the whole counsell of God, concerning the regiment of his Church. And dare ye indeede, this boldlie vsurpe vpon you these wordes of the A­postle, and adde withall vnto them, as a distinct part of the sentence, & that in the same seuerall Charecter, as the verie expresse words of the Apostle, which were neither his wordes nor yet his meaning, Our br [...]th. oue [...]bold [...]dding to gods word. for anie thing that can be necessarilie gathered on those wordes of the Apostle, these words of your owne more superfluous addition, concerning the regiment of the Church▪ But see how affection many times may carry wise & learned men awaie. But if this platforme be either councell or commandement, ei­ther expressed, or of necessitie implied: Shew it (as Saint Paule saith, that he shewed all the councell of God) and straight we yeeld. Or else giue vs leaue in the name and peace of God, and in the freedome of the Gospell, with a safe conscience to dessent from it.

The Argument of the 7. booke.

THE 7. Booke concerneth the ministration of the Sacra­ments, & first whether they may he ministred by a Mini­ster that is no Preacher, and without a Sermon at the mi­nistration of them. Whether this be alwaies in Baptisme any necessarie part contained in the institution of it. Whether the Apostles or other Preachers were alwaies their selues the bap­tizers of such as they conuerted. How neere our Breth. asserti­ons heerein drawen to the positions of the Anabaptists. Whe­ther the Lords supper may not be truly administred though by no preacher, or if by a preacher, yet not preaching at the mini­stration thereof. Whether Christ preached at the ministration of it. Whether preaching were alwaies necessary in Circumci­sion and the Pascall lambe. What the word shewing foorth the Lords death inferreth, and that all the communicants are such preachers. Whether the Homilies & exhortations in the booke prescribed, set not fully forth the Lords death. What was the practise for this point in the Apostles times, and in the Primi­tiue Church. Whether the worde that is ioyned to the element to make a Sacrament, is to be necessarilie vnderstod of preach­ing. Whether our formes praescribed in the Sacraments, ioyne the word and the element sufficientlie or no. Whether the Pa­pists though they wanted the true Supper of the Lord, had not true Baptisme for all their corruption of the same. How many kindes of preaching Caluine maketh, and what kinde is neces­sarie in the Lordes Supper. What words by Caluine, Muscu­lus, Beza, Olleuian Hellopaeus, &c. make a true & perfect Co­secration. Whether in the reformed Churches of Heluetia, &c, they are preachers onelie that minister the Sacraments. How the seale and writing are to be ioyned alwaies together, and [Page 541] we so haue them. To whome pertayneth the minist­ration of the Sacra. Whether our Breth. prohibite none to preach whom they prohibite not to minister the Sacraments. Whether we inferre womens Baptisme, & whether Baptisme on occasi­on of necessitie may be ministred in priuate places, and whether there be anie necessitie at all of Baptisme, and of the dangerous positions, contradictions, inconueniences, & absurdities of our Breth. in these matters: especiallie of this their Canon, where there is no minister of the word, there ought to bee no minister of the Sacraments. What is principall, what necessarie in the Sacraments, of the affinitie, coniunction, & separation of prea­ching and administring the Sacraments.

HEtherto ( saie our Brethren) we haue somewhat at large set forth, The learned disc. pag. 58. & 59. the principall parte of a Pastors office, which is to preach the worde of God, and to instruct the people committed to his charge in the same. Heere followeth now in the second part of his duti, which confisteth in right administration of the Sacramēts of God. For seeing it hath pleased God to adde such outward signes to be helps of our infirmitie, as seales for confirmation of his promises, vttered by his word, Rom. 4.11. Rom. 4.11. Hee hath appointed Ministers of the same, to deliuer them vnto his people. Matth. 28.19. Luke. 22.19. Mat. 28.19. Luc. 22 19. For no man may take vppon him anie office in the Church, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron, Heb. 3 4. Heb. 3.4. See­ing therefore that God hath giuen some to be Pastors in the Church, E­phes. 4.11. Ephes 4.11. And it is the dutie of Pastors to feede the flocke of God com­mitted to their charge, with all manner of spiritual pasture of their soules appointed by God. 1. Cor. 4.1. And that the Sacramētes are a part of this spiritual foode, it is manifest that it belongeth to the dutie of Pastors, to administer the holie Sacraments: and that the Sacraments appertaine to the doctrine and worde of God, it is euident that whom God hath in­stituted to be the Minister of the word, him also he hath made to bee the minister of the Sacraments: and as the Sacraments are compared by the holie Ghost vnto seales: and the word or promise of GOD vnto wri­tings: so it appeareth to him to deliuer the soule, which deliuereth the writings. For as the soule hath alwaies relation vnto the writinges: so haue the Sacramentes vnto the worde of GOD. By this it appeareth, that as it is the dutie of euerie pastor to administer the Sacraments of Christ: so this office appertaineth to none, but to those which are Mi­nisters of the word.

[Page 572] To whome pertaineth the mini­stration of the Sacra­ments. AS all the residue héere set downe dependeth on thi [...] conclusion to all which we gladly yéeld and confirme the same: so this being euident, that whome GOD hath instituted to be Minister of the word, him al­so he hath made to be Ministsr of the Sacraments: it followeth euidentlie on good and necessarie conse­quence, By our bre­threns owne conclusion the Doct. may mini­ster the Sa­craments & of conse­quence ex­hort and applie. that the Doctors so well as the Pastors, bee­ing of God instituted to be Ministers of the worde: that them also hath he made to be Ministers of the Sacraments. Which Sacraments (as our Brethren rightlie saie) appertaine to the doctrine & word of God, and are a part of this spirituall foode. This spirituall foode then appertaining to the doctrine and word of God, belonging properlie to the Doctors: & it is the dutie of Pastors to feed the flock of God com­mitted to their charge, with all manner spirituall pasture of their soules appointed by God: How then are not the Doctors euen by Gods ap­pointment pastors also? according as Saint Paule saith euen in this place, (Ephe 4.11.) before discussed.

But not as our Brethren heere clip the sentence, saying thus, Seeing therefore God hath giuen some to be Pastors in his Church: The Doct. are Pastors. for though the Apostle spake before distinctlie, that he gaue some to be Apostles, some to be Prophets, other to be Euangelists: yet when he comes to the men­tioning of Pastors, he saith; Other to be pastors & doctors. Knitting them ioyntly both together, as appertaining both of them alike and together, vn­to the ordinarie Minister of the word. Which though our brethren wil not confesse in plaine tearmes: yet see heere, when they come to the discussing of the office, will they, or nill they, they are driuen to yeeld thereto; that the Doctor and Pastors office doe concurre, and that not onelie the Pastor is a Doctor or Teacher: but the Doctor or Teacher is a Pastor.

And yet further to ouerturne their owne deuises, they adde: and as the Sacraments are compared by the holie Ghost vnto seales, and the worde or promise of God vnto writings: It pertey­neth to him to deliuer the seale which deli­uereth the writing: but the Doct. deliuer the writing: er­go. so it appertaineth vnto him to deli­uer the seale, which deliuereth the writings. But the Doctor deliuereth the writings, so well as doth the Pastor: therefore the Doctor must deli­uer the seales, so well as the Pastor. For ( saie our Breth.) as the seale hath alwaie relation vnto the writings: so haue the Sacramēts vnto the word of God. And heerevpon they make this conclusion: By this it appeareth that as it is the dutie of euerie Pastor to administer the Sacramentes of Christ: So this office appertaineth to none but to those, which are the Ministers of the word. Although this conclusion concerning the matter be true in part and we gladlie graunt it, yet is it not the right and full conclu­sion following on the premises, except it infer Doctors so well as Pastors, or by the name of Pastors comprehend Doctors. For the Doctor is a Mi­nister [Page 569] of the word, and a deliuerer of the writings, so well as the Pastor, The mini­stration of the Sacra­ments. & therefore they should haue more fullie & directlie concluded, if they had said; That as it is the dutie of euerie Pastor and Doctor, to administer the Sa­cramēts of Christ: so this office appertaineth to none but to those which are the Ministers of the word. But now, the ministration of the Sacra­ments requireth withal, not onelie the Ministery of that part of the word, which onelie and barelie teacheth the doctrine & institution of the Sacra­ments: but also and no lesse, that part of doctrine which exhorteth to re­pentance and newnesse of life, in the ministration of Baptisme: and in the supper of the Lord, exhorting the communicants to a preparing to iudge themselues, to be in loue & charitie, & to the worthie receiuing of the same, and also in dehorting and rebuking the wicked and vnworthie approchers thereunto, it appeareth therefore by these premises, that not onelie the pa­stors may teach the doctrine, besides their exhorting: but also that the do­ctors or teachers may and must exhort and dehort, persuade and dissuade, rebuke, comfort, and applie; so well as the pastors. Which is quite & cleane contrarie to our brethrens former principles.

Our sauior Christ authorizing his Apostles to baptize al nations, saith: The learned disc Pag. 59. & 60. Goe yee forth and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, the sonne, and of the holie Ghost, teaching them to obserue all things that I haue commanded you. Likewise to the same effect, Go ye forth into all the world, and preach the Gospell to euerie creature, he that shall beleeue and is baptized, shall be saued, &c. Also instituting his holie supper, he said: Math. 28.19 Mark. 16.15 Luc. 22.19. 1, Cor. 11.26. Doe this in remem­brance of me. Which remembrance S. Paule declareth, that it ought to bee celebrated by preaching of the Lords death. So often (saith hee) as you shall eate of this bread, and drinke of this cup, you shall shew forth the Lords death vntil he come. By these testimonies it is euident, that the administration of the Sacraments ought be committed to none, but vnto such as are Preachers of the word, that are able to teach them that they baptize, that are able to prech the mystery of Christs death to them whom they do deliuer the ward signe thereof.

We wish and indeauour (so farre as conuenientlie may bee brought to passe) that all were Preachers which maye administer the Sacramentes, Bridges and in some respect they are Preachers. How the forme of mi [...]istring the Sacra­ments pre­scribed, is not altoge­ther desti­tute of prea­ching. While by the authoritie of theyr office they doe publikelie pronounce in the administration of the Sacra­mentes, that godlie forme of doctrine annexed, which plainelie setteth out all the institution, nature, vse, endes and fruites of those holie myste­ries, with godlie and pithie exhortations, dehortations, and applications, ioyned thervnto. Besides diuerse notable Homilies and famous sermons, by which they may (as they sée occasion) edifie the congregation at the par­ticipating of the Sacraments.

But if so bee that our Brethren will needes heere vnderstande by [Page 532] preaching, Sacr.mini­stred by no Preacher. the frée exposition of the worde, and teaching the doctrine of the Sacraments, with such exhortation to repentance, and perticular appli­cation to the audience, or to the cōmunicants, as to the learned Preacher himselfe shall be thought most conuenient: then must either the Doctor, ( being a Minister of the word, and so of the Sacraments) be such a Preach­er also, which our Brethren denie, or else it must néeds fall out (the Doctor being a Minister of the word, and so of the Sacraments, by our Brethrens last confession) that he may administer the Sacraments, which in the fore­sayd sense, is not onelie not a Preacher, but which cannot be a Preacher, by their owne positions, so long as hee continueth in the distinct office of a Doctor or teacher, so that their selues are indéede further off in this mat­ter, than we are.

No distin­ction in the bap [...]izer of teaching & preaching. As for these sentences of our sauiour Christ, and of Saint Paul, that here (to confirme their sayings) they alleadge: I meruaile not a little, of their vnaduis [...]d handling of them. For, to begin with these two former in Mat­thew and Marke concerning Baptisme: if our Brethren vrge these words so preciselie, that they should inforce alwayes preaching, at the verie in­stant of baptizing: they should extort more out of the wordes, than either they expresse or inferre. Our sauiour Christ indéede, biddeth them goe and teach all nations: and telleth them also what they shall teach. And Marke calleth this teaching, preaching. Teaching or preaching not alwaies done at the time of bap­tizing. So that héere was yet no distinction of the teacher from the preacher. Their teaching was preaching, and their preaching was teaching. Though, as they had héerein a special gift: so had they also a speciall office of teaching or preaching to all nations, but that their teaching or preaching ( were it all one or distinct) was alwaies ioy­ned together with their baptizing, and both done at one time, aud so com­manded to be ioyntlie done: how will our Brethren proue it on these sen­tences? The text rather giues, that their preaching should goe before in a seuerall action, to those that were of vnderstanding; and so to continue preaching or teaching, til the vnbeleuing people did beleue: & then after y t preaching to adde the other action of baptizing, as a seale to confirme thē in the former. And not that these wordes, Goe ye forth and teach all Nations, b [...]ptising them, &c. should be done, the one while the other is a doing. For, although our Brethren translate these words thus to the aduantage, Hee that shall beleeue and is baptised, &c. as though hee were baptized, euen at the present instant, when he beléeueth, which is, at the preaching: yet is not this indéede so well translated, but rather, He that shall beleeue, and shall be baptized; The one action following the other, yea, many times, in seueral both times & places, The prea­ching & the baptizing not alwaie [...] by the selfe same person without anie preiudice either to the validitie of these actions, or to the precept of our sauiour Christ to do them. Neither follow­eth it, y t by these words we must vnderstād, both these actiōs to be alwaies done by one & the self same persō. S. Paul cōuerted many by his preaching, [Page 545] which became beleeuers, as appeareth Actes 18.8. Baptising without preaching. But Crispus the prince of the Synagogue beleeued in the Lorde withall his houshoulde, and many of the Corinthians heering it beleeued and were baptized. And the Lorde comforting Paule sayde, Paul a g [...]eat while at Co­rinth, where many were baptized, & yet not by him. hée had much people in the Ci­ty. So hee continued there a yeare and sixe Moneths, and taught the Worde of God among them. And yet Saint Paule writing afterwarde vnto them, sayth. 1. Corinth. 1.14. &c. I thanke God that I baptized none of you, but Crispus and Gaius, leaste any shoulde say, that I bapti­zed into mine owne name. I baptized also the house of Stephanas. fur­thermore knowe I not, whether I baptized any other, for Christe sent sent me not to baptize, but to preache the Gospel.

Whereby it is moste apparant, that hée all that while being there and then the onely preacher, and so manye beeing conuerted and baptized, and so fewe baptized by him, and none might baptize but a Minister of the worde: there were other Minister of the worde béeing not Prea­chers which did baptise them. And this (among other his notes on these wordes of Paule, Christ sent me not to baptize, but, &c.) dooth Caluine plainlie confesse, saying: Caluines plaine con­fession that many vnder Paule being ministers of the worde, baptized that were not preach­ers. neither therefore doth Paule make this compa­rison, to detract anie thing from it, ( he speaketh of the vertue of Baptism) sed quia paucorum esset docere, pluribus autem baptiZare datum foret: Deinde cum multi simul doceri possent, baptismus autē non nisi singulis posset conferri, &c But when it apperained to fewe men to teache, (or) when as fewe men had the gift of teaching, and it was giuen vnto many to baptize: More­ouer, when as many coulde be taught altogether, but baptisme coulde not bee conferred but to euery one in order: Paule that excelled in the faculty of teaching, pursued the worke that was more necessary vnto him: to others he left that, which they were more commodiously to perfourme. Yea, if the Readers shall waigh all the circumstaunces more neerely: they shall see, there is vnder it a priuy frumpe, with the which they are pleasantly nipped, which of another mans labour (vnder pre­tence of a ceremony) doe hunt after a small glory. The Labors of Paul in building that Church, were incredible. After him came these de­licate masters, which by the sprinkling of the Water, drewe Disciples vnto their sect, Paule therefore yeelding them to the Title of the ho­nor, testifieth that he is content with the burthen.

Whereby it is euident, that although such euil Ministers abused this order, to seeke their own glory, yet, that this order was vsed euen then a­mong the Godly and faithfull ministers, that some were preachers & did not baptise except seldome, and fewe, on especiall occasions: and some did baptise that were no preachers, & yet were well allowed so to doe. Beside many other, who though they were preachers, & also did often times bap­tise, yet ioyned they not these two alwayes together in one action, and of­ten [Page 546] vsed the helpe of others, Baptizing without preaching. which at the same time did not preach. When Peter at one sermon Act. 2. conuerted so many, hee counselled them to bée baptized, and ( saith the text, ver. 41. They that gladly receiued his worde were baptized, The bapti­sing of 3000 Actes. 2. and the same day there were added to the Church, about 3000. soules. Is it likely, that Peter did baptise euery one of these, and al of them him selfe that day? or rather that the other Apostles aud Disciples though they all at the same time preached not, did help S. Peter to baptise them. Neither is it likely, that they were baptized at the present action of the sermon, nor in that place where the sermon was, as it is thought in mount Sion, but that they went vnto some other place in or néere the Ci­ty, The bapti­zing of the Samaritans. Actes. 8. more conuenient for baptizing such a multitude. And although Philip were himselfe (Actes 8.) both the preacher, and the baptizer, yet can wée not conceiue, howe he alone shoulde baptize such a mighty number of Sa­maritans, at the same instant, that hee preached to them: but that first by preaching and myracles following, he did conuert them, and then as hee had leysure afterwarde, did baptize them. And when Peter Actes 10. had Preached to Cornelius, and to all his houshoulde, and to all that were as­sembled with him, The bapti­zing of Cor­nelius and his hous­hold. Act. 10 when he saw howe the holy Ghoste fell on them that heard the worde: He sayd, Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which haue receiued the holy Ghoste as well as wee? So he commaunded them to be baptised in the name of the Lorde. Uppon which wordes Caluine saith: It was not necessarie that Baptisme shoulde be administred by the hande of Peter, euen as Paule also, 1. Cor. 1.14. te­stifieth, that he baptized fewe at Corinth, for other ministers might take vpon them those parts.

Howe doe not these examples euen of the primitine Church, cleane o­uerturne our brethrens principles, that euery Minister of the Worde and sacramentes that baptizeth, must not onely himselfe bee a preacher: but that he must also preach, at the action of his baptizing, or else, he brea­keth our Sauiour Christes institution? although, this withall by the way, is to bee noted, that Baptisme ( as Caluine and other doe well ob­serue against the Anabaptistes,) was not heere first instituted, though it bée heere alleaged: nor, who onelye shoulde baptize: nor▪ who shoulde bee baptized: as the Anabaptistes doe imagine, and hereupon doe vrge prin­cipally these two places: And, saue that wee hope better of our Brethren the compilers of this Learned Di [...]course, that they be not of this erroni­ous opinion, Otherwise, their precize vrging of these wordes, mighte strengthen the Anabaptistes to doe the like, and bréede suspition on them­selues: especially, in applying these wordes in this sort, vnto our state of the [...]hurch nowe. That by these Testimonies is it euident, that the ad­ministration of the Sacramentes ought to bee committed to none, but vnto such, as are preachers of the Worde, that are able to teache them [Page 547] that they baptize. Howe are our Ministers, Baptizing ( were they neuer so Learned preachers,) able so to doe? sithe all those whome wee ordinarily baptize, are late borne Infantes. Are any, yea, the best learned of our Brethren themselues, (not considering what they doe, but what they are able to d [...]) able to teache these Infantes? Howe are they able to teache them, A dāgerous & impossi­ble position of our bre­thren. that are not able to learne of them? Except they woulde not haue Baptisme administred vnto Infants, vntil they be able to learn, that that is taught them in the Sacramentes. Which is the playne assertion of the Anabap­tistes.

I trust our Brethren bee not of this opinion, for then farewell all our brotherhoode, if they goe about vnder colours of Ecclesiasticall gouern­ment, to shove in Anabaptisme among vs. And yet (I may say to you) this hangeth shrewdlie together, conferred with that we heard before, Page 9. about the Ciuill Magistrate and Christian princes. Where they sayde, the Churche of God was perfect in all her regiment, before there was any Christian Prince: yea, the Church of God may stande, and doth stande at this day, in moste blessed Estate, where the Ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers. These were perillous speeches, and the very speeches of the Anabaptistes against Christian Magistrates. And agayne, Pag. 36. our brethren contending for preachers, vsed these wordes: If there bee no way of saluation but by fayth: and none can beleeue but suche as heere the worde of God preached: Which are agayne the very asserti­tions of the Anabaptistes. These spee­ches sauour to strongly of the Ana­baptistes argument [...].

I speake not this as accusing our Brethren, nor yet, will I excuse their compiler of this Learned Discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment, whosoeuer hee were, or were it (as it pretendes) the desires of them all. Be­cause, if they bee not of the Anabaptistes opinion, yet these spéeches sa­uour to stronglye of them.

Howbeit, I had rather ascribe them, onely vnto such inconsiderate ear­nestnesse, as (to defende their positions,) care not from whome soeuer they borrowe any thing, that may serue their turne: than, that I thinke they holde, or will mayntaine (when they shall better aduise them) these grosse and daungerous errours besides this danger, that these propositions of our brethren, (Baptism ought to be administred of none but a Prea­cher, & that this office pertayns to none els, & that there must bée a preach­ing at the ministration of it, & other like spéeches, By these positiōs our baptizme & our breth­rens is called in question.) may cause such a scru­ple to arise, as might call in question (euen as the Anabaptistes doe) whe­ther the moste and best parte in the Realme, yea, and perhaps the moste and best of our Brethren their-selues, be as yet truely baptized, yea, or no. But I trust our Brethren will not, nor dare say so, that it is no true Baptisme, if it bee not a [...]ministred by a Preacher that preacheth at the action of the Baptism. Neither do our brethrē so say directly, but only, y t the [Page 548] administration of the Sacramentes ought to be committed, but to suche as are preachers of the worde, that are able to teach them that they bap­tise. Thechildren are not to be debarred for the ministers in ability of preaching. Albeit, that to be able is one thing, and to be driuen necessarilye to doe the action that they are able to doe, is another, yet (as I sayde before) we must take heede of these speeches, sithe, they bee not able, nor all the worlde is able ( respecting the time of that action) to teache them that are not yet able to learne. Neither must they be put backe, for this inhability. Because they haue another and better Charter for them, than al the mini­sters ability of teaching, although that were able and capable of learning.

But if they meane not so, (as I charitably woulde conster their words, to any gentler sense, to saue them from this suspition:) then this ability to teache, in respect of the infantes that are baptised, is not necessarye in the baptiser, in that manner of teaching, that is to say, publique preaching, to bee at that instant put in practise. Except onely in respect of the congrega­tion which as they are already taught & grounded in that matter, so thogh it be conuenient, that at the action of baptising any infant, the Doctrine of that action, and the exhortations thereunto partaining, should be set forth: so is it not necessary, especiallye hauing so plaine godly and learned a form thereof prescribed, and vsed accordingly, and homelyes also (as further occasion may serue) prouided, and the people already not ignorant of the a­ction: that it shoulde be alwayes administred by a Preacher, which both shoulde be able, and after his ability shoulde preache a sermon, on that matter at the action dooing: or else, the children are not baptised as they ought to be, or the people not sufficiently enstructed.

The mini­stration of the supper may be tru­ly admini­stred though not by a preacher. Nowe, as we see this, both for our, and for the primitiue vse, of the ad­ministration of baptisme, which I hope may suffice those that are not con­tentious: so, to come to that our Brethren adioyne hereto, of the other sa­crament of the Lordes supper. Which indeede requireth an earnest & graue admonition and exhortation, besides a playne and cleare declarati­on, of the holy mysteries in this sacrament, to bee ioyned with the admi­nistration of it, for the instruction and edification of the receiuers and par­ticipants of the same: which thing, that in euery place where and whenso­euer, it might be done: and that without any sophistication of false doctrine or any suche clogge: or va [...]iety of ceremonies, as might bréede disturbance or offence: and that thereby the Lords death might be frutefully shewed foorth vntill his comming: there is alreadye (as our brethren knowe, & are not able to sinde fault fault with any thing therein) a godly and lear­ned forme of administring the communion prescribed and established. besides Godly and learned Homilies in that behalfe prouided, to bee pub­likely and reuerently reade, in eueryeneuer so simple and rurall a Con­gregation, to expound the matter andedify the people when ther is no other preaching, at the receiuing of the sacrament. And yet we wish (as [Page 549] well as our brethren doe) if it were Gods will, The Lordes Supper. that euery place were so furnished, that so often as this Sacrament is administred, there were a Sermon preached before the receiuing of it: but that there ought of ne­nessitye, suche a Preacher to the bee onelie Minister of this Sacrament, and then and there to Preac [...] thereon, or else it is not at all, or not rightly administred: that is the point wée stand vpon.

Our Brethren doe first vrge the instiution, and alleage out of Luke, 22.19. our sauiour Christes owne words.

Also instituting his holy Supper, hee sayde: Doe this in remembraunce of mee. Héere is indéede the verye Institution of Christe, The obser­uation of Christes In­stitution. and a streight commaundement, Doe this, to witte, that that hee there did. And al­so this commaundement stretcheth to the principall ende of the dooing. Doe this in remembraunce of mee. So that, if this which Christe heere did institute, be not done, or be not done in remembrance of him: it is a manifest breache of Christes commandement. But can not this bée done that Christe did, & commanded to be done, and be also done in his re­membraunce: but that the Minister which is the Doer, must néedes preache a sermon at the dooing of it? yea, if we shoulde goe thus exactly to worke, can our Brethren prooue that Christe himselfe the cheefe of all Preachers, and instructer of this holy Sacrament, either at the dooing of the action, or immediatly before the doing of it, preached vnto the parti­cipants any sermon concerning this matter? Whether Christ him­self preached a sermon at the very time of the first institu­tion of the sacrament. It appeareth rather the contrary, both by the conference of the Textes, and by the best, (if not all the) Commentaries that we read, that hee made no Sermon thereon, at or presently before the Instituting and celebrating of it.

As for that large and moste heauenly sermon, which is conteined in the 13.14.15.16. and 17. Chapters of the Gospell by Saint Iohn, and the other spéeches mentioned in the other Euangelistes, it is euident ynough in the Text that they were spoken after this mysticall Supper, and after the grace or Hymme was sayde. Although some thinke otherwise of that, which Iohn noteth in the former part of the 13 Chapter: howe after the Paschall supper was done, (and that also was done without any prea­ching, albeit not without a shewing foorth, what that Paschall Lambe did signify,) that then Christe arose and washed his Disciples feete. The celebra­ting of the paschall lāb [...] had no prea­ching thogh teaching at it. Which done, and sitting downe agayne, hée beganne to shewe them the meaning of his dooing. Nothing pertayning to the Mystery of this Sa­crament, as we haue séene already, by our Brethr. collection on the same. Pag. 28. Christe nowe on this washing, taking occasion to mention who among them was vncleane: entreth into the deciphering of Iudas trea­son, which was not yet any part of his newe Sacramentall Supper that hee instituted. For hee gaue not that Breade, neyther at that time, nor in such order, nor to such ende, nor by such Soppes, as the Papistes vsed at [Page 550] their masse, masking at liker to a Iudasses sop, fit for such as may wel therin be called treachers, that woulde presume to sacrifice Christe againe. Whereas Christe in his mysticall supper, The sop gi­uento Iudas was not the sacramental bread. gaue the breade by it self, and the Wine by it selfe. So that this might wel be, that Iudas hauing his sop and possessed with the deuill, departing immediately, was gone before this holy supper began, as also it may appear by Mathew and Marke, that this shold be done before he instituted this sacrament. Howbeit, Luke placeth it otherwise, which if (as he sayth) it were done after: then, is it yet more euident he had no sermon at all, before he instituted this sacrament.

But, be all this before, (as I haue said) yet is heere nothing appertay­ning to the exposition, exhortation or participation of this mystery. So then, if our brethren will so precisely vrge the wordes of Christe, doe this in remembrance of me: We may safely gather, that if the same thing be done that Christe did, that is to say, in suche an holy and reuerend man­ner as Christes example and the holines of these mysteries teach vs, those that bee his lawfull ministers of his worde and sacraments, doe before theassembly of the faithfull people take the breade, and when they haue giuen thankes, breake it, and giue it vnto the faithfull, disposed to receiue it: saying, take and ea [...]e: this is the body of our Lord Iesus Christ, which was giuen for you, do this in remembrance of him: or other such words to this effect, as we vse in the administration of the Lords supper: saying, the body of our Lord Iesus Christe which was giuen for thee, preserue thy body and soule into euerlasting life: and take and eate this in re­membrance that Christe died for thee, and feede on him in thy hearte by faith with thankesgiuing: And likewise doe and say, in the like man­ner (as Christ did, and sayde) with the Cup: to the which also accorde the words in our Communion booke: and do all this to the ende and purpose that Christe ordeyned the same: The true administra­tion of the Lordes sup­per. shall wee dare to say, that if moreouer a sermon be not preached hereupon, that nowe this sacrament is not admi­nistred as it ought to be? haue we not that which both Christe did, and that he did bid vs doe, and in his remembrance also, as he did bid vs?

No (say our Brethren) for this remembrance, Saint Paule declareth, that it ought to be celebrated by preaching of the Lords death. yea? doth he so? and where hath he these wordes? so often (saith he) as you shall eat of this breade, and drinke this Cup, you shall shewe foorth the Lordes death vntill he come. And is here this worde, preaching of the Lordes death? If it be: how chance our Brethren, in citing the very wordes of the Text it selfe, dare not so traslate it? No, they did better than so, kéeping in the text, the proper signification of the word [...] ▪ you shal shew forth, or ye do shew forth, or, shewe yee forth the Lordes death &c. True it is, there is a more excellency comprised in this compound, [...], than if he had symply sayde, [...], shewe yee: and therefore our Brethen doe well [Page 551] translate it, you shall shewe foorth. And in a sort, this may be called prea­ching. And Musculus note theron is very good, wherin also hee vseth this note preaching, in an improper sense, saying: Musculus. in 1. Cor. 11. Neither must this bee o­uerpassed that hee simply sayth not [...], that is, you doe declare, but [...], that is, you doe cheefely or moste of all declare. For [...] in this composition, hath a force of a signification to be bent thereto. The A­postle deliuered vnto them, not any light memory of the Lordes death, in three our foure wordes by the way and sleightly: but in greate earnest, and publique shewing foorth, to be perfourmed and to bee preached out, as of a benefite incomparable & to be astonished at.

So that here is a kind of preaching in an inproper vnderstanding com­prehended, as Caluine also calleth it, saying. Nowe Paule adioyneth, what manner of memory should be celebrated: to wit, with giuing of thankes. Caluine in 1. Cor. 11. Not that the whole memory consisteth, in the confession of the mouth. For this is the cheefest thing, that the vertue of the death of Christe, shoulde be sealed vp in our consciences. Howbeit, this knowledge ought to kindle vs vnto the confession of prayse: that we should preach before men, that which wee thinke within before God. The supper therefore is, (that I may so speake) a certaine memoriall, which ought perpetually to endure in the Church, vntill the last comming of Christe: instituted vnto this end, that Christe might admonish vs of the benefit of his death, and that we might recognize the same before men. Whereupon also it hath the name of the Euchariste. Therefore, Howe we should preach Christe at the Com­munion. that thou mayest orderly ce­lebrate the supper, thou shalt remember, that of thee is required the profession of thy faith. Heereupon it appeareth, howe impudently they mocke God, that boaste they haue in their masse any kinde of Supper. For what is the Masse (for I speak not of the papists, but of the Pseudo-Nichodemites,) he meaneth those that openly come to Masse for feare of persecution, and thinke it is inough that they secretelye come also to the Communion and to the gospell, as Nichodemus came to Christ by night for fear of the Iewes) that it is stuffed with detestable superstitions: they faine by the externall gesture, that they allowe them. What kinde a prea­ching of the death of Christe is this? Doe they not rather forsweare the same? So that, this preaching which héere Caluine speaketh of, is not that which is proper to a preacher, and whereof Christ saide before to his Dis­ciples (as our Brethren therein vsed the worde rightly,) Marke 16.15. [...], Go ye forth into the whole world, & preach the Gospell. But it is such an improper kind of peaching, as belongeth in generall to all men.

And therefore it is far better, simply to vse Pauls word, who saith not, nei­ther was it his meaning, yee shall preach the Lordes death: but yee shall s [...]ewe forth the Lordes death, till his comming. Who are these that hee sayth should shewe it foorthe? Doth hée speake héere vnto Preachers? or not rather to [Page 552] all the Corinthians men and Women, that shoulde bée communicante [...] of these Mysteries. So often as you, who are these you? You that shall eate of this Breade, and drinke of this Cuppe. And what shall these doe? You shall shewe foorth the Lordes death vntill his comming. If now, hée meant Preaching by this shewing forth: then must all the people men and Women bee Preachers, that bée no Ministers of the Worde and Sacramentes. So that héereby wée may moste playnely sée, howe our Brethren, to thrust in a necessity of preaching, to bée alwayes had at the administration of this Sacrament, spare not to wrest and abuse saynt Paules wordes to a necessary importing of that, which by no direct sense, they can bée drawne vnto. Bullinger bréefely, and as it were in a worde, telleth vs in his marginall note thereon, what this shewing forth mea­neth: Bullingerus in 1. Cor. 11. Annunciare mortem Domini, est laudare & gratias agere domino. To shewe foorth the Lordes death, is to prayse and giue thankes vnto the Lord. Whereupon it is called, Eucharistia a Thankesgiuing.

Musculus ( mée thinketh) very well Parapharastically settes out, the full meaning of these wordes. This Institution of the Lordes Supper be­ing receyued of the Lorde him-selfe▪ haue I deliuered vnto you. Where­upon yee may perceyue, Musculus in 1. Cor. 11. that yee eate not a Supper priuate of euery one of you, but a common and a mysticall Supper, instituted vnto the me­mory of our common redeemer, and this can yee not bee ignorant of. For, so often as yee eate this breade, and drinke of this Cuppe, you bee­ing thus of mee trayned vp, doe shewe foorth and preache the death of the Lorde, whereof yee are partakers, not some onelie seperately, but all in common. Whereupon yee mought inough haue beene admonished, with what faith and with what concorde communicating, yee ought to eate this Supper in the memory of his death. This I take to bee the right sense: although the vulga [...]e translation haue these wordes in the future tence, after this manner. For so often as ye shal eate this Breade, and shal drinke of this cuppe, ye shall shew foorth the Lords death, vntil he come. Eras­mus translateth it euen as wee read and doe expound it. There are that reade the worde [...] in the Imparatiue moode, Doe yee shew forth. But this little word, [...] that is, for, being causall (or importing a cause) fa­uoureth not that sense. They, doe iudge that the Apostle in these wordes expounded, (and withall commaunded,) howe the Corinthians ought to celebrate the remembraunce of the Lorde, that is to witte, so, that as often as they shoulde eate this Breade and drinke of this Cuppe, they shoulde shewe foorth his death. As though he desired also this thing to haue bin in them, because that in this mysticall & memorial supper, they did not set foorth the Lordes death. Euen as wee see the sacrificers to celebrate their Masses, that they make altogether no shewing of the Lordes death. For those thinges that separately (or by themselues) they [Page 553] say; cannot be accounted for this shewing foorth. For they say thē both being tourned away from the people, and in a tongue vnknowen to the Church, and vnder such a silence, that they can not be perceaued, no not of those that knowe the latine tongue.

This is a manifest breach of Christes institution, and of the Apostles interpretatiō. If the Lords supper were so administred in any place with vs: we did not kéepe Christes institution, nor did it in his remembrance, The right & godly man­ner of our administra­tion of the sacrament. nor shewed foorth his death, as these Corinthians and these Papistes did not. But with vs (God be praysed for it) it is neuer administred by anie so simple a minister, but though he be not able himself to preach, nor there be any other preacher present: yet the verie forme which the Cōmunion booke prescribeth vnto him, is so plainly and pithily set downe, to expresse all the institution, the vse, the fruites, and the endes thereof; with the dutie of the worthy receauers, with the danger to the vnworthie; so dread­fully terrifying these, and so comfortably animating the other; and in all pointes so liuely shewing foorth the death and passion of our Sauiour Ie­sus Christ: that no man can iustly say, but that as Christ biddeth, Do this in remembrance of me, we doe the same thing in remembrance of him: and as S. Paule expoundeth this remembrance, to be the shewing forth of the Lordes death, so the Lordes death is shewed foorth, both by the action of the minister, and with all by the action of the faithfull people. And so well shewed foorth, that if the onely forme of our Communion booke be of the minister duly obserued, and of the participantes religiously considered: they shall (no doubt) though there be no other sermon preached, both tru­ly and worthily participate the holy communicating of the Lordes body and his bloud. Our homi­lies and ex­hortations at the ministra­tion of the L. supper. And yet commonly at the receauing of these blessed myste­ries, if there be no sermon preached: there are other both godly and lear­ned homilies appointed to be reade, which are sermons also, and serue e­specially for that purpose, if the people be negligent in communicating, or criminous in life, or vnskilful in the vnderstanding of the necessary points belonging to these mysteries: to encourage, to perswade, and to enstructe them. Neither yet haue we these, as so content herewith, but that wee thinke it also very expedient (if it may be had) that at this action, (beside the forme prescribed) a godly learned preacher were also the shewer foorth of the Lordes death, and of the other mysteries conteyned in this sacrament. But this so strict necessitie of our Brethren, we sée is euident­ly here confuted, and namely that they say: by these testimonies it is eui­dent, that the administration of the sacramentes, What our Breth. mean by ability to teach and to preach. ought to be commit­ted to none, but vnto such as are preachers of the worde, that are able to teach them that they baptize, that are able to preach the mysteries of Christes death to them, to whome they doe deliuer the outwarde signe thereof.

[Page 554] But by the way, what meane they by these words, able to teach, spea­king of Baptisme: and able to preach, speaking of the Lorde supper? Is the former habilitie to teach, an habilitie of the Doctors? Who (they say) cannot exhort, nor apply, &c. which are especiall pointes requisite in a preacher. If it be: then, here is ministring of the sacrament without preaching. Except they will say, the Doctors can not minister the sa­cramentes. But then againe must they reuoke these wordes on the other side of the leafe, pag. 59. It is euident, that whom God hath instituted to be minister of the worde, him also hee hath made to be minister of the sacramentes. These euidencies agrée not well together. Especially this other for the preacher, expounding this shewing foorth the Lordes death, for preaching. For by this construction of our Brethren, (as we haue al­readie séene) all the people should be Preachers. Where before they saide, and that more truely, pag. 58. no man may take vpon him any office in the Church, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron. Hebr. 3.4. If they say, they meane not here preaching in his proper sense, and as it is a function peculiar to the minister of the worde and sacramentes: why then doe they bring it in? Or for what preaching all this while doe they pleade, and alleage these testimonies? For such as all the people may doe, and must doe as well as they? But because in all these spéeches, they driue it still to this, that he should be able: what meane they hereby? One that can preach, The prea­ching of a sermon no necessary part of the sacrament. if néede so require, but neuerthelesse he alwayes doth not? For it followeth not, à posse ad esse. If they meane so: then may the sacrament be administred, as with a Sermon; so without a Sermon. Neither is the preaching a sermon, any part of the sacramentes substance, nor any acci­dent thereunto of mere necessitie, though of the more conueniencie: but the remembrance & shewing foorth the Lords death, is one of the chiefest, and the most substantiall parte of this sacrament: therefore the remem­brance and shewing foorth of the Lordes death, and the preaching of a sermon, are not all one. Yea, to come to the abuses that Saint Paule reprehendeth in the Corinthians, The abuses of the Lords supper, that S. Paule re­proued in the Corinth. to whom he wrote these wordes, by our Brethren cited. For, as we haue heard out of Musculus, that in these wordes he spake, as though hee desired these thinges in them, because they did not shewe forth the Lordes death, in this mysticall and memo­riall supper.

Nowe, although it followe not: they had no preaching ( vnderstanding preaching in his proper sense) at the administration of the Lordes sup­per, therefore they had no remembrance or shewing forth of the Lordes death: because, non sequitur à specie ad genus negatiuè: yet this followeth necessarily, à genere ad species: they had no remembrance nor shewing foorth of the Lordes death, at the administration of the Lordes sup­per: therefore they had no preaching thereat. And yet, had they prea­ching [Page 555] often at other comminges together, whereof Saint Paule treateth afterwarde, chap. 12. and 14. But Saint Paule reproouing their abuses, and héere reckoning them vppe particulerly, that they had dissensions, and were not in charitie when thy came together, to this action: ver. 18. that they tooke their own suppers before: ver. 21. that one came hungry, another came dronken: ver. 21. that they shewed not forth the Lordes death: ver. 26. that they examined not themselues: ver. 28. that they dis­cerned not the Lordes body: ver. 29. that vpon the examination of them­selues, they iudged not themselues: ver. 31. that they tarried not one for another: ver. 33. to conclude, and that which summarily he put first of al, ver. 20. that when they came together into one place, they made such a super of it, as whereof the Apostle sayth, this is not to ea [...]e the Lords sup­per: S. Paule now reckoning vp all these faultes among them, at the admi­nistration of th [...]s sacrament: and this being (as our Breth. say) so neces­sarie a matter: is there any probabilitie, but that hee also particularly would haue reproued them for this, that they had no sermon preached a­mong them at this action? Which in all these corruptions had béene very néedefull, and might haue refrayned them from these abuses, if their prea­chers had not also béene corrupted, as it likely that they were, which suf­fered among them such foule abuses. No probabi­lity that S. paul thought preaching at the commu­nion, to be so absolutely necessary as our Breth. vrge it. But if preaching had béene so ne­cessarie at that instant, no doubt he would haue touched the neglect of that also, especially mentioning the shewing foorth of the Lordes death, to be principally required at their eating and drinking in the Lordes supper. But the faultes of their preachers, and of their preaching, hee mentio­neth still in other places, and not in this treatise of the Sacrament, nor in anie place burdens them herewith: and therefore it is not like, that he thought preaching to be alwayes so necessarie at the celebration of these mysteries.

But not to looke on their abuses, but on the order and vse of the Apo­stles thēselues, and of all the faithfull at Ierusalem, & that euen presently after they had receaued the holy Ghost, Act. 2.42. And they continued (sayth Luke) in the Apostles doctrine, and communion (or fellowship) and brea­king of bread, and prayer: of which breaking of bread, The vse and practise of the Apostles in the com­munion. Act. 2.42. sayth the Geneua note, which was the ministration of the Lordes supper. Caluine gi­uing a reason heereof sayeth: Why I had rather that the breaking of bread in this place, should bee interpreted for the Lordes supper: this is the reason. Because, Luke mentioneth those thinges, The Geneua note. wherein tho publike state of the Churche is conteyned. Yea rather, hee expresseth here foure notes, Caluinus in Act. 2. whereby the true and naturall face of the Churche may be iudged. Doe wee therefore seeke the face of the Churche of Christ? The image therof is here liuely pictured vnto vs. And indeed he beginneth with doctrine, which is as it were the soule of the Churche.

[Page 556]Neither nameth he euery doctrine, but the Apostles doctrine, that is, that which the sonne of God deliuered by their handes. Wheresoeuer therefore, 1. doctrine. the pure voice of the Gospell soundeth throughly, where mē abide in the profession of thereof, where they exercise themselues in the ordinary hearing of it: there vndoubtedly is the Churche. Now as do­ctrine is the first note: 2. the com­munion or brotherly loue. so the text placeth their communion (or felowship) next in order. Which (sayth the Geneua note) standeth in brotherly loue and liberalitie. In communicating this member ( sayth Caluine) and the last ( meaning prayer) flowe from the first, as fruites or effectes. For do­ctrine is the bonde of brotherly communicating, 3. the sacra­ment. and also openeth vn­to vs a gate to God, 4. prayer. that he may of vs be called vpon. But the supper ap­procheth to the doctrine, in steede of confirmation. Wherefore Luke reckoneth not vp foure, rashly; when as hee will describe vnto vs a state of the Church orderly instituted. And it behooueth vs to put our ende­uour vnto this order, if we desire to be truely accounted the Church be­fore God & his Angels, not to boast only before men of a voyde name thereof.

Now if we must not onely kéepe these foure, but also haue so great a consideration to the order of thē, insomuch that Marlorate addeth to these wordes of Caluine: Marloratus in Act. 2. For the Iustitiaries of workes doe inuert this order, and gather thus of the later: good workes are to bee doone, and then righteousnesse will followe, O blindenesse worthy of great iudgement. For how can workes be good without faith gooing before? Without which, whatsoeuer is done, is sinne. Rom. 14. d. 23. If then such a straight respect is to be had, of the orderly placing these foure notes: and this cō ­municating of fellowship consisting in almes, brotherly loue, and workes of mercie, come betwéene the hearing and beléeuing of the doctrine, and the breaking of the bread, that is, the communicating of the Lords sup­per: it argueth, that although preaching the doctrine haue gone before: yet the sacramentes are not so immediately ioyned, especially to the prea­ching of the doctrine, but that other godly exercises might goe betwéene them. Not that any of these notes was altogether destitute of any of the other: the supper of the Lorde had euermore doctrine ioyned with it, but not alwayes preaching of the doctrin. And so it had both vnion in fellow­ship, and prayers: but yet, might all these bee also publikely exercised, though at that instant of the doing of them, the supper of the Lorde were not administred.

Now this being the manner in the Apostles dayes, that although they had many times sermons at the administration of the supper: Act. 20. [...] c▪ 7. & 11. as Act. 20. ver. 7. & 11. at that solemne confluence, where S. Paule preached vntill midnight: and yet (as these were seuerall actions) sée, howe euen by the prouidence of God, (albeit, no doubt, to confirme the doctrine preached, [Page 557] and to be a warning to the negligent hearers) when they had minded pre­sently vpō the sermon, to haue procéeded to the supper of the Lord: The primi­tiue church what an occasion senered the coniunction of these two actions, by the younge mans fall out of a windowe, from the thirde lofte, that was taken vp dead. Whereupon Paule being the Preacher, descended downe, & laide himselfe vpon him, & embraced him saying: trouble not your selues, for his life is in him. So when Paul was come vp againe, and had brokē bread and eaten; he communed a long while till the dawning of the day, and so departed. Now as they had these sermons sometimes preached at the celebrating of the Lordes supper, ( howbeit heere this interruption deui­ded these actions some space of time, and yet this is that onely place that bringeth them néerest together) so if they had not a sermon preached ther­at, notwithstanding they no more discontinued the administration of this Sacrament, than they did the publike exercises of their prayers, or than they did absteyne from baptizing, as wee haue alreadie at large proo­ued.

And euen so, that this custome did thus continue in y e primitiue Church: The practise of the primitiue Church. not onely their [...], that is, their loue feastes, which they made at this supper, doe declare: whereof diuerse authors, especially Tertullian and Iu­stinus Martyr doe make mention: but also the whole order thereof is by Iustinus fully described, both of this sacrament administred with a Ser­mon, Iustinus Martyr in defens. pro Christ. ad Antoninum Pium. and without it. In the Apologie that he made for the Christians, vn­to the Emperour Antoninus Pius, he hath these wordes: wee bring him that is thus washed ( meaning baptized) and instructed, vnto those whom we call Brethren, where the assemblyes are made, that we might praye as well for our selues, as for those that are newly illumined. That they may be founde by true doctrine and good workes, to be worthie obser­uers and keepers of the commaundementes, and that wee m [...]y obtaine eternall saluation. After the prayer we salute one another with a mutu­all kisse. After which, the bread, & the cup alayed with water is brought vnto the chiefest brother, as Gelenius translates it, but in Iustine him­selfe [...] And here is our [...] ouer those Bre­thren, which brethren are not onely the faithfull people, but also the mi­nisters as is before by Beza confessed. Which being of him receiued hee offreth vp prayse and thankes giuing vnto the father of all, by the name of the sonne and of the holy Ghost, and so for a certaine while he doeth celebrate the Euchariste. After the prayers and the Euchariste, all the whole assemblie singeth together, Amen. And the worde in the Hebrue tongue signifieth the same that doth, Sobeit, (or l [...]t it be done). The thankes giuing of the Prelate, and the well wishing of all the people, be­ing accomplished: those whom we call the Deacons giue a parte of the bread and of the cuppe alayed, vnto euery one of them that are present, [Page 558] ouer whome the thankes giuing was made, Iustinus Martyr. and they suffer them also to carrie it to those that were absent. And this foode is among vs called the Eucharist: to the which none is admitted, but he that beleeueth the doctrine to be true, being washed with the washing for the remission of sinnes, and liuing according as Christ hath taught. For we receaue not these thinges as a common bread and a common cuppe: but euen as by the worde of God being made fleshe, Iesus Christ our Sauiour had flesh and bloud for our saluation: so also by the woorde of prayer and the thanks giuing we haue learned, the food (being of him sanctified, which being changed, nourisheth our flesh and) bloud to be the flesh & bloud of the same Iesus Christ that was incarnate. For the Apostles in their writinges that are called the Gospels, haue deliuered foorth, that Iesus thus commaunded them: hauing taken bread, and thanks being giuen, he sayde: doe this in the memorie of me. This is my body. Likewise, ha­uing taken the cup, and hauing giuen thanks, he said: This is my bloud, and did communicate it only vnto them.

The mini­stration of the L. supper without a sermon. In these woordes wee plainely sée, all the manner of the primitiue Church, in the dayes of Iustine the Martyr, about the hundred yeare af­ter Christes ascention. Concerning the administration of the Lordes supper, without any sermon preached thereat. But it followeth euen a­non after, of the administration also of the same, with a Sermon or an Exhortation made at the participation thereof, saying: On the sunday are made assemblies, of those that are of the Citie, and of those that are of the Countrie, where the writinges of the Apostles and Prophets are read before: the reader then ceasing, he that is placed our them maketh an exhortation, The supper of the Lord ministred with a ser­mon. prouoking them to the imitation of the thinges that are honest. After this we all arise and offer vp prayers, which being finished, there is brought (as I sayde) bread, wine and water. Then he that is pla­ced ouer thē, so much as he is able, offreth vp prayers & thanksgiuings, but the people singeth Amen. Thereupon those things that are conse­crated, are distributed vnto euery one, and sent vnto the absent by the Deacons. The rich if it please them, contribute euery one according to his will. The collections are layde vp with him that is placed ouer them: he succoureth the fatherlesse and widdowes, and those that want by rea­son of sickenesse or other necessitie, those also that are prisoners and tra­uelling strangers, and in summe, he is made the prouider of all the nee­die. But these assemblies we make vpon the sunday, &c.

Thus doe we sée at large the order of the primitiue Churche, for the celebration of the Lordes supper, both with-out, and also with a Ser­mon or an Exhortation at the same. If our Brethren reiect their orders, because of some additions that they vsed, or that the wordes of Iustine might sée me suspitious, to sauour of the Popish errour of transubstan­tiation: [Page 559] not onely the Magdeburgenses doe cleare the wordes of Iustine from that errour: but Iustine cleareth him selfe, both from that, and from the errour of consubstantiation or carnall presence in the Sacrament. Iustines words maintaine neither transubstan­tiation nor consubstan­tiation. For the former, say the Magdeburgenses, ( who not withstanding main­tayne the latter:) The deuise of transubstantiation was also vnknowen vnto the Church of this age. For although Iustine saye: VVhich being changed nourisheth our flesh, and bloud: notwithstanding he onely looketh vnto, and driueth it to that that hee may discerne (or seuer) this bread and this cuppe, vnto the which commeth this worde of Christe, from other vsuall meates and drinkes, with which our bodies are nourished. And as for consubstantiation, this his sentence maketh lesse: referring al the consecration, to the spirituall and thankefull remēbrance of the death of Christ, as he also doth, disputing with Tripho the Iew, saying: Iustinus in dialogo cum Triphone Iu­deo impress. paris. 1565. fol. 42. this also ye know, that the solemne oblation of the two goates in the time of the fast, was not suffered to be done otherwhere thē at Ierusalem. As neither the oblation of the meale (or floure) which was wont after the custome to be offered, for thē that were clensed from the leprosie, signifying figu­ratiuely the bread of the Eucharist: which for the memory of his passion cleansing the soules of men from all sinne, our L. Iesus Christ hath deli­uered to thē that come after: to the intent that in the meane time, wee should giue thanks vnto God, both for the world created for man, with other thinges that are conteyned therein, and also for the redemption wherewith he deliuered vs from sins, the principalities and powers be­ing vniuersally vanquished, according to the diuine counsell.

Thus doth Iustine acquit himselfe sufficiently of those errors. As for the water mingled with the wine, The occasiō of mingling water with the wine in the sacram. and the sending these sacramentall signes vnto the absent, whereof afterward came great corruption and su­perstitions: we say (as Aretius doth) thereon. Concerning the reason of the mingling wine and water, it seemeth vnto me probable, because that making the supper of the Lord in a common banquet, they also dranke more largely, not sipping, as at this day it is the manner. And therefore, Aretius in probl. [...]om. 2. tit. de fract, panis. that the wine by it selfe being strong, should the lesse hinder them; wa­ter was put vnto it. Which we see also at this day to be done in com­mon banquetes, that the noble wines are mingled. The place 1. Cor. 11. makes mee thus to thinke; where manifestly hee teacheth, that the abuse of the Lordes house beganne euen then to take holde, insomuch that manie were drunke in that loue feast. Thus sayeth Aretius for the originall of the water mingled with the wine. And as for the sending to the absent, hee sayeth: Fourthly, a portion of the supper was also sent to them that were absent, the which was doone without super­stition, a token of friendshippe, and of vnion in doctrine and in their whole profession, euen as wee haue rehearsed before out of Eusebius, [Page 560] that it was done at Rome, The Helue­tian order. neither is here any mention made of any me­rite, or of any passeport exhibited to those that were about to die.

To conclude (sayth Aretius on this practise of the primitiue Churche next after the Apostles) hereunto came mutuall exhortations, to cōcord and constancie in faith and profession, that this might be a certain sti­pulation and obligation, Aretius de­scription of ministring the Lordes supper in the reformed Churches of Heluetia. that they should be constant in Christianitie, whatsoeuer fortune at the length should happē vnto them. These things in our action may almost all of them be declared. First in the publike assembly, which is a shewe of a publike banquet. Then the like oblation is of vs obserued, the wordes of the institution are recited, and to God the father is pronounced prayse and glorie. The mingling of wine and water, we haue not: for it is no part of the institution, neyther haue our wines neede of mingling, as the orientall wines haue, neyther doe wee drinke freely, as then they did. All that are present if they list doe com­municate, and both the kindes are deliuered vnto all. It is not sent vnto those that are absent, because superstition hath corrupted that custome: they sent it then to those that were whole, & vnto strangers, that came not into the assembly: at this day onely to those that are readie to dye, and that for a certaine lucre and aduantage; yea, adde this vnto it, with a vaine persuasion of a kinde of necessarie passeport. A collection is made for the poore, and euery one giueth as much as hee will, saue that our folkes will giue too too little. The action is not mute (or dombe) but the hystory of the passion is recited. Priuate voices (or the speeches of priuate persons) come not hereunto, Kneeling at the commu­nion not of­fensiue. for because of moderate or com­ly order. They approch ( he speketh of the order in his countrie at Bernes) and it is receaued of them standing, for the Paschall Lambe was eaten of them that stoode: howbeit neither makes it any matter, whether the communicantes stande or sitte. ( nor yet if they knéele, as is the order of our Church.) This briefly ( sayeth Aretius) is our action not vnlike Iu­stines.

By which description of Iustine and conference of ours, and of the Hel­uetians order of administring the supper of the Lorde; we most plainely perceaue our Brethrens no small errour in this, that not content with all these thinges in the supper of the Lorde, if a Preacher make not a sermō also at the ministration of the same: The learned disc. pag. 60. & 61. they not onely count it not sufficient­ly done, but they frustrate and euacuate all the action. Hereupon our Bre­thren make this conclusion saying:

Howe intollerable an abuse then is it of the sacramentes of the Lord, to committe the administration of them to those men, that are not able to expounde the mysterie of them.

Bridges. This conclusion standes all on that worde able, which wee haue suffi­ciently (I hope) aunswered before, saue that here in this conclusion, it is [Page 561] more ambigiously referred to expounding, than in the premisses. Abilitie of expoun­ding. For by the abilitie to expounde the mysterie of the sacramentes, may be ment, eyther the preaching ( which notwithstanding is to be wished, that eue­rie Minister were able so to expounde the mysterie of them, Abilitie to expoūd the mysterys of the sacram. if it plea­sed God so to graunt it although alwayes they so did not:) or else, their a­bilitie of discrete setting foorth those expositions of these sacraments, that are prescribed in the publike forme of their ministration: or other god­ly expositions of other learned mē, authorized to be read at y e same times, the ministers themselues being, though not able with any commendable gift of publike eloquence, to treate at large vpon them, and so expounde the mysterie of them: yet able well inough to shewe vnto the people, or to any that aske them, plainely and briefely the summe and principall con­tent of the mystery of them. In which sorte (I trust) the simplest mini­ster of them all, is able to expounde the mysterie of them: or else no Bi­shop or ordinarie would permitte him, to serue any neuer so small a cure, Vnable mi­nisters not allowed. or any other would allowe him any stipende at all thereunto, if he be con­ [...]icted of such inhabilitie. So that this intollerable abuse, eyther is not in vse at all, or at least, in any Minister not allowed, by any lawe or consti­tution nowe in force, but that such vnable Ministers may be remooued, and other more able placed, although they cannot expound the mystery of the same by publike preaching. But nowe let our Brethren procéede to their further arguments and proues on this matter.

And seeing the elements of the world, The learned disc. pag. 61. of which the outward part of the sacraments is taken, be dead & beggerly of themselues, except they be animated and enriched with the promise and word of God, which is the life of the sacramēts: what can it be better then sacrilege, to separate the ministration of preaching of the word from the sacraments?

If the elements of the world, Bridges. be separated frō the promise & word of God, & opposed against it: these termes, dead & beggerly, might better sitte thē. And so S. Paul called the ceremonies & sacraments of the old law, How the e­lements are dead & beg­gerly. elemēts of the world, & not after Christ, Coll. 2.8. and so Caluine expoūds those words saying: But what calleth he the elementes of the worlde? No dout but ceremonies. Caluinus in Coll. 2. For straight after in place of exāple he bringeth in one kind, to wit, Circumcision. And also Gal. 49. S. Paule calleth the ce­remonies of the Iewes, weake & beggerly elemēts. Caluinus in Gal. 4. The which he doth ( sayth Caluin) because he cōsidereth them without Christ, yea rather a­gainst Christ. For to the fathers, they were not only healthful exercises & helps of godlines, but also effectuall instrumēts of grace. But their whole force was in Christ, and in the institution of God. But the false Apostles neglecting the promises, would oppose them against Christ, as though Christ alone sufficed not. No maruell therefore if Paul repute thē trifles & things of no value. Now, if the outward signe or element in the sacra­ment, [Page 562] be thus vsed among vs, A generall preaching. that is to say, be destitute of the word, of the institution, of the promise, of the remembrance of Christ: yea, of Christ himselfe, & be opposed against Christ: then are these spéeches of worldly, dead and beggerly elements well alleaged, and truly applyed against our sacraments.

For, true it is, that Saint Augustine, tractatu in Ioh. 80. Aug. tractat. in Ioh. 80. sayth: You are now cleane for the worde that I spake vnto you. why sayth he not, Ye are cleane for the baptisme with the which yee are washed. But sayth: for the word which I haue spoken vnto you? But that also in the water, the worde cleanseth. Take away the worde, and what is water, but water? The worde commeth to the element, and it is made a sacrament; yea, as it were, euen a visible word. For verely, he sayd this also, when he washed the Disciples feete: He that is washed, The ioining of the word to the ele­mens. needeth not, saue that he wash his feete, but is cleane through­out. From whence commeth this so great a vertue to the water, that it toucheth the bodie, and washeth the heart; except, that the word doe it, not because it is spoken, but because it is beleeued? For in the worde it selfe also, the sounde passing is one thing, and the vertue remayning is another thing. This is the worde of faith the which we preach (sayth the Apo­stle) because, Rom. 10. if thou shalt confesse in thy mouth that Iesus is the Lorde, & shall beleeue in thy heart, that God raysed him vp from the dead, thou shalt be safe. For with the heart it is beleeued vnto righteousnesse, Act. 15. but with the mouth confession is made vnto saluation. Whereupon wee reade in the Actes of the Apostles; clensing their heartes by faith. And the blessed Peter in his Epistle sayeth: So hath baptisme also made you safe, [...]. Pet. 3. not the putting off the filth of the flesh, but the interrogation of a good conscience. This is the word of faith that we prech. With the which (out of doubt) baptisme is also consecrated, that it may be able for to cleanse. For Christ being the vine with vs; with the father beeing the husbandman: loued his Churche and gaue himselfe for it. Reade the Apostle, and see what he adioyneth: that he might sanctifie it, (sayth hee) clensing the same with the washing of water in the worde. This word of faith auayleth in the Church of God so much, that by the same it clenseth the beleeuer, the offerer, the blesser, the dipper, yea the in­fant, being so little a one, although he be not yet able, with the heart to beleeue to righteousnesses, and with the mouthe to confesse to salua­tion. This is doone altogether by the worde whereof the Lorde sayth: Yee are nowe cleansed for the woorde that I haue spoken vnto you.

I thought it not amisse to set downe at large the whole sentence, not onely for the notablenesse thereof, The word pre [...]ching at the face. comprehen­deth the action of all the people. touching other matters: but for feare of cauilling: least, our Brethren might say, I left out the word preached, here twise named. But that we should plainely sée, he speaketh heere of preaching it, in such sense, as although it comprehende the proper action of the preacher, yet withall we sée it stretcheth to the publike confession [Page 563] of all Christians. The worde abused. And the worde that here most especially he speaketh of that the Disciples were clensed for ( or through) the worde that Christe spake vnto them: although this sentence of Christe, Io. 15.3. be a part of that notable sermon, that he had after his sacramentall supper: yet these wordes that he maketh relation vnto, supposing they were spoken before the supper) were no preaching, nor any part of preaching, The wordes that Christ spake in that action were not prea­ching. but spoken by Christe vnto Peter, when he came to him among the residue, to wash his féete, as appeareth in the storie hereof, Ioh. 13.5. &c. Af­ter that he powred water into a basyne, and beganne to washe the Disciples feete, and to wipe them with the towell wherewith he was gyrte: then came hee to Si­mon Peter, who sayde to him, Lorde doest thou wash my feete? Iesus aunswered and sayde vnto him, what I doe, thou knowest not nowe, but thou shalt knowe it hereafter. Peter sayde vnto him, thou shalt neuer wash my feete. Iesus aun­swered him, if I wash thee not, thou shalt haue no part with me. Simon Peter sayde vnto him, Lorde not my feete onely, but also the hande and the head. Ies [...] sayde vnto him, he that is washed, needeth not saue to washe his feete, but is cleane euerie whitte. And yee are cleane, but not all. Shall we nowe saye heere, that Christ made a Sermon? Indéede, if our Brethren meane the prea­ching of the worde in this sense, that it is preaching, though onely it be thus briefely spoken by the Minister, to the ende the people may bet­ter vnderstande and beleeue the worde: in that sense I holde well, that in the Lordes supper the worde of God concerning the death of the L. should alwayes be so preached. As Oleuianus also sayth on these words, Oleuianus in Rom. 10.8. Rom. 10.8. This is the worde of faith, the which we preach.

Note a difference between the true word of God, which is preached to this end, that faith & cōuersion may be in the hart: & the magical word, which is pronounced vpon the thinges, that it might worke something In visua. on the thinges that are set (or grafted,) or else, that a power should be ascribed to the syllables. Example, the gospell of Iohn is the worde that we preach. In the beginning was the word (sayth Iohn;) he teacheth to trust in Christ the true God, he teacheth that all things are made by him. The end is, that I should beleeue, not that I should driue away tempests. The whole Masse is magicall, although they recite the Gospell, and mutter it vpon the hoast: because it is not the worde of faith, that is preached. If it be not preached, that it may be vnderstoode; or that vertue be ascri­bed to the syllables, the which resideth in God alone, so that, it is due to him alone: and this is Magicall. So, The Papists magicall a­buse of the word. they that saye when the woordes are pronounced ouer the breade, then it is the bodie: it is Magicall. Christe pronounced not the woordes ouer the breade, but preached his death at the table to his Disciples, with the wordes and with the tokens, and that they might vnderstande, to what ende those tokens were instituted. In baptisme the Papistes, vse muche Magike. [Page 564] Out of the 7. of Mark they say, The worde rightly v­sed. Ephata, that is, be opened, as Christ (said) vnto the deafe man. And by the vertue of wordes, they will include the holy Ghost into the water. Al these things are not the word of faith that we preach. Paul knoweth no other word of faith, thā preching not mur­mured. Here lighteth the absolution, Auss. an Boden, euen frō the very bothome (or frō the messengers) made vpon the head, by the vertue of the words, Act. 10. to him giue all the Prophets witnes. &c. Peter muttreth not wordes vpon the heads of euery one of thē, but preacheth of Christ the promise of the Gospell, confirmed by the testimonie of al the Prophets: and the holy Ghost fell vpon the hearers. Thus sayth Oleuian.

So that, preaching being vnderstood in this generall sense, as not only it may signifie such a solemne sermon as Peter there made, Act. 10. but also as may comprehende the words of our Sauiour Christ at the table, when he instituted his mysticall supper: If the worde want his preaching in this maner in our administration of the sacraments, then indéed our bre­thren might haue some cause to say, that we maintain the elements of the world, & dead & beggerly elemēts: yea, that although we haue the word, it were but a magicall murmuring of it. The sacramē tall signes hauing the word so vt­tered by the ministers as it may be vnderstood, are not beg­gerly ele­mentes. But becommeth it our Breth. to bestowe these spéeches vpon the outward signes of the sacraments, when they are animated and enriched with the worde of God, in such order as Christ instituted thē, and the Apostles practised thē? Is this to separate either the word, or preaching of the worde from the sacraments?

But our Breth. only vnderstande by preaching, such a further exposi­tion & exhortation vpon this matter, as the learned Minister shal at his discretion, amplifie & set foorth the same with all. And can our Breth. proue that this maner of preaching the word, is either any such substantial part of the sacraments, or any such inseparable accident therunto, that except it also be annexed, The life of the sacr. li­ [...]th not in the manner of preching the word. the life that animateth the elements, & the treasure that enricheth them, which is the promise & word of God, is separated from them? Is not in baptisme the word of God it selfe, being not magically murmured, but clearely & with vnderstanding spoken, & conceaued with vnderstāding & beleeuing of the hearer (if he haue capacitie to heare and vnderstand and beleeue, yea, though he haue not, (as infantes haue not) this life & riches of the elemēt, vnderstanding the word as it is ioyned w t the spirit, that animateth and enricheth the word, wherby the word be­cōmeth effectual, to animate & enrich the element, without ascribing ver­tue to the bare word? Is it not thē of sufficient vertue to baptize & clense the infant, whē besides the element of water, these words, In the name of the father, of the sonne, & of the holy Ghost, that Christ hath cōmāded those to vse, which are his ministers appointed therunto, besids y e promise there declared of washing away our sinnes, of newnes of life, and that we shalbe saued: which promise, where Gods spirite worketh by his worde, [Page 565] is annexed to the element, Our forms of sacram. is not all this sufficient and effectuall to baptise an infant, except a sermon also heereof be made at his baptisme? Nay, though he that were to be baptized were of ripe yeares, to heare, Baptisme may be mi­nistred with out a sermō. vnder­stand, and beleeue all these thinges, yet sithe that he is not to be on a sud­daine baptized, before he be catechized in a sufficient vnderstanding and beleeuing, both of all the mysteries of that sacrament, and of all the ne­cessary articles of our Christian faith: shall wee say that euen then when such a one should come to be baptized, hee must haue also a sermon made vnto him, at the celebrating of this sacrament, or else the element of wa­ter is but a worldly, a dead, a beggerly element, and the word neuer so plainely pronounced, is but a magicall murmuring?

And what if there be yet besides al this, a godly and learned forme al­so, most plainely expressing all the pointes conteyned in that mysterie, and that all the couenant betwixt God and vs, be so fully expressed, that the best preacher in the worlde cannot in effect say more, and all this so clere­set out, that all of vnderstanding may vnderstande it: shall it yet be saide, How cleare­ly the word is set foorth in our form of baptisme. that the element is héere dead, and beggerly, and separated from his life and spirituall riches? And all this haue we, besides godly & learned ho­milies, and many other sermons set out for that purpose, & yet all this will not serue our Breth▪ without a sermon preached at that instant.

And for the supper of the L. haue not wee likewise most pithie & godly exhortations, before we approch vnto it, with prayers and thankesgiuing, and publike confessions, & the whole institution also layd foorth before vs, when we come thereto? And the wordes of Christ not vsed with a magi­call murmuring, nor any such vertue ascribed to the wordes, How fully the worde & all the my­st [...]rie of Ch [...]ists deth and our vni­on with him is set foorth in our form of the com­munion. but all to Christ the instituter, and to the vertue of his death and passion, whom, and whose passion we recorde, and take the elements with the word in remē ­brance of him, & of his body giuen for vs, & of his bloud shed for vs, & shew foorth his death by this action, feeding by faith in our harts, on his flesh and bloud, as effectually & truly, in spirituall manner, as our bodies féede on those bodily elements: and that hereunto these elements are cōse­crated as holy & liuely signes & pledges, to confirme our faith, relyin& at [...] the promise of the same our Sauiour, that by eating his fleshe & drin [...]ng his bloud we shal haue life euerlasting. And all this is clearely set out euē as it is conteyned in the scripture, & gathered together in so excellent disposed a forme, as all the world cannot amende, nor is inferiour to any of our Brethrens formes. Yea, (all thinges considered) our forme is farre more conuenient for vs than is any of theirs, to enflame & confirm our faithes in our Sauiour Christ, & in the merites of his passion, to make vs repentant of our sins, to comfort vs in the forgiuenes of them, to knit vs in loue and charitie all to God, in a communion with Christ our head & in the commu­nion of saintes one to another, to prouoke vs to leade a new life, & to offer [Page 566] vp to God a spirituall sacrifice of our soules and bodies, Sacrilege. besides that of our lips by praysing & glorifying God, for all these benefits sealed vp thus vn­to vs in these mysteries of our Sauiour Christ, and withall vnfolded vnto vs, by this so cleare setting out of all these thinges, that euery cōmunicant may vnderstande them, and be moued by them.

Our Breth. intemperate speeches a­gainst our formes of minis [...]ting the sacram. And can now our Breth. say, (if they wil say the truth) that here wants the promise and worde of God, and that it is separated and not set forth? that heere is but a dead, & beggerly element? that here is but a part, and that but the outwarde part of the sacrament, and so no sacrament; as the bodie of a man without the soule, which animateth and giueth life to the body, is not a man but a dead corps? And dare our Brethren (beyonde all this) be thus bolde to demand, what can it be better than sacrilege? For if it be no better than sacrilege; then is it no sacrament at all. We dare not burden the Papists so farre, for their baptizing, notwithstanding all their incantations, superstitious toyes, and materiall additions to the element of water, besides their daungerous errours about baptisme that the bap­tisme which their Popish and Idolatrous sacrificers ministred; no, what heretike soeuer he were, so long as he and they obserue the forme and mat­ter of baptisme, by our Sauiour Christ prescribed: we dare not say, they are not baptized at all, and take vpon vs to baptize them againe, nor I thinke our Brethr. dare attempt it or auouch it. And can they auow these spéeches then of our baptizing now, that kéepeth the méere and simple in­stitution of Christ, without any of those corruptions? Howe farre more modestly writeth Caluine in his 265. Caluinus in Epist. 265. Epistle Rogant quidam, &c. There are certaine that inquire, if it were lawefull for the Apostles at the houre of prayer, to ascende into the temple: and moreouer for Paule to per­forme the solemne rite of sanctificatiō: why may not we also intermin­gle prayers with the Papistes? We must first holde this, that the prayers which were in vse among the Iewes, were pure, & formed to the lawes prescription. Neither yet (if the Papistes did conceaue a pure forme of praying) would I make any religion to enter with thē into the [...]ēple. But nder became not them to ioyne thēselues, vnto their assembly that had [...]de [...]fied Christ: I answere, a godly & holy action is not corrupted by the vice of the men. As I am wont to say, that If all the Angels were present at the Masse, they are not able with their holynes to clense the filthinesse therof. Nor yet again, are al the deuils able with their presence to bring to passe, that the holy supper when it is celebrated according to the in­stitution of Christ, should not reteyne the puritie thereof. Since therfore we haue the very institution of Christ both in his supper and in our bap­tisme, so clearly set forth as we haue séene; shall the ministers insufficiency to preach the things y e he (after so good a forme prescribed both to him & vs) declareth, be such a pollution, that these holy sacramentes should be defiled [Page 567] thereby, and be counted or called beggerly elementes? No necessi­tie of prea­ching at baptisme. Is it lawfull for Caluine to say of the Iewes ceremonies, that though without or against Christ they were weake and beggerly elements: yet hauing the promise adioyned and referred to Christe, they were to the fathers not onely healthfull exercises & helpes of godlines, Caluinus in Gal. 4. [...]. but also effectuall instruments of grace? And are ours being done according to Christs institution, & with Christ, & for Christ, of lesse force now than theirs then? For as for theirs, How the Pa­pistes com­mitted s [...]cri­lege in the L. supper. neither circūcision nor the. Pascall Lambe, had alwaies a sermō preached at the ministration of thē. And shall we then say, that if ours want a ser­mon at the ministration of them, ours are lesse effectual than were their sacraments? Indéede we dare burden the Papists with the terme of sacri­lege (by Gelasius their owne Popes mouth) for subtracting the L. cup: and burthē thē again so far as all these termes amount vnto, for their so trans­forming of the L. supper: that they made no supper of the L. at al ther [...]of, nor any sacramēt but a méere sacrilege, & an Idolatrous sacrifice of their owne making. Both wresting the word into an absurd & monstrous sense yea, into a sense clene contrary to any sacramentall sense, taking cleane a­way the element And so (as we haue heard out of Augustine) they ouer­threwe the nature of a sacrament. For (as he sayth adde the worde to the element, & it is made a sacrament: so take the element frō the word, & it is made no sacrament. But can our Breth. say as much of vs, that as the Papistes take the element frō the word, when they bring in transubstan­tiation: so, we take the worde from the element, when we euer haue the word & the elemēt ioyned together, though in their sense, it be not alwaies preached? And yet it is alwayes so at large expounded, How ser­mons are very profita­ble at the sacrament. y t I sée not what a learned preacher can say more, concerning the matter & substance of the sacrament, or any thing necessary for the worthy receiuers, saue either to their further exhortation, vpon some especiall occasion, or to their further resolution, if any doubt arise about the true vnderstanding of it.

And to these purposes, sermons we graunt are very profitable, or some homilies read to the same purpose. But to say (as our Breth. do) that ex­cept the sacraments be administred, by one that is is able to prech, & at the same time do preach a sermon, besides all these things aforesaid, or else the element is but worldly, dead & beggerly, & is separated from the word, & no better than sacrilege: these are very presumptuous, daungerous and erroneous spéeches, & indéede not tollerable, being such as necessarily im­plie, that the most part of vs, and peraduenture of themselues also, are not as yet any whit more baptized, than in the Popish time we celebrated the Lords supper, that is to say in plaine English, not at all. Which howe néere it would drawe to any true baptisme, let the reader and their selues consider. Our Brethrens argument is this:

To separate the elements in the ministration of the sacr [...]mentes, from [Page 568] the promise and worde of God, which is the life and riches to animate and enrich the sacrament, is but to giue vs worldly, dead, and beggerly elements, and is nothing else but sacrilege:

But, to separate the ministration of preaching of the word from the sacramēts, is to separate the element in the ministratiō of the sacramēts from the promise & word of God, which is the life & riches to animate and enrich the sacrament: therfore, it is but to giue dead & beggerly e­lements and nothing else but sacrilege, to separate the preaching of the word from the sacraments. The minor of this argument, as we haue séene (vnderstanding preaching as they vnderstand it) is apparant false, for al­though it be true in the supper of the L. where the participants haue dis­cretion, vnderstanding preaching, so y e the worde and promise of God be taught and set foorth in anie such sort, as the congregation may be edified in the vnderstanding and beléeuing of these mysteries: Neuerthelesse wée can not graunt therto so absolutely for baptisme. Which it may be fully receaued (for the truth and substance thereof) by the infants that want dis­cretion to vnderstand the mystery of it in what language soeuer it be spo­ken. So that either our Brethrē must both deny thēselues to be as yet bap­tized, and yéelde to the anabaptistes in repelling infantes: or deny this ar­gument. Albeit restrayning the argumēt to the other sacrament: we glad­ly yéelde and subscribe to that part of the argument, as hauing alwayes both the word, and ministration of preaching of the worde, when soeuer the sacramentes are with vs administred. And so farre foorth, we conster and allowe of that order, which Caluine himselfe prescribeth in his insti­tutions, Caluin in in­stit cap. 18. sect. 34. concerning the Lords supper. cap. 18. sect. 34. saying: Hetherto we haue haue reasoned howe it serueth to our faith towardes God. But when the Lorde in this sacrament reuoketh into our memorie so great a bountie of his goodnesse as we haue declared, and stirreth vs vp to ac­knowledge the same: he warneth vs with all, that we should not be vn­thankefull to his liberalitie so plentifully powred forth, but that rather we should with prayses wherewith it is meete, preach the same, and cele­brate it with thankesgiuing. Therfore when he deliuered the institution of this sacrament to his Apostles, he taught them that they should do it in memory of him, which Paule interpreteth, to shewe foorth the Lords death, ( here againe is that interpretation, whereof our Breth. spake be­fore) but that publikely, and all of them together with one voice openly to confesse, that all our trust of life and saluation is placed in the death of the Lorde, that we should glorifie him with our confession, & should exhort others by our example to giue him glorie. Here again appeareth, whether the scope of the sacrament aymeth, to wite, that it might exer­cise vs in the memorie of the death of Christ. For, that we be bidden to shewe forth the death of the Lord, vntill his comming to iudege: is no [Page 569] other thing, but that we should preach with the cōfession of the mouth, Four kinds of preach­ing. that which in the sacrament our faith acknowledgeth, that is to wit, the death of Christe to be our life. This is the seconde vse of the sacrament which appertayneth to externall confession.

Here is in one sense (as we haue also shewed before, & that out of Caluin) a generall preaching at the ministration of this Sacrament. And this preaching, our brethren can not deny, but we haue. Now for the other kindes also of preaching more peculier to the Minister, Caluine proceedes. Thirdlie, The diuerse kindes of preaching in the Lords supper. and that in the steede of an exhortation vnto vs the Lord (him selfe) woulde bee. Than the which (exhortation) none coulde more ve­hemently animate and enflambe vs, both vnto purity and holinesse of life, and also to charity, peace and consent. For the Lorde doth so com­municate there his body vnto vs, it is altogether one with vs, and wee with him. &c. Héere againe he maketh another kinde of preaching, which he saith is the Lorde him-selfe, in steede of a moste effectuall exhortati­on, to witte, the communicating of his body vnto vs. And this preaching againe (God be praysed) we haue in the Ministration of this sacrament. Nowe héereupon hée commeth to the thirde kinde of preaching at this sa­crament, & sayth: Sect. 36. From hence is best of al confirmed, that which otherwher I said: that the right administration of the sacrament is con­tained i [...] the word. For what profite soeuer commeth into vs out of the supper, requireth the word. Whether we are to bee confirmed in fayth, The papistes mute actiōs in the Lords supper. or to be exercised in Confession, or to bee stirred vp to our duty: there is need of preaching. Nothing therefore can be done more preposterous in the Lordes supper, then if it be turned into a mute (or dumb) action, the which thing was done vnder the tyranny of the Pope. For they wold haue all the force of the consecration, to hang vppon the (sacerdotall) Priestes intention: as though this appertayned nothing to the people, to whome this mystery ought moste of all to haue bene layde open. And heereupon was this error bred, that they marked not those promises, where-with the consecration is made, not to bee directed to the ele­mentes them-selues, but vnto those that doe receiue them truely. Christ speaketh not vnto the breade, that it shoulde be made his body: What is the preaching of the words of Christe. but he biddeth his Disciples, eate: and to them hee promiseth the communi­cating of his body and his bloude. Neither doth Paule teache another order, then that together with the breade and the Cuppe, the promises shoulde bee offered to the faithfull. Thus certainely it is. Here it becom­meth not vs to immagine any magicall incantation, that it might bee e­nough to haue murmured vp the wordes, as though they were hearde of the elementes: but wee shoulde vnderstande those wordes to bee a liuely preaching, that edifieth the herers that pierseth into their minds that is imprinted and sitteth in their heartes, that may bring foorth an [Page 570] efficacie, Caluines order in the Lordes supper. in the fulfilling of that that it promiseth. By these reasons it is euident, that the reseruing (or laying vp) of the sacrament, which some vrge to be extraordinarily distributed to the sicke, is vnprofitable. For eyther they shall receiue it, without reciting of the institution of Christ, or els the Minister shall ioyne together with the signe, the true explica­tion of the mystery. In silence is an abuse and vice. If the promises bee rehearsed, and the mistery declared, so that those that are to receiue shal receiue it with fruit, there is, no doubt, but that this is a true consecrati­on. Thus saith Caluine of this third kind of preaching. Now if this be as hee saith, a true consecration, where the wordes are not muttered to the element, but spoken to the Communicants, & the mystery laid forth be­fore them, and the promises recited: and that wee must vnderstande those wordes of Christe, The sacra­ment mini­stred accor­ding to our forme hath a true con­secration. to be such a liuely edifying and effectuall kinde of prea­ching: all which are so clearely set forth whensoeuer this sacrament is of any Minister with vs celebrated: can our brethren say, that here wanteth the ministration of preaching the word, so much as is necessary and suffi­cient, to make a true consecration of the sacrament?

True it is, that when Caluin comes to the ful conclusion of this treatise, he reckons vp a fourth kind of preaching, sect. 70. Concluding thus.

So farre as pertaineth to the holy supper, it mought thus moste de­cently be administred, if that most often, and at the leaste euery weeke it were set forth vnto the Church. But the beginning should be made with publike prayers, after which a sermon should be had: than the Minister (the bread & wine being set forth on the table) shoulde reherce the insti­tution of the supper. Then should he declare the promises which are left vnto vs in the same. And withal he should excommunicate all those that by the Lordes forbidding are put backe. The forme that Caluin prescribeth with a fourth kind of preach­ing. Afterwarde prayer should be made that with what benignity the Lorde hath giuen vnto vs this holy nourishment, he woulde also enstruct and frame vs, with faith & thank­fulnes of mind to receiue the same. And sith that we be not of our selues he wold of his mercy make vs worthy of such a banquet. But here either the psalmes should be song, or somewhat read, and the faithfull shoulde communicate of this holy foode in such order as is seemely, the mini­sters breaking the breade and deliuering it vnto the people. The Lordes supper being done, an exhortation shoulde be had for sincere faith, &c. Thus doth Caluin write of al the order that he wold haue obserued, in the administration of the Lords supper. Nowbeit, he prescribeth it not to any Church, but onely saith it mought be thus administred moste decently. And although hee mention that a sermon should be had, before it, and an exhortation after it (séeming to make some difference betwéene them) yet whether such a sermon or exhortation may be had, as if a preacher want, may be of the Minister red vnto the people, of anothers making: that [Page 571] he doth not expresse. Nor yet, whether the preacher or reader of the same, Musc. for the M. of the Sacr­ment, that are not preachers. must alwayes be the partie that ministreth the sacrament, So, heere is also nothing set down, but that we already haue in vse (his wordes being thus vnderstood) except the excommunicating of all those, that by the Lordes forbidding are put back. Neither doe wee thinke it necessary, that either excommunication should be then vsed, or that all those should be excom­municated, that by the Lords forbidding are put back, from this supper. For so euery one that is not in charity with his neighbors, shold forthwith be excommunicate. But sith Caluin, so modestly in these things, onely tel­leth, what he thinketh mought be a most comely manner of the admini­stratiō, preiudicating no other reformed churches: let Geneua ( with good leaue of vs,) follow this order. And let vs in Gods name, follow our Com­munion Booke, which (me thinkes) both conteineth the most and chéefest of all these things, and in a farre more decent order for our state.

Yea, the booke of the orders of Geneua maketh the Deacons also mini­sters of the cup and why not aswell of the Breade and of all both partes as well as of one? and yet they wil not permit them to be Preachers.

Musc. in his cōmon places, De coena domini: vpon this title, by whome the Supper of the L. shold be administred ( with the like modestly that Caluin) saith on this wise. I know that this is the custome in some churches, that the ministers of the word exercise the place of the prophets & doctors: & in the mean time, they leaue the administration of the sacraments, to the parish preests & curates of the people (as they tearm them) with the dea­cons. Notwithstanding, The refor­med Chur­ches wherin the Minist. that are not preachers do minister the sacra­ments. that custome ought not to preiudicate other churches in which the dispensers of the sacraments, are the same that are the dispēsers of the word, so that, they execute both the parts of the mi­nistery. Otherwise, it shold be cōuenient, that according to the saying of the apostles, act. 6 they shoulde apply them-selues to praiers & admini­string doctrine, leauing the ministery of the tables. Seeing that many mo may be had that can dispense the sacraments, than those which can rightly cut sound doctrine in the church. By which testimony of Musc & by the very order prescribed euen in Geneua. It plainly appeareth, y t not only in these reformed Churches, many are admitted to minister the Sacr. that are not able to preach: but that also, this was the vse of the primitiue Church in the apostles times. Many can minister the Sacrament that cannot preache. Which ouerthrows al that our breth▪ haue hereon alleaged. Neither helpeth it to say, that yet stil this taketh not away, but that there should be preaching vsed at the administratiō of the sacramēt, thogh the minister of the sacramēt be no preacher. For our breth. said, the admi­nistration of the sacramentes ought to be committed to none, but vnto such as are preachers of the worde. &c. pag. 60. But for this that they say here also, It is no better then sacriledge to seperate the ministratiō of preaching of the worde from the sacramentes, so harde a spéeche following:

[Page 572] Musculus, for the pointes re­quisite in the sacra­ment.Musculus procéeding with the minister of this Sacrament though hée bée no preacher of the worde, yet he requireth in him such a competency, as hath a triple respect, both to the person that he sustaineth, and of the mat­ter that he administreth, and of the people to whome he communica­teth.

After he hath shewed for the first part howe he shoulde be no lewd per­son, but sober and vertuous: comming to the secōd respect in him, he saith: Furthermore, hee ministreth it competently, if hee haue a considera­tion of those thinges which hee dispenseth, and doe worthily frame himselfe vnto them. Hee dispenseth the communicating of the bodye and bloude of Christe. The breade which wee breake (saith the Apostle) Is it not the communicating of the body of the Lorde? And the Cup of the blessing ouer which wee blesse, is it not the communicating of the bloude of the Lorde? 1. Cor. 10. Thus therefore shall hee competently administer this sacrament, that it may be a communicating, not that it shoulde be a holy priuate thing. He dispenseth the remembrance of the Lorde, or (as Augustine in a certaine place speaketh) the sacrament of memory. This shall he do competently, if he shall adioin vnto the mysti­call communicating, VVhat kind of preach­ing Muscu­lus requi­reth in the L. Supper. the shewing forth of the L. death, according to the worde of the Apostle, who sayth: so often as ye eate this bread and drink of the Cup, yee shewe foorth the Lordes death till he come, For so did hee ordaine this custome in the Church of the Corinthians. It is not fit that it should be a dumb communicating. Either let some thing be read before the people, or bee sung, concerning the historye of the death of the Lorde, as it is begun to be done, in very many churches in our age. Hee dispenseth the Euchariste: he Euchariste, is a giuing of thankes and a sacrifice of prayse. Let him therefore haue a care, that this holy com­munion may be closed vp with publike giuing of thanks. He dispenseth the loue feast, that is, the banquet of brotherly loue. It is meete therfore that a cleare exercise of Christian loue and mutuall communicating shoulde bee adhibited. Vnto the which hee ought not onely with ex­hortations in the act it selfe to enstruct and accustome them, but also with constitutions of a certaine order. These are the principall thinges, of which the dispenser of the Lordes table, ought cheefely to haue a care and consideration, whereby hee may apply him-selfe competently vnto this sacrament.

The third respect is of the people communicating, which the more simple & ruder they are, so much the simplier must the minister speake of the mystery of the Lordes supper, that he may apply him-selfe to their capacity. But he must by all meanes take heede of those two vices, that entrap the people, to witte, superstition and contempt. Superstition, least the people worship and adore that for the thing it selfe, that is the signe [Page 573] thereof: contempt, least they sticke onely in the breade and Wine, The seale & the writing ioy­ned. not discerning the body and bloude of the Lorde, and therefore contemne it, vnderstanding nothing beyond the iugdement of the eyes, because by sight and taste they perceiue it to bee bread and Wine. Such a point did Augustine giue warning of, in his booke of Catechizing the rude, in the ninth chapter, where he saith thus: Concerning the sacrament that they shall receiue, it sufficeth for those that are more prudent, to heare what that thing signifieth: but with the duller sort, it must with more wordes and similitudes be treated vpon, least they contemne that which they see. These thinges wrot he. To conclude hee must take heede that hee swerue not either to the Corinthians, or to the papists, in this cause of the Lordes Supper. And to the entent that the people not onely with the hande and mouth, but with faith and heart may receiue that which is giuen, let him declare all thinges that are to bee spoken, in the vulgare and vsuall tongue, not onely the exhortations, but also the wordes of the Lordes institution, the Prayers also and the thankesgiuing, whereby the people may vnderstand all, and in their heart assent thereto, accor­ding to the Apostles admonition, 1. Cor. 14.

Thus wée sée how although the Minister be no preacher, but beeing a discreete and vertuous man in all these foresaide respectes, and obserue these exhortations, which are both plentifully set out in Homilies, and in the Communion Booke it selfe, and the other thinges here noted, in such order as the communicantes may vnderstande and beléeue the same: al­though there bee no other sermon preached, yet is the Sacrament truely and effectually administred. Neyther can these thinges with the residue that he setteth downe, bee vnderstood, for the onelie action of a Preacher: confessing and allowing, that manie Ministers not Preachers, may mini­ster this Sacrament, and yet in euery one that ministreth the same al these thinges are requisite. For what is plainer than this argument, out of Musculus sayinges? Musculus thinketh and prooueth, that it is not ne­cessarie, that euery one which administreth the Sacraments should be a Preacher, and preach at the ministration of them:

But Musculus thinketh, and prooueth it necessarie, The effect of Musculus argument. that all thinges ought to bee done by the minister, at the Ministration of them, which here he reckoneth vp.

Therefore Musculus thinketh and prooueth that all these thinges might bee done of one that is no preacher and without a sermon then preached of these matters. If our Brethren wil denie the maior, (for the minor, I thinke they wil not) I referre them to Musculus and his reason, out of, Actes 6. and to the reformed Churches that hee meaneth. It suffi­ceth for vs to prooue both by him and by Caluine, that, as wee haue al­wayes soone kindes and that effectuall, of preaching the Lordes death at [Page 574] the Ministration of the Lordes supper: Ministers forbidden to preach. so, though wee haue not alwayes y e kinde of preaching, which our Br. vrge vnnecessarily, as meere necessary, and we graunt also to be conuenient, and wish it could in euery place bee had: yet wanting this maner of Preaching, & hauing all the other: we may boldly and safely auowe, that it is a consecration, as Cal. calleth it a right administration of the Sacrament, as we vse it, But say our Brethren:

The learned Dis. Pag. 61.And forasmuch as the spirite of God compareth the sacramentes to seales, that are added for confirmation of writings: we know well, that a word or writing may be auaylable without a seale, but neuer a seale with­out a writing.

Howe can this be rightly alleaged against vs, that haue both the seale and the writing ioyned together: Bridges. but rather make for vs against our Bre­thren? For, if this confirmation of writinges by the seale added therevn­to, and this auaileablenesse of the seale ioyned to the writing, be of the spi­rite of God: Sith wee haue both of them in the Sacramentes, iointly toge­ther, and vse the seale neuer without that worde or writing, that Gods pen-men by the inspiration of his holy spirite did set downe in authentical recorde of writing: We haue both the seale and the writing ioined in our form of sacrament. Howe can our Brethren maintaine their sayings, that we sacrilegiousely seperate and pull the writing from the seale, or the seal from the writing, and giue a dead, beggerly, and worldly Element or bare seale, that is not auaylable, but against Christes institution, and againste Gods spirite? Surely, in this and such like slaunders our Brethren do not a little sinne, euen against the spirite of God in them, and against their owne spirites and knowledges: that knowe well ynough, and can not bee ignoraunt, but that we ioyne alwaies the writing to the seale, whensoe­uer we deliuer the seal: and that in as ample manner, as the writing is left written vnto vs. Neither do we deliuer onely the writing with the seale, and read the whole writing at the deliuery: but read it in such plain & clear manner, that euery one which receiueth the same, may well perceiue the content of the writing, the validity of the seale, and all the mystery, purport and effect of the whole deede. Only this, no large voluntary Discourse, is at euery time of the deliuery made thereupon. And is this so necessary also in all déedes written, sealed & deliuered, and withall bréefely and plainly declared, in whose name and act, and to what vse & end, it is so passed, that ther must be always besides al this, a large treatize vttered by the deliue­rer to the receiuer, or else the deed is not an autenticall deede nor auaila­ble? our brethrens fallation is to open a secundum q [...]id ad simpliciter. Wee haue not the writing preached at the action (in such maner as they wold haue it preached): therefore we haue not the writing in this action, but the seale without the writing. The learned disc. Pag. 61. Hereupon our brethren againe conclude.

Therefore in this behalfe wee haue had great default, so long time to commit the administration of the sacramentes to those men, who not [Page 575] onely haue bene knowne to be vnable, but also haue bene forbidden to preach the worde.

We do not excuse the default of any, that haue admitted any such into the Ministerie, Bridges that haue bene knowne to be vnable to administer the sacra­ments. Neither defend we any such vnable Ministers, or would haue them them to be allowed or tollerated. Let such (being known) a Gods name, be orderly remooued and prouided for. But we stand now vpon the absolute necessity of this ability, that our brethren vrge to be in euery Minister, to whom the administration of the sacraments may be committed: What mini­sters herein wee defend & defend not. that he must néedes be withall a Learned Preacher of the Worde. Which though we also like off, so farre as stretcheth to conueniencie: yet we dare not, nor can admitte this absolute necessity, vnderstanding preaching as is afore­sayde. But sée héere, on whome moste of all, our Brethrens accusation of this so great default will light. They doe wel before hand to enclude themselues in the number, saying: in this behalfe wee haue had great default. for although they meane nothing lesse in this (wee) that héere they speake of, than to charge them-selues, with any part of this default, but with a mannerly tearme, reach at others: yet how will they acquite them-selues héereof? For if, we haue had great default in this behalfe, to commit the administration of the sacramentes to those men, that are knowne to bee vnable to preache the worde: vnderstanding preaching in that sense, that our brethren here do, for frée, extemporary, or premeditate exhortation, Our brethr. accusation lighteth. on their own selues. admonition, application: &c. How do not they incurre the same default? except they will denye Doctours or Teachers to bee Ministers of the Word, and so (by their own confession) Ministers also of the Sacraments, and yet, by their former principles, they permit them not to exhort, ad­monish nor apply, &c. Which things are most necessary vnto preaching, namely, to that preaching, that is vsed at the administration of the Sacra­mentes. If they say these Doctors notwithstanding, be not vnable: for they can do it, though they may not doe it, What booteth this shift? for if they may not: then in all right, which is as good as in all might, they be vnabled to preache and yet not vnabled to minister the sacraments. Ei­ther therefore, let our Brethren deny that they may minister the sacra­mēts: or deny this to be so great a default, that a sacrament may be admi­nistred without this manner of preaching Or else, whether shall wee bee found more faulty, that suffer Ministers to administer the sacraments, that are vnable to preach at the administration of them, wishing not withstanding they were able, and helping their vnabily what wee can, and prouide as many able as wee may: or they, which doe vnable many Ministers that are able, and say, they can doe it, but they must not. And so, both com­mitte a greate default heerein, and quite and cleane ouerturne them­selues, and all their owne principalities on this matter. And see a­gaine, [Page 576] how this in the nicke commeth in, Baptizme by Women. that they adde of our forbidding to preach. Doth not this also, most of al, euen in this point fouch thēselues in not permitting Doctors & teachers to exhort & apply? is not this al one as if they forbad them preaching? as for our forbidding, it is not so absolute, nor so peremptory, but, either it is, because they haue not the gift of publike exhortation and application, &c. Which if they had, and would vse the same, as they should accordingly, none of vs woulde forbid them. And yet may they notwithstanding be Ministers of the Word: else, how should euen our Brethrens Doctors be Ministers of it? Or, perhaps, they are forbidden, The force of the sacrament & substance ther­of dependeth not vpō the mini­sters not preaching. because of some defect in the parties life, or some other occasion, that might make him offensiue for that action, for a time to be stai­ed, and yet that Minister so farre-foorth, on some good consideration, being forbidden to preach, may notwithstanding be not forbidden, to continue the other partes of his function, both to set foorth the publike form of pray­er, and to reade the Lessons appointed out of the Scripture, and to admi­nister the Sacramentes to the people. And this is as true a saying, as it is olde, Vim sacramenti non tollit vita ministri. God forbid, that the sacrament which such a Minister doth administer, shoulde so depend vpon him, or his life or preaching; that when he vpon infirmity, or default, or prohibition, or any other occasion ceaseth to preache: then the sacrament that he admi­nistreth shoulde be thought not to be effectuall. Which to affirme, is a pe­rillous error, and inferreth many dangers and absurdities But nowe, be­sides this quarrel of not being preachers: our Brethren draw this matter of the sacramentes to other points and say.

And that which is more straunge, to be suffered in this clear light of the Gospell, The learned disc. pag. 61. & 62. to permit the ministration of baptizme not onely to ig­noraunt men, but also to Women which haue no voyce to speake in the Congregation, 1. Cor. 14.34. and 1. Tim. 2.11. and that in priuate pla­ces, 1. Cor. 13 34 1. Tim. 2.11 but in case (they say) of necessity, as though there were such necessi­tye of the outwarde signe, when it can-not bee ministred according to the institution of Christe, which is nothing else but to affirme with the papistes, that sacramentes conferre grace of the work wrought: and that the sacrament of Baptisme, is a sacrament of such necessity, that whoso­euer is not dipped in Water, must bee eternally condemned. Which he­reticall opinion, as we haue hissed out of our profession and preaching, so is it a great shame for vs to maintain by such corrupt vsage of Christs holy sacramentes.

Bridges Concerning the permitting the administration of Baptisme (in this light of the Gospell) to Women. Baptising by women. ( Bee it spoken with the reuerence of our Brethren) it is moste vntrue. When as it is not onely giuen customa­bly in the open charge of euery visitation, whether any such thing be done by them, as in the time of the popish darknesse was vsed: but also if anye [Page 577] such thing haue hapned and be found out, the parties that so haue done, Baptisme, in priuate places. are openly punished for the same. And how then is not this more strange, that our Breth. dare say, it is suffered & permitted vnto women: concerning Womens hauing no voyce to speake in the Congregation: Womens speaking in the Con­gregation. I hope our Brethren will not stretch it further, than saint Paule ment it, nor vrge it as Sanders and the papists do, which were not onely against the scripture, but against the state.

As for baptising in priuate places: though ordinarily, the open church and place appointed in the church, ( as is the publike font) be the most fit place for such publike actions: yet, where a sufficiēt cōgregation is present and vpon some extraordinary occasion, if the sacraments be orderly admi­nistred, according to the godly forme by the Church prescribed: shall wee say this is not a true sacrament, or not to be permitted, or corruptly admi­nistred & receiued? if a Christiā be sick, and by reason of his infirmity may not, or dare not goe abroad, may he not be permitted to receiue by the mi­nistration of the minister the holy Communion in his house, with some of his family or neighbors participants with him? and if this may be done in the Lordes supper, may it not be done as well in baptism, concerning the substance of the same, and also for all pointes of decency: thereto be­longing, hauing a sufficient Congregation present, so that the Church be sufficiently certified of the orderly doing thereof? What place shall we call that, where the Eunuche was baptized by Philip? The Eu­nuches bap­tisme. Acts. 8. For although it was by the common high way, yet in respect of the publike places ordinarily ac­customed for such solemne and sacred actions, it was but a priuate place. And in what place did Saint Peter command Cornelius to be baptized, with all the residue, on whome the holy ghoste did come? Cornelius Baptisme Acts. 10. is it not most like­lie, that it was done in his priuate house? and likewise Saint Pauls bap­tizing the keeper of the prison and his family, Act. 16. It seemeth it was done either in his house, or in the Prison. If our Brethren say, that there was some necessity or occasion so to doe: whereas nowe, there is no suche necessity nor occasion, wee hauing this cleare light of the Gospell, and a publique place appointed for publike actions. We praise God for it, and acknowledge it withall thankefulnesse, that we haue now this clear light of the gospell. And hauing this, our brethren haue no such cause to grudge and complayne for these other matters as they doe. But had not S. Peter and S. Paul the cleare light of the gospell too, when thy baptized in pri­uate places? but whatsoeuer particular necessity of circumstance and occa­sion draue them, The cleare light of the Gospell de­barreth not al perticuler necessities of occasion in that cleare light of the Gospell so to baptise those par­ties, they knew that the difference of the place publike or priuate, infrin­ged not the vertue of the action. For the action is still of one and the same vertue, though vpon an extraordinary occasion, it be done for place, for time and diuerse other manners of circumstances, extraordinarily. In which [Page 578] pointes, there may be also some ordinary differences, of one Church from another, without preiudicating one another, or any preiudice to the sacra­ments, or to the receiuers of them. As for vs, who haue a comely and ve­ry good ordinary forme prescribed vnto the Church of England, nor diuersi­tyes of cir­cumstances preiudicate the substāce or vertue of the sacra­ment. we al­low not that the sacraments ordinarily (and without necessity or conueni­ency of some important extraordinary occasion) should be administred but in the ordinary and publike place, and time, and maner by the book ap­pointed, and by the laws of our Church prescribed, and indéede should not otherwise be permitted. And much lesse, that the breach hereof shold open­ly, (besides the priuate practises in priuate houses) both in the pulpit, and in bookes printed be maintained and defended: which is more strange, than in this cleare light of the gospell an extraordinary circumstance or occasion to be suffered or permitted to bee done. And which is yet more strange), that they which do all these things, contrary to all Law & order, would for very shame open their mouths & say, that baptisme is permit­ted to be administred in priuate places: their-selues both in priuate pla­ces and in straunge manners many times administring both these sacra­ments. But our brethen presuppose, that in our suffering of baptisme, to be nowe and then extraordinarily administred, though by a lawfull Mini­ster, and by the order appointed yet beeing doone in a priuate place: that we permit it onely for the necessity of baptisme. Wherein although they threape more kindnes on vs, than néede: when other occasions may be and are alleaged by vs, then onely the necessity of baptisme: For al­though in the book, the title be this. Of them that are baptised in priuate houses in time of necessity: yet afterward saith the book: & also they shall warn them, that without great cause and necessity, they baptise not chil­dren at home in their house. And when great need shal compell thē so to doe, that they minister it on this fashion, &c. But go to, let vs say, as they would onely haue vs say: that if it be permitted of vs to be administred in any priuate place, it is only, but in case of necessity what say they hereto?

Necessity of baptisme.As though (say they) there were such necessity of the outward signe when it cannot be ministred according to the Institution of Christe.

What do our breth here mean? that there is no necessity at al of baptism although there be no such necessity? is there no necessity, of consequence of condition, nor of conueniency: aswel as absolute, simple, and ineui­table necessity? If generally there were no necessity at all of baptizing: then it were frée: whether we woulde be baptized or no: But it is not free: Christe did institute baptisme vnder flat commandement: there­fore, N [...]cessity of [...]rcu [...]ncisiō there is a necessity, and an important necessity of it. Did not baptism succéed circumcisiō? as Paul clearly setteth out, Col. [...].11. & 12. In whom also ye are circ [...]mcised (saith he) &c. And was there no necessity at al of circum­cision? we grant this necssity was not so absolute, that it reached to them [Page 579] before their time assigned: no, nor yet after, was it so absolute necessity, Necessity of baptism that it reached to them while they trauelled in the wildernesse, God dis­pēsing, (for other manifold necessities) in that long iourney, with the ne­cessity of that Sacrament. And yet Gods commaundement remaining in­tire: and they with such a necessity seuerly bounde, that they shoulde not contemne on their partes, the obedience and execution of it.

And therefore sayeth Zanchius in this very well, in his confession of Christian Religion, concerning Baptisme, Capite decimo quinto, Aphor. 5. Wee beleue that baptisme is altogether necessary in the Church, as a sa­crament instituted of Christ, & which the Church can so little want, that where it is not, (when it may be had, there we may not acknowledge the Church of Christ. Howbeit we thinke it neede-full vnto saluation in this wise: that notwithstanding, if any for the defaulte of the Minister, but not through contempt, depart this life not sprincled with the water: we beleeue not that he is therfore damned, and wrapped in eternall destru­ction. For the children of the faithfull are therefore saued, because they are in the couenant: but they that be of ripe yeeres, because they beleue in Christe with a true faithe, which verilye cannot suffer the contempt of Christs commandement.

Gellius Snecanus whome we haue before often and at large cited, (that we might sée how our brethren aunswere them-selues) in his method of baptisme, the sixt part, sayth: The sixt circcumstaunce remaineth, when baptisme should be administred, Here we must note, although the time be free: yet by Gods threate. Gen. 17. (where the neglect of circumcision is esteemed the violating of Gods couenant) it consequently followeth, that fit occasion being offered, baptisme ought forth with to be admini­stred. Whereunto exhorteth vs the daunger that was imminent on Moses, by the delay of Circumcision in his childe. The same doe the ex­amples of the godly teach, those that were Act. 2. baptised of Peter, Act. 8. of Philip. Act. 16. of Paule. Here is to be reprehended, Gellius Sne­canus in me­thod [...] baptis. parte. 6. the abuse of ma­ny, and cheefely of great men in this our age, deferring baptizme vnto some moneths, I knowe not for what causes▪ &c. The examples of the ancients sheltereth, neither these lingerers, neither the Anabaptists, as it shall be noted in his place. Thus writeth Gell. on this necessity. And euē immediatly he procéedeth to the lawful manner of administring baptizm, which because it commeth next to hand, I will also heere set downe. Let vs come at length, ( saith he) vnto the lawfull manner. Here is required that baptisme should be administred intirely with all his partes, according to the circūstances of the Institution, & of the administration. The forme baptizing s [...]t down by Snecanus. In the admi­nistration therfore of baptism, let the summe of the doctrin, concerning the couenant & imputation of faith, cōprehending as wel the children as the parēts, be repeated. To these let ther be added an explication, of the [Page 580] general commandement of baptizing all nations, and of the finall causes of baptism, instituted according to the summe and order of a method. For the signes of their owne nature signify nothing, but by the instituti­on of God. Therfore it is necessary that all things be referred to the will of God, which is made manifest in the holy scriptures. Afterward, let the examples of circumcision, and of the baptism of the Israelites. &c. come hereto. Finally, let al this doctrine be concluded with the inuocation of the name of God. Thus writeth hee also of the full manner and forme that hee woulde haue obserued in the sacrament. And is not the forme that is prescribed vnto vs, in effect the same. Hellopaeus, agréeinge hereunto, both for the necessity of this sacrament, ( so farre forth as we do vrge the same) and for the places, Hellopaeus, de sacramē ­tis. cap. de bapt. pag. 120. circumstances and order, that here wée stand vpon: For the necessity, in his 5. chapter, concerning the efficacy of baptisme, whether it wash away sinnes, or conferre grace: Among other thinges after his proofes, pag. 120. he saith: Neither must we thinke Bap­tism to be absolutely necessary to saluation. Neuerthelesse, me thinkes I heare the papistes, & some other, who notwithstanding will not seeme to bee Papistes, arise against me, affirming that baptisme is so muche necessary, that they teach, except this sacrament bee adioyned, they can­not attain vnto saluation, no not by faith. But we also verily do confesse that by the ordinance of God, the sacramēt of baptism is a certain thing correquisite to saluation. Neither can it be omitted, without sacrilege. Yea, rather, if it be omitted by contempt, this shold be a deadly heinous offence, except vpon earnest repentance following. Howbeit, to say it is so necessarie, that if any be excluded by necessity, whereby he cannot vse it▪ that he should be in danger of his saluation, we affirme it to be a mani­fest error. Neither say we, it is the depriuing of the sacrament, but it is the contempt, that is the deadly thing.

And again Cap 8. page 155. he bringeth in these wordes against the Papistes, Cap. 8. pag. 155. that our brethren iuiuriously obiect to vs. And after he hath al­leaged his reasons against Women and lay persons administring bap­tisme, whose doing we allowe not, neither yet doth our booke allow it, for any such persons to haue done it. Howe farre womens extraordi­narie bap­ [...]sme. De post facto i [...] i [...]proued. Though if it bee done, & be done in such order, that they obserued (both for the matter and the forme) the element of Water, and the wordes that Christ assigneth to be vsed, with other god­ly prayers at the doing: the Booke ( to anoyde all cauilles of Anabaptists) only approueth the substance of the baptism, when it is done: but not such persons to haue done it. Who, (notwithstanding any thing in the book) are worthily punished for their so doing.

But ( sayth Hellopaeus) these things (say the defenders of this error,) ought to be vnderstood of the ordinary ministery. But they treat of the case of necessity least that any should depart this life not baptized.

[Page 581]for, they thought by this meanes, Circumstā ­ces in bap­tisme. to succour the saluation of those that shoulde bee baptised in the daunger of death, least beeing preuented by death without baptisme, they shoulde make wracke of their saluation, but we haue taught Cap. 5. that this is no daunger, neither that baptism is of an absolute necessity of saluation, so that contempt be away, Be­cause the couenant of God apprehended by faith, is firme by it selfe and effectuall to saluation, although the seale, (without the fault of him that wanteth it,) come not thereto. So that in all this, hee excepteth onely the opinion of absolute necessity, not of all necessity. As for the place of bapti­sing (whereof our Brethren spake last) besides the other circumst aunces, yea, for al the order also and that with a sermon preached at the ministra­tion of this sacrament: in the conclusion of the selfe same Chapter, Page. 171, he saith: It remaineth that wee discusse the other circumstaunces, where, and when, and how, baptisme ought to be conferred, we answere, that thing is cheefely to be required, that, as all other thinges, so princi­pally the administration of the baptism, shold be done decently & in or­der as for the place, althogh that it be not necessary: yet it is most conuenient, that it shoulde be publike, as the temple, Cap. 8.171. or any place appointed to the publike Ministery. And as concerning the time, it is meete (if it may so be done) that it should be at an houre appointed, and that suche an houre, wherein the Church is full of people. First, that very many may profite in the enarration of this sacramēt. Then, that their faith may bee kindled to embrace the grace of god, whē as they see the infants approch vnto the same couenant, that God hath made with their fathers. Besides that it is conuenient, to commend vnto God with the publike prayers the saluation of the Infant. To conclude, God is to bee celebrated with thankesgiuings. But with what manner, baptizme ought to bee con­ferred, is not obscure to see. This thing must principally bee obserued, that certain ceremonies are necessary, but certaine are free: In the which we ought diligently to looke, what is expedient, and what conuenient for the regard of the times & places. The form of baptizing allowed by He [...]lopeus. But we haue rehearsed before those toyish additions, salt, oyl, tapers. Howsoeuer it be, the dipping, or sprink­ling, the washing, the explication of the sacrament it selfe, are partes ne­cessary. But that all may bee done decently, they may proceede in this order: First, let the Infant that is to bee baptized bee offered vnto the publike assembly, where the whole Church beeing witnesse and looker on, offereth vnto God with their Prayers their tender Brother. Second­ly, let the minister recite the confession of the faith, that it may be known with what doctrine, hee which is baptized, shall be enstructed hereafter. Thirdly, let the institution and promises of b [...]ptism be shewed, [...]nd that in the vulgare tongue, that of the Church it may be vnderstood. Fourth­ly, let the Infant be baptised, in the name of the father, and of the Sonne, [Page 582] & of the holy ghost. It makes no matter, be he dipped either once or twise or thrise, or sprinkled with water. Althogh in the old time, he was wholy dipped. Which also the word baptisme (that is, a washing) signifieth. But herein the custom may varie, according to the diuersity of regiōs, & the tendernes or firmnes of the infants body. Fiftly, to conclude, godly prai­ers being made the infant being cōmended to God, may be sent home. This is a true manner of administring baptisme. Baptism ef­fectuall and formall ynough with out a sermō Nowe then, if this be a true manner of administring baptisme: Here being no sermon prescri­bed, but all this may bee done well ynough, without a sermon: and our booke prscribeth as much as all this comes too, and more: howe haue not we baptizme truly ministred? I know, that after this, he presently findeth fault, with demaunding of the childe, whether it beleeueth, & renoun­ceth Sathan, the Worlde, and the flesh: As our Brethren also picke a qua­rell thereat. But since he confesseth, it was was taken from the custom of the auncients, when they demaunded these thinges worthily, of those that were of ripe yeares: The custom of answe­ring in the childes name. though hee say, it was ill translated to the de­maunding it also of the Infants: for, to what purpose shoulde those that be ignoraunt bee asked, and other folkes answere the demaundes? I like not of Hellopaeus misliking this custome so long as hee knoweth, or may easily doe, that it is but spoken by stipulation, and to binde the Godfa­thers &c. the more solēnly to see that the child, in whose name they answere shoulde afterwarde performe those thinges. So that this is but a comely order, at which (vnderstanding the meaning,) no good man ought to take offence. Yea, (in my opinion,) if this order were altered, we shoulde séeme to open a shrewde gap vnto the Anabaptists, that none were then bapti­zed but such onely as were of ripe yeares and coulde aunswere for them selues to these demaundes But since it is euident that they baptized In­fantes, and that they vsed this forme in baptizing of them (as in Augustine is moste apparant) we can not think that this custome was translated on­ly from the baptizing of them that were of riper yeares, but were they ripe or vnripe, it was the vsual order of baptizing al, in the ancient & primitiue Church. And therefore, conteining nothing contrary to the Institu­tion of baptizme, but all for it: and beeing done onely by the way of stipu­lation, one in the name of another, (which withall more liuely answereth, [...]o the nature of a couenaunt) and being of so great antiquity: though wee grant it is not necessary to be reteined: no more is it necessary to be remoo­ued. But al this is nothing to the absolute necessity of a sermon, or of the publike place, whereof is now the question. Hellopaeus making the pub­like place not of necessity, albeit for the ordinary course, most conuenient: neither for sermon, mencioning any at all: and therefore, (otherwise than for conuenient) it is plain, that he taketh it not to be of such necessity.

And afterward in the next treatise of the Lordes supper, he do h notably [Page 583] also hādling the consecration. cap. 4. pa. 209. wher he saith: The words of conse­cration. Yet ther remai­neth one question. For we say, that the bread & the Wine is sanctified of the Min. so far forth, as he is the legate or interpreter of Gods will, & the word of Gods institution, is as it were a certain meane to bee adhibited vnto this consecratiō. Euen so Aug. said wel: let the word come vnto the element, & it is made a sacrament, that is to say, by the commining be­tweene of the worde, the thing (otherwise by his nature appointed to a cōmon vse) is made a Sacrament. This therfore we wil haue to be vnder­stood by the tearm of consecration. Otherwise, euen as Aug. saith of the water of Bapt. take the word from the baptisme, & what is the water, but water: So, if thou takest away the word from the bread & the wine, What is the word added to the ele­ment to make the sacrament in the L. Supper. it shal be nothing but bread and wine. Now therfore, we must search out, what & what maner a word, that word is. For some take this word to strictly: & some more at large than is meet. They (take it) strictly, which ouerpas­sing as wel the former as the later words of the institution, haue deliue­red that in these 4. words, This is my body, again, this is my bloud, the cōsecration is made: as though by a certaine diuine vertue ingrafted in those words, the substance of bread & wine were changed: striking out the o­ther words, to wit, Take ye, eat ye, drink ye al of you, as superfluous, so far as to the force of transubstantiation doth pertain (which they doe) to this purpose, that they might not be compelled to confes, that the supper is common vnto all, & moreouer that they might not subscribe vnto this rule that nothing hath a reason of a sacrament, without the vse by God instituted. Howbeit, other do ioyne the thankesgiuing and the prayers, as though they also with the worde of the institution, did make the sa­crament, that is, did profite the consecration. And indeede this is true, that all this rite (or ceremony) is furnished with a solemne thankes-gi­uing and prayers, especially concerning the sending of the sonne, and of the purging of our sinnes made by him. And the very wordes also of the institution, are so to be rehearsed, that both they should begin at thanks­giuing & praier, and also should end in the same, T [...]e onely words of the Institu­tion doe make con­secration. euen as Christ the Lord hauing giuen thanks, sayd, this is my body: and the supper being ended, an himme being sung, he went forth. Moreouer we haue shewed, that the sanctification should be made with thanks-giuing. In the mean time we must know, that the only wordes of the Institution, and those entire, do perfite the consecration. Which being whole recited in the lawfull vse, in which thankes beeing giuen and prayers being recited, all things are done: of the elemēt is made the sacramēt. For of this word said Irenaeus: when the Cup mixt, & the bread broken, receiueth the word of God: the Eucharist of the body and bloud of our Lord is made. But, that he vn­derstandeth the only wordes of the Institution, appeareth by that which he setteth vnder it, that the earthly breade taketh the calling of God. For it is the calling of God, when God calleth the bread his body.

[Page 584]After the same manner Theodoretus, in Atrepo, ( that is, in his Dia­logue called immutable) hee teacheth, that our sauiour did honour (or commend) [...]he visible signes, with the appellatiō (or calling) of his body and bloud [...]: [...]ot that they ha [...] the same (appellation or calling) of nature, but allonely of grace. For so hee sayth, [...], (not chaunging the nature, but adding grace vnto nature). Nowe, we vnderstande, which, and what manner wordes, are the words of the Consecration, to witte, those same that are (the wordes) of the In­stitution. But they againe are of two partes. For some of them are the wordes of the Euangelistes, of which sort are these. Our lorde Iesus Christe in the same night that he [...] was betrayed tooke breade, and sayde: likewise he tooke the Cuppe after supper. Which are wo [...]des of the institu­tion. But some of the wordes are Christes owne words, as are, This is [...]y body that is giuen for you, take yee, eate yee: this is my bloud, &c Drinke yee all of this: doe this in remembraunce of mee. Those words (to witte, the Euaungelistes) as Ambrose witnesseth, lib. 4. cap. 5. De sacrament [...], are not onely recited as historicall: but doe admonish as well the Ministers as the Communicantes, what Christe did, what agayne hee bad both of them to doe. But these wordes serue to the consecration. Now, howsoe­uer this alone doe throughly accomplish the consecration: notwith­standing, if the other ( to witte the Euangelistes wordes before rehear­sed) bee eyther omitted, yea or indeede recited hystorically: (albeit the thinges are in very deede done, which Christe did, & would haue to be doone) the consecration is not made at all, but eyther it is an historicall explication of the Mystery: or rather, it is a play and iest. And thus farre concerning the consecration. Which words of Hellopaeus, if we shal well consider: wee shall sée withall moste apparantly, that howsoeuer the prea­ching of a sermon may do much good▪ for the further opening of these my­steries, and moouing of the hearers and participantes: yet is it not any [...] substātial part of the sacrament, or inseperable accident, absolutely neces­sary thereunto, and as it is thus of the Lordes supper: so for the materiall and formall partes, which are the Element and Worde of Baptizme.

To the same effect saith Beza in his Conf. cap. 4. Arti. 41. This change dependeth not of the recitall of any words, as the sophisters and decei­uers deliuer foorth, but of the ordinaunce of God, comprehended in his word. The word therefore, that is, the very institution of Christe, as it is of the Euangelistes and Paul expounded, is as it were the very life of the sacramentall signes, because (as in the word is declared vnto vs) the wa­ter the Breade & the Wine, are made sacraments, that is, true signes and seales of those thinges, which in the Worde are promised to vs, and are truely signified by the same.

And againe, We call the signe of baptisme, ( sayth Beza, cap. 4. artic. 47.) first of all Water: then, the substanciall ceremonies prescribed in [Page 585] the worde. Beza for the forme & effect of Bapt. To the which (we thinke it wickednesse) to adde any thing or to take frō it: that is to say, the sprinkling of the water, the stay vnder the water, and the comming foorth out of the water, &c. We call the worde in baptisme, the ordinance of Iesu Christ, ioyned with the pro­mise of eternall life, whereof this is the forme: Baptize yee in the name of the father, of the sonne, and of the holy Ghost: whosoeuer shall be­leeue and be baptized shall be saued. If then in these 2. partes, the whole substance of baptisme consist: how are not they baptized, where these 2. partes are, although no sermon be preached at the action? Albeit I know not how to reconcile Beza his wordes, for this materiall part: for ioyning all these thrée actions together with the element of water: sprinkling of the water: an abode or stay vnder the water: & the comming forth out of the water: Bezaes opi­nion of hol­ding the in­fant vnder the water. and that in none of these ought must be added nor dimini­shed, but that he will thinke it wickednesse. For we rather thinke, be the childe dipped in the water, and that without any aboade or stay therein, and much lesse to be helde any while vnder it, which might bréede daun­ger to tender infantes, or be it but onely sprinkled with water cast vppon it: it sufficeth for the action of the materiall part. But howsoeuer we may conster to the best those wordes of Beza; in that (which though hee make it no absolute necessitie of infantes baptisme, in respect of their saluatiō to depende thereon: yet in reasoning for it, he makes some necessitie of it; yea, he goeth so farre. Articl. 49. that baptisme cannot be reiterated: that (me thinkes, and let other iudge thereon) he cleane ouerthrowes this our Brethrens principle, that none can minister sacramentes but preachers of the worde. We haue sayd ( sayth Beza) that Baptisme is the sacrament of our engrafting into Christ and his Church: neyther dependeth the efficacie of baptisme on the person of the baptizer. But now, Baptisme true Bap­tisme wit [...] ­out a [...]erm [...] whosoeuer is once truely giuen to Christ, although now and then he tourne out of the way: yet, may he neuer be cast cleane out. And therefore it is inough that he was once receaued. By no meanes assent we vnto them, which rebaptize those that were baptized of Heretiks, or of other impure mi­nisters. Neither yet do we doubt, but that in the Papisticall Church, the baptisme remayneth true, although it be administred of ministers no­thing fitte, and be defiled with infinite pollutions. For because it pleased the mercie of God, euen within Popery, to preserue the relikes of his Church, so long, vntill he erected it vp againe; therefore would hee not that Sathan should be able vtterly therin, to ouerthrow baptisme, wher­by all the elected are ioyned together in a societie. If then this baptisme of Heretiks and Papists, were so sowly polluted, where not only no prea­ching was: besides that, no part of the institution, of the mystery, of the vse, of the endes, thereof were so declared, that the congregation vnder­stoode it: and yet, all this notwithstanding, it was true baptisme, and they [Page 586] were so fully baptized, The truth of Bapt. for al the abu­ses. that it were a dangerous heresie to go about to re­baptize vs, though they that did baptize vs were Idolatrous Priests, and Antichristes chapleynes: & can it now be said, that the administration of baptisme among vs, whō our Breth. cōfesse to be a true Church of Christ, we hauing nothing for the materiall part, How true & lawfull we may better thinke our Bap [...]isme is. but the only and méere element of water that Christ ordeyned, with the which wee sprinkle the infant, if he be not dipped into it; and vsing not onely the wordes of Christes insti­tution, with the promise annexed, besides prayers and thankesgiuing, with a plaine and full declaration of al the institution, the causes, the vse, the endes, the effectes of this mysterie, set foorth to the people assembled, that they withall may in their mother tongue, perceaue the whole content of all this action: that if all this be not administred by such a minister, as is withall a preacher, and that he also preach at the administration ther­of, and that also in the publike and ordinary place appointed, and in no priuate place: or else all this is but a worldly, dead, and beggerly ele­ment, a seale without the writing, and so nothing auaileable, & nothing better than sacrilege? Bezaes say­ing confutes our Learned discoursers. Durst Beza haue sayd so much, of the very Papists for this sacrament? Yea, although a midwife, or a lay mā (as often times then it hapned) did administer the same? Or would he, or would our Bre­thren for that default, rebaptize them? Or count them not baptized at all, that are so extraordinarily, yea, and disorderly baptized? Is the onely lacke of the persons lawefull vocation, yea, the lacke of sufficiencie in his vocation, a greater pollution, yea, and cleane disanulling of the sacramēt, more than all these corruptions of the Papistes, or than the insufficiencie or vnlawfulnesse of their calling? And yet theirs must bee true and verie baptisme; ours is not. And why so? Haue we any like or worse pollution? No. Haue we any such vnsufficient and vnlawfull ministerie? No. What then? Though it be not so vnsufficient and vnlawfull as theirs, yet is it vnsufficient and vnlawefull. Our Brethr. more allow of the Pa­pistes mini­stration of the sacra­ments than of the Pro­testants that are not pre­cher [...]. And why? Forsooth, The administration of the sacramentes ought to be committed to none, but vnto suche as are preachers of the woorde. pag. 60. But what meane our Brethren by this worde ought? An absolute necessitie? Or a conuenient dutie? Saint Paule prescribing the conditions of a Bishop, sayth: a Bishop ought to be vnreprooueable, the husbande of one wife, watching, sober, modeste, harbourous, apt to teach, not giuen to wine, no striker, not giuen to filthie lucre, but gentle, not couetous, one that can rule his owne house; hauing children vnder obedience withall honestie. What doth Saint Paule meane héere, in all these and other properties, that he saith a Bishop ought to haue such an absolute necessitie? that if hee want any of these properties, he is by and by no Bishop at all, nor hath any lawfull functi­on? And if he minister the sacramentes, they are no sacramentes? Are all these properties of the substance of his office? If they say, though all be [Page 587] not, yet this is; to be apt or able to teach, Necessitie of Bapt. & to exhort with holsome do­ctrine. Indéede, if he had no aptnes nor abilitie at all, that were very hard. And yet most of the Popish Bishops & Priests were such, & their baptizing still true baptisme. And shal ours be said, to be no baptisme at al, if the mi­nister of (absolute necessity) be not such a learned preacher, as can fréely and at large, by his owne discourse, expounde vnto the people, the my­sterie of the sacramentes? Haue we not already heard howe Musculus a­uoucheth, that in many reformed Churches, there are many that can mi­nister the supper of the L. & few that can preach the word of the Lord? Baptisme hath more neede to be receaued, & lesse neede of a sermon to the recei­uer of it. And that it is not necessary, that the Preacher shuld be the minister of that sacrament? And is it otherwise in this sacramēt of baptisme: which both hath the lesse néed of the twaine, to haue a sermon preached thereat, & yet withall of the twaine, hath a greater necessitie of receauing thereof, than of the L. supper? But if now, as we haue séene for that sacrament, that it may be ministred orderly inough by those that are no preachers: & yet none can orderly minister the sacraments, but he that is a minister of the woorde: doth not this consequence then followe of necessitie, that some may be ministers of the worde, that are not preachers of the woorde? Which cleane ouerturneth all our Brethrens processe of this necessitie, that they must néedes be Preachers.

But our Breth. chalenge vs here for this, that where we will make no necessity of Preachers, to be the ministers of baptisme; notwithstanding, of baptisme it selfe we make a necessitie. But both wayes they do vs ma­nifest wrong. For, neither we denie all kinde of preaching, nor all kinde of necessitie in the minister for preaching at baptisme, or at the Lordes supper; but only this absolute simple and ineuitable necessitie, graunting a necessitie of conueniencie. Neither do we vrge this absolute, Whatneces­sitie we de­nie or grant in the sacra­ment. simple & ineuitable necessitie, of any of both the sacramentes themselues. Saue in generall, that they must néedes be had in the Church ( as Zanchius said) not onely as necessarie tokens and demonstrances of the true Churches, but also as Gods seales ordeined for the confirmation of our faith, & such parts of his couenant with vs and ours with him, as the whole Church is bound to haue & vse. But whē it comes to the particuler vse & application, we do not so necessarily tie thē to this or y t person of or in the Church, that if they haue thē not, be it not by their own default, the want of thē may en­danger their saluation: the vertue wherof depends not vpō any sacramēt, or is included in it. Neither acknowledge we any necessitie of it, but such only as is agréeable to Christs institution. And therfore, whē we say bap­tisme maybe ministred in priuate places for necessity: & our breth. reply, as though there were such necessity of the outward signe, when it cānot be ministred according to the institution of Christ: &c. This reply is not to the matter in hand. For that necessity that is of the institutiō of Christ, [Page 588] is a méere and absolute necessitie, Christes in situation. and of the substantiall partes of the sa­cramentes, either for the matter or forme of them, whosoeuer shall mini­ster or receaue them, Wh [...]t is and is not neces­sarily con­teyned in Christes in­stitution of the sacr. and when, and where soeuer they shall be receaued. But th [...]s prescribeth not any time when, nor any place where, they shalbe necessarily receaued. No nor the parties that shall receaue, nor yet the parties that shall only minister them. Howbeit, our question is now here, not so much for the persons that shall minister them, for we yéelde, that none orderly ought so to do, but he that is lawfully called thereunto. Nei­ther permitte we, but forbid all other, and punish them, if any be found so to haue offended: nor yet for the person to be baptized, whatsoeuer ne­cessitie lies on him to haue it: but on the place. For, although it must néedes be done in some place, or not done at all, and the most necessarie ( re­specting conueniencie) is the pubike place, to wite, the temple: yet this being none of the partes of the sacrament, nor this or that place, publike or priuate, but an accident perteyning to circumstance: why should ex­ception be made of this, that because it is done in a priuate place, and that for necessitie of conueniencie, that there can be no such necessitie of the outwarde signe, when it can not be ministred according to the institu­tion of Christ? Did Christ mention place in his institution? Or rather doth he not include al conuenient places without exception, when he saith: goe ye into all the world to baptize, &c. and did they it not both in the o­pen riuers, and in priuate houses? And where, and when, and how was the Lordes supper instituted, if we should vrge the institution on that fa­shion? Let our Brethren proue that the publike place, and that the prea­ching of a sermon by a preacher ( vnderstanding the worde as they con­ster it) is a materiall part, & of the substance of the sacrament by Christs institution: and straight will I yéelde vnto our Brethren, that no kinde of necessitie in the worlde, may alter it. But good Brethren take good ad­uice, how ye enter into the maintenance of that point. Which if it be true, then the sacramentes without a sermon preached, are not onely corrupt­ly ministred or receaued, but not ministred nor receaued at all, wanting the substantiall partes that make a sacrament. And so it might be further called in question, whether we or they, be as yet baptized at all, yea or no. The daun­gerous se­quele of our Breth. assertion. But I am most assured that we be, notwithstanding (as Beza sayth) all the pollutions of the Pope. And if those, I meane not his tromperies and trash that he added, but his suppressinges of the declaring the verie institution of Baptisme, besides his manifolde and horrible errors of do­ctrine concerning Baptisme, that then blinded both the people and the mi­nister, were not yet able to make baptisme vneffectuall: shall we nowe say or thinke, and beate this scruple into the peoples heades, that all these superstitions and errors being remoued▪ and hauing Gods pure woorde and promise, ioyned to the simple element ordeyned of Christ; & hauing [Page 589] withall the whole nature of the sacrament so fully and clerely set out, The Popish corruptions that all the people may perceaue it; and receaue great edification by it; and a lawefull minister doe it; and all the congregation ioyne their prayers and thankesgiuing to it; and perhaps also some godly and learned homily, or exhortation, or sermon written and set out, by some learned preacher, reade vnto the people at that time: tush tush, what talke ye of all this? If if it be not done onely in publike place appointed, that is to witte, the Church or Temple: if it be not ministred only by a preacher: yea, and if he preach not a sermon at the ministration of it: al is corrupt and vn­auaileable. All is nothing els but a worldly, a dead, a beggerly element, a seale without a writing. A separation of the ministration of preaching the worde, from the sacramentes, and what can it be better than sacri­lege?

Thus do our Brethren shake al off, & make our sacraments as ill: yea, worse than the very Papists; yea, to be none at all, and so to be no Church: not where preaching is not, but where it is not ioyned to the sacra­mentes.

As for Beza his wordes from whence our Brethren séeme to haue bo­rowed theirs: if they had reteyned the same moderation of spéech, that Be­za doth, we would haue ioyned with them. For, we say herein as he doth. Therefore the necessitie of receauing the sacraments, Beza in con­fess. Christ. cap. 4. [...] 35. reacheth not so farre foorth, that without exception euery one that hath not obteyned them, is cleane fallen from saluation: but thus farre foorth onely, that he which shall haue dispised them, sithe that he declareth himselfe to be an infidell, is guiltie of eternall death, except he shall haue acknowled­ged it and repented him of it. Well therefore doth Bernard testifie: not the depriuing, but the contēpt condemneth. But he cannot be thought to haue contemned the sacramentes, that could not so receaue them as they were ordeyned of the Lorde. And God forbid that we should ima­gine any cases of necessitie, in which we might violate the ordinance of the Lorde. As indeede they doe (as verily vnto me it seemeth) which transferre (or assigne ouer) the ministerie of baptizing vnto women, or to any other priuate persons. And they that without the publike assem­blie and times not prescribed of the Church, doe administer the Lords supper. So that here he alloweth a necessitie of baptisme, but not anye such as were against the Lordes ordinance. And he speaketh of them that transferre and assigne ouer the ministerie of baptisme to women or pri­uate persons, Our Breth. vse the sacr. without the pub. assemb. and times prescribed of the Church. as for the other of place & time he restayneth to the supper of the Lord, not to baptisme. From the two former for the acknowledge­ment of any such fact to be orderly done (God be praysed) we are free. Frō the later, both for the Lordes supper, and for baptisme too; let our Bre­thren looke to it, that are déeper in that matter than are we. But when all [Page 590] is done, Bezaes modestie. this modestie of Beza is commendable, that hee doth not cleane annihilate and make no sacramentall act at all of these doings, as our Bre­thren doe: Bezaes mo­destie. but onely saith, they violate the ordinance of the Lorde. For (as we haue shewed) he saith al the Papists pollutions ( of the which these were some, and that our Brethren I thinke will graunt) were not able to take away the vertue of baptisme, and make it frustrate & vneffectuall.

And therfore our Brethr. ouer-reached, and abuse vs, in laying the er­ror of the Papistes, mainteyning an absolute necessitie of the sacrament, vnto our charge, and to say the necessitie that wee stande on, is nothing else, but to affirme with the Papistes, that sacraments conferre grace of the worke wrought: and that the sacrament of Baptisme is a sacrament of such necessitie, that whosoeuer is not dipped in water must bee eter­nally condemned. Which hereticall opinion, as wee haue hissed out in our profession and preaching, so is it a great shame for vs, to maintaine by such corrupt vsage of Christes holy sacraments. This opinion of the Papistes, as they nowe obstinately maintaine the same, is (I graunt) he­reticall. And yet, neither was this (besides al other that they maintained, euen concerning baptisme) able to take away the vertue of it, but that all the Papists had true baptisme, whosoeuer he or she were y t baptized thē.

But, doe wee maintaine this, or any other of their erroneous or heretical opinions? No. I hope, our Brethren doe include vs, in the num­ber of this (we) as well as themselues, Our Brethr. contradicti­on. when they say: which hereticall opinion, as we haue hissed out in our profession & preaching. And how then, do we maintaine or affirme that, which is nothing else, but to af­firme with the Papists this hereticall opinion? Doe we maintaine & af­firme that, which we haue hissed out? Or doe we hisse out that which we maintaine & affirme? How do these things hang together? But they say, we maintaine it by such corrupt vsage of Christes holy sacraments.

What corrupt vsage haue they proued, or are euer able to proue that we maintaine in Christes holy sacraments, either the one or the other, cōtra­rie to that, which in our profession & preaching we haue hissed out? For if we maintaine it, we professe it. But, if our Brethren accuse vs so sharp­ly, of so great a shame, as in our profession & preaching to hisse out this hereticall opinion; and yet charge vs that we maintaine it, by suche cor­rupt vsage of Christes holy sacramentes: because onely we affirme, there may be some necessary vsage of these holy sacraments: although (follow­ing the ordinary forme in our booke set downe) they be extraordinarily nowe and then vsed in priuate places, in cases of necessitie, professing and preaching, that we vnderstande no absolute necessitie, but conditio­nall, and of conuenience: howe shall then our Brethren not incurre a greater shame, that hisse not out in their profession and preaching, but affirme and maintaine such necessitie of a preacher, to be the only mi­nister [Page 591] of the sacramentes, and of preaching at the ministration of them: Our Breth. dangerous positions. that if there be not this preacher and preaching; they make it not onely a corrupt vsage of Christes holy sacraments, but no sacraments at all? shall we say, this is nothing else but to affirme with the Papists, that the prea­cher & his preaching conferreth grace of the worke wrought? And that this preaching is of such necessitie, that whosoeuer heares not a sermon whē he receaues the sacrament, must be eternally condemned, as recea­uing it vnworthily to his condemnation? Our Brethr. absurdities in this asser­tion. And yet he receaueth no sacra­mēt at al. And that this necessitie of a preaching is as necessary to Bapt. as euer the Papistes thought baptisme it selfe to be to the infant? And that the want of this necessitie, doth more frustrate & voide all the whole sub­stance and vertue of the sacrament: than all their corrupt abusages, pol­lutions, and hereticall opinions of Christes holy sacramentes, was euer able to doe. What a greater shame is the maintenaunce of this opinion? Which if it should be mainteyned obstinately, (as I hope our Breth. will not): surely, it were as ill or worse, than the other, & in very sooth, no bet­ter than an hereticall opinion. But our Breth. may erre, and so may we. Let vs both learne in modestie to saye with Augustine, as I saide before, Errare possum, hereticus esse nolo. Erre I may, but (God willing) I will not be an heretike. But now for the finall conclusion of this matter, say our Brethren.

Let vs therfore retaine this principle, The learned Dis. Pag. 62. & 63. that the administratiō of the sa­craments, is a part of the Pastors dutie: for although the office of prea­ching be more excellent, than of ministration of the sacramentes, as S. Paule speaketh comparatiuely. Christ sent me not to Baptise to preach. 1. Cor. 1.17. 1. Cor. 1.17. Yet they are of such affinitie, that the accessorie can not be se­parated from the principall thereof. For where is no preacher of the worde, rhere ought to be no minister of the sacraments.

This principle, Bridges. that the administratiō of the sacramēts is a part of the Pastors dutie: is a true principle, and safely to be mainteyned. But, as that which went before, was not to be mainteined without great shame & daunger: so not onely this necessarie conclusion made hereon, is no lesse shamfull daungerous & erroneous to be mainteined, thā the other: Our Brethr. most daun­gerous con­clusion. where there is no precher of the word: there ought to be no minister of the sa­craments. For, if this Canon of our Breth. should be put in execution at this present, throughout all England, & much more throughout all Christē ­dome: Baptisme might be a long while cleane exiled, Baptisme banished throughout the most part of Christendome. from the most part of a number of Christian Realmes and Churches, that yet amiddes all their corrupt vsages, reteyne the vertue of baptisme, as Beza sayth. But to looke to our owne estate; which haue none of those or anye other corruptions remayning, but as syncere a forme, concerning the verie administration of the sacramentes, as any of all our Brethren in anie [Page 592] reformed Churche set downe, No prea­cher, no sa­crament. full of exhortations, admonitions, con­solations, instructions, and declarations of all the mysterie, with pray­ers and thankesgiuinges: yea, and often with godly and learned homi­lies, and other excellent treatises and sermons, to be reuerently reade, that the people may vnderstande them, and may be much edified by them: yet, vntill they haue a preacher come among thē, and he also must be their owne Pastor, or else againe they breake their owne rules: and he then and there make a sermon to them, at the ministration of the sacramentes, or else as good away as there, What a state our Breth. vnder pre­tence of ma­king it bet­ter. would bring vs vnto. yea, as good no preacher at all, as not preach at all: and he must preach also of that matter, or else it is not to that purpose: all which things if they be not done: then God be with you, for any sacra­ments that may be administred. None must be baptized there, nor anye neuer so godly disposed, and desirous to come to the Lords table, shall finde any crome of comfort to refresh his hungry soule there. Though also the minister would neuer so faine baptize the poore infantes of the faithfull parents, and breake the Lordes breade, and deliuer the Lordes cup vnto other hunger-starued and thirstie soules; no, they must be packing and goe home againe emptie, no sacramentes shall there be ministred. Per quam re­gulam? What a rule is there here, why the poore & faithfull people should be thus debarred of these holy sacramentes? For-sooth, our Brethren haue set downe a rule, and a finall conclusion, that ouer-ruleth and knitteth vp all this case. Ye can haue no sacraments at all. And why I pray you? It is a plaine case, there is no minister to administer them. No? That there is, The duty of a good Cu­rate that is no preacher we haue a minister readie to doe it. What? Is he a preacher? No, but he is an honest, vertuous, sober, and painefull man in his function: and he is a good scholler too, and studious, and can reade (and so he doth) verie faire, that all the parish may plainely vnderstande him: and hee catechi­seth our children diligently, and we sitte by and here it, to our great com­forte and edification: and he can and doth giue vs also in priuate ( as hée séeth cause) very good counsell when we come vnto him, and hee comes to vs when we are sicke, and maketh very good exhortations, in priuate, and if néede be admonisheth vs in secret, yea and openly also, of our faults; and calleth vpon vs often to come to the diuine seruice, and to heare him reade the homilies, and other good sermons, and to receaue these holy sacra­mentes that we would now haue. Tush, a point for all this. Is he a prea­cher? No. He hath no gift at all to edifie vs that wayes, as you mean prea­ching. Why, then we haue a flat rule, that he ought to minister no sacra­ments. For, where is no preacher of the word; there ought to be no mi­nister of the sacramentes.

The incon­uenience of our Brethr. rule. Would not this rule make a faire rule, if thinges were ouer-ruled on this fashion? But how long now shall the people be thus debarred? Till we can get preachers for euery seueral congregation? But that our Bre­thren [Page 593] haue examined alreadie, and found, and confessed, No preacher no sa­crament. that it can not bée done presently, and it will not be done in haste, to furnish so many places; no, though we should cleane disfurnish the nurseries of all our preachers. Nor euery one is to be allowed a Preacher that hath learning inough, & vtterance and audacitie, except he haue the grace of God inough also, to be as S. Paul calleth him, [...], one that diuideth aright the word of truth. So y e many should not be admitted to be prechers, that in their own opinions, & in many others among our Brethren, are holden for ioly and plausible preachers. And how then should all those places doe, till preachers were prouided for them?

Our Brethren told vs before of a helpe, pag. 56. when they had willed vs to pray to the Lorde of the haruest, to thrust forth labourers into his haruest: yet doubting least they should not haue thē by & by thrust in, Our Brethr. extraordina­ry order till all places cā be furnished with prea­chers. they said: and in the meane time, till God blesse vs with a sufficient nūber of learned Pastors, to take some extraordinary & tēporall order, for ouer-seeing the Churches, that although they cannot be al sufficiently instru­cted & gouerned, &c. And what now? Is this one of these extraordinary & temporall orders, that shall be taken in the meane time; that there shal be no sacraments, at all administred to the poore people in all those places? That were a handsome extraordinary order, with all my heart. It were pittie such a tēporall order in the mean time, till preachers could be gottē to be in euery seuerall congregation, should haue any temporall continu­ance of so long time. Yet, better is halfe a loase thā no bread. Yea, we may haue the whole lose wel inough, as vnprouided as we be, & cut aright also, though not with so fine a knife as hath a learned preacher. But this hea­uenly bread of the Lordes table, he may the casilier breake & deliuer, be­ing broken before hand to his hand. And especially minister the sacramēt of baptisme, if he be a minister at all: of which sacrament, there is some­what more necessitie ( though not absolute) than of the L. supper. But for euery congregation to tary till they haue a preacher of their owne, to doe these thinges vnto them, besides the iniurie offred, not so much to the pre­sent ministers, as to the people, not only for the present state, The daun­gers flow­ing from this rule. but wee can not tell for howe long time to come, so to be debarred: would not this goe néere to bring in Anabaptistrie? Either by kéeping backe the infants from baptisme, till they had a preacher to be their Pastor, vnder pretence of no such necessitie, as may endaunger their saluation, because they haue not a preacher to baptize them, & so to tary til they can answere for thēselues as the Anabaptistes say they ought to do, & admit none other; yea, and per­haps they may so stay frō baptism longer, as a thing at al not so necessary: or else, to hastē all places furniture with this necessitie of preachers, more then of baptisme, & so to shooue in a number of bolde vnlearned mē. taking vpon thē to be preachers: which may bréede as daungerous a point as the [Page 594] other. Principall and acces­sorie. And when all this is done, for such an absolute necessitie of prea­chers; will not this hereticall opiniō of the Papists, go néere to créepe in af­ter, of opus operatum, while we stande so necessarily on opus operantis, pres­sing so hard on this new coyned Canon? For, where there is no preacher of the word, there ought to be no minister of the sacramentes.

But our Brethren say, they are of suche affinitie (preaching and the ministration of the sacraments) that the accessorie cannot be separated from the principall thereof.

Preaching is not the principall thing, but accessory to the sacram. Which is here the accessorie, which the principall? For they name it not▪ but thinke, that it is so apparant, that it must go away without touch of breast, that the preaching is the principall, and the administration of the sacramentes is the accessorie. But by their leaue, we must with­all consider this, that although it may be well sayde, when the one of these is compared to the other; the office of preaching is the more ex­cellent, than the office of ministration of the sacramentes; yet when it commeth to the ministration of the sacramentes, then is the woorde and promise thereof, including the matter promised, which is called res sacramenti, What is the principall thing in the sacrament. the thing of the sacrament, that is, Christe himselfe, and his death set foorth, and our vniting vnto him, the principall and most excel­lent thing in that action: and the preaching or making a sermon more at large thereupon, is but an accessorie thing vnto the sacrament: and so accessorie, that although, if the preaching be there it is so much the bet­ter set foorth: yet, whether the preaching be there or no, (so be it haue at other times so effectually gone before, that the congregation be not ig­norant of the state of these mysteries) if the onely worde and promise be there, (according to the institution thereof) ioyned to the outwarde signe or element: there is a full and perfect sacrament, ( as we haue séene in Beza and Hellopaeus) both administred by the minister, though he be no preacher: and receaued of the faithfull Christian, if it be the Lords supper: and of the Christians childe, if it be the sacrament of baptisme. So that, the comparison is not héere betwéene these two offices, which office is the more principall of the twayne. For we confesse, that in many con­siderations, the preaching of the worde is farre aboue the ministration of the sacramentes: and yet in some respectes, the sacrament it selfe is more principall than is the preaching of it. As in Baptisme, to incor­porate the infant into the Church of Christe, which infant is not properly as yet faithfull, though he be the séede of the faithfull, and haue (as Beza calleth it) the seede of fayth, but not fayth in him. And in the Lordes supper, to comfirme the faithfull in the faith, that they haue long alrea­die before conceaued by the woorde, and yet perhappes also not by the worde preached, as our Brethren vnderstande the preaching of it. But, vnd [...]rstande it howe they will: here preaching is in these respectes, but [Page 595] accessory to the sacrament, & the sacrament principal to the preaching. And in this consideration, Beza euen in the next wordes to that which I cited out of him last, procéedeth saying:

Fourthly, Beza in con­fess. cap. 4. art. 35. whereas the simple preaching of the word doth strike one onely of those our fiue senses: but the sacramentes besides, do runne in­to our eyes, and also stirre vp our other senses, and they are so admini­stred with ceremonies of greater moment adhibited: it may easily be vn­derstoode howe much the vse of them helpeth our faith, The cōmen­dation of the sacram. as those that bring vs euen as it were vnto the thing present, as though nowe we felt Christ himselfe after a certaine manner in our handes, and saw him with our eyes, and perceaued him with the whole body. So farre is it there­fore that we should despise the sacraments, that contrariwise we should confesse, the vse and profites of them can not be inough commended and praysed according to their dignitie.

And although S. Paule, as our Brethren heere say, speake compara­tiuely: Christ sent mee not to baptize, but to preach, 1. Cor. 1.17. yet this comparison of Saint Paule was not in comparing the dignities of these offices, but onely in comparison of his owne especiall vocation; and of all other places, is quite contrarie to our Brethren, as wée haue partly séene alreadie: but since our Brethren so solemnely auowe it, let vs once againe heare Caluine on that saying. Calminus in 1. Cor. 1.17. Notwithstanding ( sayth he) here are two thinges to be obserued. Whereof the one is, that the Apo­stle doth not not heere denie, but that he had the commaundement of baptizing (for these pertayneth to all the Apostles, Go ye, baptize ye; and he had done rashly euen in baptizing one, except he had been furnished with the cōmaundement) but only to shewe what was the chiefest thing in his vocation. But the second is, that the dignitie or fruite of the sacra­ment is not here abased, as some doe thinke. For neither is the questi­on here of the vertue of baptisme, neither did Paule purpose in this com­parison to withdraw any thing therfrom: but whereas it pertayned to few to tech, but it was giuē to many to baptize: Moreouer, wheras many could be taught all at once, but baptisme could not be conferred but to euery one of them in order: Paul that excelled in the faculty of teaching, followed the worke that was more necessary vnto him. He left that vn­to other, which they could performe more commodiously.

What can be plainer spoken thā this against our Breth. y t they are de­ceaued, which thinke Paul made here a cōparison, between the dignitie of preching, & the dignity of the ministratiō of the sacraments? For Paules cōparison is but in cōparing himself & his peculier vocation with others. Howbeit he frames his cōparison so, that he plainly sheweth, both y t some might minister the sacramēts that were not preachers: & that the gift of preaching was giuen to fewe, in comparison of the multitude of those, [Page 596] that being no preachers, The separation of the sacr. and preaching. yet a lawefull function was giuen to them to minister the sacramentes. Which being graunted: let the other go which way it shall, in the comparison of these offices, which is principall, and which is accessory. For the sacraments being principall in the foresayde consideration, & preaching being but accessory vnto them: as preaching may be effectuall without them, where they cannot be had: so they become not vneffectuall, although that at the ministration of thē, among those that by former preaching at other times, are alreadie faithfull; & to their chil­dren, though they as yet haue not faith, and though there be no preaching at that action. And whereas in other respects againe, the function of prea­ching is of such dignitie, that the ministration of the sacraments is but accessorie in comparison thereof: so the ministration of the sacramentes may be a function common vnto many, and therefore lawfully of them v­sed, although they haue not the gift of preaching, which is a more rare gift and giuen to fewer. And therefore, principall and accessorie which of thē soeuer be, in their seuerall respectes & considerations; and though also they be both of such affinitie, that they may well often times méete, helpe, and confirme on an other: yet (being of so néere affinitie) the banes may law­fully be forbidden, if our Brethren shall so aske them, that like man and wife they may neuer but by the death of them be separate. But, as prea­ching may well be separated from the administratiō of the sacraments; How the administratiō of the sacr. & preaching may be ioy­ned and se­parated. so the administratiō of the sacraments may wel now & thē be separated also, both in time and place frō the preaching of the word, without any derogation of the dignities, or dissolutiō of the affinitie, in which these two offices, the preaching of the worde and the administration of the sacra­mentes, are lynked and ioyned together, but not inseparablie. Thus it was both in the two principall sacramentes of the old lawe, circumci­sion and the Paschall Lambe: and thus, as we sée it amongest vs nowe; so was it euen in the purest time of the Gospell among the Apostles, as this very instant that our Brethren their selues here out of Paul alleage, doth clerely testifie, to wit, that these 2. offices, as they may excellently be ioyned together: so they may often time be well separated.

But a question by the way, and so an end hereof. Are these two, prea­ching and ministration of the sacramentes seuerall offices? How our Breth owne positions o­uerth [...]owe themselues. For else, how hang these wordes together? For although the office of preaching be more excellent, than of ministration of the sacraments, as S. Paul spea­keth comparatiuely: if then they be different Ecclesiasticall offices; and that so distinct, that Saint Paule speaketh comparatiuely of these two offices; and in that comparison, separateth the one from the other: then, although they be of neuer so néere affinitie, which soeuer be prin­cipall or which accessory: if this with all be true, that one office requi­reth one officer; & that, to put 2. offices to one officer were confusion; [Page 597] and euerie officer may fully disch [...]ge his owne office, without the in­termedling with any other office: why may there not then bee a mini­ster of the sacramentes, distinct and seuerall from a preacher, and mi­nister the sacramentes to the faithfull people, though he preach not be­ing a seuerall distinct office from preaching; as wel as a preacher distinct from a minister of the sacramentes, and preach the worde to the faith­full people, though he minister not the sacraments vnto them? But I will not so straightly presse our Brethren. These two offices may be well and better in one officer, euen as may the doctor and the Pastor: and yet they may be separated well inough in some. So that hereby, with the re­sidue aforesaide: I conclude, that this conclusion of our Brethren, is not a true, but a most vntrue (be it spoken with due reuerence) and a most daungerous conclusion. That where there is no preacher of the worde; there ought to be no minister of the Sacramentes.

The argument of the 8. Booke.

THE 8. Booke consisteth of the Pastors dutie in publike prayers. First whether all publike prayer ought onely to be such, as is all conceaued and vttered by the minister and not to followe any ordinary prescribed forme: with a view of the Iewes publike prayers before Christs comming: The or­der of the Church in the Apostles times, and in the primitiue age, with the times next succeeding, and of the orders of the re­formed Churches. Whether the people might not ioyne altoge­ther their voyces in some of the publike prayers with the Pa­stors, to auoyde confusion but onely to close with him in their consent, by aunswering Amen: with another like viewe of the order in the olde and newe Testament, for the peoples voyces without confusion: and of the primitiue and auncient Churches order therein. Whether any seuerall prayers may now and then be vsed in publike congregations with a like perusall thereof in the olde and new Testament. Of the abuses that our Brethren complaine vpon, for long prescribed formes of publike prayers, the ministers ill pronouncing, the peoples not attending, the vnsensible reading, the ministers vnfitte place, screenes, Rood­lofts, organe loftes, chauntrey chappels, high pewes, opinion of well seruing God. walking & talking in the Church, gathe­ring money for the poore, priuate prayer and reading, neglect of preaching by reason of praying, the establishment of both, comparison of our publike prayers to the Popish seruice, of the seruices giuing place to a sermon, and whether publike prayer may be made without a sermon preached therat, with another view of the vse throughout the scripture and in the primitiue Church. Whether we contemne or thrust out preching for pray­ing or no. Whether morning and euening prayer may be song in the churches. Of the order in Cathedrall & collegiate chur­ches, and mens delight to come and heare the seruice there, be­ing [Page 599] moued thereto by the Organes and musicke, and their de­parting at the sermō. Our Brethrens comparison of our publik praiers to the Masse, as a gentle beast that byteth not, & of the nature & effects of our publ. prayer. Our Brethr. praier that all formes of prayer might be abolished to bring in preaching. The peoples singing of Psal. al at once. The Pastors duty in ioyning al waies these 3. preaching, ministring the sacramēts & praying, the auntient custome of his giuing the blessing at mariages.

FVrthermore it appertaineth to the dutie of the Pastor to make pray­ers, as Act. 16.16. not only priuate as all men are bound to doe, Act. 16.16. The learned Dis. Pag. 63. & 64. but also publ. praiers in the name of the whole church, Act. 6.4. 1. Tim. 2.1. being the mouth thereof. Act. 6.4. 1. Tim. [...]. [...] For wheras the spirit of God, cōmandeth all things to be done in decent & comly order, & forbiddeth all confusion & disorder: as it were great confusion and vncomlines, for euery mā to make his seuerall prayers in the publike assemblies: so is it orderly for one to pronounce the prayer in the name of the rest, & the rest to pray with him in silence, & to answere Amen. 1 Cor. 14.16. It is also decent that he which is the shepheard, should go before the sheep in prayer, 1. Cor. 14.40. & the sheepe fol­low him, in lifting vp of their harts in mutuall consent. Moreouer, for as much as preaching & administration of the sacraments, ought not to be vsed without publik prayers; as it is the Pastors office to preach & mini­ster the sacraments: so is it his dutie also to go before his flock in publ. praiers. But here we haue to obserue 2. things. The first that as it pertai­neth to the Pastor to cōceaue publ. prayers: so it is the duty of the whole Church: in the name of the whole Church, to ioyne in heart with the Pa­stor in the same prayers, that they knowing and vnderstanding what he hath prayed, may at the end giue their consent by aunswering Amen. 1. Cor. 14.16.

ALthough these quotatiōs of our Breth. Act. 16. v. 16. Act. 6 v. 4. 1. Tim. 2. v. 1. do not proue that this especially appertai­neth to the duty of the Pastor, Bridges. to make the publike praiers in the name of the whole Church: yet we gladly cōfesse it. And many other more proper places, & examples proue it, & our Pastors vse it. So that herein we agrée: saue for 3. great and materi­al points here touched together: For the only Pastors cōceiuing of all the prayers, and so reiecting all prescribed formes: For prohibiting the peo­ple to ioyne all their voices together in any prayers, except onely in aun­swering Amen: And for their so vtter forbidding of all seueral prayers in publike assemblies. All which points require a further declaration.

And first for these wordes, of making prayers, beeing vndrstoode (as [Page 600] we commonly vse the phrase) onely for praying, The Iewes publike prayers. or, powring foorth our prayers vnto God: as we allowe that sense, so we graunt, it is the Pastors dutie to make prayers, not onely priuate, as all men are bound to doe: but also to make the publike prayers, & that in the name of the whole Church, hee being in some respectes, the mouth thereof. But, if by making prayers, they vnderstande him to be such a maker of them, that he may not pronounce any prayers, which by any other are alreadie made to his hande, and he by publike authority prescribed, to make those pub­like prayers, that is, publikely to pronounce or say them, in the name of the whole Church: but onely such prayers, as he his owne selfe, eyther hath before hande made and conned by roate, or such as without any pre­meditation or committing to memorie, he doth in his head conceaue, euen as he vttereth them with his mouth, and so at that instant make them: this we vtterly deny. And, not to suspect here w tout good cause, that our Breth. vnderstand this terme, of making publike prayers in this sense: not only their wordes here following do plainely expounde their meaning: when they saye, It apperteyneth to the Pastor to conceaue publike prayers: and it is a common phrase among our Brethren, that such and such a one is an excellent conceauer, meaning that he can make godly prayers: but also, that they can not away with formall reading ( as in contempt they call it) and a prescribed forme of prayer.

A p [...]escri­bed forme of prayers & diuine ser­uice among the Iewes before Christes cō ­ming. But, to confute this, and to proue that a prescribed forme of the diuine seruice, for the publike prayers, besides the reading of the scriptures in appointed courses and orders, is a thing lawefull and profitable: First, the Iewes had the same before, and in, and after Christes time, not onely as perteyning to the ceremoniall, but to the morall lawe, for the obedi­ence of the first table, perteyning to the worshippe of God. Numb. 6.22. &c. Numb. 6.22. &c. The Lorde spake to Moses saying, speake vnto Aaron and to his sonnes say­ing, thus shall ye blesse the children of Israell, and say vnto them, the Lorde blesse thee, and keepe thee, the Lorde make his face to shine vpon thee, and be mercifull vnto thee, the Lorde lift vp his countenance vpon thee, and giue thee peace, &c. And although they had many of their publike prayers, beeing mixt with hymnes & thankesgiuings, not onely sayde but song also: yet were they such, not only as their selues made or conceaued ( were they neuer so lear­ned men): but such as either Moses, or Samuell, or Dauid, or Esdras, or some other Prophete, especially appointed thereunto by God, had dra­wen out, and prescribed vnto them. As may appeare 1. Chron. 9. where after he had shewed, ver. 22. &c. how Dauid and Samuell the feer had esta­blished the porters and other officers, ver. 33. he sayth: And these are the singers, 1. Chron. 9.33. the chiefe fathers in the Leuites, which d [...]elt in the chambers, and had none other charge. 1. Chron. 16.4. & 7. For they had to doe in that businesse day and night. And speaking of Dauid, ( who made the most pa [...]t of the Psalmes) in the 16. [Page 601] Chapter, ver. 4. And he appointed certaine of the leuites to minister be­fore the Arke of the Lorde, and rehearse, and thank, and praise the Lorde God of Israell. And vers 7. Then at that time Dauid did appoint, at the beginning, to giue thankes to the Lorde▪ By the hande of Asaph and his brethren. Whereon sayth the Geneua note, The Gene­ua note. Dauid gaue them this psalm to prayse the Lorde signifying that in all our enterprises, the name of God ought to bee praysed and called vpon. psalme. 105. 1. Chr. 21.2

Thus doe our brethren apply these doinges of Dauid vnto our estate. And in the 25 chapter, ver 2. He mencioneth those that were vnder the hande of Asaph, which sang prophesies by the commission of the king. Thus did Asaph then set foorth the publike prayers, endited, & prescribed by Dauid. Although he as diuers think, conceiued & made many psalms and Prayers, and prescribed, then to others. Likewise 2. chron. 29. verse. 27. And Ezekiah commaunded to offer the burnt offering vpon the Al­ter, and when the burnt offering began, the song of the Lorde beganne, with the trumpets, and the instruments of Dauid king of Israell and all the congregation worshipped singing a song, &c.

All which orders and formes of publique prayer at the Diuine ser­uice, though the Iewes afterward corrupted, Esdras after the captiuitie recollected, & set againe in order. Which though they were eftsoones cor­rupted and intermingled, especially with the Pharisees traditions: yet til, and in the time of Christe, they had at the diuine seruice, the ordinary cour­ses of reading the Lawe and Prophets, as appeareth by S. Luke. 4. vers. 16.17. &c. Where the booke of the Prophet Esay was deliuered to Christ. And by that saying in the person of Abraham to the rich glutton they haue Moses and the prophets, let thē hear them. Luke. 16.29. Which Paule te­stifieth in his sermon to the Antiochians. Acts. 13.27. For the inhabitants of Ierusalem and their rulers because they knewe him not, nor yet the wordes of the prophets which are read euery saboth day. &c. And that this was the auntient order, Iames the byshop of Ierusalem, in the deter­mination of that famous assembly holden by the Apostles, Act. 15. ver. 20. sayth: For Moses of olde time hath in euery city, them that preach him, sithe that hee is reade in the synagogues euery sabboth day. And heere also is the publique reading called a preaching. With which exercises, they especially adioyned the reading also of the Psalmes, The Iewes order in the Apostles time. and other solemn publique prayers of the Scripture. For which principal cause, Christ saith of the Temple, Math. 21.13. It is written, mine house shall bee called the house of prayer. &c. And Act. 3. Peter and Iohn went vp together into the Temple at the ninth hower of prayer. Which orders were of Christe so little improoued, that not onelie as Luke declareth cap. 11.1. that one of the Disciples sayde vnto him: Maister teach vs to pray, as Iohn also taught his disciples: desiring that they might haue some prescribed form of praier [Page 602] set downe vnto them: The pub­like pray­ers in the Apostles times. but that also Iohn baptist had taught some forme to his Disciples. Which request, Christe did so little mislike that he himselfe also taught his Disciples among other preceptes, a prescribed forme of prayer, which the Euangelists wrotte, and all Christians doe vse, as the Lordes prescription. Which is a strong warrant vnto vs, that so long as all formes of prayers are according to that platforme of prayer: they may most safely be prescribed. For it serueth not only for priuate, but for pub­like prayer.

Nowe, although besides this onely forme of prayer prescribed by Christ, The Chri­stians or­der in the Apostles time. we finde no form set out, that the apostles, or the primitiue church immediately after them, did vse, or prescribe to be vsed: because they ha­uing that full measure of the spirite of God, namely the Apostles, Euan­gelistes, Prophets, Bishops, Pastors and Elders, yea the moste of all the faythfull people in these dayes: so that they might well make & conceiue their publique prayers before the Congregation, euen as the spirite of God, suggested in their heart, & gaue them vtterance in their mouths: yet because, that in the publike assemblies, the Apostles prescribed the writtē scriptures to be read as Col. 4. ver. 16. Col. 4.16: And w [...]en this epistle is read of you, cause that it be read in the church of the Laodiceans also, & that ye likewise read the Epistle writ [...]en from Laodicea: and as they vsed that, so (no doubt) did they vse to read in their publike assemblies the residue of the Scripture: both of the old and new testament, as in the chap before, ver. 16. Paul charged thē: Let the word of Christe dwell in you plent [...]ously in al wisdome: teaching and admo­nishing one another in Psalmes, and himnes, and spiritual songs, singing wiih grace in your harts to the lord: and likewise, Eph. 5.19. Ephes. 5.19. Speaking vnto your sel­ues in psalmes, & himmes & spirituall songs, singing & making melody to the lord in your hearts: sith therefore they vsed to speak & to sing these prayers & praises of God in their publike ( not only banquets, as some expound it) but also assemblies of their diuine seruice: as appeareth plain by S. Paules teaching the Corinthians the vse of these psalms & prayers, 1. Cor. 14.26. 1. Cor. 14.26. What is to be done then brethren, when ye come together, according as euery one of you hath a Psalm, or hath doctrine, or hath a tong, or hath reuelation, or hath in­terpretation, let al things be done vnto edifying: It followeth heereupon, that howsoeuer the Corinthians abused this order of their publike praiers and psalmes, euery man to sing or say his owne psalme or prayer in straunge languages, bréeding confusion and no edifying: yet that in the godly vse thereof, they vsed some prescribed forme, as of the Scriptures which they red or interprepated, so of the psalmes, hymnes, or prayers that they saide or sung, besides the Lords prayer, and were not the makers & conceiuers of all the publike prayers that they vttered.

Plinius secundus hauing examined certaine of the reuolted Christians, that were brought before him, what the maner of the Christians was in [Page 603] their assemblies, because they were accused of high crimes, The pri­mitiue Church. and such num­bers murdred: writeth to the emperor Traiane, that their maner was this, that on a day appointed, they vsed to come together beefore the day light, Carmenque Christo quasi deo dicere secum inuicem, and to say among themselues a verse or a prescript prayer vnto Christ as vnto God, and to bind themselues with a sacrament, (or othe) not vnto any mischieuous deed, but that they should neither commit theft, nor robbery, nor adul­tery, that they should not break their faith, that being called vpon, they should not deny the pledge committed vnto them: which things beeing done it was their maner to depart. Wherebye it plainly appeareth, The order of the diuine seruice in the primi­tiue Churc [...] that both their custome was, not alwayes to haue a sermon at the receiuing of the sacrament, which it shold séeme Pliny aimeth at: & yet that in their publike praiers, they vsed some ordinarie prescribed form among them. Ter­tullian in the end of his booke De velandis virginib, hath these words: How great chasticement shal those virgins deserue, which among the Psalmes, or in any mention of God, continue vncouered? do they not worthily, yea, & that in the prayer, lay gently a welt, a hair or any thred vpon their brain, & imagin they are couered? By which saying, (though in mocking of those women) again it appeareth, that not only the men, but women, and maidēs, & all, did say or sing psalms, & were present at some form & order of publike prayers. Which, though he set not down the form, yet the chéefe points he reckoneth vp, in his apologie against the Gentiles, ca. 39. wher defending the assemblies of the Christians, against the slanders of the hea­then, he saith: I wil now my self set foorth the businesses of the Christian factiō, that as I haue refuted the ill thinges, ( to wit, the thinges that the heathen slaundred them withall,) I may shewe the good thinges. Wee are a bodie of the conscience of religion, and of the trueth of discipline, and of the couenaunt of hope. Wee come together into an assembly or congregation, that praying vnto God, V [...] ad Deu [...] quasi fact [...] praecationi [...]. amb [...]sanu [...] or [...]anie [...] we might by praiers make sute for deeds (or good workes). This violence is acceptable to God. Wee pray also for the Emperours, for their Ministers, and powers, for the state of the Worlde, for the quiet of the affaires, for the prolon­ging of their ende. Wee are gathered together to the commemoration (or rehearsing) of the diuine scriptures, If that the quality of the present [...]imes doe enforce as either to giue forewarning, or to reacknowledge them. Verilie with holy voices (or sayings) wee feede our faith, wee e­rect our hope, wee fixe our trust. Notwithstanding wee thicken (or close fast) with inculcations (or often repeating) the Discipline of our teach­ers. There, also, are exhortations, chastisements, and the diuine censure, she meaneth Excommunication.

And before, cap. 30. Cap. 30. The Christians looking thither, (to wit, vp to God in heauē) with their hands cast abroad, because they are vnhurtful: with [Page 604] their head bare, because we blush not▪ to conclude, without an admoni­sher, because we pray from the heart: we are all alwayes praying, for al the Emperours that they may haue a long life, a safe Empire, a sound house, strong armies, a faithful senate, a godly people, a quiet worlde, and what soeuer are the desires of man▪ and of Caesar. &c.

Whereby we may well perceiue, that they had both in behauiour, and in matter, some certaine vsuall formes of publique prayers. Especially by that hee sayth, Iustin mar [...]. in oratione ad Antoni­num pium▪ they needed no admonitor of them. Which seemeth to cut of this, that all their prayers depended on the pastors conceiuing. Which also we may well gather, of that we heard before out of Iustine, howe they brought him that was baptized vnto the Brethren, where the assemblies were. That we might pray ( say they) as well for our selues, as for those that are newely illumined, whereby wee might bee founde through true Doctrine and good workes, worthy obseruers and kee­pers of the commaundements, that wee may obteine eternall saluation. Such were the ordinary formes of publique prayers in the most ancient Churches.

Bullinger vpon 1, Tim. 2.1. Concerning the auncient form of publike prayer writeth on this wise. Bul. 1. Tim. 2 And leaste in this matter I shoulde dissemble any thing, the Ecclesiasticall assemblies before a 1000 yeares agoe, were on this manner. The people flocked together into the holy house to the entent to worship God. But while they were entring into the Churche, certaine psalmes in some Churches were sung of those that were already come: in other, The anciēt form of publike praiers before a 1000 [...] agone. they were onely recited vntil the whole assembly was ful­ly come together. And this beginning of the Diuine seruice they called the Introit of entring. Nowe, when the Church wa [...] come together, all of thē cried with one consent K [...]riele-eison, Lord haue mercy. To the which was added of some, the hymne which is called the Angelles, whose be­ginning, Glory bee to God on high.

This hymne perteyneth to gratulation or to deprecation. This being ended, some minister of the Church recited the Collect, the same was a kinde of prayer, wherein the desires of the whole Church, and their ne­cessities collected together, were recited vnto God. Then was there red before-hand of the more learned Deacons, some place either of the pro­pheticall bookes, or of the apostolicall Epistles, chosen out according to the consideration of the time, of the place, or of the people. This being finished, the Bishop assembled into a higher place by steps, to preache the Gospell of Christe. The people in the meane while, with a song concei­ued, called vpon the grace of the holy ghoste, which (of those steppes) begunne to be called the Graduell. But heere the Bishop did reade the Gospel before with great authority, and then interpreted the same: at the ende of the holy sermon, he recited the Creede that they called the Apo­stles, [Page 605] or else the Nicene, or that which secondly was made. The age succeeding the pri­mitiue Church. Moreouer hee inuited the whole Church vnto mercie, that euery man according to their abilities, shoulde put somewhat into the poore-mens boxe. That portion of the holy (sermon) they called the offertory. And Pontius Pau­linus teacheth, that a table was wont to beset in the Church, for the re­fection of the poore, which also they called the Lordes Table, and pla­ced of the Lorde, In this manner (I say) with these ceremonies and rites, did the auncient exercise their prayers and sounde doctrine. How beit, this custome was not by all pointes common to all. For some began the holy assembly not with the psalmes but with the crying together, Kyrie­ [...]leison. They that so did, had not in vse either the Angels hymne, or the collects, or the Graduels verse. To this agayne other sung the Alleluiah of the Hebrues: as in another place Ierome sheweth. Among some, the bi­shop himselfe without all these thinges, both beginneth with the sacred sermon, and publique prayers added thereunto, and dismisseth the as­sembly. But no Church was compelled to sweare into the rites and ordi­nances of another, so bee, that the prayers, and the holye sermons were entire, and exercised holily and alwayes the best beeing contented with most few, employed the cheefest partes to doctrine, and to prayers.

Moreouer in the mysticall supper, The maner of their mi­nistring the Lordes sup­per. this rite was obserued well neere of all Churches. The preest came foorth into the assembly. The mysticall table stoode in the sight of the people, furnished with bread and Wine. He standing at this table, blessed the people saying, The lorde bee with you, & the people answered, and with thy spirit: Then he stirring vp the people vnto the most high matters and preparing the mindes of euery one of them cried, Lift vp your hearts: the people aunswered, wee haue them (lifted vp) vnto the Lorde. For, Cyprian in his sermon of the Lords prayer, saith: Therefore the priest also making a praeface before the prayer, prepareth the mindes of the brethren, saying: Lift vp your hearts, while the people aunswereth, VVe haue [...]hem (lift vp) vnto the Lorde. That they might be ad­monished, how they ought to thinke on nothing, but on the Lorde, Thus saith Cyprian. Cyprian. After this the preest moouing them to thanksgiuing, saith, Let vs giue thankes vnto the Lorde our God. The people answered, it is meet & right (we should so doe,) here sayd the preest, It is very meete and iust, right and healthfull, that we should at all times, & euery where, giue thāks vnto thee O L. the Lord, the holy father almighty eternall God through Iesus Christ our Lord For al­moste all these thinges doth Aug. also in his book De bono Perseuerantiae, mention, cap. 13, saying: That therefore which is said in the sacraments of the faithfull, that we should haue our heartes lift vp to the Lord: Augustine. it is the gift of the Lord. Of which gift they are of the Prieste admonished, to giue thanks to our God, vnto whome after this speech, this is said. And they aunswere, It is meete and iust, &c. But after these words the priest [Page 606] sayde, who the day before he suffered tooke the breade, gaue thanks, brake it, and gaue it to his Disciples, saying, take, eate, this is my body which is giuen for you. and the residue which are read in the Gospell. These things with great religion being accomplished, the Lords prayer was sayd. Which also Ie­rome testifieth in his 3. book against the Pelagians. But also it is vulgarly receiued, Hierome. that the apostles did cōsecrate (.i. celebrate the mistical supper) at the praiers only of the L. praier, after the L. praier the people receiued the holy mysteries, & by the communion of the sacraments of the body and bloud of the Lorde, they grewe together into one mysticall bodye, wherof Christ is the head. To conclude, al these things being orderly ac­complished after this manner, How neere our forme commeth to this aun­cient form. the assembly was dismissed. Thus writeth Bullinger, not to confirme, but to confute the Popish Masse thereby. And is not here a plain prescribed form of the diuine seruice, both for the maner of their publike prayers, and of the administration of the holy commu­nion: yea, almost euen the very selfe same forme of order & wordes, that our book prescribeth vnto vs? and although some Churches differed, yet, euery Church kept alwaies some one certain form or other, which euery Minister might not alter, at his pleasure.

The refor­med Chur­ches forme & order. But because after these times, corruptions began to alter these ancient and holy prescribed forms, of publike praier and of the sacraments: Let vs nowe come euen to our dayes. What Church reformed is there now, where they haue not some forme of publike prayers prescribed & ordi­nary among them? and yet if there were nothing else, but our Brethrens owne booke set out, called, the book of the form of common prayers, ad­ministration of the sacraments, &c, agreeable to Gods word, and the vse of the reformed Churches: It is inough sufficiently to prooue this point, that there ought to be a prescribed & ordinary form of diuine seruice, and publike praiers, & not that the pastor shuld be the only maker and concei­uer of the publike prayers, and the people only to approoue them and say Amen, to such prayers, as the pastor at that instant maketh or conceiueth. Which conceptions of our brethren, if they were suffered: great inconue­nience might grow thereon. For either the people, which perhaps vnder­stood not his tearmes and phrases, should rather stand marking and wey­ing his words (if they did so much as mark them: The inconueniences of the pa­stors onely conceiuing of publ [...]ke prayers.) and houer in suspence of any as [...]ent, til they vnderstood the full drift of them: than haue themselues any deuotion, al the meane time vnto God, so much as in hart & silence to ioin with him, till it come to the parts of closing vp their Amen, vnto that, wherein their harts were not in ful assent before ioyned vnto him. Which when they haue marked attentiuely & vnderstoode, yea, & finally assented (with their Amen neuer so frankly) may rather in the end be called an a [...] ­sent vnto him, then any publike or priuate praier vnto God with him. So that, that which they say here of publike praier, as it pertaineth to the [Page 607] pastor to conceiue publike prayers: The peo­ples spee­ches. so it is the duty of the whole church in the name of the whole church, to ioyne in heart with the pastor in the same prayers, that they knowing and vnderstanding what he hath praied may in the end geue their cōsent by answering, Amen: This (I say) ban­geth not together, for any praier wherein they ioyn with him, for their as­sent comes not iointlie with his prayer, but in the ende, when all is done, then they ioine with him, not in praying, but in liking or consenting to his prayer: and so, it is not their praier, nor properly publike prayer.

Besides also the daunger euen in this assenting, and saying may times Amen, they can scarce on a sudden tell to what. And perhaps, nowe and then (God wot) to friuolous petitions. If not in some places vnder holy tearms, glorious speeches, strange phrases, and long circumstances, when any pastor were not in all points sound, (as now and then it hapneth) they might so colour perillous opinions: that the people not perceiuing it, but thinking all is well, might saye Amen to that, whiche if they knewe, they would openly protest that they detest it. And therefore to auoid al those in­conueniences they haue a publike form of publike prayers, by those that are sound and godly persons, drawn forth and collected, perused, approued, and ratified, by the supreme authority of the Prince, and of all the states of the realme and Church of England: prescribed to all the ministers to vse, for the publike order of the diuine seruice: Which prayers are so playne, so short, so pithy▪ so sound and effectuall: that the people not onelye most easily may vnderstand them: but in continuance, be so well acquain­ted with them, that they may assure themselues, they be good prayers, and such as if they shall heartily powre foorth to God, they may safely reckon, that they are acceptable to him, as tending to his glory, and to their bene­fite: And so indéed he may go before them and with them too, in such safe and orderly sort that when the pastor pronounceth these known, allow­ed and ordinary publike prayers in the name of the rest, and of the whole Church: the rest and the whole Church, may safely both in silence pray with him, and openly also; besides their answering Amen, in the end vnto his prayers.

But this is the second thing that here they wold haue forbidden, to wit, that the people shold not ioin with the pastor in the saying or pronoun­cing of any publique prayer, but onely to pray with him in silence, & in the ende to aunswere Amen, For, say they, as it were a greate confusion & vncomelines for euery man to make his seueral praiers in the publike assemblies: so is it orderly, for one to pronounce the prayer, in the name of the rest, & the rest to pray with him in silence and to answere Amen.

That this is wel done, we do not deny: no more thē we do, that a learned pastor, may now and then also make and conceiue some publike praiers. But, without preiudice or derogation to the ordinary vsage of them, that [Page 608] are all ready made to his handes, and conceaued by others, and prescri­bed by order vnto him: but that he only shold so say them all alone: this is too precise a prescription, and too vnnec [...]ssary a feare of confusion & dis­order. The people may ioyne their voices with the Minister in some pub­like prayers and are not tied only to silence saue in saying Amen. For, as it is appointed with vs, they may say many things altoge­ther, with or after the Pastor orderly well inough, without any confusi­on or disturbance. And where [...]o our brethren finde any perpetuall rule, prohibiting the poople to ioyne their voices altogether, so that disorder and confusion be auoyded? We fynde indéede the like order that our brethren héere prescribe vnto vs, appo [...]nted to the Leuites. Deut. 27.14. &c. The Leuites [...]hal stand and say vnto all the men of Israel, with a loud voice Cursed be the mā that shal make any carued or molten Image, &c. & so proceedeth with 12. solemn curses, and at the end of euery curse is added this precept, And all the People shall say, AMEN. But was this rule so precise, that the con­gregation might neuer speake more or other words altogether at once, for feare of confusion and disorder?

Did not the people speake orderly inough, Exod. 19.7. Exod. 19.7. When Moses called for the Elders of them, and proposed vnto them all these thinges whiche the Lord commaunded him. And the people aunswered altogether, and said: all that the Lord hath commaunded, we will doe. And in the nexte Chapter, ver. 18. &c. And all the people sawe the thunders, and the lightninges, and the sounde of the trompet, and the mountaines smoaking: And when the people saw it, they fled and stoode a farre of: and said vnto Mos [...]s, Talke thou with vs, and we will heare: but let not God talke with vs, Exod. 20.18. &c. leaste wee die: Which words Moses in Deute­ronomy repeateth more fully, saying: Deut. 5.23, &c. Deut. 5.23. &c. When ye heard the voice out of the middest of the darknesse (for the mountaine did burne with fire) thē yee came to mee all the cheefe of your tribes and your elders, and yee sayde, be­holde the Lorde our God hath shewed vs his glory and his greatnesse, and wee haue heard his voyce out of the middest of the fire, we haue seene this day that God doth talke with man, and hee liueth. Nowe therfore why shoulde wee dye? For this great fyre will consume vs, if wee heare the voyce of our Lord God any more, we shall die. For what flesh was there euer, that heard the voice of the liuing God, speaking out of the middest of the fire, as we haue, & liued? Goe thou neere, and heere all that the Lorde God saith, and declare thou vnto vs, all that the Lorde God saith vnto thee, and wee will heare it and doe it. Héere was a large speeche of all these Elders of the people And coulde they speake all this without disorder or confusion? What sayde he to this? Then the Lorde (sayth Moses) hearde the voice of your wordes, when yee spake vnto mee, and the Lorde saide vnto me, I haue hearde the voice of the words of this people, which they haue spoken vnto thee. They haue well sayde, all that they haue spoken. Hee did not vpbraide them with confusion.

Likewise, when Iosuah gaue his charge vnto all those Israelites, that possessed the other side of Iordan, Iosh. 1.16▪17: and 18. They aunswered Io­suah, [Page 609] saying: All that thou haste commaunded vs wee will doe, The peo­ples prayer and whether so­euer thou sendest vs wee wil goe. As we obeied Moses in all things, so shall we obey thee, onely, thy Lorde thy God be with thee, as he was with Moses: whosoeuer shal rebel against thy commaundement, and will not obey thy wordes in al that thou commaundest him, let him bee put to death. Onely, bee strong and of good cou­rage.

Was heere any disorder and confusion in these the peoples speeches? When Iosuah before his death, had made his exhortation, and giuen his charge vnto all the tribes of Israell assembled before him, Iosuah 24. verse 16. &c. The people aunswered and sayde, God forbid that wee shoulde forsake the Lorde to serue other Gods, for the Lorde our God he brought vs and our Fathers, out of the lande of Aegypt, from the house of bondage, and hee did those greate miracles in our sight, and preserued vs all the way that we went, and among all the people through whom we came, and the Lord did cast out before vs al the peo­ple, euen the Ammorites: which dwelt in the land, therfore wil wee also serue the lorde, for he is our God. &c. Was this also a disordered and confused noise and yet the speeche of al the people? For, we reade not here of any speaker in their names, nor any necessitie driueth, so to imagine. If it bee replied, these were not publike praiers. What of that? were they not the publike speeches of the Congregation? and coulde these publike speeches of all or manie, without confusion be orderlie vttered, The publike prayers, psalmes and responses may be sayd of all the people to­gether. which perhaps were not before premeditated: and can not much better without any disorder or confusion, some such publique praiers, Psalmes, or short responses, as they are often acquainted withall, or, as their bookes leade them, if they can reade, or, as their Pastor saith before them in bréefe sentences?

But, for publike praiers too: how often is it mentioned in the booke of the Iudges, that the children of Israel, when they were oppressed of their enimies, They cried vnto the lorde? Iud. 3. ver. 9. & 15. Iud. 4 verse 3. Iud. 6. verse. 6. & 7. Were these cries, no praiers? or were these prayers, not as well publike as priuate? Or did God refuse to heare them, as a confused noyse? or rather, did he not like these cries as a sweete harmonie, and sent them helpers? But, that their cries were not lamentations onely, but con­fession of their sinnes and prayers it appeareth. Iud. 10. verse 10. Then the children of Israell cried vnto the lorde, saying: we hau [...] sinned against thee, euen because we haue forsaken our owne God, and haue serued Baalim. And when God layde before them, howe often he had deliuered them, & bad them, Goe & try vnto the God; which yee haue chosen, let them saue you in the time of your tribulation. ver. 14. & 15. The Children of Israel saide vnto the lord, we haue sin­ned, doe thou vnto vs whatsoeuer please thee:onely, we pray thee to deliuer vs this day. Which publike praiers of them▪ with the déedes following in putting away their Idols, were such orderlie and effectuall prayers, that God rai­sed them vp another helper.

[Page 610] Likewise, Iud. [...]1.2. When they had almost destroyed the tribe of Benia­min for their wickednes The people came vnto the house of God, & abode there til euen, before God, & lifting vp their voices & wept with great lamentatiō, & said, O Lord God of Israel why is this com to passe in Israel, that this day one tribe of Israell should want. Againe, when Samuel, had shewed the people their sinne in asking to haue a king, 1. Sam. 12.19. 1. Sam, 12. And the Lorde had sent thunder according to Samuels saying, ver. 19. Al the people said vnto Samuell, pray for thy seruants vnto the L. t [...]y God, that we die not, for we haue sinned in asking vs a king, besides all our other sinnes. And how often doth Dauid in his Psalms, stir vp all the people, not only to sing, but also to confesse their sins, & to cal vpō & to praise his name, and to declare his workes in the Congregation, and in these actions to ioine all their voices together? and would he not exhort them, if it were a disorder and confusion?

When Solomon made his praier in the temple which hee had new buil­ded, Solomons prayer. & besought God to heare the praiers that should be made in the same, among other things he saith. 1. kin. 8.37. &c. When there shalbe famine in the land, when there shall be p [...]stilence, when there shall be blasting mild [...]we, Gras­hopper, 1. King. [...].37. or Caterpiller, when their enimies shall besiege them in the Cities of the lande, or anie plague, or anie sicknesse: then, what praier and supplication soeuer shall bee made of any man, or of al thy people Israel, when euery one shal know the plague of his owne heart, and stretche foorth his handes in this house: heare thou him in Heauen. &c. Wherein hee speaketh not onely of the priuate praier of any man, but of the publike praier made by all the people. Heare thou then in heauen their prayer and their supplication, and iudge their cause. If they sinne against thee, for there is no man that sinneth not) and thou be angry with them, and deliuer them vnto the enimies, so that they carry them away prisoners, into the l [...]nde of the enimies eyther farre or neere, yet if they turne agayne wich their heart in the lande to the which they bee carried away Captiues and returne and pray vnto thee, in the lande of them that carried them away Captiues, say­ing, VVee haue sinned, wee haue transgressed, and haue done wickedlie. &c. Then heare thou their prayers, and their supplication in Heauen thy dwelling place, and iudge their cause, and bee mercifull vnto the people that haue sinned against thee, &c. For they bee thy people and thine inheritaunce, which thou broughtest out of Aegypt, from the middest of the yron fornace. Let thine eyes bee open vnto the prayer of thy seruaunt, and vnto the Prayer of thy peo­ple Israel, to hearken vnto them in all that they call for vnto thee. &c. So that hee speaketh not heere of anye one man, praying in the name of the people: but bothe of euerye one whosoeuer, and iointlie of all the peoples prayers vnto God. Which if they had not vsed so to praye, or hee had thought GOD would haue accounted those publique praiers that all the people iointlie withall their voices made, a disordered and [Page 610] confused noise: The peo­ples voyces in publike prayer. hee woulde neuer haue made this solemne prayer for them.

What confusion and disorder of voices was this, at the praier of Elias. 1. Reg. 18. verse 39. All the people when they sawe the fire to fall from heauen, and consume the burnt offering, fell on their faces and sayde, 1. Kin. 18.39. the Lorde is God, the Lorde is God. It may be thought, that at the reedifying of the Temple, in this number of voices, there was then some confusion of them.

For when as in the first of Esdras, the thirde chap. verse 1. it is sayde, that, the people assembles them-selues as one man vnto Ierusalem, 1. Esdras. 31. &c. It followeth verse 10. &c. And when the builders layde the foundation of the Temple of the Lorde, they appointed the Preestes in their apparell with Trumpettes, and the leuites the sonnes of Asaph with Cimballes, to prayse the lorde after the ordina [...]e of Dauid king of Israel. Thus they sang when they gaue prayse and when they gaue [...] vnto the lorde. For hee is good, for his mercie endu­reth euer towardes Israel. Where withall we see, the former point, of the prescribed forme of Prayers. And all the people showted with a great showte, when they praysed the Lorde, because the foundation of the house of the lorde was layde. And many also of the Prie [...]es and leuites, and the cheefe of the Fathers & aunciēt m [...] ̄, which had seene the first house, when the foundation of this house was layde before their eyes, wept with lowde voyce. And many sho [...]ted lowde, for ioy: so that the people coulde not discerne the sounde of the shout for ioy, from the noyse of the weeping of the people. F [...]r the people s [...]owted [...]ith a lowde cry, and the noyse was heard farre off. Here indeede was some confusion of voices, because some of them shouted, and some wept, and some of them prai­sed to GOD, and some sang his praises, and some blewe the Trumpettes: and yet GOD accepted this confusion, as a moste sweete conceite and harmonye.

In the tenth Chapter, Es [...]ras. 10.1. &c. after the Prayer of Esdras in the name of him­selfe, and of al th [...] people, verse 1. VVhiles Esdras prayed thus, and confessed him-selfe weeping, an [...] falling downe before the House of GOD: there as­sembled vnto him of Israell, a very [...]reat congregation of Men and VVomen, and child [...]en, for the people wept with a great lamentation. Then Shecaniah the sonne of Iehiel, one of the sonnes of Elam, aunswered and said to Esdras: we haue trespassed against God. &c.

Here one speaketh in the name of all the people: but in the next assem­blie, it followeth after, VVhen Esdras had exhorted the people: al the Con­gregation aunswered (Uerse 12.) and said with a lowde voyce: So wil we do accordinge so thy VVordes vnto vs, but thee People are manye, Vers [...] 12. & [...] and it is raynye weather, and wee are not able to stande vvithoute, neyther it is the vvoorke of one Daye or two, for wee are many that haue greatly offended in [Page 612] this thing. Mary voyces ioyned in the new Testament Let our rulers therefore. &c. And in the 8. Chapter of Nehemias, he saith, verse 1. And all the people assembled themselues together, in the streete that was before the Water gate, and they spake vnto Esdras the scribe, that hee shoulde bring the booke of the l [...]we of Moses, which the Lorde had commaunded to Israel. Nehemiah. 8.1. &c. And Esdras the prieste brought the lawe before the congregation [...]th of men and Women, and of all that coulde heare and vnderstande it, in the first day of the seuenth month. And hee red therein in the streete that was before the wa­ter-gate, from the morning vntill the Midday, before men and women and them that vnderstoode it, and the cares of all the people hearkened vnto the booke of the lawe. And Esdras the scribe stoode vpon a pulpit of wood, which he had made for the preaching.

Here againe is the plaine reading of the Scripture, so that the people may vnderstand it, called Preaching. And Esdras opened the booke before all the people, for he was aboue al the people, and when hee opened it, al the people stood vp, and Esdras praysed the Lord the great God. And all the people aunswered, A­men, Amen, with lifting vp their handes, and they bowed themselues, and worship­ped the Lord with th [...]ir faces toward the ground. And here is euen that our bre. speake of, where the minister praiseth God ( which is a part of praier) and the people hearken and aunswere, Amen. But yet immediately it fol­loweth, that this reading was not done all by one, but a great many Le­uites are reckoned vp, which caused the people to vnderstande the Lawe, and they reade in the booke of the Lawe of God, distinctly, and gaue the sence, and caused them to vnderstande the reading. And also the notable prayer, that followeth in the next Chapter, was pronounced vppon staires not by one, but by eight or nine of the Leuites pronouncing the same before the people.

Thus wee see at large in all these ages, the manner of the Church of God in their cōgregations and publike Praiers, both for the Leuites parts, and for the peoples, howe they ioined their voices together, not onely in saying Amen: but in their petitions, Confessions, and thanks-giuinges. And this was counted no disorder nor confusion, but vsed of all Godlie men, and alwaies acceptable vnto God. And so, as wee may further per­ceiue by the Apocrypha, and other histories of their publike praiers, thus practised and continued till Christes comming: Neither was this doone so much in respect of the ceremoniall, as of the morall Lawe of God a­mong them.

But to confirme all this, with the practise approoued of Christe in the Newe testament: The voices of many without confusion, in the newe Test [...]ment. Luke. 2.13. reade we not, Luke 2. verse. 13. Euen presently after the birth of our Sauiour Christ, that when one [...]ngel of the Lorde had de­clared vnto the Shepheardes, the ioyful tydings of his birth: And straight wayes sayth Luke) There was with the Angell a multitude of heauenly souldi­ers, pra [...]sing GOD, and saying: Glorye bee to GOD on high, and in earth [Page 613] peace, and towardes men good will: and was heere also confusion and disorder, in the multitude of the voices of the Angels that saide these things.

And likewise, when Iesus a little before his death, came riding to Ierusa­lem, Mat. 21. ver. 9. &c, The people that went before, Math. [...]1.9. and they also that followed, cryed, saying; Hosana, the sonne of Dauid, blessed be hee that commeth in the name of the Lord. Hosanna, thou which art in the high­est. And when he was come to Ierusalem al the Citie was mooued, saying who is this? and the people saide, this is Iesus the Prophet of Nazareth in Galily. True it is, that there were some, that thought this a disorder and confused noise. For it followeth, vers. 15, &c. Verse. 1 [...]. But when the cheefe priests and scribes sawe the maruels that he did, and the children crying in the Temple, and saying, Hosanna, the sonne of Dauid, they disdained and saide to him, hearest thou what these say? and Iesus saide vnto them, yea, did yee neuer reade, by the mouth of babes and sucklinges, thou haste made perfect thy praise? Doth Christe heere forbid them to cry out these publike praiers, as a confusion and disorder?

And what was the manner of the Apostles praiers, concerning this point? Act. 1.14. Luke saith: They all continued with one accord, in prai­er and supplication, with the Women, and Marie the mother of Iesus, Act. 1.14. and with his brethren. In-déede here is not mentioned, that all their voi­ces were ioined together, but one accord: which rather signifieth the consent of their hearts, then the consent of their voices. But very well doth Caluine note hereon, saying: So farre as respecteth the concorde of their mindes, it is opposed to the dispearsing of them, Caluinus in Act. 1. which the feare had brought. Howbeit withall, generallie we may gather hereupon, how ne­cessarie it is in praying. Which Christ commādeth, euery one to pray for the whole body and in common, as though it were in the person of all: Our father, Giue vs. &c. Mat. 6.9. Whence cōmeth this vnitie of the tongs but of one spirite? Wherefore Paul Rom. 15.6. When hee would deliuer to the Iewes & Gentiles, a rule of praying well, remoueth far off all dis­sembling. That we might glorify God (sayth hee) with one mouth. And verilie that God may of vs be called vpon a Father, it behoueth vs to be brethren, & to consent brethen-like. But to shew this more plaine, Luke declareth Act. 4.23, & 24. How that after Peter & Iohn, Ac [...]. 12.5. assoone as they were let go, came to their fellows, & shewed al that the high priests & elders had saide vnto them, when they heard it, they lift vp their voices to God with one accord, & said, O Lord, &c. And though their praiers be not also described, Act. 12. 5. When Peter was kept in prison: yet in that he saith: But earnest prayer was made of the Church to God for him: wee may easily coniecture, that it was not made onely with their assent, but with all their voices in their so ear­nest praier for him.

[Page 614] Chrysost. time. And although the visions in the Reuelation that Saint Iohn sawe and heard, bee referred to further mysteries: yet the analogy that is proportio­nable betweene the signes of thinges, and the thinges them-selues, mani­festly prooueth, that the multitude of voices ioyned together in publique prayers, was not then, either of God or man accounted, a disorder or confusion in the Churche. Apocal. 4. verse 8. &c. Apocal. 4.8. &c. And he foure Beastes had ech [...] one of them sixe wings about him, and they were ful of eyes within, and they ceased not day nor night, saying: Holy, Holy, Holy, Lorde God almighty, which was and which is, and which is to come. And when those beastes gaue glory, and honour, and thankes to him that sate on the throne, and worshipped him that li­ueth for euer & euer, the 24. elders fel downe b [...]fore him that satte on the throne, & worshipped him that liueth for euermore, & cast their crowns before the throne, saying: thou art worthy O lorde, to receiue glory and honour, and power, for thou haste created all thinges, and for thy willes sake, they are and haue beene cre­ated.

And in the next Chapter, verse 8. The foure and twenty Elders fel downe before the lambe, hauing euery one Harpes and golden Viols full of Odors, which are the prayers of Saintes, and sung a newe song, saying: Thou art worthy, &c. And also verse 11. Then I behelde, and I hearde the voyce of many Angelles round about the Throne, and about the Beastes and the elders, and there were thousande thousandes, saying with alowde voyce: VVorthie is the lambe that was killed to receiue power, and riches, and wisedome, & strength, and honour, and glory, and prayse: and all the creatures which are in Heauen, and vnder the earth, and in the Sea, and all that are in them, heard I, saying praise [...]nd honour, and glory, and power, bee vnto him, that sitteth vpon the Throne, a [...]d vnto the lambe for euermore. And the foure Beastes sayde Amen. &c. The Reuelation hath many moe of these visions. All which, though they haue a misticall vnderstanding, yet if those mysteries had beene figured by thinges dis­ordered and confused, it had both beene a discredite to the entendement of them, neither coulde Saint Iohn haue well perceiued and vnderstood them.

But that this was the practise of the primitiue and auncient Church succéeding, Iusti [...] in [...]ras. ad An­ [...]ninu [...] poīo. it may appeare by Iustine, in the foresaide Apologie. But howe we haue dedicated our selues to God (saith hee) beeing renewed by Christe, wee will nowe declare, least wee might seeme to dissemble any thing malitiously: So many as being perswaded do beleeue these things to be true that we do teach, and do promise to liue after the same man­ner: before all things they learne with prayers and fastinges, to aske of God forgiuenesse of their fore-passed sinnes, we ioining together with them the prayers, and the fastings. So that all these that were conuerted from idolatry, and were to be baptized, with the Ministers that did bap­tise them, ioined, as their fastings, so their prayers altogether, and then [Page 615] within a little after, followeth that which wee haue alreadye cited of their publike prayers, when they are brought to the assembly of the faithfull, to ioine also with them in the Communion. After which publique prayers, when they had saluted one another with a mutual kisse, and that the chie­fest of the brethren, was (with his prayers and thankes-giuing) conse­crating to God the mysteries of the Lordes supper: after the prayers ( sayth he) and the Eucharist (or thankesgiuing) all the company singet [...] Amen. Here is againe the cheefe Elders prayers & thanksgiuing by him selfe, and all the companies Amen. But as he declareth afterward, before these prayers and thanks-giuings, that this cheefe person maketh alone, which is the consecration of the breade and Wine, to the which the people singeth, [...]men: When the Exhortation to prepare them-selues, to come worthily to this Table was finished: After this ( saith he) we arise all of vs together, and offer our prayers: which done, the breade & wine &c. ( as is aforesaide) is brought forth. So that, here are some prayers made of all the people together, with the Minister, and some prayers only made by the mouth of the Minister in the name of the whole Church, as our [...] brethren say, and the whole Church ioyning in heart with the People in the same prayers, and praying with him in silence, in the ende they gaue their consent thereto, by aunswering Amen.

Cyprian Ser. 6. De Orat. Dominica. sayth, We say not, Cyprianus in serm. 6. de oratione do­minica. My father which art in heauen: neither, Giue to me this day my bread: neither doth euery one desire that sins shold be only forgiuē to him: or desireth for him self alone that he shold not be led into tentation, & shold be deliuered from euil. It is a publike & cōmon prayer vnto vs. And when we pray, we pray not for one, but for all people, because we being the whole people are one thing. The God of all peace and master of concorde, that taught vnitie, woulde thus haue one to pray for all. Euen as hee him selfe did beare all in one. This Lawe did the three Children keepe, beeing en­closed in the furnace of fire. Agreeing in prayer, and concording in consent of spirite. Which thing the fayth of the diuine scripture decla­reth, and when it teacheth howe suche praied, it giueth an example which wee in prayers ought to followe, that wee might bee such as they were. Then sayth (the scripture) they there did sing an hymne, as it were with one mouth, and did blesse the Lorde: They spake as it were with one mouth, The ioint praising and praying to God, of all at once. and Christ had not yet taught them to praye and therefore to them that prayed, their speech was able to obtaine and effectuall: because the quiet and simple, and spirituall praier was accep­table to the Lord. Thus sayth Cyprian of the prayers wherin all the peo­ple ioyned their voyces publikely together: and that the Apostle followed this manner, he citeth Acts 1. as is aforesayd.

So that this praier with one mouth in the name of all, was not so, that [Page 616] one only spake it, & the other only gaue the Amen and consent thereto: but they all spake it with such a concorde, as though it had beene spoken with one mouth, which was spoken with the mouth of euerie one of them. Euen as euerie one saith the Lords praier in the name of al, and not on [...] alone saith it for them all. And yet in those publike praiers which the pa­stor speaketh onelie in all the peoples name, The peo­ples respon­ses to the Minister. the people nowe and then did giue their responses in their courses, as if may appeare by that which Ciprian afterward saith. But when we stand to praier (most dearlie belo­ued brethren) we ought to watch, and be intentiue to the praiers with al our heart. All worldlie and carnall cogitation must go from vs: Neither must the minde thinke then of anie other thing, than of that onlie which it praieth. Therefore the Preest also giuing foorth a preface before the praier, prepareth the breth. minds, in saying: Lift vp your harts, & whē the people answereth, VVe haue them (lifted vp) vnto the Lord, they may be ad­monished, that they ought to thinke on no other thing, but on the Lord. So y t the people said not only, Amen: but had other aunsweres also vnto the Minister, as may appeare further in the Letanies and Liturges of the aun­cient Churches. And to shewe, howe farre the people ioined their voices with the Minister, euen long after, when the Ministers had gotten a great part of the praiers to their owne pronouncing in Chrysostomes time, but yet before the blasphemies, Idolatries, and superstitions of the Masse began, or the praying in a tongue vnknown to the people, or in secrete muttering that al the people, hard not: it is worthy the obseruing to this purpose, that which Chrysost. writeth vpon the last vers of the 8. chap. of the [...]. epist. of S. Paul to the Cor. Homil. 18. Chrysost. in 2. Cor. 8. Homilt. 8. Wherfore, shew ye towards them and before the churches, the proof of your loue, & of the reioising that we haue of you. Now (saith hee) receiue ye them euen as indeede ye loue vs: Declare ye, howe wee not simply nor rashlie do reioyce in you. This shall ye do, if ye shall shew forth your loue towards them. And afterward he maketh his speech more dreadful saying: In the sight of the churches, for the glory (saith hee) of the churches, for their honor: for if ye shal honor thē, ye shal honor the churches that sent them For it shall not be only their honor, but also theirs that sent them & chose them: & before all, it shall be to Gods glorie For when we shall honor them that minister vnto him: the glory stretcheth to him. For th [...] communitie of the churches: but this also shalbe no smal thing for great is the power of a synode, that is, of the churches. The praier of them loo­sed Peter from his bondes, opened the mouth of Paul. Their suffrage or voice not a little beautifieth those, that shall attayne to the spirituall principalities. And for this cause, he that shall giue orders, calleth then for the Churches praiers. And they giue their sentences and giue their crie thereto. Which thing, they that are to enter into the Ministerye doe knowe. For it is not lawfull to them, that are not [Page 617] entred into the ministerie, to disclose all thinges. But there is that thing, wherein the Prieste differeth nothing from him that is vnder him. As when the dreadfull mysteries are to be partaked, for we are all holden a like worthie to partake them. Not as it was in the old law, the priest did eate a part, & the people a part, & it was not lawful for the people to be partaker of those things, wherof the Priest was partaker. Howbeit, now it is not so, but one bodie is brought forth vnto all, and one cup. Yea, and in the prayers a man shall see, that he offereth together with them the full cuppe, both for those that are possessed with vncleane spirites, and also for those that are the penitentes. For the prayers are made in common both of the Priest and of them. And all of them say one pray­er, a prayer full of mercie. Againe, when we haue shutte out from the Priestes circuites, those that can not be partakers of the holy table, ano­ther prayer is to be made, and we all lie vpon the grounde alike, and we arise all alike. Againe, when the peace is to be communicated, we salute one another all alike. And again, euen in the same most dreadfull myste­ries, the Prieste prayeth for the people, and the people prayeth for the Priest. For when they say; and with thy spirite: it is nothing else than this, those thinges that are of the Euchariste, that is to wit, of the giuing of thanks, are all of them cōmon. For neither he giueth thankes alone, but also al the people. For, hauing before their voyce, & then, they being ga­thered together, that this thing might worthily and iustly be done, he beginnes the Euchariste▪ (or thankesgiuing). And what marueilest thou if the people speake, with the Priest? Whereas in deede they sound out those holy hymnes in common, euen with the verie Cherubines and supernall powers. These thinges verily are spoken of vs, that all those al­so which are gouerned, might be sober, to the end we might learne, that we are all one body. Onely hauing among vs so much difference, as mē ­bers haue from mēbers. And that we should not cast al vpon the Priests, but that wee also euen as for a body that is common, should thus beare the charge of the vniuersall Church &c.

By these wordes it manifestly appeareth, that the Pastor in the admi­nistration of the diuine seruice, sayde not all the publike prayers alone, The people ioined with the Mini­sters in ma­ny publike prayers. though in the name of the whole Church, and the rest ioyning in hearte with him in silence, to auoide confusion and disorder, aunswering him onely with Amen; but that they had many responses, and manye whole prayers, that they prayed all together in common euen in the same man­ner as he did, without any disorder or confusion.

Thus we sée, both that in the whole tenure of all the scripture, and in the practise of the primitiue and the auncient Churche succeeding, they stoode not thus precisely, as, neither for the prescription of the forme of publike prayers, so, neitther for the manner of the vtterance of them; but [Page 619] that often they ioyned all their voyces with the minister, Seuerall prayers in publ. assemblies. or followed him, or aunswered him with many moe words than with a bare Amen, which giueth nothing but (as our Brethren confesse) a silent consent vnto him, which is rather an approbation of his prayers for them, than properly any prayers of theirs ioyned with him.

How farre seuerall prayers in publike as­semblies may be vsed of the peo­ple. The thirde thing, that I would haue heere further considered in this matter of publike prayer, is, that our Brethren say: it were a great con­fusion and vncomelinesse for euery man to make his seuerall prayers in the publike assemblies. Indeede if euerie man did make his seuerall prai­ers, in the publike assemblies, at such times as the publike prayers are openly made by the minister in the name of the whole Churche, and did neither openly praye with him, nor in silence giue assent vnto him, so be they could heare him: I confesse, it were great confusion and vncomelinesse. But, if the ministers voyce were so lowe either by na­ture or infirmitie, that in a great assemblie all coulde not well heare him, and yet, it were confusion and vncomlinesse, to pearch thēselues higher than their calling would withall tollerate, that they might heare him bet­ter: or perhaps the same defect might be in their owne not so quick hear­ing: then, if any such persons were borne withall, to giue themselues to their seuerall prayers, euen while the publike prayers were in saying, so it were done without disturbaunce, or offence to the publike assemblie: there might be no confusion nor vncomelinesse in so dooing. But our Brethren vrge this point so precisely, that without anie consideration of the persons infirmities, or any mention of the time, they would haue no seuerall prayers at all in the publike assemblies. Which is too straight and too nice a point to stande vpon.

Was not that a publike assemblie, when all the children of Israell were by the read sea, and Pharao with his hoast followed vpon them, and the Children of Israell cryed vnto the Lorde; and when Moses had com­forted them; though we reade not of any one worde that he spake to God: yet, the Lorde sayde vnto him, Exod. 14.15. Exod. 14.15. Wherefore cryest thou vnto me? Was not this a seuerall prayer in the publike assembly? And howe often times doth Moses make seuerall prayers in the publike assemblies? Moses prayers. For what is seuerall prayer, but eyther prayer for some seuerall per­sons, or matters that are not publike: or that the partie which prayeth maketh not ioyntly with the assemblie but by himselfe, without the assemblies ioyning with him, either in the wordes of the prayer, or in th [...] saying of Amen vnto him? And may no such prayers be made in publike assemblies? Was not the place where the Arke was placed, and where the Priestes were attendant on the offringes, and afterwarde the temple, the place of the publike assemblies, and therefore called the house of pray­er? And yet, did not God appoint the Leuites, that when any seuerall per­son [Page 618] came to offer, or to pray to God for his seuerall estate, Seuerall prayers. that not only the partie himselfe might make his seuerall prayers, euen as he gaue his se­uerall oblations for his seuerall trespasses, or seuerall necessities, or se­uerall benefites: and that the Priest also should make seuerall prayers and oblations for him, besides the publike prayers, although it were euen in the publike assemblie? 1. Sam. [...].11. &c.

Did not Annah make her seuerall prayers, when with her husbande she went vp yearely to the house of the Lorde? And she vow [...]d a v [...]we, and sayde, The prayers of Annah. O Lorde of Hostes, if thou wilt looke on the trouble of thine handmaide, and re­memb [...]r me, and not forget thy handmayd, but giue vnto thy handmayde a man childe: then I will giue him vnto the Lorde all the dayes of his life, and there shall no razer come vppon his heade, and she continued praying before the Lorde. Eli marked her mouthe, for Annah spake in her heart, her lippes did mooue on [...]ly, therefore Eli thought that shee had beene dronken. And Eli sayde vnto her, howe longe wilt thou bee dronken? Put awaie thy dronkennesse from thee? Then Annah aunswered and sayde, nay, (my Lorde) but I am a wo­man troubled in spirite: I haue dronken neyther wine nor stronge drinke, but haue powred out my soule before the Lorde. Count not thy handmayde for a wicked woman, for of the abundaunce of my complaynt and my griefe haue I spoken hetherto. Then Eli aunswered and sayde, Goe in peace, the God of Is­raell graunt thy petition that thou hast asked of him. 1. Sam. 1.11. &c. By which it appeareth, that the godly in their afflictions made sometimes their seuerall prayers euen in the publike assemblie of the highe Prieste and other Priestes and Leuites assistant about him, besides the other peo­ple assembled in the Lordes house. And for that notable prayer which at the presenting of her sonne Samuell, she openly made, and is set downe in the Chapter following, though it comprehend also some generall matters: yet was it but her seuerall prayer, in the publike assemblie of the Priestes and people.

And are not many of Dauids Psalmes seuerall praiers, Dauid [...] Psalmes. cōteining his se­uerall daungers, helpes, & thankesgiuings? And yet as hee made some of those seueral prayers in publ. assemblies, so though he set them forth to be vsed publikely, in the publike assemblies: yet not so, but that euē in those assemblies, any seuerall person might vse and apply the same, to his seue­rall & like occasions. And that notable prayer of Salomon, which though it were openly made, Salomons prayer. and some parte thereof for the publike state of the Church, and for their publike prayers, yet, was the same both his seue­rall prayer: and he prayeth for the acceptation of anye suche also as should make their seuerall prayers in the publike assembly of the Priests and people in the temple.

And as the godly mentioned in the olde Testament, vsed thus not only to make their publike, but their seueral praiers also, in the publike assem­blies: [Page 620] so in the newe Testament likewise. Luke 1. ver. 8. Luk. 1.8. &c. &c. speaking of Zacharie Iohn Baptistes father: And it came to passe (sayth the Euange­list) as he executed the priestes office before God, as his course came in order accor­ding to the custome of the Priestes office, his lotte was to burne incense. When he went into the temple of the Lorde, Zacharies prayers. and the whole multitude of the people were without in prayer, while the incense was burning, then appeared vnto him an An­gell of the Lorde, &c. But the Angell sayde vnto him feare not Zacharias, for thy prayer is hearde, and thy wife Elizabeth shall beare thee a sonne, &c. What prayer this was that the assemblie of the people made without, while the Priest was burning of the sacrifice within, the Euangelist noteth not. But I take it, that euery one of them all that while, did make in the pub­like assemblie his seueral prayers. But for the praiers that Zacharie made, it appeareth euen by the Angels wordes vnto him, that although for the contentes of them, some parte were publike, as by the law he was bound to pray for the people: yet some parte of them was seuerall for himselfe, and for the obteyning of a childe. But for the action and maner, it is most apparant (whatsoeuer other prayers hee made besides, in the hearing of the publike assemblie) the prayer that he made, when he went into that holy sanctuary, or, as other take it, into the temple, where they burnt the incense, to wite, the seconde diuision of the temple where the morning and euening sacrifice was offered, was a seuerall prayer: for the people might not enter there, nor ioyne with him, but taried without in the great base Courte of the Temple, called the porch of Salomon, because there Salomon made his prayer afore-sayde.

Marlorate out of Caluine noteth vpon these wordes of the Angell, Thy prayer is hearde: Marlorate Caluine and Bucer on Luke 1. it may seeme that Zacharie did euill, and contrary to the manner of his office, if entring into the sanctuarie in the name of the whole people, he prayed for the obteyning of a childe, as a priuate man. For the Priest hauing put on a publike person, as one forgetfull of him selfe, ought to conceaue prayers for the common health of the Church. If we shall say there is no absurditie therein, because Zacharie hauing accomplished the chiefe part of his praying, did in the seconde place thinke of himselfe priuately: it shall not bee an vnfitte solution. And this aunswereth Caluines other answere, that he might haue so done, at other times. For, I like as well of his former solution, both beeing not vnfit, and seruing directly to this purpose; and namely, Marlorate con­firming the same out of the scripture, and Bucers testimony, saying: For the high Priest, when he entred into the holy of holyes, is sayde Leuit. 16. d. 17. to haue prayed for him selfe, and for his owne house, and for the vniuersall assembly of Israell. The wordes of Moses in Leuiticus, are these. And there shall be no man in the tabernacle of the congregation, when he goeth in to make an attonement in the holie place, vntill he come out, and haue [Page 621] made an attonement for himselfe, and for his housholde, and for all the congrega­tion of Israell.

And whatsoeuer we shall account of Simeons hymne in the Temple, Simeons prayer. Luke 2. what shall we say to that which is saide of Anna the Prophetesse? Luke 2. ver. 37. Annaes prayer Luke 2. And she was a widdowe about 84. yeares, and went not out of the tem­ple, but serued God with fastings and praiers night and daie. What were those Praiers that she continuallie did there make? Were they publike praiers, or were they seuerall? Or, were there no publike assemblies in the tem­ple all that while? If wee desire Christes confirmation of all this: first, what shall we thinke of that parable that he setteth foorth, Luke 18. ver. 10. &c. Two men went vp into the Temple to praie, the one a Pharisee, and the other a Publican. The Pharisee stoode and prayed thus with himselfe: The Phari­sees & Pub­licans praier Luke. 18. O God I thanke thee, that I am not as other men, extortioners, vniust, adulterers, or euen as this Publicane. I fast twice in the weeke, I giue tithe of all that euer I possesse. What? and shall we alleage this, to proue seuerall prayer to bee allowed of Christ in publike assemblies? Yea verely, why not? Doth Christ con­demne him, because in that place of the publike assembly he made his pri­uate and seuerall prayer? No. For then he had condemned the publicane too. For it followeth: but the Publicane standing a farre off, and would not so much as lift vp his eies to heauen, but smote his breast and sayde: O God be merci­full vnto me a sinner. Was not here also another seuerall prayer, and that in the publike assemblie, as much as the other? And yet sayth Christ ( set­ting downe his resolution of them both) I tell you, this man (to wit, the Pub­licane) departed to his house iustified, rather than the other. And what is Christes reason? For euery man that exalteth himselfe shalbe brought low, and he that humbleth himselfe shalbe exalted. So that although Christ, in the 6. of Matthewe. ver. 5. & 6. doe forbid vs to doe as the Pharisees did: and when thou prayest, be not as the Hypocrites, Math. 6. for they loue to stande and pray in the synagogues, and in the corners of the streetes, because they would be seene of men: verily I say vnto you, they haue th [...]ir rewarde. But when thou prayest, enter in­to thy chamber, and when thou hast shut thy doore, pray vnto thy father [...]hich is in secrete, and thy father which seeth in secrete, shall rewarde thee openly: yet, doth not Christ here either condemne publike praiers, or any priuate and seuerall prayers in publike assemblies: but condemneth the pride & vaine glorie, that the Pharisees and such hypocrites had. Otherwise, both this parable, yea, and this place doth manifestly confirme and approue such se­uerall and priuate prayers, as are not onely made in priuate and seuerall places, but in publike assemblies. Caluin. in Mat. 6.

Caluine vpon these wordes of Christe, sayth: we are bidden in manie places, to pray or giue thankes to God in the solemne assembly, & con­fluence of men, and before all the people, and that both because of te­stifying our faith or thankefulnes, and also to incite other by our exam­ple [Page 622] to doe the same. Neither doth Christe withdrawe vs from that stu­die, but onely warneth to haue God before our eyes, so often as wee prepare our selues to prayer. And therefore these woordes, enter into thy chamber, are not to be vrged, as though hee bad to flee from men, and that he denied we should pray rightly, except witnesses were remo­ued: for he speaketh comparatiuely, signifying that wee must rather seeke a secrete place, then couet that the multitude of men shoulde be­holde vs praying. For God would haue those that are his, by all meanes to flee ostentation. If thou shalt from thy heart shunne this, and that in praying it shall suffice thee onely to please God, thou hast rightly prayed in thy chamber, although thou shalt haue prayed in the greatest assemblie of men.

Musculus vpon the same precept of Christ, sayth on this wise: First in that they prayed in the synagogues, it had not by and by the note of hy­pocrisie. Musc. in Mat. 6. For the Apostles also & the other faithful prayed in their assem­blies: & the Temple of Hierusalē was erected principally to this purpose, that it should be the house of prayer. Therefore he sayth not simply: for they pray in the synagoges: but [...] they loue to pray in the synagoges For in secrete they wil not pray. For we must not thinke that they pray­ed so in the synagogues, as for the most part the godly doe; to wit, sim­ply, silently, without ostentation: but this they regarded that they might pray more manifestly and with a cleare voice & in opener places.

In this maner then doth Christe approoue secrete seuerall prayer, al­though it be made in publike assemblies. Yea, Christ himselfe gaue often example hereof. I speake not of many persons, that in publike assemblies he suffered and [...]llowed, Christs own seueral pra [...] ­ers in publ. assemblies. that for many seueuerall occasions made their se­uerall prayers to him in publike assemblies: but of his owne seuerall prayers not onely in places seuered from all company, but in most pub­like assemblies, as Matt. 11.25. Math. 11.25. At the same time Iesus aunswer [...]d and sayde, I giue thee thankes, O Father, Lorde of heauen and earth, because thou hast hid these [...]hinges from the wi [...]e, and from men of vnderstanding: and hast opened them vnto babes. It is so O Father, because thy go [...]d pleasure was such. Like­wise when he fedde that great and publike assemblie with fiue loaues and two fishes. Matt. 14.19. when he looked vppe to heauen, M [...]t. 14.19 and blessed (or gaue thankes) was not this done with some seuerall prayer which is not expres­sed? When Christe raysed Lazarus in a publike assemblie, Saint Iohn cap. 11. ver. 41. &c. sayth: Ioh. 11.41. And Iesus lifted vp his eyes, and sayde, Father, I thanke thee, because thou hast heard me. I knowe that thou hearest me alwayes, but because of the people that stande by, I said it, that they may beleeue that thou hast sent me.

Moreouer, when he rode vnto the Temple with a great assemblie of people about him, & that certaine Grecians desired to see him, anon after, [Page 623] Iohn 12. ver. 27. he prayed & sayth, Ioh. 12.27. Now is my soule troubled, and what shall I say? Father saue me from this houre, but therefore came I vnto this houre. Fa­ther glorifie thy name. Yea, the whole 17. Chapter following, Ioh. 17. what is it else, but that seuerall and most singuler prayer, that Christe maketh vnto his father, in the assemblie of his Disciples, partely for himselfe, though most especially for them and all his elected? Last of all, his seuerall pray­er euen on the crosse, not only praying for his enemies: Father forgiue thē they knowe not what they doe, Luke 23.34. but also when he cried with a loud voyce saying: Luke. 23.34.36. Eli, Eli, Lama sabachthani, that is my God, my God, why had thou forsaken me. Mat. 27.46. and Luke 23.46. when also he cryed with a loud voice and sayde, Mat. 27.46. Father into thy handes I commende my spirit.

And as Stephen did consummate his Martyrdom, Stephens prayers. imitating his Master Christ with the like seuerall prayer: The Apostles prayers. so the Apostles frequented the Tem­ple, the synagogues, and other places, where the people were assembled to make these their seuerall & publike prayers, and to heare the law read, taking often occasion thereby, to preach the gospell vnto them. And by S. Paules often protestations of making his prayers, S. Paules prayers. Rom. 1. ver. 9. God is my witnesse whom I serue in spirite in the Gospell of his sonne, that without ceasing I make mention of you, alwayes in my prayers, &c. and to the Phil. cap. 1.3. I thanke my God hauing you in perfecte memorye, alwayes in my prayers for all you, praying with gladnesse▪ and to the Colloss. cap. 1. ver. 3. We giue thankes to God euen the father of our L. Iesus Christ, alwayes praying for you and to the Thess. 1. Epist. cap. 1. ver. 2. We giue God thankes alwayes for you, making mention [...]f you in our prayers without ceasing, &c. Now S. Paul frequenting wheresoeuer he came the publike assemblies, of the faithfull: it argueth, that eyther in all places he made some solemne mention of all these seuerall Churches, which hath no likelihoode: or else, that in those publike assemblies of pub­like prayers, he made some secrete and seuerall prayers in his mind or me­morie for them

Eusebius out of Clements sermons, S. Iames his prayers. recordeth of Iames the brother of the Lorde, that he gaue himselfe to such continuall prayer in the Temple, that his knees with kneeling grew to be as harde as Camels knees, Eccl. Hist. Lib. 2. cap. 23. which were it true: Euseb. Eccl. Hist. lib. 2. cap. 23. it plainely argueth, that for all the often and publike assemblies there made, he ceased not (as before we hearde of the holy widdowe Anna) to continue often his seuerall prayers in the publike assemblies.

All which premisses well considered: wee can not iustlie call it confusion and vncomelinesse, How and when seue­rall prayers are not to be made. if seuerall prayers bee nowe and then made, of some, though not of euerie man, in the time and place of the publike assemblies. If our Brethren hadde sayde, that they may not bee made, at or during the time of vttering the publique prayers, by all those that may well heare them: this saying had béene allowable. [Page 624] And yet, Abuses in the diuine seruice. to make no short and earnest, secrete and seuerall prayers, peti­tions or wishes of the heart, or thankes giuing to God at all, while paw­ses fall out betwéene the making open confessions, the powring foorth publike prayers, How seue­rall prayer may be made. the reading of the Psalmes, the hearing of the Lessons, the rendring of thankes and prayses, the marking of the sermons, and the celebrating of the sacramentes: that betwéene these distincte actions the people may make no seuerall prayers, nor any priuate motions of their heartes secretely to God, all onely because of the publike assemblie then present: were to binde the peoples conscience too too strictly, without any prohibition of the Lorde: yea, rather hauing all these examples, as a war­rant in such cases, to the contrarie, where neither the publike prayers, nor the publike hearing of the worde, nor the publike assemblies, nor any mans seuerall or publike edification, is disturbed any wayes or hindred. These thrée points being thus farre forth, and not otherwise, to be graun­ted vnto our Brethren: let vs now procéede to the other matters that they finde fault withall.

The learned Dis. Pag. 64.65.66.Wherin ( say they) there is great abuse in our Churches. For as though it were not inough to keepe out preaching by long prescribed formes of prayers: these prayers are so pronounced by the Minister, that a great number, and some not of the worst disposed people, thinke it pertay­neth not to them, to giue eare or consent of minde vnto them. Wee speake not heere of such insensible readers, whose voyce eyther can not be heard, or else can not be vnderstoode, whereof there be great num­bers: nor of the vnfitte place prescribed for the Ministers standing at prayers in the east ende of the house, when the simple people shall stand often times 40. or 50. yeardes off in the west ende: or of the confusion of voyces whilest all speake at once: besides screenes of Roode loftes, Organ loftes, Idoll cages, otherwise called Chauntrie chappelles, and high pewes betweene them. Which although they doe manifestly hin­der edification, yet may they not be remoued in many places, for defa­cing the beautie of the materiall houses, whereas S. Paule so much estee­meth the building of Gods spirituall house, that he commaundeth the glorious gifts of the holy Ghost to cease in the congregation, [...] Cor. 14.28 when they doe not help to edification. But we speake of this that a great multitude thinke they haue well serued God: if they haue beene present at cōmon prayers, or any part of them, as they were woont to thinke in Poperie, although they be neuer so vainely occupied in the Church, some in wal­king, some in talking, in gathering of money, not onely for the poore, but for other contributions, &c. And they that thinke they do best, are occupied in their priuate prayers, or in reading of bookes, while their minister pronounceth publike prayers.

Bridges. Our Brethren doe here sharpely chalenge the Churche of Englande [Page 625] for many great abuses, Long pre­scribed forme of prayers. by reason of our diuine seruice and publ. prayers Howbeit, thankes be to God, first and in generall for all these great abu­ses here reckoned vp, we may safely affirme, that there is, no, not one of them, Our Brethr. complaint of diuerse great abuses. which can iustly and directly be ascribed to the order in the com­munion booke, for the forme of publik prayer prescribed: but may wel inough be helped and redressed, both the Eccl. state of gouernement, and the appointed order of the diuine seruice remaining still in force, anie thing here founde fault with to the contrarie notwithstanding.

They pretende first, Long pre­scribed forme of prayers. that we keepe out preaching by long prescribed formes of prayer. For the auowing of prescribing formes of prayer, till our Brethren haue somewhat more to alleage to debarre it, than hetherto they haue brought foorth: or till they can infringe those proues that we sée it sufficiently warranted by; yea, til they can shew with what good reason and authoritie, their selues being without authoritie, can set out a booke prescribing formes of cōmon prayer, & yet the whol estate of the church of England can not so do: I trust that may suffice for that point, which we haue alreadie spoken thereon. And as for long prescribed formes of prai­er, they haue as long prescribed formes, as our booke prescribeth in any part of the cōmon prayer to be vsed, yea, by many oddes far longer. Haue we any of al our publ. prayers prescribed in our communion booke, that is but a quarter so long as some of the prayers are that they haue prescri­bed in their book of cōmon prayer, being some of them aboue 200. lines a péece. And howe can our Breth. then for very shame, find fault with our long prescribed forme of prayer? Neither is this true, that preaching is kept out by long prescribed formes of prayer. All the formes of prayer that are prescribed in any part of our ordinarie diuine seruice, may be so­berly and with decent pawses vttered foorth, either for the ministers or for the peoples part, in the space of little more than one houre, yea, the lessons, and all the rest of the diuine seruice, within one houre & a halfe, euē where the seruice is longest in saying, though also much and solemne [...]inging doe protract it. And yet are prouisions of purpose made, for contracting some partes therof, at the ministers discretion, for the longer continuance of the sermons, or of the reading of the Homilies: so that, this is but a picked quarell, and yet not true.

They cōplaine further, that these prayers are so pronounced by the mi­nister, that a great nūber, & some not the worst disposed people, Default in pronoun­cing of the prayers. thinke it pertaineth not to thē to giue eare or consent of mind vnto thē. What kind of pronouncing this so pronoūced, shuld be, our Breth. pronounce it not. And therfore, till y e abuse be playner pronounced of our Breth. we can neither denownce what fault it is, nor finde in whom it lies: whether in the pronouncer, or in the hearer, nor howe to helpe it, that wee might renounce it, till we knowe better what they meane.

[Page 626] Ill pronouncing and reading. If they mean, that the m [...]nister so pronounceth the prayers that they can not bee vnderstoode: [...]hey make that to be another fault, seuered and excepted from this, saying afterwarde: wee speake not heere of such insensible readers, whose voyce eyther cannot be heard, or else can non be vnderstoode. But then, the fault is in the pronouncer of the prayers, not in the prayers so pronounced. And if the minister do not his diligence so to pronounce them, as he ought to do: yet, must they do their diligence so to marke them, as well as they may. For, howsoeuer he pro­nounce them, yet cannot they rightly thinke that the prayers pertaine not to them. Which if they do, though our Brethren say, they be some not of the worst disposed ( in which words, whō they aime at, is as dark­ly pronounced as the other:) I am sure, they be not of the best disposed, and indéede too badde disposed, that so thinke. And not onely the ministers that so pronounce, but also those not of the worst disposed that so think, the one, for his pronouncing, if hee pronounce not well that which is good: and the other, for his lewde opinion, in thinking those good prayers pertaine not to him, are both faultie, and punishable. And I pray God, none of our Brethren their selues, being (I graunt) not of the worste disposed, thinke it pertayneth not to them, to giue eare or consent vnto them. For, what can wee thinke that they thinke better of them, that thus write against them, and would haue thē cleane taken away? Though here (for fashion sake) they finde such fault, that they are not so pronoun­ced as they should be, which is indéede to allowe them, if they were well pronounced. Wheras their drift is quite contrarie, that they should nei­ther so, nor so, be pronounced at all.

Their next complaint is this: We will not here speake of such insensi­ble readers, Insensible readers. whose voyce eyther can not be heard, or else cannot be vn­derstood, whereof there be great numbers.

Of this they say, they will not here speake. And why will they not here speake of it? I hope, it be not, because they like it. Or, do they reserue it to another place? Or, do they count it so trifling a thing, that it is not worth the speaking of? Or, doe they count it a fault, and would conceale it, or, not haue it looked vnto and punished? Or, do they speake it Rhetorically, they will not speake of it, but they doe? And good reason too, that they or a­ny other, wheresoeuer such vnsensible readers are, both lawefully may, & dutifully should, both speake and complaine of them: If they will speake and complaine, as they ought to do, not by the way of publike defamation: for, that (euē where the matter is true) is sclanderous: but by orderly pre­sentment and humble petition, vnto those that haue authoritie to ouersee, that no such insensible readers be permitted. Neither doth any lawe (now in force) allowe of them. And therefore, I doe the hardlier beléeue, that (which is here auouched) there be great numbers of thē. But if any such [Page 627] here and there be, especially, if it be by sicknesse, The Mini­sters place. or any such accidentall in­firmitie growing on them, (as frō which, euen the best of our Brethr. are not frée): yea, be it that such an ignorant Pastor were in some odde corner crept in, as could not sensibly read the publike prayers: yet, what letteth this, why there might not be prouision made, vppon orderly complaint and proofe before the ordinarie, to place other sensible readers, that both can be heard and vnderstoode, and the people deuoutly moued to ioyne in prayers with them.

Nor yet (say our Brethren they will speake) of the vnfitte place pre­scribed for the ministers, standing at prayer in the East end of the house, The place of the minister while the simple people shall stande often times, 40. or 50. yeardes off, in the west ende.

This complaint for the standing of the Minister, in the most fitte and conuenient place of the Church, néede the lesse indéede to be spoken of, by our Brethren, since other hauing authoritie thereunto, haue before them both spoken & considered thereupon. And where (vpon view) it hath béene founde, that the Minister stoode not in a fitte place: another fitter place hath by authoritie beene appointed for him. As it is apparant in most places, s [...]ue where the Ministers voice may be heard and vnderstood ea­sily inough, o [...] those that list to listen thereunto, except any be thicker of hearing, and those may drawe néerer if they please, or by the licence of the parish, so farre as the decencie of their calling doth permitte. And it were fitter of the twaine, that suche did rather remooue themselues to heare better, than that the Minister vnnecessarily for euerie ones priuate occasion, (which may otherwise be holpen) should remoue from his place appointed.

Besides this, our Brethren say, they will not speake, of the confusion of voyces, while all speake at once: Al speaking at once.

This also they spake of before, more than néeded, as we haue hearde; and therefore (I graunt) it might now the better, haue not againe béene spoken of at all But speake thereof, (and tell vs they will not speake of it) as oft as they will: as wee allowe of no confusion, so if all the congrega­tion speake at once, and doe it orderly: for my parte, I dare not call it a confusion. But call it what they please; so long as God liketh of it, (as we haue séene) me thinkes no good man should mislike it. And whie may not all speake at once: as well as all sing at once without confu­sion? And if they all speake at once: howe doe they speake (speaking in their mother tongue) and not vnderstande what they speake? And if they all vnderstand: where is become our insensible reading? So that, it is not heard nor vnderstood, when they speake it, with, or after the Mini­ster, all at once? If this deserueth to be called confusion: it is a good con­fusion, and no hindrance but furtherance to aedification.

[Page 628] Chauntrie chappels. &c.Besides ( say our Breth.) that they wil not speake of Scrines of Rood­loftes, Organe loftes, Idoll cages, otherwise called Chauntry Chappels, and high pewes betweene thē: Screenes, of Roodloftes, Organlofts, Idoll cages, high pewes. which although they do manifestly hin­der aedification, yet may they not be remooued in many places, for de­facing the beautie of the materiall houses.

Though, they will not speake of these things, yet haue we both spoken of them, and those that haue authority thereunto, haue caused these things to be surueyed: and where any such things, as do manifestly hinder aedifi­cation, haue béene founde: I doubt not, but they haue béene remooued. At the least, I am sure, if any yet continue, and can be proued to be such ma­nifest hindrances to aedification: they may at all times be altered or re­moued. Yea, lawes and orders are set out for that purpose. This there­fore is not well sayde of our Brethren, that none of these thinges may be remoued in manye places, for defacing the beautie of the materiall houses. For, although these wordes implie their graunt, that in some places, these thinges are remooued: yet if those many places, wherein (they say) they may not be remooued, should be well examined: I think, there should not be founde very many: but contrarie, very fewe; yea (I beléeue,) no, not one place in all Englande, where for this reason, of the beautie of the materiall house, these thinges stande, béeing founde suche manifest hindrances to aedification, but that they are eyther so re­moued or altered, that they be neither manifest, nor not manifest hindran­ces to aedification.

But what meane they here, by the standing of Chauntrie Chappelles, which they call Idoll cages? Idoll cages. Except they would not onely deface, but also pull downe the material parts of the Churches, if not the whole Churches by the same reason? For, they may as well bestowe that terme, on all the Churches: which in the Popish Idolatrous times, & some of thē perhaps before in the time of the Pagans, were fraught with Idols, which now (God be praised) are cleane remoued. And yet the Churches or chapels stand, & may well serue to good vses, without any hindrance at al to aedification.

But our Brethren goe further, Pewes and all if they be high pewes, Pewes. must be remooued. If they say not all, but only those that are betweene them, to wit, betweene the ministers voice and the peoples hearing: wée graunt, that if they take away the hearing of the ministers voice, they may be amended. But where shall we finde in a Church suche pewes as are compassed in so high, and specially comming betweene the standing of the Minister and of the people, that they take away his voyce from their hearing?

And much lesse do the Rood-loftes, Roodloftes. if anie vpon anie considerations be left standing; as for the most part, they be remoued alreadie, hauing only a decent & small partition, betweene the quéere & the body of the Church, [Page 629] whereby, the Ecclesiasticall persons, Pewes and Roodloftes. ( as it was in the auncient Churche before the time of the Popish superstitions) were seuered from the residue of the people, and yet with such a partition as letteth not the peoples either hearing or seeing. Yea the Rood loft it selfe, when it stoode vp whole, was so high, that it commonly hindred, neither the sight nor the voice of the minister.

And least of all the Chappels, were they chauntry chappels, Countrie Chappelles. or other Which were not betweene the people & the ministers: but in side Isles, & out parts of the wals, and as it were buttresses of the Churches, & ther­fore lesse hindrances to the peoples aedification, the Idolatrie and super­stition of them, being (as, thankes be to God it is) cleane remoued.

And all other manifest hindrances to aedification, were they neuer so much a beautie to the materiall house of the Temple, The beauty of the ma­teriall and spirituall building. they haue béene defaced, yea and remoued, in respect of the building and the beautifying of Gods spirituall house. And therefore, this is not charitably, nor truely spoken of our Brethren in this matter: that such thinges as manifestlie hinder edification, may not be remoued in many places, for defacing the beautie of the materiall houses. And yet I hope, that where the buil­ding and beautie of the spirituall houses, is still preferred: they would not haue the beautie or the building of the materiall houses, being the houses of prayer, to be vnnecessarily defaced, and much lesse pulled down and remooued.

But, if this be now to be obserued of vs, that our Brethren say here, S. Paule commaunded the glorious giftes of the holy ghost to cease in the congregation, whē they do not help to aedification: then by their leaue, some of these our Brethren [...] prescriptions, Some of our Brethr. pre­scriptions may well cease by their owne rule. for the discipline & regiment Eccl. may cease wel inough, which although they had béen in practise euen in the Apostles times, yet, since they haue no commandement of necessitie & perpetuitie, & are not of the materiall substance of aedifying or building of the Church, and hauing so long time vtterly ceased, and the Churche hauing now this good while béen begun prosperously to be repaired & beu­tified without them, and that the bringing in of them would hazarde to o­uerthrowe the reaedifying of the same, as we sée by experience, what an vnnecessarie disturbance and hindrance the attempt thereofhath bredde: why may not they also cease, as well as those other giftes might? And yet the spirituall building and beautie of the spirituall house of God, conti­nue and prosper as (God be praysed) it hath done, and doth, and much bet­ter might, although this point of Discipline and Eccl. regiment cease, or at least, be not so contentiously called vpon.

But because our Breth. say they will not speake of these thinges: wée haue the lesse néede to stande longer in aunswering of them. Let vs come therefore to that which they will speake vpon.

[Page 630] Walking talki [...]g & Collecting.But wee speake ( say they) of this, that a great multitude thinke they haue well serued God: if they haue beene present at cōmon prayers, or any part of them, The learned disc. Pag. 65. & 66. as they were wont to thinke in poperie, although they be neuer so vainly occupied in the Church, some in walking some in tal­king, in gathering of money, not only for the poore, but for other con­tributions, &c. And they that thinke they do best, are occupied in their priuate prayes or in reading of bookes, while their minister pronoun­ceth publike prayers.

Bridges. To be vainely occupied in the Church, some in walking some in tal­king: is (we graunt) a fault. Neither is it by any lawe or order allowed, that the people should so behaue themselues in the time of the common prayers. Walking & ta [...]king in the Church. If any breake the lawes and orders in that behalfe, they are to sustaine the punishment of the lawe, and officers are appointed, to looke vnto them and present them. But how then shall those of our Brethren be holden excused, that to auoyde walking and talking in the time of com­mon prayers, will not come at all to heare them, confirming by their con­temptuous absence, the Popish recusantes, besides the great offence vnto their Brethren.

Contributions and collections for the poore, and for other Ecclesiasti­call orders, Contributi­ons and col­lections for the poore. be such thinges as were done in the primitiue Churche, at the time of their Ecclesiasticall assemblies, as may appeare, Act. 2. ver. 42. Act. 4. ver. 35. Act. 6. ver. 2. Act. 11. ver. 29. & 1. Cor. 16. ver. 2. whereupon sayth Caluine, vpō one of the Sabboths &c. that is, vpon that day wher­in they made the holy assemblies, Caluine in 1. Cor, 16.2. &c. Moreouer, the holy assēbly where the cōmunion of the Saints is celebrated might adde a spurre vnto thē. Vpon the first day of the weeke ( sayth the Geneua note) which the scrip­ture calleth the Lordes day, The Geneua note. others, sunday, they accustomed not onely in the Church, but at home also, according to euery mans zeale, to lay vp some peece of money, towardes the reliefe of the poore Bretheren. And of the like matter Paule writeth, 2. Cor. 9. &c. Which order S. Paule sayth▪ that he vsed, in the Churches of Galatia, Macedonia, Achaia, and other places. To the which accordeth the order of celebrating the commu­nion, that we heard before out of Iustine: that so soone as euer the commu­nion is ministred, the collection is made for the poore, and then followe other prayers and thankesgiuings▪ So that, these collections and contri­butions for the poore, &c. may be still done in the Churche well inough▪ if they be made betwéene whiles, at such times, as the publike prayer is stayed, although many good exhortations, and sentences exciting the peo­ple thereunto, may not amisse be read, euen in the very time of making the collection, or they may giue themselues to their seuerall prayers all that while.

And if any for their gathering of money for the poore or other con­tributions, [Page 631] disturbe the aedification of the people, Priuate pra [...]er or reading. in the common pray­er, and celebration of the diuine seruice: they may be well reproued and put backe, or complayned vpon and punished.

These disturbances being thus remooued, if nowe a great multitude haue beene present at common prayers, or at so great part therof as they could conueniently come vnto: I see not why, our Breth. should make this their most especiall point to speake on, and to finde fault withall, that they should thinke they haue well serued God. But to thinke this, (say they) is, as they were wont to thinke in Poperie. Our Breth. thinke too hardly (I dare not say, rashly & vncharitably) of their Brethren, Our Brethr. vnbrotherly misliking their Bre­thren. to thinke that they thinke so, as did the Papistes in the blindenesse of Popery. For, the Papistes stoode altogether on their intention, and of their opus operatum, the worke wrought; though they could not tell what they did or sayd; and yet, they thought all to be done so well and sufficiently; that they did thinke it meritorious before God.

Whereas, no Protestant doth, or can so thinke. And all that is set foorth in the diuine seruice & common prayer, is to the cleane contrarie. Which being good, and the true seruice of God: why may not our Breth. so recō ­fort thēselues, when they haue orderly ioyned themselues, in deuout cal­ling vpon God at common prayer, and reuerent hearing of his word; that they may well and sa [...]ely thinke, ( without any thinking of the merite of their worke wrought, but as becommeth humble Christians, though of themselues all vnworthie to approch before God, saue that they wholely relie on his acceptation, in and for Iesus Christes sake) that they haue well and truely serued God, and though they deserue it not, yet that God will both accept it, and rewarde it.

As concerning priuate prayers, on which our Brethren heere againe doe speake: wee haue spoken also before sufficiently, Priuate prai­ers. till that bée aun­swered.

And as for reading of bookes, Reading of book [...]s in the time of the diuine seruice. if it be the reading of the same prayers that the Minister publikely pronounceth: the same aunswere serueth: or, if it be the same Chapters that he readeth, or, to turne their books, when the Minister citeth anie text, or storie out of the scriptures, in his sermon, homilie, or exhortation. Which is a point that our Brethren do allow, and call vpon the people to doe, and therefore, I sée not why, our Brethr. should so strictly, at the time of the publike prayers and diuine seruice, prohibite all priuate praying or priuate reading, and that without ex­ception of any suche persons, as perchance be deafe or harde of hearing, and for order sake would come to the Church, The learned disc. pag. 66. that no suche person may priuately praye nor reade, doing the same without preiudice or offence to others.

Thus as preaching is neglected, vpon colour of publike prayers: so [Page 632] publike prayers by priuate exercises, Priuate prayers. are made altogether vnprofitable to a great number. For who knoweth the right vse of publike prayer, but they that are taught by the worde of God? Let vs therefore esta­blishe publike preaching, and publike prayers will followe of necessi­tie. But if wee continue to vpholde formall prayers, that prea­ching be neglected, it will come to passe, that neither shall bee regar­ded.

Bridges. We allowe not that preaching should be neglected vppon colour of publike prayers. For both may in their orders be continued. But sithe we haue not the one so ordinarie, Neglect of preaching vnder color of praying. because it can not so ordinarily bee had: shall we therefore haue no ordinarie of the other, which wee may easilier haue, and in no case wee may discontinue? Did not the Iewes conti­nue the ordinary courses and times of their publike praiers, and readings of the lawe, of the Psalmes, of the Prophetes: though they had not th [...] like ordinarie courses and times of preaching, and of interpreting the same among them? Neither are publike prayers, though there bee no sermon, ( so they be vsed as is aforesayde) made altogether vnprofitable to them. Publike prayers made vnprofitable. But they are so, (say they) to a great number. I graunt, to a great number, what may not be made vnprofitable, both prayers priuate and publike, sacramentes preaching and all? Howbeit, they are not di­rectly and of themselues made vnprofitable vnto them, but by the par­ties owne default and abuses of them.

I confesse, none knoweth the right vse of publike prayer, but they that are taught by the worde of God. And may we not so say likewise, of pri­uate prayer? Gods word ioyned with publike prayer. Tell them this, that suffer not the worde of GOD to be taught among them, but to haue the people in the diuine seruice to heare and to pray they wotte not what. We are (thankes be to God) as careful that Gods word should be syncerely and plainely taught, as that publike prayer should be made. And therefore we ioyne these together, both where preaching is, & where preaching is not, that yet the word of God should be taught withall, whensoeuer we assemble to make our publ. prayers, that we may not onely speake to God, but may heare God also speaking in his worde to vs, and teaching vs.

Hereupon our Brethren séeming to wish vs well, exhort vs saying: let vs therefore establish publike preaching, The establi­shing of publike prea­ching. and publike prayers will fol­lowe of necessitie. This séemeth to be a charitable motion of our Bre­thren, but sée how sclenderly it is grounded vpon charitie. For where they exhort vs to establish publike preaching, as though alreadie it were not established among vs, but suppressed, or altogether neglected: what can they say of vs, (if preaching be established among vs) more vncharita­ble and more sclaunderous? Haue not their selues before confessed that wee haue had reste and peace this 25. or 26. yeares with the [Page 633] the free preaching of the Gospell. Pag. [...]8. Formall Prayers. And in their preface that the true & holy faith concerning the substaunce of religion is of vs publike­ly maintained. And that in our profession and preaching we haue hissed out the hereticall opinion of the papistes, that the sacramentes conferre grace of the worke wrought, &c. pag. 62. And, if they woulde not con­fesse these things, woulde not all the worlde cry out shame on them, Who are admitted to bee pub­like prea­chers. in a matter so apparāt, that the very publike aduersaries of vs crie out against vs for nothing more, than that publike preaching is among vs establi­shed? in-deede, not so publike that euery publicane, nor, euerye pharisee neither, may be established a publique preacher, but good reason hee shoulde be tried and authorized thereunto, before he take vpon him pub­lique preaching. And so perhaps may a number be suppressed, or rather by their factiousnes & busiosity represse thēselues, & are their own causers that they be not permitted. But yet is publike preaching so far foorth establi­shed that not only all that are lawfully called & thoght sit, ( thogh they haue but the meaner gift of preaching) are allowed: but also the meanest of all, if hee be otherwise aunswerable to his calling, is assigned publike­ly to read both the worde of God, and the preaching of it. For what are else, the homelies and other sermons, though written by other, and pub­likely read by him authorized thereunto, but a publike preaching alsoof Gods worde? and when publike preaching is al these wayes established, yea euen where a learned preacher is not, nor can bee alwayes present: canne our Brethren rightly affirme, that publike preaching is not e­stablished?

But, say they, Let vs establish publike preaching and publique pray­ers will follow of necessity. And (God be praysed) so they followe. The establ [...] shing of publike prayers. And that also argueth, that we haue established publike preaching. For, if the prayer followe on the preaching and teaching, as the Disciples desired Christe to teache them howe to pray, Luke 11. verse 1. And we haue true and Godly publike prayer, which followeth of necessity on true and god­ly publike preaching: It is a good argument from the effectes to the cau­ses, that the word of God is truely and Godly taught and preached pub­likely amongst vs, and that the publike preaching of it is established. So that, while they cannot deny, but that hee haue established among vs the effectes, which are by their owne saying publike prayers: will they, or nill they, they must needes yeelde, that wee haue established already the thing, that they exhort vs to establish Sith publike preaching must of ne­cessitie go before, if publike prayers doe of necessity follow.

But ( say they) if we continue to vpholde formall prayers, that prea­ching bee neglected, it will come to passe, that neither shall be regar­ded. Heere our Brethren turne all againe to formall prayers, and what are these formall prayers? are they not publike prayers, wherof they spake [Page 635] before? or else, howe speake they to the purpose? and may they not be for­mall and publike too? what, woulde they haue them vnformall and de­formed? or, doe they meane, they be but pro forma tantum? If they doe so, they offer not onely great iniury vnto those publike praiers, but also vn­to many good men, that with harty deuotion, in true faith & humility, doe publikelie powre them foorth with their Minister vnto God. And what if some abuse them, vsing them only for an outwarde formalitie, without inward affection? Doe not they as ill, that thus openly contemne them? albeit their selues set out (and y t in much like form) other formall prayers too: Our Brethr. own formal prayers. yea, some of them, the very same formal praiers that our publike formal praiers are: except here and there, (in very déede, pro forma tantum) a word or phrase, or sentence a litle transformed. And should their publike formall prayers too, only because they are formal, be thus formally flouted and reiected? or must we receiue and vphold their formall praiers, & may we not continue to vphold ours?

And here by the way, if we continue to vpholde them, then wee haue them. Which confirmeth that I said before, that then haue wee much more also, and doe vpholde and establish the publike preaching, which their selues say, is the antecedent and cause of them.

Yea, but if we continue to vphold them ( say they) that preaching be neglected: Publike prayers to be vpholdē although preaching were negle­cted. and should we not vphold thē, because preaching may be, or is neglected? I thinke we haue cause rather to vpholde them, and to fasten better hold on them, that preaching may not be neglected but vpholden. For, if publ. prayer follow publike preaching: yea, now & then go before preaching. We hope also it wil often ioin with it, and will alwaies helpe to vphold & establish it. And that so long as Aaron and Hur doe continue to vphold, or to holde vp Moses handes: the true Israelites y t fight with Gods word, shal preuail and vphold themselues, against Amalek & al the enimies of Gods church. What? haue our brethren forgottē this, that they granted vnto before, pag. 55. to be the best means to vphold and encrease preaching? Especially, cōsidering the greatnes of the haruest and fewnes of the laborers, by praying earnestly the Lord of the haruest, in this gret necessity of ours, to thrust forth laborers into his haruest. And is not publike praier as effectuall hereunto, Publike Prayer the meanes to further publike prea­ching. where 2. or 3. yea, the whole congrega­tion is gathered together in the name of Christe, to beg this amōg other things, of our heauenly father, by their publike and formal praier, as wel as priuate? But (say our brethren) preaching is neglected.

Not by publike & formal prayers ( say wee) but by some other meanes.

But, if we contniue ( say they) to vpholde it, that preaching bee neglec­ted: it will come to passe that neither shalbe regarded.

Indéede, if we should continue or vphold it to that purpose: then it might so come to passe, that neither of them shold be regarded. And may we not [Page 634] say as much on the other side, The popish publique Prayers. that if we shold continue to vpholde prea­ching, that publike & formal praier be neglected: thē it might also come to passe that neither praier nor preaching shall bee regarded? And our Brethren are more earnest heere, to haue the publike and formall prai­ers neglected: than are wee to haue preaching neglected. So that their selues go nerer then wee doe, to haue neither of them both regarded. As for vs, wee hope that either of these, Our Brethr. woulde haue our publike prayers neglected vnder pretence of publike preaching. both the publike preaching and the publike praiers, which they in scorne call formall prayers, may be stil cō ­tinued, vpholden, regarded, & established, without any neglect or preiu­dice, yea rather, with mutuall help and establishment the one of the other. And I like better of that our brethr. said before, that as we are taught by the worde of God the right vse of publike prayer: so by publike praier when wee are taught it, the establishment of the worde of God, which is taught, is the better continued & vpholden. And if praier discontinue & bee neglected: the neglect of preaching will followe of like necessitie. As when Moses heauy hands fell down, the Amalekites preuailed against the Israelites. And therfore, we may rather conclude, that if we continue to vphold publike & formal praier, that publike preaching shall more formal­ly proceede, and be the lesse neglected, & both praier & preaching be more and better regarded. But our brethren wil confute our forme of publike praier, by this instance.

For what did thrust out preaching from the Romish Churche, but long prescript formes of reading, of singing, of praying? The learned Dis. Pag. 66. and 67. so that their ordinarie was ynough, and too much, to occupy the whole day, though there were no sermon. VVhereas contrariwise, there woulde be no ordi­narie publike praier without preaching.

This instaunce non facit ad idem, it serueth to prooue a cleane con­trarie matter. Haue our Brethren in such contempt and despight our or­dinarie and prescript forme of publike praier, that they can alleadge a­gainst it no [...]itter example, than the long prescript formes of reading, of singing, of praying, in the Romish Churche? True it is in-déede, they did thrust out preaching, beeing such an euill reading, singing, and praying, as besides the length thereof, their forme was so fraught & poysoned with false doctrin, errors, lies, Idolatries, superstitions, blasphe­mies, &c. that for very shame they durst not shewe their faces, but were masked in a language vnknowen to the vulgare people, although euen that also (the stuffe being no better) might be some benefite, The corruptions of the popish pub. prayers. with the mo [...]e danger. For as their trecheries might be the harder espied, so, the lesse be learned. Which corruptiōs & ignorance so trāsformed their reading their singing, & their praying: that as they had béen far better not read, nor song, so deserued they not the name, of anie true priuate or publike prayer at all, but were farre worse, then the Pharisees vaine lippe labour. [Page 636] So that, Length of Prayers. these readings, singings, and prayings, beeing cleane contrary to the worde of God: no meruell, though they thrust out preaching. For what fellowship is there of light with darkenesse? 2. Cor 6.14. And shall now those formall prayers, ( that were indeede no true forme of prayers at all, but had a forme and name of that they were not) bee brought for an instance against our formall publike prayers, that in all pointes are a­greeable to the proportion of faith, to the rule of life, to the accepta­ble will of God, and to the greate edifying of all the Congregation, and cleane voyde of all false doctrine, errours lies. Idolatries, blasphemies and superstitions, either of the papists or of any others? Is this a charitable or a true exemplification?

If our Brethren say, they doe not resemble our Publike prayers to theirs, for any of these pointes, but onely for the long prescript formes of reading, of singing, and of praying. So that their ordinary was ynough and too much, to occupy the whole day. And is the onely length then the onely cause, The short time of our publike prayers. wherefore the prescript formes of reading, of singing, & of praying in the Romish Church, should be compared vnto ours, or ours to theirs? but this length as they haue oftentimes before complained on it: so, haue we sufficiently answered, that, as ours are most free from all their other dangerous corruptions: so are they nothing like in length to theirs, as all the world may soone see, by conference of them. If their or­dinarie was inough and too much to occupy the whole day? Who séeth not, that neither the reading of the Lessons, and other exhortations and sentences nowe prescribed, nor the saying or singing of the hymnes or Psalms, nor the praying and making any supplications or thanksgiuings, in our ordinarie publike prayers, wil hold vs passing two or thrée houres of the whole day at the moste▪ accounting both the morning and the eue­ning prayer.

But so often as they complaine vpon the long prescript formes of rea­ding, of singing and of praying, and therein compare our Churches to the Romish Church: May wee remember our Brethren, of their owne long prescript formes of readin [...], Our Breth. own prescribed formes of confessi­ons and prayers longer then ours. of singing, and of praying? are not the confessions that they reade in their prescribed forme of prayer, a greate deale longer then ours are? Their first confession to be [...] being aboue thirteene-score lines, besides their Chapters. Our Ordinarie hauing but two, where as they say in their booke of Common prayer. Page 22. vpon the dayes appointed for the preaching of the worde, when a conuenient number of the Congregation are come together, that they may make fruit of their presence, till the assemblie bee full: one appointed by the Elderishppe, shall reade some chapters of the Cannonicall bookes of Scripture, singing Psalmes betwene at his discretion. And this reading to bee in order as the bookes and chapters followe: that from time to [Page 637] time, the holie scriptures may be read through. In these words, Prayers. they prescribe so indefinite a number of chapters to be read, and of psalmes to be sung, that we may easily coniecture they doe, or may doe at their liking, occupy more time, than all our prescribed reading or singing néede to doe.

And as for their Prayers (as wee haue shewed already, and they are easily to sée) some one or two of them beeing as much as 20. of ours, be­sides the prayers that they leaue vnto the minist. voluntary, as the spirit of God ( they say) shall moue his heart, framing the same, according to the time and matter, which hee hath intreated of, Pag. 46, So that, hee may be as long or longer in his not prescribed prayers, as in the other that are prescribed to him. Besides also, that euen almost halfe, if not the more part of the Sermon it selfe, is tranformed into conceiuinges of vn­formall prayers. Doe not all these long prescript formes of prayer, and long prayers without forme and not prescript, thrust out also a greate part of the preaching?

Ha brethren, euen reckoning (they say) makes long friends. Looke on your owne dealings in this matter, and see if they may not for the length of reading, of singing and of praying, bee aswell compared to the long prayers of the Romish Church, as ours may.

But, they thinke that whatsoeuer length of time of their prayers doe occupy, all is well if they haue a Sermon. And for this also they accuse the popish prayers, that they were ynough and too muche, to occupy the whole day, though there were no sermon: where contrariwise ( say they) there would be no ordinary publike prayer, without preaching. The length of our pub­like prayers no hindrāce to a sermon or homilie. If the Papistes prayers were ynough and too much, to occupy the whole day without a sermon: and ours with a sermon and all (being no longer than a short sermon) are little ynough to occupy two or thrée howres of the whole day: I aske no better acquittance of ours, from resemblance of the long prayers of the Romish Church, than this our brethrens owne testi­mony. And if ther were no sermon nor yet homely read in the place ther­of, the time was all the shorter.

Yea, but (say our brethren) it should not for all that, be so short. For if it were vsed as it shold be: ther would be no ordinary publike praier, with­out preaching.

What do ye say, my learned brethren? shold there be no ordinarie pub­like prayer without preaching? No, ye say not so: but ther wold be none. And what meane ye by these spéeches, there woulde bee none? Whether ordin [...]ry publike prayer may be made without pre [...]ching. Do ye not mean, ther should be none? I trow ye mean not, as ye saide before of the Sacraments, pag. 63. that where there is no preacher of the Word, there ought to be no minister of the sacramentes: and so, where there is no peacher of the Worde, there ought to bee no Minister of the ordinary [Page 638] and publike prayer, Preaching without Prayer. and if ther be, it is vnavailable, a worldy, a dead, a beggerly praier, and what else but sacriledge? do ye meane so? but yee temper here this spéech somwhat more artificially for prayer, that although plain­ly ynough it might so séeme to any, that should read or here the same: yet, (if yee were pressed with it) when it commeth to scanning, yee say not so, but only, that there would be no ordinary publike prayer without prea­ching.

The Will of God herein And by whose will woulde there be none? by your owne will? or by the will of God? and by what will of God? For, if yee meane by his will, such an absolute wil, that he wold so haue it of necessity, & to be none otherwise: then indéed, it is a wicked thing and contrary to his good pleasure, to haue any ordinary publike praier to be made at any time without preaching. But if ye meane of Gods will▪ approuing the same onely, as but more con­uenient, where it may be orderly had: we will also holde with you therein, and likewise would it were so. The vnder­standing of the worde preaching. Or, if ye vnderstand by preaching, any edi­difying manner of teaching and setting forth the word of God, in some whiles betweene the ordinary publike prayers: we woulde the same also as well as you, yea, praysed be God) we haue it so already.

But if ye speak of that kind of preaching, that is such frée, extēporal & voluntary exhortation, and exposition of the word of God, as God shall moue the heart, & open the mouth of the learned preacher, to declare: & that ye vrge, this kind of preaching, to be as necessary vnto ordinary publike prayer, as ye did before to the administration of the sacraments: we shold then shortly be in a proper pickle; except yee coulde with all deuise better meanes, than heretofore yee haue done, that euerye congregation where ordinary publike prayer is to made, may likewise be presently furnished with such preachers. Otherwise, wee should not onelie for the meane time, lay aside the Sacramentes: but cease from all publique prayers also.

If yee say, ye speake not of all publique prayer, but of ordinary pub­like prayer: I pray you, of what could ye haue spoken it more inconueni­ently? sithe extraordinary publique prayer commeth but nowe and then, vpon extraordinary occasions. And therefore (mee thinkes) that preaching were of the twaine more requisite, in extraordinary publike prayers than in ordinarie. And yet, that also were very harde, so absolute to binde ex­traordinary publique prayers, that they might not bee made without preaching. The ordinary course of the sacram. & publike prayer, not to be omit­ted for want of preaching. But so to binde the ordinary publique prayers, or else to cease them: that is yet a great deale harder, and more inconuenient than the other.

I speake not this, but that we with preaching, where and when and howe it it may conueniently be had, as much as any of our Brethren do. But, if it may not so ordinarily bee had, wee must not therefore intermit [Page 639] the ordinary course of the Sacraments, and much lesse the ordinary course of Publike Praier, but rather vse it so much oftener.

And where do our brethren finde any such commaundement of Christ, prescribed, that Publique prayer, (be it ordinary, or extraordinary,) can not be made without a sermon preached? It were yet more requisite of the twaine, that no Sermon were ordinarily preached, without some or­dinary publique prayer. Howbeit, we read of diuers Sermons both prea­ched by Christe him-selfe, and by his Apostles, when neither he nor any other then present, made any ordinary or extraordinary publike pray­ers. And also of ordinary and extraordinary publique prayers made, without any sermon preached at the making of them.

Our sauiour Christ preached often times without any publike praier at his preaching, that either we finde written, or may coniecture. As, at that sermon conteined, Mat. 5.6. & 7. Chapters. Math. 5.6. and 7. chap. Yea, although in the same Sermon he taught the vse of Prayer. Likewise Math. 13. and so the moste part of all his ordinary sermons, Math. 13. except that which he made, Iohn 17. and as for the Apostles, the first Sermon indéede that Peter preached, Act. 1. had a Prayer following, Act. 1. because of the particuler occasion of electing an a­postle. But of the next sermon that Peter prescribed, where so manie were conuerted, Actes 2. Act. 2. We reade of no Publique Prayer at all made thereat. Onely this afterward we read, ver. 24. that (as we haue séene before) it is said: they continued in the Apost. doctrine, & fellowship, & breaking of breade, and praiers. But this argueth not, that they euer continued in a ioint exercise of all these thinges, but continued in dooing sometimes the one, and sometimes the other.

And this appeareth better, especiallie for Publike praier, in the next sto­ry. For after that Peter and Iohn, Acts. 3.1. were gone vp together to the temple at the ninth howre of prayer, Acts. 3. and likelie ynough, euen to pray ther also: for, y t they preached there at the same time, it fel out extraordinarily. But when they had bin cast in prison for that their preaching: then ( saith Luke) as soon as they were let go, they came to their fellows & shewed al that the high preests had said vnto them. And when they heard it, Act. 1.23 they lift vp their voices to God with one accord, & said: O Lord, thou art the God which hast made heauen and earth. &c. ver. 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, & 30. Here was a Publike Praier of all the assemblie, & so effectual, that saith Luke. verse 31. And when as they had praied, the place was shaken where they were assembled together, & they were al filled with the holie ghost, and they spake the word of God boldlie. But this bold speaking impor­teth not Preaching at y t instance & place, ther was no sermon by any of thē, that we find at that time preached. But these words referred to their bol­der preaching afterward to the people. Also Actes 8.14. Act [...]. 8 [...] Now when the a­postles which were at Ierusalē, hard say that Samaria had receiued the word of Go [...] [Page 640] they sent vnto them Peter and Iohn, who when they were come, praied for them, that they might receiue the holie Ghost. Héere againe was publique prayer▪ and no sermon that wee reade of at that time, either by them, or by any other preached.

In the tenth Chapter▪ Peter preacheth before Cornelius and his as­sembly, making no publike prayer at his sermon. In the 12. Chapter when Herod had caught Peter and put him in prison, vers 5. saith Luke: So Peter was kept in Prison, but earnest praier made of the Church vnto God for him. Acte. 10. Here againe was publike praier without preaching. Act. 13. Acts. 13. Paule preached without making anie publike prayers. Except we shal say the publike praiers of the Antiochians, being then in the Synagog, did serue that turne. But in the 17. hee had no such occasion, preaching to the heathen Philosophers of Athens, without publike prayer. Though in the twentieth, preaching to the Elders at Miletum, verse 36. Luke sayth: And when he had thus spoken, Actes 17. he kneeled downe and praied with them all. But in 21. he entreth into the Temple, (which is the house of publique praier) and there was purified after the Iewes manner, and so, it is moste likely, he vsed as well their publique, as his owne priuate praiers, and yet hee preached there at all no sermon: as for the Chapters following, they mencion onely his preaching, without anie publique Praiers that he made.

Ordinarie and extra­ordina [...]ie praying and preaching. Whereby it manifestly appeareth, that this our Brethrens rule, ther would be no ordinarie publique praier without preaching: ( If we shold precisely follow the Apostles practise therein) is no truer, than was their other rule before, Pag 63. Where is no preacher of the word, there ought to be no Minister of the sacraments.

Neither doth this worde ordinarie, escape all these examples. And yet if extraordinarie publique praier may bee without Preaching, much more may the ordinarie be sometimes without it, though sometime, with it. Yet at al times, if it may conueniently be had, we grant it wold be better with it, than without it. But when preaching it selfe may be aswell extraor­dinarie as ordinarie, so well as publique praier may bee: though, it were to bee wished, that the publique praier and the publique preaching did concurre more often: yet, if at anie time they do not concurre, as wee must not make voide and vnauaylable the publike preaching ordinarie or ex­traordinarie, if on occasion it be without the publike prayer, as wee haue scene the cleare examples: so may we not account the publique prayer or­dinarie or extraordinarie, to bee frustrate and vneffectuall, if (on oc­casion) it bee without preaching, as these playne examples also do lay it forth. Nowe vpon this wrong instant of the Popish abuses, our Brethren say: The learned Dis. Pag. 67.

Which terrible example of the practize of Sathan in the man of [Page 641] sinne, Feare of the Papists example. should make vs afrayed to giue anie like occasion of such incon­uenience heereafter to come.

The application of the practise of Sathan in the man of sinne, and in the Romish Churches abusing the ordinary prescript formes of publike reading, Bridges. singing and praying, being alleaged no farder forth than thus, to be a terrible example to make vs afrayed, Example to terrifie vs from like occasion. to giue anye like occasion of such inconuenience hereafter to come: is not to be misliked. For so, it may be applyed to our brethren, and to all other, as well as to vs. In which sense S. Paule 1. Cor. 10. hauing reckoned vp many terrible exam­ples of the Israelites wickednesse, in their lusting after euill thinges, in their Idolatry, in their fornication, in their tempting of Christe, in their murmuring, and of the plagues and destructions that came vppon them in the 11. verse he saith, Now, all these thinges came vnto them for examples, and were written to admoni [...] vs, vppon whome the endes of the w [...]rlde are come: 1. Cor. 10.12. wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth, take heede least hee fall. So that this, take heed, is a faire thing (as they say) Foelix quem faciunt aliena pe­ricula cautum, Happie is he whome other mens harmes can make beware. But S. Paule meant not, that al we vpon whom the endes of the worlde are come, do commit the like offences, and that our doings should be com­pared by the way of resemblan [...]e, vnto theirs.

As for our ordinary prescript formes of publike prayer, they be so cleane contrary to theirs, that the professed Papists of all other thinges in vs, can least abide them, as daring rather aduenture, How con­trary our forme of publike pr [...]ier is to the example of the Papistes▪ to giue the hearing of our preaching the gospel; than to come to the Church, and but so much as to heare our ordinary prescript formes of publike prayer, bethey long or neuer so short. And therefore wee néede bee the lesse afrayed, that they should euer giue the like occasion, of suche inconuenience heereafter to come, as did the practise of Sathan in the man of sinne, by thrusting out preaching from the Romish Church, with long prescript formes of rea­ding, of singing, and of praying. Although Sathan by the man of sin had thrust out preaching before (as I rather thinke) and then brought in his so long & so naughty prescript formes of reading, of singing, and of praying to occupy the whole day, and the whole people withall, in ignorance, superstition and Idolatry.

Howbeit, we are not too sure to take warning, nor any thing is so good but it may be abused. And so (we graunt) may our ordinary prescript formes of publike prayers. It is good therefore to beware, that our Prayers degenerate not so farre. Which (of his great mercy) God forbid they should. And we trust in God, they shall not. And we pray to him, they may not. And thankes be to him, as yet they haue not hetherto done, nor at this present doe. And by his grace, wée shal not need to feare, that they [Page 642] will euer giue any like occasion of such inconuenience, Publike prayers giuing place to a Sermō for the time to come heereafter.

But our brethren, to terrifie vs with this terrible example, ( as those that are already growne into the danger of the Romish Church abuses,) do apply their example, saying.

For, is not this opinion alreadie growne into a great many mens heades, The learned disc Pag. 67. that the Seruice maie not giue place to a Sermon: no though the time bee not sufficient for both? And are there not manye, that had muche rather heere a chaunted Mattens and Euensonge, than a godlye and learned Sermon? yea, they frequent the one, & refuse the other.

These things (me thinkes) are spoken a little too captiously (if they will pardon my too playnnesse on the other side, Bridges in this tearme) that the seruice ( meaning the diuine seruice or publike prayer) should giue place vnto a Sermon. Publike prayers more need­full at some times than Sermons. For the time and occasion of daunger may bee suche, that there may be more néede of publike prayer to those that are already grounded in faith, which at other times before they hearde out of the worde, than of hearing a Sermon at that instant. But, if there be no such necessitie, to imploy the time wholly in Prayer, as the Apostles did, when Herod had caught Peter, and put him in prison. Act. 12. ver. 5. and when the Israeli­tes in their afflictions, did so often cry vpon God to send them helpers. I do not think that this opinion is growne into a great many mens heades, ( meaning the Protestants) that the Seruice may not giue place to a ser­mon, The Prote­stants slaun­dered as cō ­ [...]emning preaching in respect of publ. prayer though the time be not sufficient for both. For although they do well, zealously to loue the diuine seruice, deuoutly to make their publike prayers vnto God, & religiously to heare his holy word, which also at the same time is publikly reade vnto them: yet, if they may haue withall, a godly learned sermon, there are no good Protestants, but they would wish with all their hartes, if the streightnesse of the time ( as our brethren héere say) be not sufficient for both, that some part of the seruice shoulde bee lefte off, and giue place to the preaching and hearing of the godlye Ser­mon.

And there are such prouisoes in the booke of common prayer already prouided for that purpose: Prouisoes both for preaching & pub. prayer. yea, though there were no other Sermon but an Homilie. But our brethren not content with this, that the diuine seruice should be cut the shorter, to the ende, that the Sermon might be the longer would haue the diuine seruice to giue place to the sermon, that is to say, the one comming in the place of the other, the diuine Seruice shoulde bee thrust cleane out of place, that all the place and all the time might be ta­ken vp of the sermon. If they meane not so then will our prouisoes suf­ficiently serue the turne, and the Sermon shall haue place and time inough and welcome whensoeuer it commeth, yea the seruice also will giue some [Page 643] place and yet not be turned out of place. For, Prouisoes for giuing place to sermons. howsoeuer it may fall out at some odd times, in which also the whole seruice giues the whole place, and resignes vp all the time: yet ordinarily there is time and place so suffici­ent for both, that the one néede not shoulder out the other.

And a sober Preacher will modestly tarry his due time, and let the pub­like prayer and diuine seruice procéede on a Gods name, till it come to his conuenient opportunity to preach. As S. Paule and Barnabas accustomed to do. Which appeareth Act. 13. ver. 14.15, The duty of a discrete pastor. Act. 13. The reuerēt order of the Antiochiās & modest de meanor of the Apostle. &c VVhen they departed from Perga, they came to Antiochia, a citie of Pisidia, and went into the syna­gogue on the Saboth day, and sat downe. And after the lecture of the Lawe and the Prophetes, the Rulers of the synagogue sent vntothem, saying: Ye men & bre­thren if ye haue any word of exhortation for the people, say on. Then Paule stoode vp, and beckened with his hande, and said: Men of Israell, and yee that feare the lord, hearken, &c. By which it appeareth, not onely that they had an ordinary forme of the diuine seruice, and publike prayer: and a reading of the lawe and the Prophetes, although ordinarilye they had no sermon: and yet were ready to heare one, whensoeuer any such fatherly men came among them, which appeared vnto them to haue the gifte of God to ex­pounde his word vnto them, and to giue them some comfortable exhorta­tion therupon: yet as they stinted not this ordinary exercise of the diuine seruice, though no such extraordinary Preachers came vnto them; so, when they admitted them, and desired them, as glad of them: yet they made not their diuine seruice to giue place to them, & ceased their ordinary pub­like prayers, or the lectures of the Law and the Prophetes. But after these things done, then they offered them license to preach, and requested them to giue them exhortations. And euen as they vsed this moderation & order in the hearing of the diuine seruice, & of the Sermons: so S. Paule tarieth while their publike prayers, and their Lessons out of the law and the Prophets, were ended, and then he satisfieth their request, and so en­treth into his sermon. And if all our brethren Preachers would marhe and follow this example, all good men would like better of their modesty. And perhaps the rashnesse & vndiscretion of some, to cut of all the diuine ser­uice and ordinary forme of publike prayers, and so to bring the same in­to contempt, to haue themselues heard in the Pulpit, might bréede such an opinion in many mens heades. Although this opinion also mighte bee growne into a great many mens heades, on other occasions, that the ser­uice may not giue place, to a sermō: no though the time be not sufficiēt for both. But is their infirmity (be it a wrong or right opinion) a suffici­ent reason, to take the publike prayers and the diuine seruice cleane a­way, or that there should be no forme therof at all: or, being rightly vsed, & with a moderate time, & y time also sometime abridged: to giue the more place vnto the sermon: may that be truly said to thrust out preaching.

[Page 644] Chanting of mattens & euensōg As for chaunting of the Mattens and Euensong, if to chante bee that which in latine is Cantare, in English our proper worde is to sing: and the Psalmes and Hymnes and other ioyfull or dolefull ditties, (as our bre­thren their selues do vse) may be sung: Chanting of mattens and euensōg and Mattens and Euensong, are but the vsuall tearmes, of the matutine (or morning) & euening, ordi­nary & publik diuine seruice: thē is it not vnlawful to heare euē a chan­ted Mattens and Euensong: so that the chaunting or singing of them, take not away the edifying by them. Especially, when no other kynde of matter is sung or chaunted: but such as our brethren cannot deny (if their owne senses be not enchaunted) but may be chaunted well inough. As for the Lessons, they are read: the confessions, the collects, or briefe publike prayers, in the Mattens and Euensong, they are said.

But our brethren demaunde, Are there not many, that had much rather heere a chaunted mattins and Euensong, then a godly and lear­ned Sermon? A slaunder of protestāts

Uerily in my opinion, to aunswere vpright, I thinke there are not many, nor anie (meaning godly zealous protestants,) learned or vnlearned that so had rather. I graunt, of other sorts there may bee many, that so had rather. But doth this followe héereupon, that although there bee many which had rather heare the one than the other? that therefore wée should take the one or the other cleane away? may they not rather, ( sithe both of them in their degrées, are lawfull and good) heare both the one & the other too? or if they can not come to heare the one, should they therfore refuse the other also, & so heare neither.

But this is that which they charge them for. yea, ( say our brethren) they frequent the one, and refuse the other.

If any so frequent the hearing of the diuine seruice, that hee refuse to heare a godly and learned sermon, when he may come to the hearing of it, he is greatly to blame. But then, let our brethren looke to it on the o­ther side, how they their s [...]lues will escape blamelesse, which when they may heare both the ordinary diuine seruice of publike prayer, & a godly learned Sermon too, will vnder pretence of hearing the sermon, refuse to heare the ordinary diuine seruice of the publike prayer. Nowe, for proofe héereof, that many among vs are faultie, in frequenting the diuine seruice, and refusing the sermon, they say:

The learned disc. Pag. 67. BridgesLet Cathedrall Churches &c. bee an example, where you shall see a great number, that tarry while the Seruice is sung: but depart as soone as the sermon beginneth.

To proue these instances alleaged, Cathedrall Churches muste bee the example. For what place they meane, by this &c. wee may ra­ther coniecture, than they dare vtter. And it may bee that some doe so. And yet, if their so dooing bee so ordinarie, that they be noted ther­of: [Page 645] noted thereof: they are called into question for the same. Cathedrall Churches. But howsoeuer it may be in some, it is not so (I am sure) in all Cathedrall Churches but rather the cleane contrary. The depar­ting of som from the sermon that heare the seruice. When they come to the Cathedral church not so much to heare the Seruice, as the Sermon. For they heard the Ser­uice before in their Parish Churches. Which done, they come to the Ca­thedrall church, ( & that almoste after the Seruice done there also,) vnto the Sermon, which at the least, euery sonday, is there preached. And this (I take) to be the order, in the most part of Cathedrall and Collegiate, The order of frequen­ting the ser­mon in the Cathedrall Churches. or such other principal Ch. or chappels, throughout the Realme. Where ye shal not sée many at the Seruice soong: but towards y e ending of the seruice, or so soone as the sermō begnnieth in flocks they draw thither: yea there is order takē, if they would not, y t they should. And therfore, this is quite contrary. But our brethr. (to help their foorth) procéede to the Organes. The learned disc Pag. 68. Bridges

While the Organes pipe, some are drawne with the swetnesse of mu­sike to come vp: but while the preacher cryeth out, continue beneath: and in laughter or brawling, be lowder than he often times.

If the piping of the Organes drawe them with the sweetnesse of the musick to come vp to heare the diuine seruice: Organes. then is there yet some good vse thereof, except it be better to driue them from it, than to draw them to it. If they continue beneath while the Preacher cryeth out, then in the most cathedrall Churches, as likewise generally in Parish Churches, the Preacher ( for the most part) comming downe vnto them: they may heare him, not the worse, but the better: and hee may crie, not the lowder, but the lower, the most part of the Sermons, being preached in the bodye of the Church among the people. And if in some fewer places he preach in the Quyre: then shall ye not lightly haue many beneath in the body of the Churche, especiallie of such, as come to the Church to heare diuine Ser­uice.

One Church indéede there is, that I haue séene, and which (I take) our brethren especially meane▪ where many resorte, partly but for a thorough passage, and partly to walke vp and downe almost all day long, spending the time beneath in talking, or bargaining, or other worldly matters: but these do so, as much at the diuine seruice, as at any Sermon in the Quéere aboue. But commonly there, the sermon is preached in the Church-yard: and that, with a great assembly of other Parishes, where they had no Ser­mon: yea, though they had a Sermon many of them in their owne, or in other Parishes besides. And al that while that the Sermon is in that church­yarde, none is permitted to walke or to abide in the Cathedrall Churche. And if the Sermons that are in the Church, were so prouided also (I speak but my opinion and vnder correction) that they were made in the bodye of the Church, and the walkers vp and downe, by some good particuler order were prohibited: there is no good person, that frequenteth the diuine ser­uice [Page 646] but would as wel like of it, Comparisō to the Masse. as our brethren. And good preachers th [...]t are conformable and obedient to the Ecclesiasticall gouernement, & lawes established of the Church of England, and that say their selues the pre­scribed forme of publike prayers, and diuine seruice, haue oftentimes called on the reforming of it. Which, if it were done, yet may all this Ec­clesiasticall gouernment, superiority of Bishops, office of Pastors, admi­nistration of sacraments, and prescribed forme of diuine seruice, conti­nue, notwithstanding as intier and forcible, as it doth. And yet, the body beneath of the Cathedrall Church, is so separated from the Quier aboue: that the actions and assemblies in the Quire, neither at the seruice, nor sermons, nor Lectures is disturbed, by any passengers beneath: saue that their vnnecessary and idle walking all that while, is offensiue, & (I hope) it wilbe remedied.

But in generall, for all Cathedrall Churches, Collegiat, Paroeciall, or any other, if any in laughter or brawling be lowder or vse any volun­tary misdemeanor whatsoeuer in the Church, especially to the disturbance of the diuine seruice or of the sermon: as they were better away thā there; so there are lawes & penalties already prouided, for the chastisment of such disordered persons. If they be not executed, the fault is in the officers. And me thinkes our brethren their selues, would become better officers, & fit­ter to be made, Church-wardens, Syde-men, or Sextens, to look to the ex­ecution of the Lawes, that in this behalfe are already made, than that they can, or do set downe any better new lawes to mend this matter, in this their Learned discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernement. But now, vppon these abuses, where any such are, (thinking vtterly to deface our publike forme of diuine seruice,) they héere disclose the effect of their meaning, in their former examples from the popish seruice, saying.

So, that which was woont to be saide of the Masse, Missa non m [...]rde [...], the Masse was a gentle beast, The learned disc pag. 68. and did byte no man, and therefore was so well beloued of many; may rightly bee verified of our ordinarye ser­uice. For, therefore a great number can so well away with it, because it doth not sharply reproue them of their sinnes, nor disclose the secrets of their heartes, but that they may continue still in all kynd of voluptuous­nesse, and all other kinds of wickednesse.

Bridges. Our Brethren beginne now more apparantly, to open their stomacks against the booke of common prayer, and the ordinary celebration of the diuine seruice, Our bretheren too pas­sionate comparing our diuine ser­uice to the Masse. that so expresly compare it, to the Popish Masse, whiche so expresly is contrary to it. All the world may sée, this procéedeth more of the ouerflowing of choler from the gaule, than from the deliberation of iudgement in the braine. If they say, they compare it not vnto the Masse; for any such Iohlatry, superstition, or any errour contayned therein, wher with the Masse was farced. If they do not, and yet will campare it there­unto, [Page 647] as resembling the same: The masses byting. it appeareth not for any goodwil they beare it, but for that they can fynd no such corruption in it, nor can lay the leaste suspition of any such Idolatrie, superstition, or error to the charge of it. But this notwithstanding, they will compare it thus, So, that which was wont to be said of the Masse, Missa non mordet, the Masse was a gentle best, and did byte no man, and therefore was so well beloued of many: may rightly be verified of our ordinary seruice. What (I pray you my brethren) may rightly be verefied of our ordinarye seruice, whiche was woonte to bee saide of the Masse? What? that it was a gentle beast, & did byte no man? Now surely, How gen­tle a beast the masse was, & how it did byte no man. this is somewhat too beastly a tearme & and too vngentle and byting a resemblance to bestow vpon the true Ser­uice of God. Proue it false, & then spare it not. If it be true, for shame let not men, and wise men, and learned men, and men that pretend loue of Gods truth, afford so beastly a tearme on Gods seruice. And how then may this be rightly verified? yea, and how may this be verefied that our brethren héere say of the Masse, the Masse was a gentle beast, and did bite no man? Do they speake this in the Masses commendation? or, doe they thinke this a sufficient proofe héereof, that they say héere, it was wonte to be said, Missa non mordet the masse did byte no man? No did? Yes, & that with a most perilous, and venimous tooth, which many felte, that were bitten and stinged with it.

But, put case it did not, or could not, or it would not; would God that had béene the worst fault in it, that it was a gentle beast, and did byte no man. Is that of it selfe so great faulte to bee gentle, and to byte no man? What, do our brethren like of or delight in byting? indéede it might so bée thought by these sayings, but especially by all the tenor of this, and of all their discourses, both in writing, & in the pulpit. For they byte often, and that sore, not so much their aduersaries, as their brethren: yea, How our brethren delight in by­ting. both the Eccl. & ciuill Magist, nor spare to byte any, yea, they fall to byting one a­nother: as though it were good, byting, & a necessary thing. Not remem­bring that S. Paule warned the Galath héereof, Gal. 5.15. If ye byte & de­uoure one another-take ye heed least ye be consumed one of another.

But our Brethren speake not héere of byting one another, but of the masses not byting of a man. And would they haue the masse if it did not byte men, to fall a byting of them? If they had spoken of no barking, The Masse [...] did byte and not barke. it had béene somewhat to the purpose. For the masse did byte, and yet not barke, and therefore indéede, it was a perilous, & a shrewd byting beast, and not a gentle beast, that byte no man.

True it is, there may come no small, if not more danger euen by that, that byteth not, but séemeth gentle when it is abused to palliate greater vices. As the, Syrene [...] swéete song: as the flatterers false toong: as the Harlots smyling bewty and embracements, as the Hypocrites shéeps [Page 648] clothing, The Mass. gentlenesse and cruel­ty. fasting, praying, almes, &c. and yet the harlot of Babilon, be­sides that she was arayed in purple and Scarlet, and bedeckt with golde and preti­ous stones, & pearles, and had a cup of gold in her hande, full of abhominations, & filthinesse of her fornication: yet was she drunken with the blood of the Saincts, and with the blood of the Martyrs of Iesus. The Harlot of Babylon a shrewde Queane Apoc. 17.4. & 6. and therefore, Apoc. 17. she was a curst and shrewd queane, and not very gentle, but coulde both byte mens flesh, and drinke mens bloud. And the beast on which she sate signifying the state of Rome, which chiefly beareth vp the Popish Idolatry as it was also a s [...]rlet coloured beaste, full of names of blasphemy: and had seuen [...]eades and ten hornes: so this beast likewise, could both byte and fight too.

I graunt, the Papists allured and deceaued many, with their iolly en­ticements, that they decked their Masse withall besides their other baites attendant on her, of hospitalite, bowntie, almes, &c: and at this day, as in times passe, The popish baites attendant on the mass to allure the simple. the monkes and friers, so the Iesuites now, do more hurt by their counterfet shew of holinesse, learning, humility, faire speeches, and all their pollicies, to allure the people to them, as the Angell of darkenes transfiguring himselfe like an Angell of light, than if he should shew him selfe like a Diuel in a horrible figure. And therfore the day of the L. should not come till that generall defection should firste come, & till the man of sinne should be disclosed, The Iesuites practises. euen the sonne of perdition, which is an aduersary, & exalteeh himselfe aboue all that is called God, or that is worshipped, so that he doth sit as God in the t [...]mple of God, shewing himselfe that he is God. 2. Thes. 5.2.2. & 4. But when the mystery of iniquity, and the wicked man shalbe reuealed, whom the Lorde shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall abolishe with the brightnesse of his comming. ver. 7. and 8. then shall this aduersarye shews himselfe as he is an open aduersary, and this gentle beast the Masse, and all her friends for her, will tooth and nayle, both byte and fight. And I saw the beast (saith S. Iohn Apo. 19.19.) & the Kings of the earth, & their warriers gathered together, to make battell against him that sat on the Horse, & against his souldiers.

The Masse therefore was not a gentle beast, no more than are his cru­ell and tigerlike Masse-mongers, that for the maintenaunce of the Masse as the mother of all their Idolatry, make these vnmerciful massacres and manslaughters. The Masse was called an vnbloudy sacrifice, but manye mens bloud was and still is sacrificed to maintaine it. The bloud­thirsty na­ture of mas­mongers. They therefore that saide the Masse was a gentle beast, and did byte no man: if they were no fauorites of the Masse, did not perhaps meane it simply and in al respects, but as Christ sayd, Luc. 11.21.22. Luc. 11. VVhen a strōg man armed keepeth his pal­laice, the things that he possessed are in peace. But when a stronger than he cōmeth vppon him, and ouercommeth him-he taketh from h [...]m all his armon [...], wherein he trusted, Apoc. [...]3. and deuideth his spoyles. The Dragon was quiet inough, and the beast also, to them that worshipped him, and had the marke of the beasts I­mage: [Page 649] but Apoc. 13. ver. 7. it was giuen him to make warre with the Sainctes, The mild­nes and sharpenesse of our ser­uice. and to ouercome them. and ver. 15. And it was permitted to him (that is to an other false beast, representing these false Priestes, these Monkes, these Friers, these Iesuites) to giue a spirit to the image of the beaste, so that the I­mage of the beast should speake, and should cause, that as many as would not wor­ship the image of the beast, should be killed. So that, these beastes, Gentle not of nature, but of Hipocrisie. were but gentle in a counterset sort. For, to them that withstood them, they were beastes indéed or rather flends and furies of Hell.

That they were gentle therefore, it was not of their nature, but of their hypocris [...]e. For seeing that gentlenesse is good, Sathans practise. and that men lyke it better than austerity; the Diuel that was a murtherer from the beginning tooke vpon him the shape of the lowly poore woorme, and golden skinned subtile serpent, to speake faire, and wish wisedome, and not to s [...]ing, or hisse, or byte our firste and innocent parents, when his purpose was to destroy thē and all their progenie.

The like practise hath he often vsed since, by his diuelish Ministers and instruments: and so did he by the Masse. The Masse like to the goodly Troiane Horse, to Helen, & Iesabell. Which is of some called well the Horse of Troy, that had so many fierse and bloudy Capteines euen within it: and the Helene that was the cause of all the Cities, and so many peoples destruction: or as we may more rightly call her, the very Iesabel of the Romish Achab, that painted her face, and trimmed her heade, vsing her whoredomes & witchcraftes, with the murdering of so many saintes and Prophetes of God. and yet forsooth she did bite no man, and can our bre­thren now rightly say, that this may rightly be verefied of our ordinarye seruice, that was wont to be saide of the Masse, Missa non mordet, it was a gentle beast, and did byte no man, being a cruell beast, and did byte so many men, though it so falsly deceaued them, with whome our brethren say, it was so well beloued, that being bewitched in loue with it, they felt not the sting and biting of it?

As for our ordinary forme of publike seruice and prayers, vnto the Lord: that it is [...]ylde and gentle, procéeding from the vnfained and true gentlenesse and mildenesse that is in our Lord and Sauiour Iesus Christ, and the sweete comfort of his holy Gospell. If therefore it be well, or bet­ter of many or any of vs beloued; it is all the better, nor any blemish to vs that loue it, or to it that deserueth to be loued. Neyther may this rigtly be vpbrayded as a fault, that it byteth no man, How it [...]y­teth not. if it helpe and heale al men that are bitten, which come for comfort thereunto. For in our ordinarye seruice, consisting most part of publike prayers, made by the Minister & the congregation to the Lord our God, though we humbly acknowledge (as those that are bitten and stoong with sinne, and lay open before th [...] L. our wounds and guilt, which are gréeuous vnto vs, and euer against vs: yet alwaies we so flee to the trone of grace, that (reposing our truste in the [Page 650] riche mercies, The myld­nes and sharpnesse of our diu. Seruice. and swéet promises of our heauenly father, in his sonne our Sauiour Christ, through the pledge and earnest of his spirite.) we cast the anchor of hope, on the rock of Faith, which shall neuer confounde vs, but worke a strong and assured consolation and help vnto us. And in this res­pect héere is no byting.

And yet in respect of other necessary parts, in our ordinarye seruice of the Lord, VVhat kind of byting it hath. there is a byting too, in a sort, but a good byting, if it may be so called. As Christ likened the Gospel vnto the mustardseede, that hath a kynde of byting ( as we terme it) but such a byting, as drawes no bloud. And as the mercifull Samaritane powred in the sharp wine, into the blou­dy woundes of the man that was fallen into the theeues handes, thoughe it were smart and byting, the better to clense them, euen so well as the swéet oyle to comfort and close them. Of which nipping (rather than by­ting) tartnesse, and muche more than any beastlye byting with the téethe, though there may be some fitter resemblance, and more profitable vse: yet doth this byting, in what sort soeuer it be, more properly belong to the re­spect of the Law, than directly it doeth to the office and consideration of the Gospell. How the law is ioined to the gos­pell. And as we like not of the false brethren, called [...], the aduer­saries of the Lawe, as repugnant to the Gospell. So our ordinary seruice is not without this part also of the Law. For both among the Psalmes, ( whereof a portion euery day is read) diuerse dreadfull threates, and im­precations to impenitent sinners, are pronounced: beside the terrible exā ­ples and warnings of Gods iudgementes, conteyned in the Lessons, both of the olde and new Testament: besides sundrye other admonitions, and reprehensions of vices, so well as exhortations vnto repentaunce, & new­nesse of life: with prohibitions of the vnworthy to participate and receaue the holy Communion: with Comminations, and denouncing the curses, a­gainst the trespassers of the Law. All whiche things, are apparantly con­teyned in the prescribed forme of our ordinary seruice of the Lord. Now though the bestiall Masse had none of those true comforts, nor any of these seuere iudgements of God, sincerely set foorth; yet, we (God be praysed for it) haue them in our ordinary seruice of God. This therefore is a ve­ry vncharitable and vntrue resemblance, of the Masse, and our ordinary seruice: being in all these thinges (as wee haue plainelye séene) the one so plaine contrary to the other.

Vpon this most wrongfull resemblance, our brethren conclude. For, therefore a great nūber can so wel away with it, because it doth not sharply reproue them of their sins, nor disclose the secrets of their harts but that they may continue still in all kynde of voluptuousnesse, & al o­ther kynd of wickednesse. The learned disc. Pag. 65.

To away well with a good thing, it is well done, and the greater nūber that so do, the greater cause we haue to praise God for it. Contrariwise, [Page 651] to take away, or to kéepe themselues away, The liking of our Di­uine Ser­uice. or not to away well with a good thing: it is an ill thing, and the greater number that do so, augmenteth the euill and the gréefe of it. If any away the better with our ordinary seruice because it doth not sharply reproue them of their sinnes: Bridges what sharpnes héerein, our eager mooded brethren can best away withall, or, The liking of our diuin seruice is a good thing. how they ex­pound sharpnesse, I am neither so sharpe set to examine, nor so sharp wit­ted for to finde: Let themselues declare it. But this I am sure, and it is open to all, that our ordinary seruice doth reproue mens sinnes, in such sort of sharpenesse, as the Scripture doth: when it layeth before them, euen the very words them-selues of the Scripture: besides the admonitions ther in contayned; that are plentifully and directly gathered out of the scripture, And in this wise, as Gods word doth, it doth disclose the secretes of their hearts, and lay them open both to God and to their own consciences. If a­ny contemne it or marke it not, or are not mooued by it, or continue still in their wickednesse: the fault is their owne, & not to be imputed to our ordinary seruice of God, but to their ordinary seruice of the Diuell. And so, the wicked (meaning the reprobate) will continue still in their voluptu­ousnes, and all other kinde of wickednesse, Our diuine seruice re­proueth mens sinnes notwithstanding al the prea­ching in the world.

But how may our brethren rightly verifie this, that a great number can so well away with our ordinary seruice, &c. that they may continue still in all kynde of voluptuousnesse, and all other kind of wickednesse? As though our booke of common prayer, and ordinary seruice of the lord did teach them and foster them vp in all mischief. The heathen raysed such foule slaunders on the diuine seruice of the christians in the primitiue Ch. and will our own Brethr. now breake forth into such reuiling of our (their brethrens) diuine seruice? What could the papists (our professed aduersa­ries) haue said worse? yea, the most obstinate recusant of them all? Our brethe­rens fowle slaunder of our diuine seruice. howe mightily do our brethren confirme them in their disloyalty. But neither y e Papists on the one side, nor these our malcontented brethren on the other side, are able (or euer by Gods grace shalbe) to proue any one spark of anye kind of voluptuousnes, or any inkling of any other kinde of wickednes, to be mainteined, either because, or by meanes, meaning directly (for indi­rectly what may they not also accuse) of our ordinary seruice, & prescri­bed forme of publike prayer. But that on the cleane contrary, it is an vt­ter enemy, & tendeth to the abolishment of al voluptuousnes & wickednes, if it be duly vsed as it should. Now when our brethr. haue thus bitterly defaced our ordinary seruice of the L. they return to y e commēdatiō of prea­ching.

Whereas by preaching, their conscience is gawled, The learned disc. pag. 66. their wickednes & hypocrisie discouered their damnation threatned, they are called to repētāce, & forsaking of their pleasant sins, & to holines & innocēcy of life

[Page 652] The effica­cy of our diuine ser­uice. And may not all this and more too, be likewise said to be effected of good, euen by the ministery of our ordinary seruice of the Lord, if it be set foorth as it ought to be, and men would heare it as they ought to doo? May it not gaule a sinners conscience, that hath so gauled alreadye the recusant ad­uersaries, Bridges that they cannot in any wise abide to heare it, any more: yea much worse than all the preaching in the world, Our ordina­ry seruice hath all thes effects that our brethren at­tribute to preaching. as most contrary of al o­ther things, to all their popish, blinde, erroneous, superstitious and Ido­latrous seruice? And whosoeuer shall marke the same with reuerence & attention (as in dutie he is bound to do) shall finde our ordinary seruice of the Lorde, not onely full of sound doctrine for faith, godly precepts for life and excéeding swéete consolation of the spirit: but he shall well féele (haue he any feeling of his sin) that his conscience also shall be gawled ( to vse our brethrens tearme) to consider how godly and religious a forme of Di­uine seruice it is, and how vnreligiously it is neglected. And withall, it layeth open vnto the markers of it, their sinnes before them, and toucheth them with remorse thereof. So that both thereby (as our brethren héere speake of preaching) we may likewise saye, Our ordina­ry seruice may better be called a preaching, than oppo­sed against preaching. their wickednesse and hipo­crysie is discouered, their damnation threatned, and they are called to repentaunce, and forsaking of their pleasant sinnes, and to holinesse and innocency of life: so, our ordinary seruice of the Lord, besides our pub­like prayers, which also are very effectual to mooue vs heereunto, is so lit­tle to be opposed vnto preaching: that it may better bee called a fruitefull kynde of preaching.

Not that we deny, but that preaching ( vnderstood in his proper kynde and being well vsed) worketh these effects also; but we affirme this (and the experience is appparant) that these effects may be, and oftentimes are brought to passe among vs, euen by the reuerent ministerye, and deuoute hearing and communicating with the Minister, in the publike confessi­ons, in the publike prayers, in the publike admonitions, and exhortati­ons, in the publike setting forth of the appointed parts of Scripture, & in the publike administration and participation of the Sacraments: al which are conteyned in our ordinary seruice of the Lord.

I graunt, wee cannot auowe all this to be done, in all them that hear [...] the ordinarie seruice: no more can our Brethren a [...]owe, all this to bée done, in all those that heare the preaching. But, say our Brethren:

So that if there be any sparke of the feare of God in them, hearing preaching: so often as they vse to heare seruice, they will fal downe on their faces & worship God, The learned disc pag. 68. acknowledging the great power of God in his Ministers. 1. Cor. 14.15. 1. Cor. 1.5 [...]1

This exception so that, was well added. and with the like exception, we dare say as much of our ordinary seruice, For Prayers haue as effect­uall promises in their kindes, Bridges. to those that feare God and honour him, and [Page 653] call vpon him: as preaching hath. 1 Cor. 14. So that if there bee anye sparke of the feare of God in them, meaning true sparkes, ( as Christ speaketh for faith As much as is a graine of of mustard seed Mat. 17.20) hearing our ordinarye seruice of the Lord, especially, hearing the seruice so often as we do: al­though they heare not preaching so often, because they cannot conueni­ently so often haue it, as they conueniently may the ordinary seruice: yet will they as much, if not more, than any euen of our brethren themselues, vse to do at any preaching, fall downe on their faces, that is, prostrat and bow down both their soules, and also their bodies, by inward deiection of their mindes before the Lord, and by lowly bowing of their knées vnto the Lorde, before his congregation, as a reuerent token of their vnfained hu­mility, and so, worship God: as do the other faithfull Christians assem­bled in his name, to call vpon him, and to glorifie him, acknowledging the great power of God in his Ministers. 1. Cor. 14.25. and no small power of God in his Minist. is declared to the penitent euen in the very fronte of all our ordinarye diuine seruice of the Lorde, where the Minister after the confession, pronounceth in the name of God, the forgiuenes of the sins of man.

But our brethren apply this alonely to preaching, and in very déede, in the selfesame place, which is not the 15. but the 24. and 25. verses, S. Paule mencioneth prophecying, and he maketh the comparatiue oppositi­on, not betwéene publike prayer and prophecying: The wordes of S. Paule 1. Cor. 14. ap­plyed not only to pro­phesiyng, but also to prayer and to the s [...]r­uice of God but betwéene the spe­king with tongs, and prophesiing. And as he maketh this an examplifi­cation of all that went before, concerning this matter: so not onelye hee stretcheth his whole treatise of edification, as well to prayer as to pro­phecying: and therefore, not only in this ch [...]pter, 1. Cor. 14. ver. 14.15.16. & 17. he mencioneth also publike prayers, which he would likewise haue as prophesying, to be made to edification, in a tongue knowne, that the vnlearned may say Amen. but also before, in the 11. chapter ver. 4 & 5. he ioyneth praying and prophecying together: Euery man praying or pro­phesying, hauing any thing on his head, dishonoureth his head. And euery woman that prayeth or prophesyeth bare headed, dishonoureth her head.

Neither doth the prophesying that he so often mentioneth, both in the 14. and before that in the 13. and before that in the 12. and before that in the 11. Chapters of this Epistle, signifie onlye the function of preaching: For speaking of euery mans prophesying, cap. 11. verse 4. and of weo­mens prophesying, verse 5 and of making Prophets distinct from Tea­chers, Cap. 12. verse 28. and 29. and of making the gift of Prophecye, to bee the knowing of secretes and knowledge, cap. 1 [...]. ver. 2. and euen héere in this place, Ca. 14. ver. 24. speaking of the people, whiche are not ordinary Ministers of the word and Sacramentes, he saith: But if all doo prophesie, and there come in one, &c. So that properly, he spea­keth [Page 654] not héere, The effecte of preching of the only function that is ordinarily peculier to the Mini­ster, and whereof our brethren now dispute: but besides the special gifte of foretelling things to come, or of reuealing (though thinges present) yet secret, as he saith héere, of him that commeth in among these Prophetes, that the secretes of his heart are made manifest, as Peter made manifest the secretes of Ananias and Zaphira: Prophes [...]ing taken in properly Or else of such exercises also, in expounding the hidden mysteries and secretes of the holy Scripture, as the gifte was then more peculier to that age of the Primitiue Churche, and in their courses and places, more common, than nowe it is to all the faithfull.

But, howsoeuer prophecying be héere vnderstood; it debarreth not the like, at least, some parts of these effectes, from the reuerent and attentiue hearing of Gods word it selfe, openlie redde in the Church by the Mini­ster; though at that thme not expounded. And perhaps the place that is reade, be plaine inough to vnderstande, and to moue the attentiue hea­rer of the same, without a Preacher. Neither debarreth it these effectes, from the publike and ordinary prayers of the Church, & from other parts of the diuine seruice, if they be so disposed, as S. Paule there would haue all thinges done to aedification, although no prophecying bee vsed, nor sermon be preached at euery time when those publike prayers are made as already we haue at large proued.

But ( say our brethren) that they cannot away withall, being lyke vn­to Felix the Liuetenant of the Romaines in Iewry: Who, when he heard Paule a poore prisoner, The learned disc. pag. 69. that stoode before him bownde in chaynes, preaching of righteousnesse, of temperance, and of the iudgement to come, he was wearie of him, because hee was a great oppressour, and an intemperate person, and therefore feared the iudgement of GOD for his sinne, whiche hee purposed not to forsake. Such is the maiesty of Gods worde, when it is preached, that either it boweth or breaketh the wicked in peeces.

Saint Paules preaching of righteousnesse, of temperance, and of iudgement to come, Bridges. made Felix tremble, Act. 24. ver. 26. and yet that trembling came to no perfect effect in him, to his conuersion. And manie moe heard S. Paules preaching at the same time, The effect of S. Paules preaching wrought in Felix. that trēbled lesse there­at than Felix did. And yet this impayreth not the Maiestye of Gods word when it is preached, Not, that it wanteth power to doe that, which our brethren héere saye, that when it is preached, it either boweth or breaketh the wicked in peeces: but that it alwaies doeth it not. For, héere it neyther bowed nor brake in peeces, a great many wicked hea­rers of it. To which purpose, our Learned brethren might haue brought out far better prooues.

But, may not this be said also of publike prayer? no doubt, wee maye [Page 655] safely affirme thus much, euen of our ordinary forme of the diuine ser­uice, where the worde of God is also set forth, with sundrie admoniti­ons, confessions, exhortations, and instructions, besides the supplicati­ons, and thankesgiuings: that although not alwaies, and euery man that is present at the same: yet hath it often bowed, moued, pearced: yea, and conuerted many a great oppressor, and intemperate person: The effect of diuine seruice in ma­ny herers of it. manye a blinde Papiste, and superstitious Idolater, and wonne them to God, or rather God hath wonne them by it, if not so much, as by preaching, yet, very much by it. And manie, partly by the one, partly by the other. Yea, by this, hee hath so broken in peeces, the rebellious hartes of the moste obstinate aduersaries: that they had a great deale rather, heare many Sermons, ( yea, they will come dogging after the preachers, who­soeuer the Preachers be, to entrappe their words, as the Pharisies didde with Christe) than to come to anie one assembly of our publike prayers, The Papists had rather heare ser­mons many times, then any times our diuine seruice. and ordinarye seruice of the Lorde. Wherewith in no wise they will ioyne with vs, or giue the least hearing in the world, whiche they will not spare to giue, with all obseruation and noting of our preachinges. And haue they so great feare of our diuine seruice, and publike prayers, and doe our owne brethren make so light account, and so little regarde thereof? What an hardening of the common aduersaries hartes, and occasion of vtterly contemning all our profession of the Gospell, is this vn­to them?

Our Brethren nowe, to close vp all this part, against our Diuine seruice and publike prayer, conclude it also with a prayer of their making and say:

God graunt therefore, that in steede of ordinary formes of prayers, we may haue preaching in all places.

And in place of Amen, God forbid say I, with an other prayer to the contrarie: (if it be his good will) not so much (good Lorde,) to punishe vs, that this our brethrens prayer should be graunted. For then, not onely this that now we haue, but simply all other formes of prayers, should be quite and cleane abolished and taken from vs.

If they had prayed, that they might haue continued with preaching, as before they said pag 67. there would be no ordinary prayer, with­out preaching, that had yet, béene more tollerable. But to praie, that we might haue the one in steed of the other, and that in all places: what is this, but to praye that all ordinarye formes of prayer shoulde bee al­together expelled, that preaching may occupy all the time and place thereof.

Wee will not, neither dare wee praye; that ours, or any other ordi­nary formes of praier, shoulde in all places be in steede of preaching: [Page 656] but that preaching shoulde rather be more often than it is, and that in all places, if it would please God, that all places mighte be so furnished. If not, yet in as many places, as may be. But to wish all ordinarye formes of prayer, to be in all places, or in any place wholly displaced, to place preaching: God forbid it should so be, or we should so with it. Surely (in my opinion and vnder correction) this is eyther a very greate ouershot in our brethren, or else it sauoureth of some woorse purpose, than I would gladly surmise, our brethren went about.

Although they not onely héerein go about to ouerthrowe all the ordina­ry formes of prayer, that are already with vs established by all the estats and highest authority of the Church of Englande, or any other that wée can make, if there be any defect herein: but also their own ordinary forms both that in Scotlande, and that of Geneua, and that of Middleborough, and that which now last of all they haue renewed in London: and to the which, their selues haue prefixed this title: A booke of the forme of cō ­mon prayers, administration of the sacraments, &c. agreable to Gods word, and to the vse of the reformed Churches. All this booke, and these their owne ordinary formes of prayers, are héere prayed for by these our brethren the Learned Discoursers, Our Blast prayer [...]old abolish the L prayer, & all. to be as wel as ours extinguished. Yea they make no exception of the Lords owne Prayer, which also is a prescri­bed & ordinary forme of prayer. But against this prayer of theirs, which we pray and hope God will neither graunt, nor heare: we haue already at large sufficiently séene, good euidence and warrant, for ordinary formes of prayer in Gods Church.

The second thing that we haue to obserue is this, that althoughe wee make it the dutie of the Pastor, The learned disc. pag. 69. & 70. to pray in the name of the whole congre­gation, yet do we not so meane, but that the whole congregation with one heart, and with one voice may praise God, with singing of Psalmes all at once. For, this custome hath continued in the Church from the be­ginning, that the congregation haue praysed God with Psalmes, singing altogether. 1. Cor. 14.15. & 16.

If the whole cōgregation with one hart & with one voice, may praise God with singing of Psalms al at once or altogether: then may the whole congregation with one heart & with one voice, Bridges. al at once, or altogether, make their prayers to God. For, wheron do the Psalmes consist, but euen of those parts that S. Paule 1. Tim. 2. v. 1. speaketh of, to witt: Deprecatiōs petitions, intercessions, & thankesgiuinings. All which if they may of all the whole congregation al at once, or altogether, be sung: why maye they not as well of them be saide, as sung, if they be said distinctly, and without confusion? Singing ( I grant) doth wel, where it may be had, & where they haue tunable voices, and sufficient skill to keepe their notes in tune and order.

[Page 657] But is singing more fit for prayer than is saying? I am glad to heare our Brethren to fauour singing of prayers. But, can they not do, but they must ouer-do? all the whole Congregation can not sing so wel all at once, or altogether, or perhaps manye of them not at all, except they shoulde sing a blacke sanctus. But, they may all at once, a great deale more easily say those prayers, or some psalmes that they cannot sing, not onely if they can reade, but if they can follow the Minister, that saith the same before them. And yet, they be not put either to the singing or saying of all, or of halfe a quarter, but of some fewe, and short, and easy, and those that they are acquainted well withall, which if they can sing, it is well, and a good hearing. But looke what they can sing, that (I thinke) they can as easily say, and as orderly too, if they be so disposed.

But how do our brethren proue, they should thus sing altogether. Our Brethr. reason of custome from the begin­ning.

For (say they) this custome hath continued in the Church from the beginning.

Yea? and is this then, a good plea with our brethren, of such a custome as hath continued from the beginning? Then (I thinke) they will be­thinke them-selues a little better, for the continuing superiority of one priest or Elder, aboue his fellowe priests or Elders, Which also hath con­tinued in the Church from the beginning, as we haue at large before de­clared. And haue we not séene this custome also, that the whole Congre­gatiō as wel saying as singing ( and that oftner saying than singing) made altogether at once, as with one heart, so with one voice, their prayers and thankesgiuings vnto God? Of which continuance we haue séene the cu­stome, both in the olde testament and in the newe, euen from the begin­ing.

As for that our Bre▪ make it the duty of the pastor to pray in the name of the whole congregation: we deny it not, that this is his duety, but, The Pastors of p [...]ying in the [...] of the who [...]. this debarreth not, but that the whole Congregation also, may now and then ioyne with the pastor, with one heart and with one voyce and so well as sing, so likewise may they pray altogether at once▪ if not in their owne names, but in the name of Iesus Christ, yet in their owne voices, and for their own selues, as wel, as the minister also to pray for them, The [...]oug [...] d [...]ty of praying with [...]. and in their names. Which debarre of the whole congregation so to do, more than de­barring them of singing, is too nice and precise a Scruple in our brethren without warrant either of commandement, or of custome continued, in the Church from the beginning for the same.

And these three partes of a pastors duety, to preache, to Minister the sacraments and to pray, The [...] 70. are so necessarily required of him in the worde of God, as no man may rightly execute the office of a pastor, but he that performeth all these, eche one in their due time. And to this part of prai­er may be referred, the blessing of Mariages, not of necessity, but of an­cient [Page 652] vse of the Church.

Bridges To all these three partes of a Pastors duty, we assent in this manner. For the first, The Pastors duty of pre­ching. that it is his duty to preach, either distinguishing of the mā ­ner of the preaching, or the necessity of the duety, as we haue before de­clared. And likewise for the other two, wee graunt them as necessary, as our brethren doe require them, and as partes of his duety. Howbeit, as our Brethren here at length do confesse, His duty of ministring S [...]r. and praying. not alwayes either these two, and much lesse all these three, to bee necessarily executed and performed all at once, but each one in their due time. So that, although preaching ( in the sense as our Brethren vnderstand, distinct from teaching) want vpon any necessary or conuenient occasion at the same time: yet may the pastor rightly procéede in executing the part of a pastors duety, for his publike prayers, and perfourming the administration of the sacramentes. And though the Sacramentes also, The prayers may pro­ceed thogh there be no Sacra. mini­stred at that time. vpon any occasion or necessity, bee not admi­nistred: as for Baptisme, if there be none to bée baptized, or the people do not receiue the communion at euery assembly, as our Brethr. (I think) will not say it is necessary, especially in the assemblies at the euening prayers, except they will haue no publike euening prayers, or the com­munion to be receiued in the euening: yet, without the sacramentes, may the publike prayers rightly proceede. Yea, though there bee neither sacra­mentes, nor sermon at that time, yea, and though there were a Preacher neuer so learned, except they will in euery Congregation, prouide at least for two preachers, one to preach at the Morning Prayer, the other at the euening prayer, or prouide sufficient health and strength for one to serue alwayes both the turnes, or else, cease the publike euening prayers, and now and then Morning Prayers too, for want of the sacramentes and the preaching.

And although it be more requisite that publike praiers shold be made, both at the preaching of a sermon, and especially at the ministration of the Sacramentes: yet, as publike prayers may procéede without eyther of these, so may either of these both preaching, & also baptisme ( though not the cōmunion of the L. body & bloud) be administred without the publike prayers, if such necessity or occasion serued as we haue séene sufficient ex­amples thereof, euen in the Word of God. Notwithstanding, with pub­like prayer, ( we stil grant) it is alwayes better. And when all these three parts of a pastors duty, preaching, ministring the sacraments, and pray­ing, are ioyned one with another: we deny not, but it is best of all.

As for referring the blessing of Mariages vnto prayer, I like it also very wel: But then, I would haue our Brethren marke this withal, that here they say of this blessing, The blessing of Mariages referred to prayer. or praying for them, that it is not of neces­sity but of an auncient vse of the Church. Now, if the praier for the ma­ried be not of necessitie, but of conueniencie, because it is an ancient cu­stome [Page 653] of the Church: what then shall we thinke of the administration of the sacramentes vnto them at the time of their Mariage, or of a sermon to be preached vnto them, when the publike praier, that God would vouch safe to blesse those, that are to bee ioined in the sanctified and honourable e­state of Matrim.) is not of necesitie? & yet are our Bre. héerein to be again much commended; An auncient custome of the Church. that would haue these prayers of blessings vsed at ma­riages, because though they be not of necessity, yet are they of an aunci­ent custome of the Church. Which rule if they woulde consider in many other things, being neither wicked nor superstitions, being neither against good manners nor true Doctrine, though they bee not prescribed, nor yet expressed in the word of God, nor are of any necessitie, but of an aunci­ent custome in the Church: they would not reiect so many things, cheefe­ly, not so contemptuously, as they doe.

The argument of the 9. Booke.

THE 9. Booke treateth of the Churches authority in dis­posing matters of order, comlinesse and edification, and of the church of Engl. lawfull proceeding herein. Of these Discoursers disobedience and reproches of the churches doo­ings, and vrging their owne orders without authority: of the daunger in contentions for small matters: and of vrging and impugning ceremonies: how comlinesse, order and edification are ioyned and seperated. Of S. Paules reproouing the vncom­linesse of Womens prophecying and preaching, and why these Learned discoursers so especially note this vncomelinesse: how their owne positions inferre Womens preaching on necessity extraordinarily, and so, of consequence, Baptizing. How Wo­men did then prophesy in the congregation of the Corinthians, and of our late abusage in that exercise: the confuting of Beza and others interpretations for Womens prophecying, to haue beene but onely in hearing, with the manifolde examples to the contrary. How farre Caluine and other Protestantes allow it or debarre it: how Caluine digresseth hereupon from Womens publique speaking to their publike gouernment, and with what hard tearmes he concludes against it. How Danaeus resumeth the same question, & followeth further vpon it. Of the cause that carieth away Caluine, Danaeus & all the French writers from the oeconimicall to the politicall gouernment of Women: & howe requisite it is to pursue this digression, both to stande on our necessary defence in this point, and to confute all suche, as heretofore, both in other countries and among vs, haue set foorth Bookes against Womens Regiment. To which pointes are first examined, the arguments that Caenalis the French chroni­cleo hath gathered together against all womēs Gouernmēt, vn­der pretence of the Salike Lawe in France: with examining & conferring the law of God, the law of Nations, & the ciuill law. [Page 661] besides the examination of the often practise in France by the gouernment of Women of the ancient state of France: the pede­grees in and before the time of Pharamund, and since. The lynes of the Merouingians, the Carolines, and the Capetians, or Hugonians, all from the rig [...]t and title of Women. The argu­ments for the gift of healing, and of the same also in the kings & Queenes of England. The hurt and troubles that the deuise of the Salike lawe hath bred to all Christiā kingdomes. The ex­amples, obiections, & reasons, pro & contra in Daneus, & the answeres vnto him, with the examples of wom. gouernment in all ages and in all the most famous peoples of the World, besides England: & cheefly in the Empire of Rome, which Daneus ex­cepteth: & of Daneus conclusiō against patrimonial magistra­cy & iurisdiction. Lastly, the aunswere to the argumentes of Bodinus and of Hottomanus, against womens regiment, & for the Salike Lawe, with Hottomans Iudgement thereupon.

FVrthermore, in those things that are necessary partes of the Pastors of fice, the Church hath authority to dispose them, The learned disc Pag. 70. & 71. as touching the cir­cumstaunces, for order and comelinesse sake: but cheefely for edificati­on. As the dayes and times of preaching and administring the sacra­ments, the places meete for the same, and for publike prayers: also the forme and manner of vsing those things, so that al things be done com­ly and agreeable to order, but especially that in all things, principall re­garde bee had to edification, which Saint Paule so often & so precisely vrgeth in the 14. Chapter of the 1. Cor. For therfore ought our assem­blies & commings together to serue, that therefore we may be better, that we may be taught, that we may be edified. 1. Cor. 11.17. 1. Cor. 14.23.24.25.26.31. 1. Cor. 11.17 1. Cor. 14.23.2 [...].25.16.31

IF the Churche haue authority to dispose these thinge, Bridges that are necessary partes of the pastors Office, The chur­ch [...]s autho­ritie to dis­posematters of order, comlines & edificatio [...]. as touching the circumstances for order and comelinesse sake: but cheefely for edification, as the dayes and times of preaching, and admini­string the sacramentes, the places meete for the publique Prayers: also the forme and manner of [Page 662] things: The Chur­ches au­thority. with what authority then do our brethren take vpon them, to trās­pose in the Church of England, that which the Church of England hath disposed? with what authority can they abrogate or alter the dayes and times of preaching & administring the sacraments, Our Brethr. doing [...] with out author. that the Church of Engl. in like maner by her authority hath disposed? with what authori­ty can they dispose assemblies, & comm [...]gs together of the people, to bee made in other places, than to that purpose are disposed: with what autho­rity can they controul or disobey the form & manner of the publike prai­ers, & vsing those thing [...] in the ordinary seruice, that the church of Eng. hath disposed to be vsed? & yet they wil not only refuse to vse thosethings & the form & manner of publike prayers, nor only deface & reuile them as naught, but set forth & oppose against that, which by the churches auto­rity is disposed, another forme & maner of publike prayers of their own disposing. Yea, if wee were disposed to examine better their owne posi­tions: how standeth this with their prayer, on the other side of the leafe, pag. 69. saying, God graunt therfore that in steed of ordinary formes of praier, we may haue preaching in all places? If the church haue authori­ty to dispose for publike prayer, the form & manner, so that al things be done comely, The allow­ance of a prescribed forme of ordinary publike prayer. & agreeable to order, but especially that in all thinges, principal regard be had to edification: then, not only a forme of publike praiers hindreth no whit, but furthereth comlines, order & edificatiō: but also the church vsing her authority, in disposing of an ordinary form of publike praiers, so well as in disposing the daies & times & places for preaching: it cannot be that preaching in all places shoulde bee had in steed of publike praiers, but that both of them should stil continue, in their dayes and times, places, forme and manner, by the Churches authority disposed.

And what followeth hereupon? but that either our brethren must denie the Church of England to be the Church, Our brethr. duty of obedience to the Church of Eng. dis­posing a prescribed forme. and so, not to haue authority of their disposing of these things: or els, granting it to be the Church, y t is to say, a particuler Church, for, I think they wil not say, that they mean this only of the vniuersal church, nor yet of euerie seueral congregation, for so our Bre. assertion were not true: but speaking heere indefinitely, that the church hath authority to dispose these thinges: they mean, euery whole state of any true particular Church in Christendome. As the Church of England in Engl. the Scottish Church in Scotl. the Heluetian, the Gene­uian, the French and the Dutch Church, in their owne states. Which be­ing confessed: our Brethren beeing neither the Church vniuersall, nor the whole state of the particular Church of England, but priuate members in the Church of England: and though some numbers of them heere and there collected, may make some seuerall congregations: yet are they not of sufficient authority, no not so to collect themselues, or haue any autority [Page 663] of making any assemblings or commings together at all in any place, Disobedi­ence. being but priuate persons: without the disposing of them that haue auto­ritie in the Church, or of the whole estate of the church of England ther­unto: then must they néedes confesse withall, that they doe greatly offende▪ in going about to gaine-say and ouerthrowe this authority of the whole Church of England, which hath by her authority, so much as in her lies, disposed ordeined, and established these thinges, as touching the circumstaunces for order and comelinesse sake, but cheefely for edification, as the dayes and times of preaching, and administring the sacramentes, the places meete for the same, and for publike prayers: also for the form and manner of vsing those things, that all thinges be done comely and agreeable to order, but especially, that in all things, principal regard bee had to aedification.

Nowe, when the Church of Englande hath by her authority, and by the authority of the supreme gouernor of her vnder Christe, and of all the gouernors ecclesiasticall or politicall of her whole estate, thus dispo­sed these thinges: Is it lawfull for any priuate persons, Their of­fence a­gainst God. bee they learned or vnle [...]rned, be they few or many, in the same ▪ Church, to resist this au­tority? whether this be to resist euen God, or no: and whether, that which Saint Paule wrot to the Romaines, Chapter, 13. charging them beeing Christians to obey their Ciuill Magistrates, ( though euil and Heathen,) in ciuill and indifferent matters, do not much more binde euery particular priuate Christian, & all Christian subiects, to obey their Christian Magi­strates, and all good Christian both Eccl [...]siastical and politike gouernors, & the whol particular estate & autority of their own church, wherof they are but priuate members: I refer it, to euery indifferent readers iudge­ment, & to our Bre. own answere, on better aduisement of these thinges.

If our Bre. deny, that they haue euer done, or yet doe resist the Church of Englands authoritie in disposing these things: what was all this that was last spoken of, against the ordinary form of publike praier & diuine seruice, besides the authority it selfe of the ecclesiasticall gouernors, and many other things of circumstances for dayes, times, places, and admi­nistrations of Sacraments, that they so vehemently impugne? If they say, The church of Eng hath not ouerr [...]ached her lawfull au­thority in thosething [...] that herein yet, they doe not resist nor speake against the Church of Engl. for her authority to dispose these things, but resist and speak against her, onely for this, that the she hath abused her authority, and that she hath encro­ched further, than shee hath lawfull authority to warrant her doing: for, that her authority as touching these circumstaunces, is but for order and comelinesse sake, and cheefely for edification: and that it is to bée restrained with this limittation, So that, all thinges bee done comely, and agreeable to order, but especially that in all thinges, principall re­garde bee had to edification, which S. Paule so often and so precisely [Page 664] vrgeth in the 14. Contentiōs. Chapter of the Cor. Neither do we desire to haue the Churches authoritie in these circumstances, to bee enlarged one inche further. And euen so (God bee praysed) hath the Church of Englande had, and especiall consideration of al these 3. points, of comlinesse, of order, and of edification.

If they thinke not so, acknowledging her to bee a true Church: except they can proue it better, than hitherto they haue done, and yet should they prooue the same also, (if they coulde) with more modesty and humility than they attempt to doe:) they both offer too great an iniury to their true and louing Mother the Church of England, Our brethr. il demeanor towardes their mo­ther the Churche of England. whose Children (if any children of the Church) they be, and bewray too great a partiality to their owne o­pion. And, more séemely of the twain, it might be thought to all good men, that as they confesse their Mother hath authoritie, giuen vnto her by their Fa [...]her, of disposing these circumstances to these ends and purposes that withall, they should rather render her this honor, being known otherwise, to be a true, reuerent, and chast mysticall wife vnto her spowse & husband, and to bee a naturall and tender mother to her children, hauing [...]urished thē with the pure milk of Gods word, and brought them vp to that know­ledge of God which they now haue, to think, that she hath vsed her autho­ritie well, in disposing these circumstances to these ends accordingly, and submit themselues to her disposing of them: than to accuse her to theire father, or make an outcry of her to the world, that she hath abused her au­thority in these thinges, and that these circumstances are not disposed to these 3. ends, neither by her, nor by any for her, that either their father, or she, hath committed her authority of disposing them vnto, except they be a new disposed, & transposed, in such order, as they the priuate children shal conceiue, to bee more agreeable to these endes. What an vnnaturall part were this? yea, how is it not as great fault, on the contrarie as the aduersaries, that extolled and honored their mother too much, giuing her equal au­thority with God, The aduer­saries hono­red their mother too much, our Brethren too little. ( whom they pretended to be their father) not onely in circumstances, but in pointes of religion, and making her to alter Gods commandements? thus aduanced they their mother, which was and is no­toriously conuicted, of most manifest spiritual fornication. And wee nowe, that professe our selues to be children of her, whom we al acknowledge to be the true wife, and chast matron of the L. Shal we thus on the other side dishonor her, that when we cannot deny her authority in these circum­stāces, we shal say, she vseth thē not to the end, for which they are giuē her

As for that, which Paul so often and so precisely vrgeth, 1. Cor. 14. In all these verses so precisely quoted, 23, 24, 25, 26, & 31. What is there a­nie thing in anie one of all these Verses to the purpose, that heere our Brethren speake of: saue that onelie in the end of the 6. vers, Paul saith: Let al things be done to edifying? which precept I know not, nor it is yet [Page 665] prooued, that this our mother the Church of Englande, in disposing any of these forenamed, circumstances, doth transgresse and abuse this her au­thorie. As for the other place here also cited, 1. Cor. 11.17. is nothing likewise to the present purpose. Now, in this (saith S. Paule) that I declare, I prayse you not, that ye come together, not with profite but with hurte. Except, that it maketh more against our Brethren them selues, than it doth anie whitte against the Church of Englande, for any circumstance of these things that by her authority she hath misdisposed. True it is, the church of Corinth beganne to abuse and dispose amisse diuerse thinges, which S. Paule disswading them from, teacheth them in what comely sort, the men and women among them should pray or prophecie. Contentiōs disturbers of the chur­ches orders. Which when he had declared, (preuenting such contentious persons, as would vnnecessarilie disturbe quiet, comely, and indifferent orders) he sayth ver. 16. immedi­atly before that which our Brethren alleage: but if any man be contentious, we haue no such custome, neither the Churches of God.

Upon which generall admonition, Caluine sayth? He is contentious, Caluin in 1. Cor. 11.16. that is, stirred vp with a lust of mouing strifes, neither regardeth hee, that place should be giuen to the truthe. Such are all they that vpon no necessitie, would ouerthrowe pull vp (or destroy) all good and profita­ble rites (or customes,) which moue cōtrouersies of matters not doubt­full, which holde not themselues contented with reasons, which suffer not themselues to be restrayned into order, such are also [...], those that are vnciuile, or not able to be kept companie withall, who with a foolish affection are carried into a forme that men are not accustomed vnto. Paule vouchsafeth to giue those men an aunswere: because con­tention is a pernitious thing and therefore it ought to bee driuen awaie from the Churches. Wherein he teacheth, The dange [...] of contenti­on against orders & the repressing of contenti­ous men▪ that such frowarde persons and desirous of brawling, should rather bee kept vnder with autho­ritie, than with long disputations to be refelled. For, there will neuer be an end of contentions, if by striuing thou wouldest ouercome a qua­rellous man. For he will neuer be tyred, although he be ouercome an hundred times. Let vs diligently therefore, note this place, least wee should suffer our selues to be caried away with superfluous disputations: notwithstanding so that, we shall knowe howe, to discerne contentious persons. For we must not alwayes holde him contentious, that yeeldeth not to our decrees, or that dare gain-say vs: but where a lust and an ob­stinacie appeareth; then let vs say with Paule, contentions ought to be farre off, from the custome Ecclesiasticall. Thus sayth Caluine: whe­ther it touch our Brethren or vs néerer, let other iudge.

Paule nowe vpon the occasion of these contentious men, sayth in the next verse, which by our Brethren here is quoted: Nowe in this that I de­clare, I prayse ye not, that ye come together not with profice but with hurt. F [...]r [Page 666] first when ye come together into the Churche, Vrging ce­remonies. I heare that there are dissensions a­mong you, and I beleeue it in some parte. These dissensions raysed among them by dissentious persons, Contentiōs hinder edi­fying in publike Eccl. as­semblies. ( that vnnecessarily disturbed the peace of God, and quiet of the Church,) hindred indéede their aedification in their Ecclesiasticall assemblies. And it hath not a little hindred the aedification of the Churche among vs. For what is aedifying, but the building vp of the mysticall bodie of Christe, that is, his Churche? And if all assem­blies and comminges together ought therefore to serue that wee may be better, that we may be taught, that wee may be aedified: doe not our assemblies and comminges together, ( meaning of our Ecclesiasticall as­semblies) serue to the same purposes? If they take not alwayes, nor in all the parties that come together in those assemblies, If our publ. assemblies be not so ef­fectuall: the fault is per­sonall in the parties assē ­bled▪ not in the churches orders. the effect for the which they serue, shall wee blame the Churches disposing of the assemblies? Or not rather the defaultes of the assembled persons, and especially these makers of vnnecessarie dissensions in the assemblies. Which if they were repressed with authoritie, and the assembled parties do their duties, as the Church hath well disposed these assemblies to serue to these good purposes: so they would be farre more effectuall then they be. And there­fore I like better of Caluines note hereon, from whō our Brethren séeme to take this saying. For ( sayth he) if we respecte what should bee doone in the Church, Caluine in 1. Cor. [...] 1. no comming together ought to want frute. There is the doctrine of God heard, prayers are made, the mysteries are celebrated. The frute of the worde is, that the trust and feare of God should be en­creased in vs; that proceedinges forward may be made in holines of life, that more and more we may put off the olde man, and profitte in new­nesse of life: and the other mysteries tend hereunto, that they may ex­ercise vs in godlines and charitie. And also vnto all these things praiers doe availe. And to this it cōmeth, that the Lorde worketh effectually by his spirite, because hee would not that his institutions should be vaine. Therfore if the holy cōmings together do profitte vs nothing, nor that we be any whit better thereupon, our vnthankfulnes is in the fault: and therefore are we rightly to be accused. For we are the doers, that those things which of their owne nature, and of the ordinance of God ought to be healthful, passe away without any profite. Thus doth Caluin right­ly lay the fault where it is, on our owne selues, and not on the Churches authoritie or disposing of these assemblies.

And therefore we haue great maruell that some are so precise in vr­ging ceremonies, The learned disc pag. 71. & 72. as manye thinke muche hyndering aedification, but as moste men confesse, nothing profiting to aedification, hauing al­wayes in their mouthe that saying of Saint Paule, 1. Cor. 14.40. Let all thinges be done decently and according to an order, and doe so little remember that the Apostle in that long Chapter, laboureth altogether [Page 667] to driue all thinges to aedification, or else to driue them out of the Church. As he sayth of him that hath the gift of tongues, beeing of it selfe an excellent and comely gift of the holy Ghost, and being vsed or­derly of one or two by course, with an interpreter, might do much good in the Church. But if there be none interpreter (sayth he) let him holde his peace in the congregation.

To vrge ceremonies either much hindring aedificatiō, or nothing pro­fiting to aedification; and to be so precise, Bridges. or to be precise at all in vrging of them: although it be not to be marueiled, that some do so, and that some are so: yet, is it not to be liked that any should so doe, or be. Precisenesse about cere­monies. But I mar­ueile more, that our Brethren marueiling at some that doe and be so: doe not finde also that their selues doe it and so be: so precisely vrging the cere­monies, which they would bring into the Church; that vpon this so great precisenes, they haue gotten themselues the name of Precisians for it. And also for that they are so precise in driuing out those ceremonies, which their selues as it should séeme, dare not plainely saye, or (I am sure) can­not sufficiently prooue, to be naughtie and superstitious ceremonies. No, nor here they say, that they are much hindring aedifycation: but, as many thinke, muche hindring aedifycation. And yet, they their selues controll this manies thinking also, & say, (as it were by correction of their former spéech) but, as most men confesse, nothing profyting to aedifycation. We vrge no ceremonies nothing profiting to edi­fication. But who are these many, and these most men, that thus thinke, or confesse? Is it not only their owne selues? For, if they thinke that other thinke as they thinke herein; they thinke greatly amisse, and deceaue th [...]mselues. For, the most men, neither confesse nor thinke any such thing. I speake not of the most men among the aduersaries of the Gospel: but of the most men among the Protestantes, and Professors of the Gospell. Neither is there any such cause or truth of matter, why they should either so confesse or thinke of any ceremonies, that in the Church of England are now vr­ged. But who likewise are these that so vrge them? And withal, what are these ceremonies, which they vrge, that many should thinke, are much hindring aedifycation: or, most men should confesse, are nothing pro­fyting to aedifycation? And howe farre foorth also stretcheth this so pre­cise vrging of them? For all these points, if they had of our Brethren béen plainely sette downe: they might haue béene of vs the easilier and more plainely aunswered,

But as our Brethren name not these, some: so would I gladly, and for brotherhood-sake, impute it to their modestie, in forbearing the naming of such estates & persons. Howbeit, because in these spéches, they séeme not to meane any blinde and superstitious aduersaries, but such as are open professors of the Gospell: nor any priuate persons, but such as haue au­thoritie to vrge these things: and that they vrge thē so precisely: although [Page 668] our Brethren do the better to mollifie the terme, Edification that they vrge them but precisely: and not that they vrge thē with any simple & absolute necessitie, as themselues before did vrge preaching, at euery time of administring the sacramentes, and of pyblike prayers: yet are our Brethren not a lit­tle to blame herein, thus to gléeke at the Magistrates, or at any other their Protestant Brethren, with such apparant sclanders, that they vrge such hindering or nothing profiting ceremonies, and that they vrge the same so precisely. Whereas, first no ceremonies are at all vrged, ( that is, as I take it by authoritie commaunded: What, and how ce [...]e­monies be vrged.) but such as we can, and shall at all times, (when any such shall be named,) clearely proue, not to hinder, but to further aedification. And then, that (being whatsoeuer betwéen our Brethren and vs they shalbe proued to be;) they are not vrged so precisely, but onely in such manner, as may well stand with our Christian libertie▪ and as toucheth not the fréedome of our conscience at all, as any matter of reli­gion: but onely in respect of a ciuill or Ecclesiasticall obedience, for com­linesse and order sake, which is nothing preiudiciall or hindering to aedi­fication, but furthering and profiting of it. And withall, these some that vrge the same, are of such estate, calling and authorie, yea, and of such a number, so many, and the most men, & besides the most, the best among vs: that the some, or the many, or the most men or women among our Brethren and sisters, that thinke of these ceremonies otherwise, and vrge the abolishing of them, as precisely, and farre more precisely, than anie among vs doe vrge the retayning of them: ought rather, (if they did well bethinke [...]hemselues, either of their duties and callinges, or of the nature and vrging of these things, [...]he state & Church not to be disturbed for thē.) both to thinke and to confesse better of the vr­gers of them, and of thinges vrged, and to yéeld vnto them, namely in such sorte, as they are vrged; at least wise, if they will not yéelde; yet, not to disturbe the peace of conscience, the vnitie of the Church, the quiet of the state and the mutuall bonde of charitie, with their intemperate and vn­necessarie striuing against them. For whether, these ceremonies doe or no; certaine it is, that not only many thinke, and most men confesse, but that all of vs (saue the common aduersaries that like it, How great­ly our Bre­threns con­tentiōs hin­der the churches edify­ing. and laugh thereat, and blowe the coales, and warme their handes at the fire thereof) must ne [...]d [...]s graunt, that these contentions for these thinges, doe not onely no­thing profite, but much hinder aedification. Yea, and it were not more of the surmounting mercies of our good God, and the helpe and comfort he hath raysed vnto vs, by his holy Handmaiden: not only the aedification, but the whole edifice, had long ere this for the visible state thereof among vs beene quite shattered in shiuers, and cleane ouerturned. And nowe, whe­ther we for the ceremonies of circumstances should rather in thankefull obedience, yeeld vnto her Maiestie, and to all our Gouernours vnder God and her, and to the state already established: or her Maiestie, and all our [Page 669] Gouernours, and the whole estate established, Comlines and order. should heerein yéelde to these our Brethren: there lies the question. And I referre it (being a que­stion, for some certaine order to be had in indifferent things) vnto the de­termination and order of all indifferent iudgements.

But this is that also, which our Brethren find fault withall; that these some, which they say are so precise in vrging ceremonies; are alwaies ha­uing in their mouthes, that sentence of S. Paule, 1. Cor. 14.40. let all thinges be done decently and according to an order.

And is not this a good sentence of S. Paule, for them, The excel­lencie of the sentence 1. Cor. 14.40. for our Brethren too, and euery one of vs, when we haue occasion to treate of such matters, to haue alwayes in our mouthes, to haue alwayes in our heartes, to haue alwayes in our actions and performance? What meane therfore our Bre­thren héere to finde fault with this, that any should alwayes haue so excel­lent a sentence in their mouthes, for the kéeping of order, especially they that with authoritie vrge it? Doth not this sentence mightily confirme it, when it sayth that all thinges, making no exception of ceremonies, or of any indifferent thinges, to be vsed in the Church assemblies, but, Comlinesse ioyned with order. as they must be done in a comely manner: so they must be done in order? and can an order be kept more orderly, than when a standing and set order is ap­pointed, by those that haue authoritie thereunto, Order must be ordeined and not bro­ken. and they precisely vrge it, without violating the obseruation of the same? Would our Brethren haue men to lay aside this sentence of S. Paule out of their mouthes, out of their heartes, and out of their actions, and continue to breake this rule: Either that all thinges, or that any indifferent thing, ceremonie, or cir­cumstance, should in the Church assemblies be done, without vrging of an appointed comlinesse, and without vrging any authorized & pre­scribed order? But our Brethren not onely finde fault with them, that haue this sentence alwayes in their mouthes: but say they, and doe so little remember that the Apostle in that long chapter laboureth altoge­ther, to driue all thinges to aedification, or else to driue them out of the Church.

If they haue alwayes that sentence of S. Paule in their mouthes, in such sorte, that they doe so little remember, in their heades, this drift of the Apostle, and this his other sentence in the same chapter, ver. 26. let all thinges be done to aedification: then doe they greatly forgette the principall thing, that in these matters they ought to haue remembred. Our Brethr. fogetfulnes of their duty to their bet­ters. But if our Brethren remember this, as a chalenge to burdē the Magistrate, & those in authoritie that vrge these thinges in maner a foresayde, that they haue alwayes in their mouthes the one sentence of S. Paule for comlines and order, and remember so little the other, for aedification, which the Apo­stle likewise laboured to driue all thinges vnto: then their selues doe so little remember their dutie to their betters, and so much forget the truth: [Page 670] that if other had sayde it then our Brethren, I would haue remembred them of this olde sentence, oportet esse memorem they know who. Neyther can these two, aedification not separate from com­linesse and order, but included in them. that is, comlines & order, be destitute of this other, that is, aedification. For, the name aedifying, being a generall name, to builde and set vp, or ioyne together the mysticall bodie of Christe: doeth not the comely proportion of the aedifice, not onely beautifie and commende the forme, but the orderly disposing of all the partes thereof, conteine and maintayne euen the verie aedifying of the whole frame? And therefore when S. Paule had sayde before, ver. 26. Let all thinges be done to aedificati­on: he knitteth vp all his conclusion of that matter, with this sentence, that our Brethren would not haue men to take so often in their mouthes, Let all thinges be done decently and according to order: Both making eyther of these, comelinesse and order, to stretch their iurisdictions (as farre as aedification) euen to all thinges, vnderstanding them of all such thinges as are to be done in the Church assemblies: and also to be as requisite and necessarie in their kindes, as aedification is, if not to bee some principall partes their selues of aedification. And if (as our Brethren say) we must remember, that Saint Paule laboureth in all that long Chapter, to driue all thinges to aedification: why may wee not as well, or rather saye, when he concludeth all with the other twaine, that our Brethren must al­so remember this, that S. Paule laboureth in all that long Chapter, to driue all thinges to decencie and to an order? May not all those things that went before, be more properly sayde to be driuen to that, that is the last conclusion, then to be driuen to that, that is in the beginning, or in the middle of the treatise?

But if this be true, that he laboureth to driue all to aedification, & yet this is apparant, that he concludes all with decencie & order: then, either is comlinesse, & order conteyned in aedification, or aedification conteyned in comlinesse and order. Or else, these thinges beeing not conteyned the one in the other, but thinges seuerall: this is not true, that he laboureth altogether in the long chapter to driue all things to aedification, labou­ring also to driue not only some thinges, but all thinges, to decencie and to order as well, and as much, as to aedification. But he that laboreth al­together to driue all things to one thing, doth not labour to driue thē to any other: S. Paule therefore labouring to driue all things withal to these two: if they be seuerall matters frō aedification, this can not be true, that he laboreth altogether to driue all things to aedification, except we either comprehende the name of decencie & order in the name of aedificatiō; or the name of aedification, in decencie & order; to salue our Breth. assertion, from conuiction of an apparant vntruth, Comlines & order are their selues an edifying. so much as we can. And so indéed it may in a very good sense bee vnderstoode, for there is an aedifying in all these respectes. Not onely when the people do vnderstande those thinges [Page 671] that are spoken, and receaue instruction & comfort by them, whereby they are sayde to be aedified, that is, in knowledge and faith to be builded vpon Christ the rocke: but also when any publike action in the Church is done, in such sorte as S. Paule in that long chapter laboureth to haue it doone, to wit, [...], comely, honestly, or decently: and kéepeth suche degrée of place and time, that it is done [...], according to order: albeit the matter be but a ceremonie of apparell, as the vncouering or couering of mens and womens heades, while they prayed or prophecied, which being no matter of doctrine, Saint Paule precisely vrgeth, though not so precisely, that wée shoulde make it a matter of the substance of religi­on: yet, he driueth it to such a naturall comelinesse, and with so greate and vrgent reasons for Ecclesiasticall order sake: that hée maketh the comely order thereof, and of suche other thinges as he there handleth, for speaking in their tournes and courses, to be no little aedification to the assemblie.

And therefore well sayth Caluine on this sentence, Let all thinges be done decently and in order: the conclusion is more generall ( he meaneth, Caluin in 1. Cor. 14.40. than that which was before, in exhorting them to séeke after prophecie) which not onely comprehendeth in briefe the whole state: but also the sin­gular partes: yea, rather it is a rule, whereunto it behooueth vs to driue all thinges that appertayne to externall policie. Because hee disputed scatteringlye of rites or ceremonies, hee therefore heere woulde collecte all into a briefe summe, to witte, that a comeli­nesse shoulde be kept, and confusion should be auoyded. Which sen­tence sheweth, that hee woulde not binde the consciences to the for­mer preceptes, as thinges of them-selues necessarie: but so farre foorth as they shoulde serue to comelinesse and to peace. The policie of the church di­rected to comlinesse and order. Heereup­pon (as I haue sayde) wee gather a perpetuall doctrine, to what ende the policie of the Churche shoulde bee directed. The Lorde hath lefte in our libertie externall rites or ceremonies, therefore; least wee shoulde thinke his worshippe to bee included in them. Notwithstan­ding hee hath not in the meane season permitted vnto vs, a varying and vnbrideled licence: but hee hath encompassed rounde about (that I may so terme them) lattisses (or crosse barres) eyther else, hath he indeed so moderated the libertie which he gaue, that at lēgth we may by his worde esteeme what is right. This place therfore rightly waighed, will shewe the difference, betweene the tyrannicall edictes of the Pope, which presse the conscience with a cruell bondage; and the godly lawes of the Church, in which discipline and order is conteyned. Besides that hereupon, we may reddily gather, that these later, are not to be holdē for humane traditions, sith that they are founded in this generall cōmande­ment, and haue a cleare allowance from the mouth of Christe himselfe.

[Page 672] Thus notablie sayth Caluine on this sentence. And is not this sentence then worthy, that we should haue it alwayes in our mouthes, whensoeuer we haue occasion to vrge, or talke of ceremonies? Or doth not this comli­nesse and order stretch it selfe also to dification?

But if we nowe vnderstande it thus, to saue our Brethrens credite, that the one of these doth comprehende the other: our Brethren must giue vs leaue with all, to remember those that vrge these thinges, which ha­uing alwayes in their mouthes that sentence of S. Paule, 1. Cor. 14.40. Let all thinges be done decently and according to an order: doe not so little re­member as our Brethren charge them, but remember well, that the A­postle in that long Chapter laboureth ( whether altogether or no, let that goe) to driue all thinges to aedification: S. Paules purpose was not to driue the good gifts of god out of the Church though they were abused aedification being conteyned in decencie and order, and order and decencie conteyned in aedification. And yet we may not simplie graunt to this disiunctiue part of this our bre­threns sentence, that S. Paule laboured to driue all thinges to aedificati­on, or else to driue them out of the Church: for, S. Paule went not about to driue any of those good giftes of God, which in that long chapter hée speaketh of, out of the Church of God, though they were by some among them then abused, and not driuen to aedification, comelinesse, and order: but laboureth to reteine them in their right vse, for the time that GOD would haue them vsed. And therefore, this example also is not so well al­leaged of our Brethren, in saying: as he sayth of him that hath the gifte of tongues, being of it selfe an excellent and comely gifte of the holie Ghost, & being vsed orderly of one or two by course with an interpre­ter, might doe much good in the Church, but if there be none interpre­ter (sayth he) iet him holde his peace in the congregation. Heere is in­deede mention made of holding his peace, till he had an interpreter: but not, of driuing this gifte out of the Church.

And therefore Caluine with more moderation sayth hereon, ver. 27. he nowe describeth the order and setteth downe the manner. Caluin in 1. Cor. 14.27. If they like to speake with tongues, let two onely speake, or if not so, yet let there not be more then three at the most. And withall, let there be present an interpreter. There is no vse of tongues, without an interpreter, let them therefore surcease for the time. But we must note, that hee commaun­deth it not, but only permitteth it. For the Church may want the tongs without any incommoditie, saue in respect that they are helpes to pro­phecie as at this day are the Hebrue and the Greeke tongue: but Paule graunteth it, least he should seeme to driue away any grace of the spirit, from the assemblie of the faithfull. Although this also might seeme lesse agreeable vnto reason, when as before he sayde, that the tongues were conuenient for the vnfaithfull, in respect that they were a signe: I aun­swere, howsoeuer a miracle may properly be set forth for the vnfaithfuls [Page 673] sake; notwithstanding, it followeth not but that in some respectes, The gifts of tongues a­bused. it perteyneth also to the faithfull. If ye vnderstande it, that an vnknowen tongue is a signe to the vnfaithfull, according as the wordes doe sound of Esay: the reason that Paule here prescribeth, is different. For hee so admitteth the tongues, that the interpretation adioyned leaue nothing obscure. He correcteth therefore the Corinthians vice, with an excel­lent temperature, while he reiecteth not anie gifte of God whatsoeuer, that all his benefites among the faithfull may appeare: but hee setteth downe a manner, least that ambition should creepe into the place of Gods glorie; least the gifte that is of lesse moment, should hinder those that are the chiefe giftes: and he addeth a sawce (or seasoning) of it, least it should become a meere ostentation voyde of fruite. Héere then is no commandement of driuing this gift out of the Church, no although the Corinthians did abuse it. But if nowe, this ceasing for the time of this gifte, and other like giftes, for the abusing of them, were the dri­uing them out of the Church, when they tended not to aedification: what shall we say of those ceremonies that S. Paule there speaketh of, Our Brethr. attemptes to driue out the offices and orders established, and to bring in such as are long since worn [...] out, or ra­ther meere supposed. and of those functions and offices, not such as they imagine, but of whome, eyther for the abuse succéeding, or the néedelesse vse nowe long since of continuing them: both the giftes, and the offices or manner of them haue ceased in the Church, so many hundreth yeares? And beeing thus cleane worne out, though not driuen out of the Church; haue our Bre­thren such a warrant and authoritie, that they can bring in, yea, and with contention driue in those ceremonies, offices, and gifts, into the Church againe, and to driue out other comely and orderly ceremonies, offices and giftes nowe in vse, not hindring but rather furthering aedification, to driue in those so long ceased and discontinued? But if the gifte of tongues while it was in vse, were (as they here confesse) a comely gifte of the holie Ghoste, and beeing vsed orderly of one or two by course, with an interpreter, might doe much good in the Churche: howe then doth not comelinesse and order, inferre aedification? And therefore, if the ceremonies, offices and giftes of the Church of Englande that are nowe vrged, be comely, and vsed orderly: we may well conclude, that in their kindes, they be no hinderers but furtherers to aedification.

But, say our Brethren: the vncomlinesse that S. Paule reproueth was, The learned disc. Pag. 72. that womē should preach in the Church, as ver. 34.35. the disorder, that those giftes which serued least for aedifying, were preferred before them that serued most for aedifying, as tongues before prophecie.

We graunt S. Paule reprooueth these abuses in the Corinthians Ec­clesiasticall assemblies, vncomelinesse and disorder. Bridges. But did he reproue none other vncomlinesse in them, then that women should preach in the Church, as 1. Cor. 14. ver. 34. & 35? Did hée not reprooue an vncome­linesse [Page 674] in them before, VVomens prophesy­ing. both for men and womē too, in the 11. chapter ver. 13. and 14? Iudge in your selues (sayth he) is it comely that a woman pray vn­to God vncouered? Doth not nature it selfe teache you that if a man haue long heare, it is a shame vnto him? And doth not Saint Paule reprooue them also, ver. 21.22. For their great vncomelinesse and disorder, in the participation of the Lordes supper? For euerie man (sayeth hee) when they should eate, eateth his owne supper before, and one is hungrie, and another is dron­ken. Haue ye not houses to eate and drinke in? Dispise ye the Church of God, and shame them that haue not? VVhat shall I say to you? Shall I prayse you in thi [...]? I prayse you not. And appointing them a better order, hee concludeth that Chapter with this saying, Other thinges will I sette in order when I come. Which done, he commeth to these giftes whereof now we speake, tonges, interpreting, prophecying, &c. in the 12.13. and 14. chapters. And doth be not here also note, that they abused this excellent and comely gifte of tongues, ( as our Brethren call it) by their praying or prophecying in a straunge tongue, though the same were not interpreted? Was not this their abuse therefore of this comely gifte, an vncomelinesse in them.

But our Brethren haue a speciall meaning herein, that setting aside al other, Our Brethr. doe often quarell at womensprophecying, teaching, preaching, and [...]apti­zing, where­as their selues as much or more than we do in­fe [...]re it. they onely note this vncomelinesse and say: The vncomlynes that S. Paule reprooueth, was, that women should preach in the Church as ver. 34.35. And therfore I thinke it not amisse to cōsider this point better, specially that which here they lead vs vnto. And at this they quarelled be­fore, pag. 62. and often times threaten kindnes on vs, that we maintaine womens administration of Baptisme. But do not they thēselues (though it be the more strange to sée their dealing therein) euen where they goe about to confute it, a great deale more confirme it, than we doe? Haue not they confessed, pag. 59. that whome soeuer God hath instituted to be minister of his worde, him also hath hee made to bee minister of the sacrament, and that, it pertayneth to him to deliuer the seale, which deliuereth the writinges? Looke then, whether this come not néerer to the permission of women to baptize, yea, and to minister the commu­nion, than any thing that they can gather of vs. Except they will flée to this article, that heere they still speake of him, not of her. But shall we thus elude the wordes of the textes also, euen there, for proofe cited by our Brethren? Matth. 28.19. Goe yee foorth and teach all Nations bap­tizing them, and is not both the Latine and Gréeke also, [...]. Baptizantes illos, baptizing them, onely the Masculine gender? As it is more plaine in the other text, Mar. 16.15. Goe ye foorth into the whole worlde, and preach the Gospell to euerie creature, he that shall beleeue and is baptized shall be saued. What shall any saye that this article, he, contey­neth onely men, or men children, and excludeth women? Therefore [Page 675] that shift can not serue, but that man or woman may preache, by their saying, on some occasion. and then, looke how farre foorth they may preach, and deliuer the writings, or minister the worde, so farre foorth, may the same persons men and women, by these assertions of our Brethren, deli­uer the seales, and administer the sacramentes also.

But now, what doth Caluine say hereon, who is in this point the ve­hementest of them all, that I reade, against womens preaching and bap­tizing? Doth he not say, euen of these selfe same wordes that our Brethr. referre vs vnto, 1. Cor. 14. ver. 34. Let your women keepe silence in the Chur­ches for it is not permitted vnto them to speake? &c. It appeareth that the Church of Corinth was defiled also with this vice, that there was place, or rather licentiousnes, open in the holy assembly to the babling of wo­men. He forbiddeth them therefore to speake in publike for the cause of teaching or prophecying. But vnderstand this of the ordinarie fun­ction, or else, where there is a set or appointed state of the Church. For, such a necessitie may happen, which may require the voice of a woman. But Paul respecteth only what is comly in an assembly orderly cōposed.

So that S. Paule heere debarreth not absolutely all womens speaking in the Churche: Womens publ. spea­king in the Church not vtterly for­bidden. for then, how should that be which our Brethren saide before, pag. 70. that the whole congregation with one heart & with one voice, may prayse God with singing of Psalmes all at once? Are not wo­men part of the whole congregation, so well as men? And do not the wo­men also in their congregations sing the Psalmes together with the men? And is not this singing, publ. praying? At least wise, is it not publ. spea­king? And therfore Caluine first limites those wordes of the Apostle, that women are not permitted to speake in the assembly, with this restraint: to speake for the cause of teaching or prophecying. As who say, otherwise they may publikly speake well inough. Yea, for teaching & prophecying also, he doth not simply forbid the same: but vpon necessitie or occasion he alloweth it euen in the holy assembly of men, & maketh it requisite that a womā may teach or prophecy. Neither helpeth it, that he saith vpō 1. Cor. 11. ver. 5. Euery womā that prayeth or prophecieth bareheaded, Caluin in 1. Cor. 11.5. disho­noreth her head: but it seemeth ( sayth he) that this is superfluous, that Paul forbiddeth a womā to prophecy bare hedded, when as in an other place, he doth wholy forbid womē to speak in the Church, & therfore it shall not be lawfull for them to prophecy, no not vnder a veile (or couer.) Wherupon it foloweth, that it is here in vaine disputed of the veile or co­uer. It may be answered, that the Apostle in improuing the one, Caluines in­sufficientan­swere for women p [...]o­phec [...]ing. doth not approue the other. For whē he reprehendeth that they prophecied bare­hedded, notwithstāding he permitteth thē not to prophecy by any other maner of meanes, but rather deferreth the reprehension also of this vice, vnto an other place, that is to wit, vnto the 14. Chapter.

[Page 676] But, may any man, that shall consider the peyse of S. Paules wordes, (which were the words of the holy Ghost in him,) thinke this a sufficient aunswere to this question? For, doth not the Apostle speake this, as well of men that haue their heades couered; as of women that haue their heades vncouered? And doeth not the Apostle speake it as well of prayers, as of prophecying? If therefore he approoue it in the men, and approoue it in the prayer: Womens praying and prophecy­ing with their heades couered. why approoueth hée it not likewise in the one, so well as in the other? And why may wee not safely con­clude? He improoueth that a woman shoulde prophecie bare-hea­ded: therefore if shée prophecie not bare-headed but couered on her heade, he doeth not improoue it: as well as wee may saye, hee im­prooued that a man shoulde prophecie with his heade couered, there­fore if a man prophecie with his head vncouered, hee improoueth it not: or as well as wee may saye of the other action, that in bothe of them hée ioyneth with prophecying: He improoueth that a man should praye couered, or a woman bare-headed: therefore, if a man praye vncouered, or a woman with her heade couered, he improoueth it not. And so of consequence, what he improoueth not, that hée approoueth. If S. Paule simply did improoue, and by no manner of meanes per­mitte women to make publike prayers, and altogether forbidde them to preach in the congregation: No l [...]keli­hood of S. Paules vtter improuing womens prophecying, that had the gift therof. there is no likelihood in the world, that he would haue brought instances of such thinges, as could haue no likelihood of approbation at all, were they couered or vncouered in these actions. And therfore, this answere of Caluine can by no meanes satisfie any, that shall neuer so little consider the Apostles sentence. But Caluine per­haps thought it would better serue against the womā, though not against the man: because the man is not in other places forbidden to speake in the Church, as is the woman. And therefore he sayth, that Paule did not reprehende this fault in women heere, but referred the reprehension thereof to an other place.

Now although this reason (indéed being generally spokē,) cannot be im­prooued, Though one place in the scripture be referred to an other, yet in no place is the spirit of god contrary to itselfe. but that S. Paule might reserue the reprehension of this or that fault, to this or that place, as it best liked the spirite of God in him, (al­beit this place also had not béene vnfitte:) yet speaking of these thinges in diuerse places, he speaketh not in the one contrarie to the other, nor in a­ny place is the spirite of God in him, contrarie to it selfe. But in diuerse places ( as wée shall sée anon, and that by their owne confessions) he ap­prooueth the publike praying and the publike prophecying ( whether they take prophecying properly, or for preaching) made by women in the holie assemblies. Therefore, he may not only well approue it here, (being doone in such comely order as he appointeth, and to aedification:) but also it cannot bee vtterly, wholely, and by all meanes improoued, [Page 677] in any other place, as here Caluine saith it is, which to say, is to make the spirite of God speake contradictions. And are not men also in other pla­ces forbidden publikly to preach in the congregation? Else, how do our Breth. alleage that place, pag. 58. out of Hebr. 3.4. For no man may take vp­on him any office in the Church, but he that is called of God, as Aaron was. And is preaching no office? And yet we sée here, that vnderstāding this prophe­cying for preaching, he speaketh it of men as well as women. As Caluin testifieth himselfe, vpon this saying, 1. Cor. 11.4. Euerie man praying or prophecying: to prophecie, I here take to be, to declare the mysteries of God to the aedification of the audience. As afterward in the 14. chapter Euen as to pray, signifieth, to conceaue the forme of praying, and as it were to goe before the whole people. Lo, here are euen our Brethrens owne wordes, pag. 64. for their Pastors conceauing of publike prayer, and the going before his flocke in publike prayer. And yet, doth S. Paule both 1. Cor. 11. & 1. Cor. 14. approue this prophecying and this pray­ing also, being otherwise decently, orderly and to aedification vsed, & ap­ply it not only to the Pastors, but to all those among them, to whom God gaue the gifte of these thinges, though they had no peculiar and ordinarie Eccl. offices that exercised the same.

This therefore debarreth not, but that, How these things were forbidden and howe permitted. although the ordinarie publike vse, ( as taking it vpon them by peculiar office, being not called orderly thereunto,) might be forbidden, and improued, not onely in women, but in men: yet notwithstanding it is not altogether, wholy, and simply for­bidden and improued, but that vpon such times as those were, or vppon some extraordinary necessitie, or occasion, (we see) that euen publik pray­ing and publike preaching, both in men, though laye men and in women that can doe the same to aedification, is approued. Yea, no better witnes than Caluine himselfe against himselfe, and euen in the very place he ap­pealeth vnto. That is to wite, ( sayth he) vnto the 14. chapter, Caluines better aun­swere. here by our Brethr. noted. And haue we not heard his iudgement there alreadie, spea­king of prophecying, that such necessitie may happē, as may require the voice of a woman? So that, he speaketh not here of olde examples such as we cannot prescribe vpō to do the like: but he speaketh of that which may now or hereafter happen, and as wherein, a womans voice in the publ. as­sembly may be as requisite, as at any time it heretofore hath béene. But what néede had Caluine to sende vs thence, to this 14. Chapter, or, we to heare him contrarie himselfe there? When as, not hauing satisfied himself belike, with this former vnsufficient aunswere, for this praying and pro­phecying of women, chap. 11. he aunswereth himselfe otherwise, & farre better euen in that place, saying: there is no discommoditie in that ( if he meane in that aunswere, we haue shewed a great discommoditie, to the truth of the matter, & to the scriptures credite, and his owne) although, [Page 678] neither this doth fitte the same amisse, if we say, that the Apostle requi­reth of women this modestie, not onely in the place where the whole Church is gathered together: but also in any more graue assēbly either of womē or of men, such as somtimes come together into priuate hou­ses. Caluines meaning Of which wordes, I cannot sée what sense els to gather, but that, so it be done with this modestie heere required, not to lay out their heares to the shewe, as many now adayes doe, especially then, when they were all bare headed: but vse a Matronlike modestie in couering their heades, as was, & yet is the Greeke & Asian maner: though not ordinarily, yet, on some extraordinary occasion, they might both publikely pray & prophecy yea, vnderstanding it for extraordinary preaching also, bothe in the open assemblies, & especially in their priuate houses, though diuerse other Ma­trones, or men also, besides their owne housholde be assembled. If this bée not here Caluines meaning: I conceaue him not. But, I rather thinke it, because in the place that he referreth himselfe vnto, (as wee haue séene) there is no ambiguitie in his wordes.

Nowe although, that both these wordes of S. Paule, and Caluines thus farre yéelding thereunto, be apparant inough to any that liste to sée it: yet when it commeth to our Brethrens exposition, in their notes, on the Ge­neua translation: all this séemes so suddenly and so easily wiped awaye, that we would meruell, that Caluine, which was a man (in most points) of such excellent iudgement, and is so vehement against this point in wo­men, and of purpose mouing and beating this question, and shaking it off with this foresayde aunswere, and yet in the ende relenting to it, though afterward he go away from it as farre againe, (as wee shall sée anon) did not espie so easie and so readie an aunswere as this. But, plus vident oculi, quàm oculus, one man sées not all, and therefore it is lesse marueile, if so singular a man also, The interpretation of the geneua Te­staments note and Bezaes expo­sition of womens pray­ing and prophecying 1. Cor. 11.4. Beza in 1. Cor. 11.4. as (God be praysed) Beza is, and other that so saye with him, comming after Caluine, and séeing more perhaps than he, haue founde out a fitter & fuller aunswere. Let vs therefore sée also, what Beza and these men sawe & say hereon. Upon these wordes, 1. Cor. 11. ver. 4. Euery man praying and prophecying, &c. sayth the Geneua note: this is re­ferred to common praying and preaching, for although one speake, yet the action is common, so that the whole Church may be sayde to praye or preach. Which exposition, our Brethren chiefely take out of Beza: e­uery man ( sayth he) the vniuersall particle taketh away the difference of orders and of age, so farre foorth as appertayneth to that which is trea­ted vpon, praying or prophecying. Because the Apostle treateth of com­linesse to be kept in the common assembly: therefore I take these things as of the publike praier and prophecy, that is, of the treatise of the scrip­ture. Howbeit I referre it not only vnto him which cōceaueth the prai­er or interpreteth the place of scripture: but also to the assembly of the [Page 679] hearers sitting together. For although that one speake, notwithstanding the action is common, so that the whole company may be sayde by this meanes to pray and prophecie. For first of all, the reasons which the A­postle bringeth, The womēs prophecy­ing to be nothing but to heare th [...] mens pro­phecying. are common to all the men that are conuersant in the Church, yea (I graunt also) to them that are without the Churches as­sembly. But for all that, the question propounded and the conclusion of not couering the head, doe shewe, those reasons to be referred vnto the circumstance of that time and place, wherein the Church commeth together. Moreouer if ye referre this to one person of the partie praying or prophecying; the member opposite concerning a woman, will not agree thereto. When as the Apostle afterwarde permitteth not vnto a woman, that she should speake in the Church, that is, in the common assembly 14. g. 34. & the reasons which he bringeth why they ought to be couered, it is manifest inough that they appertaine to euery one of the women that are conuersant in the publike assemblie of the Church. This is Bezaes interpretation and iudgement on this place, and his rea­sons also for the same. To whome accordeth Hyperius, and in part He­mingius.

Nowe although, in not subscribing (as our Brethren do) to thè iudge­ment of so learned and profound a man with other, I shall more than ha­zarde my selfe to the hard iudgement & censure of our Brethren: yet with dutifull submission crauing none other acquittance at Beza his handes, than euen that héere he beginning first withall, that this vniuersall parti­cle, [...], euery man, taketh awaye the difference of orders and of a­ges in praying or prophecying, that is, interpreting or treating of anie place in the scripture: may be my warrant against the order of Bezaes dignitie, or the grauitie of his age in this matter. And sithe that he dis­senteth many times, and also heerein, from other, and from Caluine his owne Master, being frée (as Horace sayde) nullius addictus iurare in verba Magistri, but in this respect, professing him to be our only Master, that saith vnto vs for one is your Master or Doctor (to wit) Christe. Matth. 23.8. and 10. and in this point he standeth not on man, but fortifieth his inter­pretation with his reasons: why may it not be lawefull for any other, and so for me, to alleage also my plaine and simple reasons? Aug. contr. Maximum Lib. 13. [...]a. 14. As S. Augustine sayth well herein, Res cum re, causa cum causa, ratio cum ratione. Waye matter with matter, cause with cause, reason with reason: and then iudge who list, whether Bezaes interpretation be a sufficient aunswere; or his reasons sufficiently maintain his interpretation. First he granteth, (which also I yéelde vnto) that this prayer, and this prophecie, are héere vnder­stoode of publike actions.

Secondly, that this publike prayer and publike prophecie, is not to be referred to him onely, that conceaueth the prayer, or interpreteth [Page 680] the place of scripture: but of the whole auditorie sitting together. This also in some part & sense, may be granted vnto him namely for publ. praier. Because though in the conceaued publike prayers, they can not all con­ceaue the same altogether, and so in conceauing pronounce it, as he doth, except they say the same publike forme of praier with him, (as the Lords prayer, or some other appointed) which they know before hand: & yet, if he make pauses, for them al to say after him, the whole assemblie euen alto­gether at once, ( as we haue prooued) may without confusion, with one hart & with one voice, ioyne thēselues together in the publ. prayers. And this also haue our Brethren graunted vnto, so it be done by singing, & we inferre, it may as well be done by saying Or else, vnderstanding Beza his words disiunctiuely; euery man, that is, ( saith he) the whole cōgregation, that is (say I) euery man or any man of the whole congregation, vnder­standing the same, of such especiall exercises in those times, or of extraordi­narie occasiō euē in our times. Vnto which, applying these words (as Beza sayth) this vniuersall particle, [...]. euery man expelleth all difference of orders & ages: How euerie man and woman present may make publ. praier. so in such cases all the assembly, that is, euery one, or, any of the assembly, to whō God did giue a speciall gift of conceauing a good praier, might thē, & may yet in like case, publikly make the same, yea, & in like maner haue prophecied also. But these things were not done, in the conceauing of these publike prayers, or in the treatises of the scripture, by euery man of the whole congregation altogether at once.

And in these senses, I denie not Bezaes interpretation. But, whē here vpon he goeth further, and drawes it to this, that this doing of euerie one among thē was the doing it of them altogether; because that his owne acti­on was in all their names, and so they speak by the mouth of that one mā, that was their Pastor, One did not all these things in all their names. or some number of Pastors among thē cleane to ex­clude all women from speaking, and al other men present being no mini­sters: that is both cleane contrarie from S. Paules meaning, and frō his ap­parant wordes, & frō all the circumstances of the matter, & cōference of the other sentences dependant on the same, & plain cōtradiction to Bezaes own tale, & hath no likelihood but grosse absurdity, if not méere impossibilitie in it. For, although ( sayth Beza) one speak, yet is the action common, that all the companie by this reason may be said to pray or prophecie: True it is, the action is common, because it is done publikely, and in cōmon, for the peoples aedification. But no necessitie driueth this that euery par­ty that is present at the doing, or assentes vnto it, may be sayde to be the d [...]er of euery common action. The ministring of the sacraments is a cō ­mon action: The sacram. not mini­st [...]ed by all though common to all. therfore by this rule of our Breth. euery mā & womā that is present at the ministring of the sacraments, & assenteth to thē, & parta­keth with the Ministers, may be sayd also to be the ministers of thē. And yet (as I haue shewed) this may be better sayde of the publike prayer, [Page 681] than of the publike prophecying. For, although S. Paule bringeth his in­stance of both these actions, praying and prophecying, and either of these wordes contein a relation in them: yet are they farre vnlike in the things that they haue relation vnto. This worde Prayer, The diffe­rence be­twene pray­ing and prophecing. not onely hath relation to the party that makes the Prayer: but hath relation also to some party to whome the prayer is made. Which party beeing God, to whome on­ly all the assembly make their prayers, and not to the Minister, nor the Minister to them: it followeth, that whether he or they pray altogether, or he onely pray in their name, it may ( I graunt) be sayde to be their prai­er: As our Brethren saide before, Page, 64. As it perteyneth to the pastor to conceiue publike prayers: so it is the duetie of the whole Church, in the name of the whole Church, to ioyne in heart with the Pastor, in the same prayers. &c. So that, in these publike Prayers, the Minister, and they whether they speake or not, doe both of them make but one party of the re­lation, and God the other. And not the Minister a thirde person, as an in­tercessor or Mediator betwixt God and them: and so, may his publike prayers be sayde to be sayde to bee theirs. Although Paule here (expres­sing their diuerse actions good and yll, not onely for the diuersity of coue­ring or vncouering of their heads, but for the pronūciatiō of the language shewing also, how they shold praie, & for the courses of them, how many, & what manner, one after another, and with an interpreter, doth plainly ex­presse his owne meaning for this point cleare ynough, that were they men or were they Women, it was not done by the mouth of any one of their Ministers or Pastors in their names, but by their owne mouthes. This might likewise haue bene done (we deny not) for prayers by the mouthes of other in the name of them, euen as though they all spake it. Though this also be but an improper praying on their parts (as we haue shewed) being rather but their consent vnto it.

But it is nothing alike in prophecying or preaching. For though all the people neuer so much consent vnto the preaching or prophecying, yet can it not be said to be their action, as prayer might. For in prophecy­ing or Preaching, in the relation of these two parties, the Prophecier or Preacher respecteth God, and all the people are the hearers of God, spea­king vnto them by him, Qui loquitur loquatur eloquia Dei. But in pro­phecying [...]he Minister representeth one, and the people ano­ther, & ther­fore the hearers can­not be sayd to be the prophec [...]er [...] So that here they can be by no means be sayd to be all propheciers or preachers, onely be­cause they are there present at the hearing of the Prophecying or prea­ching and assent thereto: for then wee cleane confounde this relation be­twixt God and his people, betwixt the Preacher and the hearer, when both the Preacher is the hearer, and the hearer is the preacher. Not that wee deny, but that a Preacher may be a hearer, and a hearer may be a preacher in sundry respectes, and at diue [...]s times. And euen so it was heere, when many, and sometimes all among the people prophecied or preached, but [Page 682] in their courses, not all at once, nor one for all, nor one in the name of all. But as S. Paule saith: Let the prophetes speake two or three ( meaning one after another) and let the other iudge. So that, they that are the hear­ers represent another person, and not the person of the preacher.

Whereupon sayth Caluine. He adhibiteth a measure also in prophe­cying, because the multitude (as vulgarly they say) breedeth confusion. Which is true, Caluine. for dayly experience teacheth it. &c. The tongues were giuen either to treate vpon, or to pray. In the former kind, the interpre­ter was in place of the prophet: so was that the cheese & more frequent exercise. Onely he setteth downe a measure, leaste by glutting them, it might waxe vile: and leaste those that were lesse skilfull, shoulde snatch vp before their betters, the place and oportunity of the speaking. For those vnto whome hee assigneth the office of speaking, hee would haue to be indeede of the more choyse persons, and ordeyned by the cōmon suffrages. But none are more ready to shoue in them-selues, then those that are slightly sprinckled ouer with a mean learning. That the prouerb may be made true, Vnskilfulnesse is bold. With this euill would S. paul meete when hee attributed the office of speaking to two or three. Of which euill if S Paule founde the experience, while this exercise of pro­phecying or discussing the places in the scripture, was thus vsed in the primitiue Church: when after it had beene antiquated, and cleane left in the Church so many hundred yeares, Our late disorders in the exercise of prophe­cying. and we began agayne to renue it, though we vsed it not for any of the layty, men or women neuer so lear­ned, but onely for the exercise of the Ministers, yet were wee so pestered with this euill, that we were fayne (it being but an exercise more proper to that primitiue age, than that we are bounde thereunto) to giue it ouer againe, when no Lawe nor order coulde restraine this blinde boldenesse, besides other more perillous daungers that grew, by the great disorder of the same.

But both our practise in renewing it, and their first practise in vsing it, apparantly confuteth this, The hearers be the iud­ges, not the propheciers that one spake not in the name of the residue, For, saith S. Paule, Let the residue iudge. And no reason that he shoulde be iudged of them, if he spake so in their name that they spake by him. And now and then they dissented, as in the next verse: If any thing bee reuea­led to another that sitteth by, let the first hold his peace. For ( sayth Cal­uine) place and liberty while the matter requires it, is left vnto all, so that no man rush in out of season, rather fauouring him-selfe than seruing the necessity. Whome S. Pauls words ment, all might pro­phecy. But this modesty he requireth of all, that euery one giue place to another, bringing foorth any better matter: and in the next vers, For yee may all prophecy one by one, that all may learne and receiue consolation. First when he sayth all ( saith Caluine) hee comprehendeth not the vniuersall number of the faythfull, but only those that were in­structed [Page 683] with a faculty. Then, The gift of tongues a­bused. he signifieth that the turns of them al were equall, but as it shoulde bee for the profite of the people, euery one of them either oftener or seldomer, to come foorth to speake, as though hee shoulde say, there is none shall lye idly perpetually, but the oportu­nity of speaking shall offer it selfe nowe to these, and nowe to those. He addeth, that all may learne. VVhich though it appertaine to the vulgar people, notwithstanding it agreeth to the prophets, and properly these Paule pointeth out, for no man shall at any time be a good teacher, that shall not yeelde himselfe, to be taught, and is alwayes ready to learn. &c. By all which, it is moste apparant, that these prophecyinges whosoeuer were the speakers then, were not spoken by them in the person and name of all the Congregation, nor yet of all those that had the gift thereof: but in the person of God, whose spirite spake in them. This interpretation there­fore of Beza, cleane ouerthroweth all S, Pauls whole treatise of these gifts. So that, the reuerence reserued of so worthye a man, and of other with with him, this (in my opinion) is but a méere euasion, so farre it is off from any shewe of a right interpretation of that sentence: euerye man praying or prophecying with his heade couered, dishonoureth his head. And e­uery woman, &c.

Neither are his reasons ( as me thinkes) of greater weight, Bezaes rea­sons of this interpreta­tion. than the de­uise of this interpretation. His first reason is this: The reasons that the Apostle bringeth, are common to all the men that are conuersant in the assembly of the Church, and also (I graunt) of those that are out of the assembly of the Church: but for all that the question propounded and the conclusion the head not couered, do declare those reasons to be referred to the circumstaunce of the time and place, wherein the church assembleth: What can bee gathered héereupon, but that the Question and conclusion of vncouering the heade, doe restrayne his reasons to those that bée in the Churches assembly, which otherwise, Bezaes own reason o­uerthrowes his inter­pretation. would stretch further? and what conclusion is this, that this worde praying or pro­phecying, eyther in man or woman, praying or prophecying, must néedes bée vnderstoode for the action of one in the name and person of the whole assemblye? Nay rather, howe doth not this reason, if it bée any reason, ouerthrowe Bezaes interpretation? For, sithe the Question propounded and the conclusion, is of the beeing bare-headed: If the Ministers prophecying, bee the prophecying of all the men there as­sembled: then must all the men that be there assembled be bareheaded too. But this was not the Apostles meaning, nor it was not then, nor euer in custome, that all the men that heare the preacher or prophecier should also be bareheaded. Therfore this is not the true interpretation of Paules meaning, that his preaching or prophecying is al their preaching or prophecying, and that they vsed no other but by his mouth.

[Page 684] VVomens prophesy­ing. His second reason is this, Moreouer (saith Beza) If ye restore it to the one person of him that prayeth or prophecieth, the mēmber (of the sen­tēce) opposite, cōcerning the womā, wil not agree therto. And why will not that next sentence concerning the Woman agree to this sense, Beza reaso­neth a petiti­one principii. that some one Woman also might prophesy in the assembly? forsoothe (saith hee,) Sith that the Apostle permitteth not a Woman to speake in the Church, that is, in the common assembly. What is this else, but petitio principij? to take that as a clear case to be beforehand granted, that all the Question depends vpon, howe these words of the Apostle should be vn­derstoode, whether as a simple debarre in all cases, or as, but from an or­dinary function of speaking in the Church. Neither is the Womans co­uering of her head (for that it is common to other women in the church so well as to her, that preacheth or prophecieth) any reason that she may no more speake than they doe: for that is not the reason that she speaketh at all. But she speaking vpon some other occasion, she is bound much more to keepe that comelinesse that other Women in the Church are bound vn­to, and so much more bounde than men are, in as much as it is free for the men in the Church assembled, and not speaking, to be either couered or not couered with comelinesse ynough, which is not so in women, though not speaking. But by what warrant doth Beza make these, to be mem­bra opposita, Wherin the opposition of S. Paules sentence lieth. the Man and the woman? indeede here is an opposition made of Paule, in the couering or vncouering of their heades: But he neither makes any opposition in the persons, and much lesse, (but al resemblāce, nay rather, one and the same action in them both) for the praying and for the prophesying. For if the vniuersal particle taketh away the difference of orders and of age in the respect of prayer and prophecying: It lesse considereth the person or the sexe, but the matter prayed or prophecied, and the newe creature in Christe Iesus, or the Spirite of God that speak­eth in them. But let be the opposition in the Pastors, or in the praying or prophecying. Goe to then (saith hee) but if the woman pray not pub­likely, nor prophecy in her own person: then, contrariorum eadem est ratio, The prayer and prophecying of the man, is not in his owne person.

B [...]zaes rea­son returned on him self. But sée now, how this reason ( returned home againe) doth beate his Maister. The opposition ( saith he) is in the persons of the man & of the woman, and in the praying or prophesying, of them. Is it so? Go to then (say I) but if the man pray or prophecy publikly, not by the mouth of a­nother, but by his owne mouth, as I haue (I trust) so fullye and at large proued, and if that will not satisfie, I shall God willing (being called thereto, prooue it better: But, contrariorum eadem est ratio: of contraries there is one and the same order, or reason: therefore the prayer and pro­phesying of a woman héere mencioned, and opposed to man [...], is after th [...] same manner and order vttered, not by the mouth of another, but by her [Page 685] owne mouth. Yea, if it were not vttered (her prayer and her prophesy­ing) as well by her mouth, as the man by his mouth, but a thirde person shoulde vtter it for them both, then howe must that person, The incon­ueniency of this inter­pretation. representing both the person of the man and of the woman praying or prophecying, vse his heade? which was S. Paules principall conclusion? If he be coue­red, that is not aunswerable to the comelinesse of the man. If he be vnco­uered, that is lesse aunswerable, if not more vnfit, for the comelinesse of the woman. What shall we here doe? yea, though we imagined this third were an Hermaphrodites, that is, of both genders, Man and woman, except the same party also had two heades, the one to bee vncouered, and the o­ther to be couered. What a straunge deuise therefore is this? and what a number of impossible, vnnaturall, and monstrous absurdities, do arise, if a man woulde stande in examining this interpretation?

I speake not this for the dishonor of them, whome I honour with good heart, as singuler ornaments of Gods Church in our age. And yet Luther, Beza nowe and then al­ters his own interpreta­tion. so excellent an instrument of Gods trueth and glory, when hee writhed some textes of Scripture by affection, more then by considerate and indif­ferent weighing of them, into what vnnecessary misconstructions, and op­positions to the plaine and easy trueth, and to his owne self, did he fall, and caused many (by his too great estimation) to fall with him? And therefore we must take héede, howe we depend too much on Men. And if wee will holde vs alwayes to Gods worde, so take it, that we cary not that also a­way after our owne construing. If it be playne and easie, not to lap it in ambiguities. If it be harde and doubfull▪ to way it with other places, and consider all the circumstaunces, groundes and occasions. And if nothing be against the faith, to go with the best, & with the mo, the better, in the sense that séemeth most probable. Which Beza here doth not, who though in ma­ny places he deserue singuler prayse: yet in some places he is too singuler, which deserueth so little praise, that now and then he himselfe forsakes his former translation, and either on better aduice, comes to other mens, or chaungeth his former translation, with another of his owne, euen where no necessitie nor sufficiēt cause doth enforce him: as, euen vpon this place, 1. Cor. 14.34. cited by our Brethren, [...]. And the common translation, is there true and playne ynough, Mulieres vestrae in ecclesiis taceant. Let your Women keepe silence in the Churches. Where not onely Erasmus, but Caluine also reteineth the vsuall deriued word, euen from the very Gréeke, in Ecclesiis: whome all the commenta­ries of the newe writers, (that I haue looked vpon) do follow. And all our translations: yea, euen the Geneua translation also. The worde Churches nor wel chā ged, not the word assemblies. And yet doth Beza for­sake it, and translate it in Coetibus in companies or assemblies, and he al­tereth this againe, in conuentibus in meetinges together, & sayth that the vulgar translation, in the Churches, is not apt ynough in this place, [...] [Page 686] & also in the vers following. Because that a woman also is in the church, that is, of the number of the faithfull, when she is at home. Neither yet is she biddē to bee silent, but in the publike assembly of the church. And is this a sufficient reason to alter this word in the churches? Who knoweth not (that knoweth ought) y e this word church as it is commonly taken, sig­nifieth here not only the place where the sacred assemblies of the faithfull are made: but also the faithfull persons so assembled? was Beza in doubt, least if this interpretation shold haue stood, that women shold not speak in the Churches, they shold haue bin thought to haue bin forbiddē to speak a­ny where, but to be continually in euery place silent, because wheresoeuer they be, yea, though at home, they be stil in the church, that is, of the number of the faithful? The drife of Beza vtterly to restrayne all Women from spea­king in any assemblies. What a néedlesse fear was this? & yet, if he would haue mended the translation, to stop this néedles fear shold he haue mended it, to call it a cōpany or assembly, or meeting together? which though it séem to giue women some licence to speak, wher no assembly or cōpany, or mee­ting together is: yet, doth this indéed restrain them no further, than the oc­casiō that Paul did speak on, driues vnto. True it is, he afterward expoūds himself, saying: they are not biddē to hold their peace, but in the publike cōpany of the church: but these words the publike cōpany of the church are in neither of his translations. For there is only said, in companies or meetings together. And yet what he meaneth by the publike companies of the church, taking the church as heere he calleth it: may not a woman speak in many companies or meetinges together of the faithful? & if the housholds of the faithful be called churches also: may she not speake in her house neither, nor to the assemblie of her houshold, for fere she shold trans­gres this precept? if they say, that is but a priuate church, & Paul meaneth of the publike assemblies of the church: although women then shall gain a great deal more liberty, by this glosse, then by this hard translatiō of the text: yet, how much better had it bin, both for Bezaes estimation, & our edi­fication, especially for the matter & trueth it self, for Beza to haue left these nice poynts, & to haue yéelded to his M. Caluine, that, as necessity might require, this precept of the ordinary course maketh no absolute debar to al manner of women, but that nowe and then, some may speake lawfully, yea, and their voyce is requisite, euen in the most sacred, publike, and grea­test assemblies or meetings together of the Churches.

I confesse (as I sayd) that other excellent men also vse this interpreta­tion: but they are more naked thereon then Beza is, nor I accoumpt them comparable to him. But neither he, nor they do so satisfy the simplicitie of y e text herein, as Musc. and Peter Martyr do, Musc. vpon these wordes euery woman praying and prophecying, sayth ▪ they aske here howe a Woman shameth her heade if she prophecy bare headed: when, about the end of the 14. Chapter, hee commaundeth them to holde their peace in the [Page 687] Church, because it is a shame for a Woman to speake in the Churche, and 1. Tim. 2. he sayth, but I permit not a woman to teache. What neede is there (say they) to bid a Woman not to prophecy bare-hea­ded▪ when shee may not doe it, no, not couered? I aunswere: he restrai­neth a Womans rashnesse, that they shoulde not (as often-times they are bablatiue) leape foorthe to teache and prophecy, beeing forgetfull of their sexe. Neuerthelesse in the meane season, hee doth not extinguish the spirite, with the which some beeing inspired, did prophecy, by fore­telling thinges to come. Such as were Philip the Deacons daughters, and many others, which did prophecy, according to the foretelling of Ioel, Chapter, 2. where wee reade this: And after these thinges I will poure my spirite vpon all flesh, and your sonnes and your daughters shal pro­phecy. For such he pronounceth that they shall shame their head, if they pray or prophecy bareheaded. Of other he wold giue another sentence, if they had broken forth into the office of teaching, yea, with their heads couered. Thus clearely and simply doth Musculus interpret the place, al­though he say, that other answere this question otherwise: and so recko­neth vp that, which was Caluines first answere.

After the like obiection Peter Martyr maketh the like conclusion, say­ing: we aunswere: in this place that vice is onely reprehended, whereby Women dealth publikely being bare headed. But afterward, and to Tim. that shalbe commanded, that they shal also holde their peace: because all things are not deliuered in one place. As though, the womē of Corinth had offended in a double fault. Both that they went bare-headed, & that they spake publikely. The one of these is now condemned, the other shal afterward be cut off. But Pet. Mar. séeing y t this answereth not the matter: for, if they sinned in these 2. faults, & their publik spéech were the greater of the 2. as vnlawful, which the other is not: wold he cōdemn the lesse, & séem to allow that, that is vtterly il: or refer them to amēd their fault at leisure by that he wold afterward speake to another, & not then, but far from thē, & lōg after? ther is no likelihood of this reason, which is that y t we hard before in Calu. And therfore saith Pet. Mar. further: Other say that these things are to be taken of women, when they pray or prophesie priuately, which is not forbidden them, But sith this also satisfieth not the place: he maketh this conclusion: We may also expound another way this commandemēt of thapostle, that it was ordeined that women shold hold their peace in the order accustomed, Wherupon, no publike function was committed vnto thē in the church, which shold be ordinary & perpetuall. Notwith­stāding, if the spirit of the L. inspired them, it was not altogether forbid­den, but that they might speak somthing. We know that the prophetesse Anna spake of our sauiour in the temple, when the blessed virgin was purified. Debora also sang publikely praises to God, & Mary Moses sister, & that women now & then prophecied in the olde time, many places wit­nesse. [Page 688] Holda a prophetesse was asked counsel of king Iosias. Hanna, the Mother of Samuel set foorth a moste godly Hymne. Mary also the Vir­gin and Mother of Christ sang an hymne. Philip also in the Actes of the Apostles had many daughters that did prophecy. And the Lorde com­maunded Magdalene, that she shoulde declare his resurrection to the A­postles. And it is read in the prophet Ioel: Of my spirite wil I powre forth on you, your sonnes and your daughters shall prophecy. Thus sayth Pe­ter Martyr, which done: he cōmeth in also with Bezaes, Bullingers, Hype­rius, Hemingius, and our Brethrens interpretation aforesaid, saying: they also slip out of this place more reddily (or nimbly,) that thinke these thinges perteined not to them onely, that did prophecy or pray pub­likely: but also to their hearers: Bezaes in­terpretatiō reiected. that the men shoulde be bare headed, and the womens heades couered. But howe doth Peter Matyr like of this last interpretation? Doth he allowe it? no, hee counteth it no better then a ready or nimble slip, and no sounde aunswere. And so hee concludes a­gainst it, saying: But the wordes of Paule seeme not to make with their sentence, when as hee auoucheth it expressely, of a woman praying or prophecying.

Thus substancially doth peter Martyr aunswere the matter. All which proofes and examples doth Marlorate also after his collections of Caluin and others, word for worde set downe and approoue as the true and sim­ple interpretation. And notable are euery one of these examples, if wee shall examine and discusse them seuerally. Besides other examples both in the olde and in the New Testament, whose spéeches though partlie they were of other matters, and not all concerning eyther prayer or prophe­cy: yet, were they spoken in the publike assembly of the faithfull, with­out note of any reproche vnto them. Yea, the Lawe prouided in what ca­ses, the woman may claime, The womās clayme. before the Elders in the Gates of the City, ( which was the place of the moste publike assemblies of the faithful) her kinseman to be her Husbande. Deut. 27. Deut. 25. verse 7. & 9. Abigails spéech and wise Oration made to Dauid, before all his troupes, is of Dauid highly commended. 1. Sam. 25. verse 24▪ &c. The wise woman in Abel saued the City from destruction by her wise speeches and eloquent persuasion. 2. Sa. 20.18. The Quéene of Saba though an heathen Woman, yet not onely is approoued of Solomon, whose wisdome she tried with diuers Questions, and so highly extolled: 2. Reg. 10.6. &c. but Christe also giueth an hono­rable testimony of her so doing. The wife of Esay was a prophetesse, so well as he a prophet. Esay 8.3. Neyther are the testimonies of the Apo­cryphall Scriptures in this matter of comelinesseEsayes wife. or for such pointes as concerne good manners, to be reiected: and they are goodly testimonies al­so As the publike prayer of Susanna: Susanna. the godly mother publikely prea­ching to the seuen Children, to be constant Martyrs for the Law of God▪ [Page 689] 2, Macha. 7. The notable sermon that Iudith made, euen to the high priest, Womens speech. and to all the elders of Bethulia.

But if our Brethren regard not this, as (some of them haue reiected the factes and spéeches of Iudith, euen with contumelies:) Let vs come also vnto other examples not improued in the new Testament. What shal we saie for that womans fact, that euen while Christ was preaching, The womā that praised Christ. as Luke saith, Chap. 11. ver. 27. And it came to passe as he said these things, a cer­taine woman of the companie lift vp her voice, and said vnto him: Bles­sed is the wombe that did beare thee, and the paps that gaue thee sucke? Luke. 11.17. Did Christ rebuke her; for that she spake thus boldlie in the open assem­blie of the people? No, Luke saith not so. But he said (saith Luke) yea rather, blessed are they that heare the word of God and keepe it. Wherevpon sayth the Geneua note: Christ gaue her a priuie taunt, for that shee omitted the chiefe praise which was due vnto him, that was, that they are blessed in­deede, to whom he communicateth himselfe by his word. So that if she had giuen the chiefe praise to Christ, she had done well, and so farre forth her speech is not reprehended, but the more commendable, in the greater congregation that it was spoken. And in a sorte, Caluine confesseth her wordes to redound, not a little to the cōmendation of Christ also. By which praise ( saith [...]e) the woman would extoll the excellencie of Christ. For she respected not Marie whom perhaps she neuer sawe. But this ampli­fieth the glorie of Christ not a little, that shee ennobleth & maketh bles­sed the wombe in which he was borne. Neither is this blessing of God absurdie, but according to the maner of the Scripture celebrated. For neither can it be denied, but that God choosing and destinating Marie to be the mother vnto his sonne, vouchsafed highlie to honour her. So that thus farre forth, besides he [...] commendable constancie, and open pro­fession of Christ, she was neither improued of Christ, nor discommended of anie protestant writer, namely, for lifting vp her voice beeing a woman, in the audience of the publike congregation.

Likewise the woman that had the bloudie flixe, The womā with the bloudie f [...]x Matth. 9. ver. [...]0. when as being a weake and bashfull woman, & by reason of her disease, she durst not come openlie before Christ, and in so great assemblie open her voice & pray to him for succour: but came behinde him and touched the hem of his garment. For she said in her selfe, If I may but touch his garment onelie, I shall be whole: Did Christ like this that she shuld receiue this be­nefit of him thus in silence, because a woman might not speake in the con­gregation? No, saith Luke, chap. 8. verse. 44. VVhen shee came behinde him and touched the hemme of his garment, immediatlie her issue of bloud staunched. Then Iesus said, who is it that hath touched mee? VVhen euerie man denied, Pe­ter sayd, and they that were with him, Maister, the multitude thrust thee, and tread on thee, [...]nd sayest thou, who hath touched me? And Iesus sayd, some one [Page 690] hath touched me, for I perceiue that vertue is gone out of me. VVhen the woman sawe that she was n [...]t hid, she came trembling and fell downe before him, and told him before all the people, for what cause she had touched him, and how she was hea­led imediatlie. Was not this then the purpose of Christ, that this wo­man should speake and declare this worke of God, before all the publike assemblie of the people?

The woman of Canaan. What shall we saie of that woman, Matth. 15.22. the Cananite that came crying to Christ, and said? Haue mercie on me, O Lord thou sonne of Da­uid, my daughter is miserably vexed with a diuell. Here this woman cried out in an open praier, and spared not to speake speake aloude before all the as­semblie. But he answered her ( saith Matthew) not a word. What? Was he angrie, that she being a woman, durst make her praier so openly, before the multitude of the people? Indeede the Disciples were offended at her importunitie, and came to him and besought him. saying: Send her a­waie, for she crieth after vs. But he answered and saide, I am not sent but vnto the lost sheepe of the house of Israel. So that hée findeth no fault, for that she being a woman would presume to make this open praier: but pre­tendeth that she was not such a woman as he was sent to help, & that if she had bene such a woman, he woulde haue liked of her crie well inough, and haue helped her. Yet came she ( saith Saint Mathew) and worshipped him saying: Lord helpe me. And he answered and sayd, It is not good to take the childrens bread, and to cast it to whelpes. And she said, Truth Lord, howbeit the whelpes eate of the crums which fall from their Maisters ta­ble. Did Christ here like her replying vpon him, hauing such an answere? Yea verilie, and that most singularli [...] well: Then Iesus answered & said vnto her, O woman, great is thy faith, be it vnto thee as thou desirest, & her daughter was made whole at that houre.

Neither is it vnworthie to consider the storie, so diligentlie described by Saint Iohn, chap, 4. concerning the Samaritane Woman. The woman of Samaria. Caluine. Not her bolde talke with Christ alone at the Well: but that, verse. 29. she said of Christ vnto the people, Come and see a man, that hath tolde me all things that I haue done, is not this Christ. Yea Caluine, who compareth her so dooing to this saying in the Psalme, I beleeued, and therfore I spake. Psal. 116. v. 10. And ( saith he) this vehemencie and cheerefulnesse of the woman, are so much the more to be noted of vs, because an onelie small sparke of faith kindled them. For shee had scarce tasted Christ, when shee setteth him forth throughout all the Citie, &c. But this ( sayth he) seemeth in the wo­man rather worthie reprehension, that beeing as yet rude and not tho­roughlie taught, she passed the boundes of her faith▪ The answere is, she shoulde haue done inconsideratlie, if shee had taken vpon her the parts of teaching: but now when shee desireth nothing but to stirre vp her Citizens, that they should heare Christ speake, we will not saie, that bee­ing [Page 691] forgetfull of her selfe, shee proceeded further than became her▪ Womans publike speech. One­lie she doth the office of a Trumpet, or of a Bell, to call them vnto Christ, And yet was this a kind of preching to thē, as Musculus calleth it, saying: The woman did so much by her preaching, Musculus. that the people of this Citie went out to Christ, of whome as yet they knew nothing. Yea, Aretius saith: But as concerning that she preacheth the name and the person of Christ, she testifieth by example, how much she had profited. At the be­ginning she acknowledged him onelie to be a Iew; after that, a Prophet, placing him in a higher degree: at the length she perfectlie acknowled­geth him to be the Messias, and such a one vnto her Citizens she preacheth him to be▪ Which also is for an example of regeneration, wherof the order is this. First to come to the knowledge of ones owne selfe, & then diligentlie to search concerning the true worship of God. Last of all, to become carefull of the profite of our neighbour. Thus she (wherein she profited) woulde haue her fellow Citizens to profite also, least she should inioy so great a benefite all alone. Thou hast therefore a woman an E­uangelist. She exerciseth the office of a Doctor or Teacher, she that came for an harlot, returneth an Euangelical mistresse. This is the meruailous goodnesse of God, choosing base & contemptuous things in the world, that he might confound the wise men of this world.

Héerevpon Marlorate concludeth out of Bucer: Therfore, Marlorat out of Bucer there is not so much consideration to be had of the partie that speaketh, as we must ponder what is spoken to vs. And Alesius the Scot hereon, making this his 16. place, doth saie: The ministerie of the Gospell is not tied to the ordinarie power. And the doctrine of a priuate man, and of a woman, which bringeth forth the worde of God, is to bee preferred before the iudgement of the multitude, and of them that take vpon them the name & authoritie of the Church, as the Samaritanes beleeue at the testimonie of a woman concerning Christ.

To conclude these examples in the new Testament, Luke mencioning Philip the Euangelist, Act. 21 verse. 9. sayth: Philips four daughters. Now had hee foure daugh­ters virgins that did prophesie. But this example Caluine woulde séeme on the other side to cut off, saying: But how these maidens exercised the office of prophesieng it is vncertaine, except the spirite of GOD did so moderate them, that they troubled not the order of him set downe. But when hee permitteth not women to sustaine a publike person in the Church: it is credible, that they prophesied either at home, or in a pri­uate place out of the common assemblie. Yea, not onelie Caluine that would thus cut off this example of Philips daughters, but of all the other that haue béene, or may bée alleaged for anie women: sayth further vp­pon Saint Paules precept, 1. Timoth. 2. verse. 11. and 12. [Page 692] Let the woman learne in quiet [...]ith all subiection, VVomens speech. for I permit not a woman to teach, or to take authoritie on her ouer the man. After that hee hath spoken, ( saith he) of their apparell: he now addeth with what modestie women ought to behaue themselues in the holie assemblie. And first he biddeth them to learne mildlie, for quiet signifieth silence, not that hee woulde take from them the office of instructing their familie, How Cal­uine cutteth off these ex­amples. but onelie driue them from the office of teaching, which GOD hath committed to men onelie. Of which matter we treated in the Epistle to the Corinthians. If anie obiect Debora and the like, whom we reade to haue somtimes ben placed ouer the people, to gouerne them by the commaundement of God: The answere is easie, that the common policie wherevnto GOD wold haue vs tied, is not ouerturned by the extraordinarie facts of god. Therfore if at anie time women haue holden the place of prophesieng & teaching, and that being stirred vp by the spirit of God: This could he doo, which is free from all lawe. But because this is singular, it fighteth not with the perpetuall and accustomed policie. Hee addeth that which is next to the office of teaching: Neither let them take authoritie to them­selues ouer their husbands. For this is the reason why they are prohibited to teach: because their condition dooth not suffer them, for they are subiect: but to teach is a matter of power or of a higher degree. Albe­it the reason seemeth not firme inough, sith that the Prophets also and the Doctors or teachers, are subiect to kings and to other Magistrates. I answere, there is no absurditie, but that one may gouerne, and also with all, obey, according to diuerse respects: but in a woman, that auaileth not, which by nature, that is, by the ordinarie lawe of God, is borne to obey. For all prudent men haue alwaies refused the gouernment of wo­men, as it were a monster. The heauen and earth therefore shoulde in a manner be mingled together, if women should snatch vnto thē the right of teaching. Therefore he bids them be quiet, that is, to containe them­selues in their owne order.

Thus saith Caluine not onely of womens teaching, but also of womens gouernment. From wo­mens pub­like preach­ing how our breth. pro­ceed against womēs pub­like go­uernment. But now, because this may séeme not onelie to shake off all these former examples, but to call the matter from publike teaching, into a further and more dangerous question, both of our estate, and simplie of the publike gouernment of a woman, which heere Caluine in very broad and boistrous spéeches, not onlie aimeth at, but manifestlie oppugneth, and that some of our owne Brethren haue not spared to write directly against womens gouernment, and their chiefest ground ariseth from hence: there­fore I thinke it not amisse to weigh this aunswere of Caluine a little bet­ter. Yea, adding vnto him for his further helpe, besides Peter Martyr and others, Danaeus also vpon this the Apostles precept, as the most earnest in the same.

[Page 710] But first, Philips daughters. for that Caluine saith to the example of the 4. virgines that did prophecy. How they exercised the office of prophecying, ( saith hee) it is vncertaine If it be vncertaine, VVhether the 4. vir­gines pro­phecying, Act. 2 [...] ▪ 9. did it opē [...]io or no. how can hee or any other determine the certeinty, that they did not prophecy openly, as the other Weomen Prophetes had wont to do? But he saith, if they should haue propheci­ed in a publike place, they should haue troubled the order that god had set downe. What order was that, and where, and when? hee semeth to referre vs to this place, 1. Tim. 2. or to the other 1. Cor. 14. saying: when as he permitteth not weomen to susteine a publik in person the church: and therefore it is not likelie, that they prophecied in open place. I demand, whether this order were an auncient order set down and made of God before, or after? If it were made after, then it touched not these prophetesses doings that were before. If it were an auncient order of God, made before: how toucheth it not the other prophetesses and other weomen speaking in publike place, at leastwise, some of them so well as these? and doth not the same reason hold for all, that doth for some? If therefore, to saue these 4. from transgressing the order of God, this be the onely helpe, to say they did it in a priuate place: what an acquittance is this to them, th [...]t should accuse a farre greater number of as good, if not some farre better than these were? Yea, how saith Caluine then, it is vncertaine? may we not rather conclude thus? It is certaine, that these 4. virgines obserued the order of God, C [...]luine on Act. 2 [...].0. without any disturbance of the same: But whether they did prophecy in priuate or publike place, that is not certaine: therfore there was no order of God absolutly & simplie set down, cōcerning the place priuate or publ. of womens propheciing.

But how doth not Caluine reasoning that it was credible to bee done in a priuate place? make it more credible to be done in publike? he saith This is added for Philips praise, that we should not onely knowe that his house was well ordered; but also was famous and noble, by the blessing of God. For it was no common gift, to haue 4. daughters, all of them endued with the spirit of prophecy. But by these meanes would God en­noble the beginnings of the gospell, when as he stirred vp men & weo­men, which should fore-tell things to come. Prophecies had almost cea­sed now many yeres among the Iewes, to the intent that their mindes, should be the more erected, or awakened to heare the new voice of the gospell. Sith therefore after so long a time prophecy was returned on a sudden, it was a signe of a more perfect state. Notwithstanding, the same seemeth to be the reason, why within a little after, it decayed. For God did sustain the auncient people, with diuerse predictions, vntill Christe by his comming brought an end to all the prophecies. Therefore it be­houed the new kingdome of Christ, to be beautified with this ornamēt, that all men might know, that that promised visitatiō of God was come.

[Page 716] If now by this cléere confession of Caluine, not onely to the making no­ble and famous Philips house, but to the ennobling the beginninges of the Gospell, and that these prophesies of women, so wel as of mē, should aunswere to the order of the auncient prophecies, to the awakening of men, to the confirming and beautifying of the gospell, and the kingdom of Christ: but the auncient manner of prophecying, both in the women Prophets, so well as in the men Prophetes, was done for the moste parts publiklie, the more to ennoble the works of God, and the more to ediffe the more people, and the lesse to bréede any suspition of hucker mucker, or false prophecying which séeketh corners: how then was not these 4. vir­gines prophecying, publike also? it might be that these virgines prophe­sied vnto Paule, of his troubles thē at hād, they being in their fathers house where Paul hosted. As likewise other Prophets in other places had done. Whereof Paule saith in the chapter before, ver. 22. and 23. And lo nowe, I goe vp bownde in the spirit vnto Ierusalem, knowing not what thinges there shall happen vnto mee, saue that in euerie Citie the holie Ghost testifi [...]th, saying: That bonds and afflictions do abide me. And the like prophesies wer made vn­to him at Tyrus, as appeareth in this chapter ver. 4. And as Agabus at that present did, ver. 11. But it rather séemeth by S. Lukes wordes, and by this reference of Caluine, to the auncient manner of prophecying that y e pro­phecying of these 4. virgins, is not to be restrained to time onely, but that they vsed to prophecy, & were notoriously knowne to be Prophetesses And althogh they might haue then prophecied vnto Paul, in their fathers house, which was a priuate place, yet the persons being present, not only of their father an Euangelist, who (otherwise had authority ouer them) & of Paule being a publik person, & an Apostle, and no doubt many notable persons in his retinue, besides the faithful of the church of Caesarea: ther is no like­lihood, but that it was done in no smal assembly, thogh the place were pri­uate. And yet, to shew the maner of their prophecying furder, & to resolue vs in this doubt of Caluine: Eusebius lib. 3. Eccl. hist. cap. 31. ( as we haue heard before) citeth the testimony of Polycrates B. of Ephesus, of whome we haue heard before, Euseb. on the 3. Eccle. hist. cap. 9. page 317. This Polycrates ( saith Eusebius) writing to Victor B. of Rome, maketh mention also of him, ( he meaneth of Iohn the Euangeliste,) and of Philip the Apostle, & also of his daughters, say­ing; As we haue already aboue inserted, that the great lights in the parts of Asia are laid a sleepe; whome the L. shall raise in the last day of his cō ­ming, when he shall come with glory, and require all his saints. But of Philip I say (saith he) which was one of the Apostles, which slept at Hie­rapolis, and also 2. of his daughters being virgines, waxed olde in that place. and another daughter of his replenished with the holy ghost, cō ­tinuedat Ephesus. Wherby it appeareth, that they were Prophetesses of great and publike renowme in Gods church: and not suche as durste not [Page 713] prophecy but only in priuate places. Womens publike speaking. Which thing although Peter Mar­tyr do not particulerly auouche it of these 4. virgines, yet writing on the Iudges cap. 4. ver. 4. he saith thus: When GOD chose Debora vnto the ministery of iudging, being in her kinde weake, forthwith he made her renowmed and noble in the gift of prophesying. With which gratious gifte, and perhaps with many miracles moe, she was of God consecrate & with miracles confirmed, as one that was chosen vnto so great an of­fice. Neither was this onely woman endued with the spirit of prophecie, for wee reade also in the holy Scriptures, that other women were so in­structed with the holy ghost. Marie the sister of Moses, Anna the mother of Samuel, Holda in the time of King Iosias, were Prophetesses. And in the new Testament (to passe in silence the virgine Mary, Elizabeth Iohn his mother, and Anna Phanuels daughter: the daughters also of Philip) the Deacon, (as is recorded in the Acts of the Apostles) were prophetes­ses. Nei [...]her do I think that it ought to be denied, that some of these wo­men being instructed, with the gift of prophecy, taught the people pub­likly, declaring to them those things that were of God shewed vnto thē: Womens publike tea­ching and edifying the Church. sith that the gifts of God were not giuen to that purpose, that they shuld closely hide themselues, but that they should promote the common ae­dification of the Church.

In which examples of the new testament, he seemeth chiefly to referre this publike prophesying, to this example of these 4. virgines. Now, con­cerning that which Caluine saith on S. Paules precept, 1. Tim. 2. ver. 11. & 12. expounding it thus: that women should not vsurpe vnto thēselues, the the courses of speaking in publike: ( and as he concludeth,) snatch vp the right of teaching in the sacred asseblies, the ordinary Ecclesiasticall office, wherof was giuē of God vnto men only: all this we gladly grant vnto, as y e very meaning of S. Paule, and héerein Caluine doth wel, to referre vs for the exposition of this place, to that, which before he said. 1. Cor. 14.34. For there he made a plaine exception of extraordinary examples. And therfore, to that which héere he aunswereth to the obiection of Debora & the like women, God free & aboue his ordinarie lawe. that the common policy wherunto God would haue vs bound is not ouerthrowne by his extraordinary facts: if some women therfore being stirred vp by the spirit of God, haue held the place of prophecying or teaching. This could God do, which is free from all law. But bicause this is singuler, it fighteth not with the perpetuall and accustomed po­licie. This is a good aunswere, so that we restraine it not onelye to those facts which were then done, that he may not do the like nowe, or at anye other extraordinary times: For that were to debarre and limite God. But vnderstanding it as Caluine did before, that suche a necessitye maye come, as may require a Womans voice. So that the generall rule standeth still, intier for the ordinarye, Ecclesiasticall offices and co [...] ­ses [Page 712] of teaching, Teaching & gouer­ning. although extraordinarily, and in cases of necessitie, a wo­man hauing the gifte of God to do it with edification, may make a publik exhortation to the people.

As for this reason of Caluine, why they should be forbidden to teache, bicause their condition, doth not suffer it: what condition is that? For ( saith he) they are subiect: but to teach is a matter of power or of higher degree. The argument is this: None may publikly teach that are sub­iects, or of lower power and degre, than are those whom they teach: but womē are subiect to mē, & oflower degree: & therfore Womē may not publikly teach mē, First, for the Maior of this argument, Caluine himself séemeth to distrust it, & the whole reason that dependeth thereon, saying: howbeit this reason seemeth not firme, sith that the Proph. also and the Doctors or Teachers, were subiect to Kings, and other Magist. If this rea­son seemeth not firme, then it seemeth as it is. For in déede it is a weake reason, & stādeth vpon infirm postes. May none teach publikly, y t is a subiect, or oflower degree in power, than those are whom he teacheth? But Caluine saith not so. What saith he then? weomen cānot publikly teach Why so? they be subiects. what hindereth that? yes forsooth doeth it, for teaching is a thing of power and of higher degree, & therfore none maye teach, How our brethrē slip from weo­mens publ. speaking, to weomens publike gouernmēt. but they must be of power and of higher degree: & ouer whom must this power and higher degree stretch, but ouer them whom they teach: Is not this then Cal. plaine meaning, that none may publikly teach other: but he that is of power & higher degree, thā are those whom he teacheth? If this be true, how is his own obiectiō true, that Prop. & Doct. are sub­iects to Kings, & other Magist. May they not teach Princes, & their other Magistrates? Or wil they exalt themselues, aboue their Kings & Magist­tes, and exempt themselues from being subiectes, bicause they are their teachers? As the Pope vnder that pretence likewise did? For, what hel­peth this aunswere of Caluine, but to ouerthrowe his owne principle? I aunswere ( saith he) there is no absutditie, How power & teaching concurre & differ. but that one may gouerne, and withall obey, according to diuerse respectes. If this his aunswere bee good (as indéede it is) doth it not cleane ouerturne Caluines owne Maior, that none may teach, but that is of power, & higher degree, than those ar whom he teacheth? If he say, & are they not of power & higher degree, in that respect they teach? No verily, not always: euen in that respect of teaching neither. No? teaching is a matter of power & higher degree.

I denie that, (since we must driue the matter so narowly to respectes) that in that respect it is teaching, it is a matter of power or of hygher degree. For teaching properly of it self, is but a matter of instruction and informing. What power did Ietro take vpon him, or superiour degree when he taught Moses, how he should choose and appoint out Iustices, to ease him in the gouernment of the people? Exod. 18.14. What power [Page 713] or superiour degree tooke Ioathan on him ouer the Sichemites, when hée stoode on the topp of mount Garrizim, and cried vnto them, and saide, Hearken vnto mee, yee men of Sichem, &c? Iud. 9.7. What power and superior degree tooke Sampsons mother ouer her husbande, when she shewed him reasons, that the appearing of the Angell of the Lorde, vnto them, was no argument that he woulde kill them? Iud. 13.23. When Dauid taught Saule, how ill he didde in persecuting him being an innocent did he take any power vpon him ouer Saule, or any higher de­gree aboue him? 1. Sam. 24. ver. 10. & 26. ver. 18. When the poore handmaide taught her Maistresse, Naamans wife, by what meanes her Lorde might be cleansed from his leprie. 2. Reg. 5. ver. 2. and Naamans seruaunts perswaded their Maister to follow the Prophetes commaunde­ment? Did they take any power or superior degree vpon them? And when Counsellors teache their Princes what they should doe; for, what is counselling but informing or teaching? When the King said to Elisae­us seruaunt, tell mee I pray thee, of all the great actes that Elisaeus hath done? when the seruaunt shewed the same vnto him: did he take vppon him a power and higher degree aboue the King, whome hee enformed? Doth Iob when he biddeth Eliphas the Themanite, teach him. giue him power and higher degre aboue him? Iob 6. ver. 24. Or, when he sayth to Sophar? Aske the beastes and they shall teach thee, and the fowles of the heauen, and they shall tell thee? Iob. 12.7.

Neyther letteth it, that some of these are priuate teachings: for, be they priuat, or be they publike in respect they are teachings, they consider not the authority of the Teacher, but the matter taught, The power of the Tea­cher. or the manner of the teaching. As for the power and superiority of degree, that hee hath who is the teacher; respecteth the partie whose doctrine he teacheth, and the commission he hath from him. Which in this heauenly doctrine, commeth from heauen, hauing his authority and warrant from the Almighty God as it is saide of Christe: hee taught as one hauing power, and not as the Scribes. In which consideration (I graunt) all power yeeldeth, or oughte to yéelde, when the hearers, whosoeuer, vnderstand that the Teachers do­ctrine is of God, and that they haue authority of God to teach them. And so those Teachers do in the name of God, charge their Princes: and yet in all other respects, remain as other do, their subiects. And cā these respects be thus together in a Prophet, & can they not be in a Prophetesse?

And how doth not this withall, ouerturne Caluines Minor? But the woman ( saith he) is a subiect: as though the man were not a subiect, whē he saith, Prophetes and Doctors are subiect to Kinges and other Magist­rates. But in a woman ( saith Caluine) this holdeth not. No doth? and why not in a woman as well as in a man? being both of [...]em, in respecte of Kings and other Magistrates alike subiect? for a woman ( saith he) by [Page 712] nature is borne to obey. Teachers subiects. What? the Kings and other Magistrates, more than those men are, which also are subiects? what meaneth Caluine here, that a woman is borne to obey by nature? Doth he meane it in such sort that the woman is a seruaunt or bondslaue by nature, or of a seruile na­ture? But that is both falseand odious. For a woman may bée and is as much ingenua & libera ▪ of as franke and free nature and condition, or (as we tearme it,) borne of as gentle bloud, as the man is. And althoughe, that the seruitude of sinne, and thraldome to mortality, and other calami­ties, comming to the man, by meanes of the woman: she hath loste by the law and malediction of God, that equallity of honnour that she was in be­fore: being ioyned to the man in matrimony, with equall degree of pow­er and dominion▪ and be now made subiect to her husbands gouernemēt in respect of that Deconomicall or housholde gouernment, of which estate properly that law was geuen: and of whome S. Paule both in his epistle to the Corinthians speaketh: Of what womens subiection S. Paul speaketh. willing them to aske their husbands at home: and that which he speaketh to Timothy, that she should not vsurp authori­ty ouer the man, it hath a manifest relation onely to her husband; as also haue the words of Gods law, giuen in penaunce vnto her, thy desire shall be subiect to thine husband, & he shall rule ouer thee: so that, though this law be the ordinary lawe of God ( as Caluine saith) in respecte of the state of mariage: yet in other respects it is not so absolute. True it is, that a vir­gine in respect also of her parents, is subiect in her non-age vnto them, no lesse than the wife vnto her husband: and yet, we sée héere these virgines for all their subiection to their father Philip, that was also an Euangelist, yea some call him an Apostle, did neuerthelesse prophecy, and that which is most likelie, euen in his presence, and in S. Paules presence, and in the presence also of many other, notwithstanding any inferiority or subiectiō in other respectes Yet diuerse of the named Prophetesses, & other womē that spake in publike assemblies, were not all widdowes, and so of their owne iurisdiction or power, but euen wiues too.

But Caluine vrgeth this, that by nature they are borne to obey. And what of that also? commeth this authority of teaching, ( whatsoeuer au­thority they haue therto) or any gift of prophecying, by the law of nature or not rather by grace & by especiall calling, whether it be in Women or men? but Caluine himselfe expounds this saying, that women are borne to obey by nature, that is the by the ordinary law of God. Neither yet a­naileth this exposition. For we stand not of the ordinary law of God, but, of extraordinary priuileges, and (as Caluine saith) vpon such necessities, as wherein a womans voice may be required. Caluines in­considerate speech a­gainst wo­mens go­uernment.

But what now is Caluines conclusion of all this? For al wise men haue alwaies refused the gouernment of women euen as of a monster: and th [...]rfore heauen and earth shoulde be after a sorte mingled together, if [Page 709] women should snatch vnto them the right of teaching. Caluines il speech of womens gouernmēt

As for snatching vnto them the right of teaching, might perhappes bee called in some sense the mingling together of heauen and earthe. And so were it also, if any man should snatch the right hereof vnto him, except hee had some calling ordinary or extraordinarye, or some necessity or occasion rather drawe him, than he should snatche it vnto him. And the like and much more we say of women. But if women by any respect, bée called extraordinarily thereunto, or, (as Caluine said before) there be such necessitie as wherin a womans voice may be required: shall we call this, snatching vnto them the right vse of teaching, & the mingling of heauen & earth together? and that is worst of all, shal we herupon condemne all go­uernmēt of womē, if by no means they might haue any allowance or per­missiō of this gouernmēt, to teach or prophecy in the Church? May ther no right grow to a woman of gouernment, besides teaching? yea, Heere is o­ther gouernment besid [...] teaching, whereof women may haue a right. that wherunto she may be born? And can Caluine then iustifie this conclusion, that all wise men haue alwaies refused the gouernment of women, as it were a monster? What a monstrous saying is this to haue escaped so wise & so godly a man? Did not Caluine himself confesse bifore, that some womē were godly gouernors, saying: If anie obiect Debora and the like, which we reade to haue ben sometimes by the commandement of God, placed ouer the people, for to gouerne them? Were there no wise men in all Israell in those daies, when such women were gouernours? or, did those wise men account their gouernment monstrous, or refuse it, being ap­pointed by Gods commandement? or did euer any wise man that had the true wisedome of God, or shall anie such wise man among vs now, account this doing of God to be monstrous? what a monstrous rebelliō were this not onely the against the state of them, but against God?

Was it this that Caluine meant before, when he said in his aunswere to the obiection of their gouernment, this could god do, which is free from all law? VVhat? to set vp such gouernours, as all wise men should refuse as monsters? Verily, no godly wise man can allow this saying: nor anie excuse it or can salue it from a foule ouershot and manifest vntruthe. And if Caluine had better considered it, hee woulde neuer haue vttered suche a sentence, or haue blotted it out, or haue retracted it. But thus doth affecti­on carry wise men, and otherwise very godly men sometimes awaye, e­uen from that which their selues cannot denie to be of God, How affecti­on carrieth wise & god­lie men a­waie. and not to be monstrous, but to be a godlie and very gracious worke of God, both for the aduancement of his glory, and the great helpe and comfort of his people.

And is this now the drift of our brethr. in this matter, to refuse as mon­strous, & confounding heauen & as earth together, al womens gouern­ment in gods Church? I hope yet a great deale better of Caluines iudge­ment in this matter, bicause (howsoeuer héere he fowly ouer shot himselfe [Page 716] and contrarieth himselfe in his owne tale▪ Caluines better spee­ches. as we haue plainely seene) yet in other places, he better acquiteth himselfe: namely in his Epistle pre­fixed to his last edition of his learned Commentaries vpon Esay, dedicated to our most gratious soueraign Lady, Caluines better ac­knowleging of weomēs gouernmēt in the Qu. most excel­lent Maiesty Quene Elizabeth. where so highly he extolleth her Maiesty, not oneliewith honorable words, & stile of titles: To the most excellent Queene, and renowmed no lesse by her vertues, than by her royall giftes ELIZABETH, &c. but also in his matter: de­claring, that where he had dedicated the said commentaries to King Ed­ward her Maiesties most godly Brother: Me thought ( saith he) I should commit no absurditie, if vnto the name of the moste excellent King, I should also adioine your name, no lesse beloued and ioyful vnto al good men. Yea rather: not only the occasion offered, but the necessitye see­meth to require, Caluine cra­ueth the Q. Maiesties patronage for his commē ­tary on Esai that I shoulde craue the faithe of your patronage vnto this commentary: at the banishment whereof I know, that a great num­ber of godly men in your dominion, haue sighed. Although my pur­pose is not so much to respect priuatly myne owne labour, as humblye to beseech, and by the holy name of Christe to entreate you, that not onely with your fauour, all the bookes that are sounde in faithe, maye finde harbour againe, in your England, and may be there freely conuer­sant: but that whereas religion in a shamefull manner was decayed, that you would take the cheefest care thereof. Whiche thing, if that onelye sonne of God doe exact by his right of all the Kings of the earth: hee holdeth you (O most noble Queene) bowden to performe this duetye. Caluine confesseth both the Queens Maie. right of inheri­tance to the Crowne, & Gods cal­ling her to the cheefest care of the Church. For whereas you being the Kings owne daughter, were not free from that fearefull storme, that euen waightily hanged ouer the heades of all the godly; he merueilously deliuering you safe therefrom, albeit not vn­touched (or free) from the feare of the daunger, hath addicted you and all your studies to himselfe. Of which deliuerance you ought so little to be ashamed, that God hath giuen to you an ample and plentifull matter of reioycing, conforming you vnto the image of his sonne. Amongest whose praises, our Prophete reciteth this, that hee was exalted vnto the highest heigth of the coelestiall Empire, out of the prison, and state of an arraigned person. But as it is no meane commendation to rehearse such an example: so, as often as you shall call to memory (which by no obliuion ought at any time to slip away) out of howe pitifull and dou­btfull trembling you haue escaped, God openly euen (after a sort) rea­ching out his hand vnto you; you may withall remember, that this end is set before you, that with a constancy not afrighted, and with an inuin­cible magnanimity, God the Q. champion, and the Qu. the restorer of Gods worship. you againe vpholde to him his right, that is your champion and deliuerer. And setting aside all businesses, (wherof I doubt not, that a great heape of them, will make a stur thereat in these beginnings of the kingdome:) haue you this care to restore his worship [Page 701] And if so bee Sathan with many and harde difficulties throwne in the waie, attempt to cast in fearefulnesse or slownesse: Caluines praise of the Q. ma­iestie. you are not ignorant from whence you should aske the confidence of proceeding couragi­ouslie, which may ouercome all impediments. Neither God, which with his blessing vouchsafeth the actions of priuate men, will leaue his owne worke destitute of happie and wished successe. Let the dutie also of reli­gion prouoke thee (O Queene which art to be worshipped) sith that our Esay requireth not onelie of Kings; that they should be nourishers of the Church: but also of Queenes, that they shoulde bee their nurses, Esaies testi­monie for the confir­mation of the gouern­ment of Queenes. and so forth, as he proceedeth in the Epistle.

In which wordes, he doth (on better aduisement) most plainlie approue, and not refuse as monstrous the gouernment of women: but account it both in her Maiestie, as the singular gift & blessing of God vnto his church, and also citeth Esaie in generall, for Queenes to be the Churches nurses. What shall wee saie therefore to this foresayde conclusion that Caluine made: All wise men haue alwaies refused as a monster a womans go­uernment? I woulde gladlie salue it with expounding his wordes to be meant onelie, of the wife that taketh vpon her to gouerne & rule her hus­band. But because, if it should be vnderstood of this oeconomical gouern­ment onely, then it woulde not make to Caluines purpose, that women should not haue authoritie and right publikelie to teach: affirming tea­ching to be a thing of power and higher degree: & he bringeth in the ob­iection of Debora and aunswereth the same, by distinguishing the diuerse respects, wherein the teachers obey their kings and other magistrates, and yet gouerne in respect of teaching: and saith, that women cannot haue the consideration of these respects, because by nature, which hee cal­leth the ordinarie lawe of God, they are borne to obey: howe therefore can this conclusion: For [...] womens gouernment; all prudent men did alwaies refuse, as it were a monster, be vnderstood otherwise, than of the publike and ciuill gouernment? And therefore, accepting Caluine where he wrote trulie and reuerentlie of the matter, without anie disgra­cing otherwise of his authoritie: In this place so groselie ouershooting himselfe, and the truth of the matter, he can by no meanes be fullie recon­ciled to himselfe, or ought of vs, or of anie other to be alowed. And so much more daungerous heerein are these his speeches, as other ouer zealous a­mong our Brethren, haue gone as farre and further heereupon, than he [...] did.

And although Danaeus fetch the matter about with a greater windlasse, Danaeus cō ­cerning wo­mens go­uernment. 1. Tim. 2.12. and with fairer spéeches for our state and most gracious Soueragine: yet (as in the end Caluine doth) so he also driues the matter to the same pitch, against not onlie the priuate gouernment of women, ouer their husbāds, in domesticall matters, but also against the publik gouernment of womē, [Page 702] in the ciuil and politicall state: Daneus of womēs go­uernment. & therefore least by any scruples in reading these men might stick in a curious mind vpon this dangerous point, wher­by anie man might thinke himself not fullie satisfied: let vs see also & weigh all Danaeus reasons on this matter. How farre Danaeus granteth womē to teach And first we t [...]ke Danaeus his grant, y t this precept of S. Paul ( Let the womā with silence learne with all subiection) ta­keth place while women be in the publik assēbly: but not when they are at their owne house, because they may priuatly instruct their familie, e­specially if ther want a Father of the houshold, and that they be widows, for then they both may and ought to praie vnto God, & to teach their children the feare of God. And therefore in such sort as S. Paule calleth particular householdes, particular Churches: it inferreth, that they may teach particular Churches also. To the which I adde that which He­mingius obserueth heerevpon. Hemingius in 1. Tim. 2. The second proposition of this Chapter containing an Ecclesiastical Canon, concerning the discipline and man­ners of women. In this Canon two things are commanded vnto womē, and two things are forbidden vnto them. First is commanded that they should learne quietlie without tumult, as becommeth them which are thrall to the lawe of subiection. And then, that they should in quiet deale with their owne affaires, and meddle with those things that pertaine to women, not shouing thēselues into the businesses of men. The first thing that is forbidden is, that women should not teach publikelie: and then, that they should not vsurpe authoritie ouer men. These things pertaine hereunto, that an order and discipline might be in the Church. Not that we should therevpon take an argument of contemning womankinde: neither are they so bidden to hold their peace, but it is lawfull for them to giue wholesome counsels to their husbandes, if at anie time the matter seeme to require it. Which thing the storie of Iudith, Debora, Anna, and of other women doth shew. ( Which examples inferre not onelie priuate, but publike councels and authoritie also) yea, Abraham is commanded of the Lord, that he should obey his wiues councel of casting out the hand­maide Agar. And also by domestical discipline to teach godlinesse, yea, & that they may admonish their husbands of their duetie, when they cease to doe it, or be sluggish. For Paule heere treateth of the common disci­pline, the which excludeth not necessarie councels and deliberation of honest ( or worshipful) women. So that, thus far forth they graunt them to teach or gouerne, not onelie in priuate, but in publike.

But to come to Danaeus reasons: the first reason ( saith he) which is ex­pounded in this place, is drawen a differentia, from the difference which is set of God himselfe, between both sexes, to wit, the mans and the wo­mans. Danaeus ar­guments a­gainst womens gouernment. The second is, a genere, frō the kind, or general words. God wold haue women neither to rule, neither to teach, neither to vsurp authori­tie in viros, ouer the mē or husbands: but he that speaketh in the Church, or ruleth and teacheth, taketh on her ouer men a certaine gouernment & [Page 703] authoritie: therefore women neither cann, Danaeus ill argument. either ought to speake in the church. This twofold diuision of S Paules reasons which Danaeus maketh of reasoning first from the difference of the sexe, & then from the kind: ex­cept it had ben plainer spoken, is some what intricate, & may rather séeme to be all one. For what is here the sexe, but the kinde, & the kinde, but the sexe? except he take Genus for the general word, and comprehend teaching in the word gouerning, as though he must néeds be a gouernour, that is, a teacher, which we haue séene already, by many examples is not so. But to y argumēt. God would neither haue women ( Praeesse) y t is, to be aboue, (or to be before, or to rule) neither to teach, neither to vsurpe authoritie vp­pon men: At qui loquitur in Ecclesiasiue praeest ea, et docet, in viros sumit quod­dam imperium et authoritatē: Ergo, &c. But he that speaketh in the church ( I thinke it should rather be) At quae loquitur, but he that speaketh in the Church, or ruleth (or is aboue or before) and teacheth, taketh a certaine gouernment, or rule & authoritie vpon man: Ergo, women neither can nor ought to speak in the Church. This Ergo, neither concludeth y mat­ter that S. Paul here auoucheth, nor anie part of this argument is so plain and orderlie set down, but, is so intricate and confused, that we can scarse make a good Syllogism, or almost any sensible reason of the same. And first for his conclusiō, where he taketh, that for the cause or key of his argumēt, which in Latine we call Medium, the meane, which is repeated in either proposition, to infer & proue S. Pauls conclusion, that is, Women shuld not teach in the Church, Danaeus faul­tie argumēt both informe and matter. ( which if he wold proue ought) he ought to haue pro­ued: this he proueth not, but by this he would proue, that they ought not to speake in the church. Whereas contrariwise he should haue made his key or wreast of this argument▪ to haue ben on speaking, and therevpon to haue concluded teaching. As thus: God suffereth not women to speak in the church: but to teach inferreth to speak: ergo, he suffereth thē not to teach. But, as he now turns it another way: so he so doubles it w t teaching & with ruling, &c. y t both he marreth the argumēt, & the sense of either pro­position. for where he saith in the Maior: God neither will haue women to rule nor to teach, nor to vsurp authoriti [...] ouer men: he seemeth here to speake of three distinct things that God would not haue to be in women, ruling, teaching, & vsurping authoritie ouer men. But what meaneth he here by vsurping authoritie ouer men? The maior proposition. Is not that all one with Praeesse to rule them, or to be ouer or aboue them? If it be, then is not here 3., but 2. distinct things, y t God wold not haue to be in womē: if he make the dif­ference to be herein, that by ruling or being ouer them, Vsurping autho [...]itie o­uer men. he meaneth good & law [...]ull Gouernment: & by vsurping, naughty gouernment: then maketh hee a good difference, but withall hee acknowledgeth some gouernment of women to be good & lawful, and some, that is vsurpation, to be naughty▪ and so I hold well with him in this partition of Gouernment. But then, [Page 704] how is this Proposition true, Danaeus euil argu­ment. that God woulde haue neither the one nor the other? For God forbids not simply any lawfull thing. If he say, that lawfull gouernment is not simply forbidden, but onely to the Women: it still comes all to one passe. For, the Proposition is not of Gouernment simply in it selfe, but of Womens Gouernment, whether it be simply evil, and of womens vsurpation. For either both these are but all one▪ (for, if her Gouernment be simply euill: What is it else, but meere vsurpation, or if it be distinct from vsurpation ( which in women and men also is méere and simple euill,) what is it else but good and lawfull? Besides, that this Proposition, (take ruling, or vsurping authority howe he will) not sim­ply true, is not onely concerning gouerning, nor yet for teaching. For, were it simply true: it coulde admit no debarre of any occasion or necessi­ty, nor anye exemption of such especiall persons, as were lawfullie called thereunto, which we haue seen at large, both by examples and testimonies of the scripture, and by argumentes and playne confessions euen of our Brethren them-selues both for gouerning, and for teaching: besides that, we shall yet more playnely see by Danaeus owne confession after ward.

Now, as we see this confusion of these tearmes, in the Maior or more generall proposition: so, the Minor is farre worse and cleane marreth all the argument. The minor proposition For, whereas to inferre his conclusion, it shoulde haue fol­lowed thus: But to speake in the Church, is to rule, to teach, and to vsurp authority ouer men: Ergo, God woulde not haue it, that women may or ought to speake in the Church: This had beene a plaine argument. But then this minor had had a plaine deniall. Nor Danaeus, nor all the world can euer prooue it, that to speake in the Church is to rule, to teach, and to vsurpe authority ouer men. And so were all this argument moste easily ouerturned. But Danaeus ( whether rethoritically, as not boūd to y e streight limits of Logick, The forme of the argu­ment mis­formed. or to make the argument more diffuse) inuerteth the mi­nor on this wise. First, he repeateth women here againe, whom he bring­eth also into the conclusion, and so clean ouerthrowes all forme and nature of any argument. Besides this, (and that which is moste vitious in any forme of argument) he placeth, with speaking in the Church, Gouerning, and (though somewhat more ambiguously) teaching also. Making the fore part of the sentence, in Latine called Subiectum, as the subiect matter, whereon any thing is spoken, to consist here of these thr [...]e. Whereas these tearms to rule, and to teach, should haue bin placed with the third tearm, to vsurpe authority ouer men, & all three in the Predicatum, that is, in the thing that is spoken on the matter subiect. Which three should bee made the key of his argument, or cause whereupon he shoulde infer his conclu­sion, and so be reserued to be repeated in the later parte of his assumption, or minor Proposition of his argument, which it seemeth he would haue brought to the first mode of the second figure of syllogismes. [Page 705] which later part of his assumption or minor proposition, Danaeus ill argument. he maketh here to be onely the taking a kinde of gouernment and authority ouer men, which before he ioyned together with ruling and teaching, and nowe he seuereth it from rule and teaching. Neither yet maketh he it to be all one with that he saide before: but in-stéede of that hee called before vsurping, heere hee commeth in with taking. And where before hee spake simply & onely of authority: here he commeth in with a Quoddam imperium, a cer­taine kinde of commaundement, (empire or gouernment) and autho­rity.

Neither is it ynough, with transposing and chaunging thus these termes cleane to ouerthrowe his owne argument: but also he maketh this minor proposition as confused and intricate, if not much more, than was the o­ther. For, if we shoulde english this proposition word by worde: At qui loquitur in ecclesiasiue praeest ea & docet, in viros sumit quoddam [...]imperium & authoritatem. Hee (or as I rather thinke, The very words of the argu­ment sense­lesse. it shoulde be shee) that speaketh in the Church or else ruleth she also teacheth, taketh a certain Empire & authority vppon men. Sée howe intricately and confusedly these words are placed. Mought they not more clearly haue bin distinguished: She that speaketh, teacheth: and shee that ruleth taketh on her a kinde of gouern­ment and authority? But then had both these partes béene soone confu­ted. For although it be moste true, that shee which ruleth taketh on her a kinde of gouernment and authority: yet if this taking on her, bee refer­red to the vsurpation mentioned in the former Proposition (for else also the argument hath more tearmes then it ought to haue) which word vsur­ping is vsually taken in the worst part, for thē that take gouernmēt & au­thority, vpon them hauing no right thereto, for that is properly tearmed vsurping: and so in-déede it is a certayne kinde of Gouernment and au­thority, but not a right and lawfull gouernment and authority: then this part of the sentence is most apparant false. For euery woman that ruleth, doth not so take (that is, by vsurpation) a certaine kinde of gouernment and authority, that is, a wrong title, or an vsurped tyranny, as did Atha­lia. For, shée may be specially called thereunto of God, How many wayes a wo­man may haue lawful gouernmēt she may be lawful­ly chosen thereunto of man, and shée may be lineally borne thereunto by nature, and so vsurpes it not. Debora was no vsurper. But we shall come to moe examples all in time.

And also the other part of the Proposition thus distinguished, is appa­rant defectiue: Shee that speaketh teacheth. Do all teache that speake? if he meane, all that speake. In that manner of speaking: what is that else, then in effect to say: She that teacheth teacheth? and indéede S. Paul spea­keth not héere simply of speaking, but of teaching. As we heard before ▪ 1. Corin. 14.34. Where be said, it is not permitted to them to speak, which was thus expounded by Calu. He forbids them therefore to speake in [Page 706] publike for because of teaching or of prophecying. Danaeus euil argu­ment. So that this cause being set aside: speaking in the Church is not forbidden. No nor teaching neither simply, as wée haue shewed both by the Scripture, and by Cal­uine also.

And yet, if Danae. had set his rest against wom. teaching in the church, it had béene more tollerable. But nowe all his conclusion is against Wo­mens speaking in the church. The conclusion of Da­naeus argu. against wo­mens spea­king. And he reasoneth thus, they may not teach in the Church: ergo, they may not speake in the Church. And in this pro­position, shee that speaketh teacheth. What a kinde of teaching or spea­king is this, a genere affirmatiuè ad speciem? shee speaketh: ergo, she tea­cheth. And if this consequence bée good: then of consequence she may teach in the Church. Sith it is apparant, she may speake: For, if all the congre­gation may say but Amen: if she be one of the congregation, she may pub­likely speake, say she but onely bare Amen. And may not shée say some of the responses, as may the other people that are not Ministers? and may she not say the publike Confession with them? may she not be openly Ca­techised, and aunswere to the articles of her fayth? may shée not sing with the congregation the psalmes and Hymnes? And is not that also a publike speaking? and must shée not speake when she is to bee maried, and before all the Congregation confesse, beeing streightly charged so to doe, if shee knowe any lawfull impediment, why she ought not to bee ioyned in ma­trimony to that man? and doe not our brethren also enioine her euen in the knot of mariage, to say these wordes? Euen so I take him before God, and in the presence of this his congregation. How therfore doth Danaeus con­clude: y t women neither can nor ought to speak in the Church: If hee say this speaking is not teaching, & that hée speaketh only héere of such spea­king, as is teaching: why then doth he not driue his argument from spea­king to teaching? and to haue reasoned thus, she may not speake, ergo, she may not teach. Rather than from teaching vnto speking, saying thus: she may not teach: ergo, she may not speake: which is againe a specie ad genus negatiuè.

But, which way soeuer he driue it, it is both apparant, that shee may both speake in the Church, Necessity admitteth also womēs publike teaching ex­traordina­rily. without the breach of Saint Paules precept: yea, and her speaking may be teaching also, if shee take not on her the or­dinary Ecclesiasticall function of teaching in the Church, which is the thing in-déede, that Saint Paule forbiddeth. For otherwise, if eyther ne­cessity happen, (as Caluine graunteth) she may extraordinarily teach al­so: or, if she be any way lawfully called to the authority of publike regi­ment, not onely she may both speake and teache in the publike congre­gation: but her place (of consequence) doth often times require it. Which Danaeus perceiuing, though hée concludeth not his argument against Wo­mens gouerning: yet to prooue that shée ought not to speake, hee taketh [Page 707] all his force from these two which hee thus intermingleth one with ano­ther, ruling and teaching. And why doth he so? VVomen regiment. Is it [...]r that teaching in­ferreth ruling: or that, ruling inferreth teaching? and y [...] which soeuer inferreth the other, or they be both conioined, whereas hee dr [...] it thus: Women may not publikely rule: ergo, they may not publikely [...]: Or, women may not publikely teach: ergo, they may not publikely rule: Why may not we sende these argumentes backe againe to their Master, which this reciprocall aunswere? VVomen may publikely rule: ergo, Women may publikely teach. Or, Women may publikely teache: ergo, Women may publikely rule. That women may teach, we haue seene the examples and testimonies of Scripture and our brethrens owne Confessi­ons. And as for the lawfulnesse of womens publike ruling: as wee haue séene the scripture and Caluine, &c: Let vs nowe sée what Danaeus saith thereto, after this his argument against their speaking. For, that which followeth concerning women deacons: I stande not vpon.

Nowe vpon this occasion commeth Danaeus directly to the Question of the regiment of VVomen, Danaeus in 1. Tim. 2.12 with the which (as wee hard before) Cal­uine, so rigorously did conclude.

But ( sayth Danaeus) out of this place it is also among some there­upon disputed, whether it bee honest for women to reigne, that is, to commaunde men, and to obteine a cheefe empire and right ouer men, and ouer the male-kinde, which thing hath place in Spayne, in Eng­lande, in Scotland, and in diuerse other regions. Bridges

Heere Danaeus setteth downe this Question playne, for the gouern­ment of Wome [...] ouer men, both for the reigning in the chéefe and pub­like regiment of a kingdome, and the right thereof, and whether it bee honest, yea or no [...]? Which hee maketh but a Question disputed vpon by some that take occasion on this place. So that hee séemeth to in­ferre, that there is no direct and playne place in the Scripture which doth impugne it, but that by occasion of this place, some do dispute thereon.

So that first, this place and much lesse the other 1. Corint. 14. Which accordeth with this, are not directly spoken against the reigne or cheefe and publique gouernment of Women ouer men, No place in scripture di­rectly a­gainst it. in the souerainty of a kingdome or royall Empyre. But, that rule which Saint Paule both heere and there forbiddeth women to haue and exercise ouer men, is proper­ly of another kinde of rule. And therefore, whosoeuer alleageth those pla­ces, as by them to drawe a direct argument against the publike regiment of women, in the right of a Kingdome, manifestly wresteth those places. And so consequently, wresteth all Saint Paules reasons there vsed, and also the Lawe, Genesis, 3. Whereon hee groundes these reasons.

Nowe where Danaeus sayth, that for women to reigne, that is, to com­mand mē, & to obtain the chiefe Empire & right (or law) ouer men, is of [Page 708] some disputed vpon, Wom. regi­mēt honest and that the question is, vtrum honestum fit, whether it be honest: that is, whether it be of the best kinde of those things that are called good, to wit, not onely fayre in shewe, nor onely profitable in the ad­uantag [...] [...]ut whether it be a vertuous, a iust, a true, lawfull, and righte­ou [...] [...], yea, or no. The contrary whereof, to wit, vnhonest, is not onely [...]npleasant or incommodious, but vitious, vniust, false, vnlawfull and vn­righteous. Of which sort of euill if it were: being a matter pertaining not to a fewe persons, but to whole estates, and of such importance as concer­neth gouernment, in their greatest and moste necessary affayres: it is like­ly that it shoulde be but disputed vpon of some? or rather cried out vpon of all, nor to be suffered in any place as contrary to the expresse law of God, and to the vniuersall lawe of nature, if those places, Gen, 3.1. Cor. 14. and this 1. Tim. 2. be against it. Women [...] gouern. not vnhonest. And so by no maner of meanes to be suffe­red, and then indéed had Caluin said the truth, that al wise men did alwaies refuse it as a monstrous thing, beeing against the Lawe of God and na­ture.

But sith those places (as we haue prooued, & Danaeus granteth) do not me­dle therewith, and much lesse, any other place in all the scripture, hath any apparance to condemne it, as a dishonest matter: can we think, that a mat­ter of such moment, not onely for the publike state in matters of policy, in morall conuersation (yea conseruation) of mans life, and preseruation of Gods Church, and withall so often mentioned in the scripture, both for the persons, and for the office, and for the authority of princes & publike gouernors, that it shoulde haue neuer directly and peremptorily bin for­bidden, nor haue béene pronounced to bée a thing vnhonest? yea rather, doth not this silence of the scripture, cleare acquite it of all suspition of dis­honesty?

Our breth [...]. offence in calling the [...]onestie of womens regiment into questiō And in very déede, albeit some more curious and newfangled than sober or circumspect, haue called the honesty thereof in question: yet for the most and best, and wisest part of men, the honesty therof hath not bin called into question, but thought to be (where there is occasion thereof, and y t the lawes and customes beare it) a good, a iust, a lawfull, a true, a right, a vertuous & honest matter. And for proof hereof (as Danaeus héere beginneth well, if he would in this point so hold out, and not yéelde to much to these disputers, or not rather giue occasion & matter for them to dispute vpon) he doth migh­tely (in my opinion) confirme the honesty of it, in saying, that this thing hath place in Spayne, England, Scotland, and diuers other regions. For, were there no moe regions, where the regiment of women ( as lawful, iust right, true, vertuous and honest hath place) but these 3. here specified: it is ynough sufficiently to enforce the honesty of it, except wee shall vtterlye dishonest all these states, which (when such regiment hapneth,) chiefe­lye vnder GOD depende thereon. As our estate dothe nowe in [Page 709] [...]ngland and Irelande vnder our moste gratious soueraine Queene Eli­ [...]abeth.

And shoulde we nowe admit these certaine or some disputers, or any other, to haue it called in question, whether the state and Lawes of our realme, euen in the greatest matter of the gouernment thereof, do main­teine a thing that is vnhonest, or against the Lawe of God and nature? For, if it be against these places, Gen. 3.1. Corin. 14.1. Tim. 2. or these places against it: how is not against the Lawe of God and nature? what a perillous matter were this, and not onely moste daungerous, iniurious, dishonest, and dissloyall against our lawfull soueraigne, by whose happy gouernment. God hath so blessed vs, and doth so gratiously guide vs and defende vs, and so many yeares hath done, The dange­rous incon­ueniences of these Que­stionistes. and shoulde wee nowe call her state and right into so high question, by somes disputing (if it might not better be called dispiting) as whether it were honest or no? to her Maie­sties more then dishonor, besides her ouerthrowe, and withall our owne destruction: but that also vnder pretence of the Gospell, we shoulde main­teine an inconuenience worse than a mischeefe, and go about to shatter all the groundes, and principles of the Lawe it selfe, bothe of the realme, yea, and of nature, for the right and inheritance and call in Question, euen in the greatest matter of estate, (sithe Englande mainteineth the inheri­taunce and right of Womens regiment) whether it mainteine honesty or dishonesty, yea or no? and whether her Maiesty and other Women princes, in our and these specified regions, haue or doe rather rule De fa­cto, as vsurpers, than de iure, as Godly and lawfull princes? shoulde we not herein go far beyond the very traytors, that oppose thēselues only against the princes persons?

And what should driue any Questionists to this disputation, by rea­son of this place, the first of Timothy, the second Chap. Which is but haled and wrested to this regiment?

Howe much better therefore is it, especialle for vs whom so néerely it toucheth, Our dutiful obedience and thank­fulnesse to God & her Maiesty. that (as Danaeus confesseth) the honesty and right of Womens regiment hath place heere with vs in Englande: So with all obedience, ioyfulnesse, thankefulnesse, and conscience to God, to acknowledge the same. And not vpon such bious occasions to vndermine it, pretending a quarrell against Womens publique teaching, which neuerthesse must must needes followe. For, Looke wherein their regiment consi [...]es, therein dothe an authoritys of teachinge euen of consequence also fol­lowe.

If our Brethren replye: that admitting a Woman to haue supreme gouernment ouer all ecclesiasticall matters so well as ciuill: then may shee preach also and minister the Sacramentes. I aunswere, this obie­ction which is more fitte for papistes [...]han protestantes) is but a meere [Page 710] cauil For we say not, Questions of Womens regiment. the prince hath all the gouernment either of all ec­clesiasticall matters, or ciuill, in his or her person to do them, or to put thē in action: but the Prince hath a supreme gouernment in his or her domi­nions, What su­preme go­uernment, princes haue ineccl. maters. next and immediate vnder God, onely to ouersée, to appoint, to giue charge, and to commaund, that all those matters be duely executed, and orderly put in action, by all these persons, to whome of duty by their fun­ctions they appertaine. And so the Prince, he or she, without the breach of S. Paules precept, or of the lawe of God, may lawfully, and with autho­rity, both speake and teach, euen in the greatest assembly of the congre­gation. For, his or her gouernment consisteth as much, in the autho­rity of their lawfull commandementes: as in any thing else belonging to their supreme regiment. And take awaye the right of their so spea­king ( which quickneth and giueth life vnto the lawes politike that they make) to wit, The princes roial speech quickning the Lawes that are made. their roial assent and commanding: and ouerthrowe al their gouernment.

And if this regiment be right and honest in England: then was it ne­uer against the lawe of God and nature in any land. And if it be so now: then of his owne nature, and de iure, it was so euer, thogh it were not euer so, de facto. And we haue no cause but to prayse God, that Ius & factum in this gouernment, are nowe ioyned together in her Maiesty. And the right and honesty hereof hauing place heere: it is not so onely in Spayne and Scotland, but it may be so (not as Danaeus sayth, in diuers other regions) but, quoad ius, euery region, if they haue not other as good municipall and peculier lawes ( and those not feigned) to debarre the naturall right, of any Woman princes regiment. Neyther hindreth it this right and honesty, that Spayne or any of these diuers other regions not specified by Danaeus, haue not yet receyued (as we haue God make vs thankfull for it) the light and liberty of the Gospel: for neyther in some of these regions, where this right and honesty of womens regiment holdeth, they haue as yet recei­ued, so much as the title and profession of Christs name. Notwithstanding as their mariages and other ciuill lawes: or morall behauior, may other­wise bee good and honest in their kindes: so their authority of Magistra­cy, and the person that their Lawes allowe the same authority vnto, may likewise be good and honest, neither against the generall lawe of nature, nor against any speciall Lawe of God. For then, it were méerelie naught in all regions, and with vs in Englande worst of all, that knowe the writ­ten Lawe of God. And therefore I conclude vpon this saying of Danaeus, that if it bee righte and honest with vs: then it is not an vnnaturall, wrong, monstrous, or vnhonest thing in it selfe, or against any of these places. Genes. 3.1. Corinth. 11. and 14.1. Tim. 2. or any other places in all the scripture.

[Page 711] What meaneth therefore Danaeus heere, The Salike Law a­gainst wo­mens regi­ments by specifying onelye of these thrée regions England, Spayne and Scotland, restraining his generality, not to all regions, but to diuers other? For if it be honest and right, in a­ny one: except some other region haue other priuate and speciall Lawes a­gainst the same, such (as before I sayde) are godly, and not made to the in­iury of any princes or persons former right: then is it by the Law & right of God and nature, honest and right in all regions.

But I am affrayde (hine illa lachimae) that not only Danaeus, but euen Caluine also, did a litle too much patrissare, Caluines & Danaeus in­clination to the deuise the lawe Sa­like. and were caried away in this matter with the deuise, that of later times hath bin set foorth, to defeat the naturall right and title of the soueraigne Princes of England, by the co­lour of a lawe Salike as they call it. But because vnder pretence of this supposed Lawe, the defenders of it, toke vpon them, not onely to maintaine it and the state of their Country: but insult thereby vpon all other Nati­ons, and impugne generally the right of Womens regiment, as an vn­lawfull and vnnaturall state of gouernment: therfore crauing pardon not to offend any (nor so much impugning, as defending) it shall be requisit, ei­ther to remooue out of the way this obiection, of the sayde surmised Sa­like lawe: or else it woulde still remayne as a stumbling blocke vnto the reader, and a speciall argument vnto all them, that not onely among our aduersaries, but among our selues, by all meanes impugne and vn­der [...]e Womens regiment. And because Fraunce onely, and that lawe Salike is so much vrged: Let vs onely in this our so necessary de­fence, consider better the state thereof, and the cheefest arguments for the same.

And [...]rst, whosoeuer shal peruse the ancient histories of the french natiō, as he shal soon perceiue al this deuise of the law Salike to be vnturue by the pedegrée of diuers of their Princes: so shall he find, Diuerse womē haue had the re­giment of Fraunce. y t diuers women haue also had the gouerning of the realme of Fraunce, euen with the Kinges their husbands, and after their deceasses. As Batillidis the widow of Clo­doueus which reigned together in the administration of the Kingdome with her sonne Clotharius, as witnesseth Aimonius de gestis Francorum. lib. [...]. cap. 43. The french men doe ordeine Clothayr to bee their king, the eldest of the three children, cum ipsa regina matre regnaturum that hee should reigne together with his mother. Blanche the Mother of him whome the French call Saint Loyes which bothe by the Testament of her Husbande ( as Aemilius testifleth) while her sonne was young, and after in his captiuity in Syria, had the gouernment of the Realme of Fraunce, and notably gouerned the same, maugre all the nobles in France that conspired against her.

As for the reasons of Caenalis, in the defence of this pretensed Salike [Page 712] lawe: Cenalis for the Salike Lawe. how odiousle (he being a popish Bishop) enucigheth beyond al mode­sty against womē: is to apparant. And how fondly he craketh of the french for this matter, aboue all the nations in the worlde. Whome he acknow­ledgeth for the most part ( further than Danaeus doth) to admit succession and so the regiment of women. Cenalis arg. for the Sa­like Law a­gainst wo­mens regi­ment. And therefore he calleth them all Gallina­ceos, dunghill cocks or hennish cocks in respect of the french. lib. 1. Peri­oche. 10.

But most of all, howe shamelesly he wresteth the scripture thereunto. For hauing alleaged Munster to proue the Salike lawe from Pharamund, that the succession shoulde not come vnto the distaffe, ( as he contume­liously tearmes it) that is saith (he) women shoulde not be permitted to be made heyres of the kingdome, to the which alludeth that Euangeli­call sentence, Consider ye the Lylies of the field how they grow, they la­bor not in bringing foorth, neither spinne they in drawing their taskes of wooll, as is peculier vnto that weake sexe: whereby it comes to passe, that neither Solomon in all his glory is clothed as one of these. For, that Iewish nation, were it right or were it wrong, did sometimes (will they [...]il they, sustaine the gouernment of women kinde. Which thing is by ex­periment found in Athalia, and in the issue of the Machabees.

What an impudent wresting of the Scripture is this, to prooue the glory of the French Lylies, not to admit the regiment of women? And yet this bald argument, or rather impious, in wresting the scripture, doth so please the bluide B. that he flourisheth againe vpon it, fol. 113. b. say­ing: Gallia in times past was Fennish, as appeareth by the armes of the toads but nowe it is turned into a Cuntrie adorned with Lylies, by an heauenly benefite, vnder Clodoueus the first Christian King there­of. Heereunto alluded Esdras, lib 4. Cap. 9. saying, Such as the Feelde is, such are the seedes: such as the Flowers are, such are the colours: Such as is the husband-man, such is the tilth. And the same Esdras Cap 5. Of all the Flowers of the worlde, thou haste chosen to thee one Lyly. The Lyon is fierce, the Eagle is rauenous, the Lyly is capable of the heauenly dewe Is not this a straunge applying of the scripture, although this booke of Esdras be not canonicall?

But nowe, where he addeth these two examples, If hee had looked fur­ther, he should haue found more, and farre better examples in the Scrip­ture. Especially Debora. But it séemeth he makes al one reckoning, when hee sayth: were it right, or were it wrong, that women gouerned Gods people. Whereby hee séemeth to clayme this, to bee the prerogatiue of Fraunce: that whether it bée right, or whether it bee wrong, they will not suffer womens gouernmtnt. Neyther is Cenalis thus content, to haue thus once or twise heerein abused the Scripture, but he goeth on moste blasphemousely to God, and iniuriously against all Christendome: [Page 713] and sayth: in which thing that most noble Realme of the Nation of the French Gaulles, hath whereupon to congratulate vnto it selfe, that by the singular benefite of God, it may woorthily be called before other kingdomes, a sacerdotall or Priestly kingdome. For it hath this thing common with Priest-hoode, that euen as the Priest-hoode can not passe ouer vnto a woman: so no more can the Monarchiall Empire of the Sa­like Monarchie. What therefore remayneth, but that being mindefull of the grace receaued of God, they breake foorth into these wordes, A­pocal. 5. Thou art worthy O Lorde to take the booke and to open the seales therof because thou wast slaine, & hast redeemed vs in thy bloud out of euery tribe, language, people, and Nation, to wit, whome thou hast vouchsafed to illustrat with the title of the most Christā kingdom. Caenalis shamefull wresting of the scripture And moreouer, hast made vs kinges and Priestes, and we shall raigne vp­on the earth, to wit, being enriched with this sacerdotall dowrie. No­thing therefore letteth, whereby that Nation should not be called, a ho­ly Nation, a royall Priest-hoode, or (if ye had rather) a priestly or sacer­dotall kingdom, a people of purchase. For the religion which afterward once it got, neuer intermitted, but happely & prosperously euer encrea­sed. Gallia (or the coūtrie of the Gaules) (sayth Ierom) alone hath wan­ted monsters, with the which almost the residue of Nations haue aboun­ded more than inough.

Thus monstrously writeth Caenalis against womens regiment. How­beit, I hope Caluin tooke not this terme of monster for womens regimēt, from this monstrous Popish Bishop. As for that which Ierome wrote, Caenalis wresting of Ierome. was not against the regiment of women in Gallia, neither was Gallia in his time called Francia, nor Pharamundus borne, and so no such Salike lawe as yet inuented. And therefore this must needes be wrested hereun­to. Besides this intollerable arrogancie in the French to claime that spi­rituall priuilege of Royall Priest-hoode, that is both common to all true Christian nations, and to all true Christian people, not onely men, but to women also and to children. And therefore this is both iniurious vnto thē, to take this title from them, and a grosse errour in a Bishop, The iniurie that Caena­lis offereth to all Chri­stians. not vnder­standing what these termes doe meane. For although he de [...]arre his Po­pish sacrificing Priest-hood from a woman ( le [...] him laye that hardely to Pope Iohanes charge) yet in this spirituall and mysticall kingdome and Priest-hoode, that either S. Peter or S. Iohn speaketh of, euery good Chri­stian woman, neuer so priuate or poore person, and all the electe children of God, haue as good title, right and interest, as not onely the French king, but as any, or all, the Emperours, Kinges, Queenes, and Princes in the worlde.

Now after Caenalis hath thus craked of the French prerogatiue, in this Salike lawe, so much pretended and so greatly vrged: when he commeth to [Page 714] the reason of the same, The Etimology of the Salike law. and of this worde Salica, he sheweth what diuersi­ties of opinions are thereon. Munster thinkes it is deriued of the worde Sala a riuer at a village of the same name. Other, that the lawes Salike are deriued of the woorde Sala, or vne salle in Frenche, signifying in Latine Aulam a Courte or Hall, Vne salle Au [...]a. as who say, the Courtly or Palatine law. Some thought the deriuation of the lawe Salike, came of certaine lawes of the French Emperours, Si aliqu [...]. beginning: Si aliquis, or Si aliqua, and so by contraction, striking of a letter or two in the ende, per syncopen, it was vulgarly termed the lawe Salike. Some ( sayth he) arise higher & more commodiously, who fetch the Etimologie of the lawe Salike not so much out of the marrowe (or pythe) of the worde, as out of the barke (or rynde) of the worde: Sal. A Sale from salte, as by a certayne allusion that they would haue the Salike law to be spoken hereupon: as though it were perpetually constant, inuiolable and incorruptible for all times to endure. For salte in the holy scriptures, is a token of incorruption and perpetuall enduring, and moreouer both of Wisdome and discre­tion. As is expressed in plaine wordes, Numb. 18. and Leuit. 2. In the booke of Numbers: The scrip­ture fowly wrested. All the first frutes of the sanctuarie, which the children of Israell [...]ffer to God, I haue giuen to thee and to thy sons, by a perpetuall right; it is an euerlasting couenant of salte vnto thee and to thy sonnes before the Lorde. And in Leuiticus, Whatsoeuer sacrifice thou shalt offer, thou shalt season with salte, nor shalt take awaye the salte of the couenant of thy God from thy sa­crifice. In euery oblation thou shalt offer salte. And againe 2. Paral. 13. Yee are not ignoraunt that the Lorde GOD of Israell hath giuen the kingdome vn­to Dauid ouer Israell for euer, to him and to his sonnes, for a couenaunt of salte. By this it manifestly appeareth, that salt hath the tooken of in­corruption. And as for the token of discretion: Let your speech (sayth Paule) be seasoned with salte. And in Marke: Col. 4. Marke. 9. B [...]rie offering shall bee salted with salte, Sal [...] is good, but if so be it be vnsauorie, in what will yee season it? That so yee may vnderstande, the lawe Salike being sprinkled with the salte of discretion, and with the sauce of muche reason, perpe­tually to remaine in his vigor.

Thus doth Caenalis séeke all the shiftes he can to enforce this lawe, not sparing thus more and more, to hale and drawe these places of scrip­ture to the same. But sence he alleageth so manye originalles thereof, and dare not resolue himselfe vppon any one of them, but sayth, Let eue­rie mans iudgement remayne to himselfe, for I will not vppon this thing contende with any man: what certaintye therefore can this lawe haue? The very title whereof, when it is tossed and tombled withall these diuersities of opinions, and wrestlinges of the scripture, is so vn­certaine. But if this were suche a wise and incorruptible lawe, that it had his name of seasoning with salte to resemble those auntient offringes [Page 715] couenantes, and spéeches in the olde and newe Testament: The words of the Sa­likel awe. then it ma­keth more for women than against them. For although that saying 2. Pa­ral. 13. mention onely Dauid and his sonnes: yet did Caenalis himselfe confesse before, The text of scripture that Caena­lis citeth, expresseth both sons and daugh­ters 2. Par. 13. that the Nation of the Iewes did admitte the gouerne­ment of a woman. And the place mentioned Numbers 18. conteyneth not only sonnes ( as Caenalis citeth it) but the verie wordes are: to thee, and to thy sonnes, and to thy daughters. So that the offering, that is the salte of couenant, or incorruptible couenant ( if the Frenche can drawe it to holde still incorruptiblie with them, or the resemblance of their Princes estate thereunto) giueth the same not onely to the man, but to the wo­man.

And as for Christes and the Apostles wordes, are so generall: that they are apparantly to be applyed, to all that professe the name of Christ, whe­ther they be man or woman. Both of them must haue their speeches sea­soned with salt, that is, with such wisedome as will permitte no corrup­tion. For ill wordes (sayth the Apostle) corrupt good manners. The salt that Christ and the Apostle spake of, is gen [...]rall to▪ all Christi­ans. And all must be salted with fire, and euery sacrifice (sayth Christ) shall be salted with salte. Salte is good, but if the salt be vnsauorie, wherewith shall it be seasoned? Haue salt in your selues, and peace one with an other. By which salte, meane hee wisedome, or faith, or discipline, or the worde, &c. as he alludeth to the olde sacrifices, and would haue our selues to be come such sacrifices: so the [...]ordes are generall, and therefore (sayth Caluine) Christ extendeth this generally vnto all, whom once God hath vouchsafed to season with his worde. And exhorteth them to retayne alwayes their relishe. And where the text is onely [...], all, or euerie one: the interpreter ( sayeth Brentius) hath added of his owne, homo, man. By these re­semblances the salike lawe s [...]ould not be a­gainst wo­men. Which worde also comprehendeth woman. So that by these originalles or resemblances of the Salike lawe, if there be but mica salis euen one grayne of salte to season the same with wisdome and reason from putrefaction: it can not debarre women from that right of gouernement, that by the inheritance of the lawe of God and nature, they are borne vnto, except their owne demerites, or some stronger harre than the pretence of the law salike, debarre or depriue them of it.

As for this lawe salike ( sayth Caenalis procéeding on among other things) hath thus. Titulo de Allodijs 62. cap. 1. Nulla portio haereditatis de terra Sa­lica mulieri veniat, sed ad virilem sexum tota haereditas peruentat. The words of the sal [...]k lawe. No portion of enheritance of the salike lande, may come to a woman, but the whole enheritance should come to the male sexe.

If this lawe be that whereupon all the sturre is made, first, it is mani­festly against the Iudiciall lawe of inheritance, in the worde of GOD. For, whereas it appeareth, Numb. 26. ver. 33. that Salphahad the sonne of Helpher had no sons, but daughters, &c. If followeth chap. 27. v. 1. &c. [Page 716] Then came the daughters: The law Salike against Gods lawe. of Salphahad, the sonne of Hepher, the sonne of Galaad, the sonne of Machir, the sonne of Manasses, the sonne of Ioseph; and the names of his daughters were these, The law Sa­like against the law of God. Malhah, Noah, Hogl [...]h, Milchah, and Thirsah: and stoode before Moses, and before Eleazar the Priest, and before the Princes and all the assembly, at the dore of the Tabernacle of the congregation, saying: Our Fa­ther died in the wildernesse, Numb. 27. and he was not among the assembly of them, that were assembled again [...]t the Lorde in the companie of Corah, hut died in his sinne, and had no sonnes. Wherefore should the name of our father be taken away from his fa­mily, because he hath no sonn [...]? Giue vs a possession among the brethren of our Fa­ther. (here againe women speake and pleade their right of inheritance, both before the Ecclesiasticall & the Ciuill assembly) Then Moses brought their cause before the Lord, VVomen in the publ. as­sēbly pleade for their in­heritance. and the Lorde spake vnto Moses saying: the daugh­ters Zelophaad speake right, thou shalt giue them a possession to inherite among their fathers brethren, and shalt tourne the inheritaunce of their Father, vnto them. Also thou shalt speake vnto the children of Israell, saying: if a man die and haue no sonne, then ye shall turne his inheritance vnto his daughter. And if he haue no daughter, ye shall giue his inheritance vnto his brethren. And if he haue no brethren, ye shall giue his inheritance vnto his fathers brethren. And if his father haue no brethren, ye shall giue his inheritance to the next in kynne of his family, and he shall possesse it. And this shall bee vnto the children of Israell a lawe of iudgement, as the Lorde hath commaunded Moses.

Here againe we sée, how God not only accepteth their speaking in the congregation, but approueth their cause to be right. And not only allow­eth the enheritance of their father vnto them: This lawe not only iu­diciall but naturall. but on this occasion, ma­keth a generall law. Which law, is not simply one of those Iudiciall lawes, that were proper onely to the Iewes state and policie: but is drawen from the right of lineall descent, direct or collaterall in the order of nature, to the néerest of the bloud, without respect (especially in the direct line) to the prerogatiue of the male sexe in the lines transuersed. Neither is there here any respect had of the greatnesse or smallnesse, superioritie or inferi­oritie of the inheritance: but that, if the King had had none issue but daugh­ters, This lawe stretcheth to the inheri­tance of the kingdome. the daughter had béene heyre to the kingdome, before any Vncles, or Cousines, neuer so excellent and worthie men. And if we shoulde denie this in the inheritance of a kingdome, more than in other inheritaunces: how can we make it good, that our sauiour Christ according to the flesh, ( albeit he tooke it not vpon him) was in right of inheritance, the true and naturall king of the Iewes: as he was called both at his birth, and the ti­tle named him at his death, except in the right of the virgine Marie his mother, and not of Ioseph that was but his reputed father? Therefore, it is most cleare, that this lawe of womens right in inheritance, stretched to the inheritaunce of a kingdome. And since this was Gods lawe, and it standes on naturall reason, and Christ on whome all Christendome haue [Page 717] their name, had that right hereby: Christ king of the [...]ewes frō his mother. though for other considerations he aba­sed himselfe, both from claiming that right, and from the open declaring of the power and glorie of his Godheade, for the time of that dispensation here on earth: and since all or the most part, not onely of heathenesse, but namely of Christendome, acknowledge the title & right of this lawe: what priuilege haue the French to exempt themselues therfrom, & to debarre a­ny Prince of this right that by inheritance accreweth to them, vnder pre­tence of an heathen lawe, pretended from in [...]idels, onely for a shew of an­tiquitie, against the most ancient, most reasonable, most naturall and most right lawe made of God the father himselfe, and confirmed by our sauiour Iesus Christ?

If this law had no greater force than one of their méere Iudicials: had it not béene better than any lawe, that is méerely of man? And much more of blinde Papistes, that saw not the vertue and equitie of Gods lawe: & much farre better than any lawe of the Infidels: as was Pharamund from whō the French pretende to fetch this Salike lawe, so direct contrarie to Gods lawe. But let them goe. Shall our Brethren Protestantes, in the Chur­ches reformed, holde with these Popish deuises too? And yet pretend, that so néere as possiblie we can, we should drawe to the Iudicialles of Gods lawe giuen by Moses? Let vs therefore sée also what Caluine sayth héere­on.

A storie of the daughters of Salphaad of the progenie of Machir is inserted, which desired to be admitted into parte of the inheritance, Caluini Har­mon. in Nu [...]. 27. be­cause their father had no successor male. But the definition of this cause might seeme doubtfull, except the doubt had been taken away by Gods aunswere. For when as in the lawe no name is giuen to women; no con­sideration in the portion of the lande, ought to haue been had of them. And verely, God prescribed this common lawe. But nowe is set downe a speciall exception, that so often as one shall want heyres male, women should succeede, least the memorie of him should decay. Gods decree should suf­fice to ou [...] ­rule all rea­sons that oc­curre. I knowe it may be called in question, because that reasons occurre on either parte. But this shoulde suffice vs, that God hath interposed a decree. Thus sayth Caluine. And vpon these wordes, verse, 8. Thou shalt speake vnto the chil­dren of Israell, saying: when any man shall die, and if he shall not haue a sonne; ye shall transferre his inheritance to his daughter; Caluine addeth: The con­ditionall proposition was the occasion of making the law, The law was a perpetuall and generall rule. which should be a perpetuall and generall rule, so farre as pertayneth to the right of inheritaunces. But although God preferre the daughters before all the other Cousines, whereas the issue male wanteth: notwithstanding, the first degree excepted, he admitteth only the males to the succession. And so he keepeth the order that is vsed. And verely, to exclude his heyres for the respect of the sexe, should be a verie wicked thing. But when hee is [Page 718] come from those that are his, Gods lawe of ignorāce vnto other being legitimate: their prero­gatiue beginneth to consiste in the males. I speake of the lande of Cha­naan, in the which not onely the name of Abraham, but (to the end that there might be a more certaine and distinct memorie) the names of the twelue tribes ought to haue beene kept.

Thus sayth Caluine, but how far he stretcheth this limitation, that he sayth, Caluines re­straint doutfull. he speaketh of the lande of Chanaan: I doe not certainly vnder­stande. Except it be only to the prerogatiue of the male legitimate, that immediately he spake of before. And not to restrayne all this lawe of God, which before hee sayde shoulde be a perpetuall and generall rule, to the onely lande of Chanaan, or to the name of Abraham, and to the twelue tribes. For that were, neither to make it generall nor per­petuall. The debarre of a general and perpe­tuall rule a wicked thing. And verily, if this be a verie wicked thing, ( as Caluine sayeth) to exclude the heyre for respecte of the sexe: then doth this general­litie and perpetuitie of this rule, stretche further than to the lande of Chanaan, or to the Iewes. And it is yet to this day, and in all Christen­dome, as wicked a thing to debarre this generall and perpetuall rule, for respect of the sexe, as euer then with them it was. Neither doe I thinke, the wordes to goe so cleare as Caluine takes them: that if the man haue no children of his owne, neither sonnes nor daughters, that by the mans brethren, and by the mans fathers brethren, the males haue such prerogatiue giuen them, that they might ouerpasse and debarre al the females equall in the line collaterall, and so procéede to another new line, still respecting the sexe, more than the néerenesse of the line: but that the same respect which is to be had of the principall partie, the same respect is to be had of all those male or female, that in bloud are néerest to him. On­ly the male hath the prerogatiue if there be anie. Sisters com­prehended in the name of brothers. And that, in the name of Bretheren, ( as in the more woorthie sexe) the name of all the si­sters is comprised, as oftentimes woman is comprehended in the name of man.

But howsoeuer these words here, Brethren, & fathers brethren, strict­ly or largely may be vnderstoode: the wordes in the 11. verse, that for the want of the fathers brethren they should giue the inheritance to the flesh that is the next of the kindred (or family) mentioning neither male nor female, apparantly stretcheth in the default of the male, vnto the female. And therefore Caluine ( my dutifull reuerence to him reserued) doth not so well (me thinkes) anouch this saying, that where the issue male fayleth, notwithstanding except the first degree he admitteth the only males vnto the succession. The lawe of mariage in their tribes restrayned to the Iewes Iudicials. As for that which followeth after cap. 36. of the mari­age of such heyres females with those that were of their owne tribes: that lawe indéede hath the reason which Caluine speaketh of, for the memorie of the certaine and distinct tribes.

[Page 719] And now for further proofe of the womans inheritance Boos when he married Ruthe the Moabitish woman though she were but the widdowe of Mahlon, Boo [...] had Alimelechs inheritance by Ruth. Alimelechs and Naomies sonne, Burgundie yet, the inheritaunce went with her, and came to Boos by her, the great grandsyres to Kinge Da­uid.

Now, if the Salike law were made by an heathen Prince ( as the french pretende) if not rather by those that pretend to be most Christian Princes, fathered in a heathen Princes name: shall any that is a Christian Prince indéede, oppose the same vnto Gods most equall & naturall law and therby exclude other Christian Princes titles, and vaunt of this their heathen law; and that worse is, not only cleane disinherite the natural heire, but deface all women kinde thereby, as this popish Bishop Caenalis doth?

But sée howe he confutes himselfe. For, when hee hath sette downe the Salike lawe, that no portion of inheritaunce of the Salike lande, Caenalis cō ­futes him­selfe. may come to a woman, but that the whole inheritance should come to the male kinde: Moreouer ( sayth hee) they call the Salike lande, that which cleaueth indiuisiblie to the Monarchicall scepter of the Frenche, which condition they of Bourges, and of Orleance, and the Dukedome also of the Burgundians do followe.

If the dukedome of Burgundie ( for the other as meaner states I will not prie into) followe the same condition that the lande Salike and the land adherent to the French crowne doth: I would againe desire no bet­ter argument, that, the inheritance of the crowne of France deuolueth vnto the right of the heyre female.

For first, what is clearer than that which Otto Fresingensis Lib. 2. cap. 29. sayth: Mos est in Burgundia, &c. It is the custome in Burgundie, The custom of Burgun­die. (which is kept almost in all the Prouinces of France) that alwayes the authoritie of the inheritance of the Farher, passeth to the elder brother, and to his children whether they be males or be they females, the resi­due hauing respect to him as to their Lord.

But to goe to no other witnesses then Caenalis him-selfe: doth hee not confesse, Lib. 1. perioche. 13. fol. 101. b? Vnto Gondebaldus succeded Sigismunde, who himselfe also perished of a cruell death, Burgundie descendeth to a womā. beeing toge­ther with his sonne hurled downe into a pitte, in so much that the king­dome of Burgundie, came in the name of inheritaunce vnto Clotildis And the same he repeateth in the next leafe. b. who being slaine ( he spea­keth of Gondomarus) the kingdome of the Burgundians passed vnto Clotildis and to her children. And againe, 105. a. the kingdome of the Burgundians is the first section, from Gondengus, alias Gondochius, or Gondebundus, vntill Clotildis placed in matrimonie to Clodoueus, vnto whom succeded heyres suruiuing Gondebaldus and Gondesigil­lus.

[Page 720]But to Gondebaldus succeeded Sigisimundus, The Mero­uingians and Carolins lines. who beeing slayne, the scepter of the kingdom came to Clotildis and to her posteritie. But whē as vnto Clotildis and vnto her posteritie succeeded a great many chil­dren: the kingdome of Burgundie flewe among them with doubtfull fethers, which must needes fall out that at the length the kingdome of Burgundie should come to the last suruiuer, which should be only called the Monarch of the Gaules. And all this fell out after Pharamundus, a­bout the time of Clodoueus, who was the first Frenche king that was Christened, by the meanes of this his wife Clotildis, frō whose issue suc­céeded the line of the Merouingians, The line of the Mero­uingians by the woman. The line of the Carolins by the wo­man. of Meroueus grand-father to Clodo­ueus, and by affinitie as Aimonius witnesseth, (that is, through title of kindred by his wife) the successor of Clodio. Pharamundus son, so that againe, all the line of the Merouingians came by the woman. Which line of the Merouingians continued till Charles Martell the Father of Pipine, and Grandfather to Charles the great. In whose stocke both Burgundie, and the regiment of all Fraunce continued, vntill the time of Hughe Ca­pete, who gaue the same vnto his brother, it being not long before abased by Lotharius, from the state of a kingdome to a dukedome, for his contu­melious striking of an Arch-bishop.

But now (sayth Caenalis) after that the inheritaunce of the Burgun­dian dukedome came to the French kinges: No sure footing in the Princes of Burgun­dies line but by the wo­man. ye shall scarse finde, concer­ning the race of the Princes of the Burgundians, where ye may safely fixe your foote, euen vntill the time of S. Loyes, and that chiefely by reason of women: S. Loyes had Agnes or Agnet his daughter, Duchesse of Bur­gundie, whom not long time after, Lewes (surnamed Hutin) succeding married. Philip surnamed the fayre married Margaret ennobled by the ftocke of Burgundie. Then followed Ioane giuen in mariage to Philip the long. Whom straight-way followed Blanch Duches of Burgundie, ioyned in mariage to Charles the fayrer that succeeded Philip the long. After whome Philip of Valoys following, married Ioane Duchesse of Burgundie.

This Philip gotte the crowne of France from Edwarde the 3. King of Englande. By whose meanes this Salike law, against the inheritance of the female was first vnder the name of Pharamunde deuised. Vppon pretence as the fame went that a certaine Queene of France cast her fan­cie on a Butcher, The occasiō of making the Salike lowe. ( as Iohannes Methensis witnesseth) and married him. For detestation of which fact they made the Salike lawe, that no wo­man should after that inherite the kingdome of Fraunce. Io. Methensis manuscript. And although Gaguinus to defeate king Edwardes title, alleage that euerie one of the thrée sonnes of Philip the faire, both Lewes Hutin, and Philip the long, & Charles the fayre had all issue, Edwarde 3. right. besides the other daughters that he menti­oneth of Philip le Beau; yet sithe it is apparant that of none of all those [Page 721] issued any heyres male or female: how could Philip of Valoys pretende, Burgundie from his Vncle Philip S. Lewes sonne, which Philip was Father to Isabel, Edwarde the thirde his mother, to bereaue Isabell and her sonne Ed­warde of this right, but vnder pretence only of this deuised lawe? Which lawe as we haue séene by Caenalis owne confession, taking no place in Bur­gundie, the Burgundians and the Frankes following one condition of inheritaunce: it followeth, that this lawe Salike, is but a méere de­uise, and that in searching the practise wée finde all cleane contra­rie.

And as the inheritance of Burgundie went thus, vntill that time that this deuise was hatched: so hath it gone since. The right of Burgundie deuolues not to the French king but to Max­imilian by his wife. For although Caenalis when he commeth to Charles Carolese, or rather Careles, which last was flaine by the Switzers, sayth: who when hee wanted an heyre male, by the vertue of the Salike lawe, the Dukedome of Burgundie came to the kinges of Fraunce euen vntill this day: I much maruell what face Caena­lis durst so constantly auouch this thing: sithe all Christendome knoweth, that although the French King scambled for his share, and gotte a parte thereof, in that time of hauocke: yet Maximilian the Emperour, marying afterwarde the daughter and heyre, obteyned by her the right and title of that inheritance. By which it is most cleare, that these two estates of France and Burgundie, the one following in inheritance the condition of the other: that as Burgundie notwithstanding any Salike lawe, admit­teth the inheritance of the woman: so should France also.

Yea, and by reason of this house of Burgundie, hath title come by the woman also euen to the crowne of Fraunce. The which Caenalis himselfe can not denie. For (sayth he, fol. 106. a.) speaking of Philip the long, whom he calleth the Brother ( he should say, the sonne of Phi­lip the faire) he succeded his elder brother Lewes, surnamed Hutin, that is (as some interpret it) troublesome or brawling, vnto whom Margaret the sister of Robert Duke of Burgundie was maried. Of whom Hutine begat Ioane, which Ioane was maried vnto the Earle of Eureux, Ebroicensi. and to the king of Nauarre. Whereupon controuersie arose betweene the Duke of Burgundie and Philip ( he meaneth Philip of Valoys) which of a re­gent was created king, about the yeare, 1316. by reason of which Ioan the Scepter was staide to be diuolued to the Duke of Burgundie, bro­ther of Ioan. But the lawe Salike directlie withstood this sentence. The law Sa­like not re­garded whē it made not for them. How beit the mariage of Ioan daughter of Philip, whome the Duke of Bur­gundie tooke to his wife, brake off that strife. But because this Ioane Hutines daughter had no issue, Edwarde therefore came still be­fore the Duke of Burgundie. And yet had this Duke carried it away, euen by affinitie, for all the lawe Salike, had not the matter béene other­wise composed.

[Page 722] The Caro­lins from the wom [...]. And Caenalis reckoning vp the Genealogie of the Earles of Burgun­die comming from Otto he sayth: Otto begat Ioane the French Queene, and Queene of Nauarre, the Ladie of the countrye Palatine of Burgun­die, whom Philip the French king chose to his wife, of which mariage issued Lewes the french King, and his 2. sonne Philip Earle Palatine of Burgundie, &c. Ioane had daughter Elisa or Elisabeth, maried to Ro­bert Duke of Burgundie, about the yeare 1306. Lewes the French king and of Nauarre begat the Earle of Poyters, & Palatin of Burgundie and Lorde of Salinople, not long after French king. This Philip, of whom we haue spoken, begat Margaret enriched with a triple Earledome, of Flaunders, of Artoys and of Burgundie, &c.

Thus doth Caenalis ( in prosecuting these pedegrées of these Princes) declare withall what inheritances also came to them with women, & that vnto the French king besides Britanie & diuerse other Prouinces, by ma­riages of the heires female. Inheritances comming by the right of women. Yea, what title to the French crowne, himself had Pipine, but on the mothers side. As Caenalis is faine to confesse (though he would turne the matter from title to election) that he came by the mo­thers bloud of the Frankes. fol. 68. of whose progenie sayth Volateranus, Lib. 3. fol. 17. b. Pipine therefore the King, in the yeare. 751. beganne the seconde progenie among the French, of whom wee must speake a fewe thinges: taking his beginning from his auncestors, for they boast of his kindred from the french kinges. For Ambertus being a great man begat of Hitildis the daughter of Clotarius the 8. Herkenoalde the Fa­ther of Pipine, who had Grimoalde the father of an other Herkenolde, of whom was begotten the other Pipine surnamed the short, of his short stature. &c. This Pipine begat Charles Martell, who had issue Pipine that was made king, the Father of the Emperour Charles the great. So that all this boasting that Volaterane speaketh of, came of the mother.

And likewise for Hughe Capete sayth Caenalis Fol. 110. This one fun­ction I haue chosen to my self, that out of the most certaine Chronicles of Bochet, I might set before mine eyes the most renowmed progenie of Hugh Capete, Hugh Cape­res descent by the wo­man. running downe from Pharamunde by Pipine, to wit, vnto whome the race of the royall stocke is deuolued, the feminine sexe comming betweene. And this is the order of this generation. Of Pi­pine the short was begotten Charles the great, of whō came Lewes sur­named the godly, from whence out of this generation came Lewes of Bauier king of the Germaines. From the Bauarian proceded Carlo­manne, who of his bodie begat Arnulphus the Emperour. From Ar­nulphus sprange his daughter Luigarde. Who being ioyned in matri­monie to the Duke Odo, brought forth Henrie, which married Mawde the daughter of the Emperour Lewes. Neuerthelesse Henrie married an other wife the widdowe of Conradus called Placida or Placentia. From [Page 723] whence came Otto the first Emperour of that name, The Cape­tians from the womā. and Bruno Bishop of Colayne, and Gerberga the noble wife of the french king Lewes the fourth. From whom issued Aigunda ioyned in marriage to Hugh surna­med the great, which by the title of Earle, obteyned the royall Citie of Paris. Of which matrimonie issued our Hughe Capete. And from hence it clearely appeareth that Hughe, of whome at this present wee speake, was by lynage a Caroline, a Merouingian, and also a Troian Sicambrian. Of whom the Sicambrians also had their name of Cambria a most wise woman the king of Britaines daughter, as Lazi­us de Migrationibus gentium, discoursing vppon the Cymmerians from whence the Frankes came, doth witnesse, Fol. 83.

Thus doth Caenalis himselfe fetche the pedegrée of the royall bloud of all these houses euen for Hugh Capete, still from the mother. And the like beeing shewed also in Meroueus, that came to the Crowne by the right of affinitie vnto Clodio the sonne of Pharamunde, ( all affinitie consisting by right of mariage) it followeth, that all the translations from the right line that euer haue béene in Fraunce, saue onely the intrusion of Philip de Valoys to exclude Edwarde the thirde, were made only by such, as claimed the title of the royall bloud by right of their mothers, notwith­standing the French Chronicles friuolous pretenses of election, or of the Salike lawe.

Nowe, where Caenalis would drawe the reason of this pretensed Sa­like lawe, from a contrarietie to the lawe of nature, and to the lawe of GOD in the state of a Monarchie: Caenalis Lib. 1. periche fol. 66. let vs likewise sée the peyse of those his reasons. Fol. 66. By which reason ( sayeth hée) the Mo­narchie of the Frenche is established. Which when it reacknowledg­eth not a superiour, it mought of his owne right make a lawe to en­dure for euer, and publish the same beeing made. If the reason here­of shall bee exacted, yee shall finde that euen by the verie force of the woorde, a Monarchie can not consiste and a supreme gouerne­ment of thinges, except it be in the male kinde. That the Monarchi­call scepter be Guerman, that is to saye, altogether manly, hauing no­thing womanish mixed with it.

For by the lawe of God it is apparaunt, not in one place (euen nature it selfe teaching vs) that a woman is subiect to a man. Colloss. 3. Gen. 3. 1. Cor. 11. Thou shalt be vnder the power of the man, sayeth the Lorde vnto the woman, not so much noting her person, as her sexe. And out of Paule, the man is the heade of the woman. Howe nowe can it come to passe, that the wo­man if shee gouerne Monarchically should not haue the supreme go­uernement ouer the man? If the man gouerne, she shall not bee a Mo­narke. Contrariwise if the woman retayne the chiefe Dominion to her selfe, then shall not the man be the commaunder, as he that is vnder [Page 724] the womans lawes. Monarchy. For two can not be either of them in the whole, e­qually the Lordes of one thing.

Concerning that which Caenalis sayde before, that Burgundie follow­ed the condition of Fraunce in this Salike lawe: we haue shewed indéede howe they both followe one condition, that is to say, neither of them in their practise (saue against vs) haue followed this lawe. And therefore by this meanes, this lawe Salike is not established to endure perpetu­ally, but is broken or kept at their pleasure. If they list to put backe the néerest heyre, be he also neuer so muche a man, or manly a man, if his title come by the mother, How the French vse the Salike lawe. or if they like him not to raigne ouer them: then out with this Salike lawe against him. And if they like him, though his descent be from the woman neuer so much: then for sooth, the lawe Salike can not holde: For why; then ( sayth Caenalis) election is aboue all lawe of succession. And thus euery way they shift the mat­ter, to establish (as they say) their Monarchie, and to set vp whom it plea­seth them.

But if the establishment of this lawe consist of this, that it was made by a Monarchie that reacknowledged no Superiour, and therefore of his owne right, might make a lawe to endure for euer, and publish the same being made: then was this lawe farre from such an establishment; Pharamundus and his Frankes beeing so farre off from a Monarchie, and from reacknowledging no superiour: that they were ouer-come by the Romanes, and tributaries to them, and when Valentian forgaue them their tribute for tenne yeares space, where they dwelt then in Hungarie by the Romanes licences: when they denied their tribute they were expulsed from thence (Laz. fol. 66.) and after planted them-selues in Holland, and Phrisia and from thence by little and little into Germany and to Gallia.

But what enfranchesing hath the French Monarchie nowe, (which he sayth, Lazius de mi­grationibus gentium. reacknowledgeth no superiour) that both it and all other neuer so high or so large a Monarchie, should not alwayes reacknowledge the su­perioritie of the lawe of God, to be aboue and ouerrule all their Salike or humane lawes?

Neither doth the nature of a Monarchie or supreme dominiō, ( as here he boldely auoucheth) require to consist alwayes in a man, and that man to be altogether a manly, or a warrelike man, and admitte no feminine admixture. A Monarchy may admit a woman gouernour. For then, not only euerie man childe, but also many milder spirited men might be excluded from their right and Monarchies. True it is, that by the lawe of God, and by the lawe of nature, a woman is subject and inferiour to a man, in respect of her sexe of womankind: but as Caenalis confesseth, that the Lorde spake these wordes, vnto the woman, thou shalt bee vnder the power of the man, not so muche [Page 725] noting her person as her sexe: and how then doeth not Caenalis fully an­swere himselfe herein? For the worde Monarke, onely chiefe or gouer­nour, noteth not the sexe, but the person. And therefore, this sentence, Monarch re­specteth not the sexe. not noting so much the person as the sexe: is not well applyed to that estate of a Monarke, which noteth not so much the sexe as the person. Wheras this subiectiō of the woman to the man, is of the sex, in respect she is a woman: and not of the person, whereby shee is a Prince or Mo­nark, except it be vnderstood of such a person, as is a mans wife, & in respect of her wife-hoode subiect to her husbande. Otherwise, A woman superior in some re­spectes. if she can not by any meanes be superiour as a person: then can she not onely be no Mo­narke ouer men in a kingdome: neither yet, haue any Ladiship ouer any countrie, no, nor be any Mistresse in her own houshold, if any man ( though a méere seruant or stranger) soiorne in her house. And if shee may haue a higher authoritie, in respect of the higher person, wherunto she is called ouer men seruaunts in a family, towne, or Countrie: then may she not­withstanding her sexe, retayne the highest authoritie also euen in a Mo­narchie.

Which distinction of sexe & person, vsed by Caenalis himselfe, How the mā is the wo­mans head, and how th [...] woman may be the mans head. expoun­deth likewise his sentence out of S. Paule, that the man is the womans head, in respect ( I aunswere) of her sexe and woman-hood: except we shall adde (if she be married) in respect also of the state of her wife-hood. But this hindreth not, but that in other respects, the woman ( though not as a womā) but as a Mistresse▪ a Ladie, or a Soueraigne, may be the mans head also, that is, his lawfull Gouernor, & director, and so his Monarke. So that, although the man retaine still his naturall superior power, in regard of his manhood: or his oeconomicall superiour authoritie, in regard of his marriage: yet in other politicall considerations, as wherein a womā is an heyre, or lawfully attayneth to any title of dignitie or crowne, she may be Ladie, or Soueraigne of any lande, territorie or dominion, & so, the supreme gouernement thereof belongeth of right vnto her, or to her husbande ( haue she any) in her name & title. And being sui Iuris, her own woman, as we terme it, hauing no husband to be her head: her supreme gouernement is the lesse restrayned.

Debora had a husbande, to whome (no doubt) she was buxome & loy­all, in respect of the dutie of a wife: but againe, The exam­ple of De­bora. in respect of the highe and publike estate, that God other wise aduanced her vnto, she gouerned and iudged all Israell, and so, her owne husbande, and vnder God, in her iudgementes and commaundementes she was their head. And although Hester was not a Monarke, but her husbande Ahashuerus, whose very name betokeneth he was the chiefe head: yet notwithstanding she obtey­ned great power and authoritie ouer all the Iewes her countrimen, that dwelt thoughout all her husbandes prouinces. Yea, and her husbande [Page 626] (chap. 5. ver. 3.) had her aske what she would, and it should be giuen her, euen to halfe the kingdome. The offer made to He­ster of halfe the king­dome was a lawfull offer. Which he would not haue offered her, if shee had not béen capable of publike gouernment. If now we grant that Hester might haue such authoritie, though vnder her husbande, yet ouer her owne peo­ple & ouer halfe these Prouinces, whereof one quarter is more than all the kingdome of France, and adde all Italy to it: how then is not the force of Caenalis argument ouerthrowen? For we stand not vpon so absolute a Mo­narchie, as admitteth superiour power at all: for such a Monarke is no man neither, but only almightie God. But if a woman may haue a despo­ticall regiment to gouerne but a Towne, or Lordship, as in the new Te­stament, Marie and Martha, were Ladies of Bethania, as many doe ex­pounde those wordes, Ioh. 11.1. Mary & Mar­tha Ladies of Bethanie. The Ladie Lois. 1. Iohn. A certaine man was sicke named Lazarus of Bethania, the Towne of Mary and her sister Martha: and also (as it may be cō ­iectured) the Ladie to whom S. Iohn wrote his seconde Epistle: then may she also procéede further, euen to the gouernment of a kingdome or Mo­narchie, for any hindrance of her sexe heerein. For if she may gouerne men at all, she may be a chiefe gouernour of them well inough.

Neither is it of anye necessitie in publike gouernement, that a man should be the chiefe gouernour, more than a woman, for any thing contei­ned in the quoted sentences, Colloss. 3. Genes▪ 3. 1. Cor. 11. or anie o­ther sentence in the olde, or in the newe Testament, as we haue alreadie séene. So that, whether the chiefe gouernour be man or woman ( come he or she to their estates by godly meanes) the sex is no such debarre at all, but that without any preiudice of their kinds, any one of them may, so far as stretcheth to this publike preheminence, gouerne and direct the other. Yea, Chiefe go­uernor in moe then one. in some cases (although Caenalis say the contrarie) I yet sée not, why two cannot in some sorte be equally gouernours both in one and like, ei­ther of them in the whole euen of one state; yea, one Monarchie or Empire. as it is sayde of Gerion in Spaine, of whome the Poetes feyned that hée had 3. bodies and but one head: because three Brethren vnited themselues equally altogether in one gouernement. And the like euen in the Monar­chie of Rome, diuerse Emperours were. And although some of them deui­ded the Countries and Prouinces of their possessions: yet the Empire re­mayned one among them, which Empire they gouerned ioyntly and with equall dignitie, as though they were but one, & not the one ouer or vnder the other, and some of thē women also, as we shall sée after, when Danaeus shall call vs to exāples of that state. Only now it sufficeth to haue séen how this Popish Bishop Caenalis vseth all those reasons also, that Caluine and Danaeus stande vpon. And howe weake all these their argumentes are.

The residue that followeth in Caenalis, is for the most parte either but vaine babling, without any proofe at all: or more fonde argumentes than the other. Caenalis. These thinges therefore ( sayth he, fol. 66. a.) fight with them­selues [Page 627] to be a chiefe Monarke, and to be a woman.

I denie this consequence. Neither followeth it on any of his premisses. Bridges

But ( sayth he) whosoeuer therefore doubteth in that thing: Caenalis. heareth not himselfe speaking, not knowing the force of the word.

Whether Caenelis heard himselfe or no; I can not say. I rather thinke he heard himselfe too much, Bridges and bewrayeth his owne ignoraunce of the woorde. For what can Monarchie else signifie, but the principalitie or chiefe gouernement of one? And what then is included in the worde Mo­narke, of what sexe that one chiefe gouernour should be? So it be but the chiefe gouernement of one, and not of moe.

But ( sayth he) they that in their kingdomes claime the chief gouern­ment to themselues, Caenalis. admitting the chiefe right of the kingdome in a woman, seeme to doe nothing else, than that they diminish the Maiestie of the Monarchicall principalitie.

If they (that hauing right thereto, Bridges and be not otherwise by their deme­rites barred) be women that claime the Monarchie to themselues: what diminishing is this, when the Maiestie of the Monarchicall principalitie still remayneth entier in them? If he speake of men: his wordes haue no sense. For how can they claime to them selues the chief gouernment in their kingdomes: and withall admit the chiefe right of the kingdom in a woman? Except, whosoeuer should so do, would confesse himselfe to be a plaine vsurper; confessing the chiefe right to be in her, and yet claime the chiefe gouernment to himselfe. If he meane, not of any title of right in present: but right in possibilitie, when it deuolueth to a woman: then nei­ther he diminisheth any whitte the Maiestie of the Monarchicall princi­palitie: nor she, when she lawfully atteyneth thereunto, any whit dimi­nisheth the same by reason of her sexe, except by any her demerites other­wise she diminish it, or perhaps may lose it. But that may happen, and hath hapned, to a man as well as vnto a woman.

Of which matter ( sayth Caenalis) let them looke to it, to witte, Caenalis. the English men, the Spaniardes, and the Sicilians, & well ne [...]re all other.

Sith not only Englande, Spaine, and Sicile, Bridges. but almost all other doe admitte this right: it argueth it is not an vnlawefull, and vnnaturall thing. Almost all Christen­dome ac­knowledg­eth a womā right of regiment. Except the French would condemne the most part of Christendom for their owne peuish standing on this Salike lawe, which they confesse came from Infidelles. But as we of England haue good companie herein: so, let the French rather looke vnto it, that separate themselues, for the maintenance of a Pagan lawe ( if not rather a lawe méere forged) from the most part of Christendome. And is there now no Monarchie or kingdom in all Christendome but only in France? If there be, then to be a Monark, and to be a woman, are not repugnant. And he that doubts therof, heares not himselfe, nor knowes the force of the worde, Monarke.

[Page 728] Other Sig­niories.As for the residue of Ditions or Signiories ( sayth Caenalis) howe ex­cellent soeuer they are, Caenalis the dignitie of their principalitie being safe, (so that it be not supreme and Monarchicall) they may admit the feminine sexe in the succession of lande.

Bridges. If he make this exception of the residue of ditions or Signiories, from Englande, Caenalis graunt in o­thers segni­oties for womens gou. Spaine, Sicill & all other, which he granteth to admit womens supreame gouernement: then, of what other signiories he speaketh, he should haue plainer expressed. But what signiories soeuer he meane, or what municipall lawes soeuer they haue: sith he graunteth this, that how excellent soeuer they be, they may admitte the woman kinde in the suc­cession of the soyle, the dignitie of their principalitie being safe and vn­blemished: and yet that dignitie is annexed to the possession of that soyle: how then doth he not graunt, but that women may gouerne neuer so ex­cellent a signiorie dition or territorie, without impayring the dignitie of the principalitie thereof? Which if they may doe: then this excepti­on, so that it be not supreme and Monarchicall, comes too late, and is a vaine exception.

Neither is his reason hereof any more of value to debarre a womans right from the succession of a kingdom: than of a Princedom or of a duke­dome.

For ( sayth he) there shall not want the top or soueraigntie of the Mo­narchie, Caenalis. that with the defence of armes shal supply the fraylty of the sex, in defending of or restoring her right.

And cannot this be done as well and better by her own subiects, or con­federates, Bridges whē she her selfe hath the Monarchical principalitie? And may not men pretende as well and much easier, to take away an Erledome, a Dukedome or Princedome or other inferiour Signiories from her, The imbeci­litie of a mā childe or weakenes. as vp­on such pretence of defence, to take away her right of the kingdom? Yea, by this reason, n [...] male heyre, being yet a childe, can enioy a Monarchie: because the fraylti [...] of his age, as well as of her sexe, in defending or re­storing his right must be supplyed by the force of armes: which lies as lit­tle in him to doe, as in a woman.

But ( sayth Caenalis) in a Monarchie, if a woman gouerne, it should be necessarie that a man should be subiect to a woman, Caenalis. against al the dispo­sing both of the holy and of the prophane lawe.

Well may it be against the disposing of this prophane pretended Salike lawe: Bridges. but we haue shewed sufficiently, yea, and Caenalis hath sufficiently confessed, that it is not against the holy lawe of God, but that a man may be a subiect to a woman, in respect of the person of her vocation, without any subiection or derogation to the superioritie his sexe and nature, in re­spect that he is a man.

Caenalis.And let this reason ( sayth he) be in steede of all.

[Page 729] If he meane this last reason, I may reply: The gift of healing. and let that his own distinctiō stand for answer of al his own reasons. If he meane that which foloweth: Bridges.

But also it was neuer heard spokē, Caenalis. that the gift of healing whereby the sicke are healed of the Squinancie should light on a woman. The gift of healing the Squyn [...]cy.

Indéede it may be, he makes this his principall reason. For afterward, fol. 110. He commeth in againe ruffling with this selfe same reason, say­ing: by the same worke, the legitimate issue of the Hugonians, Bridges. is from heauen approoued to succeede in the kingdome of the French, by the vertue of an heauenly myracle, to witte, while it reteineth the power of healing the squinancy, (or the scrophules,) which thing is apparant, that it is not graunted to the English vsurper. They that haue attempted contrary, haue beene theeues and robbers. Neyther haue the sheepe heard them. VVhat hath the chough to doe with the harpe, Caenalis. or the sowe with the sweete Oyle of Maioram? with this one argument all the in­uaders of that kingdome, are driuen backe from the royall scepter of the French.

These villanous tearmes, not aunswerable to the Maiesty of a princes royall estate, nor séemely for any modest person, much lesse for the mouth or writing of a Bishop, to haue vttered, being reiected: Bridges. as procéeding from one all inflamed with choller, & blinded with partiality besides poperye: and likewise, this blasphamy against Christe, that his sheepe wil heere no others voyce but his, applying the same to the French king, being remoo­ued: If there remaine any monument in this which he maketh his cheefest argument: Let vs with more moderation than he maketh it, aduise and weigh the same. And first, for this gift of healing this disease, I deny not, but that it may well bee, that the legitimate issue of the Hugonians maye haue this especiall gift. Which albeit, some thinke contrarie, notwithstan­ding (being vsed alonely to the glory of God, and withou [...] all superstition) I take it to be more superstitious to denie it, then to graunt it. The effect so apparantly, though not alwayes, (for God binds not himselfe to such gifts) yet, so often falling out. But nowe, if this be so good an argument: euen as we sée also, often times, by the fresh bleeding againe of a dead body, whose blood, though it hath been [...] long colde and congealed, neuerthelesse, at the presence of the vnknowne murderer, God hath giuen such a miraculous contrariety of naturall qualities and operations (which of the Greeke is called an Antipathie▪ in english we may tearm it a counterpassiō, wher­by the malefactor is discried: so contrariwise, The secrete sympathy & antipathy of nature. if God haue giuen such a sin­guler and excellent sympathy, or force of compassion, to the legitimate issue of that line, or such a secrete and forcible antipathie to that euill or disease that by the expulsion thereof, the right and legitimate line of the French Kings shoulde bee made manifest: then, what soeuer power heereof the French King that now possesseth the Crowne, hath in this matter, I can­not [Page 730] not say: but of this I am sure, and an infinite number moe can witnesse the same, that God hath miraculously healed by her Maiesties handes, a very great number, and still doth.

Yea, Ioh. Tagautius a Parisian, in his institution of surgery dedicated to Frances the first, li. 1. chap. 13. writing of the cure of this disease, dooth saie: Hoc vnum tamen, &c. This one thing neuerthelesse I confidentlie affirme, that it is graunted of God by a speciall gift to the most Christi­an king of the French, that with the onelie touching of his hande hee shold restore to health those that haue the Squinācie, or the Scrophules as they tearme them. King Edward also ( he meaneth the third) as the Hi­stories reporte, was wont to heale those that had the Squinancie with touching onelie, giuen him of God, which gifte beeing immortall, hath passed as a right hereditarie to the kings following. For the kings of England, euen now also by their touching with certaine thanksgiuings before recited, not without ceremonies doe heale those of the Squinan­cie or swellings in the throate.

Which most manifestlie confuteth all the slaunderous and opprobrious vntruths of this blinde & foule mouthed Popish Bishop Caenalis. And cléer­lie euicteth, that as her Maiestie is no lesse of the legitimate line of the Hugonians, Carolines, and Merouingians, than Philip of Valois was: as is most apparant, Isabel being the legitimate daughter of Philip le Beaw, which also was the legitimate sonne and heire of Philip his Father, and Father also to Charles of Valois his second sonne, of whom came Philip of Valois, from whō the French kings succéeding, & he y t is yet remainder, haue issued: sith therfore the legitimate daughter, begotten in lawfull ma­trimonie, is by the expresse law of God, preferred before the Fathers bro­ther, & before fathers brothers son: how can her Maiesties line be called or thought other than the legitimate issue of the Hugonians? & therefore this argument is either of no force to infer the title of the Crowne, but onelie to proue the legitimation of the issue, which they cannot denie in her Ma­iestie, nor we denie in their Princes: or else this argument dooth plainelie conuince them, and infers her Maiesties right and title. But we stand not vpon the lawfulnesse of the bloud, but vpon the neerenesse of the bloud. And Caenalis himselfe speaking of the line of Hugh Capet ( whose royall bloud from the Carolines was onelie of the mother, as we haue euen out of Caenalis shewed) saith, fol. 68. b. For the right of the kingdome of France, is not to bee of the right euerie man, or of heads ( because Hugh Capet had his name of Caput, an head) Sed sanguinis esse, But to be of bloud And therefore, the neerer bloud legitimate, the néerer right, euen by his owne confession.

Now, as this Popish Bishop, the more he striues, the more he wrestles with himselfe, beating himselfe, and confuteth still his owne reasons: so he [Page 731] concludes hereon. Thou seest therefore, Monarchy. how these being ioyned in a cer­taine agreeable and indiuisible league, Caenalis. doe so defence and strengthen mutually the one the other, a Monarchie the Lawe Salike, and the Lawe Salike a Monarchie: that whether of these two thou wilt, being taken a­way: the other of necessitie must either bee chaunged, or perishe vtter­ly.

This conclusion is as false and loose as all the premisses. Bridges What suche Agreeable and indissoluble league hath he proued, or haue wée séene, betwéene the state of a Monarchie and the Salike Lawe, that they can not be seuered without the vtter destruction the one of the other? can not the Salike Lawe stande without a Monarchie? God wotte it was a sory vaga­rant and tributary Monarchie, when (as they pretende) Pharamunde made it, and a pretty while after. And can it not stande in other states po­pular or Aristocratical, as well as, yea and firmer in them than in a Mo­narchie? and must there néedes bée a Monarchie where it takes place? is the state of Bourges, of Orleance, and of Burgundie, a monarchicall state? and yet, Caenalis confessed before, that they all followe the Salike Lawe.

And on the other side, is there no Monarchy but where the Lawe Salike holdeth? Is not the state of Englande, Spaine, Sicile, Scotland, Many Mo­narchies where the Salike Lawe holdeth not and many other states Monarchical, and yet admit not this Salike Lawe but the succession of the woman? Is Fraunce onely and those fewer and meaner states, Monarchies, and not these Countries? What a false con­clusion then is this that includeth all these falshoodes? But if none of all these reasons will serue: yet sayth he:

Howsoeuer it bee, what is more ridiculous, or preposterous & fonde, Caenalis. than if a henne should rule a cocke?

Wh [...] a ridiculous and proposterous reason is this, Bridges from reasonable creatures to vnreasonable, that haue nothing to guide them but the in­stinct and force of nature? and by this reason, all states shoulde not onelye receiue the Salike Lawe: but the Lawe of God, for any preheminence of womon in any inheritaunce at all, or Gouernment of their housholde, and all obedience of men children to their Mothers, especially after they bee stronger than their Mothers, and of seruauntes to their Ladies and Mystresses, is cleane cut off, and shoulde become a Preposterous and an vnnaturall thing, by this Cockishe or rather Cocks-comish reason, If I may be so bolde as to vse this tearme. In-déede the Gaules or French are called Galli, which betokeneth also Cockes, as in the next leafe 67. Caenalis ridiculously and fondly triumpheth on that name saying.

Almoste all other principalities by reason of succession, Caenalis. Galli­nacei sunt, are Hennishe or Dung-hill Cockes (if with the good leaue of all, it maye bee lawfull for mee so to saye). For that in them [Page 732] the woman succeedeth the man, Principa­li [...]y. and the man the woman. Gallus vero mo­narcha [...]mnium quos tota alit Europa, minime gallinaceus est, sed virili tantum & masculus, nullo iure haereditario muliebris. But: the French man (or Cock) being the Monark of all that Europe breedeth, is no hennish or dung-hill Cocke, but onely mannish and Masculine, by no right of inheritance womannish.

Bridges What intollerable boasting and vayne words are these? verily this Bi­shop ( whether he were a Hennish Cocke or no, I cannot tell) is so cranke of his combe, and so loth to haue it cut, that he playes the part of a very cra­uine, and croweth like a Dunghill Cock, but with his arguments fighteth like a crammed Capon. And yet, were all this but a ridiculous and fonde meriment, rather than an argument, to conclude so high a matter, saue that he turnes againe to his olde bious, of wresting not onely the Apocryphal, but also the canonicall Scripture.

Caenalis.VVhich thing ( saith he, fol. 66. b.) How vnseemely it is, he knewe that sayd, women do rule you, do ye not mourne?

Sée, how grosly this is wrested. Whereas, Zorobabel maintaining his theame, Bridges women are strongest, but trueth ouercommeth all thinges. A­mong other sentences sayth on this wise, 1. Esdras 4. ver. 22. Therefore, by this ye may knowe, The Apo­cryphall scripture wrested. that the women beare rule ouer you, do yee not labour and trau elland giue and bring all to the women? This nowe alleageth this ignorant Bishop, as though it were a mournefull and la­mentable state, where women haue any ciuill and politique gouern­ment.

Caenalis.But ( sayth he) no man will call the woman sexe, moste mighty Lorde, and dreadfull Prince, nature euen directly repugning against it. There­fore that sexe is altogether vncapable of a moste mightye Principa­lity.

Bridges Indéede, no man hauing his right wittes, will be so fond as to cal a wo­man, a Lorde: and yet may Queenes with naturall comelinesse, and sub­iect like duty, be called most mighty Lady and dreadfull Prince, or dread Soueraigne. Or in place of these, other reuerende and honorable tearmes, may serue, without any direct or indirect repugnancy to nature well y­nough. But if this or that tearme will not beséeme them, shall wée for the vnfitnesse of that tearme, that is more proper perhaps to a man, denie a womans right of principality? And if a woman were vncapable also of the most mighty principality: might not for all that, a VVoman bee the Queene well ynough of all Fraunce? or is that, the moste mighty princi­pality? I thinke Englande ere now hath matched well ynough with all the might thereof. And yet haue women gouerned more mighty principali­tyes than Englande or Fraunce, or Spayne, and put them altogether.

Caenalis.But ( saith he) the woman-kinde is so prone to fall, and to plunge head-long, [Page 733] that it hath more neede of a brydle than a scepter. For it is written, Pro. 31. VVho shall finde a strong woman?

This is not onely this shamelesse Bishops accustomed wresting Gods holy worde: but héereon hee breakes foorth from all argumentes, Bridges. into so blacke rhethorike and playne rayling: that I must néedes héere for very shame and werinesse begin to shake him off, and turne him loose, to some common scoldes, more fit a great deale to deale with them, than to dispute on Princes titles, saue that where againe he alleageth the Scripture, say­ing.

For it is written. Who shall finde a strong Woman? Caenalis. I knowe well y­nough some notable Matrones in the feminine sexe are prouident and beautified with many vertues. But this Woman is a rare birde, and most like to a blacke Swanne. But that lawe doth consider those thinges, that a man shall finde euerye where, not the thinges that happen rarely.

Howsoeuer this Bishop can wrest and turne his Salike Lawe, he ought not to wrest the lawe of God. For Solomon speake not this, Bridges as though there were no such strong women at all: For all that followeth of the wo­mans commendation is cleane contrary. Yea, and this very worde of So­lomon which here he vseth, ver. 10. [...], Mulier fortis, signifying not only substance or wealth, strength of body or courage of mind, called fortitude and vertue, such as may bee in a priuate man: but such as is re­quisite in the gouernment of the people, yea, of an armie, which word he so ascribeth vnto a woman, that he sayth, she putteth it on as a garment, verse 25. The 70. call this Woman, [...], a valiant, manly or a mannish Woman. And say, she hath put on [...], The deriua­tion of the name womā Might & com­linesse. [...] may very well bee fetched from the Hebrue worde, which calleth the Man [...] Ish, and the woman [...] Isha, and the Latine is, vir & virago, the English, Man and Woman, as the party whome the man doth wooe. Whereby it appeareth, that this sexe, though the weaker vessel by nature, yet by grace as she is, according to the Apostles saying, 1. Pet. 3.7. coheire with vs of the gift of eternal life, which of al other is the greatest gift: so is she not vncapable of this vertue of politique gouern­ment in this mortall life, which is a gift though excellent, yet farre inferi­or. True it is, fewe haue had this gift in excellent manner: Neither many men But that is no reason, for the seldomnesse of it, that the Lawe of man should cleane debarre it. For wee rather say contrary: thinges the more rare, ( if they be good thinges) are so much more precious, and estéemed the rather, the rarer they are, The rarenes tak [...]h not away the right. and yet might that Lawe perhaps the lesse thinke thereon. For, seldome séene soone forgotten. And it is séene the seldomer, by reason that ordinarily the parents want not sonnes, and therefore it de­uolueth the seldomer to the daughters. But, this shoulde not clean drown [Page 718] Gods Lawe in vtter obliuion, Guardian­ship. and much lesse remembring it, Mans lawe shoulde not of purpose be written against it. And yet it is not so seldome, but that in that Chapter (and vsing also that very Worde of the forditude of gouernment, euen of an army if néede were) he sayth, Verse 29. Many daughters haue gotten strength, but thou haste surmounted them all. So that, Fortitude in a womā. though they be very rare which surmount all other: yet, he saith Many Daughters may haue a competent degrée euen of this Fortitude, that can gouerne the multitude of the people: the residue in Caenalis, which followeth out of Poets inuectiues is vnworthy the answering. As for the Amazones I am of his opinion. His next argment is this.

The Lawes repell a woman from being tutor or Guardian to a pupil or Fatherlesse childe: Caenalis. with what reason then shoulde they be receiued to defend and protect the cheefe dignitie of a Monarchie? Reason first, is a weake argument from the defence and protection of anothers weaknes, to the title of ones own right. For a man childe, though hee cannot also bée a tutor, but is vnder tutors: yet can hee bee a Monarche or a King, euen while he is defended and protected vnder his tutors gouernment. A child vn­der tutors and yet a Monarke. For, that gouernment of his tutors, is not in any respect of any right of their owne: but of his right. And is onely a supply by another of his infirmity. Which maketh the better to proue that natural imbecility, thogh it might take away the actual exercise of many things either from a Childe or from a woman: yea, from a Man also: yet, can it not take away their title & au­thority from their right and propriety in the kingdome.

For though a king be continually sicke, yet is he king still. As, when Dauid was so cold and impotent for age and broosings in the warres, Bridges that he coulde no longer come abroad, nor get warmth: yet remained hee king Azaria or Vzia though he was a Leper, and liued in a house apart, and his sonne iudged and ruled the people in his stéed, 2. Chro. 26. yet remained hee in right and title still the king. And haue not some French kings also bin long sick & weake, and so distracted, & yet continued kings, though their selues not able to execute any part of Gouernment of the kingdome?

Nowe although we sée this argument is more against him than with him: yet it stands not on so absolute and firme a principle. The Lawes doe not repell a VVoman from a Tutelship, Infirmity no debarre to right. except in certaine conditions. Mater filij tutelam perdit, vel si incontinenter viuat, vel si ad secundas nuptias transeat. The Mother ( saith the lawe) leeseth her tutelship if she liue vn­chastely, or if she mary againe. Pan in C. vxoratus. De conuer. coniug. So that this condition being auoyded: the Lawes which holde euen in Fraunce, do admitte the tutelship of a pupill as well to a woman as to a man.

And although in the auncient Ciuill Lawe there bee a rule of Vlpian quae tutela eo & haeredit as peruenit, nisi cum faeminae haeredes intercedunt: wher­upon that Lawe was made which sayth, Mulier non potest esse Tu­trix. L. s [...]ff. de tutelis &c. Yet notwithstanding sayth Montholonius in [Page 719] promptuario diuini iuris & vtriusque humani, &c. Et hoc absolute verum e­rat de iure antiquo, nisi a principe filiorum tutelam impetraret, vt dicitur in D. L. fi. Quo casu, priuilegium principis habebit locum non extantibus legiti­mi [...] & seruata forma quae habetur in L. 2. C. Quando mulier tutelae offic. fun. poss. Hodie verò etiam de iure communi foemina habilitata est vt tutelam filio­rum suscipere possit. Vt est tex [...] in Aucten. matri & auiae. & notat Barth. in L. si sub conditione. Col. 3. ff. de testa. tutel. & talis tutela quae matri compe­tit non potest sibi a patre auferri. Vt notat Bald. consid. 608. Testator. lib. 1. Vbi miratur quod Earth. dubitauerit de hoc. But what néed recital of the Lawes: where the practise hath euer bin, & stil is, to the contrary? & that euen in the yong or infirm French kings themselues, as we heard of Batildis &c. and haue séen in our own daies of the Q. Mother in France which is yet liuing.

But that ( saith Caenalis) some obiect of the daughters of Salphaad, Caenalis. Num. 2. is out of the cause. For wee must not deny to a woman her fa­thers inheritance, howe wealthy or much soeuer it be, so that the cheefe type of the whole Monarchie fall not to a woman, being altogether vn­able to defend to susteine that burden.

As for those women that be altogether vnable: that is an other questiō. So, the man might be debarred too, though neither of them, Bridges man nor wo­man, of their title, yet of their exercise and administration of the same. That all women are not vnable héereunto: we haue partly shewed faire proofe and euidence, and shall (God willing) shew yet furder. Yea, that none are dissabled, only for the respect of their sexe, euen this lawe sufficeth, which is of such force: that this B. granteth it holdeth in any enheritance, A Womans ability to beare the charge. be it ne­uer so wealthy or rich. And then (say I (it holdeth in a kingdome. If it bee not ( saith he) the tipe of the whol Monarchie. And where finds he this re­straint in this law? Or in the practise of the Iewes? indéed he confesseth, they vsed it not. But the cause that hee thus restraines it, is this, that a wo­man, ( saith hee) is altogether vnable to sustaine this burthen. And is not a woman now in the state of Christendom vnder the gospell as wel able, as then a woman was, in the state of the Iewes vnder the Lawe? but he euer dreams of such a great Monarchie in France, Many grea­ter Monar­chies then Fraunce. that a woman is not able to sustein it. As though it were onely so great a Monarchie, that in all Christendome or in all the world none were like it. And is not Spaine as big and bigger then France? and haue not the ancient Monarchies of Asia & of Rome bin bigger then both, and then all these parts of Christendome now are? & yet haue women gouerned those Monarchies. But a Monar­chie is a Monarchie, be it litle or great. And England is a Monarchie too, (God bee praysed) & that France hath felt. Yea, when this lawe of Phara­mund was made: God wot, it was then a poore state, vassaile and tribu­tary to the Romaynes ( as I haue shewed) not so much as contending for such a Monarchie, but rather for a quiet state, which it got afterwarde, [Page 736] and in time grewe (I graunt) vnto the Monarchy that now it is, French Monarchy. but, had it béene so then, or be it nowe as great a Monarchy, as they affirme it is: yet, if a Woman may gouern it, in the name of the tutleship of her sonne: ( as diuerse haue done) can she not doe it as well in her owne name, if shee had a right and title thereunto?

His fond argument of the Sunne and the Moone: is in déede not worth the aunswering. Caenalis. That as the Moone shines by the light of the Sunne: so doth the Matron raies by the light of her husband. But no man hath so much as thought in his dreame, that the Sunne being the greater light, should depende of the brightnesse of the Moone, especially in the cheefe Monarchicall principality.

In-déede the Pope doth pleade on this wise, for his superiority aboue the Emperour. Bridges. And therefore, these Popelings may be the bolder to borow his argument. But if hee compare it to a man and his wife (as heere hee séemes to doe) and so in-déede the Sunne & Moone did signify in the dream of Ioseph, Gen. 37. yet that matrimonial cōparison is not to the purpose of a Monarchical state. But to admit also this resemblance. Though the Sun be the greater light then is the Moone: yet hath the Moon a goodly light also, The compa­rison of the Sonne and the Moone to the man and the wo­man, is not against wo­mens go­uernment. and a proper monarchie of her owne, to rule the night, as wel as the Sunne to rule the Day, euen by the testimony of the Scripture. Which is not ascribed so much to any other starres, although they bée bigger farre than the moone is.

These vaine and friuolous arguments, hath this French Bishop ( which yet both in this point, and in all the French antiquities is one of the moste industrious of them all) and straineth all his wits, to recommend and set out this Salike Lawe, wresting and writhing of the scriptures. How much better, in my opinion, and with farre more modesty, (though otherwise he be also a great fauourer of the French estate aboue England,) doth Iaco­bus Meyer the Chronicler of Flaunders write of this matter. Lib. 12. fol. 136 saying.

In the yeare of our Lorde, 1335. Easter day being the 16. of Aprill, the English warre began, which of all other continued longest, and was moste cruell. And which helde out (with truces betweene whiles) aboue 100. yeares. Which might rather be called a Domesticall sedition than a Warre. The Christian common-weale is one kingdome, and one house. Whatsoeuer warres are made therein, are made with great blemish. Nei­ther (if we shoulde say the trueth) they are Warres, but most reprochfull seditions. King Edward opposed to the Salike Law of the French, the di­uine Bibles: which call the woman to inheritance, in defect of the issue male. Certaine there were in Fraunce that misliked not those argu­mentes of Edward. Which men being put to death: Edward determined to pursue his right, although with long and hard warre, and with most [Page 737] mightie force of armes, The reasō [...] of this treatise. to extinguish that Heathenish custome of the French. The Salij are sayde, while they yet liued among the Scithians, to haue ordrined and kept that lawe. These Salikes in the time of the decay of the Romane Empire, got to themselues the surname of Frankes, and began to be called Salij Francici, Salike Frankons. As also the Frisian Frankes, the Saxon Frankes, that is to saie, the free Frisons, the free Sax­ons, to wit, those that could bee no longer compelled to paie tributes. These Salik Frāks, after that they pierced first vnto the riuer of the Rhen, and after that euen to the riuer of Sequana, or Seine: albeit that they al­so became Christian, yet renued they, and tooth and naile euen to this daie they haue held that lawe. ( But that this is not so, wee haue alreadie shewed euen by Caenalis the chiefest vrger of it.) Howbeit not without great detrimēt of Christian piety, as me thinks. ( And here he noteth in the margine, The Lawe Salike hurtfull to the Christian common weale.) For if these laying aside their hatred. and the superstition of that Lawe) had nowe ioyned to themselues the riches of Englande: thē had the French, the English, the Scots, the Flemmish, and the Burgundians, growen toge­ther into one kingdome, and with so mightie a power had easilie destroi­ed that barbarousnesse of Mahomet, which continued in Spaine euen al­most vntill our times. But after that (I knowe not by what euill spirit of the French) the French haue alwaies attempted to beare rule among o­ther men, all things haue bene troubled, all things haue beene full of dis­comfort, all things lamentable, all thinges seditious. Wee haue since that time seene peace no where, no where quietnesse. How vnhap­pilie the Sa­like law sot­ted the French. England was seene to offer the occasion that was most to be wished for, but that Frēch block­ishnesse and infelicitie could not take hold thereon, being sotted by that Salike lawe.

And againe Fol. 148. lamenting the greate slaughter at the battaile of Chertsey: where hee telleth how the French King called King Edward, a Marchant of wooll, and King Edward called him the Marchant and au­thor of the Salike Lawe: hee sayth: The Frenth men alleadge certaine fonde causes of so great a slaughter. But I thinke there ought none o­ther to bee alleadged, than wee haue before mencioned, that is to witte, the frinolous right of the French men, which is full of controuersie, vncertaine, and (that I may not saie) false, verilie most farre vnworthie of so great bloudshed.

I suppresse herein his vnreuerent tearmes of Queene Isabel by whom the right of this title came. Onelie I note his iudgement of this pretended Salike Lawe. Which sith that all the French writers so earnestlie vrge, to stoppe there with the title of the Kings and Queenes of England, not one-onelie then in the time of ignoraunce and superstition raigning: but that also in this cléere light of the Gospell and manifestation of Gods Lawe, [Page 738] euen these notable and excellent learned professours of the Gospell in the French refourmed Churches, Danaeus arguments. Caluine and Danaeus sauour yet so much of this French faction, that vpon the occasion of womens publike speaking in the congregation, they cannot refraine themselues from this humour of their Countrie, but must also most vnnecessarilie cast forth these intempe­rate spéeches and disputations, against the right and title of womens pub­like regiment: and that some also among our selues, snatching at their ar­guments, with more gréedie newfanglednesse, than with aduised confide­ration, haue likewise, to disturbe and indaunger our state, attempted the like inuectiues: I therefore thought it not amisse, both for the playner ma­nifestation of the right of that title, The causes of the larger discussing this point of womens gouernment. which I haue heard many desire to bee discussed further than any yet hath done, (although I meddle not here with titles anie farther than defensiuely for womens right of gouernment, & to iustifie against all slanders the right of our Princes title) & for euery mans fuller satisfaction in these questiōs upon these foresaid occasions, to be som­what the larger, though withal (crauing pardon, I confesse) to be som what also the more tedious in this long processe herevpō. But tedious or not, the more pains was mine, and they that haue lust and leasure to reade it, may, or may not, at their owne liking) I regarding chieflie the satisfying of the curious in these daies, at least the staying of the simple from this curious­nesse, am driuen my selfe to be rather ouer curious, than ouer negligent in slubbering ouer a slight & slender answere. To returne nowe therefore to Danaeus further argument.

Danaeus on 1. Tim. 2.12. fol. 84.Of which matter also ( saith Danaeus procéeding on the proues of his fore­sayd question in his treatie on 1. Tim. 2 verse. 12. folio 84.) the examples are extant, in Semiramis the Queene of the Assyrians. Candace of the Aethiopians, Act. 8. verse. 27. Cleopatra of the Aegyptians vnder Augu­stus, and Zenobia, a most valyant woman vnder Adrian the Emperour. To the Empire of which Zenobia many Christian Churches also did o­bey. Bridges

This argument séemeth to tende to the confirmation of that hée spake before, Danaeus ex­amples of womens gouernment. that in Spaine, England, Scotland, and diuerse other regions, it was a right and honest matter, for a woman to haue the chiefe gouern­ment ouer men. But Danaeus dooth it so coldlie, and brings out onelie héere these foure examples of Heathen women, and those not of the choi­sest neither, which among the Heathen women hee might haue founde: that hée rather séemeth in so slender defending it, to oppugne it. But, let vs take the view of these his examples that hee alleadgeth. And first, for Semiramis person wée will not stand in plea she being an Ethnike, might the easier (as in the end she is recorded to haue done) degenerate into great vices, Semiramis Q [...]eene of Assyria and Chaldea. yet for a greate while, both in the noneage of her sonne, and after­warde also in respect of worldly pollicie, power, and magnificence, sheée [Page 739] wonderfullie gouerned about fortie yeeres, that mightie, golden, and first monarchie of the Assyrians and Chaldeans, and the most Hystoriogra­phers that write of her life, haue her actes in admiration. None accu­seth her (that I reade of) as an vnlawfull gouernour. Neither did the people (which was in the time of our forefather Abraham) condemne her gouernment of that Monarchie, Candace Queene of Ae [...]hiopia. as an vnhonest and vnlawfull state.

But I passe from her the lighter, because I had rather consider better Danaeus his other example of Candace. Who though she were also an Heathen Princesse, notwithstanding her name at least, is registered in the holie Scripture, that this Candace was the Queene of Aethiopia, who not onelie reigning in her owne right and title, and not of her husband, had the chiefe gouernment of a great monarchie in that Countrie: but that also diuerse other Queenes there had the like soueraigntie; Caluine o [...] Act. 8.27. and that it was an vsuall order, Caluine noteth thus thereon.

The name ( sayth Caluine) of Candaces, was not the name of one Queene onelie, but as the name of Caesar was common to the Romane Emperours: so the Aethiopians, as Plinie testifieth, called their Queenes Candaces. This also maketh to the purpose, that the Hystoriographers affirme, that it was a noble and a wealthie kingdome. Because wee may the better gather by the largenesse and might thereof, howe honourable the condition and dignitie of the Eunuch was. Meroe was the headand chiefe seate. The prophane writers accorde heerein vnto the testimonie of Saint Luke, who dooth reporte that Women were wont there to raigne.

Thus sayth Caluine in his Commentarie vppon the Acts. 8. verse. 27. and because he nameth Plinie, it shall not be amisse to set downe Plinies owne wordes, who speaking of Meroe, libro. 6. Naturalis Historiae, cap. 29 sayth. Plinius lib. 6. natural. hist. ca. 29.

There raigneth the Queene Candace, which name hath nowe this manie yeeres passed vnto the Queenes. The Temple of Ammon is al­so there religious, and Chappels all that coast along. But when the Ae­thiopians were the rulers, that Iland was of greate noblenesse. For they saie it was wont to giue 250000. armed men, and to maintaine 400000. artificers. Whereby it appeareth that it was not anie small Monar­chie.

Vadianus writeth thus. The most auncientest Citie in Meroe is Sa­ba, which afterwarde the king Cambises in the memorie of his sister, na­med Meroe, as Iosephus testifieth in his seconde booke of Antiquities, as I suppose, imitating Strabo. But Plinie also mencioneth there­in the Towne of Meroes, being seauentie miles distraunte from the [Page 740] entrie of the Iland, Candace. which was holden for the seate royall of Aethiopia. This is Saba that seate of the queene of the South (for Iosephus tel­leth, that shee gouerned both Aethiopia and Aegypt, of whome wee reade in the tenth Chapter of the thirde Booke of the Kinges. That shee being stirred vp with the fame of Salomon, The Queen of Saba go­uerned a mightie troupe of men. came with a migh­tie troupe, and with more than princelike giftes into Palestine. Shee is al­so commended of Christ, Matthew 12. and Luke 11. for that shee came to Salomon for the loue of wisedome, euen from ehe farthest coastes: when as the Pharisies woulde not heare him, admonishing them to their faces, and by a diuine power witnessing himselfe to be the sonne of God. But wee must note, that the people of Meroe which were wont to be sub­iect vnto women, in the age that followed, called their Queenes Canda­ces, by a name as common to them, as wee haue foreshewed that the name of Pharaos and Ptolomeus was vnto the Kings of Aegypt. Of which matter also wee vnderstand that the Eunuch mencioned of Luke, Acts. 8. (Whom Philip baptized, beeing taught out of the lesson read in Esaie) was one of the Court of the Queene Candace. Besides that, wee are admonished, The Scrip­ture famili­ar to the Aethiopians by the deliuerie of Luke, that the reading of the Scrip­ture became familiar and vsuall to that nation, euen from the verie age of Candace, neither that they vsed for anie other cause, yeerelie to visite Ierusalem, as a place renowmed for religion, how distant so euer it were in iourney. Caius Plinius writeth, that Publius Petronius, one of the or­der of Knighthood, beeing liefetenant of Aegypt in the time of Augu­stus, pierced into Aethiopia with an armie, that the Queene Candace wan the victorie, which Strabo writeth, was a woman that had but one eie, but in prudence and equitie of minde comparable vnto great men. I knowe not whether that were Candace the Eunuches mistresse, which Luke mencioneth, or it were another. The verie account of the yeeres, & of the exploites atchieued doo almost admonish vs, that it was another. Neither is it anie doubt, but that the Queenes of Aethiopia were long af­ter called by that name. And here Vadianus reciteth that which we haue alreadie alledged out of Plinie. Womens gouernmēt, a thing ac­stomable.

Neither ought it ( sayth hee) to seeme merueilous, that women doo there beare the chiefe rule, sith that the gouernment of women is not a thing vnaccustomed, euen to the most valiant nations. For Semiramis of Assyrians is knowen, and the Queenes of Scithia are knowen, and the Ro­mane hystorie dooth celebrate Theuta, which gouerned the Liburnians, as her that durst make worke for their Citie. Neither must wee count it altogether to bee fabulous, that the antiquitie hath sonog of that Dido the Affricane. As for their religion, I haue authours not vnworthie to bee beleeued, which affirme that Nation to confesse Christ. Neither that [Page 741] they differ from our orders in anie other thing than in ceremonies, that is to wit, a verie small matter. This also Vadian a reuerend Protestant writeth of this Quéene, and other her ancestors and successors, called al by the name of Candaces.

Now although I doe not yet so throughlie assent vnto Vadianus, that the Queene of Sabaea, and the Queene of Aethiopia, were all of one king­dome: but rather assent to Peter Martyr, that the Queene which came to Salomon was the Queene of Sabaea in Arabia, from whence such aroma­ticall drugs are brought, and not from Aethiopia: yet not withstanding that there was also such another notable gouernment of women in Aethiopia, and so approued by such both authentike witnesses, as Iosephus, Plinie, and Strabo were, and allowed by such notable Protestants, as were Caluine and Vadianus: it is no small confirmation of womens regiment.

But what stand we vpon men, when we sée the approbation of y e Scrip­tures? The Scrip­tures appro­bation of Cādaces go­uernment. For, had it bene an vnhonest matter and vnnaturall, for man being in his sere the superiour, to haue obeied as superiour to him, in the person of her dignitie, a womans supreame gouernment: can we conceiue by any reason, that Philip hauing informed the Eunuch in the faith of Christ, wold not also haue admonished him of so necessarie a point, for the direction of his conuersation? Philip therefore not speaking anie thing at all against it, and namely Luke the Euangelist, by the inditement of the holy Ghost, con­secrating the same to a perpetual record, that such a Queene ( had there bin no more but she alone) was there the gouernour, and her such worthie no­bles vnder her regiment, as this Eunuch was: how can we choose but cō ­clude herevpon that the holie Ghost improueth not the state of a womans supreame gouernment, but that it maye (if there be no other impediment, than her sexe) accord together well inough with the sincere profession of the Gospell?

Danaeus next ensample is, of Cleopatra of the Aegyptians, vnder Au­gustus. Cleopatra was indéede in the time of Octauius, Danaeus. for he vanquished her louer Antonius, and she would at the first haue allured him likewise, Cleopatra. as she had done before his adoptiue father Iulius Caesar. But séeing he min­ded that she should haue ben vnder his subiection, as a captiue: she wilfully made a waie her selfe, that she might not be vnder his authoritie, all which was done before he was surnamed Augustus. She was Queene of Aegipt at the first, ioyntlie raigning with her brother Ptolomie, whome when hee would haue deposed from participation in the kingdome, she fled to Iulius Caesar. Who reconciling her vnto her brother, whē afterward her brother was drowned, she raigned alone, vntill she ioyned her selfe vnto Anthoni­us. Who being ouercome by Octauius, Anthonie & shee destroying them­selues, that kingdome became prouinciall (as many other did) vnto the Ro­manes. But how dissolutelie so euer shee liued, her state while shee was [Page 742] Queene was lawfull. Zenobia. Neither was this Cleopatra the onlie Queene that gouerned Aegypt: there was another Cleopatra, grandmother to this, which also was the Queene & chiefe gouernour of Aegypt, besides the wi­dowe of Ptolomeus Philometor. Besides another Cleopatra Silene, the Quéene of Syria, euē at that time when Alexander raigned in Iudea. Yea, the raigne of a woman in Aegypt was so auncient, that the Chronicles re­port, that Rhea the mother of Osyris the great, raigned in Aegypt. And Isis her daughter after her called Iuno of Aegypt, (Eusebius calleth her Iò) on whose monument, as Diodorus Siculus testifieth, Rhea and I­sis. Didorus Si­culus Minerua. Palladian woman. Dido. was ingrauen this Epi­taph: I am Isis the Queene of Aegypt, instructed by Mercurie. Those things that I in my lawes haue decreed, let none violate. And as it was in Aethiopia and Aegypt, which are two principall partes of Aphrica: so in Lybia, Berosus sheweth, how Minerua the daughter vnto Iupiter of Ly­bia, the sonne of Ammonius, taught the discipline and lawes of gouer­ning an armie, and after went to Greece, where she builded Athens, and there raigned. And with these Palladian women ( saith Functius, Tab. 16.) Hiarbas in Lybia making warre, was of them vanquished, and submitted his kingdome to their power. Of Dido in Aphrica, we haue heard Vadia­nus iudgement.

Next to Cleopatra Danaeus citeth Zenobia vnder the Emperour Adri­an, Panaeus. a most valiant woman, vnto the gouernment of which Zenobia, obei­ed also many Christian Churches.

Zenobia. I wonder that Danaeus saith, Zenobia liued vnder Adrian, or in the time of his raigne, who raigned and died (if she were sortie yeres olde, when she was vanquished by Aurelianus) at the least one hundred yéeres ere shee was borne, a greate many famous Emperours raigning betwéene their times. This Zenobia was indéede (as Danaeus calleth her) a most valiant woman, and is highly commended. Though her wearing armour, and the suspition of her husbandes death, were no small blemishes to her gouern­ment. But for this point, of the lawfulnes of a womans gouernment: Da­naeus owne testimonie, is (in my fancie) a great both praise and proofe, that not onelie the Heathen, but many Christian Churches did obey her. For had the gouernment of a woman, or the obedience thereunto of men, béene monstrous, vnnaturall, or anie whit against the faith and life of Christia­nitie: The Christi­an Churches obedient to the gouern­ment of Zenobia. though some might for feare and infirmitie haue beene inforced, yet would not many, and those true Christian Churches, haue obeied such a state. Which obedience in them, argueth their good affections in this point, and that neither quarelling at the vices in their persons, nor at the infirmi­tie of their sexes, but to obey them as the higher powers, & that their pow­er is of God, is an obedience to be yeelded, euen for conscience: & as this was praise worthie in them, & a good example to all other Christian Chur­ches: so not a little it recommendeth her, that being an Heathen woman & [Page 743] in those daies, Womens gouerning. when the most renowmed Princes wer persecutors, she qui­etly gouerned many Christian Churches, and they Christian like did obey her. These are the examples that Danaeus citeth of womens chiefe gouern­ment among the Heathen.

But least we should thinke there were so few examples, as onely foure, for all the world to gaze, on such rare monsters, as Caluine & Caenalis vnre­uerently tearme them: before we descend to the people of Gods Church, to the Monarchie of Rome, and to the states in Christendome, let vs yet sée a few mo, to beare these princely dames companie. And euen at the time of Zenobia, with whom Danaeus leaueth: The exam­ples of ma­ny notable Queenes. Coelius telleth of another fa­mous woman gouernour at Coleine named Victorina, which with Tetri­cus noblie defended the Gaules and the Spaniards, from the inuasions and spoiles of the Barbarians. Thomiris the Queene of Massagethia, that van­quished the mightie Monarch Cyrus, in defence of her Country, was such a gouernor. Zarina Queene of the Sachans, to whom the Parthians ( for the fame of her valour and iustice) reuolted from the Medians, was also such a notable gouernor. Cratesipolis likewise gouerned the Sicionians. Such an other was Artemisia, the Queene of Halicarnassus, that to her power hel­ped Xerxes against the Grecians, & built that famous Mausoleū, her hus­bands tombe, one of the 7. wonders of the world. Pithodoris the queene of the Tiberians, of the Chaldeans, of Cholchis, of Pharnacia, and of Trape­zond, did noblie gouerne a mightie Empire. Tania the queene of Darda­nia. Helen the queene of A diabene & of the Chosroenians, which relée­ued the Iewes with corne, in the dearth mencioned, Act. 11. Neither néed [...] we be curious to inquire after such forain Quéenes, y t here at home had not our own countrie barren of such worthy women gouernours, of whome Tac [...]s writeth in vita Agricolae. Britanni sexum in imperijs non discernunt. The [...]ritains make no difference of the sexe in their Empires. Cordilla the daughter of Leire, succéeded her father in the kingdome. Mercia y e wife of Guinthelinus did so prudently gouerne in the administratiō of the king­dome with her husband, that she made many wise & politike lawes, which long after were in high reputation among the Britons & of her name were denominated, The Mercian lawes. In like manner Bundwica ruled this Realme, and maintained warres against the Romanes, in defence of her countries libertie.

Now although that these Heroines, & a great number mo. whome I re­fer to their diligence that list to collect thē, were in religion to Godward al Pagans, and therefore their gouernment (in many actions) not so commen­dable, & in some vicious, yea, beyond the boūds of the sexe feminine: yet hin­dereth not this, but y t their gouernmēt & authority ( if they vsurped if not, Their Paga­nisme hin­dered their authoritie. nor abused the same) might notwithstanding be good & lawful in thē But Danaeus setting thē aside, turns to the gouernmēt of Gods people, & saith.

[Page 744] Salomons line.But in the people of God we haue no such kind of thing, whether the Iewes or the Israelites kingdome be looked vpon. Danaeus in 1. Tim. 2. ver. 12. For that which may be alleaged of Athalia, 2. of Kings. 11. is easilie washed awaie. For that go­uernment of Athalia, was an vsurpation, and an vniust inuasion of the kingdome, & not a kingdome or lawfull power, to the which the people willinglie woulde assent, as it appeared afterwarde. Wherefore shee was iustlie by Ioiada the chieefe sacrificer, ouerturned and thrust out of the roiall throne, and slaine also, for that she vsurped the kingdome.

In saying, we haue no such kind of thing in Gods people, whether we looke on the kingdome of the Iewes or of the Israelites. Bridges. Danaeus doth too straightlie abridge the examples of womens gouernment ouer Gods peo­ple, The state of gods people among the Israelites & Iewes. to limit the same onelie to the times and stories of the Kings. For they were Gods people as well before and after, as then, euen vntil they were cut off, and the Gentiles ingrafted in their place. And gouernment was as necessarie for them, & they had gouernours also called Iudges, for the grea­test part of that time: and for the most part of those their gouernors, till to­ward the end of that their policie, they were better gouernors farre than many of their Kings were. So that, if Danaeus would haue throughly loo­ked vpon their whole estate, so long as they remained Gods people: hee should forthwith haue beholden Debora such a gouernor, Debora. in maner as that state was ordained vnder God & ouer his people, though not such heredita­rie Monarkes to raigne ouer them, as the Gentiles round about them had, (for that was the state of the gouernmēt that the people desired. 1. Sam. 8) yet was she vnder God, the chiefe and supreame Magistrate, & so is called their Iudge, A woman iudge. as were the other Iudges that were men, which sufficientlie answereth to our purpose. For, if a woman may be a Iudge, & sit in iudge­ment, & administer iustice, & be vnder God the chiefest in those iudicial a­ctions, which are the chiefest points of a Monarks office: What thē letteth but that a womā also may be a Queene or Monark? And by so much more r [...]ason, as a Monarke; King or Queene, are not so necessarilie bound to ex­ecute in their owne persons by themselues, all those Iudiciall actions, that a Iudge is bound to do.

But now, set aside a while this example of Debora, although there had ben in that estate, while the kingdomes of the Iewes and the Israelites did continue, not one Queene that had the chiefe gouernment, or any publike administration of the cōmon weale ouer the people of God: Were this a good consequence, that for defect of such an exāple, either he or any may con­clude a rule thereon, that therefore it was not lawfull for a woman, at any time al that while, to haue had anie chiefe or publike gouernmēt of Gods people? Or rather, Why might we not better holde our selues contented with this reason? That there was no woman gouernor all that while; be­cause, that either God so prouided (as in the kingdome of the Iewes) there [Page 749] wanted neuer an heire male all that space, Athalia. God conti­nuing the is­sue male, or destroying male and female. and therefore there was no oc­casion of the womans supreame gouernment, which is no debarre to their right therunto, if that the issue male had failed. Or els, that god rooted clean out diuerse of their kings whole posteritie, male and female, & raised vp o­thers, as he did in the kingdome of the Israelites, so destroying the house of Ieroboam by Baasa, The house Ieroboam cleane roo­ted out. The like de­struction of the issue of Omri, saue Athalia. The issue of the kings of Iuda slaine saue Ioas. that he left none aliue. 1. Reg. 15. ver. 29. And this punishment of rooting out his house, God also threatned to Baasa. 1. Reg. 16 ver. 3. & 4. and performed it, by Zimri, ver. 11. & 12. and the like hee did to the house of Omri, that slew Zimri by the hand of Iehu, destroying Ioram & his mother Iesabel, & all the issue of Ahab, saue onelie this wicked Atha­lia, whom Iehoram Iehosophats sonne, the king of Iuda had maried. Yea, not onelie the issue of diuerse kings of Israel were thus destroied for their wickednesse: but also the kings of Iuda were slaine partlie by Iehu, 2. Reg. 10. ver. 13. who afterward also slue Ochozias: and partlie by the Phili­stines and Arabians, 2. Chron. 21. verse 16. and 17. and Chap. 22. verse. 1. but chieflie and most vnnaturallie, all that remained, by this bloudie tyger Athalia, saue that Ioas Ochosias sonne, an infant, one yeere olde, was hidden by his aunt Iosaba, the wife of Ioiada, the high Priest. So that, ther was none of them which was then knowen to remaine aliue, excepte this Iosaba the high Priests wife, and sister to Ochozias, to whome in that line the inheritance of the crowne could immediatlie deuolue. Which Iosaba being not capable therof, because of hir mariage with the high priest, which though it were lawfull, yet, sith these offices of the Prince and of the priest were diuided: she lost therefore by her mariage, had shee béene by nature the neerest, yea, the onely heire, her title of inheritance to the kingdome. So that, if there had remained anie male or female, which female had béen knowen, and had not ben maried to another Tribe or familie: all Athalias crueltie had not serued her turne, but the partie male or female had beene straight waies inheritour to the kingdome. For, Athalia her selfe had thereto no right in the world at all; Athaliaes [...] ­sorpation. but was (as Danaeus saith) a meere v­surper, besides her vnnaturall tyrannie, in murthering her owne sonnes children, to establish vnto her self the kingdome. Unto the which, although she had no title, she being not onelie of another Tribe, but extract from ano­ther kingdome, the daughter of Iesabel, which was daughter to the king of Sidon: yet notwithstanding hauing ben before both the Queene and the Queene mother; and in both estates, hauing also borne the chiefest swaie, Athalias [...] ­ling in her husbands & sons daies. as well in the impotencie of her husbande Iehoram, who laie sicke a long while, and euen rotted aboue the ground by Gods iust punishment of him, 2. Chron. 21. verse. 15.18. & 19. and in her sonnes daies also, hauing borne all the stroke, as appeareth, [...]. Chron. 22. verse. 3. & 4. (the king following her and her kindreds counsell:) shee hauing thus continued all the go­uernmēt at her own wicked & Idolatrous dispositiō, it was the easier both [Page 746] for her to make awaie all the right heires, Ioas. and to establish her selfe in the kingdome.

Now although this especiallie proue that shee had no right: yet withall this proues the stronger, that a woman that had right, had not bene cleane cut off, sith she that had so little, and vsed it so ill, was permitted thereunto. For if it had bene so vtterlie against the law, that by no manner of meanes it had bene lawfull for anie woman, bad or good, not heire, or heire, to haue gouerned at all: then had shee sought the onelie waie to haue her selfe pre­sentlie cleane put downe, and to be reduced into a priuate state, by the in­troduction of another line. And then the line of Nathan had entered, as some also following Philo affirme it did, & that this Ioas was of Nathans line, & that she had cleane destroied (saue Iosaba) all the line of Salomon. But, be­cause the gouernment of a woman was a thing, that long before the peo­ple were well acquainted withall, as lawfull & vsuall, yea, in some respect though there were kings liuing, and of full age and strength, & good Kings too, as appeareth, 1. Reg. 15.13. How Asa put downe his grandmother Maachah from her estate, because she had made an Idoll in a groue.

Wherevpon ( saith Peter Martyr) for the committing of this wickednes he abrogated from his grandmother her principalitie. For the mothers of kings were wont to bee of great authoritie in the common weale. Which though it proue not, that women had the soueraigntie, when there were Kings able to sustaine the same, Womēs go­uernment e­uen vnder kings amōg the Iewes. yet argueth it, that commonlie they were not without some authoritie euen of publike gouernment in the common weale ouer Gods people. Which authoritie, Asa (no doubt) would haue let his grandmother to haue still inioyed, but that ( as Peter Martyr sayth) the good Asa was afraid, least if anie power should apper­taine vnto his grandmother, detestable Idolatrie should bee fostered. Which late example of the grandmothers deposition for Idolatrie, Athalia peraduenture setting before her eies, more than either the feare of God or man, or than anie naturall or womanlie affection, being blinded with Ido­latrie, Athaliaes massacre. and kindled with ambition, & extraught from the bloudie race of Ie­sabel, and perhaps desiring as great a slaughter of the roiall bloud of Iuda, as Iehu had made of the bloud of her Father Achab: she brake foorth into this cruell massacre, and vsurpation of the kingdome, thinking that nowe none remained, that coulde, or durst make néerer title than she therevnto.

Athalia therefore ( as Peter Martyr well concludeth) got the kindome the kingdome by tyrannicall violence, which was not lawfull. Sith, that she was a stranger, and drew her mothers kindred from the Tyrians and Sidonians, except peraduenture she would pretend inheritance & succes­sion from her sonne Ochozias which was slaine. But in the kingdome of Israel such right had no place. The lawe of God. Deut. 17. For in Deu. 17. it is commanded, that the king shuld not be chosen out of those that were strangers, but out of the [Page 747] number of their brethrē. Salomons line. And in Iuda the familie of Dauid was appoin­ted, which perpetually should haue such succession. The prophesie of Iacob The pro­mise to Da­uid. 1. Chro. 17.4. The reason of which lawe was both for the preseruation of Gods true religion, & also for the e­stablishing of Gods promise, prophesied by Iacob. Gen. 49. ver. 10. & made vnto Dauid his seed. 1. Chron. 17. v. 14. prefiguring & directly leading vnto Iesus Christ. So that the Iewes were bound vnto the stocke of Dauid, & that in Salomon. And therfore I thinke not, y e Ioas which here was saued came of Nathan. For although Nathan were Dauids sonne, and so Salo­mons brother, as appeareth, 1. Chro. 3. v. 5. yet I take it not (as Tremelius drawes his table) that Nathan came of Bethsabee. For where Tremelius table puts Salomō first, & Nathan next, & so Shobab & Shimea: it is a mani­fest inuersion of the text, which is thus; And these former were borne vnto him in Ierusalem, Shimea and Shobab, & Nathan, & Salomon of Bath­shebaha the daughter of Ammiel. And the like order also is set down, 1. Re. 5. v. 14. in which words is no necessitie, that the naming here of her after them, unporteth, she was mother to them all foure: but, that the other wer named without mencion at all of their mothers, as well as all those his o­ther sonnes, in the thrée lines following are also named without mencio­ning of their mothers. Onely when he came to the naming of Salomon, a­mong the childrē that Dauid had in Ierusalem, as he mencioned the names of the mothers to the sonnes, which he had in Hebron; so he maketh men­cion of Salomōs mother, as Mathew also doth emphatically, or w t greater force of signification because of Gods especiall promise vnto Salomon. And Salomon was the next sonne to that, which died begotten in adulterie, as appeareth 2. Reg. 12. v. 24. and as for the note of the Geneua Bible vpon 1. Chro. 3. v. 5. to salue the matter, it makes the matter far worse, in saying: Onelie Salomon was Dauids natural sonne, the other wer Vriahs, whom Dauid made his by adoption. For, the text is not onelie cleane contrarie, A great mi­staking of the note of Geneua trā ­slation. plainly telling how they were his sonnes, borne vnto him in Ierusalem, not adopted vnto him, but borne vnto him. And the verie same wordes the holie Ghost vseth also. 1 Reg. 5. v. 14. And if it were not so that hee had beene one of Dauids naturall sonnes indéede, 1. Chro. 3.5. except we helpe the matter better, by some mariage of the mothers line from Salomon or from Da­uid: all the pedegrée mecioned by S. Luke; chap. 3. moūting vnto Dauid by Nathan, & also the holy Ghosts promise to Dauid of Salomon & his séede, is cleane defeated. But as the text is manifest that Nathan was Dauids na­tural son, though his mothers name be not expressed: so might he come into this line well inough by mariage of the daughter & heire of some of those, that after the kingdome was lost, haue their name so changed in that pede­grée, that we cannot certainlie tel in whom that line of Nathan did begin. For, that it began in Ioas, and that he was not the natural sonne of Ocho­sias, as diuerse imagine, vpon this occasion of this daughter.

[Page 748] VVomens gouerning I yéeld not thereto, for diuerse reasons following, although Flacius Illiri­cus faith in his Glosse on Matthew: Iorā begat not Ozias, but Ochosias who beeing slaine without children, although Athalia attempted to de­stroie the whole stocke royall: Flacius Illi­ricus conie­ctures out of Philo, that Ioas was but le­gall [...]on to Ochozias. yet was Ioas saued of Ioiada, beeing a childe comming of Nathan. For, Dauid hee ordained that the posteri­tie of Salomon beeing extinguished, the issue of Nathan shoulde suc­ceede, and to that purpose (as witnesseth Philo) Nathan was called Achi­sar, that is, my brother the Prince: so that, plainelie hee was not a priuate person, sith Salomon called him so, for the ordinaunce of Dauid. Ioram therefore begate Ochozias, who beeing slaine, and the interraigne of A­thalia beeing ouerpassed: Ioas of the stocke of Nathan did succeed, who begate Amazias, and he Ozias. This Ioram therefore begate Ozias, to wit, because this was his heire, raigning in the fourth place at length af­ter him. And so was both he and his ancestors, as it were the adoptiue sonnes of Salomon and of his posteritie. But Matthew dooth therefore proceede by Salomon and other kings, not so much by the naturall, as by the legall and adoptiue succession: that both hee might touch Salo­mon, which was the type of Christ, and that hee might shew him to bee their successour, and the kingdomt of Israel to bee due vnto him. Thus saith Illiricus, and although diuerse others (by reason of this daughter of Salomons issue) are also of the same opinion: yet had I rather holde with Chytraeus, who in his Chronologic saith on this wise: That this Io­as was the sonne of Ochozias, Chitraeus proues out of Scripture to the con­trarie. nor that the stocke of Salomon ended in Ochozias, six, yea seuen clere testimonies of the Scripture do declare, the 4. Kings. 11.2.4. and 12. the 4. Kings. 13.11. Chron. 3.11. (2. Chron. 22. ver. 11. and the 23. verse. 3.11. which worthily ought among vs to be of more value, than either the opinion of Philo, or of Annins, that rest­eth on no foundation of the Scripture. Yea indeed, it hath neither neces­sitie nor probabilitie. Besides that the text is plaine. 1. Chron. 3. verse, 11. Whose sonne was Ioram, and his sonne was Ahaziah, and Ioas was his sonne: and 2. Kings. 11.1.2. Then Athalia the mother of Ahaziah when shee sawe her sonne was dead, she arose and destroyed all the kings seede, that is, the children of her sonne, were they male or female, had he anie Daughters besides her that is mencioned in the wordes follow­ing. But Iehosaba the daughter of king Ioram, and sister to Ahaziah, tooke Ioas the sonne of Ahaziah, and stale him from among the Kinges sonnes that shoulde bee slainee, both him and his nurse, keeping them in a bedde chamber, and they hidde him from Athaliah, so that he was not slaine.

By which wordes it is euident that hee was one of the verie naturall sonnes of Ahaziah. And not as Flacius & other saie, his legall sonne des­cended from Nathan. For else, if we should vnderstand the worde Sonne [Page 749] in so large a sense, as to fetch it vp from the descent of Nathan, Salomons line. Salomons brother, al the posteritie of Roboā, Abia, Asa, Iosaphat, and Ioram, No likeli­hood that Ozias was of Nathan [...] line. besides the séede of Ahazias comming betwéene: a farre greater number should be included in the name of Ahazias sonnes, than either it is likely that Ahazi­as maintained, or accounted as his sonnes, many of them older than him­selfe: or then Athalia murthered, or so much perhappes as dreamed on, that they after so many descents had anie title, or would make claime vnto the kingdome.

Now although Athalia her selfe had no better title, and that there was yet suruiuing an heire male to Ahazias, that by this prouidence of GOD, escaped both her furie and her knowledge, to whome the crowne was due, and whome Iehoiada shewed to all his confederates, not in the name of a new line from Nathan, but as Ahazias owne sonne, and in that title hee was brought forth in the 7. yere after hee had bene hidden in the Temple, and solemnlie made King, and Athaeia for her vsurpation, Athalia, thogh an v­surper, yet she raigned 6 yeeres. K. Richard 3 and vnlawfull murther, remoued and executed: yet not withstanding, for all that time the text is plaine. 2. Chron. 22. verse. 12. that Athalia raigned sixe yeeres. And therefore as we saie of king Richard the third with vs, though hée for his parte was but an vsurper, and came to his vsurpation also, by vnnatu­rall murther of the right heires, and his néerest kinne: neuerthelesse he is reckoned among the number of the Kings that haue raigned in this Realme: So is Athalia reckoned as an absolute Quéene among the Kings, and the yéeres of her raigne, euen by the holie Ghost are numbred. And therefore, this is not so well sayd (mée thinkes) of Danaeus, that it was no kingdome nor lawfull power, to which the people willinglie assented, as it afterward appeared. For, a kingdome still it was the which shee helde, and the power also was lawful, though she vniustlie vsurped, & with furious crueltie did misuse the same.

Neither doth the willing or dissembled assent of the people, or their clo­king, or manifesting the same in the en [...]The state depends not on the peo­ples willingnesse. either proue or improue the sub­stance of a lawfull power or kingdome, but onelie she weth either an euill Prince, or a wicked, mutable, & vnthankfull people. But to make the state depend vpon their not willing assent, is a most perillous point. Neither is it so sitting to the subiect, to call the Princes title into question, beeing in­uested and possessed in the kingdome. For, Athalia came not so ill by the Iewes kingdome, but the Romanes came afterwarde as ill both to the same, and to many other kingdomes in the worlde. The Romās came worse to the king­dom thā A­thalia, and with more grudging of the people. And yet woulde not Saint Paule haue the people of God, either to resist them, or to call theyr right and interest into question; And therefore dooth Caluine verie well collect vpon the wordes of Paul: Let euerie soule bee subject to the high­er, for there is no power but of God. And verilie ( saith he on this worde Higher powers) the Apostle seemeth to mee in this worde, that he wold [Page 750] haue taken awaie the friuolous curiositie of men, Athalia. which oftentimes are wont to inquire, Caluine in 1. Cor. 13. by what right they that gouerne the state haue got­ten their power. For to vs it ought to bee inough, that they doo go­uerne.

If we now inquire farther, how then is Ioiadaes disposing of Athalia, and causing her also to be staine iustifiable? Peter Martyr debateth this at large in 2. Par. 10. fol. 279. b. But peraduēture ( saith he) some man wil re­prehend this indeauour of Ioiada, Peter Matt. in 2. Par. 11. fol. 279. first that he did not well nor orderlie, in putting downe that person that was alreadie in the magistracie, verilie it is lawfull to good men, to attempt and indeauour to their power, that in the common weale the state of things present should not bee altered, But when it is altered, and that anie already possesseth the state, and hath entered into the office of the magistrate: it is not lawfull to thrust him out of it. To this obiection he answereth, saying: It is not indeede the du­tie of a priuate man, The appro­bation of Ioiadas exe­cuting A­thalia. to thrust out of place a Magistrate, or a Prince alrea­die ordained, that possesseth the state. But wee denie that Ioiada was a priuate person, sith that in the common weale hee had the next place to the king, and when as he iudged not onely the sacred, but also the ciuile affaires, and now and then also dispatched them, and was the keeper of the lawes. And in Deuteronomie is the lawe contained, concerning the institution of the king. Which Lawe was now violated by Athalia, & the promises made to Dauid and his posterity, were by Athalia stopped. And moreouer besides this, she was not onelie a stranger, but an idolater, and that incurable: therefore she deserued by the gouernors and nobles of the kingdome to be deposed.

By which answere, withall it appeareth, that he findeth not anie faulte that she was a woman, but that shee was not of the posteritie of Dauid, and therefore by the foresayde decrées of God, shee was not capable of that kingdome, so that, had shee beene the néerest in the posteritie, and had not stained her selfe with such horrible murther, and open Idolatrie, as she did, she ought not for anie reason of her sexe, by him, or all, or anie neuer so no­ble in that kingdome, to haue bene deposed

But now the right and title lineallie descending to her nephew, to wit, her sonnes sonne, which by Ioiada had beene harboured in the Tem­ple, vnwitting to this vnnaturall Queene mother, and cruell grandame: it was Ioiada his duetie not onelie to giue notice of the true heire; but to i [...]yne with all the Cleargie the Princes, and the people that hee coulde, to inthronize the King, for so he is also called for his right, before he was sea­zed in his kingdome, verse. 7.8. and 11. and to dispossesse this vsurper, so that euen by this example of Athalia, beeing better considered, we sée that this supreame gouernment vnder God, and ouer Gods people, was not prohibited to a womā, if by right of inheritāce it fel vnto her, & y t she vsed it [Page 751] well, although there were no occasion of the like example among y e Iewes, al the time of the estate of their Kings. God furnishing th [...] [...]ill with heires male to succéede their parents in that kingdome.

And as we now sée this, in the tract of Dauids line, frō Salomon til after that estate of the Kings, it ioyned with the race of Nathan: The Queen of Sabea. so euen for Sa­lomon himself in whom this issue of the Kings began, and was of them all the most magnificent, let vs sée likewise what was his opinion of this mat­ter. For as we reade, 1. Reg. 10. verse. 1. &c. The Queene of Saba (or Sabea) hearing of the fame of Salomon, in the name of the Lorde came to [...]rie him in harde questions. We haue heard alreadie the iudgement of Vadianus out of Iose­phus, concerning this Queene, that shee was the Queene of Sabea in Ae­thiopia, and that the Queenes there had continually the supreme gouern­ment, as wee haue séene both Plinies and Straboes testimonies of Can­dace.

But (as I said before) I take Peter Martyrs iudgemēt to be the truer, Pet. Mart. in. 1. Reg. 10. fol. 79. that she was rather the Queene of the Sabeans, a people of the happie Araby. And when as ( sayth he) the Countrie beeing so happie, and blessed with much riches, maketh the inhabitants daintie: this woman is to be com­mended, which casting daintinesse aside, tooke vpon her such a farre pe­regrination. She was of the stocke of Chanaan, the sonne of Cham. For Saboth (as is contained in the tenth Chapter of Genesis) was the sonne of Chus, and Chus the sonne of Canaan. We are also taught in this historie, that there is no accepting of persons with God, but that of euerie peo­ple and nation he hath his elected. Christ calleth her the Queene of the South, because that coast is Southward, if it bee compared with the Citie of Ierusalem. And he saith, that shee came to Salomon from the endes of the North. Wherevpon I beleeue the rather, This Queen one of the elected. that she came out of Arabie the happie, than out of the Iland Meroe. Neither happened this without God, for verily it was he that stirred vp this Queene, with the fame of Salomons wisedome. Yea, in a manner, hee drew her thether, to the end that it might bee fulfilled which was spoken of before: all nations shall knowe thy great name, &c.

And againe, Let vs in the meane time ponder this speech, wherewith it is sayde, In the name of the Lord, and in the Hebrue [...]. For therby is first declared, that this Queene did acknowledge the true God. And also (as Kimhi saith) that the wisedome of Salomon was not spread forth but in this name, that the Lorde had inspired the same vnto him, This Queen did acknowledge the true God. &c.

By this sentence also may bee declared, that although Salomon was adorned with an heauenlie spirite in all kinde of learning and wise­dome: notwithstanding this thing most of all inflamed the Queene, that [Page 752] he was richtly instructed with diuine matters, The Queen of Sabaea. such (I saie) as pertayned to the name of god. The religi­ousnesse of this Queene As thogh peculiarly she sought that wisdome, the which is ioyned together with religiō. And this thing is very honorable, to tra­uaile for wisedome and godlynesse sake. Plato, Pythagoras, and Apollo­nius Tianaeus, are commended, for that they wandered through the world to attaine wisedome. Verilie great studiousnesse of excellent lear­nings were in them, and therefore woulde they both see and heare also the men that excelled in erudition and vertue. Other besides the [...]e haue bene, The cōmendation of this Queens cōming to Salomon. and are at this daie not a few, that of curiositie, delightes, and plea­sures are stirred vp to trauaile, and drawe themselues thether, where they liue more delicatlie and with more pleasure, and where they hope they shall see certaine new and strange things, but these are not worthie to bee praised, but rather to be discommended. As for the fact of this woman, may be numbred among the famous examples, wherewith wee may bee inkindled, to the studies of godlinesse and true doctrine. And although verie many came to Salomon, yet doth the sacred history make mencion, especially of this woman, and that verie exquisitelie, because shee a­mong other obtayneth the principall place. For, shee was a Woman, whome the weaknesse of her sexe did easilie withdrawe. Shee was al­so a Queene, wealthie, and abounding in delightes. Whereunto be­sides, did come also the farre distaunce of the iourney: neuerthelesse shee staying not for these things, No let could staie thie Q. iourney. went forth to Salomon.

But if wee saie: was it lawfull for her to forsake the Region commit­ted to her administration, that shee might enquire after the learning and wisedome of Salomon, yea, although it were for religion? To this maye be sayde, that it might be, shee lefte eyther her husbande, or her sonne, or some other, which in her place might haue gouerned▪ the King­dome.

Moreouer, shee tooke the iourney, that she might get not onelie to her selfe, but also to her people sounde religion and sincere godlynesse: shee therefore profited more her people in trauayling abroade, than in sit­ting quiet at home. To the which yee maye adde, that in this folded vp secrete, The myste­rie of this Queenes comming. Christs commendation of this Q. was signified the calling of the Gentiles, which were to gather themselues to Christ, the true Salomon. Wherevpon Christ himselfe (as is contained in the Gospell) commended this woman, and affirmed, that in time to come shee shall iudge the Hebrues, because shee farre ex­celled them in faith. And in this place, yea, and by this declaration, the contemners of Gods word are grieuously noted, which dailie more than needes doe bewraie themselues: While in so greate a light of the sa­cred doctrine, which by the goodnesse of GOD euen at this pre­sent daie hath shined, they are nothing at all mooued. For, [Page 753] often times doe they linger and forslow, euen to arise out of their bed, to heare the sacred sermons. So farre off are they, to suffer themselues to leaue their Country, or their house. They despise the holy Bookes in re­spect of their delights. The Doctours also and the Preachers they hate worse than a snake: and with their tongues vehemently detest good studies. And if they see any Princes somewhat giuen to learning and to godlinesse, they deride them. Verily this Woman behaued not herself after this manner. And therefore, as Christe hath forespoken it, in the last day he shall iudge them.

She came to tempt Solomon, but not with a pernitious temptation. Yea, rather with a holie and an honest temptation, wherewith shee desi­red to be enstructed of those things whereof she was ignorant. Aenig­mata, hard sentences properly are called very obscure allegories, which are rare in vse, the which in dayly speeche doe well-neere alwayes come in vse, which are easie. But in this place, by harde sentences, we vnder­stande doubtfull and difficult questions, which mightily occupy the minde, not about light businesse, or euery kinde of matters: but about great and graue pointes, appertaining both to eternall life, and also to the ciuile gouernment. The Hebrue Worde as [...], Her questi­ons to So­lomō about [...]t [...]rnall life an [...] ciuil gouernme [...]t. which signifieth to sharpen, from whence the Noune beeing deducted, betokeneth an ora­tion or obscure question. To the exposition whereof, it behooueth to apply the sharpenesse of the witte. It is likely that the Queene had a [...] home Philosophers, Magitians and wise men, which concerning hu­maine and naturall matters, coulde haue easily aunswered her. But con­cerning Diuine and supernaturall matters, sithe that in them there is neede of the spirite, and of diuine reuelation: they were not able to satisfie her. VVhereupon shee trauailed her selfe vnto Hierusalem, in the which Citye, GOD had placed not onely the Castle of Wis­dome, and pure religion: but also Solomon, of all Kings the moste wise.

Thus at large writeth Peter Martyr, in the commendation of this no­ble Queene. Whereby it appeareth, that not onely shee was for worldly estate, a mighty Queene, not vnder her husband in that respect but aboue him, and hee (had shee any) but her deputie vnder her in her absence, al­beit shée was inferior to him in the bandes of matrimony, and inferior in sexe, to all the men in her Monarchie: but also that for religion, though her people were Idolaters, yet was shée a professor of the onely true and liuing God, The Q. a Mirror to al Christian Princes. and euen one of Gods elected (if we may aduenture to iudge so farre, on such excellent fruits) and not only a figure of bringing the Gen­tiles to the knowledge of God: but a verie mirror and Patern for al Chri­stians, specially Christian Princes, to set before them. And if she be such a spectable to all Christian Princes, and shall bee also a iudge to a great many of them: mought not shée, or such another as shee, haue beene the [Page 754] Queene or chéefe gouernor also, euen ouer the people of God? and would she not haue gouerned them farre better, than many or most of their kings did?

And verily, Solomon doth no lesse estéeme of this moste excellent Lady that came thus vnto him, then the goodnesse of the cause that mooued her did deserue. How Solo­mon did e­steeme of this Queen. Did he repell her out of his kingdome as a Monster? For so vnaduisedly Caluine said: all prudent men haue alwayes repudiated (or put back) the gouernment of Women, as it were of a Monster. Or did he mislike any whit of her the more, for her supreme Gouernmēt ouer men? We find no such matter. Was hee of Caluines and Caena­lis iudge­ment? But that hee receiued her with all honour, and heard her speake vnto him whatsoeuer she had in her hart, and Solomon declared vnto her all her questions, not one word was hidden from the king, that he declared not vnto her. And, had hee misliked her estate, that she being but a woman shold rule mē, shold busy her head about such high questions, and meddle with the administration of a common-weal, and be the cheefe gouernor of a kingdome: if he had thought this to bee directly or indirectly against Gods Lawe, or against the Lawe of nature, since she came especially to heare Gods Law, and to conferre about such matters: no doubt he would neuer haue concealed that matter aboue all other, but haue reproued her, or haue gently perswaded her, at least, (take it how she would) haue truly enformed her, of the vnlawfulnes and vndecency of her calling. Which thing, sith he did it not, & yet neither he nor shee dissembled or flattered the one with the other: A great confirmation of a womās supreme gouernment. I cannot tel what other men wil iuge. quot capita tot sententiae, so many heads, so many wittes: surely my dull wit cannot conceiue, but that it is a mighty argument, to confirm the supreme gouernment of a woman.

Neither ground I mine argument so much, on Solomons doings or ap­probations, but that the holy ghost also hath so farre allowed thereof, that he hath consecrated the same, both to perpetuall memory, and to profitable example, and therefore cannot this gouernment bee debarred euen from the people of God. Especially, being also approued and recommended to al Christians, by our L and Sauiour Iesus Christ. Mat. 12.24. & Luk. 11.31. in plaine tearmes calling her the Queene of the south, Iesus Christ approoues her state as Queene. not the monster or vsurper of the south Countries. And here, because our question of womens publike gouernment arose on womens publike speaking: let vs sée also, how this most excellent Qu. behaued herself in her publi [...]e speaking. For after she had propounded al her questions, & was satisfied in his answeres to them: & after she had beholden al his wisdome, & his house that he had buil­ded, & the meat of his table, and the sitting of his seruants, & the order of his ministers, & their apparel, & his drinking vessels, & his burnt offerings, which hee offered in the house of the L: she was exceedingly astonished, and said vnto him: It was a true word that I heard in mine owne land, of thy sayings and of thy wisdom. [Page 755] Howbeit I beleeued not this report till I came, and had seene it with mine eyes. But loe, the one halfe was not tolde mee. For thou haste more VVisdom and pros­perity, than I haue heard by report. Happy are thy men, happy are these thy ser­uaunts which stande euer before thee and heare thy VVisedome. Blessed bee the Lorde thy God which loueth thee, to set thee on the Throne of Israel. Because the Lorde loued Israel for euer, & made thee the king to doe equitie and righte­ousnesse.

These wordes though she spake especially to him, yet as shee spake them publiquely in the audience of his subiectes (for so her wordes im­port) happy are these thy seruauntes that stande before thee and heare thy wise­dome: So therein shee conteineth notable matter. What excell [...]nt & high speeches & Prophecies she publikly vttereth. And being before so pub­like a person, both a king and a Prophet, and before the assembly of his Court, and of her troupe, shee breaketh foorth into the function of a greate Prophetesse. The Queen ( saith Peter Martyr on these foresayde wordes) being no lesse Godly than prudent, placeth the cheefest good, neyther in power, nor in riches, nor in pleasure, but in the knowledge of God, which shoulde be had in his Worde, and not onely by the contempla­tion of naturall thinges. The Sonne of God brought foorthe this selfe same sentence, but somewhat more augmented, Peter Mart. and more clearely ex­pounded. Blessed (sayde hee) are they that heare the Worde of God and keepe the same: that is, doe not suffer it easily to fall from them, but expresse it both in their factes and workes. After this, shee referreth all the good thinges of Solomon, vnto God. Which example of her, it becommeth vs also to imitate. For while wee beholde the good workes of Godly men, it behooueth that we glorify our heauenly Father. For it is a vitious thing to stay our selues in the causes inferiour, when wee ought alwayes to ascend to the highest, that is, vnto God the founteine, the heade, and beginning of all good thinges. But (sayth she) God which hath delighted him-selfe in thee, (or which hath loued thee:) She teacheth, What this Q teacheth that so many and so great things hapned not to Solomon of his deseruinges and his vertues, it was the meere goodnesse and cle­mency of God, that had so greatly ennobled Solomon. Shee amplifieth the benefit giuen vnto him of God, that he had gotten a kingdome, and that not of any Nation whatsoeuer, but of the people of Israel, whome she testifieth that God had loued perpetually. But if ye shall demaund, from whence shee coulde knowe these thinges, that God esteemed the Israelites so much? I answere, that the deliuerance out of Aegypt which consisted of so many and so great wonders, was known almoste to all the southerne, and the Easterne prouinces. VVhich also were not igno­raunt, that Israel was brought into the possession of the Lande of Cha­naan, by the helpe of God.

[...]

[Page 756]they knewe also the actes of Dauid prosperouslye atchieued, who (the Lorde beeing his guide) with greate might and many victories, obteyned Syria, euen vnto the riuer Euphrates. At length shée toucheth the ende, wherefore the King was placed of God ouer that people, that is to witte, that he shoulde do iustice and iudgement. That is, he should gouern them with right and equity.

Thus doth this notable Quéene, not onely set foorth the publike praises of God, In the presence of so wise a King: but as it were presume to teach him, at leaste wise, to confirme him, in the most speciall pointes of a Prin­ces supreme Gouernment. And therefore she her selfe, being also taught and confirmed mutually, by the wisdome of him, was not ignoraunt of the lawfulnesse of her state, nor how to gouerne her people accordingly.

Nowe, although this example doe not yet prooue, that there was any Queene the cheefe gouernor ouer Gods people: God [...]had people ouer whome shee was Queen. yet sith (as Peter Mar­tyr sayth) shee tooke this iourny, that shee might get not onely to her selfe, but also to her people sounde religion and sincere Godlinesse: If this her good purpose were not frustrated, but tooke such effect, that many of her subiectes, both of the very great traine that came with her, and saw and hearde the wisedome of Solomon likewise and of her other subiects at home, to whom she related (no doubt) that she had séene and heard abroad, whereby many are thought to haue beléeued as she did, in the onely true and liuing God: then may we safely say, though shee were neither Queen of Iuda, nor of Israel, yet was shée a Queene ouer Gods people, though not ouer that people of God. And this also being a secrete folded vp, sig­nifying the calling of the Gentiles, which were to gather themselues to Christe the true Solomon: What doth the vnfolding of this secrete infer (to haue the thing signified, aunswere to the signe) but that those Gentiles that should be conuerted to the true Solomon Iesus Christ, which is the wisdom of God, and Prince of peace & all true glory: should come to him, & become his people as well by the trauell and vnder the gouernment of Queenes, being their supreme gouernors ( as this Quéene was) as vnder the supreme gouernment of any kings. And that (as Martyr well obser­ueth) in this respect also, as of Gods elections, ther is no difference of per­sons before God, so much lesse of sexe, Male or Female, as heere wee sée, by the notable example of this Queene.

By this example it is plain, that although there were no good Queene like this queene of the Southe, that had the cheefe gouernment ouer Gods people, The lawful­nes of Wo­mens go­uernment ouer Gods [...]c. during that state of their Kinges in Iurie and Israel, be­fore the captiuitie: yet sithe Solomon one of the best Kinges among them, doth thus allowe it in other Nations, therefore De iure, it had not béene vnlawfull among the people of God, if De facto, they had had occasion of Womens lawefull inheriting of that state. Though they had it also [Page 757] de facto in Athalia, where in Iurie de iure it appertained not vnto her. Alexan­dra. And yet in that disturbed state of the Iewes that succéeded their returne out of captiuity, we are not destitute of another example of Alexandra, Alexandra. whome Iosephus and other histories doe recorde. True it is, shee was not of the right line of Dauid and Solomon, nor of the tribe of Iuda, but of the tribe of Leui, and descended from the Machabees, which not long before had mightily defended the Iewes, and therfore they gaue to their posterity this honour of the cheefe gouernment of them. Albeit the Scepter was not yet cleane taken from the tribe of Iuda, in whome the iurisdiction of the San­edrin did continue. And although the Pharisees at that time bare the greatest sway, and Alexandra the title and the dignity, insomuch that Io­sephus saith, lib. 13. antiq. Iud. cap. 22. The Queen only the royall name, but the Pharises possessed all the power, &c. Yet, notwithstanding in those dangerous times, all that, was done but for a policy, which her hus­band Alexander taught her on his death bed, for the more assurāce of their state, and preseruation of their children. Which counsel Alexandra follow­ing, she gouerned very politikely. And therefore, of all the Chroniclers that mention her she is reckoned in the number of their lawfull Princes, and nine yeares so reigned ouer Gods people, that shee deserued not by Danaeus, to be wittingly buried in obliuion.

Danaeus his next example is of the Amazones. Amazones. Which, sith I accord al­so, that it was an ill state of gouernment, in murdring, and expelling of men from the whole affaires of the cōmonweale, and from liuing among them: though I take it not to be altogether fabulous, but that there were in-déede such Women, and had such gouernment: I therfore passe it ouer without further aunswere, as I did before, to the like obiection of Caenalis. Howbeit, this we may say, that if they had not so misused themselues, but giuen that honour vnto the Man, which by the Lawe of God and nature, is due vnto the dignity of his sexe: & in the societie of Matrimony, had not violated the mans prerogatiue. Then, if the right of gouerning those regi­ons had falne to a Woman, I sée not why it had not bene as lawful there, as in Ethiopia, Sabaea, Iurie, or in any other kingdomes aboue speci­fied?

But (saith Danaeus) ( as though this that hee alleaged of the Ama­zones, Danaeus. were not to the matter) Let vs returne to the question propoun­ded. Albeit that we read Isai. 3. verse 11. that it is set for a great signe of the curse of God, that children and women shoulde obtaine the go­uernement in any Nation: Notwithstanding, that thing is not perpe­tuall.

I graunt that God héere threatneth a great curse, Bridges. and a miserable state, that hee woulde bring vpon the wicked Iewes, The curse of God in ill gouernors. in taking away all their natoble men, and giuing them weake and wicked rulers.

[Page 758] Childish & effimi­nate Prin­ces. As he saith, vers, 1. &c. For Lo, the Lord of hostes will take away from Ie­rusalem and from Iuda, the stay and the strength, euen all the stay of bread, and all the stay of Water, the strong man, and the man of Warre, the iudge and the prophet, the prudent and the aged, the Captaine of fifty, and the honorable, and the Counseller, and the cunning artificer, and the eloquent Man. And I will appoint Children to be their Princes, and Babes shall rule ouer them. And againe, after he had threatned them, vers. 6. &c. That euery one shall take holde of his brother of the house of his Father, and say, thou hast clothing, thou shalt bee our Prince, and let this fall be vnder thy hande: in that day shall hee sweare, saying, I cannot be an helper, for there is no breade in my house nor clothing, therefore make mee no Prince of the people. Doubtlesse Hierusalem is falne, and Iuda is falne downe, because their tongues and workes are against the Lorde, to prouoke the eys of his glory: &c. Then commeth in this curse, Children are extortioners of my people, and women rule ouer them. O my people, they that leade thee cause thee to cry, and destroy the way of thy pathes. By which it appeareth, that he speaketh here of such a misera­ble state, that they shoulde be driuen to séeke for their Princes, & offer the cheefe gouernment to any, (had he right, or had hee not right) that wold helpe them and they shoulde finde none, but onely such, as heere by these spéeches he describeth.

And therefore this being a token ( or rather the stroke it selfe) of Gods curse for their wickednesse, is very odiously and wrongfully alleaged, (cleane besides Gods and the Prophets meaning) in this purposed questi­on of womens supreme gouernment, or of childrens supreme gouernmēt ouer Gods people. Diuers writers therefore that expound this Prophe­cy, considering the states, wherein both women & children haue beene gi­uen of God to be supreme gouernors, not as any token at all of his curse, but of his great fauour and blessing, dare not so literally vnderstand these wordes, but according to the manner of the Scripture, metaphorically. For, where he saith in the words here by Danaeus cited, vers. 11. the exa­ctors of my people are a childe, or, as the Geneua translates it, Children are extortioners of my people, and sayth, they lead the people and cause them to cry, and that they destroy the way of Gods pathes: sith exaction and extortion importeth violence and oppression, and sith infants cannot lead, but are ledde, nor cause the people to cry, nor destroy Gods paths: Howe can we vnderstande this of a naturall child ( or not rather of a man that vseth force? & yet because he guids not by ancient counsel & true wis­dom, is for his lack of discretion, called a child. Or, because he is a wanton & effeminate man, called a woman. Paruulos scientia vocat (saith Vatablus) he calleth them children in knowledge. Not those that be childrē in age ( sayth Luther) but children in mind. And here he taketh Women ( sayth [Page 759] Musc.) for those that are tender & effeminate, Gods curse. & so doth the Geneua note well interpret it: That, because the wicked people were more addict to their Princes, than to the cōmandemēts of God, he sheweth that he wold giue them such princes by whome they should haue no helpe, but that shoulde be manifest tokens of his wrath, because they should bee fooles and effeminate. Children ( saith Cal.) vnderstād it not only in age, but in wit & manners, such as are tender and effeminat men, Caluine in Esai. 3. which excel in no vertue, nor can gouern the sword committed to them. He opposed not euery singuler member, the one against the other, for it sufficed to de­fine the manner whereby the common weale easily runs to ruin, to wit, if fooles and vnskilfull men do rule, as thogh they were children, in whō is no grauity nor prudence, &c. Furthermore, whomsoeuer the Lord gouerneth not, nothing remaineth vnto them, What per­son [...] the Prophet vnder­standeth by Children & Women▪ but that they be like to chil­dren, to wit, destitute of all both counsel and prudence. Moreouer God exerciseth his punishment two waies, because oftentimes while we seem to ourselues to haue graue men and skilfull in things, when it comes to the matter they blunder like blind men, & they haue no more prudence then haue childrē. For God depriueth them of that notable vertue, that before he had endued them with all, and doth so sot them, euen as if had striken them with some thunder. Now and then God proceedeth more slowly, and by little & litle taketh away the men of heroical wits, which were apt for the administration, and transferreth the gouernmentes of matters to them, that can not indeede gouern one childe or one family. When these things happen it is most certain that destruction is not farre.

Moreouer ( saith Musculus) He calleth exactors not them that exacted those things, that were due vnto the Magistrate: but such as wroong frō the people at their pleasure, whatsoeuer they liked, and so pilled them with wicked exactions, Sith therefore Children coulde not be such exact­ors: as we cānot so wel vnderstand these words of those that are in yeres, children: so neither, of those that are in sexe, women.

But now, be it spoken in the natural sense of very children, and of very women, & those lawful princes: doth not this prooue so much the more, Though women & chil­dren be in this curse literally vnderstood yet it still cōfirms the lawfulnes of their state. that albeit it were also a curs alwaies of God, to haue such Princes ( as we shal sée anone, euen by Danaeus own reuocation, that it is not,) yet, that the principality, euen of them is a lawful state, and that, although in nature it were the better of twayne, (if men coulde alwayes haue their wishe) to haue their Prince rather to bée a Man than a Woman: and to bée a Man of ripe and perfect age, than to be an Infant or a childe: yet notwithstan­ding, sithe neither infirmitie of sexe, nor of age, debarreth the Laweful­nesse of the estate, when GOD sendeth (bee it also, but for a punish­ment) such a Prince: yea, although hee gaue not withall, to the wea­ker sex of the Woman, any other heroicall and supernaturall giftes, nor [Page 760] to the tender age of the childe, any other industrious and Godly tutors: yet for al that, the people of God ought not resist [...]his ordinance of God in these▪ their Magistrates, but obey the same for Conscience sake. Which saying of the Apostle to obey higher powers as the ordinaunce of God for conscience sake, Rom. 13. if it tooke place, when such hypocrites, and ty­rants, such wilfull and vnskilful rulers, such childish and effeminate per­sons, & of all thē infidels, heauy plagues, curses and scourges both to Gods people, and to all the romaine Monarchie, were the supreme gouernors: why shoulde it not take place, when the supreme gouernors are not Wo­men or children in such vitious senses, but onely in nature, without all these vices, and all other infirmities sufficiently prouided for and suppli­ed? but if these wordes of God, by the Prophet Esay, are to be vnderstood literally: then did God performe the same vnto them literally. And then it followeth of necessity, that the people of God, had not onely men, but children, nor children onely, but Women also to be their lawful princes, which is the thing that Danaeus before denied. If nowe againe, this that was threatned héere as a token of a curse, do not debarre the right and lawfulnesse of their estate: what shall we say then to those, where God of his surpassing might and goodnesse, so prouideth for these infirmities of na­ture, that he turneth all this dreadfull token of a curse, into the comfor­table féeling of a blessing: for, dare Danaeus make a perpetual rule of this sentence, that it shall alwayes stande for a token of Gods curse vnto the people, where children or Women are their Princes? No, he dare not. But streight way correctes his former saying, Danaeus. and sayth: Howbeit that same is not perpetuall, The curse turned into a blessing. for oftentimes Kinges beeing children also, as for example Solomon and Josias, haue moste holily and moste happily reigned, and the empire of them was enriched of God withall kinde of good thinges. The same may be sayde of certain Women, and of their Empire, whome the Lord hath in maruellous manner blessed, as appea­reth out of diuerse histories.

Bridges. Ha, goe too then, this is another manner of matter. For recompence of our former tokens of cursing and misery, heere are better effectes of happinesse and blessing, in the gouernment, both of Children, and of wo­men neither as a rare, but as an often experience put in practise, and that among the Lords people. But what is this to the lawfulnesse of these par­ties gouernment? No is? In-déede (as Christe saith, Math. 5.45) God ma­keth his Sunne to arise on the euill & on the good, Women & childrens gouernmēt lawfull. & sendeth reignė on the iust & vniust: & the wicked many times prosper & reigne, in that which the worlde estéemeth happines. But when as Danaeus so placeth it héeré, y t holines goeth before, & happinesse commeth after, & when their Empire is enriched of God with al kind of good things, & with the spiritual riches of Gods kingdome: if al this may truly be said of childrens gouerment, [Page 761] and the same may be sayde also of womens gouernement: Childrens gouernmēt. doth not this importe, that their gouernment must néedes be lawfull? And as for chil­drens gouernement, these two here by Danaeus alleaged, are notable ex­amples. For God himselfe giuing him his name, appointed Salomon both before his brethren that were his elders, Salomon a childe. who otherwise by nature should haue had the kingdome before him, but that God beyonde all their expe­ctations and aspiring, aduaunced him vnto it, when he was but about 17. yeares of age: and did God all this, and was it not lawefull? And as for Iosias, he was but 8. yeares old when he began to reign. And yet was his raigne in that age so acceptable to God: that he was prophecied vpon by name, almost 200. yeare before he was borne. 1. Reg. 13. ver. 2. Iosias a childe. And Ioas was yet younger thā was Iosias. who was worst in his old yeares, whē he ought to haue béene best, and best when hee was young, and is therefore commended to do that, which was good in the sight of the Lorde all his time, while Ioiada the priest did teach him. 2. Reg. 12. ver. 2. Azaria be­gan his raigne at 16. yeares of age. 2. Reg. 15. ver. 2. and is also com­mended to haue done vprightly in the sight of the Lord. Azaria a childe. Which is vnderstood only of his younger yeares. Manasses was 12. yeares old when he began to raigne. 2. Reg. 21. ver. 1. who though he did euill in the sight of the Lord: Manasses a childe. yet was his raigne as lawefull as the others.

Now (as Danaeus confesseth) that the same may be sayde of some wo­men and of their gouernement, The gouernment of wo­men as law­ful as the go­u [...]rnment of men. which is inough to conclude all the mat­ter: (for we desire no more to be graunted but euen thus much) and what more can be sayde of the gouernement of men? For who can iustifie all mens gouernement, either that they, holde the same by right, or rightly administer that they came rightly by? Yea, least we should take this that he sayth, of some women, to be of some such, for whom he might pretend exception of example, as that they had some speciall calling, as Debora: although we haue heard of other also in the scripture, and that in commen­dation, of whom we can alleage no such speciall calling, but that might well be drawen to an example of our owne times and state, and so do his wordes also importe, that this some may bee sayde, as spoken of some women of this age: when not only he sayth, as appeareth by diuerse hi­stories, as we shall after warde (God willing) sée, how the state of Chri­stendome is not vnfurnished of manie examples: neuerthelesse, for the more manifest profe hereof, he beginneth with our state in Englande, as an honorable and present testimonie of the same, saying:

Verily, of th [...] most renowmed Queene of England Elizabeth, which now most happily reygneth, it may be sayde, Danaeus. that the whole compasse of the worlde hath seene nothing at any [...]ime, more happie or more to be wished for, than is her reigne.

The more we consider this testimonie of Danaeus, Bridges. of the which both [Page 762] our selues especially, Her Maie­sties happie reigne. and other forrain regions not a little, finde the profe and féele the cōfort: the more are we all bounde to glorifie almightie God, and to thinke & speak well of her Ma. gouernmēt, not only to be lawful: but also most necessarie & expedient for Gods Church. How much we are boūd to glorifie God for her Maiestie & to loue her, & obey her lawes. And to pray to God to blesse her Maiesty more & more, and to defend her, and vs by her, to whom he hath giuen (in these troublesome and daungerous dayes) so happie a reigne ouer his people, & a gouernmēt so much to be wished after. And the more are we also bound both to loue & honour her, and to obey her gouern­ment in her lawes. And this beeing true which Danaeus here confesseth: then how vnthankfully, yea, how vntruly doe our Brethren report to the world, that the state of the Church of England, is a disordred, deformed & corrupt estate? As we haue heard their hard spéeches, besides other that write a great deale harder. Howe doe these here agrée with Danaeus? If her Maiestie reigneth most happily, and that in all these foresayd happie thinges: how reigneth she not lawfully? And how vnlawfully then, yea how vnhappily doe our Brethren oppose themselues against her so hap­pie reigne? I graunt, they doe it not in such virulent and treacherous manner, Our Brethr. disobediēce not like the Papistes. as doe the aduersaries of the Gospell, which her Maiestie defen­deth and setteth foorth, and wherein chiefely consisteth this her happines: b [...]t in an other way-warde and not contented sorte, as maintayning such a disordred, corrupt and deformed state of the gouernement and disci­pline of Christs Church. As though her reigne suppressed the reigne of Christ, and the syncere aduauncing of his kingdome, which in the Lordes prayer we desire. If her Maiestie did thus: what happinesse were there, or rather what vnhappinesse were there not in her reigne?

But now, when such as worthily are accounted, to be the most learned professours of the Gospell in other Nations, and suche as so hardly can brooke womens gouernment, Strangers & those that brooke not womens go­uernment, surmount our Brethrē that are sub­iectes. smackering too much of the frenche humor, as we haue shewed, shall notwithstanding giue this honorable testimony of her Maiesty, and of her reigne: And I hope they do it no more for flatte­rie, than they néede for feare, but euen for the truth sake it selfe, (for except they would suppresse it, they can in conscience say no lesse): shall now her Maiesties owne subiectes and those Protestantes too, that féele the bene­fite, whereat other reioyce so muche, for the hearing thereof, shall not they confesse as much as doth a straunger? What a great ingratitude should this be? Howbeit, Danaeus confesseth not so much, but wée finde much more, the experience and benefite of this her most happie reigne. God make vs with like thankfulnesse to acknowledge it. For certainly, if we shall consider al circumstances, we shal not choose, (at leastwise in our consciences, though we would not with our mouthes, but confesse as much as doth Danaeus, that the whole compasse of the worlde hath seene no­thing at any time, that is more happie or more to bee wished for, than [Page 763] is her reigne (or gouernement). Neither the gouernement vnder the Quéene of Saba, or of Gods people vnder Deborah, neither yet vnder the most excellent men. Dauid, Salomon, Asa, Iehosaphat, Iosias, or Ezechi­as; no, not in Christendome vnder Constantine the greate, or the great Charles, though their reignes did in some thinges excell her Maiesties reigne: yet all thinges pondered, especially those kinde of good thinges wherein true happinesse most consisteth: (Danaeus spake heere a great word, but we may well vpholde it for a truthe,) that the whole circle of the worlde, sawe nothing at anie time, more happie (or blessed,) and a thing more to bee wished for, ( if men might haue their wishes) than is the reigne or gouernement of her Maiestie. The Lorde ( I say againe and againe) make vs thankefull to him chiefely, and after him to her, for the same, and vouchsafe to continue and encrease, this her most hap­pie and wished reigne, still among vs, to his further glorie, to our aun­swerable thankefulnesse, and to the refuge, succour and comforte of other kingdomes, where his Churche also is dispersed, and yet by the sedu­cinges and oppressions of Antichriste, haue not atteyned to this happi­nesse and wished state for all their Kinges, that wée in Englande vnder our Queene Elizabeth, his most happie hand-mayde, and our most gra­tious Soueraigne, haue all the time of her reigne, and yet (God be mag­nified therefore) doe enioye. And still shall a straunger say these spéeches, and our selues burie them in dumbe silence, or if we speake thereof, denie it or depraue it?

This is much to our shame, & to the great commendation of Danaeus: if happily he had staied euen here, & so concluded vp this question. Danaeus his high praise if he had stayed here. For what could he or anie haue sayde better, that coulde more fully confirme the supreme gouernement of a woman to bee lawefull in the Churche of Christe, than this so manifest example and present instance, of Gods so happily blessing her Maiesties supreme gouernment, ouer vs his people.

But, what shall wee foade our selues with all these goodly spée­ches, when the matter for all this is still impugned? For, to what pur­pose doth Danaeus driue all these great prayses of her Maiesties reigne? To confirme and establish a womans gouernement? Or not rather in the end, euen as our Bretheren do (but with a more cunning compasse) to vndermine it? And yet, our Brethren (as we haue heard) cast foorth now & then very fayre spéeches of her Maiestie, & of her happie reigne, Faire praises and foule practises. & of her lawfull gouernmēt also. But when it commeth to the very point, they not only refuse to obey her Maiesties lawes and gouernmēt, but they so cry out vpon the same, as a most deformed, & corrupt state of gods Church: that all their praysings are nothing comparable to their dispraysinges What a strange kinde of dealing is this in so high matters, and with such great and noble personages? It is an old saying, Non est bonum ludere cum sanctis. [Page 764] And shall wee dally thus, Danaeus ioyneth wih Caena­lis. in the chiefest matters of estate, with Princes? What could haue béen more auouched for confirmation of a womans law­full gouernement, then this so high recommending to all the worlde her Maiesties gouernement? The inuin­ci [...]le in­stance of her Maiesties gouernment. Solemnely pronouncing: Verily, for Elizabeth the Queene of Englande that nowe most happily raigneth, the circuite of the worlde hath seene nothing at any time more happie (or blessed) and more to be wished for, then is here reigne. If here Danaeus haue not flattered (as he had no cause) but spoken (as indéede we finde it) the verie trueth: what then can he afterwarde or all the circuite of the worlde al­leage, against this so excellent a president of Gods approbation for wo­mens supreme gouernement? In very déede nothing can be rightly oppo­sed, that shall euer be able to ouerturne this instance. And verily, if Da­naeus shall nowe alleage any thing, against the lawefulnesse of a womans supreme gouernment ouer Gods people: he shall but contrarie and we­rie himselfe in vaine, as we sawe howe Caenalis did. And in the ende, we shall sée likewise, how Danaeus fayre and softly driues the matter, not on­ly to the same, but to a farre worse pitche, though in better spéeches, and with more learning. For Danaeus hauing gone thus farre, dare not nowe say that the gouernement of women is a naughtie, vnhonest, or mon­strous thing: ( which terme Caluine vsed) for then, all the worlde would haue straightway séene it, and cryed out vpon it, as a grosse and manifest contradiction. But, he so fetcheth it about by little and little vnder hande, that in the end it comes all to one passe, as if had flat and plaine denied it. And first here, as he hath so highly commended her Maiesties raigne: so will he not séeme to discommend, but to giue at least some sober commen­dation, to those that will admitte no such gouernment.

Notwithstanding ( sayth he) those people seeme to haue wisely looked vnto their profite, Danaeus. which haue taken heede vnto (or prouided) by their lawes, and by a right (or lawe) publike, least that women should rule a­mong them, and ouer them, and should haue the chiefe right and go­uernement. If we conferre the sexe of the woman with the mans, because that vnto manie offices which the administration of a kingdome requi­reth, they are lesse apt and are vnable, by reason of the nature and im­becillitie of their sexe. As for exāple to gouerne an armie, to pronounce the lawe sitting in publike. Which thinges certainely do not become at all a womans shamefastnesse.

In commending the wisedome of those people which haue prouided by their lawes, Bridges that women should not haue the supreme gouernement among or ouer them: Danaeus séemeth (though with more modest co­uerture then did Caenalis) to insinuate the French his countrie men. But with what wisedome they could deuise better lawes than Gods lawes, and oppose their caueats or prouisions of those their lawes, to cutte off his [Page 765] lawes: I referre to Danaeus and to the indifferent readers further delibe­ration. But, if we may coniecture by the euent (as wee haue séene alrea­die out of Meierus, the Chronicler of the Lowe countries) this wise pro­uision of their lawes contrarie to the prouision of Gods lawe, hath béene the very folly, which hath made that realme of France refuse, to vnite it selfe with this Realme of Englande and with all those countries, wherby such a mightie Monarchie might haue growen, as might haue both re­pressed the vsurpation of Antichrist, and the inuasion of the Saracens and Turkes; the one hauing woonne and spoyled more than halfe, the other ha­uing seduced and tyrannized almost ouer all Christendome, without anie Christian Monarke, sufficient to resist or stoppe them. For the kinges of Englande that euer to their power, did most withstande these two open & priuie enemies of Christs Gospell, were either still crossed by the french▪ or, for want of this vnion, (that in right ought then to haue béen made) had not might sufficient to atchieue it. While in the meane season, France hath felt, that the only mayntaining of this their wise prouision, hath béen the greatest plague and scourge that euer France hath had, and the chiefest oc­casion of their greatest ouerthrowes. And at this day (God be praysed for it) Englande hath the light and libertie of the Gospell, and is so blessed withall, vnder her Maiesties most happie raigne ( as Danaeus sayth) that would to God France and euery Christian kingdome, yea, all the worlde had the like blessings of God, if it were according to his good will. Not, that they should be all gouerned still by women; for so is not Englande. But, not to debarre the right of inheritance, no, not to a woman. And if all the world neuer saw so happie a raigne as is the Queenes of England: Why might we not charitably wish that all the world, Fraunce and all, might sée the like happines in their dominions? What could it preiudice if a woman now and then reigned ouer them, so long as God blessed their raigne as he doth her Maiesties?

But now, where Danaeus drawes his sentence further, with this con­ditionall, if we conferre the sexe it selfe of the woman with the mans: If he adde this, as a reason that moued the French or any other, to make this prouiso against womens supreme gouernement: then I aunswere, that indéede in this conferring; the womans sexe is inferiour to the mans. Howbeit, gouernment hauing rather relation to that principall person, that is represented in the gouernement, which is God; and with all, to the abilitie, by the giftes and spirite of gouernement, which God giueth to the partie whom he aduaunceth; and also, to the right of inheritaunce, whereby the Gouernour claimeth title or comes thereto: the superioritie is rather to be conferred, in these or the like respects or cōparisons, In cōferring the sexes, the man to be preferred. thā in the sexe of man & womā only. And yet, we grant, that the sex of the man ( cateris paribus, all other thinges in conferring of them, being found to be [Page 766] equall) is euermore, The sexes conferred. as the more worthy, to be preferred before the sexe of the womā. But if now, this conferring of the sexes, be referred to the later part of the sentence, Personall imbecilitie no barre to right of go­uernment. which rendreth a cause hereof, saying: because that vnto many functions which the administration of a kingdom doth require, they are lesse apt and are vnable, by reason of the nature and im­becilitie of their sexe: then I deny this also to be a sufficient cause or rea­son, to debarre any persons of their right to a kingdome, onely for that they are not able, personally to administer many functions, which the administratiō of a kingdō doth require. For if he mean, that all Princes must of necessitie administer all such functions in their owne persons, or else they be not lawfully administred: then, not only (as we haue shewed) a man childe ( while he is a childe) is cleane cut off from the possession of a kingdome, and must, for conferring his age with the age of a man that is of riper yeares, be excluded: because that vnto many functions which the administration of a kingdome requireth, the nature and im­becilitie of his age is lesse apt and is vnable: but also of what age soeuer he be, Sicknesse. yet his sickenesse may so greatly, or so continually empaire the strength of nature: that he may be euen altogether vnable, at least, the lesse apt to administer many of those functions. Yea, what health so e­uer he haue also, and might, and wisedome: yet if hee haue many king­domes or prouinces vnder him, as diuerse Princes had, that are not ther­fore improoued in the scripture, Viceroyes & deputies in personall absence. yea Dauid, Salomon, Iehosaphat, &c. had suche Prouinces too, and deputies in them: and howe then can the king administer those functions in his prouinces, personally? Yea, haue he but one kingdome, and that but a small one too, yet will there still bée many functions which the administration of a kingdome doth require, that he shall be driuen to doe by other persons in his name and right, and not all of them in his owne person. If nowe, this administration of those functions by a deputie or minister in his name, and hauing authoritie from him, be good and lawful in a man: why it is not good and lawfull also in a woman? If any reply, that although the King may appoint such de­puties, yet he must appoint a man to doe the actions that appertaine to a man: I denie it not. But can not a woman Prince appoint men also to do them, as well as a man Prince can appoint them? But of that after, only this now, why should a woman be more bounde to the personall admini­stration of suche functions, more than a man is bounde? Or shoulde shée not rather, euen for the nature & imbecilitie of her sexe, be of the twaine, (séeing she is the weaker, Deputies more allow­ed in womē than in men and so the more to be honoured and borne with­all) be permitted to administer all such functions by other men, as she can not administer by her selfe, without any preiudice to her right or supreme authoritie in the kingdome?

The Apostle S. Peter went not thus strictly to worke for Princes perso­nall administration of all their functions, but saith 1. Pet. 2. v. 13. &c. sub­mit [Page 767] your selues vnto all manner of humane ordinance for the Lords sake, The ordi­nance of God. whether it be vnto the king, as vnto the superiour, or vnto the Gouernors, as vnto thē that are sent of him, &c. here he first nameth this generall word, 1. Pet. 2.13. euery humane ordinace, or creature. For the words [...], cōprehend both the or­dināce created, & also the creature or person either of mā or womā. And though he afterward specifie the name of king, which rather séemeth to be limited to a man: yet his reason includeth both sexes, though according to the cōmon phrase, he mētion only the more worthy sexe. Saint Peters wordes stretch to men and women. As whē he sayth afterward, ver. 17. honor all men: he excludeth not the honor due to womē, but includeth it. And v. 18. & 19. Seruants be ye subiect to your Masters withal feare, not only to the good & courteous: but also to the frowarde. For this is thāke worthy, if a man for conscience toward God endure griefe, suffring it wrongfully. here these words Master & mā, are not limited to the sexe, but are rather spoken of the persons. So by a courteous or a froward M. is ment also a courteous or a froward Mistresse; & by mā either any seruāt, or any person he or she that suffreth wrongfully. Neither only doth Peter in the terme of one sex, include both: but méeteth also with this reason, that it is no disobe­dience to the king, but only to his deputie: & therfore sayth he: or vnto go­uernors, as vnto those that are sent of him. Which word him, if we refer to the king: If he may haue such gouernors, as sent of him: so also may a Queene as sent of her. Caluin rather referreth it, as vnto those that are sēt of God. But this again makes for vs. Caluine in 1. Pet. 1. He signifieth ( saith Caluin) al sorts of Magistrats, as though he should say, there is no kind of gouernmēt, to which they ought not to subiect themselues. He cōfirmeth this, because they are Gods ministers. For they that refer this Pronoune (him) to the king, are much deceaued. This therfore is a cōmō reason to cōmend the authority of all Magistrats, that they rule by the cōmandemēt of God, & are sent of him. So that, what sorts of Magistrates so euer they be, we nei­ther respect the difference of their states, whether in a Monarchie, or in an Aristocratie, or in a popular cōmon wealth: nor yet respect we the sexes of the gouernors, but God that placed them in authoritie, & for his ordi­nance sake we must obey them, and their ordinances, if they be not con­tradictorie, but subalternall, to God their principall, that did sende them. So that, the inabilitie of the sexe, is no more lawful pretence to repell the autoritie of the person; thē is the inability of age, or of health, or of strēgth, or of knowledg, Examples of de [...]u [...]ies. to administer personally many functions that pertain to the administratiō of a kingdome. Pharao could not do many things per­taining to the administratiō of his kingdome, y t Ioseph could do: neither Nabuchodonozer, that Daniel could do: nor Saul, that Dauid: nor Oziah, y t his tutors in his nāe could do: & yet was this no impechmēt to their states.

But here Danaeus pickes out two things, that he thinkes by all meanes to be vtterly inconuenient, for women to haue anie dooing at all in them, Danaeus his exceptions. that is to witte, to be ouer an armie, and to pronounce lawe sitting in [Page 768] publike place of iudgement. Princes deputies.

These two functions are such (I grant) as appertaine vnto a supreme gouernour, Two functi­ons of a Prince to gouerne an ar­mie, and to sitte in iudgment. and are necessarie both for warre and peace, the two chiefe e­states of euery common weale: the one to defende thē from their enemies, the other to maintaine them among themselues. Howbeit, neither of these two functions, eyther to be a gouernour in warre, or to bee a Iudge in peace, are such functions, that if a Prince can not personally exercise the same, he should therfore be debarred from his right; or hauing it, he should surcease it. For if the king be a childe, well may they liue in hope of his riper yeares; but in that infirmitie of his age, neither the actiuitie of his bodie, nor the skill of his mind, will reach to the administring of these two functions. Yea, when he comes to mans estate, he may both be so weake in bodie, so faint in heart, and so vnexpert in the feates of warre: he may againe be so simple in iudgement, so vnlearned in the lawes, and maye proue altogether so vnapt for discerning and deciding of controuersies; that neither childe nor man, hee may be able or apt for the personall admi­nistration of these functions. And what then? Shall he be cleane excluded or deposed from his kingdome, for his only vnabilitie or vnaptnes in these functions? Or, on the other side, if we shall more safely conclude, that de­puties may supply his imbecilitie herein, Azarias though for his sicknesse by himselfe he could not, yet by his deputies be admini­stred these thinges. as we haue séene, how Azarias remayned king being a [...]eper, separate and shut vp from the people, nei­ther able to gouerne an armie, nor to sitte in iudgement: but to doe these functions, and al other b [...]longing to the administration of a kingdome, by his sonne Iotham, who gouerned the house and iudged the people of the lande. 2. Reg. 15 ver. 5: can then not Christian Princes, where any imbecilitie of nature or of sexe, maketh them lesse able to doe these things them [...]elues, supply them also by their deputies? Did Dauid guide all his armies by his personall conducte, or not his greatest & most daun­gerous battels by his liefe-tenant Ioab? Dauids de­puties. Yea 2. Sam. 18. ver. 3. the army would not suffer him to goe to battell with them, but sayde: Thou shalt not goe foorth, for if wee flee, they will not regarde vs, neither will they passe for vs, though halfe of vs were slaine, But thou art nowe worth ten thousande of vs, &c. And yet Dauid ceased not to be their king still. Yea, he was the safer frō daunger in his person, & for the matter, he made no lesse noble conquestes by his Captaines. The Senate and people of Rome did all by deputies. The Senate and people at Rome conquered the most famous partes of all the worlde, and all or most by their deputies, whom they sent foorth with their armies, while they sate still & debated the mat­ters in the Capitoll.

And although that the sitting in publik iudgement and pronouncing right, be easier for the bodie of the twaine: yet sith it requireth the know­ledge of the lawes ( except Princes should sitte for a shewe, or according to lawe will I, or resolue the doubt as Alexander vndid Gordias his knotte:) [Page 769] how many Salomons are there, that sit their selues in iudgement, A Princes functi­ons. & some of them good Princes too, hauing learned & vncorrupt iudges to administer those functions for thē? But can any of thē therfore be sayd, that he is not a lawfull Prince, or no Prince at all, yea, Though a Prince can not decide controuer­sies yet he ceaseth not to be a Prince. although he were also a dissolute and vniust Prince? If now these functions in men Princes, can be thus administred by the deputations of other men, experienced & approued in these functions: why should this supply be debarred frō a womā Prince? What alleageth Danaeus against them? That though some men Princes do not these thinges; yet for women Princes, though they would, they can not? Nay, Danaeus is not yet so peremptorie, that by any meanes they can not do it: but (saith he) these thinges become not at all womens shame­fastnes. Indéede shamefastnesse is one of the chiefest ornamentes of wo­men, and great reason it is, they should haue a speciall regard to the com­linesse and shamefastnesse of their nature. Neither is fighting and mar­tiall affayres so fitte for their imbecillitie and the profounde discussing in pleas of right and lawe, doth commonly surmount the capacitie of wo­men, which as by custome they are not so enured and acquainted withall, so are they by nature (for the most part) more wittie than wise, and more pregnant in inuention of delightfull matters, than deliberate in iudgemēt of graue and doubtfull controuersies. Howbeit, wee speake not nowe of the ordinarie sorte of women, but onely of those that are supreme gouer­nours of a kingdome, which also falleth out verie séeledome: nor yet as­cribe we the habilitie of these functions to all those that are such women Princes. No more than it can be sayde also, How a wo­man Prince may do these acti­ons. of all those Princes that are men, though it be no sufficient debarre to the right of either of their estats, which is a farre higher point in lawe, than is the personall administration of their functions.

And yet, well may we iustifie this, that as God hath so giuen the admi­nistration euen of both these functions to some singular women princes, without any staine at all vnto their shamefastnes: so vpon especiall occasi­on or necessitie thereunto, why may we not conclude, when God calleth a woman prince to the supreme gouernment of a kingdom, that she may in good order do these things, without any touch of blemish to the decencie & honor of her shamefastnes? I speak not of personal fighting in the wars, like the Amazones & the french pucell: and yet in some necessitie, women haue put to their handes somtimes extraordinarily, to the defence of them­selues, & striking of their enemies, & that without reproch. Iael. As Iael that killed Sisera, & got thereby great honor. Iud. 4. and the woman that cast a piece of a milstone on Abimeleches head, & brake his braine pan. Iud th.Iud. 9. And Iudith that cut off Holofernes head, & by her prudence and valour ouerthrew all his mightie armie, and directed her people how to set foorth their armies. But these were yet no gouernors of armies. And indéede it [Page 770] is one thing to strike the enemy, To gouerne an armie. or to defende thēselues, and another thing to gouerne an armie. But haue not we recited a number of those women that haue gouerned armies, Gouernance of an armie. & some of thē without any discommendation, but rather to their high prayse, besides the great benefite of their subiects? But to conteyne vs in the bounds of the Canonicall scripture; did not De­bora, Debora. as well as Barak, goe foorth with the armie, yea & chiefely gouerne it, both what number they should be, & who should be their Captaine, and when they should giue the onsette; & of al this she tooke no shame but glory? And when the Queene of Sabaea, The Queene of Sabaea. came to Salomon with so great a traine that Peter Martyr sayth thereon, habuit multitudinem secū instar exercitus, she had a multitude with her as it were an armie: did not she chiefely go­uerne then? And why did not Salomon lay that in her dish, & tell her, that she could not be a Queene, because she could not with that shamefastnesse which becommeth women kinde, gouerne an armie? No, nor Christ de­barreth her of the title of a Queene, or of her due cōmendation, for all that matter. Neither Philip founde this fault in the Eunuches Ladie and Mi­stresse, Candace the Queene of Aethiopia, Candace. that gouerned such an armie, as we heard already out of Plinie & Strabo. Neither (besides the scripture) Iosephus findes this fault in Alexandra. Alexandra. And yet al these had, & must néeds haue had, armies and defences against their enemies, yea though they had peace with them. Therefore, notwithstanding this exception of Danaeus for the gouerning or being ouer an armie, whether by their deputies (as Peter Martyr sayth, the Queene of Sabaea might appoint her sonne, or some other in her absence;) or in case, by themselues, as her selfe conducted the troupe that came with her to Salomon: Queenes are not to be seque­stred from all supreme gouernement of a kingdome. Yea, they may so orderly gouern ouer all their armies also, that they may still with honour and without shame, reteyne the decencie and shamefastnes of their cal­ling.

The other function, though it pertaine more to peace and quietnesse: yet because it hath the hearing and debating of quarels and brawles: Sitting in iudgement. the contentious pleading of titles & doubtes: the finding out and determining of right and law: séemeth to be as farre from womens modest shamefast­nesse and milder capacitie, as the other in the broyles of warres. And yet if wee shall throughly consider this function, hauing graunted the one, which is the harder, for the gouernement ouer an armie in the warre: women will hope the better and plead in peace the harder, not to be clean [...] debarred from the barre, nor yet from sitting in the iudgement seat, if the importance of necessitie or speciall occasion, and much more title of right, do call them to it, and they haue able giftes to aunswere it.

What authority in her Citie the wise woman of Abele had, The wise woman of A­bele. 2. Sam. 20 ( though she pleaded so wisely euen in the warres with Ioab, and in giuing [Page 771] counsell to her people for their peace,) Sitting in iudgment. I will not examine because she was vnder God no supreme gouernour, nor sate in any publike iudgement, that we reade of. But for Deborah it is expressely set downe in the scrip­ture that she iudged Israel. Debora. Iudg. 4. ver. 4. and that the children of Israel came vp to her for iudgement. ver. 5. If it be replied, this was a specialtie, and therefore can not be drawen into anie ordinarie rule or example: although it may be well aunswered, that God did not drawe such specialties from such persons, as otherwise in them the function had béene monstrous and méere against nature: so that anie person whome God calleth to authori­tie, and furnisheth with his spirite of iudgement, enhabling their inha­bilitie, may take it on them, and looke on Debora for a president: yea, were the Prince a child, and had the gift of iudgement beyonde his age, (as had Daniel, or Salomon:) for all their rare and singular giftes, yet might he well set them before him for a patterne. But howsoeuer we exempt the ex­ample of Deborah: what shall we say to these two foresayde Queenes of Sabaea and Aethiopia, The queene [...] of Sabaea & of Ethiopia. mentioned without touch of ignominie, if not ra­ther of prayse, both in the olde and in the newe Testament, at leastwise, approued to be lawefull Queenes? For, either the Princes personall ex­ecution in the administration, of this function pertaynining to the go­uernement of a kingdome, is not so necessarie, but that they might do it, & did it by their deputies: or else these queenes did sit their selues in pub­like indgement, & yet no reproch or vncomlines vnto their shamfastnes.

But whatsoeuer they did then, Danaeus will proue that this should not now be done. And why not now?

From hence ( to wit, that it is vtterly vnseemely for the shamefastnes of a woman, Danaeus. sayth he) by the ciuill lawe of the Romanes L. mulieres D. de regul. iuris, women are rightly repelled from administring the functions and offices belonging to mē, such as also are those that ought to be ex­ercised in publike. And the same is the saying of Augustine, Lt. de nupt [...]s. cap. 9. Neither can it be doubted, that men ought rather to be princi­pall vnto women, than women to men.

Here is both the autority of the ciuil law, Bridges. & of this most famous Doctor of the Church S. Aug. alleaged, against womens sitting in publike iudg­ment & their supreme gouernment ouer mē. To S. Aug. afterwarde in his order. Let vs first consider the ciuill law hereon. The ciuill lawe. Not that I wil take vpon me lawyerlike, to answere this rule of the law of mā, in such learned & full maner, as the professors thereof would do: it sufficeth me, that I find sufficient warrant for womens supreme gouernment, out of Gods lawe. Notwithstāding I deny not this law ciuill, so far as it contrarieth not the law diuine, which we & all Christendom are more bound vnto, thā to any ciuil law of the Romanes. Io. Ramus in his Inchiridion (or manuel) de reg. iuris, li. 2. axiom. 50. de Faeus. mentions this rule, & frō whō Danaeus taketh it: [Page 772] Vlpian ( sayth he) doth say, Iudgement of women. that women are remoued frō al ciuill or pub­like offices, Vlpian. both because it is not commendable for the shamefastnes of the feminine sexe, to be prouoked to do those things which appertain to men: & also because the counsell of women is feeble, fraile, and without the experience of matters. Vlpian alleageth examples, & therfore womē can be no iudges, nor demaunde (right) nor appeare for other, nor bee procurators.

Of what women & mat­ters Vlpian speaketh. Of the motiues that induced hereunto this famous lawyer Vlpian, ( and yet but an heathen Idolater, not knowing Gods law, nor séeing such mea­sure of his giftes among the heathen Romanes in those daies:) we shal af­ter (God willing) sée further, Danaeus leading vs to the enquirie, what women haue also gouerned the Romaine Empire. As for this law, both properly is vnderstood of the personall actions of such offices or functions, as appertaine onely to pleas, for hereunto hee driueth all his examples: and so, no more restrayneth the principalitie of a womans supreme go­uernement ouer a kingdome, than it doth of a childes: neither is it fur­ther to be stretched, than serueth to the reasons here alleaged, which only take place in the ordinarie sort of women. But when as we haue shewed so many laudable examples to the contrarie, and shall sée further in the practise of the greatest states in Christendome: yea, Danaeus also him­selfe hath specified some such examples, as in all points are aunswerable to all the vertues here required, and to many farre more excellent, besides as firme, as constant, and as expert counsell of most waighty matters, as in the most & best Counsellers: among men, not only such as Holda, Holda. to whō Iosias, the high Priest, and the grauest Counsellers resorted for counsell: nor as Iudith, Iudith. that gaue most godly, stoute, and prudent counsell to the Priestes, the Elders, and all the people: but (God be praysed) by Danaeus owne confession, we are not vnfurnished in this behalfe. And therfore such excellent women, are to be excluded from this rule of the ciuill lawe, but not from the rule of the ciuill gouernment.

But for our better proofe hereof, to shew how this rule of the ciuill law, debarreth not simply all women, Montholoni­us in promptuario diuini & veriusque iurishum. especially not Princes, no, not from pub­like sitting and pronouncing law in iudgement; the promptuarie of the three lawes, to wit, the diuine lawe of God, the Cannon lawe of the Bi­shops, and the Ciuill lawe of the Emperours, collected by Montholo­nius, as comming next to hande, may suffice (mee thinkes) both for the matter it self, and for the lawes reaching to or restrayning of this rule. Up­on this sentence Iudg. 4. Debora the wife of Lapidoth, was the Prophetesse which iudged the people, at that time (of Iabin king of Chanaan) and shee fate vnder a date tree, that was called by her name, betweene Rama and Bethell in mount Ephraim, and the children of Israell came vp to her for all iudgement, &c. Upon the woorde shee iudged ( sayth Montholonius) [Page 773] By the lawe of man it is not permitted for women to iudge or to exer­cise the office of a partie that iudgeth. The text is open, in L. faeminae. in princ. ff. de reg. iuris. & in c. cum Praetor. §. 1. ff. de iudi. in C. 1. §. tria sunt. 3. quaest. 7. & in c. mulierem militem. in fi. 33. quaest. 5. which notwithstan­ding proceedeth not in the case that is put in c. dilecti. de arbi. where it is sayde: Dilecti fil Abbas &c. Our beloued sonnes, the Abbot and Co­uent of Sardinia of the Cistercien order, haue by complaint declared vnto vs, that whereas among them of the one partie, and the hospi­talers ( he meaneth those of the order of S. Iohn, whome wee called the Knightes of the Rhodes, or nowe, of Malta) of the other partie, a que­stion was mooued in sute of lawe, about the vsage of a certaine woode, it was by both parties compromitted to the Frenche Queene: The frenche Queenes iudgement. who vnderstanding the merites ( or rightes) of the cause, thought good the definitiue sentence to bee promulgated or published by arbitri­ment. But, although according to the rule of the Ciuil lawe, wo­men are remooued from publike offices: and in an otherl place it bee sayde, that albeit they be of most highe estimation, if they take vp­pon them an arbitriment, or else beeing Patronesses, they interpose themselues in the hearing of matters among their Tenauntes manu­mised ( or made frée) they are to bee separated from all iudiciall exa­mining, so that no penaltie nor any exception of couenaunt may bee taken against the contemners of them, by reason of their prolation: The custome & the f [...]ench lawe for wo­men hauing iurisdiction. ( or sentence that they haue giuen foorth) neuerthelesse, because of the custome approoued, which in the partes of France is holden for lawe, women preexcelling are knowen to haue an ordinarie iurisdiction ouer their subiectes: we therefore commande, that by the penaltie decreed in the compromise, the hospitalers obserue the same arbitriment, e­uen as it is prouidently set foorth and receaued of either partie, espe­cially sithe it hath beene ratified with the presence and counsell of the Bishops. These wordes hath the text. Which well proueth that those which are preexcellent women ( or of great nobilitie) may giue iudge­ment. Hereupon sayth Angelus in his Counselles, Consil. 270. that he sawe Queene Ioane sitting in the throne made for the iudgement seate. And although this, to witt, that a preexcellent woman may iudge, bee vnderstoode by the glosse in the worde. Regina. in c. cum deuotissimam. 12. quaest. 2. & in §. 1. in the worde mulieres. 15. quaest. 3. that it proce­deth onely of custome, according as the fore-sayde chapter dilecti spea­keth: notwithstanding this also proceedeth euen by the common lawe, because although a woman can not iudge, in that she is a woman, In what re­spect a wo­man may be a Iudge. not­withstanding if any dignitie be delated ( or brought) vnto her, by rea­son whereof there belongeth withall a iurisdiction, she may exercise the iurisdiction. So doth Panormitane notably say by that text in c. dilecta. [Page 774] in 1. no. de arbi. & in [...]. significauit. de rescript. Aug. wre­sted. And so peraduenture may it be vnderstood, that is here spoken of the Prophetesse Delbora. Debora. Howbe­it, if it were the custome that women should iudge, that custome ought to be kept, not only in womē that were preexcellent; but also in others. For the cause that women can not iudge, is brought in by custome on­ly, Custome the ouerru­ler of this question. euen as it is proued in the sayd lawe, cum Praetor. §. 1. in verbo. moribus ff. de indi. And in the sayd chapter. 1. § in verbo moribus. 3. quaest. 7. ther­fore, by the contrarie custome, the contrarie may be induced. So hol­deth, after other by him alleaged, Dominus meus Decius. in dicta lege. 2. Co­lum. 1. ff. de regu. iuris. Thus we sée, doth the ciuill lawe of the Romanes aunswere the ciuill lawe of the Romanes, and that not onely in other re­gions, but especially in Fraunce, where the ciuill lawe is most in force, to the more full satisfaction of this obiection, and rule of the ciuill lawe that Danaeus here alleageth.

As for that which Danaeus annexeth out of Augustine, Lib. 1. de nuptijs cap. 9. saying: neither can it be doubted, that men shoulde rather haue principalitie ouer women, than women ouer men.

S. Aug. wre­sted by Da­naeus. I muse much that so excellent a man (as I gladly acknowledge Danae­us to be) could be thus farre carried with affection, to cite a testimonie of any Father, or any other in this manner, both cleane besides the authors matter, which he was in hande withall, that should haue fully declared his meaning: and euen in that litle sentence which he taketh, to leaue out those especiall wordes, that should haue bounded all the sentence. Albeit, he ought to haue taken notice, (at least wise, some inkling) where about S. Augustine went, euen by the verie title of the booke that here he quo­teth, de nuptijs, of mariages. So that the principall drift here of Augustine is not to proue the principalitie of ciuill gouernment, that it is not com­petible to a woman ouer men, but onely to men ouer women: but hée driueth all to that naturall principalitie, which appertayneth to the sexe, and to the state of mariage, for the propagation of man and woman­kinde. Why one man was ra­ther for that time permitted to haue mo wiues, than one woman to haue moe husbands. And in that ninthe chapter, Saint Augustines purpose was, to prooue, that although for propagation of children, one man was then per­mitted to haue mo wiues: yet could it not be permitted to one woman, to haue moe husbandes. For that would not encrease, but rather hin­der the propagation of children. For sayth S. Augustine, If the multi­tude of wiues had not therefore displeased the God of our Fathers (and which is our God also) that wanton lust should vaunt it self more abun­dantly: then estsoones had the holy womē likewise ech one of thē obey­ed diuerse men. Which if any had done, what had cōpelled her, but euen the vncleannes of vnlawfull lust, that she would haue mo husbands: sith this licentiousnesse should not haue had the mo children? Howbeit, that not one man and many women, but one man and one woman, apper­tayneth [Page 775] rather to the goodnes of marriages: euen the very first coniun­ction of matrimonie made by God, doth sufficiently declare, that mari­ages should fetch their beginnings frō thence, where the example should be marked with more honestie. But the race of mankinde proceding foorth, good women were ioyned to certaine good men, the mo womē to particular men. Whereupon it appeareth, that the modestie of the dig­nitie rather desired that: & the nature of frutefulnes permitted this. Mans prin­cipalitie in mariage o­uer the wo­man. For principalitie also can be more naturally of one ouer many, than of ma­nie ouer one. ( And here commeth in the sentence that Danaeus citeth) nei­ther can it be doubted, by naturall order, that men should rather haue principalitie ouer women, than women ouer men. Which thing the A­postle keeping sayth, The man is the head of the woman. And, women be ye sub­iect to your husbandes. And the Apostle Peter sayth, 1. Cor. 11. euen as Sara obeyed Abra­ham & called him Lord. Which although it be so, that the nature of the be­ginnings loueth singularitie, and we shall more easily see a pluralitie in the subiectes: notwithstanding, many women should neuer be lawful­ly ioyned to one man, except from thence manie children should haue beene borne. Whereupon if she ioyne her selfe with moe men: because that frō thence she hath not the multiplication of her children, but the frequenting of wanton lust, she can not be a wife but an harlotte.

This is all S. Augustines whole chapter on this matter. What now is here that can be drawen (except it be drawen with violence) against a womans principalitie ouer men, in respecte of Ciuill gouernement? True it is, that by way of comparison, hee speaketh also here of ciuill principalitie. But doth he say, a woman can not be suche a Prince, as in that respect of ciuill principalitie shee can not be principall ouer manye men that are her subiectes? No, he hath no such words nor meaning: but only by the similitude of a Prince in the state ciuill, The plaine meaning of S. Aug. he prooueth the order of the naturall & oeconomicall state. That sithe in naturall order, the mā by his sexe, is the womans head: and the woman also in the law & order of matrimonie, which followeth the law and order of nature is subiect to the mā that is her husband: both which he proueth out of S. Paules testimo­nie in the new Testament, & by Abrahams & Saraes example in the olde: [...]efore he concludeth, that in this naturall & oeconomicall principalitie of the sex & of matrimony, it can not by any means be admitted, that the husband being the head & natural prince, should be mo thā one; & the wo­mā being the subiect in this lawe naturall & oeconomicall, should be but one: & so one woman to haue mo husbands. Whereas, if the law of God had not ben against it, it had ben more orderly of the twaine, for one man to haue had moe wiues, ( as it was a while permitted for propagation of mankinde,) because this commeth néerer to the order of the ciuill state, where one Prince may haue moe subiectes. But yet, he sheweth in this [Page 776] similitude, Aug. true meaning. how the lawe of the naturall and oeconomicall gouernement in matrimonie, differeth also in this comparison, from the lawe of the ciuill gouernement. For all marriages must chiefely be leueled to the proportion of their first institution, the law whereof was, that they should be but two. Though processe of time bredde a permission to the contrarie, for the respect of that, whereof nowe sithe there is no néede: therefore in all mariages there ought to be but one man and hee the principall, and one woman and she the subiect. Whereas in the politicall or ciuill prin­cipalitie, there is one prince and many subiectes. And therefore the com­parison of these two kindes of principalities doe not simply resemble nor imitate the one the other. Danaeus striketh out the verie words that shew S. Aug. mea­ning. This I take to be S. Augustines plaine mea­ning. And this sentence cited by Danaeus, had béene plaine inough, if he had but set downe the whole wordes thereof. Neither can it be doubted, that by naturall order, men should rather be principall to women, than women to men. Who may not easily perceaue here, that he speaketh not simply of all principalitie: but such principalitie: onely as ariseth, by na­turall order? And who denieth that? Or what is that to this purpose, of politicall order? And yet we denie not, but when these two orders, na­turall and politicall, can be orderly ioyned together; it is all the better. But there is a naturall order also of inheritance, by which a woman may be néerer to ciuill principalitie than a man. Whereunto whē by the ciuill law, yea by the law of God, there acreweth withall this ciuill or political principality. Then by that natural order of inheritance, the womans go­uernmēt ouer the mā, is not to be debarred, for any naturall prerogatiue of the mans sexe or mariage ouer the womā. And so whē all is done, this sentence of S. Augustine is no absolute prohibition to a womans princi­palitie ouer men, if it rather in some cases do not allowe it, when he saith, it is not to be doubted, that by natural order, men should rather be principall to womē than women to men. But as we speake not now, so much of naturall order: so neither speak we of that, that were of twaine the ra­ther, if men might haue their choise. But they that can not haue Princes as they would, must be glad, at least wise, content with thē, as they may. And where God, & law, & nature, calleth women to this ciuill principali­lity: we must not there stande descanting, what we had rather haue them, but obey thē as the higher powers of God, whether they be mē or womē. And sith S. Augustine, in the sentence before this cited by Danaeus, & as the grounde thereof, doth say: for principalitie also is more naturally of one ouer many, S. Aug. al­loweth wo­mens prin­cipalitie o­uer men. than it can be of many ouer one: and the same S. Aug. in o­ther places clearely alloweth a ciuill principality vnto women: then must it néedes fall out, that either hee must admitte such a state of womens go­uernment as was among the Amazons, where no men were: or else, that this woman gouernour might haue principalitie ouer men.

[Page 777] But if nowe, this plac [...] be too weake, Aug. for womens go­uernment. to inferre any thing against womens principalitie: if any heere in searching further S. Augustines meaning, woulde corroborate the same, with that sentence which is con­teined in the 45. Question out of the old testament. Tom. 4. For howe can it bee sayde of a woman, that she is the Image of God: sith that it is euident, shee is subiect to the gouernment of the man, and hath no au­thority, for shee can not teach, nor bee a witnesse, Another obiectiō. Tom. 4. Aug. 45. Quest. ex vettest. nor giue faith ( or take an othe) or Iudge: how much lesse is she able to gouerne. These wordes in-déede, come both a little neerer to the purpose, than doth the sentence that Danaeus alleageth, and also specify the particulers mentioned in the rule of the ciuill Lawe aforesaide. Albeit that the former aunswere may satisfy well-ynough, likewise, all that here is saide: yet I hope our Bre­thren will not iustify this worke to be S. Augustines: nor yet this sen­tence, if it were his. The Question is this. Quomodo homo ad imaginem Dei factus sit, & vtrùm ad dominationem, & an mulier quoque. How man shoulde be made to the Image of God, & whether vnto gouernment, and whe­ther also a woman? Whether man & wo­man were both made to che I­mage of God and to gouernmēt. It seemeth notwithstanding to some (sayth this sub­orned Augustine) that man was made to the Image of God in gouerne­ment: and because he saith, let him rule ouer the fishes of the sea, and o­uer the Foules of the heauen, and ouer the whole earth: sithe that these thinges are seene to be subiect not onely to man, but also to Woman, who it is euident hath not the Image of God. Which thing verily wan­teth reason, two wayes. For by this it is auouched, that neither God spake to his Sonne, Let vs make man vnto our Image and likenesse: but vnto the celestiall gouernours, which the Apostle reherseth, if that man haue the image of God in Gouernment: and it is giuen to the woman, that she also shold be the image of God, which is absurd. And so follow­eth this sentence aboue cited. Nowe, as we hold not this opinion, Wherein the Image of God confis­teth. that the Image of God, consisteth wholy or cheefely in dominion, but withall, and much more, in that integrity of holinesse and righteousnesse, whereunto S. Paul exhorteth vs, & declareth that Christe hath reformed vs, which ap­pertaineth as well to women as to men: so, howe can this author then, maintaine this to be absurde, and demaund howe it can bee spoken of a woman that she is the image of God, sith there are more, and more excel­lent respectes of Gods Image in vs, then Dominion? But rather, how doe his owne words hang together, in saying, the woman hath no authority? and yet he goeth about to prooue, that this Image of God cannot bee vn­stoode of gouernment, because shee hath gouernment with the man, ac­cording to the wordes of God. Which wordes are not, as he cites them, Let him rule, but, let them rule, referring the authoritie of rule, both to Man and woman. But as S. Augustine him selfe in this point of Gods Image, is so curious about the powers of the soule, to resemble the my­stery [Page 778] of the Trinity, and so variable thereon in manie places, that our Brethren their selues, dare not rest vpon him: so, can they presse vs the lesse, by his opinion heerein. Not but that we accorde to the sense heereof, whereunto Saint Paule ( as we haue shewed applieth it) 1. Cor. 11. verse 7. The man ought not to couer his head, forasmuch as he is the image and glory of God: but the Woman is the glory of the man. Whereupon (saith Caluine,) The same question may nowe be mooued of the Image, that was before of the heade. In what re­spect womā is Gods I­mage, and in what, the mans. For, either sexe is created to Gods image, neither doth Paul bid the womē lesse than the men, to be reformed vnto that Image. But the Image whereof nowe hee speaketh, is referred vnto the order belonging to Mariage. In which sense, and in all other prero­gatiues, that God by nature hath giuen to Man, yea, & that in al ciuil prin­cipalities, we euermore so graunt the preferment to the Man: that they be not absolutely denied from the Woman. For that was so little the mea­ning of S Augustine to affirme that Women can not possibly and lawful­ly haue any ciuil principality ouer men: that in his 253. sermon, de tempo­re, he acknowledgeth so farre forth the Queene of the South, that he ma­keth her not onely a good and lawfull Queene: but to bée a notable figure of Christes Church. S. Aug. al­lowāce not only of the Q of Sa­bees go­uernment, but also of Semiramis­ses reigne. And auoucheth also (as do the other historiographers) that Semiramis raigned ouer the Assyrian Monarchy. Li. de Ciuit. Dei. 18. cap. 2. and that Ino came out of Ethiopia into Egypt, and that bee­ing a Queene, longe iusteque [...] pericaueri [...], she raigned farre at large, and righteously. And therefore after her death, they worshipped her for a Goddesse. Whereby we may easily see, that S. Augustine doth not vtter­ly condemne the ciuil principality of a woman ouer men.

Danaeeus nowe thinking that this was the resolution both of the ciuill Lawe, and also of this famous diuine: concluding hereupon with the prac­tise of the cheefest state in Christendome, would cleane cary away all the matter.

Danaeus.Whereupon ( sayth he) a Woman can not bee Empresse of the Ro­manes and Queene. And when Athalia in Iudea, & Irene the Mother of Constantine the third, woulde take vpon her the Empire of Constanti­nople, either of them ouerthrewe all thinges, brought in the worship of Idoles into the Church of God, and this Woman ( to wit Irene) layde o­pen the Empire of Rome to be torne of the Saracens. Whereupon also Charles the great was at that time to be chosen into the Romaine Em­pire in the West, and Nicephorus in the East.

It is an old saying, shewe me not the meate, but shew me the man. And therefore I like this order of Danaeus wel, Bridges. to examine the practise of this thing. The pra­ctise of wo­mens go­uernment. But he saith the woman can not be shewed in this practise. For, a woman cannot be the Roman Empresse & Queen. Although these spée­ches séeme so ambiguously spoken, y t the meaning may be construed diuers [Page 779] wayes: Empresses. since that (as these termes are now in vse) one may be called King of the Romaines, and another Emperour of Rome: For example, Charles the fift, being Emperour of Rome, his Brother Ferdinand was King of the Romaynes, ( which title is vsed rather for security of succession, than present possession of the state) and so peraduenture it mae be true, A woman hath bin Empresse & Q of Rome as cheef go­uernor. a Wo­man can not be Empresse of Rome and Queene also: Notwithstanding, I take Danaeus in no such sense, nor yet, to be as Empresses and Queenes vnder their husbands gouernment, and without all rule, saue onely bea­ring these Titles and names, in the honour of their husbandes, and no further: but (I take) that hee meaneth, no Woman hath had the cheefe gouernance and administration of the common-weale in the Romaine Monarchie. Which saying if it were true, albeit it were the lesse to be re­garded, though a woman coulde not be there the Empresse and Queene, sith in so many places else (as wee haue sufficiently declared, and Danaeus hath also cléerely graunted) a Woman might well bee either Queene or Empresse, that is to say, the principall or supreme gouernor of a Monar­chie: yet how can this be true, euen for that state, by Danaeus own confes­sion, when he streightwayes acknowledgeth, that Irene was the Romane Empresse? If it can not be, how then was it? except he vnderstand it, that she coulde not be by Lawe, and therfore, he compareth her with Athalia: But we shal examine that, anon in order. Let vs first (euen from the shel) behold that state, but cheefely, after this title and authority of the Empe­rours, and so shal we fully be resolued for the practise.

Functius citeth out of Berosus. A viewe of the women gouernors in Italy and the Roman state. Tab. 15. that Europs the second K. of the Sicionians sent his daughter Crana Helerna into Italie with certain colonies of people. VVhich woman was by voices chosen and exalted to be their Q. vnto whom he gaue a white scepter. And that this was about 20. year before the birth of Abraham, & about 50. before the death of Noah. Moreouer he alleageth out of Berosus, tab. 28. that Kitim, who for the excellēcy of his mind, was of the progeny of Ianus, called the Italian Atlas, gaue in mariage his daughter Electra vnto Cōbus Blascō Prince of the progeny of Ianus. Who for this mariage sent certain colonies beyonde the Alpes nere to Italie, & Italus doth consecrate his daughter Roma to be vnder him the queen of the anciēt inhabitants of that country. This Roma laid the first foundations of the city of Rome, which were after­ward so beautified by Romulus, that it was worthily called a City. As he also confirmeth it out of Quint. fab. pictor, & Sempronius, In diuis.

But as Danaeus heere cutteth vs off, from searching all the An­tiquities of Rome, to the time of the Romane Emperors: so this his as­sertion cannot stand: & that euen in diuerse of the Emperors them-selues also liuing and reigning, not of the worst, but of the best Emperours that haue béene. I stand not on this, that all the Empresses in generall, Empresses of Rome. were [Page 780] aduaunced to the participation of this honour, that they are called Augu­stae, and haue their coynes of mony with their names and pictures, so well as the men: sithe this might be bee rather ascribed to the participation of honor, than to the administration of gouernment. Neither will I cite (as any argument to inferre the practise of Womens gouernement) the most dissolute and voluptuouse time of Heliogabalus, The occasiō of Vlpians lawe against women iud­ging. when the Emperor him-selfe was so effeminate, as is not to be written, & the insolency of his wicked mother Semiamira which ruled all the state, had a Senate of Wo­men by themselues, which caused the Romans afterwarde, specially tha [...] famous lawer Vlpianus to make that foresayde Law, that Women should not sitte in Iudgement, nor gouerne in the common weale. And yet not­withstanding, this Lawe was kept so small a while, that euen in the dayes of Alexander Seuerus the next and immediate emperor ( which also among the heathen is accounted one of the best Emperours) both his grandmo­ther Moesia and after her his mother Mammea, being excellent Women, had the publike administration and gouernment of the common weale together with him, all the whole continuance of his Empire, euen in the life of Vlpian, that was (as Chytreus calleth him) Chancelor to Alexan­der Seuerus. And although the Emperor Valens were both a rash gouer­nor and an Arian, and thereby came to a miserable end: yet his wife Do­minica Augusta is greatly commended for her vertue, and among other things, for her publike gouernment of the Romane Empyre, whyle tho­rough her noble and politike conduct, Dominica Augusta. she ouercame the Hunnes, the Al­anes, and the Gothes, when they beséeged Constantinople, and thereby she preserued the Empire. Eudoxia. Eudoxia also the wife of the Emperour Arca­dius had all or the chief administration of the Empire, wherein although she were to insolent, in causing Chrysostome to be banished: yet argueth it, that women were not then thought vncapable, of the publike admini­stration of the Empire. But howsoeuer the mother did somewhat misgo­uerne the state: Pulcheria in the nonage of her bro­ther Theo­dosius. her daughter Pulcheria is greatly of all the writers recommended. For when her father Arcadius died, and committed the tutelship of his yong sonne Theodosius to Isigerdis King of Persia, but especially to his daughter Pulcheria: shee so politikely gouerned the Empire, and brought vp her yong Brother in so godly education: that he prooued one of the moste excellent Emperors. Neither ceased her gouernment euen of the Princes Court and all the affayres, euen when Theodosius came to his full yeares, and that she had procured him a wife, and in the time of his best gouernment And when as by subtile subordination or her euill wil­lers she was remoued from the gouernment, and Eudocia the Empresse had all the administration of the common-weale, vnder her husbande Theodosius for seuen yeres space: Pulcheria was not onely afterwarde restored, and so continued all Theodosius reigne: but also shee aduaunced [Page 781] Martianus to the empire, another moste noble Prince, and set the crown on his head, and with him gouerned the Empire of Rome, not maried vnto him, but continuing all her life a moste renouned virgine, and in that sense, as not holding the empire vnder Martianus, but iointly with him, is of Zonaras called Empresse. Theodora the wife of Iustinian, Theodora in the luna­cy of Iusti­nian. while her husband was not wel in his wittes, had the most part of the gouern­ment of the Empire in her hands, and emprisoned Vigilius the Bishop of Rome. After Iustinian, Iustinus succéeded, who when hee died left Ti­berius his successor, giuing him in charge for his Widowe Sophia, Sophia wi­dowe of Iu­stinus. vt eam (sayth Cuspinian) veluti Dominam ac reginam obseruaret, that he shold hold her in reuerence as his Lady and Queene. Moreouer Martina the wife of Heraclius, after her husbands death reigned ioyntly with her sonne about two yeares. After whome, about the space of seuenscore yeares, came this Irene whome here Danaeus onely, Irene. of all the Romaine Empresses, doth mention, saying:

And when Athalia in Iurye, and Irene the Mother of Constantine, the third, would beare the rule at Constantinople: Danaeus. either of them ouertur­ned all things, brought the worship of Idols into the Church, and this woman (Irene) layde open the romaine Empire to bee torne in peeces by the Saracens. Whereupon Charles the greate was to bee chosen into the Romayne Empire in the VVest, and Nicephorus in the Easte.

Of the vsurpation of Athalia we haue heard sufficiently before. The Em­presse Irene, notwithstanding she maintained the worship of Images, Bridges and called by her supreme authority the second Nicene Idolatrous councel: the histories neuerthelesse accord, that she was then lawfull Empresse of Rome, yea the doing it selfe declareth, that she had the cheefe stroake in the gouernment. And so reigned together, with her sonne, ten yeeres. And when he had deposed her, she againe deposed him, and caused his eyes to be put out. Wherein although she shewed her selfe not so naturall a Mo­ther, yet (were the good or bad,) this infringeth Danaeus rule, Irenees go­uernment lawfull not­withstāding her faultes. that a womā cannot be the Romaine Empresse and Queene. But Danaeus chargeth her that she ouerturned all thinges, brought in Idolatry, and layd open the Empire to bee torne of the Saracens. If shée had done all this: yet ar­gueth it the stronger, that she had the cheefe gouernment, or else she could neuer haue done it. Neither doe I defend, but vtterlie mislike her doing, both against the true worship of God, in setting vp Images: and against the course of nature, in putting downe her sonne. But in that superstitious age, were not many Kinges as farre to blame for Images as was Irene? and yet for all that, they were lawfull Kings. Neither is it méete, how su­perstitious or vnnaturall to her sonne soeuer she were, to charge her (for the more reproche to womens gouernment) more then with matter of [Page 782] trueth, and in trueth she so little layde open the Romaine Empire to the Saracens, wasting at that time the East parts, or any part of the Empire, that not only she once stopped all their great army, by intercepting their victuals: but also another time in playne battel ouercame them. By which noble doings, she bought her peace with them farre more honorable, than many Emperors before had done, The prayse of Irenees administra­tion. or did after her. Volaterrane saith, shee gouerned all things with great prudence. Zonaras saith, she sent also Le­gions to represse the incursions of the Arabians: the Agarens therefore going forth to seeke their prayes, when they chanced on the Romaynes army, were put to flight, many of them being ouerthrowne. Cuspinian with Volaterrane affirmeth this of her, Mulier vna rebus administrandis ap­tissima, & omnino nata. That she was the onely Woman that was most fitte and altogether borne for the affayres to bee administred. Neither was there any néede to chose Nicephorus, but violently and with craft while Irene was sick, he gat the Empire from her, and ruled it farre worse than shee did.

And as for Charles the greate chosen Emperour in the West, it came nothing by the occasion of this Empresse, but by the falsehood of Leo the Bishop of Rome and his predecessors, that vnder pretence of Images, had rebelled in the time of Leo Isaurus her father in lawe, and vtterly re­uolted from the Empire of the Grecians, Irene the meanes to haue the Empire re­united. and fledde to the French. Ne­uerthelesse the Empresse Irene by her prudence so laboured the matter, that by the marriage of Charles the greate and her, the West and the East Empire had béen re-united into one state, but that by the treason of Nice­phorus she was hindred and desposed. Not long after, succéeded Theodora with her sonne Theophilus. Theodora. For ( saith Cuspinian) hee being a childe was not able to order the reines of the Empire, and the administration of I­rene the mother of Constantine, made that the Gretians not vnwillingly receiued the Empire of a woman. This Empresse was no lesse superstiti­ous for the worship of Images then was Irene, and yet otherwise for her politike gouernment eleuen yeares space, The Greci­ans willing admission of Womens Gouern­ment. she is greatly praised, and her deposition was her sonnes ouerthrow. Besides these, not onely Zoe alone, but her sister Theodora afterward together with her, were both Empres­ses, and had the cheefe gouernment of the Empire. Eudochia also with her sonnes, and after with Diogenes, three yeares. Nowe, if that after the Empire was deuided, Eudochia. Danaeus account not these for Empresses of Rome: ( albeit the Chronicles doe still so call the East Empire) notwithstanding what shall wée say of Theophania the Empresse, that subdued Rome, and all the coastes about it vnto her Sonne Otto? Theophania the Mother of Otto. And did not the mo­ther also of Henry the fourth Gouerne the Empire, while her Sonne for his youth was not yet able? And howe then, hauing so many examples of Womens Gouernment in that state, while it was entire, & béeing se­uered [Page 783] in eyther part thereof: can this saying of Danaeus bée vpholden, that a Woman can-not bee Empresse of the Romaynes? As for that he addeth, that a Woman likewise can-not bee queene: If hée referre it to the Romaynes, call her Empresse, or queene, or any other Title of chéefe souerainty vnder God, Empresse or Queene. so shée haue the supreme Gouernment of that Monarchie, either in her owne name, or the cheefe administration of the Common-weale, in the name of another, as we sée in the diuersity of these examples, it comes all to one reckoning and sufficiently satisfieth the que­stion of Womens publike Gouernment. And as it was thus of the Ro­mayne Empire, so for other Kingdomes in Chrystendome, of the Lom­bardes, of Cicilia, Polonia, Suetia, Demnarke, Boemia, &c. Because also we finde that euery one of these haue béene gouerned by Women, since the time they haue receiued the faith of Christe: The gouernment of wo­men in their states. I referre then ouer to those diuers Regions, which Danaeus saith, doe admit the right of Womens cheefe Gouernment, so well as England Spaine and Scotland doe, as ap­peareth by their particuler histories.

Nowe when Danaeus hath thus farre discoursed of Womens su­preme Gouernment ouer empires and Kingdomes: descending downe, hee graunteth VVomens supreme Gouernment in inferiour states, and sayth:

But where inferior Iurisdictions, such as are Dukes, earles, Barons, Ca­stellanes, are patrimoniall (or succeeding by inheritance) as in Fraunce: Danaeus. they verily in my iudgement, may be holden and possessed by Women, because these dignities & offices are not cheefe empires.

And in my iudgement, this is but a méere shift, and friuolous deuise (if I may be so bolde so to call it) to elude the matter. For although I might shewe, how diuerse Dukedomes haue béene turned into Kingdomes, as Boemia, Polonia, Muscouia, Croatia, Dalmatia, &c. And Kingdomes tur­ned into Dukedomes, as Austriche, Burgundy, Lumbardie, Gascoin, Bri­tannie, &c: And some Dukedomes holde the méere royalties, saue the bare Title of kinges, acknowledging no superiour Prince, If other sta [...]es that haue royal­ties be cō ­petible to women: thā Danaeus hath assoy­led al his owne argu­ments. as Venice or perhaps Florence. &c. Or in some respect of vassaiship, they bée [...]eodata­rie, inferiour to Emperours and Kinges, as Saxonie, Bauier, Prussia, Cleueland, Gelderland, &c. Besides manie that be vnited vnto kingdoms as Nomandie, Guien, Britannie, Lancaster, Cornwall, &c. Or holden of kinges in respect of other Titles, as Millaine, Brabande, Holland, Zee­lande, Friselande, &c. Besides many Earledomes and Baronnies also vn­der Emperours and kinges: yet, sithe in Danaeus Iudgement, all these Dukedomes, Earledomes and Baronies, or the moste of these bee patri­moniall, that is to say, may passe in the right of succession and enheritance, and so be holden and possessed of Women: then is the Question clearely euicted, that a Woman may be a publike gouernor.

[Page 784] Magistra­cie patri­moniall. Which being graunted it is not the greatnesse or smalnesse nor the quali­ty of superiority, nor yet the supremacy, anie more than the inferiority, y t can be a sufficient debarre vnto them. But if any thing be, it must be the nature it selfe of publike gouernment, or else, if she may haue the iurisdi­ction of a Duchie, Earledome or Barony, she may haue it of a kingdom also. Yea, and in my iudgement, against his iudgement, she may haue the higher dignities much better than the inferiour dignities: because the higher, require the lesse personall exercise of those functions and acti­ons that the inferior dignities & offices do require. And therefore where he sayth:

But neuerthelesse these iurisdictions neither can neither ought to be exercised of the same women. Danaeus.

I gladly graunt hereunto, for some of these iurisdictions, and for the ordinary exercise of them. Bridges. But this also is against Danaeus him-selfe. For if in these inferiour dignities, the iurisdictions may be exercised by ano­ther, and yet they may be helde and possessed, and that by patrimony, as wel of women as of men: Danaeus o­uerturnes al his own ar­guments. then what letteth, but that it may be so, and that much more easily, in the supreme gouernment of a kingdome? And with­all, this aunswereth all Caenalis and Danaeus former argumentes, that a woman can not gouerne an army, nor sitte in publike iudgement, nor can doe those thinges that belong to men. May not these thinges bee done in Dukedomes, Earledomes, and Baronies, so wel as in kingdoms? and if they hinder not a womans possession of the one: why hinder they her possession of the other? but here againe Danaeus groweth into a misli­king, and sayth:

Danaeus.Although this be vtterly euil, and most naughtily receiued any where, that Iurisdiction should bee any part of patrimony, and of our rent (or reuenue) and dominion. But so largely stretcheth and rageth couetous­nesse ouer all, that it hath made the thinges that are moste holy, as is ma­gistracy, to bee patrimoniall, and numbreth it in a rent, but attributeth it not to the vertue and doctrine of them, that are capable of the same functions.

Bridges. This is a moste daungerous conclusion that Danaeus heere maketh of this matter. For by this rule, that Magistracy shoulde not be patrimoni­all, or that it is vtterly euill and naughtily any where receiued, that iu­risdiction should be any part of patrimony: This positi­on toucheth too neere the grounds of our faith, besides the spoyle of all princes and kingdomes he quite condemneth not on­ly all the auncient birth-right of the Patriarkes, but also the prophecy of Iacob▪ Gen. 49. ver. 10. The scepter shall not bee taken from Iuda, and a gouernor from his Loynes, vntill he come with vs to bee sent, and hee shall bee the expectation of the Gentiles. And was not this promise re­nued to Dauid, 2. Sam. 7. ver. 12. And to Solomon 1. Reg. 9. vers. 5. Which promises so continued, vntill their accomplishment in Iesus Christe, that [Page 785] alwaies either in the supreame iurisdiction of the kings, or at the least in some iurisdiction, and that in matters capitall pertaining to the Sanedrin, the Tribe of Iuda, the roote of Iesse, the stocke of Dauid, and Salomon, or Nathan, had patrimoniall iurisdiction. Yea, Verie slanderous & dan­gerous spee­ches. the high Priest and all the Priests add all the Leuites in that time before Christ, had also their iuris­dictions patrimoniall. And therefore patrimoniall iurisdiction is not a thing vtterly naught anie where, and brought in by the rage of couetous­nesse, for it was then brought in by God himselfe. And though that sacrifi­cing Priesthood be ceased in Christ, and the Ecclesiasticall iurisdiction of our ministerie now be not patrimoniall: yet can we not so saie of the Ci­uill magistracie. For though Christ be both the King and Priest, How Christ [...] kingdō was patrimonial prefigured by both their estates: yet sith he would not meddle with the external ciuill state of the magistracie, in such real manner as he medled with the Eccle­siasticall, wherein he both taught personally, and personallie also offered vp himselfe, for a full and perfect sacrifice, to translate that Priesthood, and to rest it for euer in his owne person, and founded (in that respect) a newe ministerie vnto vs: but in the ciuill dominion he woulde not take vppon him the kindome due to him, but all in spirituall manner, confessing him­selfe, though to be a King, yet that his kindome was not of this worlde: therefore the ciuill iurisdiction of magistracie and dominion, beeing allo­wed of God to be patrimoniall before, (though the Iewes pollicie and ciuil iurisdiction be extinguished,) remaineth entire throughout all Christen­dome, and ouer all the world whersoeuer it be, in the same nature, for this respect of patrimonie, that it did before, as a matter that Christ neyther translated, altered, nor medled withall.

These spéeches therefore of Danaeus, are most dangerous speeches, and not true. For hereby he vtterly condemneth all Princes titles of inheri­tance, as wel of men as of women. Yea, hee cleane contrarieth all, that his selfe herevpon hath sayd before, and almost euen his owne last words. Did he not saie, that inferiour iurisdictions, such as are of Dukes, Earles, Ba­rons, Castellanes, are patrinomiall? And how then saith he heere, Danaeus still confutes his own positi­ons. It is vt­terly naught wheresoeuer it be, that iurisdiction should bee any parte of patrimonie? May this serue (trow ye) for a sufficient excuse, to salue this most perillous assertion, because that through couetousnesse, vertue and learning is not alwaies preferred? Where election is to be vsed, there (I graunt) vertue and learning is to be preferred. Yea, ther oftentimes, patri­monie is of purpose excluded, although there be both sufficient vertue and learning in the persons. The dangers of turning out patri­moniall magistracie & bringing in election. But that the iurisdiction of all magistracie & do­minion should goe by election, and none by patrimonie, woulde not onelie abrogate all that hetherto both in the Scripture, and in all Realmes Chri­stian and Heathen, vniuersallie haue beene approued for good, lawefull, expedient, and necessarie: but woulde call in question all estates: yea, [Page 786] it would turquise and set all the world together by the eares. Hottoman

I knowe also what Caluine saith on the 17. of Deut. vppon this point. But in reuerence I forbeare him, and rather construe his wordes (in the gentlest sense I can) onelie vnto such offices, as may or should still passe by election. Neuerthelesse I wish, that those so excellent men had not measu­sured all states by theirs, but remembred the olde Prouerbe, Maior est or­bis vrbe: and that they had vsed in those sr important matters, more circum­spect and aduised spéeches. For some of our Brethren (I thinke) on theyr credite (if I may not rather call it credulitie) and imitation of such notable men, haue aduentured further ouer the shooes, than standeth with the due obedience of Christian (speciallie Protestant) subiects. Neither haue the disobedient Papists héerein the aduantage of vs, we beeing so farre from a­nie of their accustomed rebellious practises, that wee suffer not so much as anie of these incommodious spéeches, to haue escaped anie of our deerest brethren, howsoeuer otherwise in Christ we honor them, and in the Gospel agrée with them.

As for that Danaeus referreth lastly vs to see the Canon, Mulierem. 33 Quest. 5. of this argument: it sufficeth to refer him also, vnto that we haue alreadie séene, for the lawes full resolution of the same.

Now although on this foresayde occasion, I haue thus farre withdraw­en thée, not vnwilling I hope to follow me (gentle Reader) from our Bre­threns Learned discourse, vpon the occasion of their citing Saint Paule, for the vncomlinesse that he reproued among the Corinthians. 1. Corinth. 14.28. That Women shoulde preach in the Church: Wherevpon, in perusing the iudgement of these excellent men, Caluine and Danaeus, they straight lead vs from Womens oeconomicall or domesticall and matri­moniall obedience, and gouernment of man, to this question of Womens publike and ciuill gouernment; which they impugne by these arguments and contumelies aforesayd: following with Caenalis the French faction, a­gainst the title and right of Womens gouernment: which hath carried me also into so whole a Discourse, The Occasiō of this di­gres [...]on frō womens gouernment. that I woulde gladlie haue héere stayde the course thereof, with desire of pardon, both of Danaeus, ( which is, GOD be praised, yet aliue, and otherwise an excellent ornament in Gods church) that I haue thus opposed my selfe against his opinion, for the daunger of letting these things goe cléere awaie vnaunswered (which I meruaile he­therto none hath looked vnto) and therefore I thought it not amisse, thus by the waie, to satisfie the scrupulous Reader somewhat in this point, and hope of the easier pardon for this long digression, though not im­pertinent, but much important: yet now, being euen readie to returne to our Brethrens Learned discourse: sée how another couple (though an vn­euen paire) of famous writers as were before, Caenalis and Danaeus: so now Bodinus and Hotomannus, the one (whatsoeuer the other is) pro­fessing [Page 787] the Gospell, but both, excellentlie learned and of greate estimation, Bodinus. Hottoman­nus & Bodi nus against womens gouernment. are a-freshe come foorth, and renue this question of Womens gouern­ment: I am therefore for the closing vp of this matter, to craue euen a little further patience of the reader, to giue but one turne more to eyther of them, for the short hearing of a few their chiefest argumentes, and then with all my heart againe haue with our Brethren.

Hottomannus in his 19 Chap. of his Franco gallia, maketh modestlie and wiselie before hand, his open protestation, saying: Primum autem, &c. But first wee will haue that to be openlie testified, that we dispute not of the ordinances of the Romanes, nor of the right of other Nations, but alonely of our Franco gallia. Hottomannus in Franco gal­lia, cap. 19. And he toucheth there but the womens pro­curation of that Kingdome in the name & right of their sons or husbands, and though hée prie more narowlie into their faultes, or laie such faultes vnto them as they deserued not, by the testimonie of other Chroniclers: yet we haue the lesse to regard those quarels, hauing séene inough already euen in France, for the confirmation of our principall question. And if hée start out of the bounds of his Franco gallia, he is to be reclaimed to his own pro­testation.

As for Bodinus, is a great deale more blame worthie, that writing in generall of the common weale, Bodinus de Repub. li. 6. cap. 5. not onelie vtterlie excludeth Womens go­uernment, but loadeth it after Caenalis & the French manner, with heapes of vntrue reportes & cholerik spéeches. Who notwithstanding, hauing ben here in England, and with whom my selfe I haue conferred, and hée with his eies hath beholden the excellencie of her Maiesties gouernment, and in admiration confessed the same, yea, he hath bene vouchsafed her Maiesties néerer accesse and gracious conference: and yet sée the vnthankfulnesse of the man, shal I saie for the indignitie of the fact, of a man otherwise so lear­ned (yet in his other workes not without great escapes) Ad vomitum canis, How much Bodinus is blame wor­thie. et sus lota ad volutabrum? Hee hath since contrarie to his certified consci­ence, and (as some saie) to his solemne promise, not onelie renued but am­plified and aggrauated his former follies. And where they were halfe hid before among his French, he hath now translated them into Latine, as by a tongue vniuersally more knowen, to deface the gouernment of women in all nations, but alacke poore, vainglorious and intemperate man, in the iudgement of all godlie wise, hée procureth but his owne blemish. And yet, to giue him where hee is praise worthie, his one praise, How much Bodinus is worthy praise. before hee en­ter into this question, euen in the same Treatise, libro. 6. de Rep. capitulo. 5. concerning a Princes right of inheritaunce against election. And in discoursing the daungers of the states, that are gouerned by elected Princes, I must néedes confesse, that hee hath many singular and wor­thie obseruations, and deserueth no small praise and commendati­ons.

[Page 788] Bodinus ar­guments. But when he commeth page 738. to womens gouernment, the foresayde French toie▪ in the olde iealousie of the English title, straight takes him in the head, and caries him quite beyond all Gods forboad, further than anie of his Countrimen, and more fondlie.

And first he maketh a boistious beginning, Hoc amplius oportet ab imperiij maiestate quám longissime foeminas arcere: est enim Gynaecocratia naturae legibus i­nimica, &c.

Bodinus.Moreouer this, we must driue women furthest off from the maiestie of Empire (or gouernment) for the gouernment of women is an enimie vnto the lawes of nature, which hath giuen prudence, strength, magna­nimitie, force of gouerning vnto men▪ from women hath she bereft thē.

Bridges How vntrue this ground is, we haue heard before at large, albeit wee haue not héere to consider simplie, the course and force of nature vncorrec­ted, which is vicious and defectiue in all men: Nature vnreformed, and reformed. but when nature is with grace reformed and strengthned, in such persons as God aduanceth. Or if not, yet the defects of nature are no good barre against right of inheritance by Gods lawe. Or else, the inheritance also of many a man Prince, might be likewise debarred.

Bodinus. But Bodinus sayde before, page. 728. Nec tamen satis est successione reg­num dari, nisi proxim [...] cui (que) tribuatur, &c. Neither onely is it inough, that the kingdome shoulde bee guien by succession: except it bee giuen to any which is the neerest, that is, to the first begotten male: for so, not on­lie the order of nature & of Gods law, but also of all nations euery where requireth.

Bridges. This is most true, if in want of the male issue, the female be not exclu­ded, for this is neither the lawe of God, nor the lawe of nature, to exclude the parents naturall issue legitimate, from the parents possessions, nor the lawe nor practise (to which Bodinus appealeth) of all nations: but a pecu­liar deuise of France contrarie to all these Lawes. But when such deuises take place against the right of succession due by Gods lawe, the lawe of na­ture, and the lawe of all nations: Sée how Bodinus confuteth himselfe e­uen by his owne examples, Bodinus ex­amples con­fute himself page. 729. Nam quoties naturae ius illud inter principes violari contigit, &c. For so often as that lawe of nature shall hap­pen to be violated among Princes, most grieuous warres (such as wee read there were, Bodinus. among the posterities of the progenie of the Ottomans) and most lamentable murthers of their kindred did insue: as when A­mulius the younger brother, gate the kingdome of Albania from Nu­mitor, & Aristobulus gate the kingdome of the Iewes frō Hyrcanus. For the ciuill warre; coulde euer finde an ende, vntill by the sentence of Pompey the great▪ the kingdome was restored to Hyrcanus: notwith­standing Aristobulus seemed to bee borne for gouernment, and the o­ther vnfit thereto. Which reason hath oftentimes eaused the parents [Page 807] themselues to disturbe the rights of their children.. Bodinus. For when Ptolome­us the sonne of Lagus, breaking the lawe of Nations, gaue the kingdome of Aegypt to the younger: Ptolomeus Lagi filius. hee caused the lawes of nature to bee viola­ted, by the one brothers murthering of the other. Ptolmeus Phisco of­fended in the same errour. Who (beeing induced by the perswasion of his wife) preferred the younger before the elder. But when the Father was dead, the people expelled the younger, and restored the Scepters to the elder. Anaxandrides also, Anaxādrides the king of the Lacaedemonians, tooke the kingdome awaie from Cleomenus his eldest sonne, that the younger might raigne, not without great griefe of the people, because that (vnder the shew of vertue) the lawes of nations were broken, as Herodotus wri­teth. And although Pyrrhus had appointed the most valiant of his sons to bee the king to come: Pyrrhus. the people for all that preferred the eldest, which was more vnmeete for the warre. For, neither the vertues of the body or of the minde ought to be so esteemed, that for them we should swarue from the common Lawe of all nations.

Thus writeth Bodinus, and more at large. Yea, adding this withall, The l [...]we of natiōs ought not to be broken for the vertues or defects of the minde or bodie. page. 730. Nec tantum propter ignauiam et inertiam primogenitus ab imperio non est repellendus, sed nec propter corporis deformitatem quiaem. Neither one­lie ought the eldest to be repulsed from the gouernment, for his slouth­fulnesse and dulnesse: no, nor yet for the verie deformitie (or misshapen­nesse) of his bodie. Albeit by the lawes of Romulus and Lycurgus, it were lawfull to kill the monstrous births: notwithstanding, the Lawe of God suffereth not the prerogatiue of the first borne, to bee taken awaie by anie deformitie of the bodie. Which thing the Senate and people of Hungarie adiudged, in an example worthie memorie. For when La­dislaus was childlesse, hee adopted Almus his brothers younger sonne, refusing Coloman whome he commanded to bee entered into holie or­ders, and to be sent (as it were banished) vnto Parise, Colomans deformitie. to take from him all desire of affecting the kingdome. For all ouer the whole state of his bodie hee was deformed, a stammerer a buzzard, a limper, a crook back. Neuerthelesse when the king was dead, the Cities and the people had rather call that monster to the gouernment, than suffer the gouernment of the younger, and by their Embassadours obtained of the Bishop of Rome, that hee might be disgraded of his orders, sent home, and marie a wife. And no otherwise did Agesilaus, being a lame dwarfe gette the kingdome of the Lacaedemonians (expelling the bastarde Leotichis) his aduersaries in vaine complaining, that they had a halting King­dome.

If nowe these reasons of Bodinus doe holde in the weaknesse of suche men, doe they not holde in the weaknesse of a Woman? Bridges. And then howe much lesse debarre is the onelie weaknesse of her sexe, when the Woman [Page 808] besides the right of her tile) excelleth, Bodinus argument. not onelie in all due proportion & na­turall gifts of bodie: but much more, in all heroicall ( at least, in all requi­site and princely) vertues of the minde: and perhappes, excelleth most men Princes, yea, few men at all therein comparable?

[...]dinus. But Bodinus goeth further, At etiam diuina lex, &c. But the lawe of God also hath not onely bereft them the gouernment of the common weale, Bodinus ar­gument frō Gods lawe. but also the gouernment of the familie. When as expresly it sub­dueth women vnder the gouernment of their husbands. And heereto hée qu [...]teth Gen. 2.

We haue sufficientlie and at large answered alreadie vnto Caenalis and Danaeus for this point, Bridges concerning the difference of the oeconomicall and policall gouernments. The diffe­rence of the oeconomi­call and po­liticall go­uernment. The lawe of God speaketh expreslie of the oecono­micall gouernment of the husband. And yet euen in the oeconomical go­uernment, if the woman be a virgin, hauing no parents, or a widow: may she not then be chiefe Ladie, mistresse, and gouernour of her owne house­holde goods, and of all the persons in that her family: but that another must be her gouernour in the same? And yet, there are many things in a fami­lie, and in the lawes and administration of an householde, that she in her owne person is as vnfit, and perhaps as vnable, to doe or exercise, as in a common weale, neuerthelesse this letteth not by Gods lawe, but that shee not hauing anie husband, is the chiefe gouernour of her house­holde.

But for the common weale, Bodinus addeth: Bodinus.

And almightie God so often as he testifieth, that he will most sharplie reuenge himselfe on the enimies of his name: Bodinus ar­gument for GODS plagues. hee threatneth that they shall be subiect to the gouernments and lawes of women, as though that were the most extreame of all euils and calamities.

Bodinus being no great nor sound diuine, may the more be borne with, in misquoting the Chapter, Bridges and perchaunce that is not his default: but his misreporting of the holie Scripture, is in him lesse excusable. In the 8. of Esaie God indéed threatneth curses, Bodinus double mi­staking. and most dreadful reuenge on the eni­mies of his name: but no such curse of womens gouernment▪ but a curse of the gouernment of such as were men. If he meane the third Chapter of Esaie, we haue answered the same vnto Danaeus, and the same answere may serue him, though no Protestant. Yea, I thinke, that when he came in­to England, he wished in his heart (if he loued his Countrie) that Fraunce were cursed no worse of God, vnder their king: than England ( God bée praised for it) is vnder our Queene. The Prophet speaketh indéede not of anie curse, threate, or plague of God to come to the state by heroicall wo­men: but by effeminate men. Yea, he that promised that curse: promi­sed (and that by the same Prophet) this blessing: And Queenes shal be thy [Page 889] Nurses. It were better for that state of Gods Church in France, if they felt the comfort of this blessing.

Moreouer ( sayth he) the Romane lawes haue withdrawen women far off from all ciuil offices and publike functions, Bodinus. Bodinus ar­gument frō the Romane lawes, and the reason thereof. not onely for that they want prudence (as Martian thought, when among all women, hee sayde onely Pallas wanted a mother, beeing begotten of Iupiters braine, that it might bee vnderstoode wisedome could not follow from women) but also that mens functions, are contrarie to the sexe and shamefastnesse of women.

If Bodinus had anie shame, or grace, or truth, or wisedome, or wit, but so meane as might beséeme such a man, Bridges. hee woulde neuer haue let these wordes escape him. Doth he thinke to plaie out the matter thus with this vnfauourie iest that Minerua had no mother, of whome for her wisedome the Poets fained that she sprong out of Iupiters braines? Was not Bodi­uus brainlesse: or had he more braines than wit, when hee wrote this? What Martian iested (whether he meane Martian the Emperour, or Mar­tianus Mineus, or Martianus Rota) is to little purpose. If Martianus the Emperour had not found that the Empresse and virgin Pulcheria had had both wit, wisedome, and prudence in gouernment of the Empire, hee had not come to the gouernment of it.

Haue not diuerse women both Quéenes & subiects excelled in prudence? If Bodinus did not leauer delight to alleadge Poets than Scripture, hee shoulde haue found many commended for their great wisedome and pru­dence, farre passing Pallas. If the Poets also did not rather giue vs to vn­derstand, in the person of Pallas, that not onelie in man, but also in woman, wisedome and prudence, namelie of gouernment in peace and warre, was the onelie and speciall gifte of God, comming not by the parents, fa­ther or mother, but that God of his méere influence, The excel­lencie of diuerse wo­men in pr [...] ­dence. inspired this gifte of prudent gouernment not onelie to man, but vnto woman, euen as he pleased, and as wée reade the examples, and finde the present experience in our Pallas, such another indéede, as France could neuer shewe the like, and therefore Bodinus braines did lesse conceiue it.

As for that hee sayth of the Romane lawes, and the practise of their estates, wee haue verie sufficientlie inough séene the quite contra­rie. And haue likewise discharged that shifte, that for Women to deale in mens functions, is contrarie to their sexe and shamefastnesse. The pub­lik supreme gouernment of a kingdome is no such peculiar function of a man, but that it is competible both to man and woman, and the calling and gifte of God, in which estate, they (whosoeuer) represent God and his power: in regarde whereof, neither person nor sexe of male or fe­male is respected, as wee haue séene, not by Poettes fictions, but [Page 806] by cléere testimonies and examples of the Scripture. And yet, euen Poets recommende vnto vs some wise women for their gouernment, besides Pallas.

But here Bodinus comming to examples, telleth howe nothing trou­bled the Romane Senate more, Bodinus. than that the Emperour Heliogabalus brought his mother into the Senate, Bodinus argument a minore ad maius, and his examples. not to giue her sentence, but to be­holde that most holie assemblie of the Citie. Which also ( sayth hee) see­med newe vnto our auncestours, when Mawd the Countesse of Arthoise was present, while the Councell iudged Robert Arthoise his cause. But, if it seeme absurde and ridiculous for women to intermeddle in the fun­ctions and assemblies of men: much more absurde ought it to seeme, that those things which appertaine to the maiestie of the gouernment. should be laide open to the lust of women: but most absurd to beare the Scepters.

If Bodinus would tell the truth, I thinke he woulde saie, that the Se­nate of Rome, Bridges although at that time (God wot) not verie holie, was a lit­tle more troubled with the presence of that effeminate and monstrous Emperour, and with his most dissolute gouernment: than with his mo­thers onelie comming into the Senate house, and there, so much as but loo­king on them. If neither she nor he had attempted farre worse things than that, neither the Senate nor the state had béene much troubled or hurt by them. Moesia both the graundmother of him, and of Alexander Seuerus, and Mammea, Alexanders mother, did more than thus in the state of go­uernment, and that without offence vnto the Senate, or detriment vnto the state. But whatsoeuer they did, haue wee not heard of many farre better examples, than that wicked mother of the monstrous Heliogabalus? As of Debora, sitting in iudgemen: of Iudith, making her oration before all the assemblie of the Elders and people: and of diuerse others. Doth Bo­dinus come in with such an outcrie and amazement, Moses, Da­uid, Salomō and other Princes, per­mitted wo­men in the assembly of iudgements at the onelie com­ming of a woman into an assemblie, and but beholding, or hearing of the Iudges? Neither Moses in his sitting in iudgement, nor Salomon in all his roialtie, was euer so daintie: but that euen women also might looke vpon them, yea and priuate Women come themselues, and pleade theyr rightes before them, and heare their inditements. But it was newes in Fraunce, to sée a woman but to come into the place onelie, and standing by in silence to heare, how a matter was adiudged. If Bodinus would looke better on his owne Countries olde Chronicles, or but consider those that we haue noted, it would not séeme so new a matter. But whatsoeuer that Mawde made there: our owne Countrie hath a better example, of a more noble Mawde the Empresse, and that had no small roialties in Fraunce too, besides many other far more excellent women, that haue spoken many no­table publike speeches, both with the praise of God & man, & to the benefit [Page 811] of the Church and common weale. So that, it is no such absurd nor ridi­culous thing, for such women as haue iust cause, to bee in open assemblie. Neither is this any lapping of themselues in mens peculiar function. And therefore, for anie thing in this argumēt, which Bodinus on these examples draweth, a minore ad maius: Women may gouerne wel inough, & beare the roiall Scepter, that God putteth into their hāds. Not, that the things which appertain to the Maiestie of gouernment shuld be laid open to womens lust: nor to mens lust neither; but not to be locked vp frō their right. These are but ouerlustie speeches for so graue a man & so waightie a matter, but more vnseemly for godlie Princes Maiesties.

Herevpon he frameth a Dilemma. Bodinus his Dilemma. For first ( saith he) there is one of these two. Either the woman shall bee ioyned in mariage, or else she shall go­uerne by her selfe. If shee marie: yet notwithstanding it is womens go­uernment: because she marieth with that lawe, that the rightes of the Maiestie & gouernment may remaine together, but not to her husband. For that expresly was excepted, when Isabel Queene of Castile was mari­ed to Ferdinand king of Aragon. And the same againe was called vpon, in the mariage of Philip Prince of Spaine, and Mary Queene of England. Which also was prouided for, in the mariage couenaunts of Sigismund the Emperour of the Germaines, & Marie Queene of Hungarie, whome her subiects called King Marie. Which lawes were made with most vne­quall conditions, sith that the husband, which by the law of nature is the head of the family, and hath the gouernment domesticall, is compelled publikly to the womans gouernment, because the gouernmēt domesti­call hath nothing common, with the gouernment publike. And hereto he quoteth the ciuill Lawe, L. nam (quam) attinet ad Trebell.

And can Bodinus see this manifest difference: and not see withall, how he fully answeres his Dilemma? Bridges But we haue séene this also sufficiently answered before, both in the exāples of Debora, & the queen of the South, & diuerse others. As for the couenants in these mariages, were verie good & necessary for both estates, & nothing dishonorable to the husbands. No, not that tearme of the Queene of Hungary, that was called king: if we vnder­stand it as our Lawiers do, that, be the person raigning, man or woman, yet the law for the dignitie of the sexe, still acknowledgeth all as king. And as the Scripture containeth Eue in the name of Adam, & women & chil­dren often, in the generall name of man. And this doth Bodinus owne ex­ample that he alleadgeth hereunto, confirme. Bodinus ex­ample of Fabius Maxi­mus and his sonne.

For ( saith he) when Fabius Maximus, which was called Cunctator, the delaier, riding on horsback, approched neere his sonne being Consul: he was of him cōmanded to alight; whē as (the father) might by his fatherly authoritie haue killed him, indicta causa, without hearing the cause.

Now vnaduisedly of so famous a lawier, Bridges. and learned historian was this [Page 812] spoken? Coulde Fabius Maximus at that time beeing but sent as a Legate vnto his sonne, The ciuill law mis aleaged by Bo­dinus. then Consull, & chiefe magistrate of the common weale, haue put him the chiefe magistrate to death, and that without his cause heard? Or was the lawe that he quoteth, In suis de liberis et posthu (which is long since abolished & of no force) to be vnderstoode so absolutely & in gene­rall, that it admitted no exposition, no, not of the publike and chiefe magi­strate? Yea rather, is not the chiefe magistrate ( in a higher thā the natural & priuate respect) the Father of the Countrie & common weale, & so, of e­uery particular person or priuate Father? Which thing Fabius Maximus did well consider, that his sonne Fabius Gurges did represent in his magi­stracie & politicall fatherhood, an higher estate and maiestie, than for that time his naturall fatherhood could compare vnto. And therefore he aligh­ted forthwith, as he was commanded, & obeieth his magistrate, not his son, & reioyceth in his sonnes doing, that he could thus wisely discerne betwéen the states. Which example (with others in the Scripture, of Iacob and Io­seph: of Salomon and Bethsabee, cléerely confuteth Bodinus dilemma, & euicteth all the cause. For, if this be no blemish to the Father to obey his sonnes commandement & publike authoritie, not in respect he is his na­turall sonne, but his ciuill father, nor any absurditie or inequalitie in the sonne, to ouer-rule & command his Father, not as his priuate Father, but as his politike subiect: ( for the proportions of this rule & obedience, are not here Arithmeticall, but Geometricall, & the iustice of thē distributiue, not cōmutatiue:) how is not this absurditie of Bodinus, and these vnequal lawes ( as he supposeth) cléerely answered: when the woman obeieth her husbād as her husband, & yet, the husband obeieth the wife as his prince as we haue séene before in the example of Debora & her husband, not he, but she being iudge of the people, & so, in that regard, his iudge also: with­out anie inequalitie or absurditie. Yea, much more easie may this be in the state of man and wife, than in the state betwixt the Father and the sonne: the sonne owing far more obedience to his Father, & the Father hauing more authoritie ouer the sonne, as his sonne: thā the husbād hath authoritie ouer the wife, or the obedience that the wife oweth to her husband. But since these authorities ( as Bodinus cannot choose but confesse) are so distinguished, that the one hath nothing cōmon with the other, the pub­like with the domestical, the naturall with the ciuil: this iustice that giueth in each proportion Singula singulis, will neuer confound these things, nor be­reue anie partie, sonne or wife, of their honour in the one, for their seruice in the other, but let both stand intier in their states.

The other part of Bodinus dilemma, if the Queen marrie not: because it is nothing but an heape of contumelies against womenkind, Vasthi. with more impotent inuectiues thā we haue had before in Caenalis: both for the honor & shamefastnes of the sex, & for the verie shame of so learned a mans forget­getting [Page 813] himself, I passe it ouer as a fallation ab accidente, as was the other part of the argument. The examples of Vasthies arrogancie & disobedience is nothing pertinēt. The soueraignty of the kingdome was not in the right of her, but of her husband, & so, in all respects she ought obediēce. As for the examples of Ioane Queen of Naples, Athalia, Cleopatra, Zenobia, Irene, &c. We haue alreadie heard of many better, & haue seene also what is to be sayd, of the most & worst of these women. But hee ought not, for more odi­ousnesse to slander anie, as that Cleopatra (to raigne alone) slue her bro­ther: so many credible stories testifieng the contrarie.

These are the best of the arguments that be maketh. For all the other, (saue that which he hath of the Salik law) are not arguments: but his ouer­much intermedling in matters of estate. As for the vrging of the Sa­like lawe, wee haue séene before many better confutations of it, than he al­leageth anie confirmations. First, after he hath set downe the words of the law it self: De terra vero Salica nulla portio Haereditatis Mulieri veniat, Bodinus ar­gument of the Salike lawe. sed ad virilem sexum tota tertae Haereditas perueniat: to proue this law, page. 745. he saith. At etiam Childeberti, &c. But also by the edict of Childebert king of the French, the which is comprehended in the Salik lawes, wherin the nephues are called to the succession of the grandfathers, The Salike lawe. the women are remoued a farre off.

How doth not this deuise bewray it selfe, euē as the asse in the lions skin, by his ouer long eares? saue that this forgerie, by his ouershort reckoning of Childeberts time, she weth that these Salik lawes are nothing so ancient as they pretend? For if this Edict of Childebert be comprehended in the Salike laws, and the Salike laws were made by Pharamund. Bridges Here is not y e nephue succeding the grandfather, but rather the grandfather succeding the nephues nephue. If not the great grandlie, father to these Salike laws, intruding it selfe to exclude womens gouernment.

But to fortifie this better, saith Bodinus. And verily if there were no Sa­like lawe, when as for the tipe of the gouernmēt, there was strife between Philip earle of Valois & king Edward: & Philip maintained the Salik law: Lege Voconia, by the law of Voconius: but Edward maintained the pro­tection of his cause by the hereditarie laws of the Romanes: a decree was made by the consent of all the Fathers and Princes, Bodinus. that no man in that disputation, should vse the authoritie of forain laws: but that euery man should study to interpret the Salike lawe for his right. To what purpose should they so doo, if there had bene no Salike lawe?

What kind of reason shall we call this? Might not Philip and his associ­ates faine such a law? or might they not wreast it, Bridges. or misconster it if there had bene anie such an one? Or might it not haue ben as well antiquated and altered, as long before that time Voconius lawe was? For if Vo­conius Lawe had at that time stoode in force, howe coulde King [Page 89] Edward haue pleaded his right frō the Hereditarie lawes of the Romanes? Was not Voconius and his law Romane? But such broken stuffe as Vo­conius lawe, was good plea for Philips broken title, and for the Salike laws defence. As for king Edwards plea from the Romane hereditarie laws thē in force, sheweth that the Romane laws were not against womens titles. And that they wer in force also euen in France, which was a good plea. Al­beit King Edward pleaded higher, euen from the law of nations, and from the written lawe of God.

Yea, but (faith Bodinus) when Philip made a decree with the consent of all the Fathers & Princes, The foule practises of Philip for the vphol­ding of the Salike lawe. that none should vse in this disputation the authoritie of foraine lawes: but euerie one studie to interpret the Salike law for his right: why wold they so haue done, if there had ben no Salike lawe? This is a proper proofe of the autentike force and truth of the Salike law, and praise of their vpright lawes, that they set out, to vphold their Sa­like law withall When Philip sawe that king Edward pleaded the law of God, the lawe of Nations, and the ciuill lawe of the Romanes, which law stood then forcible euen in France: by & by he forbad such pleas, and calleth them all foraine lawes. So that, for this Salike lawe, the French nation re­nounceth the lawe of all nations, yea, maketh Gods lawe a foraine lawe, to bring in this Heathen Salike lawe. Was not this Philip a most Christian king that made this decree? And why thē vsed he Voconius law? was not this forain? But in forbidding al foreine laws, did he not forbid the Salike lawe withall? Which was a law ( if there were anie sueh) of the olde Fran­cons, & at that time (as yet now, & long before) of the germaines, bordering on the riuer Sala, & not néere anie part of Gallia. He forbiddeth al men to vse anie so much as disputation, in these other lawes y t were not forein. Where learned he this example? of them that forbad the Disciples to speake anie more in Christs name? But Philip goeth further, charging not onely to vse onlie y e Salike law, but to studie also how to interpret it for his right. What meant he by that would he haue them studie to hale and writhe with their misconstructions, the interpretation of the lawe for his purpose? What a foule practise was that, and indéed if we confer this with their own Chro­nicles, we have heard, how (when he could not stop their mouths thus, that among the French defended king Edwards title) he put them to death.

Yea, but (saith Bodinus) could they haue done this, had there bene no Salike law. Bodinus his sorie conclusion of the Salike lawe. And is this then Bodinus his best conclusion? God wot, this is but a sorie conclusion to proue the truth of this law, or the force of it: when Philip was faine with such vnlawfull lawes, yea, with death it selfe to re­strain thē that called the credit therof in questiō. But I wold learne, what Philip meant by this law, that they shuld studie to interpret the Salik law for his right? Doth this law thē admit diuers interpretations, & y t such in­terpretations, y t it may be interpreted otherwise thā Philip cōmanded thē [Page 797] to studie how they might interprete it for his title? Hottoman. Hottoman confuting the great er­ror of the French hi­storiogra­phers & lawyers in mis­interpreting the Salike lawe. And that they must bee fain to studie out such an interpretation of the law? Yea verilie. For if we shall reade Hottomans Francogallia, cap. 8. ( although hee also be against womens gouernment.) He sheweth, how greatly both the Hystoriogra­phers & also the Lawiers haue erred: Insomuch ( saith he) that almost the errour hath mede the lawe. To the confutation whereof, after he hath shewed, of the second kingdome of the Francons, the one in Gallia, now called Fraunce, the other beyond the Rhene. at the riuer of Sala, from whence those Francons were called Salij, or Salikes, whose both king­dome & name is now well neere worne out of vse: he telleth of their foure peeres and Indges, Wisogast, Arbogast, Salogast, Windogast, and that frō this Salogast, they saie, that the law was found, which of him euen to this daie is called Salike, of his name, whereby theyr errour may bee reproued that name the Lawe Salike of Salte, that is, prudence: or that thinke the word Gallica to be corrupted (into Salica) then the which, nothing can be spoken more absurd. But farre greater errours haue sprong out of the same fountaine. First that by those authors it was beleeued, that the Sa­like lawe did appertaine to the publik right of a Citie and Empire (or go­uernmēt) of the hereditarie successiō of a kingdōe. For the Tables of the Salike law were found and brought forth to light not many yeres hence. By the inscription of which it is knowen, that they were first written and set out about the age of Pharamund. The verie wordes of the Salike lawe. But in those ther is extant this one Chapter. Title. 62. No portion of the inheritance of the Salike land pas­seth to a woman, but this the mans sexe doth obtaine, that is, the sonnes succeede in the same inheritance. But where among the nephues & their children, after long time contention is raised De allode terrae, of the own­ship (or right) of the land: Non per stirpes, sed per capita diuidatur. Let it bee diuided not by the stockes for issues, but by the polles. The like Lawe is extant apud Ripnaries. Tit. 58. and also apud Angli [...]s. Tit. 7. Where it is so far off frō that that it was ordained of the inheritances of kingdōes, that those laws appertain not so much to the successions of Feudorumfees, but onlie of Allodiorū.ownships, (or the things that are ones owne) although indeed a dowrie was assigned vnto the woman out of those ownships. Thus saith Hotto­man of this Salike lawe, whereof the French erre so foulie, and make such a boasting. As for that he addeth, Howsoeuer it be, first this is euident, that although there be extant neither anie Chapter of the lawe Salike nor yet of the French lawe by which women are put backe from the inheritance of the kingdome: A weake hold and of­ten inter­rupted. notwithstanding the institutions and manners of the nation, kept with such a consent of ages, holde the force of a lawe writ­ten. This is vltimum refugium, and the strongest string that Hottoman, ( when all is done) can finde to vphold all that controuersie withall. [...]ut sith that string hath bene so often crackt (as we haue seene alreadie) by the [Page 788] French owne Chronicles:) both Hottoman and Bodinus may be now dis­missed in good peace for that matter, and likewise Danaeus, with all due re­uerence. By whole & Caluines Questions about womens gouernment, we have discoursed out thus far from our Brethrens Learned discourse, upon occasion to answere our Brethren, The reason why, leuing the learned discourse, I haue dis­coursed thus farre on this matter. for that they note, of S. Paules re­prouing the vncomly disorder, of womens speaking in the Church of the Corinthians. By the which, searching after my plaine and ordinarie man­ner, what Caluine, Beza, and Danaeus said on this matter: and at the first chop, méeting with such their foresaid arguments, I thought it verie neces­sarie, albeit Impar congressus Achilli Troilus, yet thus farre forth to oppose my selfe, euen to so famous men in these matters. Which I haue the rather hazarded my selfe, vnto, onely least anie scruples of these inuectiues against Womens gouernment, might sticke in anie of our Brethr. mindes, by mi­staking the Apostles words, through ouermuch credit of these most famous writers, I meane, speciallie Caluine, Beza, and Danaeus. If our Brethren shall saie, that all this was the more néedlesse, sith they which make this Learned discourse, doe acknowledge her Maiesties publike and supreame gouernment in the Church of England. Would God they did so, as they ought to do. Then indéed we should not néed these questions, but ioyne toge­ther in al dutiful obedience vnder God, to her Maiesties lawes in these mat­ters. But, to our grief we sée, yea, to our shame, al the world cries out ther­on, it is not so. It is but nice daliance. We grant a forme of wordes (as we saw both in Caluine a Danaeus) & we impugne the matter. Nowbeit, because to our greater griefe, we shall yet sée this more & more, throughout all this Learned Discourse: Let vs now returne, & heare agains our Brethren the Lear­ned Discourses.

The argument of the 10. Booke.

THe 10. Booke concerning the Ceremonies of our Church, for the fruitfulnesse, vse, and vrging of them. Wether con­firmation of children by the Bishop, and the churching or solemne thankesgiuing of women after child-birth be vtterlie to be reiected. Whether the dead should be buried without anie ceremonie, forme of seruice, or sermon, or presence of the Pastor, &c. For hot contentions in small matters, & of a true pastors dutie about the Churches constitutions. Of the Pastors autho­ritie in common with the elders. Of the power of order and iu­risdiction. Of Timothies authoritie, & of the gouerning Elders authoritie. How vnnecessarie and daungerous to the state and magistrates, the erecting of these supposed Seniors would be. Of the remouing all vsurped authoritie. What kind of mastership and office of being greatest Christ allowed: and of tyrannizing in the Church. Whether all the rules of gouernment and pollicy be set downe and prescribed in Gods worde, as the dostrine of faith, and precepts of morall life are. Whether a Bishop haue a­ny separate authoritie frō others, or the Apostles had any such authoritie, and whether Paul deliuered anie such to Timothie. Whether his rules to Timothie be generall rules to all Bishops of their authoritie and manner of ordaining Ministers, & iudg­ing of them. Of Paul and Barnabas elections and ordeinings. Whether separate authoritie inferre sole and absolute Monar­chicall authoritie. What regiment Christ left to his church, and of his sentence Matth. 18. ver. 15. for the consent of the house­hold seruants, and whether we should consent vnto our Breth. or our brethren to vs, in these ceremonies. Whether all that con­sent haue authority & that equal. Of the difference of the chur­ches, and of the Persons authorities in them.

[Page 800] Ceremonies The learned disc. pag. 72.BY which it is euident that Saint Paules wordes are wreasted of some, cleane contrarie to his meaning, to make him a patrone of idle, if not hurtfull ceremonies, maintained more vpon will than reason, or graun­ted▪ of Gods word, vnder the coulour of order and decencie, not onelie with neglect, but also with great hinderance of Gods building, by spoi­ling the Church of so many learned pastors.

TO applie Saint Paules sentence, Let all things bee done according to order, We vse no wresting of the Apostles wordes. to the patronage of hurtfull or of idle ceremonies; I graunt, were an euident wreasting of his wordes. But this would be proued, and not sayd onelie, that we so doe. Wlée haue seene and proued too euidentlie, howe our Bre­thren are ouerbolde to wreast Saint Paules wordes, otherwise than either he spake or meant. As for vs, we maintaine no idle Ceremonies, We haue no maintenāce of idle and hurtfull ce­remonies. & much lesse hurtful. If anie such shall be shewed, we are as readie as anie our Brethren in all humble and duti­ful manner, to desire the abolishing of them. But wée hope all suth are by law and order alreadie remoued. Would God our Br. would remēber by whose indeauour they are taken awaie, and in thankfulnesse be contented. For what ceremonies can they proue, are by anie authoritie commaunded to be vsed, that are idle and hurtfull? Haue we anie at al, exeept those that either God himselfe hath prescribed, or we haue ground and graunt of the lawfull vse of them, out of Gods word? or that, being of their nature méere indifferent, haue as mech reason as will for them to be vsed, not vnder the coulour, but in verie déede, onely for order and decencie, & so consequent­lie for edification, and not otherwise. And may not indifferent ceremo­nies be so vsed? And both the Ministers and the people, so farre forth bee bound without scruple of conscience, What cermonies, & how we vse them and matter of Religion, but one­lie for obedience sake, as matters of decent comelinesse, and the edifica­tion of quiet order, to vse them: and yet neuer (vnder the coulour of pre­iudice to the libertie of Christianitie) to disturbe the peace of the Church, the course of the Gospell, the obedience of the Prince, for the resisting of them? Verily, if anie héereby doe hinder the building of Gods Church: our brethren héerein haue to take great héede, that make so great, and so vn­nessarie troubles in the Church, for these Ceremonies, with great hinde­rance of Gods building. As for our partes, if anie such Ceremonies as these, indifferent in their owne nature (saue that by order they bee appoin­ted) were also remoued: we doate not on them, but could well inough bee content, so that by order and lawe they were removed, and some other as comelie and decent ceremonies, by her Maiesties authoritie, and by our whole Churches consent, were orderly ordained in their places. But thus [...] [Page 801] disorderlie to take these awaie, and that with such reproches, Confirma­tion. both of these ceremonies & of all those that only in this manner, for externall order, and obedience sake, doe admit thē to leaue it frée to euery congregation, to cast all our ceremonies off, or to take what other new they shal like better, & to alter them also as they list, either euery man, or euery congregation, at their pleasure: or though they would ty themselues more strictly to them. yet liuing al vnder one state, to innouate or abrogate any authorized, with out the licence & authority of that state: this were (me thinks) not onely an vndecent & disorderly thing, & nothing furthering, yea, greatly hindring the building of the church: but very dāgerous both to the higher powers & to the whol realm. And as for the hinderers of Gods building, by spoi­ling the church of so many learned pastors: we know not any church, or learned pastor therein, that néed so to be spoiled, except that any, more vpō will than reason or learning ( be they otherwise neuer so well learned) doe wilfully withdraw themselues from doing their more important & neces­sary duty, in yéelding vnto (though not necessary nor waighty ceremonies, in their owne nature: yet) so necessary & waightie in y manner as they are ordained and prescribed: that at leastwise, they ought to tollerate them, for feare of great dangers in these perillous daies, (although they wished them away) & not to spoil the Church of themselues, & of their ministery, nor to make such troubles and diuisions in the Church, for the remoouing of them. Which is nothing according to the duety eyther of faithfull mini­sters, or of [...] subiects, as they ought to be, and (these co [...]trouersies set a­side) I trust they are.

There are besides these thinges, certain other matters: The learned d [...]c▪ Pag. 73. as confirmati­on, churching of women, buriall of the deade, thought to belong to the office of a B. or pastor. Whereof the first two are meere deuises of men, and ought to haue no place in the Church of Christe. The other, albeit it be to bee reteined with a certain honesty, yet it is not to be tied to the proper office of a pastor.

Here are now 3. other matters, confirmation of those y t are baptised, Churching or publique thanksgiuing of women, Bridges▪ after their deliueraunce from child-birth, and lastly the buriall of the dead, which our brethren find first this fault withall: that they should be thought to belong to the office of a B. or Pastor. This goeth very hard, that none of all these thinges, Wh [...]th [...]r confirmatiō Churching of Wom [...]n and [...] may bee thought to belong to a Pas [...]or. may not only not be tied to a B. or a Pastors office: but that they may not bee so much as thought to belong vnto them. Their reason is, that the first two are meere deuises of men, and ought to haue no place in the Church of Christ. And is confirmation to be thus symplie condemned, and that as a meere deuise of men? If they said, such confirmation; as the aduersaries of the gospel vsed, as, to make it a sacramēt, or to tie it to necessity of salua­tion: or to vse it with any of the superstitious trinkets that they prophaned [Page 804] it withall, or to hold any of the errors that they maintained about it: then indéede this spéeches should haue had good pretence. But we vsing none of all these thinges, but such a reuerend order, as in all pointes is agrééable to the manner of the very Apostles: to vnderstande in what sort the parties were baptized, to sée that the parties which were baptized ( because they are included in the couenant, What con­firmation we vse & to what pur­pose. that God would also be the God of our séede) should nowe beeing growne to vnderstanding, openly before that pastor, which hath the superiority of Episcopall dignity which we haue proued, that from, and in the very Apostles times, some pastor had, among & over some other his fellow pastors) declare the sumine of their faith, and hee e­specially lay his handes on them, and pray for them, that God would more and more confirme them in that faith, in which they were baptised and haue professed: as the Apostles vsed to lay their hands, and to pray for the confirmation of such, as by other pastors had bin baptised and shall we cal this order, a meere deuise of men? and say, that it ought to haue no place in the Church of Christe? True it is, that at the so doing of the Apostles, they receiued commonly withall the miraculous giftes of the holy ghost, according to the dispensation of that time. Neuerthelesse, that was not their onely ende: nor the order of laying on of handes vpon them, which were to be confirmed by him that was the foresayde [...], vnto whom [...] the superiour Episcopall dignity among the Pastors was committed, did so cease: but was continued, both in the Apostles times, while any one of them Iames, Iude or Iohn were liuing without any contradiction of them: and so, simply was vsed, according to the Apostles maner, til the other additions afterward, Chrysme. as that of Chrisme, &c, were ioined vnto it. Which addi­tion Chrisme, though it be very ancient, yet we reiecting it as a meere de­uise herein of men, & reducing confirmation to the first simplicity of prai­er & to the ceremony only of laying on of handes, especially by those that haue the foresaid episcopall superiority: why should our brethren here af­firm, that it ought to haue no place in the Church of Christ?

But this so hard censure of theirs, neither agréeth with those our Bre­thren of the Germain and Saxon Churches: nor yet with Caluine in Ge­neua. Melancthon in Analis. Locorum com. saith, Confirmation among the auncients, Melancthon was a triall of doctrine, in which they that were to be cō ­firmed, did recite the sum of the Christian doctrine. Whereunto was ad­ded publike praier for them. But of the Apostles was added also, impo­sition of hands, which the manifest giftes of the holy ghost followed. As for that popish confirmation, is altogether a voide and idle ceremony. Neuertheles in the meane time, it should bee profitable for the triall of doctrine, to be made with the publike prayer for them. Which certein­ly should not be in vaine. Herbandus in compendio theologia, following Melancthon, and writing of confirmation, sayth: What doost thou think [Page 805] of Confirmation? properly it is not a sacrament, But in the ancient time it was a triall of the Doctrine, made in the Institution of Christian re­ligion, (as the Catechisme is among vs) in the which, they that were Ca­techised, did render a reason of their faith, and did testify, that they em­braced this onely religion, and to dissent from Ethniks and from here­tikes. Which being publikely done of the B. the prayers of the Church were added, with the imposition of hands. At which imposition, in the time of the Apostles, they were manifestly endued with the holy ghost. As it is manifest in the Acts, the 19. chap. Afterward by successe of time, when myracles ceased in the Church, the ceremony of the Imposition of handes was neuerthelesse reteined. Whereby those that were baptised, were prepared to the Christian conflict, & by the prayers of the Church and solemn blessing, were confirmed. But the age that came after, thrust vnto the Church a certaine feigned confirmation for a sacrament. &c. Thus writeth also Herbandus of this matter.

He husius in examine theologico. loco. 18. de sacram. What thinkest thou of Confirmation? the answere. Confirmation is not a Sacrament. Heshufius. For it is not an externall action peculiarly commaunded of God, neither is it a seale of the promise of grace. The auncients searched the profiting of Children in the doctrine of the Catechisme, and those that were right­ly instituted, they admitted to the holy Communion. This is a lauda­ble discipline in the Church, if superstition be absent.

Kemnitius after he hath confuted the Papists errors of Confirmation These thinges ( saith he) being thus vnfolded, the examination of the ca­nons of confirmation shall bee easy and playne. For, whereas that the first cannon condemneth such a confirmation as consisteth in a Cate­chisme, and childrens profession of the faith: it hath this meaning and reason. Our men haue often shewed that the rite of confirmation, (the traditions vnprofitable, superstitions & repugnāt to the scripture being remoued) both it may be vsed godly and to the churches edification, ac­cording to the consent of the scripture, after this maner: to wit, that they which are baptised in their infancy (for such is nowe the state of the church) when they came to the yeares of discretion, shoulde be diligent­ly instructed in a certaine & simple catechism of the churches doctrine: and when they seemed to hane meetely well perceiued the beginnings: they shoulde afterwarde be presented to the Bishop and to the church. And there heare the child that was baptised in his infancie, which shold first with a short a simple warning bee admonished of his baptisme: to witte, that he was baptized: howe and why: & into what hee was bapti­zed: what the whole trinity gaue & sealed vp vnto him in that baptisme the contract of peace, the couenant of grace: how the renouncing Satan the professiō of faith, the promise of obediēce was there made. Secondly, [Page 804] the childe him-selfe shoulde before the Church declare, his owne and the publike profession of this doctrine and faith. Thirdly, she shoulde be asked of the principal points of the Christian religion: he shold answere to euery one of them: if he did not so wel vnderstand them, he should be better instructed. Fourthly, he should be admonished, and this he shold declare in his profession, that he dissenteth frō all heathē, hereticall, pha­naticall, and prophane opinions. Fiftly, a graue and serious exhortati­on out of the worde of God, should be added, that hee should perseuer in the couenant of baptisme, and in that doctrine & faith, and with often profiting be confirmed. Sixtly, a publike prayer shold be made, for those children, that God with his holy spirite woulde vouchsafe to gouerne, keepe, and confirme them, in this profession. To the which prayer, the laying on of handes may bee adhibited without superstition. Neither shoulde that prayer be vaine, for it relieth on the promises of the gift of perseuerance, and on the grace of confirmation.

Such a rite of confirmation shal bring with it very much profit, to the edification of youth & of the whole Church. For it were agreeable both to the Scripture, and to the more pure antiquitie. For in the Apostles laying on of their hands, that there was a triall of doctrine, & profession of faith, the history, Acts. 19. manifestly doth witnesse. Of the exhorta­tion also vnto perseuerance, of the confirming them by the worde, in the doctrin & faith which once they had receiued: the examples of the apo­stolicall Church are extant, Actes. 14.15. & 18. And that publike prayer was adhibited, the history witnesseth, A & 8. Thus speaketh the 7. Canon of the Council of Laodicea & the 8. of the Council of Aries, concerning the triall and profession of doctrine, & faith in confirmation as we haue before noted. And therfore the Canon of the Council of Orleaunce, re­quireth a perfect age in confirming. Neither agreeth this euill hereunto, that Dionisius in the end of his ecclesiasticall Hierarchie, writeth of th [...] Master of the catechisinges, when the children baptized in their in­fancy, were deliuered to be instructed, that they might with doctrine and exhortations betrayned vp to perfourme & keepe the profession of the faith the renouncing of Sathan and the promise of the obedience of God made in their baptism. These thinges were proposed in the confe­rence at Ratispone in the yeare. 1541. And so hee telleth howe Eccius in the name of the papists did vtterly & proudly reiect all these thinges, af­firming that in confirmation the vse of reason must not be tarried for.

Thus notably and at large, doth Kemnitius also declare and approoue, this good order and rite of confirming children, and howe contum [...]liously the Papistes doe reiect it. This therefore sauoreth nothing of popery, nor of any other error or superstition but is Godly, reuerend, and very bene­ficiall to youths, and to the whole Churches edification.

[Page 805] And what doth Caluine in his Institutions, differ from these, concer­ning the auncient custome of Confirmation? In the ancient time ( saith he) this was the manner, that the children of the Christians, Cap. 19. sect 4. de confir. after they were growne vp, were presented before the Bishop, to fulfill that office (or du­ty) which was exacted of them, that being of ripe yeares, offered them­selues to baptisme. For these sat among them that were catechized, vn­till such time as being orderly enstructed in the mysteries of the fayth, they were able to declare the confession of the fayth, before the B. and the people. Those infantes therefore which were initiated by baptisme, because they had not made confession of the faith before the church, at the end of their Childhood, or in the entry of their springalship, were a­gain presented of their Parents, were examined of the Bishoppe, accor­ding to the forme of a Catechisme, which they had then certaine and common. But to the end that this action, which otherwise ought wor­thily to haue bin graue and holy, shoulde haue the more reuerence and dignitie, the ceremony also of the imposition of handes was adhibited. Thus was the childe (his faith being approued) dismissed with a solemne blessing. The ancients do often make mention of this maner. Pope Leo saith: if any returne from Heretikes, let him not be baptised againe: but for that which wanted vnto him, let the vertue of the spirite bee confer­red vnto him, by the Bishops imposition of hands. Here our aduersaries wil cry, that it may be rightly called a sacrament, Epist. 3 [...]. wherein the holy ghost is conferred. But Leo him-selfe otherwhere expoundeth what hee meaneth by these words. He that is baprised (sayth he) among heretikes, let him not be rebaptized, but by the inuocation of the holy Ghoste, let him by imposition of handes be confirmed: because he receiued on­ly the forme of baptisme, without the sanctification. Epist. 77. And Hierome a­gainst the Luciferians mentioneth it. Albeit I deny not that Hierome was somewhat ouershot therein, that he saith it was the Apostles obser­uation, notwithstanding, he is moste farre from the toyes of these men. And he mitigateth the selfe same thing, when hee addeth that this bles­sing was giuen to the only Bishops, rather for the honor of their priest­hoode, than of the necessity of the Lawe. Such an imposition of handes therefore which may bee done simply in the place of blessing. I doe commend, and woulde that it were restored at this day into his pure vse. But the late age hauing almost blotted out the matter, haue placed for a sacrament of God, I knowe not what feigned confirmation. &c.

Sithe therefore Caluine him-selfe thus farre foorthe, acknowledgeth this to bée the auncient order of confirmation in the Church, and com­mending the same, wisheth that it were restored and euen as hee wished, we haue restored it, and abolished all the Popish superstitions and errors that succéeded: how intemperately doe our brethren here say, that it ought [Page 806] to haue no place in the Church of Christ? But what reasons more than Caluine had, haue our Brethren vtterly to displace it?

The learned disc. pag. 73.And as for confirmation ( say they) it ought therefore to be shut out, and haue no place in the Church of God, as well because it displaced ca­techizing, and brought in steede thereof vaine toyes, and childishe ce­remonyes to the great hurt of the Church, as for that also it derogateth muche from the dignity of Baptizme, the Sacrament of the Lorde, and is extoled aboue it, beeing a deuise of man, and is pretended to be a sign to certifie the Children of the fauour and gratious goodnesse of God, towardes them, falsely grounded vpon the example of the Apostles. Whereas the ministration of baptism, is permitted to euery hedgepreest Minister and Deacon.

The confirmation that we do vse, as it bringeth no vaine toyes, nor childish ceremonies into the Church of God, Bridges nor is vsed to the great hurt or to any hurt of the Church at all: so is it, so farre from displacing Cate­chizing, that (as we haue shewed out of Caluine and other) it was both v­sed with catechizing in the ancient Churches, and with vs it is one of the principall means for the maintenance of it. And therfore, if there were no other reason for the holding of it, Our confir­mation dis­placeth not but main­taineth ca­techising. but euen this (so long as it maintaines no euil besides) sith this good at the leaste commeth by it, that our children are the rather enduced to be catechized: it ought not to bee displaced and shut out of the church of God, since Catechizing is not onely not displa­ced, but so greatly furthered by it.

And wheras our brethren say, also it derogateth much from the digni­ty of Baptisme, the sacrament of the Lord, and is extolled aboue it, being a deuice of man: If they meane the popish sacrament of confirmation, that is another matter: they impugne one thing & wee maintaine another. For, Wee prefer not nor make equal [...]onfirmati­on with baptisme. we neither account confirmation to be any sacrament at all, nor ex­toll it aboue, nor yet make it equal vnto baptisme. But vse it onely as a good & conuenient ceremony, order, or rite, helping more and more to the confirming of them that are baptized, in the profession of their faith, which they make before the B. being now more strengthened & confirmed therein, by his approbation in solemne laying of his hands vpon them and and praying together with the Church, that God woulde confirm them.

And where they say, it is pretended to be a sign, to certify the children of the fauor & gratious goodnes of God towards them, falsly grounded vpon the example of thapostles: We say not cōfirmation is a sign, thogh the imposition of hands be a signe If they mean by these wordes a signe, that we pretēd such a sign as sacramēts be, that are appointed of God to be visible signs of some inuisible grace: we make in confirmatiō no such sign. And yet we deny not, but the B. imposition of hands is a signe, & is giuen euen to certify the fauor and gratious goodnesse of God towards them. [Page 807] But will our Brethren thrust▪ this signe also of Imposition of handes cleane out of the Church of God? Or, if it be a signe that hath béene, and is, and may be well reteined, wil they deny, it-may certify the parties vp­on whome the hands are layd, of Gods fauour and gratious goodnesse towards them? What error or superstition is in this: except it were made such a signe hereof, as we vse to call a Sacrament?

But, say they, it is falsely grounded on the example of the Apostles. If the Apostles did vse the imposition of handes vppon them that were baptized, to confirme them: and vse with prayer for them, Confirma­tion maybe well said to be groun­ded on the Apostles example since the apostles gaue such example thogh they prescribed it not. that they might receiue greater grace of God, in the confirmation of their faith, besides the extraordinary graces than of working miracles & the gift of tongs: and we vse the imposition of handes, without any of the popish or any o­ther ceremonies: nor tye it to this, or to that, or to any grace to be necessa­rily giuen thereby: nor make any precise necessity at all thereof: but vse it onely as an ancient, reuerende, and conuenient order, for the foresaide reasons, and in such manner as Caluine him-selfe prayeth, and wisheth that it were restored: why may it not be truely sayde, that the vse there­of (if there bée any good vse of it at all) is grounded vppon the example of the Apostles, although they commanded it not to be vsed, as we haue heard Kemnitius alleage for examples. Act. 8.14.15. & 18.

But, say our Brethren: Wheras the Ministration of Baptisme, is per­mitted to euery hedge-preest, minister and deacon.

Our Brethren when they enueighed against the superiority of Bishops made them and all préests or pastorall elders in dignitie equall. And nowe in dignity they are so vnequall, that they terme some hedge preests. What they meane by this contemptuous terme, let them selues expounde, but they here séeme to excuse vs pretily well, We permit not women to baptise. for committing the administra­tion of Baptisme vnto Women: when they name (though in contempt) these thrée, Hedge-preest, Minister, and Deacon, to whome the ministra­tion of baptisme is permitted. No, we permit it not to euery Deacon.

But doth this argue, that confirmation is extolled aboue baptisme, because the B. doth onely confirme and euery Minister may baptize? Doe they measure the dignitie of the Sacrament by the minister? what cal they this? is not this a manifest error? or do we maintain any such opinion of cō firmatiō? yea how doth not this the more recōmend the dignity of baptism, that it may be administred by euery neuer so meane a minister, & yet not léese his dignity, being a sacrament. The dignity whereof depēdeth not on man, but on God. Whereas confirmation being no sacrament ( which if it were, were appertaining to euery minister) is reserued to the B. not for a­ny higher dignity of the action compared with any Sacr. but vsed for the tri­al of the baptised parties profession of the truth, Why the B. confirmeth. by another higher person than y e minister that baptised him. The apostles that were sent to confirme [Page 808] them that were baptised by Philip, Womens churching. took not vpon them to extoll their con­firmation, aboue the baptisme that Philip had administred, and yet were they higher than he in office and dignity. For any of these reasons therfore here alleaged, against our order of Confirmation, as it had place before the errors and superstitious of the papistes did defile it, so may it▪ wel haue place still amongest vs in Gods Church.

The learned Dis. Pag. 74.And as for churching of Women, ( say our Brethren) because it sa­uoureth of the Iewish purification, and of popish Institution, it ought al­together to bee omitted, for it breedeth and nourisheth many supersti­tious opinions in the simple peoples heartes: as, that the woman which hath born a child is vncleane or vnholy: whereas the Apostle pronoun­ceth, that Godly women are sanctified & saued by bearing of children. 1. Tim. 2.15. that it is vnlawful for her, 1. Tim. 2.15. for any necessity to go out of her dores, before she be churched: that this churching is a necessary part of the pastors office: that she must weare a white rayle ouer her head, when she goeth to Church by the Mid-wife, waighted home with the parishe Clearke, with diuers such like Bables, which in a well reformed Church are not to be suffered.

Bridges The first reason héere alleaged against Womens publique thankes­giuing in the Church for their deliuerance, after the birth of their chil­dren, commonly called Churching, is because it sauoureth of the Iewish purification, and of popish institution. In déede for the Iewish purifica­tion, I thinke it hath some sauour of it, so farre foorth onely, as the Wo­man then gaue God thankes, for his speciall benefite of her deliueraunce, and for her childe. For, so farre it sauoureth of the morall Lawe. Euen as our sabaoth also sauoureth of the Iewishe Sabaoth, onely in respect of the moral part thereof, though not with any like bonde or necessity of the time. Other Iewish sauor it hath none, to any whose smell or taste is not distem­pered.

As for popish Institution, ( meaning for any popish errour, or supersti­tious ceremony) much lesse hath it any sauour at all thereof. It sauoureth nothing at all of any popisherror or supersti­tion. Our brethren affirme it hath. And why? For it breedeth and nourisheth many supersti­tious opinions, in the simple peoples hearts: as that the Woman which hath borne a childe, is vncleane or vnholy. There is no occaosin at all, in the order prescribed by the booke, to giue the least suspition in the worlde, to any neuer so simple a person, that the Woman which hath borne a childe, shoulde therefore bee accounted the more vncleane or vnholy. What one worde or sillable tendeth thereunto? If the simple people will take or nourish such an opinion [...]n no occasion giuen, but onely for that the aduersaries of the Gospell held such an opinion, and therefore it ought altogether to bee omitted: wée might [...]ltogether omit the sole [...]nizing of mariage by the Minister in the Churche, because the simple people [Page 809] might therby, nourish many erronious and superstitious opinions, which the aduersaries of the Gospell before taught them, and confirmed them in, at the administration of mariages. True it is, that S. Paule, pronounceth of the woman 1. Tim. 2.15. That she shall be saued by bearing of children, The woman for so speci­all a benefit and preser­uatiō boūd to make a speciall thankesgi­uing. ad­ding this caution thereunto▪ if she shall abide in faith, and loue, and sanctifica­tion, with sobrietie. But what doth this hinder, or not rather muche more inferre, that she ought so much the more for her child-byrth, to giue the more solemne and publike thankes to God, both for her children, and for her deliuerance from her trauell, and that he hath vouchsafed the same to be among other his especiall graces, a meanes also towardes her saluati­on; and to beséech him, that as he hath preserued her in the one, so he would strengthen her to abide also in the other, to witte, in faith, and loue, and sanctification with sobrietie. So that (me thinkes) this sentence is a bet­ter inducement, to haue such a solemne forme of thankesgiuing, as our booke prescribeth vnto women in such a case; than to say, it ought alto­gether to be omitted.

But they alleage also, Not going abroad be­fore she goe [...]o the Chu [...]h. that it breedeth and nourisheth another super­stitious opinions in the simple peoples heartes: that it is vnlawefull for her, for anie necessitie, to goe out of her doores, before shee bee Churched.

Our Brethren séeme to haue enquired more curiously of womens de­meanour in such a time, than euer I heard of, or than (I thinke) was vsed among any neuer so simple or superstitious people. I beléeur, none haue now a dayes among vs, any such opinion, or so strict vsage. And yet a re­uerend order herein, is to be retayned, which though our learned Brethr. would denie; How com­mendeble an vse this is yet our sober sisters (I hope) would euen for the modestie and commendation of woman-hoode, haue respect vnto. And not so soone as God shall haue strengthned them againe, rather goe foorth (vnlesse any great necessitie vrge them, which, as it is sayd, hath no law) to other vn­necessarie worldly affayres, or companie; than before all other thinges, to repayre in solemne and reuerend manner to the house of God, and there present themselues before the congregation, to giue God publike thankes for his great goodnes extended vnto them. Which order doth much recom­mende their deuotion, and is a good example to all other.

Besides this, our Brethren not another superstitious opinion which it bréedeth, that this Churching is a necessarie part of the Pastors office.

For such conuenient necessitie, The Pastors office in this Churching of women. as by lawe and order he is bound to do, as likewise, to ioyne in the celebration of mariage the man and the wo­man; whose office should it rather be, than the Pastors? As for any abso­lute necessitie of saluation, the thing it selfe is not so vrged, nor necessa­rie as any particular expresse commaundement of God, pertayning to his office; otherwise than in generall, and as he is the publike minister of [Page 810] the worde. And this order being admitted, & by law prescribed; it may be well auouched in this foresaid necessity, that this churching, that is to say, the pronouncing of the publike prayers in the Church, at the womans thankesgiuing; is a necessarie part of the Pastors office. As for that which followeth:

A white rayle on her head.That she must weare a white rayle ouer her head, when she goeth to Church by the midwife, waighted home with the parishe Clerke, with diuerse such like bables, which in a well reformed Church are not to be suffered:

I thinke our Brethren, that talke thus of rayles and bables, were ra­ther disposed disorderly to babble, on womens matters, than they would want matter to rayle on our Churches orders. Doth our booke or any law prescribe, The ancient matrones attyres. the woman to weare a white rayle ouer her head, when shee goeth to Church? Or to be accompanied by the midwife? Or to be waigh­ted home with the parish Clerke? Is not this a clerkely & Learned Disc. to note these matters? And why may not euē these things be done also, as well as not done? So that there be no superstition in thē, as (me thinkes) there is none. For, what is the whit rayle or keuerchief, but such an anciēt couer of the womans head, as representeth the simplicitie & antiquity of womens attire, such as the auncient matrones of Asia, Grece & Rome are noted to haue worne. And as yet in the East partes, & in Grecia, & Affrica, the sober & chast womē go with such white linnē couerture on their heads, whē they go abroad, euen to this day. Which argueth that this attire arose not of any superstitiō at all, but in the old time was the vsuall attire of ho­nest matrones. And not vnlikly, but that as other parts of Grece did vse it, so the attire that S. Paule mentioneth of womens couering their heads, 1. Cor. 11. when they prayed in the congregation, ( though he mention nei­ther matter of lynnen, wollen, silke or cotten: nor couler of white, black, or any other,) was not much different from the same.

And as for her companie: who fitter, among all her neighbours, for di­uerse considerations, The mid­wifes atten­dance & the Clerkes. than her midwife. And if the poore Clerke would not léese his fée accustomed or his dinner, but would waight on her home, or rather waight ( poore soule) to fil his belly, ( without hope wherof he would giue but sory attendāce) aske him, whether he minded more a bable, or the table? And must this also, as a part of this Learned discourse of Eccl. go­uernment, be solemnly registred, for a matter breeding and nourishing superstitious opinions in the simple peoples hearts: which in a well re­formed Church, Conceiuing superstiti­ous opiniōs hereupon. is not to be suffred? These then are the great & waigh­tie matters, wherefore our Brethren find fault with this order of womēs churching ( or cōming to the Church) to yéeld their publike thanksgiuing to God, for their childe and safe deliuerance, after their child-birth, for which causes (they say) it ought altogether to bee omitted. But who [Page 811] séeth not that these quarels had béene better omitted, Buriall. and are altogether if not bables, yet bubles of méere babbling (if I may haue leaue to vse such termes) rather than any causes of importance, to omitte or take a­way this reuerend matronlike and comely order. And that although any were so simple to conceaue superstitious opinions hereupon: and though this white rayle also were left cleane off, and that the midwife kept her selfe at home: and that the Clerke lost his dinner too: yet might this or­der of womens Churching, beeing nothing but publike thankesgiuing in the Churche, after their deliuerance, continue in neuer so well refor­med Churches, and bee suffered with-out iust offence giuen, well-i­nough.

The third quarell of our Brethren is at the maner of Buriall, of which as they sayde before, pag. 73. The other, albeit it be to be retayned with a certain honestie, yet is it not to be tyed to the proper office of a Pastor: so procéeding page. 75. they say:

As for the buriall of the dead, because Sathan tooke occasion vpō Ce­remonies appointed thereunto, The learned Dis. Pag. 75. to sow the seede of many heresies in the Church, as praiers for the dead, Oblations for the dead, Purgatorie, &c. also many superstitions as hallowing of Church-yardes, distinctions of Burials, as some in the Chauncell, some in the Church, and some in the Churchyeards: some with more pompe, as singing, ringing, Buriall of the dead. &c. some with lesse, burying towards the East, lightes and holy water bestowed on the dead, &c. it is thought good to the best and right reformed Chur­ches, to burie their dead reuerently without any ceremonies of praying or preaching at them, because experience hath taught them, what in­conuenience may growe thereof, by example of that which hath beene before.

Our Brethr. hauing so peremptorily condēned the other twain, Bridges. confir­mation of children, & churching of womē: as though they could be retey­ned with no honestie: for buriall, they are somwhat yet more fauourable, in saying it may be reteyned with a certaine honestie. Our Brethr. fauour to burie the dead that it may be re­tayned with a certaine honestie. Whereas if at the least, we should not aforde the dead thus much: we should eyther let them rotte aboue the ground, or cast them to the beastes or fishes, as did the Cap­sians: or let the birds eate thē, as did the Hyrcans: or the dogges eate thē, as did the Bactrians: or eate them our selues, as did the Messagetians and the Derbites: or hang them vpon gybbets, as did the Tibarenes: all which were no honestie at all, but horrible & vnnaturall sauagenesse: or else we shold burne thē to ashes as did the Affricans, the Romanes, Whether our mannes of buriall may so be reteyned. & diuers other people as was the Ethnike maner amōg the Gentils: or els why may we not be bold simply to say, It is an honest thing to burie the dead? But that the buriall of the dead may be reteyned, albeit with a certaine hone­sty. If our Brethren meane not simply heere the buriall of the dead, but [Page 812] our manner of buriall which the booke prescibeth, that it may be reteyned with a certaine honestie: how speake they not then against themselues, in speaking against our manner of their buriall, The Pastors office in bu­riall. if with a certaine honestie, or any honestie at all it may be retayned? But they say: yet it is not to be tyed to the proper office of a Pastor. So that they will stande to this, that it may be retayned with a certaine honestie, How other may burie the dead. and will not vse heere precisely these wordes, proper office, and the manner of tying: I graunt them also, vpon necessitie or occasion, both that other may burie the dead, and that the dead also may be buried amongst vs otherwise, and that pro­perly of it selfe, it is no part at all of his proper office, no more than is the solemnizing of mariage. Howbeit, it is such an action, as may be well adioyned to his office, without any blemish thereunto. Yea, if the publike ministration of the word, How burial as, and howe not the Pa­stors part. be a proper part of his office, which our Bre­thren do not denie: if there be any publike vse and ministerie of the word at the time of the buriall of the dead: then, howe hath not the Pastor his part herein? And other partes he is not put vnto▪ as to digge the graue, to beare the corpse to the graue, to lay it in the graue, or to fill vp the graue againe with earth, or any such action: but only to pronounce the sentences of scripture, that concerne the state of the dead, the information, and con­solation of the liuing; the giuing thankes to God for the partie departed, and praying for our selues that are aliue: except a sermon be also prea­ched at the funerall. If these thinges may be retayned with a certaine ho­nestie: to whom then are these thinges more tyed, than to the proper of­fice of a Pastor.

But our Brethren goe further in the buriall of the dead and say: be­cause Sathan tooke occasion vpon ceremonies appointed thereunto, to sowe the seede of many heresies in the Churche, as &c. also many su­perstitions, &c. that therefore, it is thought good to the best and right reformed Churches, to burie their dead reuerently, without any cere­monies of praying or preaching at them.

I graunt, some heresies in the Church might be the more strengthned, by the superstitious maner of burying the dead: but I rather suppose, a cō uerse; that the corrupt maner of burying the dead: tooke occasion vpon the seede of those heresies. But here among the superstitions which our Bre­thren recite, of burying the dead: Howe came in these thrée, vnder the name of distinction of burialles, as some in the Chauncell, some in the Church, and some in the Churchyeardes: some with more pompe, as singing ringing, &c. some with lesse: burying towardes the East?

Is all distinction of burials, Distinction of burials. absolutely and without all distinction, su­perstitious? Would our Brethren haue a confusion of burialles, and no distinction but all persons, Princes, Magistrates, priuate and common people, rich and poore, to be buried all a like? Are they offended that some [Page 813] should be buried in the Chauncell, some in the bodie of the Chur [...]h and some in the Churchyeardes? What meane they hereby? The groūds to burie in. Would they haue none buried, in any of all these places: but euerie bodie to burie their dead in their owne proper groundes, or in some other common grounde appointed properlie therunto? Neither do we contend with them, against this last mentioned ground of buriall: neitheir ought they to contend with vs, for the buriall of the dead, so farre as conueniently may be done, nei­ther in Churchyearde, Church, or Chauncell. If they respect health or contagion, as diuerse do: those are Physicall causes, and not superstitious.

If they respecte the superstitions, into the which the Papistes did degenerate: we reiect them as muche, as any of our Brethren, or ani [...] other doe. And howsoeuer any did abuse the buriall of the dead, with su­perstition, by occasion of the place: yet at the first they did not so. But as Aretius on the title of buriall sayth: the Christians when thinges were at the length sette in order, did burie the dead at the Martyrs Churches, Aretius in problem. desepult. which thing may be thought to be done therefore, because that at the Martyrs Churches, the prayers and the sermons were made. And if so be that anie persecutio [...] should light vpon them by the example and con­stancie of the Martyrs, they were stirred vp among themselues, The origi­nals of buri­ing in chur­ches. to con­stancie in the faith, and in the profession of it, to the which thing, the present sepulchers of the Martyrs did incite them.

But howsoeuer the posteritie abused this afterward with superstition ( from the which, God be praysed wee are frée) neither are there many that are buried in the Chauncell, or in the Church; and it is a thing done not for any opinion of more holinesse in the place, but only for more ciuill honour of the partie, in a place counted more worshipfull. As Christ spea­keth in his parable, Luk. 14. of the higher and of the lower place at the ta­ble, to be reserued for a more honorable man. And so h [...]re, the Chauncell being counted the higher place in dignitie, then the bodie of the Churche: and the bodie of the Church, than the Churchyeard: if now, the dead be buried according to his higher degrée, when he liued in a place of higher estimation, so there arise no daunger of superstition to the health of the soules, nor daunger of contagion to the health of the bodies of the people living: what great matter is to be made of the distinction of these places? And if they stand so much on the distinction of these thrée places: will they disallowe all thrée without distinction? If they count the buriall in the highest place, to be but pompe: why should they mislike the buriall in the Church-yearde, which is the common place of buriall for the basest? If they should not be buried in the Church-yearde, neither. Where would they haue them burie them? In the open fieldes; to be digged vp of swyne, or in mens priuate groundes, gardens, or orchyeards; as the worshipfull among the Iewes were, or the cōmon sort in some common plo [...] of ground [Page 814] (as I sayde before) dedicated to that purpose? But what is that ground, other than a Church-yearde, Any place of buriall may be subiect to supe [...]sti­tion. or a yearde of many Churches or Parishes, for their burialles? Which, stande it néere or rounde about the Church, or further from it, or within the Citie, Towne or Village, or without; except some consideration be had of narrowe places in a populous Ci­tie, and of contagious times and diseases, onely to auoyde contagion for the bodie, which consideration we holde well with, but let that place, or a­ny other, be once made the ordinarie place of buriall: admitting withall anie ministerie of the woorde at the buriall: may not that place also bée subiect to as much superstition as the other? Yea, if no ministerie of the woorde at all be there vsed: may not that also, euen for lacke of-good instruction, bréede as much, if not more, and that more daungerous su­perstition?

Why should our Brethren therefore stretch their quarell thus farre, e­uen to the buriall in the Church-yeard? The Church-yeard. For although the Chauncell and Church, be not properly dedicated vnto burials, saue that extraordinarily, some burials may be in them: yet the Churchyeard is the proper place al­lotted thereunto, which the auncient Greeke Churche called [...], a place to sleepe in, as the Monkes termed their Dortoir or Dormitorie, likening our death to our sleepe, and our buriall to our bedd, for the hope of our waking, at the last and generall resurrection. And yet the Hebrues much better, call it [...] beth caym, the house of the liuing: because though the bodies only be there lodged, as in a house; yet their soules sléeps not, but are liuing. The Germanes call it Gottes acker, of ager dei, the aker or field of God. And we terme it, the Churchyearde, as the measure of yearth pertaining to the Church, deriued of the old worde, kyrke-gerth, yet vsed in the North, as the yearth that is dedicated vnto the Lord, not vnaptly fetched from, [...]. And what place fitter (all superstition being disclaimed) than is this ground, if not of the Churche: yet of this Churchyeard, for our burials?

But as our Brethr. finde fault, with this distinction of places: so they finde fault with this distinctiō of our maner of burying the dead: that we burie some with more pompe, as singing, ringing, &c. some with lesse.

Pompe in Burials. If our Brethren take pompe in the better sense: would they haue all persons buried with like pompe? Or if in the worst sense: would they haue no pompe nor solemnitie vsed at al, at any persons burial? but what this pompe should be, except that they mention only, singing & ringing: I can not certainly tel. For they suppresse the residue, with an &c. but that singing or ringing is vtterly or then vnlawfull: or any to be buried with more solemnitie than other, according to the decencie of their state & cal­ling; me thinks our Brethr. herein should not be so hard, to condemne the distinction of that also, as in it selfe meerely superstitious. We read in the [Page 815] old Testament of great distinction, about the buriall of the dead, euen of the holy Patriarkes. Distinction of burials, some with more solem­nitie than o­ther both in the olde and new Testa­ment. Who were all buried in such solemne place & maner, as Abraham buried his wife? Gen. 23. And was himselfe buried, Gen. 25 and as Isaac was buried, and Rachel Iacobs wife, Gen. 35. and as Ia­cob & Ioseph Gen. 50. and diuerse others, that were buried more solemn­ly than other were. Neither was the greater pompe of their funerall, e­stéemed of the holy fathers, before the cōming of christ, a superstitious, but a decent & an honorable thing. Neither was it any such figure of Christes more honorable buriall ( as Zegedinus thinketh) that it should cease after the buriall of Christ, and that we should now be buried all alike: no, it ra­ther argueth (as Selnecserus therein thinketh much better in my opinion) that a Christian man according to his higher estate, or to the excellencie of his life in his calling, may haue without superstition, a more honorable buriall. And as it appeareth how Stephen was buried, Act. 8. with grea­ter mourning, than were the common sort of Christians in those daies.

As for the offence which our Brethren take, with burying towards the East: Burying to­wardes the East. I thinke it not a matter so worthy, as to haue bin once noted in their Learned Disc. Indéede it is a common order among Christians, so to burie the dead; as wel to differ from Turkes & Iewes: as also (making no neces­sitie of the matter, nor matter of religion) to be the more signe, that they haue the better hope of the resurrection, in laying the corps of the dead Christians, in such maner, as though they respected the reddier lifting vp of them selues, when they shall all be raysed to life againe, to beholde the cōming of our Sauiour Christe, which to vs warde as [...]ended in the Easte. Not to tie him to descende here or there; or that they doubted, but y t wher­soeuer they be, & howsoeuer they lie, or shalbe cōsumed, he will at the glo­rious appearance of his cōming, gather thē all vnto him, as he saith: Luc. 13.29. Then shall many come from the East, & from the West, & frō the North, and from the South, & shal sit at the table in the kingdome of God And I take that our auncestors in these west parts in so laying the dead, had this especiall respect. If any did it superstitiously, or made any matter of religion in so doing; I excuse him not, and thinke, so it be done without offence, or con­tempt of the common order, that they may vse it otherwise, without anie daunger or impediment, for any thing I know to the contrarie.

As for the other things mētioned here by our Brethr. as they were proper to the aduersaries of the Gospell: so (God be praised) they are remoo­ued. Neither doth our prescribed forme of Buriall allow them, or giue any the least occasion to any of all those heresies, errors, or superstitions.

But now, to auoide all occasion o [...] heresies, errors and superstitions▪ what forme of buriall would our Brethren haue? Forsooth they say: It is thought good to the best & right reformed churches, to bury their dead reuerently, without any ceremonies of praying or preaching at them.

[Page 816] Here is a short manner indéede of burying the dead, and agréeth here­in with the booke of the Forme of Common prayer, which our Brethren haue of late set out. Wherein vpon the title of buriall, they say: The corps is reuerently to be brought to the graue, accompanied with the neighbours in comely manner, without any further ceremonie. And this is all that they say there, of the forme of buriall. But if this be the forme of the best and right reformed Churches: what shall we then say (to goe no further, than euen to the Church of Geneua it selfe) to the booke called, The forme of prayers and ministration of the sacramentes, &c. vsed in the English congregation at Geneua, and approued by the famous and godly learned man Iohn Caluine? Which booke on the title of buriall, pag. 88. sayth on this wise: The corps is reuerently brought to the graue, accompanied with the congregation, without any further ceremonies, which being buried, the minister goeth to the Churche, if it be not farre off, and maketh some comfortable exhortation to the people, touching death, and resurrection. Here is yet a Sermon to be preached at least wise some comfortable exhortation to be made by the Minister, at the buriall of the dead; though not at the very place (for nei­ther doe we so tie it, to the place) of buriall. The dead may be buried in the Church-yeard, or any other place assigned thereunto, and the sermon be in the, Churche, and neuerthelesse be well saide, to be at the buriall, because it is made for that especiall purpose, and for that commonlye, the congregation is not dismissed all in a doombe and silent action, but that some wordes of consolation are vttered by the Minister ere they de­part.

Bucer in his Epitome Ecel. Argentinae cap. 27. saith on this wise: We teach concerning those whom the Lord in the confession of his name hath re­ceaued to himselfe out of this life: Bucerus in E­pitome Eccl. Argent. cap. 27. that they are withal feare of God and honestly to be committed to the earth, and there the people out of the worde of God to be admonished, of the heauie iudgement of God a­gainst sinne, and also of the redemption of Christe who hath redeemed vs from death, and of the aeternall life which he hath purchased to all his faithfull. After which men are to be exhorted also to the repentance of their sinnes and to a firme hope of the blessed resurrection and hea­uenly life, and also to the earnest studie and care of the life to come. Which verily is placed in the mortification of the old Adam and resto­ring the new. Whereunto also prayers are to be ioyned for true repen­tance, and confirmation of faith, and also for the blessed resurrection, both of the dead and of them that be present. To conclude, almes also are to be giuen.

Yea, Caluine himselfe in his Epistle to the Monsbelgardians Epist. 51 ( wherein he telleth them what he himselfe would doe, if he susteyned their [Page 817] person) when he commeth to buriall writeth thus. In the buriall of the dead I would haue this moderatiō to be adhibited, Caluini Epist. 51. that the corps shold not be caried into the Church, but straight vnto the Church-yard, there also would I haue an exhortation to be made, that the companie should acknowledge that which should be spoken in the present matter of the funerall. No conten­tion for rin­ging at bu­rials. This manner were not much to be disallowed. As for the rin­ging of the bell, I would not haue you stifly reclaime against it, if it may not be obtayned that the Prince would remitte it. Not that I allow it, but that I thinke it not a matter worthie of contention. Thus writeth Caluine, what he would, and what he would not haue, to choose, about the buriall of the dead. Yea euen of ringing also, though hee mislike it, yet would he haue no contention for it, but modestly referreth it to the Prin­ces order. Neither disalloweth he the buriall in the Church-yarde. As for an exhortation to be made, it is the speciall thing that he would haue ob­serued at a buriall. Which exhortation, if it be a sermon ( as the English Church in Geneua allowed by Caluine doth also prescribe the same: Caluine prescribeth an exhortation or sermon at funeral [...]. then may that part of prayer, which is thankesgiuing, be vsed at the buriall of the dead. Yea and the other part of petition, though not for the dead, yet for the liuing & for the resurrection of liuing & dead, both may wel be, & are alwaies vsed in sermons, and a good part of our Brethrens sermons are most what spent in the conceauing of prayers and petitions.

Now if either exhortations or sermons be to be made at the funeralles of the dead: who should rather pronounce or make them, than the Pastor? And if this be the order of the Church of England in Geneua approued by Caluin: who also wisheth it in other Churches: haue our Brethr. here in Englande any iust cause now to mislike it? If they thinke Geneua the best, or any right reformed Church ( for I presse them not here with the Protestantes Churches in Germanie, Protestant [...] bookes of funerall ser­mons. who haue set foorth diuerse fune­rall sermons, and Spangelberges booke is of the same matter; nor with the Churches in Heluetia: and Brandmillerus booke, composed of 180. funerall s [...]ns) how can our Brethren say, as here they doe, that it is thought good to the best and right reformed Churches, to burie their dead reuerently, without any ceremonies of praying or preaching at them? Me thinkes yet of twaine, the Englishe order in Geneua appro­ued by Caluine, is farre better, than this new English order of our Bre­thren.

Zanchius in his confession of Christian religion, cap. 25. de Eccl. mili­tantis gubernatione. Aphoris. 33. treating of the buriall of the dead, Zanchius of the buriall of the dead. wri­teth on this wise. As for their bodies we doubt not, but that they are to be brought with honour to the sepulcher: euen as our Churches both in wordes and in verie deede doe teach: openly testifying, that they were the temples of the holy Ghost, now indeede destroyed, but in their [Page 818] time to be againe restored, and to be raysed vp to life and that eternally. In the meane season the very sepulchers and the Church-yards are to be kept holily and reuerently, as among vs it is done. As for the children, or parentes, the kindred and alliance of the dead, are to be comforted. And both we studie, Singing Psalmes at burials. to yeelde all the duties of humanitie, that can be yeelded: and we teach, that they ought to be yeelded. And if any thing out of the Psalmes, concerning the resurrection of the dead, be anie where soong, A sermon after the buriall. while the corps is borne, or if any sermon, after the corps is enterred, be made to the people, wherein honest mention be made, of other also which holily haue slept in the Lorde: we do neuer a whitte disallowe the same. Sith that, it is not made for the sauing health of the partie, or parties that are dead; but for the consolation and vtilitie of the liuing, and to the aedification of the whole Church. For we doe be­leeue, that the soules of the faithfull being loosed from their bodies, do passe foorthwith to Christe into heauen, and thereby haue no neede of our suffragies. Howbeit, the aedification of the Church, is alwayes vpon any occasion giuen, to be furthered. Thus reuerently writeth Zanchi­us of the manner of burying the dead not onely allowing a sermon after the buriall: but the buriall to be in the Church-yarde▪ Yea, not impro­uing singing of the Psalmes: as Caluine before referred ringing to the authoritie and order of the Prince.

And therefore our publike order of buriall appointed in the Commu­nion booke, as no whit inferiour to any of these, (if not much better) may stande well inough in state as it doth, for any reason here alleaged to the contrarie. Our Brethrens only reason is this:

Because experience hath taught▪ what inconuenience may grow ther­of, by example of that which hath beene before.

It is a good saying, Happie is he whom other mens harmes do make to beware. But both our Brethren and we must againe be as warie, least that while we feare to stomble at that which might be occasiō of like inconuenience, we both of vs should mistake non causam pr [...]sa, that to be a cause or occasion of heresies, errors, and superstition, which is no cause nor occasion of them: and so to shunne the one, runne on the otherside into as grosse or grosser inconueniences, for lacke altogether of preaching or exhortation, and that part of prayer, which is thanksgiuing at the bu­riall of the dead, as other heretofore haue done by erroneous and super­stitious abusing of the same. But our Brethren drawing now to the con­clusion of these matters, The learned disc. pag. 75. & 76. say.

And as they are not to be excused, if any for small trifles onely, rayse vp hote contentions: so they haue much to aunswere before God, that suffer the people of God to lacke the only foode of their soules for such humane Constitutions.

[Page 819] Whether any of these thinges afore-saide, Hote con­tentions. for the which our Bre­thren rayse vp these hote contentions, as the burying in the Chauncell, Bridges Church, or Church-yarde, the buriall with more pompe or lesse, the laying of the corpse towardes the East: Ho [...] vnex­cusable they are that contend for small trifles. the womans white rayle the mid­wiues going with her to Church, and the Clerkes attēdance on her home, be trifles and small trifles, yea, in comparison verie nyfles, or no: let other Iudge. And yet must these be added to the residue, that the Churching or thankesgiuing of women after their child-birth, might altogether be o­mitted: and that among the superstitions vsed in buriall, no kinde of praying nor preaching should be vsed. If preaching be the soules foode: who did last forbidde it? And besides these thinges, what sturre and hote contentions haue béene raysed vp, for a number of other thinges, which in regarde of preaching ( though otherwise in their kindes and degrées they be comely and decent, yet in that respect) may be accounted for small trifles? And therfore I would wish our Brethren to take good héede, what here they say, that they are not to be excused, if any for small trifles on­ly rayse vp hote contentions: sith this toucheth themselues néerer than they wéene.

What maketh them to cast foorth these spéeches? But that they thinke, eyther these matters, for which they thus contende, are matters of great importaunce: or else, that not they, How farr [...] thinges in­different be­ing authori­zed, are to be conten­ded for. but we rayse vp suche hote contentions for them. And indéede, though in their owne nature many of them be indifferent: yet, being by lawefull authoritie ordeyned to be vsed, for publike order, and for comelinesse: they are become hereby more important, than that it may be lawefull to any priuate man, at his owne voluntarie to shake them off, except by the like lawefull authori­tie, whereby they were brought in, they shall be remooued. Yea, in this case we are bounde to be hoate for defence of them also (so wée ex­céede not the boundes of Christian charitie) both for obedience to the lawefull authoritie that made them, and also for the order and comeli­nesse sake, for which they were authorized, not to sée them impugned; sithe that in the impugning of them, not onely the obeyer yéelding to them is defaced: but the lawes and Magistrates authoritie in making them, is violated and indaungered. Wherein, although the defenders be hoate, yet properly not the defenders, Not the de­fendants but oppugners, the raisers of these hote contentions. but the impugners are indéede the verie raysers of these hoate contentions. And therefore by this their owne saying, our Brethren are not ( in this behalfe) to be excused, but rather (with griefe, and in charitie be it spoken) to be accused, yea they accuse in these wordes their owne selues, as disturbers of the Churches quiet.

Neither can they shelter themselues vnder this worde, onely; saying: they raise not vp this hote contentions for small trifles onely: but that a­mong [Page 820] their quarells, Humane constituti­ons. there are some of great importance. For, let anie of thē be of what importance soeuer they shalbe found to be: ought they (on­ly or not only) to raise such hote contentions for any suche small trifles? Now as in this point, they plainly make themselues not excusable: so much more, in adding these wordes:

So haue they much to answere before God, that suffer the people of God to lacke the only food of their soules, for such humane cōstitutiōs.

Verily, this goeth néerer to the quicke. For howsoeuer we may shufle out aunsweres one to another: The vnexcu­sablenes of our Brethr. in with­drawing al­together of themselues from the ministerie of the word for these consti­tutions. when we shall come to aunswere before God, we can not so answere before him. For if none should suffer the peo­ple of God to lacke the only foode of their soules for such humane con­stitutions: shall our Brethren be excusable, that being lawfully called to the office of distributing this only foode of our soules, do altogether with drawe themsemselues, and that onely ( if they will afforde them no better title) for such humane constitutions? But they say, the fault is not in them: for they would gladly continue in feeding the people of God, if they might be suffred.

Yet doth this their owne saying, still make them vnexcusable. For sée­ing they be but such humane constitutions, as should be rather suffered, than that they should suffer the people of God to lacke the only foode of their soules; they suffring this, for not suffring the other; do invincibly re­charge themselues, that herein they haue much to aunswere before God.

If our Brethr. reply, that these humane constitutions, for which they suffer the people of God ( as farre as in them lyeth) vtterly to lacke the onely foode of their soules, Whether our humane constitutiōs be such as our Brethr. can not re­ceaue with reteyning their functions be such as by no meanes are sufferable, and can not be ioyned with the deliuery of the worde of God: this requireth to be better proued, than yet it is. Which if they can proue, then wee must néedes yéeld the fault to be in vs, and that we haue much therein to aun­swere before God, and to crie God heartily mercy, and ioyne them. And also (I hope) vpon such proofe, euery good man will do. But (for my part) I could neuer yet sée this proued. As for any humane constitution, that our cōmunion booke, and the Eccl. gouernment of our Church of England doth require of them: hath bin further by others & I also (I trust) haue e­uidently & sufficiently proued, for those that as yet we haue séene, that they are none other humane constitutions, but such as may well stande with the Pastors feeding the people of God, with the onely foode of their foules, to wit, the word of God. And therefore, they haue much to aun­swere, who (by their not yéelding to them, but rather cleane forsaking the Pastorship cōmitted to them, and ministerie of the word and sacraments) are the cause their selues, that they be not suffred to preach; and so suffer the people to lacke the only foode of their soules, for thinges, which are in comparison farre inferiour matters.

[Page 821]But to conclude ( say our Brethren) it is the dutie of euerie true Pa­stor to obserue those things that are concluded by the lawfull authoritie of the Church, Controlmēt of the churches conclusions. concerning ceremonial matters for order and comelines sake, and for aedification, and not to controll publike order, The learned disc. Pag. 76. by his pri­uate iudgement but vpon great and waightie causes.

This is a good conclusion, that our Brethren do here make of all these matters. But do they not yet sée, how flatly withall they conclude against themselues? For we are now in hand with ceremoniall matters: And the whole Church o [...] England hath fully concluded long since, Bridges. & that by law­full authority, that these things are to be obserued, what things a true Pa­stor must obserue and not control. cōcerning ceremoni­all matters, for order and comelines sake & for aedification. What folow­eth then? But as our Brethr. here do say, it is the dutie of euery true Pa­stor to obserue those thinges, and not to controll publike order, by his priuate iudgement. How then doe our Brethren in controlling and not obseruing those things, obserue the dutie of true Pastors? Do they think that their iudgement is not priuate iudgement? But what is it else? For although they were some greater number of Pastors thā they be: yet being compared to the lawfull authority of the whole Church of Englande, they are but priuate Pastors, and their iudgement priuate, especially beeing depriued (by lawfull authoritie) of their Pastorship, or rather, exauthora­ting themselues of the ministery. Do they think this exception, Our Brethr. their selues and their iudgement priuate. which they reserue for the last cast, (and place it as a rereward in the end of this con­clusion but vpon great and waightie causes,) will be a sufficient starting hole to saue all vpright, & themselues frō pronouncing the definitiue sen­tence against themselues, that their doing is not the dutie of true Pastors? No▪ that will not helpe them. For, these matters beeing but ceremoniall matters ( as they call them) and so not great and waightie: what great & waightie causes should moue a true Pastor, by his priuate iudgement, to controll publike order▪ in those thinges that are concluded by lawefull authoritie of the Church, concerning ceremonial matters for order and comlines sake & for aedification? Shal any priuate man thinke (if he think them to be indéede the Church of God) that the Churches concluding of those thinges by lawefull authoritie, proceeded not of greater and waigh­tier causes, than his controllment? And therefore, except men shall make so litle & light account of the true Church of God, and of her conclusions and orders by lawefull authoritie, as to preferre euerie priuate mans or Pastors priuate iudgement before hers: our Brethren by this their owne conclusion, Cont [...]mpt of the chur­ches conclu­sions & law­full autho­ritie. must either néedes yéeld to the Church of Englandes publike conclusion and lawfull authoritie, concerning these ceremoniall mat­ters, that they are to be obserued for order and comelines sake and for ae­dification, as the Church of England hath decréed them, and not to con­troll publike order by priuate iudgement: or else let our Brethr. herken [Page 822] to their owne conclusiue sentence and determination, The power of order & iurisdicti­on. that they do not the dutie of true Pastors. And thus much also for these ceremonies.

We haue hetherto intreated of the proper dutie of a Pastor himselfe: now it followeth, The learned disc. Pag. 76. that we likewise set foorth his authoritie in common gouernement with the Elders. But least any man should mistake that, which we purpose to say of his authoritie, we haue need to expresse what we meane by this worde authoritie. For euen those things that we haue shewed before to be the dutie of a Pastor, may also be called his autho­ritie, as to preach and teach, wherein is included his authoritie to for­giue and reteine sinnes. Also his authoritie to minister the sacraments, and to doe other thinges in the Church, which none may doe but he. But in this place we vnderstande authoritie, for power of gouernement in the Church. 1. Cor. 12.28. Whereof the Apostle speaketh, that it is one of the gra­ces and giftes of God necessarie for the building of his Church. This authority of regiment we haue declared that it ought not to be a Lordly ruling, 1. Pet. 5.3. Luke. 23.26. neither ouer their flocke: nor yet ouer their fellow seruants and brethren: 2. Cor. 1.14. and least of all, that they ought to haue dominion or Lord­ship ouer the faith of the Church.

Bridges. Our Brethren here promise to sette foorth that part of the Pastors au­thoritie, which they say, he hath, not of the proper dutie of a Pastor him­selfe, but in common gouernement with the Elders. The Pastors authoritie in common gouernemēt with the El­ders. But because these wordes, as they are grounded on the presupposall of that Eldershippe, which they make one part of their Ecclesiasticall Tetrarchie, not dealing with the woorde: so promising [...]o treate of the authoritie of the Pa­stor in common gouernement; they séeme their selues to doubt, that (except they should expounde what they meane thereby) it might easi­ly bee mistaken what they meant. Neither doubt they this mistaking without a cause, which of purpose shunne the plaine and vsuall approo­ued distinction, of the authoritie or power of the order, and of the iu­risdiction. But what-so-euer authoritie of the Pastor they will nowe sette foorth, and make playne what they meane thereby: when as they faye, For euen those thinges which wee haue shewed before to be the dutie of a Pastor, may also bee called his authoritie, as to preache and teach, wherein is included his authoritie to forgiue and retaine sinnes: if this authoritie of the Pastor to forgiue and retayne sinnes, How our Brethren beginning to include the Elders in the power of binding and loosing do exclude thē [...]rom it. bee in­cluded in his authoritie of preachinge and teaching: and withall, this bee a thing appertaining to the proper dutie of a Pastor himselfe, as also is his authoritie to minister the Sacramentes, and to doe o­ther thinges in the Churche which none may doe but hee: then haue not the Elders to deale in the authoritie of forgiuing and retay­ning sinnes. For if they shoulde; they shoulde intermeddle with the worde. For this is included in preaching and teaching. But our Bre­thren [Page 823] exclude the gouerning Elders from preaching and teaching: The Pa­stors auth. in common. there­fore withall they exclude them from the authoritie of forgiuing and re­tayning sinnes. And this by the way is not vnnecessarie to bee héere obserued, because afterwarde they giue authoritie of forgiuing and re­tayning sinnes, vnto the gouerning Elders, which they confesse are not Teachers, nor Preachers, nor dealers at all with the worde. But doeth not this authoritie of the Pastor belong to iurisdiction? And therefore not onely the authoritie of his order, to which properly preaching and teaching, and ministring the Sacramentes doe appertayne: but the authoritie also of iurisdiction, to which the power of forgiuing and re­tayning sinnes appertayneth, is the proper dutie of the Pastor himselfe, which none may doe but he, and is an authoritie separate from that his authoritie which is in common gouernment with the Elders, or with any other which are not Pastors in the Church.

And as for that power of gouernment in the Church, whereof the A­postle speaketh, 1. Cor. 12.28. What that power of gouernment was whereof S. Paule speaketh▪ Cor. 12.28. That it is one of the graces and gifte, of God, necessarie for the building of his Church: S. Paule maketh not all the gra­ces and giftes of God, which there he speaketh of, necessarie for the buil­ding of his Church, if we speake of such perpetuall necessitie, as that the Church can neuer be without them. For S. Paul reckoneth vp there great offices, graces and giftes of God, that are not necessarie in that sense. As euen the first office that he beginneth there withall, of Apostles, besides the giftes of healinges, the giftes of powers or of working mightie my­racles, and the gifts of diuerse kinds of languages. All which are not now so necessary in our dayes, (nor many hundreth yeres sithence) to the buil­ding of Gods Church. Neither is it agréeed vppon by the best interpre­ters, what manner of grace and gift of God, this power of gouernment in the Church was, which S. Paule in that place speaketh of. For albe­it Beza say: he declareth the order of Elders that were keepers of the Discipline and policie Ecclesiasticall: yet sayth Aretius, it is a politicall facultie of administring the common weale, and of ruling others com­modiouslie, and of conseruing them in order, which gift is necessarie in Magistrates. And while the Churche wanted a politique Magistracie, certaine choosen Elders gouerned the assemblyes of the faithfull, as it were an ordinarie Magistracie. Aretius in 1. Cor. 12. Elders go­uerning till publike Ma­gistrates came. Héere in déede hée sayeth, this gifte is necessarie, but he addeth in whome, to witte, in Magistrates: and yet he specifieth in what kinde of Magistrates, to witte, politicall, and in the administring of the common wealth, not the Ecclesiastical discipline. And withall, he limiteth a time, how long this gift of gouernmēt in these Elders continued in the Church, to wit, while the Church wanted a po­litike Magistracie. As who say the gift of this gouernement in the Elders is ceased long since▪ and not now necessarie, the Church hauing a politike [Page 824] Magistracie, Politicall Gouernors. in whom the gift of gouernment is still necessarie, and not in such Elders.

And in this sense I denie not Caluines interpretation. Caluine in 1. Cor. 12. Gouernours, I interprete Seniors, which were the Presidentes of Discipline. For the first Church had her Senate, that helde the people in the honestie of ma­ners, which thing Paule declareth otherwhere, whē as he setteth downe a double order of Elders, the gouernment therfore consisted of Elders, which excelled others in grauitie, experience and authoritie. So that, although Caluine distinguish the order of these Elders into two sortes, as doe our Brethren, (which yet no necessitie doth enforce:) neuerthelesse, he both restrayneth this their gift of gouernment, to the honestie of ma­ners, not to any Ecclesiasticall orders: and he maketh this office and Se­nate not to be perpetuall, but as a thing that ceased, he sayth, prima Eccle­sia habuit. the first Churche had her Senate, as who say, it went no fur­ther. And so wee may say, The first Churche had Apostles, Prophets, E­uangelistes, and diuerse giftes of healinges, miracles, tongues, &c. The ordinarie offices of which giftes haue long since ceased. And therefore we can nowe make no ordinarie nor necessarie plea vppon them, nor the go­uerning Ecclesiasticall Elders that our Brethren would erect are suche Elders.

To the larger and better manifestation whereof, Gualter ( expounding this worde, Gualter in 1. Cor. 12. Gouernmentes sayth: The seuenth place in this order set­teth downe gouernmentes, by whom is comprehended politicall men, which in matters of this world helped any bodie, and tooke intelligence of their causes, if any shoulde arise among the Christians. For as it is sayde in the sixt chapter, the Apostles would not that those which pro­fessed Christe, should contende for their goods, or for other matters pertayning to this life, before the tribunall seates of the Ethnikes. Pru­dent men therefore and exercised in the vse of matters, were appointed to the ouersight of such causes. By whose authoritie and Councell the contentions were decided. The same also were publikly present with the Church, if any thing were to be done before the Proconsuls or the pre­sidentes. Which thing there is no doubt, but that it hapned oftentimes. To conclude, they with their Counsels and prudence (euen as it were certaine shipmasters gouerned the Churches being then tossed among the diuerse daungers of matters. At this day there is not in publike, such neede of such persons, No neede of such go­uernors in these daies. sith that (as we haue aboue-sayd) the Magistrates are Christian, by whose authoritie all these thinges may more happily be dispatched. And we ought to acknowledge the singular benefite of God, which in these last dayes, vouchsafeth to giue vnto his Church, both po­litike and Eccl. Gouernours, euen as in the olde time hee promised by Esaias. Let none therefore lightly disturbe the order instituted of God, [Page 825] that (trampling downe the authority of Princes and of Magistrates) he shoulde institute a newe senate, The gifs of powers. that shoulde challenge to themselues a right and Empire, The abuse of the po­pish. (or authority) of commaunding) ouer them. This thing in the olde time did certaine Bishop [...], perhaps of a good zeale. Howbeit that matter turned at the length into a Pontificall tyranny, & for the ambition of a fewe, did vtterly ouerturne the Christian state. Let the Princes knowe againe, that they are the members, not the Lords of the Church. And therefore let them vse their Empire to the defence thereof, and direct all their counsailes to this scope, that the order and safety thereof may be preserued.

Thus, euen where Gwalter speaketh against the abuses of Princes, & of the Popish Bishops: yet doth hée acknowledge both their lawfull autho­rities: and sheweth what the authority of this seniory was, to wit, a méere publike gouernment all in seculer, and not in ecclesiasticall matters: and how long it continued: how vnnecessary nowe it is: howe it is not the or­der instituted by God for vs, but the very disturbance of it: and that this senate can not be nowe brought in a new, without the trampling downe of the very Princes & Magistrates authority. To conclude, these gouern­mentes that S. Paule héere nameth, are nothing that grace, gift or office, which our Brethren héere pretende, for their senate of gouerning Elders. Which Gwalter rather likeneth vnto the gift of powers, which S. Paule before in that place did mention.

In the fourth place ( saith Gwalter) proceeding these gifts are rec­koned vp, powers for those that exercise lawfull power in the Church. These were seniors, which beeinge set ouer the Discipline, corre­cted them that had done any thing contrary to the duty of a Christian man. What was the gifts of powers and who had it. As for the wicked and obstinat they corrected them with a greater power of the spirite. For they were armed with a singuler gift, that they might also deliuer vnto the deuill to be afflicted, those that coulde not with admonitions and reproouinges bee corrected. Examples of this power were shewed from Elias and Elizeus in the olde time. Of whome he (to witte, Elias) burned vp with flames sent downe from heauen, Elias. the souldiers that were sent to take him. But this man ( to witte, Elizeus) cal­led foorth the Beares, Elizeas. which tore in peeces the Children that more sau­cily mocked him. By the same vertue (or power) Peter slue Ananias and Saphira, which presumed to lye vnto the holy Ghoste. Peter. He deliuered also Simon Magus to destruction. Paule also vsed this power against E­limas the sorceror, whome he depriued of his sight, for that he procee­ded to deceiue the proconsul of Cyprus with his lies. The same (Paule) writeth, Paule. that he deliuered to Sathan Himeneus and Alexander, that be­ing striken with some punishment, they might learne from thence forth not to blaspheme. And hereto also ought to bee referred, that which in [Page 826] threatning manner he sayth to certaine obstinate persons, Iurisdicti­on. in the second Epistle to the Corinthians: but if I shall come again I wil not spare you: sithe that ye seeke the experiment of Christe speaking in me. For in these wordes hee insinuateth not obscurely that with his wordes hee had a vertue ioyned, of perfourming that which hee spake, and of correc­ting his contemners. Why there was need of these offices then & not nowe. And in the olde time there was altogether neede of this faculty of the spirite, when as the Churches had not a Magistrate, & therefore could not vse the right of the sworde. There is no necessity to require the same at this day, when as the gift of this spirite hath ceased. And the Princes and Magistrates are Christians, who with lawes and publike authority, restraine any whosoeuer in their office, and as for the stubborne and frowarde, they punish them. Some in-deede there are, which after the example of the auncient and primitiue Churche, will institute seniors or a Senate Ecclesiasticall, which may haue Em­pire (or commaundement) euen also ouer the Magistrates them-selues, if they at any time shall not doe their duety. But those men ought first to haue made demonstration, that their seniors haue this power, whereof in present Paul speaketh. Which thing when as by no argumēt it appeareth: The friuo­lous imita­tion of the primitiue Church in the erecting vp of their senate. and neuerthelesse they deliuer to Sathan whome they will: they do alike, as if any would attempt to cleanse the lepers, to rayse the dead, & to worke such other myraclous worke. For because that in the olde time, suche thinges were commonlye doone in the primitiue Church.

Thus agayne, Gualter: and on these graces and giftes of of God, grounding this Ecclesiasticall Seniory, not of the Worde [...] ▪ Gouernmentes: but on the former worde [...], Powers: betokening such power as is myraculous, which although some Seniors in the Church than had it yet he alleageth the examples heereof, that such onely exer­cised the same in Ecclesiasticall matters, as were Ministers of the Word. But howsoeuer these Seniours were, or what power soeuer they had: he maketh them and their power, not to bée perpetuall, but abiding a while, onely for the state of that time, and so to haue ceased, after that the pub­like state of Christendome was setled, and gouerned by such princes and Magistrates as openly professed Christianity: and that from thence foorth, the Churches were not tyed to such Seniors, but that wee (after thus ma­ny ages of Christian princes) be frée from them. So that, where our Bre­thren say, they will not nowe set foorth the pastors authority, in com­mon Gouernment with the Elders: If there bée no néede of such Elders to ioyne in commons with him in his gouernment: then as the other authority was proper to him-selfe, so may this authority for power of gouernment in the Church, ( for any thing héere to the contrary) bee as proper also to him-selfe, as the other. For, if these graces and giftes where­of [Page 827] the Apostle 1. Cor. 12.28. speaketh, were such distinct offices, as our brethren say can not be, but in distinct officers, without confusion of thē: then eyther these giftes pertaine not to the Pastors, Our brethr. confusion by their el­der enter-comming in the P [...] ­stors iuris­diction. so well as to these El­ders ( as here our Brethren say they doe:) or else, if the Pastors haue au­thority in them: than haue not Elders to deale with them, except wee shoulde inferre this confession, that they woulde haue vs shunne.

But nowe, our brethren giuing this authority in common with the Elders: procéede to the limittation of the same, and say: This authority of regiment we haue declared, that it ought not to bee a Lordly ruling, neither ouer their flocke: nor yet ouer their fellow-seruants and bret. and least of all, that they ought to haue dominion & Lordship ouer the faith of the Church. Dominion and Lordship ouer the faith of the Church, we graunt none hath but almighty God, Dominion and Lord­ship. and Iesus Christe on­ly, that is both God and Man. As for the other authority, which they cal Lordly ruling ouer their flocke, or ouer their fellowe-seruauntes and Brethren: as they referre vs to that they haue declared: so I referre them to that we haue declared. And among other (I hope I haue sufficiently declared, what manner of ruling they may haue, both ouer their flocke, and ouer their fellow-seruaunts and brethren, both by the worde of God, by the practise of the Primitiue Church, and by the approbation of diuerse the best learned protestants, in the reformed Churches of our age. But how this authoritie of Gouernment, which here they giue in com­mon to the pastors with the Elders, shall be parted among them: is not yet determined. For, albeit our Brethren acknowledge, that the Pastors haue rule and authority herein, yet the forme of prayers in the English congregation at Geneua, doth deny it, and say: Pag. 43. Because the charge of the Worde of God, is of greater importaunce than that any man is able to dispence therewith: Our brethr. disagree­mēt about the pastors iurisdiction and S. Paul exhorteth to esteem them as Ministers of Christe, and disposers of Gods mysteries: not Lordes or rulers as Peter saith ouer the flocke: therefore the Pastors or Ministers cheef office, standeth in preaching the word of God and Ministring the sacraments. So that in consultations, iudgements, elections, and other politicall affayres, his counsell rather then authority taketh place. So y t by this rule, he is so far from al lordly ruling: that he hath no rule nor au­thority at all, in Common with the Elders in these matters. But of the twaine, our Brethren here say better, that hee hath authority, vnder­standing it for power of gouernment in the Church.

But say our Brethren: In all these, the man of sinne hath exalted him selfe, contrary to the worde of God: The learned Dis. Pag. 77. so that hee woulde bee heade of all the Church, Bishop of all Bishops, and haue authority to make newe articles of Fayth. Whose intollerable presumption, as wee haue long since banished out of this land, so wee wish that no steppes of suche [Page 828] Pride and arrogancy, vsurped authority. might be left beyond him: namely, that no elder or Minister of the Church shoulde challenge vnto him-selfe, or accept it, if it were offered vnto him, any other authority, than that is allowed by the spirite of God, but cheefely to be ware, that he vsurpe no autho­ritie which is forbidden by the word of God. For wherefore doe we de­test the Pope and his vsurped supremacy, but because he arrogateth the same vnto him-selfe, not onely without the warrant of Gods word, but also cleane contrary to the same?

Bridges All this section we confesse with our Brethren, and gladly subscribe vnto it, saue that we wish it not, as though it were onely to be done, and is not done: but we trust it is perfourmed already. If it bee not, let our Bre­thren prooue the contrary.

Nowe if the reasons and authorities that haue banished the Pope, doe serue to condemne all other vsurped authority, The learned disc. pag. 78. that is practized in the Church: why shoulde not all such authority be banished as well as the Pope?

And good reason too, that all other vsurped authority, that is pra­ctized in the Churche, Bridges shoulde bee as well banished as the Pope. But doe our brethren meane by these spéeches, of all other vsurped au­thoritie, that is practized in the Church, that there is any such practised in the Church, meaning the church of England? For, these words are vttered so couertly, that we might seeme in granting the consequence, that such shoulde be banished: No such au­thority nor steps therof except in these new deuises. to graunt withall, that there is some such in the church of England, remaining and practised yet among vs. But we deny that there is any such, to our knowledge, or by the Lawes approoued in this Realme. And if there bée any steppes thereof: I doubt they will ra­ther bee founde in the trake of our Brethren themselues, sooner than in a­ny part of that authoritie which is allowed to our prelates.

We can alleage against the Pope, and rightly, that which S. Iohn bap­tist did aunswere to his Disciples. The learned Dis. Pag. 78. No man can take vnto him-selfe any thing, except it be giuen him from heauen. Iohn. 3.27. Iohn. 3.27. And that saying of the Apostle to the Hebrewes: Heb. 5.4. No man may take vpon him any honoure (in the Churche of God) but hee that is called of God, as was Aaron. Insomuch that Christe him-selfe did not giue him­selfe to be an high Priest, but he that said vnto him: Thou art my sonne, this day haue I begotten thee. Hee saith in another place, Thou art a preest for euer after the order of Melchizedech. Phil. 2.6. Nowe seeing these rules are so general, that the Sonne of God him-selfe was not exempted from them, but shewed foorth the decree wherein he was authorised: by what rule can any man retaine that authority in the church of God, which is not called thereto by the word of God?

Bridges. All this againe being graunted vnto, beateth more our Brethren the [Page 829] Learned Discoursers that it doth our Bishops. Mastershop Our Brethren take vpon them more in these their pretended reformations, than eyther they haue hetherto done, or I think euer wil be able, to shew their warrant and cal­ling, authorizing them thereunto, by the worde of God.

Likewise we can alleage againe, against the supremacy of the Pope, The learned disc pag. 79. & 80. to proue that Peter was not superior to the other Apostles, that which our sauiour Christe saith to his Apostles, Luke. 22.26. Luke. 22.26. And Math. 20.25. Math. 20.25. Marke. 10.42. Mar. 10.42. It shall not bee so among you, but hee that is greatest a­mongst you, shal be as the yongest, and he that ruleth as he that serueth. And Mat. 23.8. Math. 23.8. You haue but one Master, which is Christ, and all you are all brethren. If these places prooue, that the Pope ought not to bee a­boue other Ministers of the Church: why doe they not likewise prooue that the Ministers are equall among them-selues? And for the moste part, all those arguments and authorities of Scripture, that are vsed to confute the vsurped authority of the Pope, are of as great force against all other vsurped authorities of one pastor ouer another. Bridges

These sentences of our sauiour Christe, hauing béene before alleaged by our Brethren, page 28. & 29. haue beene already sufficiently aunswe­red, that they neither forbid the titles, nor the authority, that we acknow­ledge in our Bishops, by the confession of the best writers euen among our Brethren themselues. Which sentences as they are rightly alleaged a­gainst the supremacy of the Pope, to prooue that Peter was not (such) a superior to the other Apostles, as the Papistes doe pretend: so are they not rightly alleaged, to prooue that he ha [...] neuer any kinde of superiority, but no such kinde of superiority, as the pope falsely claymeth in the name of Peter. For, not onely all the auncient Fathers, and all the best writers, ac­knowledge, (as we haue séene) some superiority in Peter, such as contrari­eth not these sentences: but also S. Paule is moste plaine herein, that S. Pe­ter had a kinde of superiority, if not to all, yet to many of the other Apo­stles. And for these sentences, Luke 22 [...] as we haue already at large considered the peyse of them: so the first sentence heere cited, alloweth in playne words, both a Ruler among them, and a greatest: so that hee bee in humilitie and seruiceablenesse, as courteous and diligent as if he were yongest, or as hee that serueth. The other place here cited: You haue but one Master, which is Christe, and al you are Brethren: prooueth clearely, Math. 32.8. that the Pope ought not to claime that mastership which he requireth: but it proueth not, that (were he otherwise a true a true faithfull Bishop) hee might haue no Ma­stership at all: for than our Brethren might not be called Masters, All master­ship not forbidden in the ministe­ry nor the title therof. neither as we (and that worthily) call M. Caluine, M. Beza, &c. Masters. But this sentence is against the Pope, not against them: because the pope, not they, woulde intrude him-selfe into that absolute and supreme Master­ship, and Lordship. Which properly and onely belongeth to our Lorde [Page 812] and Master, Iesus Christ.

But our brethren demaund: why doe they not likewise prooue, that the Ministers are equall among themselues?

And so they do, in respect of the supreme Mastership of Christe, and in respect simply of their Ministery: but, the reason why they proue not such an equality, as our brethren surmise, is, because they are spoken absolute­ly, against all kinde of superiority and Mastership among them. And therefore, where they say, that, for the most part, al those arguments and authorities of scripture, that are vsed to confute the vsurped authoritie of the pope, Vsurped au­thority. are of as great force against all other vsurped authorities of one pastor ouer another: Although this be but a loose consequent: yet we may well graunt this conclusion, for vsurped authorities. But till our Brethren can prooue some such among vs, as are vsurped: al these senten­ces, argumēts, and authorities, are but vsurped, and wrested against their authority which is lawfull.

Therefore while we entreate of the authority of the Pastors, we must take heede that we open not a Windowe to popish tyranny, The learned disc. Pag. 80. in steede of Pastorall authority, and that wee enlarge, not the bounds of authority, without the boundes of the scripture.

We also like well the caueat of this conclusion. Woulde God our bre­thren would in-déede take heede vnto it. Bridges For if it be not taken heede vn­to in time: their Pastorall authori [...] w [...]ll so enlarge the boundes thereof, that it will not onely tyrannize ouer the authority of the Doctors, Our breth. good caueat against thēselues. whom they cleane debarre from all publike exhortation, reprehension, conselati­on, and application, and ouer all their Seniory of newe Gouernors as wee shall (God willing) see in this Discourse: but ouer all the Church. And it beginneth pretily well, to abbridge the Christian Princes and ciuill Ma­gistrates supreme authority in ecclesiasticall causes, ( as in part wee haue already seene) and al without the bounds of the scripture. But this their Pastorall authority, by that time their gouerning Seniory were euery where setled and established, and had enlarged her boundes in euerye Congregation, woulde bee méetely well repressed, as we haue séene in the forme of prayers printed at Geneua. And thus woulde one enlarge it self [...]uer another, which might open, not a windowe, but the broad gates, to a worse than Popish tyrannie, and still all without the boundes of the Scripture.

Wherefore while we search the scripture, the onely rule whereby the Church of God ought to be gouerned: The learned disc pag. 80. & 81. we finde that in regiment & go­uernance of the Church, the pastor, B. or elder, hath none authority by himselfe, seperated from other. For in the Church there ought to be no Monarchie or sole absolute gouernment, but that is referred particu­larly to our sauiour Christe onely, [...]2. Tim. 6.7. Iude. 4.

[Page 813]Christe sayth, search the scriptures, Tyranni­zing. for in them ye reckon vnto your selues that ye haue eternall life, and they bear witnesse of me. Iohn. 5.39. In searching the scripture we finde this rule, Bridges. where the Apostle warneth Timothy: But abide thou in those thinges which thou haste learned, and which are of trust committed vnto thee. Gods word the rule of our faith & life. Knowing of whome thou hast learned them, and that thou hast from a childe knowne the holy scrip­tures, which are able to make thee skilfull, concerning the saluation by the fayth which is in Christe Iesu. The whole scripture inspired from God, is profitable to Doctrine, to reprehension, to correction, to insti­tution, which is in righteousnesse, that the man of God may bee perfect, being perfectly enstructed to euery good worke. 2. Tim. 3. And this wee confesse against the aduersaries of the scripture, and with our Brethren, that the diuine and Canonicall scripture as the onely rule, that conteineth all thinges perfectly, concerning fayth and the saluation which is in Ie­sus Christ, to make the man of God perfect vnto all good workes: but that the holy scripture is the onely rule, whereby the Churche of God ought to bee gouerned: vnderstanding by these wordes, Gods word hath not set down an only forme of the Churches go­uernment. that the scripture hath set downe a perpetuall and generall rule, of all the onely order of the Churches forme of externall gouernment, as well as it hath of faith, and of the morall part of mans actions and conuersation: if we search the scrp­ture neuer so much, neitheir we nor our brethrē shal euer find it. For, the church of God may safely admit, according to the diuersities of the states thereof, diuers formes and orders whereby it may be gouerned. So that nothing be withall admitted, preiudiciall to the Law, & to the Gospel, that is to say neither against faith, nor good manners, as S. Austen termeth it.

Neither is all the Gouernment of the Church, in the gouernment or authority of the pastor, Bishop or Elder. The Princes gouernmēt of the Churche of God. For the Christian Prince and ciuill Magistrate hath a gouernment of the Churche of God also, and there be diuers approoued formes, whereby princes and Magistrates go­uerne the Church of God, in the diuers parts and states thereof, besides the ecclesiasticall gouernment of pastors.

And as for that heere our Brethren say, the pastor, Bishop or Elder hath no authority by himself separated from other: These spéeches are spoken ambiguously. It is true in one sense, that neither pastor nor yet Bi­shop ( for I distinguish these tearmes that here are confusedly clapped to­gether) hath any authority by him selfe separated from other in the regi­ment of the Church: but that he hath the same in common with all other in the church that bée of his calling: and not like a pope as an A-per-se, as though none other shoulde haue it but hee onely, and all other from him: Neither hath any pastor, How the authority is not separate from other. or Bishop, or Elder any such authority by him­selfe, that can properly be sayd, to be seperated from other. For if it be se­perated from other, thē it hath no gouernment of thē, nor dealing w t thē. [Page 832] Yea, Separate authority. we graunt, that whatsoeuer authority and Pastor, or B. or elder hath, it is the Churches authority, because it is giuen vnto them that are the partes and members of the whole Church, and to the Churches vse and profite. As S. Paule sheweth, Ephes. 4.11. &c. Hee therefore gaue some to be Apostles, other prophets, other Euangelistes, other pastors and Do­ctors, to the growing together of the saints, to the worke of the Mini­stery, to the edification of the body of Christe. And the Apostle 1. Cor. 12. after he hath shewed, how the spirite of God giueth seperately his spi­rituall giftes, saying, vers. 11. But all these worketh one and the self same spirite, S. Pauls ex­ample of the mysticall body com­pared to the naturall distributing priuately euen as hee will: he addeth: for as the body is one, and hath many members, but all the members of one body, whē as they are many, are one body: so also Christe. For by one spirite we are al baptised into one body, whether Iewes or Grecians, whether seruants or free, and all haue drunke one drinke, into one spirite. For the body is not one member but many. If the foote say, I am not the hande, I am not of the body, is it therefore not of the body? and if the eare saie, I am not the eye, I am not of the body, is it therfore not of the body? If the whole body were an eye, where were the hearing? If the whole were hearing, where were the smelling? But nowe hath God placed the members euery one separately in the body? euen as he would. But if all were one member, where were the body? but nowe there are many members, and yet but one body.

Thus doth S. Paule reason, from the resemblance and proportion of the naturall body, and the regiment thereof, to the misticall. So that, al­though, what gift, facultie, power, or gouernment soeuer they haue, it is not so seperated from other by themselues, that it hath no Community with the other, nor is pertaining to them. For, it pertaineth to the whole in common, as we say also in the schooles, of the soule or life of man: anima est tota in toto, & in qualibet parte. The soule or life is whole in the whole body and in euery part. But yet euery faculty and power of the soule and life, is not in the whole body, nor in euery part therof, but in the mem­ber onely, The respects of the com­munity and seperation. that is the proper organe to the same. And so hath euery Bi­shop or pastorall Elder, some authority by him-selfe, in the regiment & gouernment of the Church, so separated from other, that other which haue not the same office, haue not the same authority. So that the com­munity in respect of the benefite, barres not the separation in respect of the exercise of the authority, and therefore faith S. Paule, 1. Cor. 12.27. You are all of the body of Christe and members in part. And some hath God ordeined in the Church, first Apostles, thē Prophetes, thirdly Do­ctors, then powers, then the giftes of healing, helpings, gouernmentes, kindes of tongues. Are all Apostles? are all prophets? are all Doctors? are all powers? haue all the giftes of healing? Doe all speake with tongs: [Page 833] doe all interpret? So that, as in the first and second degrées heere mencio­ned, the Apostles and Prophets had some power and authoritie in the re­giment and gouernance of the Church, by themselues separated from o­ther: so may we safelie conclude of the Doctors heere mencioned also (by which name our Brethren doe here comprehend both Bishops and Pastors) that they had some power and authoritie of regiment and gouernaunce in the Church, by themselues separated from other in lyke man­ner.

And this manifestlie appeareth in their practise. The Apostle Saint Paule by his Apostolicall authoritie in the Ecclesiasticall regiment and gouernance of the Church, setteth downe in diuerse places diuerse rules, some temporarie, some perpetuall, concerning orders, rites, and ceremo­nies of the Churches, without anie ioynture of those Churches authorities to whom he inioyned them. Yea, without so much as asking anie counsel of them, or deliberating with them. And 1. Cor. 11.34. he saith in generall: other things well I set in order when I come. 1. Cor. 11.34 Hee saith not, you and I together in ioynt authoritie: and yet (no doubt) he had the ioynt consent (compromit­ted to him before, and declared after) of all good men, in al those ordinances that he had made, or should make amongest them. But the authoritie was his, not theirs, & by himselfe separated from other, he exercised the same: I, not wee, (saith he) will disp [...]se them. If our Brethren saie that Paule was an Apostle, and they alleage this rule, not for Apostles, but that in the regiment and gouernance of the Church, the Pastor, Bishop, or El­der, hath none authoritie by himself separated from other: although we haue shewed alreadie that Saint Paule exercised sometimes the office of a pastorall Elder, which hee did also in Corinthus: yet, Our bre. reason from Christ deba [...] reth Apo­stles and all from anie separate au­thouritie. sith our Brethren annexe this reason, For in the Church, there ought to bee no Monarchie or sole absolute gouernment, but that is referred peculiarly to our Sa­uiour Christ onelie: Howe doth not this reason cut off Saint Paule euen as an Apostle, and all the Apostle, and all other besides our Sauiour Christ onely? Did they take vpon them the Monarchy, or sole absolute gouernement, that is referred peculiarly to our Sauiour Christ one­ly?

And what though no ordinarie Bishoppes, Pastors, nor Elders, haue in all things like authoritie as the Apostles had? Yet to take vppon them this monarchy and sole absolute gouernement peculiar to Christe one­ly, they and all the Angelles in heauen were as much debarred as anie o­ther. So then, by this our Brethrens reason, the Apostles might haue none authoritie by themselues separated from other, in the regiment & gouernment of the Church: But we sée how they had such separate au­thoritie: neither may we thinke, they inuaded Christs monarchie, or sole absolute gouernment: and therefore Christs monarchie or sole absolute [Page 834] gouernment may stand intier, & yet may some other Ecclesiasticall person haue from Christ some authority by himselfe separated from other in the regiment and gouernance of the Church. For he that hath some parte of the Monarkes authoritie, ( and that not of himselfe, but representing the Monarke) committed to him, and that to him by himselfe, separated from other, doth not forth with take the Monarchie on him, or that sole absolute gouernment, that is referred peculiarly to our Sauior Christ only, but the Apostles had and exercised so farre forth some authoritie in the regiment of the Church by themselues separated from other: that they appointed other also to take such authoritie vpon them, and giue them rules of the same.

Timothies authoritie giuen him separate to himselfe both in tea­ching and gouerning. And as we haue shewed out of our Brethren themselues, that Timothy ( whose example they would elude, vnder pretence that hee was an Euan­gelist) was the Pastor of Ephesus, and the chiefe Pastor there, [...], Anti­stes, Bishop, and that their first or Archbishop: so Saint Paule that had it and vsed it by himselfe, giueth Timothie likewise authoritie by himselfe, separated ( in respect of the authoritie) from other, and that not onelie in the function of teaching, but also in the Ecclesiasticall and publike gouern­ment of the Church. For teaching, he saith 1. Tim. 1.3. As I besought thee to abide still in Ephesus, when I departed into Macedonia, that thou shouldest com­mand some, not to teach other doctrine. And in the 4. Chap. verse. 11. &c. These things command and teach. Let no man despise thy youth, but bee vnto them that beleeue, an example in word, in conuersation, in loue, in spirit, in faith, & in pure­nesse, till I come, giue attendance to reading, to exhortation, and to doctrine. De­spise not the gift that is in thee, which was giuen thee by prophesie, with the laying on of handes of the Presbiterie (or Eldership.) These things exercise thou, in these things be thou, that they profiting may be manifest among all. Take heed [...] to thy self & to thy doctrine cōtinue these things. For doing the same, thou shalt saue thy self, and the hearers of thee. Al which authoritie as it is peculiar to y e proper dutie of thepastorall office, and in cōmon to Saint Paule, to the Apostles, Euangelists, Bishops, Pastors, & to all Elders & Ministers of the word by thēselues separate from other: ( in which part, neither anie of them, nor all they, nor al the Angels in heauen, can make, nor teach anie other Gospel:) so, for that which followeth in the next Chapter, consisting all or most of that authoritie, which our Brethren saie, they now vnderstand for power of gouernment in the Church, the Apostle ascribeth also many parts, and those the chiefe and principall partes of that authoritie, to the rule and go­uernance of Timothie by himselfe, separated from others in that autho­ritie, euen as he did before in the doctrine. And in this respect with much better reason, that in these things both Paule and Timothie had, and the Bishoppes & pastors haue more authoritie, as in matters that men might make, and some of them also alterable. As for example. Rebuke not an [Page 835] Elder ( sayth Saint Paule to Timothie, Timothies separat [...] authority. 1. Tim. 5.1.) but exhorte him as a Father. The rebuking therefore of an Elder appertained to his authoritie in the gouernment of the Church. But hee might rebuke him by him­selfe, and separated from other, that is, as well by his owne pastorall au­thoritie separated from others authoritie, as priuatlie by himselfe, or se­parating the Elders from other.

Moreouer ( saith Paule to Timothie, verse. 11.) reiect the younger wi­dowes. The reiecting therefore of the widowes ( to whome Beza ascribes an Ecclesiasticall office) appertained also vnto Timothie. And verse 19. Against an Elder admit no accusation, except vnder 2. or 3. witnesses. Not onelie therefore the hearing, and all the chiefe processe in iudgement, but the ve­rie admitting o [...] the accusation, appertained particularly to his authoritie by himselfe separated from other, though not so separated, that they might not sit with him, but that in the admitting and determining such accusati­ons, euen in the Consistorie against an Elder, and the Elder a Pastor also: the authoritie of the negatiue voice is ascribed here to him, and in his per­son to a Bishop.

This may also be referred ( saith Hemingius) vnto the honour of Priests (or Elders) that the Bishop should not giue care, Hemingius in 1. Tim. 5. to the slanderers of the life and fame of them, except they were conuicted before, by lawful wit­nesses. For if he would hearken to tale tellers, without euident know­ledge of the cause, it cannot bee but that oftentimes hee shoulde giue ouer hastie iudgement, and shoulde bee carried rashly against the inno­cent. Wherein he plainlie ascribeth the authoritie of iudgement ( ouer a Pastor accused) to the Bishop.

The proposition of this place is ( saith Aretius) that a Bishop must en­deuour himselfe, Aretius in 1. Tim. 5. that the Ecclesiasticall iudgements may most ho [...]lie be administred. He appointeth the partes from the diuision. For sinne ei­ther is hidden, and therefore by witnesses to bee conuinced: or is noto­rious, neither hath the sinner neede of witnesse, because the sinne is eui­dent, or else also hee doth confesse it. Of either of this kinde hee brieflie treateth, but he beginneth with that that is hidden. As it is wont in great men, such as are the Praesidents of the Common weale and of the Church, whose sinne is not euident, for because of their authoritie. These if they bee complained vppon, inquirie must bee made by wit­nesses. Signifieng, that the complainers must not easilie bee belee­ued.

Moreouer, that the fame and name of those that are good, must bee fauoured, that they bee not openlie defaced with euerie small rumour. First, heere I take Priest or Elder, by office and age, that is, the Mini­sters must not bee condemned, except diligent inquisition be had.

[Page 836]Nei [...]her onely the Ministers, but all persons of graue yeeres. For vnto whome God hath giuen a good name and grauitie of age, it behoueth to worshippe them in the place of parents. Therefore diligent heede is to be had, that the defamers bee not rashlye beleeued against such per­sons.

Moreouer, because such Priests or Elders were Iudges and Senatours Ecclesiasticall, that corrected other for their sinne, according to the rea­son of their fault: it is credible that they incurred the offence of many, insomuch that they shoulde not want backbiters It was therefore a mat­ter worthy of admonition, that nothing shoulde rashly bee credited a­gainst them. Neither followeth it therevpon, that witnesses shoulde bee had onely in these, and in other they must proceede without witnesses: yea rather, because in these grauitie is required: he teacheth that the same must be had in euery Ecclesiasticall iudgement. In the meane time there are many light and childish matters, in which neither the integritie of the fame nor name is touched, The rule gi­uen to Ti­mothie, is generall to all present gouernours and Bishops wherein there is no neede of like rigour. Let vs therefore establish this for a common rule, that in all Ecclesiastical iudgement the president or gouernour must haue care, that in a godly and holy sorte inquisition may be made of mens sinnes.

Thus doth likewise Aretius drawe this precept of Paule to Timothie, to a generall rule▪ that in the consistorie & in criminall causes, euen agaynst a Minister, whome he calleth also a Praesident ouer the people the hearing, that the Bishop is a higher Praesident aboue him, and hath the admittance, and his iudging of the matter.

And what differeth Beza herein from these: Be [...]ain 1. Tim. 5. Against an Elder ( sayth he) [...]. The Greekes referre this to men of more auncient yeeres, which to mee seemeth verie absurde. For although somewhat ought to be giuen to the hoare head, yet I see no cause why in this point the con­dition ought not to be alike. But in a Priest there is a farre other reason, because it is certaine that Sathan layeth his snare chieflie against this sort of men. And for that cause none are so much thrall to slaunders and backbitings. In hearing therefore the accusations of them, there is most neede of great heedfulnesse. But thou wilt saie, what is that? Heere mee thinkes some haue stumbled, while they thinke that nothing is heere praescribed of Paule, which in all iudgements is to bee obserued. And therefore they sweate much in vntying this knotte, and doo mani­festlie wreast the wordes of the Apostle, insomuch verily that some (which thing Erasmus out of a certayne Epistle written by Saint Ie­rome to Marcella rehearseth) doo cleane blotte out all that mem­ber following, and then expounde it: receiue not, that is, receiue not easilie. Howbeit I doo not suppose anie difficultie to bee [Page 834] heere, for it is one thing to admit the accusation, and anotherthing to absolue, or condemne the accused. But this is the office of a iudge, to heare anie that will accuse, A Iudges office. whom afterward if they shall not throughly proue him guiltie, he may chastise according to their deserts. But for all this, when as a Priest is accused, the Apostle would haue a certaine pecu­liar thing to be obserued, that no man shoulde bee admitted, no not so much as to accuse him, except before hand, afore two or three witnesses, he shall cause his accusation that is to come, to bee beleeued. So that the Priest be not straight waie condemned, or the cause heard in his absence. But that after it shal appare that it wil not be a friuolous accusatiō: That then at the length the guiltie partie shall be called, and that it shall bee lawfullie determined on the whole matter. But I finde the cause of this Apostolicall constitution to be two folde: to wit, By Priest or Elder, he meaneth Doctor or Teacher. because (as I said right now) none are alike thrall vnto slaunder, as are godly Doctors. And then because in a manner no priuate iudgement can bee ordained against a Priest, sith that it must needes bee ioyned with the publike offence of the whole Church. Insomuch, that although hee bee absolued, notwithstan­ding some imfamie therevpon shall redound to the whole Church, and that there should bee neede of great caution, not onelie in iudging him, but also in admitting his accuser. Moreouer, we must note out of this place▪ that Timothie in the Ephesine Presbiterie, was then [...], that is, (Antistes) the Bishop, as Iustine calleth him, not that he should doe all things, as he listed, but that for his godlinesse and wisedome hee shoulde moderate all things, that all things in the assemblie should bee well done and in order.

Thus doth euen Beza also not onelie acknowledge Tymothie to haue bene the Bishop of the Church of Ephesus: but also that both he had, and e­uerie Bishop by this rule ought to haue this authoritie of moderation, whe­ther anie accusation, ( and how farre forth) shoulde be admitted against a Pastoral Elder, This autho­ritie was se­parate vnto Timothie. and in hearing and determining the cause to be his iudge. Which authoritie ( in so great a Consistorie as then and there was) beeing singled and separated out from other vnto him: how had other anie parte with him of the same? And as it was thus in triall of matters pleaded be­fore him: so if anie Pastors were found to haue openly offended, Timothie againe in the next verse (and in Timothie euerie Bishop) hath authoritie giuen him ouer anie such pastors openly to reproue them. And the reason is a [...]ded by the Apostle, That the other also ( speaking especiallie of the o­the [...] Pastors) may haue feare. From hence ( saith Aretius) is this noble ar­gument drawen. Feare in the church is to be confirmed, Aretius. therfore Eccle­siastical iudgemēts are grauely to be administred: so that, sith the Bishops authoritie should be such, as shoulde strike feare in the other pastors, it is apparant, they had not the same nor equall authoritie with him.

[Page 856] And so Hyperius referreth all this in generall to the authoritie of Bi­shops, though the matter be brought before the Church, and that the Bi­shops should seeme to fauour their sinnes, if he dealt not thus. And hée concludes in these wordes, But of what matter the Priests (or Elders) may be accused and reproued before the Bishop, it were long to dispute. And the next verse declares yet further his separate authoritie, I charge thee before God, and the Lord Iesus Christ, and the elect Angels, that thou obserue these things, without preferring one before another, and do no­thing partially. This contestation ( saith Hemingius) wherwith as it were with an oathe, Paul bindeth Timothie, declareth howe harde the office of a Bishop is. How the Bishoppe shoulde doe these things. And it containeth a verie serious admonition, least that in the sight of so great witnesses, God the Father, Christ, and the elect An­gels, (he calleth these elect, for the difference of the reprobate) he should doo anie of those things that pertaine to the office of a Bishoppe, of pri­uate affections. But that he should doo all things lawfully and orderlie, to the glorie of God, and to the edification of the Church, according to the praescribed Canons, preferring none to any thing for priuate causes. And speaking of the diuerse readings of this sentence, he saith: al these readings although they differ in wordes, yet they offer the same sentence, that is to wit, a Bishop according to the Canons praescribed of Paule, shoulde doo and iudge al things, esteeming more the verity of the cause, than the con­dition of the person. Which thing verilie is in common commended to all Iudges, Exod. 18. Wherein ( saith Beza) he is sayd of the Grecians, [...], The office of a Iudge. to giue preiudicate iudgement, that accounteth anie man as excel­cellent and choise. But a Iudge ought in iudging to laie downe all these opinions, as he that sitteth not to iudge of the persons, but of the cause, &c. For a Iudge ought to weigh the rights of the pleaders, as it were in a ballance, so that he should incline to neither parte Otherwise it will not be a right iudgement. But a Iudges authoritie in all such iudgements i [...] the chiefest on the bench, A Iudges office is an of­fice separate from all the bench. whosoeuer sit with him as assistant: neither doth he (howsoeuer he communicate with other in councell & deliberation) ioyne anie with him in the authoritie of iudgement: the Bishop therefore bée­ing such a Iudge, in these matters pertaining to the Ecclesiastical regimēt and gouernance of the Church: we finde by searching of the Scripture, that a Bishop hath authoritie by himselfe separate from other, cleane con­trarie to our Brethrens saying.

Neither hath the Bishoppe this authoritie onely, concerning their liues and conuersation. But for their verie entrie and admittance also into the ministerie, al the authoritie of being ordained was to passe (by whom so e­uer they were elected) by his onelie ordeining of them, as appeareth fur­ther, verse 23. Laie handes lightlie on no man. And although Beza heere doe abridge this his authoritie in ordaining Ministers, and saie: Laie handes [Page 853] &c. that is, admit not euerie one lightlie to haue anie Ecclesiasticall fun­ction, to wit, so much as in thee is. For neither all the authoritie laie in Timothie alone, but by election made of the suff [...]agies (or voices or the whole Church, as we haue sayd, Beza restrayning the Bi­shops autho­ritie. Act. 14. d. 23. and appeareth by the ele­lection of Matthias, and of the Deacons. And then afterward, the [...] or Bishoppe, in the name of the Presbiterie, did by the imposition of handes consecrate vnto the Lorde the elected partie, as is abouesayde 4. d 14.

But al this ouer nice mincing, serueth not the turne, for, The electiō of Matthias Act. 14 in the elections which Beza héere citeth for example of like manner, there is great diffe­rence. In the example of Matthias, Act. 1. his election was by lot, and not by voices, nor anie laying on of hands is there mencioned. In the Dea­cons, Act. 6. the multitude chose them, and the Apostles, not anie of the o­ther Elders, laide their handes on them. And as for the example, Act. 14. whereof although we haue seene som what alreadie, yet so often as our bre­thren leade vs to this place, which is one of their principall sanctuaries to which they runne: it shall not be amisse so often to shew, that they claime a wrong priuiledge. And first, that it was done by the peoples voices & hol­ding vp their handes, as a testification of their consentes vnto them, which the wordes of the text doe not inforce. [...], but ordeining by the hande vnto them, Priests (or Elders) by euerie Church: although Erasmus interpret [...], Erasmus. quum creassent per suffra­gia: and when they had created by voices Elders vnto them: Caluine. whom Cal­uine followeth, saying: The word [...] signifieth to discerne by holding vp the handes, as is wont to be done in solemnities or assemblies of the people.

And Beza followeth him, saying: This word sprang of the custome of the Grecians, which gaue their voices with their hands held out. Beza. Where­vpon sprang that decree noted of Cicero for Lucius Flaccus, they stret­ched out their hands. And diuerse others most excellent learned among our Brethren and vs, followe that translation: and albeit our Geneua translation saith, And when they had ordeined them Elders by election, but adding this note in the margine: The word signifieth to elect by put­ting vp of hands, which declareth, that Ministers were not made without the consent of the people: yet (with the good leaue and reuerence of all these singular learned men bee it spoken) not onelie no necessitie driueth them to this interpretation: but I sée not (though I woulde bée right gladde to learne) howe it can stande with the sense and reason of the Lert.

For first the text maketh there no mencion at all of their election, The wordes of the text m [...]nc [...]ō not election. wher­of we doubt not, but that they were not made without the consent of the people. But the question is, who did make, create, or ordaine them? [Page 840] Whether the people together with Paul and Barnabas: Election. The worde [...] [...] referred onelie to Paule and Barnabas. or Paul and Bar­nabas onelie? But it is most euident that the word [...], is referred onely to Paule and Barnabas: and therefore whatsoeuer the people did in voic [...], or hands, in the election; the handes onely of Paule and Barnabas were in the creating and ordaining of them. And although that the Hea­then Grecians had such an vse, that when a lawe or decree was to bee ap­proued of the people, they gaue their consent therunto in their great assem­blies, by holding vp their hands: yet to take the word here in such a pro­phane sense, me thinkes Caluine aunsweres himselfe sufficientlie: Not­withstanding the Ecclesiasticall writers vse the name [...] in another sense. that is to wit, in a solemne custome of ordaining, which in the Scriptures is called the laying on of hands. Moreouer, by this forme of speaking is excellentlie expressed the lawfull manner in creating Pastors. Paule and Barnabas are sayd to choose the Elders. Paul & Bar­nabas modera [...]ors of the election Doe they this alone by their priuate office? Yea tather, they permit the matter to the voices of them all. Therefore in the Pastors that were to bee created, there was a free election of the people. But, that nothing should be done tumultu­ouslie, Paule and Barnabas (as it were moderators) had the gouernment. Thus ought the decree of the Councell of Laodecia to bee vnderstoode, which forbiddeth the election to be permitted to the people.

Thus writeth Caluine. Wherein he driueth all to the election. But the worde [...], importeth by his owne interpretation, and by the Ecclesi­call custome in the Scripture, the ordination by laying on of handes. A [...] for the election was another matter, which then in parte pertayned to the people. And yet therein Paule and Barnabas had a seuerall higher autho­ritie by themselues, than anie other had ioyntly with them.

As for the decree in the Councell of Laodicia, ( which was holden a­bout the yéere of our Lord 360.) the words and meaning are plaine, Chap. 13. That it must not be permitted vnto the people, to make election of them, that were to be promoted vnto Priesthood. What tumultes they had found therein, I remit to the Ecclesiasticall histories. So that we can­not (as Caluine doth) vnderstand the words of the Councell so, as that they onelie take awaie the moderation of the voices from the people: for that they neuer had so much, The peoples election no necessary or anie materi­all part of making pa­stors. as to bee moderators of their owne voices. But the Councels meaning is most apparant, that the people should no lon­ger haue anie voices at all to elect the pastor. And therefore that auncient Councell ( in making this decree) declareth, that they tooke not the peoples election to be anie necessarie and materiall part of creating, ordaining, or consecrating of a Pastor.

But whatsoeuer authoritie our Brethren would renue vnto the peo­ple, concerning election: What is that to the ordaining of him? The ele­ction maketh him but ordinable or capable to be ordained As for that ex­ample [Page 841] which Beza addeth, Imposition of hands. Act. 4. mencioneth indéede Imposition of hands of the presbiterie or eldership: The impo­sition of hands of the presbiterie. Which word if we shoulde heere vnder­stand, for a number of Elders, that laide their hands on him, ( which Cal­uine saith we néede not do, and we haue shewed the contrarie:) yet, neither followeth it of necessitie, that they were anie Elders that dealt in the go­uernment of the Church and not in the word, as Beza himself confesseth: neither that this imposition of hands on him, was at his first creating, mi­nister of the word or pastor, but on some other occasion, and therefore saith Beza, [...]. id est, [...]. of Prophesie, that is, to pro­phesie, or in prophesie, as Rom. 4. b. 11. or by prophesie, that is, the holie Ghost by the mouth of the Prophets so commending, as is aboue sayde, Chap. 1. d. 18. howbeit because mencion is made of the gifte bestowed vpon him: I prefer the former interpretation. For it is more probable, when as he had alreadie an excellent gift of prophesie, that hee was cho­sen for a while, to wit, vntill he were of the Lorde called to some other place, for he was an Euangelist. Which laying on of hands out of doubt did confirme the grace of God in him, as 2. Tim. 1. b. 6. But of Prophets, what was their function hath often bene declared of vs. Imposition of hands pertained to pastors. Of the presbite­rie [...], that is, of the order of the Priestes or Elders. In the which name it is probable, that the companie is signified of all them, which la­boured in the word, in the Church of Ephesus, as Act. 20. d. 27. and f. 28. For sometimes these names of Bishops and Priests, yea, and of Deacons also are generall. See, Phil. 1. a. 1. a certaine fellowe translateth it the Senate, as in another place for the Church, hee sayde, the common weale.

Thus writeth Beza, of the imposition of hands, and of the presbiterie, both counting the name Senate, too prophane a name of the presbiterie: and ascribing the imposition of handes, to those onelie that were labourers in the word: and that Timothie was a minister of the word before this im­position of their hands.

But if now we shall vnderstand, that in this place 1. Tim. 4.14. by lay­ing on of hands vpon Timothie, was also meant the ordaining or crea­ting of him a minister of the word, as Saint Paule meaneth it in his pre­cept to Timothie, 1 Tim. 5.22. and as Caluine taketh it: let vs sée againe what Caluine saith thereon: He saith that grace was giuen vnto him by prophesie. How? To wit, because (as we sayde before) the holy Ghost by Oracle appointed Timothie, that hee shoulde bee chosen into the or­der of pastours. For he was not chosen onelie by the iudgement of man, as is wont to be done, but the calling of the spirite went before. He saith it was giuen him with the imposition of handes. Wherein hee signifieth, that together with the ministery he was also indued with necessary gifts. It was vsuall and solemne to the Apostles to ordaine Ministers, by the [Page 860] imposition of handes. Separate authoritie. And veri [...]y of this custome, and of the originall and signification thereof, I haue touched somewhat before, and the resi­due may be gathered out of my Institution. The Presbiterie: they which thinke this worde is collectiue, put for the Colledge of the Priests (or El­ders) doe in my iudgement thinke well. Notwithstanding (all thinges weighed) I graunt that the other sense, dooth not ill agree [...]hereto, that it should be the name of the office, &c. And because Beza referreth the expounding of this place, to the 2. Tim. 1.6. on these wordes: VVherefore I warne thee that thou stirre vp the gifte of God which is in thee by the imposition of my handes. Let vs sée againe withall what Caluine saith thereon: There is no doubt but that Timothie was wished for with the common desire of the Church, and not elected by the priuate will of Paule alone. But it is not absurde, that Paule shoulde ascribe the election priuatlie to him­selfe, whereof hee was the chiefest author. Although here he rather trea­teth of the ordeining of him than of the electing, that is, of the solemne custome of his being instituted.

Moreouer, it dooth not cleerelie appeare, whether that when any was to be consecrated, all were wont to lay their hande vpon his head, or one onelie in the place and name of all. My coniecture rather inclineth vnto this, The separat authoritie of one in imposition of hands. that there was one onelie which layde his handes vpon him. How­beit, it may bee doubted, whether this present imposition of handes bee referred to his ordaining, because at that time the graces of the spirite, whereof Saint Paule treateth to the Romanes▪ Chap. 12. and 1. Corin. 13 were conferred by imposition of handes vnto many also which were not instituted Pastors. But I easilie gather of the former Epistle, that Paule treateth heere of the Pastors office. For this place agreeth with that: Neglect not the grace which is giuen to thee with the imposition of the handes of the Presbiterie. Whereby it appeareth that the handes of the Presbiterie in the ordaining and consecrating a pastor might bee well inough not the handes of many, but of one alone, that had principall authoritie aboue the other in that action.

And as Paule testif [...]eth thus of his owne manner of ordaining Timothie: so hee procéedeth in his precept to Timothie, 1. Tim. 5.23. Laie handes lightlie on no man. Whereon sayth Caluine: Caluinus in 1. Tim. 5. There is no doubt but that hee woulde put awaie enuie from Timothie, and meete with many complaintes, that oftentimes arise against the godly seruauntes of Christe, which refuse to obey the ambitious praiers of anie who­soeuer. For some accuse them of roughnesse, some of enuie, some crie out that they bee cruell, because they doo not by and by admit those that vaunt themselues by anie manner of commendation. Of which thing at this daie wee haue too much experience. Paule there­fore [Page 857] exhorteth Timothie, Sole abso­lute authoritie. not to goe from his grauitie, nor suffer him­selfe to bee ouercome with preposterous studies. Not that Timothie had so much neede of such admonition, as that by his authoritie hee might represse those, which otherwise might bee troublesome vnto Timothie. First the imposition of hands signifieth the ordination, that is, the signe is taken for the thing it selfe. For hee forbiddeth that he shoulde of too much facilitie admit anie, which as yet is not so tried a man. The Bishops authority in set out by the authori­ritie of Ti­mothie. For some there are which for the studie of noueltie would haueeuerie man though most vnknowen, to bee promoted so soone as euer he hath set forth anie one shew or other that liketh them. It behoueth a graue & prudent Bi­shop to resist this importunate desire, euen as Paul heere commendeth Timothie to do.

In which wordes Caluine draweth this especiall rule to Timo­thie, to a generall rule to all Bishoppes to doe the like. As likewise heerevpon doth Hemingius. Hemingius He addeth (saith he) another Counsell, or an other Canon concerning those that are to bee ordained to Ecclesiasticall offices, that he shoulde not laie handes vpon anie that is not fit or pro­ued inough, that is, that hee shoulde ordaine none to an Ecclesiasticall functiō. For by (the Figure called) Metonimia, the signe is put for the thing signified. Hee requireth heere a stoute Bishop which shoulde not admit euery one by and by vnto an Ecclesiasticall office, but onely tryed euen according to the former Canons.

Aretius likewise draweth this precept to an ordinarie and general rule for Bishops. Aretius. A Bishop ( saith he) must doo his diligence to be heedfull and wary in Ministers that are to bee chosen. For heerein also is a fault, euen in celerity and rashnesse of iudgement, that a man shuld iudge him to bee fit, which is nothing so.

Thus doe all these, and a number moe of excellent Protestantes a­gree, that not onelie Saint Paule giueth this power of gouernement in the Church, as a peculiar authoritie to Timothie to ordaine Mini­sters, and to repell those that hee thought vnméete: but also that heere­in and in the pointes aforesayde. Timothy is a patt [...]r [...]e for all other Bishops to follow.

Sith therefore Saint Paule maketh a rule heereof, and this rule stret­cheth to the duetie, and so to the authoritie of all Bishoppes: I meruaile how our Brethren can iustifie that which heere they affirme. That while wee search the Scripture, the onely rule whereby the Church of God ought to be gouerned, we finde that in the regiment and gouernance of the Church, the Pastor, Bishop, or Elder, hath no authoritie by himselfe separated from other.

As for the reason which our Brethren render: for in the Church there [Page] ought to be no monarchie, Politicall regiment. or sole absolute gouernment, but that is re­ferred peculiarly to our sauiour Christ onelie, 2. Tim. 6.7. Iudae. 4. If their meaning all this while bee, onelie of such gouernment▪ wee gladlie graunt the same, that none other than our Sauiour Christ, hath such a mo­narchie, or sole absolute gouernment, neither by himselfe separated from other, nor yet ioyned with other in the Church. Nor anie (except the Pope onely) that I heare of, takes it vpon him. But this debarreth not, but that there may well be, and is, some monarchie, as in Christian Princes, and also of Bishoppes some absolute gouernment of our Sauiour Christ also. And therefore these two quotations. 1. Tim. 6 15. and Iudae. 4. are cited in vaine.

The learned disc. Pag. 81.And that regiment which he hath left vnto his Church is a consent of his householde seruauntes, to doo all things according to his prescrip­tion, as hee witnesseth Matth. 18.19. Math. 18.19. If two of you consent vpon earth vpon anie matter, whatsoeuer yee shall aske, it shall bee graunted to you of my Father which is in heauen. For wheresoeuer two or three bee ga­thered together in my name, there am I in the middest of them. Seeing therefore that our sauiour Christ hath neither authorized nor promised to blesse anie other forme of regiment, than that which consisteth of the consent and gathering together of his seruaunts in his name: wee hold vs content with this simplicitie, and therefore wee are bolde to saie, that the authority of the pastor in publik regimēt or discipline, separate from others, is nothing at all.

These wordes, that regiment, which he ( meaning Christ) hath left vn­to his Church, Bridges is a consent of his householde seruants, &c. are spoken too generally. If they had sayd that Ecclesiasticall regiment, it had yet ben the more tollerable. For Christ hath left other politicall and ciuill regiment vnto his Church, besides the Ecclesiasticall regiment of it. True it is, that in that also there is a consent of his householde: but neither so, that it de­barreth the ciuill Princes monarchie in the Church, and his gouernment in many things by himselfe: The wreast­ing of Christs sen­tence. neither hath Christ praescribed al orders and lawes in particular for the Princes and Magistrates to doe all things ac­cording to his praescription of them. And this sentence Matth. 18. if it shoulde be thus opposed to the regiment of Princes, Mat. 18. is manifestlie wrea­sted, and daungerouslie concluded, That our Sauiour Christ hath neither authorized nor promised to blesse any other forme of regiment, than that which consisteth of the consent and gathering together of his ser­uants in his name.

Neither yet helpeth it the matter, to vnderstande all this, for the one­ly Ecclesiasticall regiment. For although we denie not, but that those cau­ses which appertaine either to the ciuill or ecclesiasticall regiment of the Church, should not be ordained nor imposed vpon the Church, without any [...] [Page 845] fully spoken: and much more that which our Brethren adde, it is a consent of his householde seruants to doo all things according to his praescripti­on. For by this rule the Ecclesiasticall regiment of the Church is in no o­ther thing, than Christ hath prescribed.

But our Brethren haue graunted, page 76. euen in their last point of ceremoniall matters, that the Church had lawfull authoritie, to conclude a publike ordinance of them, for order and comelinesse sake, and for edi­fication: and it is euident that many things are of their owne nature in­different, which may be so ordered and authorized by the Church, as our Brethren alreadie haue confessed. But the Church coulde haue no such authoritie of them, or of anie thing, if it be alreadie by Christ praescri­bed: and therefore the Churches regiment is not onely a consent ( as our Brethren saie) to doo all things according to his praescription. For hée hath made no praescription of these thinges, whether they shoulde bée done or no. Except they vnderstand this to be his prescriptiō, y t they shal be done for order and comlinesse sake, and for edification. But those pointes con­cerne the endes wherefore, and the manner how they should be done, & not the things and matters that are done, or consented vpon to be done. And it is one thing to doe, or how to doe the things that are consented vpon to bée done, and another thing to consent that such things should be done. For, the Churches regiment in these matters, consisteth most in the consent ( as heere is sayde) to authorize them to bee done, The diffe­rence of the Churches consent, and of the Bi­shops and Pastors. and the Bishoppes or the Pastors regiment, in the authoritie of dooing or executing of them.

But, for the consent of them to be done, what is this that they call here a consent of his householde seruants? Is it requisite, that expresse consent be had of all those that are Christs householde seruants, that is to saie, of e­uerie particular person in the Church? What if it séeme otherwise to some one, or few, that will giue no consent thereto, but dissent? Doth this cut off the Churches regiment? No. For, our Brethren, to proue that all thinges must be done with the Churches consent, alleadge this sentence: If two of you consent vpon earth vpon anie matter, whatsoeuer yee shall aske, it shall be graunted you of my Father which is in heauen. And must this consent then, of the regiment of the Church, be contracted to anie two of the householde seruants: though the most part of all the other, that bee no lesse seruants, and faithfull seruants of the Lordes household, doe dissent from them? But wherefore doe our Brethren alleage this sentence to this matter? To confirme their regiment in the Church, being in comparison but two, to two thousand, that haue consented to the orders of the Chur­ches regiment now established: and they dissent from our consent herein? Indéede, were it matter of faith in doctrine, and substance of religion, or a­nie thing alreadie prescribed, not onely the consent of two, and the dissent [Page 846] of one, is better than the consent of all the rest in errour (as wee alleadge Gerson and Panormitane against the Papists, when they boast of consent and Councels, against the manifest truth of Gods word) but when wee all therein agrée with full consent, against all the errours and superstitions of the Papists, and yet in some matters of Ceremonies, of their owne nature indifferent: and of those pointes in the Churches regiment, that concerne comelinesse, order, and edification, some seruants of the householde, dis­sent from other some: whether is it better that many, and almost all, and the most experient, and that in matters of regiment, and counted as lear­ned as anie of the other, and the chiefest also in authoritie, yea, the Prince also hauing the supreame authoritie, and that in the publyke regiment of Ecclesiasticall matters, shoulde giue place to two or three, or to a few persons dissenting: or that these fewe shoulde leaue their dissenti­on, giue place and consent, to the greater and better parte of the compa­nie?

And will God graunt the requests consented vppon by two or thrée, and not their requestes consented vppon by so manye thousandes, when they are also gathered in the name of Christe, as not onelie the people are in our publik praiers, The sentēce of Christ Mat. 18.19. more confirmeth our consents thā our breth. but also all the estates of y e whole realme, and chiefe partes of the Church of England, all which haue often bene as­sembled, and giuen alredy their consent, to the establishment of this forme of the Churches regiment that we haue? And therefore this promise of our Sauiour Christ, if it may be drawen to matters of publike Ecclesiasticall regiment: doth more and more confirme vs in our forme established: that God approues it, and was in the middest of them that consented on it, and is still in the middest of our assemblies gathered in his name, when we direct our actions according therevnto. And now, seeing that our Saui­our Christ hath neither authorized, nor promised to blesse anie other forme of regiment, than that which consisteth of the consent and gathe­ring together of his seruants in his name: we holde vs content with this simplicitie, and therefore we are bolde to saie, that God hath promised to blesse, and (as we haue found the experience, if we haue grace in thank­fulnesse to acknowledge his manifolde blessings) hath diuerse wayes alre­die blessed our forme of regiment, which with such consent, and gathe­ring together of his seruants in his name, is established. And our brethren haue not to be ouerbolde, but rather to feare & bethinke thēselues, how they gather themselues in consent and consort, against this authorized form of regiment: least their gathering together bréed a banding in factions of themselues, to dissipate the vnitie of the Church, & to make scismes amon­gest vs.

And nowe, where our Brethren conclude this Section, saying: And therefore wee are bolde to saie, that the authoritie of a pastor in pub­like [Page 847] regiment or discipline, separate from others, Ioint authoritie. is nothing at all:

I will be bolde also to saie thus much: that it is nothing at all against our pastors authoritie, in publik regiment or discipline. For (as they haue described it) he hath none such giuen him, nor exerciseth anie such (by anie authoritie in this Realme established) that is separate from others, that is to saie (as before our Brethren haue expounded their meaning) a Monar­chiall authoritie or sole absolute gouernment. But that is referred peculi­arlie to our Sauior Christ onelie. 1. Tim. 6. v. 7. Iude. 4. Otherwise, if they meane not such authoritie: I dare be bold again to saie thus much, y t not onlie this exception of Christs Monarchical or sole absolute authoritie is alleaged here in vaine, & is nothing at all vnto the abridging of the Bishop or Pastors authoritie: but that also in manner and matter afore rehear­sed, a Bishoppe or Pastor hath a greate authoritie separated by him­selfe, as the foresayde examples and preceptes to Timothie haue decla­red.

Let vs then see, what is his authoritie ioyned with others, & first, who are so ioyned in Commission with him, The learned Dis. Pag. 81. & 82. that without their consent hee can doo nothing. We saie therefore, that the authoritie of Christ is lefte vnto his whole Church, and so to euerie Church: that none maye cha­lenge Episcopall or Metropoliticall authoritie as it is with vs at this day ouer other, without great tyrannie and manifest iniurie.

That the Pastor or the Bishop can doo nothing by his authoritie, in the gouernment of the Church, without the consent of others ioyned in commission with him, for euerie particular act that he must doo: our bre­thren haue not yet proued. Yea, wee haue shewed the cleane contrarie both in making Ministers, and in admitting, hearing, iudging, and deter­mining of their caused, by their owne authoritie, without anie ioyned in commission with them. Not that they did all thinges alone, but vsed the counsell and consent of others, and perhaps of the whole Churches: but that, they were not ioyned in cōmission with them, nor were their equals in the authoritie of those doings.

Neither is this conclusion better than the antecedent: We saie therfore that the authoritie of Christ is left vnto his whole Church, Bridges. and so to eue­rie Church &c. For my parte, I dare not bee thus bolde to affirme thus indefinitlie and in generall, that the authoritie of Christ is lefte vnto his whole Church, and so to euerie Church. But that certayne partes of the authoritie of Christe is lefte, and that in a certain legan­tine and ministeriall manner, vnto his whole Church, and so to euerie Church. And yet not so, that euerie Church, that is, euerie particular con­gregation, hath as full authoritie of that part, as the whole Church hath: [Page 848] but that, the whole, or to euerie Church, it is so lefte, that none maie chalenge Episcopall or Metropoliticall authoritie, as it is with vs at this day ouer other, without great tyrannie and manifest iniurie: This indéed is a méere, we saie it, not: we proue it. Against this our Brethrens we saie, as though all laie on their bare saying, and that whatsoeuer they saie, we must holde it by and by for an oracle, or for such a principle, as the Pythagoreans did the saying of their Maister, [...], he said it. Wee haue heard at large what Saint Paule hath said to Timothie, and what a num­ber of most excellent men in the primitiue Church, and some immediatlie after the Apostles times, by the cléere testimonies of the vnsuspected histo­ries, and auucientest fathers, and by the graunt of the best late writers in the reformed Churches, haue had both Episcopall, and also Metropolitical authoritie, as it is with vs at this daie ouer other, without anie tyrannie great or little, & without anie iniurie manifest or hidden, at all. And if they might haue it, they might chalenge it. Yea, to chalenge them for it, much more to take it from them, were rather not onelie the greater tyrannie and more manifest iniurie of the twain: but to saie, the authoritie of Christ is left vnto his whole church, & so to euery church that none in the church hath anie power or exercise thereof ouer other: The confu­sion of our bre. equality is the greatest and most manifest confusion y t can be. For by this rule we must not saie (as our Br. héere doe) Let vs then see what is his authoritie ioyned with others, & first who are so ioyned in commission with him, that without their consent he can doe nothing: but we must rather saie, Let vs then see, what is his authoritie ioyned with others, and first, who are not so ioyned in com­mission with him, that without their consent he can doo nothing: if the authoritie of Christ be left vnto his whole Church, & so, to euery church, that none may chalenge it ouer other. So that now, there shuld not only be, no Metropolitical authority ouer Bishops, nor Episcopal ouer Pastors: but also no pastorall authoritie ouer the people. For, the people are some bodie (as I take it) both in the whole Church, and in euerie Church al­so.

Yea, if these words which our Brethren so generally saie, we saie there­fore, that the authoritie of the Church is left vnto his whole Church, and so to euerie Church, be not restrained to that parte of his authoritie, that consisteth onelie in the Ecclesiasticall regiment of his Church: it will as much indanger all Magistrates ciuill estates, that they haue no authoritie neither ouer other. For, they hold that also of Iesus Christ, and it is a part of his authoritie ouer his Church. But, howsoeuer that may stande or fall héereby, the Princes supreame authoritie in Ecclesiasticall causes, ouer all persons Ecclesiasticall and ciuill in their dominions, is cleane taken awaie from them, euen as wel as the Metropolicall ouer the Bishops, or the Bishops authoritie ouer the Pastors.

[Page 849] Nowe, although this moste absurd, Christes promise. and moste daungerous confusion of all authorityes Ecclesiasticall and ciuill might ensewe heereon: Yet our Brethren hauing promised héerein, that they woulde be bolde to say these sayings: and hauing hethereto (though boldly, yet but barely) saide them: they will nowe bée bolde, ( as good reason is they shoulde) to assay to proue them.

For, seeing our Sauiour Christe promised his presence and authority to euery Churche indifferently, The learned disc pag. 82 Mathewe 18.19.20. Math. 18.19.20. None may chal­lenge any such prerogatiue afore other: but as the churches are limitted out for order and conueniency, so is euery one of them of like authority in it selfe: but because they make all but one Church, and one body of Christe, therefore there is but one authority in them, to determine of matters concerning them all.

This argument still relying on this former cited sentence, Bridges Mathew 18.19.20. which properly treateth of the efficacy of prayer, where the faithfull, although they be in neuer so small a number assembled, to make their petitions in Christes name, are promised that God the Father will graunt their requestes, and that Christ also will bée present among them: neither comprehendeth all the authority that Christe hath left vnto his whole Church, or to any especiall persons in the same: neither (if it bée drawn to matters of gouernment and authority) is any debarre against any particular auth. of any Pastor, more thā of any Christian Prince or magistrate. For, how followeth this? Christ will be present where 2. or 3. are gathered together in his name: therfore, wher but one maketh his prai­yers alone vnto him, he will not be present? except our bre. can bring this exclusiue, only, or, at the least, into this promise of Christ, that where 2. or 3. only, or two or three at the least are gathered together in his name, hee will bee present with them. If then, this followe not in prayer, wher­of this sentence properly is spoken: howe much lesse doth it holde, This sentēce is principally spoken of consent in prayer, not is any deb [...] to the pray­er of one alone. if wée stretch this promise of Christe, to matters of gouernment in the church, as (I graunt) it reacheth also thereto. As, to reason thus: Christ hath pro­mised that where two or three bee gathered together in his name, to consent on the establishment of any authority or gouernment of his Church, his presence and authority shall bee among them: therefore, if the Christian Prince eyther by him-selfe, and his supreme authority, doe establish any thing in the Church: or though hee ioyne other with him, yet not in authority, but as counsellors, or, though in authority also, yet, not as equall in authority with him: except hee, and they, and all, gathe­red together in the name of Christe, bee of the like authority in giuing their consents vnto the matter: neither Christes presence will bee with them, nor his authoritie will ratifie their doing.

If this reason holde not, but bee an vntrue and moste daungerous reso­lution [Page 850] in these matters that are done of the christian Prince neither yet of him alone, but of other in cōsultation with the prince, but the only superior and supreme ouer all other which are all partes of the Church, and as­sembled about matters of the Churches Gouernment: Our brethr. loose con­clusion. doth it holde anye more against Bishops and Pastors? How agréeth this euen with their own assertions afterward? Pag. 114. of Iames his prerogatiue, in the assembly of the Elders at Ierusalem: Was not the holy ghost among them because one had this prerogatiue? Neither helpeth it y t they say this prerogatiue was only of order, & not of autority: for if it were not of autority, it were no orderly prerogatiue, but a tyranny. But they say, he may chalenge no authority. If it be orderly giuen him, & so his due: why may he not chalēge it? but yet they say, he may chalenge no episcopal or metropoliticall au­tority, How Christ promised his autho­rity. as it is at this day with vs. If it were so with them, in tbe auncient and holy Church yea in the Apostles times, as in this respect, it is at this day w t vs, euen by Caluines own testimony (as he haue heard) both for E­piscopal autority, & that Iames his autority was it selfe Episcopall: then is this neither any tyranny, nor any let to the presence of the holy ghost, that one among them hath & chalēgeth episcopal or metropolitical au­tority afore the rest, as it is with vs this day ouer other. Our bre. therfore make here a lose conclusion: All particu­ler churches not alike in­dignity. that seeing our sauiour Christ hath promised his presence & autority to euery church indifferētly, Mat. 18.19.20. Therfore none may chalenge any such prerogatiue afore other, meaning such as Bishops and Metropolitanes doe chalenge. But since the wordes of Christ are spoken (as they say) indifferently. Why might they not conclude as well, any such prerogatiue afore other, as Christian Princes also cha­lenge in the Churches Gouernment?

In-déede the matter that Christe there promised to ratify with his presence & authority, he promised the same to euery Church ( as our Bre­say) indifferently: but he neither promised there or otherwhere his auth. to all and to euery one in the Church indifferently: nor yet all kinde of au­thority to euery Church indifferently. Sith some Church may haue some such prerogatiue, as appertaineth to dignity & preheminence, afore other Churches. Ierusalem being a Metropoliticall Church had a prerogatiue afore many other smaller Churches rounde about it, euen in the Apostles time. And so (it appeareth) had Ephesus in Asia: Antiochia in Syria, &c. yea althogh no church might haue any prerogatiue at all, afore other chur­ches: yet doth not our Br. argumēt hold, frō the churches to the pastors or B. in the Churches. Our bre. reason thus: Seeing our Sauiour Christ pro­mised his presence and authority to euery Church indifferently, Mat. 18 19.20. none may chalenge any such prerogatiue afore other. What is signified here by this worde, none? but no person in the church: as much, & more to the purpose, then to say none, that is to say no Church. And if our [Page 851] Brethren would haue none in the Church, The Chur­ches auto­rity. to haue any such prerogatiue as apperteineth to the auth. of Gouernment, in or of the Church afore other: what else were this, than to giue euery person in the church, ae­qual authority? whether this wold bréed confusiō or no, let thēselues iudge.

If they say they mean by these words: none may chalēge any such pre­rogatiue afore other: not, no person afore other persons, but no churche afore other churches: and that they expound their meaning in the wordes following, saying: but as the churches are limited out for order and conueniency: so is euery one of them of like authority in it self: although this also be not true, for diuerse respects, in comparison of churches one with another: yet, what is this to the Question nowe in hande, for the B. or pa­stors authority in the Gouernment of the church, whether he haue any by himselfe, seperated from other, yea, or no? Our brethren say, hee hath none, and we say, he hath some. They, to prooue he hath none, haue allea­ged the promise of Christe Math. 18. And are come now to sée what is his authority ioyned with others, and first, who are so ioyned, in commission with him, that without their consent, he can do nothing. Difference betwene [...]he Churches authority and th [...] pa­stors authority in the Churches. Vpon whom is all this spoken? & who is this, he, so often mētioned. Is this he turned into a shee? that is to say, into a Church? and is this our Question, whether a church hath any autority by her selfe separated from others? or, whether a B. or pastor hath any authorty by himself separated from others? And what ment they by this conclusion? We say therfore that the authority of Christ, is left vnto his whol church, & so to euery church, that none may chalenge episcopall or metropolical authority, as it is with vs at this day ouer other, without gret tirāny & manifest iniury? who is here this none that may chalenge no episcopall or metropolitical autority? do not B. & Archb. as it is with vs at this day chalenge this authority? And therefore, except they reason of the persons: their reasonsare not to the purpose. But they name the churches for the persons: because they chalenge the auto­rity in the right of their Churches: although in this controuersy, their cha­lenge is rather in the right of their office, than of their Churches.

But as the churches are limitted out for order & conueniency, The learned Dis. Pag. 82. Bridges so is e­uery one of them of like authority in it selfe: but because they make all but one Church, and one body of Christ, therefore there is but one au­thority in them, to determine of matters concerning them all.

To speak of the church, as the mystical body of Christ, I grant, it is all but one body, & but one church. Howbeit, in y respect, Al the parts in one chu­rch haue not one and like auth. haue al the parts therof one only, & the like authority: nor al, one only, & the like exercise of functions & actions. As I shewed before, how Paul reasoneth, 1. Cor. 12. 17. If all the body were the eye, where were the hearing? if all were hearing where were the smelling? But nowe God hath placed the [...]embers euery one of them in the body, euen as he would. But when they say heere, the churches are limitted out for order & conueniencie: in that respect, as they make th [...]m [Page 852] not all one Churche, but in a different sense, different Churches: So is there lesse necessitie, that all their authorities shoulde be but one. For, as in that respect, they may differ in regiment, concerning many orders and conueniencies among them, this Church from that church: so may they differ also in preheminences and authorities of the same orders, and for determining of such different matters. But nowe although there were but one authoritie in the whole, and in euery church, to det [...]rmine mat­ters concerning them all: yet if the same bee not equally distributed a­mong them all: in the whole and in euery part alike: what letteth, but that both some churches, and much more some persons in the churches, may haue some separate authority by them selues, and some more authority than other haue and some prerogatiue also afore other?

By which there appeareth to be a double authority of the Pastor, one with the seuerall congregation, in which he is pastor, the other with the whole Synode or assembly whereof hee is a member, and both these authorities wee finde sufficiently authorized in the Scripture, The learned Dis. Pag. 82. & 83. as shall plainely appeare in the seuerall discourses of them. First therefore, wee will speake of his authority in his seuerall church, in which hee may doe nothing without the consent of the church.

Our Brethren doe here deuide againe or subdiuide the Pastors autho­ritie. They deuided it before, Page. 76. & 77. into the authority or power of gouernment in the churche, or authoritie in common Gouernment with the Elders: and into the authority or power that belongeth to the proper duety of the Pastor him-selfe. Which was somewhat an intri­cate Diuision.

Bridges. Sith the authoritye or power belonging to his proper duetye, is a great part of his publique Gouernment in the church. The Pastors authority not one but indifferent. This authori­ty nowe, which before they sayde, that they vnderstoode for power of Gouernment in the churche, they diuide againe, into a double autho­rity: the one with the seuerall congregation, in which hee is Pastor: the other with the whole Synode or assemblie whereof hee is a member. If nowe their selues doe héere finde, and that twise together, that in one fun­ction, there is not onely a former double and different authority: but also of one of the former deuided partes, a redoubled and different autho­rity in the Pastors: howe then did they auouche immediatly before, that there is but one autority in them, to determine of matters concerning them all? but perhaps they mean that, of the churches authority: and here they speak of the authority pertaining to the pastors of the churches. But that helpes not. For if the Pastors authority, which he hath in common with the Elders ( whom they make the church) be thus deuided: then is the chur­ches authority diuided also.

First therefore ( say they) wee will speake of his authority in his seue­rall [Page 853] Church in which hee may doe nothing without the consent of the Church. Sufficient authority.

I woulde gladly learne, Bridges. where our Brethren haue all these diuisions and subdiuisions, all these Canons and limitations of a Pastors authori­ty. For although it bee heere promised, Our Breth. diuision & positions besides the scripture. that wee finde them sufficiently authorized in the scripture: yet hetherto, heere is no Scripture cited for them, saue, 1. Tim. 6.15. that God is blessed and onely mighty, the king of kings and Lord of Lordes. And Math. 18.19.20. Which was before alleaged to other purposes, although God wot very impertinently. But they promise vs further, that, both these authorities we finde sufficiently authorized in the scripture, as shall plainly appeare in the seuerall dis­courses of them. So that, héere is yet nothing that we can finde, which may be counted a sufficient authorizing in the scripture of these things. And therefore our Brethren in this their Learned Discourse made here­upon, doe well and learnedly ( in my opinion) to let all this passe that they haue already alleaged, as insufficient, and referre vs to the hope of bet­ter proofes, in their more Learned Discourse to come, as shall plainly ( they promise vs,) appeare in the seuerall Discourse of them. But when we shall come also (God willing) vnto those seuerall Discourses of them▪ to searche, whether these authorities and assertions of our Bre­thren, bée sufficiently authorized in the Scripture: I doubt, wée shall finde that this sufficient authorizing in Scripture, is not any expresse and and plaine testimony of the scripture: but onelye their owne collection thereon. And if this be sufficient to make vs reckon a thing sufficiently authorized ( as in some cases we deny it not, if they can make it plainlye appeare, that it followeth by necessity of consequence, though verbatin [...] it be not expressed in the Scripture) if wée must permit this in them, that their collections on the Scripture, must goe for authorizings in the Scrip­ture: why must not the same manner of authorizings, where wee proue necessary consequence, bee of as good authority on our parties? In the meane time betwéene vs both, for any thing yet by these oure Learned Brethren alleadged: till I sée better proofe thereof, either out of expresse and plaine Scripture, or out of some necessary consequence of Scripture I yéeld not to this their dubble Canonized Canon, as shooting off nothing but a bare bolde, wee say: not, any Testimonye or proofe sufficientlye authorized in the scripture: that the Pastor by his authority in his seue­rall Church, may doe nothing, without the consent of the Church. Nothing ( they say) hath no sauour, and this hath no trueth. It is so farre from béeing sufficiently authorized: that it is more then sufficiently confuted, as already hath often appeared, and playnely in the ma­nifest example of Saint Paules preceptes to Timothie, euen by Cal­uines and Bezaes owne cleare Confessions, besides diuers others on [Page 854] the same. Not, that wee deny, but that Paule and Timothie had the chur­ches consentes ( for the better part among them) in what thinges soeuer they did by their authoritie in their churches: but, that in all thinges they asked not their consentes before, nor that they which gaue their con­sentes had such a negatiue authority, but that if they woulde not haue giuen them, Saint Paule and Timothie might haue procéeded in some thinges against their consentes: which when they were giuen, were not the sufficient or any authorizing at all, of Paule and Timothies doinges among them.

The argument of the 11 Booke.

THE 11. booke is of the third kind of Tetrarkes which our Brethren call Gouernors: beginning first with the Chur­ches diffused authority: & of confusion in the multitude: & of the appointing to auoide it certaine officers for gouern­ment: how the name of Gouernors and Rulers is vnderstoode, Rom. 12. & 1. Cor. 12. how these gouernors must rule euery se­ueral congregation, & how their gouernment stretcheth to al matters. Howe these Gouernors authority is to bee moderated. And first for the election of these gouernors, who should chose them, & what qualities they must haue. What elders were ele­cted, Act. 14. And what elders are mentioned. 1. Tim. 5.17. & of the 3. conclusions that our brethren would haue vs learn out of that testimony. How the name elders is common to Pastors & gouernors, & how the words may be well vnderstood of re­lation betwene the ciuil officers then among thē & the pastors. How the wordes inferre not such gouernors as our brethren imagine: and how that although they might be so vnderstood, yet they inferre no perpetuity, as well of the one sort of Elders, gouerning & not teaching, as of the other of gouerning & tea­ching elders. Howe the words infer no such distinction of eccl. elders the one teaching & gouerning, the other not at al teach­ing but only gouerning: but rather seem to infer a distinctiō of the trauels, than of the function: or if of the functiō to encline to the distinctiō betwene past. deac. or betwene those Pastors that were [...] antistates, B. and others, that laboured more in mi­nistring the Sacraments then in preaching. How Caluine dare not inferre any such necessary sense as he conceiueth on this place, but only saith, it may be collected. How our brethren in­ueighing against them, make these gouernor [...], dumb & not tea­ching Bishops & preaching prelates. How the Apostles words [Page 856] infer not their ioint gouernment with the Episcopall Elders. How the auncient Fathers that haue expounded this Epistle, Chrysost, Oecumenius, Theodoret, Theophilact, and Ambrose, haue interpreted this place, especially because Caluin, Beza & Danaeus alleage Ambrose for these Elders. How Beza further alleageth Cyprian, with a full examination of Cyprian for them. How Snecanus likewise alleageth Cyprian & Tertullian with parsel of Tertullian for them, besides the examining of Clemens Alex: Irenaeus, Iustinus Martyr, Ignatius & Policar­pus. How Danaeus alleageth the Ecclesiasticall histories cheefe­ly Socrates, with his allegations out of Augustine, Basil, Dioni­sius, Ierome and the canon Lawe, with the examination of the ecclesiasticall histories, the Fathers, and the canons, for these Elders: and of the cause of these so learned mens mista­king in all these searchings for them, making all not only no­thing for them, but cleane against them, nor being euer able to prooue not one such consistory, no not one such Elder. Howe Danaeus with Beza and Caluine return back again to search the Scriptures better, for them Rom. 12.1. Corinthians 12. E­phes. 4. Act. 20.1. Peter 5. And of Caluines and Danaeus con­tradictions. Of Danaeus return again to the Ecclesiasticall hi­story in Sozomen, in which speeding as il as before, if not worse for any practise that he would find; he comes again to the scrip­ture, searching for these Elders, Acts. 15. Acts. 21. Philip. 4 1. Tim. 3.1. Pet. 3.1 Corinth. 14. & Iac. 5. And so home again to that, wherwith our bret. began the inquiry for them, at Act. 14. Lastly of the second point of moderating these Elders au­thority, by propounding all their actions to the people, to con­firm them. And of the popular state & our Bret. fear (But not auoiding) of horrible confusion. And of the example they seek to auoid it by, in the manner of Saint Pauls excommunica­tion of theincestuous Corinthian.

[Page 857]AND first ( say our Brethren) let vs examine, Diffused authoritie. whether this autho­ritie be so diffused ouer the whole Churche, that the hearing, The learned Dis. Pag. 83. trying and determining of all matters, pertayneth to the whole multitude, or to some speciall choosen persons amonge them, meete for that pur­pose.

COme they now in almost at the last casts, saying: Bridges. and first let vs examine, whether this authoritie be so diffused ouer the whole Church, &c. Our Brethr. beginning to examine their former positions. What meane our Brethren hereby? That the first shall be last, and the last shall be first? Should they not haue examined this before? They sayde in the for­mer page, 82. that the authoritie of Christ is left vnto his whole Church. And also before that page 81. That regiment which he hath left vnto his Church, is a consent of his householde seruants. And that our sauiour Christ hath neither authori­zed, nor promised to blesse anie other forme of regiment, than that which consisteth of the consent and gathering together of his seruantes in his name. What else, can any of the seruantes of the housholde of Christ suppose, when they heare of this; but that where-so-euer they be diffused, they must gather themselues together, Diffused authoritie. either the whole church vniuersally, or euery whole Church particularly, and giue their consent thereunto; or else, the matter whatsoeuer, is not authorized by the au­thoritie that Christ hath left vnto his Church. And that he hath blessed none other forme of regiment? And must it nowe be called in question, and examined, whether this authoritie be so diffused ouer the whole Church, that the hearing, trying and determining of all matters, per­teyneth to the whole multitude? And why not, if the former sayinges bée true? Do our Brethren begin now, to call this a diffused authoritie? Dif­fused commeth néere confused. And I Thinke, shortly they will finde it confused too. And as they nowe beginne to encline, to some speciall cho­sen persons amongst them, meete for that purpose: so by little and little, they will peraduenture come downe at length, to some authoritie of go­uernement euen of one Pastor afore other in one congregation, and per­haps in one Diocesse also, which is the thing that they nowe so peremp­torilie denie. Let our Brethren nowe therefore in their good moode, procéede. The learned disc. Pag. 83.

The authoritie [...]s the power of our Lorde Iesus Christ, graunted vnto the Church.

Our Brethren sayde in the page before, that the authoritie of Christe is left vnto his whole Church: here yet, they say more circumspectly: Bridges. the authoritie is the power of our Lorde Iesus Christ. Not that Christe hath [Page 858] left his authoritie vnto the Churche: but that, the authoritie which hee hath left vnto his Church, is not so the Churches, but that it still remai­neth his authoritie. Nor, that he hath left that his autoritie to his whole Church, as they sayde before; but (as they say here) it is graunted vn­to the Church. Which may well stande, if any parte or persons of the Church haue it, although the whole Church haue it not.

The learned disc. pag. 83.But ( say they) because the iudgement of the multitude is confuse, whereas God is not the author of confusion, but of order: and that we finde in the worde of God, certaine officers appointed for gouernment: we are bold to affirme, that that charge belongeth vnto those that are such.

Bridges Here our Brethren in this Learned discoursing of the matter, hau [...] now at length found out, not diffusion, Confusion in the mul­t [...]tudes iudgment. but plaine confusion, in the iudgement of the multitude. So that, we may now (I hope) with our Bretherens good leaue, dismisse in peace the gathering together of the housholde ser­uantes nor enquire after their consentes: but for the consent only of cer­taine officers appointed for gouernment. And here our Brethr. say: they are bold to affirme, that that charge belongeth vnto those that are such.

This boldnes of our Breth. is here yet the more cōmendable, that they feare not to repell the peoples consent and iudgement for feare of confu­sion. Whereas God is not the author of confusion, but of order. But it had béene better (in my simple iudgement) not at all to haue sette the multitude a-gogge, as hauing an interest of consent and authoritie, to heare, trie, and determine all matters, onely to bridle the Pastors and the Bishops authoritie: than nowe, hauing brought them in, to thrust thē out. Turpius eijcitur quā non admittitur hospes. Will the multitude hearing, that Christ hath giuen his authoritie to his whole Church, and so to e­uerie Church indifferently; & that that regiment which he hath left vnto his Church, is a consent of his housholde seruauntes: and that he hath neither authorized nor promised to blesse any other forme of regiment, than that which consisteth of the consent and gathering together of his seruantes, How o [...]r Brethren mocke the multitude. ( if they thinke themselues to be any part of his whole church, or of anie particular Churches, and seruauntes of his housholde) suffer themselues after they are gathered together to vse their authoritie, and to giue their cōsent, to be this mocked, & in the end be told; it pertayneth not to the whole multitude, but to some special chosen persons amōgst thē: because the iudgement of the multitude is confuse, and God is not the author of confusion but of order? What offi­ces are ap­pointed in Gods word for gouern­ment. What maketh our Breth to ware so bold, to take away not only the Bishops & Pastors authority of gouerne­mēt; but thus also to mocke & dally with the multitude? But (as matter of conscience mouing thē hereto) they say: we finde in the word of God, cer­taine officers appointed for gouernment. And they say very sooth.

[Page 859] But do they not find also in the word of God, The multi­tudes con­fusion. that Princes & Magistrats are certaine officers appointed for gouernment? If they say, they meane it of Eccl. gouernment: doe they not finde likewise in the word of God, that Bishops & Pastors are certaine officers appointed also for Eccl. go­uernment? But they meane certaine other officers whō they will further describe anon. And if we should graunt this also, and withall, that that charge belongeth vnto those that are such: would it follow, O [...]r Brethr. too bolde presuppo­sals. that it belon­geth only vnto those that are such? Or that, there should be such alwaies & in euery congregatiō, to haue that charge which those had; when they finde in the word of God, that any such supposed officers were, acording to the time & place appointed, for their extraordinary kind thē of gouern­ment? This is ouer much boldnes to affirme, neither shall they finde so much in the word of God. But let vs now sée, where they will finde it.

And that doth S. Paule plainly declare, where he putteth a difference of the seuerall offices of the Church, The learned disc. Pag. 84. whereof he nameth Gouernours for one. 1. Cor. 12.29. and Rom. 12.8. Let him that ruleth doe it with di­ligence.

Our Breth. haue found out these sentences, [...]. or 4. times already, and we haue séene at large, the discussing of these places. Bridges. But because they find it againe, let vs craue pardon of the readers, once again to peruse thē, least any should thinke, when they alleage any testimonie for proofe, Seueral offi­ces, and yet not▪ seuerall officers. besides their bare sayings, that we sleightly shooke it off. They say, S. Paule doth plainely declare it, where he putteth a difference of the seuerall offi­ces of the Chuch, whereof he nameth Gouernours. Our Brethren doe well indéede to say, seuerall offices: but our question is nowe, of seuerall officers. For although by some of these seuerall offices, may also seue­rall officers be vnderstoode: yet not so, but that moe than one seuerally of these offices, yea, many of them ioyntly, were competiblie sometimes to one man, According as God hath delt to euerie man the measure of faith. (as S. Paule sayth, Rom. 12.) for as we ha [...]e manie members in one bodie, Rom. 12. and all the members haue not one office: so wee beeing many are one bodie in Christe, and euerie one, one anothers members. Seeing then we haue giftes t [...]at are di­uerse, according to the grace that is giuen vnto vs: whether Prophecie, accor­ding to the proportion of faithe, or the ministerie in ministring: eyther hee that teacheth, in doctrine: he that exhorteth, in exhorting: hee that giueth, in simplicitie: he that ruleth, in carefulnesse: hee that hath mercie, in cheere­fulnesse. Might not one man haue diuerse of these giftes or offices? Diuers gifts and offices in one offi­cer. May not he that prophecieth, teach? Nay, is not prophecying mixte with teaching, yea a teaching it selfe? And haue we not shewed suffi­ciently howe teaching may be ioyned with exhortation, and exhortation with teaching? And may not both of them be ioyned with the ministerie, or with an office as some translate it? And may not giuing and shewing [Page 860] mercie, The Gouernours. be ioyned together, as well as they may bee separated a sunder; And why then may not hee, that hath all these giftes ( as some haue had them all) rule also, as well as he that hath but some of them, or but the gifte of rule onely? Yea may not these wordes here of him that ruleth be vnderstoode also of ciuill officers or gouernours, and not only of Ecclesia­sticall? And haue wee not also heard, that some excellent writers among our Brethren, do so expounde here the worde [...] hee that gouer­neth? And therefore no certaintie of our Brethrens gouernours, can bée gathered out of this place.

And as for the other place of 1. Cor. 12.28. the Apostle sayde before, ver. 7. &c. But vnto euery one is giuen the manifestation of the spirite to pr [...] ­fite. For to one is giuen by the spirite the worde of wisedome, to another the worde of knowledge by the same spirite, to another faith in the same spirite, to another the giftes of healings in the same spirite, to another the operations of powers, to an other prophecie, to another discerning of spirites, to another the kindes of tongues, to another the interpretation of tongues. But all these thinges worketh one and the selfe same spirite, This place also 1. Cor. 12. sheweth not whether one might not haue [...]o thā one of these giftes. deuiding to euery one, euen as he will. So that, no certain­tie neither, can be affirmed heere, in what measure these giftes were gi­uen. Whether one to euery one, or to one moe. And this séemeth the more probable, that some had mo than one of these giftes, because many of these are coincident, and distinguished not so much by diuerse officers, as by di­uerse offices of these giftes. And euen so, for that which followeth, ver. 28 And some indeede hath he placed in the Church, first Apostles, secondly Prophets, thirdly Doctors, then powers, afterwarde the giftes of healinges, helpings, gouer­nances, kindes of tongues; Are all Apostles? Are all Prophets? Are all Doctors? Are all powers? Haue all the giftes of healinges? Do all speake with tongues? Do [...] all interprete? Did not all these giftes concurre in the Apostles heere first mentioned, and some of them in the Prophetes, and in the Doctors? Yea, when he commeth to the repetition of this gift, and should by order (as he doth the other) mention the gift of gouerning, The Apostle includeth the gouer­nors in the other of­ficers. which our Brethren here especially discourse vpon, & vrge more than the other; the Apostle, though he reck [...]n vp other seuerally, yet, as though gouerning might be better included in the other, he repeteth it not, nor sayth: are all gouernaunces? As he sayde before, are all Apostles? Are all Prophetes? Are all Doctors? are all powers? But either conteyneth it in one, or some, or all, of the for­mer offices or giftes: or else passeth it in silence, as not so necessarie as the other, and yet the other are not ordinarie offices. And so hee omitteth helpinges, except in the gifte of healinges he include it. Besides that, hee expresseth not here also, any more than in the other place Rom. 12. what kinde of gouernment in the Church he meaneth. Whether ciuill onely, or Ecclesiasticall only, or both of them mixt, or separate. And howe then can our Brethren so boldly affime, that S. Paule doeth plainely declare [Page 861] these officers, that must be ioyned in cōmission with the Pastors or with the Bishop, and giue their consent with him, in the hearing, trying, and determining of all matters? But nowe vpon the bare allegation of these two places, our Brethren procéede to this conclusion.

Therefore there ought to be in euerie Church, The learned disc. Pag. 84. a Consistorie or Seg­norie of Elders or Gouernors, which ought to haue the hearing, exami­nation and determining of al matters, pertayning to discipline and go­uernement of that congregation.

The premisses inferred not this conclusion, S. Paule speaketh not at all in those places, of euerie Church, and congregation: Bridges. nor howe many of­fices ought to be in euerie of them: Our Brethr. bolde con­clusion for their Segno­rie, vpon the Apostles only naming of Gouer­nors. nor of any consistorie or Seniorie at all of Elders or Gouernors in them: nor of the hearing, examination, & determining of all matters, pertayning to discipline and gouernement of that congregation: nor who, or how many of them ought to do these things: nor of any certaine perpetuall and ordinarie platforme of officers, or offices, to the whole Churche, or to euerie particular Churche and congregation. None of all these pointes are here either plainely decla­red, or inclusiuely insinuated by S. Paule: and yet sée, how our Brethren when they are once growne to be bolde to affimre one point out of Gods word, for these officers, more than the worde of God leadeth them vnto: dare from one point, procéeding to another, waxe bolder and bolder, & in the ende so bolde, not nowe only to affirme plainely all these things: But to make a flat and plaine conclusion on them, and that a necessarie; that, The ouer­throw of all Princes go­uernement. therefore there ought to be in euery Church, a Consistorie or Signorie of Elders or Gouernors, which ought to haue the hearing, examinati­on and determining of all matters, pertaining to discipline and gouern­ment of that congregation: and then indéede farewell, not only our for­mer questions of womens gouernement: but of all Princes gouerne­ment, women or men, in any of their dominions. For, here is not onely mentioned discipline, but also gouernement: and not in Ecclesiasticall matters only, but in all matters pertayning to the gouernement of that congregation: and not onely the hearing and examination of all mat­ters, but also the determining of them all. And all this, not to be done in some, but in euerie Church, and in euerie congregation in the Realme, yea, in the whole worlde. And all this, to be done, not by any officers of the Prince, but by a Consistorie or Segnorie of Elders or Gouernours chosen among themselues, not any officers of the Prince, being so muche as mentioned among them: no, nor now when it commeth to the conclusi­on, eyther Pastor or Bishop is ioyned with them. So that both the Pastor and the Bishop is now so farre remooued, Both Bish. and Pastors gouernmēt excluded. from hauing any authoritie of gouernemnt in the Church, separated from others by him selfe: that he may kéepe it by him selfe haue he any, for with them (in conclusion) hee [Page 862] getteh none, Modera­ting the gouernors. they will haue all separately by themselues. Are not these matters (trowe wée) in this Learned Discourse of our Brethren, pro­perly concluded, and to the great beautifying of Gods Church, and to the quiet establishment of this Realme? O Brethren, Brethren, it is more than high time to looke to such a Segnorie, How violent the begin­ning is of this Segno­rie. the verye péeping out of whose heades, and the first appearing in the Discoursing of them, shall beginne his course, on this course fashion: and vnder pretence of putting by the Bishoppe, and of ioyning with the Pastor, shall so exclude the Prin­ces established authoritie, and sette vp such a straunge newe gouerne­ment among them-selues, and that in euerie particular Congregation, that is, in euerie parish Church, both with vs in Englande▪ and through­out all Christendome. But nowe, to mittigate all this, least it might growe into shrewde suspition of most daungerous troubles, innouati­ons and confusions of all Realmes and states, by giuing too great autho­ritie to the Segnories of these Congregationall Elders and Gouernours: Our Brethren adioyne heereunto (with great circumspection) certaine cautions of moderation.

Which authority of theirs ( say they) neuerthelesse ought to be mode­rated, The learned disc pag. 84 that their iudgement may be rightly accounted the iudgement of the holy Church.

I thinke they would say, of the whole Church. But the terme holie, is well-inough. For verily, if the Churche be not the holier this Seg­norie might bréede a mysterie of great mischiefe and vnholinesse, Bridges. except their iudgement in choosing and the authoritie of those that be chosen, shall the better be moderated. Let vs therefore marke our Bretherens moderating of these Gouernours, to bridle and represse all these incon­ueniences.

Which thing consisteth in these two points. First, that the Elders be e­lected and chosen by consent of the whole Congregation, The learned disc. Pag. 84. men of god­linesse and wisedome, in whom the whole Church reposeth such confi­dence that they committe vnto them their authority, in hearing and de­termining such matters, as without horrible confusion they cannot per­forme themselues.

I looked here, for the moderating of these Elders, that their authoritie should haue béen so restrayned or limited, Bridges. that either they should not deale in all matter of gouernement, Our Brethr. manner of moderating th [...]ir Segn. auth. or not proceede ouer farre therein. But our Brethren talke of no such moderating of them. Their moderation consi­steth in two pointes, whereof the first is, for their election, that the El­ders be elected and chosen by the consent of the whole congregation. What? And shall neither Prince, Magistrate, Bishop, Pastor▪ nor any of­ficer ciuill or Eccl. haue any stroake, ouer and aboue the whole multitude of the congregation, in the election of them, which shall deale in all [Page 863] matters of gouernment? This first point, is a point as daungerous, Electing the gouer­nors. as any of the residue. And how shall the whole congregation giue their con­sent in the electing of them? Shall they doe it by some other chosen per­sons among them, that shall giue their consent for them? How the whole con­gregation shall choose the Elders. And then who shall choose them, that shall chose those, that shall choose these Elders, chosen for them? Or shall euery person of the whole congregation by himselfe, or all of them together on a huddle, choose them? And what if they cannot consent vpon them? Shall the halfe, or greater parte, goe for the whole: when the other halfe, or the lesser part of the whole congre­gation dissenteth from the election? And how then will they chose suche men of godlinesse and wisedome, as they imagine? And what also if the greater part thēselues of the congregation, want wisedome to make such choise of them? Or affection of loue, hate, feare, hope, The wisdom and godli­nesse of the greater part. &c. ouercome their wisedome? As we sée it doth oftentimes, not only in fewe, but in multi­tudes. And the greatest parte hath not alwayes the greatest wisedome, nor greatest godlinesse. Whereupon ariseth the common saying: maior pars vincit meliorē, the greatest part ouercomes the better. And our grea­ter part must be accounted for the whole, or else no choise at all will bée made among them. And where then shall our men of wisedome and god­linesse, by the consent of the whole congregation be elected and chosen?

Well (say they) yet they shall be men of such wisedome and godlines as in whome the whole Churche reposeth such confidence, that they committe vnto them their authoritie, in hearing and determining such matters, as without horrible confusion, they can not performe them­selues.

And can they not giue their cōsent to the hearing & determining such matters, without not only confusion, but horrible confusion? The horri­ble confusi­on of the whole con­gregation [...] dealing here in. And yet can they giue their consent to choose suche persons without horrible or any confusion? And how is it sayd, to be their authoritie in such mat­ters, wherof they thēselues cannot performe the hearing & determining without horrible confusion? And is the authoritie then, not the Gouer­nors, but the peoples authoritie? And the Gouernors do but represent the people, whom they gouerne? And are chosen onely as the peoples or the whole congregations debities or executioners, to do y t for them, that they can not performe thēselues without horrible confusion? And is this the peoples only remedy to repose such confidence in other, that they cōmit all their authoritie, vnto the authoritie of these Gouernours? And may not these committies themselues vpon such confidence committed vnto them, committe as horrible confusions, and bréede as foule dissensious and disorders, as may the people themselues? Are not all these pointes, ( besides a number mo, and perhaps more horrible, that experience would teach vs) confused and intricate?

[Page 864] Gouernors.And hereto also ( say our Breth.) may be referred that, which is said of election of Pastors that the Apostles Paule and Barnabas did ordeine by election of the congregatiō, The learned disc. pag. 85. & 86. Elders vnto many Churches Act. 14.23. be­cause the name of Elders is cōmon both to Pastors & Gouernors and is vsed in the scripture to cōprehend both at once, Act. 4 23. as it appeareth manifestly by S. Paule 1. Tim. 5.17. 1. Tim. 5.17. Those Elders that gouerne well are woorthie of double honour, especially those that labour in the worde and doctrine. Of which testimonie we learne these three thinges: first, that there be Elders in the Church, which meddle not with teaching, but are occupied altogether in gouerning. Secondly, that the Elders which labour in teaching, o­therwise called Pastors, are ioyned also in gouernment with them▪ which teach not. And thirdly, that the name of Elder, comprehendeth both sortes of Elders. And especially in the place before alleaged for electi­on, there is great reason to lead vs to thinke, that the Elders for gouern­ment, are as well vnderstoode, as the other for doctrine, because it is written in the same place, that after they had ordeyned them Elders in euerie congregation by election, as hauing set the Churches in perfect order (which could not be, Act. 14.23. except they had established discipline as well as doctrine) they committed them to the Lorde, in whom they beleeued.

To confirme that which our Brethren haue so boldly affirmed, that there ought to be in euerie Churche a Consistorie or Segnorie of Elders or Gouernors, Bridges which ought to haue the hearing, examination and de­termining of all matters pertayning to discipline and gouernement of that congregation: Our Brethr. to prooue what ought to be, tell vs what may be. they alleage here againe the example of the scripture Act. 14.23. which they haue before twise or thrise alleaged and is suffici­ently aunswered vnto. But their proofe for the election of these Consi­storie gouernours, standeth vpon no certaine grounde by our Brethrens own confession. For they say not: hereto also must be referred that which is saide of election of Pastors, &c. but, hereto also may be referred, &c. So that this example relying at the most, but on coniecture of probabili­tie, can make no sounde plea of argument, that so it must be alleaged. Ne­uerthelesse vpon good hope to proue it, our Brethren will assay to bestow an argument on it. And (if they reason at all) thus they reason:

The name of Elders is common to both, to Pastors and Gouernors, and is vsed to comprehende both at once: Our Brethr. argument for their gouernors.

But Paule and Barnabas did ordaine by election of the congregation Elders vnto many Churches:

Therefore, by these Elders that Paule and Barnabas did ordaine vnto many Churches, is comprehended Pastors and Gouernours both at once.

This conclusion in sensu coniuncto may be graunted. For, what doth this conclusion let, but that these Elders were Pastors and Gouernors too [Page 865] both at once, being Gouernors in that they were Pastors? The Elders Act. 14. If they mean it of distinct persons and offices: then, if the maior of this argument meane, that the name of Elders is so common to both, that is to say, to Pastors and gouernors, as distinct persons, that it is vsed alwaies to comprehend both at once: I denie the Maior. The scripture is most manifest to the contrarie, and their selues also.

Otherwise, graunting the Maior, that it is so vsed nowe and then: to shewe that it is so vsed in this place heere cited by our Brethren in their Minor: howe will they prooue it? Which if they doe not: where is the argument? Our Brethr. own prowes that that place Act. 14. is vnder­stoode of gouernors that are Pa­stors. But what néede we séeke further confutation of their Mi­nor, than their owne Learned discourse heereon? Haue not their selues alleaged this example for Pastors, Page. 33. treating there onely of the Pastors proper dutie, and ioyning this place, Act. 14.23. vnto the conci­liation of these, 1. Pet. 5. and Tit. 1.5? Yea, what other are their owne wordes here present? Do they not say: And hereto also may be referred that which is sayde of election of Pastors? And whereas the text sayth, [...], they restrayne here the woorde, Presbyters, Priestes or Elders vnto the Pastors. So that, by their owne exposition they doe but hale and draw this place, to proue such gouernors as are not Pastors. I speak not this, that I vtterly denie, there were any such Elders in the Apostles times, as were chiefly gouernours, little dealing with the publike ministerie of the worde, What go­uernors those Elders were that medled no­thing with the word. in such places as they wanted Ma­gistrates that were Christians: but that these Gouernours ( as wee haue séene at large out of Gualter) vpon, 1. Cor. 12. and out of Gellius Sne­canus on 1. Cor. 6. were rather as Magistrats among thē in those times. which persons hauing receaued of the spirite of God the gifte of gouerne­ment, the name of Elders ( I graunt) accordeth also well vnto them. And so, both in the olde Testament and in the newe, the Ciuill gouernors are called Elders. But these were not Eccl. Elders.

And that this place Act. 14.23. is to be referred to no other Elders then Pastors, the testimonie also of Caluine ( euen where he acknowledgeth that there were such Elders, as medled not with the ministerie of the worde) doth manifestly herein cōfute our Breth. When they had created Elders. Hereupon ( sayth Caluine) it appeareth that it sufficeth not for men to haue been once indued with the doctrin of godlines, & to hold a summe of the faith: except they make continuall encreasementes. Therefore, Christ not only sent the Apostles that should spread abroad the Gospel: but also he commanded that Pastors should be ordeyned, that the prea­ching of the Gospel should be perpetuall and in daily vse. This order set of Christ, do Paule and Barnabas obserue, when they assigne Pastors to euery Church, least that after their departure, the doctrine should cease and become silent. Whereupon this place teacheth, that the Churche [Page 866] can not want the ordinarie ministerie, Acts. 14. neither can they bee accounted Christians before God, saue those that willingly are disciples all the race of their life. Whō Calu. vnderstands for Elders. Act. 14. I expounde it that Elders are heere called those, vnto whome the office of teaching was enioyned. For that there were cer­taine which were onely censors (or controllers) of manners appeareth out of Paule, 1. Tim. 5.17.

So that euen here, where Caluine alleageth the other testimonie that our Brethren also doe, yet he clearely cutteth off this Testimonie, Act. 14. 23. to inferre any profe at all of these Consistorie gouernors, and Elders that are not teachers. Neither do our Brethren here thus violently draw in their Gouernors, vnder the name of Elders, where it is apparant that Pastors are ment onely: but also the word which should yet better proue, that it is ment of Pastors, that is to wite, [...], the ordeyning of them by handes, to carrie the better shewe that it was not of Pastors onely, but of Gouernours, they translate it thus: They did ordeyne El­ders by election of the congregation. Where the worde neither spea­keth of, nor necessarily inferreth, any election at all, and much lesse of the congregation, but onely, of ordeyning or creating with handes, sig­nifying the consecration of them, by laying on of handes vppon them. Which ceremonie was not vsed in those that were Gouernours onely as were these controllers of manners. For although there might be suche at that time ciuill Elders ( the people being in such case) elected among them: The Ciuil officers had not impo­sition of the Mini­sters hands. yet can it not be shewed, that they had also the imposition of hands. Although peraduenture that prophane or ciuill order of holding vppe their handes among the Grecians, for which Beza citeth Cicero, might be well vsed in the election of them. And albeit Caluine also interprete [...], quum creassent suffragiis, when they had by suffrages (or voyces) created Elders: and mention also (as we haue séene before) the heathen manner of holding vp of the handes: yet, as noting this to bee too prophane, he sayth: notwithstanding the Ecclesiasticall writers vse the name, [...], of ordeyning by handes in an other sense, to wite, for the solemne custome of ordeyning that in the Scriptures is called, the laying on of handes. And therefore, where he applyeth this to electi­on, and that also to the peoples election, although he giue the modera­tion of the election, not to the people, but to the Apostles: yet if the worde [...], be vnderstoode Ecclesiastically (as the Ecclesiasticall wri­ters vse the name) for the solemne custome of ordeyning, that in the scriptures is called, laying on of handes: then cannot this woorde be­tokening ordeyning, be drawen to election, and much lesse to the ele­ction of the people, that had no authoritie of the laying on of hands, nei­ther in ordeyning nor in electing

This therefore may suffice hetherto to aunswere the minor of our Bre­threns [Page 867] argument. But they (as though all were safe and sure, The Elders 1. Tim. 5.17. if they on­ly strengthen their Maior) goe about to confirme it by an other place, say­ing:

Because the name of Elders is common to both, to Pastors and Go­uernors, and is vsed in the scripture to comprehende both at once, as it appeareth manifestly by S. Paule, 1. Tim. 5.17. those Elders that go­uerne well, are woorthie of double honour, 1. Tim. 5.17. especially those that labour in the word and doctrine.

This confirmation of the maior is here néedles, to proue that the name of Elders is common to both, ( that is to wite) Pastors and Gouernors, and to comprehende them both at once. Where the name of el­dersis com­mon to pa­stors and gouernors both at once. For as we haue sayde) euen so it doth in euery place, where the pastors are called Elders▪ Because that in the nature of their Pastorship an Eccl. gouernement is comprehended. E­specially, Hebr. 13. ver. 7. and 17. Where the pastorall Elders are called [...], Gouernors. So that, pastors and Gouernors, may both of them at once be very well comprehended in the name of Elders. But our Brethren meane it here not onely so: but that the name also comprehen­deth sometime, as well Elders that were Gouernours and not Pastors, as Pastors and Gouernours. For, I thinke they will not say Pastors are not also Gouernors; though no such Gouernours as they meane. Neither doe we denie, that the name of Elders comprehendeth Gouernours that are no Pastors. The name of Elders taken ge­nerally for gouernors. For (as we haue sayde before) the name of Elders was an ordinarie and generall name for the iudges, the head officers, and Ma­gistrates of the people.

But that either this place, 1. Tim. 5.17. confirmeth that place, Act. 14. 23. to be vnderstoode of both sortes of Elders, especially, of Elders that were Gouernors and not Pastors, as it is of Pastors that were Gouer­nors: that will be too harde (I thinke) for our Brethren to proue. Yea, (to let alone the confirming of that place, Act. 14.) I doubt it will bee somewhat harde also (except they will presse me with the authoritie of our Brethren onely themselues, that so thinke) to proue any necessitie of vnderstanding this place, 1. Tim. 5. ( vnderstanding Ecclesiastical officers) for such a double kind of Elders, some medling with teaching, and some not medling with teaching, as they gather thereupon and inferre, say­ing:

Of which testimonie wae learne these three thinges: first, The learned disc pag. 85 that there be Elders in the Church, which meddle not with teaching, but are oc­cupied altogether in gouerning. Secondly, that the Elders which labour in teaching otherwise called Pastors, are ioyned also in gouernment with them which teach not. And thirdly that the name of Elders, compre­hendeth both sortes of Elders.

[Page 868] Elders Magistrates. Oportet discentem credere, The learner must beleeue. And we are bound and that of necessitie, Bridges. to learne and to beléeue, all that the holie Scripture teacheth vs: but not all that men shall gather thereon, except they proue vnto vs with all, We are not bound to learne our Brethr. col­lections. that their teaching followeth in necessitie of conse­quence thereupon. This place neither in expresse wordes teacheth these three thinges, nor they teache, nor can teache, that these three thinges which here they sette downe, followe (by any necessitie of consequence) on this testimonie. And howe then doe wee learne thereon these three thinges? For my part, I will offer my selfe to become their scholler to learne them gladly, if they substantially (as Learned discoursers should) can teach them.

The first thing that our Brethr. say we learn hereon. And thus forewarde (as one readie to learne) I will shew my selfe be­fore hande, concerning the first and chiefest point, that here, in this inuer­sed order of these three thinges, is proposed: that I denie not but fréely graunt, Saint Paules woordes may indéede bee well inough vnder­stoode of suche Elders in the Churche, as meddled not with ordinarie and publike administration of teaching the woorde, but onely with gouernement, beeing chosen among them-selues in those dayes, as their ciuill Christian rulers, or petite Magistrates, to compose and take vppe their controuersies, that they should not striue and goe to lawe, be­fore the heathen superiour and publike Magistrates, to the obloquie of the Gospell. And that they were not onely (as Caluine calleth them) controullers of manners onely: but meddling also in the ouersight of Ecclesiasticall causes, as the ciuill Christian Magistrates doe nowe (God be praysed) more openly, and with more authoritie than at that time, because the chiefe ciuill Magistrates were not then Christians: and yet the generall direction and ouersight for manners pertayned in dutie vnto them.

But what necessitie inferreth this: that because there were such Go­uernours then; therefore nowe also, wee learne that there bee El­ders in the Churche, The Magi­strates are the gouer­ning & not teachinh El­ders in the Church. which meddle not with teachinge, but are oc­cupied altogether in gouerning? For, although this be graunted, that there be Elders in the Churche, which meddle not with teach­ing, but with gouerning, meaning the Ciuill Christian Magistrates, for they both bee, and be in the Churche, and that lawefully: yet, what are our Brethren the néerer, for the proofe of such Elders as they here con­tende for, except they will make them, the ciuill Christian Magistrates? But vnderstanding by this worde Elder, such Ecclesiasticall Elders as they suppose: although againe I graunt them, where they say, there be Elders in the Churche, &c. If in this worde bee, they signifie the time present: that indéede there bee such Elders in the Church as they would haue, that is to say, there be such in those Churches of our Brethren, [Page 869] in some other Countries, or the French or Dutch in vsuall: Perpetui­tie of those Elders. notwithstan­ding I learne it not by this place, 1. Tim. 5.17. that there be any, but rather that there were some, though not suche in all pointes, as they imagine they were. And doth this followe that because wee learne like­wise, and more clearely, and with more apparant warrant and nature of the offices, that there were Apostles, Euangelistes, and Prophetes in the Churche: therefore we learne there be Apostles, Euangelistes▪ We learne in the scrip­ture that there were Apostles, &c but not that there be. and Prophetes in the Churche still among vs? But if our Brethren meane by these wordes, wee learne that there bee Elders in the Churche, &c. That is to saye, there ought to be, and that perpetually, and that in eue­rie Church and congregation, such gouerning Elders as they, pretende, which meddle not with teaching: that, we learne not here, nor they proue, nor (I thinke) shall euer be able to prooue, that S. Paule heere, or hée or any other, in anye other place of all the Scripture, Difference betweene there be, & there ought to be. doth teache or touch it.

If our Brethren say that the wordes of S. Paule inferre a perpetuall necessitie, that there shoulde bee Elders gouerning the Churche, which should be labourers in the worde and doctrine: admitting therfore that he speaketh here of 2. distinct sorts of Eccl. Elders in the Church, Presupposing there were then 2. such kindes of Elders, yet though the one were perpetuall, it followeth not that the other was so the one medling with teaching, the other not: if the one inferre a perpetuall ne­cessitie of the office, so doth the other.

I graunt againe, that both there, and in other places, S. Paules wordes inferre, and so do others also in the scripture, a perpetuall necessitie, that there should be Elders gouerning in the Church which should be labo­rers in the worde and doctrine. Albeit he speaketh there, either of those that were then, or should be at any time in the Church, what honour they should haue: which was the Apostles purpose in these wordes: The Elders that gouerne well are woorthie of double honour, especially such as labour in the worde and doctrine. And I pray you, was not S. Paule, and the other Apo­stles, Euangelistes, and Prophetes, Elders also, and worthie of as much honour, as were those Elders, who and whatsoeuer? And yet are nowe and long since, these functions ceased, for any necessitie, or ordinarie néede or exercise of them in the Church. Though, more or lesse, there haue still béene in all ages, (at least-wise there ought alwayes to haue beene in all ages,) labourers in the worde and doctrine. And therefore admitting there were then together in the Church, such distinct offices, the dutie to haue them honoured accordingly, inferreth no suche necessitie of perpe­tuitie; that if the one continue in the Church, the other also must continue. For then we should still haue Apostles, except our Brethren can teach it, and we shall learne it better; than that this place will inferre any necessi­tie, or continuance of it.

Now, as we sée here, that we can not learne this by any necessity of the [Page 870] Apostles wordes, Collection on 1. Tim. 5.17. that there bee, that is to say, there ought to be in the Church, that is to say, in euery congregation; Elders, that is to say, a Con­sistorie or Seignorie: not medling with teaching, that is to say not med­ling in the publike administration of the worde & sacraments: Our Brethr. owne expo­sition on their owne wordes. but are occupied altogether in gouerning, that is to saye, which ought to haue the hearing, examination & determining of all matters, pertayning to discipline and gouernmēt of that congregation: for this is their own ex­position of their words: admitting still that the Apostle speaketh heere of two diuers sorts of Elders, that ought in good order of teaching these 3. things to haue béen the first point, which our breth. shuld haue taught vs, & we to haue learned, & they haue here placed it last: so, let vs now sée, what necessitie driueth vs first or last to learne, on these words of the Apostle, 1. Tim. 5.17. that there were such Elders then in the Churche, & that Paule there meaneth of such Elders, as medled not with teaching, but were oc­cupied altogether in gouerning. For first, S. Paul sayth not this in plain wordes. It is our Brethrens collection. Colligere hinc licet (sayth Caluine hereupon) it is lawefull to gather, that there were then two kindes of El­ders, because all were not ordeyned to teach. For the words do openly sound, that some gouerned well & honestly, to whom notwithstanding the partes of teaching were not cōmitted. And indeede out of the peo­ple were chosen graue and tryed men, which together with the Pastors in common counsell & authoritie of the Church, administred the disci­pline, and were as it were the Censors or controllers in correcting man­ners. Caluine sayth here, it may be gathered, and so alreadie (to search out the matter better) we haue admitted it, Whether these Elders were con­trollers of maners only that such there were, and yet not such neither, as our Brethren prescribe, nor Caluine agréeth fully to him selfe of their authoritie. For where he sayth here, that together with the Pastors in common counsell and authoritie of the Church they admi­nistred the discipline, and were as it were controllers in correcting man­ners, on the former place, Act. 14.23. he sayth, fui [...]se enim quosdam dun­taxat morum Censores, apparet, 1. Tim. 5.17. that there were certaine (Elders) the controllers of manners onely, ( for we can not so expounde it, that they were the onely controllers of maners, syth the Pastors were controllers of manners also) it appeareth out of Paule, 1. Tim. 5.17. And here when he commeth to the place that he referreth vs vnto, he lea­ueth cleane out this duntaxat, onely: and giueth them together with the Pastors in common counsell and authoritie of the Church, the admini­stration of discipline. Thus doth Caluine with this contradiction, or wa­uering in his spéeches heereon, infringe the authoritie of his owne collecti­on. Why Caluin gathereth this colle­ction.

But what maketh him, or any other of our Brethren, to thinke this so plaine and necessarie a collection. On S. Paules words, that there were [Page 871] two kindes of Elders in the Church, the one medling with teaching, [...], 1. Tim. 5.17. and the other not, but occupied altogether in gouerning? It is because the Apostle vseth this worde [...] chiefely, especially, most of all, or aboue all other? And must néedes this specially of the persons, make a specialtie also of the functions? Might they not as well be all of one function, and yet for some specialtie in their labours, either in gift, or in trauell, or in diligence, or in dexteritie, or in successe, [...] haue a more speciall re­commendation then some other? And yet no disprayse vnto the other, which though they were ministers of the worde also, yet some of them, according as they excelled in diuersitie of giftes, might be most employed otherwise. The Apostles were ministers of the woorde and medled with teaching, before they chose Deacons: and yet they say, The exam­ple in the Apostles thē ­selues. it liketh vs not that leauing the worde we should minister to the tables, which plainely argueth, that, they laboured not so much in the worde and do­ctrine before, as they did after, and yet then were they Elders medling with teaching, and according to that time gouerning well also, and de­seruing double honour, though not in comparison of their labours in the worde and doctrine, after they had chosen the Deacons to helpe them.

Yea, The exam­ple in the Deacons. the Deacons also were not excluded from medling with teach­ing, as appeareth both by Stephen Act. 7. and by Philip. Act. 8. When Paule and Barnabas were chosen out by the holy Ghost, vnto the worke whereunto he called them, which was a worke in both of them medling with the woorde, Act. 13. yet because S. Paule medled more with the worde than Barnabas did: not onely the Licaonians called Barnabas Iu­piter, and Paule Mercurie: but S. Luke addeth the reason thereof [...]. Because he ( to wit, Paule) was the guide or ruler of the worde, that is to say, the chiefe teacher of it, who laboured more in the worde not onely than Barnabas, but than all the residue, 1. Cor. 15.10. and yet medled with teaching, as well as Paule did. The speci­altie therefore of labouring in the worde, The labou­ring in the worde. more chiefely and aboue o­ther, debarreth not other, but that they may meddle with teaching also, yea and be of the same function in that behalfe: neither S. Paule maketh his distinction, of medling with the worde, but of labouring in the word and to expresse the more painefull or effectuall labour therein, hee dou­bleth his spéech, saying, that labour in the worde and doctrine. And Cal­uine himselfe construeth these wordes thus, qui bene praesunt. They that rule well, that is, which faithfully and stoutly trauaile in their office. And they that labour in the worde and doctrine, that is, they which are intentiue or earnest in teaching the worde, referring it not to the diuersitie of the office, but to the diuersitie of the industrie in the of­fice.

[Page 872] Vnpreach­ing Pre­lates go­uernment. I speake not this neither so peremptorily, that of necessitie we should on the other side conclude that he speaketh there but of those Elders onely, that were all Elders of the word, and yet that he commendeth some more especially than others, for their more especiall labours in the worde: but that wee may thus also conster his wordes, with probabilitie and reason inough, for any thing herein to the contrarie.

And thus sithe neither these words, 1. Tim. 5.17. inferre any necessi­tie of such Elders as meddle not with teaching, but were altogether oc­cupied in gouerning: nor yet, if they had ment any suche Elders then, they inferre any rule of perpetuitie, that there should be such still: and what their gouernement was, is not here set downe, nor insinuated, and not onely some enlarge it, some restraine it, but Caluine himselfe, which is the chiefest (if not the first) that so construeth these wordes, is so contra­dictorie to him selfe or vncertaine and varying therein: howe shall wee learne this first point, ( except our Brethren shall teach vs better) that there be Elders in the Church which meddle not with teaching, but are occupied altogether in gouerning? meaning such gouernement, of such Elders, & such necessarie being of them, in such Churches of euery particu­lar congregation, as our Brth. here do pretend & vrge on this testimonie.

Now as we can not as yet, vppon any necessitie of consequence, out of this sentence, The seconde thing that our Brethr. say we learn on this testimonie. 1. Tim. 5.17. 1. Tim. 5.17. Learne the first point: so I (in my dull head) much lesse the second, that the Elders which labor in teaching, otherwise called Pastors, are ioyned also in gouernement with them, which teach not. For admitting againe, that there were 2. kindes of Elders in distinct function, intended in this testimonie, the one medling with teaching, the other not: and both gouerned, as it is sayde here generally, [...], the Elders that rule well: where with all, is not to be forgotten how Paule to expresse their well ruling vseth the very worde, [...], that Beza ascribeth to Timothie, not only for an Elder of the worde, but also for such a principall Elder of the worde, as Beza calleth out of Iustine, an­tistitem, Our Brethr. call these Elders not tea­ching Bi­shops, and so make thē vnpreaching Prelates. a Bishop. So that, vnlesse our Brethren will make eche Elder of the Seignorie in euerie Congregation a Bishop, and so set vp vnprea­ching Prelates like the Popish dombe Bishops: they can not so proper­ly expounde it of Elders not medling with the worde, as medling with it. But vnderstand it either waies as they list. (For so they call them B. as we haue séen in Beza & the Geneua note, on Phil. 1.1) yet doth not this sen­tence make their gouernements ioyne with the Bishops and Pastors tea­ching. Yea, in the one and better halfe, that is in the gouernement of teaching the worde, they they selues doe disioyne their gouernements. And if (as we haue séene out of Gualter) they were only politike and ci­uill Christian gouernors: except our Brethren will giue politike and ci­uill iurisdiction also to the Pastors: how doe they ioyne in gouernement? [Page 873] Yea how doe our Brethren here say, Two sortes of Elders. that the Pastors are ioyned in go­uernment with them which teache not? and yet in their forme of Com­mon prayers and ministration of sacramentes, both that which was set out in Geneua, and that which nowe of late is set out againe at London by our Brethren, they doe confesse (which I haue often before noted) that the pastors and Ministers cheefe office standeth in preaching the worde of God and Ministring the sacramentes, so that in consultations, iudge­mentes, elections, and other ecclesiasticall affayres, his counsell rather than authority taketh place.

And this they say is approoued by Caluine. And yet Caluine plainly sayth (as we haue heard before) that these Elders not teaching, together, The pastors authority cleane set out of ioint by the ioint authority of these newe gouernors. with the pastors in common counsell and authoritie of the Church, ad­ministred the Discipline, and were as it were the censors to correct the manners. Are not those sayings cleane contrary? or doe they think to help all with these wordes? that the Prayer booke speaketh of his cheefe office which indéede it doth: but, so, that it debarreth from him (in the other infe­rior matters all authority quite and cleane, and leaues him onely to bare Councell where Caluine giueth him and them both Councell and autho­ritie in common: and likewise our Brethren heere say that the pastors are ioyned also in gouernment with them. Which saying of our brethren is yet far better then his abridging, abasing, or rather annihilating of the Pastors authority in the gouernment of the Church, and giuing all to these not teaching Elders and onely counsell to the pastors. Howbeit the sayde bookes of Common Prayer, doe after ward cleane againe contrary themselues, saying, in the title of Elders: whose office standeth in gouer­ning with the rest of the Minist. in consulting, admonishing, correcting & ordring al things pertaining to the comely directiō of the congrega­tion they differ from the Ministers in that they preach not the word nor minister the sacraments. In which wordes, they giue the Pastors not on­ly counsell but authority, and (as doe our Brethren héere) ioine them in Gouernment both together. Which though of the twaine it be the better, yet to ioyne these Elders not teaching in equall and ioynt authoritie of Ecclesiasticall Gouernment with the Pastors, neyther is it conueni­ent, nor oure Brethren haue prooued it, nor wee learne it by anye playne wordes, or necessary consequence, out of this testimonie, 1. Timo­thy. 5.17.

And as for the third point, which shoulde rather haue béene the first, or second, that the name of Elder comprehendeth both sortes of Elders: The third thing to bee learned What the n [...]me of el­der compre­hendeth. for such Elders as our Brethren héere pleade, they can not prooue it, at least­wise, as yet they haue not. Notwithstanding, (taking Elders, as wée haue sayde before) though this place of Saint Paule doe not inferre it, and so we learne it not also out of this testimony: yet in other places wee learne it [Page 874] plaine ynough, Chrysost. in 1. Tim. 5. and freely graunt in the church two sortes of Elders.

Now although this may suffice to aunswere our Brethrens testimo­nyes out of S. Paule to Timothy, that wee can not learne by any infer­rence of this place, there were such Elders then, as our Brethren gather that there were: yet on this occasion, to procéede a little further herein, ei­ther for our Brethrens fuller satisfaction, at least wise for the plainer ope­ning of the matter, to any indifferent, or not to much forestalled iudge­ment: The confe­rence of this testimony with that that goeth before and after. it is the more probable by all likelihood, that S. Paul in this place, meant not any such gouerning Elders as medled not with teaching, be­cause the text it selfe (if we peruse that that goeth before, and that commeth after) speaketh of such Elders as either our Brethren them selues vnder­stande for Elders in age, not in office, as ver. 1. rebuking not an Elder: or if in office, of such onely as medled with teaching, so well as with go­uernment. As immediately after his proofe of this testimony, S. Paule procéedeth saying: against an Elder admit no accusation, except vnder 2. or 3. witnesses. Which our breth. confesse, is spoken of an Elder medling with teaching, as we haue before at large declared. And as for all the aun­cient fathers (at least, those which I haue red) gather in their Commen­taries thereupon, no other kind of Elder, then such as medled with teach­ing in their Gouernment.

Chrisostome Homil. 15. writing vpon this place, sayth: on this wise, The Elders that gouerne well are worthy of double honour, The exami­nation of the aunciēt interpreters of this testi­mony. moste of all they that labor in th [...] word and doctrine. For sayth the Scripture, Thou shalt not moosle the mouthe of the Oxe that treadeth out th [...] corne, and the VVorke-man is wor­thie his rewarde. Hee calleth in this place obedience and the yeelding of necessary things, honor. For that which followeth: Thou shalt not moosle the mouth of the Oxe that treadeth out the Corne and the VVorke-man is wor­thie his reward signifieth this. And therefore, when hee commaunded Widowes to bee nourished with honour, it shoulde bee referred to their necessary liuing, that it may serue to suffice them that are widowes indeeede.

And agayne: Honor the Widdowes, that is, those that are in poore e­state. For howe much the poorer shee is, the more shee is a Widdow. Hee setteth downe the testimony of the Lawe, and addeth the testimo­ny of Christe, and both of them agree together. For the Lawe sayth: Thou shalt not moosle the Oxes mouth, that treadeth out the Corne. Thou seest howe hee woulde haue the Doctor to labor. Truely there is no other labour to bee compared thereunto. Hee addeth the Testimonye of Christe. For hee that is hired is worthy his rewarde, let vs not there­fore looke onely to the rewarde. But let vs nowe also heare the precept. He that is hired (saith he) is worthy his reward. If any therfore shall bee dainty or remis: he indeed is not worthy. Except any shal be the oxe trea­ding [Page 875] out the Corne, and bearing the yoke, he shall draw against the cold and against the thrones, nor depart till he haue done: he is not worthy. It behoueth therefore that the doctors haue their liuing abundantly mi­nistred vnto them, least they faint or be weakened or be occupied in the least matters, and depriue them-selues and others of the great, that they may labor the matters that are spiritual, hauing no regard to the seculer things. Such kinde of persons were the Leuites which had no care to the things seculer, in such sorte as had the laity. For the caring for the Le­uites was permitted to them, (to witte, to the Laity) and by lawe were appointed for them reuenewes, tenths, Golde, first fruites, vowes (or of­ferings) and many other things, but these thinges were by the lawe wor­thily permitted to them, that only sought the thinges present and earth­ly. I may boldely say therefore that the prelates (or gouernors) of the Church, ought to haue nothing but their liuing and their apparelling, that they shoulde not bee drawen with lusting after these things.

But what is that he saith with double honor? think we, that it is spo­ken of double, for that it is stretched to the widdowes and to the Dea­cons (or ministers) or else is it put, of double, that is to say, of grace? let vs not therefore, look onely to that that he sayd he is worthy of double honor: but let vs much more mark that which hee added, they that go­uern well.

But what is it to gouern well? Harken to Christe saying: the good pa­stor layeth his life for his sheepe. To gouern wel therfore is this, Chrysost. in 1. Tim. 5. Homil. 15. to spare none of them for their gouernment sake. Chiefly, saith he, they which la­bor in the word & doctrine. Wher now are they that say, there is no need of the word and doctrine? sith with such study Paul admonisheth Timo­thy saying: meditate these things, in these things be thou. And again, In­tend to reading and consolation, for doing this thou shalt both saue thy self and them that hear thee. And these he commandeth cheefly of all, to be honored, & he addeth the cause, saying: for they sustain much labor. And how right is this? for when as another watcheth not, nor is pined with care, but is euery where secure and quiet in his daily talk & companies, this man is striken with care & continually appleth meditation, especially if he be vnexpert of external discipline: who seeth not how much he is to be preferred before other: sith that he hath exposed him-selfe to so many labors? for he is laid open to be torn in peeces with tongs innume­rable, one blameth him, another praiseth him, another defaceth him, one cals in question his memorie, another his stile. Great constancy hath hee need of, to bear these things. And very much it ferdereth the edification of the Church, if the prelates doe excell in the grace which except they haue, very many things of the discipline eccl. shal perish. Therefore after he had sayd, it behooueth a doctor to keepe hospitality, to be curteous, [Page 876] to be vnreprouable: Theodoret in 1. tim. 5. he reckoneth this also, and addeth a Doctor. For to what purpose is he called Doctor, but that hee shoulde teache? but per­haps thou wilt say, that he shoulde teache philosophy, by the example of life. These thinges are vaine: For the Mastership of wordes is necessary also, and therefore Paule sayth, cheefely those that labour in the worde and doctrin. For where as he treateth of matters of opinion, what place hath the holinesse of life? What force hath that? Neither yet will I praise that sermon which swelling in haughtinesse followeth the boast of out­warde cunning, but that which hath much power and iuice, which is waightie in sense and full of Wisedome. He hath no neede therefore of furniture and pompe of speaking: but of intelligence and of force meet to vtter that, that hee thinketh ought to be vttered.

By these wordes it appeareth that Chrysostom taketh S. Pauls words to betoken no other Elder Gouerning Ecclesiasticall Discipline, than such as medled or ought to haue medled with teaching. Theodoret mentioneth no such el­der inter­preting this place. And that the more they excelled therein, Paule ment they were worthy to bee more honou­red. As for other kindes of Elders not teaching at all, hee mentioned héere, or commended none.

As for the referrence of any other compared vnto these Elders (whom héere also hée calleth Doctors, not knowing of any so nice distinction be­twéene Doctors and Pastors as our Brethren deuise) which might séeme by this worde [...], to insinuate some other kinde of Elders: besides the comparison of those that labor more or lesse in the word and Doctrin: he taketh it to also to be spoken, in comparison of those Elders, that were eyther the fore-named Elder Widows, or else, of the Deacons or Ministers of the church, without mention of any other, saue of the Layty, that proui­ded of maintenaunce of the Clergies liuinges. And héere hée maketh an a­gréeable probation, betwéene the state of the Leuites and of the Laytie, in the state of the olde Lawe vnder Moses: and the state of the newe, vnder this generall precept of Christe, the workeman is worthy of his reward. And as for the outward Discipline of the Church, he maketh the same to appertain to those Gouerning Elders, that labour also in the Worde and Doctrine, shewing what paine they take till they bée growne to experi­ence therein. Of other vnpreaching Prelates or Ecclesiasticall Gouernors of the Church, or Churches Ecclesiasticall Discipline pertaining to any such Elders, as were Ecclesiasticall Gouernors, not teaching at all: ney­ther here nor any where else Chrysostome maketh any mention. But, as in this place, so in all other, he vseth the worde [...]. Presbyter, Preest or Ecclesiasticall Elder, onely for such as are Ministers of the Worde. And that this is the very meaning of Chrysostome: Theophilactus his a­bridger doth clearely expound it. He calleth Honor ( saith Theophilact) as appeareth in that which followeth, the thinges that are bestowed for [Page 787] their maintenaunce. For they that instruct other, must abound in those thinges, that are necessary for the life of man: leaste beeing distracted with the care of them, them omit the fuuction of preaching. But he in­ferred it shoulde bee double, in respect of the Widowes or of the Dea­cons. But wherein all the Worlde are they, which affirme, there is neede of a kinde of a kinde of good life, and not of speeche, wherewith other may be instructed? Which question Oecerinus, repeateth yet playner, saying: But But where nowe are they that say, hee that gouerneth hath no neede of speeches nor of Doctrine, but of like onely? Harke, harke (good Brethren) and aunswere to your call for Ocumenus plainly calleth for all such as say there were some such Ecclesiasticall Gouernors of the church, that woulde meddle all with manners and Discipline of life, and no­thing in speeche and teaching doctrine. Neither can yée post it of to those that preache the seldomer, or can-not preach: for these do the best they can, and teach yet some way or other: it least, it is their duety and profession. But your Gouerning Seigniors professe onely ruling, and remooue tea­ching.

Theodorete hauing noted on the first verse of this Chapter, 1. Tim. 5. rebuke not an Elder, and sayde, non dicit hic sacerdotem. &c. Theodoret mentioneth no such el­der inter­preting this place. Heere hee na­meth not a preeste, but one that is waxen olde: when he commeth to this 17. verse, the Elders that gouerne well: &c. without any distinction, as naming there onely such as were Ministers of the worde, he saith: so lau­dable a thing is Doctrine. Hee putteth dubble honor for more ample. So that, if Theodorete had thought that Paul had also ment here▪ any such kinde of Elder, as medled not at all with Doctrine, there is no likelihood, but he woulde also haue expressed it. Especially saying before on the 4. Chap. ver. 14. Despise not the grace that is in thee, which was giuen thee by Prophecy, with the imposition of the handes of the Presbytery or El­dership. Here hee called Doctrine, Grace. But the presbytery heere hee calleth those, which receiued the Apostolicall Grace. So also hath the holy scripture called them Elders which were honorable in Israel Like­wise here Theodoret had good occasion, to haue noted these Elders gouer­ning the Ecclesiasticall regiment of the Church, not medling with tea­ching, if he had thought Saint Paule had meant of any suche kinde of Elders.

The commentary that is added vnto Hierome, saith: The com­mentary on Tim. added to Ierome. The Elders that rule well: are those that fulfill their office▪ are worthy of double honor, both of the office and of the Doctrine: cheefely they that labour in the word and Doctrine: He sayde not of all that haue the Word, but that la­bour in the Worde. But hee commaundeth him to ordeine all that haue it.

As who say, all the Elders are ordeined into the office and Ministery [Page 878] of the worde, Ambrose in 1. tim. 5 as hauing the word, and so are to be honoured with a dou­ble honour, both for their office, and for the Worde sake, whereof they be officers, but they are moste of all to bee honoured with this double ho­nour, that are painfull laborers therein, whether Ierome in the name of Presbyter, Preest or Elder vnderstand in any place, such Elders as our Brethren pretend: we shall héere more afterward.

But Caluine alleageth Ambrose, and so doth Beza, and Daneus, for these Elders gouerning the Ecclesiasticall Discipline, Caluins al­legation of Ambr. for the gouer­ning & not teaching Elders. and not medling with teaching of the worde. Caluine hauing alleaged (as we haue heard) on this testimony, 1. Tim. 5.17. that we might gather there was such El­ders, sayth: Ambrose complaineth that this manner was worn [...] out of vse, through the slouthfulnesse or rather the pride of the Doctors, while they onely woulde excell. But what is this vnto this place, 1. Timothy, 5.17.

Vpon the which, Ambrose hath only these words: The Elders that rule well, &c. The good and faithfull dispensers or stewardes are not onely to be iudged worthy of high honor, Ambr. in­terpretatiō of this place 1. Tim. 5.17. but also of earthly, that they might not be made sad for want of maintenaunce, but rather that they might reioyce of their faith and Doctrine. For if hee bee not humbled with neede, hee will become more earnest: and authority will encrease in him, when hee seeth him-selfe euen in the present time to enioy the fruyte of his labour. Not so that hee shoulde abounde, but so that hee shoulde not want. And this is all that Ambrose there saith heere­on. Manifestly acknowledginge in this sentence, but one kinde or function of Elders to bée spoken of, and those to bée Dispensers of the VVorde. And as for other kinde of Elders not Dispensers nor medlers vvith teachinge at all, hee medleth not at all in this place with them.

True it is that on this first verse of the fift Chapter, Rebuke not an Elder but exhort him as a Father. &c. Ambrose in 1. Tim. 5.1. Hée sayth before: For the honorable­nesse of age, hee that is the greater in yeares, is to bee prouoked to do well, with gentlenesse, that hee may take the admonition the more ea­silie. For hee that is warned, may bee afrayde leaste hee shoulde after­warde be rebuked, which is vnseemely for a senior. For verily among all nations old age is honourable whereuppon also the synagog and after­ward the church, had Seniors, without whose counsel nothing was done in the Church. Which thing by what negligence it grewe out of vse, I can-not tell, except perhaps by the slouthe of the Doctors, or ra­ther by their pride, while they alone woulde seeme to bee some­what.

Thus sayth Ambrose, but whether they had no partes at all in med­ling with the Worde, because they laboured not altogether therein, as [Page 879] the Doctors did, or what their office was, if they had any peculier office, or onely so reuerenced for their age, that their onely counsell was asked, or whether they ioined in authority and gouernment in common with the Pastorall and teaching Elders, S. Ambrose doubtfull speech of other go­uerning El­ders besides the doctors. or when they came into the Church, or how they began, or whether it were but onely a continuaunce, or imitation of the Iewes order in the Synagogue, or there were any commaundement of them, eyther from the Lorde, or from the Apostles, or whether there were any such in the Apostles times, or whether they were in euery congregati­on, or but in some principall and greate Churches, or howe long they con­tinued, in euery or any Church where they were, or when they ceased or grewe out of vse, whether al at once, or by litle and little: none of all these thinges (which were very materiall to our consideration of them) wee can learne on these wordes of Ambrose. But it séemeth (sith they were gone so long before S. Abrose time,) that he confesseth he did not knowe howe they were cleane worne out of vse: Whether it were likely or no, that they were thought conuenient to remayne, it is apparaunt they were not counted so necessary, as were the offices of Bishops, of Pastors and Teachers, and of Deacons. For if they had so estéemed of them, they would haue continued in the Church, as well as the other, at leaste wise in some places, neither negligence nor slouth, nor pride, eyther of Doctors, or of a­ny other, nor of all the Church, coulde haue euer so cleane, and that so long time before S. Ambrose, and so many hundred yeres since, haue abolished them.

But if this yet satisfie not our Brethren for Ambroses Iudgement vpon these other Elders that were not Labourers in the Worde and Doctrine: because hée sayth they were such Gouernours, as that nothing was done in the Church without them? Albeit that also may be lmitted in the vnderstanding of such consent or assistaunce, as wherein the Dea­cons were euer ready at hande, atttendaunt on the Bishoppes and Pa­stors yet why might it not then (if wée will not vnderstande it, neither of those temporary ciuill officers, that were at that time as Magistrates among them, such as Brentius, Gualter, Snecanus, and other doe say, that then they had:) bee well ynough vnderstoode, euen for suche El­ders, who though they were not the Bishop or the Especiall Doctours that our Brethren distinguish from Pastors: ( which Doctors laboured moste in the Worde and Doctrine, though they ioyned exhortation and application to ther Doctrine, ( as did the Pastors) yet these other not so much labouring in that manner, sithe there was nothing doone in the Church without them, ( except our Brethren will count teaching no­thing) it argueth (if they dealt more or lesse in all thinges, that were to be done in the Church,) that they were not cleane excluded from all tea­ching.

[Page 880] Cyprian. But whatsoeuer office those Elders had, that Saint Ambrose saith, was growne out of vse: it is plaine impossible, that he beeing him-selfe an Arch-bishop and approuing so farre foorth (as we haue heard) the superi­or separate authoritie of euery Bishop one in a City: and reckoning them to succeede in the Apostles places: shoulde withall conceiue, that they had euer any such office of ioint-authority in all thinges, yea, in excommu­nication with the Bishop, as our Brethren ascribe vnto them, but the con­trary thereof, we shall see after (God willing) further in the practise of S. Ambrose him-selfe.

In the meane time, because this Testimonie out of Ambrose, doth not yet sufficiently describe vnto vs, what kinne officers these were: (for if by the slouth or by the Pride of the Doctors these Elders decayed: then be like they had some kinde of teaching:) yet lea [...]e our Brethren hauing no bet­ter testimony than these vncertaine wordes of Ambrose, shoulde vnder pretence of reuiuing these olde Elders deade and buried long agoe, obtrude vnto vs some newe yong Elders, missebegotten and fathered in these olde Elders names, let vs nowe sée further what other Elder Fathers, for these Elder Gouernours, that medle not with teaching, and yet ioyne in common Gouernment with the Pastors, our Brethren alleage also be­sides Saint Ambrose

Beza that sayde in his confession of the christian faith, Cap. 5. de eccl. ar­tic. 32. Bezaes te­stimonies for these Elders. But that the Elders were chosen by suffrages, or at least by the ap­proouing of the whole company, as it openly ynough appeareth out of Ambrose, complaining that certaine men transferred this righte vnto themselues: addeth héereunto: and out of Cyprian also, of whom we may eftsoones vnderstand that matter, Ambr. in 1. Tim. 5. Lib. Epis. 2. Epis. 5. & lib. 3. epist. 10.14.15. & aliis deinceps. that the Bishop gouerned a Colledge of Elders, not that hee shoulde there reigne: but that according to their sentence, hee shoulde gouerne the Ecclesiasticall policie, especially while at that time the Aphricane Churches were not holpen of the Magistrate but rather most cruelly vexed.

By the leaue still of this so excellent man, whome otherwise (saue in these matters of Discipline and Gouernment) I honour as highly as any of our Brethren do, and herein withall reuerence dissent from him (as I haue before of him, and of all other our like reuerent brethren protested) this which here Beza saith, that it openly ynough appeareth by Ambrose ( quoting Ambrose in 1 Tim. 5.) that the Elders ( which there Beza spea­keth of) were chosen by suffrages, or at leaste by the approouing of the whole company: neither any choosing of them eyther by suffrages, or by approouing of the whole or any of the company, app [...]areth, openly or darkelie, ynough or at all. Ambrose mentioneth no such matter, in all the whole Chapter. Howe openly ynough Ambrose there speaketh of these Elders, we haue already seene. It is not so open ynough, that we can learn [Page 881] thereby, eyther what office, or authority, or ground therof they had: nor yet where, when, nor howe they beganne, continued or ended. And there­fore it is not so open ynough, but that to prooue, these Elders which our Brethren woulde bring in to bée like vnto those: and to bring war­rant ynough that wée are bounde to receiue and chose them: I thinke our Brethren woulde wishe it were more open and apparant than Am­brose maketh it: And so woulde I wishe also, that wée might once certain­ly knowe, whether wée must needes choose them, or wée may choose, whether we will choose them, yea or no: supposing they had béene suche, as our Brethren suppose they were: which neither coulde bée, nor hath a­ny probability, but all contrarie, by the testimonyes, coniectures and rea­sons that we haue séene.

But because, if it be not open ynough, Beza will open it more by Cy­prian, that was Ambroses auncient, by almoste two hundred yeares. Let vs searche likewise what his Quotations out of Cyprian, will open vn­to vs, and whether in his time which was about the yeare of our Lorde, two hundred and sixty, there were anie such Elders as medled not with teaching, that Gouerned the Ecclesiasticall Discipline and spirituall iu­risdiction. For so Beza in the beginning of this article sayth, Whether Cyprian mention a­ny such El­ders. that the spiri­tuall iurisdiction was committed to them.

Now to proue this, after he hath done with Ambrose, hée addeth: and out of Cyprian also, of whome wee may eft-soones vnderstande that matter, that the Bishoppe Gouerned a College of Elders, not that hee shoulde there reigne, but that according to their sentence hee should gouerne the Ecclesiasticall policy. Or euer we come to sée by his Quo­tations, what manner of Elders soeuer these were, whether such as Be­za goeth about to prooue and our Brethren vrge, yea or no: (let that fall out after, as it shall:) this is first worth the noting, that the Bishop go­uerned the College of these Elders, and so was aboue them. And that not for an action or two, or for any set dayes▪ Moneths, or yeares: but continu­ed, as the College continued, during his time, except he were depriued of his life, or deposed of his dignity, or exiled from his Country, This go­uernment of the B. was perma­nent in him or otherwise absent, or fled, as then Cyprian him-selfe was fled from his College, by reason perhaps of the personall persecution against him. And yet hée re­mayned still, as well absent as present, the Gouernor of them.

Yea, but (sayth Beza, not to reigne there, God forbid, wee shoulde allowe any bishoppe to raigne ouer those, of whome hée hath the Go­uernment. Let that bee vpbrayded to the Pope. Wee houlde our selues content with this, that Beza sayth, hee shoulde rule the Ecclesiasti­call policy.

Yea but (sayth Beza) according to their sentence. And what rule is that, if they giue the sentence, and he onely rule according to their sen­tence? [Page 882] doe not they rather rule than hee? [...]. or is he any better than their seruaunt, Officer, or executioner of their sentence, and they his Gouer­nors, not he theirs? therefore that shoulde be opened yet more plaine, what is meant by their sentence, and how farre it stretcheth. Or else it is not yet made by Beza open ynough, to whome the Gouernment doth belong, to him or to them. But so farre foorth as belonges to him, hee still is all their superior therein. Nowe then, if it shall fall out, that this Col­lege of Elders ouer which the Bishop is Gouernor, shall prooue to be a College of such Elders, as medled as well with teaching of the worde, as with the Gouernment of Ecclesiasticall Discipline: and bee of those Elders that be his Brethren in the office of Eldership, which we call (of Presbyters) Preestes: then haue wée héere againe the permanent superio­rity of Bishops ouer Pastorall Elders, whereof wee haue so much before debated.

But Beza goeth about another matter cleane contrary, to prooue that this College of Elders were of such Elders as were not medlers with teaching of the Worde. Bezaes confession that these Elders gouerning with the B. were in the time of persecution. Which if they were, as wee shall sée anone, by triall out of these Epistles of Cyprian: yet sayth Beza, that this was then▪ when as especially by that time, the Churches of Aphrica were not hel­ped of the Magistrate, but rather moste cruelly vexed. And what mea­neth Beza to come in with this, Especially of that time of heathen Magi­strates and their persecution? when Gualter maketh the same reason, that there were such Elders not teaching (though not Ecclesiasticall Go­uernors as our Brethren imagine) in the Churche then, when as there wanted Christian Magistrates and Princes: what other thing did hee in­ferre theron, but this? that now syth there are Christian Magistrates and Princes [...], and that the Gouernement of Ecclesiasticall matters so well as temporall perteineth to them▪ as we also acknowledge, and that moste rightly in the Queenes most excellent Maiesty ( and if in her, then in the right of all other Christian Princes,) that therefore, this defect beeing nowe furnished, this supply of these Elders is needlesse and no longer ne­cessary. Yea, and shoulde nowe be preiudiciall to the authority and Go­uernment of Christian Princes. And what other thing sayth Gualter there, but that this reason of Beza doth inferre? Our Brethren reason on S. Paule wordes, 1. Tim. 5.17. That because S. Paule bringeth in these wordes, How Bezaes words con­firme Gual­ters. Especially those that labour in the worde and Doctrine: therfore there were other gouerning Elders, that were not teachers. And may not we reason as well and much better? that sith the Elders which were no tea­chers, but onely ruled the Eccl. Discipline, were then, when as especi­ally at that time the churches were not holpen of the Magistrate: there­fore being nowe holpen of the Magistrate, there néede no such Elders to be the rulers of the churches Discipline.

[Page 883] But let vs nowe sée by the search of these Quotations, Cyprian [...] Elders. that Beza citeth out of Cyprian for these elders, what manner of Elders they were. Whe­ther not medling with teaching, ( as Beza and our Brethren pretende) or Ministers of the word and Doctrine. And first, for the seconde booke of his Epistles, the fift epistle: which is here first by Beza quoted, the superscrip­tion is thus.

Cyprianus presbyteris & Diaconis & plebi vniuersae salutem. Cyprian to the Elders, and Deacons, and to the whole people, Greeting. Cypr. lib. [...]. epist. 5.

Heere are Elders named before Deacons, as the Deacons before the people. But whether they medled with the word or no, as yet appeareth not. But by the like stile in his other Epistles precedent, when hee wri­teth to other, or writeth of other, whome he calleth Presbyterus, and appli­eth to them the name Sacerdos: we may he bolder (before hande) conclude that he meaneth in that name, no such Elders as our Brethren pleade for. Cyprian commendeth to these Elders, Deacons and people, one Aurelius whome hee had ordeined a Reader. And in the beginning of his Epistle sayth: In the Clearkes that are to bee ordeined (moste deare Brethren) we are woont to consult with you, and in common counsell, to weigh the manners and merites of euery one. In these wordes hee telleth them what he w [...]s wont to doe with them, in ordeyning of the Cleargy. But he sayth not that they had the authority thereof so well and as far forth as he, and that they ioyned in Common gouernment with him, but in common counsell, and that onely to consider of their conuers [...]tion: nor that he was so necessarily bound thereto, but that, when he himselfe apparant­ly knewe the party to be fitte (as he commendeth this Aurelius to be) hee was not then bound to consult with them thereon, How farre Cyprian dealt with the Elders in giuing Ecclesiasti­call orders. but he himselfe with­out any further consultation, might ordein the party, as here hee did this Aurelius. And he saith Merebatur talis Clericae ordinationis vlteriores gradus & incrementa maiora, non de annis suis, sed de meritis aestimandus, sed interim placuit vt ab officio lectionis incipiat, &c. Such an other as he deserued fur­ther degrees of the Clericall ordination▪ and greater aduauncementes, not being to bee esteemed by his yeares, but by his merites. Neuerthe­lesse it pleased mee in the meane season, that hee shoulde begin from the office of reading: because both nothing doth more agree vnto the voyce that hath confessed the Lorde by glorious preaching, than with celebrating the Diuine Lessons, to sounde out aft [...]rwarde the high words: he which hath vttered the Martyrdom of Christe, to reade the Gospell of Christe from whence the Martyrs are made, to come to the pulpit after the stockes: to haue bene beholden there of the multitude of the Gentiles, and here to be beholden of the Br. there to haue beene heard with the wonder of the people standing about him▪ & here to be heard with the reioysing os the Brotherhood. Know yee therefore (most [Page 884] dearely beloued brethren) that this man was ordeyned of mee, and of my Colleagues which were present, because I know that you doe both willingly embrace and wishe, for many such to bee ordeyned in our Church.

Heere hee speaketh of Colleagues indéede, that ioyned with this holy Archbishop Cyprian in ordeining this man a Reader. Cyprians i [...]yning Elders with him in im­position of hands argu­eth they were elders of the word But hee sheweth that all the action was at his pleasure, and that hee mought haue giuen him higher orders if he had pleased. But what is héere to proue that these Colleagues, though he gouerned them, were of any College vnder him, or were not Elders medling with the Worde? yea rather because he speak­keth of ordeining, and that hée ioyned them with him in the ordeining, and that action was done by imposition of handes, which wee haue séene before, was onely of those that were Ministers of the Worde: why shoulde we not think that these colleages, were elders that medled with the word and teaching, when the reader whome they ordeyned medled with it?

Heere is at leaste (to beginne with) a good coniecture, that these Elders medled with teaching, when they ioyned thus farre in the ordeining of Teachers: but heere is nothing at all, whereon wee may coniecture, that these Elders did not medle at all with teaching.

The next testimony that Beza quoteth out of Cyprian, for these gouer­ning Elders not medling with teaching, is in the thirde Booke the tenth Epistle. Cypr. lib. 3. epist. 10. And here he beginneth as he did before (saue for the people) Cy­prian to the Elders and Deacons his brethren, Greeting. Whome hee meaneth here also by the name of these Presbyters, Preestes or Elders, and in what matters they medled, appeareth more playnely by this E­pistle.

Verly I wished (most deare brethren) that I might haue saluted with my letters, our whole Cleargy intyre and safe. But because this mali­cious tempest, which hath beaten downe our people for the moste part, hath from hence also added an heape vnto our greeues, insomuch that in the slaughter thereof, it hath wrung in a portion also of the Cleargy: we beseeche the Lorde that wee may salute you, whome wee knowe to stande in constancie, and in the vertue (or power) of fayth, beeing pro­tected heereafter also through the mercy of God. And although the cause compell mee, that I my selfe ought to hasten and come vnto you, first for the longing and desire of you, which thing is one of my chiefest wishes: and then moreouer, that those things which the common pro­fit about the Gouernment of the Church requireth, we may treat of (or handle) them together, and may file them being examined by the coun­sell of many: neuerthelesse it is rather thought good, yet a while in the meane season, to keepe a priuie corner and rest, in respect of other com­modities, which appertaine vnto the peace and health of vs all.

[Page 885]Whereof a reason shall be rendred to you, of our moste deare Brother Tertullus. Who for his other care which in godly workes he greatly im­ployeth, was also the author of this counsell, that I shoulde abide warie and refraining, nor rashly commit my selfe vnto those places, where I was so often inquired after and sought for. Reposing my selfe therefore on your loue and religon, which I haue knowne sufficiently, I doe by these letters both exhort you, and commaund (or charge) you, Et hortor & mando. that you (whose presence there is not enuied, nor so much daungerous,) occupy my roome (or steede) about those thinges to bee done which the religi­ous (or Ecclesiasticall) administration doth require. Vice mea fungamini. And againe his con­cluding his Epistle hee saith: but vnto that which our Elders Donatus, Nouatus, and Curdius haue written vnto mee, I beeing alone coulde write nothing againe, sithe that from the beginning of my Bishopricke, I haue determined to doe nothing of mine owne sentence priuately, without your counsell, and without the consent of the people, but when as by the grace of GOD I shall come vnto you, then will wee treat in common of those thinges that are either done or to be done, according as mutuall honor doth require.

In this Epistle (as in the other) he sayth he wil treat together in com­mon with them, How Cy­prian ioined in common coun [...]ell with the el­der his au­thority re­serued. of those thinges that concerne the gouernment of the Church, and therein do nothing without their counsell: Howbeit he ma­keth this nothing else, but his own determination with him-selfe so to do. Neither giueth he to them in common any ioint or aequall authority with him in these thinges, as of their right and office, otherwise than as hee made them his deputies in the authority thereof. Yea, hee not onely ex­horteth them, but commaundeth and chargeth them to stande in his steede.

And all this he doth in his absence, which recommendeth the more his authority in his presence. Although therfore in his presence among them, he would in all thinges consult, examine and (as he sayth) file out matters with the counsell of many (for, plus vident oculi quam oculus) yet can wee not gather thereupon, that this their counsell and treating in common ar­gueth the authority of Gouerning those thinges, to be in common also a­mong them. For, where he attributeth to these elders thus much, The Elders councell & the peoples con [...]ent. that hee wold doe nothing without their counsell: he addeth, & without the cōsent of the people. And consent is more than counsell ( for a man may giue his counsell, and yet, it may be done without his consent: but if it shall not be done without his consent, then he hath a greater stroke therein, than in gi­uing his aduice or counsell) & shall wee say then, that the people also had the authority, and that greater authority to, in the gouernment of the churches discipline, than had these Elders? these humble and curteous spéeches therfore, or these his doings (so far. as here he saith, mutual honor re­quired) [Page 886] argue not the peoples, Noua [...]us. nor the Elders & deacons ioint-authority with him. Yea our brethren their-selues giue not this authority and go­uernment to the Deacons. And yet here Cyprian, looke what dealing in the Gouernment of the Ecclesiasticall Discipline he yeeldeth to the El­ders: he ioyneth the Deacons ioyntly with them.

But admit nowe, that these Elders and Deacons had ioint authori­ty in common with him, in the gouernment of the Churches Discipline: still our Question is, who, and what manner of Elders these were? whe­ther Gouerning Elders not medling with the Worde, as Beza and our Brethren doe affirme? but if we shall better consider this, that heere he maketh them and the Deacons to be his Deputies: That these Elders to whō Cypr. wrote were ministers of the word although the Deacons were inferior, but were not excluded from medling in the Ministery of the Worde: What likelihood is there, but that these Elders their superi­ors, were Ministers of the Worde also? and what vnlikelihoode is there not in this? that if there had beene any other kinde of Elders, to wit, pa­storall Elders, higher then both of them, as they must néedes eyther grant that there were, (if these that he writeth to were not Pastorall Elders, or else, that they wanted Pastors and Ministers of the Worde and Sacra­mentes) that hee woulde make these Elders and Deacons his Deputies, rather than the Pastorall Elders amongst them? the Pastors being of the same function of eldership that him-selfe was of, and so might much bet­ter represent him, he only differing in degrée of dignity and authority of Gouernment ouer them.

One of Cy­prians el­ders was Nouatus a teacher of puritanisme But to make it yet more playne, when as hee mentioneth also in this Epistle, thrée of these Elders, Donatus, Nouatus and Curdius, whatsoe­uer the other were, this Nouatus ( for I can finde no other Nouatus but one, that was in Cyprians time, and one of his elders,) not onely med­led but ouermedled with the Worde. And both wrot vnto him, and af­terwarde much troubled him, breeding a moste daungerous Schisme and heresy in the Church, and all vnder a pretence of more seuere Discipline and purity, and yet was him-selfe, when he was well sought out, a most impure and licentious man. This Nouatus being an elder of Carthage, where Cyprian was Bishop, fledde from Carthage to Rome, and there also brake foorth into such factions, as we haue séene before out of Euse­bius, Cypr. epist. li. 2. epist. [...]. Lib. 6. Cap. 33.

Whereupon Cornelius the B. of Rome, writeth of him vnto Cypri­an. Whome Cyprian aunswering, Lib. Epist. 2. Epist. 8. sayth: Concer­ning Nouatus, The description of No­uat [...]s. there was no neede to shewe vs from thence: when rather by vs Nouatus ought to haue beene shewed vnto you, that hee was al­wayes desirous of newe matters. Of couetousnesse vnsatiable, furious in rauening, puffed vp with arrogancye, and an vnsensiblenesse of a prowde swelling, euer knowne there vnto the Bishops in an ill sort, con­demned [Page 887] by the voyce of all the Preestes, as an Heretike alwayes, and faithlesse, euermore curious that hee might betraye, flattering to this ende that hee might beguile, that hee might loue neuer faythfull, a fyre-brande and fire to kindl [...] the flambes of sedition, a whirle-winde and Tempest to make Shipwrackes of the fayth, an aduersary of tran­quillitye, an enemye of peace: to conclude, Nouatus departinge thence from vs, that is to say, Nouatus scisme and seuering the brethren from the B. and from the cleargy. the storme and the Whirle-winde de­parting from vs: quietnesse was partly made, and the glorious and good confessors, which by his inciting were gone from the Church, after that hee was gone from the Citye, came to the Church. Againe, The same Nouatus is hee, that amongest vs first sowed the flambes of discorde and Scisme, which heere seuered some of the brethren from the Bishop. Which euen in the very persecution it selfe, that hee might turne away the mindes of the brethren, was another kinde of persecu­tion vnto our people.

It is euen hee, which by his faction and ambition, made Felicissi­mus his Catch-pole a Deacon, neither I permitting it, neither writing of it. And sayling with his tempest to ouerturne the Church at Rome also, hee hath there attempted the like and euen such partes, Nouatus his making of a B. and of a Deacon. pul­ling a portion of the people from the Cleargye, cutting asunder the concorde of the brotherhoode, that helde well together among them selues and loued one another. Certainelye sithe that, according to the bignesse thereof, Rome ought to goe before Carthage. Hee hath there committed greater and more greeuous thinges, hee that heere against the Churche made a Deacon, made there a bishoppe. Ney­ther let anye man meruayle at this in suche kinde of men. The euill are euer caried madde in their furye. And when they haue committed their wickednesse, they are vexed with the conscience it selfe of their wicked minde. Neither can they abide in the church of God, which haue not holden the Discipline of Gods making, and that which is Ecclesi­asticall, neyther in the conuersation of their dooing nor in the peace of their manners. The pupilles whome hee hath spoyled, the Wi­dowes whome hee hath defrauded, the churches moneye which hee hath denied, require these punishmentes which wee see in his fu­rye. Nouatus vnnatural­nesse to­wardes his father, wife & childe.

His Father also died for famine in a Village, and yet afterward when hee was deade, hee buried him not. With his foote hee strake his VViues bellye, whereuppon shee trauellinge before her time, was deliuered of her childe murthered. And dare hee nowe condemne the handes of them that make the offeringes, when hee him-selfe is woorse than his feete were, with the whiche his Chilyde that was borne was slayne? His conscience misgaue this guiltinesse [Page 888] of his crimes long agoe. The Pres­bytery. For this cause hee made sure reckoning, that hee shoulde not onelye bee called oute of the Presbyterye, but also excommunicated, and the Brethren vrging it, the Daye of his triall approched, in the which before as his cause should be hand­led, if that the persecution had not come before it. Which hee taking holde of, with a certaine kinde of vowe that hee might escape and saue his condemnation, committed and intermixed all these thinges, (as hee which was to bee cast out of the Church and excluded) preuented the iudgement of the preestes, by his voluntary departing: as though, to haue preuented the sentence, were to haue escaped the punish­ment.

This pres­bytery con­sisted of such Elders as were Sa­cerdotes, Ministers of the word & sacraments. By this inuectiue of Cyprian, it is not onely moste apparant that this Elder Nouatus was a Minister of the word and sacraments: but that al­so these consistories or colleges of Elders, in such great cities as Rome & Carthage, that with the Bishops were assistants in the gouernmēt of the Ecclesiasticall Discipline, were not of such Elders as medled not with the worde: but were of such Presbyters Preestes or Elders, as were also cal­led sacerdotes. Which in the Epistle before this that Beza next citeth, is called of Cyprian, the corpse of the Preestes. Lib. 3. epist. 13. Where, after againe he hath inueighed against this Nouatus, whome there hee calleth Nouatian, he saith: for therefore (moste deere Brother) the corpse of the Preestes is aboundant, coupled together with the glue of mutuall con­cord and bonde of vnity: that if any of our college shall attempt to make an heresie, The college of the El­ders a corps of Preestes and pastoral Elders. and to rende and waste the flocke of Christe, the other shoulde helpe, and as profitable and mercifull pastors shoulde gather together into the folde the Lordes sheepe. And thus by the occasion of this one Scismaticall Elder, wee finde not onely a profitable warning for vs all to take héede, of making schisme in the Church vnder pretence of greater purity, and innouating newe orders of more seuere Discipline: but also, which is the point we now relie vpon, that these Colleges of El­ders, whose counselles the Bishops vsed in the Gouernment of the chur­ches discipline, were colleges of pastorall Elders.

Cypr. Epist. li. 3. epi. 14. But to search it yet further with Beza, let vs procéede vnto his next quotation, Epist. 14. euen the next Epistle to that we last cited, although wée haue partly séene the same already, for the superiority of Bishops o­uer pastorall Elders. Wherein Cyprian writeth to the Elders and Dea­cons as before. The occasion was▪ because they admitted some to the sup­per of the Lord, and to the peace of the Church, who had fallen in the time of persecution, and had not before their receiuing, publikely confessed their offence, and declared their vnfeyned repentaunce. Whereupon sayth Cy­prian:

I haue long helde my patience (most deare Bre.) as though our shamefaste [Page 889] silence should gaine quietnes. The Elders claime of gouernmēt. But when the immoderate and cut­ted presumption of some, endeuoreth by their rashnes to disturbe both the honour of the Martyrs, and the shamefastnesse of the confessors, and the tranquillitie of the whole people: I must not holde my peace anie longer, least too much silence growe to the daunger, both of the peo­ple together and of our selues. For what daunger of offending the Lord ought we not to feare, when as some of the Elders, The Elders claiming all the Chur­ches eccl. gouernmēt to thēselues is the contumely and perill of the people. neither mindefull of the Gospell, nor of their place, neither thinking of the iudgment of the Lorde to come, nor of the Bishop that now is placed ouer them, claime all to themselues with the contumely and contempt of their gouernor. Which thing was neuer done at all vnder our auncestors. Yea, would to God they claimed not all thinges to them, with the ouerthrowe of our Brethrens saluation. I can winke at and beare the contumely of our Bi­shopricke, as I haue alwayes winked at it, and throughly borne it. But there is now no place of winking at it, when as our Bretherhood is be­guiled by certaine of you, who while without the reason of restoring them to saluation, are desirous to be plausible: they doe rather hinder such as are fallen. For, that it is a most hainous offence which persecu­tion compelled to be committed, euen they also doe knowe that haue committed it, when as the Lorde and our iudge hath sayde: He that shall confesse me before men, Luke. 22. I will acknowledge him also before my father which is in heauen. But he that shall denie me, I will also denie him. And againe, Mark 3. All sinnes shalbe forgiuen to the sonnes of men, yea blasphemie; but he that shall blaspheme a­gainst the holy Ghost, shall haue no forgiuenesse, but is guiltie of aeternall sinne. Againe the blessed Apostle sayde: ye can not drinke the cup of the Lorde and the cup of Diuels; ye can not communicate at the table of the Lord, and at the ta­ble of Diuels. Hee that concealeth these thinges from our Brethren, 1. Cor. 10. be­guileth the misers, as though that they which truely repenting them, might satisfie vnto God the father for mercie by their praiers & workes, shold be seduced, that they might perish the more. And those that might erect themselues, might the more fall. For when in lesser sinnes, the sin­ners declare themselues penitent at a iust time, The Elders presuming to restore the penitēts without the Bishop. and come to the confes­sion of their sinnes, according to the order of discipline, and by the lay­ing on of the Bishops and the Clergies handes, they receaue the right of communicating: they are now (in the rawe time of the persecution, yet continuing, the peace of the Church it selfe being not yet restored:) ad­mitted to the communicating, and their name is offered vp, and hauing not done their penitence, their confession of their sinnes being not yet finished, nor the hand either of the Bishop or of the Clergie being as yet layde vpon them; the sacrament of thankesgiuing is giuen vnto them. When as it is written, He that shal eate the bread or drinke the cup of the Lord vnworthily shalbe guiltie of the bodie and bloud of the Lorde. But now are not [Page 890] they guiltie that knowe not the lawe of the Scripture, The Eccl. gou. tea­chers. but they are guiltie that are the Gouernours, and doe not declare these thinges vn­to their Bretheren, that they beeing instructed of their Gouernours, might doe all thinges with the feare of God, and with the obseruation giuen and prescribed of him. Moreouer, they cause the blessed Martyrs to be enuied, and set at strife the glorious seruauntes of God, with the Prieste of God; The Bishops authoritie ouer these gouernours teachers. that when as they that are mindefull of our lawe shall haue directed their letters to me, and shall haue requested that the de­sires of euerie one may be examined, and the peace to bee giuen, when as our mother her selfe shall haue first by the Lordes mercie receiued peace, and that the diuine protection shall haue brought you againe vn­to the Churche: these men taking awaye the honour which the blessed Martyrs, which the Confessors keepe vnto vs, contemning the lawe and obseruation of the Lord, which the same Martyrs and Confessors com­mande to be holden, The gouer­nours mini­sters of the Sacrament. doe communicate with those that are fallen, and offer, and deliuer the Sacrament of thankesgiuing, before the feare of persecution be extinguished, before our returne, before almost the very departure it self of the Martyrs. Whē as the Martyrs yea if so be through the heate of glorie not so much looking vpon the scripture, should de­sire any thing more than they ought, contrarie to the lawe of God; they ought to be admonished of the Elders and Deacons suggesting (or de­claring it) as it hath alwayes in times past been done.

Thus doth Cyprian most clearely shewe, that these Elders ( whom al­so hee calleth by the name of Gouernours.) Not onely with the Bi­shoppe layde their handes on the penitent, but administred the sup­per of the Lorde vnto them. Which thing they dooing with-out the offenders due acknowledgement of their faultes: nor they preaching the lawe of God and repentaunce to them, as they ought to haue doone: and laying their handes on the penitent, or euer their Bishop was re­turned: as Cyprian rebuketh them for these presumptions; so by this he declareth, that these Gouernours Consistoriall were suche Elders, as we call Priestes, that is, Ministers of the worde and sacramentes; and not such Elders as medled only with gouerning and not teaching, as our Brethren and Beza do pretende.

And because Beza quoteth yet an other testimonie out of Cyprian, to wit, the 15. Epistle, for proofe of these Elders: it behooueth vs to sée that also, least we should leaue any thing out that our Brethren affirme. And so farre (for my part to my pore skill) as I finde ought in them, although I growe ouer tedious thereby. Yet I more couet the full boulting out of the truth, and through satisfying the desire euen of the most scrupulous & curious reader, in so hoate and great controuersies, especially as this is of this Eldership than I feare the glutting of thē, that care not much for these [Page 891] questions, or wilbe easily though with reason answered. The Elders and Dea­cons tea­chers.

The 15. Epistle is written to his brethren, the martyrs and confes­sors in his Churche, who hauing written to their Byshop Cyprian, for the orderly admitting into the communion of the church, Cypr. Epist. lib. 3. Epist. 15. such as had fal­len; he returneth this answere to them. The carefulnesse of our place and the feare of the Lorde compelleth me (most valiant & most blessed mar­tyrs) to admonish you by our letters, that of whome the faith of the L. is so deuoutly and so stoutly conserued, of the same also the lawe and discipline of the Lorde may be reserued. For sithe all the souldiours of Christe ought to keepe the preceptes of their Emperour; then muche more conuenient is it, that you should more obey his preceptes, which are made vnto other an example, both of vertue & of the feare of God. And verily I beleeued, that the Elders & Deacons which are there pre­sent, warned and enstructed you most fully, concerning the lawe of the Gospell, Both the Elders and Deacons were tea­chers. euen as also in times past it hath alwayes beene done vn­der our auncestors, that the Deacons resorting vnto the prison, should with their counsels and with the preceptes of the scriptures, ouerrule the desires of the Martyrs. But now I knowe with most great griefe of minde, that not onely the commaundementes of God are there not declared: but as yet they are rather hindred, in so much that euen those thinges also which of your selues are warily doone, both concerning God, and honourably concerning the sacred Priest of God, are againe vndone by certaine of the Elders. Who neither thinking on the feare of God, nor of the Bishoppes honour, when as you directed vnto me your letters, by the which your requestes were to be examined, and that you craued I would giue peace vnto certaine that were fallen at suche time as the persecution beeing finished, wee should beginne to come together in one with the Clergie, and be recollected: they contrarie to the lawe of the Gospell, and to your honourable petition, before the accomplishment of their penitence, before the confession made of the moste greeuous and extreeme trespasse, before the hande of the Bishoppe and the Clergie layde vppon them for their poenitence, durst offer ( he meaneth prayers and thankesgiuing) for them, The Elders were the ministers of the Sacra­ment. and giue them the sacrament of thankesgiuing, that is, durst prophane the holie bodie of the Lorde. And verily to them that were fallen, pardon in this point might be graunted. Who beeing dead, would not make haste to bee quickned? Who would not hasten to come to his health? The gouer­nors, Tea­chers, and Pastors. But it is the dutie of the Gouernours to keepe the commaundement, and both to instructe them that either hasten, or bee ignoraunt, leaste that they which ought to be the Pastors of the sheepe, should become their but­chers. For, to graunt those things that should turne to ones destruction, is to deceaue him, neither is the fallen reared vppon that fashion, [Page 892] but by the displeasing of God, Bezaes mi­staking. he is rather pushed downe to his ruine. Let them learne therefore euen of you that which they ought to teache you, &c.

What can be plainer spoken than these spéeches, to declare that these Elders which Cyprian writeth of, were such Gouernours, that both the ministration of the worde and sacraments pertayned to them, How great­ly Beza and our Brethr. are decea­ued in the college of Elders go­uernors that Cyptian mentioneth and were such as in plaine termes he calleth Pastors, and that they ought to teach?

Thus haue we séene howe all these Epistles which Beza citeth, for a college of gouerning Elders not medling with teaching of the worde, to haue béene no such kinde of Elders, as he and our Brethren do imagine but cleane contrarie. And though his quotation procéedeth further in a ge­neralitie, & alys deinceps, and in other Epistles following: yet in none of his Epistles, Epist. lib. 3. Epist. 16. eyther following, or going before, can I finde that he menti­oneth any such Elders, as he and our Brethren do conceaue. In the 16. E­pistle, speaking of the Presbyters, Priests or Elders, he sayth: whom our Elders and Deacons ought to haue warned, that they might nourish the sheepe committed to them, and by their diuine maistership, instruct thē vnto the way that is to be prayed for. In the 17. Epistle, hee saieth: I maruell, most deare Brethren ( writing to the Elders and Deacons) that vnto many my Epistles which I haue often sent vnto you, [...]pist. 17. you haue writ­ten nothing againe. When as eyther the Profite or the necessitie of our brotherhoode should verily be thus gouerned, if that we being of you instructed, may file our counsell for the ordring of matters. Not-with­standing because I see I haue not habilitie as yet to come vnto you, and nowe the sommer is begunne which time afflicteth men with continuall and greeuous infirmities: I thinke good to helpe our Brethren, as those that haue receaued libelles from the Martyrs, that if they be preuented with any hurt or daunger of infirmitie, they should not expect our pre­sence. But that before any Elder beeing present, or if an Elder shall not be founde, and their ende beginne to vrge them, they may declare the confession of their trespasse, before a Deacon also, that hee laying his hande vpon them for their repentance, they may come vnto the Lorde with the peace, Their fee­ding and comforting of the other repenta [...]tes. which the Martyrs in their letters giuen vnto vs, haue desired. The other part of the people that is fallen, nourish ye thē with your presence, and refresh them with your comforte, that they fall not away from the faith and mercie of the Lorde, &c.

In the next Epistle, writing again to the Elders and Deacons, ( hauing receaued letters from them of the same matter) he sayth: Epist. 18. I haue receaued your letters (most deere Brethren) in the which yee haue written, that your wholsome counsell vnto our Brethren is not wanting, that setting aside this rash haste making, they should giue vnto God a religious pa­cience, that when by the mercie of God we shall come together, we may [Page 893] treate of all kindes, according to the Ecclesiasticall discipline. Cypraians Colleagues. Especial­ly, when as it is written: Remember from whence thou hast fallen; and repent. But he repenteth, Apoc. 2. that is meeke and patient to the commaundements of God, and obedient to the Priestes of God▪ and winneth the Lorde, with his seruiceablenes and workers. Howbeit, because you haue signi­fied, that certaine are immoderate, and doe vrge hastely to receaue the communion, and you haue desired a forme to be giuen of me vnto you for this matter: knowe ye that I haue fully written for this matter, in the last letters that I wrote vnto you. And so telleth them (as before) how they should lay their handes on them, and absolue them.

In the next Epistle, writing yet further vnto them on this matter: Epist. 19. he sayth, But I haue read also the letters of all the Confessors, which they would haue made knowen by me to al my colleagues, and the peace that they haue giuen to come vnto them: of which matters so that a reason be apparant before vs, what they haue done after the fault committed: which thing, sithe it tendeth to the counsel and sentence of vs all:) I dare not iudge it before hande, and claime to me onely a matter common. And therefore let them stande on the Epistles which I last made, an ex­ample wherof I haue also sent alreadie to my colleagues ( he meaneth by this worde Colleagues not the Elders of his Colledge, for he wrote to thē, Whom Cy­prian here meaneth by his collea­gues. but other his fellowe Bishops) who haue written that that which wee haue decreed liketh them, &c. Here with some thinges he will not me­dle alone, but with his Colleagues. And yet this decrée he made alone, and in his absence, as appeareth by the two former Epistles,

In the 22. Epistle, writing to the Elders and Deacons, he sayth: Epist. 22. Least any thing should be hiddē from your conscience (most deere Brethren) what is written to me, I haue sent you a copie of eyther Epistle, and I beleeue, that which I haue written again to you, misliketh you not. But this also I ought by my letters to declare vnto you, that vppon vrgent cause I sent letters to the Clergie being in the citie: and because I should write by Clerkes: albeit I know that many of ours are absent, and as for those fewe which are there, do scarce suffice vnto the daily ministerie of the worke: it was necessarie to constitute some newe which shoulde bee sent, wit yee therefore, that I haue made Saturus a reader, and Optatus the Confessor a Sub-deacon. Whom we had made a good while since, by the last cōmon Clergie Counsell. When on Easter day we gaue once and twice the reading (or the lesson) eyther vnto Saturus or to Op­tatus. With the Priestes (or Elders) Doctors and Readers we constitu­ted a Doctor of the hearers ( by the name of Doctors he meaneth the Ca­techisers, The Bishop with the Priestes, or Elders. Do­ctors & rea­ders consti­tuteth a do­ctor of the hearers. as wee shewed of Pantenus, Clemens, Origene, &c.) exami­ning whether all thinges agreed vnto them, that ought to bee in those that are appointed for the Clergie. I haue therefore done no new thing [Page 894] in your absence, Cyprians Clarkes. but that which began long a-go, by the common coun­sell of vs all, is promoted (or aduaunced further) necesitie vrging it. Thus again doth he in his absēce promote to higher orders in the Clergie (as néede required) those whom before by their Counsell, he had begunne to choose into the Clergie. The Elders aboue the Doctors. But still. for these Priestes or Elders, they were in the nūber of the Clergie, such as we haue before shewed, being Pastors, whom he placeth before the Doctors or Catechisers.

In the 24. Epistle, Epist. 24. ( allowing in his absence, a portion of his own sti­pende, to helpe the poore persecuted amongest them) hee calleth Rogatian compresbyterum his fellowe Elder. Not that he had like authoritie to him, as Bishop: but, that he was of the same Priesthoode or Eldership of the worde and Sacraments, that Cyprian was.

And the next Epistle he directeth vnto nine other Bishops, whome hée calleth Coepiscopis his fellowe Bishops, item Compresbyteris & Diaconis in metallo constitutis martyribus, &c. and also to his fellowe Elders, and to the Deacons placed in the mines, the Martyrs of God the Father Al­mightie and of Iesus Christ the Lorde & God our Sauiour, &c. And thus calling the one companie his fellowe Bishops, being none of them Bishop of Carthage, where he only was the B. though absent, & yet was not Car­thage being so great a citie destitute of Pastors: and calling the other sort Compresbyteros and placing these Elders betwéene Bishops & Deacons, and withal distinguishing them from both of these; and giuing them the terme that S. Peter doth, of Compresbyter, fellow Elder, which S. Peter ascribeth to the Pastors: it is most manifest that he meaneth only by those Elders suche as were ministers of the word and Sacraments, but not Bishops.

Epist. lib. 4 Epist. 4. In the next and last booke of his Epistles, he speaketh little of them, and writeth seldome to them. In the 4. Epistle writing to two Elders that had beene constant in persecution; he citeth vnto thē as part of their dutie, this sentence of Christ, Mat. 28. Goe and teach all Nations, baptizing them, in the name of the father, and of the sonne, and of the holy Ghoste, teaching them to ob­serue whatsoeuer I haue commanded you, &c. when ye shall shew forth these precepts, you haue kept the diuine and heauenly commandements.

To conclude, the last of all his Epistles, is not the least to cōfirme this matter, Epist. what was the dignitie and office of these Elders, that were assi­stantes to the B. in such great Cathedrall Churches, & such famous Cities as was Carthage. Cyprian to the Elders and to the Deacons & to all the people his most deere and best beloued Brethren, greeting.

Most dere Brethr. I haue to signifie vnto you, that which I haue thought appertayneth to the common reioysing, An Elder chosen to be an Elder at Carthage. and to the greatest glory of our church. For, knowe ye, being admonished & instructed by the diuine fa­uour, that the Elder Numidicus is to be enrolled in the number of the Elders of Carthage, and that he sit in the clergie, being famous with the [Page 895] most cleare light of his confession, Cypr. El­ders. and aduanced with the honour both of vertue and faith, who by his exhortation hath sent before him a plen­tifull number of Martyrs with stones & fire. The E [...]der were maried Which ioyfully beh [...]lde his wife that cleued to his side, whē as together with other she was burned. He himselfe being halfe burned, and ouerwhelmed with stones, & lefte for dead. While that afterwardes his daughter with a carefull seruice of godlines seeketh the corps of her father, where he being founde almost dead, & refreshed, and drawen out from his companions whom he had sent before him, remained against his will. But this (as wee see) was the cause of his remayning that the Lorde would ioyne him vnto our Cler­gie, The Elders that sate in the Consistorie of Car­thage, were Sacerdotes. and woulde adorne gloriosis Sacerdotibus, with his glorious Sacred Priests, the abundance of our Elders being desolate. And verily, he shall be promoted, as time shall permitte, vnto a more worshipfull place of his religion, when through the Lordes protection we shall come in pre­sence. In the meane season, let this be done that is declared, that we may receiue this gift of God with thankes giuing, hoping that by the mercie of the Lord, such ornaments shall be also furnished, that renuing the strength of his Church, he wil make our so meeke and humble Consessus.consisto­ries, to flourish in honour.

Whereby we plainlie see, not onely the Bishoppes authoritie ouer the consistorie of the Elders, in making this Elder Numidicus, an Elder in the cleargie and consistorie of Carthage: but also that he was a Preacher & exhorter of the people. And that Cyprian vseth the name of Presbyter, and Sacerdos, indifferently, as betokning one and the same office for the which, we in English (wanting a proper name for Sacerdos) vse the con­traction of the other better and lesse offensiue terme Presbyter, calling them Priestes, signifying héere Elders ministring the woorde and Sacra­mentes. And of other sortes, whom Cyprian calleth Presbyteros, Priestes or Elders assistent to the Bishop in the gouernement of the Eccles. disci­pline, I finde no mention, nor inkling of them in all the Epistles of Saint Cyprian. Neither cite I him in those editions, that the Papistes haue of late corrupted him. And therefore I maruell not a little, that such an ex­cellent man as Beza is (God be praysed for his gifts in him) was so ouer­shot to cite these Epistles of Cyprian, for a Consistory or Colledge of such Elders gouerned by a Bishop, which together with him should haue the spirituall iurisdiction, and the gouernment of Eccl. discipline, that were not ministers of the worde and Sacraments.

As for that which Gellius Snecanus citeth also out of Cyprians Epistles Epist. 2. lib. 1. there is no mention there at all of any other of the Clergie, Gell. Sne [...]a­nus de discip. Eccl. 2. pa [...]s me [...]hodi. then onely of Bishops, or of such Priestes as hee calleth Sacerdotes & Pa­stores. Which Epistle being written to Cornelius Bishop of Rome, by Cyprian and a great number of other Bishops of Aphrica, ioyned in [Page 896] counsell with him: Tertulli [...]n he vseth there this terme Colleagues, meaning other Bishops that were of his owne function. But if ( sayth he) there shall bee any of the Colleagues, which when persecution vrgeth them, thinketh the peace should not be giuen to our brothers and sisters: let him in the day of iudgement render a reason to the Lorde, eyther of his importune censure, or of his inhumaine roughnes. Is this any thing to any gouer­ning Elder in the Church that is not a minister of the worde and Sacra­mentes? As for any other Colleagues eyther of those that hee wrote of, or wrote vnto, or that wrote with him, in this or anie other Epistle: I finde none. Nor our Brethren can shew any such Elders as they vrge vnto vs, in all these Epistles, or any other worke of Cyprian.

But because Gellius Snecanus adioyneth also the testimonie of Tertul­lian in his Apologie against the Gentiles, cap. 39. which wee haue like­wise alreadie séene, Tertulllanus▪ in Apol [...]on [...]r. g [...]nt. cap. 39. for the manner and forme of the primitiue Churche, in their publike prayers: neuerthelesse, to the fuller serch of these Elders which our Brethren would haue, let vs againe consider what Tertullian sayth, especially he going not onely immediately before Cyprian, about the yeare of our Lorde, 200. but being in such estimation with Cyprian that he alwayes called him his Maister. I will nowe my selfe ( sayth Ter­tullian) set foorth the affayres of the Christian faction, that I which haue refuted the euill thinges, may shewe the good. We are a bodie of the conscience of religion, and of the truth of discipline, and of the co­uenant of hope. We come together into an assembly and congregation that praying vnto God (as though by prayers wee strined for workes) this force is acceptable vnto God. We pray also for the Emperours, for their ministers and powers, for the state of the worlde, for the quietnes of their affayres, and for the prolonging of their ende. We are gathered together to the reciting of the diuine scriptures, if so be that, the qualitie of the present time doe compell vs to giue fore-warning, or to reknow­ledge it. Certainely we feede our faith with the holy speeches, we erecte our hope, we fixe our confidence. Neuerthelesse, we thicken (or encrease) the discipline of the maisters, (or of the praecepts) by prouocations or in­culcations. At the same place are also exhortations, chasticements & the diuine correction: for the iudgement is giuen with great waight, as a­mong them that are sure that God beholdes them. And it is the chiefest foreiudgeing of the iudgement to come, if any man do so trespasse, that he be banished from the communicating of prayer and of the assemblie and of all the holy partaking. The Praesidents or Gouernours are all of them approoued Seniors, hauing obteyned this honour not with price, but with testimonie.

What is there here in any of these wordes, to prooue that these Elders which (as hee termeth it) praesidebant did gouerne the congregations, [Page 897] medl [...]d not with teaching? Or rather doth he not ascribe teaching to thē? Clemens Alexādr. When [...] saith, Wee are a corps of the conscience of religion, of truth, of discipline, and of the couenant of hope? When he saith, their comming together was for praiers, and for recording the Scriptures? When ha­uing added how they fed their faith with the word of God, erecting their hope, and fixing their confidence, they ioyne this withall, that neuerthe­lesse they do increase the discipline of the maisters by their inculcations or often calling vpon them? Or if we should conster these wordes Disci­plinam praeceptorum, for the discipline, not of the maisters, but of the pre­cepts: so that we take it not that they did increase the discipline of mens commandements. And doth he not also ioyne exhortations together with castigations of the diuine censure? By all which and much more, we may well gather out of this place, that these Praesidents or gouernours of these congregations were not such as medled not with teaching. For if the Elders not teaching were gouerned ( as Beza said) in their Colleges and corpora [...]ions, of the Bishops: howe were these Elders the praesidents or Gouernours or not rather the gouerned? And hee speaketh of them that obtained the honour of their gouernment or Praesidentship, not by price of money, but by testimonie. All which accordeth with our Breth owne sai­ [...]ngs, for the election of Bishops and pastorall Elders. And hee speaketh of such tried and approued Elders, as Paule in pastorall Elders gaue charge to Timothie. But when withall, he vseth for their gouernment, that verie terme which he vsed in other places, speaking also of the Christian assem­blies, as in his booke de Corona militis, where he saith: Eucharistia Sacramen­tum et in tempore victus, et omnibus, mandatum a Domino, Tertu [...]de [...] ­rona [...]. etiam ante-lucanis coetibus, nec de aliorum manu quam de praesidentium sumimus. The Sacrament of thanksgiuing is commanded of the Lord, both in the time of repast, & in al times, yea also in our assēblies before the breake of the daie, neither do we receiue it at the hand of anie other thā of those that are our Praesidēts (or Gouernors.) Whereby it is plaine, that those of whom heere he saith, Praesident probati qui (que), Sentores, the Seniors that are Praesidents (or that gouerne) are euerie one of them tried (or approued) men: wer euerie one of them none other, but such as ministred the Sacramēts, & of consequence, teachers of the word. And of such Elders gouerning in y e Church of Christ, & of none other, Clemens A­lexand. le 6. Seromat. speaketh Clemens Alexandrius ( who also was an elder in office, & in time was somwhat elder thā Tertulliā) li. 6. Siromat. He is in verie deed ( saith he) an elder of the Church & a true Deacon, that is a mi­nister of Gods wil, if so be he do & teach the things that are of the Lord, not that as he is ordained of mē, neither that he must be accoūted righte­ous that is an elder, but that he which is righteous should be brought in­to the eldership, &c. Wherein making also afterward the degrée of Elder to be in dignitie different from, & placed betwéene Bishop & Deacon: he ac­knowledgeth [Page 898] no such kinde of Elder gouerning the Church in hi [...] time, Irenaeus. that is not a teacher of the word.

Irenaeus con­ [...]ra haer. li. 1. ca. 12. Lib. 2. ca. 39 And the same also is manifest in Irenaeus, who in his first booke against heresies, ca. 12. saith against the heretike Marcus: Wherefore iustlie and aptlie vnto such thy blindnesse, the diuine Elder and fit preacher of the truth inueighed against thee, &c. And in the 2. booke, cap. 39. speaking both of Elder in age and office, he saith of Christ: And so hee was a Senior (or Elder) among the Seniors, that he might be a perfect master in al things, not only according to the exposition of the truth, but according to age▪ sanctifieng together also the Seniors (or Elders) himselfe becomming an example vnto thē, &c. And againe, But because the age of 30. yeres, is of a young man of his first towardnesse, and stretcheth to 40. euerie one wil graunt that from the 40. or 50. yeres, he now declineth into an elder age, which age our Lord hauing, he taught, as the Gospell & all the Elders te­stifie, which assembled together vnto Iohn the Disciple of the Lord. And the same thing did Iohn deliuer vnto thē. Now although herein Iraeneus fouly ouer shoote himselfe in Christs age, more regarding the relation and tradition of the Elders, than exactlie considering the iust time: yet still he ac­knowledgeth those that were called Elders, not in yéeres but in office, con­cerning the Ecclesiasticall state of Christ his Church, to be such as taught y e witnesse & relation of those things that were deliuered them by the Apo­stles, though they remembred not so well the Apostles reckoning. And this he hath more plaine, li. 3. ca. 2. when againe we chalenge them that are a­gainst the tradition, Li. 3. cap. 2. to come to that traditiō which is from the Apostles, which is kept in the Churches by the succession of the Elders, they will say, they being more wise, not only than the Elders, but also than the A­postles, haue found out the sincere truth. And li. 4. ca. 43. Li. 4. cap▪ 43 Wherfore it be­houeth vs to heare these Elders that are in the Church, those which haue their succession from the Apostle, as wee haue shewed, who with the suc­cession of the Bishop, haue (according to the decree of the Father) recei­ued a sure grace (or gift) of the truth. And in the next Chapter: But such as of many are supposed to be Elders, but serue their pleasures, &c. frō all such therefore we must abstaine, & cleaue vnto these, which (as wee haue also said before) keepe the doctrine of the Apostles, & with their order of the Eldership, shew forth the sound word & their conuersation without offence, to the information and correction of the residue. Wherunto al­leaging the examples of Moses, Samuel, and S. Paul, he saith: Euen as the Apostle Paul when he was of good conscience, sayde to the Corinthians: For we are not as many are, adulterating the word of God, wee haue corrupted n [...]ne, we haue circūuented none, such Elders doth the church nourish: Of whō also the Prophet saith: And I will giue thee thy Princes in peace, and thy Bishops in righ­ [...]eousnesse. Of whom also the Lord said: VVho therefore is a faithfull agent, [Page 898] good, and wise, whom the Lord shall preferre ouer his familie, Iustinus. to giue them meate in time? Happie is that seruant whom the Lord shall find so doing when he cōmeth. What can be plainer than this, to shew that by the name of these Presby­ters, Priests, or Elders in the gouernment of the Church, Irenaeus alwaies meant such, as were teachers of the word, and none other?

Iustine the martyr in his defence of the Christians vnto the Emperour Antoninus, Iustin [...]s m [...] tyr in Apo­log. Christ. ad Antoniū. mencioneth (as we haue séene) one onlie gouernor of the con­gregation, whom he calleth the chiefe brother. But he telleth withal, that he maketh the exhortation to the congregation before the receiuing of the Sacrament, & he offereth the praiers and thankesgiuing▪ & first celebrateth the whole action of the Lords supper, & the Deacons deliuer the bread & the cup, to euerie one present, & of other Elders or Gouernors among thē, that I can find he maketh no mencion. As for Ignatius, because our Bre. in their pamphlet of the learned mans iudgemēt for the 3. kinds of Bishops, do allow of the Bishop mencioned in Ignatius: by as good reason they haue also to allow of his Elders & Deacons. For almost in euery Epistle (if they be the Epistles of Ignatius) he mencioneth especiallie these thrée, & maketh the Elders the successors of the Apostles. In the first Epistle to the Tralli­ans, he saith: Be ye subiect to the Elders, Ignatius ex­ [...]mpl [...] ad T [...]allian [...]. as to the Apostles of Iesu Christ concerning our hope, in whō perseuering, we shal be found in him. And therfore ye must by all meanes please the Deacons, which are for the mi­nisterie of Iesus Christ, for they are not ministers in meate and drink, but of the ministerie of the Church of God. It behoueth therefore to keepe their precepts, euen as the burning fire. And let them be such, but as for you: reuerence ye them as the Lord Iesus Christ, because they are the ke­pers of his place, as the bishop is the forme of the Father of al, but the El­ders of the consistorie of God, and ioyning together of the Apostles of Christ, for without them it is not the elected church, nor the collection of the Saints, nor the holie Congregation. And again. What is the Eldership but a holie institution of a counsellour or confessour of a Bishop. What also are the Deacons but followers of Christ ministering to the Bishop, as Christ to the Father, and working vnto him a cleane & vnspottrd work, euen as Saint Stephen vnto the most blessed Iames, and Timothie, & Li­nus vnto Paul and Anacletus, and Clement vnto Peter. And in the 4. Epi­pistle to the Philippians: Yet I saie to the Bishop and to the Elders in the Lord, that who soeuer shall keepe the Passeouer with the Iews, or take vp the solemnitie of their feast daies, shall be compartner with them that haue killed the Lorde and his Apostles.

These and such other spéeches of the Presbyteral Elders do declare, that whosoeuer in Ignatius name wrote thē, for I dare not so boldly (as our Br. doe) affirme them to bee his, yet in writing thus of the Consistorie of the Elders) yea, of the Deacons vnder them, hee thought them both to meddle [Page 890] with teaching, Polycarpus Polycarpus. and with the administration of the Sacraments. As for the Epistle that is adioyned in the name of Polycarpus & the Elders with him, it is most manifest howe they ioyned teaching to their gouerning. Let the Elders bee simple, in all things, mercifull, conuerting all from er­rour, visiting all the sicke, not neglecting the widowes, the fatherlesse and the poore, but alwaies prouiding good things before the Lorde, and be­fore mē. As for anie other y t is more suspected stuffe, I cite not. But be they suspected, or be they not, as I graunt they are verie auncient: so we can finde in none of them, such Elders mencioned, as our Br. threape vpon vs y t there were, neither yet in anie ancient & autentike Ecclesiasticall historie.

For as for that Danaeus writing of the office of Elders, in Christ. Isa­gog, part. 2. cap. 10. citeth, saying: Lites [...]utem dirimere, &c. But to de­cide debates, and (as out of Socrates, lib. 7. cap. 37. may be gathered) to behaue themselues as Iudges and arbiters, Socrates lib. 7. cap. 37. I neuer read that it was the function of Elders, or parte of their office. This proueth nothing at all, that the Cleargie of whome Socrates there speaketh, were not Ministers of the worde and Sacraments: but rather séemeth to inferre that the [...] were, The Eccl. histories for th [...]se Elders and that the Bishop of whome Socrates speaketh, woulde not hau [...] them drawe too much awaie from their function, to the hearing and deter­mining of such controuersies. Albeit Socrates telleth that Siluanus the Bi­shop did it, when as hee sawe the Clarkes to make a gaine by the contro­uersies of the striuers, that from thence forth hee permitted none of the Cleargie to be a Iudge, but taking the bils of those that made supplicati­ons, he preferred one faithfull laie man, whom he knewe to fauour that which was [...]ight and good, to haue the hearing of those matters, and so he set free the striuers from contention and controuersie. Here the Cleargie that had the dealing in those matters, the Bishop by his superior authoritie tooke it frō thē, & appointed it not to the consistorie of Elders, but to one lai [...] man. But to shew more fullie and plainlie that Socrates alwaies vnder­stands by the tearme of Elders, onely such as we call Priestes, to wit, Mini­sters of the worde and Sacraments: Let vs also sée some testimonies out of Socrates, because Danaeus citeth him for these Elders. And I would glad­ly search all the testimonies & examples generallie, if that Caluine, Beza, & Danaeus, or anie other author haue ought, for the proofe or but probabiliti [...] of these Elders.

In the 3. Chap. of his first booke, he saith: And on a certaine time, the Presbyters, Eccl. hist. So­crati. li. 1. cap. 3. (Priests, or Elders) being present which were vnder him, (he speaketh of Alexander, Bishoppe of Alexandria) and the residue of the Cleargie, hee treated somewhat more curiouslie and subtillie of the Trinitie, and philosophicallie proued, that in the Godhead there is the vnitie in the Trinitie. But Arius beeing one of the number of the Elders, which in that degree were placed vnder Alexander, [Page 901] a man not ignorant of the quirkes of Logicke, Danaeus al legation of Socrates. because he suspected that he would afresh bring into the Church the errour of the Affricane Sabel­lius, being kindled with the desire of contention, declined to an opinion cleane contrarie to the opinion of that Affricane, and affirmed, that if the Father begat the sonne, he that was begotten had a beginning of his be­ing. And that thervpon it is cleere, that there was a time when the sonne was not, & that necessarily it followed, that he had his being of nothing. When he had concluded with this new kinde of reason, and neuer before heard of: he stirred vp many of them to seeke after those matters, and of a little sparke was kindled a great great flame, &c. Wherevpon Alexander calling a councell of many Bishops, he deposed ( saith Socrates) Arius, and the fautors of his opinion, from the degree of the Eldership. By which it plainly appeareth, that these elders were ministers and teachers of the worde.

And to this not onelie accordeth Ruffinus, lib. 10. Eccl. hist. cap. 1. sai­ [...]ng: Ruffinus lib. 10. Ec [...]l. hist. cap. 1. A certaine Elder at Alexandria named Arius, a man more religious in shew and forme than vertue, began to set forth certaine wicked points concerning the faith of Christ, &c. And Theodoretus, lib. 1. cap. 2. yet more plainlie: Theod [...]r [...]us Eccl. hist. lib. 1. cap. 2. In these times ( saith he) Arius which was in the companie and order of the Elders, and had the authority of interpreting the diuine Scriptures. When he saw the gouernment of the Sacerdotall Priesthood or Bishopricke, to be committed to Alexander, being impatient of enuie wherewith he was chafed, he began to seek occasions of prouokements, of discords and striuings. And albeit the dignity of the man, and his lau­dable administration, brake off the web of all slaunders, yet coulde not enuie let him rest. The enimie therefore of truth hauing gotten this fel­low, he moued and stirred vp the waues of the Church, and so prouoked him, that he durst openly gainsay the Apostolical doctrine of Alexander. As for Alexander, he auouched the speeches of the diuine Scripture, that the sonne is of the same dignitie with the Father, and hath the same es­sence with his begetter. But Arius fighting against the truth, called him a creation and a worke made. Adding those wordes, that there was some time when he was not. Which things may better be knowen out of the Scriptures themselues. These things did he not only in the Churches con­tinually, but also in other outward assemblies and meetinges, and trea­ting vpon them house by house, hee drue awaie as many as hee was a­ble.

And yet to shew further, not onely that this order of Elders was aboue the Deacons, but that of Deacons they were made Elders: Sozomenus li. 1. cap. 14. saith: Of these disputations Arius was the author, an Elder of the Church of Alexandria which is in Aegypt. Z [...]zomen [...] lib. 1. cap. 14. Who although at the be­ginning he seemed very studious of the doctrine of Christ: yet was hee a [Page 928] furtherance to Meletius, The Elders in the Eccl historie. attempting new matters. Whos [...] parts when he forsooke, he was of Peter Bishop of Alexandria ordained Deacon, And afterward of him cast out of the Church, whē Peter deposed the fautors of Meletins, and improued Baptisme. This Arius inueighed grieuously a­gainst the Acts of Peter, and could by no meanes bee quiet. But when Peter had suffered martyrdome, Arius crauing pardon of Achillas, was not onely permitted to exercise his Deaconship, but also was exalted to the degree of the Eldership. Afterward Alexander had him in great estimati­on, &c.

By this it may not onely appeare that the orders and Senates of Elders in such great Churches as these, were Ministers of the worde, but also were thereto promoted, hauing before ben Deacons. When therfore we reade in Socrates ( as in the restoring of Athanasius, lib. 2. cap. 18.) th [...] Letters of the Emperour Constantinus directed vnto the Bishops and to the Elders of the Catholike Church, saying: Moreouer, vnto the benefit bestowed on him, Socrate [...] lib. [...]. cap. 18 this also we thought good to bee noted, that all those that are inrolled into this holie number and companie of the Cleargie, may vnderstand, that securitie is giuen vnto all, be they Bishoppes or bee they Clarkes, that haue holden with him: it argueth, that there was indéed such a companie of Elders, whom heere hée calleth Clearks, but we cannot gather hereupon, that they were such as ministred not at all the word and Sacraments, but rather the contrarie. For else if Athanasius the Bishop had beene the onely Minister of the word and Sacramente [...], all the people of Alexandria had beene destitute of the worde and Sacramentes all the while of Athanasius banishment. And to confirme this, that these Elders about the Bishops had not onely the publike ministration of the word, but also that some one or other of their number, was appointed to heare the cō ­fessions of such as wer penitent, and in token of their vnfained repentance, to inioyne them to submit themselues to some bodilie chastisement, which therevpon was called penance:

At that time ( saith Socrates, li. 5. ca. 19.) the Church thought good, Socrates. li. 5 cap. 19. that the Elders which had the gouernment of the order of inioyning penitēce in euerie Church, was takē awaie. And that on this occasion: frō the time wherein the Nouatians separated themselues from the Church, & refu­sed to communicate with those, which in the time of the persecution rai­sed in the raigne of Decius, had fallen: the Bishops of the Churches ad­ded vnto the Canon, that in euerie of the Churches there should bee one certain Elder, which shuld be ouer the Penitencies, to the end, that those which after Baptisme were fallen, should before the Elder appointed for that purpose, confesse their offences. This Canon as yet among other sects remaineth ratified and firme. They onely which confesse the Father and [Page 925] the Sonne to be one in substance, and the Nouatians that consent in faith with them, reiected this Penitenciarie Elder. The Nouatians would neuer from the beginning suffer this to be so much as a hanger by. The bishops which now gouern the Churches, althogh for a good space of time they haue held this institution: notwithstāding in the times of the Bishop Ne­ctarius, they chaunged the same, by reason of such an offence as then by chance was committed in the Church: a certaine noble womā came vn­to the Penitenciarie Elder, confessing particularlie such faultes as after her Baptisme she had committed. The Elder commaunded the woman that she should giue her selfe to fastings, and to continuall praiers. Wher­by together with the acknowledgment of her sinnes, shee shoulde declare a worke meete for her repentaunce. The woman proceeding further in confessing, accuseth her selfe of another fault, and declareth that a Dea­con had laine with her. For the which offence (by this meanes beeing made manifest) the Deacon was driuen out of the Church, and a tumult was made among the multitude of the people. For they grudged not onelie against the offence committed, but also for the note of the grie­uous slaunder and reproch, that thereby was raised on the Church. Whē as therefore the sacred Priests were verie much euill spoken on for this cause, Eudaemon a certaine Elder of the Church, [...]. a Countrieman of Alex­andria, gaue counsell to the Bishoppe Nectarius to remoue the Peniten­ciarie Elder, and to giue free power that euery one according to his own conscience, should come to the participation of the mysteries. For by that onelie meanes it should come to passe, that the Church shoulde bee voide of all spot of infamie. These things because ( sayth Socrates) euen I my selfe had them of Eudaemon, I doubted not plainly to commit them to this our historie.

In which wordes, these Elders hauing this office among them, which pertaineth especiallie to the ministration of the worde, [...] and all of them indifferentlie called Sacerdotes, as well as Presbyteros: it is againe ap­paraunt, by Socrates whom [...] Danaeus citeth, that these Elders were not such, as héere our Brethren doe conceiue or pretend, but Ministers of the worde and Sacramentes, which in the next Chapter (saue one) follow­ing, doeth yet more fullie appeare. Where Socrates shewing the diuer­sities in diuerse places, concerning Easter daie, Fasting, Marriage Di­uine Seruice, and other Ecclesiasticall obseruation, amongest other mat­ters, saith on this wise.

Moreouer, I my selfe haue knowen another custome to haue growen in Thessalia, that there he which is a Cleark, if after he be made a Cleark, he lie with his wife whom he married while hee was a laie man, is deposed from his Cleargie. Whereas all the famous Elders in the East, yea, the [Page 904] Bishops and all, are by no lawe compelled to abstaine from their wiues, except it please themfelues. For euen while they gouerne their Bishop­rikes, not a few of them beget children of their lawfull wiues. Hee that was the author of that custome in Thessalia, was Heliodorus of Trica, a ci­tie of that region, of whose making are the amorous bookes, which hee composed when he was a young man, and intituled them, The Aethiopi­an historie ( hee meaneth that of Theagenes and Cariclea:) The same cu­stome is kept also at Thessalonica, and in Macedonia, and in Hellas. Be­sides this I haue knowen another custome in Thessalia, to wit, that they baptize in the dayes of the feast of Easter onely. For which cause, all of them (except a very few) die without baptisme. The Church of Antioche in Syria is set contrarie to other Churches, for the Altar (or Communion table) is not set Eastward, but Westward. In Hellas, and at Hierusalem, & at Thefsalia, the prayers are made while the candles are lighted, after the manner of the Nouatians that are at Constantinople. In like manner at Caesarea of Cappadocia, The Elders were expoū ders of the Scriptures, and in Cyprus, [...]. the Elders and the Bishops ex­pound the Scriptures euermore on Saterday and on Sonday, at euening by candle light. The Nouatians that are at Hellespont, keepe not in all pointes the like manner, as doo the Nouatians that are at Constantino­ple, but for the more parte they followe the order of the chiefe Church a­mong them. To conclude, in all the formes of religions & sects, you shall neuer finde two, that in [...]. the maner of their praiers agree among them­selues. Furthermore, at Alexandria an Elder preacheth not, which cu­stome hath had his beginning, since the time that Arius disturbed the Church. Vpon what occasion the Ministers at Alexandria ceased to preach.

And here at length is noted, where onely, and vppon what occasion, the Elders preached not. Howbeit he saith not, that heerevpon they were pro­hibited vtterlie the ministerie of the word and Sacramentes. For as hee shewed before lib. 2. cap. 8. the verie Deacons out of whole order the El­ders were made, did saie the publike praiers before the people. But this the Elders ceasing of preaching, how long ti [...]e after Arius troubles it be­gan at Alexandria, & how long time it continued: he declareth not. But in noting the same (as such a strange and diuerse order, different from al other Churches) it declareth, that it directly belonged to their office, and that in al other Churches the Elders were such, as were not prohibited to preach, & that they preached there also, before that occasion did fall out. And where­as as a little after hee citeth (for not troubling the Church about indifferent things) the decree made by the Apostles, the Elders, and the brethren, Act 15.23. it appeareth that Socrates tooke also those Elders that are ther [...] mencioned, to be no other kinde of Elders, than such as medled with teach­ing. And so doth the verie text insinuate, that those Elders were, when it saith, Act. 15.6. The Apostles and Elders came together to looke to this matter. [Page 905] Which matter was a great controuersie in doctrine. And Caluine himself saith t [...]ereon: Luke saith not that the whole Church was gathered toge­ther, but those that excelled in doctrine and iudgement, & they that by reason of their office, were lawfull Iudges of this cause, it may be that the disputation was holden before the people, but least anie shoulde thinke that the people wer admitted indifferentlie to meddle in the cause: Luke expresly nameth the Apostles and the Elders, as those that were more fit to take notice therof. And to shew further who these Elders were, he saith on these words: When there was great disputing: when as the graue men and publike Doctors of the Church were chosen, neither yet could they agree among themselues, &c.

And to shew that these Elders in all other Churches wer [...] still of thi [...] [...]orte, Socrates procéeding to his 6. booke, chap. 2. telleth, that when the Bi­shoprick of Constantinople was vacant by Nectarius decease, which tooke awaie the penitenciarie Elder aforesayde, and that they laboured much a­bout the choosing of a Bishoppe, and some sought one, and some ano­ther for that office; & that they had consulted often thervpon: at length it was thought good to call from Antioche, for Iohn an Elder of Anti­oche. For the fame of him was great, that he was meete to teach them, & very skifull in the gift of vtterance.

And in the seuenth booke (which Danaeus citeth) cap. 2. speaking of Atti­cus, which was afterward likewise made Bishoppe of Constantinople, Socrates lib. 7. cap. 2. he saith: When he first obtained the degree of the Presbyterie, Priesthood, or Eldership, the Sermons which he recited in the Church, he made them with great studie, and conned word by word: afterward by often vse and diligence getting more audacitie, he beganne to preach ex tempore (on the sodaine occasion) and attained to a more popular manner of tea­ching.

And in the 5. Chapter he [...]e [...]eth of Sabatius an Elder among the Nouatians preaching in his Sermon this false doctrine: Cursed bee he who soeuer celebrateth the feast of Easter without vnleauened bread.

In the sixth Chapter be telleth of two Arian Elders preachers and in­terpreters of the Scriptures.

Besides that, Chap. 16. hee telleth of three Elders, Philip, Proclus, Socrates lib. 7. cap. 16. and Sisinius, that [...]too [...] [...]or the Bishoprike of Constantinople of which Sifinius by the desire of the people, hee beeing an Elder not ordained in anie Church within the Citie, but of Elea a suburbe of the Citie, obtained the Bishoprike. Wherby it appeareth also, that these Elders had seueral Con­gregations and Churches in and about the Citie, and were Ministers of the worde and Sacraments in them. And although Proclus was afterward made Bishop of Cizicum, whom the Citie would not receiue, but chose on [...] Dalmatius a Monke, and so Proclus went not thether, but continued in [Page 916] preaching at Constantinople, and afterward was made Bishoppe of that Citie, after Maximianus, which did leade a monasticall life, yet by degree of dignitie he was an Elder. So that these Presbyters, Priestes, or Elders were not (as Danaeus supposeth) a Senate or a Consistorie chosen from a­mong the people assistant to the Bishop: and much lesse to euerie Pastor, ( as our Brethr. affirme) gouerning onelie the discipline of the Church, but not medling with teaching: Socrates neuer speaketh of such kinde of Elders, but simplie and plainely of such as we call Priests, and our brethren call Pastors.

To conclude this no lesse appeareth in the last Capter (saue two) of all Socrates Historie: [...] euen in Paulus the Bishoppe of the Nouatians. Who before his death calling together all the sacred Priestes of the Churches that were vnder him, sayde vnto them. Prouide yee, while I am yet a­liue, that a Bishoppe may bee appointed vnto you. When they aunswe­red: The power of choosing the Bishoppe is not to bee permitted vnto vs. For (saie they) while one of vs thinketh this, another that, we shal neuer name one and the same man. But wee desire that you woulde designe, whome you would haue vs choose. Deliuer me then (sayd hee) this your promise in writing, that yee will choose him whom I will name vnto you. Which writing beeing made, and subscribed with their hande, raising vp himselfe a little in his bedde: he secretlie (they that were present not pri­uie thereto) wrote therein the name of Martian, which was one that had obtained to the order of the Elders, and therein had learned a rigorous kinde of life, and at that time by chance was absent. And when hee had sealed vp the writing, and had brought the chiefe of the Elders to con­firme the same also with their seales: he deliuered it to, &c. I note this onelie that these Nouatians also, which were a kinde of Praecisians in that antiquitie, hauing for their precise austeritie of life, cut off and diuided thē ­selues from all other Churches (albeit in substance and groundes of faith and doctrine not dissenting, but in profession of more seuere discipline) not onely had their Bishops in the chiefe Cities, and many Elders vnder them: but also that these Elders ( as in all other Churches) were Saceraotes, Mini­sters of the sacred word and Sacraments, and not such as medled not with teaching, or were equall in the Churches gouernment with the Bishop.

This we sée was the continuall and vniuersall practise of the Church, from the Apostles times, vntill this age, when Ambrose, Ierome, and Au­gustine began to flourish. Neither ani [...] thing as yet aleadged by Beza, Cal­luine, Snecanus, and Danaeus out of Ambrose, or Cyprian, or Iustine, or Tertullian, or anie other auncient father: or out of Socrates, or Sozomene, or anie other Ecclesiasticall Historiographer, that can proue their Ecclesia­sticall Elder gouerning only and not teaching: but all these (as wée haue séen) shew the cleane contrarie.

[Page 913] But yet we haue not doone. Augustis. Danaeus besides and before Socrates allea­geth Saint Augustine Serm. 19. Danaeus his allegation of Aug. for these Elders De verbis Domini in Matthe [...]m, for proofe of such gouerning & not teaching Elders▪ Now although there he no like­likelihood, we should finde mencion of those in Saint Augustine, that liued some what after Socrates time, and the Fathers aforesaide: yet because I would gladlie sée all, that for my part I can finde in anie of our brethren, for the practise & proofe of these Elders, what office they had, both for mine own and for others satisfaction: let vs view also what these wordes are, which Danaeus vnderstandeth for these Elders. Saint Augustine treating of the stipends of souldiours, and of their spoiles and hauocks, saith on this wise: Illud autem quale est, quum ob errorem aliquem a Senioribus arguuntur, &c. But what manner of thing is that, August. de verbis Domi­ni in Matth. Serm. 19. when for some errour they are reproued of the Elders, and anie of them is charged, why he was dronke, why he in­uaded other mens goods, why in his hurlie burlie hee committed man­slaughter: that he wil answere, what shuld I haue done? I am a secular mā, or a souldior. Am I professed a Monk or a Clerk? As though it wer lawful for euery one that is not a Monk, or a clerk, to do that which is vnlawful?

Here indéede is mencioned this word Elders, & that in the Latine terme, Seniores. But so generally: that whether he meane Senior or elder in yeres or in office: and if in office, whether ciuill or Ecclesiasticall; and if Eccle­siasticall, whether medling with teaching, yea, or no: no, necessarie certain­tie can be grounded heerevpon. Is there any word heere, or going before. or comming after, that may proue these Elders reprouing these souldiours not to meddle with teaching? Or may we not rather (if we shal go by cō ­iecture) a great deale more probably gather the cleane contrary, that they medled with teaching, & with reprehension, which is also part of the Mini­sters office? And namelie the example that S. Augustine in the said sermon bringeth hereof (for S. Iohn Baptists teaching the Publicans & souldiours their dutie what they ought to do) doth plainly in [...]inuate, that he meaneth here by these Seniors or Elders, the verie teachers of the word, and Mini­sters of the Sacraments, as was Iohn Baptist that reproued, taught, and baptized the souldiors. August. li. 1▪ Quaestionū super Genes. Quaest. 70. saith: In the Latine tong Presbyter is called Senior. Li. 6. Locutionum Iosue. Aug. li. 1. Quaest. super Gē. quaest. 70 Aug. li. 6. lo­cutionū Iosue Not euery senior is an old man, but euery old man may be called a senior: And in no place that I can find he vseth the word Presbyter, as a tearme to bee vsed among vs, but either (as there) for an elder in yeeres, or els, for an el­der in office, & that not onely Ecclesiasticall, but also in the very ministerie of the word & Sacraments. When the Manichees defaced & discredited the Clergy for their liues (wherin would to God our Br. would not resemble that practise of so euil men) S. Aug. cōmending the Clergie li. [...]. De moribus Eccl. Cath. ca. 32. saith: Aug. de mori. Eccl. Cath. li. cap. 32 Neither yet are the maners of the Catholik church so straightned, that I shuld think their liues whō I haue reckned vp to be [Page 908] onely commended: Eld [...]ugustine the [...] for how many Bishoppes excellent and most holy men haue I knowen? How many Elders? How many Deacons, and such like Ministers of the diuine Sacraments, &c?

Likewise in his questions, Ex vtro (que) mixtim, Quest. 101. where he proueth that the Elders are in office and dignitie aboue the Deacons, August. quaest ex viroque mixtim, Quest. 101. v [...]ng this name Sacerdos and Presbiter indifferentlie, and as betokening all one of­fice, concluding thus: For except the Priest vnto whome they owe atten­dance, the Deacons are placed before all, meaning all the other inferiour orders Ecclesiasticall. [...]o that Augustine acknowledgeth no such gouer­ning and not teaching Ecclesiasticall orders, as our Breth. woulde haue, preferring withal these Elders before the Deacons, and preferring the tea­chers and Pastors before these Elders, but not in the Churches gouernmēt. If there had bene anie such in S. Augustines time, other than the Priestes, Ministers of the word, and between the Priests and the Deacons: he could neuer haue placed the Deacons aboue all other, saue the ministring Priests. Whereby it is plaine, that hee counteth Elders and Priestes to b [...]e all one.

Aug. in quin quaginta ho­milijs, hom. 5 at 7. Yea, Danaeus himselfe procéeding a little further, in this foresayd tenth Chapter of these Elders, alleadgeth Augustine héereunto, in his [...]iftie Ho­milies, Homil. 5. &. 7. that the saying of Esaie, Clama, ne cesses, &c. appertai­neth not onelie to Bishoppes but to Elders. The wordes of Augustine are these, Homil. 7. If ye marke diligently (most deere Brethren) ye know that all the Priests of the Lord, not onely the Bishops, but also the Elders and Ministers of the Churches, are in great perill. For the holy Ghost witnes­seth vnto them, saying: Crie out, cease not, lift vp thy voice like as it were a trumpet, and tell my people their offences, and the house of Iacob their sinnes. Is not this, lifting vp of the voice, a medling with the worde and publike preaching or teaching? So that Danaeus must néede confesse, that these Elders which Saint Augustine mencioneth, were not such as med­led not with teaching, but were publike teachers or Preachers of Gods worde.

To conclude, concerning Augustine, here is nothing that Danaeus allea­geth for Elders out of him Homil. 7. in 50. Serm. 16. in Math. & 18. & in Luc. 1. Serm. 24. that maketh anie mencion at all, or anie inkling of suspition for such Elders, as our Brethren imagine, and Danaeus would proue: but are all for Pastorall Elders, medling with teaching. Neither onlie meddle not these places with anie of these supposed Elders: but also no other place that I can yet finde out, in all the Tomes and writings of Saint Augu­stine.

But Danaeus alleadgeth not onelie Saint Augustine, but Basil, Dioni­sius, & Hierome. And in his seuenth Chapter Isagog. Christ. parte. 2. he [...]aith.

But these orders that are appointed for euer in the Church of God [Page 909] remaining in this earth and visible are few. Basil for the Elders, Which Basile vpon the 33. Psalme, seemeth obscurely to reuoke vnto foure kindes, to wit, that some of them should be as it were the eies, as the Seniors: other like the tong, as the Pastors: other like the hands, as the Deacons: other like the feete as those that attend vpon the baser ministeries of the Church, as are the doore keepers.

It goeth hard belike with our Breth. for the proofe of these Elders, when such obscure coniectures out of the Fathers, must vnderprop them. And here is alleaged a sentence out of Basil, which notwithstanding Danaeus dare not auouch, to make any cléere or plain assertion for these Elders. But he saith, that Basil seemeth, and that obscurely, to reuoke (all the perpetu­all orders of the Ecclesiasticall ministerie in the Church) vnto 4. kindes, whereof he maketh these Seniors or Elders to bee the first, and compareth thē vnto the eles. Indéede this is well added, to saie he séemeth obscurelie, for if we shall bring Basils sentence to the light, there is not one word that maketh for these Seniors. Basil vpon the 33 ( or as we better accoūt it w t the Hebrues the 34.) Psalme, verse. 15. Basilius in 33 vel. 34. Psal. ver. 15. The eies of the Lord are vppon the righte­ous, and his eares on their crie, hath these words: Euen as the Saintes are the bodie of Christ, and in part members: and God hath placed these in the Church as eies, those as eares, other as hauing a proportiō of the hands, other of the feete: so also the holy spirituall vertues (or powers) occupi­ed about the holie place, some of them are called the eies, to whom the care of vs is committed; so the eares, which receiue our praiers, and refer (or bring) them to God. But now this our vertue or power contempla­tiue and helping of our praiers, he called the eles and the eares. The eies therfore of the Lord are vpon the righteous and his eares on their praiers because all the action of the righteous is fit to be holden and considered of God. And to conclude, euerie woorde (sith nothing is of him spoken idlely) standeth fruitfull & very profitable. Therefore he saith here, that the righteous is continually both seene and heard.

Thus saith Basill. And is there any word here that may so much as but obscurely seeme, to infer these our brethrens Gouerning elders not med­ling with teaching, to be any of those that hee calleth the vertue or power contēplatiue, which he resembleth in the mysticall bodie of Christ vnto the eies? And who then are these which hee compareth to the eares? if (as Daneus saith) he compareth the Pastors to the tongue, which he doth not, Ba [...]il nor obscurely by the eies meaneth the Bi­shops. nor maketh there any application at all either of the tongue, or of the handes, or of the feete: but onely of the eies and eares. And likeneth the eies to those, vnto whome the care of vs is committed. And the eares to those which receiue our praiers, and referre or bring them vnto God▪ Wher­by as it is plaine, that by the eares, he meaneth the Ministers, which make the publike praiers vnto God for vs: So what letteth but by the eyes, to [Page 910] whome he ascribeth the spirituall and contemplatiue power of gouern­ment, Basil and placeth them first and before the eares, wée may well (for anie thing here to the contrarie) vnderstand the Bishoppes. Whose verie name [...] (betokening an ouerseer) is answerable to the contemplatiue ver­tue of the eie, and his office is in spirituall contemplation, more then these not teaching Seniors, whose gouernment they make to consist, onlie in ex­ternall discipline, and in the correction of manners. As for the hands, that he should meane the Deacons, is further applied than Basil went. For hee resteth his application onelie on these two members, the eies & the eares, saying: But now our vertue contemplatiue and helping of praiers, he cal­led the eies, and that the eies of the Lord are ouer the righteous, and his eares vnto their praiers, because all the action of the righteous is meete, that it should of God be beholden and considered. So that in the end, he driueth all, vnto Gods beholding and considering the action of the righ­teous man, séeming to meane the minister of God, that directeth all his spi­rituall and contemplatiue power of seeing, that is, of taking care of vs: & of hearing, that is, of offering praiers to God for vs. And as for anie resē ­blance of the tongue, he mencioneth not at all. But sith the praiers ( name­lie publike) not onely procéede from the heart, but are vttered with y e tong, ( the tongue also fitting well therto) he concludeth, saying: And finallie, e­uery word (sith nothing is idlely spokē of him) remaineth fruitfull & very profitable. And therefore he saith here, the righteous man is both seene and heard continually. And can Danaeus or any other man, be his eies ne­uer so good, sée in this sentence, that Basil meant, there were 4. perpetual cō ­tinuing orders of the Ecclesiastical ministery in the Church, whereof these Seniors not teaching, are likened to the eies, and haue the first place euen aboue the Pastors? He had néed haue better eies than I haue, that should sée this. And yet (I thanke God) I can sée thus much, that if Danaeus had but turned ouer the former leafe, and looked vpon the 11. verse, that in the Psalme goeth a little before: wee & other may easilie sée this, that Basil in plaine words, ascribeth to the teachers of the word, and not vnto anie not teaching Seniors, the eie & ouersight of the Churches discipline, saying: Heare (my children) heare me, Basil ascri­beth teching of the doc­trine, to thē that haue the gouernment of the Eccl. discipline. I will teach you the feare of the Lord. This is as the voice of a most louing maister (or teacher) and of one that euen by the Fathers bowels allureth them to discipline. For the Scholler also is the sonne of the spirituall maister. For whosoeuer receiueth of any the forme of godlinesse, he verily is as it were fashioned of him, and brought forth into the light, euen as a woman with childe that beareth the in­fants fashioned in her wombe. So Paul when all the Church of the Gala­thians did fall from their first discipline, beeing sotted with a certaine drousinesse and astonishment of the mind, hee taking them againe, refor­ming and instructing Christ in thē, calleth them his sonnes. And because after his griefe, he erected them being fallen, and reduced them vnto the [Page 911] dutie of their faith: he therefore minded also to trauell for their heauines that were fallen a waie. My children (saith he) of whom I trauell againe, till Christ be fashioned (in you). Come therfore (my children) heare me. What then hath our spiritual Father for to teach vs? I wil teach you (saith he) the feare of the Lord.

This sentence (loe) of Basil euen in the same treatise, is a greate deale cléerer, and without all obscuritie sheweth, that he tooke those whom he af­terward calleth the eies, to be these that the ouersight & care of discipline belongeth vnto, declaring withal, that these are such spiritual Fathers, as to whom the teaching of the feate of God, & the instructing, exhorting, & re­ducing Gods people vnto the true faith, from all error & wickednes doth pertaine, & not to Elders that medled not with teaching. And to shew this yet more plaine in Basil: His booke De Institutione Monachorum, translated by Ruffinus, an Elder also of Aquilegia, but withal, a teacher of the word, liuing in Hieromes time, dooth sufficientlie declare. Basilius de in s [...]itutiō. Mo­nachorū. c. 16 Where Cap. 16. and treating of a gouernor of the Church, he maketh the Monke ( for he procée­deth dialogue wise) to aske this question. Monachus. What ought hee to thinke of himselfe which is a gouernor? And what manner of man ought he to be towards them whom he commandeth and gouerneth? Basilius. Verilie before God, euen as the minister of Christ, & the stewarde of the ministeries (or rather, the mysteries) of God, fearing least that besides the will of God, or besides that which is euidently commanded in the holie Scriptures, he either speak any thing, or cōmand any thing, or bee found as a false witnes of Christ, or a sacrilegious person, or a bringer in of anie thing that is strange, frō the doctrine of God, yea, or leuing out or going beyōd any of those things that are acceptable vnto God. But to the bre­thren he ought to be as it were a nurse that cherisheth her litle ones. And he must be ready according to the will of God, & according as is expe­dient for euery one, to cōmunicate with them not onely the Gospell, but his life also. Being mindfull of the commandement of the Lord, and our God, saying: I giue you a new commandement, that ye loue together as I haue lo­ued you. No man hath a greater loue than this, that hee should giue his life for his friends. Wherby it appeareth y t Basil acknowledgeth no other Eccl. gouer­nors of the Church, but such Elders as were ministers of the worde & Sa­craments. And this also be saith of those y t were the correcters or their bre­ca. 17. Mo. Cap. 17. How shal we (O Father) reproue & amēd him that offēdeth? Ba. As it is written, the Lord speaking it, If thy bro [...]her shal sinne against thee, The Ecclesiasticall go­uernors du­ty of publik reprehensiō. go and reproue him betweene thee and him alone. If he shall heare thee, thou hast won thy brother. But if he will not heare thee, take with thee another or two, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses, euerie word may stand. But if so hebe will not heare them, tell the Church. And if he wil not heare the Church, let him be to thee as an Ethnike or publicane. If perhaps this rebuking which is made of ma­ny, may fall out vnto him for his health. [Page 912] And as the Apostle sayd reproue, beseech, comfort, in all patience and do­ctrine. And againe, if anie man obey not the worde, note him by an E­pistle, and keepe not fellowship with him. Without doubt (he meaneth) for the participation of the table. Thus writeth Basil of his dutie, especi­ally, to whome the reprouing of faultes doth belong, that he should not on­lie be a priuate admonisher, but such a publike reprouer also, as occasion requireth, and that with doctrine, as Saint Paule prescribeth to a Pastor. And if our Brethren will vnderst [...] these wordes, Dic Ecclesia, tell the Church, to be the onelie of Elders: then let those Elders be such reprouers, as heere Basil applyeth the Apostles sentence vnto, that they teach doc­trine with their reprehensions. So that if they bee not with all teachers of doctrine, they cannot be the Churches officers for publike Ecclesiasti­call reprehension.

And as we sée Basils iudgement sufficiently by these his writings: so for his owne estate and his life, set out by Gregorie Nazianzen, that was al­so an Elder vnder Basil, is apparant in Gregories Monodia; who ha­uing before declared the parentage, the youth, the studie of Basil, at length he commeth to this Eldership, Monodia Gregorij Nazianzen, de vita Basilij. and sayth: Illum verò dei dispensatio pe [...] Sacerdotij gradus illustrem ac notum o [...]nibus fecit, ac inter Presbyteros constituit, non, &c.

As for him the dispensation of GOD made him famous and know­en by the degrees of the sacred Priesthoode, and placed him among the Elders, howbeit not by and by, and besides order, but by little and little, proceeding and beeing promoted by degrees and courses. In which wordes he manifestlie sheweth, that to he [...] preferred from one degree to another, till he come to a gouerning Presbyter, Priest, or Elder, was not to come to bée one that medled not with teaching, but to bee Sacerdos, to wit, a Minister of the sacred worde of God and of his Sacramentes. For ( sayth Gregorie) I praise not them that without order, are by and by promoted in the Church: I rather commend the Mariners custome. For they make not their gouernour at the first dash, and on a sodaine: but first they exercise and trie him by all the offices of a Seaman. They will before see howe hee can rowe, and then placing him in the fore-parte of the shippe, to knowe and perfectlie to learne the windes, acquainting himselfe cunninglie to shunne the cliffes and rockes. Last of all, hauing bene exercised in all the offices, they place him in the hinder parte of the shippe, and giue him the stearne in his hande, and make him gouernour. Likewise also in the discipline of warre, first hee is made a souldier, then a wiffler to set them in their rankes, and lastly he is made a Captaine.

The same is the manner both of the Phisition and of the Painter, the one, that before hee make his profession, hee haue conned manie [Page 913] rules, and haue seene and had in handling manye diseases: the other to know how to mixe and temper his coulours before, and then to drawe his lines and last of all to giue perfect figures vnto his coullors.

But we see (which is a ridiculous matter, or rather a lamentable) how a Bishop is made with tumult and confusion ( hee speaketh of that time when the Bishops were choosen by the election and voyces of the people, The disor­dred making B. and Elders as the Eccles [...]icall Histories are full of such tu [...]ts & co [...]ous) ney­ther in order nor directly, but by viciousnes and crafte, not hee that is worthie but he that is mightier. For he is not promoted that is exerci­sed before, but he that is ignorant and rude of the Churches affayres, in so much that he commeth fresh from the seculer life, as the Giantes at Thebes for ( as the Poetes feigne) when Cadmus at Thebes in Boeocia, had sowed the teeth of Dragons, suddenly there sprange vp Giantes, armed downe to the nauell, and so making battell one with an other, were slaine the same daye. And euen so we make Prelates of one dayes breede. And wee hauing not learned what they be, doe beleeue that they be wise men, which were fortified before with no degree, with no vertue, with no eloquence, hauing susteyned no trauayle for righ­teousnesse, nor any thing at all for the Churche. For hee which one­ly meditateth diuine matters, and subdueth his bodie to the spirite, that hereafter he may be fitte for a place in heauen, is gladly content to holde a lowe and inferiour place among men. But he that is igno­raunt, and without learning, beeing puffed vp and loftie, is aduaunced aboue his betters, nor is mooued with the example of goodnesse or hu­militie: but with all his indeuour onely seeking honours, promiseth him- [...]elfe witte and wisedome (to springe) out of his power. Where­upon that of Demosthenes is true, to atchiue a matter luckily besides woorthinesse; is an occasion for fooles to imagine and thinke euill. But our Basill as he is made a rule and example vnto other of his o­ther vertues: so also of a Priest and of the Ecclesiasticall ordination. How Basil ascended to be an Elder or Priest by degrees. For euen frō the first swathing-bands of the Sacerdotall offices, he grew vp by little and little, in-so-much that hee disdayned not in anie wise to be made a Reader of the holie scriptures, and then to bee made an interpreter and expounder of them, euen as Dauid sayth: Let those of the chayre of the Elders prayse the Lorde: and so at length deserued he to be made a Bishop. Which place he neuer at any time sought nor e­uer wished.

In which sentence, we not onely sée the complaint of Gregorie, howe many came to be Elders, yea and Bishops also in those dayes (as in all a­ges like corruptions, and complaintes haue béene) but especially it grewe then of the disordered and factions elections of the people: so for the pur­pose nowe in hande, we sée heereby, that these Elders were the sacred [Page 914] Priestes, whose office consisted not in gouerning only, but with [...]ll in the ministerie of the worde and Sacraments. And how by degrees, [...] [...]x [...] ­cising thēselues in matters tending vnto teaching, they attayned, or ought to haue attained, vnto this Eldership & from thence such as excelled were, or ought to haue béen, promoted to be Bishops. Except it fel out otherwis [...], by extraordinarie occasion in some rare and singular men, as in Ambrose, and Thalassius euen in Caesarea where Basil was Bishop, &c. and of other Elders than these, here is no mention.

Nowe when Basil was thus ordeyned an Elder. Gregorie sheweth how he exercised himselfe vnder Eusebius B. of Caesarea, Basils exer­cise vnder his Bishop while he was Elder. how he laboured against the Heretikes, in exhorting and teaching of the people, how hée sent for Gregorie to come & helpe him. And here Gregorie setteth downe Basils example vnto him. For ( sayth he) euen as Barnabas in times past was present with Paule, to make manifest the trueth of the Gospell, and common conflict of the faith: so came I, then vnto my Basil, as his fellowe against his fight with the Arians. Listen to the Epistle where-with he called me. Make readie thy selfe, haue regarde to deli­uer me in this present conflict, and with vs to meete them which desire vtterly to ouerthrowe vs, whose boldnesse thou shalt bridle onely with thy countenaunce, and shalt cause that they shall not make our matters goe to wracke: and therefore all shall knowe howe thou onely (by the grace of God) dost gouerne our congregation, and that thou shalt e [...] ­sily represse euery wicked mouth and the insolencie of them that speake against God.

But ( sayth Gregorie) to returne my speech to my purpose, Basill re­turning to Caesarea, regarded nothing more than to pacifie Eusebius to the end that he might ouer-throw the Heresie, and wholly to serue him, and be ready at his hande in all those thinges that were of God, that hee might make apparant to all men, that all thinges which hee had suffred of him ( for Eusebius had béene heauie before vnto him) proceeded from the instigation of the Diuell, that the common enemies of the fayth might haue the greater aduauntage by their rageing. ( as the Papistes get nowe by our Brethrens and our Bishops falling out, though the Bi­shops doe all they can to pacifie them, whereas Basilius laboured all that he could to pacifie his bishoppe) but he when as he knewe very well the lawes of obedience, and of a spirituall life, hee was attendant on him in all thinges, in hearing, in consulting, and in doing, he employed his spirituall and diligent endeuour for the bishop. And to say at one word, he grewe as much into his fauour, as before he seemed to be farre from it. Basils authoritie vnder the Bishop. For which cause Eusebius helde indeede as bishop, the chiefe place, in the Church, but Basill had the power of the Church and the autho­ritie. The one fate in the chiefe dignitie, the other went about all the [Page 915] businesse. For there was a singular and wonderfull concorde betweene them. The one helping the other, and taking strength the one of the o­ther, the bishop growing strong by the counsell and wit of Basil, and Basill by taking authoritie of the bishop. To conclude, the bishop had the people, and he the bishop. And euen as he that tameth a Lyon, being inferiour in strength, doth handle him gently, and make him tame by a certaine arte, The bishops defect ha­uing beene before but a lay man. by which meanes well neere he asswageth & molifieth the violence and fiercenesse of the wilde beast: so Basill the greate behaued himselfe about Eusebius. For when he hauing ben of late a laie man, and ignorant of Ecclesiasticall matters, was exalted vnto this dignitie, especi­ally at the same time that the flame of Arius heresie did beare the swaie, he was not fit inough for this burthen. Wherevpon hee wanted Basil to be his guide and helper, chieflie by whose vertue there was hope, that the matters would haue prosperous and good successe. And therefore it was not as some suppose, that Basil was vnder the Emperor Iuliā, Basils go­uernment. but he was bishop after the death of Valens. But whē as he receiued the gouernmēt & administration of the Church of Caesarea vnder the bishop Eusebius, he appeased all discords, hee remooued all priuie grudges, he establish­ed their manners, not onelie with his words and excellent Sermons that he vttered: but also by the example of his life. For hee endeauoured to helpe the people both with his spirite and his bodie, with his body by la­bour and exercise careing for them, by walking about euery waye, by courteous behauiour, and by helping thē with his riches: spiritually, by teaching, by admonishing, and by giuing to all men a measure and in­stitutions of their life.

Thus doth Gregorie set foorth the ecclesiasticall gouernement of Ba­sill and of his owne gouernement also, being Elders vnder the bishopp in the Churche of Caesarea, consisting as muche and more in teaching, than in the correction and composing of manners and censures of dis­cipline. And that these were not distinct offices in the diuerse kindes of Elders, but they medled with both together, and both vnder the bishop, [...]n [...] h [...]w [...] God blesse [...] this ecclesiasticall gouernement, vntill Basill him-selfe after the decease of Eusebius was made their bishop. And then sayth Gregorie; after hee had praysed Basill in this promotion: [...]s for mee, all men thought when they hearde of his promotion, that I would foorth-with departe ( he meaneth from the place where he then was) and that I would goe to him, and that I should haue e­quall power with him they knewe that there was such friendshippe and beneuolence betweene vs. But (I when as I shunned enuie, leaste I shoulde seeme to occupie the places of those that were neere him; and with-all, least they shoulde falsely iudge that Basil hauing recea­ued mee, preferred mee before other, for priuate friendeshippe:) [Page 916] refrayned and forbore my selfe as much as I could. While that in this behalfe, I desired rather to yeelde to reason, than to my appetite. But he ceased not to call mee, and nowe and then to complaine vppon my lingring. And yet he tooke my cause and excuse in good parte. At the length, In the Con­sistorie and order of the Elders one was called the first El­der. certaine dayes after I came vnto him, and when hee would haue placed mee aboue the residue, and would haue created mee the firste or chiefest Elder; I straightwayes refused it, and foorth-with renoun­ced the honour, for the cause which I haue before declared. Where­by it appeareth, that there was in that great Cathedrall Church a num­ber of other, and as it were a Consistorie or Seniorie of them in this El­dershippe, and some one called [...] the first Elder, which is all one with the terme [...], the Arch-elder or chiefe among the El­ders. But all vnder the Bishoppe, and all ministers of the woorde and Sacramentes. And to shewe this better, he telleth afterwarde, howe Va­lens the Emperour in Basils time, and being desirous to sée, and to terri­fie Basill, and persecuting the professors of the trueth: tooke 80. faith­full Elders that were sent vnto him, to entreate him to forsake his wic­kednesse, and bynding them put them in a shippe to bee driuen with the windes, Socra [...]es lib. 4 c [...]p. 13. and at length burned thē. Socrates telling the storie at large, sayth, that these 80. Elders were religious men of the eccl. order. And in procéeding further Gregorie also telleth how Basill defended a widdow that fled to the Church, when she was hal [...]d to be maried against her will. and when he was called in question for this fact, Tell me ( sayth Gregorie in his defence) I pray you, what should not only Basil the great, but a sim­ple priest haue done? I omit his appeasing the cōtrouersie with the Arch­bishop of Tyana for calling the Bishops frō his part of Cappadocia, Cae­sarea being the auncient Metropolitane Churche, and so be conti [...]ue [...] while hee liued. And after in the funerall of Basill, sayeth Grego­rie: hee was of the Priestes carried foorth in a Cophin thorough the Citie.

All which here in Basill being put together and considered: it sheweth that in Basils time, there was in his Citie and Cathedrall Churche▪ and with all in others, a Senate College, Eldership, Seniorie or Consistorie, of such Elders, vnder the Metropolitane Archb. and assistent vnto him▪ both in the gouernmēt of the Church and in teaching of the word, as (ri­sing from one degree of ecclesiastical orders and offices to an other were attendant in the ministerie of the worde, till they came to this degree of Presbyters, Priestes, or Elders, who were also called indifferentlie Sacerdotes. And of other Elders, such as our Brethren and Danaeus doe pretende, wee finde no mention at all in Basill. And therefore, sithe we haue all these cléere testimonies, both of Basill himselfe, and suche as wrote of him, and were Elders with him: what néede we stande harping [Page 917] about blinde coniectures, which Danaeus him-selfe confesseth, doe but seeme, and that obscurely, that there wee such imagined Elders. As hee fancieth.

Nowe to strengthen this obscure seeming of Basill, Danaeus procée­deth to an other witnesse, for these not teaching Elders, saying: Danaeus al­leagation of Dionisius for these El­ders.

But Dionisius reckneth onely three orders in the Churche, to wit, Bishoppes Elders and Deacons. Therefore they may be thus better di­stinguished, that of the perpetuall orders in the Church, some are oc­cupied eyther in the treatise of the woorde of God. Which Paule gene­rally calleth [...] Prophecie, Rom. 12. verse, 6. or in the procuring of other matters which seemeth to be called of other by a general name [...], gouernance, but of Paul it is called, [...], ministerie or Deacon­ship, Rom. 12.

Is not this conclusion properly inferred? That because (after Basil ob­scurely seemeth as is aforesayd) Dionisius mencioneth onely these three Ecclesiasticall orders of the Church: therefore these three may bee thus better distinguished into these two, to wit, into those that meddle with the treatise of the word, and those that meddle with the Ecclesiastical go­uernment. Doe not those that meddle with the treatise of the word, med­dle with the Ecclesiastical gouernment? And why then may it not be, that those which meddle with the Ecclesiasticall gouernment, as gouernours Ecclesiasticall, may also meddle with the treatise of the word? What is there here in Saint Paule, Rom. 12. or anie where else to the contrarie, more in the one than in the other? But how followeth this argument from Dionisius particular, diuiding the Ecclesiasticall orders into three: to S. Paules generall diuision into two? And is Dionysius now with our Bre­thren become authenticall, that he also must be alleaged for proofe of these Elders? What will T. C. thinke if he shall heare of this? If we alleage any such suspicious fathers for neuer so meane a point. Lorde howe our Brethren triumphe vpon vs. And yet we must take these for good prooues, and credible witnesse at their handes, in this so waightie a matter. And for my parte so will I, Dionisius auncient but not the Are­opag [...]te. so desirous am I to heare any tydinges of suche Elders, in any of the fathers, that were in the auncient Church, be they neuer so much suspected to be forged. For I denie not, but that this Di­onysius was of some antiquitie, whome I take to haue béene also before Basill, and whose testimonie wee haue heard alreadie cited by other our Brethren, though a méere counterfeite of that Dionisius the Areopagite which eyther he feigneth him selfe to be, or at least whose name he beares.

Let vs now sée, what this Dionysius hath to proue these Elders. Dio­nisius ( sayth Danaeus) reckoneth vp three orders in the Church that is to wit Bishops, Elders, and Deacons. And where doth Dionysius rec­kon vp these three orders? Can Danaeus set vs downe any certaine place, [Page 918] that we might sée and consider of these words better? Dionisius. No I warrant you, but we must be faine to search for it, as well as we can, and we shall finde it all at leasure. True it is, that euen at the verie first fronte and title of his first worke we finde by and by the name of Bishop, [...]. Of Dionysius the Areo­pagite (or one that was a iudge in the streete of Mars) Bishop of the Athenians, vnto Timothie Bishop, concerning the celestiall Hierarchie, (or heauenly holy gouernement. Here is Bishop named, which is one of these three orders, but our question is nowe vpon these Elders.

And lo good lucke againe, euen immediately after the argument of the first Chapter, it followeth: [...]. Diony­sius the Elder vnto his fellowe Elder Timothie. Heere is indéede the name of Elder and of fellowe Elder also, euen as our Brethren cited be­fore the sentence, 1. Pet. 5.1. the Elders that are among you, I exhort as a fellowe Elder. But what Elders did S. Peter here acknowledge them and himselfe to be? Any other than of whom it followeth: And a wit­nesse of the suffringes of Christe, The Elders that Dioni­sius speaketh of were tea­chers. and a communicatour of the glorie to come that shall be reuealed, feede the flocke of God that is amonge you, [...] &c. ouer-seeing it, &c. doth he speake here of any elders or fellowe elders, that medled all with gouerning and not with teach­ing? And euen so doth this Dionysius vse the name of Elder and of fel­lowe Elders, in this place. For not onely in the woordes before, these are both of them called Bishops: but what a teaching Elder Timothie was, and was commaunded to be: the scripture is plaine, and we haue hearde at large out of S. Paule in both his Epistles written to him, a­mong other thinges, namely for that purpose. Therefore héere is no­thing yet for any such Elders as our Brethren séeke for, distinct from both Bishop and Pastor, medling not with teaching, but all with gouerning; nay, this name of Elder as it is here taken, maketh cleane against them. And the like stile he vseth in his ecclesiasticall Hierarchie or holy gouern­ment of the Church, and in the stile of his booke of the diuine names. Saue that there, he calleth Timothie Bishop of Ephesus. As also in the stile of his mysticall Theologie. But when we come to the viewe of all the bookes, and of all the Epistles that he wrote: where shall wee finde these thrée reckoned vp, Bishops, Elders, and Deacons? He hath in some séeldome places the name of Bishop, as for the name of Elder, except it be in one onely place, (besides the title aforesayd) which is the 8. Epistle: we shall neuer finde it. Dionis. Epist. 8. But once is as good as a 1000 times, if it be to the purpose. Let vs therefore sée what this Dionysius sayth in that place, for profe that there were any such eccl. officers as these gouerning and not teaching Elders. And to speake plainely ( sayeth this Dionysius) in all thinges that are, they are distributed from the first to the second, accor­ding [Page 919] to their dignitie, concerning the god order, & most righteous pro­uidence of thē. And that those which are appointed of God to gouerne others, should giue to them that are their inferiors and their subiects, the thinges that are, according to their worthinesse. As for Demophilus, let him with reason cutte off wrath and concupiscence according to their woorthinesse. And let him not violate his owne dignitie, but let reason bearing the rule, gouerne her subiectes. For if in the market we see an housholde seruant reuiling his Maister, [...] &c. and a yong man reuiling an Elder, eyther also the sonne r [...]uiling the Father, The name of Elder not for office, but age. and with all rushing on him and laying on stripes: we also should seeme to be godlesse, if we should not running to them, hasten to helpe them that are the better, &c. What can we gather on this worde [...] in this place, but simplie by the name of Elder, an Elder man in age, and the other a younger man the relation of the one to the other, the termes of Master and housholde seruant, of father and sonne, the one going before, the other comming after, and both vnderstoode in their literall & naturall sense; to conclude, the whole drift and circumstance of the place considered: who would fetch this so farre, as to thinke that he spake here, or so much as dreamed of, either an eccl. or a ciuill Elder? If it be replyed, y t the whole argument of this Epistle arose, vpon a Priest that was beaten and misu­sed: true it is indéede. But by what name calleth he the Priest or any priest Presbyterum? or [...], Sacerdotem, he that giueth the sacred word and Sa­cramentes. Which worde not onely hee vseth more than halfe a score of times in this Epistle, and he hath once also euen here the name of Bishop: but neither here nor any other where that I can finde, he hath the name of Deacon. Not that he acknowledgeth no Deacons; but that he comprehen­deth them (as I take it) in the name of [...], a minister or worker of the publike seruices. And as in all places where he treateth therof, he ma­keth indéede most especiall mention of three eccl. orders, namely, in his eccl. Hierarchie, cap. 2.3. and 5. resembling them to the proportion of his celestiall Hierarchie, in these thrée pointes of perfecting, illuminating, & purging, of whome the Bishop is still called [...]: the priest or Elder, [...]: and the thirde, [...]. And so, euen in this example within a fewe lines after he had named the Elder, that is, the old man afore-sayde: hee sayth of all these thrée: The 3. de­grees of ec­cles. orders that Dioni­sius acknow­ledgeth. [...]. Thou thy selfe therefore distribute to thy concupi­scence and to thine anger and to thy speech, the thinges that are ac­cording to their worthinesse. But to thy selfe, let the diuine publike mi­nisters distribute: and vnto them, the Priestes: vnto the Priests, the By­shoppes; and vnto the Bishops, the Apostles and the successors of the Apostles.

[Page 920] Where are here these Elders that meddle not with teaching? If they be neyther conteyned in the Bishops, nor in the Priests ( both which, me­dle principally with teaching) then eyther they haue no place at al, or they must be included in the 3. number of the [...], wherein he comprehen­deth not only all the inferiour officers of the Church, but Monkes also. So that (I think [...]) these gouerning Elders would be loath to be thrust down into so base a companie. Although the purging be giuen vnto them, which is somewhat aunswerable to the correction of manners, that they would meddle with all. Saue that Dionisius also maketh these purgers, but to pull off the clothes of those that should be baptized, and to voyde the Churche at the communion, of those that were possessed with foule spi­rites, or were not throughly taught their Catechisme, and to kéepe backe the laye people, The office of the pur­gers in Dio­nisius. and such other seruile offices. If nowe, they disdayne to be of the number of these purgantes; and will not become ministers of the worde and Sacramentes; nor with the Bishops be perficientes; nor with the Priestes, be illuminantes: then Dionisius cleane renounceth these Se­niors that would be tantū dominantes, and will haue none such in his eccl. Hierarchie. And therefore, if I might counsell such an excellent learned man as is Danaeus; he should neuer bring in Dionysius for these Elders. But eyther race his name out of his booke; or else, how so euer an other haue at his perill, counterfeited the name of Dionysius the Areopagite mentioned Act. 17. let not vs cuunterfeite any thing in his name, but al­leage his wordes rightly as he vttered them. For he is wrong inough of himselfe. But right or wrong, sithe we shall neuer wring any thing out of him, that may make so much as a shadowe for these gouerning and not teaching Ecclesiasticall Elders: let vs nowe go to be better resolued of that more reuerende Fathers iudgement, whom Danaeus also citeth for these Seniors.

Danaeus in Christ. Isag. 2. part. ca. 7.Danaeus procéeding in the 7. chap. aforesayd, 2. part. Christ. Isagog. saith: Caet [...]rum caetus, &c. But the assembly of the eccl. gouernors, that is of thē that are set ouer euery Church, is called the Senate of the Church, Hiron▪ ad Rustic. It is also in the Canon, Ecclesia, 16. quaest. 1. least perhaps any man should suppose, that this name nowe were of vs first forged and vsurped for ostentation.

We thinke not that this name of the Churches Senate, is newe for­ged or feygned by our Brethren. Wee thinke more reuerently also of Danaeus, than to make any such forgerie, vsurpation, or ostentation of this name, the Senate of the Churche. And we graunt the name hath béene vsed of other heretofore, albeit (as we haue hearde) Caluine him selfe estéemeth the name of Senate to be some what too prophane or seculer a name, though we denie not but the name is reuerent. Howe-beit, our question is héere, in what sense Hierome vseth it, whether for suche [Page 921] an Ecclesiasticall senate of Elders, that are gouernors and not teachers, Hierome. as our Brethren woulde beare vs in hand. And this is the point that Da­naeus alleageth it for. If now Ierome alleage it for any Senate of such Ec­clesiasticall Elders: then hath Danaeus and our Brethren gotten a good and a strong testimony, Ieronimus in epistola ad Rusti­cum gal­lum. that there were some such Seniory of Elders in those dayes. But if Hierome alleage no such matter: but rather the cleane contrary, to witte, if hee alleage it for a senate of those Elders that were teachers: what then hath Danaeus or our brethren gained out of Hierom for these Gouerning and not teaching Elders? Nowe therefore to exa­mine better this testimony also of Saint Hierome, in his Epistle written to Rusticus: wee finde that hee wrote two Epistles to men of that name: whereof that which here is ment is the former, writtē to one Rust. Gallus a yong man that was become a Monke. Howbeit such a Monke, as Eras­mus well obserueth thereupon, Erasmus bseruatiōs of Ieromes example for the diffe­rēce of the Monkes in Ieroms time, and the popish Monkes in these dayes. saying: Leaste that shoulde offende any, that in this Epistle, (as neither also in the former) S. Ierom commaun­deth none of those thinges, that are required of Monkes in these dayes: he suffereth them to haue the possession of houshold stuffe, so it be mo­derate. He permitteth them to liue with their Mother, with their Sister, to conclude, with any body men or women, so that they shunne suspi­cious and daungerous company, Hee exhorteth him, hee exacteth not, that if he had leauer liue abroade: he shoulde rather liue in the fellow­ship of many together vnder the discretion of some Father, than to liue after his own all alone. As concerning any certayn Monastery or form, or color, or matter of garment: there is no mention in any place. One­ly hee woulde haue such apparell, that neither with the sluttishnes ther­of it should sauour of hypocrisy, nor with the neatenesse it shoulde sa­uour of pride. Nowe concerning the three vowes which they call so­lemne: there is not one worde. Hee prayseth in this man the study of eloquence, and that to attaine learning, hee trauelled to Countries far distant. But we must remember, (which thing is manifestly apparant by these mens writinges) that there was not in the age of Hierom, this kind of Monks, such as we see in our age, which wold to God the world had them all as good, as it hath many, and so excellent ouer other in holines, as they differ in apparell. In those dayes Monkes were nothing else, but such as professed the contempt of the Worlde, in a more seuere life. Howbeit they obeyed their Bishop as other did, and exercised the office of Clearks euen as other also.

I doe the rather by the way note this obseruation, leaste any shoulde mistake that kinde of life, when they reade in these old Fathers, as in Ba­sil aforesaide and in the Ecclesiasticall History the names of Monks, least they shoulde thinke it maketh any thing for the maintenance of such su­perstitious sectes as swarme in popery, & are expelled from vs.

[Page 922] Nowe then vnto this Rusticus: being a yong man, and such a kinde of Monke writeth olde Father Hierom this epistle, full of fatherly precepts and good councell, howe to behaue himself in that profession. And at length (among other things) comming to this, hee sayth: Neque vero peccantium &c. Neither be thou caried away with the multitude of sinners, neither let the number of them that perish trouble thee, that thou sholdst think with thy selfe, what? and shall all perish then that dwell in the Cities? Loe they enioy their goods, they minister to the Churches, they hauute the bathes, they dispise not oyntmentes, and yet are they commonly in euery mans mouth. To the which I aunswered also before, and nowe breefely I answere, that in this present pamphlet I dispute not of clearks but instruct a Monke. The Clearkes are holy, and the life of them all is laudable. So therefore behaue thy selfe, and liue in the Monastery, that thou mayest deserue to be a Cleark, that thou defile not thy youth with any vncleannesse, that thou mayest come vnto the altar of Christe, euen as a virgine out of her chamber, The B. sepa­rate choo­sing of Clearke [...]. and that abroade thou haue a good te­stimony, and that the women know thy name, but not knowe thy coun­tenance. When as thou shalt come to a perfect age (if so be thou shalt liue so long) and that eyther the people, or else the Bishop of the City, shall chose thee into the Cleargy: doe those thinges that pertaine to a Clearke, and among them followe the better, because, in euery condi­tion and degree, the best are mixed with the worst. Nor leape thou out by and by to write, & be caried away with a light madnes, be long time learning that thou teachest, giue not credit to those that are the pray­sers of thee: Yea rather, to the mockers of thee willingly listen thou not. Whome when they shall haue foaded thee with their floutings, and shal after a sort set thee besides thy selfe. If thou shalt suddenly looke about thee, The clearks were teach­ers. thou shalt eyther finde the neckes of the strokes bowing behinde thee, or the Asses eares to be solfaed with the hande, or the hot panting tong of the Dog to be lolled out. ( Hee meaneth, that with such beastly partes they will mocke him behinde his backe, whome to his face they praysed). Backbite no man, neither count thy selfe holy herein, if thou deface other men. Wee accuse often-times that which wee doe, and are eloquent against our owne selues. We are caried with inuectiues against our vices, while the silent iudge the eloquent. Grunnius comming foorth to speake, with his pace like a snayle, scrasly carped out, and that by certayne yawning pawses, fewe wordes, that hee woulde ra [...]her think hee sobbed than hee spake: and yet when the table beeing sette, [...]he hadde layde foorth an heape of Bookes, bending his eye browe, snuffling vp his nose, and wrinkling his foreheade, Phillipped with bothe his fingers, by this signe prouoking this Shcollers to here him.

[Page 923]Then beganne hee to powre out his meere toyes, and to declayme a­gainst euery one. You woulde haue sayde, hee had beene Longinus the Critike (or one that giues his iudgement against euery body) and a Censor (or Master Controller) of the Romayne eloquence, to note whome it liked him, Et de Senatu doctorum excludere. And to exclude him out of the Senate of the Doctors (or of the Learned men.) This fellowe is wel monied, hee is better liked in his dinners, &c. Héere at length wée are come to the Worde Senate, which Danaeus aymeth at, in saying: But the assembly of Ecclesiasticall Gouernours, that is, of them that are pla­ced ouer euery Church, is called the senate of the church. Hieronimus ad Rusticum.

But as Hierome speaketh all this sentence, in deriding the contemp­tuous and scornefull inuectiues, of the rich and prowde disdainers of all o­ther, bee they neuer so learned men: (and therefore that we might the more fully perceiue his meaning, I haue set downe his Wordes thus at large) so what can bée gathered hereupon, that hee alluded to any Ecclesi­astical senate of that time? Especially vnderstanding the same for such an Ecclesiastical senate, as were gouernors of the church, and not teachers of it? Erasmus in his scholies comming to these wordes, De senatu Docto­rum: applieth them to an allusion of the Senate of Rome, saying: The Cen­sors or Con [...]rollers of­fice. For this also was lawful for the Romayne censors (or Lorde controllers of the Romayne manners) to expel out of the senate: as Portius Cato re­mooued out of the senate Titus Flamminius, Iunius Brutus remooued Lucius Antonius, and others remooued other, as Valerius Maximus re­cordeth, li. 2. cap. de Censoria nota. So that by these termes, de Senatu doctorum excludere, Hierome meant, that this Grunnius tooke vppon him like a Censor or Lorde controller, to exclude such and such as hee pleased out of the senate, that is, out of the number of all those that are accounted Learned men. And is not this nowe a proper proofe, to inferre that in Heiromes time, in euery or in any congregation or churche, there was a senate of Learned men and yet not teachers? If Danaeus will néedes apply it to the state of a senate then present in the Churche: yet where is héere become this Ecclesiasticall senate, that hee woulde prooue was then, by these wordes? If hée say, that it is included in this worde doctorum: what shall wee call these? Learned men? or Doctors? if they were Senatus doctorum, a senate of Doctors: What Doctors were they, if they medled not with teaching? Were they such as the common saying decideth: doctor a docendo sicut mons a mouendo? and will our Brethren allow such Doctors, rather than they will not prooue an Ecclesiasticall senate of gouerning and not teaching? If he say, that by these wordes, he meaneth a senate of learned men, but not actiuely of Doctors or teachers, but passiuely, of such [Page 924] as are taught or learned. Doth not Hierome here deride those, that being their selues vnlearned, will in teaching their schollers, inueighe a­gainst all other that bee learned? And if he make here this arrogant asse, a teacher of schollers: doth he not much more allowe the Learned them­selues to be Teachers? Hier. words rather alow a senate of teaching than not teaching Elders. I dare not precisely say, of so darke and generall wordes, what Ieromes meaning was, but (me thinkes) the wordes Sena­tus Doctorum, sound rather for a Senate of Teachers, than for a Senate of those that were not teachers. But what is this vnto our Elders? he speak­eth there (as we haue seene also) of Clearkes, and of a number of them, cō ­mending the life of them to be lawdable, and willeth him so to liue, that he may deserue to bee made a Clearke, and if that (God lending him life) either the people or the Bishop of the City chose him into the cler­gie, that he shoulde then liue as a Clearke shoulde doe, and that he shoulde followe the better sort of them: but what then were these Clearkes? ( if perhaps they were this Ecclesiastical Senate) But so soone as euer hee had spoken of these Clearkes ( if Rusticus shoulde be made one of them) doth he not straight wayes say: leape not out by and by to bee a writer, and bee caried away with a light madnesse, bee long time learning that thou tea­chest. And also in the same Epistle he saide before, Haec dico &c. I say these thinges, that if thou be tickled with the desire to bee of the Cleargy, that thou shouldest learne that, which thou mightest bee able to teache and mightest offer vnto Christe the reasonable offering. Bee not a man of armes, before thou haste beene a yong souldior, be not a Maister before thou haste bin a scholler.

So that it appeareth, this Cleargy were teachers, at least wise, their profession was not separate from teaching, though all among were not a like able, yea, the very Readers in the Cleargy, cheefely had a kind of tea­ching euen in reading. As for the Elders in the Cleargy, Gouerning El­ders, were much more Teachers. For he would not haue Rusticus ( when he shoulde nowe become one of Cleargy) such a Teacher as shoulde finde fault with other, The elders that our Br. would erect woulde bee such as Ie­rom repre­hendeth. and be culpable himselfe of the same faultes, specially in learning: nor to be like Gruninus a M. Controller, corrector & displacer of learned men, being him-selfe vnlearned So that I can see none so fitte, that we may resemble these Gouerning Seniors vnto, that are not Tea­chers, and yet are Censors or Controllers, ( for Caluine also giueth that tearme Censors, as we haue heard) vnto them: as vnto these Elders that our Brethren plead for. For as they take not vpon them to be Teachers, so they had not neede, being their selues vnlearned. At leaste wise, for the moste part it would so fall out, that this Seniory in euery parish could not be of Learned men: and yet must they bee the Censors and controllers of the Learned men, and that not onely for manners, but to sée that the Lear­ned teachers, teache no false doctrine. Which in many Parishes woulde [Page 925] be. S [...]t Mineru [...] ▪ A [...]d so the hoggish and rich Grimus, must gruntle and play th [...]se partes (that Hierome d [...]scribeth) against the learned teacher, & teache his teacher, beeing him-selfe no teacher. But doth Ierome like of this? I think not, & yet this would often times a fal out, if our Bret. seniory were brought in, who wold play Grunnius part more liuely then he that were as Ierom saith heere, bene nummatus, plus placebat in prandii [...], a well monied man, fitter to please vs with good chere than with good doctrin doctrine? which fault our Breth finde nowe in some vnlearned pastors a­mong vs, and call them vnpreaching Preestes and Prelates: and yet it shoulde then be common, in these gouerning and not teaching, control­ling and vnlearned seniors among them. And so it shoulde bee, not sena­tum doctorum ( as Hierom sayth) but Senatum indoctorum, as our bre­thren and we too soone shoulde [...]de it. If it were not farre worse, as it followeth afterwarde in Hierome, against these vnlearned Controllers of the Learned Pastors, and yet flatterers of the people, saying: Nec mirum &c. Neither is it meruell, if hee that was wont to feede many with his baytes, come foorth abroade, making a trayne after him, of the bab­blers that make a noyse about him ( or of the people giuing him all their voices, & saying as this M. Senior Controller saith) Intus Nero, foris Cato, The descrip­tion of suche Controllers not [...]eachers to­tus ambiguus, vt ex contrarii [...] diuersis (que) naturis, vnum mo [...]trum, no [...]āque bestiam dicere [...] ess [...] compact a [...]: iu [...]cta illud poeticum, Prima Le [...] postrema drac [...], media ipsa Chim [...]r [...]. Nero within, Cato without, altogether doubtfull, insomuch that you woulde say, it were one Monster, or a newe Beaste, Lucretius. compact of contrary and diuerse natures, according to the saying of the Poet, a Li­on is the formest part, a Dragon last is seene, the Monster Chimere pla­ced is, within the middest betweene. And such a Senate compact of such as Grymsyre Grunnius, a Critical longinu [...] (if not rather such a blind longinus, as is sayde to haue pierced the side of Christ [...] with his speare) such inward Neroes, and outward Catoes, such Lions, Dragons and Chimers, might quickly créepe into this Senate of vnlearned Seniors, that woulde become the Electors of all Ecclesiasticall officers, the Gouernors of all Eccle­siasticall Gouernment, the Censors and controllers of all the Discipline and manners of the Teachers, and them-selues no teachers, nor able to meddle with teaching. [...]o, Ierome alloweth not any Ecclesiastical Senate of such Seniors. But when Ierome mentioneth such Elders or Seniors, as he knewe and alloweth (as hee doth within a fewe wordes after) hee sayth: veritas angulos non amat, &c. Trueth loueth not Corners, nor see­keth out Whisperers. It is sayde to Timothie: What Elders Hierom. al­loweth of. against an Elder receiue not straight way an accusation. Him that sinneth reprooue before all, that the other also may haue feare. We must not easily beleeue the slan­ders spoken) of that olde age, which both their life forepassed doth de­fend, and the terme of their dignity doth honor. Here he playnly spea­eth [Page 926] of Seniors not onely in age, but in dignity. An [...] applieth S. Paules sentence to them, 1. Tim. 5.19. which w [...] haue séene, [...]oth by the te [...]timo­ny of Caluin of Beza, is spoken of such Elders, as are Pastors & teachers. Yea Danaeus himself so expounding it, & saying theron: It is a transition ( or passing from the one part to speak of the other) for now he treateth of the 2. part of this argument, Danae [...]s in 1. Tim. 5.19 to witte, what is the office of Elders thēselues towards themselues and their Colleagues, least any offence shoulde arise on that part. For first, heede must be taken, leaste that they doe excuse one another and spare them-selues, while that notwithstanding, they correct other seuerely, and leaste that in them the olde prouerbe haue place, The mules do nibble one another. Let that sentence of Christe come rather to their minde, You are the salt of the earth, if the salt melt away, in what shall it be salted? you are the light of the World, Mat. 5. v. 13.14. And also those sayings, let your loines be gi [...]t, & burning lampe [...] in your handes. Luk. 1 [...]. ver. 35. Yea and [...]hose also of Peter, that the pa­stors ought to be an example in soundnesse of life and purity of Do­ctrine, and to shine before other. 1. Pet. 5.3. Therefore as on the one part, they must diligentlie take heede, that they winke not in their owne, and in the sinnes of their Colleagues: so on the other part they must looke, that they giue not to froward men, and to such as refuse and shake of the yoake of Ecclesiasticall Discipline, an entry vnto an easie appeache­ment and accusation. &c. These are the onely Elders in office th [...] Ie­rome in this Epistle mentioneth.

These Elders therefore and their Colleagues (as Danaeus tearm [...]th them) being these Pastorall Elders, and to whome these sentences and that which followeth, Ezech. 18 doe appertaine: what is here to releeue these other kinde of Elders, not pastorall that are all gouerning & not medling with teaching? Nowe, if our Brethren will but turne v [...] the o­ther side of the leafe, before that where this worde senate is of H [...]erome named, which here Danaeus taketh hold vpon: we shall finde perhaps such an Ecclesiasticall company insinuated, as agayne may make a senate Ec­clesiastical. The superi­or gouern­mēt of one in euery company. Nulla ars &c. There is no Art ( sayth Ierom to this Monk Ru­sticus) that is learned without a Master, yea the dumbe liuing creatures and heards of wilde Beaste [...] followe their guides. Among the Bees there are their Princes, the cranes followe one another in a lettered order, or like the rowe of Letters.) The Emperour is one, the Iudge of the pro­uince is one. So soone as Rome was built, it coulde not haue 2. brothers to be kings both of them together, and it was dedicated in Parricide ( or in the bloud of one brother murdering another) so that it is lesse maruell, if it haue euer since bin the city of bloud from whence such horrible, mur­ders, treasons and vnnaturall ma [...]sacres euer haue bin contriued, euen frō the laying of the foundation of it: & yet lesse marueil, for there is nowe an [Page 927] Eccl. senate al of gouerning elders that medle not with teaching: which in Ierom▪ ti [...] was not, nor he any of them, as he is now pi [...]ured: but let Ierom go on: In the womb of Rebecca Esau and Iacob made wars toge­ther. Singuli ecclesiarum episcopi, singuli archipresbyter [...] singuli Archidiacons, & omnis ord [...] ecclesiasticus suis rectoribus nititur. &c. The B. of the churches are but single (or one) the archpreestes but one, the Archd. but one, & euery eccl. order resteth vpon his gouernors. In a ship there is one gouernor, in a house there is one M. in euery great army one ensigne or standarde is expected, and (leaste that in vnfolding mo things, I shoulde accloy the reader) my speech by all these tendeth therunto, that I might teach thee (sayth Ier. to Rust.) that thou shold not be left to thine own chois, but to liue in a Monastery vnder the discipline of one Father, and in the con­sort or company of many. If any thing in this epistle come neere to the nature and matter (though not to the word) of Senate, but consort, & that ecclesiasticall, it is here (me thinks) nerer touched, than where the name of the Senate of doctors, or learned men, was spoken of. But what is ther here, to shew whether all in this consorte were seniors, & those that were seniors, whether teachers, or no? but teachers or not teachers, to whom is here the Gouernment referred? to the consort? no but to one ouer them. The consort is of many▪ the gouernment of all, is stil referred vnto one.

Indéed he driues al this drift, to the Monasticall state. The lesse (say I) it serueth to such an Ecclesiasticall senate of Elders, as our Bre. refer it vn­to. Yea, but he boroweth examples not onely frō many naturall & ciuil or­ders, but also frō the Eccl. order of the church. we grant he doth so, & they much more shold liue in order, & therin be example to other If therfore any Eccl. senate be amōg the clergy: omnis ord [...] eccl. (saith Ierom) suis rectorib [...] nititur. All eccl. order resteth on their gouernors. And who then, or how many are these gouernors forsooth but one. Here are three orders of the clergy reckoned vp, the deacons as the lowest, & they haue their archd. for their gouernor: the Elders midlemost, and they are distinct heere from the deacons, and from the B. and haue their arch-elder among themselues, & ouer them al, in the senates of them. And the B. are chéefest ouer the seueral churches. Except we shall find in seueral prouinces, archb. also ouer them. Which authority likewise Ierom allowed among and ouer the B. though he make none but Christ the vniuersall head and gouernor ouer all these in general, that the pope now taketh vpon him. The orders and gouernments of that Ierome cōme [...]deth. But wher is here this go­uernment of al this senate of gouerning Elders? & where are these gouer­ning elders that are not teachers? doth Ierom here, or any other where, ac­knowlege any such order of eccl. elders, as medled not with the ministration of the word & sacraments? Ierom saith, y t the names of Elders & B. were [...]rst vsed for al one office ( as we haue at large séen his opiniō therin & how that vse was altered) but doth he acknowlege any other presbytery [Page 928] Senate, College, Consistory or seniorie, of any other Presbyters, Preestes, seniors and Elders, than such as he sayth, were [...] called Bishops: or than such, as he calleth indifferently, (as well as he calleth Bishops) sa­cerdotes, and such as were more or le [...]se teachers, and Ministers of the Worde and sacramentes? Hier. in epis. ad Euagr. Doth he not say in his Epistle to Euagrius: Quid enim facit excepta ordinatione episcopus quod Presbyter non faciat? For what doth the Bishop except ordeining, that an Elder doth not▪

As for the other Epistle to the other Rusticus, being altogether of ano­ther argument: we finde nothing tending hereunto, saue only that he hath these wordes: Vnde & ad viros Ecclesiasticos, &c. Wherupon also vnto the Ecclesiasticall men, which are called the walls and towers of the church, the saying of the prophet speaketh: powre foorth your teares ye Walles of Sion. But because here he neither sheweth what he meant by these ec­clesiasticall men, nor speaketh of any Senate of them: wee can gather no­thing directly either for Elders or other Ecclesiasticall persons. And if hee meant elders: why not such as are teachers and Ministers of the Word [...] and sacramentes, and such as he meant of in the other Epistle, and in all other places where he mentioneth any ecclesiasticall elders? Thus, as we finde nothing in Hierome, that can make any thing for any ecclesiasticall senate of elders gouerning and not teaching: [...]o, because Danaeus citeth not Hierom simplie, but endorseth him with a con [...]rmation of the degrées in the Canon Lawe, as though it were a perpetual Canon, that ther shold still be such an ecclesiasticall senate: albeit the same beeing fetched out of this sentence of Hierome, as we haue séene, maketh more against it than any thing for it: so that this decrée being grounded thereon, the one falles to the grounde with the other: neuerthelesse, for the more full satisfaction of the reader, in this eldership so much vrged: let vs also repayre to the decrees, and peruse what is there likewise for this senate of Gouerning and not teaching elders. Danaeus al­legation of the Canon Law for this Senate of Elders. Ca­non. Eccl. 16 quest 1. And here indéede is expresse mention made, that the church hath a Senate of elders, ecclesia habet senatum catum presbytero­rum, &c.

The Church hath a senate, the company of the Elders, without whose consent it is not lawfull for the Monkes to doe any thing. Robo­am the sonne of Solomon did therefore leese his kingdome, because hee woulde not heare his elders. The Romaynes also had a senate by whose counsel they did all thinges, and wee haue our senate, the company or assembly of the elders. These wordes are plaine, that the church hath a senate, and this senate is the company of the elders, and that also the Monkes coulde doe nothing without their counsell. Howbeit this Canon applieth not this restraint to the B. but to the Monkes. And if wee shoulde vnderstande it of Bishops also, which this Canon doth not, yet were it but of counsell, not of necessary consent, and much lesse of ioint authority [Page 929] with him. But the Question is nowe, what manner of elders these were? The Canan Lawe. Whether they were such as these examples of the Romane Senate, or as the Elders whose counsel Roboam did refuse: or they were Ministers of the word and Sacraments? For our better vnderstanding hereof, we haue to resort to the cause handled immediatly before, which was the 15. cause. Quest. 7. Absque Synodali. Without a synodal audience, Canon Absque Sy­nodali causa 15. quest. 7. for a Preest to bee condemned, it was in the Councell of Hispalis, wherin Isodorus was present, forbidden, on this wise: Sexta actione, &c. In the sixt action we finde, that Flagitanus an Elder of the Church of Corduba, was in times past deposed by his Bishop, and being innocent was condemned to exile (or banishment:) whome we finde againe to be restored to his own order: the same thing haue we againe decreed against your presumption, that according to the synodall sentēce of the holie fathers, none of you think that any Elder or Deacon ought to be deposed, without the examina­tion of a Councel. For there are many that by tyrannicall power▪ not by authoritie Canonicall, doe condemne those that haue not bene exami­ned. And as they exalt some for fauour sake, so they debase some for for hatred and enuy, and condem them vpon a Le ui aura. lighte blast of opinion whose fault they mislike. For a bishoppe can alone giue honour vnto preestes and ministers: but he can not alone take it from them. For if those which in this worlde haue of their Lordes atteyned to the honor of their liberty, are not tumbled downe againe into the bond of serui­tude, except they shal haue beene publikely accused, before the Praetors or cheefe Iustices and gouernours in the iudgement Court: These elder [...] were mini­sters of the sacrame [...]ts. how much more, they that beeing consecrated to the Altars of God are adorned with Ecclesiasticall honour: which verily neither by one condemning them, nor one iudging them, can bee deposed from the priuiledge of their honor, but by a present Synodall iudgement. That thing must wholy be determined of them, that the Canon hath commaunded.

And it followeth Si quid. &c. If any thing shall come to thine eares of any Clearke, that may iustly offend thee, beleeue it not easily, leaste the matter being not knowne doe inflambe thee by reuengement. But the trueth of the matter is to be searched out diligently in the presence of Seniors of the Church, and then, (if the quality of the matter shall re­quire it) let the Canonicall correction strike the fault of the offender. Héere are Seniors also of the Church named.

And againe, Episcopus. Let the Bishop hear the cause of none without the presence of his Clearkes, The B. & his Clearks otherwise the bishoppes sentence shall bee voyde, except it be established by the presence of the Clearkes. Heere the Bishop is restrayned that albeit he may doe some thing alone, vnto his Clearkes, Ministers, Seniors, and Elders: yet that he may not alone and without the presence of their assembly, depose any of them from his [Page 930] liuing, &c. But who are these Clearkes, Ministers, Seniors, and Elders, in whose presence he must doe these thinges? Doth hee admitte any other then Bishops them-selues, or at least the Sacerdotall Preestes? the glosse ( disputing this matter, who should be this Counsel, or Chapter, or sitters by with the Bishops,) to proue that they must be all Clearkes, referreth vs to the sixt cause, Quest. 3. Scitote. Knowe yee, that to be a certayne pro­uince, which hath ten or eleuen Cities, and one King, and as many infe­rior potestates vnder him, one Metropolitane, and other suffraganes, 10 or 11. Bishops, being Iudges, vnto whose Iudgement all the causes of the Bishops, Who these Elders and▪ Clarks were that these Canōs haue relation vnto. and of other preestes and Cities, may bee referred. That matters may be discerned by all these, Iustly and with consonant voice, except they that are to be iudgd do appeal to a higher authority. It must not bee that euery prouince shoulde be debased or dishonoured, but shoulde haue in it selfe Iudges, euery of the Preestes and Bishops. That is to wit, according to their orders. Whereby it appeareth that these Ecclesiasticall Senates of such as sat in the Councelles and Iudgementes of Preestes were eyther Bishops or at leaste Sacerdotall preestes onely, and not persons of inferior orders, but euery one was Iudged according to their estate, by them that were (at the least) of their owne orders, and not Teachers by such as were no Teachers.

Nowe after this fiftéenth cause wherein hee treateth of Clearkes, El­ders, Seniors, Ministers and Priests indifferently: This next cause, to wit, the sixteenth▪ Which Danaeus citeth, is altogether of Monkes, and especi­ally that first Question which he alleageth. Whether they may doe that thing (in respect simply they be Monkes, that secular Clearkes and preests or Elders) may doe. This first Question is this, Vtrum Monachis liceat of­ficia populis celebrare, poenitentiam dare, & baptizare. Whether Monkes may celebrate the Diuine seruice to the people, enioyne penitence and bap­tise? To the which, the answere is this, They can-not. And anon amongst other reasons, he alleageth this out of Hierome also, Ad Riparium & de­siderium: Monachus non docentis sed plangentis habet officium. A Monke hath not the office of a Teacher, but of a mourner. And euen immediatly be­fore that which Danaeus citeth, are these wordes: Alia causa. The cause of a Monke is another, and another the cause of a Clearke: The Clearke, feede the Sheepe, ( sayth the Monke) I am fedde: they liue of the Altar, the Axe is put to me, The diffe­rence of the Cleark & of the Monke. as at the roote of an vnfruitfull tree: If I bring not my gift vnto the Altar, It is not lawfull for me to sitte before an El­der: if I shall sinne, it is lawfull for him to deliuer me to Sathan, for the destruction of the Flesh, that the spirite in day of the Lorde might bee safe. Idem ad Rusticum. The same ( is in Hieroms▪ Epistle) vnto Rusticus. And here commeth in that which Danaeus citeth: Ecclesia: The church hath a Senate, the assembly of Elders, without whose councell it is lawfull for [Page 931] the Monkes to doe nothing. All this now duely considered: it is manifest, that by this the Churches Senate or assembly of Elders, is meant onely a Senate of such Elders, as did feede both the people and the Monkes al­so, with the Worde and Sacramentes. For so the glosse expoundeth the Monkes wordes, Ego pascor, I am fedde, A sacramentis ipsorum, of their Sacraments. And that these Elders liued of the Altar, The Monks payde tithes & offerings to the elders The Elders might excō municate the Monke [...] and that the very Monks in those days, were not exempted from paying tythes or offerings vnto them. And that these Elders might excommunicate these Monkes so well as they might other men. By all which it appeareth, that this Eccle­siasticall Senate was none other, but an assembly, Colleage or Consistory of Preestes or Pastorall Elders.

And as for any other Ecclesiasticall Presbyters or Elders, in all or any of the Canons either of the Councells Generall or Prouinciall, or of the Bishops, or of the whole body of the Canon Lawes, Decrees or Decretals, then such Elders as were Ministers of the Worde and Sacramentes: Our Brethren shall finde but sory comfort. No nor in any of the Doctors of the Church. And therefore it is their best (as I take it) to leaue all further search that wayes, for anie proofe or practise at all of such Ecclesiasticall Gouerning and not teaching Elders in the Church, euen from the verie Apostles times. And this withall is to be obserued, that where our Bret. would now beare the worlde in hande, there were such Senates and Seg­niories of these gouerning and not teaching Elders, in the Primitiue & in the auncient Church: and for proofe heereof, dare aduenture to cite all these testimonies: (and if I coulde finde that they cited any mo,) I woulde craue pardon to search them likewise) which when they are all viewed & examined: there is not one Father, not one Historiographer, not one Ca­non, that maketh any whit, for any such kinde of Elder, as our Brethren pretende to vs, is worne out of vse, and they nowe endeuour to haue again euiued.

I knowe that these our reuerend Brethren (beeing both godly and learned men) doe not cite these authors of any set purpose to deceiue vs, The cause of our Bret. & these re­uerend mēs mistaking the [...]e alle­gations of these Elder [...] in Fathering that on them which they neuer spak, nor thought, nor knew: but as the prouerbe sayth mistaking makes misse-reckoning: so they (ha­uing conceiued this with them-selues, that such a kinde of Gouerning and not teaching Ecclesiasticall Elders there was in the Apostles times, and in the Primitiue Church:) so often as they reade in the Fa­thers the name of Presbyters of Elders, especially, if there bee any men­tion of Senate, College or company of them, and that these in any mat­ters ioyned with the Bishop ( to whome they apply onely the name and office of Pastorall Elder:) straight-way they conceiued that which they fancied, that these Elders were those Ecclesiastical Elders gouerning on­ly and not medling with teaching▪

[Page 932] Mistaking the fathers Which too quick conceiuing, vpon their forestalled opinion, (especially in the heate of zeale to haue thinges amended,) may fall out nowe and then, for lacke of more mature deliberation and examining, euen to the best learned and most holy men. And that (I thinke) hath beene the cause of our Brethrens misliking and misseporting the Fathers meaninges in the El­dership. Which when their selues shall apperceiue, I doubt not (for the reuerent opinion I haue of them, and of all our Brethren) but that they will relent in this behalf, at leastwise, for these fathers thus cited amisse, and eyther let them all goe, or séeke further in them, or in other, for other and better Testimonies, than these alleaged. Which if they shall finde, and can clearely euict thereby, that there were any such: for my part, I shall be moste ready to acknowledge it. Howbeit, when they shall haue prooued, that such at any time in the Church of Christe there were: yet woulde not that example inferre a necessity, that there ought to bee such alwayes and euery where, because there was such sometimes, perhappes, and in some places.

But sence as yet, we neither heare of rule, nor example of them: we may (I hope) with safe conscience dissent from them. Sith there­fore, it can not hetherto be prooued by any of these Fathers: Let vs nowe sée these excellent learned mens allegations and examples for these El­ders, out of the holy Sciptures, if yet in them, we may finde better and in­uincible proofe, that at least in the Apostles times, there were such El­ders, for then there is no remedy, but wee must needes yeelde that such there were, Sith we also (as is our bounden duety) do admit and reue­rence the holy Scriptures, with the same honor that our Brethren doe. Albeit, neither we nor they can make any perpetuall rule, of euery parti­culer example in the scripture. But let the rule thereof fall out as it shall, let vs yet sée, what examples in the scripture our Brethren a­uouche.

In the seuenth Chapter aforesayde, 2. Parte Christ. Isag. Danaeus af­ter his citations of Basil and Dionysius, Danaeus in 2. parte Christ. Isag. Cap. 7. alleageth saint Paule ( as yee haue heard) saying: Therefore they may thus better be distinguished, that of the perpetuall orders in the Church, other shoulde bee occupied in the treatie of the Worde of God, which Paule generally calleth [...], Pro­phecy, Rom. 12. verse. 6. Or else in the procuring of other thinges, the which seemeth by a Generall name to bee of other called [...]. Gouernaunce, but of Paule it is called [...], Rom. 12.

This Testimony is also alleaged of Beza in his Christian Confession, Chapter 5. Artic 32. with the 1 Corinth. 12. verse 28. prefixed thereun­to. The same Testimony likewise citeth Caluine, in his Institutions Cap. 8. Sec. 42. saying. Caluines allegation of the same in Instit. cap 8. sect. 42

But as for that that I called bishops, & elders, and pastors, & Ministers [Page 933] indifferently, those that gouerne the Church: The Scrip­ture of the Elders. I did it out of the vse of the scripture, which confundeth these tearmes. For whosoeuer enioy the ministery of the worde, it giueth to them the title of Bishops. So with Paule, where Titus was commaunded towne by towne to ordeine Elders, streight-wayes is set vnder it, for a Bishop must bee blamelesse, &c. So in an other place hee saluteth moe Bishops in one City. And in the Acts is rehearsed, that hee called the Ephesine Elders together, whom hee his-selfe in his oration nameth Bishops. Heere nowe wee must ob­serue that hetherto wee haue reckoned none, but those offices that con­sist in the ministery of the Worde, neyther of other doth Paule make remembraunce in that fourth Chapter to the Ephesians, which we haue cited. Howbeit, in the Epistle to the Romaynes, and in the former to the Corinthians, he reckoneth vp other, as powers, the giftes of healing, interpretation, Gouernment, tendance on the poore, of the which I o­mit those that were temporary, because it is no importance to stande long about them. But there are two which abide perpetually: gouern­m [...]nt, and the car [...] of the poore. Gouernours (I thinke) were seniors, chosen from among the common peopl [...], which shoulde together with the bishops, rule the Censure or controlement of manners, and the dis­cipline that shoulde bee exercised. Whō Cal. thin [...]eth [...]o be the go­uernors. Bom 12 & 1. Cor. 12. For yee can-not otherwise interpret that which hee sayth: hee that rule [...]h let him do it in carefulnesse. Ther­fore euery Church from the beginning had her senate enrolled, of God­ly, graue and holy men. Moreouer that that kinde of order was not of that onely age, the experience it selfe doth declare. Therefore this gift al­so of Gouernment is necessary for all ages.

Thus doe Caluine, Beza and Danaeus ( for in these thrée as principall I comprehende any other of our Brethren that followe them) gather this Senate of Gouerning and not teaching Elders, on these two testimonies Romaynes 12. and 1 Corinthians 12. As for that which Caluine heere speaketh of the scriptures indifferent vse of the names of bishops and Elders: We haue already séene sufficiently, howe it was vsed, and howe it was altered, euen in the Apostles times. And haue séene withall, suffici­ent proofe of the superiority of one among the Elders, yea, among the A­postles themselues, which was more peculiarly called bishop, and that by Caluines and Bezaes owne confessions. But for these two places in the Scripture héere cited, Romans 12. & 1. Corinthians 12. that al the gifts or offices there mencioned, are either temporary or perpetuall, the Apo­stle expresseth not, the euent onely sheweth that point Not but that Go­uernment shoulde be alwayes in the Church, and care of the poore also. As our Sauiour sayth, Iohn, 12. The poore yee shall haue alwayes with you: and then charity inferreth a good consequence, that wee shoulde al­wayes haue a care of the poore, and the Scripture is plentifull in that [Page 934] behalfe. Rom. 12. For gouer­nors. And so likewise for Gouernors and care of Gouernment. But whether the like forme of Gouernment, and of care for the poore, and the like, or rother the same kinde of officers for these thinges, shoulde bée alwayes in the Church and perdetually abiding: that is not héere decla­red. Neither yet that the giftes or offices of Gouernment mentioned in these places, were of any such officers and Elders Gouerning and not teaching, as our Brethren do pretende they were. Onely Caluine sayth Existimo. &c. I suppose (or thinke) that the Gouernors were Seniors chosen out of the common people, which together with the Bishop shold rule the censure (or controulement) of manners, and the Discipline that shoulde be exercised. Caluines in­terpretation not necessa­ry. This is but Caluines thinking. Who though hee were a most excellent man, yet his supposing and thinking, though it may mooue many to thinke as he did, yet it bindeth none, but that another man may thinke otherwise, as Beza also in many thinges, thinketh otherwise than Caluine doth. But when Caluine addeth on his thinking, that these wordes, Hee that ruleth, let him doe it in carefulnesse, can­not be interpreted otherwise: This is some-what further then needeth. Can none that ruleth be carefull in his ruling, but he must be a ruler cho­sen from among the common people? & that hee must be a controller of manners, and of the Discipline that shoulde be exercised? and that in this Gouernment he must ioyne together with the Bishop? and that hée must not meddle with teaching? what necessity is there in these Testi­monies, to interprete these Gouernours to bee such Gouernours? and that it can-not bee interpreted otherwise? is there any other heere al­leaged than Caluines bare thinking? and wee haue herad already howe excellent men haue thought and interpreted these words otherwise, and alleaged their reasons for the same. And I sée no reason to the contrary, why they may not be interpreted, both for ciuil Magistrares in the church and also for Bishops and Pastors that are Teachers: or for who-soeuer hath any rule and Gouernment committed to him, to dee it heedefully and with carefulnesse.

Nowe vpon these his bare supposall or thinking, and on his onely a­uouching that it can bée interpreted no otherwise, which must easily and without any absurdity, may bée vnderstood for diuers other: Caluine con­cludeth, that therefore euery Churche from the beginning, hadde her se­nate enrolled of Godly graue and holy men, that had the iurisdiction of correcting vices. Euery Church had not a Sanate Whereas Saint Paule mentioneth no such thing, neither in these places, nor in any other. Neither is there any likelihood, that it was in euery Church, if it were in some, or in any, nor Danaeus him-selfe dare goe so farre, as to euery Churche, but to some Chur­ches.

Danaeus confesseth, that from the beginning there were in-déede pa­storall [Page 935] Elders in euery Church. And he alleageth a reason, saying: Gouernors. Cap. 10. For the former and cheefer care was in the Churches, that the word of God should be preached. And therefore as pastors, Preachers should bee chosen. The 2. kinde of Elders ( hee meaneth these Elders, nowe in Question) was wont to be appointed in euery greater City only, where­in there was a large and populous Church, and a great number of the faythfull▪ which is cleane contrary both to Caluine, and to our Brethren in this Learned discourse, that woulde haue these Elders in euerie church and Congregation. And much l [...]sse doth this appeare, that it was in eue­ry Church euen from the very beginning thereof. The Apostles them­selues had not the office of Deacons, no not in Hierusalem the Mother Church of all ▪ from the beginning. But in continuaunce the same was added (as the number increasing) there grewe neede of them.

But Caluine proceeding on this conclusion, saith: that nowe it was not an order of one age, meaning it was of more then one. And Seculum an age, is commonly vnderstoode for an hundreth yeares. As though it left not of in so short a space, and hereupon he puts him-selfe for proofe, to the declaration of the experience. But what time, or whether any mofull ages, or howe many: he him-selfe declareth not, but leaneth vs to search. But (for that we haue already searched,) wee can-not hear so much as of any one age. Age? nay, nor one yeare, nor one Moneth, nor one wéeke, nor one day, nor one houre, nor one moment, eyther of anie one such Senate or, but of one such mā, for any certainty that we haue hetherto founde. But in all the experience that our Brethren hetherto haue de­clared: we haue founde eyther playne proofe, or farre more probalilitie, that all those whome they haue alleaged were such Elders, as withall were Ministers of the Worde. And yet, if all this, that Caluine vpon his bare thinking runneth on withall, coulde be auouched: it were not able to bear out his final conclusion, for these his supposed Elders, saying: There­fore this office also of Gouernment is necessary for all ages. Where in­déede he might haue concluded much better, that it is not necessary for all ages. Yea, although there had béene experience of some ages, Churches, This consis­tory of these elders not necessa­ry. or persons: yet, wanting a rule and commaundement for them: what neces­sitie can or ought to be perpetually imposed on all Churches for them, without a manifest oppression of our Christian liberty? And therefore, a­way with this Worde necessary ( except it bee construed in some gentle sence) especially, when as yet we haue not certainlie found, in the experi­ence of the Doctors and of the Fathers, and of the historiographers, a­ny one age of the Church of Christe, since, nor in the Apostles age, that had any such Ecclesiasticall Senate of Gouerning and not teaching El­ders, as they imagine and woulde obtrude vnto vs.

And sith Caluine heere referreth that testimony of S Paule, Ephesians [Page 936] 4. vers, 11. to no other, Rom. 12. but to such as were teachers of the worde: and S. Paule sheweth the reason why those giftes and offices were giuen, to wit, For the renewing [...]f the Sayntes into the worke of the administration of the bo­dy of Christe, vntill we all come into the vnity of fayth, and of the knowledge of the Sonne of God, into a perfect man, and into the measure of a full ripe age, that wee shoulde not nowe bee Children any longer, which are caried away with euery blast of Doctrine: but following the trueth in loue, wee shoulde waxe strong by all thinges in him that is the heade, to witte Christe, in whome the whole body being coupled and compacted through out euery ioint of the Ministration, according to the act in the measure of euery part: maketh the encrease of the body, to the edi­fication of it selfe, by loue: Ephes. 4.

If all this can bée done by the offices there cited, of the which none haue perpetuity hereunto, but these twain (as our Brethren deuide them, which may be also well contracted vnto one) Pastors and Doctors: either our Gouerning Elders that our Brethren pleade for, must bee included within these, and then can they not bee such as they pleade for (for they woulde haue them neither Pastors and Doctors, but a distinguished office from them both, and not medling with teaching, which is the cheefest thing in Pastors and Doctors) or else there is no necessity of their perpe­tuity, nor of necessary helping to the accomplishment of these so necessary endes. If they replie, that the Deacons neither be there mentioned, and yet they be perpetuall, and helping hereunto: albeit we shall God willing hereafter sée, Of the per­petuity and necessity of Deacons. in their more proper treatise, howe they are perpetuall and necessary, and how not: yet what letteth, but that, (as at the very first ere­ction of them,) they were not excluded from teaching and preaching? ( ex­ample, Steuen and Philip. Neither can this shift serue, to say, that Philip ( besides) was Euangelist, except they shew the like also for Steuen. And why then may not Deecons be comprehended in S. Pauls partition, Eph. 4. well ynough, and so Gouernors, Interpreters, Healers, Helpers, spea­kers with diuerse languages, which might bee all teachers, saue onely these, not teaching but gouerning Ecclesiasticall Elders. Whose of­fice ( as implying a contradiction of teaching and not teaching) is not compatible with the other offices.

And if (as Danaeus here sayth) the name [...]. gouernaunce, that the Apostle vseth, Rom. 12. bee there generall howe is it then restrayned to such a proper kinde of Ecclesiasticall Gouernment, of Elders not teach­ers, more than of teaching elders, or, more then of Deacons? And if Paule ( as Danaeus saith) vse the name [...], for these gouernors: which is either proper to Deacons, or taken generally, for the Ministery: why may it not better comprehend the pastors and teachers, which ordinarily are called Ministers, then these gouerning elders that are nor teachers?

The next proof out of the scripture that Danaeus citeth, (after his former [Page 937] allegation of Hierome ad Rusticum, for the imitation of the Iewes Syne­drion, we shall come to it (God willing) after warde, our Brethren lea­ding vs to that argument. But because that standeth rather on a presup­posall of an imitation, or continuance of the order in the old law among the Iewes, than any proofe of institution in the newe, among the Christi­ans: let vs nowe first, go to those argumentes, whereby Danaeus will e­uict, both manifest example and institution of these Elders, in the newe Testament. ca. 10. part, Christ. 2. Isagog. (or introduction (he sayth: Horum igi­tur Presbyterorum qui, &c. The offices therefore of these Elders, Danaeus in Christ. Isag. 2. para. ca. 10. that rule the manners, is to attende vppon the flocke, and to watche as well o­uer the doctrine, as ouer the manners of the Church, and of the faith­full that be in the same. Act. 20. ver. 28. 1. Pet. 5. ver. 2. and especially in his parishe, that is, in that part of the Church or region, which is cō ­mitted peculiarly to him. And verily concerning doctrine, least anie Haeresie should be brought in, and least any errour should be sowed, and generally least the substance of the faith should be corrupted. Act. 20. ver. 29.21. ver. 18. which thing may be done▪ and thereupon arise of­fences, and those greeuous.

Here are thrée testimonies of scripture alleaged, of which the two for­mer; Act. 20. and 1. Pet. 5. we haue séene sufficiently before; The Elders mentioned Act. 20. & 1. Pet 5. were Pasto­rall Elders by our Bre­threns owne confession. concerning those Elders, especially those that are mentioned, Act. 20. whether they were all Bishops of Ephesus, in the proper sense of the name of Bishop: but there the question was all of such Elders, as, whether they were all equall, or no, yet were they all Pastorall Elders, Teachers, and Ministers of the worde and Sacramentes. And our Brethren in this Learned Dis­course, in their treatise of the Pastors office haue cited alreadie for suche Elders onely, these testimonies Act. 20. 1. Pet. 5. saying: pag. 19. Besides Doctors, there must be Pastors ordeyned in euerie congregation, which haue diuerse appellations in the scripture, as Ephes. 4. they are called by the name of Pastors, because they ought to feede the seuerall flockes of Gods sheepe committed to their charge. As appeareth, Danaeus cō ­tradiction to our Br. for the El­ders in these places. Act. 20.28. 1. Pet. 5.2. they are also called Elders &c. Againe page, 21.22. and 23. where at large they vrge this, that all the functions of the Elders mentioned, 1. Pet. 5. and Act. 20. is to be imployed in such gouernement only, as is fee­ding, euen as a Pastor doth his sheepe. And that therfore they are called Bishops, Super-intendentes, or Ouer-seers. And yet sée how boldly Da­naeus citeth teese testimonies, for these gouerning and not teaching El­ders. Wherein, although our Brethren holde the truer opinion, and the text is plaine inough, that the elders there mentioned, were onely such as medled with the worde: yet the rather to mooue Danaeus with the iudge­ment of Caluine also thereupon: Caluine likewise in his Institutions ca. 8 sec. 4. treating of the Pastors office, Caluinu [...] in Instit. ca. 8. sect. 4. sayth: Of these and other places [Page 938] which here & euery where come to hand, The Elders Act. 20. & P. 5 we may gather also that in the function of the Pastors, these are the principall parts, to declare the Gos­pell, Caluine cō ­trary to Da­naeus for the Elders. Act. 20. and to minister the Sacraments But the manner of teaching con­sisteth not onely in publike sermons, but pertaineth also to priuate ad­monitions. So dooth Paule cite the Ephesians to be witnesses, that hee shunned none of those things, that were for their profit, but declared & taught them publikely, and by euery house, &c. And in the 42. Section he saith: Calv. in Inst. ca. 8. sect. 42. And in the Actes is rehearsed, that he called together the Ephe­sian Elders, whom he himselfe in his oration nameth Bishops. Heere now is to be obserued. Calvine cō ­fesseth that the place Act. 20. is only of mi­nisters of the word. Caluinus in Act. 20. ver. 17. that hethertoh we haue reckoned vp none, but those offices, that consist in the ministerie of the word. In his Cōmen­tarie indéed vpon the same ver. 17. he saith: Moreouer it shal more cleer­ly appeere out of the context, that the Seniors are called, not they which were of olde age, but they which ruled the Church. But it is vsuall al­most in all tongues, that they should be called Auncients, and Fathers, which were the Gouernors to rule others, although their Age did not alwaie: answere therevnto.

The Elders Gouernors Heere he speaketh of gouerning Elders or Gouernors; which is the terme, wherby our Brethr. signifie their Segniorie. But now, what man­ner of Gouernors or gouerning Elders, maketh he them to be? On these woords, Vos scitis, &c. ver. 18. Ver. 18. These El­ders that were go­uernors and and correc­tors of mā ­ners were also teach­ers. In this sermon ( saith he) Paul cheefly with hereunto, that those whome he had created the Pastors of Ephesus, hee might by his example, exhort them to performe their office faithfully. For so is the censure (or correction) of manners made aright, and au­thoritie gotten to the doctrine, when the teacher prescribeth nothing with words, the which he hath not before in the deede it selfe perfour­med. And so he goeth on, applying S. Paules words in euery verse, to Mi­nisters and Pastors. And on the 26. verse, he saith; Moreouer this place conteineth a briefe summe of teaching orderly and well; and he exhor­teth the Doctors themselues with a vehement and seuere statute, that they should diligently apply their office. And to this dutie of the Pastors, in the next verse he applieth the sayings of Ezech. 3.18.20. till he come to the 28. verse, Those whō Danaeus cal­leth gouer­ning & not teaching Elders Caluin calleth Pa­stors, Bi­shops & feeders with the word. which Danaeus citeth, where he concludeth thus; Since the time they were created Pastors, they are not their owne men, but pub­likely bound to the whole flock. And on these words; The holy Ghost hath made you Bishops. Furthermore ( saith he) although from the beginning the L. would haue the Ministers of the word chosen by voices: neuer­theles he alwaies chalengeth to himselfe the gouernment of the Church, &c. And as he saith; We must breefly note this, of the name of Bishop, that all the Ephesine Elders were of Paule so called: so withall, we must note, that he said before in his Institutions: Whosoeuer enioyeth the mi­nisterie of the word, hee giueth them the title of Bishops. And on these [Page 939] woords; To rule the Church: The Greeke word [...] signifieth to feed: Elders. 1. Pet. 5. but by an apt similitude it is translated to any regiment. And on the 29. verse; This is verely as it were the perpetual destinie of the Church, that it should be vexed of wolues: wherfore there is neuer anie time of slee­ping. Howbeitt, he more, & the more hurtful doo breake in; the more attentiue watches must be made of the Pastors, &c. And on the 30. ver. Then doth the synceritie of the word of God flourish, when the Pastors with a common studie doo gather disciples vnto Christ, &c. And in the 31. That he saith, he warned euerie one, may be as well referred to the common people, as to the Elders. For sith he had purposed to make his sermō common to the whole Church: he speaketh as though the whole bodie were present. Notwithstāding, if any had rather restraine it to the order of the Pastors, &c. So that in all this assembly of these Elders, hée mentioneth stil none other, but such as were Pastors and Ministers of the word and sacraments. This place therefore, Act. 20. ( be it spoken by Da­naeus leaue) is méerly abused, for the proofe of any Senate of not teaching Elders

And the same answere serueth to the other testimonie, 1. Pet. 5.2. Our Breth. sestimonie against Da­naeus for the Elders 1. Pet. 5. which likewise our Breth. ioyne in this learned discourse, to their former testi­m [...]e for Pastors onely: pag. 19.22.25. & 32. And the like doth Caluine ( with all other interpreters new and olde) saying both in his Instit. ca. 13. Sect. 7. Caluinus in Instit. ca. 13. sect. 7. Peter therfore while he warneth the Pastors of their office, exhor­teth them so to feede the flocke, that they exercise not a dominion ouer the Clergie. By which name he signifieth the inheritance of God, that is, the people of the faithfull. And in his Comm. While hee would exhort the Pastors to their dutie, he noteth cheefly three things, For the El­ders 1. Pe. 5. that are woont much to hinder thē, that is to wit, slothfulnes, desire of getting gain & li­centiousnes of gouerning. True it is, y t he afterward saith vpon y name Elders: By this name he designeth Pastors, and whosoeuer were appoin­ted to the gouernement of the Church: but they called them Elders or Seniors for honors sake, not that all were olde in age, but because they were chiefly chosen out of old mē. For age hath for the most part, Euē the ge­nerall name of ecl. El­ders for go­uernors ex­emplified by teachers. more wisdome, grauitie & experience. Howbeit because now & then (as is said in the Greek prouerb) The hoare heare is not wisdome: and there are young men found that are more fit, such as Timothie was: it is receaued in vse, that they also are called Elders, after they are chosen into the order. Whē as Peter likewise nameth himselfe an Elder, it appeareth that this name was common, the which also is manifest more cleerly in very many pla­ces. Furthermore by this title he getteth authoritie to himself: as though he said, that of his owne right he warned the Pastors because he himselfe was one of them. For this mutual libertie ought to betweene them that are Colleagues.

[Page 940] Here he sayth that the name of Elder is a common name, not onely for olde age, but of dignitie. And he sayth, that the Apostle designeth in this name, Pastors and whosoeuer are appointed to the regiment of the Church: but doth he not still restrayne the vnderstanding of it in this place, to such Gouernours only, as either are Pastorall elders or to suche teachers as himselfe (although he were also an Apostle) was one in the same office of this Eldership, The office of their El­dership con­sisting in feeding. a Colleague among them? And what was their office of this Eldership that he requireth of them? But euen that which followeth in the seconde verse by Danaeus cited: feede so much as li­ [...]th in [...]ou the flocke of God. And what was the foode wherewith these El­ders should feede them so much as lay in them? Any other than the do­ctrine of Gods worde? Hereupon (sayth Caluine) wee gather what the name of Elder doth import, to wit, that it contayneth in it the office of feeding. The Pope createth his Elders farre to an other ende, that is to wit, that they should dayly offer vp Christ. In their ordeyning there i [...] no mention of feeding. Let vs therefore remember to discerne the order of Christ, from the confusion of the Pope, euen as it were the light from darkenesse. The definition also of the word ought to be holden. Because the flocke of Christ cannot be fedde, but with pure doctrine which alone is the spirituall fodder. Wherfore Pastors are not either dombe gho [...]s, or such as sprinkle their forged tales, as it were deadly poyson to kill the soules.

And vpon this worde [...]; I doubt not ( sayth he) but that Peter would expresse the office and name of a bishopricke: it may also cut off other places of scripture be gathered, The wordes of Peter spoken to fee­ders, haled to such as are not fee­ders. that these 2. Bishop and Elder, are names betokening one thing. He chargeth them therefore, howe they should rightly exercise the Pastorall office.

Who séeth not hereby, that Caluine in this place restrayneth the name of Elder to such onely as were feeders of the people with the worde, nor that Peter in that place, speaketh to any other officers? And to what pur­pose should he charge those, to feede the people with the doctrine of the worde, that were no feeders, and medled not at all with teaching? So that this testimonie of Peter, 1. Pet. 5. maketh nothing for any such eccl. Elders gouerning the Churche and not teaching, if rather it make not cleane against them, being such ecclesiasticall Elders as be onely domini­um exercentes in Clerum; exercising gouernement ouer the Clergie, and doe not pascere nor meddle at all with feeding or teaching the people.

As for that which Danaeus gathereth on these two testimonies, Act. 20. and 1. Pet. 5. that the office of these Elders was to attende and watche both ouer the doctrine and ouer the manners of the Church and of the faithfull that are therein, and especially in his parish, that is, in that parte of the Church that is peculiarly committed vnto him: in what thing the [Page 941] attendance and watching of the Elders consisted, in these foresayde pla­ces, we haue fully séene; Not only (as Danaeus sayth) ouer the doctrine and ouer the maners: but as themselues expressing the example of the manners: so also feeding with the doctrine so much as in them did lye. If they say, that is nothing at all, because they were but Controllers and Ouer-seers of others, and themselues meddled not with teaching: then were they not such Elders as S. Paule and S. Peter do prescribe, but what meaneth Danaeus by these wordes, his parishe? The seueral parishes of the Elders. Which he expoundeth to be that part of the Church that peculiarly was committed to him? Was there diuerse parishes in those great Cities that he speaketh of, where hée supposeth a Senate of these Elders were, and that euery one of them had a part of the Citie assigned to his ouersight, which was called a Parish? And that all these Elders of seuerall parishes, had some one great and mo­ther Church, wherein all these Elders helde their Senate, Seignorie, or Consistorie? And can this also be prooued out of these two places, or out of the scripture, that the Apostles ordeined any such Senate of gouerning and not teaching Elders, of seuerall parishes? If it could, how would this agrée with these our Brethren, that woulde haue a Senate, Seniorie, or Consistorie of these Elders in euerie parish Church and Congregation, except they would bring the whole Citie ( as London) but to one Congre­gation? But whereupon gathereth Danaeus this? Vppon these testimo­nies, Act. 20. or 1▪ Pet. 5? No, he citeth them after in the conclusion of his former assertion. For when he had sayde: As Daneus reporteth Sozome­nus, there was but one Elder in euery pa­rish. the seconde kinde of Elders was wont to be ordeyned in euery great Citie only, wherein there was a large and populous Church, and a great number of the faithfull: hée prooueth it thus; for euery part of the Citie, and of the Church, as it were a parish, had his owne Elder. As it may be gathered. ex Herm. Sozome. lib. 1. cap. 8. and the historie of the auncient Church. These last words, the historie of the auncient Church, are too generall. When the places are particularly quoted, they may be better examined. And we haue exa­mined a good many alreadie. But we could finde no such seconde kinde of Elders. And I am halfe a fraide before hande, that wee shall finde none e­uen in this place. And for triall, let vs start aside, and sée it.

The title of the Chapter sheweth the argument: An enumeration of the noble actes of Constantine, Eccl. hist. Hermiae So­zomeni li. 1. cap. 2. both in purchasing the libertie of the Christians, and in building of temples, and other thinges beneficiall to the common-weale. In which chapter among other matters, he sayth: he builded also in the Palace a Church, and he made a tente expressing the figure of a Church, the which he vsed to carie about with him when he marched in battell against his enemies: to this ende, that a Church should not be wanting to him nor to the armie, while hee aboade in the wildernesse. In which Church they should prayse God, they should call [Page 942] vpon him with their praiers, Sozome­nus for these El­ders. and receaue the holy mysteries. Nam [...]. Sa­cerdotes & Diaconi, &c. For the Priests & Deacons which according to the institution of the Church should performe these functions, did con­tinually follow the Tabernacle. Ex eo tempore militaeres Romanorum ordines qui iam vocantur Numeri, singuli sibi Tabernaculum separatum construxerunt, hahuerúntque secum [...]. & Sacerdotes & Diaconos, ad rem diuinam faciendam designatos. From that time foorth the militarie orders of the Romanes, which are now called the Numbers, euery one of them builded a seueral Tabernacle, and had both Priestes and Deacons with them, appointed to execute the diuine seruice.

This is all that Sozomenus hath of this matter, and is not héere a faire proofe, that in euery greater Citie, wherein there was a faire & populous Church, & magnus fidelium numerus, and a great number of the faithfull, euery part of the Citie and Church had his Elder, whose office was to attend vpon the flocke, and to watch both ouer the doctrine and ouer the manners of the Church, and of the faithfull that are therein, and e­specially in his Parish, that is, in that part of the Church that is commit­ted vnto him. Indéede there is mencion made of some like wordes, that Danaeus gathereth.

Danaeus miscollecti­on of Sozo­menus wordes.Sozomenus telleth, how Constantine made a Tabernacle or Tent ex­pressing the figure of a Church: therupon Danaeus belike gathereth these words; An ample and a populous Church: except he gather that of the words before; As for that that pertaineth to the holy Temples, they that were large inough, were repaired: other were raised higher & made bro­der, not without increase of statelinesse.

Sozomenus telleth, how this Tabernacle was caried about in the wil­dernesse, while Constantine marched against his enemies: and Danaeus ga­thereth belike of this Wildernesse, a great Citie. Except also he gather that of the wordes before: Moreouer, out of the land which was tribu­tarie in euery Citie, he tooke the rated tribute, that was wont to be pai­ed to the Eschequer (or Treasurie) and distributed it to the Churches & to the Clergie: which gift he enacted by Lawe to be ratified for euer.

Sozomenus telleth of the militarie orders of the Romanes: and Da­naeus belike gathereth thereupon, the flocke of the faithfull.

Sozomenus telleth, that these militarie orders of the Romanes were those which were then called; [...], Numeri, Numbers: and Danaeus belike gathereth thereupon, that there was Magnus fidelium numerus, A great number of the faithfull.

Sozomenus telleth, that From that time forth euery one of these mi­litarie Orders builded a seuerall Tabernacle to themselues: and Danaeus belike gathereth thereupon these words, Euery part or parish of the Ci­tie and of the Church.

[Page 943]Sozomenus telleth, how they had these 2. eccl. orders, Sozome­nus mista­ken, Sacerdotes & Di­aconos, sacred Priests & Deacons with thē: & Danaeus belike gathereth here vpon, Secundum genus Presbyterorum, the second kinde of Elders, Priests, or Presbyters.

Sozomenus telleth, how these did follow the Tabernacles, and were designed according to the Institution of the Church, to execute the di­uine seruice and performe these functions; to wit, to praise God, to cal vpon him with praiers, and to minister the Sacraments: and Danaeus héereupon belike doth gather, that their office was to attend the flock, & to watch both ouer the doctrine and ouer the manners os the Church, and of the faithfull that are therein, ech one in the parish, part, or region committed to him.

Verely, except Danaeus gather these his collections, on these wordes of Sozomenus ( for they be the words that me thinkes come néerest vnto his) I know not on what words els, he can make this collection. But to con­ster Danaeus to the best: (as he is our Reuerend Brother, & excellent lear­ned Father in the Lord: so, Bonus aliquando dormitat Homerus,) he ouer­trusted and followed too much some others ill collection, and considered not the place himselfe, and so might easely be abused. Which least we also in so weightie a matter might be, The lack of through ser­ching, the cause of our Br. mista­king. especially on the trust of so notable a man (as, I am afraid, too many of our Brethren be, running too much on the credite of such a credible partie): it standeth vs vpon (crauing euermore pardon of him and all our betters) to search better the places, our selues, that are alleadged; and to sée, whether they be rightly alleadged, yea, or no. If yea: then humbly, (so farre forth as is requisite) to yéelde vnto them, be the partie neuer so meane, that doth alleadge them. If no: then modestly to dissent from them, and not allowe them, be the parties other­wise neuer so learned. Christ biddeth vs, to Search, yea, the very Scrip­tures: and so shall we finde whether they be well or ill alleadged. And the Baeroeans are euen therefore commended, for that daily they searched the Scriptures, to sée, whether those things were so, Act. 17.11. that S. Paule had prea­ched. And then must our Br. be content to giue vs leaue, if we examine these testimonies by the originals, which in this place also when we haue done, (besides a number of other grosse escapes,) what is héere for y e proofe of these Cōsistorie gouerning & not teaching Elders? The Elders that Sozo­menus mē ­tioneth wer teaching el­ders. Is this Elder now become [...], Sacerdos, a sacred Priest, the executer of the diuine seruice, & a minister of the holy mysteries? Well thē, since we find not as yet these Elders here; let vs return again to Danaeus search for thē in the scripture.

The third testimonie of Scripture that héere he cited, was Act. 21.18. Danaeus te­stimony for for these el­ders. Act. 21.18. And when we were come to Ierusalem ( saith S. Luke, verse 17.) the Bre­theren did receaue vs gladly. But the next day Paule entred in with vs vnto Iames; and all the Elders were assembled.

[Page 944] Act. 21.18. Heere are againe Elders named, and an assembly of them all at Ie­rusalem. But whether these Elders were onely gouernors and not medlers with teaching of the worde, that is not mencioned. Neither is there any circumstance, that should encline to such opinion of them, but rather to the cleane contrarie. The proba­bilities that the Elders mentioned Act. 21.18. were tea­chers. Caluine sayth: out of this place we may gather, that which we had in the 15. chapter, that so often as any waigh­tie businesse was to be treated vppon, the Seniors were woont to come together, that the consultation might bee the more orderly com­posed without the multitude. We shall afterwarde see in their order that the people were admitted. Howbeit, after that the Seniors had had their Innermore Counsell.

Sith therefore these Seniors consultation with the Apostles, was not onely about manners and discipline, but about principall pointes of the substance of doctrine: and withall, that Caluine referreth vs to these Se­niors (or Elders) in the counsell holden at Ierusalem, Act. 15. where Cal­uine sayde before, as he sayth here, that all the Churche was not gathe­red: sed eos qui doctrina & iudicio pollebant, & qui ex ratione officij, huius cau­sae legitimi erant iudices: but those that excelled in doctrine and iudge­ment, and they that by reason of their office, were the lawefull iudges of this cause: what likelihoode is there, that these Elders meddled not with teaching the doctrine, which excelled in the doctrine, and in iudg­ment, and by their offices were the lawfull iudges, in the decision of the controuersies of doctrine?

But since the oration that is made vnto Paule, Act. 21. is by S. Luke set downe in the name of them all: albeit some one among them spake it in their names: These El­ders were exhorters of Paul. and they were such as of whom Caluine sayth, vpon these their wordes to Paule: Thou seest (brother) how manie thousands, &c. More­ouer, they exhort him, that taking vpon him a solemne vowe, he should purge himselfe, &c. There is no doubt, but that zeale of the Lawe was faultie: and verely the Elders doo sufficiently declare, that they liked it not. For although they do not openly condemne it, neither yet com­plaine thereon more sharply: neuertheles, because they separate them­selues from their affection, secretly they confesse that they doo erre. If it had bene a zeale according to knowledge, They were such as frō whō know­ledge shuld begin. it ought to haue begun from them. But they striue not for the Lawe it selfe, nor they pretend iust re­uerence thereof, nor they subscribe vnto them that were zealous of the same, as they call them: therefore they insinuate that they thinke other­wise, & that they like not the peoples superstition. But this ouerthwar­teth it, They were such as wer not of the people, but distinct frō them. that they say Paule was burdened with a false infamie. Further­more, when they exact of him a satisfaction, they seeme to nourish that zeale, &c.

And againe: Neither verely was the libertie of Paule vnknowen to the [Page 945] Elders, when as therefore they knew the matter well, onely this they wil, Act. 21. & 15. that it should be witnessed to the vnskilfull and rude, that Paule purpo­sed nothing lesse, than that hee should bring the Iewes to the contempt of the lawe. Wherefore they looke not vpon the bare matter, but know­ing what was the peoples iudgement of Paule, by reason of the malicious backbitings: they desire to remedie it. Although I knowe not whether they required this of Paul more importunatlie than was meet. But heere­vppon it appeareth, how preposterous is the credulitie (or light beleef) of men, in taking holde of slaunders: and howe stiflie an ill opinion once rashlie conceiued, cleaueth fast. There is no doubte but that Iames and his colleagues did their indeauor to defende the fame of Paul. And a­gaine; in the meane season wee see howe modestlie the Seniors beha­ued themselues in nourishing concorde: while in good time they pre­uent the peoples offence, excepte in that they beare peraduenture too much with their weaknesse, in exacting a vowe of Paule. But this mo­deration is to bee kept in the Church, that the Pastors shoulde indeede excell in authoritie: but they shoulde not rule proudelie, nor de­spise the residue of the bodie. For the distinction of their orders, which is the bonde of peace, ought not to bee the cause of dis­corde.

What can bee more cleere than this, that these Elders which spake these things, and tooke this authoritie in these matters vppon them, were Pa­stors? As Caluine in plaine wordes applyeth all theyr dooings vnto Pa­stors. And yet this more appeareth in his obseruation of that which followeth on the 23. verse: Doe this therefore that wee saie vnto thee, wee haue foure men which haue made a vowe, &c. Although it may bee, These elders Act. 21. are here plainly called Doc­tors. that these ( he meaneth the foure men) wer as yet nouices & that therfore their faith as yet were tender, and scarse well framed, whervpon the Do­ctors (or teachers) suffered them to performe the vow, that by ignorance they had rashly vowed.

In these wordes, the Elders that before he called Iames and his colle­gues, and of their doings gathered the rule and authoritie of the Pastors: he plainlie heere calleth Doctors and teachers. And therefore what kinde of Elders these were vnder Iames and the Apostles at Hierusalem, we neede seeke no further, it is manifest they were not gouernours that med­led not with teaching, but with ouersight of doctrine, and with correc­tion of manners and discipline onelie: for as they were teachers, and heere taught, though not so wel: so, their chiefest medling was with teach­ing. And that their selues testifie in the conclusion of their Oration, saying: For as touching those of the Gentiles that haue beleeued, [...]e haue written, decree­ing that they should keepe no such thing, &c.

If our Brethren replie, that that decree went in the name not onelie [Page 946] of the Apostles and Elders, but also of the brethren, which in the verse be­fore, Act. 15.22. he calleth the whole Church: and yet, we cannot conclude hereon, that therefore the whole Church were teachers: Caluine ( refer­ring vs to that, which he noted on that decree) saith, on the 22. ver, Act. 15. Not without the singular grace of God was that tempest ceased, that the cause being well discussed, all should descend into the consent of the true doctrine. The modestie also of the common people is gathered here­vpon, that after they had permitted the iudgement vnto the Apostles, & to the residue of the Doctors (or teachers): then also the people subscri­bed vnto their decree. The Apostles also on the other side, gaue a shewe of their equity, because they established nothing cōcerning the common cause of all the godlie, but the people beeing admitted thervnto. For, ve­rilie, of the pride of the Pastors this tyrannie hath sprong, that those things which pertaine to the common state of the whole Church, haue bene subiect (the people being thrust out) vnto the will, that I might not saie vnto the lust of a few men. But the Apostles and the Elders did pru­dentlie decree, that Iudas and Silas shoulde bee sent, to the end the mat­ter might bee lesse suspected.

Concerning this complaint we haue alreadie aunswered: and let them giue the people no more than the notice and approbation, so that the deba­ting and determining be referred to the authoritie of those that succéede the Apostles and the Elders, that are Doctors and Pastors, medling only with such matters as are these, not with the affaires and authoritie of Princes: and we can be content to affoord the people no lesse, being such modest and godlie people as these were. But our question is now, what were these El­ders? ( For here are but thrée sorts reckoned vp, the Apostles, the Elders, and the whole Church, or the brethren. Forsooth (still saith Caluine) the Doctors and the Pastors. And for other kind of Elders gouerning and not teaching among them, we heare as yet of none.

But Danaeus citeth another testimonie out of the Scripture, Danaeus testimonie for those El­ders. for proofe of these Elders, saying:

For they ought to haue that admonition of Paule alwaies before their cies, that if there be anie thing honest, right and holie before GOD, they should inculcate (or often vrge) the same vnto the faithfull. Phi. 4. verse. 8. and it ought to take place in Gods Church. Phil. 4. v. 8.

This testimonie is so little seruing for these gouerning and not teach­ing Elders, that except they would haue vs thinke, the Epistle was onelie, or especiallie written vnto such Elders: I cannot sée how it is more appli­able vnto them, than vnto anie others, or howe it can bee proued heerevp­pon, that there were anie such Elders in that Church. First, the Epistle it selfe is written to none such, as appeareth by the first verse: Paule and Timothie the seruants of Iesus Christe, vnto all the Saintes in Christe Iesu, which [Page 947] are at Philippus, with the Bishoppos and the Deacons. Phil. 4.8. Héere is none of these Elders not medling with teaching, named. For although Beza and the Geneua Bible woulde include them in the name of Bishoppes, which is verie harde: notwithstanding sith wée haue heard, howe Caluine ( euen where hée taketh all these names confusedlie) doth saie in his Institutions, Cap. 8. Sec. 42. Caluinus in institus. cap. 8. sec. 42.But as concerning Bishoppes, and Elders, and Pastors, and Ministers, in that I haue called them without difference: I did it by the vse of the Scripture, which confoundeth these tearmes. For who­soeuer inioy the ministerie of the worde, vnto them it attributeth the ti­tle of Bishoppes. And heereto he addeth this testimonie for proofe, Phil. 1. a. 1. therefore, howsoeuer they woulde include Elders heere in the name of Bishoppes, yet can they vnderstand no such Elders, as Danaeus and our Brethren pleade for, but such onelie as inioye the ministerie of the worde.

But what is there in this testimonie, Phil. 4.8. that shoulde bee properlie pertaining to an Elders office? Phil. 4.8. That which remaineth (Brethren) whatsoeuer things are true, whatsoeuer are waightie, whatsoeuer are righteous, whatsoeuer are pure, whatsoeuer are honest, if there bee anie vertue, if there bee a­nie praise: thinke of these things which yee haue learned, and haue receiued, and haue heard, and haue seene in mee. Doo these things, and the God of peace shall be with you. Can anie thing bée gathered out of these wordes, that is pe­culiar to an Ecclesiasticall Elders office? Caluine sayth: Generall exhor­tations followe, which are stretched to the whole life. And yet if they were peculiar to Elders, and that they shoulde doe, all that which they learned, and receiued, and heard, and sawe in Saint Paule: When Caluine sayth, By this repetition of wordes he signifieth, that hee was continuall in preaching these thinges, as though hee shoulde saie, this was my doctrine, this was my tradition, this was my speech among you: And on these wordes: Yee haue seene in mee: but this is the first thing in a preacher, that hee shoulde not onelie speake with his mouth, but with his life, and with his goodnesse of his life get credite to his doctrine: Paule therefore worthilie getteth authoritie to his exhortation there­vpon, that hee was a guide and maister of vertues with his life, no lesse than with his mouth: And therefore if this bée spoken to Ecclesiasticall Elders, and if they should doe the lyke action: howe should they not be such Elders, as taught not onelie with their liues, but with their mouths also, exhorting and preaching the doctrine? But what neede better testi­monie, than Danaeus against himselfe? When hee sayth: These Elders should inculcate this saying of Saint Paule vnto the faithfull? For, what else is this inculcation, but their often teaching of the people, the things contained in that sentence? But Danaeus ( belike not perceiuing how he confutes himselfe) procéedeth, saying:

[Page 948] 2. Tim. 3. Danaeus o­ther allega­tions for El­ders all which also are cleane a­gainst him. But these Elders ought to watch both pri [...]atlie by euerie house, and publikelie in the assemblie of the Church. Act. 20. verse. 20. Act. 20. Augustine there fore in his fiftie Homilies, Homilie the 5. anc 7. teacheth, Aug. in hom. 50. hom. 5. & 7. that that saying of Esaie, Crie, cease not: pertaineth not onelie to the Bishoppes, but also to the Elders. For, when many mischeifes may be done at home: and they that corrupt the faithfull are wont also to enter into houses, as Paul saith, 2. Tim. 3. ve. 6. It is the office of them that watch, to looke also house by house, least either the good doctrine or the holie manners bee cor­rupted. But of those things that may be done amisse in houses, there is example, 1. Pet. 3. verse 3. But of those that edifie euill publiklie, there is example, 1. Cor. 14 verse. 34. and 35.

Not one of these places mencioneth anie such Elders, as are Ecclesiasti­call gouernours and not teachers, neither can they bée haled, but with vi­olence, to them. The 20. of the Acts, we haue seene and séene againe to the full, how it is all of such Elders, as were teachers of the worde. The place in Augustine wée haue likewise séene. And that of Esaie is so apparaunt for teachers and preachers of the word, that I a [...] euen ashamed that so lear­ned a man should (of all places) alleage that, Esa. 58. for not teaching Elders, which speaketh of such crying out, exalting the voice like a trumpet, and telling the people of their sinnes.

As for this, 2. Tim. 3. verse. 6. wherein Saint Paule hauing described the wicked hypocrites of these later dayes, that shoulde trouble the Church of God, hée sayth: For of these there are, that craftilie enter into houses, and leade women captiue, loden with sinnes, the which are lead with diuerse lusts, alwayes learning, &c. Wherevpon saith Caluine, You woulde saie, that Paule heere of purpose painted out a liuelie pourtraiture of Monkerie. But to omitte the name of Monkes: the notes themselues with the which Paule setteth out the false and counterfaite Doctors or teachers, are o­pen inough. Their insinuation or creepings into householdes, theyr baites in taking women, theyr vnhonest flatterie, their leading them a­bout by diuerse superstitions. It behoueth vs to marke diligentlie these notes, if we desire to discerne betweene the vnprofitable drones, and the good ministers of Christ.

Héere Caluine woulde haue vs diligentlie to marke the difference, be­twéene these false and counterfait teachers, and the good Ministers of Christ: Difference of the false teacher and true teacher not betwéene them and these Elders, that woulde haue Ecclesiasti­call gouernment, and not meddle with teaching. For mée thinkes, they rather séeme to resemble those Monkes, than anie Elders, that Saint Paule there would haue, to oppose themselues against these false teachers. For who shoulde better set himselfe against them, than a Bishoppe or an El­der that is a good Minister of Christ, and a true teacher? And therefore hée willeth Timothie ( béeing a teaching Elder,) to take notice of them, say­ing, [Page 949] verse. 1. But knowe thou this, that in the last daies, perillous times shall ap­proch, men shall bee louers of themselues, &c. And hauing described these wic­ked teachers: hée stirreth vp Timothie to oppose himselfe against them, vers. 10. saying: But thou hast attained my doctrine, institution, purpose, faith, tollerance, loue, patience, &c.

And héere vpon sayth Caluine: This argument also dooth hee vse to stirre vp Timothie, that he shall not come foorth into the combat, a rude and vnskilfull young souldiour: beeing such an one as Paule himselfe had long time trained vp in his discipline. Neither onelie is doctrine handled, for the things that hee reckoneth vp together, doo adde no small waight, insomuch that in this sentence hee dooth paint out vnto vs the liuelie Image of a good Doctor (or teacher) to wit, such an one as informeth and instructeth his Disciples, not onelie with his speech, but openeth his breast also after a sorte vnto them, that they maye vnder­stande, that the things which hee teacheth, hee teacheth them euen as he thinketh.

He [...]e then are these two liuelie Images, the one of the false teacher, en­tering into houses, and corrupting them: the other of the good teacher, opposing himselfe against the false teacher. But betwéene good teacher and false teacher of these houses; where is this Elder that is no teacher? Is there any thing either in the text, or that Caluine, or anie other good or badde interpreter alleadgeth, that makeeth for him?

As for the example, 1. Pet. 3. verse. 3. Danaeus te­stimonie 1. Pet. 3. ma­keth no­thing for Eccl. Elders that are not teachers. That things may bee done amisse at home: is nothing for proofe, that anie of these Elders, Ecclesiasticall go­uernours and not teachers, or that anie their Segnorie, shoulde come in­to mens houses, and there take view of their wiues apparell, and controll it. Onelie Saint Peter ( in giuing this sober and generall exhortation vnto women, saying: Whose attire let it not bee outward in folding or breidring of their haire, in decking themselues with golde and ornature of vestiments [...]s) shew­eth howe the graue and discréete Minister or Preacher, may giue priuate or publike exhortation, by the examples in the worde of God, when hee séeth a fault heerein. But not that he hath authoritie to goe into their hou­ses, to ouersée with what apparell they trimme themselues withall. But whatsoeuer the Minister may doe, what is this to these Elders, that woulde bée maister controllers and rulers of euerie bodie, men and women, euen in their owne houses, but not teachers of them?

The other place, 1. Corinth. 14.34. and 35. for the womens parte, Danaeus te­stimonies 1. Cor. 14.34. & 35. are likewise no­thing for Eccl. Elders not teachers wée haue méetelie well perused alreadie. As for gouerning Elders not teach­ers, to be their controllers, neither those verses, nor all the Chapter men­cioneth anie. And why shoulde they not bée controllers ouer the mennes faultes there mencioned, as wel as ouer the womens? But there is none such at all, that the Apostle there speaketh of, other than the ordinarie tea­chers [Page 950] to whome the publike reprehension did belong. Iames. 5.14. for these Elders. Which in the former cited Chapter, 2. Tim. 3.16. and 4.2. he maketh to pertaine vnto the tea­cher and Minister of the word of God, and not to anie gouerning Elder not teaching, who may better be called an vnpreaching Prelate, than anie of the Popish Bishops. Especiallie since Beza and the Geneua Bible gi­ueth them the tearme of Bishoppes also, besides this of Presbyter, Priest, or Elder.

Danaeu [...] te­stimony for the [...]e Elders out of Ia. 5. and 14. But Danaeus hath yet one other testimonie for them, saying: But the Elders ought to watch both ouer the hoale and ouer the sicke, and affli­cted by all manner of meane. For it is the office of the Elder to comfort the sicke, and to praie for them, & for other godlie also afflicted. Iames. 5 verse. 5.14.

The fifth verse hath no mencion at all of anie Elders, nor medleth with anie watching ouer▪ either hoale or sicke. Except these Elders would bée such, as of whom hee saith: Yee haue liued in pleasure on the earth, and in wan­tonnesse: ye haue nourished your hearts as in a daie of slaughter. I hope yet better then so, of their vnteaching Elders. But in the 14. ver. there indéed is mē ­cion of better Elders. Where the Apostle saith: Is anie sicke among you? let him call f [...]r the Elders of the Church, and let them praie for him, &c. Héere the Elders of the Church are named. But whether these Elders were such, as medled not with the worde and Sacraments, but onelie with the disci­pline and gouernment of the Church: there is no mencion at all made by the Apostle.

I knowe héere what Caluine sayth, I comprehend generallie all those ( sayth he) that were set ouer the Church to gouerne it. Caluines o­pinion for these Elders D [...]naeus cō ­trarie to Caluine. For not onlie the Pastors were called Elders, but those that were chosen out of the cōmon people, as it were censors or controllers, to defend the discipline. For e­uerie Church had as it were her Senate, chosen out of graue men, and of approued integritie. But because the manner was to choose chiefly them that were indued with more excellent gifts, therefore hee biddeth them call for the Elders, as in whom most of all, the force and grace of the holy Ghost shewed forth it selfe.

This is Caluines opinion for these Elders. Howbeit this is but his iudgement, and still consisteth all on this méere presupposalll, that euerie Church had a Senate of such Elders. But wée néede no further confuta­tion of that presupposall, than Danaeus owne testimonie, that citeth this place of Iames for these Elders. For (as we haue heard) Danaeus, on the o­ther side of the leafe sayde before: The second kinde of Elders was wont to bee ordained in euerie greater Citie onelie, in the which there was an ample and populous Church, and a gr [...]at number of the faythful. Which if it were true but euen so farre foorth, then is Caluines saying not true, that eu [...]rie Church had as it were her Senate of these Elders. Albeit, [Page 951] they both agrée heerein, Iames. 5. that Saint Iames meant such kinde of gouerning Elders as were not teachers. But howe can we make that good in Danae­us, if euerie Church had not such Elders. And yet in euerie Church some sickned: but these Elders, by Danaeus testimonie were in fewe Churches: for there were but fewe such greater Cities and ample populous Chur­ches, wherein great multitudes of the faithfull were: Aretius iudgement of what El­ders Iames speaketh. and therefore by Da­naeus owne witnesse against himselfe, this rule of Saint Iames stretcheth not vnto these Elders, except in such few places, where hee supposeth they were: though he haue not, nor can proue it. But rules (especiallie those that be generall touching all men) are not made for few places.

And therefore this rule of Saint Iames was not for anie such Elders. So that, much better than both these (in my simple opinion) is Aretius his iudgement vpon this place. Is there anie sicke among you? let him call for the Elders of the Church. The third place ( sayth hee) is of the care of those that are sicke in the assemblie (or companie) of the faithful. But hee teacheth, that the manner of healing and comforting the sicke, ought to be made for the health of the sicke, with the fruite also of them that stande about him. Concerning the sicke partie, hee ought to call for the Elders of the Church, that is, of his companie or assemblie: at this daie wee shoulde cal it▪ Viciniae Seniores aliqu [...]s, some Seniories (or Elders) of the neighbour­hoode (or of the streete or village neere adioyning) with some Minister of the Church, among whome some Phisition may haue a roome. For neither do I here take the Seniors or Elders to be those anoynted onelie and shauen, which are sacrificers and Monkes, neither also an Ecclesiasti­call Senate, quem [...] quadam, whome of a certaine ill zeale, some goe about to represent. But I take the Seniors of the church to bee graue and godlie men in the whole assemblie. The Elders that Iames speaketh to be of no one certaine office either Ecclesiasti­call or laie persons. Whose godlinesse I knowe (or like of) whether they be laie men, or they bee in the Ministerie, or also they bee Phisitions, yea, or else otherwise. To conclude, I call the godlie and sound hearted the auncient men. For in these is greater experi­ence of thinges, greater force of comforting, greater affection also, of hauing compassion, and more sounde counsailes than in young men.

Thus plainlie and simplie, sayth Aretius of these Elders, that S. Iames woulde haue the sicke partie, to send for his elderlie neighbours & friends, men of grauitie and experience, that can giue the sicke good counsaile. As for gouernours of discipline, or controllers of manners, or an Ecclesiasti­call Senate to be sent for, and to come to euerie mans house when he lieth sicke and in daunger of death: what vse is there of them? Whereas of his acquaintance and good neighbours there may bee great vse, especiallie of the Pastorall Elders.

[Page 952] And therefore Hemingius sayth well, Accerset Praesbyteros tanquam ani­mae medicos, Let him send for the Elders, as for the Phisitions of the soule, to giue him some spiritual consolation out of the word of God, of the which then hee shal haue most néede, and to strengthen and confirme his faith and hope in Christ, to moue him to repentance, to patience, and to cal vpon God for the forgiuenesse of sinnes in his life passed, to persuade him to a ready­nesse to forsake the world and this transitorie life, and to desire (according to Gods will) to be dissolued, and to be with Christ, & to cal vpon him while his strength and vnderstanding, and memorie serueth him) to dispose of his worldlie goods, and make his wil, and with the assemblie to make the pub­like praiers to God for him: who fitter to doe all these things, than the El­ders that are Ministers of the word?

Besides, that Caluine maketh this anointing of him with oyle, Caluines owne testi­monie, that these Elders were Mini­sters of a tē ­porarie Sa­crament & so teachers. in the name of the Lord, to haue béene a temporarie Sacrament, saying: Verilie I graunt, that it was vsed for a Sacrament of the Disciples of Christe (for I assent not vnto them, that thinke it was a medicine) but euen as the veritie of this signe indured not but for a time, I saie, the signe was like­wise temporarie. If then this were a Sacrament seruing for that time: it séemeth so much the more, that those Elders then were teachers, since the action of making the praiers ouer him, and of the anointing of him with oyle is attributed to those Elders. For, the publike or solemne praiers, e­specially the ministration of the Sacraments in the Church of Christ, doth principallie, and (as our Brethren themselues saie) dooth onelie belong to him, that is a teacher and Minister of the worde. And that it can bee no better than sacrilege, to separate the ministration of preaching of the word, frō the Sacraments &c. and that a word or writing may be auaile­able without a seale, but neuer, a seale without a writing, page. 61. And that, where is no Preacher of the word, there ought to be no Minister of the Sacraments. Furthermore, it appertaineth to the dutie to make prai­ers, &c. page. 6 [...].

Sith therefore these things are here ascribed to the doings of these Elders of the Church, that the sicke partie is willed to send for: is it not yet more likelie than anie of al these opinions, that by these Elders are meant pasto­ral Elders? Otherwise, how would not our Br. owne wordes in this lear­ned Discourse, beate downe Danaeus, saying? Therfore in this behalfe, we haue had a great default so long time, Our Bre. discoursers confute Da­naeus. to cōmit the administration of the Sacraments to those men, who not onelie haue bene knowen to be vna­ble, but also haue ben forbidden to preach the word. page. 61. And what other were these Elders ( by their discription of them) but such as medled not with preaching the word, nor it pertained at all vnto their office, but onely gouernment of discipline, & controlment of maners? And yet sée now when they can finde them no where, rather than they should not bee found, [Page 953] they will call them to the making of the praiers ouer the sicke, Act. 14.23. and to the ministration of that temporarie Sacrament. Yea, our Bre. these Learned Discoursers their selues in plaine wordes, page. 22. ascribe this saying of Iames, to the action and office of the Pastors. Since therfore, what kind of Elders these were (mencioned Iam. 5.14.) the text expreslie (other than by these coniectures) nameth not: nor it is agréed vppon among these learned men: What firme argumēt can be gathered hereon, for the proofe of these gouerning & not teaching elders? If not rather (as we haue séen) far more probabilitie euerie way to the clean contrarie, y t they wer teaching Elders. And now, séeing y t, as neither before in the authoritie, proofe, or place in anie of the acts or exāples of the Apostles▪ we find anie euident exāple, or plaine precept, or institutiō in the church of Christ, set forth in y e holy Scriptures, of these Ecclesiasticall Elders, gouerning the discipline, & controlling the manners of the Church, but not medling with teaching nor preaching of the word and doctrine, nor ministering of the Sacraments. Let vs now returne from them to our Br. learned discourse, if they perhaps haue yet anie better proofe after al these, for the authorizing and setting vp amongst vs, y e Cōsistories & Segnories of these gouerning & not teaching Elders.

We haue heard how our Br. haue alleaged the 14. of the Acts. ver. 23. vpon the which we haue séene Caluines iudgement to the contrarie, Our brethr. returne for proofe of these Elde [...]s to the [...]or­mer alleg [...] tion. Act. 14.23. that the Elders there mencioned were only pastoral Elders. We haue heard al­so their allegation, 1. Tim. 5.17. and of the three [...]ings, that (they saie) wee may learne thereon, & that the same testimonie inferreth none of all those three things And hereupon, because Caluine on the same testimonie citeth Ambrose ( which is cited also of Beza) I haue both examined the place in Ambrose, and the other allegations of Beza out of Cyprian, and a number of other Fathers and histories for the search of these Elders. Which not yet finding, I haue returned to the Scripture, to search what places anie other of our Bre namelie Beza, Caluine, and Danaeus ( which chieflie write vpon this matter) haue alleaged. And not yet finding anie sufficient proofe of thē, till some other of our Brethren shall bring better proofe, or proue these pla­ces better, I am now come againe where we began, to the 14. of the Acts, verse. 23. because our Bre. here will further yet againe reuiew the same.

And especiallie in the place before alleaged for election, The learned Dis. Pag. 85. & 86. there is great reason to leade vs to thinke, that the Elders for gouernment, are as well vnderstood, as the other for doctrine, because it is written in the same place, That after they had ordained them Elders in euerie congregation by electi­on: as hauing set the Churches in perfect order▪ (which coulde not bee, except they had established discipline so well as doctrine) they committed them to the Lord, in whom they beleeued. Act. 14.23.

This great reason is nothing but our Brethrens ouer great presuppo­sall, that except there were such Elders ordained, Bridges. there were no perfecte [Page 954] order set, Modera­ting these Elders. nor discipline established in the churches. Which great reason lieth all on the great and common fallation, Pe [...]itio principij, reasoning on that, as on a great and graunted principle, which is a greate and principall question. They might wel haue set the churches in perfect order, & haue established discipline in them, without ordaining anie Consistorie or Seg­norie, of such Elders or gouernours as meddle not with teaching. For what would it haue hurt the perfection of order, & establishment of dis­cipline in the churches, if all the Elders that they ordained, had bene teach­ers to (as Caluine sayth they were)? Albeit Saint Luke in that place men­cioneth not of anie perfection of orders, or of discipline established at all. But onelie sayth the text in this 23. verse here mencioned: The text mēcioneth not that the Apostles set the Chur­ches in per­fect order & established discipline. And ordaining with the handes, Elders vnto them (Church) by Church, making praiers with fast­ings, they commended them vnto the Lord, on whome they beleeued. Did Saint Paule in all the Churches where hee went preaching (yea, though some of them were famous Churches, and in some of them he laie long, as at Co­rinth) set the churches in perfect order, and established discipline in them as well as doctrine? How then doth he write unto the Corinthians of so many things, that (as it plainlie appeareth by his reprouing, teaching and ordering of them) wer not before set in such order, nor established? No nor yet all things (as concerning the perfection of order, and establishment of discipline) were contained in his Epistles afterwards written vnto them, but y t he saith: he would [...]et an order of other things at his comming to them. 1. Cor. 11.34. which we expound not (with the aduersaries of the Gospel) for matter of doctrine, but for order and discipline And therefore it is not so great a reason, as shoulde leade our Brethren to thinke that Paule and Barnabas tarrying so small a while in euerie place, that then they went vnto, did set such perfect orders and establish discipline in those meaner churches. But since our Br. here doe vrge this place no further, than that there is great reason to leade vs so to thinke: and we sée also some reason, to leade vs to thinke the contrarie: whether theers or ours bee greater, yea, whether theirs bee anie great or small, and whether Caluine himselfe be not of force to ouer-rule this so slender a reason of theirs, saying, Not of some among them, but of all of them. I interprete Elders in this place, to bee those, to whome the office of teaching was inioyned: Which interpre­tation if it be true, then whether by anie reason they could be such Elders, as were gouernours onelie, and not teachers. I referre to the readers, yea, to our Brethrens owne) indifferent iudgement, and proceede to their se­cond point of moderating these Elders.

The second point for moderation of the Elders authoritie, in such sort that their sentence may be the sentence of the Church, The learned Dis. Pag. 86. is this: that whē the Consistorie hath trauailed in examining of causes pertayning to Ec­clesiasticall discipline, and agreed what iudgement ought to passe vppon [Page 955] the matters, they propounde it to the whole multitude, The popu­lar state. that it maye bee confirmed by their consent.

This second point draweth somewhat neerer to a moderation of the Elders authoritie, than the former did. Bridges. But how agreeth this with the for­mer moderation of them? For before, although they should be elected and chosen by the consent of the whole congregation: yet the whole church was to repose such confidence in them, that they cōmit vnto them their authoritie, not onely in hearing and examining, but also in determining of all matters, pertaining to discipline and gouernment in that congre­gation. If therefore these Elders shall haue authoritie to doe all this, how is it here sayd, that when the consistorie hath trauailed in examining of causes, pertaining to Ecclesiasticall discipline, and agreed what iudge­ment ought to passe vpon the matters: they propounde it to the whole multitude, that it may be confirmed by their cōsent If the whole mul­titude haue before hand committed vnto them their authoritie, to de­termine all matters: why shoulde they bee brought to the whole multi­tude backe againe, to haue that confirmed, that before was determined, and that by their owne authoritie was committed vnto these Elders to determine? And what authoritie haue they reserued and lefte vnto them­selues herein, to confirme by their consent, after these committies haue determined the matter? For what if the whole multitude shall dissent? Haue they all, or some, or the greater part of them, a negatiue voice, to dash all that these Elders haue before determined? And how is not this then a plaine Popular state, when in all matters, none excepted, not onely pertai­ning to discipline, but also to gouernment, the chiefe & last authoritie con­sisteth in y e cōfirmatiō, no not yet of y e prince, but of the whole multitude.

We feared before [...], the dominion of a few persons in this Seni­orie. And therefore our Brethren to moderate & reduce them ad [...], to the gouernment of the best men, The redu­cing of al to the popular state. which our brethren call men of god­linesse and wisedome: they haue now so moderated the matter, that they haue brought all ad [...], to the popular regiment not onelie of the common people, but of the whole multitude. And all vnder pretence, that the Bishops before did some things more than they should, separated from other by themselues, in the Ecclesiastical discipline. And now they haue so excluded this separate gouernment of the Bishops, that withall, they haue cleane cut off the Monarchie and supreme gouernment of the Prince and all, yea, of these Seniors determination and all, and giuen all matters per­taining to the discipline and gouernment of euerie particular congrega­tion, to the assemblie of the common people, yea, to the finall consent and confirmation of the whole multitude of the congregation.

It is much, to debase the authoritie and gouernment of these matters to the popular state. But I feare verie much a worse e­state, [Page 956] and more horriblie confused. S. Paules excommu­nication. 1 Cor. 5. For why may we not here again feare as horrible confusion in the whole multitudes dissent or con­firmation of that which these Seniors haue determined: as our Brethren before feared it, in hearing and determining such matters? But to put vs out of this feare, and to confirme this confirmation of the whole multi­tude, that the people can confirme this themselues without anie horrible confusion: our brethren alleage vs an example.

The learned disc pag. 86Whereof Saint Paule speaketh, touching the execution of excommu­nication (because the fact was manifest) VVhen you are gathered together with my spirite in the name of our Lord Iesus Christ, and with the power of our Lord Iesus Christ, to deliuer such a one vnto Sathan.

1. Cor. 5.4. Although this example is but of one matter, wheras the question is of al matters (for so sayd our Brethren before, Bridges. that there ought to be in euerie Church a Consistorie or Segnorie of Elders or gouernours, which ought to haue the hearing, examination, and determining of al matters, pertai­ning to discipline and gouernment of that congregation) and so this ex­ample touching the execution of excommunication reacheth not home: yet is this example so little to the present purpose, that it is rather cleane contrarie. Which example if it should directlie pro [...]e, that which our Br. affirmed (for so their wordes would séeme to inferre, saying: Whereof S. Paule speaketh touching the execution of excommunication) they should proue this: that when the Consistory hath trauailed in examining of cau­ses pertaining to Ecclesiastical discipline, & agreed what iudgemēt ought to passe vpon the matters: they propound it to the whole multitude, that it may be confirmed by their consent. So that this example of some mat­ter at the least, heard, examined, and determined by the Consistory, & by them propounded to the whole multitude, to be confirmed by their con­sent, might drawe neerer to their purpose. But can they shew vs anie such example, whereof Saint Paul speaketh? As for this touching the execu­tion of excommunication: Who did execute the same, and excommuni­cate this incestuous person? S. Paule by his separate authoritie gaue sētēce of excōmu­nication be­fore the Corinthians knew of his doing. Did not S. Paule himselfe, by the power of our Lord Iesus Christ giuen vnto him? What▪ doe they make Saint Paule an Elder not teaching? And did he it not first alone? At leastwise, without anie Consistorie of the church of Corinth ioyned with him? As he himselfe saith, ver. 3. For I verilie, being absent in bodie, but present in spirit, haue alreadie iudged as present, him that hath so done this thing. In which words he plainly declareth that he had passed the sentence of excōmunication vpon him, be­fore he wrote to thē therof. Neither doth it appeare that anie of their Cō ­sistorie ioyned with him, in pronouncing that his iudgement on him. Yea, he saith, that although he was in bodie absent from them, yet because hee was in spirit as present with them, his iudgement should stand as effectu­al, as though he had ben bodily present, at the denouncing of his sentence.

[Page 957] And who were these that he writeth thus vnto, what he had done? Was it to a Consistorie among the Corinthians, to make relation vnto them of his doing, and then they to take vpon them the hearing, examining & de­termining of the matter, and then to propoūd it to the whole multitude? This had bene yet somewhat néerer to our Brethrens moderation. But here is no such order. Paule first doth the déede, and that imediatlie, both in his absence, and vnwitting to them of his proceeding. Which done, he wri­teth not thereof to anie Consistorie or Segnorie of Elders or Gouernours ouer them, nor in anie place of either of his Epistles to them, he maketh a­nie mencion or inkling of anie such among them, nor yet Saint Luke, that mencioneth (Act. 18. verse. 11.) how he tarried a yéere and a halfe, teaching the word of God (and planting a Church) among them. But he writeth of this matter (as of the residue) to them to whom he writeth the whole Epi­stle indefinitlie, to the Church of God beeing at Corinthus, No such Cō ­sistorie a­mong the Corinthians sanctified in Christ Iesu, called Saintes, with all that cal vpon the name of our Lord Ie­su Christ, in all places, both their Lord and ours. 1. Cor. 1.2. So that, hee writeth to the wholde multitude. But did he write vnto them thereof, to haue his dooing so confirmed by their consent, that if they woulde not haue consented to this his manner of excommunicating the person before hand by himselfe alone, but that he shoulde first haue made them priuie thereto, or euer he proceeded so farre, that then vppon this their dissenting, though not for the person & matter, yet for the manner of his proceeding, his iudge­ment should haue ben frustrate & reuersed? No, but his signification there­of vnto them, was rather to commaund thē to obey his sentence, and to put the same in execution, as our Brethren saie well herein, touching the ex­ecution of excommunication, for when they were gathered together, as Saint Paule had, and that some Pastor or Minister among them, did before the whole multitude pronounce this sentence, which Saint Paule had giuen forth against the incestuous person: they al approued it, & so confirmed S. Paules former sentence of excommunication.

But our Breth. adde this parenthesis (because the fact was manifest) wherefore they adde this, they doe not shew. But the more manifest the fact was, the lesse neede had the Apostle to haue proceeded so far, The mani­festnesse of th [...] fact. if in a ma­nifest fact, an Ecclesiasticall iudge may not procee [...]e separatlie his selfe to the sentence of excōmunication, without the consent of a Segnory of that Congregation. But although the fact heere was manifest, yet the wickednesse of the fact was not manifest inough vnto them. At least­wise, not this manner of the punishment for it, vntill Saint Paule did thus reproue them of it, and thus proceede against it. But had it ben neuer so manifest, what doth that giue him authoritie to deale so farre therin separatly by himselfe, without and before anie authoritie of theirs ioyned with him, but onely to make them afterward to put that in executi­on, [Page 958] that he had before ouerruled, Excōmu­nication. 1. Cor. 5. & iudicially concluded vpō. Since therfore this was a good excommunication, & that all they coulde not reverse this sentence, as otherwise passed than it ought to haue bene, because they ioy­ned not in the doing of it, but onelie in the obedience of putting the same in execution, as he commanded them: and withall, since this was not writ­ten as an information to any Senate, Consistorie, or Segnorie of Seniors, or of gouerning Elders among them, but written as a charge to the whole multitude: What is this for the proofe of anie such Elders? Either else to inferre that no excommunication in a manifest or not manifest fact, can be pronounced by a Bishop, or by a Pastor, except a Consistorie of that Congregation, The order of discipline that our Br. prescribe, & therto wrest S. Pauls ex­cōmunica­tion. shall first trauaile in examining the cause, and then deter­mine and agree, what iudgement ought to passe vpon the matter: & then also propound it before the whole multitude, that it may bee confirmed by their consent: and last of all, the Bishop, Pastor, or Minister to denoūc [...] it. For this is the discipline that our Brethren would drawe out hereon.

But who may not see, that this is to drawe this example cleane contra­rie? If they would directly gather aught herevpon, they should gather, that in manifest facts and crimes the Bishop or Pastor, though in his absence, may iudge, determine, & pronounce the sentence of excommunication, and by the authoritie of our Lord Iesus Christ committed vnto him, may command the whole multitude, Church, or Congregation, or anie Con­sistorie of them, if they haue anie, to gather the [...]selues together with his spirit, and charge them in the name of our Lorde Iesus Christ, that they fulfill, obey, and execute his sentence, in deliuering such an excommuni­cated person [...]0 Sathan, that is, exclude him from the fellowship and com­munion of the faithfull, by separating themselues from his company, & him from theirs: but this would cleane dash all the imagined authoritie of their gouerning Segnorie, if they should become such executioners onelie vnto the sentence of the Bishop or Pastor, and that in his absence also, he being the iudge and determiner of the matter.

But what is this anie more than al the residue, for the proofe of any such Ecclesiastical Elders in the Church of Corinth, as were Gouernours onely, and not Teachers? Of the which point (so much vr­ged and sought for) we haue hetherto séene, not one testimonie nor example. But our Br. will now, and God before, go to higher & more important proues heereof.

The argument of the 12 Booke.

THE 12. Booke proceedeth further to our learned Brethr. proues of their third Tetrarches whome they call Gouer­nours. Whether their institution be grounded on Christe, whereunto they alleadg as their Capitall place the wordes of Christ, Matth. 18. ver. 17. Tell the Church. Whether Christ in the name of Church, meant simplie a Congregation of the faithful people, or a Senate of gouerning Elders. And namelie: whether he alluded to the Iewes Sanedrim or Synaedrion. How the auncient Fathers haue expounded those wordes. The expo­sitions of the Protestant writers, especially Caluins: with the examinatiō of Caluines reasons, laboring to proue that Christ in those words did renue and translate to his church the Iewes Sanedrim. Whervpon is laide forth a full view of the Iewes e­state, out of Bertram, Sigonius, and Chytraeus for all their sorts of gouerning Elders & Senates, especially their Sanedrim. Af­ter which followe these our Learned Brethrens proues of this translation, and of the Elders mencioned in the new Testamēt. Moreouer, for the authoritie of these Elders our Brethrens proceeding, Matth. 18. to the 18. verse, for the power of the spi­rituall keies. Whether they appertaine to these gouerning El­ders that are not Ministers of the word. Brentius interpretati­on of those words, how farre they reach, and how farre the Ec­clesiasticall Excommunication is requisite, and of the ciuill ex­cōmunication, & of Caluines exposition of those words. Areti­tius concerning the parties that may excommunicate. Wigan­dus and Matheus Index for the vse of the keyes in the Iewes Church. The practise of excommunication in the Apostles times. The practise in the primitiue church shewed foorth by [Page 960] Tertullian, Eusebius, &c. The testimonies of the auncient Fa­thers Cyprian, Ierome, Augustine, Chrisostome, &c. The iudge­ments of the Protestants, namelie, Kemnitius, Melancthon, A­retius, Beza, Snecanus, chieflie Danaeus, examining his proues & reasons for the Presbyterie that may excommunicate. Our Bre. conclusion concerning discipline. The weighing againe (at our Brethrens request) of Saint Paules excommunicating the incestuous person. 1. Cor. 5. Of the Popish excommunication. Of Excommunication for waightie, or light offences. Of the offences excommunicable. Of our Brethrens answere to our ob­iection, that this Presbitery is not mencioned in Saint Paules excommunicating Hymenaeus, Alexander, Philetus, and the Corinthian. How farre the Congregation may deale in this power. Whether the Minister haue anie singular power heere­in. And lastlie of our Brethrens glimpses (as they call them) inueighing against the excommunications and iurisdiction in our Church.

NOw therefore to proue that there ought to bee a Consistorie of El­ders in euerie Church, The learned disc. Pag. 87. for gouerning of the same: it is manifest by the commandement of our Sauiour Christe touching him that despiseth priuate admonition: If hee heare not them, tell the Congregation: if he heare not the Congregation, let him be vnto thee as an Heathen and Publicane. Verily I saie vnto you, Math. 18.17 whatsoeuer you shall binde vpon earth, shall be bound in heauen. In which saying of our Sauiour Christe, this word Congregation, is not so largelie taken, as in other places for the whole multitude, but for the chosen assemblie of Elders.

OUR Brethren heere woulde proue their Consistorie of ruling Seniors, Bridges out of Christs wordes, Matth. 18. v. 17. which if they shall be able to proue, God forbid, but we shoulde bee as readie to yeeld. And if they cannot proue it, I woulde wish our Brethren to take good heede, howe they waxe so bolde, not to feare to writhe Christes owne wordes. Which least wee also might mistake; let vs set them downe more fullie than our Bre. doe, Math. 18.15 [Page 961] But if thy brother shall sinne against thee, Mat. 18. for these Elders. goe and rebuke him betweene thee and him alone. If he shall heare thee, thou shalt winne thy brother. But if he shall not heare thee, take yet with thee one or two, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses, euerie word may stande. But if he shall neglect them, tell the Church: but if so be also he shall neglect the Church, let him be to thee as an Ethnicke or a Publicane. Verely I say vnto you, whatsoeuer ye shall binde vpon earth, shalbe bounde in heauen, and whatsoeuer ye shall lose vpon earth, shalbe losed in heauen. Againe I say vnto you, if two of you shal consent vpon earth, of all things what­soeuer they shall aske, it shal be done vnto them of my Father which is in heauen. For where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the mid­dest of them.

Héere first the grounde of the matter (vpon which Christ spake these words, that our Bretheren cite) is priuate offence. And therefore, first he willeth, (as our Bretheren say well therein) priuate admonition to be made. Which if it shall be neglected, then that the partie offended re­prooue the offender, before the witnesse of one or two besides themselues. Our Breth. supposall of Christe [...] wordes. And then it followeth, if he shall not heare them, (inferring that they shoulde also admonish him) that then he shoulde tell the Church or Con­gregation. Héere (say our Brethren) This worde Congregation is not so largely taken, as in other places, for the whole multitude, but for the chosen assemblie of Elders. This is but our Brethrens collection & sup­posall, which they can neuer be able to prooue. Nor that Christe euer v­sed the word Church in that sense, for a chosen assemblie of Elders out of the Church: and as eas [...]e had it bene for Christe, & much more plaine for vs, if he had sayde, Tell the Elders of the Church. But his meaning is manifest, that the partie iniured shoulde reueale the offence before the assemblie of the whole multitude. For why might not the whole mul­titude heare it? And either seuerally from among them, or all of them by the Minister, or by some other appointed thereunto, giue the partie offen­ding a publike admonition, The admo­nition may be done without a Consistorie. & likewise [...]xco [...]m. but that it must néedes be done by a Consisto­rie of gouerning Elders? Neither dooth he say héere, that if the admoni­tion be neglected, that then the Church, or in the Churches name, a Con­sistorie of Seniors, or the publike Minister should excommunicate him: but onely, let him be as an Ethnick or Publicane vnto thee. Wherin he rather séemeth to giue the partie offended leaue, to account or shunne him as an excommunicated person, than to giue anie commaundement, that the Church shoulde so procéede against him. And yet if it bee gathered thereon, (as it may also well be, and is collected,) because he hath despised the Churches authoritie, and séemeth remedilesse vnto the Church: what necessitie is there, that this censure of excōmunication must be prenoun­ced against him by a Consistorie of certaine chosen Seniors, and not by the Bishop, nor yet by the Pastorall Elder of that Congregation?

[Page 962] Mat. 28. But sée héere the flexible interpretations of our Brethren to serue their fancie. Before, when they woulde prooue the Pastor could do no­thing without the consent of the Churche, Our Brethr. varying in this place Math. 18. and gathering together of the seruaunts of Christes housholde; they alleadged that which imme­diately followeth this text héere cited: If two of you consent vpon earth, vpon anie matter, whatsoeuer yee shall aske, it shall be graunted to you of my Father, which is in heauen. For wheresoeuer two or three bee gathered together in my name, there am I in the middest of them. Héere they make but three, yea but two to be the Church, and to haue the Churches authoritie. Pag. 81. & 82. And applying this to their Consistorie, Where two of you consent vpon earth, The Consi­storie that our Br. call the Church consisting but of one of these El­d [...]rs. &c. It will fall out, that since the Bishop or Pastor can doo no­thing without the consent of the Consistorie, nor the Consistorie but with the consent of the Bishop or Pastor: if the Bishop or the Pastor be one, how manie shall make up this Consistorie, when they be but two in the whole, that (as Christe saith) haue consented vpon anie matter? Is there anie more than one? But now, where two or three are reckoned up, euen in the same place: héere two or three is but priuate admonition, and the Church is but the chosen Seniors of the Church. And thus they enlarge and restraine the words of our Sauiour Christe, rather after their owne humours and deuises, than that anie necessitie or probabilitie of the place, doth so to conster them. But to confirme this their construction of Christes wordes, our Brethren procéede, and say.

For our Sauiour Christe, in that worde alludeth vnto the assemblie of Elders that was among the Iewes, The learned disc pag. 87 & 88. which they called (but corruptlie) of a Greeke word Synedrion, which signifieth a Counsell or Consistories, Sa­nedrin, which had the hearing and determining of all difficult & weigh­tie matters among the Iewes, the like whereof he willed to be establish­ed in his Church, for administration of gouernment. For seeing it was first instituted by God for gouernment of his Church in the old Lawe, as hath bene shewed before out of Num. 11.6. although it was shame­fully abused by the wicked Iewes: Math. 11.6. our Sauiour Christe translateth it into his Churche also in the newe Testament. And the name of Elders dooth most aptlie agree vnto them, that be Gouernours in the Churche now, euen as it did to the Auncients of Israel. So that the Pa­stors seeme to haue borowed the name of Elders, especiallie in respect of their gouernment.

Bridges. Still our Brethren féede themselues with their owne humours, and woulde féede vs also with méere winde and allusions, if not rather illu­sions of their owne conceites. Bearing vs in hande, that Christe allu­deth to the assemblie of the Elders that was among the Iewes called the Sanedrim. Allusion to the Sane­drin. What a straunge illusion is this, to imagine these allu­ons out of Christes wordes?

[Page 963] They say they will prooue, Allusions▪ to the Sa­nedrim. that there ought to bee a Consistorie of Elders in euerie Church for gouerning the same. But howe will they prooue this? It is manifest by the commaundement of our Sauiour Christe. Where is this manifest? Christe sayth, Tell the Congregation. Our Breth. proues of these Elders [...]ut of this place, Math. 18. But Christe meanes not there, the whole multitude, but a chosen as­semblie of Elders. And is this commandement come but to a meaning? And howe prooue they that he meant such an assemblie of Elders? He al­ludeth to the assemblie of Elders among the Iewes, that was called the Sanedrim. And is this meaning againe come to an allusion? And howe prooue they that Christ alluded to that Sanedrim? The Sanedrim had the hearing and determining of all difficult and weightie matters among the Iewes, the like whereof he willed to be established in his Church, for the administration of gouernment. And where willed he the like to be established in his Churche? For seeing it was first established in his Church in the olde Lawe, Christe translated it into his Church in the newe Testament. And where made he this translation? The name of Elders dooth most aptly agree to them that bee Gouernours in the Church nowe, euen as it did to the Auncients of Israel, so that the Pa­stours seeme to haue borowed the name of Elders, especially in respect of their gouernment.

And is all this in the ende come to the Pastors, The head of all this que­stion. and to their name one­ly of Elders, and that to the seeming whence they borowed their name? Héere were great matters promised, such as if they could be substācially proued, must néeds ouer-rule all this question. For we are nowe come to the verie head & fountain of the matter. Our Br. here pretend not so much anie longer the ancient practise of the Church, nor the testimonie of the Fathers, neither yet the examples of the Apostles, but the verie originall & institution of Christe himself, willing & commaunding this Segniorie to be translated from the Synagogue of the Iewes, and to be perpetuallie or­deined and established in his Church, & in euerie Congregation of the same. If this now can be proued; there is no further reasoning on it, wée must néedes yéeld; or els we should be found to resist God, and to haue no part in Iesus Christe. But if this be but onely our Fr meere imagination. & that Christe neither made anie such translation; nor willed or comman­ded anie such matter; nor hath anie such words or such meaning, as may enforce any such a thing, or anie allusion of it, or of the like vnto it; but that the thing it selfe, which they their selues woulde applie the wordes of Christe vnto, were most different and cleane contrarie from the Se­niors, which vnder the name thereof they woulde erect: nor their selues could pretend (whatsoeuer they entend) to haue the like erected; which if they should, they could not, without the great alteration & manifest danger of all Christian Princes estates and gouernments, and of all their Lawes, [Page 964] Policies and Common-weales: Christes wordes di­rectly. what shall we then thi [...]e, not so much of the great ouershooting of our Brethren; as of the full stay [...]nd resolu­tion of our selues, from all these deuices and casting thus about, to séeke some ground and warrant for these Seniors?

And first for Christes wordes, [...], Tel the Church. Héere he plainlie speaketh of the Church, but of no Synedrion, or Sanedrin, nor a­nie of the auncient Fathers (that I can finde) d [...] so expound his wordes, or gather any such meaning of them. Chrysostome saith, Chrysostom Tel the Church: that is to say, the Bishops and Presidents, but of Sanedrim or Consisto­rie he maketh no mention. Neither said he ( saith Chrysostome) vnto the Bishop binde this man with bondes, but if thou shalt binde him. Hie­rome vpon these wordes, Hierome. But if he wil not heare the Church, saith: Hee gi­ueth power vnto the Apostles, that they which are condemned of such, might knowe that the sentence of man is confirmed by the sentence of God. Hilarie indéede maketh an allusion of this word, Hilarie. the Church, vnto the comming of Christe, but not to anie Sanedrin or Senate, but rather contrarie, in ascribing the keyes to the Apostles. Theophilact expoundeth it as dooth Chrysostome: Theophi­lact. and as for the Churches excommunication he thinketh Christe speaketh not of it, but onely saith: If thou, saith he, be­ing offended, holdest him which hath done thee iniurie as a Publicane and Heathen, hee shall bee so holden also in heauen: but if thou losest him, that is, if thou forgiuest him, it shall be also forgiuen him in hea­uen. For not onely those thinges that the Priestes doo lose are losed: but whatsoeuer we also being iniured, shall either binde or lose, the same shall be also bound or losed. So that he applieth this either to the Priests action, or to the priuate partie iniured. The olde Glosse expoundeth it thus: Tell the Church: that is, the whole Church, that he may sustein the greater shame.

As for the late Writers, Vatablus expoundeth these wordes, Vatablus. Tell the Church, that is the assemblie or publike Congregation or the multitude. And so saith Aretius, Aretius. The third degree hath a prouocation to the whole Church, that is vnto the assemblie of the faithfull, whereof ye are mem­bers. But the Church is the assemblie of the faithfull, wherin the word of Christ, and the Sacraments are rightlie administred. This forme af­terward the Apostles followed, 1. Cor. 5.2. Cor. 2. But neither of those Epistles, neither that matter was written to any chosen Consistorie, but to the whole multitude. Munsterus saith, Mansterus. Dic Ecclesiae. Let his froward­nesse be shewed to the Church. And if he shal not heare the Church be­ing warned of manie, let him be holden of them as an Ethnicke and a a Publicane. And whatsoeuer they shall so binde, shall be holden bound in heauen, that is, whome they hauing so warned shall haue cast out of their companie, they also shall bee holden cast out before the Father, [Page 965] and againe whom they shall lose and receiue being penitent into their Companie, that shalbe ratified with the Father. Caluines prooues on Mat. 18. Of this power of bin­ding and losing, that is, of thrusting out of the Church, and receauing into the same, we haue said somwhat before ca. 16. Where also he sayd: But for that which followeth of the keies, it hath this sense. By the king­dome of heauen, is vnderstood, the Church of Christ, and this is opened by the key of Gods word. But the kingdom of heauen is opened to the beleeuers, that is, forgiuenes of sinnes, and eternall life is promised by the word of God. And this is to forgiue sinnes, as contrariwise to them that beleeue not, the key of heauen is shut by the word, that is, remissi­on of sinnes is denounced. So that all this excomm. is referred to the de­nouncing of the Minister of the word: and this execution of thrusting out, to the Church And so saith Bucer: But and if he shall contemne this, let the frowardnesse of this man sinning, and not willing to repent, be she­wed to the Church, that hee may the third time be admonished of the whole companie among whom he is conuersant.

But Caluine expoundeth (these words, Tell the Church) farre other­wise: Quaeritur quid per nomen Ecclesia intelligat, &c. Caluines applying Christes words to the rewes Sanedrim. It is demanded ( saith he) what he meaneth by the name of the Church? For Paule comman­deth it not of any chosen nūber, but of the whole assembly of the faith­full, to excommunicate the incestuous Corinthian, 1. Cor. 5. b. 6. And therefore, it may probably seeme, that the iudgement heere, is referred to the whole people. But because as yet, there was no Church which had giuen her name to Christ, nor any such manner appointed. but the L. himselfe speaketh, according to the vsuall and receaued custome: there is no doubt, but that he alludeth to the order of the olde Church. Euen as also in other places, he applieth his speach, vnto the knowen custome. When as he commaundeth the gift which we will offer, to be left at the altare, vntill we shall be reconciled with our offended brother. Mat. 5. d. 23. There is no doubt, but that out of the present and legall forme of the worship of God, he woulde teach vs, that wee can not orderly pray nor offer any thing vnto God, so long as wee are at discorde with our bretheren. So now therfore, he looked vpon the accustomed discipline of the Iewes: because it shoulde haue bene absurde, to haue proposed the iudgement to the Church, which as yet was no Church. Further­more, where the power of excommunication appertained to the Iewes that were Seniors, which sustained the person of the whole Church: aptly dooth Christ say, that those which sinned, shoulde then at the length be publikely brought footh vnto the Church, if proudly they contemne the priuate admonitions, or that they elude them skoffing­ly. We knowe, that from the time the Iewes returned from their exile in Babylon, the censure or controllment of manners and of doctrine, [Page 966] was committed vnto a chosen Councill, Caluines prooues on Mat. 28. which they called sinhedrim, in Greeke [...] (a Counsel, Session, or Assemblie of Senators or Iud­ges). This gouernment was lawfull and approoued of GOD, and this was a bridle to retaine in dooing their duetie the frowarde, and such as woulde not bee taught. If anie shall except that in the Age of Christe, all thinges were corrupted and peruerted, insomuch, that nothing ought lesse to haue bene accounted the iudgement of the Church, Caluins reasons for this Segniorie of Elders to be renewed to the Christians frō the olōe Sanedrim by this place Ma. 18 than that tyrannie: the aunswere is easie, although the man­ner were then corrupted and peruerted, notwithstanding Christe dooth worthelie praise the Order, such as it was in times past, de­liuered of the Fathers. But when as a little after he erected a Churche, taking away the corruption, hee restored the pure vse of excom­municating. But there is no doubt, but the manner of discipline which flourished vnder the kingdome of Christe, succeeded in the place of the olde discipline: and verelie, when as the prophane Gentiles also helde a shaddowed custome of excommunication, it appeereth, this was euen of God engrafted from the beginning in the mindes of men, that if there were anie impure and defiled, they shoulde bee put backe from the sacred thinges. It hadde bene a foule thing therefore and a shamefull, for the people of GOD, to haue bene altogether voyde of that discipline, whereof some steppe remai­ned among the Gentiles. But that which was kept vnder the Lawe, Christe hath passed ouer vnto vs, because the reason (or manner) is common vnto vs with the auncient Fathers. For, neither was it the counsell of Christe to sende his Disciples to the Synagogue, which when as in her bosome she gladly nourished filthie flatteries, shee excommunicated the true and simple worshippers of God: (whereof wee haue example in that man that was blinde from his natiuitie. Iohn 9. f. 34.) But hee warned, that the order shoulde be holden in his Church, which long agoe was holilie instituted vnder the Law. If anie either stubbornelie refuse the former admonitions, or by going on in his former vices, doo shew himselfe to contemne them, when as with witnesses brought hee hath bene warned the seconde time: Christe commaundeth him to bee called to the iudgement of the Churche, that is, vnto the Sessions of the Seniours, there to bee more greeuouslie admonished, as it were by publike autho­ritie, that if hee reuerence the Church, hee may submit himselfe and obey.

Thus sayth Caluine for the proofe of this Segniorie, to bée autho­rized, instituted, and commaunded, in these woordes of [...]ur Sauiour Christe, Tell the Churche. Whole interpretation, Beza, Stephanus, in his newe Glosse alleadging also these reasons of Caluine, besides [Page 967] Danaeus, and diners other of our Brethren since, haue followed, and more at large vrged. Caluine the principall interpreter of Christs words for a consistory of Elders. But because Caluine beganne this interpre­tation (as I take it) and all their Discourses chiefely stande on these his Reasons and Assertions: therefore I haue so fullie and wholly sette him downe.

And if wée shall finde that this his Interpretation, and these his Reasons prooue not this matter: wée must crane the same par­don, that their selues yeelde to Beza, and to other our Reuerend and and Learned Brethren, when they also in their interpretations, dis­sent from Caluine, or Caluine from other godlie, auncient, and ap­prooued Fathers. Otherwise, of all the excellent Interpreters of our Age, I professe the honour of Caluine with the chiefest, bring­ing sound proofe and reason of his Sentence. Let vs nowe therefore a while consider, howe he prooueth this interpretation of the worde Church, to be héere necessarilie vnderstoode, for a Consistorie of these Se­ours.

And first he confesseth that the former place, The exami­nation of these proues of Caluine. 1. Corinthians 5. con­cerning The excommunication of the incestuous Corinthian, ( A place which our Brethren applyed to this Consistorie,) was spoken of Saint Paule to the whole assemblie and multitude of the peo­ple, and not to anie chosen number of them. So that, The inc [...]stuous person not excom. by a Consi­storie of the Church▪ that place is in this place cléere acquited from this Consistories excommuni­cation.

But if Christe hadde héere before (as Caluine sayeth) sette downe an order, that excommunication shoulde bee made by a Consistorie or Session of such Elders, as Caluine héere pleadeth for: howe can wee thinke that Paule woulde haue dealt heerein with the whole multitude of the people, and not with a certaine number chosen out of them, for the gouernance of such matters? And there­fore this is one good steppe to prooue, that héere Christe sette downe no such order.

But Caluine woulde driue this but to a probable Argument, That because Saint Paule referreth it to the whole number, and not to anie chosen number, therefore it is likelie that Christe also heere should so referre it. But Caluine thinketh not this Argument of anie force. And whie?

Forsoothe, because then as yet there was no Churche that did professe Christe, nor anie such manner ordeined. And lesse rea­son (as I thinke) to gather it on this place, that this name Church shoulde héere signifie a Segniorie or a certaine number chosen out of the Churche, when there was yet no such order in the Churche. And yet, there was a Church of Christe, euen when Christe spake these [Page 968] thinges. Caluines reasons for these Elders on Mat. 18. But the Corinthians and diuerse other Churches afterw [...]rd [...], did both openlie professe the name of Christe, and had Orders also a­mong them. If therefore this order of Discipline for the Gouernment of Seniours, had bene héere of Christe founded and ordeyned: Saint Paule woulde neuer haue broken it, There was a church whē Christ spake these words Mat. 18. and a Church that had or­ders when Paule wrote to the Cor. Bucer vsing Caluins rea­son, applies it to no such Cōsistorie. at leaste, if he had thought it neces­sarie. Except wée shoulde excuse him by ignorance: but that hadd [...] béene too grosse an excuse in him, if this hadde béene héere ordeyned, and that so necessarie, as our Bretheren and Caluine [...]o [...] pretend the same to be.

Bucer writing upon these wordes, Tell the Church: alleadgeth the sam [...] reason that Caluine héere doth, that There was no such order in the Church, when Christ spake these wordes. But what? Doth he gather thereupon, that Christ had an allusion to the Seniors of the Iewes? No such thing. Moreouer that ( saith he) Tell the Church: let no man vnder­stande it thus, as though it were of Christ commaunded, to accuse him in the publike Sermon of them that come together to heare the word of God, that shall haue despised two admonitions, and then to haue him there openly reprehended of the preacher: for when Christ taught these thinges, there was no such face of the Church. Furthermore the power of binding and losing is not giuen, except to them that come together in the name of Christ, No excom. without Pastors & B. and that in a certaine order, and those going before whome the holy Ghost hath ordeined in the Church, the Pastours and the Bishops. Whereupon Paule woulde namely also haue those to exercise this power, that are gathered together in the name of our Lorde Iesus Christ, and his spirite present with them. 1. Corinthians 5. Now our meetings together are yet too impure: and truely there is a small number of them, that haue wholly giuen themselues to Christ. Neither is it lawfull, by reason of the publike peace, to expell from the assemblies of the Church those that are not tried, Wherfore in the pub­like assemblies of the church (as for the most part at this day the matter goeth) excommunication can not publikely bee exercised, except where the Lorde hath bestowed such grace, That the Chur. may be without excomm. that the greater part of the whole people, with the Magistrate shoulde bee conuerted vnto Christe with a full heart. Where that is not graunted, it is necessarie, that they which haue receaued Christe more fully, reduce this most holy and most healthfull institution of Christe among themselues, and whoso [...] ­uer of their familiars or neighboures, or by other meanes they haue ioyned to them, which haue giuen their name to Christe, that di­ligentlie and freelie they admonishe them. And when anie shall proudly contemne their admonitions, they shoulde declare the con­temners of the admonition vnto the Churche, which they haue a­mong themselues, either of the companie of their neighbourhoode, [Page 969] or otherwise of familiarity, or to conclude by reason of kinred or fami­ly. Which Church if they shall continue to contemne: shall declare the matter to the common Ministers of the whole Church, that they also in the name of the whol church, may warne thē. And if they shal go on to contemne the word of the Lord, they shal also excommunicate them, or else the selfe same Church in which they are peculiarly known and fami­lier, shall then not admit them to the holy communion, vntill the Lord shall restore vnto vs a iust policy in the Church, and a true censure. But howsoeuer all thinges are yet mixed together and perturbed, notwith­standing if the Ministers of the Worde will with a good fidelity imploy themselues in their office, they shall easilie restore the moste part of the Christian Censure, without any disturbance or cutting in sunder of the Church, The Mini­sters office and power in the church. which a faythfull Minister of Christe will by no meanes bring in, who knoweth that to him all power is giuen in the Church to aedifi­cation, not to destruction: and that it is more appertaining to his of­fice, from euery place to gather them togither vnto the kingdome of God, yea the blinde, the deafe, the weak, than to driue them out of it. Of the true moderation of the ecclesiasticall censure, S. Augustine wrot ma­ny thinges against the Donatistes. But the cheefest place of this matter is in his thirde booke against the Epistle of Permenian. Bucer refer [...] vs to Aug. for excom­munication. Wherein this man of God moste prudently gaue charge, of the correction and ex­communication of the euill persons that seeme to be in the Church. This place cheefelie at this time were of vs with singuler deligence to bee reade and throughly weighed.

Thus writeth also Bucer on thi [...] matter, where he complayneth most of the lacke of this Discipline, and where hee somewhat agréeth with Cal­uine, in alleaging this reason, That when Christ spake those words, there was no face of a Church that professed his name. And yet doth he so litle gather hereupon, this vnnecessary consequence, that Christe alluded to any Seniory among the Iewes, to be reuiued among the Christians, when they shoulde haue Discipline in the Church, that hee acknowledgeth by the name of the Church nothing else, but (as the name importeth) the whole congregation. Neither yet that the whole congregation shoulde excommunicate, otherwise than not to permitte the man to receiue the Communion, but the common Ministers of the church onely to de­nounce the excommunication. And leaste we shoulde vnderstand there­by, any Seniorie not teaching the worde: he declareth withall, that they be the onely Ministers of the Worde, and that to them, and to their office, the exercise of the power of binding and losing is [...]om [...]itted, though the power in generall by the churches.

But Caluin sayth, that in the name of the Church, the Lord did speak, as though it were of the vsuall and receiued manner.

[...]

[Page 970] if he so did: then he spake of the present state either of the true Church, a­mong those few that professed his name: or of the Iewes Synagoue. But Caluin saith after, that it was not the counsell of Christ to send his disci­ples to the Synagogue. But to allude vnto the old order of the church, and not to the present order, had not beene to speake according to the v­suall and receiued manner: why shoulde we not therefore rather think [...] that Christ spake of such order as should be afterward vsed in the Church among the Christians▪ eyther for such states and times as the church was in, or to continue: then of such order, as eyther in the olde time had bene, or at that present was in the Synagogue among the Iewes:

But now, if wee should graunt to Caluine and to our Brethren, that Christe alluded in these wordes, The admis­sion of this allusion, in­ferreth no perpetuall rule of a like Con­sistory. vnto the assembly of Elders that was a­mong the Iewes: is this ynough also to inferre, that the Law or rule that Christe prescribeth, must stretch to the establishment and continuance of the same order, or to the erection and Institution of a like order, as that was, whereunto in these wordes, he alluded? if this be a good argument, let vs see the force of it, euen in the present example, whereof Caluin himselfe giueth an instance.

There is no doubt ( saith he) but that Christe alludeth vnto the order of the church, euen as also in other places, he fitteth his speach vnto the knowne custome, when hee biddeth that the gift which we will offer, shoulde bee left at the Altar. Math. 5. d. 23. There is no doubt but that hee woulde teach vs out of the present and legall forme of the worship of God, that wee can not orderly pray nor offer any thing to God, so long as we are at strife with our Brethren. These words are indéede appa­rant, to be an allusion of these tearmes, Altar, gift and offering, to the present and legall forme, Calu. owne example, o­uerthrowes this perpe­tuity. nor can be vnderstoode otherwise, as the word church may, whith is more properly vsed among vs christians, than euer it was among the Iewes. Whereas the wordes Altar, gift, and offering, were more proper to the Iewes than vnto vs. But doth it followe, that be­cause Christe in setting downe this rule of reconciliation, alludeth ( for the plainer vnderstanding of the people) to such speeches of Altar, gift, and of­fering, as were then more vsually receiued and knowne among thē, that therefore he ment withal, to establish and cary away in his rule, the same maner of Gods worship at an Alter, by a gift and offering as was then v­sed, receiued & known among them? If it do not in this present instance, that Caluine himselfe bringeth in (as it is most clear it doth not): can Cal­uine then, or any of our learned Br. or al the world infer, that if Christ did allude in the term of Church to an Eldershippe or consistory among the Iewes, in prescribing his rule of Reconciliation or excommunication, that therefore, hee continued, or renued, or constituted the same, or the like order among the Christians? Or, if he looked vpon their Discipline, [Page 971] that therefore he ordeined the like to continue for euer? did Christe esta­blish euery thing that he onelie speak of, or but looked vpon?

But saith Caluine, It should haue bene absurd, to haue propounded the iudgement to the church, which as yet was no church.

Although this againe be not altogether so, that there was no church: yet, what if ther had bin none thē ▪ had Christ in these wordes, no further respect, but to the present time? if he had not: how shall any perpetual rule be grounded hereon: And if he respected a perpetuall order of his church: why shoulde we rather vnderstande it▪ of the o [...]der of the church at that time among the Iewes, which was forthwith to bee dissolued: than for the state of the church that he would erect, that shoulde among the christians bee continued? But what nowe was this order among the Iewes, that Caluin and our Brethren say, Christe alluded vnto and looked vp­on?

Moreouer ( saith Caluine) when as the power of excommunication belonged to the Iewes that were seniors, which susteyned the person of the whole church: aptly doth Christe say, that those which haue sinned, if they shall eyther proudly contemne the first admonitions, or scoffing­ly exclude them, are then at length to be brought foorth publikely vn­to the church.

That the Seniors among the Iewes had the power of excommuni­cation, is not in question, What Seni­ors among the Iewes had the po­wer of ex­communi­cation. but what Seniors they were which had that po­wer. Whether a chosen number out of the auncients of the people, or such as were onely of the Preestes and Leuites: I speake it, for that power of denouncing excommunication. Not, but that (I grant) they had other Elders, for other matters: But, that either, or both these Elders, represen­ted the person of the church, beeing the heades and Gouernours of the church: I sée no such aptnesse in the representation. The head represent­eth not the body, nor the body the heade. And yet the subiectes may more aptly represent by substitution the person of the gouernors, than the go­uernors may be sayde, to represent the person of the Subiectes. And no doubt, Christes wordes were moste apt and proper, The gouer­nors of the Church are not so aptly sayde to re­present the Church. for the matter that he spake of. For as Caluine sayth, of bringing foorth the matter pub­likely to the church, if he had meant of them that were but Elders or go­uernours, or admit also they were representers of the church: yet shoulde he not haue spoken so aptly, as if he had sayde (if he had so meant) tell the Elders, or gouernors, or represēters of the church. And not, tel the church which is a great deale more improper and vnapter spéech.

We knowe ( saith Caluine) that from the time that the Iewes returned out of the captiuity of Babylon, the censure of the manners and of the doctrine was committed to a chosen counsell, which they called Synhe­drin, in Greeke [...]. This was a lawfull regiment & approued of God, [Page 972] and this was a bridle to reteine in their duety, the froward, and such as would not learne.

To prooue that there were such a chosen councell among the Iewes, to whome the sensure or controlment of manners and of doctrin was committed. Caluine heere assigneth the time, after the returne from the captiuity of Babylon, which councell was called Sinhedrim, in Greeke [...], And he sayth, God approoued it, and that it was a lawful regiment, and a good Bridle against the wicked. I meruell that Caluine fetcheth these Seniors among the Iewes from so late time, as after their re­turne from Babilon. And yet hee nameth no time, when after their return they were created, that we might haue turned to it, and séen what persons they were, Danaeus 2. part. Chri. Isag. li. 2. c. 10. and what office was committed to them. Danaeus to make this more cleeare, in his foresaide introduction, 2. part. lib. 2. cap. 10. saith: But to determine strifes and (as out of Socrates, li. 7. cap. 37. may be gathe­red, which example we haue before perused) to take vpon thē to be Iud­ges and Arbitrators, I neuer read that it was the office of Elders, or part of their office. For although the presbytery or Synedrion of the Iewes (which was the same, Act. 22. vers, 5. & 30. And Math. 5. verse 22.) seeme to aunswere to our presbytery, and iudged oftentimes of certain causes: Notwithstanding, our Presbyteries do not iudge, and therefore are dif­ferent from those from Iudaicall, because those partly had political, and partly Ecclesiasticall iurisdiction both at once, as appeareth Esd. 10. ver. 8. But ours haue onely ecclesiasticall.

If this which Danaeus saith be true, that that Presbeytry Act, 22. be the same Presbytery with that mentioned Esdras 10. We finde it then indéede (as Caluine saith) after the returne out of the captiuity of Babylon. But how then doeour Learned discoursing Brethren say? The like whereof he willed to be established in his Church. Will these our brethrens Se­niors ( contrarie to that which Danaeus saith) take vpon them politike and Ecclesiasticall Iurisdiction both at once? And so in-déede these our Bret. plainly say, the Synedrion had the hearing and determining of all diffi­cult and weighty matters among the Iewes. Here is nothing left out, bee it in politike or Ecclesiasticall Iurisdiction, so it be a waighty and difficult matter. And our brethren apply it to vs saying: The like whereof, hee wil­led to be established in his Church, for administration of Gouernment. So that, nothing here remaineth entiere to the Prince and nobles, to the Iudges and Magistrates: for our Gouerning Seniors must haue all, or a stroke in all. But the authority of the Presbytery. Act. 22. was much a­bridged, What Pres­bytery that was. Act. 22. concerning the Politike Iurisdiction, ( as we shall God willing sée anon. And yet who were those Seniors in that presbytery? Actes 22. ver. 5. Paule sayth: the cheefe preest doth beare me witnesse, and all the Pres­bytery, of whome I receyued letters vnto the Brethren and went▪ to Da­mascus, [Page 973] to bring them that were there bounden, to Ierusalem, Caluin for the Sane­drin. that they might be punished. And in the thirteenth verse, speaking of the capteine that kept paule prisoner, he sayth: on the next day, because he wold haue knowne the certainty, wherefore he was accused of the Iewes, he losed him from his bonds, and commanded the high preestes, and all their [...] or Councell to come together. And he brought Paule and set him before them.

Here are both these tearmes Presbytery or Eldership, [...] or Coun­cell, These were all in-déede Controllers of Doctrine, as Marlorate well noteth out of Brentius, commending the aequity and prudent doing of this Tribune. Who because hee was ignoraunt of the Iewish religion he woulde referre the cause of religion to the Councell of them that were the Prelates of religion. So that here this councell séemeth to haue beene all of those that were teachers of Doctrine, for such are or shoulde be the Prelates of religion. But, did God allow of this [...]? If it were all one with that before mentioned, Esdras 10. The Syne­driō or Sanhedrin was not in Es­dras time. Wee may well say with Caluine, It was a Lawfull regiment, and approoued of God. But this [...], Actes 22. was not a Lawfull regiment, nor approoued of God: and therefore it was not the same that is mentioned, Esdras 10. But a de­generate corruption of it. Neither was that in-déede called eyther [...] or Sanedrin, or Synhedrin, nor any such Greeke name, or any corruption of that name begun among the Iewes in Esdras time. The Babyloni­ans had no dealing with the Graecians. Neither the Iewes, till after the conquestes of Alexander the great, who translated the Monarchie to the Graecians, and so with [...]l, the state of the Iewes dispersed in A [...]syria, Media, Persia, Aegypt, and after in Greece also, about the times of the Machabees and after the Bible was translated into Greeke vnder t [...]e Aegyptian king Ptolomeus Philadelphus. And therefore, How our Bret. run to the corrup­tions of Iewish traditiōs to seeke out the grounds of this cō ­sistory of gouerning Elders. in all the Canon of the olde Te­stament, there is no mention of this Sanedrin or [...]. But in the Iewes Thalmud and tradition. And yet sée héere, howe our Brethren will run to these Iewish traditions, and thinke that Christe approueth them, and taketh these corruptions from the Iewes, and translateth them into his Church, rather than they will omit to gather argument, for the Instituti­on of these Seniors, on neuer so light a shewe, or inckling or allusion, or a­ny thing of them. And must this also goe for good proofe of them?

But to preuent the offence of this, Caluine saith: If any man except, that in the age of Christe all thinges, were corrupted and peruerted, that nothing ought lesse than that tyranny, to bee accounted the iudgement of the Church: The aunswere is easy, although the manner then were a­dulterated and peruerted, notwithstanding Christe worthily prayseth the order, as it was in times past deliuered of the Fathers.

The aunswere is not so easy, as Caluine supposed, although the order [Page 974] were the same, and the difference but in the corruption of the manner. For what order was this, that Caluin doth not say, was ordeined of God, nor nameth when, where, what, or by whome it was deliuered: but saith at large, a patribus fuerat traditus, It was deliuered by tradition from the Fathers.

What? shall wee haue the Fathers traditions heere approoued and praysed, without the manifest Word and Institution of God, for the ground of them? If the Papistes heare of this, they woulde triumph▪ And what can be gathered here on Christes wordes, that hee doth prayse any such order of their Seniorie? I speake not in the disprayse of any good order taken among them, for their better & more orderly Gouernment, in times of their afflictions after their captiuity: but I deny, that this can be prooued out of Christes wordes, that he hath continued, borowed tran­slated, or erected vp the same or the like order, to bee established among the Christians.

Christes wordes im­port no translation of the Iewes Sanedrin to the Christi­ans. These wordes inforce no suche thing. This is but Caluines meere coniecture, and theirs that follow him. And I doe yet more com­mend these our Brethren the Learned Discoursers, that they would fetch this order higher, from the Canon of the Scripture, rather than from the traditions of the fathers: saying: for seeing it was first instituted by god, for gouernment of his Church in the olde Lawe, as hath beene shewed before out of Numb. 11.6. Although it was shamefully abused by the wicked Iewes, our Sauiour Christe translateth it into his Church also in the newe testament. Although they speake heere of a translation, which they haue not yet prooued, nor can euer bee able to prooue on this place: yet if they woulde proue it, heere were somewhat for it, that we are sure was good, and had good warrant, if they coulde prooue the translation of it into the newe Testament. But when we shall sée what that Presbytery was, which was instituted by God for Gouernment of his Church in the olde Lawe. Numb. 11. Although we haue some what seene alreadie, (and that out of Caluine) that it was no such Presbytery as our Brethren pre­tende, Supra Pag. 23 [...]. and therefore that was not translated: yet wee shall further [...] more fully sée, both what that was, and howe farre different, and what daunger consequently followeth on this point, to the state of all Christian Princes and common-weales, if this translation, continuance, or reuiuing of that seniory should take place.

But ( sayth Caluine) where that within a little while after, hee erected a church, he restored the vse of excommunication, the corruption being taken away.

That Christe restored that vse of excommunication, which was v­sed before in the Lawe, is not heere prooued. Nor yet that there was any [Page 975] such vse of the Lawe for excommunication, or that Christe in these wordes, so much as respected or looked vpon, eyther the olde vse of the Lawe, or the present corruption of the Iewes, or erected either for the one or the other, when he erected his Church, or the vse of Excommuni­cation in it.

And this do Caluines owne wordes sufficiently declare. For if hee had no church, when hee spake these wordes, nor referred them, if hee had a Church, to the state thereof at that present (as Caluine sayde before) but that (as he sayth heere) hee erected his Church within a little while af­ter, and that then when he so did, hee restored the pure vse of excom­munication: then did hee not restore it in this place. And yet, if here he did translate it, and willed it heere to bee established: how is not this the restoring of it? What disci­pline suc­ceeded in the place of the olde discipline.

Notwithstanding ( sayth Caluine,) there is no doubt, but that the manner of the Discipline which flourished vnder the kingdome of Christe, succeeded in the place of that old Discipline.

To succede in the place, we denie not. So did baptisme succeede in the place of Circumcis [...]on. And the Supper of the Lorde in the place of the Passe-ouer. And the Ministery that wee haue, in the place of the Ministery that they had. And yet are all these farre different, from the translating, continuing, renewing, erecting, restoring, or establishing of those thinges. Calu. argu­ment from comparison of the Gen­tiles.

Neither doe wee deny this argument of Caluine. That when as the verye prophane Gentiles helde a shadowishe custome of Excommuni­cating, it appeareth, this was instilled of GOD, euen from the begin­ning, into the mindes of men, that if there were any impure and de­filed, they shoulde bee put backe from their holy thinges. It had there­fore beene a foule and a shamefull matter for the people of God, to haue beene vtterlye ignoraunt of that discipline, whereof there re­mayned some steppe among the Gentiles.

This is a good Argument, both from the lesser to the greater, that wee being Gods people, should haue such Discipline as God hath ap­poynted vs to haue: and a greater shame for vs, if we haue it not. But our Question lieth on this, whether GOD haue appointed vs this Disci­pline, and these Gouernours of it, which our Brethren pretende: yea, or no. The shame and daun­ger of this newe San [...] ­drin.

But, if this were so shamefull among the Iewes, yea, among the Gentiles too, for prophane menne to meddle with their holye thinges: howe quickly shoulde wee incurre the greatest shame of all, when s [...]che as coulde not meddle with the teachinge of the Holye Worde of GOD, shoulde not onelye medle with the teac­chers of it, and be the controllers of them, and of all their sacred actions: [Page 976] but meddle with excommunicating and absoluing, the cheefest [...]ey and force of the Worde it selfe? not shame onely but perill, which if it shoulde bee in euery parish, what in many Parishes both in the Country and in the Cityes too, it would breede, were too shamefull, yea, too daungerous for them to practize, or for vs to suffer.

But that ( saith Caluine) which was kept vnder the Lawe, Christe hath transmised or sent ouer to vs: because the reason (or manner) is commō to vs with the ancient Fathers.

Neither is this prooued that Christe hath sent ouer vnto vs, that which was kept vnder the Lawe, any more in this matter, then in others which are abrogated, and not sent ouer to vs nor we to them, neither is the reason (or manner) common to vs with the auncient Fathers, vnder the lawe, but very greatly different. And though it had some generall community: yet, that inferreth not so importaunt a specialty. Neither hath Christe sent vs ouer to the auncient Fathers, any more heerein, than to the Synagogue then present, nor admonished by any wordes heers expressed or included, that that order shoulde be holden in his Church, which long ago was instituted holily vnder the Lawe. All these are but Caluins mere sayings, without any proouings, other than these aforesayde weake and bare reasons, which we haue heard. But since Caluin pr [...]seth so much on the Lawe of Moses, for these Seniors, and our Brethren likewise expres­ly, both now and before, vrge the 11. of Numbers, and other places where any mention is made of the Iewes Elders, assemblies, and Counselles: and still beate vpon the name, that of [...], was called Sanedrim: Let vs therefore, to see this point euen to the full, since this is the place that must make vp all the matter, Noua glos­sa Stephani in Math. 18 and that the Newe glosse also of Robertus Ste­phanus following Caluine, concludeth thus: Tantum illos admon [...]bat &c. Onely hee warned them▪ that this order must be holden vntil the ende of the worlde, that wheresouer there shoulde bee a Church, there ought perpetually to be some ( he speaketh of these Seniors) that should haue the care of the Church: Let vs therfore craue patience here a while, since this Synedrion and the originall thereof is so streightly vrged, to search eu [...] to the groundes thereof, and see what these Seniors, their assemblies, Sena­tors, and Counsels were, and in what thinges their authority moste con­sisted. Which no doubt (if it shall not seeme tedious) will giue great light to the whole matter.

Bertramus de politia Iudaica.Cornelius Bertramus that writeth of the policie of the Iewes [...] dedica­teth the same euen to Beza: maketh (in his 3. Chapter) these 70. Elders, to haue appertained to the ciuill policy and that God did not then first or­dayne them, The 70. El­ders not first ordeined. Nū. 11. Numb. 1 [...].16. ( as our Learned Brethren Discoursers sayd before, page 20.) but rather continue and confirme them. And in the sixt Chapter: Therefore, this kinde of senate, as it consisted of the seni­ors [Page 977] and Prefects that were more approued, Bertrā. of the Iewes Elders. (for they seeme to bee those that already exercised this office in Egypt, as we haue before coniectu­red) and were appointed to ease the charge of Moses: seemeth to haue had the vnderstanding (or hearing) of the waighty iudgements, & de Reip. summa ita statuisse, and to haue so determined of the summe (or prin­cipall state of the Common weale: that the same senate had his Prefectes also, Immo & summum caput ipsum Mosem. Yea, and his cheef (or supreme) head Moses him-selfe. Of what nūber they were, & why those Elders had that number.

Some do make the precise number of these to be 72. as though 6. out e [...]ery of the 12. tribes, were described: (of whome neuerthelesse, Moses left 2. in the camp,) because the Lorde had commaunded to bring only threescore and ten. Other make it the number of 71. Perhaps, because the number of Iudges should be odde. And to this number, the Hebrues commonly subscribe, which call their Synedrion, by the name of Seuen­ty-one. But these numbers may on this wise bee well reconciled. For, where the Lorde expressely cōmandeth threescore & ten to be gathered vnto him: it is likely that they were first 70. onely. Vnto whome, Moses being added, to moderate the assēbly: it made vp 71. But the high preest that was to answere out of the Lawe made vp 72. &c.

And in the ninth chapter, writing againe of their ciuill policie, after their possession of the lande, from Iosues time, vntill their exile into Babi­lon: The preceps & the pr [...]c­tise of this Seniory. It is certain ( saith he) that the Hebrues being now sent in-to the possession of the land of Chanaan: kept not only those things, the vse wher­of they had of Moses receiued, together with the precepts: but they re­uoked those also into practise, whereof they had the precepts only, but no vse, by reason of the hindrance of the wildernesse. The preceptes that seeme to perteine to that policy, are conteyned Deut 16. ver. 18.19. & 20. And in the whole 17.18. & 19. chapt. and in certain places of Exod. and of Numb. Yea▪ and of Leuiticus it selfe also.

Therefore, they so draue their policy to those chapters: that euery ci­ty shoulde haue her Seniors, (or her Senate) consisting of Chiliarkes, or cheefe of Thousandes, Centurions, (or cheefe of hundrethes) Quinqua­genariens, (or cheefe of fifties) and Decurions or cheefe of tennes. Iose­phus in his fourth booke of the Iewes antiquities, chapter 6. prescri­beth the number of these Iudges to bee seuen, because, perhappes hee regarded his owne time. Certayne Thalmudistes as they deuide the in­ferior iudgementes into matters pecuniary, The Leuites with their offices. (or perteyning to pryses) and capitall (or matters of life and death): ouer the pecuniarie, they place three Iudges, ouer capitall, three and twenty.

Iosephus in the same place, ascribeth to that seuenfold number of Iud­ges duos [...], two Ministers, being Leuites, that is to say, such prefectes as wee haue described.

[Page 978]And verily, out of those thinges that were done of Dauid and Iosa­phat, in restoring the iudgements, it is likely, that the Leuites sat with the Iudges. But of their number it is not certaine, except out of those traditions of the Thalmudistes, we shall say that it seemeth, there were 3. Leuites, The mat­ters wherin the Elders & gouer­nors dealt. which so did first of all take notice of the pecuniary causes: or certainly, 2. Leuites, with some one of the seniors or Elders of that place or city, which so excelled among the other, that hee was called, [...] Sen Praetor, the captaine or Maior. And these afterward being ioyned to 20. seniors determined of capitall causes.

Certainely, out of the 4. chap. of the book of Ruth, ver. 2. Ther seem mo Elders than 7. When as Boas is sayde, to haue taken 10. of the El­ders of the City of Bethlehem, that shold take notice of the cause of re­deeming, and of the state Leuirati­onis.of the husbandes brother.

It is cleare out of controuersie, that of euery city the Iudges munici­pall ( or men capable of offices, as the freemen or Burgesses) as they are called the Elders, they were the Chiliarkes, the Centurions, the Quin­quagenariens (or Fiftinaries) and the Decurions (or Deciniers) so many as there could be in euery city, insomuch, that also out of them, certain Leuites were taken, to be their Prefectes. If not, they were called for out of the next city assigned to the Leuites.

It is euident ynough that euery tribe had their owne cheefe and prin­cipall captaine which in his owne city was also of the Chiliarkes.

The vniuer­sall assem­bly of the Tribes and families.Moreouer, in the whole, and out of the whole people, there was a cheefe Senate that consisted of 70. Elders, being so elected, as the rea­son of the time coulde beare it. For before th [...] carying away of the 10. Tribes it is likely that they were chosen of the families of those 70. that came downe out of Cananie into Egipt, and of those families that were substituted in their steedes, as in his place we haue sayde. Besides these, (as the matter required) the fathers of the houses of all the Tribes came together at solemne meetings.

Thus first we sée, howe Bertram heere doth summarily describe, all the sortes of Seniors and Elders that were in Israell, and all their senates and assemblies. Not onely those that were inferiour in euery of the Cities & principall Families, and in all the seuerall Tribes among them: but also in generall of all the whole Realme and state, especially that of the Three-score and ten Elders, that were chosen out of euery Tribe as a cheefe standing senate ouer all the other, and in what matters, not onely, nor so much Ecclesiasticall, as ciuill and politicall, they had to deal with all, euen from the first Institution of them, and while these senates and seniors were in their perfectest estate. Which estate of theirs, Caluin & our Learned Brethren here affirme, was restored, translated, renewed, and ordeined by Christe, to be continued in his church to the worldes [Page 979] end, as it was, before it was afterward corrupted by the Iewes. All which senates and seniors, or any of them, but chéefly of all the other (which our Br. vrge chiefly, & indéede it was the chéefe) if they or it were restored, or translated, or renued among vs: how shold not forthwith all the state, not only of the church, but of the whol common weal be clean altered? & so (of like consequence) all other parts of Christendom. Now to proue that these Senates had this authority. Bertram procéedeth to the practise of it.

To returne therefore to the times of Iosue. Iosue seemeth (out of those thinges, that are written, Ios. 23.2. & 24.1.) to haue very well ap­pointed the iudgements, according to the prescription of Moses Lawe. For, there it is treated on the solemne meetinges. First, all the Tribes of the Israelites, or all the Israelites, that is to say, Iosues or­ders for all these Elders the Fathers of the hous­holdes of all the tribes, that were enfranchised with the right of the Ci­ty, or also were Citizens: are set downe. Then, the Elders, that is, the 70. afterwards, the heads of Israel, that is, of the thirteene Tribes, 13. cheefe capteynes. Last of al the Iudges and Prefects, that is, the ordinary iudges of euery city. Which consisted of the Chiliarkes, the centurions, the fifti­niers, and Prefects of ech city.

After the death of Iosua, this ciuill policy seemeth to haue continu­ed, especially during the time that those seniors or Elders did suruiue, which had seene the workes of God in the wildernesse, of whose num­ber Phinees seemeth to haue beene one, in whose age the battell was waged against the Beniamites. In his time therefore, all the Tribes of Israell are sayde to haue come together vnto Mitspa, that the cheefe ci­tizens beeing before warned and assembled to the [...] Caal, that is, to the army or vniuersall assembly of the citizens, concluded to giue bat­tell to the Beniamites, and had determined the same, and had promised by a solemne othe, that they woulde not giue in mariage their Daugh­ters to the Beniamites. All the selfe same citizens deale about the resto­ring of the Tribe of Beniamin.

But [...] Gnedah, that is, all the Chiliarches, centurions, Fiftinaries, Decurions, and Prefects, decree the Warre agaynst the Iabesites, and to that Expeditio­nem.viage, (or exployte) they sende 12000 souldiers. But the seniors or Elders, that is, the other [...] Gnedah. To witte, the seuenty, at the be­ginning in the battell, giue the councell of catching the Virgines of the Siloites. But, that the seuenty Elders are signified by that assembly: It ap­peareth thereby, in that they tooke vpon them to pacify the Siloites, if at any time the Siloites shoulde before them appeach the Beniamites for that rapte (or catching of their Virgins).

This therfore seemeth to be the processe of that story▪ The proces of the story Iud. 19.20. so far as serueth to our purpose. The Leuite sent the twelue peeces of his secondary [Page 980] wife ( or wife then permitted of the second sort, otherwise, then called a con­cubine) into all the coastes and regions or cities of the twelue tribes. The seniors or Iudges, that is, the Chiliarkes, centurions, Fiftinariens, and de­curions of euery tribe, and so of euery city, call a councell about this matter, among their citizens and kinreds. By whose agreement an vni­uersall (or generall councell is indicted) at Mitspa, to the which all the tribes of Israell, which are there called the Angles or corners of the peo­ple, that is to say the prouinces or tribes, &c. (Except the Iabesites) make apparance. The Prouinces therefore of the Israelites, which otherwise are called Tribes, are present at the [...] Caal, that is, the armie (congrega­tion) or vniuersall Concion of Gods people, to the number of 400000. In that vniuersall concion (or calling together) the Leuite declareth the matter. The matter beeing hearde, the people decree a message to be sent to all the families and villages of the Beniamites, to deliuer vp the au­thors of that wicked fact. The Beniamites doe rather prepare them­selues to battell. The Israelites take an othe of not giuing their daugh­ters in marriage to the Beniamites, and doe thus order the battayle to­wardes, that by lot out of ten thousande, they chose one Chiliarke (or bande of a thousandes) and out of a thousande, a hundred: and o [...]t of a hundred, tenne. To take the care of vittayling the campe. They aske counsell of God at Silo, what tribe shoulde fight first. The Lorde aun­swereth, the tribe of Iudah shall doe this. The battayle being ended: the people come together agayne before the Lorde. They repent them of their oath. The army being mustered, it is founde that none of the Iabesites was among them in the Beniamites Warre. [...] Gnedah, that is, the assembly, to wit, the Chiliarks, centurions, &c. decreeth Warre against the Iasebites, and against them they send 12000. men: They return conquerors, and bring 400. Virgins of the Iasebites. But when they sufficed not the Beniamites: The people do more repent them of the Tribe destroyed. At the selfe same time, the seuenty (Elders) doe de­cree, the catching of the Siloites Virgins. For, there is no likelihoode, that the Chiliarkes, centurions, &c. of the Siloites, if they had beene pre­sent woulde haue suffered this decree.

At the ende of that history is annexed vnder it, that therefore these thinges hapned thus, because there was no [...], that is, no king whome the Israelites shoulde reuerence, The neces­sity of a king, or one cheefe Gouernour. and to whome (beeing eyther priuately or publikely offered iniury) they should flee. But by the name of a King, he vnderstandeth euery such Gouernor and Duke (or guide) as Moses was, such an one also as was Iosue: to conclude, such as were the Iudges, that were afterwardes raysed vp. And it is taken in that sense, Deut. 33. 5. The scripture therefore woulde shewe, that there was at those times [Page 981] no guide, that should gouerne all the Hebrues, and restrayne them into order, and admonish them of their duety, as Moses and Iosue had done, and whome all the Hebrues woulde heare and obey: Finally, that should so holde all the tribes in their dutifulnes, that he should execute reuenge on violence publikely committed, and punish both whoredomes and Idolatries. Whereupon it came to passe that rather euery tribe, yea and euery of the Cities also, and besides that, euery priuate person commit­ted euery where many things that were horrible to be spoken of, which were not publikely reuenged. For that most beautifull face of the holy common weale, which shined in the times of Moses and Iosue, was for the moste part so decayed: that notwithstanding, The begin­ning of these elders corruption. it was not vtterly ex­tinguished. For there remayned in euery City their owne Iudges and El­ders, to witte, the Chiliarkes, the Centurions, &c. As appeareth, Iudg. 9. 6. Where mention is made. [...] Col Baale shichm ve col Beth millo. Of all the Lordes (in French [...] gnieurs) & as our Br. cal these Elders or seniors, gouernors ( or as it were Lordings) of Sichem & of the family or kindred of Millo, that is, of the Princes of the cities that gouerned the same, and of the whole assembly of the Ci­tizens of the Sichemites: (for so I interpret [...] Beth Millo) and out of the tenth chap. ver. 18. where it is said, the whol people, that is, all the citizens & heads of the families of Gilead it selfe, together also with the princes of Gilead, said euery one to his neighbor, &c. And in the 11. ch. v. 8. The selfe same princes are called the Seniors or Elders of Gilead. As also ch. 8.14. The same to be called the princes of the Succothites. And these things are also better apparāt out of Rut. 4. These kind of princes or Eld. did so flatter the people, The Elders flattery of the people. that they pretermitted many things perteining to their office, which sufficiently appeareth by the whole history of the Iudges. Whereupon is manifest, that the Lorde was so offended with the peoples Idolatries, that he often admonished the people by the prophets, & at length corrected them also by the Chananites.

Thus writeth Bertram euen of the first state of al these gouerning seni­ors, and of all their senates and assemblies, immediatly after Moses and Iosues time, and in the time of Phinees that was liuing, euen when that was done, which our Bret. these Learned Discoursers cite out of Num. 11 16. for the Institution of the seniors & Sanedrin, that they would bring in to rule now ouer vs, and say: That our sauiour Christ in that word (Con­gregation, Dic ecclesia) alludeth, vnto the assembly of Elders that was a­mong the Iewes which they called (but corruptly) of a Greeke worde Synedrion, which signifieth a counsell or consistory, sanhedrin, which had the hearing and determining of all weighty and difficult matters a­mōg the Iewes, the like wherof, he willed to be established in his church for administration of gouernment, For, seeing it was first instituted by [Page 982] God, The Conci­on of the elders. for gouernment of his church in the old Law, as hath bin shewed before out of Num. 11.16. Althogh it was shamefully abused by the wic­ked Iewes, our Sauiour Christe translateth it into his Church in the new Testament. Here was indéed some corruptiō in some of those officers that flattered the people: but, the orders and the offices, remaining as yet in­tire, This then is the state of gouernment, that in plain & expresse terms, our Brethren would so fayne haue vs, and all the Church of Christe redu­ced vnto. So that vnder a name and colour, (other-where) of Eccl. Seni­ors wee may heere moste euidently sée, what Deciniers, what Fiftinaries, what Centurions, what Chiliarkes, these Tetrarkes would be: yea, which is farre aboue all this, (if they would be like the Seniory of the 70, what principalitie they aspire vnto, and in what matters of weight and gouernment, those gouernors would gouern like Princes, hauing litle common­weales of their owne in euery town, Our Brethr. defacing the state of a king. city or prouince. And might not this full quickly bréed as horrible factes, and foule a stirre, as was heere be­tweene the Beniamites and the Israelites? If they reply, it woulde not so, hauing a generall Gouernour, which the Israelites did then want. And what? would they haue Iudges also (as they had) tohelp this inconueniēce▪ because Caluine and Danaeus would not haue the Iurisdictions of Ma­gistrates go by inheritance: but by election? And this Bertrame ( that like­neth these auncient Iudges to Dictators) after he hath shewed howe those Iudges also did degenerate, and that when the people called for a King: hee sayth, that Samuell taking it greeuously referred it to the Lorde: who comforted, his prophet, and bids him diswade the people from this purpose, Proposito Regis iure plane tyrannico, Laying foorth the right or Lawe of a King playne tyrannicall. Thus doth Bertram also esteeme, not of the a­buse, but of the Lawe or right of a King: & all, to recommend vnto vs, that first policy and Gouernment of the Iewes.

Nowe, whereas Bertram here mentioneth that the Prouinces & tribes came together, ad [...], that is, to the assembly, which he calleth againe Seu Concionem vniuersalē populi Dei, The Congregation or Concion vni­uersall of Gods people, which was of 400000: in which generall Con­cion the Leuite made his complaint to the people of his iniury: of this Concion let vs sée also, what Carolus Sigonius writeth. Who althogh he be otherwise an aduersarie, (& therfore not of credit or authority in our controuersies) yet in this matter not litigious betwéen them & vs: and he both commended, and his promise of this argument expected by this Bertram: let vs at least wise see him so far forth, as he truely & clearly gathereth his collections out of the holy scriptures, Carolus Si­gonius de rep. Haebrae orum lib. 6. Cap. 2. or out of the testimonies of other an­cient & vnsuspected authors, wherein we cannot iustly except against him.

In his booke De rep. Hebraebrum. li. 6. c. 2. de consiliis: he saith: Counsels thē I cal those assemblies, that chiefly decreed those things, which conteined [Page 983] the state of the whole cōmonweal, as the war, the peace, the victuals, the bounds, the institutiō of laws, the creatiō of magistrates, & such things as are of that sort. The which is nothing else but to dispute of a singular profit, that could not be comprehended in the lawe. But these Counsels, as in other common weales, so also in that of the Iews, were two. For ei­ther they were entred into of all in common: or seperatly of a few, and those of such as were the auncienter in yeares. If they were of all, The Iewes Councels. they called it Concionem a Congregation, or calling together of the people. If they were of part, they called it a Senate. And this also seemeth Dauid to haue vnderstood in the Psalmes. For treating of the Prayses of God, that ought to be celebrated in al and of all assemblies: poetically he ma­keth mention, both of the concion, and of the Senate. As when he saith- I will praise thee O Lord with my whole heart, in the Councell of the righteous, and in the Congregation. And in another place, Let them extoll him in the Church (or Congregation) of the people, and prayse him in the chayre of the Elders. Again, I haue hated the Church of the Malignant, with the wicked I will not sit. For the concion, he sayde, the congregation, in Greeke [...], synagogue, and church: for the senate, councell, or [...]. Senate or consistory, and chair of seniors. He would also haue adioyned a thirde, if the vse of his commō weale which he looked vpon had permitted.

By which it manifestly appeareth, that these two being thus distin­guished, and so different the one from the other: and the name of Ecclesia church or congregation, beeing taken for the one, that is to say, for the concion or gathering together of the multitude, cleane different from the other, that is to say, from the senate or consistory of the Elders: It is moste euident, that if in these wordes of Christe, Dic Ecclesiae, tell the church hee alluded eyther to the auncient or to the present state of the Iewes order▪ that he ment not any senate, consistory, or councell of se­niors, but a concion, a congregation, or calling together of the whole multitude of the people.

Nowe although, this so cleare a reason, (the distinction beeing als [...] confirmed by Bertram) might seeme sufficient to cut off all Caluines in­terpretation▪ and those that followe him, applying these wordes clean con­trary, not to the congregation, but to the Iewes Seniory: yet, let vs procéed further with sigonius for our further vnderstanding of both these coun­cels. Moreouer ( saith he) c. 3. Three [...]ate [...] of the Iewes & then 3. kinds of Conciou [...]. The concion of the people in the holy scrip­tures is cōmonly expounded by 2. terms, Synagoga & ecclesia, Synagog & church, as in the places right now alleaged, it is known. For as yet, there was not that difference betwene the synagog & the church, which hath come between thē, since the gospel deliuered by Christ, But as there wer 3. (as it were) cōmon weales of the Iewes (euen as I haue declared from the beginning,) of the whole people, of euery one of the Tribes, and of [Page 984] euery one of the cities in euery tribe: Sigonius of the Iewes Senates. so were there 3. Concions of the people. One, wherein all the tribes of Israel, another, whereunto all the families of one tribe, the thirde, whereunto all the men of euery citie came together. And of this last (except we shall yet restrayn it narrower, to all the multitude of euery synagogue in euery citye) is this Ecclesia, Church, Concion or Congregation whereof Christe speaketh to bee understoode, if it shoulde be referred to the Iewes state and orders. Now after Sigonius hath produed this by manifold testimonies out of the scrip­tures, hee commeth to the fourth Chapter, concerning the Senate say­ing:

Hauing expounded the Concion, wee haue to speake of the Senate. But this also the Hebrewes had, Three kinds of the Iewes Senates. and that, (as the people) three-folde. One whereunto the Senators of all the people came together: another, vnto the which, they that were of euery one of the tribes: the thirde, they that were of euery one of the Cities. The Senate of the whole peo­ple was ordeyned by God, of threescore and ten men, which in age ex­celled others in all Israell. For so he sayde, Num. 11. Gather together to mee threescore and ten of the seniors of Israell, whome thou knowest that they bee the elders of the people, and the scribes, and thou shalt bring them vnto the doore of the Tabernacle of the couenaunt, and thou shalt make them stande there with thee, &c. to beare the burthen of the people and that thou onely be not burthened. The Grecians ther­fore called the men that were of this order, a Senate, auncients, Seniors, and Senators: the Councell they called Bulen, the Councell place Eulen­terium, the men Buletas, as yee woulde say, a Counsel, a councell house, and councellers.

Heere (Lo) is the place that our Bret. in thi [...] their Learned Discourse haue now the second time auonched for their Seniors: that our Sauiour Christe hath translated the Senate of this seniory into his church, in the newe Testament, althogh it was shamefully abused by the wicked Iewes. This Seniory indéed of these 70. was instituted of God, for the Gouern­ment of his Church in the olde Law. Sith therfore this is the place chief­ly pretended for the order and authority of the Gouernors in the newe Testament, the abuses of the Iewes being onely abolished: let vs not only looke to the Iewes corruptions and abuses, but to the institution of God, and to the good vse thereof in the olde Lawe, that our brethren say, is here passed ouer in the new Testament and translated vnto vs to be perpe­tually vsed in euery congregation. Our Br. will be Seniors of the high­est sort.

And here I like better of our Bret. wit, (that they would chose to bée Seniors of the best and highest Senate, not of the mean or lowest) than of their wisedome: not fore-seeing how this can not agrée to euery Parish, except euery parish should be made a kingdom. But why not? as y t he said: [Page 985] Si ius violandum est, regni causa est violandum. They must néedes be like the 70. Elders assistent to Moses, the other inferiour Elders will not serue them.

But these ( saith Sigonius chap. 3.) sate by the chiefe Prince of the Cō ­mon-weale in the Metropolitane Citie, and being of him admitted, to­gether with the Princes of the people, they entred into the Counsels, of the summe (or chiefe state) of the affaires. Whereupon Iosephus repor­teth that, out of the Lawe: Lett the King doo nothing without the sen­tence of the Bishop, and of the Senators. Of these Councells, there ar [...] these testimonies: in the 5. of Deut. Moses faith: All ye, the Princes of the Tribes and the Seniors came to me. And in the 27. Moses and the Seniors commaunded the people, saying: Keepe all the commaundements that I cō ­maund you. Also Iosue, 23. Iosue called all Israel their Seniors, their Princes, their Iudges, and their Scribes. From thence, vnder the Iudges, chap. 21. the Seniors or Elders decreed, that the Beniamites shoulde catch the vir­gines of the siloites to be their wiues. Then vnder Salomon in the 7. chap. of the 3. booke of the Kings: The Elders in the time of the kings. All the Elders of Israel were gathered to the King Salomon in Ierusalem. And in the 1. ch. of 2. Chr. Ezekias the King en­tred into counsell with the Elders, concerning the stopping the heads of the foun­taines. And albeit, the kingdome being deuided, the Senate of the Iewes was chosen out of the onelie Tribe of Iuda and of Beniamin: neuerthe­lesse the number of the 70. Elders was preserued. For Ezechiel in the 8. chap. said: And the threescore and tenne men of the Elders of Israel, when notwithstanding in the Age of Ezechiel the 10. Tribes of Israel were in Assyria. And Ieremie in the 19. named the Elders of the people, Take an earthen bottell of the Elders of the people and of the Priests.

Neither onelie did this Senate flourishe while the kingdome stoode: but also the kingdome being ouerthrowen, after the Iewes returne out of the captiuitie of Babylon, the same was restored. The Elders since the captiui tie. For in the 1. of E­say it is written: I will restore thy Iudges and thy Counsellours as in the aunci­ent time. And in the 10. of Esdras ( which place we haue hearde cited by Danaeus,) Euerie one that shal not come within three daies, according to the coū ­sell of the Princes and of the Elders: all his substance shall be forfaised. And the 12. of the first of the Machabees: Ionathas the high Priest of the Na­tion, and the Elders, and the residue of the people of the Iewes. And in the first of the 2. booke: The people that is at Ierusalem, and the Senate, and Iudas to Aristobulus the Maister of King Prolomeus, sendeth greeting. And in the 11. King Antiochus to the Senate of the Iewes, and to the other Iewes. And in the 14. To Simon the Bishop, and to the Seniors, and to the whole people. And Saint Luke 22. The Seniours of the people: being called in Greeke, the Pres­byterie (or Eldershippe) of the people. Iosephus also sheweth, that in last times of the Citie, Florus the Procurator of Iurie calling vnto him [Page 986] the Princes of the Senatours, Sigonius. and the Senatours, and the Senate, he said that he woulde depart out of the Citie. And hee addeth, that with the Temple the Court also was set on fire, which Court he calleth, Buleute­rion, the Counsell-house. But although this Senate for consultation sake remained alwaies: The Kinges authority besides the Senate. notwithstanding we haue to vnderstande, that the Kings which haue had the Common-weale in their power, were not thrall vnto the Lawes, although they made Decrees without the autho­ritie of the Senate, as those that were in chiefest authoritie, not such as God had prescribed, but such as their selues wished.

Moreouer, that the Tribes had euerie one their Senatours, different from those that were the Senatours of the Common-people, it is more probable by coniecture, than certaine by authoritie: For although it be written in the 20. chap. of the 4. booke of the Kinges. All the Seniors of Iuda and Ierusalem were gathered together to the King Iosias: and in the 30. of the first booke, Dauid sent giftes of the Pray [...], to the Seniors of Iuda his neighbours: and 19. of Hieremie, God said, I will destroy the Counsell of Iu­da: notwithstanding it may bee, that they that were the Seniors of Iuda were all one with the Seniors of the people. But without doubte, eue­rie one of the Cities had gotten their Senatours, separate from those whome we haue spoken of. Whereupon are these speaches, All the Se­niors of Iuda and Hierusalem, were gathered together to the King Iosias. And Iosephus lib. 2. The Seniors of Ierusalem tooke it greeuouslie, that the brother of Iaddi the Bishop, maried a straunger. And Iudges 11. the Seniors of Galaad proceeded to take Iephthe for their aide, & said vnto him; Come and bee our Prince. And in the 8. Hee tooke a childe of the men of Sucoth, and asked of him the names of the Princes and Seniors of Su­coth. And Ruth 4. Booz taking tenne men of the Seniors of the Citie of Beth­leem said vnto them, &c.

Thus dooth Sigonius deuide the Seniors into three sortes, The Sēni­ors of all the people, the Seniors of euerie Tribe, and the Seniors of euerie Citie. And if Christe had meant anie of these Seniors, it is farre more likelie, that he shoulde haue meant this last sort, if not some yet of lower degrée than these, of euerie Synagogue of the Citie, than the high­est of all, that sate with the Prince in Counsell, and had the consultati­on of all the summe and principall points of all the Churches & Com­mon-weales affaires: which were the manifest endaungering of her Ma­iesties estate, Cap. 5. and the cleane altering of all the Common-weale.

In the next Chapter Sigonius procéedeth to their Iudgements, saying cap. 5. We haue spoken of the Counsells, in which chiefelie the Cities profite is disputed vpon. After which we haue to speake of the Iudge­ments, wherin the singular (or particular) equitie is defined, that could [Page 987] not either be prouided for, or prescribed by the Lawe. But these iudg­ments, the Greeke Interpreters of the Bible, haue now and then tran­slated them [...], now and then [...], to wit, respecting the double force it selfe of Iudgements: in which condemning and acquiting is contei­ned, which by these two wordes Iudgement and Iustice or iustification they expressed, as we haue shewed before.

Furthermore, among the Hebrues there were two Tribunall seates, of the Iudgements, the one in euerie of the Cities called [...], The Syne­drion at Ie­rusalem. the other chiefelie at Hierusalem named [...], which the Latine Interpreter translated Iudgement and Counsell. Whereupon in S. Mathew, Christe saith; Euerie one that is angrie with his brother, shall be guiltie of Iudgement. But he that shall say Racha, shalbe guiltie of a Counsell. But that the Iudge­ment was an other thing from the Counsell: Dauid in the first Psalme sheweth, when hee saide: Therefore the wicked shall not arise agayne in Iudgement, neither the sinners in the counsell of the righteous.

And héere commeth in our [...] corruptlie called Sanedrin, that Caluine and our Brethren applie Christes wordes vnto. Which Syne­drion was the Iudiciall Consistorie of the seuentie Elders, that with the Prince as Counsellors, had the gouernment of all the policie of the Iewes. But because the other called [...], was the Iudgement of euerie Citie: if Christe had meant to haue alluded to the Iewes orders, and to haue translated and established the same or the like in euery Congrega­tion among the Christians: is it not more likelie of the twaine, he would haue taken that which was the Iudgement of euerie Citie: than the [...], which was onelie in Ierusalem the head Citie, a chiefe Iudgement to ouer rule all the other.

But yet for our further resolution, let it not be tedious to heare also Sigonius testimonies at large, Cap. 6. for both these Iudgements of these Seniors. Let vs first ( saith he, chap. 6. treate of the Iudgements of the Cities, and then of the Counsell of Ierusalem, when they were instituted and confirmed, who they were that entred into them, who were Gouernours of them, where they came together, and to conclude, in what order they tooke notice of the causes. I say there­fore, that the Iudges of the Cities with their Princes, which in Greeke were called [...], introducers, informers, What elders the Iudges of the cities were. or teachers of the writings, or of the Lawe written, ( or as we might call them Masters of the Rolles, which were after called Scribes) were instituted of Moses in the Wildernesse, first by the authoritie of Iethro his Father in lawe, and afterward by commaundement of God.

For when Moses the first yeere in the Wildernesse sate to heare causes, hee was warned by Iethro his Father in lawe that he should spare [Page 988] that labour, and appoint wise men, skilfull and prudent, to iudge in his steede, and reserue to himselfe onelie the vnderstanding of matters that were of more importance. He therfore appointed them the Prin­ces (of whome after shall be spoken) Tribunes, Centurions, Gouernors of fiftie, Gouernors of ten, or as the Greeke setts them out, Chiliarks, Hecatontarks, Pentecontarks, Decadarks, to bee introducers of the causes to the Iudges, or preferred them to be Grammatoisagogeos, the Chauncelors, or the Primitories, or the enterers in writing of the acti­ons. Exod. 18. And choosing valiant men out of all. Israel, he appointed them Princes of the people, Tribunes and Centurions, and Captaines ouer fiftie, and Captaines ouer ten, which should iudge the people at all times. Wherefore, after the 40. yeare, rehearsing to the people the actes that he had done, he al­leadgeth in the first of Deuteronomie, I said vnto you, I am not able alone to sustaine your businesses, What prin­ces the El­ders were, inferior to the Syne­driō Elders. and burden, and brawlings, giue ye out of your selues, wise men and skilfull, and whose conuersation is approued in your Tribes, that I might place them to be Princes. Then ye auns [...]ered me; It is a good thing that thou wilt doo. And I tooke wise men, and noble out of your Tribes, and appointed them to be Princes, Tribunes and Centurions, and Rulers ouer fiftie, and Rulers of tenne, which should teach you all things. And I commaunded them saying: Heare yee them, and iudge ye that which is righteous, whether he be a citizen, or bee bee a straunger, let there be no difference of persons. Ye shall as well heare the small as the great, neither shal ye accept the person of anie whosoeuer, because it is the iudg­ment of God. But if anie thing shall seeme difficult vnto you, referre that to me, and I will heare it. But the Graecians haue it more plaine and more apte to vnfolde the manner of these Iudgements: And I appointed them to rule ouer you Chiliarkes, (or Rulers of thousands): Hecatontarks, (or Rulers of hun­dreds): Pentecontarks, (Quinquegenariens or Rulers of fiftie): Deacharks, or Rulers of tenne): and Grammatoisagogists, (or the enterers in writing, or inrol­lers of the pleas,) vnto your Iudges. For in steede of that which the latine interpreter translateth, which should teach you al thinges: the greeke rehear­seth it, [...], to the informers in writing vnto your Iudges ( the text it selfe is, and Gouernors to your tribes. Afterward the law of God came hereunto, wherein concerning these iudges it was enacted chap. 16, in these wordes, Thou shalt ordeine vnto thee, Iudges and Maisters in all thy Cities, which the Lorde God shall giue to thee, according to the Tribes. And they shall iudge the people with righteous iudgement, neither shall they wrest the iudgement, neither shall they acknowledge the person of anie, neither shall they take giftes.

And in this place for Maisters, the Greeke setteth out, Grammatoisa­gogeos, the informers in writing (or of the Lawe written. This Law Iosephus so rehearseth, that he sheweth, the Iudges were also chosen by lot: Let those also which by lotte haue come foorth to iudge, be in chiefest honor [Page 989] in the cities, & let no reproches be spoken in their presence. Let the iudges haue the right of pronouncing that which they thinke, except that anie shall shew that they haue receiued rewards to iudge, or shall alleadge anie other cause of wrong iudge­ment.

But as Moses ordained them, The Elders in the time of Iosaphat so afterward king Iosophat confirmed them in the kingdome of Iuda, as is declared in the 19. Chap. of the se­cond booke of Chronicles, Hee ordained Iudges of the lande, in all the de­defenced Cities throughout all places. And commaunding the Iudges, hee sayde: Take heede what yee doo, for yee exercise not the iudgement of man, but of the Lorde. And whatsoeuer you shall iudge, shall redound vppon your selues. Let the feare of the Lorde bee with you, and doo all thinges with diligence. VVith our Lord GOD there is no iniquitie, nor accepting of persons, not desire of re­wards.

After this, These El­derships re­stored after the captiui­tie. the iudgements beeing disturbed in the lande of Baby­lon, the Iewes when they returned into their Countrie, as they did other matters, so they restored these. Which thing that it shoulde come to passe, Esaie Chap. had forewarned, when as hee vttered these speeches of God: And I will restore thy Iudges as they were before. And after that, the king Artaxerxes commaunded that it should be so done. For so he wrote in the sixt of Esdras: Ordeine thou Iudges and Scribes, that they might iudge all the people. For he called them Scribes, whome wee haue named Gram­matoisagogeos, the informers of the writings or written Lawe. Where­vpon (that they were restored) the Psalmist reioyced (as saith Saint Atha­nasius) which when the citie of Ierusalem was reedified, and the iudge­mentes restored, euen as it was foretolde of the Lorde, breaking foorth for ioy, he song in the Psalme. 121. I was gladde in those things that were spo­ken to me, wee will goe into the house of the Lorde, our feete standing in thy Courts O Hierusalem. Ierusalem which is built as a Citie, whose participation is in it selfe. For thether the Tribes ascended. The Tribes of the Lorde the testimonie of Israel, to confesse the name of the Lorde, because they set the seates there in iudgement, or, into iudgement, as the Greeke hath it, the seates vppon the house of Dauid. And so afterwarde euen vntill the laste times of the Iewes.

But these Iudges seeme to haue bene chosen out of the bodie of the Senators of euerie citie. Frō whence the Synedrian Elders wer chosen. Euen as from the first times also among the Ro­manes, the iudgements were executed of the Senators. The Lawe it selfe in many places teacheth it. Deut. 19. If the smiter shall flie into one of the foresayde Cities, the Senate of that Citie shall sende and take him out of the place of refuge. And in 21. VVhen a corps is founde, and the slaier shall not be kno­wen, the Senate of the Citie shall go out and measure from that place, &c. Wher­vppon Ruth 4. [...]ooz taking ten men of the Seniors of the Citie of Bethleem, sayd vnto them: Sit yee heere and be witnesses. The people that was in the gate, and the Seniors answered, we are witnesses, and before them hee tooke the possession of Eli­melech. [Page] Moreouer Philo in lib. de Iudice. gathereth out of the Law four conditions of good Iudges, &c. Furthermore, that the Iudgements were exercised in the gate of the Cities, that was called the gate of Iudgement: the Lawe, Deuteronomi. 21. declareth, &c. and 25. and also Iosue 8. &c. and Ruth 4. &c. Prouerbes 22. and 31. and Psalme. 126. &c.

These Iudgements were made in this manner. Hee that desired to commence an action against another, resorted to one of the Princes of of the Iudges, which were called Grammato-isagogei, the Scribes, or informers of the writtes or writings, and shewed foorth his cause, and requested of him that hee woulde bring it in vnto the Iudges. But if he receiued the controuersy (for hee might also reiect it) hee brought in the same at a day appoynted before the Iudges. Whereupon he receaued the name ( Introductoris) of an introducer, &c. But the Thal­mudistes haue shewed that the matter was handled on this wife; They that demaunded the Lawe, came to the Iudges of their Citie: who, if they heard them not, they went to them of the next Citie. But and if so bee, that neither yet they hearkened vnto them: then they went vnto the Iudges of Hierusalem, which sate in two gates. After whom, from them, if that yet they obtained not their purpose, they fledde to the Councell, the which they called Sanhedrin. Their wordes (such as are rehearsed by Petrus Galatinus, Petrus Ga­latinus of the processe in the courtes of iudg­ment. a man in time past an Hebrue) are these.

In the beginning there was no controuersie in Israel, but the house of the Iudgement of the threescore and tenne Iudges, sate in diuers pla­ces. For one of the houses sate in the gate of the Mount, that is, of the Temple: but another in the gate of the Porch. As for the other houses of the three and twentie Iudges, fate in euerie of the Cities of of Israel. But when anie thing was to be demaunded, it was demaun­ded of the house of Iudgement, which was in the selfe same Citie. If they heard it, Dicebant, they declared it (or gaue sentence thereon): but if not, they came to that order that was in the next Citie. Who if they heard it: they declared it vnto them (or gaue sentence). If not, they went to that order which was in the gate of the Porche of the Lordes house, and saide, Sic exposui, & sit socij mei exposuerunt: sic docui, & sic so­cij mei docuerunt, Thus haue I shewed it, and thus haue my fellowes she­wed it: thus haue I taught, and thus haue my fellowes taught it. Who if they heard it: they declared it vnto them. If not, then both these and those went to the Consistorie Gazith, wherein the Sanedrin sate from the morning till the euening. But in the Sabbothes and first daies they sate in the wall.

[Page 698]Thus farre the Thalmudistes. And thus farre also Sigonius, for the iudgements of the Seniors in euerie Citie. Whereby agayne wee per­ceiue the authority that these Seniors had. The next and seuenth chapter is all of this Senat, that Caluine and our Brethren say, Christ alluded vnto, and hath translated vnto vs.

But the Consistorie Gazith ( saith Sigonius) which the Graecians haue named [...], and Chayre, the Latines Councell, the Thalmudists Sanhedrin, was the ample (or honourable) Tribunall (or iudgement seate) of all the Iudges, both in number and in dignitie, in that Citie which the Lorde hath chosen and decreed, to be the head both of ho­linesse and of the Empire, that is, first in Silo, and afterward at Ierusa­lem, or else, first in the Tribe of Ephraim, and afterwarde in the Tribe of Iuda.

In that Councell it was established, that those thinges which could not bee defined of the Iudges of euerie of their Cities, varying in their sentences concerning the Lawe, or concerning the fact, Petrus Gala­ [...]tnus collec­tion of the Thalmu­dists concer­ning the Sanedrin. shoulde in con­clusion be referred heerevnto.

But nowe beeing about to treate of this Tribunall, I will first shewe foorth all those thinges, that are declared of the Thalmudists. And then I will adde, what I my selfe haue founde by reading in the ho­lie Writers. Thus therefore haue they in diuers places.

In the time of Moses by the commaundement of God, seuentie El­ders of auncient yeeres and tried in knowledge were chosen out, which shoulde bee Coadiutors of Moses himselfe, in the gouernment of the people, vnto whome it pertained both to declare all the difficulties of the Lawe, and to define them, and also in weightie matters and harde causes to giue iudgement. Of whome is written, that in the Deute­ronomie: If thou shalt perceiue that a difficult and doubtfull iudgement is before thee: arise and goe vp to the place, which the Lorde thy God shal haue chosen, and there shalt thou call vpon his name.

As for these they were called by the tearme Sanhedrin, and they sate in the Consistorie Gazith, to iudge the iudgements of the liues, and they were called Meokekim, that is, Scribes, or Lawe-makers, because that whatsoeuer they deliuered, and wrote, was holden of others as a Lawe. The College of whome represented the Scepter, giuen of the holie Ghost to the house of Iacob. And the scepter it selfe depended on thē. Wherevpon not onelie they that were resiant vnder the kings and Cap­taines (or Dukes) exercised the power of iudging, but also while there was no king nor Duke extant among the Iews, neuerthelesse the authoritie of them endured.

But ther wer 4. maners of putting to death deliuered to them. To stone [Page 992] them, to burne them, to occidere. wound them to death, and to strangle them. Whereupon their vse was, that when they hadde destroyed anie bodies life, The autho­ritie of the Synedrian Elders. that is, when they had iudged anie to bee slaine: all that day they tasted nothing. Moreouer, the Iudgementes concerning money or goods mooueable, were made by three Iudges, the Iudgements of the liues by three and twentie. But none iudged the Scepter, or a false Pro­phet, or the high Priest, but the house of the 70. Iudges. Neither did they goe foorth to warre, except according to the mouth (or sentence) of the house of the Iudgement of the 70. Iudges. Nec addebant Ciuita [...], neither encreased they the citie (or indenized anie) nor the salaries (or sti­pends) of the Temple, except by them. Neither made they the Sanhedri­ [...]th, that is, the meetings (or Sessions) of the Iudges for the Tribes, but by them.

The great Colledge was of 71. Iudges, the lesse of 23. But the 70. Se­niours were those, of whome (it is said Num. 11. Gather to me three-score and tenne Elders, and Moses one. Their lesser Sanedrion, assemblie, (or mee­ting) of them, could not be ordeined, but of the assemblie (or mee­ting) of the 70. that were the greater. For those 70. Iudges ordeined the assemblies of the other Iudges, which in other Cities & places roūd about gouerned the people, howbeit on this condition, that euerie As­semblie of whatsoeuer Region it were, shoulde bee vnder the Assemblie in Ierusalem, and in the place called Gazith. But the Iudges were cho­sen with the imposition of handes, The Elders chosen with imposition of hands. insomuch that fiue were necessarie for the dooing of that office. But these Sanhedrins, Herode the King tooke away. Other after that were substituted, but without the power of blood, (or of life and death) whereupon they aunswered Pilate, It is not lawfull for vs to kill anie man. The power of the Sanedrin diminished in Christes time. From thence foorth, for their false iudging of Christe, they were expulsed out of the Consistorie Gazith, fortie yeeres before the Temple was burned by the Romanes, and they sate in Hamih. But it was not lawfull, De Capite agere, to deale with matters of life and death, except in Gazith. As it is Deut. 17. And thou shalt do [...] ac­cording to the worde of the mouth, They lost their place & dignitie after their fals iudging of Christ. that they shall shewe vnto thee out of that place. And againe, Thou shalt arise and go vp to that place. At the last, al these Iudges also were againe killed of the Romanes.

And these thinges verelie haue the Thalmudists, who chalenge to themselues an assured knowledge of these thinges, whereof Petrus Galatinus is the Authour. But vnto those thinges which they haue written, The Ro­manes de­struction of these Elders hauing founde them out as it were with their eyes, we adioyne these thinges, out of the holie Treasuries of the newe and olde Testa­ment, and besides out of the Monuments of Iosephus, by the which wee shall lay foorth the institution, confirmation, right and power of this Councel, First of al therfore it appeareth, that this tribunal (or iudgment [Page 977] seate) was ordeined of God, that from the iudgement of the iudges, they should come to the council of the seniors and of the preestes, as it is written. 17. Deut. For Moses speaketh there by the praescription of God vnto the people: But if so bee thou shalt perceiue a difficult and doubtful iudgement to be before thee, betweene bloude and bloud, cause and cause, Gods ordi­naunce, Deut. 17. of these Elders power in iudgement. Lepry and not Lepry: and thou shalt see the Iudgements of the iudges within thy gates. To v [...]ry, arise and goe vp vnto the place which the Lorde thy God shall choose, that thou mightest there call vpon his name. And thou shalt come to the priestes of the Leuiticall stocke, and to him that shalbe Iudge for that time, and thou shalt aske it of them. Who shall shewe vnto thee the trueth of the Iudgement. And thou shalt do whats [...]euer they shall say, that rule the place, which the Lord shall choose. and they shall teach thee his Lawe, and thou shalt follow their sentence. Neither shalt thou swarue from it, to the right hande nor to the left. And whatso [...]uer shalbe proude, refusing to obey the Preestes commaundement, which at that time ministreth vnto the Lorde his God: that man by the decree of the Iudge shall dye.

Out of these it appeareth, that this Iudgement was committed to the king, to the preestes, and to the Elders of the people. For they were the cheefe that ruled the place that the Lorde had chosen. Iosephus. Iosephus therefore doth so rehearse this lawe, that he maketh cheefe mention of the senate. For then he wrot: But if the Iudges want knowledge to pronounce of the matters brought before them: let them sende the whole cause into the holie City, and the Bishop, and the Prophet, and the Senate, shall pronounce that, that seemeth vnto them. But afterward Moses nameth the Iudges them selues, whome we haue spoken of, preests, saying in the 19. chapter. If a lying witnesse shall stande against a man, accusing him of trespasse: they shall both of them stande before the Lorde, and before the preestes, and before the Iudges that shall bee in those dayes. But Iosephus citeth it of the preestes themselues, in his second booke to Appion, when as he wrote: Iosephus li. 2. ad Appionem. The Preestes were ordeined of Moses the viewers of all thinges, the Iudges of the controuersies, the punishers of the condemned.

Moreouer Moses him-selfe, in the counsell tooke knowledge (or hea­ring) of his cause, that gathered stickes on the sabboth. Leuit. 15. For so saith Philo. 3. De vita Mosu. They tooke the man & brought him to the Prince, about whome in the Counsell sat the Preestes, Philo. li. 3. de vita Mosis. but all the multitude was present on the Sabboth day to heare them. But Moses not knowing what punishment the mā deserued, asked counsel of God, who answered, that he should be stoned to death.

By this it appeareth that all the parties that sat in this Sanedrin, ex­cept the Kings and the Princes persons were Teachers of the Lawe and and word of God. Yea, in al the other inferior Seniories they were noble men that onely were ioyned to the Teachers. But as Moses ordeined this tribunall, so afterward Iosaphat King of Iuda ordeined, as he also con­firmed the iudgements in the cities. For thus it is written in the seconde [Page 990] of Paral. He appointed also in Ierusalem, Leuites, and Preestes, and Patriarches, out of Israel that they should iudge the cause of the Lord to the inhabiters thereof, and commanded them saying: thus shal ye do in the feare of the Lord faithfully and with a perfect heart. Euery cause that shall come vnto you of your Brethren which dwell in their cities, betweene kindred & kindred, wheresoeuer the Questi­on of the Lawe, of the ceremonies, of the iustification (in the Greek translation it is, of the precept, commandement iustifications and iudgements) He declared vnto them, that they should not offend against the L. And leaste wrath should come vpon you and vpon your Brethren. Doing thus therefore yee shall not sinne. But Anainas your B. shal gouern in those things which pertain to God, Za­badias the sonne of Israel, which is Capten in the tribe of Iuda, shall bee ouer those workes which pertaine to the offices of the king. The Masters, (in Greeke the Scribes) The Leuites shall be before them.

Into this counsell therefore, as it appeareth, there entred the king, with the Princes of the people, What man­ner of per­sons the El­ders were in the Sane­drin. and the 70. seniors of the people, and the Bishop with the princes of the preestes, & the scribes, that is the doctors of the Lawe, as is easy to see out of the Gospels, where the iudgement made on Christ is treated vpon. Wherefore Ioseph of Arimathia a sena­tor or noble decurion, the same man being a partaker of the councell, for it is written, that he gaue not his assent with the other to the con­demnation of Christ. But I call them the Princes of the Preestes, which in 24. formes of the Preestes, euery one of them ruled in euery one of their turnes, but the Scribes I call them, that were the doctors of the Lawe, whome Iosephus called Prophe [...]s.

Afterward the Councell in the transmigration of Babilon being de­stroyed: when the Iewes being returned into their countrie, the residue of their institutions were restored, the power of Iudging in the Coun­cel was also giuen vnto the preestes. The power of the preests in the Sanedrin. Which thing Ezechiel. cap. 44. did fore-warne, by the commaundement of Go [...], saying: The Preestes shall teach my people, what difference there is betweene holy and prophane, and they shal Iudge vnto them betweene impure, and pure, and they shall endeuour them-selues that they may iudge about the iudgement of bloud, and they shall iustify my iu­stifications, and iudge my iudgements, and they shall keepe my lawes, and my pre­ceps in all my feast dayes, that is, they shall take notice of causes of religion and of capitall matters ( that is, of life and death) and they shall iustify men, that is, absolue them: and iudge men, that is, condemne them, euen as I haue prescribed in the Lawe to be done, where I haue declared who are worthy of pardon, and who of punishment.

But some there are that thinke this counsell to haue beene chosen out of the family of Dauid, and that they were afterward taken away of Herod the King Which if it bee so, whether the wordes of the Psalme sung (as S. Athanasius witnesseth) in the restoring of the City of Ierusa­lem, [Page 991] may be referred thereunto: because there, that is, in Ierusalem, sate the seates vnto iudgement, the seates vpon the house of Dauid, that is, the seate out of the house of Dauid. But eyther the King or the Bishop called this counsel, according as the crime brought before them eyther touched the City or Religion.

But the order of executing the matter was almoste in this manner. He that desired to put vp the name of another, for the moste part came eyther to the king, or to the Bishop, or to the Princes, and declared the guilty party. Which done they sent Ministers to take the man. The order and processe in the Sa­nedrin. And if the matter required, they added a band also, receiued from the gouer­nour of the Temple. And hauing brought him, they kept him for the moste part eyther in prison, or in souldiers custody, vntill iudgement passed on him. The whole Councell beeing afterward called together, they gaue them-selues to the vnderstanding of the matter. As for the crime and the punishment, was of the accusant called vpon, in these wordes: The Iudgement of death is due to this man, because hee hath done this or that. But the Defendant repelled it, with these wordes. The appea­lants accu­sation. The Iudgement of death is not due to this man, because hee hath not done it, or because hee hath doone it righteously.

But when the cause hath beene throughly pleaded vpon, then were the suffrages (or voyces) giuen of the iudges, and either hee was con­demned or absolued, according to the number of the sentences. But when the matter was brought to the Romaynes: the onely condem­nation was left to the Councell, but the the punishment was taken a­way, but, permitted vnto the Roman procurator. Which hapned in the iudgement of Christe. For the Councell condemned Christe, and adiudged him to death. But the people being stirred vp of the Coun­cell, demaunded of Pilate the Procurator, that he might be crucified, & he gaue iudgement that it should so be done.

The forme of laying the accusation or of repelling the crime, as in the 26 of Hieremie: the preestes and the prophetes spake vnto the prin­ces of Iuda, saying: the iudgement of death is vnto this man, The fo [...]me of the accu­sation in Ie­remy and of his acquitall. because he hath prophecied against this City. And the princes sayde vnto the preestes: the iudgement of death is not vnto this man, because he hath spoken vnto vs in the name of the Lorde our God. A forme of the con­demnation is in S. Math. 26. Beholde now yee haue heard blasphemie what seemeth it to you? and they answering, sayde: he is guilty of death: the which thing Marke saith: The form [...] of the Synedrion in cōdemning Christ. Who all of them condemned him to bee guilty of death: but these things which we haue spoken shall all be more cleare knowne, if euery one of the iudementes made after this order, whereof record is left in writing shall be shewed foorth.

[Page 980] And here he proceedeth to the manifolde testimonies and examples here­of in the Scripture, and in Iosephus, but especially in the newe testa­ment.

By al which it appeareth for this Senate or council of the 70, Seniors, ( which after the Iewes mixture with the Graecians, of [...] was cor­ruptly called Sanedrin) what persons they were, except the King and the Princes, all of them either preestes or teachers of the Lawes of God, And how they sat but in one and the heade Citie, assistant with the King and the princes, in al matters of plea and controuersie, of Lands & goods, of warre and peace, of life and death, &c. Nor the King coulde rule these matters without them, and that their autority herein grewe not so much by the late corruptions: as it was rather thereby abridged in the age of Christe, by the Romaynes and by Herod.

If nowe our Learned discoursing Brethren shall reiect all these so in­dustrious collections of Sigonius ( as an aduersary) what proofes, Bertrams [...] confirmati­on of these thinges. rea­sons, and authorities soeuer he auouch: let vs then sée, howe farre foorth Bertram also doth confirme it. For, besides that which wee haue alleaged out of him, for the original and the first practise thereof, before the gouern­ment of the Kings: after the negligence of Saule speaking of Dauid, chap. 10. Page 56. he saith:

Moreouer Dauid restored the municipall iudgementes altogether into their auncient order. [...]ert. de poli­tia Iudaica, ca. 10. pag. 56 Howbeit, but about the last times of his reigne: because, that being hindred with warres and diuers businesses, hee was content with those Iudgementes, which for a greate part bee­ing decayed, perseuered (but litle constantly) in euery of the Cities and tribes, euen from the times of Iosue, vntill then. But yet so, that the more waighty causes (especially the appeales) were referred to him, as it appeareth out of 2. Sam. 15.2.

But at the length, he also restored this part of the common weale, so that vnto the Leuites reckoned vp, he established to be firm, their chan­gable and vncerteine offices, The Leuites were the gouernors in the Iewes Senats. both in the holy (or Ecclesiasticall) policy, and also in the ciuill. In the ciuill policie, hee is saide to haue appointed out of the Leuites, 6000. Iudges and praefectes (or Gouernors). Out of the Leuites, the Iudges and praefectes were assumed, for this reason: That first there shoulde bee certayne out of the Leuites which should bee assistors or sitters together with the ordinary and municipall iudges, that were called seniors. Who some-times also De plane (vt Vulgo loquuntur) Iudicarent de rebus leuioribus, shoulde Iudge after a playne sorte (as is the common saying) of the lighter matters, The matters that the Leui [...]es iudged. such as were the pecuniarie, either they alone, or taking some one vn­to them of the Seniors of the place or City. And moreouer, that there [Page 997] should also be some other, which should execute the matters adiudged. Bertram. Or else, 1. Chro. 26.29. (that which is indeed the more likely) they that were the Assisors of the ordinarie Iudges, who also their selues tooke notice of the pecu­niarie matters, & iudged them, and executed the matter it selfe that they had iudged. He ordained therefore that Chanenias and his sonnes, or his posterity should be designed for iudges and Prefects for the outward worke, that is to saie, for the outward holie offices that we necessarie for the making of sacrifices, in the house of the Lord, or Tabernacle, in Isra­el, that is, among the Israelites, that dwelt on this side Iordan, except the Tribes of Iuda, Beniamin, and Simeon. The number of these is nor pre­scribed.

He also ordained out of the Hebronites, Hasabias, and his brethren, that they should gouerne the Western coasts, side-long (or on the side) of Iordan, that is, on the hether-hand Iordan, as well in the businesse of the Lord, as in the seruice or ministerie, or obeisance of the king. In French, Pour le seruice du Roy, that is, in the businesses (or affaires appertaining to the Royall administration or ciuill policie, as shall afterward appeare, This Westerne coast contained the Tribe of Iuda, Beniamin, and Simeon. Which Tribes of those that are on this hand Iordan, doo lie Westward. The other which are attributed to Israel, are Northerne. Hasabias & his brethren are accounted 1700 Hee ordeined also, How Dauid distributed the gouern­ments and bounds of the Leuites Seniories. that out of the Hebro­nites, the brethren, or the next a kinne of Ierias, the Prince of all his fa­milie, to the nūber of 1700. should gouerne the Rubenites, the Gadites, and the halfe Tribe of Manasses. For euerie matter of God, that is, Eccle­siasticall: and for the matter of the ning, that is, the ciuill. Of the same familie therefore were adhibited to gouerne the Church, and to gouerne the ciuill policie, neuerthesse, in such sort, that there was no confusion and permixture: as it appeateth out of those things that were restored of Iosaphat. It seemeth therefore, that then, and from thence vpward, e­uen to the times of Iosue; there were certaine Ecclesiastical assemblies of the Leuites, at euerie one of the Synagogues of euerie one of the Cities, or verely at tho, e cities, which were proper to the Leuites, as in the 15. chap. we shall more at large declare.

Thus was the state againe rightly restored to the originall (as Bertran sayth) in Dauids time, and that by his industrie and supreme authoritie. Wherein we see what those Seniors onely were, that here medled not one­lie with Ecclesiasticall, but ciuill gouernment, to wit, all of them Leuites. And such as might teach the lawe. For the other, (which were the Elders of other Tribes) dealt onelie in ciuill-matters, except the Prince alone, that had the principall charge ouer both the Tables, though not to execute, yet to sée executed (by the persons competent in both founctions) as wel the Ec­clesiasticall as the ciuill policie. And thus as Dauid did dispose the regi­ment [Page 998] of these Seniors, a little before his death, so no doubte, but that his sonne Salomon did all his life obserue it. Solomon maintained herein Da­uids orders. After whome (sayth Bertram) concluding that Chapter: In the time of Ieroboam the iudgementes be­gan to degenerate, especiallie after the Empire was diuided.

But entering againe into a fresh re [...]toring thereof in the 11. Chapter, he procéedeth, Iosaphats restoring [...]he Iewes Seniories. saying: Iosaphat hauing taken possession of the kingdome, proceeded both in restoring the Ecclesiasticall and ciuile policie. To this purpose therefore hee thought it verie expedient. if first of all he remo­ued the high places and the groues (as a little after wee shall throughlie handle it.) And then, that he should send fiue of his Princes, Beuchail, Abdias, Zacharias, Nathaniel, and Micheas, vnto whom he adioined two of the Priests, and nine Leuites. And he sent them throughout all the Ci­ties of the kingdome of Iuda, &c. beginning at Beer-sheba, and ending at the mount of the Tribe of Ephraim, to reclaim his people to the wor­ship of God. To confirme this, he is said to haue ordained Iudges, in all the defenced Cities, Citie by Citie, that is, in euerie of the Cities, or, for Citie and Citie & City. He placed the iudgement in the chiefeft Cities, to the which iudgementes the causes of the lesser Cities, 2. Chro. 19. Pages, and Ilandes should be referred. These Iudges are to be taken in that manner as they were instituted at Hierusalem, to wit, Ecclesiasticall & ciuile. So that they appointed ciuil iudgements out of the Seniors of euerie Citie, and the Leuites are sayd to be adhibited, to be the gouernours vnto either of the iudgements, to wit, after the same manner, whereby Dauid hadde as­signed them to that office, as appeareth out of the ende of the Chap­ter.

Hee also ordained Iudges at Ierusalem out of the Leuites and the Priests and heads of the Fathers of Israel, partlie for the iudgementes of the Lord, that is the Ecclesiasticall, partlie also Ad Li [...]m. for plea, that is, for the ciuile iudgement. In these words, the two iudgements, to wit, the Eccle­siasticall and the ciuile, are distinguished. The ciuil (as it seemeth to con­sist on the heades of the Fathers of the people) seemeth to bee the Syne­drion of the three score and ten Elders. The Syne­drion. In those heads of the Fathers, we may place the Priests and the Leuites: for the institution of the seauentie themselues had their gouernours, which were the Leuites. But those se­uentie were not now taken out of those seuentie families, of whome we spake before. But of those onelie that were vnder the dominion of Iosa­phat. Wherevpon also at the length, they were chosen out of the onelie house and familie of Dauid. As concerning those Iudges being chosen, are sayde to returne vnto Ierusalem: This may bee so vnderstoode, that leauing the allottmēt of their Tribe those Iudges came to abide at Ieru­salem, or that they vsed to meete at Ierusalem, where the iudgement was to be entered. It is likely that the Ecclesiasticall iudgement did then con­sist [Page 999] of the Priests and Leuites onely.

These two iudgements were the chiefe and principal, whereunto the more difficult causes were referred, as the Lorde had commaunded in the Lawe. For the King in his exhortation set foorth vnto the same Iudges, confirmeth this sufficientlie, while hee sayth: And yee shall iudge euerie strife which shall come from your Brethren that dwell in their Ci­ties, &c. The matter of either iudgemēt may seem to be al one, but in a di­uerse respect, that is to wit, Ecclesiasticall and ciuil, The diuer [...] respect of Eccl. & ciuil in one and the same cause. according as in the same cause somewhat was Ecclesiasticall, & somewhat ciuil, as in a pawne deuided, &c. Moreouer, the high Priest was sometimes demaunded con­cerning the Law, that it might at length bee determined concerning the fact.

To conclude (as these iudgements were the highest) they had at Ieru­salem their municipal iudgement, which seemeth to appertain to the king and to his officers, or rather to the Chiliarks, Centurions, &c. of that ter­ritorie. Notwithstanding so, that the whole iurisdiction should be subiect to either of those iudgements. By these things therfore, this King seemeth rather than anie other iudge or King, to haue come néere to the naturall institution of the Lawe prescribed, concerning this matter. Heere againe doe we sée a cléere example, of that Seniory which Caluine and our Brethr. doe so much vrge, drawing néerest to that verie institution of the old lawe, without the corruption that they except against.

And they ( saith Bertram) that were the gouernours of the supreme ci­uil iudgemēt, do seeme for the same cause to be those, which with the la­ter kings are called [...], Sarim, that is, princes, & [...] Chorim, that is, Patricians (or noble Fathers.) That these Princes wer out of the heads of the Fathers, and out of the ordinarie Iudges, it appeareth out of the things aforesayde, and especiallie, out of these things that are declared in this restitution of Iosaphat, yea rather, The great principality of these El­ders. out of the Prophets often repre­hensions, beeing so conuerted and composed to these Princes, that they altogether respect their iudgements. Verilie of this so greate Empire (or principalitie) there seeme to bee extant in Ieremie most cleere examples. So that, except these Elders which our Brethren pleade for, (to bée renu­ed after the example and patterne of the ancient laws of the Iewes) would take this Princelie Empire and authoritie vpon them: their appealing to these auncient lawes & orders, make nothing for them. But yet to see their authoritie better: let Bertram procéede with his examples, though some of them we haue heard before in Sigonius.

The first (example) is extant, Iere. 26. Chap. where after that Ieremie was cōdemned of the Priests & Prophets (that is) of the ecclesiastical Cō ­session, or Consistorie, Ierem. 2. & of them that professed the knowledge & inter­pretatiō of the diuine letters ( or of diuinitie as we terme it) as though the [Page 1000] knowledge of doctrine pertained vnto them: whervpon they also which of Ieremie are called Prophets, of Ionathas the Paraphrast are expoun­ded, Scribes) and also was condemned of the whole people, that is, of the ordinarie aduocates of the people, the Iudges, or Seniors, to wit, the Chi­liarkes, Centurions, &c. Which represented the whole people, insomuch that, verse. 9. the whole people is gathered to the congregation or con­ciō. And in the 17. verse mencioned is made [...] Caal. That is, of the ga­thering together, or of the vniuersall concion it selfe: or certainlie, the ve­rie people their selues (that heard Ieremy) being called together to beare witnesse against him, & to subscribe to the sentence pronounced against him, and to command it to be executed, as it appeareth in the end of the Chapter: & that the same was declared to the Princes of Iuda that were as­sembled at the kings pallace, to wit, to the ciuil Consistorie of three score and ten Elders: Ieremie ac­quitted by those Elders these kinde of Princes came to the Temple, where they are sayd to haue sitten, at the tribunal or iudgement seate, at the new gate of the Temple, and the people being admitted thereto (according ao the manner, to wit, that we haue now declared) they heard the Prophet & ab­solued him also, euen as though in that their iudgement they had con­demned & corrected Iohakim the king himselfe, which had most cruelly murthered Vrias the Prophet.

Héere againe is a liuelie paterne of the great authoritie in cases of lyfe and death for matter of religion, that the Consistorie of the Elders hadde. Which here notablie and sincerelie (by reason of some good men among them) acquitted Ieremie according to the auncient manner of Gods law. This then is the authoritie that Caluine and our Brethren pretend, Christ translated to his Church, stretching so farre, as not onelye to the acquit­ting of the Prophets: but to the condemning and correcting euen of kings and Princes.

The second (example) is Chap. the 36. where Baruch hauing recited before the people, Bertrams 2. example of those Elders power. Ierem. 36. the writing that he had writ [...]en out after Ieremies me­diting thereof: he is called to for the Kinges pallace, vnto these kind of Princes, before whom he readeth a fresh that same writing. When it was read, they laie it vp in the chamber of the Scribe (or Chauncellour, as the Geneua Bible translates it): they inquiring how it was written, doe ad­monish Baruch to hide himselfe together with the Prophet. The Princes goe to the king, they report to him the summe of the writing. The King himselfe commaunds the writing to be brought to him. And when hee had heard three leaues thereof, he cut out the writing with a Scribes penknife. And when he was besought of three of them onelie, that he would not burne the booke: hee ceased not to burne it, as a matter that did not displease the residue of the Princes, who also euen for that point are noted of the Prophet, that they trembled not, nor yet, rent theyr gar­ments, [Page 1001] at the reading of that writing.

Heere againe, we sée their great authoritie in this matter of doctrine, and how the king (at their silence or consent of the writing) presumed to cut out the leaues, and burne them in spite, as a thing that no whit displeased the greatest parte of these Consistorie Princes, although that some fewe a­mong them intreated him to the contrarie.

The third example is extant, Ierem. 37. and 38. where it is sayde, Bertrams 3. example. Ier. 37. & 38. that Ierusalem hauing beene besieged of the Chaldees: Ieremie was appre­hended of Ierias a certaine watchmā, at the gate of Beniamin, as though he were a runne-awaie, and being brought to these kind of Princes, who [...]ere verie much chafed against the Prophet, & hauing beaten him, they cast him into a most filthie prison. Sedechias ( which was the next King [...]ccéeding) secretly called for Ieremie out of that filthie prisō ( he so feared those Princes) and remoueth him into a more gentle custodie, where he continued dutifullie. Whereupon it commeth to passe, that those Prin­ces goe about to wring from the king the sentence of deaeh against the Prophet, to wit, that the king should consent vnto his death. Pretending, that hee discouraged the peoples mindes, and that hee studied not for their benefit. The King answered that Ieremie was in their handes, ney­ther that the king might preuaile against them in anie thing, as though he confessed that he was farre their inferiour. Which he sheweth inough, when afterwards he saith, that he is afraide, The Elders superiour to the king. least those Princes should in­quire, what speeches hee had with the Prophet too and fro, wherevp­pon also he faineth a lie, as though hee had beene to giue an account to them, of the thinges that hee had done. By these meanes it is brought to passe, that the order of the iudgementes thus resto­red: endured vntill the times of the Babylonicall captiuitie.

This was the state of that Consistorie of the Iewes, which of all other our Brethren haue picked out, and vrge so earnestlie to haue it set vp a­mongest vs, pretending that Christe restored it, and translated it from them to his Church, and all by the vertue of these wordes, [...], Tell the Church, as forcible wordes in their imagination, to make this Metamorphosis of the state of all Christian Kings and kingdomes, as e­uer the Papistes pleaded for those wordes of Christ, Hoc est Corpus meum: they for their Transubstantiation in the Sacrament, and these for this translatiō in the Regiment. Pretending (as Bertram sheweth herevpon) that the state was not onelie Monarchicall, but chiefly Aristocraticall, the gouernment of the best men, to the which purpose he alleadgeth these ex­amples. Although (God wot) these three last examples ( in this state that he calleth restored) were of men for the most parte of them, whome he might haue lesse praised (if it had pleased him) these enimies of Ieremie, and too much ouer-rulers of the Prince.

[Page 1002] And also it was in part Democraticall, or the gouernment of the peo­ple. Whereto he alleadgeth 1. Samuel. 14.38. &c. How the people deli­uered Ionathas from his Fathers iudgement. And 1. Chron. 13. verse. 1.2 & 4. How [...] Chol Caal Israel, al the cōgregation of Isra­el, and all the whole people gathered themselues together, and that Dauid demaunded their sentence for the reducing of the Arke. Yea, rather than the Princes state should not be thus translated: it must be conformed to that example also, of the Israelites state of the ten Tribes. For they (as Bertram saith cap. 12.) had their Sanhedrin too.

The policie ( sayth he) of the ten Tribes, The state of the tenne tribes. came verie neere to the ciuil policie of the kingdome of Iuda. For it had the king their head, and then [...] Chorim, that is, the men which were the Patriciens or noble Fa­thers, which otherwise we said were called [...] Sarim, that is, Princes, which made also the Synedrion, and chiefe Consistorie of Iudges of that kingdome. Here the Consistorie sate most commonlie at the Kings pal­lace, such as was Iesrael in the time of Achab. It had also [...] Zechoni­um, Seniors (or Elders) to wit, Chiliarks, Cēturiōs, &c. Either of these ma­gistrates is so called in Nehemias. That also argueth the peoples power, that the witnesses suborned against Naboth, are sayd to haue giuen their witnesse before all the people. But that policie seemeth to bee so mixt of the Regall, Aristocratical, and Democraticall power, that was altogether Tyrannicall, as appeareth by the gestes of the Kings of the tenne Tribes. True indéede, those Kings for the most part of them did degenerate into a kind of Tyrants. But this argument is but weake, that the state was mixt with the peoples gouernment, because the witnesse of the Elders was gi­uen before the people: for what witnes in so waightie a iudgement, should not rather be giuen before the people, than in secret, or in priuate? But, may we not better finde fault with those wicked Elders, which gaue that iudgement. And yet, what difference betwéene these among the Israelites, and those among the Iewes, that by al meanes sought the murthering of the prophet Ieremie? And if such good Elders came in the time, while (they say) whatsoeuer the persons were, their state was intier, and according to the first and auncient institution, whereunto our Breth. would haue our state translated: might not we feare also, that when these Seniors should become such Princes, that might peraduenture breake out into such parts? Which least they shuld do: how they might be repressed (or rather preuented) wold be better thought on, before they were put in possession, especiallie of the estate, which is here so expreslie by Caluine and our Brethren chalenged, that they should be admitted vnto.

The state of the Iewes regiment after the cap­tiuity. As for the state of the regiment following, in the time of the Iewes cap­tiuitie, & afterward vntill Christs comming, was more disturbed. And yet, Bertram telleth cap. 13. that first Darius Artaxer [...]es Longimanus permit­ted [Page 1003] to the Iewes some part of their former power, whereby Esdras did so a­gaine let in order the ciuil policy, that in the place of a king, it had [...] Pechah, that is, a presidēt prouinciall, that gouerned Iurie vnder the dire­ction of the Persian Monarke, and of him he was sent thether. As appea­reth out of the storie & occasion of sending Zerubbabel Ezr. 3. & 4. & out of Nehe. 5.14. In the second place they had [...], Sarim, that is, Princes, which are oftē [...] Chorim, that is, Patritiās. And somtimes also [...] ari aueth, that is, the Princes of the Fathers, or of the families: and these made the Synedriō of the 70. Thirdly, it had their ordinary Iudges, the Chiliarks, Centurions, &c. which were not onely called [...] Ieko­nim, that is, Seniors (or Elders) &c. In the 4. place it had the assembly and iudgement of al the Citizens, this kind of assemblie is called [...] Kaalah Gedolah, that is, the great company or great gathering together. Thus were all these orders retained so wel as that troubled and tributary state would permit it. Ouer whom, in all their assemblies & iudgements stil were (& much more thā before) the Leuites, the prefects & gouernours of thē. Of which State ( saith Bertram in the same Chap, pag 69.) To con­clude, if euer that Policie of Magistrates and Iudges, The speciall time of the Elders go­uernment. which our Thal­mudistes doo recorde, had place: verelie, it is to be referred to the pro­cesse of this time. For they tell, that the chiefe Senate of the Hebrues, to wit, of the 70. the power which they had of the sword or putting to death, which they had in the greater causes (such as were of the Tribe, of the high Priest, of a false Prophet, and of Treason:) they communi­cated the same to three & twentie headmen, &c. Whereby it appear­eth what great authoritie, they still reteined, or had then moste of all, hauing no King among them. And in the next page, he saith: The Presi­dents prouinciall excelled in greatest authoritie, insomuch, that they had the chiefe gouernment, as it appeareth by those things which Nehe­mias did. To proue Nehemias had chiefe auth. that last fact of his dooth argue, The auth. of Nehemias. wherein he reioyceth, that he had banished a certaine man of the posteritie of Ioiada, the sonne of Eliazib the chiefe Priest, because he had married the daughter of Sanballat the Horonite: & to proue also that he had the cheefest gouernment, in that he had rebuked, he had cōmanded to be excommunicated, to be beaten with roddes, and to be made bald, (in token of greatest reproch) the residue of the Iewes that had married women strangers. Iosephus chap. 11. in the 7. booke of the Iewes anti­quities, Iosephus antiq. Iud. li. 7 cap. doth so touch the foresaid story: that he saith the elders of Ieru­salem, that is the chiefe Magistrates and the synedrion it selfe, decreed & commaunded Manasses the brother of the high Priest Iaddi, to sende a­way and put from him his wife an alien borne, that is, a Samaritan the daughter of Samballat &c. Such auth. had this synedrion ( albeitnot so called among them) vnder Nehemias & Iaddi, the high Priest, but Bart. saith [Page 1004] in the page following, of the state declining after Nehemias. Neuerthe­lesse it might be that Iaddus and the other Guides of the Iewes, The high Bishops au­thoritie. didde choose one of the Tribe of Iuda, that shoulde beare the principalitie in the chiefe Synedrion; howbeit, rather for name-sake than indeed, when as all things depended on the high Bishops.

And on this sort continued the State, till the time of the Macchabees: in whose time saith Bertram, pa. 79. Yea Ionathas (that he might the bet­ter reteine safe and sound [...], & [...], the vse of their own lawes, and state of their owne power): he sent Ambassadours to Rome and to Lacaedemonia, which should renue the league with the Romanes and the Lacaedemonians. But, that their auncient policie was restored, ap­peareth in this, that the Ambassadours expresselie signified to the Ro­manes, that they were sent of Ionathas the high Priest, and of the Nati­on of the Iewes: & also by the verie superscription of the letters, which by the same Ambassadours he sent vnto Lacaedemonia, which was endi­ted in these wordes. [...], 1. Mach. 12.6. Ionathas the high Priest, and the Senate (or Eldership) of the Na­tion, and the other people of the Iewes, send greeting to the Spartanes their brethren.

The mixt e­state of the Iewes com­mon weale. And in Iosephus Ant. itq. Iud. 13. c. 9. [...] &c. Ionathas the high Priest of the Nation of the Iewes, and the Eldership and the Comminaltie of the Iewes, &c. These things doo manifestlie argue, what was then the forme of the Iewes Common-weale, & how they were returned to that former mix Policie. For first, Ionathas is set downe, as the Prince: then the Senate, which terme comprehendeth the superior and inferior Iud­ges: last of all, the people it selfe. And that (in these tearmes) it is ap­parant, they did it not to the Romanes and Lacaedemonians, to make a shewe: it is said 1. Macchab. 12.35. that Ionathas called together to an as­semblie [...], that is, the Elders of the people, to treate of building the Fortresses in Iurier, &c. But those whome the author of the booke booke of the Machabees, calleth the Elders of the people: Iosephus calleth [...], the whole people. So that either in their names, come all the Citizens, which is properlie called the people; or [...], that is, the Se­nate, to wit, that superiour Senate, which (when it representeth the people) is called the people it selfe.

This sense of the Senate, especiallie of the superiour Seniors, is héere verie violentlie by Bertram wrested (as I vnder correction take it) for the People. Being the Gouernours of the people, and so cléerelie distingui­shed from them, betwéene the Prince and the People But his conclusion is this: Heere certainlie it seemeth, that this former time of the Macha­bees, had somwhat more of the popular state, and of the best mens go­uernment, than of a kingdome. For when all is done, both Bertram, [Page 989] Caluine, Beza, Danaeus, and these our Learned Discoursing Brethren, en­ [...]line moste to this estate that moste declineth from a kingdome, And so we should quickly come to a good estate of Regiment: the Prince being ouer­ruled by the Senate, and the Senate representing but the people: and so, all comes to the state popular, Gabinius e­recting of mo Syne­drins. as it was among the Graecians and the Romaynes. Which in short time, would bring England and all Christen­dome, into a proper state. And of this estate he alleageth further many mo instances, 1. Mat. 13.36.14.20.27 41 42. &c. Besides still his confirma­tions out of Iosephus. And so, lesse or more, the authority of the Synedri­on continued: for, by this time, (after the Gretian Monarchie, it had got­ten that corrupt Sanhedrin of Synedrion) til Gabinius subdued the Iews vnder the Romanes. Who (restoring Hyrcanus to the high preesthood) distinguished (saith Bertram. pag. 84. The nation of the Iewes, into fiue Courts ( or session places of these Elders) and to euery court assigned his Synedrion And here (loe) began the corruption of the state by making many Synedrions, as our Br. now would do. The Synedrions of Ierusa­lem ministred the Lawe in the territory of Ierusalem, Gadarens in Ga­derene territory, &c. So that ( saith Bertram) nowe their affayres might be lawfully administred, not by the gouernment of one: but by the de­cree of the cheefe persons.

But nowe, when in this goodly estate, Iulius Caesar had made Antipa­ter the Father of Herode, to be Hyrcanus procurator, and that these El­ders and cheefe persons complayned to Hyrcanus, of Antipaters & his sons affectation of tyranny: especially ( saith Bert. pag 85) taking occasiō hereupon, that Herod had cōmitted many things in Galile, against the country lawes of the Hebrues, and right of the Synedrion, and that for the same, he was a little afterwardes cited vnto the cheefe Synedrion at Ierusalem: moreouer ( saith he) Iosephus treating of these matters, tea­cheth▪ that in those times the right of that chee [...]e Synedrion endured, which sate at Ierusalem, and that the dignity t [...]ereof, together with the principality of the nation, was plainly restored vnder Hyrcanus: &c. When it was thus in the cheefest estate, The Syne­driō Elders slain by Herod. Antonie setting vp Herod to be a Tetrarch, & Augustus afterward making him a King: all this state and cheefe power of the Synedrion was ouerthrown. For (saith Bertrā, pag. 86.) Herod prouided, that all the Iudges of the cheefe Synedrion ex­cept one or two, were slaine, and all other that excelled in any authori­ty or obteined the degree of any dignity, so that, hee placed in their steedes, whome he pleased.

After which Herods death, when Augustus diuided all that state into four gouernments: there followed of necessity this distracting ( saith Ber­tram, pag. 87) of the Iewes kingdom into Tetrarchies, a new distinction of Synedrions, euery Tetrach (no doubt) vpholding separately his own [Page 978] Iurisdiction. Which occasiō, we see, that Pilate greedily snatched, whē he sent Christe as a Galilean (in which dooing, hee verilye pleased the Iewes nothing at all) vnto Herod the Tetrarch of Galilaea, whome notwithstanding, Luke calleth King. Thus haue wee seene, all the state of the Iewes, Our Br. as­sertiō of the Iewes Synedrion alters al the states in Christendome, and bindes vs to the Iūdiciall Lawe. Seniors in the Sanhedrin, so much pretended and vrged by our Brethren) from the time that their selues fetch it, Numb. 11. And before, descending downe euen vntill Christes time, who gaue this pre­cept Math. 18. Dic Ecclesia, Tell the Church. In which wordes (they say) Christe translated the Iewes Synedrion ( as it was ordeined of God, but not, as it was then in Christes times altered) to bee restored, renewed, and continued in his Church. If this be true: howe must not all the state of the Realme, and all realmes Christian bee quite altered? Yea, if this bee true: howe did not Christe translate withall, restore, renewe, and continue the Iudiciall ciuill and politike Lawe of Moses? Our Brethren pretend at the superficiall view nothing but the restoring of the Eccl. re­giment and Discipline but when wee come thus to the sounding of th [...] matter: we finde it is indéed, the alteration of all the whole state. Yea, it is litle or leaste of all, Ecclesiasticall Regiment, Discipline or policie.

I graunt the Iewes had also their Ecclesiasticall Regiment, Disci­pline, and policie, whereof Bertram treateth at large afterwarde. But what was that to the Sanedrin or Synedrion of the Iewes, either cor­rupted, or in the best estate? Our Br. pretence vnder the name of eccl. regi­ment driue at the ciuill regiment. Ecclesiasticall persons also did deale therein, but was not their authoritie most in the cheefest matters of estate? if our Brethren meane, but the state Ecclesiasticall: why doe they vrge so pe­remptorily that Synedrion and those Elders ( before it had that name) of the 70 ordained of God, Numb. 11.

All these therefore, duelie and thus at large considered: to say nowe, that Christe alluded to this order of the Iewes senate, to this Sanedrin or Synedrion among them, to this consistory and councell of seniors, not so much corrupted by their vices, as instituted & approued of God, & that Christ translated this into the Church in the new Testament, and that to continue while the world endure, to be established now in euery Church or congregation, either the same, or the like to this for the ad­ministration of gouernment, and to haue the hearing of all difficult & waighty matters amōg vs, as the Sanedrin had among the Iewes if this be (as our Brethren in the title of this their Learned Discourse do say) a breefe, & plain declaration of the desires of al those faithful Ministers, that haue, & do seeke for the discipline & reformation of the Church of England: If our Br. aske to mary this Abisag: her Maiesty then in-déed [...] may quickly say, as Solomon did, Let them aske the kindom too. For what is here left in temporal, politike and worldly matters, or in the gouernment and state of the kingdome, wherein these Seniors will not, haue a stroke, [Page 979] yea, and a negatiue voice? and that in euery parish, Chytreus of the Sy­nedrion which is cleane diffe­rent frō the Sanhedrin. For both their lesse kind of Sanedrin, either grea­ter (as they afterward deuided it) was only in one place for all the realm. As first at Sylo, and then at Ierusalem the head citie, vntill these last alte­rations came. Where as our Br. would haue the like (if not the same) to be erected in euery congregation, which is the playne ouerthrowe of a kingdom, & to make euery congregatiō a kingdō in it self. For if it be not such a Senate as was their Sanedrin, then is it not the same, nor like the same that Christ ( they say) did heere allude vnto. And if it be not, then do they plainly delude vs, and wrest Christes wordes, in gathering such al­lusions, and building on them, and inforcing on vs, this their Seniory by force hereof. When all is done, our Br. Elders that are goue [...]nors and notteachers are here al­so excluded except they will bee Princes. And say that here Christe also translated the same into his church in the newe Testament And yet when all is done, they must néeds confesse, that it is cleane different. For in both these consistories of the Sa­nedrin, the greater of the 70. and the lesse of the 23. They were all ey­ther Preestes or Doctors of the Lawe and teachers, the King and the Princes, or noble peeres, onlie excepted. So that, except they will be Kings Princes or noble Peeres, all these Seniors must not bee gouernors not teaching, but Interpreters, Doctors, & teachers of the Law of God, or else they be neither the same nor the like, nor fi [...]te at all, to be any Seniors in this Senate.

And whereas Beza saith in his Christian Confession, cap. 5. artic. 32. but we must know, Beza in con­fess. Christ. cap. 5. Art. 32. that this Iurisdiction ( hee speaketh of these Seniors) doth not appertaine to earthly and transistory matters, and is altoge­ther different from the ciuile, as witnesseth Christe, and after Christe Paul: although eyther of them particularly comprehendeth all the faith­full without exception: for al are also thral to [...]he ciuil Magistrate whose power also in respect is [...], an edifying or building power, so farre forth as it ought to procure peace, & [...], good order or discipline, e­specially inthose things that respect the first table. And on the other side ther is none which should not be subiect to the word of God, & so of cō sequēce vnto the eccl. discipline. Howbeit (I confesse) the apostle willeth, that for the cause of auoiding offence, Christians should iudge their cō ­trouersies priuatly, without the ciuil magistrate. But it appeareth suffici­ently, that Paul which followed the steps of Christ, and of all the saintes, would not therefore withdraw any thing from the ciuil iurisdiction, nor confound those things that the Lord hath distinguished, but only haue consideration of the time, in the which it could not be that the faythfull should contend before infidel Iudges, but that they should bee thrall to diuerse slaunders. For the which cause hee admonisheth the Corinehi­ans, that all such kinde of controuersies should rather be eyther once taken away, or taken vp, by domesticall debating of them.

[Page 992]This admonition therefore of Paule, doth nothing fauour the furious and giddi-brayned Anabaptistes, which leaue no place to the Ciuill Magistrate in a Christian Church. To returne therefore to the matter, there is a certaine ecclesiasticall Iurisdiction, but vtterly distinguished from the ciuill.

Thus writeth Beza of the Iurisdiction of these Seniors to be mere Ec­clesiasticall and cleane different from the ciuill Iurisdiction, Danaetus in I [...]ag Christ. 3. part. cap. 10 Yea Danaeus also concludeth as is foresaide in the 10. chapter, saying: For although the Presbytery or Synedrion of the Iewes (which was the same, Act. 22. verse 5. & 30. & in Math. 5. ver. 22.) seemeth to aunswere to our pres­bytery, iudged often of certaine causes: notwithstanding our Presbyte­ries doe not iudge, and thereupon are different from those of the Iewes. Because they had partly politicall, partly Ecclesiasticall iurisdi­ction both together, Danaeus Confession for the difference of the Iewes Syne­driō & our Presbyte­ries for go­uernmēt of ciuil causes. as appeareth, Esd. 10 verse. v. But our presbyteries haue only Ecclesiasticall: it pertaineth indeede to their office and fun­ction to reclaim, if they can, to peace and concorde the faithf [...] [...]lea­ding or about to plead. Verily they ought to exhort them to m [...]tuall charity, Cor. 6. verse 1. Mat. 5.25, But to sit Iudges in their pleaes, they ought not, for this is the office of the ciuill magistrate. Yea neither the whole presbytery, neither any part of the presbytery, ought so much as to be chosen arbytrators, but onely as priuate men, if any of the presby­tery be taken to be arbytrators. If this be true, than is all this deuise of translating the Sanedrin of the Iewes into the newe testament and Church of Christe, or of willing the like thereof to be established in his Church, for administration of gouernment, quite ouerthrown. For what the Iewes eldership was, we haue seene at large already. And yet there were then also Ciuill Magistrates aswell as now. And therfore if Christ had translated their Sanedrin vnto vs, ours might haue like authority, as theirs had, notwithstanding our ciuill Magistrates.

But besides this in generall that Danaeus here confesseth, that the pres­byteries of the Iewes Iudged often in some causes, and mixed together the temporall and Ecclesiasticall Iurisdiction, which our brethren mis­like in the Bishops and ministers: Chytraeus also vpon the 17. of Deut. Tit. de Iudiciis, Chytraeus in Deut. 17. ti­tulo de Iudi­cijs. doth confirme the moste of that, which we haue shewed at large out of Bertram & Sigonius, for the Iewes Iudgements and Sanhe­drin: saying.

Three kindes of iudgements are written to haue beene distinguished among the Iewes, Three kindes of iudgements among the Iewes. vnto whome it is agreeable that Christ alludeth, Math▪ 5, in the declaration of the ten commaundements, setting down the de­grees and differences of sinnes, repugnant to the Lawe, thou shalt not kill. And that he woulde declare the same out of the forme of the ciuill iudgements accustomed to the people.

[Page 1009]Heers he [...] of Christes more proper alluding to the Iewes or­ders, in th [...]se thinges. But doth he gather thereupon, that the same ciuile iudgements, were either translated, or the like to them established a­mongst vs?

The first was Triumuirall, The i [...]dge­mēt Trium­uiral of th [...] 3. Elders. ouer the which were Gouernors in euerie Citie, three men. In the which, money matters, and the lighter trespas­ses, of bearings, of priua [...]e iniu [...]ies, of the [...], &c. wer decided. They sup­pose that Christe signified that Mat. [...]. in the name [...], of iudgement.

Another was called, the Little Synedrium, consisting of 23. The little Synedrion of 23. Iudges. Wherein the greater and the capitall causes were heard. It is thought that Christe Mat. 5. named that [...], H [...] t [...]at [...]aith to his brother, Racha, s [...]albe guiltie of a Counsell, or of the Synodrion.

The third was the great Synedrium, or S [...]nate of 70. The great Synedrion of 70. Seniors, ordey­ned of Moses, Num. 11. ouer which sate the high B. and the Elders ex­celling in wisedome, vertu [...], le [...]ning and authoritie, chosen out of the Priests and Leuites▪ and of euerie Tribe, were the assistants, (or sitters with him.) Vnto whom afterward by the ordinance of Dauid, the chief of the Royall [...]ooke, which we [...]e called [...], [...]at is, the Kings br [...] ­thren, & [...]arr [...]ttiu [...], that is, endowed with the right of succession, were adioyned, as the highest Counsell of the [...]ole Common-weale, & chief Senate of the Kingdome. To whom belo [...]ged the power of iudgeing the most weightie causes, pertaining to the summe of the Cōmon-weale a [...]d of Religion, of the King and the King [...]ome, of warre and peace, of aunswering and pronouncing of the most difficult controuersies of o­pinions, & of other businesses. To conclude, of what manner the forme [...]nd i [...]isdiction of this most high Senate was, to the which they appea­led from the other inferiour Iudgements, & in whose sentence and de­cr [...]e they must hold themselues cōtented without anie gainsaying, may for the most part cleerelie be gathered, out of the reformation of the iudgements made by King Iosaphat. For these are the words of the sto­rie, 2. Paral. 19. In Ierusalem also Iosophat appointed Priests, &c. But as in highest Sen [...]te of the Iewish people, the Priests and Princes of the Fami­lies, gouerned together the Counsels of the Common-weale, & the two chiefe Presidents were the B. which gouerned the causes of religion, and the ecclesiasticall businesses, and the Kinges Cousin which gouerned the businesses Politicall: euen so almost is the like forme in the chiefe Se­nate of the Kingdome of Germanie, consisting of 7. Electors. whereof three are Priests or Archbishops, which ought to in [...]truct, Chytreus resemblance of the chief Senate in Germanie to the Sa­ned [...]in. and with their counsels and labors ought to helpe the Emperor, and conserue the Cō ­mon-weale, concerning the lawes of God for religion and the worship of God, or the first Table of the x. Commandements: & 4. politike Prin­ces, which ought to instruct, and with their counsels and labors to help [Page 1010] the Emperor, The elders of the new Testament. and to conserue the Common-weale, concerning the Po­litike Lawe, & office of the Emperor, in ordeining iudgements, in warre and peace, in taxes, &c.

Thus more grauelie (in my simple iudgement) doth Chytreus allude, not on these words, How mo­deratelie Chytreus alludeth on Christes words Mat. 5. to our Senates. Dic Ecclesia, to the Sanedrin of the Iewes, to haue the same or the like, translated, and established in euerie or in anie Congre­gation, of the Church of Christe: for that were cleane to ouerthrow all the States in Christendom: But that in those places which he mēcioneth, Mat. 5. he alluded to the order of their lowest Senate, of 3. Elders, which was in euerie Citie, and of their lesser Sanedrin, that was of 23. in Ieru­salem. not of the 70. which was the highest, & instituted by God, Num. 11. But not, that Christe translated anie of all these Senates into him Church, or established anie lawe thereon, for admin [...]stration of gouern­ment in his Church. Although he say, almost the like form is in the high­est Senate of the Kingdome of Germanie. But not simplie that it is the like, and much lesse the same, and least of all, that it was grounded on the Iewes forme, otherwise than that all Estates and Kingdomes take their generall grounds from Gods lawe: but wee are not tie [...] to this or that forme, of Senate and Iudicials of the Iewes. And, so haue we also our chiefest Senate of Parliament, and o [...]her Senates, Ses [...]ions, or Assemblie [...]both of the Clergie, and of the Temporaltie: and Coun [...]els and Iudge­ments, ( in some respects) not much vnlike to the Iewes Assemblies, Se­nates, Councels, and Iudgements. And they draw néerer a great deale to the vncorrupted orders of the Iewes, and are more fit, requisit and [...] for the State and condition of our Realms, then thes [...] Consistories or Senates would be of these Seniors, that our Brethren call for, and thus hale the words of Christe to presse them vpon vs, to be established in eue­rie Congregation, for the administration of gouernmēt, in the hearing and determining of all difficult and weightie matters amongst us, [...] so to continue for euer, Our Breth. peremptory wresting of Christes words. as long as the Church continueth in this world, [...] the great bondage of our Christian libertie, by reducing vs to these Iudi­cials of the Iewes, and to the quite ouerthrowe of ours and of all King­domes, by reducing this Senate of the 70. Elders into all Congregations throughout Christendome.

Hauing nowe thus farre considered (as I take it) the verie grounde wherean Caluine, and all our Brethren following him, woulde say the foundation of this Consistorie, & Senate of Elders in euerie Congrega­tion, to wit, vpon this construction of these words of Christ, Dis Ecclesia, Tell the Church, that is to say, Tel the Segniorie, Se [...]ate or Cōsistorie: [...]et vs now returne to the processe, The learned disc pag. 88. of our Br. learned discourse [...].

And the name of Elders dooth most aptlie agree vnto them that bee Gouernors in the Church now, euen as it did to the Auncients of Isra­el▪ [Page 1011] so that the Pastors seeme to haue borrowed the name of Elders, e­specialy in respect of their gouernment. The name of this Consistorie al­so in the new Testament, we finde to be agreable with that of the Iewes, whereof our Sauiour Christe speaketh when he saith, Tell the Congregation or assemblie, S. Paul 1. Tim. 4.14. Despise no [...] the gift which was giuen thee, through Prophec [...], wish i [...]position of hands of the Eldership. Where the Greek word is [...], the assemblie or Consistorie of the Elders. Which word was vsed also by S. Luke in his Gospel, speaking of the Consistorie of the Iewish Elders, Luke 22.66. As soone as it wa [...] day the whole Eldership or As­semblie of Elders came together both chiefe Priests and Scribes, and brought him into their Councell. In which saying, their Coūcell [...] is called [...]. Also S. Paul Act. 20.5. [...]hat he had ben a persec. of christiās taketh witnes, of the high Priest and of the whole Consistorie of Elders, vsing the same word [...]. By which it is euident that our Sauiour Christe by this word Ecclesia in that place meaneth a Consistorie or assemblie of Elders, whose authoritie, &c.

This is but descant on the name, and we woulde rather heare of the [...]. The name of Elders serued to more, Bridges. than to those of the Segniorie which were of the Sanedrin or Synedrion. And we graunt it most aptly agreeth to them that be Gouernors in the Church new, and those Eccle­siasticall Gouernors to, The vse of the name Elder. and was but borowed as well in respect of the gouernment, as of the Pastorship and the Ecclesiasticall are as properlie and aptlie called Elders, as were the ciuile Gouernors. But this commu­nicating of the name, doth not pr [...]ue the same or the like office; any more th [...] the name of Gods Minister, doth prooue that the ciuile Princes and the ecclesiastical Pastors offices, are the same or like, because they are both of them called Gods Ministers, Rom. 13.4. and 1. Cor. 4.1.

But héere to proue that in this place Mat. 18. Christe meaneth by the word Church, a Consistorie, Senat or Presbyterie, our Brethren alleadge these testimonies, 1. Tim. 4.14. Luc. 22.66. and Act. 20.5. wherein the name of Presbyterie is mencioned. But do they find the name of this Cō ­sistorie also in the new Testament, to be agreable with that of the Iews, whereof our Sauior Christe speaketh when he saith, Tell the Congregation, Christe alluded not to the Iews Sanedrin or Presbytery, mencioned in the newe Testament. or Assemblie? For if (as they say) Christe alluded there to the Sanedrin or Synedrion, wil they finde this Consistorie: that they would haue to be erected in the newe Testament, to bee agreeable vnto that Consistorie? I think our [...]r. will not find it. If they say, they mean not that this Cōsi­storie is called in the new Testament, by that name Sanedrin or Synedri­on, but by the name [...] and that that name is also agreeable to this Consistorie: they tolde vs before, that Christe alluded to that Consistorie among the Iewes, that was named the Sanedrin, of the Greeke word Sy­nedriō, & would they now bring this Cōsistorie to the name Presbyterie? [Page 1012] They say, that in the 22. of Luke, ver. 66. their Counsell Synedrion is cal­led Presbyterion. And what of that? We graunt that the Sanedrin [...] called a Presbyterie. But was euery Presbytery called a Sanedrin? They should prooue this, that wheresoeuer the name Presbyterie i [...], there wa [...] such a Senate, Presbyterie or Eldership, as was agreeable to that which was named the Sanedrin. For we denie not, but that there were Assem­blies of Elders, and those aptlie also called Presbyteries, among the Chri­stians in the newe Testament. But that they were so aptlie called Sane­drins or Synedrions, that I denie: and much more, I denie the matter & office of them among the Christians to be found anie where in the newe Testament. And héere in saying this, our Brethren still r [...]ne [...]n in their woonted presupposall of this soeuer cited place, Math. 18. Tell the Church, (Congregation or Assemblie,) that Christe speaketh of the Presbyterie of the Iewes, called the Synedrion or the Sanedrin. But we haue séene sufficientlie, By the name Church is not meant Senate. that the verie name of Church, Congregation or Assemblie, which Christe vseth, was in the vse of the Iewes, Membrum diuidens, and opposite to the name of Senate, Counsell, Consistorie, Sēgni­orie, Presbyterie, Eldership, Sanedrin or Synedrion. So that in n [...]ing the Church, he so little meaneth a Consistorie or Senate of Elders: that he rather séemeth to oppose himselfe héerein against those, that woulde re­straine his speach vnto a Consistorie or a Senate. The word [...] of S. Paule 1. Tim. 4.14. do mencion indéede a Presbyterie or Eldership. But they are so little to be drawen to this interpretation, which Caluine maketh of Christes words, Math. 18. that Caluine himselfe (as we haue [...] be­fore) in this obseruation on these words, 1. Tim. 4.14. Caluinus in 1. Tim. 4.14. Neglect not [...]he gift that is in thee, which was giuē thee by prophecie, with the impositiō of hands of the Presbyterie (or Eldership) saith they that think Presbyterie (or Eldership) here to be named a nown collectiue, put for a colledge of the Eld. think wel in my iudgement: Bezaes te­stimonie that by those elders were meant onely the Ministers of the word. howbeit al things being weighed, I grant that the sense different therfrō, that it shuld be a name of office, doth not il agree thereunto. He putteth the ceremonie for the act of the ordination. So that the sense is, that Timothie when by the voyce of the Prophets, hee was called into the Ministerie, and then by a solemne rite or ceremonie was ordeined: he was withal furnished with the grace of the holy Ghost to execute his function.

So that this place importeth no necessitie of vnderstanding the Presby­terie, more for the assemblie of the Elders; thā for the function of the El­dership. Neuertheles if our B. wil néeds haue it vnderstood, for the assem­blie of the Elders: yet saith Beza also vpon this word Presbyterij, [...], that is, of the order of the Elders, by the which name it is pro­bable, that the assemblie of all those that laboured in the worde, in the Churche of the Ephesians, is signified, as Actes 20. d. 17. and f. 28.

[Page 1013]For now and then these names are generall, of Bishops, of Elders, Our Br. cō clusion of these El­ders. yea & that also of Deacons. See Philip. 1. a. 1. A certaine fellowe translateth it Senate, as other where for the Churche, he saide, the Common-weale. Thus doth Beza nippe (and well worthelie) at Castalion, for this name of Senate, in stéede of Presbyterie. And yet, Bezaes nip of Castali­on for the terme Se­nate. all this drifte of our Brethe­ren is, to vrge a Senate on this word. But Senate or Eldership, sith hée maketh héere the Elders thereof, to be Labourers in the word, and to be those that S. Paule spake vnto Act. 20. This then is all for Pastors and Ministers of the word, and nothing for a Consistorie, Senate, Seniorie or Eldership of ani [...] such Elders, as are altogether Gouernors and not tea­chers.

As for the other places cited, Luc. 22. and Act. 20. were (I graunt) that Presbyterie which was called the Sanedrin or Synedrion. The Pres­byteries of the Iewes. Luc. 22. Act. 20. Who, except such Elders of the people, which were such Princes (as we haue hearde) in the gouernment of all temporall matters of (life and death only by He­rode and the Romanes taken from them (so wel as ecclesiastical matters, were all of them Teachers and Doctors of the Lawe of God. For that we heard was the Scribes office. So that except our Brethr. would set vp Consistories of Princes and Magistrates, to gouerne all temporall mat­ters so well as ecclesiasticall: how can these testimonies fit their Segnio­rie? Or are those Presbyteries of the Iewes, that sate in counsell against Christe, and gaue license to S. Paule to make hauocke in Christes Con­gregation, anie example, or warrant, or approbation in the newe Testa­ment, of anie Segniorie or Consistorie among the Christians? But what are either of these to prooue the words of Christ, Math. 18. To be inter­preted of a Presbyterie? That our Brethren should so roundly héereupon, (or rather so loselie) make this conclusion, saying: By which it is euident, that our Sauiour Christe by this worde Ecclesia in that place, meaneth a Consistorie or Assemblie of Elders. By what thing héere alleadged, Our Brethr. chiefe eui­dence for their Elder­ship▪ howe weake it is. is this euident? or rather, is it not euident to the cleane cōtrarie? If our Br. haue no better euidence than this, to prooue their Elders; first, all is driuen to a bare name, howbeit here is neither so much named as the bare name, but a name that hath a cleane contrarie sense. And yet forsooth we must i­magine, Christ meant it: for our Br. can not say, Christe said it. Although in a matter so much vrged, and of such importance, this had bene requisit, that we had heard Christes wordes, & not their gathering only of Christes meaning, for our euidence. And yet if we should admit this meaning and all, we are neuer the néerer, for anie such Consistorie, Senate, or Segnio­tie of Elders, as our Br. pretend. Well might we set vp (if not rather, ill might we set vp) a Iewish Sanedrin, and Presbyterie of Princes & Priestes in euerie parish, to rule the whole estate thereof, as a little kingdome in it selfe, to the alteration and ouerthrowe of the whole state of the Realme: [Page 1014] but for these gouerning and not teaching Elders, The power of the keies that our Brethr. would bring in, The learned Dis. héere is neither word nor meaning, that they are able to inferre on Christes sentence.

But our Brethren conceauing, that they haue now at least wonne thus much, that our Sauiour Christe by this word Ecclesia, meaneth a Consi­storie or assemblie of Elders: they chéerefullie procéede to their authori­tie, & say: Whose authoritie he doth ratifie with such power, that whatso­euer is bound or loosed by them on earth, in the feare of God, and with hartie praier, the Lord will bring it to passe, yea he himselfe wil be in the middest of them, as president of their Councell, to direct their consul­tations to the glorie of God, and to the profite of his owne Church.

Concerning that which our Brethren adde héere, out of the 19. & 20. verses of Matth. 18. the consent of two or three, Bridges. gathered together in praier or counsell, to haue their petitions graunted, and Christe himselfe to be in the middest of them as President of their counsell, so farre as they do it in the feare of God, The senten­ces of christ Mat. 18. ver. 19. and 20. not to be restrained to a Consistorie. and in the name of Christ: this is so little to be restrained to a Consistorie of Elders, that it stretcheth not onelie to all Prouinciall and generall Councels so assembled, but to al Congregations gathered to publike praier, or to the hearing of Gods word, yea, to anie particular housholde or persons, though they be no greater number than there is mencioned, to encourage and confirme them in their faith to God, and in their mutuall loue and vnitie one to another.

As for the authoritie that Christ ratifieth with such power, that what­soeuer is bounde or loosed by them on earth, &c. ( meaning this Consi­storie of the church) the Lord wil bring it to passe we cōfesse, ( cōcerning the Church, of the which before he spake) that Christe there gaue such po­wer vnto his Church: but our question nowe, is not whether the power be giuen to the Church, as to whom the exercise of this power is com­mitted. Whether to the whole Churches assemblie or Congregation, or to a Segniorie of the Church, gouerning discipline, and yet not medling with teaching the word of God, or to those to whom the Ministerie of the worde is committed. And albeit that neither the Magistrate nor the Se­nate of Gouernors ( if there be anie) nor yet the whole assemblie of the Congregation, are debarred from all kinde of excommunicating: yet to speake of excommunication, in his proper sense, it is the act of him that is a Minister of the word.

Brentius writing at large on this place, not onelie acknowledgeth a kinde of excommunication made by the Magistrate, but also affirmeth this speach of Christe, Tell the Church, to be indéede a good rule, but not ne­cessarie for euer, and for all Churches.

Haec Regula, &c. (saith hee) This Rule which Christe in this place deliuereth, being rightlie vnderstoode and vsed, is healthfull to the [Page 1015] Churche, and bringeth much profite: Brentius. on Math. 18. but beeing ill vnderstoode and naughtilie vsed, hath brought much hurt to the Common-weale, hath diuers times troubled the gouernment of the Church, and of the Poli­cie. Brentiu [...] in Math. 18. When as the Bishops of Rome with their vnreasonable and naugh­tie excommunications, How these words, Die ecclesiae, haue ben abused. haue nowe and then stirred vp the children a­gainst the parents, haue cast out Emperors and Kings out of their Em­pires, and in these dayes also, because the Anabaptistes see not in our Churches, the like gouernment according to the letter, as is heere de­scribed: they thinke that the true Church is not among vs. Wherefore we must doo our diligence, that wee may vnderstande this rule aright, and vse the same lawfully, according to the manner thereof. First, wher­as Christe saith in this Rule, Tell the Church, hee speaketh not of such an assemblie of Christians, which consisteth of a great multitude of peo­ple, and of a ciuile Magistracie, and wherein the ciuile Magistrate is not onelie a member of the Church, but also the Gouernour and Ordeiner of the Ecclesiasticall matters. For in such an assemblie, it can not bee brought to passe, that that which is said, Tell the Church, can be kept ac­cording to the letter, without confusion. For what a confusion and per­turbation of things were that, if a man publikelie in the Ecclesiasticall assemblie, wherein now and then some thousands of men doo come to­gether, should make an out-crie of iniurie offered him of his neighbor, and desire that after his neighbour hauing bene twice warned, woulde not repent him, witnesse may be heard, and if he will not obey the voi­ces of the whole assemblie, that he should be excommunicated? What place would there be in so diuerse willes of men, in such a companie of the multitude, either vnto honest Councells, or vnto right Iudge­mentes? and what either measure or ende woulde there be of braw­lings? But God (as S. Paule saith) is not the Authour of confusion, but of peace.

Héere Brentius draweth néere to our Bretheren also in this poynt, that it is not meant of euerie great assemblie of the people. But what now, doth he conclude héereupon, that it was spoken of an Ecclesiastical Senate or Consistorie in their names? It followeth: Moreouer when in the Ecclesiasticall assemblie there is a ciuile Magistrate, the office of this ci­uile Magistrate is to punish wicked deedes according to their Lawes, & that by the seueritie of his administration, hee remooue offences out of the way. Such as sometimes was the administration of the Kinges in the Church of Israel, of Dauid, Salomon, Iosaphat, Ezechias, and of other godly Kings.

That therefore Christe saith, Tell the Church, A small as­semblie w [...] ­ting a ciuile Magistrate. is not bee vnder­stoode of a great assemblie of the Church, wherein there is a ciuil Magistrate, and one that for his vocation, laboureth to defend the [Page 1016] publike honestie of life; but is to bee vnderstoode of a small assemblie, whereof the Magistrate is not a member, & wherein the Magistrate ei­ther hath no function, or else is holden, as though he were a priuate per­son: such an assemblie as was the companie of Christe. For fewe accom­panied Christe in his Ministery among the Iewes, and among these few, there was no publike Magistrate. The occasiō of Christes sentence. Among such therefore being fewe, the rule may be holden, according to the letter. For it appeareth, that Christ was moued to the prescribing of this rule, on that occasiō, that although they were fewe that followed Christ, yet now & then there arose euen a­mong them, so great brawles for matter of most small importance, that one of them odiouslie accused another before the ciuill, either Iewish or Ethnicke Magistrate, to the great offence of the Gospell. As also it hap­ned afterward among the Corinthians, of whome Paule writeth, saying: Dooth anie of you hauing busines with another, susteine to be iudged vnder the vnrighteous, and not rather vnder the Saints?

Christe therefore reprooueth his contentious companions, and pre­scribeth vnto them such a rule, which may bee kept onelie in priuate as­semblies, and among priuate men. That is to wit, that thou shouldest not by & by accuse him that hath sinned against thee, before the Magistrate, especiallie the Magistrate being a straunger of thy religion, but thou shouldest first of all admonish him priuatelie. Then, if being so admoni­shed, he proceede to doo thee iniurie: thou shouldest take vnto thee 2. or 3. freends, that they may admonish him of his iniurie, and exhort him to repentance: last of all, if he will not yet so leaue of his dooing iniu­rie: thou shouldest tel it vnto the whole assemblie, and desire that the as­semblie, would interpose their authoritie.

That this rule of Chr. serueth on­lie among priuate mē.It is manifest therefore, that Christe in this rule, maketh not a ge­nerall lawe for the Church of all times, and for that assemblie which al­so consisteth of a great multitude of men, and whereof the ciuill Magi­strate is a part, and the Gouernor: but onely for the little Church of his owne time, and for the assemblie of a fewe men, and those priuate. For otherwise also hee gaue some preceptes, that were temporarie and not perpetuall, such as those are, Goe ye not into the high waies of the Gentiles, & enter ye not into the Citie of the Samaritanes. And, Possesse ye not golde nor sil­uer, &c.

This sentēce cannot be vnderstood of hainous sinnes.Moreouer whē this rule is said, If thy brother shal offende against thee, &c. it is not to be vnderstood of euery kind of sinne: for it can not be vnder­stood of grosse and hainous mischiefes, such as are these, homicide, a­dulterie, and other of that kinde. For in these, a threefolde admonition hath not place: but it is necessarie that these mischeuous deeds, for pub­like example sake, according to the calling of euerie assemblie, so soone as euer they are found out, should be punished.

[Page 1017]Neither should space of sinning be giuen to the wicked doer, Brentius. vntill a triple admonition may be made. For what discipline were that, if that a­ny shoulde haue slayne a man, that he shoulde not be punished before with excommunication, till that after the first admonition, he had kil­led another? And another after the second, and another after the thirde. And so mought an Homicide kill 4. men, or euer he shoulde be holden for an Ethnicke or a publicane. Neither did saint Paul him selfe admo­nish the Corinthian whore-monger, The Incestuous Corin­thian. but commaunded him streight­way, so soone as euer it was knowne, to be cast out of the company of the faythfull: This rule therefore is not to bee vnderstoode of euery kinde of sinne, but only of ciuil controuersies, which priuate men haue among themselues.

What then doth this rule pertaine nothing at all to the present assembly of the Christians, which consisteth as well of a publike magi­strate, as of priuate subiectes? verily it pertaineth much vnto vs. But for the manner thereof, and for the condition of these times. For if thou haste against another a ciuill action or controuersy, it is an vncurteous and hard part that thou shouldest straightwayes hale him into the pub­like Iudgements: but charity requireth that if the cause be such, that thou mayest not pardon thy neighbour without Iudgement: first of all admonish him thou thy selfe, or else some other friend in thy name, of the iniury, that hee goe not still on to doe the same, but that after his measure he make amendes for it. But if so bee nothing bee obteyned, thou shouldest take vnto thee two or three freendes, whereby thou mightest seeke all meanes, that he may leaue off from dooing thee in­iury. Last of all, if so be thou shalt not yet profite any thing: what ought to be done? The last re­medy is to tell the or­dinary ma­gistrate and not to con­stitute an Eccl. Senate Is the cause to bee brought to the whole Church of that place? Heere certesse, the letter can not be obserued, which is spoken in this place, Tell the Church. For what a confusion and disturbaunce of the orders were this? but the cause is to be deferred vnto those certain Iudges, which out of the whole body of the Church are lawfully chosen into the Magistracy, whose sentence also is to be expected. So that there is no necessity, that wee shoulde constitute a newe Eccl. Senate, but vse that which before was appoynted in the policy.

But what, of the wicked deedes that are more hainous? In these, the order of this rule can-not bee obserued, whether the church bee onely priuate men, or haue a Magistrate. But that so soone as euer they shall be set downe, and found out: they must bee punished eyther with Ex­communication, or casting out of the city or congregation, or else with some other punishment according to their ordinary Lawes. For this altogether is sought for, that offences might bee taken out of the way. But with what penalty or with what punishment they shoulde [Page 1018] bee taken away, Excommunication. that must bee iudged by the publike Lawes and ordi­naunces.

Thou wilt say therefore, sith that there is in these times a politike Ma­gistrate in the Church, is there nowe no place of Excommunication? ve­rily there is, as well of publike as of priuate. For the publike excommu­nication is that penalty of the Magistrate, wherewith the wicked person is openly defaced in the mouthes of men, and is cast out of the City, or is cast into the prison, and for some space of time is fed with Breade and Water.

And such an Excommunication also may bee done in the Church, when as, if any by publike and lawfull iudgement, is condemned of a wicked fact, and at the Magistrates commaundement is cast out of the Church, and is forbidden that he shall haunt any publike banquets, nei­ther that he be admitted to honest or worshipfull offices, &c. It is pri­uate, A priuate & Ecclesiasti­call excom­munication when the Minister of the Church doth priuately admonish the sin­ner, that he receiue not the Lordes supper, except he repent. &c.

Thus grauely, and with great iudgement and waighty reasons, wri­teth Brentius of these wordes. Neither making this rule to bee generall or perpetuall, otherwise then in these sences and cases, and in the matters of worldly and ciuill contentions, & to be iudged and punished (if no pri­uate meanes will serue) not by constituting any Ecclesiasticall senate of Seniors in euery congregation, but by the ordinary ciuill Magistrate. As for the Censure of Excommunication ( though in such a sort, the punish­ments of the Prince may be called an excommunication) yet if it be an ex­clusion from the Sacramentes, it is properly the Act of the Minister, and that good, To whome the proper & Eccl. exc. doth per­taine. not onely though it be publike, but priuate also. As he sayth fur­ther on these words, Verily I say vnto you, whatsoeuer yee shall binde vpon earth shall bee bounde in Heauen, and whatsoeuer yee shall loose, &c. In this sen­tence Christ strengtheneth first the Iudgements of priuate men, if the Church shall not haue a publike magistrate. For when men are wont to­bee stubborne, it may come to passe, that hee that fayleth in his cause, before the Church of priuate men, and is iudged an Ethnike and pub­licane, may contemne this iudgement, and thinke him-selfe neuertheles to be an inheritor of the kingdome of Heauen, although hee bee cast out of the assembly of these (as hee thinketh them) vile or base per­sons.

But Christe strengtheneth their authority, and affirmeth that their sentence is approued also in Heauen. Furthermore hee strengthneth also in this saying, the publike iudgementes of them, that are in lawfull Magistracy, that we may manifestly knowe, that their Iudgementes are not of men, but are the Iudgementes of God. According to that of [Page 1019] Paule: hee that resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinaunce of God. And verily, Christe in other places with the like sentences in Math. 16. and Iohn. 20. chapter confirmeth the authority of the Ministery of prea­ching the Gospell. But in this place, hee confirmeth the iudgementes of priuate men, or of Magistrates, against the contemners, that the same shoulde bee ratified before God in Heauen. Heere lo, is the ratifiing whereof our brethren speake, but heereupon hee concludeth thus:

But all these things are to be vnderstoode of a right and lawfull iudge­ment, and of that sentence which is giuen in the ministery of the church according to the Worde of the Gospell, and in causes forinsecall, ac­cording to the publique and ordinary Lawes. For if the sentences of the Iudges, or Ministers, striue with these, it is none before God, howe greatly soeuer thou shalt be condemned before men. So that here he concludeth with these two excommunications, Two kindes of Exc. ciui [...] and Eccl. a ciuill and an Ecclesi­asticall. The ciuill, eyther in these priuate mens small assemblies, or in the publike Magistrate. But the Ecclesiasticall, to pertaine onely to the Minister, and to be in the Ministery of the worde of God, such as was mentioned before Math. 16. And afterward againe, Iohn. 20.

And verily, if we shall search the ground of this Eccl. Exc. ( what abu­ses soeuer be or haue beene, or may be by the Ministers or by any other not Ministers, committed therein (which I take not vpon me to defende, and may easily bee helped without the supply of this Seniory, and good prouisions there are in that behalfe): yet that the act of the proper Eccle­siasticall Excommunication, shoulde be executed by such Ecclesiasticall gouernors, as are not Ministers nor teachers of the Worde: I can not yet see, howe it may be sufficiently warranted, or howe it may stand with the nature of this spirituall and Ecclesiasticall censure. For if this power of binding and loosing, be the same that is called the power of opening and shutting, called also the power of the keyes: then it cheefely consist­eth in the Ministery of the Worde. For what is the key, but Gods Worde? Yea, if it bee the same that consisteth in remitting and retaining of sinnes towardes God, what other power hath the Church thereof, than by the prenouncing of Gods Worde? So that, our Brethren must eyther make these Seniors to bee Ministers of Gods Worde: or else they must graunt, that in this place Christe meaneth not such a Seniory of Gouer­ning Elders, as are not Ministers of the Word.

But here saith Caluine. Hic locus non omnino. &c. Cal in Mat. 18. This place is not al­together like that place which is aboue written, Chapter 16. c. 19. But it is to bee vnderstoode in part a little different. But wee make them not so diuers, that they haue not muche affinitie betweene them­selues.

[Page 1020]This first of all on both parts is alike, that eyther of them is a generall sentence, and the power of binding and loosing is always the same, that is to witte, by the word of God, the same commaundement, the same promise. But they differ heerein, that the former place is peculiarlie of the preaching which the Ministers of the word of God do exercise. Here it pertayneth to the Discipline of excommunication, which is permitted to the church. There, Christe woulde auouch the authority of the Do­ctrine: Here, hee constituted Discipline, which is an appendant vnto do­ctrine. There, hee sayde that the preaching of the Gospell shoulde not be frustrate, but that it shoulde bee a quickning or a killing sauour: here he affirmeth that although the wicked doe scorne the iudgement of the church, notwithstanding it shoulde not bee vayne. This distinction is to be holden, because, there, it is simply treated vpon the word preached: & here, vpon the publike censures and Discipline.

Although I doe not altogether deny this difference in respect of the ob­iect matter, The mini­stery of the powre of the worde pertaineth to the Mi­nister in the expounding the worde. wherin the subiect person hath diuers times, on diuers occa­sions, and diuers ends to deale: yet since Caluine heere him-selfe maketh the power of binding and loosing, the promise also, and the commaun­dement, to be all one: and the same to consist all onely by the ministe­ry of the word: although the occasion or purpose of Christe in the former place, Math. 16. be more for ratifying the Doctrine of the worde, when it is taught or preached, than for ratifying the publique censures and Discipline, beeing onely the appendants to the Doctrin: Y [...]t this letteth not, but rather prooueth so much more, that he to whome the execution of both, or eyther of these actions, (being both of them powers of the worde, and ministeriall pronouncings of the same word) doth appertaine, ought to be his selfe a Minister of the worde. And thus doth Caluine himselfe af­terwarde also confesse, Cal. in Mat. 18. saying: For neither doth Christe auouch autho­rity of (or vnto) his church, whereby he shoulde diminish his, or his Fa­thers right: but rather whereby hee may establish the maiesty of his Worde. For euen as before, hee woulde not confusedly establish euery Doctrine whatsoeuer, but that which proceeded out of his mouth, chap. 16. c. 19: So neither sayth he in this place, that euery Iudgement what­soeuer shall be stable▪ The Minist. are publi­shers of Gods word and setters foorth of his iudge­mentes. and ratified, but that wherein he himselfe is pre­sident (or gouerneth). Neyther that onely by the spirite, but also by the Worde. Whereupon it followeth that men bring no preiudice vnto (or hinder not) God, while they pronounce nothing but out of his mouth, and stoode onely to execute faithfully, that which he hath commanded. For although Christe bee the onely iudge of the worlde: yet would hee haue in the meane season, ministers to be the publishers of his Worde. and then he woulde haue his iudgement to be of his Church set foorth. So, that commeth to passe, that it derogateth nothing from him, that [Page 1021] the ministery of men commeth betweene, but that he onely looseth and bindeth.

And h [...]ere Marlorate co [...]texteth out of Bucer: Hereupon it appereth, how proposterously or rather how naughtily some gather out of this place, that the Church can doe any thing, but cheefely can make lawes of religion, which whos [...] despiseth shall despise Gods Lawes. Whereas Christe disputeth here nothing of the power of making Lawes: but of brotherly admonition, of exhortation, reprehension, correction, and of taking away offences, and of the iudgement of the church, which in all thinges thought to followe the worde of God, that it bee not so much an humane as a diuine iudgement. And againe Marlorate n [...]teth out of Caluin, saying: Whereupon wee see, howe the spirituall iurisdiction of the church, which punisheth sinnes out of the worde of God, is the best helpe of health, and foundation of order, and bonde of vnity. And con­cluding the ratification of their sentēces, he saith: For they haue the word of God, wherewith they condemne the frowarde, How the froward are punished, & the repen­tāt receiued by them that haue the word of God. they haue the worde wherewith they receiue into fauour the repentant. But erre they cannot, neither dissent from the iudgement of God, because they Iudge not but out of the Lawe of God, which is not an vncertain nor earthly opinion, but the holy will of God, and an heauenly Oracle. [...]ith therefore all this iurisdiction of the censure and discipline of the Church, consisteth in the Ministery of the worde of God, and besides the sentence pronounced, comprehendeth admonition, exhortation, reprehension, and all out of the word of God: And these persons are publike officers, and their doinge [...] publike doings: howe are not these the publike ministers of the worde, & medle with the publike teaching of the same.

But this more playnely appeareth by Christes owne wordes. For when Christe had sayde, Tell the Church (howsoeuer they vnderstand there the name of church) when he commeth afterwarde to set downe the man­ner, howe Excommunication shoulde be vsed: hee strayght turneth his spéech to his Apostles, saying: Verily I say vnto you, whatsoeuer thinges you shall binde vpon earth, they shall bee bounde also in Heauen▪ and whatsoeuer you shall loose vpon earth, shall be loosed in Heauen also. So that this place directly is turned to the Apostles, both in Math. 16. And here the 18. and Ioh. 20 and so, the power and promise thereof continuing, continueth directly in those onely, that are the successors of the Apostles. That is to say, that are such, as of whome S. Paul saith, 1 Cor. 4.1. Let a man so esteeme vs, as Mini­sters of Christe, and dispensers of the mysteries of God. And of such onely is Ex­communication ( being taken as this spirituall Censure of the Church) to b [...] pronounced, and of none other kinde of Elders.

For proofe nowe of the continuall practise and approbation hereof: let vs see, both howe the Church of God vsed it among the Iewes before [Page 1022] Christ came, and howe in Christes time, & in the primitiue Ch [...]ch▪ & [...]t [...]rward in the time of the auncient and holy Fathers, and also nowe lastly in this light of the Gospell, what are the iudgements of the best learned of our brethren hereupon.

And first (as wee haue shewed before [...]ut of Brentius) t [...]ere was and is a diuers acceptation of this name Excommunicating. Wher [...]pon Are­tius among other diuisions of Excommunications, good and bad, greater and lesser, outward and inward, hath this diuision: Let vs therfore deuide it from the head after this manner. There is one Excommunication ci­uil, another Ecclesiasticall. The ciuil is that that is exercised in politike matters against offenders. Aretius 2. parte pro­blem. Tit. de Excom. &c. And on the Hebrue names ther [...]f, and the Greeke name among the Iewes, in and before the time of Christe, he saith: in Ioh. chap. [...].12. & 16. He that was excluded, is sayde [...] that is, to bee made an Alien from the publike assembly. Such were ab­hominable and odious to the residue of the Iewes, Ciuil and Eccl. Exc. vntill they were re­conciled. In the ninth chapter hee sayth, that it was ordeyned of the Iewes, that if any man confessed him to be Christe. [...], that is, he should be cast out of the synagog. In the 12. chap. that many of the Princes beleeued, but they confessed him not, least they should be made [...]. And in the 16. chap. They shall make you [...], that is, out lawes and vnworthy of their assemblies. Heereupon excommunication may be called [...]. In the old Testament it is (called) Masger, a shut­ting: for hee that was of Moses shut out, was bound as it were with ma­ny Lawes.

Besides that, hee which was bound [...] with any certayne fault, was holden vnder the penalty to the which hee was bounden: you haue the example Num. 12. where Miriam the sister of Moses for the crime of rebellion, is excluded by the commaundement of God 7. dayes out of the campe. Let her be shut out seuen dayes abroad, [...] cherem among the Hebrewes is anathema. That is, a penaltie inflicted of God, as Mal. 4. Least I come and strike the land, cherem, that is, anathemate (with a curse suspension, or separation). The same word signifieth a thing consecrated to God, and sequestred from the publike vse, as it is sayd of the spoyles of Ierico, that Achan receaued [...] Minha-cherem, that is, of the spoyles condemned of the Lorde by a curse, of setting apart, or su­spending.

Syntagma Tit. de cla­uibus.Wigandus and Matheus Iudex in their treatise called Syntagma, or corpus doctrinae, on the title de clauibus in veteri testamento, of the keyes in the old Testament, do say: First, that there are such keyes: Although in the new Testament Christ institute the keyes by a solemne manner, Matth. 16.18. and Ioh. 20. notwithstanding in the old Testament also, there was a power of the keyes pertaining to the churche, and to the [Page 1023] Ministers thereof, as appeareth by the thinges folowing. What were the kinds▪ That there were two keyes, the one binding, the other losing▪ appeareth out of Esa. 22. I will geue (or laye) vpon his shoulder, to wit, Eliachim, the key of the house of Dauid, and he shall open, and there shalbe none that can shut, and he shall shut, and there shalbe none that can open. And examples to the Propheticall writinges do witnesse. For Caine in the 3. of Gen. is excommunicated. But Dauid is absolued of Nathan, and the types or figures of thrusting out of the campes the lepers and polluted, and receauing of the healed and purged by sacri­fice, Num. 4. Leuit. 13. concerning the binding key, or Excommuni­cation: what are the names thereof? The binding key in the Propheticall writinges, is called Anathema. Num. 21. Deut. 7. &c. Malediction and detestation: Num. 23. Deut. 27. crying out wo: Hosee. 7. casting out of the land: Gen. 4. taking away out of the middest: Deut. 13. The definition is this. The key bynding is a power ordeyned of God, The defini­tion of the Eccl. bin­ding. com­mitted to the church and to the Priestes, of denowncing the wr [...]th of God to notorious and polluted sinners, and of shutting them out of the societie of Gods people, and of forbidding other their societie and companie, vntill either by the Magistrate they be taken out of the way, or els by repentaunce, or by the prescribed sacrifices, they shal be purged and receaued &c.

And afterward comming to the Ministers, he saith: the Ministers of excommunication were the Priestes, and the churche approuing it Deut. 27. the Leuites shall pronounce and say vnto all the men of Is­rael with a high voyce, accursed is the man that maketh a gra [...]en and [...] moult [...]n Image, the abhomination of the Lorde, the worke of the ar­tificers, and setteth it in a secrete place. And all the people shall aun­swere Amen. In the seconde booke of Esdras, chap. 13. Eliasis the preest separateth the straungers from Israell.

And likewise for the other Key of losing: The key absoluing is a po­wer ordeyned of God and committed to the Preestes and Prophetes, The defini­tion of the Eccl. absol­uing. of pronouncing to sinners beeing penitent, the remission of sinnes, for the Womans and Abrahams seede and the sonne of Dauid, that is for the Messias. &c.

The author and the Ministers are these: Eyther God him-selfe im­mediatly hath denounced the forgiuenesse of sinnes, as Genesis 3. When hee setteth foorthe the promise of the VVomans seede, hee doth nothing else, bu [...] tha [...] [...]ee mought absolue Adam and Eue from their sinne. &c. Or else by the Patriarkes, So Genesis 30. God sayth [...]o Abimelech of Abraham▪ &c. Or else, by the Prophetes. The seconde of Kings 12. Nathan said to Dauid, the Lord hath translated thy sinne. &c. or else, by the Prees [...] ▪ which offering sacrifice [...] expiatory, for the people, [...] [Page 1024] for their sinns, & afterward blessed them, which what was it [...]so [...] a denunciation of the forgiuenes of their sinnes? Leui. 4.5.6. & 9. Leuit. 19. And the Priest shall pray for him and for his sinne, and it shall bee forgiuen him, and his sinne remitted, and Num. 6. Speake to Aaron & to his sonnes: thus shall ye blesse the children of Israel, & say vnto them [...] the Lord blesse thee and keepe thee, the Lord shew his face vnto thee, and haue mercie vpon thee. This wa [...] the state of Excommunication and absolution in the old Testament, denounced by the [...]outh of the Minister of the worde. For to whom the Absoluing belonged, the Excommunica­ting belonged also. The steps whereof ( sayth Aretius) are in the newe Te­stament, Ioh. 9.12. & 16. For although that Discipline was administred then of wicked men, notwithstanding it is for an argument of the anti­quitie. And in the olde time the Institution was honest and profitable. This corruption Christe corrected, when he drewe backe this Discipline to his Church. Math. 16.18. Ioh. 20. The Apostles also vsed it laudably, as it is, 1. Cor. 5.1. Tim. 5. Whereby also it appeareth, that [...] the wicked Iewes vsed it in Christes time, The censure of Exc. re­nued by Christ. Mat. 16. Iohn. 20. Christe reducing into his church, the olde Institu [...]ion of God for Excommunicating and absol­uing: he committed this spirituall censure to such onely as were spirituall Ministers of the Worde, Howsoeuer the other that were not Ministers, did allowe and approoue the same. And this sentence. Math. 18. Being o­uer ruled by the other before Math. 16. [...] Iohn 20. comming after, and put in practise by these examples. 1. Cor. 5. And 1, Tim. 5. [...]here S. Paul being a Minister of the Worde, pronounceth the sentence and the Iudge­ment: If the vse of the other Apostles bee to be leueled by these examples, it is cleare, that in the Apostles times (though the Church [...] there­unto) the action was [...] by such onely as were Ministers of the Worde of God.

What the practise was of Excommunication in the Primitiue church succéeding the Apostles, partly appeareth by that we h [...]e cited out of Ter­tullian, saying: There are also exhortations, chasticementes and the Di­uine censure. Tertul. In Apolog. cont. Gent. cap. 39. For iudgement is there giuen with great w [...]ight, as among those which are certayne that God beholdeth them. And it is the cheefe fore-iudgement of the iudgment to come, if any shall so offend. If any be banished from the communicating of prayer and of the meeting toge­ther, and of all the holy partaking, euery of the approoued Elders haue the Gouernment.

Here is Excommunication mentioned, and the Gouernment to ap­pertayne to euery of the approoued Elders. But in adding withall the publique prayers and Exhortations, that he [...]nne [...]eth to the gouernmēt of these Elders, it is apparant, that he meant none other, but such as were Ministers of the Worde. Which we haue also shewed yet more play [...], in [Page 1025] his booke De Coronae militis, Ext. in the Eccl. histo­ry. where after he hath spoken of Baptisme recei­ued Sub antistitis, vnder the Bishops and Prelates: speaking of the Lordes supper, he sayth: Nec de aliorum manu quam Praesidentium sumimus, Neyther receiue we it at the handes of any other, than of the gouernors. So that he maketh these Seniors and Gouernours, to bee all one with the pre­lates and Ministers of the Worde and sacraments.

Eusebius lib. 5. cap. 24. telleth, Wherein Victors exc. was reproo­ued. howe Victor Bishop of Rome Excom­municated the Churches of the East, For keeping their manner of cele­brating Easter day. Wherein although he greatly abused this power of binding: yet if he had rightly with discretion vsed it within his boundes, Irenaeus nor any other did reprooue him but only for his rash ouer-reach­ing himselfe in the same. For, ( sayth Eusebius) Irenaeus also writing with the other Bishops of Fraunce ouer whome hee had the gouernment ( for he was Archbishop of Lions, Anno Domini 169.) doth in-deede con­firme it, that the Mystery of the Lordes resurrection shoulde bee cele­brated on the sunday: Notwithstanding hee reprooueth Victor, that hee did not well, to cut off from the Vnity of the body, so many and so great Churches of God, that kept the custome deliuered to them of the auncient time.

And to shew this better, that when he vsed this power better, he was not misliked for the vse thereof: Eusebius sayth afterward in the last chap. of the fift booke. What Exc. by Victor was allow­ed. But howe can they lay a slaunder vnto Victor concer­ning this, sith they knewe, that Victor expelled from the communion of the Church, Theodorus the tanner, which was the prince & Father of this their impiety, which durst first at Rome auouche, that Christ was but onely a man. For if Victor (as they say) did so beleeue: how did he cast out of the Church Theodorus the inuentor of this blasphemy? So that Eusebius approueth this doing of Victor for his Excommunication of this heretike.

I heere passe ouer all the Canons and decrees mentioned in the coun­celles, in the names of the Apostles and of diuers auncient Bishops, be­cause their credite may be called in question, though diuers of them men­tioning the Excommunications, ( made onelie by Bishops and sacerdo­tall preestes) be no doubt of great antiquity. Onely I note that, which Eu­sebius recordeth of the Emperor Philip. Eusebius li. 6. cap. 25. Of this man ( saith he) It is re­ported vnto vs, that he was a Christian. And on Easter day, to wit, euen in the Vigilles, when he woulde haue beene present amongest them, The Exc. of Philip the Empe­rour. and communicated in the mysteries, hee was of the Bishop of the place not suffered, before he had confessed his sinnes, and stoode among the penitent persons. Neither by any meanes coulde hee haue leaue to re­ceiue the mysteries, except that before he had by repentance purged him-selfe of those manifolde faultes, that were reported of him. It is [Page 1026] sayde therefore that hee gladly receiued that which was appoynted to them by the Proestos (or Bishoppe), Theodosius of Excom. approouing that hee had a godly feare, and a Fayth of Religion, moste full of workes.

The like wee reade of the moste Noble Emperour Theodosius, in the Ecclesiasticall Historie of Theodoretus Lib. 5. Cap. 17 Where ha­uing declared in the former Chapter, howe Theodosius had in his fury caused his Souldiers to make a Massacre of 7000. people in the City of Thessalonica, for the reuenge of an insurrection there made, wherein some of the Emperours Iustices were stoned to death: hee sheweth, how the Emperour afterwarde beeing come to Millaine, when hee woulde haue entred into the Churche after his wonted manner, Ambrose for­bad him, laying the heighnousnesse of his fault before him, and willing him to depart, and submit him-selfe to this bonde of Excommunication that hee inflicted on him. With these wordes ( sayth Theodoretus) the Emperour being moued, Theodore [...]us li. 5. cap. 17. (who being brought vp in the holy doctrine, knewe what were the offices of the Sacerdotall preestes, what were the offices of the Emperours,) hee returned with sighes and teares into the Court, &c.

For the which fact (although perhappes somewhat more rough than needed, vnto so penitent a Prince) not onely Ambrose, but also Theodo­sius, is of all writers highly commended.

Generally, whatsoeuer Heretikes or other malefactors in any of the generall or prouinciall Councilles bee condemned, by the Censure of Ex­communication, it was done by such Bishops, Preestes, or Elders, as were Ministers of the Worde of God. Neither doe any of the Fathers ascribe the denuntiation of this spirituall Censure (in the proper sence thereof) to any other, Cyprianus vt sup [...]a. than to a Bishop or to a minister of the Worde. We haue seene in Cyprian, howe, although hee promised that hee would doe nothing, (in receiuing those that were fallen from the fayth into the lapse of Idolatry, Iunii eccle­siasticus, cap. 3. and so became abstenti, that is, Excommunicated, to bee admitted on their repentaunce to the communion and peace of the church) without the consent of his College of Elders, which as withall wee haue founde were all ministers of the Word and Sacraments, ( Which Iunius him-selfe in his Booke called Ecclesiasticus, Capitulo 3▪ treating on these. Seniors: confesseth to be Corpus & Collegium sacerdotum, A body or cor­poration and College of Sacerdotall Preestes. Yea in that case, although hee promiseth not to receyue them, without the consent also of the Dea­cons and of the people: yet the action of Excommunication and absol­uing of them, hee still maketh it proper tohim selfe, being the Bishop, and to such onely as were ministers of the Worde.

Hierom. in Math. 16.Hierome vpon that saying of Christe to Peter, Math. 16, I will giue [Page 1027] thee the Keyes of the kingdome of Heauen, and whatsoeuer &c. August. of excom. This place ( sayth hee) the Bishops and the Preestes not vnderstanding, take vpon them some-what of the Pharisées pride, to thinke that eyther they may condemne the innocent, or loose the offenders. When as with God, not the sentence of the sacerdotall Preestes, but the life of the guilty is sought out. Wee reade in Leuiticus of the Lepers, where they are bidden to shewe them selues to the Preestes. And if they haue the Leprie, then of the sacerdotall Preestes they are made vn­cleane. Not that the sacerdotall preestes make them Lepers and vn­cleane: but that they haue the knowledge of him that is a Leper, and of him that is not a Leper. And that they may discerne who is cleane, or who is vncleane. In such sorte therefore as the sacerdotall Preeste maketh the Leper clean or vncleane: so here also eyther the Bishop and the preeste or Elder bindeth or looseth, not those that are eyther in­nocent or offenders: but according to his office, when hee shall haue hearde the diuersities of the sinnes, he knoweth who is to bee bound, or who is to be loosed.

Saint Augustine being complained vnto, that Auxilius being a young Bishop had made such a rash Excommunication, Aug. ad Auxilium epistola. 75. as Hierome here spake of: writeth vnto him in this manner. Augustine to his moste dearely be­loued Lorde, and worshipfull or reuerend brother, and fellow sacerdo­tall Preeste, Auxilius. Our renowned Sonne Classicianus hath gree­uously by Letters complayned vnto mee, that he hath susteined of your holinesse the iniury of accursing. Declaring that he came to the church, accompanied with the appearaunce of a fewe persons conuenient for his power, and dealt with you, that you shoulde not against his health (or safety) fauour them, who by periuring themselues on the Gospell, sought ayde for violating of their fayth, euen in the house of fayth. Whome notwithstanding, considering what ill they had done, he saith that they were not taken thence by violence, but went out of their owne accorde. And heereupon your honour is so offended with him, that by the making of your Ecclesiasticall actes, hee with all his house, is striken with the sentence of the Curse Which Letters I hauing read, beeing not a little mooued with thoughtes, tossing me with great vex­ation of heart, I coulde not hide it from your louingnesse, that if you haue your opinion of this matter tried out by sure reasons or testimo­nies of the Scriptures: you woulde vouchsafe also to teach vs, how the childe may rightly be accursed, for the Fathers sinne, or the wife for the Husbandes, or the seruaunt for the Lordes, or anie in the house also not yet borne, if it shoulde be borne in the same time, that the whole house is bound with the curse, so that it coulde not in the daunger of death be helped by the washing of regeneration.

[Page 1028]For this is not a corporall punishment, wherewith we reade that some dispisers of God were slayne, together with all theirs, which were not partakers of the same vngodlinesse. Then in-deede to the terror of the liuing, the mortall bodies were slayne, which at sometime ve [...]ily should haue died. But the spirituall punishment, whereby that i [...] done which is written, VVhatsoeuer thinges thou shalt binde in earth shall bee bound also in Heauen, Math. 16. bindeth the soules. Of whome it is written, The soule of the Fa­ther is mine, Exech. 18. and the soule of the Sonne is mine. The soule that shall sinne the same shall dye.

You haue peraduenture hearde that some sacerdotall preestes of greate name, haue accursed some body with their house. But if perhaps they were demaunded, they might bee found not able to render a rea­son of the same. As for me, If any body should demaund of me, whether it were well done? I finde not what I shold answere him. I neuer durst do this thing, when I haue bin mooued most greeuously, about the wicked deedes of some moste cruelly committed against the Church. But if the Lord haue reuealed to you, how it may iustly be done: I despise neuer a whit your yong age, & rudimēts (or but yong beginnings) of the Eccl. honor. Beholde I am at hand, I an old man, of my yong fellow B▪ a B. of so many years, of my Colleague not yet of one yeare, am ready to learn, how we may render a iust account eyther to God or to men, if we pu­nish with spiritual punishment the innocent soules, for the offence of a­nother, of whome they take not, as of Adam (in whome all haue sin­ned) originall sinne. For if the sonne of Classicianus haue taken from his Father the sinne of the first man, that is to bee washed away in the fountayne of baptisme. Notwithstanding, after hee begat him, whatsoe­uer sinne his father committed, wherein he himselfe was not partaker, who doubteth, that it pertaineth not to him? and what then of so many soules in the whole housholde? whereupon, if one soule by this seuerity, whereby this whole house is accursed, S. Aug. er­ [...]or in the Infants dy­ing without baptisme. should perish in departing out of the body without baptisme, the death of the bodies of innumerable men, if they bee taken out of the church and killed is not comparable to this losse. If therefore you can render a reason of this matter, woulde to God you woulde also by writing againe yeeld it, that we also might be able to do it. But if you can not, why shoulde you doe that by any vnaduised passion of your minde, whereof (if you shoulde be demaun­ded) you can not finde a right reason?

I haue sayde these thinges, yea, although our sonne Classicianus hath committed ought, that may seeme to you to bee moste iustly punished with accursing. Howbeit, if hee hath written true letters vnto me, neither ought so much as hee alone in his house, to haue beene [Page 1029] punished with this sentence. But hereon I meddle nothing with your holines. But only request that you woulde forgiue him asking pardon, if that hee shall acknowledge a fault. But if you shall wisely acknow­ledge, that hee hath not offended, because hee is in the house of faith, hath more iustly required that fayth ought to bee kept, least it shoulde bee broken there, where it is taught: doe that which an holy man ought to doe, that if that haue happened to you, as to a man, which thing verily the man of God speaketh of in the Psalme: Mine eye was troubled for wrath: you shoulde crye out to God: Have mercy on mee O Lorde, because I am weake, that he may reache out his right hande and represse your wrath, and caulme your minde, to see and to doe righteousnesse. For as it is written, The wrath of Man worketh not the righteousnesse of God. Iames. 1. But let vs rather thinke, that because wee are men, wee liue moste daunge­rously among the snares of tentations. Take away therefore the Eccle­siasticall actes that you haue done, beeing done peraduenture more on perturbation. And let that charity come agayne betweene you, which you had with him, while you were yet Catechumenus, a scholler, or Learner of the Catechism. Remoue the strife, and reuoke peace, Leaste both the man that is your freende perish to you, and the Deulll that is your foe reioyce ouer you. But the mercy of our God is mighty, who also graunt to here mee praying, leaste my heauinesse ouer you bee en­creased. But rather, that that which is already sprung vp may be healed, and that he woulde erect me by his grace, and reioyse your youth, not contemning mine olde age.

I haue set downe this whole Epistle, as well for the reuerende stile thereof, What S. Aug. dissa­loweth in this B Exc. one Bishop thus writing to another about this matter of Excom­munication: as cheefely that wee may the more fully perceyue, what Saint Augustine dissoloweth and alloweth in this matter. For although hee finde fault with this young Bishoppes ouer-hasty Excommunica­ting of this Gentleman, and namely of his whole houshoulde, condem­ning other for that, which hee misse-conceyued was his fault: yet doth hee not dissalowe his Censure, for that hee beeing the Bishop did it him selfe, and not others ioyned with him.

But hee alloweth thereof, so it had beene done deseruedly, and with mature deliberation, and gone no further than to the offending party. Yea, being done as yll as it was, hee entreateth him to vndooe this Ecclesiastical act, and to release the Censure of his Curse, ascribing the binding and the losing to the Bishop. Although therefore Saint Au­gustine doe often affirme, the power of the keyes for opening and shut­ting, binding and losing, to bee giuen to the Church: yet hee ma­keth the execution of the same, to appertayne onely, to the Bishops and Ministers of the word.

[Page 1030]Chrysostome likewise in the east, where he ascribeth this power vnto the Church, Homilia 2. De Dauide & Saule, Chrysost. Homil. 2. de Dauide & Saule. speaking against them that went to the stage-playes from the sermon, hee sayth: Verily I thinke that many of those which forsooke vs yesterday, and went away to the spectacles of iniquity, are this day present. But I wish, that I might openly knowe who these are, that I might driue them from the sacred porches. Not that they should perpetually tarry without, but that being corrected, they should return agayn. Sith that the Fathers also driue out of the doores and from the table, their sonnes that oftentimes offend, not that they shoulde bee alwayes banished from thence, but that bee­ing made better by this chastisement, How Chry­sost. woulde Excom. the contemners of the word they may returne to their Fa­thers housholds company, with due commendation. Truely, the same thing doe the Pastors also, while as they separate the scabbed sheep from the whole. That they being eased of their wretched disease, may returne agayne safe vnto the sound. Rather than that the sicke shoulde fill the whole flocke with that their disease. For this cause wee desired also to knowe these. But although we bee not able to discerne them with our eyes, the word notwithstanding, that is, the sonne of God will knowe them, and will easily perswade them by reproouing their conscience, that they shoulde returne of their owne voluntary, and willingly, tea­ching that he onely is within, which can giue a mind worthy of this ex­ercise. As on the contrary, hee that liuing corruptly is partaker of this congregation, although he stande here present in body, hee is cast out and is remooued hence, more truely than those that are so shut out of the dores, that they may not be partakers of the holy Table. For they being expulsed according to the Lawes of God, and tarying without, are yet of good hope, if so bee they will amende their faultes. They are cast out by the Church, that they may returne againe with a pure conscience. &c.

Heere where hee sayth they are cast out by the Church, yet hee wi­sheth that hee might openly knowe them, to the ende, that he might de­nounce the sentence of Excommunication against them, and doe as the Father with his disobedient Childe, and as the shephearde with his in­fected Sheepe. So that this Censure by these comparisons, doth pro­perly belong to the Spirituall Father and Pastor of the people. But for the better and more full consideration heereof: Let vs see what Chryso­stome saith in his seuenty Homily, against the custome then of hiring Women mourners for the deade, which Homilie he also inserteth into his Homilies on the Epistle to the Hebrewes, Homilia quarta ex Capite secundo Where hee also mencioneth Presidentes, and after that hee had wished them all not to bee taken away by vntimely death, he sayth: God graunt this, and this I wish for, and I beseeche the Presidentes and [Page 1031] you all, that yee pray to GOD one for another, Chrysost. of Excom. and make this your common prayer. But if so bee (which God forbid, and graunt not, that it shoulde happen) that the bitter death do come: (I call it bitter, not of the own nature thereof, for death now is not bitter, differing nothing from sleepe: (but I say, bitter death hapneth in respect of our affection) and any shall hyer these Women mourners: beleeue mee that speake it, (I speake none otherwise than I may, and as I am affected, bee offen­ded who so list (I will interdict them from the Churche, and that for long time, euen as though they were Idolaters. Chrysost. in Homil. 70. & homil. 4. in Hebr. 2. For if Paule call the co­uetous man a worshipper of Idolles, much more him that bringeth in, vpon the faithfull departed, the thinges that appertaine vnto Idolaters. To what purpose, I pray thee, doest thou call the Elders and the sing­ers? Doest thou it not that they shoulde comfort thee, and that they shoulde honour the departed? Wherefore doest thou than deface him? Wherfore doest thou prosecute him with publique ignominie? Where­fore doest thou play vpon a stage? Wee come to declare the Philoso­phie of the resurrection, teaching all men, and those also that are yet not striken, that by the honour rendred to the deade, when as the like shall happen vnto them, they beare it out couragiously. And thou brin­gest foorth Women, which so much as lieth in them marre all our dooinges. VVhat is worse than this mockery and derision? what is more greeuous than this vn-euen dealing?

And heere by the way note these Tearmes of Presidentes, whome he ioyneth with the people, and of Elders that should comfort the mour­ners, whome hee ioyneth with the Psalmistes or singers, The Praesi­dents and Elders of whome Chrysost. speaketh. ( that hee saith were called for at burialls) whome also he ioyneth with him-selfe, say­ing: VVee come to shewe the philosophie of the resurrection, and to teache all men. Whether these were not such Elders, as Iames willeth the sick to call for before his death, and were called for again at the fune­ralles, to make Exhortations and instructions, to comfort and teache the liuing, that are assembled at the buriall: it appeareth plainly, they were teachers of the worde, and not Gouernors, Praesidentes or Elders that were not Teachers. If our Brethren say that those forenamed praesi­dents were the ciuill Gouernours of the people: then againe they make nothing for our Brethrens Ecclesiasticall and not teaching gouernours or Elders of the Church. But whatsoeuer they were, that the Ecclesia­sticall censure of Excommunication belonged to Chrysostome himselfe being their Bishop, and to such onely as are Ministers of the worde: Let vs see further, howe Chrysostome doth proceede.

Be yee ashamed and adradde. But if you will not, wee will no longer suffer you, to bring into the Church such pernitious customes. For those (saith Paule) th [...]t sinne reprooue them before all [...]. And wee forbid by [Page 1032] you those wretched women ( that is to say, we charge you, not to suffer them, or, to tell them of this our prohibitation) that they neuer be pre­sent at the deathes of the faythfull, nor at the bearing foorth of them. For feare we compell them to bewayle in verie deede their owne euils. And leaste wee teache them not to doe these thinges in other folkes, but to lament their owne calamities. For whereas also, a Godly Father hath a prodigall sonne, hee not onely admonisheth him that he ioyne not himself vnto wicked men: but also he terrifieth him. Loe therfore I both charge you, and them by you, that yee neyther call such toge­ther, Chrysost. [...]hreat a­gaine to Excom▪ neither that they come vnto you. And God graunt that this word may doe some further good, and that these threates may preuayle. But if so bee (which God forbid) wee shall be contemned: we shall at length be compelled to bring our thretninges into dooins, chastising you with the Ecclesiasticall Lawes, and them with such correction as shall be fitte for them.

But if any beeing arrogant shall contemne let him heare Christe euen nowe also saying: If any shall offende against thee, goe thy wayes and reprooue him be [...]weene thee and him alone. Matst. 18. But if he shall not heare thee, take vn­to thee one or two. And if so also hee shall resist thee: tell the Church. And if hee shall also dispyise the Church, let him be to thee an Ethnicke and Pub­lican.

If therefore hee commaunde mee so to shunne him, that hath sinned against mee, when hee will not heare: Iudge you, howe I ought to ac­count him, that shall sinne against him-selfe, and against God. For you woulde not contemne vs, if wee proceede so mildlie agaynst you. But if any man shall contemne these our bindings that we make, Christe a­gaine shall correct him, saying:

Whatsoeuer yee shall binde vpon earth shall bee also bounde in Heauen: and whatsoeuer yee shall loose vpon earth, shall bee loosed in Heauen. For if wee also bee wretched, and of no regarde, and worthie of contempt (as in verye deede worthy wee are) notwithstanding wee reuenge not our selues, nor wrecke our anger. But thinke of your saluation. Bee yee ashamed, I beseeche you, and blush▪ For if a man beare with his frend that contendeth with him more earnestlye than is meete, conside­ring his meaning, that hee doth it of good will, and not of insolencie: Howe much more shoulde hee beare with his Teacher when hee re­proueth him, nor speaketh these things of a tyrannicall authority, nor as though hee were appointed in place of a Prince, but as susteining the care of a Father. For wee speake not these thinges as though wee woulde bragge of our power. For howe can wee speake these things, with this mind, that desire not to come to the experience of the things we speake of, but with greefe and mourning?

[Page 1033]Pardon me, and let not anie man despise the ecclesiasticall band. For he that bindeth, is not man but Christe, which hath committed this power to vs, and hath made men the Lords of so great honor. For wee verelie would be willing to vse this power onlie to losing, yea, rather we would that we neither had anie necessitie of that: for we desire that we might binde none. We are not so miserable and wretched, (although wee bee verie vile) but if we be compelled, pardon vs. For neither of our owne accorde or willinglie, but rather mourning more for you, wee lay the bonds vpon you. And, If anie man cont [...]mne them, the time of Iudgement is at hand. The residue I wil not vtter, least I should beate your mindes down right. For this is the thing that we chieflie desire, that we might not be drawen into this necessitie. But if we shall come to it, we will fulfill our office, and cast the bonds vpon you. And if anie shal breake them, The B. sepe­rate autho­ritie in ex­com. I shal doo that is my dutie, and then am I cleere, and thou shalt giue an ac­count to him that commaunded me to binde.

But tell thou me, if the King sitting in presence, one of the Sergeants standing by, be commaunded to binde one of those that stande in the rowe, and to lay fetters on him, but he not onelie thrust him backe, but also breake the bonds: is it the Sergeant that hath susteined the iniurie, or is it not much more the King, that did commaund it? The excom­municator such a per­son as may teach. For if when anie thing is done against the faithful, he account the same done against himselfe: how much more, when he which is appointed to teach sustei­neth iniurie, will he be mooued, as though he himselfe had susteined the contumelie? But God forbid that anie of them that are in this Church should come into the necessitie of these bondes. For as it is a goodlie thing not to offend, so is it profitable to beare the rebuke thereof. Lett vs therefore beare the reprehension, and let vs endeuor neuer to offend: but if we shall haue offended, let vs susteine the reproouing. For, as it is good not to be striken, (which notwithstanding if it shall happen, it is necessarie to lay a medicine to the wound): euen so it is heere. But God graunt that we neuer need anie such medicines, for of you we hope bet­ter things, and such as appertaine vnto saluation, although wee speake thus. We haue spoken perhaps more vehementlie, but to your greater taking heede. For it is better, that I should be accounted of you bold, cruell, and insolent: than that you should doo those thinges that please not God. But we trust in God, that this our admonition shal not be vn­profitable. But that you shall be so changed, that these speaches shall bee turned into your praises and commendations.

By this it cléerelie appeareth, that not onelie the keies of knowledge, and opening the word of God: but the keyes of this discipline & Cen­sure of excommunication, appertained chiefly to the Bishop, and to Tea­chers of the word, and not to a Segniorie of such Gouernors as were not [Page 1034] teachers, Melan­cthon. ioyned with him. And as this was the practise of the Churches Excommunication, in the dayes of these holy Fathers: so, cutting of all the later corruptions of the ages following, especially in the time of the Popish tyranny, that moste tragically abused these keyes, and continueth and encreaseth those abuses of them: Let vs come to the Protestantes, and to our Brethren themselues in the reformed Churches, and see their iudgements also in this Discipline.

When the late Trident Conuenticle had falsly burdened the Prote­stant Churches, that we gaue this power of the keyes to all Christians indifferently: Kemnitius answereth, in his Examination of the sixt chapter saying: Kemnitius in exam. Trident. Con [...]. To. cap. 6. This Chapter hath two partes, the first disputeth of the Mi­nister of absolution, to whome appertaineth the ordinary ministery of the keyes. The other part treateth what absolution is. So farre as per­teineth to the first part, the matter may bee dispatched in fewe wordes. For in the Examination of the tenth Canon of the Sacraments in ge­nerall, those thinges that pertaine heereunto are expounded. For al­though the keyes be deliuered vnto the Church, as the auncient Fathers doe well set foorth: notwithstanding we thinke, that by no meanes e­uery Christian ought or may indifferently, without a lawfull calling, vsurpe or exercise the Ministery of the word and sacramentes. But as in case of necessity the olde Fathers say, that euery lay man may minister the sacrament of baptisme: so also Luther sayde of absolution, in the case of necessity where a preeste is not present▪

Melancthon in his common places, Tit. De Regno Christi. Moreouer saith he) we must also consider this, Melanct. in locis com. de regno Christi. that the pastors haue the comman­dement of Excommunicating with the Worde, without bodily force, those that are guilty of manifest crimes. And in his annotations on his common places, he saith: But after that we haue known the true church by those signes that he haue spoken of: that power whereof Christe speaketh Mat. 16. & 18. and also Iohn. 20. is to be applied to this onely church. For neither hath Christ giuen that power to his enemies, whom he commaundeth to bee excluded out of the kingdome of heauen, Melanct. in a [...]not. loco­rum com. ac­cording to that saying: he that beleeueth not shall bee condemned: but vnto this onely assembly that hath not onely his worde, but also inter­preteth it rightly, and according to the proportion of the faith, not o­uerthrowing the foundation which the Apostles haue layde, and before them the Prophets. For neither said he to Peter, as to the son of Iohn, I giue to thee the keyes of the kingdō of heauen: but because he had sayd thou art Christ the son of the liuing God. Therfore the B. of Rome clai­meth to himself in vain the keis of Peter, sith that he is most vnlike to Peter, & not a minister of Christ, but of Antichrist. Of whō it is writtē, that about the last time, he shalbe reproued with the spirit of Gods mouth. [Page 1035] Neither [...]id Peter vsurp the power of binding & losing to himself alone any more to him-selfe than to other, but iudged the same to bee com­mon to him with all the apostles, and the whol church which professeth the same word. Saue that for order sake, hee committeth the publike ad­ministration of the keies to certain, & to fit persons, that they should ei­ther absolue mē, or not absolue thē, with this choise that Christ him self hath ordeined, & that he should rightly distribute the word of God &c.

Thus doth Melancthon graunt that this power is committed to the church: but the dispensation of the power, is committed to the right distribution of the ministers. And not onely hee speaketh of the power mencioned Math. 16. and Iohn. 20▪ but also Math. 18. To which purpose hee procéedeth, saying: The Chur­ches power of order & Iurisdiction But it is vsuall to deuide the power of the church, into the power of order, & into the power of iurisdiction. The power of order they cal the right of teaching, & of administring the sacraments: which the prophets and thapostles immediatly receiued of God: the other doctors or teachers (receiued it) by men. To this power we must hearken simply, euen as to the voice of the gospel, according to the commandement of God: Heare him. Howbeit, the good doctors or teachers haue liberty of ordeining times, &: of Instituting certain traditions for good order sake. VVhich to obey, it is the duty of a godly mind. The powe [...] of order. To which mind nothing is more ioiful, than in all things to agree with the true church, without offence of conscience. The power of iurisdictiō is, when as those which are defiled with manifest wickednesses, & being admonished, do not desist, are excommunicated from the society of the Church, not onely the inward and spirituall society. Which excom. is made by the general voice of the gospel: The powe [...] of Iurisd. he that shal not beleue shalbe cō dēned: but also frō the externall cōmunion of the church, by a spirituall sentence, to the intent, the honor of God may be lesse blemished, & the society of men also lesse ill reported. This other power in the primitiue church was more necessary, when the Ethnike magistrates gouerned the cities. For there, when by the ciuil iudgement, punishment should haue bin giuen vpon the blasphemers, & on others openly violating the commandements of God: the church necessarily executed iudgment on the corrupted mēbers, without seditiō, that is, without bodily force. Exclu­ding the wicked with the only word, & yet receiuing them again, if they were conuerted. But now after that they also which are the magistrates, haue embraced the name of Christ, it is be [...]ter & more meet for the cō mon profit, to bring them vnder the ciuil punishment, that manifestly lead a wicked life. Especially when as the magistrate by name is charged that he taketh away the authors of offences, to thend that the name of god be lesse il spokē of. Thus also the offices remain distinct, that by the churches power, secret & manifest sins be reproued, by the only word of God, but they that suffer not thēselues to be ruled by the doctrine, may [Page 1036] be punished by the ciuile Iurisdiction. Aretius. Verelie this were a m [...]t beauti­full harmonie of the two powers, if it were kept: but in this extreame confusion of all things, and heedlesnesse of Princes, there is not so much as hope of ordeining this harmonie. This onelie thing remaineth, that the King of Kinges come, and purge his Church for euer from all of­fences.

Thus complaineth Melancthon, and distinguisheth of these powers. But he would so little haue the Eccl. iurisdiction of excommunication, to be vsed by gouerning Seniors that were not teachers: that he woulde either haue them teachers, or else their iurisdiction to be but ciuile, and the meere punishment of the Christian Magistrate.

Aretius in lo­cis com. parte 2. de excomm.Aretius in his Common-place thereon, saith: Excommunication is an exclusion of some bodie that professeth our Religion, out of the cō ­panie of the faithfull in holie and prophane matters, beeing made in the name and power of Christe, by the ordinarie Ministers of the Churche, the residue of the Church consenting, The defini­tion of ex­communi­c [...]tion. and being made for the cause of amending the sinner, and of deliuering the Church from the contagi­on of the sinne. And afterwarde proouing the parts of this definition, cō ­ming to the 5. part, By whom it ought to be administred? he saith; We aunswere out of the definition: By the ordinarie Ministers, the residue of the Church consenting. We would haue the Ministers ordinarie, be­cause except their vocation bee lawfull, the discipline of the manners shall be frustrate. For Christe hath deliuered the same to the Apostles, and for that cause to their lawfull successors, and therefore they labour heere in vaine, whom the lawfull succession doth remooue. And fur­thermore, that the discipline be administred of the Ministers, as Mini­sters, that is, that they vse the same by Ministerie or seruice, not by Em­pire or rule. In which matter, how greatlie in Poperie they offended, is not here to the purpose to declare. The Mini­ster is the excommu­nicator, and the Church consenteth. We adde, The residue of the Church consenting: least the Minister would exercise dominion of his own wil. Christe Mat. 18. biddeth, Tell the Church, not the Ministerie onelie. And Paule would not the incestuous man to be excluded by his authoritie a­lone, but the Church of Corinth being gathered together 1. Cor. 5. Cy­prian declareth it to the people, if anie were to be receaued, doing the same (no doubt) in those that were to be excommunicated. Epist. 16. li. 3. You being present and iudging, all shall be excommunicated. So in another place, for those that were falne, hee entreateth the people that the peace might be giuen them. Tertul. Apolog. cap. 39. saith; Euerie of the approoued Seniors doo gouerne, hauing gotten a iust honour, not with money, but with testimonie, for no matter of God consisteth on price, &c.

Héere Aretius maketh excommunication to bee necessarilie made by [Page 1037] [...]he ordinarie Ministers. And that we might know wh [...] these are, Cyprianus▪ he ad­deth, that Christie deliuered it to the Apostles, and to the successors of the Apostles. And therefore those that labour heere, to haue other Mi­nisters than Teachers, labour in vaine, because they are remooued from the lawfull succession, and their discipline is all frustrate. This being set set downe for the Minister, where he addeth, the residue of the Church­es consent; and thereto applieth this testimonie of Christe Mat. 18. Tell the Church, not the Minister onelie: he maketh no especiall Senate of ec­clesiast. Seniors, but putteth altogether in this general name, The Eccl. Senate of Gouernors not teachers reiected. the residue of the church. Neither giueth he them herein a ioynt Ministerie with the Ministers, that the excommunication should be made by all the residue: but that it should be done by their consent. So that if our Br. fearing cō ­fusion in the peoples consent, would haue a Segniorie to represent them, and to whom their consent should be compromitted: yet beyonde consent they haue nothing to doo, more than the residue of the Church and peo­ple haue, whom (as they say) they represent: except they will be Com­ministers of the word, and successors of the Apostles. And this dooth the verie example 1. Cor. 5. ( héere also alleadged) excellentlie well declare. The exam­ple of Saint Paul. 1. Co [...]. 5. Wher Paul was the Minister and the Iudg, and the People gaue their cō sent to his Iudgement. Howbeit, if they had not consented, that had not defeated the vertue and power of S. Paules Censure, as we haue alreadie at large séene.

And likewise the dealing of Cyprian, in receauing of them that were excommunicated. The words of Cyprian in this alleadged 16. epist. li. 3. writing to the people in his absence from them, are these. Cyprian. epist. li. 3. epist. 16. That you doo mourne & bewaile the falls of our brethren; of my selfe withall I know it, and doo bewaile it, and I suffer and feele that, which the blessed A­postle saith: VVho is weakened, (faith he) and I am not weakned? who is of­fended, and I am not burned? And againe, he put in his Epistle, saying; 2. Co. 11.29 1. Co. 12.2 [...] If one member suffer, the other members also suffer with it: and if one member re­ioyce, the other members also reioyce wish it. I haue compassion therefore, & mourne together with our brethren that haue falne, and ouerthrowen themselues in the trouble of persecution, and trayling with them part of our bowels, they haue with their woūds brought vnto vs sharp greef. To whom God by his diuine mercy, is able to giue remedy. While not­withstanding they should not think that any should be done hastily, vn­aduisedly, & out of hand, least if the peace should be vsurped rashly, the of [...]ence of Gods indignation should more greeuously be prouoked. The blessed martyrs haue written letters to vs concerning some, beseeching that their desires maybe examined, when as we shal begin to returne to the church, peace beeing before of the Lorde giuen to vs all. All their desires were examined, you being present and Iudges.

[Page 1038] Aretius. Thus writeth Cyprian, not that the persons were Excommunicated, they being the Iudges of their Excommunication: How farthe people had to deale for their consēt of restoring to the C [...]u­rche in Cy­pria [...]s time but as they were ip­so facto Excommunicated by their greeuous apostacy: so the fault beeing so heighnous and offensiue to the people, no maruell if Cyprian woulde not permit, that they shoulde be receiued into the Church, before the offended people their-selues were content. And for this cause they had made before their requestes, vnto the people, that they might on their repentaunce be receiued. And the people examined and Iudged their re­quests to be reasonable. But because it lay not in them to admit them: both they and other that had beene constant in their persecutions, whom Cyprian calleth Martyrs, wrot vnto him being their Bishop, that hee at his returne vnto them, woulde receiue them. Which although Cyprian of himselfe were willing to doe, yet hee maketh this his conclusion: I pray them that they woulde patiently heare our Counsayle. Let them expect our returne, and when as by the mercy of God, wee shall come vnto you, calling together more of our fellowe-Bishops, ac­cording to the Discipline of the Lorde, and the presence of the blessed Martyrs, we may examin the Letters and the requests. And to the con­fessors I haue writtē Letters, which I haue cōmanded to be read to you.

So that Cyprian writeth not to the people for them, as though the people had had the cheefe authority or anie power heerein: but contra­riwise, the people had written to him, that whereas, neither they, nor the Martyrs among them, nor yet the Preestes without him, coulde receiue them, hee (hauing the cheefe power heereof) woulde vouchsafe to doe it. Whereupon, hee writeth this Epistle, to stay their desire heerein, till it might be done more orderly at his comming to them.

This therefore being no ordinary matter, wherein so many Bishops shoulde appeare, to the more solemne receiuing of these so greeuous lap­sed persons: whereas diuerse of the Preestes or Elders of Carthage had already receyued these offenders, and administred the Sacramentes vn­to them: Hee complayneth heereof, saying: I heare notwithstan­ding that certaine of the Elders, neither mindfull of the Gospell, nei­ther thinking what the Martyrs haue written to vs, neither kee­ping to the Bishop the honour of his sacerdotall preesthoode, and of the Chaire: haue begunne alreadie to communicate to them that are falne, and to offer for them, (to witte, the publike prayers) and to giue them the sacrament of thankesgiuing. When as they ought to haue come by order to these thinges. Whereby it appeareth that these El­ders were Ministers of the Worde and Sacraments, and yet distinct from those which after he calleth Bishops, that shoulde all be ioyned with him, in the receiuing of these so great offenders.

As for that Aretius addeth of the seniors mentioned in Tertullian: I [Page 1039] aske no better witnesse than Aretius himselfe, euen the leafe before, Beza. what they were. Where he saith, (after the example of S. Paul, Excommuni­cating Alexander and Hymenaeus) Postea vsi sunt illa pij Episcopi, vt videre est apud Tertullianum. Apolog. cap. 39. Afterwards the Godly Bishops vsed it, (to wit, Excommunication) as is to see in Tertullian. &c.

Beza himselfe that referreth Christes wordes to a translation of the Synedrion from the Israelites to the Christian Church, Beza in confess. Christ. cap. 5. artic. 43.) in his Confes­sion, Cap-5▪ De Ecclesia, Artic. 43. saith: Secondlie, wee must knowe, that this power resteth not vpon mans ordinaunce, but vpon the expresse worde of God. For this is part of the iurisdiction of the Keyes deliue­red to the Apostles, and to all true preestes (or Elders) in the person of the Apostles. Which Paul himselfe exercised at Corinth & in other pla­ces. So that if these Presbyters, preestes or Elders▪ be not such as vse the keies deliuered to the Apostles, and doe it not in the person of the Apo­stles, as their Successors: it is not the true Ecclesiasticall Excommunica­tion by Beza his owne Confession. But they bee not the Apostles succes­sors, if they be not teachers of the word & ministers of the sacramēts as Paul saith: 1. Cor. 4.1. Let a man so esteem vs as Ministers of Christ & Stewards of the Mysteries of God? And therefore, of good consequence it doth followe, that the sentences of Excommunication made by such Seniors, as are not teachers, nor Ministers of the word and sacramentes, is no lawfull Ex­communication, nor is the power of the keyes that Christe deliuered. Gellius Snecanus de Disciplina ecclesiast. 1. methodi parte. fol. 437 saith; Third­ly, by the Institution and promise of Christe, Math. 18. ver. 18. Gellius Snecanus de disc. eccl. 1. methodi part. fol. 437 VVhatso­euer yee shall bind. &c. is as wel added to this Discipline, as to the Mini­stery of the word. Math. 16. ver. 19. VVe may call it the binding and the loosing key of the kingdō of heauen, in respect that it is a part of the Ecclesiasticall Gouernment. For by the Figure of the keye, is signified the administration of the Church, as appeareth by conferrence of places. Esay. 22. ver. 22. I will giue, or I will lay the keye of the house of Dauid vpon his shoulder. And Math. 16. ver. 19. & cap. 18. verse 19. Hereupon we learn, that this Discipline is not to be administred according to our priuate affections, but according to the vse in the scripture prescribed, of the keyes of the kingdome of Heauen. For Christe ratifieth onely those thinges, that are bounde and loosed with his keyes of the Ministerie of the Gospell. VVe may amplifie the same more largelie, by the figure of the keies, and of their signification. Math. 16. ver. 19. Marke. 16. ver. 15. Preach yee the Gospel. &c. And Iohn 20. ver. 21. &c. Frō the example of Pe­ter vnto the citizens of Ierusalem. &c.

Whereby it is plaine, that this key consisting in the Ministerie of the worde, is cōmitted to those only, that are the Ministers of the same word. This do his exāples proue y t he alleageth, for proof, why this gouernmēt [Page 1040] of the presbytery is called spirituall. Snecanus. Whereby ( saith he) sinnes are pu­nished not by bodily force, but by the Ministery of the worde. The te­stimonies which he adioyneth Rom. 12.1. Cor. 12.1. Tim. 4. & 5. Was haue sufficiently considered, that they enforce nothing for any other El­ders, that medled not in teaching and ministring the Worde. The ex­amples which hee alleageth, to prooue that this Spirituall Discipline may be exercised, without the offence of the politike Magistrate, d [...]e all of them prooue, that the Ministers of the Spirituall Discipline, shoulde be [...] Ministers of the Worde.

First, from the example ( saith he) of the distinct function of Moses and Aaron: The exam­ples in Sne­canus. and of all the Godly kings, that neuer mingled themselues with the Sacerdotall offices. Yea Moses respecting the ordinaunce of God, by the counsell of Iethro his Father in Lawe, ordeyned seuerally by themselues, ciuill iudgements. Exod. 18. ver. 25. Describing in other pla­ces, what were the proper offices and Iudgementes of the Preestes, in spirituall causes, distinct from bodily causes, Deut. 17. ver. 9. As also the Scripture. 1. Paral. 9. ver. 22. & Ezech. 44.

This two-folde order the godly King Iosaphat obserueth also distin­ctly, who expressely 2. Chron. 19. ver. 5. &c. Commaunded all the iudge­ments or questions of the Lawe, of the commandement, of the ceremo­nies, &c. to be referred to the Leuites and Preestes. Leaste any might except that Moses constitution dealt on sacrifices, not on iudgements. Secondly, from the punishment of King Saule, sacrificing against the commaundement of God. 1. Sam. 15. And of king Ozias striken with lepry, because hee vsurped the preestes office. 2. Patal, 26, verse 16, &c. The extraordinary examples of Melchisedech, Samuel, and Heli, are not to be drawne into vse, contrary to the Lawe. Thirdly, from the office & vse of the Preestes and Leuites, denouncing the blessinges to the keepers of Gods commaundementes, and the cursings to the not keepers. Deut. 27, & 28, Fourthly, from the speciall power and ministery of binding and loosing, which Christe committed not to the ciuill Magistrate, but to the Ministers of the worde in the newe Testament, Math. 16. Who al­so commaunded significantly, that they that are not obedient, shoulde be shewed to the Church, The Pres­bytery are the Mini­sters of the Worde. that is, to the Presbytery, not to the Magi­strate, Math, 18. So that, euen here where he expoundeth the Church for a Presbytery. Yet he maketh this Presbytery to be onely of those, that are the Ministers of the Word.

Fiftly, out of Paule 1. Cor. 5. ver. 4, & 12▪ Which (so farre as pertaineth to the present businesse) of all other moste euidently teacheth by two arguments, that the presbytery was different from the iudgement of thinges that pertaine to the vse of this life. First, from the order of the time▪ For that the vse of comming together and of iudging, was rec [...]y­ued [Page 1041] in the Corinthian Church, before the Epistle of Paule was written, it is apparant out of his owne words: The Pres­byterie del [...] in spirituall maters [...]heir punishment was by the Ministerie of the word. You being gathered [...]ogether in the name of the Lord. Againe: Do ye not iudge of those things that are within. But spea­king afterward, chap. 6. of priuate controuersies, hee saith: Appoint you arbiters. Not, ye haue appoin [...]ed, in the preterperfect tense. Moreouer, of the diuersitie of the spiritual things, and ciuile controuersies: for when he forbiddeth them to go to the Magistrate, in those things that pertein to this life: how would he haue granted it in spiritual things? That as­semblie was a singular ornament of the Church: but this iudgement of corporal things, is turned to a reproch vnto the Corinthians. Insomuch that he adiudgeth each one of the basest, to be meere inough thereunto. Besides that, [...]. Cor. 10 refelling the slanders of the aduersaries, for the seueritie of his former Epistle, & for his rebuking the fornicator: he di­stinguisheth the Ministery of the word, and the reuengement with car­nall weapons against the disobedient.

Thus dooth he stil continue in proouing this Segniorie to be meere spi­rituall, & their authoritie wholie to consist in the Ministerie of the worde.

Sixtlie, out of 1. Tim. 5.19. & 20. whereupon it manifestlie appeereth, that euen then there was an order alreadie appointed at Ephesus, ouer which Timothie was the Gouernor. But that these 2. ver. the 19. and the 20. Against an Elder receaue no accusation, except in the mouth of 2. or 3. wit­nesses: and them that sinne reprooue openlie, that the other may feare. are spoken of such Elders, as are pastorall Elders, we haue at large before prooued, euē by the confession of Caluin & Beza: therfore this place, not onlie maketh nothing for not teaching Elders, but also prooueth a manifest standing & appointed superioritie, in the Apostles times, among the pastoral Elders, as we haue seene.

Seuenthlie, vnto these approcheth the vse of the Apostolicall Church, The v [...]e of the Apost. Chu [...]ch, for excom. only in Teachers which cōtinued many yeres sound without the help of Kings & Princes. Yea in the more purer Primitiue Church, vnder the Christiā Empero [...]s, the vse of the keies remained apperteining to the Ministers of the word and Elders of the Church, distinct from the ciuile Magistrate.

Heere Snecanus telleth not howe the Church flourished without the helpe of Christian Princes, which he shewed before was one of the Ana­baptists chiefe arguments: but that the vse of the keyes was not helped by them, but perteined onelie to the Ministers of the word, not to Elders, not teachers.

To cōclude, the thinges aforesaid are cōfirmed, by the distinct proper­ties of their gouernmēt. For the ciuil Magistrate punisheth crimes with external punishmēts onlie, as with fines of monie, imprisonmēts, &c In­somuch that oftentimes it punisheth also the verie poenitent, by reason of their ciuile transgressions, not correcting in the mean ewhile, the im­poenitent [Page 1042] which do not publikely disturb the peace. It stoppeth indeed now and then an euil, The eccl. discipline by the word of God & in­strument of the voice. that it creepe not further abroad: but the euil lur­king within, it helpeth not. But the discipline eccl. executeth her power against sinners, by the word of God alone, and by the instrument of the voice: and acknowledgeth none among the citizens and members of Christ, but those that repent them. And is so farre off from compelling anie against their will, that it accepteth the repentaunce of none, vnlesse it be voluntarie. And indeuoreth chieflie in this, that offences might be remoued, & the repentance of minde performed before God, and those that are fallen, to be reconciled vnto their neighbor, & to the Church. Finallie, that the holie things may not be polluted, being cast to dogs & swine. Howe the charge of both the Tables but not the ad­ministratiō of all mat­ters contei­ned in thē, belong to the ciuile Magistrate. This double limitation is reciprocallie to be obserued: for as it is not lawfull for them that attend on the Church in spirituall things, to arrogate any thing to themselues of the ciuil power: so also is it not law­ful for the ciuil Magistrate to passe his bounds. The Magistrate is indeed the keeper of either table, and ordeined of God the chiefest member of Christ. Howbeit the administration of things in those matters that di­rectlie respect the conscience, do not therfore perteine vnto him. For it belongeth to God to prescribe in the church, how the cōsciences should conuert themselues by repentance, it belongeth not to the Magistrate: to whō it belongeth to teach & to administer the sacraments, it is their parts also to take notice and to iudge by the word, of them that are the despisers of the doctrine and of the sacrament, so farre as perteineth to the cōtrouersie of the law (or right), although the execution of the fact in politike matters, do apperteine to the ciuil Magistrate. What can b [...] plainer spoken than this, to prooue that these Seniors either must not deal with this spiritual discipline of excom. or they must be such Presbyters, Priests or Elders, as be Ministers of the word and sacraments.

Danaeus in his Christian Introduction, 3. part, in his treatise, De pote­state Ecclesiae, Daneus in Christ. Isag. 3. part. de po­testate eccl. cap. 48. cap. 48. concerning the author of the power of the keies, saith on this wise. Moreouer this thing it self, is able to establish & ratifie this power of the Church, against the slanders of al men, as though this po­wer were a certeine tyrannie, besides the word of God, vsurped of the Pastors of the Church. The power of the keies pert [...]ines to the Pastors. In which words, he plainlie maketh this power, to belong, by the institution of God, to the Pastors of the Church. Thirdlie ( saith he) this is to be obiected against the bitings and scoffes, & rebelli­ons of obstinate persons, to wit, that it is giuen to the Church of Christ himselfe, being God, and not of men, neither yet hath this power bene vsurped of the Church. Here therfore is this saying in force, He that de­spiseth you, Luc. 10.16. despiseth me. Mat. 10. For it is not mā that bindeth, but Christ. Chrysost. in the Epist. to the Hebr. ( whose sayings theron we haue séene at large alreadie). & it is in the Canon, Nemo contemnat. 11. quaest. 3. More­ouer, [Page 1043] the charter of this power & iurisdiction, Danaeus. which pertaineth to the church, remaineth in writing in 2. Euāgelists, as two publike Notaries, & Secretaries of the highest King, to wit, Matthewe & Iohn. Matth. 18. v. 18. Io. 20. v. 23. To whom agreeth that, which is in Ier. chap. 1. ver. 18.

Here Danaeus ioyneth vnto Mat. 18. all these testimonies Luc. 10. Ioh. 20. [...] Ier. 1. which are all spoken of the Ministers of the word. Luc. 10.16. Ioh. 20.23. That in Luc. 10. ( to the which matter also, that in Mat. 10. agréeth,) was spoken to the comfort of the disciples, being sent out to preach. Concerning that of the keyes giuē to the disciples, Ioh. 20. Caluin in Ioh. 20. Caluin himself saith: After that Christ hath appoynted, & ordeined Legates to be sent into the world, he nowe more significantlie & expreslie describeth the office or ministery of thē, Remission of sins not separate from the office of Teaching. & in few words cōprehendeth the summe of the Gospel. For this power of remitting sinnes, is not to be separated frō the office of teaching, and is annexed to it in one cōtext. And as for that of Ier. 1. v. 18. Ier. 1.18. Behold this day haue I made thee a defensed Citie, & an iron piller, & walls of brasse, against the whole land, against the kings of Iudah, & against the princes thereof, against the priests therof, & against [...]he people of the land. Tremelij a [...] ­not. in Ier. 1. As this was onlie spoken to the prophet, so Tremelius expoūds these words, wherin they should be vnder­stood, Behold I set thee, that is, I cōfirme thee in this thy functiō, that thou shouldest stand firme against the obstinacie of these mē, The Gene­ua note. & shouldest cō ­tinue vnbrokē & immoouable. And the verie note in the Geneua Bible, obserueth on this word, an iron piller: signifieng on the one part, that the more Sathā & the world rageth against Gods ministers, the more presēt wil he be to help thē. And this doth the text it self, euē in y e ver. next going before, declare, where God saith? Thou therfore gird vp thy loynes, & arising vp speake vnto thē, all the things that I cōmmand thee. Be not afraid at the sig [...]t of thē, least I strike thee before their faces. So that this encouragemēt of God, was onlie for the Ministerie of his word. Bulling. in Ier. 1. And very wel noteth Bullinger theron: He declareth to the Prophet what should be his office, that thou shouldest (I say) speak vnto them. He constituteth him therfore a Prophet, that is, a Preacher, whose office should be to speak vnto the people. And what now he should speak, he expresly signifieth, All things that I cōmand thee. All things (I say) not only some things. Neither shalt thou dissemble any thing, neither shalt thou bring the things that seeme good to thee, but that that I command thee, Marke, the things saith he that I command thee, not that other cōmand thee, or that seeme good to other. These things a­gree with this cōmandemēt of the L. which the L. This se [...] ­tence is spo­ken of a Preacher. Iesus himself hath pre­scribed, & in the last chap. of Mat. sayd, Teaching thē to keep al things that I haue cōmanded you, &c And on this cōfort to him, he saith: For howsoeuer tyrants would seeme to set the preachers at nought, yet the [...]selues wit­nes, that they are afraid of the seruāts of god, whō they haue cōtemned, Herode feared Iohn, & Achab Elias, &c. If now these testimonies of Da­naeus, be [...]it for those to whō this power of the keies belongeth, who séeth [Page 1044] not, that it is proper onelie to the Ministers and Teachers of Gods word?

Danaeus in Christ. Isag. 3 pa [...]. cap. 50. In the 50. cha. Danaeus commeth directly to the partie to whō the keies are giuen. But ( saith he) this power or iurisdiction of the keies is giuen vnto the whole Church, & therfore to all & singular the Apostles & true Pastors of the Church, and that indeed equallie: but not onlie to Peter alone and to his successors, or to himself principallie or chiefelie, as some say, but vnto other by a cōmunicating made from Peter. It is giuē ther­fore vnto the whole Church her self, howbeit the same is exercised by the B. & Prelates of the Church, Excom. ex­ercised by the B and Prelates. in her name, consent, & conscience. Aug. in 50. Homil. homil. 50. Héerupon (to confute the Papists error, that wold make all this power to be giuen principallie to Peter, & to be deriued from him) he faith: The first reason is the authoritie of the scripture. For Christ speaking to all his Apostles, The powe [...] of the keyes not giuē to Peter onlie, but to al the Apostles. not onlie to Peter alone, saith in the plurall number, What sinnes soeuer ye shall binde vpon earth, &c. Math. 18. v. 18. The same Christ after his resurrection, Omnibus hanc eandem potestatem confirma­nit quoque, confirmed also vnto all of them this self same power, not onlie to Peter alone: for vpon whom he breathed the holie Ghost, to them he said; VVhose sinnes soeuer ye shall remit, &c. Iohn 20. ve. 23. If now the po­wer giuen Mat. 18. be the self same power that giuen Io. 22. & the power giuen Ioh. 20. is the power of teaching and preaching the word of God, The power giuen Mat. 18. is giuen onelie to Teachers. & as Caluine saith, is not to be separated from the office of teaching: how foloweth it not, that whosoeuer haue this power giuen them Mat. 18. must be all Teachers of the word of God? And how then doo our Br. giue this power to such a Senate of Elders▪ as are not Teachers?

The 2. reason ( saith Danaeus) is drawen frō the things that are neces­sarilie annexed. Thus, wheresoeuer is the true Church of God, there the gates of hell doo not preuaile, there is remission of sinnes, there is the fountaine of grace open, and also equallie appeareth out of the word of God. Therfore whersoeuer the church is, the other equally accord ther­to, that are the Churches giftes, & follow the same. Zach. 13 v. 1. Among the which chieflie is this power of the keies: for by it, the remission & retention of sinnes is denounced. The power mencioned M [...]th. 18. is the same mencioned Mat. 16. Christ said of the Church vniuersallie, The gates of hel shall not preuaile against it. Wherupon it is rightly gathered, that this power of the keyes perteineth to her, and that indeed vniuer­sallie. Math. 16. v. 18. For the meane whereby the gates of hell doo not preuaile against the Church, is the selfe same power. If this also bée the selfe same power mencioned Math. 16. which Caluine also ascribeth to the Ministerie of the word, saying: Heere Christ beginneth to treate of the publike office, that is, of the Apostleship, whose dignitie is adorned with a double commendation. For Christ saith, that the Ministers of the Gos­pel, are (as it were) the porters of the Kingdome of heauen, because they beare the keyes thereof. [Page 1045] Secondlie he addeth, that they are indued with a power of binding and loosing that is effectuall in heauen. The similitude of the keyes, is aptlie fitted vnto the office of teaching. This againe manifestlie prooueth, that the exercise of this power belongeth onelie to those that are Teachers of the word.

To conclude ( saith Danaeus) Paule himself that vsed this power both in binding and also in loosing, 1. Cor. 5. & 2. Cor. 2. 1. Tim. 1. vers. 20. v­sed the same by his owne right, in respect hee was an Apostle, not by a right graunted him from Peter, or by delegation of this power made to him of Peter, Gal. 2. vers. 8. Therefore it appertained to Paule, The power of binding and loosing pertaineth to Pastors. as much as to Peter. But if as much to Paule, then as much to other Apostles al­so, yea and vnto their successors, that is, vnto euerie of the Churches, & to the Pastors of them, sith that Paule calleth himselfe the least among the Apostles, 1. Cor. 15. vers 8. & 9. Wherefore we must doubt no whit, but that this power was giuen of God vnto the Churche, and not vnto Peter alone, and also that it was equallie giuen to euerie of the Pastors & Churches, that they may haue & keep sound & obedient to the word of God, the flocke of the Lord committed vnto them. This reason is againe a good argument, that the exercise of this power belongeth one­lie to the Ministers of the worde, not onelie from the example of Paule in the places héere cited, and of the other Apostles, but also of their right and interest therein, and that in respect they were Apostles; and to the successors of the Apostles, in respect of their succeeding therein, in tea­ching the doctrine that they planted. But those that are no teachers, are no successors of the Apostles: therefore the exercise of this power be­longs not to them. And if Paule so well as Peter, The power of the keyes is seuerall to the Apo­stles, and to Pastors. and euerie one of the A­postles had this power in their owne rights, and Pastors likewise in their owne rights: and their rightes and offices be seuered from those in the Churches that be not Pastors nor Teachers: then had Paule and Peter and euerie of the Apostles, and in succession from them, euerie Pastour and Teacher, a power and right herein by him selfe, separate from all o­ther in the Churches.

And to this accordeth the testimonie of S. August. which Daneus héere citeth: Erogat [...] rem me posuit Dominus, &c. Aug. sermone de tempore 164. God hath set me to be a layer foorth, not an exactor, notwithstanding where we may, where place is giuen, I cease not: where we know, we reprehend, we rebuke, we accurse, Aug. attri­buteth not exc. to anie Elders not teaching. we excommunicate, and notwithstanding we amende them not. Why so? Because He that planteth, nor he that watereth is anie thing, but God that giueth the increase. Who is this, that he ascribeth this accursing and ex­communicating vnto? Is it to anie that are not Teachers? Is it not to them, that he saith, doe also reprehend, and rebuke, and plant, and wa­ter? And is not that by preaching or teaching the word?

[Page 1046] Danaeus for the El­ders excō. And if Danaeus had set downe the sentence more ful, the words that [...]o be­fore, would haue declared it: Behold ( saith Aug.) I say vnto you, behold I crie vnto you, I cleere my selfe. God hath set me to be a layer forth, &c. And the words also following immediatelie after: I that now speake, that now admonish, what need is there, but that God heare me for you, that is, in your hearts? Brieflie I say, and I commend it vnto you, and I terri­fie the faithfull, and I aedifie you. Thus dooth he still ioyne teaching and preaching with his accursing and excommunicating. And euen there, he so threatneth them that kept concubines besides their wiues, that he ma­keth the sinner to say, O holie Bishop, thou hast made my concubine an harlot. Did I say so ( saith Augustine) the Apostle crieth it out, & I haue incurred the blame, &c. Thus dooth S. Augustine threaten them with his excommunicating: but he teacheth and reprooueth them withall. As for such as are not, as he was a Teacher, & open reprehender of sinns, he ascribeth not the action of excommunication to them.

Moreouer, in 52. chap. saith Danaeus: Therefore as the King being sick obeyeth as he is a man, the Phisitions, although they be his subiects: & as he that saileth obeieth the Mariners, because he hath not the gouern­ment ouer the Sea, nor ouer the diseases: so dooth he also obey the Pa­stors, because the highest Magistrate Politike, hath not anie law ouer the heauens. Wherefore in this power to be exercised, the Pastors and Pre­lates of the Church, haue also ouer the chiefe Magistrate a right & po­wer, in respect that they arethe faithful Ministers of God, & Dispensors & Pastors of the whole Church. Hie. 1. v. 10. What can be plainer spoken than this, that this right and power to excommunicate, belongeth to none that be no Teachers? The examples that he alleadgeth, of Nathan reproouing Dauid: Iohn Baptist reprouing Herode: Fabian repelling Philip: Ambrose excommunicating Theodosius: we haue either séene before, or they are apparant, that they al confirme the Censure of the Mi­nister onelie of Gods word.

And in the 53. chap. Fourthlie ( saith Danaeus) it is the office of the Bi­shops and Prelates of the Church, to intend vnto the worde of God, to remooue the offences of the Church, to seeke the lost sheepe, to gather the dispearsed. For thus doo Ezech. 34.37. and Zach. 11. ver. 16. describe the office of Pastors. In the 54. cha. he treateth again of purpose, By whō this power of the keyes in the Church ought to be exercised. Cap. [...]. And he mo­ueth the question, whether by all the People; or by the whole Colledge of the Presbyterie. And after he hath set down their opinions, that would haue it exercised of all the people, D [...]naeus as­sertions for the eccl. Se­nate. he saith: But we say & teach thus out of the worde of God, and the discipline of the auncient Church: first, that in euerie Church there ought to be chosen an Ecclesiastical Senate▪ whic [...] is named by the consent of all the people.

[Page 1047] This, (by the way) agréeth not with that, Danaeus for the Se­nate. which Danaeus affirmed be­fore, in the 10. chap. that, the second kind of Presbyters, Priests or Elders, was wont to be ordeined in euerie greater Citie onlie, wherin there was a large and populous Church, and a great number of the faithfull. Danaeus iar­ring and re­conciling. And here he speaketh of euerie Church. Except we shal reconcile Danaeus thus: that there, he speaketh of Elders, not Teachers: and héere, of such as are al Teachers of the word.

But that Senate ( saith Danaeus) ought chieflie to consist of Pastors or Bishops, and Presbyters, or those that we call Super-vigilants, as before also we haue declared. This Senate Paule calleth [...], 1. Tim. 4. ver. 14. We before haue called it the College of the Presbytery, The Pres­byterie. or the Cōsist.

This also haue we shewed euen by Caluine, that it necessarilie infer­reth no such Colledge, but may be well vnderstood, for the office or functi­on of the Presbyterie, Priesthood or Eldership.

But Danaeus so calleth it, Because ( saith he) it cōsisteth chieflie of those persons, to wit Presbyters, Priests, or Elders, that is, Danaeus as­sertion that the Senate may consist of Deacons. they that are in the Church called Presbyters, Priestes, or Elders. For it may also consist of Deacons, if the Church so think it good, or if the number of Presbyters in that place be small.

Héere againe Danaeus cas [...]eth to our Brethren a fresh bone to gnawe vpon. For if none of these offices in this Tetrarchie that our Br. would erect, may be ioyned together in one person: how shall it be lawfull for a Church, to haue the Deacons to be the gouerning Elders, yea the whole Consistorie of these gouerning Elders, (if they so thinke good) to con­sist of Deacons? And why not then the same to be Teachers and Pastors? And so all to be resolued into one, if they shall thinke it good? at least, if the Church shall think it good, ( as our Church dooth) there is no necessi­tie of these gouerning and not teaching Elders.

We say therefore ( saith Danaeus) that vnto this Senate Ecclesiasticall, or Colledge of the Presbyterie, the moderation, the administration, Cap. 54. the adiudging, and the exercise of this power of the keyes doth apperteine, Danaeus as­sertion for the College of the Pres­byterie. and of consequence, this power ought to be exercised by the Pastors & Presbyters, Priests, or Elders of the Church, as by men aduanced there­vnto of God, by the consent and suffrage of the people, that is, of his Church, &c. The administration, and dispensation therefore of this po­wer of it selfe, & in cōsideratiō of the exercise therof, perteineth not to e­uerie one of the people, but to the Presbyterie, that is, to the Pastors, and Priestes or Elders of the Church howbeit the right & authoritie thereof perteineth to the whole Church, because that that is done by them, is done by the whole Church.

This is Danaeus iudgemēt for this power. Which being thus set down, in cōming to the proues héerof, y t better to sée what kinde of Presbyters or [Page 1048] Priests all this while he meaneth, Danaeus. he procéedeth saying: But by these rea­sons, Danaeus reasons and prooues of his asserti­ons. is our sentence prooued. First, vnto them, that is, to the Pastors and Presbyters, Priests or Elders, perteineth the Churches regiment, as to the publike Aduocates and Proctors of the Church. Therefore they are euerie where called [...], Gouernours or Guides, in the Epistle to the Hebrues chap. 13. & chap. 1, vers. 24. They are first saluted of Paule to the Philippians. Danaeus first reason for the Presby­rie. Paule directeth to them the Epistle that hee writeth to the whole Church. And Paule layeth downe the almes among them, 1. Tit. 1. Therefore to them the care, the medling, and the administra­tion of the right and matters of the Church dooth apperteine. But this power, and the medling and exercise thereof, is a part of the Eccl. regi­ment: therefore the same also perteineth to them.

This Argument grounded on these 4. testimonies, dooth not onely ad­mit well inough, Danaeus te­stimonies al for such El­ders as are Ministers of the word. that these Presbyters, Priestes or Elders, may be also Ministers of the word: but each one of thē expreslie prooueth, y t such they were. As first, that which is héere cited, Hebr. 13. Hebr. 13.7. Remember (saith the Apostle) your Gouernors or Guides, which haue declared vnto you the worde of God. Héere are no other Gouernors or Guides named, than such as are the Teachers of the word. The Guides wer Pastors And what letteth, but that after also, vsing the same terme in his salutations, Salute all your Guides and Gouernors: he meaneth still such Guides and Gouernours, as in the 7. verse before, hée bad them obey, that is, the Teachers of the word.

Phil. 1. As for those that S. Paule saluteth first, in his Epistle to the Philippians, he plainlie calleth them Bishops. The B were Teachers. And what Caluine vnderstandeth by the name of Bishops, to wit, the Ministers of the word: we haue heard sufficientlie alreadie. And to take our Brethrens owne confession in this their learned discourse, pag. 23. & 24. where treating of Pastors to be al one with Bishops, they say; The same thing is to be obserued in the name of Bishops, vsed by S. Paule, Philip. 1.1. where he and Timothie send sa­lutations vnto the Bishops and Deacons of the Churche, which was in the Citie of Philippi: which Bishops were the Elders or Pastors. So that by our Brethrens owne testimonie, this prooueth nothing for anie not Pa­storall Elders.

As for the next testimonie 1. Tim. 1. mencioneth no Elders or any Eccl. Gouernors, 1. Tim. 1. The Elders were Tea­chers. that were not Teachers. Timothie himself to whome he wrote the Ep. was a teaching Gouernor. And all the other were Teachers good or bad, that there he speaketh of. As I besought thee (saith S. Paule) to abide stil in Ephesus, when I departed into Macedonia, so doo, that thou maist command some▪ that they teach none other doctrine. And ver. 7. They would be Doctors of the Law, & yet vnderstand not what they speake. So that, whatsoeuer these were, yet they took not vpō thē anie eccl. gouernment without teaching, nor anie other there mencioned, except peraduenture Hymenaeus and A­lexander, [Page 1049] whom S. Paul excommunicated, Danaeus reasons for the Senate. did take vpon them to be eccl. Gouernors, and not Teachers. But were they Teachers or no, it appea­reth they were blasphemers.

The Elders that S. Paule mencioneth, Tit. 1. what they were, Tit. 1. our Br. also in this their learned disc. pag. 24, doo say: The Elders were Tea­chers. Likewise vnto Titus 1.5. he calleth them Elders, and immediatelie after, describing the qualities of such as were meete to be ordeined Elders, he calleth them Bishops, &c. And againe, pag. 35, Hee requireth that he be such a one, as holdeth fast the faithful word according to doctrine, and that he also may be able to exhort with wholsome doctrine, & improoue them that gain say it. Here our Br. applie these testimonies to Bishops & Pastors. By Danaeus reconcile­ment to our Br. the Cō ­sistory must be all of Pa­stors. And Daneus brin­geth them in to prooue the Elders of the Consistorie. How can we recon­cile our Br. and Daneus, but that the Elders of the Consistorie, mu [...]t be al pastorall Elders at the least, and Teachers of the word? But our Br. re­quire a Consistorie of eccl. Gouernors that are not Teachers: and ther­fore, all these testimonies doo cleane confute thē. But let Danaeus procéed,

For why are they called the Bishops of the Church, why the Prelates, Danaeus c. 54. or those that are preferred, but that we should vnderstande, that the go­uernment of the Church perteineth to them, and is of them to be admi­nistred? Act. 20. ver. 18. And therefore they [...]heir selues not euerie one of the people are called together, if the Church bee to bee warned of anie matter, or if anie thing be to be deliberated vpon in the Church, they by reason of their office come together, and deliberate, as it appeareth, Act. 20. ver. 17. and 21. ver. 18: 15. ver. 22. to them also it is to be deferred, if a­nie thing be to be done, or to be treated vpon in the Churche. Act. 11. ver. 31.

Of what function these Elders were in the places héere cited, Act. 20. we haue alreadie séene at large That they were Ministers and Teachers of the word. As for them mencioned Act. 20. it is both in the text apparant, The Elders were Tea­chers. and (besides Caluine & all other Interpreters;) our Br. in this their learned Pag. 21.22.33.51.52. & 57.Discourse beare vs witnesse: in all which places, they applie the name of Elders still to Pastors. The 15. & 21. of the Acts doo mencion also (as we haue séene, both by the text it selfe, and by Calu. gathering theron) stil such Elders, as were Teachers of the word. As for those mencioned Act▪ 11. be­ing the same that are spoken of Act. 15. and 21. the consequent is euident what they were. Act. 15. & 21. The El­ders were Teachers. Act. 11. The Elders were Teachers. So that here yet, no Elders appéere that are no Teachers.

The second reason is ( saith Daneus): Danaeus 2. reason 3. parte. ca. 54. To the Pastors and Prelates of the Church apperteineth the cure, the viewe, the knowledge and the iudge­ment, concerning the manners of euerie of the faithfull. And this iuris­diction is a part and appendant of that viewe and care: therefore this care and watchfulnesse is proper also vnto them. Whereupon it follow­eth, that vnto them this administration dooth properlie belong. For [Page 1050] why are they called watchmen? Danaeus reason for the Pres­byterie. Ezech. 3. vers. 7. Why are they bidden to haue the care of the Church? 1. Pet. 5. ver. 2. Hebr. 13.17. Why are they called [...], as I said before? For these titles are not giuen of the holie Ghost in vaine vnto them.

These titles ( we graunt) are not giuen them in vaine, sith therfore they are all titles belonging to Teachers and Ministers of the word, more pro­perlie in the Eccl. functions, thā vnto those that are not Ministers nor tea­chers of the word. It is more likelie, that in these places (where these ti­tles be giuen) are meant Teachers and Ministers of the word. The 3. of Ezechiel ver. 17. is cléere for a Teacher. Ezech. 3.17. speaketh of a Teacher. Thou Sonne of man, I haue made thee a watchman vnto the house of Israel, therefore heare my worde at my mouth, and giue warning from me, &c. The testimonie of 1. Pet. 5. ver. 2. besides all o­ther Interpreters, 1. Pet. 5.2. The Elders were, Tea­chers. the verie Geneua translation hath this marginal note: By Elders he vnderstandeth all them which preach, teach, or minister in the Church. And least we should vnderstand it of other Ministers than of the word; our Brethren themselues in this their learned Discourse, pag. 22.25. & 32. do still applie the same to pastorall Elders. As for the testimo­nie Hebr. 13.17. we saw how it was to be expounded, Hebr. 13.7. speaketh of Teachers. by the 7. verse, for those Guides that are Teachers of the word. And the name fitteth verie well, for so by S. Luke also S. Paule is called, Act. 14. [...], the guider of the word.

The 3. reason is ( saith Danaeus) it apperteineth to them to iudge out of the word of God, Danaeus 3. reason for the Presby­terie, that they be ex­pounders of Gods word the factes & life of men, and to weigh the manners of men, and to marke the fruite of the Gospel: to whome the explication and treatie of the same word of God, and of the Gospel by the cōman­dement of God, doth apperteine: but they are those that are conteined in the name of the Presbyterie, & Prepositors & Prelates of the Church: whereupon it is manifest, that vnto them therefore belongeth this po­wer properlie and chieflie, whereby this iudgement is made. 1. Peter. 5. ver. 2.1. Tim 4. ver. 11.6. ver. 2.

What can be plainer spoken than this, that these Elders of the Presby­terie ought to be Teachers and Ministers of the worde? 1. Tim. 4. & 6. for Tea­chers & Ex­horters. And these testi­monies also doo as expres [...]ie proue it. The first of Tim. 4. ver. 11. Declare these things and teach them. And 1. Tim. 6.2. Teach and exhort these things.

The 4. reason is, ( saith Danaeus). Danaeus 4. reason for the Presby­terie, Saint Paules exc. 1. Cor. 5. The vse it selfe of things, and the ex­amples of the Apostles, and of the Primitiue Church doo confirme it. For Paule while he vseth the power of the keyes, against the incestuous Corinthian, he asketh not euerie one of the people their sentence (or o­pinion): but onelie denounceth to the Church of Corinth, and to the assemblie, that hee which deserued, was excommunicated. 1. Cor. 5. ver. 4.2. Cor. 2. ver. 10. And declareth the same to other to whome that care perteined. Paule in deed dooth communicate to the people, & denounce [Page 1051] his iudgement, that either the Church shoulde assent or dissent. But hee himselfe with the Seniors pronounceth of the matter, and claimeth the first and chiefest parts, in the exercise of these keies vnto himselfe, and to the other Pastors.

Although héere Danaeus adde this, more than the text hath, or giueth, that he himselfe with the Seniors did pronounce of the matter: Danaeus ad­ditiō to the text, Paule first did the act his selfe, & then did intimate it to them. for the text is plaine, that he himselfe, and by himselfe, without anie Seniors of theirs, did pronounce, and denounce it to the Corinthians, not, that he was to be excommunicated, but that he was excommunicated ( as Da­naeus saith well therein) chose they, whether they would assent or dissent. Their dissent could not reuoke the excommunication alreadie denoun­ced. But admit, that Paule did it with anie other Elders ioyned with him: yet neither wer they among the Corinthians, nor Elders of that Church. If anie ioi­ned with Paule what those were. But whosoeuer they were, if ther were anie, stil he maketh them no other than pastoral Elders. Wheruppō ( saith Danaeus) it cōmeth to passe, that we must conclude, that the administration, exercise & power of the keyes, which is both in binding & losing, Danaeus cō clusion for Presbyterie maketh all for teching. is properlie & first of all to be referred to the Colledge of the Presbyterie, or Prelats of the Church: notwith­stāding the same is had of the Church, which they ought in the Chur. to exercise with the cōsent, notice & approbatiō of the Church. Hereunto I referre that which Aug. writeth, Serm. 18. de verbis Apostoli: If anie man suffred a slaūder of his brother, that is of a christiā, he ran to the B. to the end he might cleere himself of the slaunder. All this againe maketh the more, that the dealing herein apperteined to those Elders onelie that were Teachers & Ministers of the word. But ( saith Danaeus) that the power & arbitrimēt of the eccl. Cēsure perteined not to anie one: appeareth euē of that, that the eccl. regiment should thē be trāsformed into a meere ty­rannie, or into a politike Kingdome. Therfore neither the B. neither one Eld ought, or can alone, exercise that power, but together at the length with his eccl. Cōsistorie, as appeareth out of the old discipline. Siritius in his 2. Epist. he liued in the Age of Ambrose. In the 2. Councill of Car­thage, the 2. chap. And in the 4. the 22. & 23. chap. Cypr. in his 12. Ep. In the first Council of Antioch. chap. 23. this selfe same thing is cōfirmed.

This is another question▪ Whether anie one Bishop or Minister may excommunicate, Whether one B or minister may excom. or no? The question is now betweene our Brethren & vs, whether (one or mo) there ought anie other to exercise this Censure of the Church, than such Elders as are Ministers of the word. But, to cō ­sider this conclusion of Danaeus, we denie not, How we al­low of the B ioyning with othe [...] in excom. nor mislike of the Bishops ioyning with manie, where the weightines of the matter so requireth, & where manie of these ministeriall Elders may conuenientlie assemble, and adioyne themselues vnto him, or wher any such Colledge or Cōsistorie of thē were. Howbeit, y t the B. nor anie other Eld. being a Minister, ought or [Page 1052] can exercise this power alone, but that either the Eccl regiment shoulde be transformed into a meere tyrannie, or into a politike ki [...]gdome: Da­naeus shewed héere no cause or reason of this saying. And we haue great reason to thinke contrarie, Danaeus wrong asser­tion, & with out proofe. for that S. Paule denounced the excommuni­cation against the incestuous person. Though Danaeus, saith he ioyned with him Elders: yet the text mencioneth none. Yea, it is clean contrary. Paule speaketh of his owne action in the singular number: I haue iudged him. The text here for S. Paules exc. alone. And the like he saith of Alexander and Hymenaeus: I haue deliuered them to Sathan. 1. Tim. 1.20. And yet S. Paule can not be said héerin to haue transformed the Eccl. regiment into a more tyrannie, or into a Politike kingdome. These therefore are ouer-hard speaches, if there be no other default in the excommunication, but onlie in the number of the denoun­cers of it, or iudging of it, so that in the matter it selfe, it be not Clauis er­rans, a wrong key, or in a wrong locke, or the key writhed and wrested, but ordered aduisedlie as it ought to be. Neither is this anie thing like the Popes tyrannical claime, Not the nū ­ber of the persons, but the vse or a­buse of the power is materiall. but cléene against it, if euerie B. haue this power as much, and as primarilie, and plenarilie as he: and where one ruleth, & ruleth rightlie, it is no tyrannie. Neither if it wer tyrannie in one, would the number helpe it in manie. For so it might come to 30. or to 10. ty­rants for one tyrant, as it did in Athens and in Rome. But all lyes in the parties vsing or abusing of this power. And if anie draw néere, if not to a Politike kingdome héerein, Pretence of shunning a Politike kingdome. but rather to a Politike gouernment of ma­nie: they might rather be suspected, that woulde drawe it from the Mini­sters of the word of God, to so manie Politike men that are not Ministers of Gods word: and draw the discipline also to so manie Politike matters, that it might be feared, in stéed of doubting a Politike kingdom, we should fall into a farre worse estate, and ouerthrowe both Churche and King­dome too.

But héere I wonder what Danaeus meaneth, to alledge for proofe of the auncient discipline, Danaeus ap­proouing Pope Siriti­us Epistle. this Epistle ( whether true or counterfet) of Pope Si­ritius. Will our Br. allow of those Epistles? Then not onelie these Pres­byteri are more often called Sacerdotes: but neither may they, nor Dea­cons, marrie: nor, if they were married before, might companie anie lon­ger with their wiues, after their entrie into the Clergie: nor could be ad­mitted at all into the Clergie, if they had before married a widdowe: no nor anie might be ordeined into the Ministerie, without the witting and consent of the B. of Rome. What a tyrannie would this bring in, so direct­lie to bring in credit and authoritie these suspected Epistles? And wherfore in the ende must all this be done? Forsooth, because Dan [...]eus findeth in one of his (if his) Epistles, these words.

Facto ergo Presbyterio, &c. the Presbyterie therefore being made, it is euident, 2. Epist. Pa­pae Siri [...]j. that it is contrarie to the Lawe of our (that is of the Christian) [Page 1053] doctrine. Whereupon wee following the Apostolicall precept, Danaeus allegatiōs for the Canons. because they declared it in another sort, than that which we receaued; it is mani­fest, that this is the onelie sentence made of all, aswell the Priests, or El­ders and Deacons; as also of the whole Clergie: that Iouinian, Auxen­tius, Genilis, Geminator, Felix, Plotinus, Martianus, Ianuarius & In­geniosus, who are found to be the kindlers of new heresie, and blasphe­mie, that beeing condemned for euer by the sentence of God and our iudgement, they shoulde remaine out of the Church. Which thing not doubting but that your holinesse will keepe, I haue directed vnto you these writings, by my Brethren and fellow Elders, Crescent, & Leopard, and Alexander, which by their feruent spirit, can fulfill the religious du­tie of the faith.

Héere is an excommunication made by a Presbyterie; The Presbyterie was of Sacerdotall Priests. but what that Presbyterie was, and of what Presbyters, Preests, or Elders it consisted: both the words doo declare, where he calleth these men, Compresbyteros, his fellow Elders; and a little before, speaking of the same writing, which hé [...]re he condemneth in the Heretikes, he saith: It was detected, Iudicio Sa­cerdotali, by the iudgement of the Sacerdotall priestes. For although he ioyne all in the consent of the iudiciall sentence: yet were not the Dea­cons, and all the Clergie anie of that Presbyterie. But by the Presbyterie he meaneth Compresbyteros; such Priests as himselfe was. Neither is it mar­uell, if all these were assembled to the excommunication of them, The highest Censure of excom. whome they call blasphemous Heretikes: for this excommunication was of the highest degrée, being a condemnation for euer, as Siritius saith: which Danaeus after ward calleth Anathema maranatha. And therefore it follow­eth not thereupon, that although this was not made by the B. himself: that therefore there was no excommunication made by the B. or by by anie Priest himselfe at all?

But to prooue this excommunication of the Bishops ioyned with the Presbyters, to be euer so vsed, Danaeus adioyneth to this Popes Epistle, the decrée of the 2. Council holden at Carthage about this Pope Siritius time, Cōcil. 2. Car [...]. cap. 2. wherae chap. 2. are these wordes: Aurelius the Bishop saide, when in the Councill past before, Danaeus proofe for excom. to be made by the Presby­terie. it was treated of the moderation of continencie & chastitie, these 3. degrees were by consecrations annexed in a certeine writing vnto chastitie, I say, Bishops, Priests or Elders, and Deacons: it so pleased them (as it is meete) that the holie Bishops, and the Priests of God, & also the Leuites, or those that attend vpon the diuine sacramēts, should in all things be continent: that they may simplie obtein of God, the things they pray for, that that which the Apostles haue taught, and the Antiquitie hath obserued, we also should keepe. It was said of al the Bishops; it pleaseth al, that the Bishops, the priests or Elders, & the Dea­cons, or those that handle the sacraments, being kepers of shamefastnes: [Page 1054] doo abstein themselues from their wiues. It was said of them all, It plea­seth vs, that all, and of all those that serue at the Altare, shamfastnesse be kept.

Héere is a goodlie Decrée, that Danaeus citeth, to prooue that no excom­munication should be made without a Presbyterie. It is a world to sée, how our Br. are so bent to erect this Presbyterie, that they can scarce find anie sentence mēcioning Presbyter [...]s, Our Br. great ouershooting to proue their presbyterie. Presbyters, Priests, or Elders, though it make cleane against them, and against God & all: yet forsooth, this ve­rie name is so catched vp, to make a shew of Antiquitie for these Elders, that it séemeth, if euer our Br. haue ouer-shot thēselues, it is in this their humor for this Presbyterie. What is héere (for so excellent and godly lear­ned men, to haue alledged this tyrannical Decree, or rather this very do­ctrine of Diuels, in this superstitious Council, against the law of God, a­gainst the lawfulnesse of Bishops, Elders, and Deacons mariage, & against the verie Antiquitie of the Church, which they pretend? [...]ind yet what is there in this Decree, to inferre that this power, and Censure of excom­munication, apperteineth onelie, and alwaies to a Presbyterie ioyned with the Bishops?

But since Danaeus hath alledged this Coūcill: let vs sée how this Coū ­cill directlie (euen in this matter of excommunication) maketh cleane a­gainst him. This coun­sell alleaged by Danaeus, maketh cleane a­gainst him. For in the 8. chap. following, it is sayd: Alipius the B. of the Church of Tagasta, the Legate of the Prouince of Numidia, did say: Neither must that be praetermitted, that if perhaps anie Priest or Elder, which is corrected, or excommunicated of his B. being puffed vp with swelling or pride, shall thinke that Sacrifices are separatelie to be offred vnto God, or shall beleeue that anie other altare should be erected con­trarie to the eccl. faith and discipline: let him not go vnpunished. Va­lentinus of the first seate of the Prouince of Numidia, said: The thinges that our brother Alipius hath prosecuted, are necessarilie agreeable to the eccl. discipline and faith. Declare ye therfore what thereupon seem­eth good vnto your louingnesse. Whether if anie Priest or Elder shall make a scisme against his B he should be accursed? It was said of all the Bishops: If anie Priest or Elder shall be excommunicated, or corrected of his Prelate, he ought to complaine to the Bishops adioyning, that his cause may be heard of them, and by them he may be reconciled to his B.

Here both we sée what these Presbyters, Priests, or Elders were, to wit, such as celebrated the L. supper: The Presbyters mini­stred the S [...] craments. The B him­self excom. the Priests. & also, that vpon iust occasion, the B. him­selfe might excom. euē these Priests or Elders. And if we may gather an argument, of absoluing or recōciling to the Church, which is equiualent to excōmunicating, we might haue séene before in the 4. chap. that not on­lie a Bishop by himselfe, but also anie particular Priest or Elder, in some cases, might doo it: Aurelius the B. ( that prop [...]ded the decrée against Bi­shops, [Page 1055] Priests & Deacons wiues, which Danaeus citeth) said: If any man shalbe in danger, & shal desire to be reconciled to Gods altars, if the B. shalbe absent: the Priest or Elder ought to take coūsell of the B. & so at his cōmandemēt to recōcile the partie that is in danger. If the Priest or Elder can absolue the repētant partie, at the cōmandement of the B. be­ing absent: is it not likelie the B. could doo it himselfe being present? And if the B. or anie one Priest could thus absolue: coulde neither Priest nor B. by thēselues, not haue excōmunicated the said partie, being a manifest & notorious offēder? So y t by examining this coūcil further, it maketh more against Danaeus in this point, thā for him. The like Decrée vnto this, for a Priests absoluing & restoring a penitent in the absence of the B. is also in the 3. Coūcil of Carth. cap. 32. 3. Cōcil. Cart. cap. 32. These Coūcils being about the time of Si­ritius, which Siritius was in the time of Ambrose ( as Danaeus cōfesseth, & Ambrose himself without any Presbyterie ioyned with him, excōmunica­ting the Emperor Theodosius: how is it not apparant, that in those daies a B. by himself might excōmunicate, & his excōmunicatiō holdē for good & lawful? But Danaeus to cōfirme it better, that a B. might not excom. by himself, addeth the 4. Council of Carth. chap. 22. & 23. where it is said: Danaeus proofe out of the 4. Council of Carth. cha. 22. & 23. that a B. shal not ordeine Clearks without the Council of his Clerkes, & so that he seeke the assent, the sufferance, and the testimonie of the Citi­zens. Againe, that the Bishop heare the cause of none, without the pre­sence of his Clerkes: otherwise the Bishoppes sentence shal be frustrate, except it bee confirmed by the presence of his Clerkes. What is héere that the Bishop may not by himselfe excommunicate? The former chap. is onlie of ordeining Clearks: & yet, it doth not take the power of ordei­ning from them, but it manifestlie giueth the power thereof vnto him. Though in ordeining a Priest, the Council say, that all the Priests present should lay their hands also on the head of him that is ordeined. But the B. hand onelie on a Deacon, &c. chap. 3. & 4. &c. As for this Decrée chap. 22. is but of the Clearkes counsel to the B. And though they say also, hee should seeke the assent, sufferance, & testimonie of the Citizens: yet in the action of ordeining, they haue no power. As for the 23. cha. requireth onelie the presence of the Bishops Clerkes, in the processe of his iudici­all sentences. But this proueth not, that they ioyne with him in the au­thoritie of the Iudiciall proceeding and giuing the sentence. Howe the Priests were present, whē the B. gaue [...] the iudiciall sentence. There is no Iudge can iudiciallie heare and determine anie causes temporal, but he must haue his Clearkes and Registers about him, to witnesse and recorde the same: but neither their presence, nor yet their inrolling of the acts, gi­ueth them anie authoritie in the Iudgement. He is Dominus Iudex for all their presence. And that doth the 28. declare, saying: The vniust condem­nation of the bishops is voyde, & therefore to be retracted of a Synode. But what is this to excommunication, it is said euen in the next Decrée [Page 1056] to that Danaeus héere citeth chap. 24. that the sacerdotall priest making [...] speech or preaching in the Church, he that shall depart out of the audi­ence, shalbe excommunicated. Might neither the priest nor the Bishop, if they saw anie person to vse this dooing, & obstinatelie mainteine the same. pronounce this sentence of excōmunication on him? But that the Bishop might so doo in this and in other greeuous crimes, we may well conclude by the 55. chap. of that Council: The B. excō ­municating with out the Priests. that a Bishop shal excommunicate those that are the accusers of their Brethren: & if they shall amend their fault he may receaue them to the Communion, not to the Clergie. Héere [...]o, is the excommunication and absolution made by the Bishop, without a­nie ioyned with him in these actions, were they present at the dooings ne­uer so much. And that this was allowable by the ancient custome of the Church, Concil. Elib. cap. 53. the Councill of Eliberis, holden almost an 100. yeres before a­nie of these Coūcels, approoueth the excommunicating made by a Bishop himselfe, saying, chap. 53. It pleased them all, that euerie one should re­ceiue the Cōmunion of that Bishop, of whom being in anie fault hee was Abstentus, that is, put backe, separated or excommunicated. But if so be anie Bishop shall presume to admit him, he being not yet willing or con­senting, of whom he was depriued of the communion: let him knowe that he shall aunswere these causes among the Brethren, with the danger of his estate.

Concerning Cyprians Epistles, we haue perused them alreadie méet­lie well, Cyprian cō ­cerning the B. authority of the keies. to examine what the presbyters were which Cypian mencioneth and we haue still found them, Ministers of the worde and Sacraments. In none of his bookes of Epistles anie 12. Epistle toucheth this matter. I graunt, that in reconciling of Heretikes and those that were falne to Ido­latrie, he vsed to take the aduise of his priests, of his Deacons, of his Cler­gie, and of all the people. But this prooueth not that he neuer restored a­nie otherwise. When he confesseth, that not onelie a priest, but a Deacon also may in necessitie, restore the baptised penitēt to the churches peace. But whomsoeuer Cyprian adioyned to him in anie solemne reconciliati­on: he reserueth the power and authoritie of loosing to himselfe.

As for the first Councill of Antioch, Concil. 1. An­tioch. cap. 13. which was elder than those of Carthage before cited, in the 23. chapter it is thus decréed: It is not lawful for a Bishop to make vnto himself another successor, although death ap­proch vpon him. But if anie such thing should be done, the same consti­tution to be voyde. But let the Ecclesiasticall lawe bee kept, which is on this wise, that a Bishop ought not to be made otherwise, than with a Sy­node and Iudgement of Bishops, who after the death of him that is de­parted, haue power to promote him that shall be worthie. What is here to abbridge the authoritie of a Bishop, that he cannot excommunicate any offender, without the consent and ioynt action with him, of a Segniorie? [Page 1057] Where if Danaeus had but looked to the ver [...] next chapter: he should haue found another manner of matter, where the Councill saith in the wordes following, concerning the authoritie of him that is ma [...]e Bishop: Cap. 24. Those things that perteine vnto the Church, must be kept with all carefulnes, and with a good conscience, and faith, that is in God, who considereth and iudgeth all thinges. Which are also to bee dispensed by the iudge­ment and power of the Bishop, to whom the people is committed, and the soules that are gethered together in the Church. But to come née­rer to the present purpose, for excommunication. The 4. chapter saith: Cap. 4. If anie Bishop being condemned of a Synode, or a Priest, or Deacon of his owne B. shall presume to meddle in anie thing concerning Priest­hood, or the holie Ministerie: it shall not be lawfull for him anie more, The B him­self may ex­com. to haue hope of restitution, neither anie place of satisfaction, but al that communicate with him, to be thrust out of the Church: especiallie, if they obstinatelie communicate with him, after they haue knowen the sentence pronounced against him. What can bee plainer spoken than this, that the Bishop himselfe may excommunicate.

And in the 5. chapter: Cap. 5. If anie Priest or Deacon contemning his B. shal separate himselfe from the Church, and priuatelie by himself gathering the people together, shall dare to erect an Altare, How directly this Canō is against our Breth. (or Communion Ta­ble). And albeit his B. exhorting him, and once and twice reuoking him, he shall remaine disobedient: let this man by all meanes bee condem­ned, nor let him hope at anie time to obteine helpe, or to receaue his owne honour. And if so bee hee shall persist to disturbe and sollicite the Church: let him bee repressed by the outwarde powers, as a seditious person.

And in the 6. chap. Cap. 6. If anie man be excommunicated of his owne Bi­shop: he ought not to be receaued of others, before he be first reconci­led to his Bishop, &c.

And in the 12. chapter. If anie Elder, or Deacon of his owne Bishop, Cap. 12. or if anie Bishop of a Synode, shall perhaps be condemned, &c Thus dooth this Councill also (which Danaeus citeth) prooue, The B. exe. of a Pasto­rall Elder. that vpon iust oc­cassions, a Bishop himselfe may excommunicate, not onelie such among the people, but also among the Pastorall Elders, as bee notorious of­fenders.

Nowe, when Danaeus hath thus farre procéeded, on the parties that should exercise this power of the keyes giuen to the Church: Danaeus prooues for Christes [...] words Mat. 18. to be meant of a Presbyterie of the Churches P [...]el. he cōmeth at length, chap. 55. to this sentence of Christ, Mat. 18. v. 17. Tel the Church. Where traueling to comfort them that hold this word Church, to be sim­plie meant, for the People: he pleadeth that it is meant, for the Prelates of the Church. And at length he cōmeth to this conclusion, with this say­ing of Ambrose, in libr [...] d [...] dignitate Sacerdotali. cap. 3.

[Page 1058] Danaeus for the PresbyteryThat which perteineth vnto all, ought to bee done of all. True it is, howbeit, according to the diuerse vocation of euery one in [...]he Church of God. Ambr. de dignita [...]e saecer­dotali. cap. 3. By reason whereof, the people are not equall to the ecclesi­asticall Prelates.

So also Chrysostome lib. 3. de Sacerdot. beyonde the middest of the booke: Baptisme is giuen vnto the Church. I aske therefore, to whom perteineth the administration thereof, and to haue the power of bap­tising? Dooth it pertaine to euerie one of the people? No: but to the Pastors alone. And yet this gift is giuen to the whole Church; as also i [...] the power of the keyes. But euen as when Baptisme and the holie Sup­per of the Lord, is administred in the Church, the force of Baptisme & of the Supper is expounded to the people, The power of the ke [...]es is giuen to the Church in such manner as the Sacraments. are giuen. who all of them seeing it, the seale is added to the healthfull promises of God: and so the people is confirmed in their faith, and each one of the people is taught and aedi­fied.

To conclude, when these thinges are done, the Church out of the holie Supper, and out of Baptisme, feeleth & receaueth the fruite, which it ought to receaue: euen so, when hypocrites, and wicked ones are cast out of the Church, or when that the poenitent are receaued, the same is done, the whole people, and each one of them withall, perceiuing it, & consenting to it: the authoritie of Gods word is ratified, the reforma­tion of manners in the Church established, and the puritie of doctrine is conserued. Which when it is done, the Church, and euerie one of the Church, receaueth the fruite that they ought to receaue, out of that po­wer of the keyes that is graunted to the Church. By this reason there­fore, these things, the Supper of the Lord and Baptisme, and the power of the keyes, are of God giuen to the whole Church: the administrati­on whereof notwithstanding apperteineth not vnto euerie one, but vn­to them onelie, that are lawfullie called in the Churche to doo these thinges.

Thus haue we séene at large the iudgements and reasons, pro & con­trà, of all these excellent men, for these Elders, and for their authoritie in this ecclesiasticall Censure. Let vs now returne vnto the learned Dis­course of our Brethren.

The learned dis­course. Pag. 89. & 90.Therefore in euerie Church there ought to bee a Consistorie of El­ders, or Gouernors, which with the Pastor may take charge of ecclesia­sticall discipline, and good order to be obserued in the Church, to the punishment of vice, and the aduauncement of true vertue. These, if they gouerne wel, as Saint Paule doth testifie, are worthie of double honor, both that honour that is due to godlie men, and that which is due to good Gouernors.

Bridges The premisses that our Brethren haue sette downe, inferre no such [Page 1059] conclusion. Yea, Our Br. cō ­clusion 1. Tim. 5. had the wordes of Christe alluded (as our Brethren would threape kindnesse on vs that they doo) to the olde Sanedrin of the Iewes: yet could they not presse this conclusion so farre, T [...]is concl [...] sion of ou [...] Br. not yet inferred by anie of all these pre­misses. by anie proporti­on, that there ought to be a Consistorie of Elders, [...]or Gouernors in eue­rie Church.

For the Iewes had not such a Sanedrin in euerie Synagogue, nor yet in euerie Tribe, but one throughout the whole Realme for all. Neither yet had they in euerie Synagogue such Senates nor Assemblies, as are héere by our Brethren mencioned, Luc. 22. & Act. 20 although they were nothing comparable to that Consistorie of the 70. Elders, appointed by the Lord, Numb. 11.

But whie doo our Brethren héere say, that this Consistorie maye take charge of Ecclesiasticall Discipline? For if they ought to be such, Our Br. cō ­clusion of their may, ought to be and they may doo it. they ought to doo it. But sith they onelie conclude, that they maye doo it: whie conclude they not also, that there may bee such a Consisto­rie of them, and there may not bee? As for some to take the charge of Ecclesiasticall discipline, it is verie necessarie, and it ought indéede so to bee.

But our question is, what is meant by ecclesiasticall discipline, and what manner of Elders they ought to be, Eccl. disci­pline and the charge thereof. that ought to take the charge thereof. As for good order to be obserued in the Church, to the punish­ment of vice, and the aduauncement of true vertue: this we graunt must of dutie be done. But as our Brethren conclude, it may be done by this Consistorie in euerie Church: so I conclude, The obser­uing of good order. it may then be done by other.

Yea, if we shall examine the state of euerie Church or Parish better, howe it may be done by such a Consistorie in euerie parish Church: nei­ther I, nor I thinke our Brethren can deuise it, without the alteration of the whole State, and of the Princes supreame Gouernment, and of all the Magistrates authorities whatsoeuer throughout y e whole Realme. The danger o [...] erecting [...]hese Con­sistories in euery parish. And therefore I would thus rather conclude, it may better be done (all thinges considered) by anie other meanes, than by erec [...]ing Consistories in euerie Church, of these gouerning but not teaching Elders, or Go­uernours.

Whether Saint Paule meant of anie such Gouernours, we haue al­readie hearde howe it is in question. Neither can those our Brethren that so thinke, and fauour that Interpreta [...]ion most, inforce a necessi­tie of such gouerning Elders, that altogether were not Teachers.

Bullinger in his 5. Decade, the 5. Sermon, De Ministris verbi Dei. Bulling Dec. 5 s [...]rm. 5 de m [...]n. [...]er. Dei. Who when he commeth to intreate of Presbyters, Priestes, or Elders, deriuing them also euen from the Senate of the seuentie Elders, among the Iewes, ordeyned by God, Numb. 11. And citing also this testimonie [Page 1060] of S. Disciplin. Paule, 1. Tim. 5. concludeth thus: Erant ergo alij quidam, &c. There were certaine other therefore in the ecclesiasticall office, Elders not continuall Teachers. who al [...]hough they did not teach continuallie, as did the Bishops, notwithstanding in all their businesses, they were present with those that did teach. So that, he excludeth them not from teaching, but from continuall teaching.

And as for the double honor that S. Paule speaketh of, I take it not as our Brethren doo, to be of 2. kindes of honor in these 2. respects: the one, that which is due to godlie men; the other, that which is due to good Gouernors. Our Br. vn­proportio­nate distin­ction of good man, and good Gouernor. True it is, there is an ordinarie distinction betweene bonus vir, & bonus ciuis, a good man and a good citizen: but not so aptlie, be­twéene bonus vir, & bonus Magistratus: a good, or godly man, and a good Magistrate or Gouernor. But the relation is rather, bonus Subditus, & bonus Magistratus: a good Subiect, and a good Gouernour. Howbeit I thinke (as I haue shewed before) S Paule meant simplie, that he which tooke greater paines in the word, which he calleth, laboring in the word, was worthie double; The plaine sense of the double ho­nor 1. Tim. 5.17. that is, the greater honor.

Our B. now hauing thus farre procéeded in the proofe of their Senate, or Consistorie of Elders, enter héere into another discourse, which they cal the ende of discipline, and say as followeth.

How necessarie it is that Discipline should be in the Church, to keepe men in awe from offending, The learned dis­course. Pag. 90. and to bring offenders to repentance, to auoyde the infection of sinne, within the Church, and the reproch that groweth by neglecting the punishment of sinne, among them that are without the Church: we thinke needlesse to stande long in proouing, the matter it selfe is so apparant, and hath such plentifull testimonies in the Scripture.

Héerein I am of our Brethrens opinion: onelie wishing this plaine dealing in them, Bridges that speaking of the necessitie, vse, and end of discipline; they had set downe some definition or description thereof, that we might certainlie haue knowen, what they ment thereby. But now we must col­lect their meaning, by those péece-meale sentences that doo follow.

And especiallie, let the reasons of S. Paule 1. Cor. 5. & 2. Cor. 2. where he purposelie entreateth of eccl. discipline, be weighed. A litle leauen sow­reth a whole lumpe of dowe. The learned dis­course. Pag 91. For infection: Ye are puffed vp, where ye shoulde be sad & ashamed. For ignominie: We deliuer him to Sathan, to the destruction of his flesh, that his spirite may be saued in the day of the Lord. For repentance, Publike reprehēsiō of many, which being godlie refuse to eate with such a one, 1. Cor. 5. is profitable both to driue himself to repētance, & to keep other in order, 2. Cor. 2. for feare of like punishmēt. Where this disc. is not, no maruell if all wickednes ouer-flow, to the dishonor of God & of his Gospell, to the destructiō of many, & corrupting of more, to the greef of the godly, offēce of the weak, incoragemēt of the wicked, & reioising of the aduers. [Page 1061] It should séeme by the collections of these reasons, Discipl. of excomm. which they woulde haue to be weighed, that our Brethren héere by the name of discipline, Bridges meane most especiallie, the order about excommunication. The discipl. of excom. Which though we haue more than once alreadie both séene and weighed sufficientlie: yet let vs once more weigh again with them, the reasons that in these places S. Paul alledgeth. It is no doubt, but S. Paule had manie & weightie reasons, The weigh­ing of Saint Paules rea­sons, in ex­com. the in­cestuous person. mouing him to excom. that incestuous person among the Corinth. and to haue them obey his sentence of that offenders excommunication. And if we should weigh his reasons on this fashion, as our Brethren would haue vs: we might weigh manie more, which there also he vseth, and in better order (as I suppose) than our Brethren verie slightlie and preposterous­lie (setting aside their learned Discourse) do weigh them. For, the reason that our Brethren make, for ignominie, ( as they tearme it) is both set by S. Paule before that, which they tearme, for infection: neither are the words in that sort set downe by S. Paule: if we must néedes go to weigh­ing of them.

S. Paule entring into this matter, first beginneth with those reasons that might lay before them, the heinousnesse of the fact, and horror of the sinne, saying; The [...]e is alt [...]gether heard of among you fornication, and such for­nication, as is not among the Gentiles named, insomuch, How S. Paul laide foorth the crime to the Cor. that it is, for one to haue the wife of his father. Which words being weighed, conteine manie weigh­tie reasons. From the nature of the sinne, that it is, fornication. From the publike same thereof; that it is al [...]ogether heard of: that is to say, a great & constant same, and not a muttering rumor, of an vnknow [...]n, or but suspe­cted fact. From the persons, among whom this fact was done, & the same diuulged; among you, that are the Church of God, and are called Saintes in Christ. From the degrée and greatnes of this fornication; that it was such, and is not so much, as named or allowed among the verie Heathen. From exaggerating the crime, & mouing them to abhorre the same, by specifica­tion and laying forth of the fact, the manner and circumstances of it; inso­much, that one shuld haue his fathers wife, &c. And then cōmeth in that, which our Brethren would haue vs to weigh, for their second reason, saying: Ye are puffed vp, where ye s [...]ould be sad & ashamed. The 2. rea­son that our Br. g [...]ther out of S. Paules words. Although by weighing these words better, we find them to be other thā are the Apostles words, which are these; And ye are puffed vp, & haue not rather had mourning, that he which hath done this worke, might be remooued from among you: perswading them to the detestation of this fact, not onelie with the reason of ignominie; but with the consideration of their owne grieuous sinne also, in being puffed vp, either boasting in sinne, as doo the wicked: or in foolish confidence, thinking themselues safe, and not considering the horrible sinne vnpu­nished, but rather mainteined amongest them. And also from the nature or concomitances of true repentance, reproouing them that they mour­ned [Page 1062] not, The excō. weighed 1. Cor. 5. for such a sinne committed in their Church.

Now, when Saint Paule had vsed all these reasons, which likewise in­ferre manie other: then he sheweth, what he himselfe had done in thi [...] matter. I verelie beeing absent in bodie, but present in spirite, haue alreadie, a [...] present, adiudged (or condemned) him that thus h [...]th done.

And héere now, since our Brethren will néedes haue vs fall a weigh­ing the reasons of Saint Paule: S. Paule as­c [...]ibeth the action of excom. to him selfe. let vs weigh also his wordes, and rea­sons of his dooing, in the chastizing of this offender. First, that he saith, he himselfe, and none of their Church with him, nor of anie other that we reade of, tooke vpon him the remedie and correcting of this matter. And he vttereth this word Ego, I, verie emphaticallie, as with great and singular authoritie.

Secondlie, how farre did he thus alone procéede héerein? To the onely considering, misliking, and mourning for it, or reprehending of this vice or vicious person? Nay, he goeth further, euen to the verie pitche and pithe of the matter, How farre S. Paule wēt alone with­out them in this excom, for he saith, that he iudged or condemned him. And the word importeth, as solemne a Iudiciall sentence pronounced a­gainst him, as was requisite in so weightie a matter. Neither saith he, that he woulde stay from this Iudiciall sentence, till they had assembled themselues together, and examined the matter, and found him guiltie, and then giuen their consent or license to the Apostle, to procéede to iudge­ment against him: no, saith S. Paule, I, euen I haue of my selfe done it alreadie, yea, both without your leaue, consent, or witting of my dooing: and also beeing absent both from you too, for anie bodilie presence; and yet shall my Iudiciall sentence, bee as effectuall, as if I my selfe hadde bene present with you, or, as if the offender hadde bene present héere be­fore me.

Howbeit, because it stoode them vpon, to take notice both of this mans offence, and of their owne fault, and also of Saint Paules dooing: to obey this Censure of the Apostle, to amende their default, and to execute the punishment that Saint Paule had inflicted vpon this sinner, Saint Paule procéedeth further, telling them what nowe he woulde haue them to doo héerein, Howe farre forth Saint Paule char­geth the Corinth to proceed after his doings. and saith vnto them: In the name of our Lord Iesus Christ, you bee­ing gathered together, and my spirite, with the power of the Lord Iesus, to deli­uer that manner of man vnto Sathan, to the destruction of the flesh, that the spi­rite may be safe, in the day of our Lord Iesus Christe.

These wordes our Brethren make the thirde reason, which they call (as I take it) for repentance. I say, I take it; because, if we should fol­low the Printers poynting of the reasons that they alledge, if should in­déede haue (as they say) neither rime nor reason. Our Br. 3. reason. But ascri [...]ing that vn­to the Printer, not to our Brethren: yet, their altering againe of the [Page 1063] Apostles words, is not the Printers, but their owne fault. Not onely to say, In the day of the Lorde: whereas the wordes are, 1. Cor. 5. In the day of our L. Iesus Christe: which though it be not to the matter now in question, yet, Our Br too far altering of the text. to say, we deliuer him to Sathan, as though they ioyned with the Apostle, in pronouncing the sentence of the excommunication; that is héere no light fault in our Brethren, and materiall to the present purpose, if we should exactlie weigh the same. Albeit, in some respect of the execution, I allowe these words, we deliuer him to Sathan: because, though Paule himselfe had alone pronounced the sentence without them; neuertheles, the same was executed by them, assembled in the name of our Lord Iesu [...] Christe, as he commaunded them, and with the power of the Lord Iesus, his spirite was pre­sent with them at the dooing.

Now when S. Paule had thus prescribed vnto them what they should doo, then he goeth againe vnto his reasons, and for that they had not dealt anie thing at all against this offender, but rather boasted, either of his fact, or of their securitie: S. Paule reprooueth them, saying; Your boasting is not good. And heere at length, he commeth in with that, which our Brethren make the first reason, for infection: Our Br. col­lectiō of S. Paules first reason. A litle leauen sowreth a whole lumpe of dowe. Although the Apostle also, vttereth the same in an other manner, than héere our Brethren doo, to wit, by way of question: Know ye not, that a litle leauen s [...]wreth the whole lumpe? And so he proceedeth [...]o a number of other reasons: saying, Purge therefore [...]e olde leauen, that ye may be a newe sprinkling, as yee are vnl [...]auened. For Christe our Paschall Lambe, is offered vp, &c.

Thus, if we should fall to weighing the Apostles wordes, and rea­sons; we should finde, that our Brethren which will them to bee weigh­ed, did not their selues weigh the peyse of them so deliberatelie, either as they might, or as they ought to haue done. For then shoulde they haue found, that the onlie Censure of the Apostle, would haue weighed downe all their light reasons, which they concèaue, of a Consistorie among the Corinthians of ruling and not teaching Seniors, that were ioyned with S. Paule in the authoritie of examining & excommunicating this offen­der. Which Seniors had so litle anie especiall authoritie in this matter, or in anie other, Nothing in either Epi­stle to the Co. to proue anie Consi­storie of such Elders. among so manie matters mencioned in that whole Epi­stle, or in the other Epistle, written to these Corinthians: that in weigh­ing withall, to whom these words, & both the whole Epistles were writ­ten: it is inough to proue (for anie expresse word we can finde in them, or anie necessarie argument we can gather on them) that the discipline of excommunication which S. Paul vsed, or willed the Corinthians to vse, may be vsed well inough in our Churches, without anie such Consistorie of Seniors, to be ioyned in authoritie with the Pastors.

As for y t which our Br. adde, that, publike reprehēsion of many, which [Page 1064] being godlie refuse to eate with such a one, Discipl. of excomm. is profitable both to driue himselfe to repentance, and to keepe other in order, for feare of like pu­nishment.

I grant this is true. But, that S. Paule ment those manie, to be the El­ders of a Consistorie, Publike re­prehension may bee without this Cōsist▪ and withall, such Elders, as were ecclesiastical go­uernors and reprehenders, but not teachers: and that this publike re­prehension of manie, if it were not of the whole Church, might well y­nough be made by the publike Minister, before them al, or in their name, and so be a publike reprehension of manie, to driue him to repentance, and terrifie other: and that refusing to eate with such an one, might not, yea, ought not, to be of all and euerie one, but of such a manie, meaning such a Consistorie of Elders, that I vtterlie denie.

And therefore, that which followeth: Where this discipline is not, no maruell if all wickednesse ouerflowe, to the dishonor of God, and of his Gospel, to the destruction of manie and corruption of more, to the griefe of the godlie offence of the weake, incouragement of the wic­ked, and reioycing of the aduersarie,

Sith the discipline of this Segniorie that our Brethren woulde bring in, is so clean different (as we haue séene) from the discipline that the A­postle vsed héerein, among the Corinthians: we haue great cause to take good heede, least these daungers might happen to vs, not by the want, but rather by the admission, Our discipl. of excom. is neerer to S. Paules, than is our Br. discipline. of this their gouerning and not teaching Seniors discipline. And if wee permit those, which in the Ministerie of the worde succeede the Apostles, when anie such notorious sinners, as this person was among the Corinthians, shall offend, to proceed against them, as S. Paule did against him; and the Minister to notifie his procee­ding to the whole Church: and they with all obedience, to put in executi­on those sentences of excommunication, and to shunne such offenders cō ­panie, and not to eate with them, but rather publikelie to reprehende them: this discipline is not to be misliked. And our order of excommu­nication, ( if it be not accidentally abused by anie particular person or oc­casion) is in lawe, and effect, the verie same.

As for this deuise of a gouerning Segniorie of not teaching, but of dumbe Presbyters, Priestes, or Elders, to be raised vp in euerie Churche or Parish, to haue the power and authoritie of this ecclesiasticall disci­pline, as it is nothing like the Apostles practise: so our Bretherns vn­necessarie sturres for it, The mani­fold dāgers by this Se­niorie. hath bredde manie troublesome euents: and it is to be feared, would soone brede more and greater, to the manifest daun­ger both of her Maiesties Soueraignitie, and so, of her sacred person: to the altering and innouating of the whole State, to the disquieting of the orders established in all the Realme, and in euerie Church: and then what followeth, but as our Br. héere conclude? To the dishonor of God, [Page 1065] and of his Gospell, to the destruction of many, Excom. for light of­fences. and corrupting of more, to the greefe of the godly, offence of the weake, incouragement of the wicked, and reioysing of the aduersary: and therefore (in my opinion) this Seniory were a great deale better suppressed, then erected. Now vpon these premisses our brethren thus conclude: Let vs therefore pro­ceede, in setting foorth the authority of the Pastor with the Elders, The learned disc. pag. 91. which is, first to punish offendors, and bring them to repentance, or else to cut them cleane from the Church, as rotten and infected members.

This conclusion, inferring the authority of the Pastor with the El­ders aforesaid (these Elders being not yet sufficiently proued, Bridges. to haue any such authority, or to be any such Elders at all) is a weake conclusion? the Bishop or Pastor may do all this well ynough without them, except our brethren shall haue better proues to inferre them, then as yet we haue heard any. But now, as though they had already clearely proued these Seniors, and their authoritie, they procéede from their persons, and from this their authority, to the offences wherefore this authori [...]y should be put in practise.

But heere ( say they) we haue to enquire, for what offences the Church may proceede to so sharp a punishment: for God forbid, The learned disc. pag. 91. & 92. that the sword of excommunication should be drawne out, to cut off the members of our body for euery small disease that is in them, but onely where the disease is deadly, and the members rotten thereby: for we ought as hardly to be brought to excommunicate any of our brethren, as we would haue a legge or an arme cut off from our bodie.

God forbid ( as our brethren say very well therein) we should pro­ceede to so sharp a punishment, Bridges. How hardly we should proceede to excommu­nicate. that the spirituall sword of excommu­nication should be drawne out, to cut off the members of our misticall body in Christ, for euery small disease that is in them. Yea rather, now and then in some principall members of the naturall body, though the disease be deadly, and the members rotted thereby, yet to cut them straight way off, were to hasten the present destruction of all the body. We graunt therefore, that we ought to be brought very hardly to ex­communicate any of our brethren, especially such principall parts a­mong them, as may endaunger their whole estate. Howbeit, this resem­blance heerein, of cutting off a legge or arme from the mysticall bodie, The diffe­rēce of cut­ting a part of the natu­rall and mysticall bodie. and from the naturall, is very different, euen from the principall point of that excommunication, that we speake of, and that is in vse among vs. For if we cut off a legge or arme from the naturall body, it is done, both for vtter despaire that it can neuer be healed, and we are assured, that be­ing cut off, it can by no naturall or artificiall meanes, except my [...]aculous, be euer againe ioyned to the body, but is vtterly without all life, and for euer in this world destroyed, till the resurrection of the body in the life to [Page 1066] come. The Po­pish Ex­comm. But it is not so in euery Excommunication, except onely in the highest and extreamest degrée, called Anathematization, which is sel­dome, Difference of anathe­matization, and Excom. or not at all in vse amongst vs. Whereas, in the ordinarie Excom­munication, it is not an absolute spiritual cutting off the mysticall mem­ber: but such a conditionall cutting off, onely from these, and those re­spects: that it is done not only with hope, but also euen to the end and pur­pose of amendment, and of restoring. Although therefore the separation be of more importance and daunger, in respect of the more excellent obiect, and subiect matter: notwithstanding for the foresaid respects of hope and purpose, it can be hardly iustified, that we ought as hardly to be brought to Excommunicate any of our Brethren, as we would haue a leg, or an arme cut off from our body. But héerein we yéeld vnto our Brethren, that though this spirituall cutting off may easilier be done, then the natu­rall, in the foresaid respects: notwithstanding we ought most hardly to be drawne vnto it, and in some principall persons (all things duly pon­dered) not to cut them off at all. Héereupon, our Brethren conclude fur­ther: Therefore the Popish tyrannie is detestable, which thundreth out their pretended Excommunication for euery trifle, The learned disc. pag. 92. yea such as are no sinnes, as non payment of a little money, where it is not deteyned of fraude: non apparance, where men otherwise haue necessary impedi­ments, as though it were but a small matter to put men out of the protection of Christ, and to deliuer them to the tyrannie of Sathan, and to depriue them of eternall saluation, and to cast them into euer­lasting damnation.

We detest the Popish detestable tyrannie, and errours in their Ex­communications, Bridges. so well as do the most zealous of our brethren. Howbe­it, it is méete our zeale heerein be tempered with discretion. I graunt there were great abuses among them, The Popish abuses of Excomm. in abusing so great a censure in so trifling matters: notwithstanding their detestable tyrannie in Excom­munication, is not so much for procéeding so farre in their light causes, as for their erring in the most waighty, and for Excommunicating the true professors of the Gospell (as the Pharisees did Christ and his A­postles) while they themselues mainteine most grosse errors, and playne heresies, besides most horrible, and notorious vices, and so are altogether vnfit to Excommunicate any at all, but rather to be themselues Excom­municated: and not so much as knowing what this power is, and how farre foorth man is the minister thereof, they not only presume to Excom­municate those that offend not, but whole Realmes, and all Princes, ouer whome they haue no charge nor iurisdiction. We neede not feare the Papists Excomm. But the best is, that we haue no cause to feare the thundering of their Excommunications, but rather to reioyce the more, féeling how gratiously (blessed be he therfore) the Lord turneth still their curssings into blessings, saue that we pitty (so farre as [Page 1067] standeth with Gods will) this their mad spite, The vices Excom­municable. and furious b [...]indnesse a­gainst the Gospell of Christ, and the true professors of it. Leas [...] therefore ( say they) we should vse such vnreasonable rigor, The learned disc. pag. 92. the spirit of God tea­cheth vs, what manner of sinnes deserue Excommunication. 1. Cor. 5.11. 1. Cor. 5.11. If any that is called a brother, be an whoremonger, or a couet [...]us person, or an Idolater, or a selanderer, or a dr [...]nkard, or an extortioner; with such a one see that yee eate not. These offences therefore and such like, are to be puni­shed by Excommunication. And also an obstinate Heretike, that will not repent by admonition, is worthy of this punishment. Tit. 3.10. 2. Tim. 2.16. 1. Tim. 1.20. 2. Iohn 10. and 11. Tit. 3.10. 2. Tim. 2.16. 1. Tim. 1.20. 2. Iohn. vers. 10. and 11.

Whether Saint Paules words must néedes in that place be vnderstood also for Excommunication, ( though diuers do so take them) might be called in question, sith men might shunne such an offenders conuersati­on, Bridges. and not eate with him, 1. Cor. 5.11. although the person were not yet so procéeded against, as by the censure of Excommunication, to make him vnderstād, how much they abhorted his wickednesse, as we haue séene in Brentius, Bucer, and other Protestants iudgements. But if these be the vices that our Brethren will alwayes haue to be prosecuted by Excommunication, how many shall runne in daunger of these Seniors censure, The vices for which the Seniors should Ex­comm. 2. especially vnder the generall name of couetousnesse: notwithstanding these sin­ners, (namely, obstinate Hereticks) that will not repent by admoniti­on, we graunt, are well worthy of this punishment; though the Apostle also name it not, in that place to Titus. Tit. 3.10. As for S. Paules testimony 2. Tim. 2.16. where he saith to Timothy, Tim. 2.16. but prophane voyces of vanity passe ouer them, is neither spoken, nor meant of Excommunication. 1. Tim. 1.20. The next place here cited, 1. Tim. 1.20. is apparantly inough spoken of Excommu­nication, of whome, is Hymenaeus and Alexander, The Apost'l his selfe Ex­comm. Hy­menaeus. whome I haue deli­uered vnto Sathan, that they may learne not to blaspheme. But here is no Seniory mentioned, but only Saint Paules owne acte, without the authority of any Consistory ioyned with him. And as concerning the 2. Epistle of Iohn. verse 10. and 11. 2. Iohn ver [...]. 10. and 11. If there come any vnto you, and bring not this learning, him receiue not to house, neyther bid him godspeede, for he that biddeth him godspeede, is partaker of his ill deedes. Neyther doth yet this sentence inferre any necessi [...]ie of Ex­communication: for although all those persons be Excommunicable, and theyr sinnes deserue Excommunication, and they may be sayde also, to be before God, or ipso facto, Excommunicated, yet are they not so accompted to the Church, till the sentence be published agaynst them. Howbeit, The learned disc pag. 93. I will not stand with our Breethren vppon thys poynt.

And not onely ( say they) these great and notorious sinnes de­serue this correction, but also lesser crimes encreased with con­tumacy [Page 1068] and contempt of the Churches admonition, Excom. for the lesser crimes. become worthy of the same castigation. Therefore saith our Sauiour Christ of priuate of­fences, Math. 18.15.16. &c. Matth. 18.15.16. &c. If thy brother sinne against thee, goe and repr [...]ou [...] him betweene thee and him alone: if he heere thee, thou hast woon thy brother, but if he heere thee not, take with thee one or two, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses, euery word may stand: if he disobey them, then tell the Church: if he disobey the Church, then let him be to thee as an heathen or publicane. The A­postle S. Paule likewise 2. Thess. 3.6. &c. concerning those that were idle, 2. Thess. 3.6. and walked disorderly, will haue all gentle meanes vsed to bring them to labour and good order, but if they would not be refourmed for any admonition, he commaundeth them to be separated by excom­munication.

Héere our brethren themselues come downe to lesser crimes, yea euen to the priuate offences betwéene brother and brother. Bridges. Were they not afrayd, Our Bre. confess. of excommu­nication for lesser crimes. least they should returne their owne words on their owne selues, that it were popish and detestable tyrannie, to arise to so high a censure, for so meane offences? as though it were but a small matter, to put men out of the protection of Christ, and to deliuer them vnto the tyrannie of Sathan: to depriue them of eternall saluation, and to cast them into euerlasting condemnation? Did they not feare that this also might be accompted vnreasonable rigor? no (say they) bicause these lesser crimes are encreased with contumacie and contempt of the Churches admo­nition, and therefore become worthy of the same castigation: and may contumacie then and contempt so increase the crime? Contumacy & contempt may aggra­uate the crime. And were not our brethren héere againe afraide of iumping with the Papists? for what other thing do the verie Papists alleadge, for the most part of their ex­communications, more then contumacie and contempt? Yea, but (say our brethren) this contumacie, and contempt is of the Churches admo­nition. In déede, so sayth Christ in the place héere cited, Math. 18.17. If he heare not the Church. But can our brethren héere vnderstand by the nam [...] of Church, some few persons, chosen by the Church, and may not the Pa­pists do so to? haue not they also their Consistories, and that, many of them, of mo persons then one? yea, if the Church choose one man, (as for example, their Bishop or Pastor,) before whome those matters should be heard, debated & decided, doth not the contumacy, and contempt against that one man, encrease the sinne, as well as the contumacie and con­tempt against any other persons, that the Church may choose to this pur­pose. I speake not in defence of the Popish excommunications, not ac­knowledging them (as they stand now in open resisting of the truth re­uealed) to be the true Church: Why the Popish Churches excom. is no true ex­comm. so that they being now neither of, (nor properly in) the true Church, can not rightly expell others out of the true Church, in, and of which their selues haue no pa [...], for all their craking of [Page 1069] the bare name, and therefore their Excommunications are of no force. Cōtumaty. But if in déede they were (as would God, if it pleased him they were) of, and in the true Church, ( as by the grace of God, his name be blessed for it, we are) and in lesser crimes the contempt, and contumacie of the Churches admonition, giuen by a few persons chosen by the Church thereunto, be worthy excommunication: then, where the Church hath chosen but one, that is to wit, a Bishop, to execute her authority in those matters: the contumacy and contempt against his iust and lawfull ad­monitions, is not so much against that one man, as against the Churches, and so, is worthy of the same castigation.

This testimonie héere rehearsed Matth. 18.15.16.17. Matth. 18.15.16.17. I trust we haue already sufficiently shewed, how it maketh nothing at all for any such Se­niors as our brethren before alleaged it for, and much lesse for any theyr authority of excommunicating, nor prescribeth any certaine order, in what manner, or by what persons anie Excommunication should be made, against the offenders, which there it speaketh of, as we haue heard thereon the diuers iudgements, not only of the auncient Fathers, but of our best brethren.

As for the 2. Thess. 3.6. &c. the Apostle hath these words: 2. Thess. 3.6. VVe com­maund you brethren in the name of our Lord Iesus Christ, that ye withdraw your selues from euery brother that walketh inordinately, and not after the institution that he receyued of vs: And in the 11. verse. Verse 11. For we heare that there are some among you walking inordinately, working not at all, but be busie bodies. But to such we denounce, and beseech in our Lord Iesus Christ, that laboring with silence, they eate their bread. And in the 14. verse, Verse 14. But if any obey not our word, note him by an Epistle, and haue no companie with him, that he may be ashamed. What kind of persons he séemeth héere to note, and what fault he findeth in them, I ouerpasse. True it is, he would haue them first induced by all gentle meanes, but if thereby they will not be reformed, he yet commaundeth them not héere to be seperated by Excommunication, though they haue well deserued it. Neither yet in this solemne denouncing, [...]oth he Ex­communicate any, but would haue them write vnto him of such inordi­nate persons, insinuating that he himselfe would Excommunicate them, as he had done with the incestuous person at Corinthus, and with Hyme­neus Alexander and Philetus. But now our brethren fores [...]eing, that this is nothing to the fortifying of their Seniory, they returne to that point to aunswere the obiections made against it.

But it may be obiected ( say they) that hetherto appeareth not so great vse of this Consistory, The learned disc. Pag. 94. why it should be thought necessary for Ex­communication: neither doth S. Paule make mention of it in all pla­ces, where he speaketh of Excommunication.

In good time be it spoken, not onely it may be obiected, Bridges but it is [Page 1070] obiected, Our Ob­iection. that hitherto appeereth not so great vse of this Consistorie, why it should be thought necessarie for Excommunication, or for anything else: hauing beene so little, or not in vse at all, for any necessary proofe, or vse thereof, and the Church of Christ, hauing continued so ma­nie hundreth yéeres vtterly without it. As for all these examples of Ex­communicating the incestuous person, Hymenaeus, Philetus, Alexan­der, &c. or any other testimonie of Saint Paule héere mentioned. What is héere eyther necessarie, or likely that may be referred to a Consistorie? Neyther will we so much obiect this, that Saint Paule maketh no men­tion of it, in all places where he speaketh of Excommunication, but that he maketh no mention of it in any place where he speaketh of Ex­communication. And heere let vs marke our Brethrens confession, for if this may be obiected that hitherto appeareth not so great vse of this Consistory, that it should be thought necessary for Excom. then all that hitherto is alleaged, may be thought vnnecessary to inferre this, and this appearing, that it may be so thought, of all that hitherto hath been allea­ged: let our Brethren looke better to that, that is to come, to alleage such proues, as whereby it should be thought more necessary. But to these obiections, say our brethren, we aunswere, that although the simple in­stitution of Christ, The learned disc pag. 94. and approbation of the holy Ghost, should suffice vs to thinke it necessary: yet there are many necessary vses thereof to be alleaged.

And to this aunswere we reply: if this place can be shewed and proued so to be, Bridges. where this simple institution of Christ, and approbation of the holy Ghost was madeOur Bre­threns aun­swer to our obiection. ( speaking of the state of the new testament, and since the time of Christes incarnation) it shall suffice vs forthwith, simply to thinke it necessary. But if this be rather supposed and threaped vpon vs, then shewed and proued vnto vs, our Brethren haue to pardon vs, if we thinke it not so necessary, or rather to aske pardon of God, that dare thus without plaine, and manifest proofe, pretend the simple institution of Christ, and the holy Ghostes approbation of it. But to our further sa­tisfaction, to prooue this, they tell vs, that there are many necessarie v­ses thereof to be alleaged: let vs therefore heare also these so many, and so necessary vses.

The learned disc. pag. 94. & 95.For whereas our Sauiour Christ ( say they) commaundeth in priuate offences, the matter to be brought before the congregation, except you vnderstand thereby, the congregation or assemblie of Elders, there shall follow horrible discord and confusion thereby. For admit a man might accuse his brother vnto the whole multitude, yet how should the whole multitude admonish him, and exhort hym to repen­tance?

[Page 1071] Our Brethren heere take vpon them, Our Bre­threns aunswere. to proue many necessary vses of this Consistory, besides Christes simple institution thereof: and do they now for these vses, begin with that, Bridges. which they make his simple institu­tion? and what haue they alleaged for Christes institution, Our Bre­threns con­fusion of the vses and institution of this sup­posed Seni­ory. simple or compound, but onely that saying of Christ, Math. 18.17. tell the Church? which though it be but a simple argument of theirs, to prooue any insti­tution at all of this Consistorie: yet what dealing shall we call this, simple or double? to tell vs, they will shew the vses of it, besides the insti­tution: and when they come to shew them, they alleage that which they pretended before, to be the very institution. But now comming to these words of Christ, what reason inforceth, No confu­sion in vn­derstanding Christes words, Math. 18.17. in the plain and literall sense. that we must vnderstand by the Church or Congregation, the Congregation or assemblie of Elders in the Church? doth any horrible confusion and disorder, or any other inconuenience follow, by vnderstanding héere the Church or Congre­gation, in the playne and simple sense thereof? Our Brethren do admit, that a man might accuse his brother vnto the whole multi­tude. Yea, there is no neede to put the case thereon, and say, admit a man might do it: for why may he not do it well ynough? and in ad­mitting this, they admit withall, that these words, Tell the Church, may be well vnderstood of the whole multitude, without any disorder or confusion, for one may speake to a whole multitude, and euery one may well vnderstand him.

But say our Breethren yet, ( where Christ goeth further: If hee will not heare the Church) how should the whole multitude ad­monish him, and exhort him to repentance? verie well (say I) without any necessitie of this Consistory. For both their Pastor can do it in their name, or any publike Officer, How the Church may admo­nish the offender. or the Church may do it, without any horrible confusion or disorder, at seuerall times, and by seuerall persons, eyther all, or the most of them, or by some one person appointed thereunto, which may well be called the Churches admonition, although they haue no such Consistorie of Elders among them.

Agayne, of these notorious offences that are worthie of Excom­munication, some are openly knowne, The learned disc. pag. 95. so that they neede no try­all, as the adulterie of that Corinthian. 1. Corinth. 5. fome are in controuersie, 1. Cor. 5. and are to be examined, concerning which, Sainct Paule warneth Timothy, that he admit not any accusation against an Elder, but vnder two or three witnesses, and chargeth him before God, and the Lord Iesus Christ, and his elect Angels, that he do no­thing through rash, or ouer-hastie iudgement, and that he do all things without partiality, or affectiō vnto parties. 1. Tim. 5. chap. 19. & 21. verse. [Page 1072] We see heere manifestly, Notorious offences. a necessary vse of the Eldership: for how is it possible for the whole Church, to examine and discusse such difficult controuersies? therefore it behoueth the Church to haue such ordi­narie delegates, as may and ought to apply their diligence vnto such matters.

Bridges. This division of offences doth againe both implie a contradiction to it selfe, in saying: of these notorious offences that are worthy of excom­munication, some are openly knowne, so that they neede no tryall: some are in controuersie, and are to be examined: for if they be not openly knowne, how are they notorious? if they be notorious, how be they [...] openly knowne? And also this diuision doth cleane ouerthrowe the neces­sitie of our brethrens Consistorie. For where they say, some are openly knowne, so that they neede no tryall, as the adulterie of the Corinthian, 1. Cor. 5. it followeth, that these notorious offences are out of the exami­ning and discussing of such difficult controuersies, Our Bre­threns euill diuision of offences. so that the Church hath no néede of such Delegates, to applie their diligence to such mat­ters. And if the saying of Christ, Matth. 18. be not of such open offences, till they be opened by complaint, then are not Christs words to be draw [...] to such matters, but are rather to be referred vnto this other some, that they say are in controuersie, and to be examined: concerning which, S. Paule warneth Timothy, that he admit not an accusation against an Elder, &c. and that he do nothing through rash, or ouerhastie iudge­ment, and that he do all things without partialitie, &c. but in all these warnings, Saint Paule adioyneth no Consistorie of gouerning Elders vnto Timothy in the admitting and iudging of these things, but giueth him, No neces­sary vse of this Seni­ory. as this great charge, so the doing, and accomplishment of the same. Therefore, we see heere manifestly, ( quite contrarie to that which our brethren conclude thereon) no necessarie vse of the Eldership, or that, it behoueth the Church to haue any such ordinarie Delegates, as may, and ought to applie their diligence vnto such matters, when the Bishop or Pastor ( as héere Timothy was) is willed to do, and (no doubt, did, as he was willed) may examine, and discusse such difficult controuersies, and may, and ought to applye his diligence vnto such matters. More­ouer ( say our Brethren) to ouersee the Church for matters pertay­ning to order and discipline: The learned disc Pag. 96. how can the multitude ouersee them­selues, or the Pastors only, which haue a principall care of doctrine to attend vpon?

The Church may ouersee, and be ouerseene by her ouerseers: as for the Pastors onely, Bridges we say not, they are the onely ouerseers: for althou [...]h the seuerall Pastors haue their speciall ouersight of the people, Ouerseers now with­out these Seniors. in the [...]r seuerall charges, and haue a principall care of doctrine to attend vpon: neuerthelesse, as they may haue a care also, though not so principall, [Page 1073] ( as Timothy had, and yet his principall care was of Doctrine: The neces­sarie forme of Excom.) so may they well haue other higher ouerseers ouer them, both Bishops and Ma­gistrates, and the Prince the Principall ouer them all, without any such ouerseers among them, as this Consistory that our Brethren would erect.

And to the second part of the obiection, that Saint Paul doth make mention of the Eldership or Consistorie of Elders in all places, The learned disc. pag. 96. & 97. where he speaketh of Excommunication: wee aunswere that it is not necessa­ry he shoulde so doe. For whereas our Sauiour Christe hath prescribed a forme thereof, that he which obeyeth not the Congregation should be Excommunicated: and that in other places hee maketh sufficient mention both of the Elders & of the assembly, we ought to vnderstand that his purpose is, to obserue that forme to the vttermoste. And al­though he do not alwayes make expresse mention thereof, yet must we not imagine, that he ment to alter or chaunge the same.

Hauing thus aunswered to the former part of this obiection, that there is not so great vse of this, consistorie, Bridges. why it shoulde bee thought necessary to Excommunication: they nowe proceed to the second part of the obiection: which they propounded, The answer to the secōd part of the obiection. that S. Paule doth make no mention of the Eldership or Consistory of Elders in all places, where he speaketh of Excōmunication: they answere, that it is not necessary bee shoulde so do. And their reason is this. For whereas our sauiour Christe hath prescribed a forme thereof, that hee which obeyeth not shoulde be Excommunicated▪ and that in other places, hee maketh sufficient mention, both of the Elders and of the assemblie, wee ought to vnder­stand that his purpose is to obserue that forme to the vttermoste.

Herevnto I reply, first that this part of the obiection, is of their owne [...]r [...]ming and therefore, they may aunswere it, as they please. How wee make the obiection, otherwise than they set it downe to our Br. more aduā ­tage. Wee obiect it thus, that Saint Paule doth not make mention of this Eldership or Consistory of Elders, in any place where hee speaketh of Excommuni­cation: therefore, (by any thing that we can gather out of Saint Paul) it is not necessarie, that they shoulde haue authority with the Pastor to Excommunicate. If they nowe can shewe it (not in all places) but in any one place, which is a greate deale the larger offer of vs vnto them: they shoulde easilier ouerthrow our obiection. Which since they can not do: It is the greater ouerthrowe of their assertion: The obiecti­on taken as they put it. But nowe to take the obiection as they obiect it, not for any, but for all places: why might it not bee well sayde, that if in all places, where Saint Paule speaketh of Excommunication, hee not onely maketh no mention of this El­dershippe or Consistory of Elders, but also maketh such mention of the Bishoppe or Pastor, that it may bee fully doone by him: Doth it [Page 1074] not sufficiently follow them, that their ioyning in authority with the Pa­stor is not so necessarie?

But they adde a reason, why It is not necessarie, that S. P [...]le should [...] in all places make mention of this consistory of Elders. Our Br. reason why S. Paul men­tioneth not a consistory in al places. Our Br. reasō a petitione principij. For ( say they) whereas our Sauiour Christe hath prescribed a forme thereof, that he which obeyeth not the Congregation shoulde bee Excommunicated: What is this to authorize this consistory of Elders? But they stil h [...]ry [...] their former broken string, of the allusion of Christes wordes, that by the Congregation, is not meant simply the Congregation: but the Con­gregation of the Eldership, or Consistory of Elders in the Congregati­on. But sithe not onely no necessity ( as wee haue seene) dr [...]th th [...] plaine wordes of our Sauiour Christe, Tell the Church or Congregati­on, to this allusion: Yea, we haue séene howe hardly they can be draw [...] thereto, sithe the wordes Congregation and Senate, are (as membra diui­dentia) wordes deuided, S Paules wordes not referred to any order prescribed in Christes wordes. and opposite the one to the other: & withall, Christ neither setteth downe any forme at all of Excommunication, eyther who shoulde be the dooer, or in what order it shoulde be d [...]n [...]: what ne­cessarie argument can our Br. gather heereupon: that Saint Pauls [...] where he mentioneth Excommunication, ought alw [...]ies to bee vnder­standed, that his purpose was to obserue that forme to the vttermost [...], that our Sauiour Christe prescribed? And yet good reason, that no wor [...] of S. Paule should be vnderstāded, to breake any forme that Christ pr [...] ­scribed. But if those words of Christe, prescribe no forme, and [...] of other matters than S. Paules wordes now and then bee, where hee [...] ­keth mention of Excommunicatiō: how shall we so vnderstand Christs words, except we would wrest them and mis-understand his wordes of purpose? As for S. Paul, wee graunt, hee maketh mention both of Elders, and of the assembly of Elders in other places: but what is this, [...] this present purpose of Excommunication: S. Paul mentioneth as­semblies of Elders. or of such Elders, or [...] as­sembly or Consistory of Elders, Gouerning and not medling with the word, and yet medling with Excommunication or absoluti [...] [...] of the cheefest parts of the worde? Cannot S. Paule speake of Elders, nor of assemblies in any place, S. Paul nei­ther speak­e [...]h of El­ders, nor that they alwaies did Excom. but it must n [...]eds be vnderstood for [...] Elders, and such Consistories of them? Yea, can he not sp [...]ke of Excommunica­tion in any place, but because he speaketh of Elders, and [...]ss [...]bl [...] i [...] [...] ­ther places, that therfore we ought to vnderstand that his purpose w [...]s, that those Elders and assemblies doe alwayes Excommunicate? and that his purpose is to obserue that form to the vttermost? No necessa­ry forme & perpetuall rule prescribed how to Excom. If o [...]r [...] [...]n proue that either Christ, or S. Paul, who had the spirit of Christe, [...] [...]own any necessary form and perpetuall rule thereof: then we graunt [...]hat al­though he alwayes make no expresse mention thereof, yet must we not imagine that he ment to alter or chaunge the same. But if he set downe [Page 1075] no such necessary form, nor any rule thereof. Yea, i [...] that (which is much more) neither Christ, nor S. Paul, nor any other of the Apostles or Euan­gelists, make any mention at all of such a Consistorie as our Br. do vrge nor these or any other their wordes, No expresse mention or necessary inferrence of this Consis­torie in Christes or the apostles words. can of any necessity be drawn so to be vnderstoode: then not only we are frée from the necessity therof: but let our Br. look [...] vnto it, with what conscience they dare vse the names and wordes of our [...]r Christ, and of S. Paule, to the necessary inferring of this Consistorie, and of this surmised authority of th [...]m.

In the first to the Corinthians the fift verse, it is manifest, that albeit, he desired nothing more, than that the incestuous adulterer should be Excommunicated, The learned disc Pag. 97. and therefore determined of him for his owne part, as absent in body but present in spirite: yet hee acknowledgeth that he coulde not bee excommunicated, without the consent of the Congregation, being gathered together in the name of our Lorde Ie­sus Christe. 1. Co [...]. 5.4. 1. Cor. 5.4. Likewise when he shoulde be receiued again, hee was to bee pardoned, not onely by him, but by them also. 2. Cor. 1.10. 1. Cor. 1.10.

Although I dare not say as our Br. here (me thinkes) ouer boldly do, that S. Paule desired nothing more, Bridges. than that the incestuous adulterer shoulde be Excommunicated: For, Our Br. o­uerbolde words of S. Paul [...] desire howe he wrot thereof with anguish and teares, it appeareth, 2. Cor. 2. verse 4. and many other thinges there were, (which we may well thinke) hee desired much more, than the gi­uing of that incestuous adulterer vnto Sathan; which he was rather dri­uen to do, than that he had any great desire to do it: neuerthelesse, (to set [...]de the desire of S. Paule thereunto) how can our Br. iustify this, which h [...]e they conclude? saying: and therefore determined of him for his owne part, as absent in body, but present in spirite: yet he acknowled­geth that he coulde not be Excommunicated, without the consent of the congregation, being gathered together in the name of our Lorde Iesus Christe, 1. Cor. 5.4.

Had not S. Paule pronounced the sentence of that iudgement on him before, verse. 3? Paules Ex­com. by him-selfe & in his ab­sence. and this hee had done so farre foorth without their con­sent: that it was also done without their knowledge, being absent in bo­dy from them, though in spirite present with them, that is (as I take it) wishing him-selfe among them. And this his Iudgement, being absent, he accounted as auaylable (for the effect of the matter) as if hee had beene present with them. The wordes are plaine: I verily absent in body, but present in spirite, haue already iudged him that thus hath done, euen as if I were present.

True it is, that in this fourth and next verse immediatly following, (which our Br. cite, for the solemne publication, an [...] execution of this his former sentence,) he willeth them, saying; VVhen ye are ga [...]hered together, and my spirite, in the name of our Lord Iesus Christe, that such a one, 1. Cor. 5.4. with the po­wer [Page 1076] of the Lorde Iesus Christe bee deliuered tò Sathan, to the destruction of the flesh, that his spirit [...] might bee saued, in the day of our Lorde Iesus. That is to wit, The sense of S. Paules wordes. to exclude, or pronounce that man excluded, out of the Congregation, which is the mysticall body of Christe, and so to bee vnder the power of Sathan, to the entent, that hee being thus punished in the flesh, by this bodily exclusion, it might make him sorowfull to repentance, and so re­dound to the saluation of his soule. Nowe to the execution hereof, it bee­ing requisite that they shoulde giue their consent: hee willeth th [...]m to gather themselues together so to do. Which thing notwithstanding hee desireth not of them, How farre their consēt was requisit for the exe­cution of S. Paules [...]ntence. that they woulde vouchsafe to do: but hee flatly com­maundeth them to doe it. And therefore hee sayth. 2. Cor. 2. For that also haue I written to you, that I might know the triall of you, whether yee were or no, obedient in all thinges. So that this is true, that Saint Paul coulde not excommunicate him without their consent. For although he thus tried them and commaunded them to put his sentence in execu­tion: yet had his sentence beene good and effectuall before God, though not so reputed of them, if they had not obeyed him, nor consented vnto him.

So that, in this sence, the Church that is, The Chur­ches autho­ritie in the Excom. the multitude, (I graunt) hath a dutie of consent, to the approbation and execution of the Bishops or Pastors sentence of Excommunication, whereby, when they percei [...] he hath not abused the authority of the keyes committed vnto him, they obey the same, or denounce solemne notice thereof vnto the party, and so repute him, reproue him, and auoide him.

And in this respect, where our Brethren say: Likewise when hee should be receiued again, he was to be pardoned, not onely by him, but by them also: Howe farre foorth their pardon was requisite. 2. Cor. ver. ver. 10. So farre foorth as offence was giuen to them, and that they had obeyed and approoued Saint Paules Censure: their pardon also of him (I graunt) was requisite. And therefore Saint Paule sayde before, 2. Cor. 2. verse 6. &c. 2. Cor. 2. vers. 6. &c. It sufficeth to such an one, this re­buking, which is made of many, insomuch that c [...]ntrariwise, yee shoulde rather forgiue him and comfort him, leaste peraduenture hee that is such a one, shoulde be swallowed vp with too much heauinesse. VVherefore I pray you, that yee con­firme your charitie to him. The diuerse maner of S. Paules, and of their action, in the offenders pardon. For therefore also I wrot to you, that I might knowe the experiment of you, whether ye be obedient in all things. And heer [...] com­meth in this sentence that our Brethren note: But if yee haue forgiuen any thing: and I also. For, I also, if I haue forgiuen ought, for you I haue forgiuen it, in the person of Christe, that wee shoulde not bee circumuented of Sa­than.

So that their pardoning of this man, and S. Paules pardoning of him, were not concurrent in one respect, nor after one manner, nor of one matter in the pardon. They had not this Ministeriall office of bind­ing [Page 1077] and loosing, nor the keyes of shutting and opening, Hymenaeus Philetus, Alexāder, in the per­son of Christ, which S. Paul had, to denounce in Christes name, the sinne to be forgiuen him, and the man to be reconciled to Gods fauour: this pardon, in the person of Christe, S. Paule gaue, and not they. What and how S. Paul forgaue. They for­gaue onely the scandale and offence towards them. And this is that S. Paule desireth them to pardon him. For it lay in them to doe it, both to receiue and comfort him, they being members of the body, What & how they forgaue. whereof hee was re-vnited to the head. And in this sence, I holde well with our Bre­t [...]rens saying, that when he shoulde be receiued againe, he was to bee pardoned not onely by him, but by them also. But what doe they now conclude hereon?

And therefore, if so high an Apostle, coulde not by his priuate au­thoritie excommunicate that Corinthian: The learned disc. Pag. 97. we must not thinke that by his priuate authority, but by consent of the Church of Ephesus he ex­communicated Hymenaeus and Alexander, although he doe not make expresse mention of the consent of the Church in that place. 1. Tim. [...] 20.

Our Brethren conclude not herein indifferently. They require of vs to shew some expresse testimonie of Scripture, Bridges where the censure of Ex­communication was executed by any one person or Minister of the Church? Our brethe­rens eluding of the mani­fest scirpture by coniec­turs of other places. we shew it in S. Paules excommunicating Hymenaeus and A­lexander. Besides the Excommunication of Philetus and this Corin­thian. Heere they r [...]ply. We must not thinke, that by his priuate autho­rity, but by the consent of the church of Ephesus, he excommunicated Hymeneus and Alexander, although he do not make expresse mention of the consent of the church in that place. If this aunswere shall bee counted sufficient: what manifest and expresse testimony of the s [...]ripture, may not be thus eluded?

But why should we not thinke, that S Paule did it by his owne au­thority? For as for these captions wordes, The capti­ons term of priuate au­thority. his priuate priuate authori­ty, I reckon not on them; for he did it in the person of God and by his apostolicall and Ministeriall authority, which was publike and not pri­uate, notwithstanding proper to him selfe, and to such as were of the A­postleship, and ministers of the worde, as hee was. Doth S. Paule make mention any where else, of the Churches consent in these mens Ex­communication, taking consent of the Church, How the Churches might con­sent in the Excommu­nic [...]tion of Hymenaeus, Al [...]xand [...]r, & [...]hile [...]us. ( as our Brethren here­in doe,) that he could not doe it at all, except they had consented, and gi­uen their suffrages before hande, that he shoulde do it? for otherwise, wee deny not, but that they consented. Howbeit, their consent came after the thing was done, or at the moste, it was not the authorising of his dooing, but an allowing of it, because it was their duty so to do, séeing that hee a­bused not his authority, nor erred in the exercise of the same Which if he [Page 1078] had done; Singular authority. then might they iustlie haue disobeyed his doing. As they mig [...] also refuse the doctrine of him that preached any other Gospell. And yet, it followeth not therupon, that in preaching the pure and sincere gospel, the Church had ioint authority with the Preacher, to preach the same. But why would our Brethren haue vs thus to thinke?

If so high an Apostle could not by his priuate authority excommu­nicate that Corinthian: We must not think, that by his priuate autho­rity, but by consent of the Church of Ephesus, hee Excommunicated Hymenaeus and Alexander, although he doe not make expresse menti­on of the consent of the Church in that place.

This conclusion runneth vpon their former assumptions, Our Br. conclusions on their owne assumptiōs. that S. Paul coulde not by him selfe Excommunicate that Corinthian. Whereas that place mencioneth not at all, what he coulde or he could not do in that matter, but onelie what he did, and would haue them to do. And if the other place, 1. Tim. 2.20. concerning the Excommunication of Hyme­naeus and Alexander, be to be measured by this place, 1. Cor. 4. Then as we haue seene, howe both he him selfe coulde, and did Excommunicate that Corinthian, both in their Churches absence, & they beeing not made priuie of his doing, Our Br. re­ferring the other Ex­communi­cation to this. 1 Cor. 5 do yetmore confute themselues. till he had done it, and written to them therof, willing them to solemnize and denounce the publike execution of the same: which if they woulde not haue done, had no whit impayred the bertue of his censure, but aggrauated an other offcence in them. And therfore in mea­suring the Excommunication at Ephesus, by that at Corinthus: our expresse instaunce of S. Paules Excommunicating by him-selfe, in the absence of the congregation, and the congregations dutie of obedience afterwarde, in approouing, obeying and consenting to the same, is a good instance that neither the whole Congregation, nor any Seniory among them, had any necessary ioint authority with S. Paule in the inflicting of this censure.

So likewise where hee speaketh to Timothie in the singular num­ber, The learned disc. pag. 98. 1. Tim. 2.20 concerning the hearing and determining of matters pertaining to Discipline, we ought to acknowledge that hee teacheth in Timothies person the duty of Elders, and neuer ment to giue to Timothie, an ab­solute or singular authority, to bee Iudge in those matters, without consent of the Eldership, whereof hee maketh mention but a little before.

To conclude therefore, the Pastor with the aduice and consent of the Elders, hath authoritie to heare and examine matters, perteining to Ecclesiasticall Discipline, and as the case requireth to Excommunicate offenders, and vppon their repentaunce and amendment, to receyue them agayne into the bosome of the Church, approoued by the word of God.

[Page 1079] Those testimonie [...] likewise where Saint Paule speaketh to Ti­mothie in the singular number, giue vnto Timothie, though no ab­solute, yet a singular authoritie, Bridges not singular ( I graunt) as though hee shoulde single out him-selfe to doe all thinges alone: but singular in préeminence aboue all, What single authoritie S. Paul gi­ueth to Ti­mothie. which preeminence was allonely in Ephe­sus, singular and proper vnto Timothie. And this hath Beza himselfe, e­uen where he speaketh against the vsurpation of the Popish Bishops & Pastors, confessed, saying, a [...]e haue also heard before, on these wordes of the Apostle: against an Elder receiue no accusation, &c. Moreouer we must note, out of this placc, Bezaes confession of the singular authority of one. Timothie in the Ephesine eldership to haue then beene the [...], that is, the Bishop, as Iustine calleth it, not that hee did all thinges as he list: but, which according to his godli­nesse and prudence, moderated all thinges, that all thinges might be well done and in order in the assemblie.

Neither is this any hindrance hereunto, that S. Paule teacheth in Ti­mothies person the duetie of Elders: but rather confuteth our Bre­threns shift, in saying, that Timothie had a prerogatiue as an Euange­list, and prooueth that such Elders as Timothie was, (that is to say with Beza and Iustine, such Bishops) notwithstanding his prerogatiue of E­uangelist, haue a like singular authoritie as Timothie had, concer­ning the hearing and determining of matters pertaining to Disci­pline.

And if (as heere they say) Saint Paule in Timothies person, taught the duety of Elders: then shoulde these Elders, whose duetie is heere taught in the person of Timothie, bee suche as shoulde bee aunswera­ble to the person of Timothie, and not such Gouerning Elders, as are no Teachers. And so saith Caluine on these wordes, 1. Timoth. 5. verse 21. I testify before the Lorde. &c.

This protestation was interposed of Paule, not onely as in a matter moste waightie, but also for the greate difficultie thereof. For there is nothing more harde, than to exercise Iudgementes with such equity, that neyther thou art moued at any time with fauour, nor giuest en­try vnto suspition, nor art mooued with tales, Timothy in his Ecclesia­stic [...]l iudgements, re­presented onely the person of Pastorall Elders. nor yet art ouerstraight in rigour, nor lookest on anie other thing in all causes, than the cause it selfe.

For from thence (shall spring) an equall right, when the eies are shut vnto the persons. But we must remember, that vnder the person of Timothie, all Pastors are admonished. So that this admonition com­prehending the dignity, and the duety of an ecclesiasticall Iudge, the same is here made vnto Timothy, and in his person, only vnto such gouerning Elders, as are Pastorall elders. In whome their teaching, though it [Page 1080] be done publikely, All iuris­diction of one is not Antichri­stian. is notwithstanding their singular authority: as Saint Paule also gaue vnto Timothy singuler precepts ther [...]of, and [...]et in Timo­thies person, he gaue those precepts, to all Bishops and Pastors, wherein no other kinde of Elders, ordinarily nor the congregation, do [...] ioyne with the Bishops or Pastors in the authority of teaching, though in obedience and consent of hearing. And so in these matters, concerning the hearing and determining of Ecclesiasticall Discipline, and iudicial causes, he gi­ueth Timothy, and (in Timothies person) other Bishops and such supe­rior pastors as he was, the charge and authority of a righteous Iudge. But the Iudges authority is singuler to the Iudge, and not communicated with other, no, though they sit on the Bench with him as his assistantes, but such onely as are of his function, Iudges as hee is, and ioyned in the same commission with him: How this authoritie was, & was not singular therefore S. Paule giueth to Timothy, and (in his person) to Bishops, and such Pastors, a singular authority, in hearing and determining of such matters. Not singular ( I graunt) as though none might heare them but hee alone, or that hee might aske no counsell or consent of any other: for such singularity were rather a deharre, than a graunt of authority, or were an insolent abuse thereof. Neither so doth a­ny Iudge, if any assistants be on the bench with him. But the Iudge onely hath the cheefe authority, and that is, his singuler authority, though not absolute.

As for the Eldership whereof Saint Paul maketh mention a little be­fore: We haue heard also Caluines opinion thereon, that it may be aswel vnderstoode in that place, for the office of the Eldership, as for any consis­torie or company of the Elders. And therfore vpon the vncertainty of that Worde, they can builde little certaintie for their consistoriall Elders.

The conclusion which heere they make, depending all vpon the premisses, is no further to be graunted, than the premisses do inferre.

The learned disc Pag. 98. & 99. In steede of which, Antichriste hath set vp a tyrannicall Iurisdiction of one Bishop to bee iudge of Excommunication, which is practized neither for causes sufficient, nor by sufficient authority, insomuch as it hath bene already testified by the Scripture, that the power of Excom­munication is in no one man, no not in an Apostle, but is common to the whole Church, and ought to be executed by lawfull delegats of the Church also.

The tyrannicall iurisdiction that Antichriste hath set vp, we no more acknowledge, Bridges. than our Brethren. But, that all Iurisdiction of one B. to be Iudge of Excommunication, which is practized for causes sufficient, not onely to want sufficient authority, but to be called tyrannical, and set vp by Antichriste: Is not truely spoken nor Christian like. Except they will make S. Paul Antichriste. As for that which they haue already testi­fied by the Scripture, doth manifestly confirme, that one man (as the A­postle, [Page 1081] and Timothy, and in his person, Slaunde­rous spee­ches. Bishops and pastors in like manner may execute the power of excommunication. For although this ecclesiasticall power be giuen to the Church, as likewise the ciuil power is giuen to the assemblies and congregations of men: How the power of Excommu­nication is giuen to the Church. yet is neither of them common to the whole Church ( as our Brethren heere say) but is proper to those persons, in, or of the Church, and of the as­semblies of men, which persons are of God or man lawfully called therunto. Neither are the persons that haue the practise and executing of the power of excommunication, to be so properly calle [...] the Chur­ches delegates, as Gods delegates or Ministers in the same, and repre­sent God therein, not the Church. But, admitting it be common to the whole church, and yet ought onely to be executed by lawfull dele­gates of the church: if that whole perticular church, The Excommunicator is more properly Gods delegate than the Churches. do make him that is their onely Lawfull Bishop, to be also their onely Lawfull delegate, in executing the power of Excommunication, and doe not delegate a number of more with him: then, by their own confession, some one man, and that the Bishop may alone execute the authority and power of ex­communication.

But so much that vsurped authoritie presumeth, that the Bishoppe as an absolute owner thereof, The learned dis­course. Pag 99. committeth it ouer to his Chauncel­lor or Archdeacon, and the Archdeacon to his Officiall, and he to his register, and hee agayne to his substitute, and his substitute to his ser­uaunts man or boy as it hapneth, in so much that a learned Preacher, may be excommunicated by a foolish boy. If this matter seeme not to require speedy reformation, God hath blinded our eyes, that wee can not see the cleare light of the Sonne shining in our faces.

These terms of vsurpation, presumption, and to be as an owner, and as an absolute owner of this authority: Bridges are speeches (considering the vn­trueths, and reprochfulnesse of them) little besé [...]ming learned preachers. And much lesse, the other, of committing this authorty to Registers, and to substitutes, and to the Substitutes seruantes, man or boy I verily be­leeue, thad our Brethren, (if they were well apposed) coulde not prooue any such Excommunication to bee made. Which in-déede if it were done, is no Excommunication at all, Slanderous speeches. if it bee not rather their bare sur­mise. But perchance, at the fourth or fift hand, they heard of such a thing, and they by and by (for the good liking and opinion they haue of Bishops, their chauncellers, Archdeacons and Officials, Charitas non est suspicax,) did beléeue it. For the tale caried greate credit. Some boy tolde them▪ that some seruaunt tolde him, that some Substitute tolde him, that he had heard it tolde of some Register. But who the Register, Substitute, Ser­uaunt, man or boy was or is; that we must go looke, as the boy sayth to his dog, séeke out. It is proofe ynough for our Brethren, that some boy [Page 1082] tolde them, that he heard say so. And therefore, as a matter nowe out of all doubt, it must in all hast to the presse, and be confirmed in print with this exclamation: Insomuch that a learned preacher may be excommunica­ted by a foolish boy.

If a foolish boy had written this, it had béene the more tollerable. But should such Learned Preachers in the name of all the faythful Ministers, Our Br. vn­equall dea­ling in this slaunder. that haue and doe seeke for the reformation of the Church of Eng­land, in this their Learned Discourse of Ecclesiasticall Gouernment, thus solemnly alleage such boyish slaunders? or if there shoulde by cor­ruption haue hapned any such like thing, shoulde they thus heighnously burthen or chalenge the state and authority of the Bishops, for such an a­buse, or odde escape stollen out: which our Bishops doe no lesse detest, than do our Brethren their-selues, No likeli­hood in this slaunder. and would punish and reform, if they can name the parties, and proue the offence? but that (I thinke before hand) they can not do. Nay, there is no likelihood of any such matter. We suffer not either Officiall, or Archdeacon, or Chancelor, to excommu­nicate any, without a Minister of the word ioyned with him, do denounce the sentence of Excommunication. And can then a Register, yea the Re­gisters substitute, and the Substitutes man, or the mans boy, Excommu­nicate ( I will not say, Preacher, learned or vnlearned,) but any one man or women in all England?

I deny not, a boy may write the sentence and forme of wordes, and counterfait, or clap to the right seale also of the office, and may pack with the sommoner to cary it forth, If such an abuse were, it were no com. and so there might happen by such ill dea­ling, a shewe and terror of Excommunication. But, as this is not any Excommunication indéede (and therefore our Brethren say not truely, that the authority is thus committed from one to another, that a lear­ned preacher may be excommunicated by a foolish boy) so when it shoulde come to aunswering in the court, it woulde soone be found out, to be a meere false and (sauing your reuerence) knauish forgery. But if they may discredite lawfull authorities for such abuses: The state not to bee slaundered for the a­buses. they may en­daunger the power and authority of all courtes and offices, when a­ny false varlets practise such corruptions: and if there be any such abuses of this high power of excommunication: It is our brethrens dutie to make the offenders knowe, and not to impugne or discredite the auctho­rity, by picking such quarrels, & if such speeches may be thus freely cast forth atrādō, on bare surmises, or rather, on mere slanders, till they bring forth the persons: if this slaundering seeme not vnto them to require, as speedy reformation, as any such facts, if any such were cōmitted: what? shal I return their words on their own selues, y t God hath blinded their eyes, that they can not see the cleare light of the Sunne shining in their faces: verily, affection hath so dazeled at the leaste these our Br. eyes, that [Page 1083] they doe not (I will not say, they will not) see the difference of the Law­ful authority, & of the accidentall abuses of the same, beeing as plaine (set affection aside) as the cleare Sunne shining in their faces.

For if we looke to bannish the tyranny of the Pope out of all mens heartes, The learned disc Pag. 99. wee must vtterly remoue all his detestable enormities out of the realme, as it was wont to be said in the cōmon prayers of the church, in the time of K. Henrie and Edward, where as now by reteining still, all the detestable enormities of his prerogatiue and faculties, and whol course of his Canon law, the papacy is not so much banished in name, as translated in-deede from the sea of Rome, to the sea of Canterbury, vnder the shadowe of the Princes Supremacy, with as heighnous iniu­rie and contumelie, of the lawfull authority and Godly Supremacie of the Prince, as ioyned with the greate dishonor of God, and the misera­ble disorder of the Church. But wee meane not in this place to prose­cute our iust complaints, nor to inueigh against the abuse of these thinges, with such vehemency of wordes as the worthinesse of the mat­ters deserueth: but onely in setting foorth the plaine trueth, to giue a glimpse by the way of the contrary falshood.

Are these our Br. glimpses? what should we looke for, Bridges. if they woulde (as they say) with vehemencie prosecute their complaints? What foule & dāgerous slanders our Brethren here breake foorth into. Not only al the Prelates but all the Church of England accused as good as with high treason. that when they giue but a glimpse by the way, burthen all the state of the Church and Realme of England, to retaine still all the detestable enormities of the Popes prerogatiue and faculties, and the whole course of his Canon Lawe. And that the papacie is not so much banished in name, as tran­slated indeede from the Sea of Rome, to the sea of Canterburie.

With what conscience can our Brethren affirme these thinges? is not y e Popes Supremacie a prērogatiue of his detestable enormities? which being banished out of the Realme and Church of England: how can it be sayde, that all the detestable enormities of his prerogatiue, are still retei­ned? and whereas, to retaine the prerogatiue of the Popes Supremacie, is high treason: what is this any other, than to accuse all the Church and Realm of Eng. besides thēselues, to be high traitors against her Maiesty?

And what a like slaunder is this, that we retain his faculties, yea, the whole curse of his Canon Lawe? If this be true: then doth the Realme and Church of England, as much acknowledge the Supremacie of the Pope, as euer it did. Which if it do not, then is this a moste vntrue and shamefull slaunder. The verse Papistes their selues are able to controule them▪ and all the worlde may see the cleane contrary. Yea, Our Br. own conuincing them­selues of this their slaundering of v [...]. howe agreeth this with that which their-selues haue confessed, and prefixed in the Pre­face of this their Learned Discourse, for our acquitance against this slan­der? that the substance of religion, hath in diuers assemblies abroad and at home, bin dispatched & resolued, & now publikely maintained, for [Page 1084] our true and holy fayth. If the whole course of the Canon Law be still mayntayned, which hath many errors, superstitious, Idolatries, and o­pen blasphemies: how maintaine we the true and holy faith? and if pa­pacy be but banished in name and not in-deede: how do our Brethren and wee agree in the substance of Religion? Do they accuse them selues herein also?

Our Br. too vndutifull slaunder of her Maiesty. Yea, howe do they not accuse withall most vnnaturally, the Queenes moste excellent Maiesty. For, if papacy be but translated from Rome to Canterbury, It is not gone very farre from the Court. And who translated it thether? coulde this translation be made without her Maie­sties authoritie? or did that most renoun [...]ed prince King Henry the eight, or that moste vertuous Prince his sonne King Edward the sixt, both of them Kings of moste worthie memorie, (whome these our Learned Dis­coursers, so breefely here in their haste, snap vp, by the tearmes onely of King Henry and Edward) make this translation of the papacy from Rome to Canterbury, and her Maiestie approoue onely and confirme this translation?

Translation of Papacy to Canter­bury. But they say, it is translated thether, vnder the shadow of Princes the supremacie. What mean they by this? hath the Prince translated it to the Sea of Canterburie for a shadowe? or doth the prince maintain or re­tey [...]e it? or doth the Princes supremacie shadowe Papacie? These spee­ches are so daungerous, so reprochfull, so spitefull, so vndutifull and not subiect-like, so manifest vntrue without all shadows, but not without as heighnous iniury and contumely of the lawfull authority and Godly supremacy of the Prince: as ioyned with great dishonour of God, and the miserable disorder, of moste slaunderous speeches cast foorth on the Prince, on the Peeres; on the Prelates, on the people, on the whole Church and Realme of England: that I much maruaile that they would euer let them escape their lippes, or conceiue them in their hearts: and much more penne them in writing, and publish them in print, and com­mende them to the worlde, with the title of a Learned Discourse Surely this a verie vnlearned, vnaduised, vngodlie, and disloiall part. Whatsoe­uer they had in the gaule of their zeale powred foorth on vs, would God, they had neuer attempted, so vntruely to deface, both their and our so gra­cious, godlie, louing and most blessed soueraigne.

Do they thinke to shadowe them-selues and to salue vp all againe, in saying: Our Br. mockery of her Maiesties supremacy. this is done with as heighnous iniury and contumely of the law­full authority and godly supremacy of the Prince?

In-deede this is more subiect-like, to bee offended that any iniury or contumely should be offered, to the Lawfull authority and godly supre­macy of the Prince. But when they say withall, that all the detestable enormities of the Popes praerogatiue and faculties, and whole course of [...] [Page 1085] Canon Lawe, is nowe still reteined: and that, the Papacie is not so much banished in name, as translated in deede, from the sea of Rome. to the sea of Canterbury: and that, all this is done vnder the shadow of the Prin­ces Supremacie: what lawfull authoritie, or godlie supremacie of the Prince make they this to be? And is not this dooing and saying then of theirs, a méere mockerie and contradiction, with an heighnous iniurie and contumelle of the lawfull authoritie and godlie supremacie of the Prince? Yes verelie, and ioyned with great dishonor of God, and mi­serable disorder of the Church, that euer such disordered speaches should be suffered.

But we may soone gesse, whether for these parts of the Papacie, We maywel see, by these speeches whether for diuerse pointes the papacy wold be trāslated ( to wit, soule-mouthed slanders, not sparing to offer iniuries and contume­lies to their naturall and Souereigne Prince,) for making and imposing another Canon Lawe, and a new kinde of Supremacie of pastors and Se­niors, should be translated: not from Rome to Canterburie: though nei­ther, we nor they can well tell from whence, but whether: euen to eue­rie seuerall Parish and Congregation. For, what could all the papistes, or the Pope himselfe haue said more, or worse against the Prince, the Church, and the Realme of England; than these out learned Discoursing Brethren haue comprehended in these distempred speaches?

And now, when they haue thus disgorged all this choller, for verie an­ger that they can not haue their gouerning Presbyters and not not prea­ching Priests, to exercise this power of the keyes, and discipline of the Church: they conclude, as it were, slinging away in a chase, from fur­ther treatise of their Gouernors, saying.

But we minde not in this place to prosecute our iust complaints, nor to inueigh against the abuse of these thinges, with such vehemencie of words, as the worthinesse of the matters deserueth: but onelie in set­ting foorth the plaine truth, to giue a glimpse by the way of the contra­rie falshoode.

All that our Br say, must be plaine truth & iust complaints: & all our sayings and doings, are with them contrarie falshoods & abuses; All these foul spee­ches are but our Br. glimpses by the way. and yet these & al their other so foule speaches, are (forsooth) but their glimpses by the way. What will these fellowes doo (trow we) whē they come direct­lie vpon vs, with such vehemencie of words, as ( they say, the worthinesse of the matters deserueth? But since they threaten vs, & as it were, bidde vs expect in some other place, where belike they minde to prosecute these complaints & inuectiues with greater vehemencie: Our Br. for warning [...] greater [...] ­ [...]ectiues. we may yet thanke them for this curtesse, that they giue vs before hande so faire a warning. Praeuisa leuiùs feriunt mala. He that is ful warned, is halfe armed. We shal make our selues readie for the push of their vehemencie, so well as God shall giue vs grace thereto.

[Page 1086] And thus with this foule blast and threatning sling, they knit vp this their Learned Discourse, of their third Tetrarke, these Gouernors, Pres­byters, Preestes or Elders, that are all in ruling and not teaching.

And since they are not hetherto able, to alleage better proofes for their Consistory of these Elders: neyther yet Caluine, Beza, nor Danaeus, ( as for other, I account not of them more than these) I hope wee shall neede to feare the lesse our Brethrens threates, of a­ny greater vehemencie to come, that shall be materiall to the contro­uersy.

The argument of the 13 Booke.

THE 13. Booke is of the last tetrarke, called the Deacons, with a Preface, exhorting to releeue the poore: in what sort the Deacons office is perpetuall: of the first occasion of ordeyning Deacons, for the distribution of temporall goods: of the occasion ceassing, how that part of the office is change­able: how the office had another part remayning to be imploy­ed in the attendan [...]s on the ministerie of the Word and Sacra­ments: of the examples heereof in the first seauen Deacons, namely, Stephen and Philip, with the iudgements of Gualter, Aretius, and the Magdeburgenses heereupon: how the part perteining to distribution of goodes, was altered and ioyned with other functions, and not any peculiar office in many well ordered Churches after the ordeyning of Deacons at Ierusa­lem: of our Brethrens deuiding the office of Deacons in diuers partes, and whether the distributers, showers of mercie and helpers, mentioned Rom. 12.1. Cor. 12. were seuerall and di­stinct offices, with the interpretations of Ambrose, Bullinger, Beza, Caluine, and Aretius on the same: of the good politike lawes for the poores reliefe, and the cause that they take not so good effect of the multitude of disordinate walkers and practisers against the State: and whether these deuises of Deacons would represse them, or increase them: of the election of Deacons, and of tyrannie and confusion: whether the Deacons trayning vp to the Ministerie, be a prophaning of the office, and making the Deacons to be idolles, of the diuers names and offices of the auncient and holie Churches that Danaeus mentioneth, for the attendance on the poore: of the Collectors for the poore amongst vs: of their qualities and difference from Deacons: of the exception of Philips [Page 1106] beeing an Euangelist, and so a preacher: of Deacons to be as woorshipfull men as conueniently may be gotten: of the man­ner of ordeyning Deacons: whether the Deacons consisteth onely in the ministration to the poore, with the iudgements of Beza, Caluine, Aretius, and Bullinger for the same: and of the playner vnderstanding of Ambroses words about the diuers kinds of Deacons.

The learned dis­course. Pa. 100 101. & 102.WE must therefore returne to the authoritie of the Pastor, which he hath ioyned with the Elders of the Church where­of he is Pastor. The Church hath alwayes had great care of pro­uision for the poore, by which compassion they shewed, that they were liuely members of the bodie of Christ, and auoyded great reproch of them that were without. For what shame is it, for them that professe, to be all Sonnes of one Father, and therefore all bre­thren: yea, they that be members of one body, to suffer theyr brethren and fellow members to lacke necessaries to susteyne theyr temporall life: as though they that communicated in all spirituall graces and blessings, were not woorthie to take part of these worldlie bene­fytes, at least-wise so farre-foorth as to supplie theyr necessities. Therefore our Sauiour Christ, alwayes commendeth brotherly loue among his Disciples, to teach vs how readie we ought to be to distribute vnto the necessities of our brethren, which is a true testimonie of our loue, declared by his owne example. For al­though he were so poore, that hee lyued of the almes and libe­ralitie of other men: yet of that which was more than serued hys owne necessitie, hee vsed to bestowe vppon the poore, as Iohn. 13.29. to teach them whome he hath blessed with temporall riches, Iohn 13.29. which he refused, to enrich vs with heauenly treasures, that they of theyr superfluitie would be content to giue to the reliefe of theyr poore brethren, which he did not neglect in his extreame pouertie: to teach also them that haue but meane substance, that they ought not to be excused, but somewhat to contribute vnto the necessitie of theyr poore brethren, when he that had nothing at all, but that which was giuen, euen of that bestowed part.

[Page 1107] WE are now entring into the last office of this our learned brethrens Ecclesiasticall Tetrarchie, Deacons. Bridges. that is to wit, of theyr Deacons, Our Bre­threns ex­hortation to releeue the poore. with the Discourse of whome, beginning to procéede, they first make an exhortatorie preamble, and with milder words, than they left off the treatie of their Gouernors, more charitably falling to persuasion, to tender and reléeue the poore, to the which we may the rather be moued by them, sith of all this that is héere set downe, there is nothing betwéene vs litigious, that might stay vs, except we should (by the way) inquire, what Elders héere they meane, What El­ders heere our Bre­thrē meane. ioyning in authoritie with the Pastor, both in the name of Elder, as we haue séene, especially by Hyperius and Beza, besides Ambrose among the auncient Fathers, and also ioyning in assistence (as néede or occasion requireth) with the Pastors.

As for these gouerning Ecclesiasticall Elders, that are neither teachers nor Deacons, our Brethren haue not yet, (in the proper discourse of them) sufficiently proued them, as I take it. But if they meane such El­ders, as they tearme Gouernors. The order of our Bre­threns lear­ned Dis­course. It makes me somewhat muse at the order of this their Learned Discourse; that beginning to enter into the treatie of the Deacons, they promise to returne to the authoritie of the Pastor, which he hath ioyned with the Elders of the Church whereof he is a Pastor. Which returne being héere thus promised, notwithstanding they suddenly make a stoppe, and leauing that matter, they turne ano­ther way. And (the more to stirre vp mens charitie and compassion to reléeue the poore) they shew what great care the Church hath alwayes had for their prouision, with very good perswasions, arguments, and examples, which I greatly commend in them, and wish o [...]s and all men to be accordingly considered, and such as are godly, are so affected to theyr poore Brethren, and to their habilities do so reléeue them: and there are also verie good exhortations and prouisions by the lawes alrea­die prouided for this purpose. Wherevnto, the example (I graunt) of Christ, ought most especially to moue vs, although I dare not say (as héere they do) he had nothing at all but that was giuen, and, that he li­ued of the almes and liberalitie of other men, but vpon that I will moue no controuersie. Héerevpon, they now descend tó the originall institution of the Deacons.

Therefore the Apostles in the Primitiue Church, The learned disc pa. 102. thought it to be expedient, for the better prouiding of the poore, that certayne men should be appoynted of approued godlinesse and diligence, which should take the special charge of the distribution vnto the poore, Acts 6. Act [...]. 6. [Page 1108] These men were called Deacons or Ministers, bycause they did minister and serue the poore in their necessities, and bycause the o [...]sion of the ordinance continueth alwayes (as our Sauiour Christ hath saide) we should alwayes haue the poore amongst vs, Iohn. 12.8. whereby, Iohn. 12.8. God would exercise our charitie. The office of Deacons also is perpetuall, therefore the Apostle S. Paule prescribeth what kinde of men are meete for that office, 1. Tim. 3.8. and in euery well constituted Church, 1. Tim. 3.8. they were ordeyned accordingly, as Philip. 1.1. Phil. 1.1.

True it is, that the Apostles in the Primitiue Church thought it to be expedient, Bridges. for the better prouiding of the poore, that such approo­ued men should be appointed, to take the spirituall charge of the distri­bution vnto them, and that these men for this kinde of ministerie, were thereupon called Deacons. All this gladly I confesse: but when they con­clude héereon, that bycause the occasion of this order continueth al­wayes (as our Sauiour Christ said) we should alwayes haue the poore a­mongst vs, How the office of Deacons is perpetuall, & how not. whereby God would exercise our charitie, that therefore, the office of the Deacons is perpetuall, meaning this office, to distribute vnto the poore, in such manner as the Apostles appointed those Deacons to do: that argument of Danaeus, ( from whome I thinke they haue it) followeth not, Danaeus in Christ. Isag. part. 3. lib 2. cap. 11. bycause the hauing of the poore alwayes, nor the exer­cise of our charitie towards them, was not the only, nor the chiefest occa­sion, of the orginall institution of those Deacons. But the chiefe occasion was this, that whereas the Christians then at Ierusalem, in that time of the Primitiue Church, The occa­sion of or­deyning Deacons. hauing all, or the most of them sold their lands or houses, and giuen them in common to be distributed proportionably, for the greater reliefe of the poore and néedie among them, bycause the Apostles ( at whose feete they layd downe the prices of them) could not so well attend to the equall distribution, being so exercised in the ministe­rie of the word, to teach and confirme the people that dayly more and more increased, whereby, the widdowes of the Grecians murmured, that they were neglected in the dayly ministring: vpon this occasion, saith S. Luke Acts. 6.1. the twelue called the multitude of the Disciples together, Actes 6.1. and said, it is not meete that we should leaue the word of God, to minister vnto the tables: wherefore (Breethren) looke yee out among you seuen men of honest report, and full of the holy Ghost, and of wisedome, which we may appoint to this businesse, and we will giue our selues continually to prayer, The first occasion of the Deacōs institution ceassed: the exercise of their office ceassed, and was alte [...]ed. and to the ministration of the word. So that, this occasion perpetually continuing, this office also of the Deacons is perpetuall: but this occasion continuing not, the Christians afterwards reteyning the property of their lands and houses, and the poor [...] béeing by other godly meanes prouided for, this office of Deacon­ship, signifying a Ministerie ( especialy as they were thē in practise) may be imploied otherwise, both for y e attendance on the Pastors in the Ministerie [Page 1109] of the word and Sacraments, and also to prepare themselues to become fit Pastors afterwards: whereupon, now and then, (as necessitie or occa­sion hath serued, and they found to be méete thereto) the Ministerie also of the word and Sacraments, hath béene permitted vnto them, in the auncient, yea, in the Primitiue Church, and at the very time of their insti­tution, or immediatly after, as appéereth both by Stephen and Philip, by whome, we may iudge the like of all the residue: for Stephen, so soone as euer he was chosen Deacon, was set vpon with diuers aduersaries in matter of doctrine, who disputed with Stephen, but they were not able to resist the wisedome, and the spirite by the which he spake, Actes. 6.10. Acts. 6.10. Whereupon, saith Gualter, Gual [...]ru [...] i [...] Act. 6. Et quamuis de publicis concionibus, &c. And although nothing be spoken of his publike Sermons, notwithstanding it is euident by the context of the hystorie, that he had these both often, and effectuall, and very serious. Wherefore, by the way and as it were by digression, we may heere see, The ofte [...] preaching of S. Ste­phen. that the Deacons of the Primitiue Church were not altogether estraunged from the ministerie of the word: but although they were chiefelie occupied about the dispensation of the Churches goodes, neuerthelesse, they imployed their labour also so farre as they might, in the other ministeries of the Church, that by this meanes, ac­cording to the sentence of S. Paule, they might get vnto themselues a good degree. 1. Tim. 3. what a notable Sermon he made, and what a rare and singular gift of the spirit of God in his preaching he had, the 7. Chapter at large witnesseth.

Aretius vpon the 3. verse, Aretius in Act. 7. ver. 3. of the properties that Peter required in these Deacons, saith: Fourthly, he returneth againe to the vertues, to wit, such as are meete for them to haue. Full of the holy Ghost: That they should haue certayne most sure notes of the holy Ghost, The quali­ties of those Deacons. such as at that time were, to speake with tongs that they had not learned, to worke miracles in the name of Christ, to teach boldly, in this teaching to ouer­come the enemies, and such like. Also, Full of wisedome, that is, that they be prouident and warie, least they cast pearles to any dogs or swine, but teach them that are to be taught, but chiefely, prudence was necessary for the Ecclesiasticall dispensation, whereunto they are to be called.

And on the 5. verse, Are [...]ius in Act. 7. ver. 5. of Stephens disputation with his aduersaries, which ( saith he) was of the Christian doctrine, he saith: Stephen (no doubt) did execute faithfully and constantly the office of a Deacon, no lesse then Lawrence did afterward vnder Sextus, and Vincentius vnder Valerius, who bestowed the treasures of the Church vpon the poore. But vnto these do come new vertues: first, he is full of faith, that is, of feruencie in teaching that faith, &c. The like we reade in the eight Chapter following, of Philip, one of the same companie of Deacons, [Page 1110] whome Aretius calleth the Doctor of the Samaritanes: Deacons preached. secondly ( sayth he) heereunto perteineth a singuler example of Philip, Philip the Deacon call [...]d the doctor of the Sama­ritanes. who happily in­structed the Samaritanes. First, heere may be considered who that Phi­lip was, for there haue beene that haue thought him to be the Apostle, but two strong arguments are against them in the context: first, that the Apostles were not dispearsed, but aboade at Ierusalem, but Philip was among those that were dispearsed, therefore it was not Philip the Apostle. Philip that conuerted the Sama­ritanes, was not the A­postle, but the Deacon Gual [...]ier in Act. 8. Moreouer, the Apostles onely could giue the holy Ghost, but Philip could not do it. And heereupon, Iohn & Peter are sent to the Sa­maritanes, wherefore it can not be Philip the Apostle, it is therefore the Deacon, of whome we spake before, Chap. 6.

And Gualter affirming also the same, addeth further. First, he teacheth whose ministery God vsed in conuerting Samaria, it was that Philip, not he that was the Apostle, but he that before was reckoned vp among the Deacons, as the auncient writers of the Church do testify with one consent, chiefely Epiphanius, writing of Simon and of the Simoniacks: for although the parts of the Deacons were to beare the care of the common goodes of the Church, When there waxed lesse vse of dis­pensing the goods at Ierusalem, the Deacōs were im­ployed to the mini­sterie of the word. and of the poore, notwithstanding it was withall permitted vnto them, to take on them the preaching of the Gospell, if at any time necessity so required, the which we haue hitherto seene in Stephens example. And perhaps, there was not so great vse of Deacons at Ierusalem, when the Church was dispersed with the tempest of persecution, and therefore they which before dispensed the publike goods of the Church, gaue themselues wholy to the ministery of the word. Yea, and Paule admonished afterward, that the Deacons by mi­nistring well, should get vnto themselues a degree vnto a greater fun­ction. 1. Tim. 3. The Dea­cons mini­stred the Sacram. It perteined to their of­fice of Dea­conship.

And as the ministration of the Sacraments followeth the preaching of the word, so Philip baptized those whome he had by his preaching con­uerted. Neither is it noted, that they did these things by reason of any o­ther office annexed vnto them: but as Gualter noteth verie well, that in generally, as they had gifts competent, and occasion conuenient, it was not impertinent to their office of Deaconship, so to imploy themselues.

Whereupon also, the Magdeburgenses note, Centuria 1. lib. 2. cap. 7. pag. 508. saying: Magdeburg. Centuria 1. lib. 2. cap 7. pag. 508. Other were Deacons. The office of these was to mini­ster to the Table at Ierusalem, so long as the community of goods was there, The office of the Deac. to teach & minister. Acts. 6. but neuerthelesse, that they also taught and shewed foorth signes, appeareth out of Stephen, Actes 6. and Philip, Actes 8.21. and euery where in other Churches, it was the office of the Deacons to teach and to minister. And the same Magdeburgenses in the title, De­ratione acforma gubernationis, pag. 510. do say: Magdeburg. pag. 510. These were the works in common of the Apostles, and Prophetes, Pastors, Doctors, Priestes, [Page 1111] Deacons. They taught the Church purely and sincerely concerning e­uery of the head points of the christian doctrine, The D [...]a­cons order of teaching, excommu­nicating, and mini­string the Sacramēts. &c. and that Deacons also taught, appeareth out of the 6. and 8. of the Actes, they interpre­ted the holy Scriptures, &c. they deliuered the Catechisme, &c. they did cut the word of truth rightly into the Law and the Gospell, &c. they v­sed the forme of sound words in teaching, &c. they vsed also in teaching a simple kind of speech, &c. they studied to keepe the puritie of doc­trine, &c. they opposed themselues sharply against false teachers and Hereticks, and confuted their false opinions. For Stephen, Act. 6. confu­ted them that were in the synagog of the Libertines, &c. they preached repentance, that is, they reproued and blamed sinners, for the Apostles, Act. 2.3. and 4. did openly obiect vnto the Iewes this sinne, and for the same reproue them, that they had killed Iesus of Nazareth the iust and holy one, the sonne of God, and the Messias, and Stephen Actes. 7. cal­leth them murtherers, and betrayers of the Messias, &c. And so they procéede, to Excommunication, to Baptisme, to the Supper of the Lord, &c.

Whereby it manifestly appeareth, that notwithstanding the foresaid occasion of ordeyning the Deacons, to ease the Apostles in the distributiō of the Church goodes, and attendance on the poore: yet did their office stretch further, and as occasion serued, they did also these things, which at that time were proper to the Apostles, & to the Bishops and Pastors that they ordeined. And if there had béene no other vse at all of Deacons, then that aforesaid, vpon occasion whereof they were first chosen, except that order of the goods giuen in common to the Church, to be distributed to e­uery person proportionably, and namely to the poore, had continued, which it did not, that part of the Deacons office might have then ceassed, as Gualter noteth well, How that part of the Deacons o [...]fice that perteined to distribu­ting almes, began to ceas [...]e. how in the time of the persecution immediatly suc­céeding, it did ceasse, at what time, they that had the gift therto, gaue them­selues to the preaching of the word, & ministring the Sacraments, where Bishops and Pastors wanted: and therefore, where Bishops and Pastors were, it is the more likely, that they ministred in the attendaunce on them in doing these things: and I sée not, but that they may still so do, except our Brethren can persuade the people to such an order for their distribution of their goodes in common with themselues vnto the poore, as was then v­sed in the Apostles times. And yet euen then also, as occasion and fitnesse of the Deacons may benefite the Church, they may preach and baptise, as Stephen and Philip did: which ministeries, The Eccle­siastical of­fices not so precisely distingui­shed in the Apostles times. our Brethren make pro­per onely to such, as at the least were Pastors. But in the Apostles tymes, we sée that these ministeries were not so precisely distinguished, but that one sometimes might well deale, without note of confusion, euen in the function & ministery, that more properly perteined to another.

[Page 1112] Deacons office alte­red. 1. Tim. 3.8. Neyther is any thing to the contrarie, in the testimonies héere cited 1. Tim. 3.8. 1. Tim. 3.8. Likewise Deacons must be honest, not double tongued, nor giuen to much wine, neyther to fylthie lucre. In which words is no­thing to this purpose. But if they had gone but to the very next words in the verse following, they should haue found matter sufficient, that Dea­cons had to do further, then to minister the distribution to the poore, euen by Beza his owne testimonie, as we shall sée (God willing) after­ward.

As for the salutation of S. Paule, Phil. 1.1. to the Bishops and Deacons at Philippos, Phil. 1.1. The Chur­ches in the Apostles time had not all of them Dea­cons, and yet were well orde­red. proueth not that Deacons in euery well ordered Church were ordeined accordingly. For as in Ierusalem it selfe, the chiefe and mother Church, there were for a while (vntil this occasion fell out) no such officers, and yet we can not well say, it was not a well ordered Church during that time: so Act. 14. vers. 23. it is said of Paule and Bar­nabas, Acts. 14.23. Beza in Act. 14. that El­ders are taken for Deacons. when they had ordeyned with the hand, Elders vnto them ac­cording to the Church, and had prayed with fastings, they commended them to the Lord, on whome they beleeued. Héere is no mention at all made of Deacons, except we shall vnderstand the word Elders ( as Beza would haue it) for Pastors, Deacons, and other Gouernors of the Church, saying only for proofe héereof, for heere, as often otherwhere, the name of Presbyter, Priest, or Elder, is generally taken.

Neyther do we denie, but that it is so taken, and more generally also, in diuers places, which sheweth, that their vnderstanding of that place of S. Paule, If Elders may be taken for Deacons Act. 14.23. so may they be also taken. 1. Tim. 5.17. the Elders that gouerne well, 1. Tim. 5.17. are woorthy of double honor, especially those that labour in the word and doctrine, which words, if they will néedes vnderstand, of two kinds of Elders, di­stinct in function and office, why may it not be as well there vnderstood for such Deacons, as were ministers of the word and sacraments, as for their imagined gouerning Elders, that are altogether no teachers?

And so doth Hyperius out of Ambrose, (as we haue séene before) ex­pound that place, Qui bene praesunt presbyteri. In this place, the tearme of Presbyter, Priest, or Elder, includeth the reason of office, not of age. But they are called Presbyters, Priests, or Elders, by a generall and common name, all they that minister in the Church, the which thing also we haue giuen warning of before. For the Bishop also himselfe is called a Pres­byter, Priest, or Elder, as Ambrose witnesseth. Howbeit, euery Presby­ter, Priest, or Elder is not a Bishop, of all these therefore his speech is heere, that are inferior to the Bishop, whome Ambrose reckneth vp in euery City, two Deacons which administer the word and sacraments, and 7. Deacons that minister to the tables, distributing the goods of the Church. Whereby we sée all their groundworke faileth, consisting on the expounding that place, for such Gouerning Elders, that they make to be [Page 1113] another distinct and middle function, betwéene Pastors and Deacons. Diuision of Deacons office. And that these Elders may be well inough vnderstoode for Deacons. And also that some Deacons, such as were [...]it therevnto, were admitted to the Mi­nisterie of the worde and sacraments: the other were attendants on the Bishop and on the Ministers. Both of whom héere Hyperius saith, that S. Ambrose also calleth Deacons. But Elders or Deacons they were all in their sortes attendant chiefelie on the Ministerie of the worde: or their selues (as in the ende we shall sée) the verie Ministers and Pastors of it. Now, although in this sense, we may admit héere also, Act. 14. Be­zaes interpretation for Elder, to comprehend also those, that properly are called Deacons: yet in this place, I allow rather the iudgement of Cal­uine, which we have seene before, that by Elders there are onelie ment such as were pastorall Elders.

Also after the ordeining of the 7. Deacons, this office was deuided into diuers parts, as necessitie shewed diuers occasions. The learned dis­course. Pa. 103 For some were appointed for the collection and distribution of almes, as Rom. 12.8. Rom. 12.8. And some for attending vpon the sicke & impotent among the poore, as in the same pl [...]ce, Let him that distributeth, do [...] it with simplicitie; and let him that sheweth mercie, do it with cheerefulnes. Which kind of deacōs, 1. Co. 12.28. are called Helpers: 1. Cor. 12.28. and for the seruice of this office were appoin­ted diuers poore olde widdowes, who as they were mainteined by the Church, so they serued the Churche, attending vpon the other poore, who being sicke and impotent, had neede not onelie of things necessa­rie, but also of seruice and attending. 1. Tim. 5.5. 1. Tim. 5.5.

This diuision of the office of Deaco [...]s, appeareth not in anie of the places héere alledged. Our Brethren cited before, Bridges pag. 3.17.33. and 84. thi [...] testimonie Rom. 12.8. for the diuersities of diuers offices of the Mi­nisterie. And throughout this their learned Discourse, Our Br. di­uisiō of the Deacons office. they treate vpon them seuerallie, diuiding Doctors from Pastors, Pastors from Gouer­nors, Gouernors from Deacons: and so made vp their full Tetrarchie, by these 4. distinct offices. And still they giue one part of this testimonie, Rom. 12.8. to euerie office. To the Doctors, Let him that is a Teacher, at­tend on his teaching: To the Pastors, Let him that exhorteth, be diligent in his exhortation: To the Gouernors, Let him that ruleth, doo it with diligence. And doo they now, when they come to the latter part of the sentence, hud­dle vp these two parts of the sentence remaining, together into one seue­ral function of the Deaconship, and make them to be two diuers and di­uided parts of one office: Let him that distributeth, doo it with simplicitie: & let him that sheweth mercie, doo it with cheerefulnesse?

Diuers Interpreters doo expound these words generallie. He that gi­ueth, in simplicitie: He speaketh it ( saith Ambrose) vnto him that giueth with a good minde, Ambr. in Rom. 12. that he shall euer haue helpes at hande, the spirite [Page 1114] procuring it. Distribu­ters and shewers of mercie. So that vnto him that giueth simplie, there shall bee no want: as Salomon saith; He that giueth to the poore, shall not want. Hee therefore giueth simplie, which dooth it not in faining, that men may giue him praise: Distribu­ters & shewers of mercy taken gene­rally. but that by the same he may obteine to be accepted of God. He that gouerneth in carefulnesse: Hee speaketh of him that taketh the care to rule the Brethren, according to his fidelitie, to take watch­fulnesse and authoritie, that hee maye doo them good in the matter wherein he is carefull▪ hauing fruite in them whome hee ruleth. He that hath mercie, in cheerefulnesse: Hee saith also, that hee which according to his vnderstanding, sheweth mercie with a cheerefull minde, not as though it were wroong from him against his will, is grounded and strengthned of GOD, so that in this matter hee suffereth no weake­nesse, knowing that it is sayde of Salomon, Doo good while thou hast occasion, &c. And in this sorte doo all the auncient Fathers vnderstand it generallie.

Bulling. in Rom. 12. In like manner, plainlie and simplie dooth Bullinger expounde these words: He now that is set ouer the works of the poore, or he to whom haue hapned notable riches, let him doo his businesse simplie, that is to say, with greatest diligence & faith without fraude; or els, le him giue to them that haue neede, not for glorie, or for subtiltie, with hope of ob­teining better things: but simplie, and without all euill deceite. Fur­thermore if anie, rule or exercise anie other ecclesiasticall office, or ex­cell in Magistracie: let them administer all thinges industriouslie with greatest diligence. Of which thing also, Iosaphat in the 2. of Paralip. 19. Moses also Exod. 18. & Dauid in his Psalmes. But if anie be indued with the gifte of mercie and pitifulnesse: let him remember, that a cheerefull giuer is approoued of God. Hereto accordeth the prouerb, [...]. That is, But yet of all giftes, the minde is the best. A­gaine, that excellent saying of Seneca, in his second book De benefic. That is an vnthankfull good turne, that sticketh long fast between the hands of the giuer. Thus saith Bullinger, according with the auncient Fathers. Wherein not onely he and they make these 2. to wit, the distribution, & the shewing mercie, to generall giftes, not distinct offices, & much lesse, onelie ecclesiasticall: but also the gift of gouerning, to be a generall du­tie, required of all ciuil as well as ecclesiasticall Gouernors. And not a­nie such eccl Gouernors, as our Brethren make the third persons in this their Hierarchicall Tetrarchie.

I graunt that Beza thinketh otherwise, saying on these words, He that hath mercie: Beza in Ro. 12. This verilie seemeth to stretch more largelie: but when as Paule treateth of ecclesiasticall functions, this cannot fitlie inough bee taken for the mercie, that al they which haue giuē their name to Christ, are bound to performe. Furthermore, when as he distinguisheth this mā [Page 1115] from him that distributeth: I assent vnto them, Diuers Interpretati­ons of Ro. 11. which suppose that Paul by a proper kinde of speaking, vnderstoode by them that haue mercie, those that were appointed to care for the poore, such as for the most part were the widowes, Act. 6.1. 1. Tim. 5.9. This is but Bezaes méere supposall, and assent to these or those Interpreters, as he best fan­cieth, in so indifferent an Interpretation, of different opinions.

As for his reason, it is but weake. For though Saint Paule spake be­fore of some diuers functions or offices, or rather of diuersities of gifts: The weake­nes of Be­zaes reason. yet it followeth not of anie necessitie, that all his words are still to bee so vnderstood, either for diuers officers, or onelie for offices and officers ec­clesiasticall. Notwithstanding, this is cleane contrarie to these our lear­ned Discoursers, that one office had diuers parts of this distribution. Al­beit for my part. I like better of these our Discoursers opinion, than of Bezaes, that one ecclesiasticall office, might haue diuers partes thereof. But, that these words are to be onelie vnderstoode of the office of Dea­cons, and the parts thereof, more than of the other offices: in that point, as these our Brethren agrée not with other excellent Writers; so is it a­gaine as frée for vs to dissent héere frō them. Caluine saith on these words, He that giueth, in simplicitie: Caluin. in Rom. 12. Out of these latter members we cleerlie be­hold, that heere is set foorth vnto vs, what is the lawfull vse of Gods giftes. By those that distribute, of whom he speaketh heere. He vnder­standeth not them that giue of their owne, but Deacons, which are o­uer the publike goods of the Church to be dispensed. But by those that haue mercie; the Widowes and other Ministers, that were sette to the o­uersight of tending the sick. For they are 2. diuers functions to lay forth things necessary to the poore, and to employ their labor in the handling of them. Peter Martyr saith on these words, He that hath mercie, in cheere­fulnesse: This seemeth to be the office of Widowes, & of old men, which were nourished in the Church, to the vse, that they might take the care of strangers, and of sicke persons. Gualter, calling them Almoners, saith the same: I thinke that the Apostle speaketh of them, that were peculi­arlie designed, to exercise the offices of Christian mercie: such were the Widowes & the olde men, which were nourished in the Church, chiefly to the end, that they might enterteine needy strangers, that they might serue the sicke, and be present to anie, that had more neede of mercie & of others help, than other had. Which place at this day they obtein, that are set ouer Hospitalls, and that serue in them.

Oleuian also saith on these wordes: Hee that hath mercie: It was an other office in the Church distinct frō them that administred the Dea­conshippe of the poore, which were appoynted to serue the poore, the aged and the sicke▪ such as for the most parte were the Widdowes 1. Tim. 5.

[Page 1116] VVomen Deacons. All this, as they héerein dissent from the auncient Fathers exposition of these words, and from diuers of our late no lesse excellent Writers: so these our learned Brethren héerein dissent from them, which make these takers of mercie, to be an other distinct office from the Deacons, and not to be the same office that the Deacons is, being distinguished onelie in the parts thereof, The Author of the fruit­ful Ser. vp­on Rom. 12 pag. 34. Yea, that Brother of ours, which made, (as he tearmeth it) the fruitefull Sermon, vpon this verie text, dooth thus distinguish thē: Officers occupied about their other necessary duties, deuided into Dea­cons, rulers, attenders on the poore. And pag. 34. These members are either Doctors to teach, Pastors to exhort, Elders to rule, Deacons to distribute, attenders vpon the poore people and the sicke: or els, the People and Saints which are taught, exhorted, ruled, and receaue almes and releefe. These are all, no moe, no fewer. These are verie resolute speaches: and yet, as cléerelie as the Author of that Sermon would car­rie away the matter, hee can not resolutelie set downe, what office these shewers of mercie had: but onelie, that either they were attenders vpon the poore people, and the sicke; or els, the People and Saints which are taught, exhorted, ruled, and receaue almes and releefe.

What certeine office, or officers, are heere distinguished: when all the people and Saints which are taught, &c. are comprehended? So that while there is such varietie in the iudgements, both of the olde and newe Writers héereupon, & all or the most of them, that our Brethren esteem [...] most, are in this poynt so cleane contrarie to this our Brethrens learned Discourse: we may the better be borne withal, if we admit not this their diuision of the Deacons office, into these parts. For then, must we not onelie haue men, but women also to be ordinarie and necessarie eccl. offi­cers, The eccl. di­scipline of womē Dea­cons necessarie & per­petuall by our Brethr. that is to say, Deaconesses, or Deacons. Which terme in Greeke though Saint Paule vse of a woman, Rom. 16.1. saying: I commende vnto you Phoebe our Sister, [...], which is a Minister of the Church of Cenchres: yet dooth he so litle meane that she was a Deacon in that signification, wherein the word Deacon is appropriated to an ecclesiasti­call office in the Church: that the Geneua translation dare not English it a Deacon, no nor yet a Minister, but a Seruant, such as the Widowes were, that Saint Paule speaketh of 1. Tim. 5. ver. 9. & 10. But these he calleth Widowes not Deacons. And he giueth such general rules to Dea­cons, as are not competible to Women, and are flatte forbidden to those Widowes. Let the Deacons (saith he) be the husbands of one wife, and such as can rule their children well, and their owne housholdes. 1. Tim. 3.12. But of the Widowes he saith: But refuse the yonger widdowes, for when they haue begun to waxe wanton against Christ, they will marrie. 1. Tim. 5.11. To auoyde which thing, he sayd before, ver. 9. Let not a Widdowe be taken into the num­ber, vnder 60. yeere olde. But the Deacons haue no prescription of their [Page 1117] age. Yea, Hospita [...]s. if a young man (as Timothie was) might be an Elder of the word; much more might a Deacon be a young man. The poore and im­potent therefore, may be attended vpon wel inough by other men, as by Almoners, and Masters of Hospitalls, and other Widowes, and officers, as it is yet in Hospitalls and Almes-houses, Hospital [...] & alm [...] houses although those officers be no ecclesiasticall officers, and much lesse Deacon [...], in the proper acceptation of the name. But if now this office of Deacon, as héere they say, was deuided into diuers partes, as necessitie shewed diuers occasions: then, the poore, sicke & impotent, beeing otherwise charitablie prouided for: why may not, (as necessitie of occasion likewise serueth) the Deacons bee imployed vnto other partes▪ as the verie firste Deacons were im­ployed?

And as vncerteine as we sée the exposition is, what gifte, or office, or what action, or part of gifte or office, What is ment by helpers 1. Cor. 12.28. Aretius in 1. Cor. 12. is certeinlie meant by these that she­wed mercie, in the 12. of the Romanes: so is the other testimonie, héere likewise by our Brethren cited, 1. Cor. 12. ver. 28. as Aretius noteth on the word [...], Helpers: Some interpret it of them that sayled with him, and the losse is onelie of the shippe. But other interpret it of the Churche, such as is of Deacons, Widowes and Seniors, which ei­ther lay out the almes to the poore, or take the care of strangers, & at­tend on the sick, and the like officers, that take the charge of Hospitals. And as vncerteinlie saith Bullinger: Hee said Helpers and Deacons, Bulling. in 1. Cor. 12. to wit, he vnderstood the stewards of the poore, or els all those that helpe in ecclesiasticall businesses.

These offices being instituted by the spirite of God, The learned dis­course. Pa 104 & 105 for the necessarie vse of the Church, which vse still continueth, ought also to be reteined among vs. For we see, for want of these offices, what great inconueni­ences are among vs, concerning the poore. For although there be verie good politike lawes made for the prouision of the poore, yet small re­leefe commeth thereby to the poore indeede: at least wise manie abuse the releefe which they receaue, which commeth of this, that there bee not in euerie Church or Congregation, such Deacons as t [...]olie Ghost hath appointed, which shoulde take a speciall care, and employ a great diligence, for the prouision of the poore: not onelie some to gather & distribute, but also to see it well imployed on the poore, and to imploy the poore, that liue of the almes of the Church, to the reliefe of their fellowe poore, which are more impotent than [...]hey, as it was vsed in the Primitiue Church. And aboue all things to beware of them that walke disorderlie, and labour not, if they be able. Of which kinde of people, when there is so great multitude in this land, that they doo euen ouer­flowe the Countries, and haue bene knowen to bee practisers of great matters against the State: it is maruell, that neither by Politike, nor by [Page 1118] Ecclesiasticall lawe, Politike lawes for the poore. they are brought into order, and set to labour, or els (as S. Paule prescribeth) so that they should not eate, vntill they bee willing to labor. 2. Thess. 3 10.

Bridges. I denie not the reteining still among vs the office of Deacons, nor denie that the office was instituted by the spirite of God, for the neces­sarie vse of the Church; Howe some part of the Deacons of­fice ceaseth. either restraining the vse to that present state of the Church then, or vnderstanding necessarie, for expedient and conue­nient. But I denie, that that necessarie vse which then was the occasion thereof, dooth in all his parts still continue. Which if it doo not, (as we haue séene the proofe,) or continue but in part: then may this office, if not cease, yet continue but in parte. And that vse which was necessarie then, ceasing afterward, and so not necessarie: some part of the office may cease also.

The incon­ueniences concerning the poore. As for the inconueniences among vs concerning the poore, they a­rise not of this, that the Deacons are not imployed to the care of them: but on other occassions, which woulde still fall out, howsoeuer the Dea­cons were imployed, except there be other helpes for it, than the Deacōs are able to supplie.

The good Politike Lawes for the prouisiō of the pore. They confesse, there be verie good Politike Lawes made for the pro­uision of the poore. If these Politike lawes be verie good: then is there no such necessarie vse, to imploy the Deacons therunto. Neither do these verie good Politike lawes, commit the disposing of the poores prouision vnto the Deacons. And how then can they be verie good lawes, if it were necessarie by Gods lawe, that the Deacons should alwayes dispose the prouisions for the poore? They must therefore either eate this worde, and say, the Lawes are not verie good: or els, that this prouision for the poore, dooth not so necessarilie apperteine vnto the Deacons.

Yet ( say they) small releefe commeth thereby to the poore indeede, at least wise manie abuse the releefe which they receaue. Whie the laws for the poores pro­uisiō being good, the poore are smallie re­leeued by them. And I am of the same opinion. But againe, whereof commeth this? Which ( say they) commeth of this, that there be not in euerie Church or Congregation, such Deacons as the holie Ghost hath appoynted, which should take a speciall care, & imploy a great diligence for the prouision of the poore. It is verie true, that where such Deacons are, as the holie Ghost hath appoynted, and that they be imployed to this care: they would for their parts, vse great diligence, and doo all that they can to remedie these in­conueniences. Neuerthelesse, sith it hath pleased the holie Ghost also, to giue vs Christian Princes, vnder whom we néede no such ioyning of our goods in communitie, as then they did, but euerie one enioye his owne in proprietie: and, by whose authoritie, verie good lawes and prouisions for the poore, ( as is heere confessed) be alreadie, or may be made, and of­ficers appoynted in that behalfe: as the inconueniences arise and are [Page 1119] [...]spied, they may still by the same authoritie bee reformed, as well, [...] walkers. or better than now by the Deacons, in this alteration of the occasion, to the making of thē. For so that the poore be well prouided for, if the Deacōs be imploied to the attendāce on more principal things: what hurt is this?

And if the good Lawes, be well executed, the Deacons attendance shal not néede: if they be not well executed, If the good laws he wel executed the Deacōs attendance shall not need. And if they be not executed, the Deacōs attendance wil not help it. the Deacons attendance can not helpe. Let the good prouision haue good execution, and the Deacons may be better imployed: els lay not the fault on the employing the Deacons, but on the not executing of the good Lawes. Otherwise, though the Dea­cons were imployed onelie to the attendance on the poore: yet might these great inconueniences, and greater arise, and increase among vs. Neither were al the Deacōs very good, amōg those that were first chosen at Ierusalē. Yea, though the Deacōs to be chosen, were euerie one of thē ne­uer so good: yet must these inconueniences be holpen, not onely by the officers that should distribute the almes; but as much by the persons that should giue the almes, especiallie by them that are in authoritie to make good lawes and prouisions for the matter.

And let this be prouided, that with the verie good Politike Lawes, which either be made, or may be made, the people also may be made wil­ling, readie and liberall to contribute; and then, for appointing of fit of­ficers, to be Collectors and Distributers of the contributions, it will not be so great a matter.

But where they say, It was vsed in the Primitiue Church, to imploy not onelie the almes on the poore: but also imploy the poore, The verie maintenāce of these deacons, would take vp a great part of the pores releefe. that liue of the almes of the Church, to the reliefe of their fellow poore, which are more impotent than they: these speaches woulde haue beene made more plaine, and some proofe alledged.

In the meane season, were it not better to haue these officers, that should take such a speciall care, & imploy so great diligence for the pro­uision of the poore, to be such, as should not be chargeable to the Church themselues: than such, as must make the collecting and distributing, to be their whole and onelie function, and so must also their selues, (as good reason is) for their labour and reward, be altogether mainteined on the charges or almes of the Church: whereby the lesse remaineth, to be im­ployed on the poores reliefe.

But they (not so much regarding this) giue a straight charge vnto these their Deacons, Multitudes of walkers disorderlie. aboue all thinges to beware of them that walke disorderlie, and labour not if they able: and withall, they complaine of so great multitudes of such kinde of people in this lande, that they do euen ouer-flowe the Countreyes, and haue bene knowen to be pra­ctisers of great matters against the State.

If they meane, such as are roges, vagabondes, and idle beggers: [Page 1120] wee graunt the multitude is too great, Practisers against the State. and yet they haue bene, and are méetelie well wéeded out. But, for the Deacons to beware that they be­stowe not the Churches almes on them; would be a forrie helpe vnto the matter, The Deacōs taking heed would little helpe except they might punish. except the Deacons might also haue the Lawe in their handes to punish them. But the gouerning Elders permit not this vnto the Dea­cons, but reteine it to themselues, as a matter perteining to gouernment and discipline.

Well, yet whosoeuer shall be the punishers: great reason it is, that such idle beggers, & loytering roges should be repressed, especiallie such as shall be found to bee practisers against the State, either of great or litle matters. But doo these our learned discoursing Brethren finde fault with the poore roges, for practising great matters against the State? How can they condemne them of this crime, and their selues blush not? Is not the gouernment of Ecclesiasticall matters, matter of State, and great mat­ter too? How our Br. can for shame speak against thē that practise great mat­ters against the State. And are not they Practisers and Discoursers against the Bishops and Prelates, against the Ecclesiasticall lawes established, against the Cō ­mon booke, yea, against the supreme gouernment of her Maiestie in the authorizing of these things? And can they for verie shame open their mouthes against the poore snakes, those loytering beggers; their selues being practisers of so great matters, and so direct against the State? Doo they thinke they may practise these great matters, better than the other; because the other are poorer, and they are greater and richer? I thinke the more daunger to the State, the greater and the richer that they be?

And I thinke, if these Elderships and Deaconries in euerie Congre­gation were set vp: Greater dā ger by these deuises of more practisers in State matters and not labou­rers in their callings. for one loyterer that we are now pestered withall, or for one poore man that we now haue, or for one practiser against the State: we might feare the breeding of greater multitudes in this lande. For State matters we may gesse by these Discoursers; as for the loyte­ring poore, that for sooke the labour of their vocations, while they haue busied themselues ouer-much in these State matters, a great manie alrea­die haue felt the experience, of whom my selfe knowe diuers, that poore zealous soules, haue brought a shilling not to nine pence (as they say) but to no pence, and would be full glad nowe, in place of gouerning Seniors, to be made Deacons, that they might become Collectors, and distribute some share to themselues of the Church goods, hauing spent their owne in idlenesse, if not on other as ill vnthriftinesse.

It is maruell ( they say) that neither by Politike nor Ecclesiastical law they are brought into order, and set to labor. And is it not as much mar­uell, that they should thinke to bring them into order by a newe deuise, without all Politike & Ecclesiasticall Law? Yea, it is as much maruell, that neither by Politike nor by Ecclesiasticall Lawe, these learned Dis­coursers, neither bring themselues, nor are brought into order, to re­fraine [Page 1121] these their most dangerous practises against the State, Bringing such per­sons to or­der. and against all Politike and Ecclesiasticall lawe and order. Verelie (as Saint Paule prescribeth) that those loyterers should not eate, vntill they be willing to la­bor, 2. Thess. 3. So should not these Discoursers, Our Br. maruell that such persons can by no Lawe bee brought in­to order. for all their vaunt of lear­ning, be suffered to write and speake in this vnorderlie order, what they list to prescribe, vntill they could bring better proues for their deuises, or be brought to liue in better order, vnder the politike and eccl. lawes, ac­cording as the lawe of God prescribeth.

But nowe to returne to the election of Deacons. Concerning the forme of choosing of Deacons, we may read at large. Act. 6. The learned disc. Pa. 105 106. & 107 That they were chosen by consent of the whole Church, and had the approbati­on of the Apostles. And because we may not thinke there was anie cō ­fusion in that blessed companie, we must needes confesse, that which hath bene heeretofore declared, that there were euen in that Assembly and first Church at Ierusalem, certeine Elders appoynted, which in the name and by the consent of the rest, had the disposition of such mat­ters: as appeareth by manie places of the Actes of the Apostles, where the Elders are named with the Apostles: as Actes. 15.4.12. &c.

But especiallie concerning this matter, of the distribution vnto the poore, we read, that when the Church of Antiochia, was so well dispo­sed, as to make a Collection to bee sent vnto the poore Brethren, that dwelt in Iurie, they sent vnto the Elders, by the hands of Barnabas and Saule, Act. 11.30. Act. 11.30. By which it appeareth, that the Elders had the dispo­tion and appoynting of such, as should distribute it vnto the Congre­gation, which were the Deacons. For it is agreeable to reason, that he that should doo anie seruice in the name of all, shoulde bee chosen and approoued by the consent of all. For the regiment of the Church, as it ought to be farthest off from all tyrannie: so ought it to bee as farre from confusion and disorder. Tyrannie is auoyded, when no one man (contrarie to the ordinance of Christe) shall presume to doo anie thing in the Church, without the aduise and consent of others, that be god­lie and wise, and authorized by the consent of the Church: confusion is preuented, by the graue counsell and orderlie assemblie of Elders, vn­to whom the Church hath committed her authoritie.

Concerning the forme of choosing Deacons, we finde no rule, Bridges. and but this one example, at the first institution of them, Act. 6. I grant, The forme of choosing Deacons. The forme that our Br. prescribe diff [...]rēt frō the forme that was first vsed Act. 6. that those 7. first Deacons, ( on the occasion cited in the text) were chosen, not onely by the motion of the Apostles, but by the looking out and choosing, not by the consent onelie of the whole multitude. Howbeit, that none should afterward be chosen, except in that forme, to wit, for the Bishops or pastorall Elders succéeding the Apostles, to propound the matter to the whole multitude, and then the whole multitude to looke out among [Page 1122] themselues sit persons, Election of Deacons. and so to choose them to be Deacons: neither the text hath any such prescription of that forme, The reason to suppose the election was made by a Consi­storie of El­ders. nor it séemeth that our Bre­thren would haue them to be so chosen, but onelie by the Pastors & Con­sistore of their gouerning Elders. And what reason mooueth them héere­vntoo? Forsooth, because we may not thinke, there was anie confusion in that blessed companie.

Is not this rather a reason to the contrarie, that because the companie was so blessed, and that there was no confusion among them: therefore that companie euen of the whole multitude ( as the text plainlie saith) might the better looke about them, and so choose them?

So that there is no necessitie, that we must needs confesse that ( which héere they say) hath bene before declared, Wee may with as good reson var [...]e from our B. fo [...]m as our Br [...]arie from the plaine scrip­ture. but hath neuer yet by them bene prooued, that there were euen in that assemblie, and first Church at Ierusalem, certeine Elders appoynted, which in the name and by the cō ­sent of the rest, had the disposition of such matters. Although we deny not, but that there were euen in that assemblie certeine Elders among them. Yet for this matter, the text is so plaine, that they also must needs confesse ( except néedlesse they will writhe the text) that the whole mul­titude themselues, (not certaine Elders in the name and by the consent of the rest, did choose those 7. first Deacons. Sith therefore, this electi­on of Deacons to be made by such Seniors as our Brethren vrge, is not according to this first example, and they alledge none other for this mat­ter: we are so much the easilier acquittted, that if it be lawfull for them to varie from this onelie example of the whole multitudes election: then may we also varie from the election of such gouerning and not teaching Elders, of which we haue no example at all in the Scripture, for Deacons elections.

The exam­ples that our Br. al­ledge are nothing for them. As for the example that here they alledge, Act. 15. besides that we haue prooued out of Caluine, that it is all for Elders medling with the worde: it is nothing for the election of Deacons. Neither yet that example of the collection for the poore at Ierusalem made in Antiochia, and sent vn­to the Elders, by the hands of Barnabas and Saule. Act. 11. ver. 20. Both Barnabas and Saule were Elders of the Word, and (as we haue shewed out of Caluine) so were the Elders at Ierusalem also. Those ( saith hee) are called Elders, in whose hands the gouernment of the Church was, among whome, the Apostles were chiefe. Which Elders, that they delt with the controuersies of doctrine, & therein were examples vnto all good Pastors, we haue séene at large, on this verie example that our Brethren héere alledge, Act. 15. And this, collection for the poore, Act. 11. is so litle tied to the Deacons necessarie distribution, euen where these 7 Dea­cons were first appoynted: that the Elders also might distribute it, to whome it was sent. For, it appeareth not héereby (of anie necessitie) that [Page 1123] the Elders were to rede liuer it to the Deacons to be distributed vnto the Congregation. Yea, Tyrannie. it appeareth so litle, that Beza is faine héere to driue the name of Elders, to Deacons. So that if héere the Elders and the Dea­cons are all one, then doe not our Brethren trulie say, that the Elders had the disposition and appointing of such, as should distribute it vnto the Congregation, which were the Deacons.

As concerning the reason that they alledge; For, it is agreeable to rea­son, that he that should doo anie seruice in the name of all, The weak­nes of our Br. 2. reason from doing seruice in the name of all. shoulde be chosen and approoued by the consent of all: I holde well with it, that it is agreeable to reason, but not alwayes, and in euerie publike office, necessarie, especiallie that he should not be chosen otherwise, but by the consent of all, in whose name he should doo anie seruice. For although the Deacon, in collecting and distributing, or attending on the poore, or on the Minister, or Ministerie of the Word and Sacraments, doo not seruice in the name of all, and so is to be acquitted of this reason: yet, imagine he did his seruice in the name of all, comprehending by all, not the Seniors onelie, but ioyntlie or seuerallie euerie one: if it be agreeable to reason, that he that should doo anie seruice in the name of all, shoulde be chosen & approoued by the consent of all: and why then should he be chosen and approoued by the consent of a fewe Seniors, whereas he should be chosen by the consent of all? If they say, by all, they meane not euery one, but the greater or better part, and that the greater or better part must giue their consent vnto the Seniors: although this be agreea­ble to reason, that where election is to be made, the partie eligible may be elected by the greater and better part, though it bee so farre from the consent of all, that within one, the one halfe dissent from his election, and yet it may be called the consent of all, because the greater and better part drowneth the other: neuertheles, why may not all, or the greatest part, The consent of the grea­ter part. for the auoiding of factions in elections, compromit their consents vnto some one approoued man among them, as well as vnto some few men among thē, to make these officers in their names, as we sée the like is done in ma­nie other offices in the Cōmon-weale. But as an exception against this, they say: For, the regiment of the Church, as it ought to be farthest frō all tyrannie, so it ought to be as farre from confusion and disorder.

This againe I grant them. But do they make this to be tyrannie, if a­nie one man being a lawfull publike officer & Gouernor, Our Breth. wrong and dangerous definit [...]ō of tyrannie. doo anie thing himselfe by vertue of his office, wherein he ioyneth not al, or a number of other in the name of al, in ioynt authoritie of that action with him? If they count this tyrannie, they wil make all the Apostles tyrants. But they say it is tyrannie, when one man contrarie to the ordinance of Christe, shal presume to doo anie thing in the Church, without the aduise of others that be godly & wise, & authorized by the consent of the Church. If he [Page 1124] doo it contrarie to the ordinance of Christe, they say somewhat to the purpose.

But where prooue they this ordinance of Christe, that a Bishop or a Pastor, that a Prince or a Magistrate (for these wordes of theirs stretch generallie, to the dooing of anie thing in the Churche by anie one man, though it be not Church matters, nor he an Ecclesiasticall person, yet if he do it not onelie without the aduise, but though with the aduise, yet with­out the consent, or though with the consent, yet without the authori­zing of the Church, that then it is tyrannie:) they haue not yet shewed anie such ordinance of Christe.

As for the words of Christe that they haue alledged, Math. 18. implie no such ordinance, ( as we haue séene) and should be much wrested from the matters that he there speaketh of, to all things that should be done in the Church. This therefore is too lauishlie cast foorth, and would not one­lie ouerthrowe in Ecclesiasticall matters all elections and constitutions: but the verie preaching and administration of the Sacraments, besides the power and authoritie of all Christian Princes, in dooing manie other ciuill actions, The ouer­throw not onely of the B but of the Princes state done in the Church, though not Church matters, that if a­nie one man shall presume to doo anie thing in the Church, if they were not authorized by the people, or did the same without the aduise, yea, not authorized by the consent of the Church ( vnderstanding by the Church, an assemblie of Seniors in the peoples name) they were all but tyrants, and all their dooings were méere tyrannie. Were not all Christian Princes, by these rash words, brought to as hard streights, as the poore Bishops?

As for confusion on the other side, is preuented ( they say) by the graue counsell and orderlie assemblies of Elders, Preuention of cōfusion. vnto whome the Churche hath committed her authoritie. And may it not be preuented as well, & perhaps much better in some estates, parts, and cases of the Church, if the Church ( which withall she may as eas [...]lie doo) committed her au­thoritie in these things, to some one graue and godlie person, as to some few or manie persons: as when a whole Realme choose one to doo ma­nie actions for them, is this tyrannie? And may not dissension and con­fusion arise among an assemblie of Elders also? Yea, may not confusi­on arise in the Church about the committing of this authoritie vnto this assemblie, and about the choosing of them? yea, and tyrannie also when they are chosen. For tyrannie is not alwaies the misgouernment of one: but now and then of moe, and of an assemblie also. As the 30 Tyrants in Athens, and the 10: at Rome, declared the experience. And the Regiment called [...] euen the gouernment of a fewe, though in name distingui­shed from Tyrannis, yet in effect may be all one, if not farre the worse the moe Tyrants there be: but the peoples confusion worst of all. [Page 1125] And verelie, The Dea­cons tray­ning to the Ministery. we may as wel feare a tyrannie in these Seniors gouerning and not teaching, or a confusion among them, & a readie way to great confusion and deuision betwéene themselues, or betwéene them and the people, or among the people for them: than we néede feare anie tyrannie in a godlie and wise, either Prince or Bishop, or anie confusion or disor­der in the people, that are obedient to their wise and godlie Gouern­ment.

By this it may easilie appeare, The learned disc. Pa. 107 & 108 what great defaulte there is in our Church, where those that are said to be ordeined Deacons, neuer pur­pose in their life to execute anie part of a Deacons office: neither are chosen for that ende: but onlie that within a short time after, they may be made Priests or Ministers, nothing in the worlde differing from the superstition of Poperie: where the office of Deacons, was conferred onelie as a steppe vnto Priesthood. As though it were necessarie, that euerie one which is ordeined an Elder, should first be a Deacon, and yet when he is made a Deacon, he is but an Idoll, yea scarce an Idoll of a Deacon, hauing no resemblance at all vnto a Deacon indeede, but that he is a man. This prophaning of Gods institution, God will not al­wayes suffer vnpunished, especiallie when it is not mainteined of igno­rance or infirmitie, but defended agaynst knowledge, and vpon wil­fulnesse.

Our Brethren complaining of the great default in our Church for Deacons, should not their selues commit so great a fault, Bridges as to burden thē all in generall, with so apparant an vntruth; that those that are saide to be ordeined Deacons, neuer purpose in their life to execute anie part of a Deacons office▪ neither are chosen for that ende. For, although there be not now such vse of this office, concerning the distribution of goods to the poore, and attendance on the tables, as was then in vse: yet, The purpose of the Dea­con to bee trained vp to the Mini­sterie of the word is no praphaning of the office sée­ing that Stephen can not be said to haue gone beyond the bounds of his of­fice in preaching the word, being but a Deacon, ( for, other publike Ec­clesiasticall function, we read of none that he had, either before or after:) if he then that is now made a Deacon, haue the purpose (as manie haue) by the grace of God, to become afterward a Preacher or Minister of the word, and in the meane time, purpose withall for a while, to giue his at­tendance on the Ministers, that they may the better imploy themselues in the Ministerie of the word of, and their selues learne to become the readier to be made Pastors: can it be trulie said of these, that they neuer purposed in their life to execute anie part of a Deacons office, neither are chosen for that ende?

But they say, this differeth nothing in the worlde from the supersti­tion of Poperie, where the office of Deacons was conferred onelie as a steppe vnto Preesthood.

[Page 1126] Deacons Idols. That this was not Poperie ( vnderstanding Priesthood, not as the ad­versaries vnderstande it, for a Sacrificing Ministerie) although wee haue séene sufficient proofe out of Gualter, Aretius, the Magdeburgenses, and Hyperius out of Ambrose, that teaching and ministring the Worde and Sacraments, ( as the parties were able, and occasion serued) was a parte also of the Deacons office: notwithstanding, let vs héere sée further, what Kemnitius saith thereon.

Kemnitius 2. p [...]t. exa i [...]. [...]rident. Cō ­cil. de sacr or­din. super Can. 2.And because ( saith he) the Apostles did afterwarde, take out of the Deacons, into the Ministerie of teaching, those that were tried, as Ste­phen & Philip: it is gathered, that this is the vse also of these degrees or orders, that they shoulde bee prepared and tried before in the lesser, that afterwarde the more weightie offices of the Ministerie, might the safelier and with more profite bee commended vnto them. And this is that which Paule saith, 1. Tim. 3. Let them be first tried, and so minister. And againe, They that in the Deaconship haue ministred well, shall get vnto thēselues a good degree.

Thus notablie saith Kemnitius euen in confuting the Poperie y t was vsed in the abuse of this office. This therefore can not be called Poperie, nor ought to be misliked, to make it one ende, and that an excellent ende and purpose of making Deacons, to bee a steppe vnto the Priesthoode or Eldership in the Word and Sacraments. And so (vnderstanding neces­sarie, for conuenient or expedient) it may be well auouched, that it is ne­cessarie, that euerie one which is ordeined a Priest or pastorall Elder, should first be a Deacon.

The wordes of our Brethren following, And yet when he is made a Deacon, Our Br. cal­ling of Deacons Idols. hee is but an Idoll, yea scarce an Idoll of a Deacon, hauing no resemblance at all vnto a Deacon indeed, but that he is a man: are but words of passion, which the apparance of the truth, yea, the contradiction in the wordes themselues, doo sufficientlie confute. For, if he be made a Deacon, then he is a Deacon, or else he is not made a Deacon. And how is he become an Idoll? Is there anie Idolatrie committed vnto him? Or, whereof is he an Idoll? They say, he is scarce an Idoll of a Deacon. Do they meane, by scarce an Idoll, that he is not an Idoll? For, quod vix fit, non fit. Or, that he is somewhat an Idoll of a Deacon? But howe is he anie part an Idoll of a Deacon, if he haue not indeede so much as anie re­semblance at all vnto a Deacon, but that hee is a man? What, and are all men Idols too?

But as though there were héerein a great prophaning of Gods Insti­tution: Gods insti­tution of Deacons not propha­ned. they tell vs, how God will not suffer it vnpunished, especiallie when it is not mainteined of ignorance or infirmitie, but defended a­gainst knowledge, and vpon wilfulnesse. They should haue first proued, that we prophane Gods institution of the Deacons office, & then bro­therlie [Page 1127] admonish vs of these threates. God be praised, Deacons instirution not prophaned. considering the state and times of the Church now, our vse of this office is not prophane, but holie. If anie prophane it, it is a personall, not a reall prophanati­on. So did Iudas prophane the Apostleship, and Nicholas the Deacon­ship. We vsing it no worse, than to the ende and purpose, to make it a triall and preparatiue, or as they terme it, a steppe vnto the Priesthood, or Eldership of the Word: for anie thing that they alledge to the contra­rie, wee néede so litle feare their threates of Gods punishment in this behalfe, that we rather hope in God, to continue it with his fauour & bles­sing.

Neuerthelesse, if any errour can be shewed and prooued; for my part, I may erre of ignorance and infirmitie, but by Gods grace, I will de­fend none against knowledge & vpon wilfulnes, so it be cléerelie proued out of the worde of God, not of men, be they neuer so famous. For if they bring men, as Caluine, Beza, Danaeus, &c. Whome I confesse, in all thankfulnesse, to be in manie and great thinges, most singular instru­ments of Gods glorie, in this our age: yet (as we haue séene) wee maye well oppose them to their owne selues, or as easilie reiect them, as admit them, alledg [...]g not the scripture it selfe, but their onelie interpretation of it, except they firmelie prooue their interpretation. Now on these slender premisses, our Br. verie loosel [...]e conclude, saying:

Therefore, the Collectors are more like to Deacons a great deale, The learned disc. Pa. 108 109.110. than those that the Bishops make Deacons. For, first they haue after a sort, election of the Church, whereas the other haue but the approbati­on of one man. And secondlie, they gather and distribute the common almes vnto the poore, which the other neuer thinke of. But yet we may not allowe them for lawfull Deacons indeede, because they are not al­wayes indued with such qualities, as the Apostle requireth 1. Tim. 2. 1. Tim. 2. For they ought to be men of good estimation in the Church, ful of the holie Ghost, and of wisdome that should be chosen. Act. 6. For, as it is an office of good credire, so ought the person to be of good reputati­on. Therefore saith Saint Paule, that those Deacons that Minister well, 1. Tim. 3.13. doo get vnto them selues a good degree, and great libertie in the faith, which is in Christ Iesus.

Insomuch, that Saint Paule himselfe dooth salute in speciall wordes the Deacons, next to the Bishops or ouerseers in the Church of Philip­pi. We read also what worthie men were chosen to be the first Deacons: as Stephen the firs [...] Martyr, and Philip which afterward was an Euange­list, Philip. 1.1. when the Churche was dispersed through the persecution raysed about Stephen. So that euerie ignorant contemptible person, is not to be allowed vnto this office: but as godly, wise, and worshipfull, as may conueniently be found in the congregation, may not thinke themselues [Page 1128] too good to minister vnto Christe, Collectors. in his members, and in the name of the Church.

The electiō also of our Collectors, is too profane for so holy an office. We may read in the Historie of the Actes, Act. 6. with what grauitie, Act. 6. re­uerence, and religiousnesse, the Apostles ordeyned Deacons, with pray­er and imposition of handes. For these and such like causes, although the ordinarie Collectors haue some resemblance, with the Deaconship of the Church: yet we can not in all poynts allow them for Deacons: whose office truli [...] consisteth onelie in ministration to the poore, as wee haue shewed, in that they be Deacons.

Bridges. If the Collectors bee more like to Deacons, and that a great deale, than those that the Bishoppes make Deacons: then haue our Brethren lesse cause to find fault, The like­ning the collectors to the Doctors that not onelie they want Deacons, but they want those also, that are anie thing like, but haue no resemblance at all vnto them. And yet, let them take héede of that they said right now, of Gods punishing the prohaning of his Institution, resembling it thus to a pro­phane office. I speake in comparison of Deacons, though we haue no o­ther partes thereof, but these before mencioned. And if that parte of the Deacons office, for great and good considerations, according [...]s the State of things are now vnder Christian Princes, & mens disposition in giuing almes, be cōmitted to those whom vsually we terme Collectors & Church wardens: what offence is this? So that, the poore may be the better proui­ded for: and the Ministerie, and those that shoulde be tried and prepared thereunto, be lesse troubled and hindred with such collections and distri­butions: and if we reteine the name of Deacons, for those that exercise themselues in the one part, of this attendaunce, triall, and preparaunce, to the Ministerie of the Worde and Sacraments, and vse not the name of Deacon in these Collectors, or the like Officers: is this suche a matter?

Danaeus in his Christian Introduction, writing of Deacons, telleth how those that were first called Deacons: Danaeus in Christ. Isag. part. lib. 2. cap. 11. were afterwarde called Pro­ctors of the poore. Sozom. lib. 8. cap. 12. and Stewards. Chalcedon. Concil, cap. 25. and 26. But afterwardes there were diuers sorts of these, accor­ding to the diuers manner of things, and of the poore, to whome they were deputed. Some therefore were called Nosotrophi, the nourishers of the sicke: other, Orphanotrophi, the nourishers of the fatherlesse: other, Gerontotrophi, the nourishers of the aged: other were called, Oeconomi, Stewardes or Bayliffes, The office of Deacons altered by the holie auncient Church. as appeareth, Ex titulo de sac [...]sanctu [...] Ecclesijs, & de Episcopis & Clericis lib. 1. codicis Iustiniani.

If therefore, the holie Churches, Bishoppes, and Clerkes, did in those dayes, conuert these Deacons into those offices, and leauing the name of Deacons, gaue them these peculiar names, according to their peculiar [Page 1129] charges and offices: what great matter is it now, Alterati­on of Dea­cons. if these matters for collecting and distributing the almes for the poore, and the attendants also on the poore, which ( as Danaeus saith) were called Parabolani, which were chosen to cure the diseased body of the poore weake ones, be ap­poynted in stead of the Deacons, to such and to the like officers?

As for the election of the Deacons, whether it be [...]one by all, many, few, or one, it is not of the substance of the office. H [...]wbeit, The electi­on of the Deacons. Collectors not allow­ed for Deacons. though our Brethren thinke héerein, these Collectors to be more like the first Dea­cons, yet they allow them not for lawfull Deacons in deede. No more do we, although some part of the office and businesse that was then, the Deacons be now by the foresaid Canons of the holy Churches, the Bi­shops, and the Clergy, and by the Imperiall sanctions, and also by the lawes and lawdable customes of this our Realme, committed to such per­sons and officers as we call Collectors, or by other names. But what reason alleage our Brethren, for their disalowing of them? bycause ( say they) they are not alwayes indued with such qualities as the Apostle re­quireth, 1. Tim. 3. Our Bre­threns rea­son of dis­alowing the the Collec­tors to pro­uide for the poore. This reason is not sufficient from the qualities of the gifts and habites of the mind, to the qualities of the offices, and functions of the persons. F [...] though the Apostle require, and they their selues ought to be indued with all such qualities of the minde, as are requisite to the qualitie of the office: yet, if any be an hypocrite, and deceiue them that chose him, rather on hope or apparance, then on knowledge, as the A­postles, and all the Christians were deceiued in Nicholas ( as it is con­stantly reported) yet was he (being not so indued) as much a Deacon and officer in the nature of the office, as was Stephen, and Philip, and the rest, that were so indued. Yea, Iudas was a very Apostle, whome Christ knew to be a Diuell, and yet he chose and made him an Apostle: and if such horrible vices be no privation of the offence of these offices, till they be as actually depriued, as they were first interessed: much lesse may we say, that a man is not a lawfull officer, The diffe­rence be­tweene the essence of the office and duty of the officer. The gifts of the Deacōs. if he be not alwayes in­dued with such qualities, as the Apostle requireth: for, the Apostle re­quireth those qualities, not so much in respect of the essence of the office, as the duty of the officer.

They say, the Deacons ought to be men of good estimation in the Church, full of the holy Ghost, and of wisedome, that should be chosen. Actes 6. for as it is an office of good credite, so ought the person to be of good reputation.

To this I agrée, vnderstanding these words, Full of the holy Ghost, according to the measure of the holy Ghosts gifts, answerable to our time. As for the wisedome and knowledge that both Peter and Paule require in them, was not onely about the dispensation of worldly goodes, but much more about the mysterie of the faith, that as néede and occasion [Page 1130] serued, The Deacons quali­ties. they might dispense the same. But our Brethren alleage this a­gainst the Collectors for the poore, as though they were vnwise and contemptib [...]e persons, The defa­ming of the Collectors for the poore. eyther of none, or of no good estimation, and therefore no Deacons. Though we allow not such persons to be Dea­cons, nor so much to be Collectors for the poore, yet can we no more al­low of these contemptible spéeches to be thus generally bestowed on the office of the poore Collectors, if they were not of good credite in the Church, the Church would not, or should not credite them to receiue the Collections, neither can we allow of their argument. If ye haue iudge­ments saith Saint Paule in matters perteyning to this life, 1. Cor. 6. appoynt them that are contemptible persons in the Church, and if contemptible persons may be appoynted iudges in matters perteyning to this life, when our Brethren limit the Deacons office only to the Collection and distribution of the goodes and almes for the poore, How a con­temptible person may be a Col­lector for the poore. and attendance on the sicke and impotent persons, which are all matters perteyning to this life, why may not a poore contemptible man, if of honest conuersati­on, though of small reputation or estimation in respect of worshipfull cal­ling or wealth, for S. Paule meaneth not by contemptible, a man for vn­worthinesse deseruing to be contemned, be as well a Deacon, that is, a minister or seruant to collect and distribute these things, as to be a iudge of them?

And héere our Brethren alleage that very sentence, 1. Tim. 3.13. which we haue séene out of so many Protestant interpreters, 1. Tim. 3.13. how it ser­ueth to proue that the office of Deacons was not only for collection and distribution of almes, or attendance on the poore, but also a triall and preparatiue to the higher calling of the Pastorship, as God willing, we shall yet further sée anone.

The other testimony héere cited, Phil. 1. vers. 1. insomuch that S. Paule himselfe doth salute in speciall words the Deacons, Phil. 1.1. next to the Bishops or ouerseers in the Church of Philippi, is nothing against vs, but much against themselues. Haue not they alleaged this testimony, pag. 24. for Pastorall Elders? and how chance then that they place their gouerning El­ders, next these Pastorall Elders, that they call Bishops, and not rather the Deacons before them, confessing themselues, that S. Paule doth salute them in speciall words next to the Bishops? had they rather follow the order of Danaeus in placing the Deacons, then the order of Beza? if they had, how chance they preferre in their Tetrarchie, the Gouernors before them, and place not the Deacons also next the Bishops? What? and wil they now recant, and with Beza make their gouernors Bishops? what constancie, and what order is in these things?

The examples also of Stephen and Philip, are both against them, whome we confesse to be worthy men, and that none but worthy men [Page 1131] are worthy to be chosen Deacons, if it fall out otherwise, Exception of Euan­gelists. it is in that defect, wherein, if very Apostles themselues were deceyued (as it is sayd of Nicholas the conuert, and afterward a peruert) much more may other be deceyued, being nothing comparable to the Apostles, and hypocrites being more cunning now, then Nicholas then was, to nicholl and cousin euen the most watchfull persons.

But (as we haue shewed) Stephen the first Martyr was a preacher of the word, and Philip ministred the sacrament of Baptisme. Stephen and Philip prea­chers and m [...]nisters of the Sa­craments. Exception of Stephens Euangelist­ship. But they except against Philip, that he was afterward an Euangelist. And why do they not except it as well for Stephen, as for Philip? I am sure, if they could alleage but the like testimony for Stephen, as héere they snatch at for Philip, we should be sure to heare of it. But they can not prooue that euer Stephen was an Euangelist, vnderstanding the word, for a distinct function or office. But if Stephen might preach, and of consequence, mi­nister the Sacraments, why might not all the residue of the Deacons preach as lawfully as Stephen, though we should except Philip as an E­uangelist? and yet it was no more debarre in him, then in Stephen, or in the other. For if Stephen might preach, being no Euangelist, but only a Deacon, why might not Philip too, were he Euangelist, or not. So that to make an exception, by reason of his being an Euangelist, were but a so­phisticall euasion.

And yet, if we shall examine the matter better, I thinke it will be ouer-hard for them to iustifie these wordes: Philip, which after­ward was an Euangelist, when the Church was dispersed, Whether Philip wer [...] an Euange­list when he first prea­ched and baptized. through the persecution raysed about Stephen. Can they prooue that he was an Euangelist then? In déede it appeareth, Actes 21. verse 8. that he was an Euangelist, and entring ( sayth Luke) into the house of Philip the Euangelist, which was one of the seauen, we abode with hym, but thys was many yéeres after that tyme, when the Church was dispersed through the persecution raysed about Stephen: but thys Philips preaching and baptizing, was immediately after that persecution, for so saith Luke, Actes 8. verse 1. &c.

And at that day, there was a great persecution raysed against the Church, Actes 8. which was at Ierusalem, therefore they were all scattered abroade throughout all the Regions of Iudaea and Samaria, except the Apostle [...], and religious men dressed Stephen together, and they mourned sore for him: but Saule made ha­uock of the Church, and entring into houses, and drawing thence men and women, he cast them into prison, and they beeing dispersed, went about preaching the word of God, and when Philip came into the City of Samaria, hee preached Christ vnto them. Whereby it is manifest, that vpon that Persecution, Philip was one of them that béeing so dispersed, presently fell to Preaching.

[Page 1132] Philip E­uangelist. And héere vpon sayth Caluine, verse 5. Luke said, that they all preached the word of God, now he maketh mention of Philip alone, both by­cause his preaching was more fruitefull & effectuall, than the preaching of the rest, &c. Who the rest were, (that Luke saith, were all scattered abroade, and being dispersed, went about preaching, except the A­postles:) Luke telleth not, but the name all, comprehendeth (no doubt) besides other that were Elders of the word, the other Deacons also that were Philips fellowes.

As for Philips Euangelistship, the text, Acts 21.8. doth not inferre any necessitie, that he was Deacon and Euangelist both together at one time, which being admitted, notwithstanding is not materiall, except to confute our Brethren further, that these offices are not so distinct, but that they may be both at once in one man, without confusion. Howbeit, vnderstan­ding it as Caluine noteth thereon: Caluine on Act. 8. by this we may easily gather ( saith he) that that Deaconship was an office which continued but for a time, by­cause otherwise it had not beene lawfull for Philip to forsake Ierusalem, and to go to Cesarea: and in this place he is sent before vs, not as a vo­luntarie forsaker of his office, but as one to whome a greater and more excellent charge was committed. The Euangelists in my iudgement, were in the middest betweene Apostles and Doctors, for it was a fun­ction next to the Apostles, Philip pro­moted from a Deacon to be an E­uangelist. to preach the Gospell in all places, and not to haue any certaine place of abode, onely the degree of honor was in­ferior. For when Paule describeth the order of the Church, he doth so put them after the Apostles, that he sheweth that they haue more roomth giuen them where they may teach, than the pastors, who are tied to certaine places: therefore Philip did for a certaine time exercise the office of a Deacon at Ierusalem, whome the Church thought after­ward to be a meete man, to whome the treasure of the Gospell should be committed.

By which testimonie of Caluine it should appeare, that Philip was not Euangelist while he was Deacon, but that his Deaconship ceassed, when he was promoted to be an Euangelist, after his effectuall preaching was tried, in that extraordinarie occasion of his dispersion, being but yet new made a Deacon, and so (as S. Paule saith, in the testimony that our Bre­thren before cited, of those Deacons that minister well) he gate himselfe a good degree, and great libertie in the faith which is in Christ Iesus.

The consequence that they gather héerevpon, for the former part thereof, saying: so that euery ignorant contemptible person, is not to be allowed vnto this office, is for the truth of the matter, a good part of a good conclusion, but no whit for any part of the matter in question. For, we defend not that euery, The quali­ties of Dea­cons. or any ignorant contemptible person ( vnder­standing contemptible, as they héere do, farre opposite to men of good esti­mation, [Page 1133] good credite, and good reputation, in vertue of life, Deacons worshipful. or that want all, or any of these qualities, ought to be allowed vnto this office. As for the other part of this consequence, but as godly, wise, and worshipfull, as may conueniently be found in the congregation, may not thinke themselues too good, to minister vnto Christ in his members, and in the name of the Church. This is too farre concluded: not, but that they should be godly, and wise, but, that it is neyther necessarie nor expedi­ent, that as worshipfull as may conueniently be found, should be made Deacons: neyther Sainct Peter, Actes 6. nor Sainct Paule, 1. Tim. 3. a­mong all the qualities of Deacons that they mention, recken vp wor­shipfull.

I déeme not, but that there are many worshipfull, and (as we tearme them) right worshipfull to, both wise and godly, yet were it not fit they should be made Deacons. For, although they say, as godly, wise, It is not necessary that the Deacons should be as worship­full men, as may conue­niently be found. and worshipfull, as may conueniently be found, yet there is no conuenien­cie in it, to séeke out persons of such worship for this Ecclesiasticall of­fice. And what meane they héereby, to haue as worshipfull persons, as conueniently may be found, to be made their Deacons? would they pro­mote our Gentlemen, Esquiers, and Knightes (for these we call wor­shipfull) vnto this office? But as worshipfull men as they would haue to be made Deacons, they must be vnder those presbyters priests, or El­ders, that they call gouernors. Gentlemen, Knightes, & Esquiers, made Dea­cons. And what persons should these gouer­ning priests, or Elders be, that are no teachers, but onely gouernors? what should they be, as godly, wise, and honorable, as may conuenient­ly be found, when those that must be made the Deacons vnder them, must be so worshipfull. What man­ner persons the gouer­nors should be aboue these Dea­cons. But our Brethren sayd not so much of these go­uerning Elders: but pag. 84. where they described what persons they ought to be, they said: First, that the Elders be elected and chosen by consent of the whole congregation, men of godlynes, and wisedome, in whome the whole Church reposeth, &c. Héere for these gouernors qualities, is but godlines and wisedome mentioned. But they will heere haue the Deacons to be both godly, wise, and worshipfull, and in déede, in most congregations, there are some worshipfull: so that, for worship­full, in most congregations, we neede not want Deacons. But of hono­rable there is not such store among vs, and yet say they in the same pag. 84. There ought to be in euery Church a Consistorie or Seniorie of El­ders or gouernors, which ought to haue the hearing, examining, and determining of all matters, perteining to discipline and gouernment of that congregation. So that those Seniors in the congregation, beeing perhaps ne [...]ther honorable nor worshipfull yet must they be the gouer­nors, and the worshipful being made the Deacons, The pro­ [...]otion of these wor­shipfull Deacons. must be gouerned vn­der them. But in conclusion, be they worshipfull, or be they honorable, [Page 1134] Deacons, The Col­lectors of­fice. gouernors and all, must be vnder the Pastors, and the Pastors must be all equall with the Bishops, and euery one of them a Bishop too, and this should be the promotion of the worshipfull Deacons to be made their gouerning Seniors, and thinke themselues well promoted too. And why not? should they thinke thēselues to be too good, to minister vnto Christ in his members, and in the name of the Church? No in déede, there ought not any to thinke themselues too good, to minister vnto Christ, were it in a meane officer: were it but (as Dauid said) to be a dorekeeper in the house of the Lord. Howbeit, considering, that God hath vouchsafed to call them either to a higher, or to an other ciuill Mini­sterie vnder Christ, or to such vocations, as that withall they can not, or it is not so fitte they should intend, to the attendance of such contributions and distributions of money, their calling and worshipfull estate is not to be embased héereunto, Albeit peraduenture some would the gladlyer dis­pense a while with their worship, to be come with all their hearts such Deacons, as to haue the collecting, distributing, and dispensing of the Church goodes in their fingering. Of which worshipfull Deacons, I am afrayd, that there be already, some somewhere too many, and somewhat too busie in these deuises.

The election also of our Collectors, they say, is too prophane for so holy an office. The Col­lectors of­fice to pro­phane. And why then do they so prophanely liken it thereunto? only bicause in this part thereof, concerning collecting and distributing money, there is some likenes: not considering the difference in the other parts, but making them no parts at all of this office, as to be trials and preparatiues vnto the Pastorship, which S. Paule requireth, euen in the te­stimony that they cite, 1. Tim. 3.13. [...], 1. Tim. 3.13. for they that haue ministred (or Deaconed it) well, get vnto themselues a good degree: which (as we haue séene) is also vnderstood for the degree of the pastorall Elder, though Caluine expound it, only for greater honor. As for the grauitie, reuerence, and religiousnesse, wherewith the Deacons were ordeyned of the Apostles, Our man­ner of or­deyning Deacons. was good and goodly. We also vse prayer, and imposition of hands at the ordeyning of them, with grauity, reuerence, and religi­ousnesse, which religiousnesse and imposition of hands, argueth more, (and more holy) vses of this office, tending to religion it selfe, than the only collecting or distributing of worldly goodes reacheth vnto. And ther­fore, we conclude thus farre, with these our Brethren, that for these and such like causes, although the ordinary Collectors haue some resem­blance, The Dea­cons office consisteth not only in the mini­stration to the poore. with the Deaconship of the Church, yet we can not in all poynts allow them for Deacons. Thus farre we agrée, saue that in this resem­blance, they presume too farre, to enter comparison with our Deacons. But in that which followeth, we flatly dissent, when as they say, whose office truly consisteth only in the ministration vnto the poore, as we [Page 1135] haue shewed, in that they be Deacons. The part of a Dea­cons office. This indéede they haue sayde (in effect) before, but shewed it they haue not by any one necessary proofe, te­stimonie, or example thereof, and thereon, I put me againe to the indiffe­rent readers verduit. Neither must they thinke héere to carry away the matter thus by anouching it (for the more persuasiue credite of the rea­der) with this asseueration truly: for, it is not truly sayd of them, but ve­rie vntruly ( be it spoken with their reuerence) that the Deacons office consisteth only in ministration vnto the poore, in that they be Deacons, This not truly spokē. for besides the manifest examples not only of Philip, in whome they finde a shift, that he preached not, in that he was a Deacon, but in that he was an Euangelist, which shift serueth them not in Stephen, and besides all the most cléere testimonies before cited: yet bicause our Brethren stand more perhaps on the testimonie of Beza, let vs sée also what Beza saith héereto, who vpon 1. Tim. 3. verse 8. & 9. sayth thus: Beza in 1. Tim. 3.8. Deacons, these are they that haue the care of the poore, of whome we haue spoken, Philip. 1. and oftentimes in other places, holding the mysterie of the faith, that is, the Euangelicall doctrine, which truly is indeede called [...], a mystery (or secret) bycause flesh and bloud reuealeth it not. For some of the Dea­cons partes were also in teaching, Some of the Deacons parts con­sisted in tea­ching. so often as it was necessarie, as ap­peareth out of Stephen and Philip. If this be true, that Beza heere, (with the like asseueration, truly, that our Brethren vse) doth thus ex­pressely auouch, that there consisted, or were, nonnullae etiam partes diacon [...] ­rum in docendo, some parts also of the Deacons in teaching: and that such teaching, as these examples of Stephen and Philip do inferre, Bezaes te­stimony conuicte [...]h these dis­coursers of vntruth. which is playne preaching: then is it not truly heere said by these our learned discoursing Brethren, that the Deacons office consisteth only in the mi­nistration vnto the poore. Neyther doth it any whit auaile, to come in with this cautele, saying, in that they be Deacons, as though they might do it in some other respect, but not in respect, that they were Deacons, for, Beza cutteth off that quirke also, and flatly saith, that some of the Dea­cons parts consisted or were in teaching. And although Caluine vpon this place, ver. 9. say, Caluine on 1. Tim. 3. ve [...]se 9. that they haue not the office of teaching ( which we denie not, vnderstanding it for the ordinary office of teaching, as is the Pastors) neuerthelesse ( saith he) it were too absurd, that they should su­steyne a publike person in the Church, If the Dea­cons should not be trai­ned vp to preach so often as need should require, they should not doo their parts. and be rude in the Christian faith, especially whē as there hapneth oftentimes a necessity of giuing warning, & of comforting: nisi pantibus suis deesse velint, except they will fayle to do theyr partes, so that, by Caluine also, although they be not ordinary teachers by their office of Deaconship, yet it perteineth to the parts of their office, to giue thēselus also to the study of teching, & know­ledge of the mystery of the faith in doctrine, & of publike admonishing & cōforting, which are principal points & parts in [...]uery preacher, that as [Page 1136] often as there is neede, Two kinds of Deacōs. and that (he saith) hapneth oftentimes, so often­times may the Deacons teach or preach: yea, if they should not, or coul [...] not do it, they should faile of their parts: and how then, is not this a part also of the Deacons office?

Aretius likewise writing on this place, saith: He giueth precepts of Deacons, Aretius in 1. Tim. 3.9. The Dea­cons office vnder the Bishop. in whome he requireth those vertues which he attributeth to a Bishop, and therein certaine vertues specially. Moreouer, I vnderstand Deacons after the Bishop, that is, a chief inferior minister of the Church, which is put to the Bishop in teaching and administring the Sacraments, in writing also, and in caring for other things, as to visit the sicke, to at­tend on the almes for the poore, &c.

Heere, if he should meane a Pastor, then he maketh a Pastor not to be equall, but to be inferior to a Bishop, if he meane not a Pastor, but simply (as he saith) a Deacon: then he attributeth three other parts, and that principall parts, teaching, ministring the Sacraments, and writing, to the office of a Deacon: besides, visiting the sicke, and attendance on the almes for the poore. Aretius in 1. Tim. 3.12. And on the 12. verse, he saith: In the fift place, he speaketh of another kind of Deacons, that is to wit, which administred the Church goodes: these were first ordeyned of the Apostles, Actes 6. Heereupon it seemeth, that euery where in other Churches it was ob­serued, that certaine Deacons, chosen out of the Elders, should attend on the Ministers, vnto whome, the treasurie of the Church was com­mitted: these had the care of the poore, of the straungers, of the wid­dowes, of the fatherlesse, of the sicke, and distributed vnto them accor­ding to the proportion of the goodes, Deacons of two kindes, the former kinde we haue, the o­ther is meere ciuil. and the counsell of the Elders. Heereupon, Ambrose thinketh, that in euery City there ought to be one Bishop, two Deacons of the first kinde, which withall should some­times teach, and 7. of the second order, which should procure or haue the care of the Church goodes. We haue Ministers, and two also of the first kind of Deacons, but of the second kind none, bycause that part is made ciuill, & administred of the politike magistrate, thus saith Aretius.

Bullinger also vpon the same place, 1. Tim. 3.13. writeth thus: Dea­cons, Bullingerus 1. Tim. 3.13. Ambrose. Two kinds of Deacons. which also Ambrose thinketh are the Ministers of the Bishops, and as it were a member and spring of the Bishops: these verely are found in the Scripture to be two kyndes or functions: for some bee­ing gouernors of the Churches treasurie, beare the care of the poore, as is to see Actes, Chap. 6. of whome also this place in all points may be expounded. But other, studie learning, honest disciplines, and the holy Scripture, and therefore are continually exercised in holy thinges. So that sometimes beeing preferred to the Ecclesiasticall Offices of the Churche of God, they do verie much profitte: for, of these, some are chosen the Bishoppes, or the Priestes, Ministers [Page 1137] of the Churches. It was also receiued in the time of the Prophetes, The Dea­cons tray­ning. to nourish vp yong men vnto the holy mysteries. The historie of Samuel is knowne. Deacons trayned vp for the Mi­nistery as in the old time were the children of the Prophets It is deliuered also that there were schooles both in Ierico which Helizaeus gouerned, and also in Ramoth Galaad. The Schollers of these Schooles were called both Nazarei, and the Sonnes of the Pro­phets. Euery where in the Prophets there come to hand, notable shewes of these thinges. And verily, we shoulde not well prouide for Religion and studie of Godlines, without discipline and such kind of Schooles. Foorth with therefore, from the infancy of the Christian faith, the Apostles being the Masters and the authors, excellent wittes began to be nourished, and men to be brought vp, of whome there was hope that being planted of our auncestors, they would in time with doctrine and life adorne the Church Ad Ma [...]urä segetem. Hype [...]ius in 1. Tim. 3. vnto a ripe fruite.

To the same effect, though somwhat differing, and more at large, wri­teth Hyperius, alleaging likewise S. Ambrose for these two kindes of Deacons: as we haue already seene. But (bee it spoken in all due reue­rence of so notable men): they somewhat (me thinkes) mistake S. Am­brose in this matter, whose wordes are these. Hee that commaundeth Deacons to be chosen with so great care, whome it is apparant to bee the Ministers of the sacred Preestes: what woulde he haue the Bishops to be? but (as he saith himselfe) vnreprouable, Ambrosius in 1. Tim. 3. not hauing publike traf­fike, filthie or vile gaines. For he knoweth, that men do therefore traf­fike, that they might get gains. But he saith, that these gaines are filthy, if vnder the Godly profession, they studie for gaines. For when he ma­keth shewe of him-selfe to be pure, he is founde out to be filthy.

But after a Bishop, he setteth vnder him the ordination of a Deacon. Wherefore? nisi quia episcopi & Presbyteri vna ordinatio est, The B. and the Elder of one order, but [...]he B. superior i [...] dignitie. vterque enim sa­cerdos. But because, the ordination of the Bishop, and of the Presbyter, (Preeste or Elder) is one, for eyther of them is a sacerdotall (or sacred) Preeste. But the Bishop is the first, that euery Bishop might be a Presby­ter (Preest or Elder) but not euery presbyter (Preeste or Elder) a Bishop. For he is the Bishop, which is the first (or cheefe) among the Presbyters, (Preestes or Elders. To conclude, hee signifieth that Timothie was or­deyned a Presbyter, (Preeste or Elder): But because hee had no other before him, he was a Bishop. Whereupon he sheweth also, in what man­ner he shoulde ordeyne a Bishop for it was not right or lawfull, that the inferior might ordeyne the greater. For no man giueth that that be hath not receyued, &c. And anone after, he saith: Let the Deacons bee the husbandes of one wife, gouerning well their children and their owne houses. For they that haue ministred well, get vnto them selues a good degree, and great confidence in the fayth which is in Christe Iesu.

[Page 1138] Ambr. of the Deacōs office.Those thinges that he spake of lesse, in the ordeining of the deacon­ship, hee hath nowe set them vnder, and also sheweth that they ought their selues to bee the Husbandes of one Wife, to the ende that they may bee chosen to the Ministerie of God▪ The deacōs behauiour that they might bee chosen in [...]o the ministe­rie. that haue not gone be­yonde the constitution of God. For God decreed one Wife vnto a man with which wife hee shoulde be blessed. For none is blessed with the second. Who if they gouerne their children well and their houses, that is, their seruaunts and domesticalles, they may be made worthy of the sacred preesthood.

I set not downe these wordes of Saint Ambrose, that I allowe of his opinion against the second mariage, Ambr. er­ror in ma­riage. or prohibition from the vse of the first, in those that are Deacons. But I alleage him, to shewe howe hee is heere misse-vnderstoode, to make two kindes of Deacons: Whereas in very deede heere hee properly rather acknowledgeth but one kinde of Deacon, which hee calleth the Minister or attendant on the Preeste or Elder. Hee sayth in-deede: But nowe there ought to bee seuen Dea­cons, Ambr. de­claration of the Elders and Deacōs offices. and some fewe Presbyters (Preestes or Elders,) that throughout the Churches there may bee twayne, and but one Bishop in a City. So that, he maketh heere but two distinct kindes of Ecclesiasticall ordey­ninges: the one of the Presbyters, (Preestes or Elders): the other of the Deacons.

As for the Bishops, hee maketh them to bee of the same ordeyning, that are the Presbyters, Preestes or Elders, but the difference to bee in the dignitie of them. That the Bishop is the first or cheefe aboue all the rest, and but one Bishop in a Citie: whereas the Elders are moe, and all in dignity inferiour to the Bishop. And these Elders not to bee Gouernours not medling with teaching, but sacred or sacerdotall El­ders, both teaching and ministring the Sacramentes. As for the Dea­cons, hee maketh them all, and alwayes so attendant on the Ministerie of the Bishops and Sacerdotall Elders, and so continually giuen to Pray­ers: that he woulde haue, though to be maried, yet altogether to absteine from their wiues. Which though it were a greate ouershooting in so ho­ly a father, and direct contrary to the state of matrimonie, and to the law of God, and to the examples of all the holie auncient Preestes, Prophets and Apostles, and of the Bishops and Pastorall Elders (as wee haue seene): yet it clearely sheweth, howe these Deacons were imployed, not onely in the ministration vnto the poore: but also in the atten­daunce on the Bishop and on the Pastorall Elders in the deuine ser­uice, and vpon necessitie or occasion, to exercise the same their selue [...] also.

In so much that Hyperius calleth the Pastorall Elders, and all vnder [Page 1139] th [...] Bishops by the name of Deacons, though hee distinguished Deacons into two kindes.

All which Testimonies, both of this auncient Father, and other so notable late writers, duely considered: it appeareth, that this heere is not truely sayde of our Brethren, that, truely the Deacons office con­sisteth onely in ministration vnto the poore, in that they be Deacons.

And this is all, that their Learned Discourse discourseth on these Deacons. From whome they nowe proceede to ano­ther Learned Discourse, concer­ning Synodes.

The argument of the 14 Booke.

After all the foure Tretrarches haue all their seuerall & ioynt offices and authorities assigned vnto them: our Brethren heere enter the treatise of their Synods and assemblies. First of the arising and repressing controuersies, and of calling the ayde of Synodes there-vnto. Of the promise of Christes presence Math. 18. Of the Pastors authoritie with the Synode. Of the authoritie of calling and directing Coun­cels: and of the authoritie in determining controuersies. Of the example in the assembly of the Apostles and Elders, Acts. 15. And what the multitude did in that assemblie. Of what per­sons a Synode consisteth: of the order in that assemblie obser­ued. Of the preheminence of one aboue the residue, and whether this preheminence be of order only, and not of authoritie. Whe­ther Iames his preheminence continued not but for the time onely of the Synode. Of the Presidentes of Councels, and of the Prolocutors authoritie. Of the seuerall and ioynt-authoritie of Bishops and Arch-bishops. Of the supremacie of Christian Princes ouer Counselles. Of Bezaes graunt for this suprema­cie of the Prince, and for the superioritie of Arch-bishops & Metropolitanes, and with what conditions. Of the authoritie of Prouinciall councelles, and that the matters lawfully deci­ded in them, are not to bee reuoked or controlled by inferior persons. The rules of determining ceremonies. The auoyding offences. The Pastors knowledge of comelinesse, order, and aedi­fication. How farre the laity may herein informe the Pastors. The Pastors dealing heerein toward the Elders that are not teachers. Our Br dealing herein, especially against christian Princes. The christian Princes authoritie in ceremoniall con­stitutions. Howe the Prince is vnder and ouer the Pastors in [Page 1142] these matters. How our Brethren reiect the Pince from ha­uing authoritie in making any Eccl. Constitutions with the Synodes, because Synodes were holden before there were any Christian Emperors, and of the force of that argument. Of the Christian Princes before Christes comming, and since his comming, but before Constantine the great, of the prefiguring their authoritie til they came. Of the slaunder for absolut [...] au­thoritie. Of Bezaes aunswers to this reason that there were no christian Princes. And of the authoritie that Beza allow­eth to Princes ouer Synodes. The vnitie of ceremoniall consti­tutions. Of our Brethrens reasons against vniformity in cere­monies, as feeding and clothing yong and olde alike, and as compelling men of ripe age to sucke the dugge, to were biggins, to carrie rattles, and other childish bables. Of Caluines rules for vniformitie in ceremoniall constitutions. Of our brethrens reason against it, that the land is not yet wholy conuerted to Christe. Our brethrens assemblies for new orders to be appointed, and howe they shoulde afterward be kept. Of the difference betweene necessary and not necessarie matters. Of the signe of the crosse at baptisme. Of baptising in the Font. Of kneeling at the communion. And of wearing the Surplesse. Whether the recusant ministers be displaced onely, or cheefely for these ce­remonies. Of those ministers commendation by our brethren. For their moste diligent preaching, their moste feruent pray­ing▪ and their moste reuerend Ministration of the Sacra­mentes. Lastly of the pure caeremonies that the councell should ordeine expedient for the time and persons, and the punishing of the breakers of them.

[Page 1143]WE haue declared before that there is a double authority of the pastor▪ the one ioyned with the Elders of the Church, The arising of contro­uersies. whereof he is pastor: The learned disc. pa. 111. the other with the synode or holy assemblie whereof hee is a member. Of the former, we haue intreated hetherto. Now it followeth that wee speake of the later.

WHen our Brethren beganne to enter into their Learned Discourse of these last Officers in their Tetrarchie, to witte, the Deacons: Bridges they sayde page 100. Wee must therefore returne to the authoritie of the pastor, which hee hath ioyned with the Elders of the Church, whereof hee is pastor. And heere nowe (after their Treatise of Deacons,) telling vs of the double authority of the pastor, Our Br. their se [...]ues, giuen other parts to the Deacons, than the administra­tion to th [...] poore. the one ioyned with the Elders of the Church whereof he is pastor: the other, with the synode or holy assemblie, whereof he is a member: of the former wee haue intreated hitherto, nowe it follow­eth that wee speake of the later: except their Deacons be pastors, or at leaste haue some part of their office and authoritie ioyned with the pa­storall Elders of the Church: I woulde faine learne howe these sayings hang together, but to passe ouer this, let vs come nowe to the later au­thoritie of the pastors, that with the synode ( they say) followeth.

There ariseth oftentimes in the Church diuers controuersies, The learned disc. Pa. 111 which cannot bee otherwise expressed, pertaining to the state of the whole Church, then by a generall assemblie of the pastors of that Churche, which is called a synode, or Generall counsell.

That diuerse controuersies oftentimes, and to oftentimes, arise in the Church: with heartie greefe thereat, and with present experience, Bridges we cannot but confesse it and lament it. And if licence be permitted thus, to preach and print what euerie one please, in Discoursing vpon the Eccle­siasticall Gouernment: when will controuersies ceasse, if not, increase dailie more and more? but what meane they by this? can not these con­trouersies bee repressed, nor yet expressed otherwise▪ The arising of contro­uersies and repressing of them. than by a general assemblie of the pastors of that church, which is called a synode or ge­nerall counsail? Can they not be so much as expressed without a synode, nor without a Generall counsaile? Howe coulde they haue arisen into controuersy if they had not beene before expressed? Yea, the light and trueth of them, by other meanes also then by a synode, and that a generall Counsayle, maye bothe bee expressed, and the controuer­sies [Page 1144] of them repressed too, The Sy­nodes ayd. as many haue bin oftentimes, by the Learned Discoursers writings of the Fathers.

And what meane they againe, by these wordes: There ariseth often­times in the Church diuerse controuersies, which cannot be otherwise expressed, perteining to the state of the whole Church, than by a gene­rall assembly of all the Pastors of t [...]at Church, which is called a Synode or generall Councell?

If those controuersies pertain to the state of the whole Church, why say they, that they can not bee otherwise expressed than by a generall assemblie of all the Pastors of that Church? Our Br. in­tricate spee­ches. Are all the Pastors of that Church, where the controuersies pertaining to the whole Church doe arise, the whole Church? or doe they meane, that a generall assem­blie of all the pastors of that Church, which Church is called a Synode or Councell, is the whole Church? and are they also the Pastors of the Synode; or rather Pastors of their particular and seuerall Churches: & as they sayde better, before, but members onely of the Synode or holy assembly? and so do they say, this is a Synode or generall Counsell? Eue­ry generall Counsell may be called a Synode: but euery Synode cannot be called a generall Counsell. These things, (me thinks, beit spoken vn­der their correction) might haue beene, if not more Learnedly Discour­sed: yet more clearely expressed, that wee might haue better vnderstood their meaning, and so wee might giue them (if neede bee) further aun­swere.

Also there bee diuerse cases, wherein seuerall Churches are driuen to pray the ayde of the Synode, The learned disc. pa. 111. & 112 where matters can-not bee determined among them-selues. For this cause the holy Ghoste hath ordeyned these holy assembles, with promise that they beeing gathered toge­ther, in the name of Christe, hee him-selfe will bee among them.

In case this our Brethrens platforme were in place: wee shoulde then haue more than good store of these diuerse cases, Bridges. in euery seuerall Church, and might soone bee brought into such a doubtfull and pitifull case, that wee shoulde bee driuen to pray the ayde not of the Synode so much, as of any body, if any but God allonely, in so diuers cases coulde relieue vs. But nowe, put case, that in diuers cases, the seuerall Chur­ches are driuen to pray the ayde of the Synode, The seueral Churches driuen to pray for ayd of the Sy­node. where matters can­not be determined among them-selues: will the seuerall Churches be all of them content, with whatsoeuer that Synode shall determine, of whome they pray ayde?

Disagreements of Synods. And what if the Synode can not agree among them-selues? and some determine this way, and some that way? or one Synode determine the cleane contrarie to another? when shall the cases bee fully determined among them? and hath it not beene so? I speake not against Synodes [Page 1147] or Counselles, generall or Prouinciall, Christes presence. of which there is, and hath bene in the Church, for determining of diuers cases and controuersies, very needefull, and very excellent vse and remedie. The suspi­cious euēts of our Br. Synodes. Howe soeuer Gregorie Nazianzene sayde, that hee neuer sawe good effect in any. But I speake onely of the state of them, as our Brethren woulde haue them ordered, and for that, when euerie seuerall Church had set vp this Ecclesiasticall Gouernment and tetrarchie, that that they haue here in this Learned Discourse prescribed, when wee shoulde haue diuers cases, & diuers con­trouersies, diuers wayes still arising: It is not their Synodes that coulde determine, appease or stoppe them, if they made them not more diuers and contentious then before, or raised not diuers controuersies and ca­ses more among them.

The holy Ghoste ( I graunt,) ordeyned holy assemblies. And the promise, that they beeing gathered together in the name of Christe▪ hee him-selfe will bee among them: The pro­mise of Christ, Mat. 18. Hee de­scendeth to particular assemblies. stretcheth also vnto the holy assemblies of Godly Synodes and Councelles. But did not our Bre­thren heere apply this sentence of our Sauiour Christ, Mat. 18. Pag. 81. Vnto the seuerall assemblies & consistories of the Gouerning Elders?

Yea, that place descendeth downe euen to two or three, and that al­so wheresoeuer. And yet may two or three, yea their consistorie in their seuerall Churches or assemblies, by this their owne confession, haue diuers cases among them, that (I perceiue) all they may bee so cum­bred withall, that they may bee driuen to pray the ayde of the Synode, and may not a Synode, yea, a generall counsell disagree, or agree, and not conclude in diuerse cases: and graunt they bee gathered to­gether in the name of Christe, and that hee is among them too: Howe­beit, according to such measure of his grace and knowledge, that perhaps they may not haue all cases reuealed vnto them, or not agree vpon them. And yet are Synodes and Counselles a verie excellent good meanes, if they be gathered together in his name indeede, and that it please God to open also those cases vnto them▪ But nowe to let vs vnderstande fur­ther, of whome this Synode shall consist, and who shall determine these cases and gouerne the same: they proceede and say.

With the Synode, the Pastor hath authoritie to determine, concer­ning the regiment of the Church. Wherefore wee haue to inquire, The learned disc. pa. 112. & 113. of what persons a Synode doth consist: for which intent we finde in the historie of Actes. 15.6. That when a greate controuersie arose con­cerning the ceremonies of the Lawe, whether they were to bee vsed, by those Christians that were conuerted of the Gentiles: the A­postles and Elders came together to consider of this matter: and that the people was not excluded, appeareth by the twelfth verse, the whole multitude, beeing perswaded by the argumentes alleaged by Peter, [Page 1146] helde their peace and quietlie heard Paule and Barnabas, Authority in Synodes. declare what signes and wonders, God had wrought by them amongest the Gen­tiles. And leaste yee should vnderstande the multitude in that place, for the multitude of the Apostles, it followeth in the 22. verse. Then it pleased the Apostles and Elders, with the whole Church to choose cer­tain men &c.

By which scripture we learne, that the Synod [...] consisteth principally of pastors, Elders, Teachers, and men of Wisedome, Iudgement, and grauitie, as it were of necessarie regents. For, although the whole mul­titude came together, yet the Apostles & Elders came together to in­quire, and consider of the matter in controuersy, the multitude heard, and for their better instruction and modestie, submitted their consent, vnto the determination of the Apostles and Elders. All mens reasons were heard. For there was greate disputation, but the authoritie of Gods worde preuayled, good order was obserued. So, after the matter was throughly discussed, by the godlie argumentes, alleaged by Peter and Barnabas and Paule, the controuersie was concluded, by the sen­tence of Iames, to whome that prerogatiue was graunted, not of singu­lar authoritie, but for orders sake.

Heere are three points touched by our Brethren. First, for the Pa­stors authoritie. Bridges Secondlie, of what persons the Synode consistes, and thirdly, who hath the prerogatiue therein aboue all the residue. And first, for authority of the Pastor, they say: with the Synode, the Pastor hath authoritie to determine, The Pastors authoritie with the Synode. concerning regiment of the Church. They begin heere (mee thinkes, vnder correction) verie preposterous­ly, with the authority to determine in the Synode. Whereas more orderlie, they might haue begun, with the beginning of the Synode, and who hath authoritie to summon or call the same. By authoritie of which summons, they ought to assemble and meete together at time and place assigned, The superi­or authority of calling Councelles. and to direct them an order to proceede by. For, if the seuerall Churches and Bishops thereof, be (as our Brethren say) all alike equal in the authoritie of these thinges: then hath no one among them any authoritie to prescribe these thinges to any other, and much lesse to many other, or to all the seuerall Churches and Bishops in a kingdome. The godly and auncient Emperors and Kinges, had the cheefe partes of this authoritie in their Dominions, ouer all Bishops and Churches, in the olde time. The aunciēt Emperors authoritie heerein. All the foure generall Councelles were summoned, and assig­ned both time and place, yea and the reuerende manner of their pro­ceeding voyde of friuolous contentions, by the godly Emperours, Constantinus, Theodosius, Martianus, &c. Besides diuers prouinciall counselles.

All which, is here not expressed, but suppressed by our Brethren. And [Page 1147] I maruaile what they meane hereby. Determi­ning in Synodes. Is it to put the Christian Prince out of this authoritie, and to take and part it among these tetrarkes, or to giue it to some one or fewe among them, besides the Prince, the Prince hauing so fayre presidents to shewe for it, in the foresayd examples, yea, in the paterne of the olde Testament, by Moses, Iosue, Samuel, Dauid, Solomon, Iosaphat, Iosias, &c.

But of this we shall (God willing) anone see further, what they giue or leaue to the Prince, when we shall come thereto.

And since that heere, we must skip ouer all the beginning and pro­cesse of the synode or councell, and come to the determining or ending of it, and the controuersies in it: Let vs see, vpon whome our Brethren will nowe bestowe this authoritie. The Pastor ( say they) hath authority to determine. Whome meane they heere by the pastor, any one pastor alone: for that they say the pastor, not the pastors, or haue the pastors onelie this authoritie? No (say they) but with the synode. And hath the synode then, the authoritie of determining with the pastor? To whom [...] the autho­ritie [...]o de­termine doth be­long. they sayde before, that in their seuerall consistories, the Elders or Gouernors had both the hearing, examining and determining of all matters pertaining to discipline and gouernment of the congregation, pag. 84. and the matter heere in hande is also of the authoritie to determine concer­ning regiment of the Church.

But what if the doubtfull and diuerse cases bee of doctrine, and not onelie of the Regiment of the church? shall the Elders or Gouernours that are no Teachers nor pastors determine then those cases ( as they say heere) with the synode the pastor hath authoritie to determine? whome meane they by this word synode, which heere they doe thus distinguish from the pastor, though in this authority they ioyne the one with the o­ther?

Wherefore ( say they) we haue to inquire, of what persons a synode doth consist.

This indeede is the second point here touched, and it is necessarie to be considered. For if the synode shoulde consist of such persons as bee pastors: then they can-not say, the pastor hath authoritie with the sy­node, the pastors them-selues beeing the synode, for that were as much as to say, a man hath ioint authoritie with him-selfe.

And did not they their selues confesse before, euen on the other side of the leafe, that a generall assemblie of all the pastors, is called a synode or generall councell? is it called so? and is not so? and if it bee so, How is not the assemblie of the pastors themselues the synode it selfe?

But of whome nowe (if not of the pastors,) doe they make a synode to consist?

For which intent ( say they) wee finde [...] Acts. 15. That when [Page 1150] a controuersie arose concerning the ceremonies of the Lawe, whether they were to bee vsed, by those Christians that were conuerted of the Gentiles: the apostles and the Elders came together to consider of this matter. The assem­blie of the Elders. Actes. 15.

Although this comming together of the Apostles and Elders, were not such an assembly as vsuallie wee call a Synode or Councell, and as our Brethren also vse the same terme, for the assemblie or comming to­gether of the Elders of diuerse seuerall Churches: but is spoken of the comming together of the Elders of the church of Ierusalem: yet I accept of this example, and it is very fitte for the office of the persons, of whome not onely the assemblies of seuerall churches, among themselues, but also of Synodes and Counselles doth consist. Wherein besides the Apostles, is mentioned the comming together of the Elders.

And although in this example, there bee a greate diuersitie of the case, betwene matter in controuersy concerning the regiment of the church and concerning the vse of the Lawe, Matter of doctrine & of discipline which is no smal point of Doctrine: yet sith they bring this controuersie arising for Doctrine, to be an ex­ample, for the like determining of the church regiment: I am content also to admit it.

The Elders Act. 15 were Pasto­rall.The Apostles ( say they) and Elders came together to consider of this matter.

True it is. But these Elders ( as wee haue seene by Caluines owne collection on the same) were pastorall Elders: and therefore the conside­ring of this matter did properlie belong vnto them. But, had the people anie ioint authoritie with them in the consideration thereof?

And that the people ( say they) was not excluded, appeareth by the twelfe verse, What the multitude did at the assemblie. the whole multitude, being perswaded by the arguments alleaged by Peter, helde their peace and quietly heard Paule and Bar­nabas declare what signes and wonders God had wrought by them amongest the Gentiles.

Heere appeareth as yet nothing to the present purpose: either to proue of what persons the Synode consisteth, or that the synode & the Pastor haue ioint authoritie in determining of the controuersie.

Who are ment by the multi­tude.And leaste ( say they) yee shoulde vnderstande the multitude in that place, for the multitude of the Apostles, it followeth in the 22. verse. Then it pleased the Apostles and Elders, with the whole Church to choose certain men &c.

This caueat, that we shoulde not vnderstand the multitude in that place, for the multitude of the Apostles: is not materiall. For, al­though by the name of the multitude in many places may well bee vnderstoode the people, and not the Apostles: yet in that place, why may not both the Elders and the Apostles be comprehended.

[Page 1149] Yea, Peter also, that spake before, and Iames that spake after, The mul­titudes dealing. Acts. 15. and all that were there in presence, except onely Paule and Barnabas that declared those signes and wonders. When as the text saith after Peters oration: Then all the multitude kept silence, and heard Barnabas and Paule decl [...]re what signes and wonders God had wrought by them among the Gentiles. Acts. 15.12. What is here, but hearing and keeping silence while the other speak? vpon which wordes sayth Beza: But vnderstand by the name of the multitude, not the whole Church, which as yet was not wholie ioyned to them: Beza in Act. 15.12. but the whole assemblie of the Apostles and of the Elders, as appeareth a­boue out of the sixt verse. Whom he distinguisheth from the Church, Our Br. flat contrarie to Beza. verse 4. and annone after verse. 22. So flatte contrary heerein, these our Brethren are to Beza. Hee sayth, that by the name of the multitude in that place, the Apostles are comprehended, and not the whole Church or people: and he commaundeth the reader so to vnderstand the worde Multitude, for the Apostles and Elders: and they say, leaste yee shoulde vnderstand the multitude in that place, for the multitude of the Apostles it followeth in the 22. verse, &c. Which very verse also Beza citeth to his vnderstanding, and so, they implie two or thrée playne contradictions all at once, against Bezaes assertion and his reasons.

But since Bezaes authoritie can preuaile no further, let it go as our Brethren here will haue it, and let vs vnderstand the word Multitude, in that place, not for the Apostles, but for the people.

[...]hat of this? haue the people ioynt authoritie with the Pastors in determining of controuersies? they say, it followeth in the 22. verse. Then it pleased the Apostles & Elders, with the whol Church, to choose certain men. &c.

What is this to the purpose, for the authority of determining the controuersy? Can they gather hereupon, that because afterwards, The people dealt not i [...] the deter­mining of the contro­uersy. the whole Church liked well of the determination, and agréed that those Letters shoulde be sent, wherein the matter before determined was comprehen­ded and that to this writing, and sending, & choosing of the me [...]sengers, they also gaue their assent: that therefore they had ioynt authority or any interest in determining of the controuersie? If our Brethren think they had, because not onely the Letter is written in all their names, verse 23. The Apostles, the Elders, and Brethren, vnto the Brethren that are at Antiochia, &c. But also that the decrée it selfe runneth ioyntly in al their names, verse, 28. It s [...]e [...]eth good to the holy Ghoste and to vs, that we shoulde not lay any more burthen vpon you, bes [...]des these necessary thinges: To this Beza aunswereth in 23. verse: On these wordes, and Brethren: saying: The vul­gar translation omitteth the copulatiue coniunction, Beza in Act. 15.23. and that naughti­ly. For the Apo [...]tle [...] and Elder [...] are heere man festly distinguished, from the r [...]st of the assem [...]e, when as notwithstanding the Epistle is written in the common sentence and name of all, that is to wit, the whol mat­ter [Page 1150] is holden for ratified in the common assembly of the whol church, after that [...] the decree or determination of Apostles and Elders was passed before.

Calu. in Act. 15.22 & 23.Caluine likewise vpon these 22. & 23, verses, sayth: The modesty al­so of the common people is gathered by this, because, after they had referred the matter to the iudgement of the Apostles and the rest of the Doctors and Teachers: they do nowe also subscribe to their decree. Here Caluine sayth, the Apostles and the rest of the Doctors or Teach­ers, speaking of them whome the text calleth the Elders. So that, heere the Elders are not gouernors which are no teachers, No such El­ders gouer­nors & not Tea­chers as our Br. conceiue Actes. 15. but teaching go­uernors, which had the Iudging, decreeing, and determining of this case in controuersie, in which autho [...]itie the people did not intermedle, but onely did modestly subscribe thereunto. And on the other side ( saith Caluine) the Apostles did shewe some token of their equity, in that they set downe nothing concerning the common cause of all the god­ly, without admitting the people. For assuredly, this tyranny did spring from the pride of the Pastors, that those thinges which appertaine to the whole Church, are subiect (the people being excluded) to the will (I will not say, to the lust) of a fewe.

Heere he worthily reprooueth the pride and tyrannie of the Popish Pastors in vtterly debarring of the people, and yet imposing on the [...] what decrees they pleased. Which thing (God be praysed) it is euident, that we do not, but so farre as this example warranteth, doe in like man­ner admit the people to vnderstande: our proceeding and decrees in the Synode or Councell; The peoples consent and obedience to the Pa­stors de­crees. whome also it becommeth not to disobey, (except they finde the decrees to be against the worde of God) but to submitte them-selues in all modesty vnto the authority of the decrees, that th [...] Pastors ( for so againe he calleth the Elders, whome before he called Do­ctors or teachers) shall haue determined about any controuersies, so farre as concerneth the common cause of all the Godly. But what do our Brethren gather heereupon?

By which Scripture ( say they) wee learne, that the synode consisteth principallie of Pastors, Elders, teachers, and men of wisedome, iudge­ment and grauitie, Of whome our Br. make the Synode to consist Foure kind of persons, Pastors, El­ders, Tea­chers, men of wisdom. &c. as it were of necessity regents.

They are nowe come to the point, whereof they sayde before, that they had to inquire, of what persons a synode doth consist. And heere they make it to consist of fowre kindes of persons, Pastors, Elders, Teachers, and men of VVisedome, Iudgement and gra­uitie.

By Pastors, we haue seene already what they meane, and also by Tea­chers. But what meane they heere by these Elder [...] [...]hat are placed after [Page 1151] Pastors and before teachers? Whether the Elders not teaching, Necessari [...] Regents. whome they called Gouernors, are placed in he thirde place of the Tetrarchie; that, they tell not. But if they meane them by the name of Elders, Whom they meane here by Elders. whereas Caluine by Elders vnderstandeth Pastors and teachers: then are they very pregnaunt Schollers, that by this Scripture can learne that, which this scripture ( euen by Caluines teaching) doth not teache them.

But where are our Deacons heere become? what are they shrunke in the wetting? or are they excluded out of the Synode, Deacons mentioned in the Sy­node. which before made vp the full tetrarchie? or are they included in this last indefinite sort, men of wisedome, Iudgement and grauitie? But these are not na­med as any officers at all, but generally they are called men: and there­fore, more likely, that by this name of men, they meane the peo­ple or the whole multitude, which ( they sayde before,) was not exclu­ded.

But though these men haue no speciall office: yet are they here ador­ned with three excellent qualities, Wisedome, Iudgement, and grauity, Who are meant by the men of Wisedome, Iudgement, and grauity wherein commonly the common people of the whole multitude doth not excell, except some rare and odde persons among them, namely, in the diuerse cases and controuersies of doctrine: or be-it but in these contro­uersies of Ecclesiasticall Regiment, and such like. Yea, woulde to God the Pastors, Elders and Teachers, not onely such as are for the most part, but also (besides that I wishe vnto my selfe) wo [...]ld God that euen such as these our Brethren, that haue compiled this Learned discourse of Ec­clesiasticall Gouerment, were so well furnished in these three pointes, as they, and we all shoulde be. For (I hope) when they say thus in gene­rall, and euen of wisedome, Iudgement and grauitie, that they do not so meane the people, that they seperate these three vertues, from the Pa­stors and teachers.

But howe now shall the synode consist of all these foure sortes of per­sons, whether they exclude Deacons or include them? forsooth say they, Necessary Regents in the Synode. the Synode shall consist of these, as it were of necessary regentes.

What, and shall all these foure sortes be Regents? and necessary re­gents, the whole multitude, people and all? And that in the authoritie of determining the diuerse cases of the Churches regiment, and the diuerse controuersies of religion? For, such matters were handled in the assembly holden at Ierusalem. Actes 15. But both Caluine and Beza haue debarred them of this: yea, our Brethren (when it com­meth to the pinch,) eate this worde againe, and conclude cleane con­trarie, saying:

For although the whole multitude came together, yet the apostles & [Page 1152] Elders came together, The order of the Sy­node. to inquire and consider of the matter in contro­uersie.

A ha, (Brethren) go to then, they came not together all, but heere are two kindes & ends of their comming together. Wherefore the Pastors, wherefore the whole multitude came toge­ther.

The apostles and Elders came together to inquire, and consider of the matter in controuersie.

What, and no further?

Yes, and to giue the determination of the same.

Yea forsooth, this is indeed a Councel-like and authenticall comming together, whereupon a Synode doth consist. But wherefore then came the multitude together?

The multitude heard, and for their better instruction and modestie, submitted their consent vnto the determination of the Apostles and Elders.

And was this then all that the multitude had to doe heerein? what is this to the authority of determining? nay it reacheth not heere so far by this their limitaiion, as to the authoritie of inquiring or considering of the controuersies. But, since it is sayde before, that, with the Synode, the Pastor hath authoritie to determine concerning regiment of the Church: How our Br. confute themselues. and the people or multitude haue nothing to doe heerein, being not Pastors, Elders nor teachers: it plainly followeth, that the people or multitude are none of those persons, of whome a Synode doth consist. Which is the thing that our Brethren here woulde proue, and yet in dis­cussing the matter, cleane confute it selfe.

But they say, all mens reasons are heard.

The [...]earing of all mens reasons. And good reason too, (say I) that all their reasons shoulde be hearde, that spake and reasoned. But who were they? any that came, not to de­termine, nor yet to consider, nor so much as to inquire of the matter; but onely to heare to submit their consent? is their necessarie regencie come downe to this submission?

Well say they, there was great disputation.

And who (say I) disputed? Caluine, on these wordes: and when there was great disputation, The dispu­tation. Caluine. aunswereth ▪ though there were choyse made of graue men, and such as were teachers of the Church, yet could they not by and by agree.

Gods word preuayled Good order obserued. The contro­uersie con­cluded by Iames his sentence.But ( say they) the authority of Gods worde preuayled.

And we graunt, so it ought alwayes to do.

Good order ( say they) was obserued.

So woulde it not (I feare) if the orders that our Brethren woulde haue, were in practise.

So (say they) after the matter was throughly discussed, by the Godly arguments, alleaged by Peter, and Barnabas and Paule, the controuersie [Page 1153] was concluded, by the sentence of Iames. The au­thoritie of determi­ning. And were any of these dis­cussers of the matter, such Elders as withall were not teachers? but how was this done, that they conclude héere, the controuersie was con­cluded by the sentence of Iames?

They said before, with the Synode the Pastor hath authoritie to de­termine. For, although it be good reason, that the Pastor should not de­termine without the Synode, yet, by their proouing héereof by this ex­ample, Iames is made the Pastor in this Cou [...]sell, How the Synode ioyneth with the Byshop or chiefe Pa­stor in the determi­ning. and so by their owne consequence, that a Pastor and a Byshop are all o [...]e. Iames is also made the Bishop, and the controuersie being concluded, after all their dis­cussing, by his sentence, the sentence being the finall, resolute, and iu­diciall, determination, he hath authoritie therein aboue them all, and then of consequence, though the Synode ioyne with him in the consent of the matter, yet ioyneth it not with him in the authoritie of determi­ning, or iudiciall denouncing the finall determination of it. But to stoppe this, they say, to whome that prerogatiue was graunted, The bishops preroga­tiue and singular au­thoritie in determi­ning. not of singu­lar authoritie, but for order sake. Ergo, he had héerein a prerogatiue, and if a prerogatiue, then it was aboue all the residue, and if aboue all the re­sidue, then was it singular in him.

But not ( say they) of singular authoritie.

If of any authoritie at all (as they confessed before, the Pastor hath authoritie) then of singular authoritie, else, no prerogatiue.

Yea, but (say they) that prerogatiue was graunted to him.

And I graunt that also, for had it not beene graunted him, How the Byshop hath his preroga­tiue. it had not beene authoritie, but vsurpation, and therefore the graunt confirmes the authoritie.

Yea, but (say they) it was graunted but for orders sake.

All the better (say I) that it is for orders sake, and euen therefore, How the prerogatiue was graun­ted. and go no further, for all the Pastors to be equall in authoritie, is to bring all Synodes and Counselles, and all cases and controuersies a­rising in them, or to be determined by them, both in matter of Doctrine, and in the regiment of the Church, into all disorder and confusion, The good order and disorder of Synodes. which our Brethren beginning now a little better to perceyue, and to yeeld yet somewhat at least heereunto, they are driuen at length to con­fesse and say: The learned disc. pa. 113.114. & 115. And this place doth admonish vs to intreate somewhat of the preeminence of one Elder or Pastor aboue the rest. We confesse, that in euery assemblie or companie, some one of necessitie must haue this prerogatiue, to order and dispose the same with reason, or else great confusion is like to follow. But this gouernment is onely of or­der, and not of authoritie, as to propound matters to be decided, to gather the reasons and consent of the rest, and so to conclude, &c. as we see in this place Iames did, of whome also we reade, that he had [Page 1154] this preeminence, The pree­minance of one. Actes 21.18. &c. and we may gather the same, Galath. 2.9.12. not that Iames had greater authority in his Apostle­ship, than Peter, or Paule, or Iohn, or any other of the Apostles, but bycause hee was chosen of the rest to haue prerogatiue of order, which some one must haue in euery assemblie, and such was the preroga­tiue at the fyrst, which was graunted sometime to the Byshop of Rome, and sometime to some other Byshops, to be President or Prolocutor in the generall Counselles, beeing chosen thereto for the tyme, by consent of the rest, as the Prolocutor is chosen in our Conuocations, that are called with Parliaments. Therefore, as it were an absurd thing for our Prolocutor in our Conuocation, to take vpon him to be a controller of the whole Synode, and to challenge that office to him and to his heyres for euer: so vnreasonable is the authoritie that the Pope claymeth ouer generall Counselles. One therefore is to be chosen by consent, to be as it were the Prolocutor or moderator of order, but not authoritie in euerie assemblie, whose prerogatiue must so be tem­pered, that in all things tyrannie be auoyded, which we see by experi­ence easily creepeth in vppon prowde natures, to whome, if you graunt an inch, they will be readie to take an ell, according to the prouerbe.

Bridges Concerning the preeminence of one Elder or Pastor aboue the rest, we haue sufficiently séene alreadie at large the proofe thereof, against the prooues that our Bréethren haue before alleaged, Our Bre­threns con­fession of one Pastors preemi­nēce aboue the rest. for Pastors to haue no superioritie ouer theyr fellow Pastors, but be all of equall dignitienitie and authoritie, Pag. 23. &c.

Yet hée [...]e now at length in theyr treatise of the Synode, they say this place, meaning Actes 15. doth admonish them to intreate somewhat of one Elder or Pastor aboue the rest. Thanks bée to God, that they will yet acknowledge, be it but this place, onely, to admonish them of it. And yet, if they search the Scripture somewhat further, they shall fynde moe places than this, to admonish them of this preeminence, if they wyll take admonishment by them, as, not onely that (which theyr selues haue héere noted) in Peter and Iohn, besydes Iames, Galath. 2. but also in the authoritie aboue other Pastors, that Sainct Paule giueth to Timothy and to Titus, and Sainct Iohn to the Angells of the seauen Asian Churches. But to leaue these and other places, béeing before tou­ched: since now they are content to take admonition onely of this place, Actes 15. to intreate ( as they tearme it) somewhat of the preeminence of one Elder or Pastor aboue the rest: let vs heare what this somewhat amounteth vnto.

We confesse ( say they) that in euerie assemblie or companie, some [Page 1155] one of necessitie must haue thys prerogatiue, VVhat preemi­nence it was. to order and dis­pose the same with reason, or else great confusion is lyke to fol­low.

This is a good confession and a prettie somewhat to begin with­all: fyrst, that among all the other assembled, The points conteined in our Bre­threns con­fession of preemi­nence. a prerogatiue aboue the rest, belongeth not to some many, or to some few, but allonely to some one.

Secondly, that this prerogatiue of some one aboue the rest, is not to be in some assemblyes, as in the assemblies of Synodes and Counsels onely, but in euery assemblie or companie. 1 One ouer the rest. 2 In euery assembly. 3 It must be so of necessitie. 4 To order and to dis­pose the companie.

Thirdly, that it is not voluntarie in euerie assemblie or companie, neyther yet of decencie or conueniencie onely, but it must be so, and that of playne necessitie.

Fourthly, that this preeminence and prerogatiue of some one in e­uery assemblie or companie, stretcheth not onely to declare, to moue, to persuade, to examine, to discusse and to determine, but also to order and dispose the assemblie or companie, that is, not only to set them in their places, but to direct and appoynt vnto them, how to demeane themselues in all their actions.

Yea, but (say they) to order and dispose the same with reason.

God forbid else (say I) for it were vnreasonable to ouerrule in any thing against reason, Reason, the limitation of the dis­posing. which were with more reason to be called disor­dering and dissoluing, then ordering and disposing, if without reason.

Well then (say they) all this must néedes be confessed, or else great confusion is like to follow. Confusion if it be not thus.

And is this then our Brethrens frée confession? though in very good reason, ( if they will confesse the truth) they mu [...]t of necessitie confesse no lesse, though they will confesse no more: and how then did they say be­fore (speaking of the name of Byshops) that it is neuer vsed in the Scrip­tures, for such Byshops, as clayme and exercise dominion ouer whole regions, and all the Pastors of the same, but onely for those that be Pastors of euery seuerall Congregation, How con­trary this confession is to our Brethrens former as­sertions. hauing no superioritie ouer theyr fellow Pastors, but bee all of equall dignitie and authoritie? pag. 22, 23. for (to remitte the defence of theyr superioritie ouer whole regions, to the prooues before alleaged) how haue not our Bre­thren abused so many places in the Scripture, as they cite héereto in this theyr Learned Discourse, from the foresayde 23. page, till the 29. concluding thus: these testimonies of Scripture directlie condemne the authoritie of one Pastor aboue another? likewise, page. 80. that the Ministers are equall among themselues. May they not bée as­sembled and ioyned in a companie among themselues? and is [Page 1156] there no assemblyes or companyes of Pastors, The pree­minence restrained. but onely Synodes or Counselles? Is there not some dayly standing and continuall assemblies and companies of Pastors, as in Colledges, and in Cathedrall and col­legiate Churches? or are these no longer to be called a company, then they company in one place together? The conse­quence of our Bre­threns con­fession. And how then is there not a day­ly, standing, and continuing dignity and superiority of this preeminence and prerogatiue, in some one Pastor ouer all the rest of his fellow Pa­stors, and so, not all of equall dignitie and authoritie? yea, his continu­ing this prerogatiue ( as our Brethren héere confesse) must néedes be, or else take away this standing and continuing prerogatiue or preeminence of some one, from among those companies of the Pastors, such as are, (besides the Prouosts, Wardens, Presidents, and maisters of Colledges) the Byshops in their Cathedrall Churches, and the Deanes in their Chap­ters: and quite disorder, yea, cleane dissolue all those companies, where­by great confusion is like to follow ( as they say) or rather, to vse their former words, it must needes follow of necessitie: and who are the au­thors of this so great confusion?

Now, when they haue made this frée confession, for a good begin­ning, Our Bre­thren be­ginning to reuoke their for­mer con­fession. and that we should looke for their like procéeding, and so might hope that we should soone come, (for effect of matter, though we differed in tearmes) to some more effectuall agréement in these controuersies: they suddenly start backe after their former manner, and as though they were afrayde, that they had alreadie confessed somewhat too much, they begin (with restraints and limitations) to pinch, and in effect to denie that, which they haue before confessed. But this preeminence ( say they) is onely of order, What they meane by preemi­nence of order. and not of authoritie.

What meane they héere by this, that it is of order, and onely of or­der? for, we would not haue it, though they would offer it, to be a pree­minence of disorder. They sayd before, that it was to order and dispose the same, to witte, the assemblie or companie. Is this, onely to set them in their seates, rowes and fourmes, one before or aboue, another behinde or beneath, and themselues highest? or do they meane, by this preemi­nence of order, that he hath a dignitie aboue all other in the companie? for, How there is no pree­minence of order in the pastorall ministerie. The supe­rioritie of iurisdiction in the au­thoritie of dignitie. I thinke not, that they meane héere, the common distinction, of the power of order, and power of iurisdiction, which were to giue them more than we striue for, or then we graunt to any Byshop or Arch­byshop, who are distinguished by no preeminence of order, but are all of one and the same order of the presbyterie, priesthood or pastorall Eldership, euen with the poorest and simplest Pastor in the Church. How­beit, in the authoritie of dignitie, euen in the same order of the Pastor­ship, they haue not equall iurisdiction. And therefore, except that warily we vnderstande these wordes, our Brethren in séeking this [Page 1157] starting-hole, to shunne the Bishops lawfull preeminence of authoritie, Premi­nence of order. do vnawares giue more indéede, in giuing some one aboue the rest a preeminence of order, than if they sayd in playne words, How our Brethren denying the lesse, con­ [...]esse the greater. that they gaue hym a preeminence of authoritie: and so, strayning a gnatte, swallow a camell. And yet, how hath not this some one aboue the rest, preemi­nence of authoritie: if his preeminence be authorized? yea, what law­full preeminence can it be, if it be not of authoritie, and of good autho­ritie too?

But now, to specifie these their doubtfull spéeches, they adde these in­stances: as to propound matters to be decided, to gather the reasons and consent of the rest, and so to conclude, and is this all? or is the ordering and disposing of the assemblie before mentioned, eyther to be added vnto these, or conteyned in these? but take these, or any other, wherein this some one Pastor hath preeminence aboue the rest, do not these argue a greater authoritie to do these things, then any other in the company haue? if we should consider but these thrée things, as first, to propound matters to be decided, if it perteyneth, and that of neces­sitie, to the prerogatiue of some one, and so, it be not lawfull to euerie one, although he be one of the Synode, assemblie or companie: how then can any other orderly besides him, or without his leaue or assigne­ment thereunto, propound any cases or controuersies, eyther of the doubts of doctrine, or regiment of the Church, to be decided? is not this a very great authoritie? neyther is it a meane authoritie, to gather the reasons and consent of the rest, which some Emperors themselues haue done in generall Counsels. Albeit, Bezaes words in his Confess. cap. 5. artic. 29. séeme to giue more, not onely in gathering the company to­gether, so that he must haue authority before the Synod begin, but also in that he saith, Collegas mittat in suffragia, he should send his colleagues, to the giuing or taking of the voyces, and not himselfe to do it, as the scrutators do.

But specially this third point, that his preeminence reacheth also to conclude, which comprehendeth the determining, iudging, and ending of the matter. And all this authority, or as they call it, preeminence and prerogatiue, they confirme by this present example: as we see ( say they) in this place Iames did. The ex­ample of Iames. And not onely in this place but they confirme it further, saying: of whome also wee reade, that he had thys pre­eminene, Actes 21.18. &c. and we may gather the same Galath. 2.9.12.

All this is verie true (as we haue séene before) and withall, Our Bre­thrēs proo [...] of a conti­nuing pre­eminence. it cléere­ly prooueth, that Iames hauing still this preeminence, at all the times mentioned in all these places, his preeminence endured not onely the time of a Synode, and so ceased, but was permanent in hym, whether [Page 1158] they had any Synode, Iames his continuing preeminēce or had none. For, what mention of any Synode at Ierusalem is there at that time, when as Sainct Paule saith, Gal. 2. ver. 9. Iames with Cephas and Iohn gaue him their hands? which (as Caluine vpon the 1. verse of the same Chapter, Gal. 2. sayth) was at Paules se­cond comming to Ierusalem, mentioned Actes 11. verse 30. rather than at the assemblie. At the time when Paule acknow­ledged Iames his preemi­nence, there was no Sy­node called. Caluinus in Gal. 1. Actes 15. Scarcely can any man auouch for certeintie ( sayth he) whether he vnderstandeth that voyage whereof Luke maketh mention, Actes 15.2. yea rather, the context of the hystorie leadeth vs vnto the contrarie part: for, it is there recorded, that Paule came to Ierusalem foure times: of his first comming, we haue alreadie spoken, ( he meaneth Gal. 1. verse 18. & 19. where Caluine also sayd of hym, Qui Ecclesiae Hierosolymitanae praefuerit, which gouerned the Church at Ie­rusalem.) His second comming was, when as he with Barnabas caried the almes collected in the Greeke and Asian Churches, according as is conteyned in the ende of the twelfth Chapter ( where Luke speaketh of Barnabas and Paules returne from Ierusalem to Antiochia) whereof, that I should vnderstand this present place, many reasons mooue me, for otherwise, it would of necessity be, that eyther the one or the other, ( he meaneth Luke or Paule) should alleage a falshood, No Synod holden at Ierusalem, when Iames notwith­standing continued his preemi­nence. &c. So that, at neyther of these two times, there was any Synode holden at Ierusalem, and yet at both those times, Iames continued in this preeminence, who still so continuing till this assembly, Actes 15. and after also, till the time héere mentioned, Actes 21. verse 18. where sayth Sainct Luke ( speaking of Paules comming to Ierusalem the fourth time,) And on the morrow, Paule went with vs vnto Iames, and all the Elders were present. Héere was an as­semblie also, or companie of Elders, albeit, not any Synodall assemblie, but he speaketh of the Elders onely of the Church of Ierusalem, The defini­tion of a Synode. D [...]naeus in Christ. Isa­gog. part. 3. lib. 3. cap. 35. whereas, a Synode ( as Danaeus defineth it, lib. 3. christ. Isag. cap. 35.) is a lawfull and holie assemblie of christian men, comming together from out of di­uers churches and regions, &c.

Whereby it is manifest, that this assemblie, or companie of these Elders at Ierusalem, thus still continuing, and Sainct Iames all the while, being the Ruler and Ecclesiasticall Gouernor of that Church: this is but a méere fancie of our Brethren, wherewith they beguile themselues and others, that Iames had, and some one likewise must of necessitie haue this preeminence, during only the time of a Synode: and the Synode dissol­ued, The argu­ment follo­wing on these ex­amples. the preeminence ceasseth: whereas, cleane contrarie, they should rather reason thus: the assemblie or companie of the Pastors in Ierusa­lem, did still continue: but there must be some one of necessity that must haue the prerogatiue or preeminence aboue the rest in euery assemblie or companie of Pastors: therefore, there was some one at Ierusalem, whose preeminence and prerogatiue aboue the rest, did still continue, [Page 1159] which being well considered, Continu­ing pre­eminence. doth cleane ouer [...]hrow all that our Brethren haue said before, and do say héere, for the equalitie, and against the supe­rioritie, among the Pastors.

When they haue now confessed this preeminence of some one Pa­stor, and this example of Iames for proofe of the same, they make excepti­on yet againe, and say: Not that Iames had greater authoritie in his A­postleship, then Peter, or Paule, or Iohn, or any other of the Apostles: The superi­oritie of one among the Apostls, was not in respect of the Apostle­ship. and we also do readily yéeld héereto, in this respect of their office or functi­on of the Apostleship. But bycause ( say they) he was chosen of the rest, to haue prerogatiue of order, which some one must haue in euerie as­semblie.

And this we accept also: but this prerogatiue of order, could not, but be a superior dignitie in the same order: and also, there was an ordina­rie assemblie, or companie of pastorall Elders abiding at Ierusalem, The prero­gatiue of order, con­teineth a superioritie of dignitie. as (besides the places that we haue séene alreadie) appeareth further, Actes 1. verse 14. Actes 2. verse 46. Actes 4. verse 23. & 32. Actes 5. vers. 12. & 13. Actes 6. verse 2. Actes 8. verse 14. Actes 9. verse 26.27. and 28. Actes 11. verse 12.18. and 22. Actes 12. verse 17. The ordi­nary assem­bly in Ie­rusalem. As for the 13. and 14. Chapters following, Luke sheweth, that the like standing assemblie of Elders, whome he calleth Prophets and Teachers, was also at Antio­chia, The like standing as­semblie at Antiochia. Actes 13. verse 1. and Actes 14. verse 27. and 28, and so be descen­deth to the 15. Chapter, expressing the assemblie at Ierusalem, which our Brethren call a Synode, neyther do we disallow their so calling of it.

Now then, if this prerogatiue of some one aboue the rest, must be in euerie assemblie: and euery congregation is an assemblie, besides a Synode, and some Congregations may be of moe Pastors than one, as our Brethren would haue the most to be at least of two, The ordi­nary assem­bly or com­panie of many Pa­stors in some chur­ches. and many are already of many, as Cathedrall Churches and Colledges. And our Bre­thren alleage for the example of many Pastors in one Church, Sainct Paules calling for the Elders of Ephesus to Miletum, which ( they say) were the Pastors of Ephesus, pag. 23. and thereto, pag. 24. they alleage also Sainct Paules salutation, Philip. 1. verse 1. how then fol­loweth it not, that eyther we must dissolue and disperse all these standing assemblies and companies of mo Pastors than one, in one Church or Congregation, except onely in Synodes, The conse­quence of our Bre­thrēs graunt or else that we must of neces­sitie admit (by admitting that one must ha [...]e the preeminence and pre­rogatiue of order aboue the rest, in euery assembly of Pastors) a standing and continuing inequalitie of dignitie in the Pastors?

And such ( say they) was the prerogatiue at the first, which was graun­ted sometime to the Byshop of Rome, & sometime to other Byshops, to be presidēt or prolocutor in the general Counsels, being chosen therun­to for the time, by cōsent of the rest, as the Prolocutor is chosen in our [Page 1160] Conuocations, The Presi­dents and Prolocu­tors. that are called with Parliaments.

This also (be it spoken with their reuerence) is not altogether true, concerning Synodall assemblyes, or generall or prouinciall Counsels. For although there be an other standing and continuing preeminence of order ( vnderstanding order for dignitie and authoritie) of some one Pastor in a Church, The Presi­dents of the Counsels. Citie, Diocese, or Prouince, aboue other Pastors, which preeminence is Episcopall, or Archiepiscopall, as we haue before at large most cléerely prooued, and which is in déede our farre greater controuersie: yet notwithstanding, to speake now onely of Synodes and Counsels, where Byshops and Pastors of dyuers Churches are assembled to determine controuersies, he that was President of the Counsell, was not such an one, as was chosen thereunto for the tyme, by consent of the rest, as the Prolocutor is chosen in our Con­uocations, The Prolo­cutor cal­leth not the Counsell. that are called with Parliaments, sith our Prolocutor, or chiefe speaker in our name, ( for so the word importeth) both he and all the residue, are called together by an higher Ecclesiasticall Ordina­rie, as by our Byshops in their Dioceses, and they by our Archby­shop in hys prouince: and he is appoynted so to summon and call vs all together, at time and place assigned by our Soueraigne, who beeyng thus assembled, then indéede we chose our Prolocutor, as the Lai­tie chose theyr speaker, to moderate our actions in our Synodall as­semblyes, and to do (as is aforesayd) in the Counsell, &c. Howbeit, thys debarreth not, but that any one man in the Synode or Coun­sell, as he hath an other peculiar charge, so he may haue an other peculiar prerogatiue and preeminence, The seueral superiori­ties of By­shops and Archby­shops. in his seuerall Church, City, Diocese, or prouince, by vertue whereof, the Byshop may assemble a Synode of the seuerall Pastors in his Diocese, and an Archbishop, of the seuerall Byshops and Pastors in his prouince, as it was before the Emperors ( hauing many Christian Prouinces vnder them) became the open professors of Christianitie. The supe­rioritie to call the as­semblies, was before the assem­blies were made. For, how were the Synodes and Coun­sels then called, but by some one among them, that had a continuing and standing preeminence aboue the rest, before the calling of those Sy­nodes and Counsels, and much more before the assembling of them.

But now, when as there was one Soueraigne Prince or Emperor Christian, ouer all, or the most of these Christian Prouinces, the which was publikely professed first in so high an estate, by Constantine the great, The supre­macy of the Christian Princes o­uer Coun­selles. by whome, Counsels began to be more generall: then the Prince hauing a generall charge, and highest soueraigntie ouer all his Pro­uinces, both summoneth the Generall, and sometimes the Prouinciall, to designing the time and place of their assembly, and appoynteth them such a President, as he thought méete, if we may call the President and the Prolocutor, all one.

[Page 1161] The Prin­ces supre­macie. Upon which poynt I will not stande, although, I thinke héerein also, might be a great difference. Euen as we sée in the Parliament, the Spea­ker in the Lower house, and the Lord Chance [...] our in the Higher, Difference of President & Prolocu­tor. neither of them may so properlie, as may the Prince, he called the President. Al­though (I graunt) we may well call them Praesidents vnder the Prince. And so, in the first generall Nicene Councill, Constantinus sate himself, Howe the Emperors sate in the Councils. though not as taking vpon him anie Ecclesiasticall authoritie, in the deba­ting or determining; yet as chiefe Ruler, Moderator and President, to o­uer-sée and gouerne their actions, to ratifie and establish their Decrées. The Empe­rors graunt of the Presi­dentship in the Coūcils.

And thus (I graunt) this prerogatiue was graunted somtimes to the Bishops to be President, or (if our Brethren will haue it to be all one) to be Prolocutor in the generall Councils: but this was graunted not by the Councill, but by the Emperor, which he graunted of his owne pre­rogatiue and preheminence, whether the rest of the Bishops & Pastors consented yea or no, thereunto: or choose some one among themselues and in their names, whom they might more properlie call their Prolo­cutor.

And for the proofe héereof, both for generall Councills & Synodes pro­uinciall; to satisfie our Brethren: Beza in his Confession cap 5. art. 12. saith; Beza in cons. Christ. cap. 5. art. 12. All things ought to be done well and orderlie in the Churche of God, and therefore Councils ought also to be called lawfullie. The chiefe office of th [...] Christian Magistrate. But it is euident, that it is the chiefe office of the Magistrate, to preserue the tranquillitie of the Church. If therefore, there bee anie Christian Mo­narch, this burden lieth on him, so often as present necessitie dooth re­quire, euen as also in the auncient Churche, it was done without anie controuersie, vntill the ambitious Patriarkes, and chieflie the Patriarke of Rome and Constantinople, disturbed all the Policie. But if (as wee now see it) there be manie Princes [...], that haue gouernment within themselues, or of their owne, it is their office to ioyne themselues together, with their chiefest indeuour vnto this matter, beeing so godlie and so holie.

And againe in the 15. Article: As in the olde time, the vniuersall Sy­nodes were gathered together, Beza ibid. art. 15. by the commandement of the Emperor alone, before the Bishop of Rome cast downe the verie Crowne of the Empire vnder his feete: so likewise no man doubteth, The ancient authoritie of the Em­peror ouer the Coūcil. but that either the Emperors themselues, or els they whom it pleased them to choose, had the gouernment of demanding & collecting the Suffragies (or vowes), as it may appeare out of the Actes of the olde Synodes. For what doth so much become the fosterers of the Church, as to interpose their au­thoritie, that God may be worshipped in peace and tranquillitie. Bezaes grāt to Chr. Princes more than our Br. [...].

Whereby we sée, that Beza graunteth not this, where godlie Christi­an Princes are, vnto the Synode or Councill, to choose by their consent [Page 1162] a President, Archb. superiority to haue the preheminence of ordering & disposing of the same: but saith it perteineth either to the Prince himselfe, or to such as it shall please him to choose and set ouer them.

And as he saith thus for general Councils, so in the 22. Article he saith also, for Nationall or Prouinciall. What in the olde time was ordeined concerning the gathering together Prouinciall Synodes of (or by) the Metropolitanes, Bezaes grāt to Metropolitanes ouer Prouinciall & nationall c [...]unsels. dooth abundantlie appeare out of the olde Canons. Neither yet are we those, which if the ruines of the Church were repai­red, would thinke either this, or anie other not vnlike order to bee re­fused. But heere we require two things in principall, that is to say, that no tyrannie bee againe brought into the Churche, as though the holie Ghost were tied to anie certein Seate or Person; and then that al things be referred to aedifying, the olde Canons beeing reuoked (or called a­gaine) vnto this ende.

These words of Beza are woorth the weighing, which not onelie shew that the prouinciall Synodes were in the olde time called tog [...]ther by the Metropolitanes or Archbishops: Bezaes al­lowance of Archbi­shops: and the conditions thereof to be reuo­ked or retai­ [...]ed. which implieth, that then there were such Metropolitanes or Archbishops, in the Church, in that olde time thereof; and that by the olde Churches Canons, they had Canoni­call authoritie héerevnto: and so, there was both a standing and continu­ing preheminence of authoritie in some one Bishop aboue the pastors in a Diocesse, and also of some one Arch-bishop aboue the Bishops in a prouince, ( which is all cleane contrarie to these our Learned Brethrens premisses:) but also, and that which is more to be marked of our Bre­thren, than all this commeth vnto: that Beza himselfe (vpon certaine con­ditions) both alloweth of al this, and of the bringing the same againe into the Church, and then much more of retaining it. Yea, his conditions be­ing graunted, he speaketh not only in his own name, but in all ours, (and I hope in all our Brethrens too) that we are not the men, that would or should so much as thinke, If Archb. were simply forbid, no conditions would help. those old orders and Canons, for the Metro­politanes or Arch-bishops authoritie, to call prouinciall Synodes to be refused. In which wordes he doth plainely allowe their authoritie to be in it selfe good and lawfull. Which if it were not, but simply, vnlawfull, all the conditions in the worlde could not make it lawfull: there is no a­gréement betwixt light and darkenes, Archb. law­full by Be­zaes confes­sion. Christ and Beliall, no conuention, no conditioning nor indenting, and therefore, in admitting the Metropo­litanes authoritie vpon condition, it is as much (before the conditions be propounded,) as to graunt, that in the owne nature thereof, (and but vp­on the contrarie to those conditions) it is not vnlawfull.

Bezaes con­dicions of allowing Archb. Let vs sée therefore what are Bezaes conditions.

If the ruines of the Churche ( sayth hee) may bee repayred (or re­newed.)

[Page 1163] This (being rightly vnderstood) is a very faire condition, Conditions to the Archb. and we glad­ly accept thereof. Hoping that all the substantiall parts of the ruines, ey­ther are repayred among vs, or might haue béene long ere this (with the good pleasure of God) if our Brethren themselues had not more hindred the repayring of the ruines thereof, than our aduersaries that decayed it, 1 Conditiō of reparing the Chur­ches ruines. were able to doe. Yea, let our Brethren ioyne with vs on this condition, and then we trust in God, it shall the sooner and easilier be performed.

Howbeit, because the condition is yet so vncertaine, How this cōdition is no sufficient debarre a­gainst the office of Archb. that a good & law­full thing should not be refused vpon such generall wordes, as the repay­ring the ruines of the Church: for so, they might still pretende, that one thing or another were in decay, and thereupon still refuse to retaine this old order, which were a meere mocker [...]e: nor one good & lawefull thing is to be refused, for the decay of an other, except the same also be decay­ed, and so be refused till it be repayred: Beza therefore (seeing the inuali­ditie of this, as yet too generall a condition) draweth neerer to the speci­all pointes, that he requireth in this condition, for the admittance of this olde order and Canons, for the authoritie of Metropolitanes.

But here ( sayth he) we require chiefely two things, that is to wit, that no tyrannie be againe brought into the Church, &c. 2 Conditiō that no ty­rannie be brought in­to the Church.

This condition with all our heartes wee againe like of, and detest all tyrannie both in Metropolitanes, and in all other: but as Beza in this condition, doth againe acquite the Metropolitanes dignitie in it selfe, to be no tyrannie, for else, to say he thinketh it not to bee re­fused, so that no tyrannie be brought in, The accep­ting Archb. with this condition proueth that the office is not tyranni­call. if he thinke the dignitie it selfe to be tyrannie, is but againe another mockerie and elusion: and then, thinking that of it selfe it is no tyrannie; it is againe no suffici­ent stoppage against the interest of a right, for the incroching of a wrong. Some will abuse the Pastors, Presbyters, or priestes, office, yea, it hath beene most blasphemously abused by the Papistes. [...]nd the Prin­ces office also by turning it into tyrannie. And yet we must not there­uppon, except simply against the princes and the priestes offices and lawfull authorities. The tyran­nicall abuse of the Pa­stors officė. And although the Metropolitanes dignitie and of­fice were but an order of men: yet since Beza approues it in it selfe, for a lawfull dignitie and office in the Church: yea, we haue the practise of it approued, euen from and in the Apostles times: therefore the grounde of the argument is all one in all lawefull vocations, authorities, The ground of the Me­tropolitanes is of God. powers and dignities, omnis potestas est a Deo. And therefore, remooue or debarre the tyrannie a Gods name, but doe not vnder pretence of tyran­nie, remoue or debarre the office.

But yet Beza very well therein, least he should againe seeme to giue vs the slip, with exception of the generall name in the worde tyrannie: doth particularize this tyrannie vnto vs.

[Page 1164] Metropo­litanes al­lowed:As though ( saith he) the holie Ghost were tied to any certeine Senate or person.

The tyrānie in Metropolitanes that Beza excep­teth against. Indeede this was a foule and most dangerous tyrannie, not onelie op­pressing the bodie, but intangling the conscience, and an iniurie to the ho­lie Ghost. Vnder which pretence the Pope abused all Princes and Chur­ches. But the Bishoppes and Metropolitanes authoritie in our Churche (God be praised) neither claimeth, The tying of the holie Ghost to a or person. nor vseth, nor admitteth, anie such ty­rannie, nor anie other tyrannie, that anie can proue to be indéed tyrannie. As for this foule and erronious tyrannie, we vtterlie with Beza and our Brethren, renounce and accurse it. And therefore, for anie thing in this exception, we may reteine our Metropolitanes with good conscience.

Bezaes 3. cō ­dition of all things referred to edifi­cation. But there is yet another condition behinde: And then ( saith Beza) that all things be referred to edifying.

If he meane all things that can by reason of this dignitie, he saith wel. For it is not méete to burden this dignitie and the officers therein, with other things, and much lesse with all things, and therefore to refuse them, if all thinges bee not referred to edifying. This againe prooueth that Metro­politanes & edification may be ioy­ned. But then as before, we may héereby also sée, that this office or dignitie it selfe, is no hinderance to e­dification. So that, if there be anie hinderaunce to edification, it com­meth rather of this fault, that all thinges be not referred thereunto.

But what is this to the office or dignitie it self of the Metropolitane? For, if it can by no meanes be referred to edification, then how can Beza say, he is not the man that dooth refuse it, so it be referred to edificati­on? Is not this plaine, that he meaneth, there is a good vse of it, which may verie well be referred to edification? Our Br. are not the me [...] tha [...] Beza saith, he and his are in acknowledg­ing Met [...]o­politanes. And so doo wee accept it, and not otherwise. And if our Brethren will be the men, that Beza here saith he and his are; let them then acknowledge with him at length, that they are not the men that (on these conditions) do thinke the olde Canons, for gathering Synodes together by Metropolitanes, is an order to be re­fused. If now they dare say thus with Beza, for their parts; we for ours, will ioyne with them, in these conditions.

Danaeus in Christ. Isag 3. part. lib. 3. cap. [...]8. And to continue them the more, in this opinion of Beza; let them turne also to that, which Danaeus likewise hath on the same matter, in the third part, and 3. booke of his Christian Introduction, the 38. chapter. Where­in (after he hath spoken of the calling of generall Councills, The calling of Prouinci­al Councils perteined to Metropolitane B. principal­lie apperteining vnto Princes, descending to Prouinciall, he saith.

But if a Prouinciall Councill onelie bee to be called together: in the olde time that matter and care perteined onelie vnto Bishops, that were Metropolitanes, & not vnto the Magistrates themselues, although they were godlie. The cause why the Fr. refo [...]med Churches kept not the olde order. At this day, because in the reformed Churches, there are no Metropolitanes, especiallie in the French Churches: that cure per­teineth to all the Ministers of the Worde of God, in euerie of the Pro­uinces, [Page 1165] who [...] letter [...] ought to [...]dmo [...]ish and stirre vp one an other; The tempe­ring this authoritie. except that by the consent of the brethren, that care of calling toge­ther a synode, be specially cōmitted to any man of the Church of that region or prouince. Here he againe telleth, what was the auncient au­thoritie o [...] Metropolitanes or Archbishops.

And although he do set downe another order among the Pastors ( how­beit, not to be allowed neither, but by the godly Magistrate, if there be any such [...]:) How Danae­us alloweth or disallow­eth herein ether the ci­uill Magi­strate or Metropolitane. yet the reason that he alloweth this vnto the Pa­stors [...], is not that he difalloweth the authoritie herein of a Metropolitane Bishop ouer them: but that (he sayth) there are none such in the reformed Churches ( meaning in their countries) and therfore he restrayneth his wordes, especially to Fraunce where they are all po­pish Bishops and as yet aduersaries to the Gospell. And in such case, hee refuseth also euen the chiefe Magistrate, being ( as he sayth) vnfaithfull, a wolfe and persecutor of the Church, that his commaundement is not to be expected, no nor yet their purpose made knowen vnto him, of a ge­nerall Counsell to be holden among them, least he séel [...]e to destroy them. So that, he refuseth neither the Princes, nor the Metropolitane Bishops authoritie, if the persons be faithfull. Yea, in [...]eede and for want of thē, he sayth, that this preheminence of one may be committed to some other person.

The conclusion that our Brethren inferre: Therfore as it were an ab­surde thing for our prolocutor in our conuocation, Our Brethr. conclusions. to take vpon him to be a controller of the whole Synode, and to chalenge that office to him and to his heires for euer: so vnreasonable is the authoritie that the Pope claimeth ouer generall Counselles: All this conclusion wee fréely confesse, and also in part the other conclusion that followeth.

One therefore is to be chosen by consent, to be as it were the prolo­cutor or Moderator of order, but not of authoritie in euerie assemblie, whose prerogatiue must so be tempered, that in all thinges tyrannie be auoyded.

This preheminence and prerogatiue which they call of order, can not be but of authoritie: The prehe­minence & prerogatiue of order is also of au­tho [...]itie. is the preheminenence and prerogatiue of the pro­locutor in the conuocation, or of the speaker or L. Chauncellor in the parliament, of no authoritie? This therefore is but méere dalliaunce of nice tearmes, to say he hath preheminence and prerogatiue of order not of authoritie. For what authoritie so euer it be, or how farre so euer it stretcheth, or is abbridged; yet, such as it is, authoritie it is.

As for the tempering of this prerogatiue, that in all thinges tyrannie be auoyded: we like well of it. The tempe­ring of this authoritie. And it is the thing that Beza before ex­cepted.

But what meane they hereby? Should it by and by be tyrannie, if it [Page 1166] be authoritie? The Sy­nods au­thoritie. Is there no differ [...]nce with our Brethren i [...] this prehe­minence, betwéene authoritie and tyrannie? Yea rather if it be of au­thoritie: it is not of tyrannie.

Which ( say they, meaning tyrannie) wee see by experience ea­silie creepeth in vppon proude natures, to whome if you graunt an ynche, they will bee readie to take an ell, according to the pro­uerbe.

The incroching of our brethren in [...]hese things This prouerbe indéede is so true, that wee smartly abie the experi­ence thereof. At the first, our Brethren striued for apparell, and when some fauourable forbearance of them, was for quietnesse sake, winked at herein; did they stay there? No. But from thence they haue procéeded so farre; as that nowe not onely the authoritie of the Bishoppes; but the whole Communion booke must be turned out. Not onely the exection of Consistorie Gouernors in euerie congregation, must be brought in, but the Princes supremacie must nowe giue place vnto them. Yea, of an inch that they desired before; what a number of elles doe they nowe challenge and shall wee conclude (as they doe) that this is the ty­rannie which easilie creepeth in, vpon proude natures? No, I will not conclude so peremptorilie for charitie and reuerence sake, against our Brethren, The danger of this in­crocking. but I conclude thus farre, that this their incroching from one matter to another, and to so important and daungerous matters, is not good, nor indéede sufferable. And it is more than high time, that it were (by all godly and Christian meanes) repressed.

The learned dis­course. pa. 115. & 116.But let vs returne to the authoritie of the Synode, which con­sisteth in deciding and determining such matters as can not other­wise in particular Churches bee concluded, eyther because they concerne the common state of all Churches, or because they lacke sufficient authoritie in some one Churche. First therefore the lawefull Synode hath to consider, if anie controuersie of doctrine doo arise, that it be determined by the woorde of GOD: For in the controuersie of byndinge the Gentiles, to the obser­uation of the ceremoniall lawe, was a matter of faythe and doc­trine.

For the authoritie of the Synode, ( vnderstanding the same to bee a synodall assemblie of pastorall Elders) we graunt, Bridges. it consisteth especi­ally in deciding and determining such Ecclesiasticall matters, The Synods authority in deciding cōtrouersies as can not otherwise in particular Churches, be concluded. And (among other) we allowe also of these reasons, eyther because they concerne the com­mon state of all Churches; or of all Churches of that Diocesse, Pro­uince or Realme: or because they lacke sufficient authoritie, and per­haps sufficient knoweledge in some one Churche to decide and deter­mine them. And thereupon wee also conclude, that when the Synode [Page 1167] hath in such godly manner, [...] is aforesai [...], decided, determined, Renocatiō by inferiors and concluded such matters: Matters lawfullie deci­ded in councels prouin­ciall, not to be reuoked by inferior persons. that then it is not lawefull for [...]y particular Churche of that Diocesse, Prouince or Re [...]lme; and much lesse, to anie particular Ministers or Pastors; and least of al, to any of the people and lay men: to call those matters so decided, determined, and concluded, a fresh in question.

Of which thing if our Brethren shall well bethinke them; it will (I hope) dissua [...]e them▪ from the renewing of [...]any of those selfe same con­trouersies, that in our lawfull Synodes ( hauing had sufficient authoritie thereunto) haue béene alreadie after the foresaide godly manner, decided, determined and concluded. Or if any of these controuersies haue not yet so expressely béene procéeded vppon, they may at all times (by Gods grace) be so decided and determined, to the tryall whereof, wee are al­waies as readie as our Brethren, if they w [...]uld then h [...]ld themselues suf­ficiently contented, with the sufficient authoritie of the lawfull Synodes deciding, determing, and concluding of them.

And hereupon, we ioyne againe with them, The deter­minatiō by Gods word. in condition of this their owne conclusion. That, first therefore, the lawfull Synode hath to con­sider, if any controuersie of doctrine doe a [...]se, that it be determined by the worde of God.

I [...] this most willingly wee subscribe. But where they adde ▪ For, The obser­uations of the ceremo­niall lawe, were not properlie matters of [...]aith & do­ctrine. in the controuersie of binding the Gentiles to the obseruation of the ce­remoniell lawe, was a matter of faith and doctrine: as we also graunt this, that in that controuersie was a matter of faith and doctrine: and a doctrine is also to be learned in all the ceremonies: so with all, we may not graunt, that all the obseruations of the ceremoniall lawe, were pro­perly matters of faith and doctrine: except we should confounde cere­monies and faith, shadowes and substance, thinges transitorie and per­manent altogether.

Secondly, it hath to determine of the vse of the ceremonie, not of will without reason or grounde of scripture, The learned disc. pa. 116. & 117▪ but vppon necessa­rie causes of auoyding offence and similitude of superstition, of bea­ring with the weake, of order, and comelinesse, and aedification. So did the synode of the Apostles and Elders, commaund for a time abstinen­cie from meate offred to Idols, otherwise l [...]wefull in it selfe, for offen­ces sake, and for auoyding of all pollution of Idolatrie, Act. 6.20.29. And forbearing the weakenesse of the Iewes in abstinencie, from eating of bloude and of strangled, which was forbidden by God be­fore Moses time, to teach that childishe age of Gods people to ab­staine from crueltie, as in Gen. 9.4. such ceremoniall constitutions are but temporall, and so long are to bee retayned, as the cause con­tinueth, for which they were made. So that if the weakenesse cease, [Page 1168] or be turned to obstinacie, Determi­nation of ceremonies. they are no lo [...]ger to be retayned.

For this seconde point of the Synodes [...]uthoritie, we likewise graunt as much, Bridges. that it hath to determine of the vse of ce [...]emonies, not of will without reason or grounde of scripture. The Synods authority in determining ceremonies. Neither haue done, or doe our Synodes determine any vse of ceremonies, to be vsed among vs, of will without reason, or without grounde of scripture: but eyther they haue good ground of scripture, or good reason, or both for them.

Necessarie causes.But ( say they) it must also be, vpon necessarie causes of auoyding of­fence and similitude of superstition.

So farre as the causes shall be founde indéede to be necessarie causes, they say well, Taking of­fence and mistaking superstition. I con [...]esse. But here againe, we may not debarre the au­thoritie of Synodes determination of the vse of ceremonies, for the a­uoyding of euery particular persons taking offence, or mi [...]taking the si­militude of superstition.

Bearing with the weake. They adde also, of bearing with the weake.

And this likewise (I graunt, that no small consideration is to be had in the Synodes determination, of bearing with the weake.) Howbeit, we must vnderstande wherein, and in what manner they be weake, and how farre foorth they are to be borne withall. For otherwise, they may still pretende weakenesse, to couer wilfulnesse. May not the Synode deter­mine, that it is lawefull to eate so much as an egge on Fryday, because some will take offenc [...] and pretende weakenesse?

But it is a good hearing, that our Brethren are become so carefull, to haue offences auoyded, and the weake borne withall. Would God they would not giue so great offence as herein they doe, both to [...]he weake and strong, Our Brethr. offence that herein they haue giuen. with their vnnecessarie striuing for ceremoniall matters, against those thinges which our lawfull synodes, with the corroboration of the Prince and of the whole Realme, haue alreadie determined and conclu­ded. Wherein our Brethren do not only offend the synode, the realme, the Prince, in reiecting their lawfull authorities herein: but euen for the weake ( the speciall consideration of whom they here pretende) they haue beene through these contentions the greatest occasion, that many which were before but weake amongest vs, haue now not doubted any more of our ceremonies, but of our faith and doctrine. Yea, where many were more than halfe wonne and metely well come on: they are nowe cleane lost, and vtterly reuolted from vs, when they sée that we will not stande to the determination no not of our owne Churches synodes, nor to the au­thoritie and decrées of our owne Prince. Is this our Brethrens conside­ration of auoyding offences, and of bearing with the infirmitie of the weake.

Order com­lines and ae­dification. As for consideration of order, and comelinesse, and aedification: it is neither orderly, nor comely ( in my opinion) for any priuate & particular [Page 1169] Ministers, to controll and preindicate the determination, The Synods authoritie. of a whole godlie Synode ( such as I hope ours are) that hath alreadie determined and concluded, what is order, comelines & aedification in these things.

Paphnutius in-deede did gainsay in Priestes mariages, and preuay­led against all, or the moste part, of the famous Nicene Councell. But that was done in the Councell, and in the debating of the matter, Paphnutius his gainsay­ing the whol coun­cell. before any decrée determined and concluded. And also, though they had neuer so fully determined and concluded it, with all the authoritie that they had, since it was flat against the worde of God, and an error in Doctrine: he might and ought, to haue spoken against it. In which case, not onely we, but the Papistes them-selues, as Gerson, Panormitane, and others do graunt that we must more beleeue one man neuer so simple, yea, a lay man, more than the Pope, or than a generall councell, where hee brings the manifest Scripture against them. If our Br. can do so against vs, and not wrest the Scripture: wee yeelde presently.

But in those ceremoniall matters, that are neither of fayth and Do­ctrine, nor are this way or that way commaunded in the Scripture, but left to the Churche of Christe to vse, with these three cautions of or­der, and comelinesse, and aedification: Particular persons or congregati­ons not to cōtrol here­in the Sy­nods decree [...] when a godly Synode hath alrea­die debated, determined and concluded, what vse of them tendeth best to these three ends, and wherein the state of that Church may be best or­dered, adorned and edified: it is not then and in [...]hose matters, sitting with the duetie of anie such lay or ecclesiasticall persons, to controll that con­clusion of the Synode. If our Brethren sayde so late before on the other side of the lease, that it were an absurd thing for our prolocutor in our conuocation, to take vpon him to be a controller of the whol Synode: How much more is it an absurde thing, out of the Synode, and after the Synode, for a meaner person than our Proloc [...]tor, to take vpon him not only to be a controller, but a defacer and oppugner of the whole Synode, and a canceller of all their authoritie and determination? Our Br. for­mer conclusion. Pag. 76 against thē ­selues.

How much better shall it be for our Br. to call to their remembrance their own conclusion, where before they speake also of ceremonies, page 76. saying there: But to conclude, it is the duety of euerie true pastor, to obserue those thinges, that are concluded by the lawfull authority of the Church, concerning ceremoniall matters for order and comeli­nesse sake and for aedification, and not to controll publike order by his priuate iudgement, except vpon great and waighty causes. Although in deede, while they be but such ceremoniall matters, and they are conclu­ded ( as they say) by the lawfull authority of the Church ( and if lawfull, The Chur­ches lawfull authoritie not to bee impugned. then haue they not gone beyond their bounds) there can no causes bee so great and waighty, that shoulde make any true pastor to set vp him-self, against this lawfull authoritie of the Churc [...]. For if hee doe, hee doth it [Page 1170] vnlawfully and not like a true Pastor.

When the assembly or Synode of the Apostles and Elders at Ierusa­lem ( which our Brethren héere alleage for an example) did commaunde for a time abstinencie from meate offered to Idols, (otherwise lawful in it selfe) for offences sake, and for auoyding of all pollution and Idola­trie, Our Br. owne example. Acts. 15. against themselues. ( which the Euangelist noteth, Actes 6. Luke 15. ver. 20.29. Had it then beene lawfull for any particular Minister or Ministers, to haue re­iected the authoritie of this decree, or to haue kept it and broken it at his or their pleasure? and if this bee an example to followe, though not to compare in like authoritie, with this moste holy assembly and decree of the holy ghoste, but as all good Synodes may take example from hence: Now then is it now lawfull for any priuate ministers, to reiect the authoritie of a lawfull Synode, and the caeremonies, rytes and orders therein decreed, & by the Princes and the realms authoritie alreadie established?

They say, the Apostles and Elders commaundement was but for a time. The Synods commande­ment for a time. But coulde their authoritie haue reached to the forbidding that meate for any time, which was otherwise lawfull in it selfe, during all the time of the Christian libertie? and can the authoritie of no Synode nowe, restrayne our Br. for any time to forbeare that, which otherwise is lawfull in it selfe, but that they will needes vse still their libertie in caeremoniall matters? or will they be the prescribers of the time for their continuaunce?

But they say that decree was made, for offences sake, and for auoy­ding of all pollution of Idolatrie. The auoi­ding offen­ces and pol­lutions.

So it was, I graunt. But that pollution of Idolatrie was not in the meate it selfe, nor the offence so much in the strong as in the weake. And yet the strong obeyed this decree, onely to auoyde the weakes offence. The strongers forbea­rance for the weakers offence. And to this end that the strong in fayth should not abuse their libertie, by offending the consciences of the weake. Saint Paule hath a notable trea­tise at large thereof, 1. Cor. 10. 1. Cor. 10.

Admitte therefore, that any of those caeremonies being in them-selues otherwise lawfull, because they haue beene offensiuelie abused, and Ido­latrouslie polluted: yet, the abuse and pollution beeing expreslie aboli­shed, and onely a good purpose and vse of them decreed: the same are as much (besides, for the goodnesse of the purpose and vse) for the verie au­thoritie of the decree, to be for the time as farre foorth receyued, as the other meates beeing otherwise lawfull in them-selues, yet being for good purposes and vses of them, by the authoritie of the decree for the time forbidden, were then and for that time to be refused.

But that was done also, say they, for the forbearing the weaknes of the Iewes in abstinencie, from eating bloud and strangled, which was forbiddē by God before Moses time, to teach that childish age of gods [Page 1171] people to absteine from crueltie. As in Genes. 9.4. The Pa­stors know­ledge.

Although the time before the comming of Christe, bee called of the Apostle, Gal. 4. ver. 3. a childish age▪ Gal. 4.3. when wee were Children (saith he) wee were in bondage vnder the rudimentes of the worlde: yet, when the fulnesse of time was come, and Christe reuealed, receiued and the Gospell established: Our Br. cal­ling of the Apostles times, the Churches childish age in calling still that primitiue age, a childish age, we must take good heede that the Papistes and other Heretikes take not aduantage by these spée­ches, that say, the Church of Christe in the Apostles times, was but as weake as a Childe or babie, and afterwarde grewe to ripe perfecti­on.

And albeit (I graunt) these temporarie degrees were made cheefely in respect of some such persons among them, that were but weake, and as it were of childish age, in the knowledge of Christe and the Christian li­bertie: notwithstanding, euen for these weake childrens sake, the strong­est and all (for the time that those decrees were in force) were bound to obey them.

And that priuate person which publikely had broken or control­led these degrees of the Church in these caeremoniall matters, (which onely for this expediencie were decreed, though the matters otherwise in them-selues were such, as might lawfully haue beene broken or control­led,) had greatly offended: euen so, whatsoeuer these caeremoniall mat­ters (that we and our Br. doe nowe striue for,) are otherwise in their own nature free and indifferent, and so might bee receyued or refused) or haue otherwise in the vse of them beene abused: yet being nowe by the Church of God, decreed to be well vsed, and that, with expresse cautions against all the former abuses of them, and that with full freedome of con­science, wherein the Christian libertie most consisteth: what priuate per­son soeuer shoulde attempt, publikely to breake or controll them, shoulde offer manifest iniurie to Gods Church. If we be the Church of God ( as I hope we be) that thus haue decreed them.

They say, such caeremoniall Constitutions are but temporall.

Neyther do we goe about to make them perpetuall.

And yet heerein, wee must note also a difference, Difference of temporal constituti­ons. from those Consti­tutions that were no longer in force, then for a certaine time, as the ab­steining from bloud and strangled: and those that may perpetually bee kept, if there be perpetuall causes of them.

And this their selues confesse, that they are so long to be retained, as the cause continueth sor which they were made.

And they say true herein. But, since the cause of the making of our cae­remoniall constitutions doth continue: howe are they not then to bee still reteined, vntill the cause shall cease, or that by the same authoritie, whereby they were ordeyned, they be also a [...]tered or remooued?

[Page 1172] But (say they) so that if weakenesse cease, or be turned to obstinacie, they are no longer to be reteyned.

If the weakenesse ( say I) cease generallie, or generally bee turned to obstinacie: The weak­nes ceasing or turned to obstinacie. that were in-deede another matter. But if weakenesse cease in some and remayne in other, or in some but not generally, or in the moste part, nor generally be turned to obstinacie, but in some: then, the cause of the Lawe (respecting not particulars) doth not cease, and there­fore, the caeremoniall constitutions decreed by the lawfull Synode, are still (as before) to be reteined.

Also for order an comelisse, and best aedification, the Synode hath to determine, what shall be obserued in particular charges: as of time, place, The learned disc. pa. 117. and forme of preaching and praying, and administring of the Sacramentes. For who shoulde bee able to knowe what order, come­linesse and aedification requireth according to Gods worde, but they that bee teachers and preachers of the same vnto all others? For it is absurde, that they should bee taught by such these smaller thinges, as ought to learne the trueth of them in all matters.

Vnderstanding the Synode in his proper sense, for the orderlie and lawfull assemblie, not of this or that particular Citie, Shire or Diocesse, but of the whole Prouince, Bridges Realme, or state: and withall, not preiudica­ting the supreme autoritie of the Christian Magistrate: The Prouinciall Coun­cels autho­ritie to de­termine. I grant, that the Synode hath to determine for order, comelinesse, and best aedificati­on, what shall bee obserued both in particuler thinges, and through out the whole state. As, not onely of the time, place, and forme, of preaching and praying, and administring of the Sacrament: but also of Discipline, and of Ecclesiasticall Regiment, to the ends aforesaid.

As for the reason héere alleaged, For who shoulde be able to know, what order, comelinesse, and aedification requireth according to Gods Worde, The know­ledge of the teachers and Preachers in order, com­linesse and aedification. but they that bee teachers and preachers of the same vnto all others: I allowe the same no further, than by comparison, that they which are the Teachers and Preachers of the same vnto all others, haue better cause to knowe in generall, what order, comelinesse, and aedification requireth, (according to the Worde of God;) than any o­ther haue.

But to say simplie, as heere our Brethren doe, who shoulde be able, so much as to knowe it, but they that bee Teachers and prea­chers, &c. is a greate deale (me thinketh, vnder their correction) too pre­sumptuous a question. The know­ledge of many that are not publike teachers & Preachers.

May not a man bee able (by Gods grace) to knowe thus much, as, what order, comelinesse and aedification requireth according to Gods Worde, except hee bee his selfe a Teacher and Preacher of the same vn­to all others? Yes verily, and to knowe much more, euen in the greatest [Page 1173] controuersies of Doctrine, as (God bee praysed) there are many godly learned, both men and women among vs, that are not vnfurnished with such knowl [...]ge. Yea, what were the teachers and Preachers at first them selues. Did they take vpon them to teache and preache the same vnto all others, before they had the knowledge hereof? or did they teache and preach immediatly vpon their getting knowledge? or was the knowledge suddenly by inspiration giuen them, with their entring into this function? as S. Paules wordes to Timothie may be vnderstood. Dispise not the gift that is in thee, which was giuen thee by prophesy with the laying on of hands of the Eldership. 1. Tim. 14. And yet Timothy was able to know these thinges before, insomuch that S. Paule sayth to him, 2. Tim. 3.15. And that thou haste knowne the holy Scriptures of a childe.

And some men can excellentlie d [...]clare their knowledge also of these thinges before. The Synode, preaching with more eloquence and knowe­ledge too, than many of these our Learned Discourses; and yet bee no Preachers of the same vnto all others.

But what is their reason, that they imagine, The reason that makes our Br. think none can knowe these things but teachers & preachers none is able to knowe these thinges, but teachers and Preachers of the same vnto all all others?

For ( say they) it is absurde, that they shoulde bee taught by such in these small thinges, as ought to learne the trueth of them in all mat­ters.

To an humble minded man and glad to learne, this is no absurditie. A godly and learned Preacher may eyther bee as ignoraunt, or not so skilfull, expert, or prouident in some thinges, (yea, The Pastors may bee to seeke in some small thinges. nowe and then in some of these small things) as some other may be, that are no Preachers. And if controuersies of them be mooued in the Synode, consisting of Pastors, it is a signe, that all the Preachers haue not such knowledge of them, but that they also may be to seeke and learne. Yea, the smaller things they be, the Preachers may perhaps haue lesse imployde themselues, in the study or search of of such smal thinges, or not remember themselues so well, as an other lesse learned, which is no preacher, may. And a lowly spirit will not disdaine to learne great matters of his inferior in learning, though he be no Preacher. Moses learned of Iethro, how to dispose his iudgemēts more orderlie, both in small matters and in great.

Neither is there indeede (if the Preacher set aside all haughtie conceits, of his owne singular doings and deuises) any absurditie at all or shame herein, but that it may beseeme him wel inough, and he were better then he is, sometimes to take notice and to bee taught of some godly, wise learned and experient men, that are no Preachers, yea, and of some wo­men too now and then, not only in some such small things, but also in matters of great importance: as Iudith taught the Elders and Pastors of Be­thulia. Although (I graunt) they againe ought to learn of the Preachers [Page 1174] the trueth (of Gods word) in all matters.

Neither in these diuers kindes of teaching is any absurditie, so long as their manner of teaching is not opposite nor that these la [...] persons be take vpon them, How the l [...]ytie may teach the Cleargie. as an ordinarie office, nor do it of arrogancie, and con­troulment, nor do it as publike teachers & preachers vnto the publike preachers and teachers of them, nor do it to defaceand blemish the estima­tion or authoritie of their teachers and preachers, nor doe it in all things, but in these thinges. Which heere their selues confesse, are but small thinges: being done in this order, they ought to take no scorne to be reue­uerently remembred, or to be taught of them: were it neuer so true: that they which are no teachers and preachers, ought to learn the trueth of them that are teachers and preachers, in all matters: which notwithstan­ding thus again generallie to auouch, is a great ouer ouershot. For there are many, and those good matters besides religion and Eccl. matters, and there is also a truth of them, and yet men are not bound to learn the truth of them, onely at the mouth of the preacher: no, nor the preacher is bound to know them; or can, or if he could, ought to teach them And therefore, this again, is too largely spoken for all matters, and seemeth to proceede of too great a reach, and too high a liking of them-selues, and too much in­croching vpon others. But what now is their conclusion hereupon?

This authoritie therefore cannot bee graunted vnto anie ciuill Chri­stian Magistrate, The learned disc. pa. 117. & 118 that without consent of the Learned Pastors and El­ders: yea against their consent (of whome, as in some respect hee is a feeling member) hee may lawfully make caeremoniall Constitutions, whereby the Church must bee gouerned in meere Ecclesiasticall mat­ters.

Bridges Is there no meane, but the drift of this conclusion must needes hee di­rected against the Ciuill Christian Magistrate? howe chaunce our Bre­thren did not looke a litle neerer among them-selues? All the drift of our Br. conclusion is beere a­gainst the Christian Princes au­thoritie. and then they shoulde haue séene howe they had throughly payde, and cleane ouer­throwne their Gouernours, that are not teaching Elders, whome they make to bee a greate part of the Synode, in examining and determi­ning Ecclesiasticall causes and Ecclesiasticall regiment, and that the pa­stors can doe nothing without them. But when this question com­meth blustring in: Our Br. words dire­ctly ouer­t [...]row their owne go­uernors. Who shoulde bee able to knowe what order, come­linesse, and aedification requireth, according to Gods worde, but they that bee teachers and Preachers of the same vnto all others? Dare these Seniors nowe peepe out their heades, and say like Gouernours indéede: who shoulde? we shoulde. You? what are you? we? wit ye well, we are the Gouernours of all the Ecclesiasticall Discipline and regi­mēt. Tush, tush, are ye teachers & preachers of the same vnto al others? No indeede, that wee be not, wee can not preach nor teach? but wee can [Page 1175] rule the matter, with you that be teachers and Preachers. The Prince excluded.

No, no, go seeke your rule and Gouernment in other matters. If yee bee no Teachers and preachers, ye meddle not heere. No, wit yee well a­gaine, ye [...] are not able, and much lesse worthie, so much as to know, what order, comelinesse, & aedification requireth according to Gods worde, and so, least of all, to examine, decide and determine the same. What, ought not you, (though yee bee Seniors and gouernours) to learne of v [...] that are your teachers and preachers? wee tell you plainly and roundly at a worde, It is absurde, that they that are (teachers and preachers) shoulde be taught by such, in these small thinges ( and it were much more absurde in greater thinges) as ought to heare and learne the trueth of them in all matters. Loe, Howe these bigge and loftie wordes haue vtterlie blanked, and giuen checke mate, to these our gouerning El­ders that we not teachers and preachers.

But whust, wee pray you, no more of this, for we meant not this, a­gainst our gouerning Elders, though they be neither Preachers nor tea­chers, but wee direct it altogether against the Ciuill Christian Magi­strate.

Yea forsooth (my learned Brethren) macte virtu [...]e, now ye shewe your selues indeede. Yerke at the ciuill Christian Magistrate, Our Br. dealing against the ciuill Christian Magistrate. and euer (so far as ye may do it with safetie) spare not, but still come in with one byous [...]ling or another at the prince. For, this is plau [...]ble to the people, as thogh ye were no accepters of persons, in daring to speake almost any thing, a­gainst the ciuill Christian Magistrate.

And doth your teaching and preaching tend to this, that for feare the ciuill Christian Magistrate shoulde teach you, (though hee preach not to you) another lesson, you woulde haue it though [...] absurde that they shoulde teach you, that shoulde be taught by you ( as heere you say) in all mat­ters: yea, that they are not able to know what order, comelinesse and e­diffcation requireth according to Gods worde, except they them-selues were teachers and preachers?

I looked all this while, when yet now at the length, our Br. would be­gin, to enter (in this their Learned Discourse) into the proper treatise of the Ciuill Christian Magistrate. Which treatise before, page 8.9. & 10. they put backe and woulde not speake of, till they had fully made all this their Learned Discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment, for their whole tetrarchie, first, of Doctors, then of pastors, after that of Gouernors, mea­ning Seniors, and lastlie of Deacons. And nowe when they haue thus at large, (as they them-selues tell vs) Learned [...]e Discoursed on all these their foure tetrarches: they begin a new treatise here of Synods, but with the ciuill Christian Magistrate they yet deale not, except in certaine odde gléekes. Howbeit now, there is good hope, that they will remember them, [Page 1170] and begin a little to bestow some part of their Learned Discourse on that authoritie, which they will leaue to them. And a good beginning (as they say) maketh a good ending. But, do they begin with thē after this fashion [...] well then, in the name of God, let vs yet go on with them in considering, what here they now begin to graunt vnto them.

How our Br. here be­gin to draw to the trea­tise of the Princes au­thoritie.This authoritie therefore ( say they) can-not bee graunted vnto any ciuill Christian Magistrate, that without consent of the learned pastors and Elders, yea against their consent (of whome, as in some respect, hee is a feeling member) hee may lawfully make ceremoniall constitutions, whereby the Church may bee gouerned, in meere Ecclesiasticall mat­ters.

What is heere toward the setting foorth of the Ciuill Christian Ma­gistrates authoritie in Ecclesiasticall matters? so much as it is, this is ra­ther against it, then any thing for it. We haue long expected, what yet at last or at least, (after euerie of the Tetrarches, had his seuerall and ioynt authoritie portioned out vnto him) they woulde leaue in remaynder to the authoritie, of the ciuill Christian Magistrate. And they begin now to tel vs on the negatiue part, what cannot bee granted to him: not on the affirmatiue, what can or shoulde be graunted. And wherefore doe they begin with this negatiue?

When God declared the 10, commaundements of the two Tables, Exod. 20. He deliuered both the first precept, and the most of the rest, ne­galiuely, because (as all the interpreters note) wee are so faultie in the contrarie. Doe our Br. begin their treatise of the Prince with this nega­tiue, for any such cause? doth the Ciuill Christian Magistrate, whome God hath placed ouer vs, Her Maiesty slaundered by these suspitious negatiues. (which is principall ouer all the Churches of the realmes of England and Ireland, is now, God bee blessed for it, and long may be, our most gratious Soueraigne Queene Elizabeth) taken vpon her, without the consent of the Learned Pastors and Elders), yea against their consent, to make anie ceremoniall constitutions, whereby the Church must be gouerned in meere Ecclesiasticall matters? Let our Brethren take heede, that they doe not in their Learned Discourse cast foorth before her subiectes and all the worlde, any such slaunders on her Maiestie, which they are neuer able to proue. Can they shew but one such caeremoniall constitution?

And yet, what the ciuill Christian Magistrate can doe, ( and that not De facto but De iure, can rightlie doe) is another question. Dare they stande to this, that the Ciuill Christian Magistrate can make no ceremo­niall constitution, The Princes authoritie in ceremo­niall Con­stitutions. neither for time, place, nor forme of preaching nor praying, nor administring the sacraments, nor for order, comelinesse, nor edification, without the consent of the Learned Pastors, and El­ders: yea, if they woulde not consent, against their consent also? If they [Page 1177] shoulde be vrged with this questi [...] The pastors consent. I thinke it woulde say sore vnto our Learned Br. for all their Learning.

Did Moses make all his caeremoni [...]ll Constitutions with their con­sent that were Pastor [...] & Elders? And what consent can they shewe of the pastors and Elders, for all the caeremoniall constitutions that Dauid made, or Solomon after him? indeede I thinke they did not dissent, but that the making or efficacie of them relied vpon the confirmation of any their consent giuen thereto by their suffrages or voices: howe can they prooue it?

And likewise since the comming of Christe, howe will they proue that all the good imperiall Constitutions and sanctions, of the auncient godly Emperours in Ecclesiasticall matters, and about the state of the Church, had the expresse consent of the Bishops and pastorall Elders, in the very enacting and making of th [...]m▪ but howsoeuer all they were made, let them name if they can but one, that hath beene made in her Maiesties time, ey­ther against or without the consent of the Learned pastors and Elders of our Church.

I denie not, but that they haue beene made, both without and against the consent of some Pastors and Elders, and those Learned too, for, Against what pastors consent or Constituti­ons haue bin made. wee graunt Learning to the aduersaries, though their Learning bee blinded with erronious affection. And they pleaded on the selfe same negatiue string against the Prince, which our Br. here doe, that this authoritie can not be granted to any ciuill Christian Magistrate, without and against their consentes, being then (such as they were, for fault of better) the Pa­stors & Elders of the church, and that had y e greatest stroke al [...] (as they tooke vpon them) in these matters. And yet for all their reclaiming to the contrarie, the ciuill Christian magistrate ( God be praysed) did it, and did well too, mauger all the dissents, and against the consents of them all.

But our Brethren meane not heere, the Popish Pastors and Elders, but the protestants. And can they prooue that her Maiestie made any cae­remoniall Constitutions, whereby the Church must bee gouerned in meere Ecclesiasticall matters, without and against the consent of the protestant Pastors and Elders of the Church? Whom our Br. mean by learned Pa­stors and Elders. but yet all this will not reach home, to serue their turne. And why? because, by these pastors and Elders, they cheefely meane indeede themselues, whome in the first front of this their Learned Discourse, they call the faythfull Ministers: and here the Learned pastors and Elders. For, as for those Elders that are gouernours, and yet not Teachers and preachers: wee haue hearde how in their last words, they haue handled them, for hauing any authoritie in the Synode.

But where were these our Br. then, when her Maiestie with the con­sent of the protestant pastors and Elders then liuing, did make at her first [Page 1178] comming to the supreme gouern [...]ent of this our Church, these caeremo­niall Constitutions? for perhaps the moste of them that are moste busy nowe, were then but in the shell (as they say) or but yong batched. And must all these Constitutions, The consti­tutions de­pend not on the consent of the Pa­stors to come. that these Pastors ( which are since come, in the places of some of the Pastors then,) doe not nowe consent vnto, bee all of them vnlawfull constitutions? and must the verie Princes autho­ritie also be called nowe in question, and so flat denied, that it cannot bee graunted, because it was without or against these Pastors and Elders consenting that nowe are, and that then were not Pastors and Elders? were those Constitutions no longer good, than those Pastors liued that consented to the making of them?

And what shoulde we thinke nowe, if any other were made a newe, by the Queenes Maiesty ( if at least, they would graunt her thus much au­thoritie, that thee might make such caeremoni [...] constitutions as shoulde not be against them, but with the consent of these Pastors, and Elders nowe) woulde this howe, and these newe Constitutions be firme and vn­uiolable? Yea, if it shoulde please the Pastors that shall come after these, to giue their consent also vnto them. And so wee must runne on in infi­nitum, while the worlde lasteth continuall chaunging, or at leaste, conti­nuall dependaunce on the Pastors and Elders consent: or else, all former constitutions are cut cleane off. For, if those that our Brethren shall now consent vnto, be good against those that shall be Pastors to come hereaf­ter: then may these caeremoniall constitutions which haue beene made by her Maiestie heretofore, with the consent of her Learned Pastors and Elders, that were them, good and strong against these our Brethren, that pretend to be the Learned Pastors and Elders nowe. Her Maie­sties autho­ritie now, is as great as it was before. And why cannot her Maiestie do as much nowe, as she could then? And can she not main­tayne those nowe, that so lawfully she coulde and did make them?

And what hath shee made since, or of late, but that wherein shee had, and hath the consent of the Learned pastors and Elders of the Church? And if our Brethren doe not consent vnto her Maiestie, and to the other Learned pastors and Elders of the realm consenting. This (no doubt) cānot be but a greef vnto her Maiesty, & to all vs (with consent herein to her auth.) that anie true & louing subiects vnto her, & deare Br. vnto shold thus dissent both from her and vs. Notwithstanding, this is no suffi­cient debarre, against her Maiestie, but that she had and hath full autho­ritie vnder God, with consent both of other ciuill Christian Magistrates vnder her, and with the consent of the cheefe and moste part of the Lear­ned pastors and Elders of the Churches, whereof they haue the seuerall charges Ecclesiasticall: and shee (God contiue it) the Ciuill, generall, and supreme Gouernment ouer all them, and in all causes aswell ecclesiasti­call as politicall, to make lawfull ceremoniall constitutions, wherby the [Page 1179] Church both may and must be gouerned. Synodes before Christian Princes

What our Brethren meane by these tearmes, that they knit vp this section withall: whereby the Church must be gouerned▪ in meere Eccle­siasticall matters: Meere Ec­clesiasticall matters. is somwhat a doubtful and captio [...]s speech. But if they meane by meere Ecclesiasticall matters, such matters as they speak of be­fore, that is to say, time, place, and forme of preaching, and praying, and administring the Sacramentes: I see no reason to th [...] contrarie, if it were lawful for Constantine, & other godly auncient Princes too designe both time, place, and forme of proceeding, vnto the generall Counselles, and moste famous assemblies of Bishops and Pastors in their Dominions, though the Bishops and Pastors did not first giue their consent hereto, The desig­ning of time, place, & forme of proceeding to generall Councelles and other ceremoniall constitutiōs but afterward obeyed it, and so consented, when the Emperoures had before designed it: but that, with as good reason, the Princes hauing the consent and that before-hande, of all or the moste part of those Bishops and Pa­stors: they may lawfully with their consent, appoint both times, and pla­ces and formes also euen of preaching and praying, and administring the Sacramentes. Yea, many of the sanctions that the Emperours haue made (and the making of them is good and authenticall) are of matters a great deale more meere Ecclesiasticall, as we shalbe ready (God willing) to shewe a greate number of them, if our Brethren shall desire to sée them.

As for the reason that our Brethren heere include in this Parenthe­sis (of whome, as in some respect he is a feeling member. The Prince termed a feeling mem­ber of the Pastors. This is but a weake reason, to debarre the authoritie of the Ciuil Christian Magistrate, in making caeremoniall Constitutions. For though in some respect, the Prince is but a feeling member ( as they terme him) yet is hee vnder Christ ( in some respect) the principall member, and repr [...]senting (in some respect) a farre higher estate, then any, or than all the Pastors do [...]else, let them denie with the Papistes, that the Prince is next vnder Christe the supreme gouernor in Ecclesiasticall and temporall matters, which they cannot say of any, or al their Pastors. Pastors and B. & all are in some re­spect vnder the Prince. If they shal recommend the pastor in this respect, that he representeth Christe in his E [...]clesiasticall Mini­sterie, (which the Prince though he also do in his ciuil [...] Ministerie, yet in that respect is the inferiour) notwithstanding, in that some respect, of the Princes supreme gouernment, both Bishops and pastors and all (as Chrysostome saith) are vnder the Prince.

And what then (when men shall reade this) will they thinke of these high and lostie speeches, that our Brethren heere make the Christian So­ueraigne prince, a feeling member of the pastors and Elders? If they had sayd thus, that the Christian prince is a feeling member of the Church, not meaning as the Papists do, by the Church, only the Pastor [...] [Page 1180] but the whole corporation of it; or actiuely to feele and sounde the Pastors by gouerning of them, then had their meaning béene plaine and good, but their argument had béene neuer the better. But, that the Prince is made (as a part subiected to them) a member of the Pastors and Elders, is too farre to aduaunce themselues aboue the Prince, & aboue the church and all. For if the Prince be a member of the Pastors and Elders: then much more all those are so, that are vnder the Prince. And if in ioyning here the Pastors and Elders, The Prince brought vnder these Pastors and Eccl. gouernors. they meane by these Elders their Eccl. go­uernors that are not teachers: then in saying Pastors & Elders, of whom the ciuill christian Magistrate is a member, they bring the Prince vnder those Gouernors also, and they being 2. seuerall functions; we shall haue 2. heads, like a spread-eagle, whereof all the people are the body, and the ciuill Christian Magistrate is in some respect but a feeling member. But what respect he can be a member to them both: that let them expound it. in I haue but little feeling of it.

And yet is this also as darkely spoken, as the other is presumptuous, to call the Prince their feeling member. What fee­ling part they make the Prince to bee. For though it be somewhat, that in the worde feeling, they giue him life and sense at least: yet, whe­ther they compare the Prince vnto the hande, wherein the sense of fee­ling is most sensible, or to anie other inferiour part or member, that must also be referred to their further exposition. In the meane season, these spéeches being so offensiue, to any that haue any feeling in them, I mar­uell that they which cry out so much of the titles of Lord and Archbishop doe vnder pretence of these titles, Pastors and Elders, thus exalt them selues, and in respecte of themselues, thus debase the high authoritie of the ciuill Christian Magistrate, that they make him their feeling member. But to confirme this, they proceede, saying:

It is out of all controuersie, that before there were any Christian Ma­gistrates (for we will not speake of Sergius Paulus Proconsull of Cyprus, The learned disc. pa. 118. because he was but a Liefetenant of the Romane Emperour) this autho­ritie was proper vnto the Synode.

If Donatistes, Anabaptistes, or Papistes had repeted this reason, I would lesse haue marueiled. Bridges For this argument is the common refuge of all these three most pernitious Heretikes, and enemies to the authoritie of the ciuill Christian Magistrate. When the Emperours made lawes a­gainst the Donatistes, and they vsed this reason against the Emperours, Saint Augustine aunswereth them thus, Non inuenitur, &c. 23. Q. 4. Non inue­nitur. There is not founde an example in the Euangelicall and Apostolicall writinges, that any thing was craued of the Kinges of the earth, for the Church, against the enemies of the Church, who denieth that it is not founde? But as yet, August. in Epist. 48. ad vincentium. that prophecie was not fulfilled▪ And nowe ye kinges vnder­stande, and bee yee learned that iudge the earth, serue the Lorde in feare. [Page 1181] For as yet, that was fulfilled, Christian Princes prefigured. which is sayde a little before in the same psalme, Wherefore did the Gentiles fret and the people imagine vaine thinges? The Kinges of the earth and the Princes came together in one, against the Lorde and against his Christe, (or his annointed). Neuerthelesse, if the factes fore­passed in the propheticall bookes, were figures of thinges to come: in that King which is called Nabuchodonozor, Nabuchod. figured the states of the Kinges after Christe. eyther of the times was figured, both that which the Church had vnder the Apostles, and that it nowe hath. In the time therefore of the Apostles and martyrs, that was fulfilled which was figured, when the King whome wee haue men­tioned, did compell the Godly and the iust to worship Images, and commaunded them that refused, to bee cas [...] into the flambes. But now is that fulfilled, which a little after was figured in the same King, The times figured of Kings perse­cuting. when as hee (beeing conuerted to honour the true God) decreed in his king­dome, that whosoeuer blasphemed the God of Sydrak, Misak, and A­bednago, shoulde suffer due punishmentes. The former time therefore of that King, did signify the former times of the infidell Kings, which the Christians suffered for the wicked. But the later time of that king, The times figured of faithful set­ting foorth godly con­stitutions. did signify the times of the later Kinges, that are nowe faythfull, which the wicked suffer for the Christians.

Thus sayth S. Augustine against the Donatistes, that vsed this ar­gument against the Lawes and decrees of the Emperors, that in the Apostles times there were no Christian Princes, that Christ appointed not Princes, but Preachers to meddle in matters of Religion: and at this day the Papistes and Anabaptistes furbish ouer a fresh the same argu­ments, and will our Brethren nowe gather vp once again, the off-scou­rings of these their rotten reasons, to furnish their Learned Discourse of their Pastors and Elders, in their assemblies and Synodes, against the lawfull authoritie in Ecclesiasticall matters, of the ciuil Christian Ma­gistrate?

But wee haue scene this reason before sufficiently confuted by Gel­lius Snecanus, a principall fauorite of our Brethren, to whose further confutations I remit them. Who confuteth also this exception of Paulus Sergius, which namely heere our Brethren put backe▪ and will not ad­mitte.

But their reason is ouer weake, Because hee was but a liefete­nant of the Romayne Emperour. Paulus Ser­gius the Emperours liefetenant. For, if he were the Emperors Lifete­nant: he represented to them where he was liefetenant, the cheef autho­ritie of the Emperour himselfe, euen as much as Pilato, Festus or Felix did in Iurie.

And if the people did obey him before hee was a Christian, did his Christianitie among those people that were conuer [...]ed likewise, ouer whome he still gouerned, diminish his authoritie? but what meane they [Page 1182] heereby? doe they reiect all argumentes for proofe of the authoritie of the ciuill Christian Magistrate, if they bee not as meere Monarkes as was the Emperor? Our Br. ar­gument frō meere mo­narkes. what an aduantage were this giuen to the Anabap­tists, and what a number of Snecanus examples were hereby defeated?

And yet doth not this argument holde, that because this authoritie was proper to the Synode, before there were any Christian Magistrates, and [...]o, The arg. frō the Synodes auth. then without the Prince, to the same nowe is a false & most daungerous argument. the Synode then decreed all such caeremonial constitutions without, yea agaynst the consent of the ciuill magistrate, because ( as they say) there were not then any Christian Magistrates, that yet it so remayneth still proper to the Synode, to decree all such caeremonial constitutions, without, yea, against the Ciuill Magistrate, being now become a Christi­an Magistrate.

But they can-not doe so nowe, the state of the Prince being the prin­cipall partie ouer them, and agreeing in faith with them, as they could do them, or rather could do them otherwise. So that, all the case is cleane al­tered, by this so great an alteration. And nowe, if they will not haue the ciuill Christian Magistrate to decree any such caeremonial constitutions without and against the Pastors consent: is it meete the Pastors shoulde on the other side decree any such constitutions, without and against the consent of the ciuil Christian Magistrate? what an arrogancie were this in them, and what an iniurie offered to the ciuil Christian Magistrate?

But as they can shewe no such Caeremoniall Constitution in force a­mong vs, made by our gracious souereigne, against or without the con­sent of sufficient store of our Learned Bishops and Pastors: so, they can shewe none made by our Learned Bishops and Pastors, (whereby the Church of England must bee gouerned) without the consent of our moste Christian soueraigne and cheefe Magistrate. No, God forbid, that euer we should contend with so godly a Prince.

And would God, our Brethren would not so farre presume herein, ha­uing such a blessed Prince of her Maiestie as they and wee haue, to con­tend thus to get vnto them selues the only or cheefe authoritie to call Sy­nodes, to decree caeremoniall constitutions, to prescribe lawes, to frame modilles, and to lay plot-fourmes of Ecclesiasticall regiment and Chri­stian Discipline: to set foorth newe bookes of Common Prayer, of the di­uine seruice and administring Sacraments, of ordeining Ministers, of making new maners of marying, of Excommunicating the offenders by new gouernors▪ of burying the dead without all accustomed orders: of altering parishes: of deposing B. of making al Past. to be equall: of bringing in new officers: of disposing al the Clergies liuings: yea of limitting the authori­ty of the ciuil Christian magistrate: and commending al these things vnto the subiects, in the title of Learned Discourses, and faithfull ministers, and to do all this and many thinges mo, (besides those that yet wee see not so [Page 1183] plainly opened) both without and against the consent and authoritie of their moste dread and Christian Soueraigne: yea verilie, Constanti­us Caesar. to her greate greefe and no small daunger, both of her royall estate and person. But as though all were cleare and safe, our Brethren still go on, against the ciuil Christian Magistrates authoritie, saying.

Which authoritie we knowe to bee graunted to the Church by our Sauiour Christe, practized by his Apostles, The learned disc. pa. 118. & 119. continued by their succes­sors three hundred yeres, before there was any Chris [...]ian Emperors (for we receiue not Philip for a Christian Emperour, and long time after there were Christian Emperours, euen as long as any puritie continu­ed in Religion, vntill both Emperours and Synodes were thrust out of all lawfull authoritie, which they ought to haue in the Church, by the tyranny of Antichriste.

I graunt the Synodall authoritie to bee graunted to the church by our Sauiour Christe, to be practized by his Apostles, and to bee conti­nued by their successors three hundred yeares, Bridges not before there were a­ny Christian Emperours: but before there were any such Christian Em­perors as onelie proclaimed the maintenaunce and profession of the Chri­stian faith, as Constantine & his successors did. For, Constantius Chlo­rus the Father of this Constantine the great, is commended by Euse­bius lib. 8. cap. 14. in these wordes: Not long after, Constantius Chlorus a Christian Emperour. Euseb. lib 8. Eccl. hist. cap. 14. Constantius the Em­peror (passing all others throughout his life, in clemencie and good­nesse towardes his subiectes singularly affected towardes Gods worde) ended according to the Lawe of nature, the common race of his mor­tall life.

Leauing behinde him his naturall sonne Constantinus, Empe­rour and Caesar, to supplie his room. And was first related of them ( meaning the Heathen) into the number of the Gods. Enioying after his death, all imperiall honor and dignitie due to his person. In his life hee was moste benigne, and of most bountifull soueraignty among all the Emperours, who alone of all the Emperors in our time, gouerned most gratiously and honourablie, during the whole tearme of his reigne, shewing humanity and bountifulnesse vnto all men, no partaker by anie meanes with any presumptuous sedition raysed agaynst vs, hee garded the Godly about him in securitie without sentence of gilt and without all contumelye, hee destroyed no Churches, hee pra­ctized no impietye that mighte bee preiudiciall to oure Religi­on.

He obtayned a blessed life, and an end thrise happy. He being Empe­rour alone ended this life both gloriously and peaceably, in the pre­sence of his naturall sonne and successour, who also was moste pru­dent and Religious. His Sonne Constantinus beeing proclaymed [Page 1184] full Emperour and Caesar by the armie, (and long before by God him selfe the vniuersall King, became a follower of his Fathers pietie in Christian religion. All this his commendation writeth Eusebius who was also liuing in his dayes.

And to confirme this he telleth also lib. 1. De vita Constantini cap. 11 Howe he fayned that he woulde, put all the Christians, which would pro­fesse their religion, out of their offices and preferre the Paganes. But when they which were Godlie Christians gaue vp their offices, and chose rather to leaue their honors, then to leaue their profession of the Chri­stian fayth: hee embrased them, and those which offered to deny Christe to kéepe their dignities, hee vtterly remooued from his person, affirming that they woulde neuer be faithfull to the Prince, which were vnfaith­full to God. Whereby it appeareth that he was a true and Godly Chri­stian Emperor.

Whereupon Eusebius concludeth, that not onely he himself, but his subiects also, did enioy by him a pleasaunt conuersation in holinesse, and deuotion towardes God. Hee banished out of his Court Idolaters and dissemblers in religion, and hee receiued and iudged those moste wor­thie to bee about an Emperour, which confessed Gods trueth, com­maunding such to haue the guard, both of his person and Dominion. Hee serued and worshipped the onely true God. Hee condemned the multitude of the Gods that the wicked had. Hee fortified his house with the prayers of holy and faythfull men, and hee did so consecrate his pallace to the seruice of God, that his housholde was a congrega­tion within his pallace, hauing Gods Ministers, and whatsoeuer is re­quisite for a Christian Congregation.

And although our Brethren peremptorily doe say, wee receyue not Philip for a Christian Emperour: yet wee haue hearde howe Eusebius, telleth, that though at the first hee was not of the Church of Christe so receyued by reason of his notorious sinnes: neuerthelesse on his repen­taunce and confession, hee was at length receyued into the assemblie of the Christians at Rome, euen as a Christian, and of consequent as a Christian Emperour, Philip a Christian Emperour. except the Christians woulde haue denied him to bee Emperour, because hee was become a Christian. In-déede hée coulde not (such was the iniquitie of the time then) make open profession of his Christianitie, or if he began it, he was too soone cut off. But this impedi­ment was no debarre vnto his right, if hee had had such time and occa­sion as had Constantine.

But had there bene no Christian Emperors before Constantine the great: yet were there in other Countries mo Christian Princes, besides those that were the Emperours of Rome: yea, to goe no further, than this our owne Countrie, was not here King Lucius a Christian, besides [Page 1185] other Christian Princes after him? Lucius, To which Lucius also (as wee finde in aunci [...]nt record [...] thereof) a letter was written by Eleutherius Bishop of Rome, The letter of Lucius a Christian king in this Island a 100 yere before Constantine anno. Dom. 202. in these wordes following:

You required that we should sende you the Romane and Emperiall lawes, that you might vse them in your kingdome of Brytannie. But those lawes we may disprooue, and not the lawes of God. You haue of late through the goodnesse of GOD, receaued in your king­dome, the fayth and lawe of Christe: you haue there in your king­dome both the Testamentes, out of them by the grace of God, and the aduice of your Realme, take you a lawe, and thereby Gouerne pa­tiently your kingdome. You are in your kingdome the Vicar of God, The Christi­an king is Gods vicare according to the saying of the kingly Prophet, The earth is the Lordes and his fulnesse is the whole worlde, and all the dwellers therein. And a­gaine, thou hast loued righteousnesse and hated iniquitie, wherefore GOD (euen thy God) hath annoynted thee with the oyle of gladnesse ab [...]ue thy fel­lowes. They are the kinges children, The kings prehemi­nence, auto­ritie and charge. Christian Nations and people of your kingdome, that liue and consist vnder your protection, peace, and kingdome; according to the scripture, eu [...]n as the Henne gathereth her chickensvnder her winges. The people and Nations of the king­dome of Brytannie is yours. Such as are deuided, you shoulde ga­ther them together vnto the lawes of Christe, vnto his holie [...]hurch, vnto peace and concorde. And you should cherish, mayntaine, pro­tect, gouerne and defend them from the iniurious, from the malitious, and from the enemies of them. VVoe to that kingdome whose king as a chil [...]e, and the Princes ea [...]e early in the mourning. I do not call the king a child, for his youth and minoritie: but for his follie, iniquitie and madnesse, ac­cording to the kingly Prophet: the bloudthirstie and deceitfull men shall not liue out halfe their dayes. By eating we shall vnderstande, gluttonie: by gluttonie, luxurie: by luxurie, all silth, wickednesse, and mischiefe, as sayth king Salomon: wisdome will not enter into a malitious soule, nor inhabite in a bodie thrall to sinne. A King hath his name of go­uerning and not of his kingdome. So long shall you be a King as you rule well. Otherwise, you shall not so be named, but loose that name, which God forbid. God graunt that you may so rule your Realme of Brytannie, that with him (whose Vicar you are) you may raigne euer­lastingly.

Whereby it appeareth both that there were ciuill Christian Magi­strates before Constantine, and also what authoritie in making Ecclesi­asticall lawes and constitutions, with the consent of the Pastors, was thē attributed vnto them, in so much that Socrates sayth in his Preface to his first booke of the Ecclesiasticall Histories: that, after the Emperours beganne to embrace the Christian religion: the Ecclesiasticall matters [Page 1186] depended much on them: [...] Prin­ces autho­ritie. yea, the chiefest councels haue bene, and are called together & appointed by thē. But now, had there béen no Christi­an Prince all that time of three hundred yeres: had this béen any debarre to their authoritie, if there had béene any? Nay rather, how doe not our Brethrens owne wordes confute themselues.

And long time ( say they) after there were Christian Emperours, e­uen as long as any puritie continued in religion, vntill both Emperors and Synodes were thrust out of all lawfull authoritie, which they ought to haue in the Church, by the tyrannie of Antichrist.

Ah ha, go to then, after the Emperours were become Christians they had authoritie, and it was a lawfull authoritie, and they ought to haue it in the Church. The autho­ritie that the Christian Princes had. And how were they thrust out of it, if they had it not? If they meane not this, of their authoritie in Church matters: how then do they say: they were by the tyrannie of Antichrist, thrust out of all lawful authoritie which they ought to haue in the Church? Sith they are not yet, by the tyrannie of Antichrist thrust out of all lawefull authoritie, but chiefely of that which they ought with the synode ( and in some thinges aboue the synode) to haue in Churche matters? And if their authoritie had continued (in possession and practise) so long ( as heere they say) anie puritie had continued in religion: then had not the Em­perours and other Christian Princes, béene yet thrust out. For, (thankes be to God) among so many pollutions, errors, Idolatries, superstitions, ignorances, and other infinite abhominations of Antichrist; yet still some puritie continued in religion, and euer shall do, against which the gates of hell shall not preuaile. Or else, neither the Church of God and king­dome of Christe, nor the inuincible truth of his Gospell, were eternall. All these spéeches therfore are too inconsiderate, for so Learned a discourse as is pretended.

The learned disc. pa. 119.But we finde not in the scripture, this authoritie graunted by Christ to ciuill Magistrates, which in his, and his Apostles time were not, nor any promise that when they were, the Synode shoulde resigne it vnto them.

We finde in the scripture, so much authoritie graunted to ciuill Ma­gistrates, as we ascribe vnto them; Bridges. or as her Maiestie claimeth. Exam­ple, Moses, Iosue, Samuel, Dauid, Salomon, Asa, Iosaphat, Iosias, E­zechias, The exam­ples of the Princes su­premacie in the scripture &c.

But they except, it was not graunted by Christ.

I aunswere, this is the common exception of the aduersaries, and also of the Anabaptistes, both of them drawing it from the Donatistes, as we haue séene. But it is most vntrue. For, vnderstande by the name of Christe, the eternall Deitie of the sonne of God, and his regiment in the Church, before he ioyned our humane nature to his diuine nature; as [Page 1187] Saint Paule sayth, 1. Cor. 10.4. The Chr. Princes be­fore Christs comming. They dranke of the spirituall rocke that followed them, and the rocke was Christ: so was this authoritie euen then graunted by Christe, vnto those Christian ciuill Magistrates in his Church.

They reply again, as they did before, against the christian Magistrates, that yet they were not in his and his Apostles time.

And I aunswere againe, they were in his time, that is, in the time of that regiment of his Churche, before that fulnesse of time, Christian Magistrates before Christs comming. wherein God sent his sonne made of woman, as Saint Paule speaketh, Gal. 4. ver. 4. Christe had his day (and a day is a time) euen in the time of Abraham, and in all times. And yet, if at any time there were not in his Church ciuill Christian Magistrates, as at manie times ( we grant) there were not, both before the time of his comming in the fleshe, The want of such persons at some times, is no barre to the right at all times. and after; yet is this right of so strong interest, that time can not plead pre­scription against it. And sith we can prooue, that the ciuill Magistrate in the Church of Christe, had, and had lawefully this authoritie in Ec­clesiasticall matters, before the time of Christes taking our nature on him: let them shewe, that it ceased vtterly, or was lost, or is abridged by Christes comming: and then they shall say some what to the purpose. Which if they can not doe: then the want of furnishing the place for a time disanulleth not the right for euer. And therefore this is but a mere babbling (sauing Brotherly reuerence) and losse of time, if it be not much worse, to vse, and thus still to beate vppon, these cauilling, false and sophisticall argumentes of the olde Scismaticall Donatistes, of the newe libertine Anabaptistes, Our Brethr. still renuing of the Do­natistes, A­nabapt. and Papistes ar­gumentes against chri­stian Prin­ces. and of the Romane An­tichristian aduersaries, which they make in their trecherous books, against the supreme gouernement of Christian Princes. And yet, we haue suffici­ently shewed before, especially out of Gellius, that there were ciuill chri­stian Magistrates euen in the Apostles times. Yea, how those also whom our Brethren misconceaue, to haue béen Eccl. Gouerning and not teach­ing Elders; Gualter thinketh them to haue béen (in those times of persecu­tions) their ciuill christian Magistrates, Iudges and Gouernors, that they chose among thēselues, till the higher Magistrates, Princes & Monarkes, receaued the publike profession and maintenance of Christianitie.

But they say besides, there is not any promise made in the scripture, that when they were ( become) christians, the Synode should resigne it vnto them.

What talke they of the Synodes resigning to the ciuill christian Magi­strate, The Christi­an Princes haue not their autho­ritie by the Synod [...]s re­s [...]nation. the authoritie that in the right of his office is due vnto him? As though the Magistrate had it by their resignation, or as though they before had vsurped the Magistrates authoritie? No doubt, but y t those persons in the synode, which exercised (in defect of the Magistrates any part of that [Page 1188] authoritie that is competent vnto them; [...] of Christian Princes. when their higher powers, and soueraigne Magistrates became Christians; yéelded all due authoritie vn­to them, without the synode resigning from them selues that authoritie, which properly appertayneth to the synode. The pro­mise of the Christian Princes authoritie. And fōr this authoritie that we acknowledge to belong to the ciuill Christian Magistrate: there was and is extant in the scripture, fayre recorde euen of promise for it. Which as we haue seene before out of S. Augustine; so, because they presse still on the same argument that the Donatistes did: it may suffice to represse them with Saint Augustines aunswere, and his prooues of the pro­mise for the same out of the scripture, who sayth, Aug. in Epist. 50. ad Bonif. Epist. 50. ad B [...]nif. quod enim dicunt, 23 Q. 4 si Eccl. &c.

For when as they that would not haue iust lawes to be constituted a­gainst their impieties, do say, that the Apostles desired not such thinges of the kinges of the earth: they consider not, that then it was another time, and that all things are to be done in their times. All things to be done in their times. For what Empe­rour did then beleeue in Christ, that might serue him in making lawes for pietie against impietie? where as yet that propheticall saying was fulfilled; Psal. 2. why did the Gentiles frette, and the people imagine vaine thinges? the kinges of the eart [...] stoode vppe, and the Princes came together against the Lorde, and against his Christ. But as yet, that was not done [...]hich in the same Psalme is sayde a little after, and now yee ki [...]ges vnderstande, bee yee wise that iudge the earth, serue the Lorde with feare, and reioyce vnto him with trembling.

Howe then doe kinges serue the Lorde with feare? How kings serue the L. in feare. but in forbidding with a religious seueritie, and in punishing those thinges, that are doone contrarie to the commaundementes of the Lorde? For hee serueth otherwise, for that he is a man: and otherwise, for that hee is a king. The kinges seruice of God as he is a man, and as he is a king. Ezechias. For that he is a man, he serueth in liuing faythfully. But, for that he is also a king; he serueth in enacting (with a conuenient vi­gor) lawes that commaunde iust thinges, and forbid the contrarie. Euen as Ezechias serued in destroying the groaues and temples of the Idolles, and those high places that were builded, contrarie to the com­maundements of God. Euen as Iosias serued, Iosias. he also dooing the same things. Euen as the king of the Niniuits serued, The king of the Nini­uites. in compelling the whole Citie to pacifie God. Euen as Darius serued, Darius. in giuing it vnto Daniel into his power, to breake the Idoll; and in casting his enemies to the Lyons. Euen as Nabuchodonozer serued, Nabucho­donozer. of whom wee haue alreadi spoken, in forbidding by a terrible lawe, all that were placed in his king­dome from blaspheming God. In this therfore kings do serue the Lord, so farre forth as they be kinges, when they do those things to serue him, that none but kinges can doe.

Sith kinges therefore did not as yet serue the L. in the Apostles times, [Page 1189] but as yet did imagine vaine thinges against God, Christian Princes care. and against his Christ▪ that all the foretellings of the Prophets, should be fulfilled, im­pieties could not then indeede be forbidden by lawes, but rather be ex­ercised. For so was the order of the times rowled about, The time of persecution. Ioh. 16. that both the Iewes killed the preachers of Christe, thinking they did a dutie to God, as Christ foretold, and the Gentiles fretted against Christ, and the Mar­tyrs patience ouercame them all. But when tha [...] began to bee fulfilled, Psa. 71. which was written, and all the kinges of the earth shall worship him and all Nations shall serue him: what man (that is sober in his wit) can say to kinges? Haue not you care in your kingdome, The king ought not to think the care of the first table pertaineth not to him, lesse than the second. of whom the Church of your Lord is holden, or is oppugned. It perteineth not in your king­dome vnto you, who will bee eyther religious, or sacrilegious: vnto whom it cannot be sayde, it pertayneth not vnto you in your kingdome, who will be shamefast, who will be vnshamefast. For, when free choyse is giuen of God vnto a man; why shoulde adulteries bee punished by lawes, and sacrileges be suffered? Is it a lighter matter, for the soule not to keepe her fayth to God; than for a woman not to keepe her faith to her husbande?

Thus doth Augustine proue that this authoritie of the Christian Ma­gistrates and Monarkes, in making constitutions & lawes for Eccl. mat­ters as wel as for temporall, though it were not accomplished in the Apo­stles time, yet it was prefigured, prophecied, and promised that it should be afterward fulfilled: and in conuenient time it was performed.

Therefore it remayneth, The learned disc. pa. 119. that it be shewed by them that defend that this absolute authoritie is in the ciuill Magistrate, by what spirite, or reuelation, or scripture (if there be any that we knowe not:) for wee would be glad to learne, how this authoritie was translated from the Church (in which it was once, lawfully vested) vnto the ciuill Christian Magistrate.

I knowe none of vs that defendeth that an absolute authoritie is in the ciuill Magistrate. Bridges And therefore it remayneth not in vs to shewe any thing for that, which we defende not. If wee defende it, Our brethr. slaunder of absolute au­thoritie. let them name the man, and shewe the place, and let the partie defende himselfe as he can. And I would learne of them also, by what spirite, or reuelati­on, or scripture (if there be any that wee knowe not) they can so vn­truelie burden their so gratious Soueraigne, to take vpon her an abso­lute authoritie? Or to sclaunder vs their Brethren, that we defend that this absolute authoritie is in the ciuill Magistrate.

They say they would be glad to learne, how this authoritie was tran­slated from the Church (in which it was lawfully vested) vnto the ciuill Christian Magistrate. And can they proue then, that the Church was e­uer lawfully vested with this absolute authoritie? For my part, I am [Page 1190] of contrarie opinion, [...] authoritie. nor euer yet learned ( for all the Papists harpe much vpon some what the like string) that the Churche of God euer had, or tooke vpon her, any absolute authoritie, in any Eccl. matters whatsoeuer, and much lesse do I learne, that it was translated from the Church, vnto the ciuill Christian Magistrates. Howbeit (I trust) they will giue vs leaue to learne thus much, The autho­ritie ouer synodes that Beza allow­eth to Chri­stian Prin­ [...]es. as euen Beza himselfe out of the worde of God, shall teach vs to be a lawefull authoritie and a needefull, of the ciuill Christian Magistrate, ioyned with the Synode in these mat­ters.

Beza in the 5. Chapter of his christian confession in the 15. article, a­fore cited, for the Princes calling the generall councels or synodes, & for making the Presidents or Gouernors of the same; first he alle [...]geth some obiections to the contrarie, The obiections in Beza to the con­ [...]rarie. that the Princes gouernment is different from the Ministers of the word. And that it is for many causes a most perilous thing to throwe the councels vnder the authoritie of Princes. For that thereby the ambition of them that would gratifie Princes is so kindled; and on the contrarie the simplicitie of many terrified, with the vnwon­ted presence of the Princes; not to speak of that which would God were not true, that there haue alwayes bene but fewe Princes, that haue bin indued, with so much both learning and godlinesse, as is necessarily re­quired, for the moderating of such actions, or that thinke they ought seriously to consider of these matters. When as rather (by a certaine ca­lamitie of the world, as it were fatall) they vse to be intentiue either to euery bodie, or to hearken rather to the euill than to the good.

Notwithstanding all these obiections to the contrarie, Beza sayth: but it seemeth not verie difficult to aunswere these arguments. Princes not to be so separated from the mini­sters as though they were pro­phane. First I iudge, that heede must be taken, that wee so discerne not the Princes of this worlde, from the ministers of the worde, that wee shoulde also sepa­rate them, as though they were prophane. Which was the first st [...]ppe, whereby the papisticall tyrannie mounted vppe into this toppe, from whence it can nowe scarsely be throwen downe. But when as no man can denie that Princes ought principally to care, that the ministerie of the worde shoulde proceede on his course without offence, vnto whome (I pray you) should it rather appertaine, in the greatest tem­pestes which oftentimes are stirred vp of the Ministers them-selues, to call the Churches together, and to ouersee that in their assemblie, all thinges be done well and orderly, Bez [...]es aun­swere to our Brethr. ob­iec [...]i [...] that there were no P [...]nce [...] in t [...]e Apo­st [...]es time. and that euen with their presence to conf [...]rme the good and terrifie the euill? But there were no politique Magistrates that gouerned the assemblie of the Apostles, and of the first Churches: I graunt it. For whom would they haue called? Nei­ther doe I thinke, that the Church dependeth on their edictes or autho­ritie: but this I say, that me thinketh he deserueth worse of the Church, [Page 1191] that would depriue the Church of the helpe of the present Magistrates so often as it is graunted of God. Bezaes graunt to Christian Prince.. For (I confesse) that indeede the of­fice of the ciuill Magistrates is one thing, and of the Ministers, another: if yee regarde that that is the proper office of euerie one of them. But I saye, The office in seuerall and in com­mon of the Prince and of the sy­node. that this is a commune office of them both that they should studie for the Churches peace, and indeede so, that they (so often as it pleased God to furnishe the Churches with this benefite, that they may haue a godly Magistrate) should be the chiefest keepers of good order: and that these out of the pure worde of God should free­ly and holily, as it were the mouth of the Lorde of which the godlie Magistrate asketh counsell, should constitute all thinges, The Prince [...] confirming of the coun­cels decree [...]. whereunto the Princes should afterwarde so subscribe, that they shoulde also by their authoritie confirme among their people, that which shall be ordei­ned out of the worde of God, and that they commaund it to be straitly obserued.

If anie require examples whereby it may be confirmed. I will aun­swere, it seemeth to mee that Dauid, Salomon, Ezechias, Iosias, did not otherwise with the Elders of the Churche of Israell. And it clearely appeareth, that all those that were the faythfull aunci­entes euen euerie one of them, did not thinke otherwise concer­ning the gouerning of the boundes of the ciuill power and of the Ecclesiasticall ministerie. I thinke therefore it must bee looked vn­to, not that the presence of godly Princes bee excluded, but bee circumscribed in their boundes, Bezaes cir­cumscri­bing the Princes boundes in the Counce [...] that heere they shoulde remem­ber they must doe farre otherwise, than if they sate in their throne, eyther in hearing ciuill controuersies, or in enacting lawes. When as they be in the synode, not that they should raigne, but that they shoulde serue. Not that they shoulde enacte lawes, but the same beeing expounded out of the worde of God, by the mouth of his mi­nisters, they should sette them forth to be obserued, both of themselues and others.

But if so be any shall say, it is danger, Bezaes ob­iections a­gainst the auncient sy­node [...] as flattering the Prince [...]. Mo offences in the coun­cels by the Princes ab­sence, than by his pre­sence. least any entrie by this meanes should be made open to ambitious wits: I answere that is true indeed. As it appeareth by those foule & flattering synodall acclamations, such as were fitter for the Theaters playes, than for a synode: but I answere, (besides that it cannot be, that all discommodities can bee prouided for:) experience it selfe doth shew, that an entrie is opened to farre greater offences by the Princes absence, than by his presence. For, what will not ambitious, light and rash men dare to doe; (of which sort too manie haue alwayes beene founde among the ministers themselues) except that they bee kept in awe in their of [...]ice, with some reuerence of the Magistrate beeing present, so often as that is graunted of [Page 1192] the Lorde. [...] in councels. And how truely this is sayde of me, appeareth not onely out of the Actes of the Seleucian and Lampsacen Synodes, and that h [...]uo­kons synode of Ephesus: but also out of the Actes of the first Nicene­synode it selfe.

Briefely therefore to conclude, if a general synode were to be gathe­red together, sith that neither all the Churches do now obey one Prince; nor the greatest part of Princes (be it spoken by their leaue) seeme fitte ynough to gouerne all this action, Bezaes de­uise what he would haue all Princes do in ordai­ning and gouerning a generall councell. in so great controuersies & discords also of mindes; neyther yet in the multitude of Presidentes anie thing could be freely inough and quietly ordeyned: it should seeme necessa­rie, that all they which are chiefe Gouernours, or Princes, or Magistrats of free Cities, setting aside all ambition on eyther partie, shoulde by a common consent in the feare of the Lorde, determine of the number of those that should be the collocutors, and also of the time and place of the synode, and chiefely also of him that should be the Moderator thereof, yea and of all the fourme of the action, on those conditions, that both be agreeable to the word of God, & are most fit for restoring the concord of the Churches. This is the authoritie that Beza alloweth to the ciuill Christian Magistrates and Princes concerning Synodes.

Wherein although he speake indéede some what too cont [...]meliouslie of Christian Princes, and of the godly auncient Councels, and restrayne too much on the other side the Princes authoritie beyond his examples: yet for our partes, what hath there euer béene established by anie Natio­nall Synode in this Realme, The authoritie that Be­za alloweth to the prince in the coun­cell, confu­ [...]eth our bre­thren. wherein her Maiestie hath taken furder au­thoritie, for Eccl. constitution, although the matters were but meere ce­remonial, than is here set downe and circumscribed by Beza? If our Bre­thren will but graunt thus much to the Prince; then, as her Maiestie may make lawes to confirme those thinges that in this order haue with vs bin decreed, & determined, and to cōmand that they be straitly obserued: so would I (for my poore skill) be glad to learne, by what spiritie, reuela­tion or scripture, (if there be any that I knowe not,) both this authori­tie of the Prince as well before the synode is called, as ioyntly with the synode assembled, and afterward in confirming the synodes acts, & also the synodes authoritie it selfe, How our brethren cā impugne the things alreadie de­creed in the Synods, and by the prince con­firmed. and the decrees that they haue in this ma­ner, and in these matters, alreadie decided, determined, and concluded; may be still by our Brethr. (being but priuate Ministers of the same Na­tionall Church) called againe into new question, cancelled, contemned, condemned, & written against; and that without any authoritie either of the Prince, or synode of that Nation? How our Brethr. can warrant this, I would be glad to knowe for my learning, and it would satisfie manie mo, if our Brethren shalbe able to shewe it. But they harping on an other string, crie vpon vs to shewe that the Prince hath an absolute authoritie, [Page 1193] and to this purpose they proceede, saying: No absol­lute autho­ritie

Therefore, vntill this may be shewed by sufficient warrant of Gods holy word, we hold that the Synode of eue [...]y Prouince, The learned disc. pa. 119. hath authoritie to decree concerning ceremoniall orders of the Church, whereof some may be general to all cōgregatiōs, some particular to certaine Churches.

If our Brethren stan [...] vpon our shewing by sufficient warrant of Gods holy word, this absolute authoritie, wherewith (by their leaue, Bridges. both vnciuilly and neyther so christianlike nor subiectlike as should be­séeme them) they burthen the ciuill christian Magistrate, which is (God be praysed) ouer vs, her most excellent Maiestie: we shall then neuer re­clayme them from their opinion, nor let them to hold still what they please. For we professe before hand▪ at least, I for my part, that I can shew none, nor I knowe of any such absolute authoritie, that either we yéeld to the Prince, or that the Prince claymeth in [...]his our Church: but, set ab­solute aside, and then, that the ciuill christian Magistrate hath had, and ought to haue some authoritie, and that in the boundes thereof, a supreme authoritie also, we haue shewed by sufficient warrant of Gods holy word, and euen héere not onely by the auncient Father Augustine, but also euen by Bezaes owne approbation and p [...]oues therof, where he min­ceth it most: neyther can they, nor all the wo [...]ld elude this that we haue shewed thereon, and this is it that we hold a [...]so, of the Princes authority, concerning the calling and gouerning of the Synodes, what we holde further, we shall come to it orderly afterwards: but héere they tell vs what they hold.

We hold ( say they) that the Synode of euery Prouince, hath autho­ritie to decree, concerning ceremoniall orders of the Church. Before, of absolute authoritie, they sayd, they would be glad to learne, how this authoritie was translated from the Church (in which it was once law­fully vested) vnto the ciuill christian Magis [...]rate. These were too high words, nor they can euer be able to shew it by sufficient warrant out of Gods holy word, that the true Church of Christ was euer vested with absolute authoritie, but alwayes reserued that vesture, to her Lord and husband Iesus Christ. The Pope indéede, and his Popish Church, he like a proude Prelate, and she like a malapert Ma [...]ame, striued which of them should reuest themselues with absolute authoritie, a more royall robe, then became them or any creature to be vested with: The Queene sayth Dauid, Psal. 45.10. did stand on thy right hand in a vesture of the golde of Ophir. But, least she should thinke her selfe vested with absolute autho­ritie, he saith vnto her: Hearken O daughter, and consider, and bow downe thine [...]are, forget also thine owne people, and thy fathers house, so shall the King haue pleasure in thy beautie, for he is thy Lord, and reuerence thou him: so that she is still vested with obedience, and though with authoritie, not with absolute.

[Page 1194] [...] autho­ritie ex­cluded. But it seemeth, that our Brethren a [...] better a [...]uised, will now let go their former hold, that they sayd the Church did hold, for the vesting her with this vesture. For héere they leaue out the word absolute, and say onely, The Chur­ches autho­rity not absolute. that the Church hath authoritie, which is a great deale more truly and warily spoken than before. And yet héerein also (me think [...]) in ano­ther point they greatly ouer shoote themselues: for where they say, that the Synode of euery Prouince hath authoritie to decree concerning ce­remoniall orders of the Church, leauing out quite and cleane the Prince, whome they include not in the name of Synode, O [...]r Bre­thren ex­cluding of the Princes authority from pro­uinciall Synodes. but making the Prince another partie besides the Synode, moue the question, what is due to the Prince, what to the Synode. This is very much, if I might not ra­ther say, this is very little, or nought at all, to make now the Christian Magistrate to haue no authoritie at all, but be cleane excluded. And that is more, if the Christian Magistrate haue diuers Prouinces in his Do­minions, the Synode of euerie Prouince hath authoritie to decree con­cerning ceremoniall orders of the Church, he or his authoritie, neyther in all nor in any of those his Prouinces, being once so much as mentioned.

But what they meane by these spéeches following, whereof some may be generall to all congregations, The De­c [...]ees of euery or any Pro­uince, not generall to all congre­gations. some perticuler to certaine Churches, let themselues (a Gods name) make their meaning playner: for as yet, I perceyue not, (such is my bulnesse) how all congregations are bound to obserue the Decrees, concerning ceremoniall orders of the Church, that are decreed in the Synode of euery Prouince, or, that euery Pro­uince, consisting but of certayne perticular Churches, hath authoritie to make Decrees, whereof some may be generall to all congregations. What they intend héerein, I can scarse ghesse, except they would haue all Churches and congregations be bound to receyue the Decrees of the Synodes holden in Geneua, or in some other Prouince that they like bet­ter, and say, they were of the number of those Decrees, which they made to be generall to all congregations. But, as our Synodes prouinciall, cannot make any such ceremoniall order to binde them, or to binde ge­nerally the congregations or Churches of any other Princes Prouinces: so haue they no more authoritie to make ceremoniall orders, The learned disc. pa. 120. to binde our congregations and Churches thereunto.

For, as it were to be wished, that all places might be brought to one perfection, so is it not alwayes necessarie, that they bee lyke in all things. Bridges

Perfection of vnity in all places concerning doctrine to be wished for▪ This wish for perfection of vnitie in all places ( if the matter might go by wishing) is to be liked, so farre-foorth as perfection may be wished, though hardly hoped for in the imperfection of this life, in the Church mi­litant, and in the great varietie of ceremoniall orders, in the sundry parts and Prouinces of the same: howbeit, in doctrine, especially in the grounds [Page 1195] and principles thereof, it is to be wished for euen as necessary: Vnitie [...] Ceremo­nies. and al­though it be not alwayes necessary, that all places be like in all things, meaning ceremoniall orders and constitutions, How farr [...] it were requisite all ceremoniall constituti­ons in one prouince were alike. whereof before they spake: yet for all places that be of one countrey, state, realme, dominion or prouince, it is farre better that all places were alike. For, although va­rietie in those things, may stand with the vnitie of the faith, and with the substance of our communitie in the corporation of the mysticall bodie of Christ, which is his true and holy Catholike Church, the communi­on of the Saincts: yet if they be knit together in one order of these ce­remoniall things also, The vnity of ceremo­niall mat­ters helpeth the vnitie in substantiall matters. where they liue together vnder one Christian Magistrate, it doth more confirme them in the other substantiall vnitie. And the varietie is daungerous in one Church or kingdome, euen in these more frée and inferior matters, as with gréefe we sée in England at this day, what destructions and contentions haue risen, and dayly do rise in our Churches, that otherwise in doctrine are vnited, and yet the varietie of these ceremoniall orders, The hurt of varietie in one Pro­uince. hath with some called in suspition the vnitie of religion, and with many hath disturbed, if not broken the vnitie of our christian peace and concord. And therefore excellently well are these two knitte together, Cor vnum, via vna, one hart, one way. Zanchius noting the difference of these vnities, in his Confession of Christian Re­ligion, Cap. 24. de Eccl. militante aphoris. 14. & 15. writeth thus: Zanchius in confes. Christ. rel. cap. [...]4. Aphoris. 14. & 15. For with what things diuers peoples are gathered together into one bodie, with the same things also (we beleeue) that they are conserued, being v­nited, and do more and more growe together. Wherein the vnity of the Church consisteth for the substance thereof. Sith therefore the gathe­ring together of the Church, is not made nor conserued properly by ceremonies, but by the holy Ghost, but by the word, but by faith, but by charitie, but by obseruance of the commaundements of God: we doubt not, but that also by the same things, the vnitie thereof is to be reteyned and cherished. When as the Apostle also to the Ephesians, where he treateth of the vnitie of the Church, teacheth that it consisteth in these things, no mention being made of ceremonies.

In the meane season we denie not, but that vnitie euen in ceremonies themselues, and in the rites of euerie Church, Vnitie of ceremonies how farre requisite. so farre-foorth as by con­science it may be done, is to be reteyned and to be reuerenced. For, there are two kyndes of thyngs, wherein the vnitie of the Church may bee: the things that are deliuered in the word of God, and the things that are not expressed in the word, such as are, many externall rytes and ceremonies Ecclesiasticall. Vnitie of things in the word, & of things not expres­sed in the word.

In those things ( deliuered in the word) we beleeue that vnitie euery where and alwayes is very necessary: but in these things, although by it selfe it be not necessarie, but that according to the diuersitie of pla­ces, and according to the diuers cōsideration of the time, it is profitable [Page 1196] to haue diuers rites: [...] notwithstanding, where any thing concerning these matters is ordeyned and receyued for the edification of the Church, Why vnitie of things not expres­sed in the word, is to be kept. 1. Cor. 14.10. there (we thinke) that vnitie also in such kinde of rites, is of euerie bodie to be reteyned, and the orders Ecclesiasticall are not to be disturbed. According to the Apostles rule, all things in the Church ought to be done in order decently, and to edification, of which mat­ters, we do very greatly allow and embrace the two Epistles of Augu­stine written to Ianuarius. The learned disc. pa. 120.

The wisedome of the Synode therefore, ought to haue such regard of all Churches, that they haue speciall respect to euery one.

Héere is all of the wisedome of the Synode, but nothing of the autho­ritie of the Magistrate: Bridges of the Synodes such regarde of all Churches, and speciall respect to euery one, Our Bre­thren heere all for the Synode, nothing for the Magi­strate. that to the Christian Magistrate, there is héere neyther any regard, nor respect had or mentioned, eyther generall or speciall, is this the wisedome and equall dealing of our Brethren be­twéene the Magistrate and the Synode for this authoritie?

Howbeit, this also is not true, that for the speciall respect to euery one, If Ceremo­nies should be made by respecting euery one either per­son or Church in a Prouince, there should be no vni­formitie at all. the Decree of the Synode in one Prouince, may not runne in gene­rall alike to all the Churches in that one Prouince. For, if euery one (Church) in one Prouince, may varie from another, the same may be sayd by as good reason, of euery person in euery one Church. Also, that the Synode should haue a speciall respect of euery one of them, and so in deede our Brethrens words may be vnderstood, saying, not to euery one Church, but to euery one? so that euery one differing from another, it were best to make no Decree at all, but let euery man do as he best li­ked, hand ouer head, without any order of vniformitie in ceremonies at all, and so, to make short, and to be partiall to neyther partie, to cut off all authoritie quite and cleane both from Magistrate and Synode in these matters, The learned disc. pa. 120. and let all be fans caeremonies as the French saith.

Wherein we of long time in England, haue beene caried away with an vntrue principle, that vniformitie must be in all places, and things alike, as though we would feede olde men and sucking infants all with one kinde of meates, or as though we would cloath all ages in a robe of one assize: and that which is more absurd, compell men of ripe age to sucke the dugge, to weare their biggins, and to carrie rattles and other childish bables. Our church prescribeth not vnifor­mity to any places or Churches in other Prin­ces domi­nions.

If our Brethren by this long time in England, meane the time, since we haue (God be praysed for it) receyued the light and libertie of the Gos­pell: then is not this true that heere they say, we haue beene caried away with an vntrue principle, that vniformitie must be in all places and things alike: for we prescribe not to all places, nor preiudicate any other Churches, that are not in nor off the state of the Churches in England and [Page 1197] Ireland: neyther yet all of them, Vniformi­tie. but that in some things also according to their customes and priuiledges, If particular Churches might alt [...]r ceremonies, then were the Synodes constituti­ons of no authoritie. they may differ concerning these ceremo­niall constitutions, from the generall vniformitie of our Churches.

But, were it lawfull for euerie particular Church in England, to alter the ceremonies decreed in our nationall Synodes according to their plea­sure or opinion, to what purpose neede any Synode at all to be troubled a­bout these? or what authoritie at all hath a Synode to make any ceremo­niall constitutions, if the particular Churches of that nation be not bound vniformally to kéepe them?

They say, that the vniformitie of these things, is, The simili­tude of fee­ding old men and s [...]cking in­fants with one meate. The vnfit­nes of this si [...]ilitude. Our Br [...] ­thre [...]s simi­litude is agai [...]st themselues. as though we would feede old men and sucking infants, all with one kind of meate. Although this similitude [...]itteth not their purpose, sith it is against, or aboue nature, for sucking infants to feede on all such kinde of meate, as old men can do: neyther are these ceremoniall constitutions fet foorth, for the soules of the weake and simple people to feede vpon, in stead of Gods word, or that they should receyue them as any part or substance of their soules nou­rishment and substance, as the meate is that the infants feede vpon: yet notwithstanding in the very point indéede, wherein our Brethren should applie it, (if they will applie it at all any thing aptly to the purpose) it makes cleane against them. For although sucking infants can not feede on all kinde of meate that old men can, yet old men can feede well ynough on all such kind of meate, as sucking infants can, for all they can feede on other stronger meates besides. And therefore, if our Brethren will needes compare these Ceremonies vnto the meate of the weake, (al­though they be ordeyned to farre other vses, both for the weake, and for the strong also) yet, why may not the strong feede on them in their kindes, so well as the weake may, for all they can disgest stronger meate? for, though the old men feede thereon in another manner, and not in suc­king the dugge, as sucking infants do, yet, for the meate it selfe, Milke [...]ay b [...] eaten both of old and yo [...]g. which is the milke, they may be fedde both of them wellynough with one kinde of meate: and many a good old man, and yong too, will not thinke himselfe ill dealt withall, to haue euery morning for his breakfast as good a messe of milke, as euen a sucking infant also, for the proportion of his strength, may feede vpon.

Sainct Paule writ [...]ng to the Corinthians, sayth, 1. Cor. [...]. ver. 1. I could not speake vnto you (Brethren) as vnto spirituall men, 1. Cor. 3.1. but as vnto car­nall, euen as vnto babes in Christ. I gaue you milke to drinke, S. Paule prescribeth vnifor [...]itie to the Cor. for all some were as babe [...] a­mong thē. and not meate: for ye were not able to beare it, neither yet now are ye able: and yet for all this, Sainct Paule setteth downe among them an vniformi­tie in diuers ceremoniall orders and constitutions, to the obseruation whereof all of them were alike bounden, albeit that all were not alike in knowledge among them, for, some of them were Prophets, some had of [Page 1198] them more and greater gifts then other had, some of them were stronger in faith and grace than other were. Although therfore this similitude may be well applied, to the diuers manner of teaching the doctrine of the word, as S. Paule likewise applyeth it, Hebr. 5. vers. 12.13. and 14. and S. Peter, 1. Peter 2. verse 2. yet neyther serueth it to prooue any diuersitie in the vnitie of doctrine, nor to inferre any such diuersitie of any lawfull cere­moniall constitutions, as should in any Church impeach the vniforme obseruation of them.

As this similitude therefore, of one kinde of meate for old men and sucking infants, serueth not their turne, so much lesse doth this compari­son in their other similitude. Or as though ( say they) we would cloath all ages in a roabe of one assize. The simili­tude of cloathing all ages in a roabe of one assize.

And why also do they not apply this resemblance against all the ciuill and temporall lawes of the realme? for, whereas there is an vniformitie prescribed in them, and that the due obedience of all the subiects in the Realme, The ouer­throw of all the political orders. little and great, yong and olde, according to their degrées and e­states, is alike required of them all, might they not say, this were euen as though we would cloath all ages in a roabe of one assize?

And if we may thus iest out the matter with such vnfit similitudes, the vnitie euen of doctrine, and the vniuersall obedience vnto it, of all alike, may with a light mocke be shaken off also. The ouer­throw of all vnity in life & doctrine. Are we not all bidden to cast off the cloakes of vnrighteousnesse, to put off the old man, and put on the new, and to be cloathed with the white reynes and righteousnes of Iesus Christ? and shall we thus scorne out these generall precepts, and say: whow, this is as though we would cloath all ages in a roabe of one assize: yea verily would we as néere as we could, euen cloath all a­ges of them in the one assize of such a dutifull obedience as is both requi­site to the kindes of these roabes, and aunswerable for their age and cal­ling worthie: although indéede, this be not one assize, but one liuerie, one cloath, one colour, one cognizance, prescribed to all alike, of the which euery one hath his portion seuered, according to the measure of his scant­ling.

And that which is more absurd ( say they) compell men of ripe age to sucke the dugge, Sucking the dugge. to weare their biggings, and to carry rattles, and other childish bables.

If their ripe age be but onely of the bodily age, and not the ripe age of the new man in the knowledge and growth of Iesus Christ, they may yet be such, as not onely well ynough may sucke the dugge at the brest of the Church their Mother: The ripe­nesse or in­fancy of the inner or new mans age. or, as may feede on milke againe, as the Apostle speaketh: but howsoeuer they thinke scorne, or count it absurd or impos­sible, as did Nichodemus, yet, as Christ sayd, (if they be not already) they must euen be borne againe, and may be such, as of whome S. Paule saith, [Page 1199] Galath. 4. ver. 19. my little children, of whome I trauell in birth againe, vntill Christ be formed in you. But if they be of ripe age in the inner man, they are not compelled, either to sucke the dugge, or to weare big­gins, or to carrie rattles, and other childish bables, by any their due o­bedience, to the vniforme conformitie of such rites, ceremonies, Vnreuerent compari­sons. and con­stitutions, as a lawfull and godly Synode, with the confirmation of the ciuill christian Magistrates authoritie, shall thinke conuenient and fit to prescribe vnto them: for, neither are such ordinances to be thus vnreue­rently (beeing not superstitiously prescribed) compared to such base things, neyther are they set foorth, to foade or dallie the people like ba­bies, or bables, but for edifying of them in order and comelinesse. And although there be also some vse of them, for helping the weaker, notwith­standing all be not weake alike, nor strong alike, but some weaker, some stronger than another: yet, while they that are strong, do not glorie in their strength, but in the Lord, the godly stronger will beare with the infirmitie of the godly weaker, The strong­er ought to beare with the weaker. nor will take the aduantage of all the christian libertie, which other wise they might, and may still vse in frée­dome of conscience, without any controllment of those ordinances: and yet, were it but for feare of offending the weaker (and following Christ, that would not breake the broosed reede) they will still checke them­selues with this sentence of the Apostle, 1. Cor. 10.23. All things are lawfull for me, but all things are not expedient: which though they be lawfull in their owne nature by the lawe of God, yet if we must sub­mitte our selues to an vniformitie with our Brethren, to edifie and winne them to greater matters, as Sainct Paule sayth, He became all to all, that he might winne all: how much more, when to these good pur­poses, a godly Synode hath made such ceremoniall constitutions, to re­strayne or compell those that in arrogancie, disdaine, or obstinacie, would not thus drawe together by one rule in one vniformitie, ought the godlie people, yea, although all were strong, and none weake among vs: yet, for feare of opening a gappe to licentiousnes and disorder, or to the breach of publike concord, or to the contempt both of the Synode, and also of the Magistrate, to yéeld all due obedience and reuerence to the vniforme obser­uation of such lawfull ceremoniall constitutions. And those (especially being priuate persons) as should call these vniforme ordinances, biggins, bables, and rattles, deserue to be rattled vp with other rattles, for so vn­reuerent contempt and disobedience.

How much better, and with more graue aduisement than these, our learned discoursing Bréethren, writeth Caluine on these Constitu­tions of the Church, who in the tenth Chapiter of the fourth Booke of hys Institutions, Section 1. speaking of the power of the Church, in making Ecclesiasticall lawes, he sayeth euen in these wordes. [Page 1200] Haec potestas tractanda nunc est, &c. Caluine of the Chur­ches consti­tutions. This power is now to be treated vpon, whether it be lawfull for the Church to binde the consciences with her lawes: in which disputation, the politicall order is not touched, but onely this is handled, Ca [...]uine in Inst [...]t. lib 4. ca. [...]0. sect. 1. What con­stitutions of the Church are to be im­pugned▪s and what are not. that God may be orderly worshipped, according to the rule that he hath prescribed, and that the spirituall libertie, which respecteth God may remayne safe vnto vs: the vse hath obteyned, that those things are called the traditions of men, whatsoeuer Edicts of the worship of God besides his word, haue proceeded from men. Against these is our strife, not against the holy and profitable constitutions of the Church, which make either to keepe discipline, or honesty, or peace. The end of our striuing, is to restreyne the vnmeasurable and barbarous Empire, that they vsurpe vpon the soules, which would be counted the Pastors of the Church, but in very deede, are the most cruell butchers. Héere we sée, what Ecclesiasticall lawes and constitutions Caluine al­loweth, and what he impugneth. If they be such as be made for matter of the worship of God, or to incroch vpon the spirituall libertie of the con­science, Caluine proclaymeth warre against them, and so do we also, but, if they be such as tend to any of these thrée good ends, discipline, honestie, or peace, Caluine pro [...]esseth not to striue with any such constitutions, and such only do we defend, and eyther our Brethren striue against them, or we agrée so farre héerein.

But héere Caluine ( least the good and lawfull constitutions also, shoul [...] be thought suspected, as matters touching the intangling of the cons [...]iēce,) after he hath moued the question of Sainct Paules saying, Rom. 13.5. how we must obey the Princes lawes, not only for wrath, but for cōscience, proprie autem, &c. but properly conscience respecteth onely God, as I haue alreadie sayd. Heereupon ( saith he) sect. 4. it commeth to passe, Sect. 4. that a law is said to bind the conscience, which bindeth a man simply without mens looking into it, or without consideration had of them, as for example, How Gods law doth binde the conscience in the breach thereof. God commaundeth not onely to keepe the soule pure and chaste from all lust, but also forbiddeth any vncleannes of words and outward lasciuiousnes. To the obseruation of this law my conscience is subiect, although there were no man else in the world aliue. Euen so, he that demeaneth himselfe intemperately, sinneth not only in that he giueth euill example to his brother, but he hath his conscience tied with a guiltines towards God: In matters indifferent the consci­ence is free, though the bodie obey for auoy­ding of­fence. in matters that are indifferent, the rea­son is otherwise, for if they breede any offence: we ought to absteyne, howbeit, with a free conscience, so doth Paule speake of flesh consecra­ted to Idoles: If any (saith he) cast a scruple, touch it not for conscience sake, conscience I say not thine, but the others. The faithful man should sinne, if before hand being admonished, he would notwithstanding ea [...]e that flesh. Neuerthelesse, howsoeuer in respect of his brother, an [Page 1201] abstinence is necessarie for him, as it is of God prescribed, Obedience for consci­ence sake. yet for all that, he leaueth not to hold the libertie of conscience: we see how this lawe, binding the externall worke, leaueth conscience vnbound. Now to returne to the humane lawes: if they be made to this end, To what end hu­mane lawes may be, or may not be made. to cast a religion vpon vs, as though the obseruation of them were by them­selues necessarie, we say that they were imposed vpon the conscience, which thing was not lawfull, for our conscience hath not to do with men, but with God alone, whereunto apperteyneth that common dif­ference, betweene the earthly court, and the court of conscience, &c.

But yet ( saith Caluine further on this matter) that difficultie is not cleered that ariseth out of Paules words. For, How prin­ces must be obeyed for conscience. if we must obey Princes not onely for bycause of punishments, but of conscience, it seemeth to follow thereupon, that the lawes of Princes haue dominion ouer the conscience: which thing if it be true, the same also must be said of the lawes Ecclesiasticall. I answere: First, we must distinguish, inter genus & species, betweene the generall kinde, and the speciall fourmes there­of. For, although the particular lawes touch not the conscience, yet are we holden by a generall commaundement of God, The princes lawes touch the consci­ence in ge­neralitie, though not in specialty. which commen­deth vnto vs the authoritie of the Magistrates: and on this hingin (or principall point) consisteth Paules disputation: the Magistrates, by­cause they are ordeyned of God, are to be prosecuted with honor: in the meane season he teacheth not, that the lawes which are written of them, perteyne to the inward gouernment of the soule, while in euery place he extolleth both the worship of God, and the spirituall rule of liuing iustly, aboue any whatsoeuer decrees of men. Another thing also is worthy to be noted, (which yet dependeth on that we haue sayde before) the lawes of men, whether they be made of the Magistrate, or of the Church, although they are necessary to be kept, (I speake of good and iust lawes) euen therefore (notwithstanding by themselues they binde not the conscience) bycause the whole necessitie of keeping them, hath respect to the generall ende, How good lawes made of the Ma­gistrate or of the Church, are to be kept. but it consisteth not in the things that are commaunded: from this order they differ farre, that both prescribe a new forme of worshipping God, and ordeyne a neces­sity in free things.

Thus farre doth Caluine shew, how farre the Magistrates, and the Churches constitutions, are good and necessarie to be obeyed of all a­lyke the christian subiects, so farre as they impose no simple necessity of themselues, nor any necessitie at all to saluation, nor directly touch the court of conscience, nor are matter of Gods worship, from all which thrée points, all our Magistrates and Churches constitutions are frée, and therefore, except our Brethren will offer them wrong, they haue no iust cause to refuse or impugne them.

[Page 1202] Concord in constituti­ons. When Caluine hath now thus declared, how farre-foorth the Magi­strates, and the Churches constitutions are lawfull and good, after he hath at large confuted the traditions of the Papists, (least rashly we should condemne all alike) he sheweth againe in the 27. Section, Sect. 27. how we must take héede what constitutions of the Church we inueigh against. But ( sayth he) since the most part of the vnskilfull persons, when as they heare that the consciences of men are wickedly bound to humane tra­ditions, and that God is worshipped in vayne, they with the same dash include all the lawes, All the Churches lawes are not to be counted humane traditions. wherewith the order of the Church is established, we must heere also in good time, meete with their error. Certaynely we may very soone be heere deceiued, bycause it appeareth not by and by at the first shew, what difference there is betweene those lawes and these, but I will so lay downe the matter in few words, that the likenesse of them shall beguile none. This (first) let vs hold, if in euery societie of men we see that it is necessary there be some policy, which may serue to nourish the common peace, Some rite or ceremo­nie ought euer to flo­rish. and to reteyne concord: if in the affayres that are to be atchieued, there ought alwayes some rite (or ceremonie) to flourish, which that it should not be cast off, apperteyneth to publike honestie, yea, and to humanitie it selfe.

The same is to be obserued especially in the Churches, which are best of all vpholden, with a well set constitution of all things, but then without concord, No Chur­ches at all without concord. they are vtterly no Churches at all: for which cause, if we will haue good regard to the safety of the Church, we must wholy with diligence looke to that which Paule commaundeth, that all things be decently done, and according to order. But when as in the manners of men, there is so great diuersitie, so great varietie in their mindes, so great fight in iudgements and wittes: neyther is any policy firme y­nough, except it be settled with certayne lawes: neyther can any rite (or ceremonie) be kept, without a certayne standing fourme thereof: the lawes therefore that are profitable heereunto, we are so farre off from condemning them, that we rather contend, that if these were taken away, The force of lawes. the Churches sinewes are dissolued, they are wholy defaced and scattered abroade. For that which Paule requireth, can not be had, that all things should be done decently and in order, except order it selfe and comelinesse consist by obseruations (as it were certayne boundes) added thereunto. Order and comelin [...]sse mainteined by obser­uations. This thing is onely to be alwayes excepted in these obseruations, that they be not beleeued eyther to be necessa­rie to saluation, and so bynde the conscience with a religion: or that they be directed to the worship of God, Sect. 28. and so pietie be reposed in them.

We haue therefore the best and the most faithfull note, which pur­teth difference betweene those wicked constitutions (by which it is said, [Page 1203] that true religion is obscured, and the consciences subuerted, Comelines and order.) and be­tweene the lawfull obseruations of the Church. Either de­cencie, or order, or both, are the notes of difference betweene good and euill consti­tutions. If we shall remember vnto these, that one of the two be euer set downe, or both of them to­gether, that in the holy assemblie of the faithfull, all things be decently perfourmed, and with the dignitie that is meete: that the communi­tie it selfe of men be reteyned in order, as it were with certayne bonds of humanitie and moderation. For, whereas it is once vnderstood, that the lawe is made for publike honestie sake, the superstition is alreadie taken away, into the which they fall, that measure the worship of God by mens inuentions. Agayne, when as it is knowne that it tendeth to the common vse, that false opinion of bond, and of necessitie is ouer­throwne, which cast a great terrour to the consciences, when as traditi­ons were thought necessarie to saluation, sith that heere is nothing sought, but that charitie might be nourished amongst vs by a common dutie.

These words of Caluine, doo most cléerely prooue, a necessarie vnifor­mitie of all the people in common alike, to the obseruation of these cere­moniall lawes, and constitutions.

And héere, least any scruple or cauill should arise, about the vnderstan­ding this way or that way, of these the Apostles words, which are the ge­nerall squire of all these ceremoniall constitutions, Let all things be done decently, and in order: Caluine also expoundeth the true and simple vnderstanding of them, and procéeding, sayeth: Caluines definition of comeli­nesse and order. But it is woorth the labour, yet more cleerely to define, what is comprehended vnder that comelinesse which Paule commendeth, and what also vnder order. And verily, the end of comelinesse is partly, The end of comelinesse that while the rytes or ce­remonies are adhibited, which may moue a reuerence to the holy mat­ters, we should by such helpes be stirred vp to godlinesse: partly also, that the modestie and grauitie which ought to be regarded in all ho­nest actions, should there shine most of all. In order, this is the fyrst thyng, that they that are the Gouernors should knowe a rule and lawe of well gouerning: but the people that is gouerned, should ac­custome themselues to an obedience of God, and to a right discipline, and then, that the state of the Church being well composed, peace and tranquilitie be prouided for.

We will not therefore call that comelinesse, wherein there is no­thing besydes a vayne delight: The false and vayne comelines. the example whereof we see, in the Theaterlyke furniture which the Papists do vse in theyr diuine ser­uice, where nothing else appeareth, than a vizard of an vnprofytable gorgiousnesse, and an excesse without fruite. But vnto vs, that shall bee comely that shall so bee fitte for the reuerence of the holie mysteries, that it bee a meete exercise vnto godlynesse, True and fruitefull comelines. or at the [Page 1204] least, [...]reath of orders. that which shall make a beawtifying agreeable to the action, and yet the same not without fruite, but that it may admonish the faithfull, with how great modestie, religion, obseruancie, they ought to handle the diuine seruice. Moreouer, that Ceremonies should be an exercise vnto godlinesse, it is necessary that they leade vs straight to Christ. Likewise for order, we will not set it in those toyish pomps, that haue nothing but a vanishing glorie, True and false order. but in that composition (or placing of things together) that may take away all confusion, rudenesse, stubbor­nesse, all troubles and dissentions.

To all this agayne, we agrée with Caluine, and desire no other, nor haue (I hope) any other Ecclesiasticall lawes, and ceremoniall constitu­tions, then are answerable in all points to this interpretation of comeli­nesse and order, howsoeuer to the honor of these our brethren, they may séeme otherwise. And héere Caluine ( after he hath exemplified this general rule with such ceremoniall cōstitutions as are mentioned in the scripture, which I reserue, till our brethren anon shall leade vs to the ceremony of kneeling) he concludeth thus vpon the generall precept of the Apostle.

Last of all, sith that for this cause he deliuered nothing expressely, by­cause these things are neither necessary to saluation, Sect. 30. Discipline and cere­monies are to be di­uersly ap­plied to e­dification, according to the man­ners of euery nati­on and age. and ought to be diuersly applied to the edificatiō of the Church, according to the man­ners of euery nation & age, therefore it shall be meete as well to change and abrogate those that are vsed, as to institute new. I confesse in deede, we must not runne rashly, nor often, nor on light causes, to the making of new, but, what may hurt or edifie, charitie will best iudge, which if we shall suffer to be our moderatrix, all shall be safe. But now it is the duty of the christian people, to keepe such things as are ordeined according to this rule (with a free conscience in deede, and with no superstition) how­beit, with a godly & an easy inclination to obey them, not to hold them in contempt, Sect. 31. Haughtie disdeyne and fro­wardnesse, in violating ceremonies. not to ouerslip thē of rechles negligence, so farre is it off, that by haughty disdaine, and frowardnes, they should openly violate them. What liberty (thou wilt say) can there be of conscience, in so great obseruance and heed taking? yea rather, it shall notably stand together, when as we shall consider, that the sanctions whereunto we be bound, are not fixed & perpetuall, How we are all bound to these constituti­ons to ob­serue them, though all of vs haue no neede of them. but are outward rudiments of our humaine infirmitie, whereof, though we all of vs haue no neede, yet we all of vs do vse them, bycause we are mutually bound to nourish charity amongst vs one to another, this we may reknowledge in the example aboue cited.

What? is there a religion cōsisting in a womans Carbaso. linnen kerchiefe, that it were a wicked thing to come foorth bare headed? is the decree of her silence a holy thing, that can not be violated without haynous wic­kednesse? is there any mysterie in kneeling, in burying of a dead corpse, which can not be passed ouer without great offence, that [Page 1205] must be purged? no such thing: Ceremo­nies. for if a woman haue neede to make such haste to helpe her neighbor, In what extraordi­nary and necessary cases, cere­monies and constituti­ons may be omitted. Womens couering o [...] vncouering their head. Womens speaking. Praying standing, or kneeling. Buryall. The custom of the re­gion to be regarded in [...]hese thing [...] The breach by cō [...]empt or contu­macy of [...]hese things Festiuall dayes. Manner of building Churches. Singing Psalmes. The chan­ging of these thing [...] by euery body, is the occasion of contempt. Caluine [...] re [...]erent writing of Ceremo­nies, how far d [...]fferent from these our Breeth. that she can haue no leysure to couer her head, she hath offended nothing, if she runne to helpe bare headed: and there is place where she hath no lesse oportunitie to speake, than in an other place to hold her peace. And also, there is nothing that letteth him to pray which standeth, who being let by disease, is not able to boowe his knees. To conclude, it is better in good time to burie the dead, than where there wanteth a winding sheete, or where there are not some to carrie foorth the corpse, to tarrie till it putrifie aboue ground. Howbeit, there is neuerthelesse in these things, that to be done, or to be taken heed of, that the custome of the region, the ordi­nances, yea finally, humanitie it selfe, and the rule of modestie shall suggest: wherein, if by vnskilfulnesse or forgetfulnesse, any thing be done amisse, no crime is committed: but if it be done of contempt, it is a contumacie, or prowde stubbornesse, not to be allowed. In lyke manner, the dayes themselues what they should be, and the houres, what manner building of the places, which Psalmes, what day should be soong, it maketh no matter. And yet it is meete, that there be cer­tayne dayes and houres standing, and a fitte place to receiue them all, if there be any consideration had of peace keeping. For of how many brawles, would the confusion of those things be the seed, if that ac­cording as euery bodie liked, it were lawfull to change those things that perteyned to the common state? sith that it will neuer come to passe, that one thing would neuer please them all, if matters, as though they were layd foorth in the middest among them, were left at euerie ones choyse: but if any bodie grumble hereat, and would heere be more wise than he ought to be, let him see to it with what reason he may approue vnto the Lord his way wardnesse. Neuerthelesse, this saying of Paule ought to satisfy vs, that we haue not a custome of contending, nor the Churches of God.

Thus modestlie and with great grauitie, writeth Caluine of these Ec­clesiasticall Ceremonies and constitutions, wherein, although it were but of a linn [...]n kerchiefe on a womans head, yet, (for publike order sake) he would not haue it contemned, though vpon occasion or necessitie it were omitted, so farre off was Caluine from this contemptuous like­ning of these smallest Ceremonies in the Church, to the sucking of the dugge, to the wearing of biggins, and to the carrying of rattles, and o­ther childish bables, or to the scoffing at the vniformitie of them, as though we would feede old men and sucking infants all with one kinde of meate, or as though we would cloath all ages in a roabe of one as­size: for, notwithstanding (as Caluine sayth) they be but outward ru­diments, to help and strengthen our humane infirmitie, whereof (some [Page 1206] being of riper age in Christ than other) we all of vs haue no need of them, The Con­stitutions. Actes 15. & yet (saith Caluine) we all of vs do vse them, & why so? but that, both by­cause ( saith he) we are mutually bound to cherish charity amongst vs one to another: and bycause it is not lawfull for euery body to change those things, Why euery particular person or congregati­on may not alter cere­moniall constituti­ons. that apperteyne to the common state, but that they must be one­ly changed or taken away, by the same authoritie that did make them: and as they are not lawfull to euery person, no more are they lawfull to euery particular Church to change them, bycause they reach higher▪ euen to the common state of the whole region. And besides, if it should be suffered, that euery priuate person, and by the same reason, euery pri­uate congregation, might change the Churches publike constitutions: since that, tot capita, tot sensus, no one constitution would euer please all persons: this would become the verie seede ( as Caluine calleth it) of all brawles and confusion, and in the end, the cleane ouerthrowe of the Church.

These principles of Caluine being well weighed, let now the indiffe­rent reader iudge, how truly our Brethren say of these ceremoniall con­stitutions, wherein we of long time in England, haue beene caried away with an vntrue principle, that vniformitie must be in all places, and things alike. If this be an vntrue principle in these matters, then hath Caluine himselfe helped to carry vs away. True or vn­true prin­ciples of vniformity. But (I am afrayd) our Bre­thren (for all their learning) are alittle too much carried away with af­fection, that maketh them both in this matter and in many other, mistake vntrue, for true, and true, for vntrue principles. But let vs now sée our Brethrens reason, that they alleage against vniformitie in these cere­moniall constitutions.

Our land is not yet wholy conuerted to Christ (so great hath beene our negligence hitherto) therefore there can not be such an vniformi­tie of orders in all places as shall be profitable for all. The learned disc. pa. 120.

This argument, although we haue séene it alreadie sufficiently confu­ted by Caluine, let vs yet consider it somewhat further, in the example euen of these constitutions, Bridges. made by the Apostles and Elders, Actes 15. so often alleaged by our Brethren: for, if this argument be good, then could not they haue made (as they did) those Ceremoniall constitutions, and commanded the charge of kéeping them for any time, The Apostl [...] decree, Acts 15. generall, and to be kept vni­formally during the time therof generally and with like vniformitie of all the Churches, to whome they wrote their letter and decrée, saying: verse 23.28. and 29. the Apostles, the Elders, and the Brethren, vnto the Brethren that are of the Gentiles, in Antio­chia, and in Syria, and in Cilicia, &c. It seemed good to the holy Ghost and to vs, to lay no more burthen vpon you than these necessary things, that is, that ye absteyne from things offered to idoles and bloud, and that which is strangled▪ and from fornication, from which, if ye keepe [Page 1207] your selues, ye shall do well, &c. Conuersion to Christ. Were none of all those Christians in the Churches, to whom they wrote these decrées, wholy conuerted to Christ? Whether all the Chur­ches were wholy con­uerted. or were all the christians in all those churches, wholy conuerted, or con­uerted all alike? and yet the decrée was generally, to be vniformely kept of all those churches. Yea, what shall we say to the Church of Ierusalem it selfe, where this decrée was made? were they all wholy conuerted to Christ? no hypocrites, nor yet weake brethren among them? Whether the Church at Ierusa­lem were wholy con­uerted. did not euen the Elders of Ierusalem themselues, bewray the great weakenesse of their multitude, when as afterwards, Actes 21. S. Paule came to Ieru­salem? did they not say to Paule, vers. 20. thou seest (Brother) how many thousand Iewes there be which beleeue, and they all are earnest follo­wers of the lawe, &c. and for these weake brethrens sakes, they counceled S. Paule to purifie himselfe being a Iewe, according to the ceremonies of the Iewes: and although they knew the christian libertie, yet would they haue S. Paule ( to auoyde the offensiue opinion, that the multitude of the christian Iewes had conceyued of him) to conforme himselfe vnto theyr weakenesse. All the Church of Corinth not wholy conuerted. and yet all vniformally subiect to the Apostls orders. And what shall we say to the other Churches of the Gen­tiles? were all the Christians in the Church of Corinthus wholy conuer­ted to Christ? and yet notwithstanding, S. Paule ceasseth not to prescribe vnto them all alike, some ceremoniall constitutions: neyther was the difference of their strengths, or weakenesse in their conuersion to Christ, any breach or let, to the vniformitie of their obseruing the same.

But by this reason of our brethren, there could be no vniformitie of ceremonies, not only then with them, or now with vs, By our Breeth, rea­son, no land nor Church in the world should haue vniformity. in all places of the Church and land of England, but in no place in all the whole world: for, where is the whole land or church wholy conuerted to Christ? if they say, that by these words, not wholy conuerted, they meane not all, nor the greatest part, but that some be not conuerted to Christ: then they confute their owne reason, in that the weakenesse of the lesser part, ought to be no preiudice, to the making of vniforme ceremonies vnto the grea­test part: for the law considereth rather the vniuersall multitude, than e­uery particular party, and so, confessing that our land ( God be praysed for it) is for the greatest part conuerted, though not wholy conuerted, How our land is wholy con­uerted. in re­spect of euery person: yet, as the greatest part is commonly called by the name of the whole, it may be well said also, to be wholy conuerted. But what meane they hereby, y t our land is not yet wholy cōuerted to Christ? Our Breeth. confession that for re­ligion we conuerted to the whole sub­stance ther­of. they haue cōfessed in their preface vnto this learned discourse, that for the substāce of religion, it is now publikely mainteined for our true & holy faith. If any be not yet cōuerted vnto y e whole truth thereof, how doth not this argumēt make the more, for vniformity in these ceremoniall constit. were it the easlier to win thē (if by any meanes they may be woon) by kée­ping an vnforme order in those ceremoniall constitutions, y t are neyther [Page 1208] ill of themselues, The land not wholly conuerted. and are but ordeyned to these good ends, that order and comelinesse be reteyned? shall we rather winne and conuert them to Christ, Vniformity in other matters the rediest way to win such as are not yet conuer­ted. both by reiecting all vniformitie in those ceremoniall constituti­ons, that both they and we agrée vpon to be good and lawfull, and also by reiecting all vniformitie in any other that may be deuised? Yea, by this their rule, we should kéepe no vniformitie in any of those ceremoniall constitutions, that they their selues set foorth vnto vs: or, is it lawfull for them, to presse their Ceremonies vpon vs, to be obserued with vnifor­mitie, and is it not more lawfull for vs, hauing the law with vs, to do the like to them, Our Breeth. their selues vrge vnifor­mitie a­gainst this principle. so long as we vrge none, nor otherwise, than seruing to order and to comelinesse? if ours séeme not so to them, no more do theirs séeme so to vs, and we hope, and thanke God, that we are also euen the greatest part, and therefore may be called the whole, that are (we trust) wholy conuerted to Christ: How we are and are not wholy con­uerted to Christ. wholie (I meane) for substance of Religion, though in measure of faith, and conuersation of life, there is none of vs all, nor yet of our Brethren, so wholy conuerted, but that the best of vs all come short, and oftentimes diuert from Christ, and must still be fayne to cry to Christ, Conuerte me domine, & conuertar, Conuert me Lord, and I shall be (wholy) conuerted. But will vniformitie ( in those Ceremonies, that are giuen to helpe and strengthen our weakenesse) hinder our Con­uersion vnto Christ? yea rather, how will they not greatly further it?

But now, if we be not so wholy conuerted to Christ, as we ought to be, Our Breeth accusation of negli­gence. although (I confesse) negligence may be some part, & too great a part, the cause thereof: yet (I feare me) our Brethrens too double diligence, Our Breeth. too double diligence. in disturbing the concord of the Preachers, and euen in this reiecting of vnifor­mity in these ceremoniall constitutions, giuing liberty not only to euery Synode of themselues, but also to thēselues in these their discourses, with­out any Synode, and without yea against the authority of the ciuill chri­stian Magistrate, and much more without, yea against the whole state of the Church in this our lād, yea giuing liberty to euery particular church, and withall by these their reasons, to euery priuate person, according as he or she is weake or strong, to admit or reiect all vniformitie, to alter and innouate as they fancy, all such Lawes and constitutions of ceremoniall rites & orders, as are by a lawfull & godly Synode of the Church decréed; & by the authority of the ciuill christian magistrate, confirmed, established & proclaimed, to be vniuersally among vs, & vniformely obserued. These sayings & doings of our Brethren their selues, These sturs moued by our Breeth. a great cause that many are not conuer­ted. haue bin, if not the chiefest, yet not the least cause, that not onely our land is not so wholy conuerted to Christ, as it might otherwise haue béene, but that so many are wholy auerted frō Christ, and become peruerted renegates & apostataes vnto Antichrist, y t before these sturres betwéen our brethren & vs began, were very wel cōming on, & by little & little (so far as man can iudge or hope by [Page 1209] outwarde signes) might haue béene throughly wonne, Assemblies for new or­ders. and wholly con­uerted to Christ, or might yet in the vnsearchable riches of gods mercies be reclaimed and reconuerted. But, firmum flat fundamentum, Deus nouit qui sunt sui. If they be none of Gods elected, exi [...]runt e nobis, non fuerunt ex nobis: they went from among vs, they were none of vs. But nowe to our Brethrens conclusion, that they gather on these premisses.

Therfore it were meete that the Ouerseers, and Elders of the Church, shoulde come together to consider of this matter, The learned disc. pa. 121. what orders were most meete for diuerse places, to bring them to the obedience of Christ: what for the furtherance of them that are newly come, and what for the continuance and encrease, of them that are verie well come on.

Here still the soueraigne Prince or ciuill Christian Magistrate, Bridges. is ey­ther cleane forgotten, or of purpose reiected, as hauing no stroake at all in these matters, except they wil include the Prince in one of these termes, The Prince still omitted the Ouerseers and Elders of the Church. But they haue before restray­ned those titles, to the Pastors, and to those Elders whō they call the Go­uernors, and distinguishing the Prince from them, they call him the ciuill Christian Magistrate.

But now, what orders when they come together to consider of this matter, can these Ouer-seers and Elders deuise, that shalbe most meete for diuerse places: The Elders assembly to consider of orders meet for diuerse places. if they cōsider not on this withall, that (if not in al pla­ces, yet at the least in all those diuerse places) they should be vniformely kept? For, to kéepe diuersitie, or to kéepe them diuersely, in those diuerse places, what is it else, than to be bounde in no places to no orders at all? Whether the orders that shal be deuised shal be kept vni­formely. Will they not yet at least wise, haue those orders that shalbe deuised, for the furderance of them that are newly come, to be vniformely kept a­mong all them that be such persons in all, or diuerse places? And like­wise, those orders that should be deuised, for the continuance and en­crease of them, that are verie well come on, to be kept also vniformely in all those diuerse places, where such persons be? But againe, if they shall consider this better; what certaine order can here be set downe, that shal be meete for the diuersities of these persons, when they still (by the grace of God) are growing vp, and ware dayly and hourely of riper age and ri­per, and alwayes going forwarde and comming on to Christe, as to the goale and marke set before them. What? And shall then these Ouerseers and Elders make the orders most fitte to the Pastors, doe nothing else but still come together and daily and hourely change their orders? Or shall these persons weare their coate still of one assize? Or if some come on forwarder than othersome, so that they can not kéepe a iumpe and meete proportion to euerie one; shall we haue no certaine orders at all, for feare these Ouerseers and Elders should misse in some? Sée, what a childishe reason (if I may be so bolde to returne the terme) this is of our Brethren [Page 1210] that tell vs of childish bables, How the new orders should kept. to take away all vniformitie of ceremo­niall constitutions, and all for the difference of some diuerse persons.

And yet wee denie not, but that as there are diuersities of persons, there may well bee diuerse and seuerall orders appointed for them; Diuers or­ders kept v­niformly in the degrees of diuerse persons. howebeit, to be kept vniformely by those diuerse degrées of persons, for whome they are made. For we doe not in such manner (as our Bretheren vntruely reporte of vs) feede olde men and sucking in­fantes all with one kinde of meate, nor cloath all ages in a roabe of one assyze: but such and such ceremonies, are appointed to such and such degrées of persons, and not all to all alike, although some of those ceremonies be of that nature, Some cere­monies may serue both olde and young. that they may as well stretch to all; as some one kinde of meate may bee fedde on, euen of olde men and of young also, as well as of sucking infantes; and of sucking infantes, as well as of olde and young men. May not all the people in a parish come to some one Church, in some one place, at some one time, ap­poynted: and there all of them knéeling on their knées (at least so ma­nie as bée able) saye altogether some one appoynted forme of prayer, or confession, or thankesgiuing: may they not all ( at least as manie as canne) sing together some one certaine number of Psalmes or hymnes? May not all infantes, by some one publike forme prescribed there­of, be Baptized alike? And some one like publique forme be appoin­ted, for all the communicantes to receaue the Lordes supper after one manner? May not one forme of marrying bee appointed to bee vsed through out all the whole Lande and Realme of Englande? If there can bee no one ceremoniall lawe or constitution made of these thinges: Our br. pre­scription of ordinances and ceremonies to be v­sed in gene­rall vni­formly. howe haue our Brethren abused vs, that haue sette out a booke of common prayer, wherein manie of these (some one) or­dinaunces, (béeing all of them indéed but ceremoniall constitutions and decrees) are sette downe and prescribed to be in generally and vnifor­mally vsed of all the Churches in the Realme, so farre as their autho­ritie stretcheth to prescribe them? For if they prescribe them not: why doe they set them out, if they regarde not who vse them, and who vse them not?

I sée not therefore, but that euen by their owne example, (and much better hauing vtter warraunt) some ceremoniall constitutions may bee well decreed, for an ordinarie publique and generall order, to bee vniformely kept, of all Churches a like in a whole Realme, so farre as other necessitie or some particular occasion, The learned disc. pa. 121. & 122 doth restrayne them.

The same doctrine, although not the same partes of doctrine, is to be euerie where: but ceremonies, euen as they bee ceremonies, doe admitte varietie; as time, persons, and occasions serue to bee di­uerse. [Page 1211] Yea Christian libertie, in them sometimes, Varietie of ceremonies. is necessarie to bee testified, because there are manie so simple, that they knowe not the difference betweene those thinges, that are necessarie in the Churche, and those that are not of necessitie. There bee that thinke a Crosse or Foont (as they call it) is as necessarie in Bap­tisme, as water: and that kneeling at the Communion, is more necessarie than preaching of the Lordes deathe: that a surplusse in Common prayer, is more necessarie, than a deuoute mynde: and great occasions offered to the ignoraunt so to thinke, when they see them that preache moste diligentlie, praye moste fer­uentlie, and minister the Sacramentes most reuerentlie, according to Christes institution, to bee displaced of all ministerie, for a Crosse, or a Foont, or a Surplusse, or some suche other try­fle.

There is great difference betweene Doctrine and Ceremonies, Bridges but if our Bretherens former reasons shoulde holde, to respect the di­uersities of the people: they might alter the vnitie of the doctryne too.

But the same partes of doctrine ( they saye) are not to bee euerie where. How the same partes of doctrine are not to be taught e­uery where.

This is spoken somewhat too obscurely. For, the doctrine and all the partes thereof, are indéede to be euerie where, though (I graunt) not all to be taught euerie where to the same persons, at the same time: and so may the vse of the same ceremonies also, vpon occasion be altered, or left off.

But ceremonies ( they say) euen as they be ceremonies, doe admitte varietie. How cere­monies ad­mit variety, and vnifor­mitie much better.

This I graunt likewise, and yet againe euen as they bee ceremo­nies, they as well admitte vniformitie, and in some cases especially may much better admitte vniformitie (euen as they bee ceremonies) than varietie, Varietie ad­mitted in constitutiōs ceremonial accidentally and much néerer is it to the nature of any ordinaunce and decree, bee it ceremoniall or otherwise, to admitte vniformi­tie than varietie. For else, it could bee no certaine decree. When as the varietie which it admitteth, commeth vnto them in that respect, as extraordinarie times, persons, and occasions, serue to bee diuerse, or as necessitie it selfe (that hath no lawe) enforceth the breaking of the ceremonies, How the christian li­bertie in ce­remonies necessarie to be restifi­ed some­times, & at all times. all which is but accidentall to them, and no preiudice to the ordinarie and generall vse of the same ceremonies vniformi­tie.

Yea ( say they) Christian libertie, in them sometimes is necessarie to be testified, because there are many so simple, that they knowe not the difference betweene those thinges, that are necessarie in the Church, [Page 1212] and those that are not necessarie. Things ne­cessary and not necessarie. This we graunt likewise, that some­times in ceremonies the christian libertie is necessary to be testified. Yea rather, at all times the christian libertie is to be testified. And when w [...] vse ceremonies most vniformally, then is the best vse withall of this re­stification of the christian libertie. And therefore it yet followeth not, that vpon such testification made, we must neuer kéepe any one order or vniformitie of any ceremonie at all.

Sometimes ceremonies altered for their sakes that knewe not the difference of ne­cessarie and not necessa­rie thinges. And yet besides, we graunt this also, euen for the testification of the Christian libertie, by omitting sometimes or altering some ceremonie or some part thereof; and euen for this cause also that our Brethren here al­leage. Yea, although there were not many so simple, that they knowe not the difference betweene those thinges, that are necessarie in the Church, & those that are not of necessitie; yet, because this error might growe in them, if the vniformitie of all ceremonies were vrged too pre­cisely. Howbeit, all this hindereth not, but that for the ordinarie and ge­nerall vse, the vniformitie of them may still remayne, specially being so vsed, that testification at all times or often may be made against all abso­lute necessities, Not only simple per­sons, but learned haue erred in this matter. and all superstitions, or any other abuses of them. Which indéede is the more néedefull, because this errour of simple necessitie, is not alwayes onely of simple persons: but euen of learned men. As we reade of S. Peter, how stiffely for a while he helde the necessitie of the Iewish ceremonies, after their date was out. And how the multitude e­uen of the faithfull Iewes were so affected stil vnto them that S. Paule was faine for that time, to yéelde to the conformitie of them. And this is not the smallest errour, among the most learned of the Papistes at this day.

Yea, by their leaue also, I thinke these our Learned discoursers doe chiefely stumble at the like stone. Our Brethr. errour in not know­ing necessa­rie and vn­necessarie thinges. Not only about the Iewes Iudicialles, but for their Sanedrin and these consistorie Elders ( if there were euer any such as they pretende, but can prooue none) and for some partes of discipline and ceremonies too: vrging these thinges as necessarie that are not necessarie. Might not a man be so bolde for all these things, as to send home these spéeches to the authors of them? Yea Christian libertie, in them sometimes, is necessarie to be testified, because there are many so simple that they know not, the difference betweene those thinges that are ne­cessarie in the Church, and those that are not of necessitie: when as we sée, so notable learned men euen in their Learned Discourses, so foulely ouershoot themselues, in not considering throughly of this difference be­tweene thinges necessarie in the Church, and not of necessitie.

But to come now to the particular ceremonies, wherin our Brethren would haue this varietie admitted. There bee ( say they) that thinke a Crosse or Font (as they call it) is as necessarie in Baptisme, as wa­ter.

[Page 1213] For my part, I haue not heard of any such, that thinke so, Baptizing with a cross and a font. nor I euer read of any the grossest Papist, that so writeth. They rather erre on the other side, in standing too much on the necessitie of water, when they make [...] the necessitie euen of saluation. I graunt, The signe of the crosse in Baptisme. they put too great a confidence in the signe of the Crosse, and many haue done and doe, abuse it with foule superstition and Idolatrie. But yet: all this debarreth not, but that there was in the primitiue Church before those abuses came, and since those abuses (God be praysed) haue béene remoued from among vs, there may likewise remayne, some good vse therof: being only vsed as a signe or token, without any opinion of vertue in the same. For, we doe not detest the signe it selfe, as did Iulian the Apostata, though wee honor it not, as Iulian vpbrayded falsely to the Christians, that they did.

As for the font, ( for so we call it in-deede, and may well ynough, Baptizing in a font. with out any suspition of the terme) in my opinion, is the fittest of any ordi­narie place, for the baptizing of our infantes.

Nowe, if these caeremonies doe admit varietie, as times, persons, and occasions serue to be diuerse: then are they not of them-selues meere superstitious, nor yet vtterly to bee left off, no, though they haue beene (as hath the signe of the Crosse) shamefully abused, If these cere­monies ad­mit variety, then they may be vsed but these caeremoni­es being so vsed, as they are nowe ordeined to be vsed, and that with li­bertie of exception against the abuses, and testification of the right vse of them: they may be vsed still, euen by our Brethrens confession well y­nough, so that wee will graunt them, that they may admit varietie: and we are content to graunt it, if they woulde in-deede (as heere in worde they say) but admit it sometimes, and leaue of the signe of the Crosse in Baptisme nowe and then, onelie to remoue the errour of necessitie from the simple, so that they leaue it not of in contempt, nor vsually: Our Brethr. incroching vpon the li­bertie of va­rietie. or that the infant sometimes (as times, persons, and occasions serue to be diuerse) be not baptized in the font, but in a basyn: so they do not (vpon this per­mission of varietie sometimes) in the end growe from some-times to all times, and make a necessitie on the contrarie, that it must not bee bapti­zed in the font, and the signe of the Crosse must not be vsed at all: because both the font and the Crosse haue beene abused. If they woulde not (as some doe) encroch vpon this liberty of varietie, but vse it with discretion, when diuersitie onely of time, [...], persons and occasion serued: there is none of our Brethren that might incurre displeasure, much lesse displa­cing by so doing. Kneeling at the commu­nion.

And that kneeling ( say they) at the Communion, is more necessary than preaching of the Lordes death.

If kneeling at prayer and thankesgiuing be a good caeremony, it may be well appointed to be vsed also at the Communion▪ when (besides our recording of the Lordes death) we pray vnto him, that wee may receiue [Page 1214] those his heauenly mysteries worthily, [...]neeling at the Cō ­munion. and giue him thankes both for the same his precious death, and for the institution of this memoriall thereof, and al the other his benefits: whervpon, the name of Eucharist or thanks­giuing, is one of the proper names of this Sacrament.

How prea­ching is or is not sim­ply necessa­rie at the communiō. But to say, that some thinke kneeling at the communion is more necessarie than preaching of the Lordes death, is hardly and doubtfully spoken.

If they meane by preaching that which Christ sayth, so often as yee shall do these, ye shall shewe foorth the Lordes death: I graunt, in that sense, preaching is simply necessarie, and so, farre more necessarie than is kneeling, How knee­ling is or is not necessa­rie at the communiō. which is but necessarie conditionally, and that not in the proper sense of necessitie but of conueniencie. But if they meane by preaching the frée Discourse by the Pastor, at large and at his volunta­rie, treating on the Lordes death, besides the ordinarie fourme in the booke prescribed: then is not preaching at the Communion ( for any necessitie thereof) any more necessarie than is kneeling; and in some respect not so necessarie neither, in that an order thereof may bee easi­lier appointed to the Communicants, and obserued of them, than a Ser­mon at the ministration of the Communion, to be alwayes so preached by the Pastor.

How knee­ling at the communi­on may well admit a de­cree of vni­formitie. As for kneeling, is indéede but an outwarde ceremonie, nor anie thing comparable to preaching, in the dignitie of the action: howbeit, it is a reuerent externall action, and so beeing easie for the most part of all the communicantes to be perfourmed, it may well admitte a ce­remoniall constitution and decree for the publike and vniforme obser­uation of the same. Whereupon (me thinketh) Caluine also writeth ve­ry well, euen among those his testimonies that I last cited, but I there passed it ouer and reserued his obseruation of kneeling, with his other particular examples, for this place. Who sayth hereon, Lib. 4. Instit. cap. 10. sect. 29. in these wordes. Calu. in Inst. lib. 4. cap. 10. sec. 29.

Of the former kind, ( that is to say of those ceremoniall constitutions that are for comelines) Paule hath examples: as, that no prophane ban­quetes be mixed together with the holy supper of the Lord. Ceremonial constituti­ons for comlinesse. That wo­men except they couer their heads, come not forth into a publike place, and many other thinges are had in [...] vse. That wee pray kneeling and bare headed, that wee administer the Sacramentes of the Lorde not vncleanely, but with some dignitie, that in burying the dead wee giue thereto a certaine honestie, and such other thinges as pertayne thereto. In the other kinde, ( that is to say for order) there are houres, designed to the publike prayers, to the sermons and to the mysticall actions. In the sermons themselues there is quiet and silence, and places appoynted thereunto, the tunes (or singing together) of the hymnes; [Page 1215] and daies prefixed for celebrating of the L. supper, Caluine for kneeling. that which Paule for­biddeth that women teach not in the Church, and if there be any such like thinges. But chiefely those that conserue discipline, as the Catechi­zing, the Eccl. Censures, excommunication, fastes, & the thinges that may be referred to that cataloge. Al eccl. con­stitutions either per­taine to rites and ceremo­nies, or to discipline and peace. Thus may we referre all the Eccl. con­stitutions, which we receaue for good and wholesome, vnto two heads: for the one sort of them haue respect to rites and ceremonies, the other to discipline and peace.

Howebeit, because here is daunger, least of the one parte the false Bishops shoulde snatch a pretence hereupon, to excuse their wicked and tyrannicall lawes ( he speaketh of those Popish Bishops whome he before described:) and on the other part, Sec. 30. least there should be anie too much fearefull, which being warned by the former euils, would leaue no place at all to lawes, bee they neuer so holy: it is a thing woorth the labour here to testifie, that (to conclude) I doe allowe those hu­mane constitutions, which are founded on the authoritie of God, and which are taken out of the scripture, and so are wholly diuine. How knee­ling is both an humane and diuine tradition. Let the example be in the kneeling which is made while the solemne praiers are had. The question is, whether it be an humane tradition, that is lawe­full for euerie one to refuse or neglect. I saye, it is suche an humane tradition, as that with all it is a diuine tradition. It is of God, in re­spect it is a part of that comelinesse, No one forme of discipline & ceremonies not particu­larly prescri­bed to all ages. the care and conseruation where­of is commended vnto vs by the Apostle. But it is of man, in respect that it designeth out in specialtie that which generally was ordeined, ra­ther than expounded.

By this one example wee may esteeme, what wee ought to thinke of this whole kinde, to witte, because the Lorde hath faythfully comprehended with his holie eyes, and clearely declared, both the whole summe of true righteousnesse, and all the partes of the wor­ship of his godhead, and whatsoeuer was necessarie to saluation: in these he onely is our Master that must be heard: but because in exter­nall Discipline and Ceremonies, he would not particularly prescribe what we should followe; neither iudged he one forme to be conueni­ent for all ages of the worlde: we must here flee vnto the generall rules that he gaue, that what thinges so euer the necessitie of the Churche shal require to be commaunded for order and comelinesse, may be dri­uen to them.

Thus among other these ceremoniall constitutions, writeth Cal­uine, of kneeling at the times of solemne prayers, which are then most requisite, while wee are participating the heauenly mysteries of the Lordes supper.

And therefore kneeling, though it be not necessarie with any simple [Page 1216] necessitie in it selfe, Wearing the sur­plusse. yet as it is a reuerent and diuine ceremonie, it is necessarie, as conuenient, at the times of solemne prayer and thankesgi­uing, and of consequence, at the communion, both for order and come­linesse of the bodies gesture, and for testification and edification also, of the mindes deuotion.

But least a surplusse here should be left out; that a surplusse ( say they) in common prayer, is more necessarie than a deuoute minde.

I do not thinke that any man is, or euer was of that opinion: For were he neuer so blinde a Papist, yet till he chiefely stoode on his blinde deuotion. And I appeale euen to our Brethrens consciences, whether they thinke indéede (as I beleeue they doe not) that any man is of that minde.

But what shall the reader and and all the people thinke of this, that the surplusse being here one of the ceremonies brought in for instance, to admitte varietie, as times, persons, and occasions serue to bee diuerse, and so of consequence, may well be vsed, yea, and by the correlation of this rule, should be vsed ordinarily, though it admitte sometimes such occasi­on of leauing it off. And this also is become one of the desires in this Lear­ned Discourse, of all the faithfull ministers that seeke the reformation of the Church of Englande, that the surplusse may be accounted but as a ceremonie that admitteth such varietie. The wea­ring a sur­plusse. And yet we sée, there are many amongst them so deuoted against a surplusse; that rather than they will weare it at any time, they will forsake all the ministerie, and make great sturre and trouble about it, notwithstanding the iudgement of all the re­uerende and learned men, that haue testified ( as euen heere their selues also are faine to doe) the indifference of it, and of the vse thereof. But our Brethren not thinking of this contradiction betwéene their owne wri­ting and their doing, but thinking ( if at least wise they so thinke indeed) that there be ( but what number they tell not) that thinke these ceremo­nies are more necessarie than they be: let vs nowe see, what reason mo­ueth our Brethren to thinke that there be such as do thinke so.

Of the occa­sion that some thinke these cere­monies are more neces­sarie than they be.And great occasion ( say they) offered to the ignorant so to thinke, when they see them that preach most diligently, praye most feruently, and minister the Sacraments most reuerently, according to Christes in­stitution, to bee displaced of all ministerie, for a crosse, or a font, or a surplusse, or some such other trifle.

Euery thing here that misliketh our Brethr. is but a trifle with them. And thus they pretende vnto the world, that they be displaced but for tri­fles, Our Brethr. are not dis­placed for trifles. But what soeuer these are, is all the communion booke, and pub­like prescribed forme of diuine seruice but a trifle too? And is the ciuill Christian Magistrates authoritie, and so, the Queenes Maiesties supreme gouernement, in all Ecclesiasticall causes so well as temporall, and of [Page 1217] consequence, in all these and other causes in controuersie betweene vs, Displa­cing of Ministers. but a trifle with our Brethren too? and is all the superior authoritie of the Bishops, all the controuersies about Discipline, and the Ecclesiasti­call Regiment of their tetrarchie, for Doctors, Pastors, Gouernors, The chiefe matters wherefore our Br. are displaced. and Deacons offices which they contende for, and all the other particular matters in question, both in this Learned Discourse, and in all their o­ther treatises which they still set foorth, nothing but trifles? For, these are the cheefest matters of their displacing, which are in-deede farre more waightie matters than is the making a signe of the Crosse, than is the baptizing in a Font, or than is the wearing of a Surplesse.

If the ignoraunt thinke that they are displaced from all Ministerie, onely for a Crosse, or a Font, or a Surplesse, or some such other caere­monie, as they call trifles: surely, then are they verie ignoraunt, and our Brethren delude the people in this ignoraunce, that tell them they are displaced from all ministery, but for these causes. Although indeede, were they displaced from all Ministery, Some not displaced but forsa­king their calling. for none other causes then such as these, admitting also that these were but trifles too, as here they call them: albeit, some of them haue voluntarily displaced themselues from all Mi­nisterie, forsaking their calling, without being by any others displaced: but admit also they are displaced, and that from all Ministerie, (which notwithstanding, the moste part of them, or the most learned of them, are not: and whether they are so, that compiled this Learned Discourse, God and themselues do knows:) yet am I sure that they neede not, nor if their selues were not in greater fault of more contempt & obstinacie against these thinges, Faithfull Ministers should ra­ther yeelde to trifles then be dis­placed for them. than the waight of these thinges (by their owne account) amounteth vnto, they neither neede, nor shoulde be displaced of all Mi­nisterie for them. For if these thinges be (as they say) but trifles, when as the yeelding to them might keepe themselues from beeing displaced: ought they for trifles to be the occasion of their owne displacing, from such weightie matters as is all the Ministerie?

So that euen that which they pretende to the ignoraunt, yea, to the learned and all, in this their Learned Discourse, ( to breede more odious­nesse to the displacers of them) as that they are displaced for trifles, doth shewe that this excuse is but a trifle, (or rather an vntrueth,) when as the matter, the more trifling it is, bewrayeth the greater obstinacie in him, that will rather suffer him to be displaced of all the Ministerie, and ther­by all the people to bee vtterly giuen ouer to the wide worlde, for any be­nefite at all of the Ministery they shall haue by him, or by any other of his procuring, rather then he will relent to the Synode, to the Church, to the Realme, to the Prince, but in any one thing, and that but such, as hee his selfe confesseth to be but a trifle. Howe doth not this, the more that they extenuate the matter, aggrauate the crime, and make it (as our Bre­thren [Page 1218] sayde, Pag. 93.) that a lesse crime increased with contumacie and contempt of the Churches admonition, may become worthie of the fame castigation?

But here our Brethren are so farre from the acknowlegement of this great fault, Our Br. praisiug them­selues. that to mooue the reader more with the indignitie of their dis­placing, they fall a praysing them selues, that they preach most diligent­ly, pray moste feruently, and minister the Sacraments moste reuerently, according to Christes institution. All which three pointes in whom they doe in-déede concurre, we must néedes confesse deserue high praise. And woulde God, both they, and we, and all the Ministerie, may doe our inde­uours to the vttermoste of our gifts in these three duties.

Our Br. moste dili­gent prea­ching. But if our Br. preach neuer so diligently, and yet cut not the worde of God a right and with discretion, (an ownce whereof is worth a pounde of Learning:) if they speake not the words of trueth and sobernesse, as Saint Paule saith to Festus, Actes 26. ver. 25. But spende all, or the moste of their preaching, in contention about these vnnecessary controuersies, in Discoursing of Regiment and matters of state, in inuectiues against their Brethren, against the Prelates, yea, against the Ciuill Christian Magistrate, Discretion with dili­gence. ( and all for the vrging of these platformes,) it were a greate deal more commendation (in other mens opinion, than it is in their own) to be lesse diligent in preaching, than some of them be. Notwithstanding, diligence in a good preacher in-déede, is worthie both great commenda­tion and (as Saint Paule sayth) double honor.

And whereas they recommend themselues also, that they pray moste seruentlie: Our Br. moste ser­uent prayer. I am glad to heare of it, and God graunt they do so. But why do they blabbe it thus to all the world, with publishing it in print? do they seeke the peoples prayse herein also? must the feruencie, and most feruen­cie of their prayer, bee blasoned thus abroad with this trumpe of their owne Learned Discoursings thereon? O that our Brethren woulde ra­ther haue remembred, what Christe sayde, Math. 6. ver. 5. of these that seeke prayses for their prayings A [...]en dic [...] vobis mercedem habent. Howbe­it, feruencie in all goodnesse deserueth prayse, and in prayer is euen the marowe of it.

But, suche feruencie as condemneth (bee it neuer so sounde and godly) all prescribed forme of publike prayer, set foorth for the peo­ples vse and edifying, by the authoritie of the true Church of Christe, and of the Christian Magistrate, is too fierie a feruencie in my iudge­ment. Too fiery fer [...]encie.

Our Br. moste reue­rend Mini­stration of the same. And as for their thirde commendation that they Minister the Sacra­ments moste reuerently, according to Christes institution. What mea [...] they hereby? can they prooue that our Communion Booke, the prescribe [...] order whereof they refuse, both in publike baptisme and in the Lordes [Page 1219] Sapper, The Synods making pure caere­monies. for any materiall & necessarie partes of the Sacraments are not ministred according to Christes Institution? If they mislike them for a­ny formall or accidentall part, (which is rather no part at all) as not of the substaunce of them, but accedents and ornaments of comelinesse and order,) doe they also minister the Sacraments, according to Christes in­stitution, for place, for time and for all the manner of them (if the name of Christes Institution may be applied to these appendances) as, for bapti­zing them in riuers, for ministring the Communion after Supper, Our mini­stration of the sacra­ments. for sitting at a Table, or rather on the grounde, and such like? if it be lawfull for them to leaue all these circumstances, and yet they may bee sayde to minister the Sacramentes moste reuerently according to Christes Insti­tution: why shoulde they refuse to Minister them according to the order prescribed by our Booke, except they can prooue, that wee minister them not in anie godly manner, but against Christes Institution wickedlie and vnreuerently, which they shall neuer be able to prooue. Yea we minister them with all due reuerence, and in many pointes, a greate deale more reuerently then they doe. And therfore for these their vnreuerent demea­nours, and obstinacie therein, against our good and reuerent orders, by order and authoritie of the Church and Magistrate established, they are worthily displaced, though with greefe thereat no lesse to vs, Our Br. the cheefe cau­ses or their owne dis­placing. that they shoulde deserue it, than vnto them that they shoulde féele it. But heereby the ignorant, and all other may wel perceiue, that it is not as they would beare the worlde in hand, they are displaced from all ministerie for a Crosse, or a Font, or a surplesse, or some such other trifle, as they call them: but for matters farre more importaunt and necessarie, they their selues by their wilfull contumacie, beeing the cheefe causes of their owne displacing.

The Synode therefore, ought to bee carefull in ordeining of caere­monies, The learned disc. pa. 122. not onely that they bee pure and agreeable to the worde of God: but also that they bee expedient for the time and persons, for whose vse they bee ordeyned: and as wilfull contemners of good orders established by publique authoritie, are worthie to bee cor­rected, so intangling of mennes consciences, or Tyrannicall co­action in these indifferente matters, muste alwayes bee auoy­ded.

Still our Brethren giue the whole authoritie in ordeyning of Cae­remonies, to the Synode. Albeit, I gladly subscribe thus farre heereto, Bridges that in ordeyning of caeremonies, The Synods carefulnesse in ordei­n [...]ng cere­monies. ( and so farre as their authoritie to ordeyne reacheth:) the Synode ought to bee carefull, that they bee pure and agreeable to the worde of God. But agayne, vn­derstanding this puritie of them, in their owne nature and in­stitution, [Page 1220] although by corrupting the fame institution, they haue beene af­terward defiled. For these caeremonies that the Apostles and Elders Act. 15. did ordeyne, had beene also defiled by the Iewes with great super­stition of holinesse in them, and erronious opinion of necessitie, of the worship of God, Caeremo­nies not vtterlie a­bolished though they haue beene defiled. of the wrought worke, of merite, and of preferring them a­boue fayth in God, and the morall commaundements of the Law: and yet for all those former so dangerous abuses, yea, for all the date of them was also expired: The Apostles and Elders, considering the weakenesse of the Christiās ( for the most part of y e multitude) did ordeyn those caeremonies to be vniformely & generallie (for the time) vsed, without anie of those er­rors or corruptions of them. And so now in like maner, if any caeremonies in their owne nature be not euill, or be indifferent, and were first institu­ted onely for purposes that were good, though the posteritie degenerating haue corrupted (with errors and superstitions) th [...]se good caeremonies, and so made them euill: yet may the Synode now with the authoritie of the Prince confirming them, not onely (if they thinke it best) remooue and abolish those corrupted and defiled caeremonies: but also (if they see there be needefull and expedient vse of them) remoouing all the corrup­tions, defilings and superstitions of them, and re [...]ning them vnto their first good ends and institutions, they haue good authoritie with the Chri­stian Magistrates approbation, to reordeine them. And so may those caere­monies well be called and holden, (for all their former pollution) pure & agreeable to the worde of God.

But the Synode ( say they) must not onlie haue a care of this point in them: but also that they be expedient for the time & persons, for whose vse they are ordeyned.

This I graunt likewise. And euen therefore wee vse the caeremonies now in our Church ordeyned, because they bee expedient for the time and persons, Caeremo­nies expedi­ent for the time and persons. for whose vse they are ordeined. And contrariwise, although we improue not in other reformed Churches their caeremonies different from ours, which our Brethren would bring in (though their varietie of ceremonies in one state, is more to be misliked) yet we admit not those caeremonies euen for this, because they are (considering well the time and persons) not so expedient eyther for our time, or for our per­sons, but woulde breede great offence to manie among vs, and no lesse daunger to the state both of our Prince and of our whole Church also.

Our Br. cae­remonies not expedi­ent for our time and persons. And therefore, as we holde vs content with our good and lawfull cae­remonies: so we accept this that heere they say, wilfull contemners of good orders established by publike authoritie, are worthy to bee corre­cted. But, sith we may well take our orders established by publike au­thoritie, for good orders, till they can (better than yet they haue beene able,) prooue them to be ill orders ( I speake not of the abuses of them, but [Page 1221] of the orders them-selues, Yeelding obedience. according to the ends and institution of them) it followeth, that they being both wilfull contemners, and that is more, not onely open breakers, but (al that euer they can by preaching, writing, and practising, earnest impugners of them, they are (by their owne ver­dict) worthie to be corrected: although we wish rather their amending than their correction.

And yet let them think of this, Intanglingmens con­sciences. that whereas the orders that they would erect, are not established by anie publike authoritie among vs. What correction then shall men iudge that they are worthy of, who being but priuate persons and without all publike authoritie, would establish, and impose those orders vpon vs?

As for intangling of mens consciences, or tyrrannicall coaction in these indifferent matters, that it must alwayes bee auoyded, we holde wel therewith: neither doe we knowe or allowe of anie such intanglinges or coactions, but doe as much mislike it, as they doe. To what indifferent matters o­bedience is to be yeel­ded. Howbeit, in those mat­ters, which in their owne nature are indifferent ( but not indifferent in their vse, being established by publike authoritie:) we affirme, that a du­tifull obedience and reuerence may be required, and is to be yéelded, with­out anie note or touch of tyrannicall coaction, in them that haue autho­ritie, or any intangling of mens consciences that obey them, when in the ordeyning of them, plaine exception is made, both against the opinion of necessitie, and of all matter of worship, religion, and con­science in them, and that they are ordey­ned onelie, for order and comlinesse sake.

The argument of the 15. Booke.

THis Booke proceedeth further on the Synods. First of the Synods Eccl. Censure, for faults and controuersies, and whether there would not still be as many and worse then now there are, and that euen in the Pastors also. Of our Br. remedie by hauing two Pastors at least in euery Congregatiō, and if these two Pastors contend, of the remedie by the Synod. Of their example in the assemblie Act. 15. Of Timothies Eccl. Censure without Synodes. Of Danaeus iudgement in calling Synodes and Councels not without the Princes licence. Of the Assemblies of particular and Shire Synods, and what au­thoritie our Br. ascribe vnto them, and what daunger they would breede to the whole state. How the elections and ordai­nings of all th [...] Pastors in the Realme should bee made by these Shire Synodes. Of the example that they would proue it by, Act. 14. in Paule and Barnabas ordeyning Pastors by the peoples election. How election by the people is not necessarilie inferred on that example. How our Br. exclude their Elders that are Gouernours and not teachers from dealing in these matters. Of calling a Synode where any Benefice is vacant or Pastorship voyd in all England. VVhat the Synode; what the Congregation hath to doe therein. VVhether this be the right electing and ordeyning grounded on the word of God & prac­tized in the Church 200. yeeres after Christ. VVhether the right of Patrones presentations be prophane and preiudiciall. VVhether the Bishops giuing of orders bee presumptuous and full of absurdities, and of the 4. absurdities and presumptions [Page 1234] whereof they challenge it. First, that the Bishops do more than the Apostles durst do, without the Churches election. The se­cond absurditie and presumption in giuing an office without a charge of a flocke. Of the difference of giuing orders and of­fices. Of the differēce of a Constable and Church warden from the orders and office of a Minister. Of the offices made in re­spect of a place, that yet cease not their interest with the dis­possession of the place. VVhether the Ministerie dependeth on this or that place. How our Br. were made Ministers, if they be faithfull Ministers. How the name and office of Mi­nister and Pastor is not so altogether of act and esse, that it admitteth not also a potentiall habilitie. Of the difference of making Ministers without a flocke and liuing assigned to thē, and of making Bishops without a Bishopricke. The third ab­surditie and presumption of vagabound and wandring Mi­nisters. VVhether a Minister ceaseth to be a Minister being out of his charge. VVhether the charge of the functiō or of the place be of the essēce of the Ministerie. VVhether our Ministe­rie smelleth of the Popish indelible charectar. VVhether the Minister is to be ordeyned a new after suspensiō or excōmu­nicatiō. The fourth absurditie & presumptiō of making vnfit Ministers & of the offence hereof, and of our Br. cōparing thē to Ieroboams Priestes. Of the complaint hereon, and the ima­gined excuse by necessitie. Of the exercises of the Ministerie and inforcing the Ministers to studie. The Accusation of o­ther crimes ensuing for greater and lesser liuings. VVhether the Popish Priesthood be allowed. Of the Statute for reading the Articles, and of the officers bribings. Of old Sir Iohn lack latin ryding about to his Benefices, to reade the Articles. Of [Page 1235] the godly meaning of the Statute, and whether the Statute be not directly agaynst our Br. or no. Of the mayntenance of the two Pastors in euery Congregation, besides the Doctors, the Confistory of the gouernours, and the Deacons in the same, and of the newe transposing of all the Parishes for their pro­uision. Of the abuses (as many as any now there are) creeping in, when they haue all that they please. Of the corruptions in the particular Synodes and visitations, by Chauncelors, Offi­cials, Registers, & Apparitors. Of our generall Conuocations, and their complayning of Chauncelors & Lawyers in them. Of the Bishops seuerall place in the Conuocation, & of their authoritie of prohibiting to speake in the Conuocatiō. Of sub­scribing to the Articles confirmed in the Parliament, Anno 1562. with the accusat [...]on of the Articles for grosse and pal­pable errors, and the examination of them. The accusation of the Bishops to exercise Lordship ouer the faith, and to ouer­rule all the Synode, and how this accusation reboundeth on these newe Pastorall Bishops in their Synodes.

[Page 1236] The Synods Eccl. censureTHE Synod hath further aucthority concerning discipline, to reforme and redresse by Eccl. censure, The lear­ned disc. pag. 122. & 123. all such defaultes and controuersies, as cannot be determined in the particular Churches: As for example, if the Pastor himselfe haue neede to be seuerally punished, where there is but one Pastor in a church: or if Elders which should be reformers of o­thers, haue notoriously misgouerned themselues: or if they haue bin ledde by affection to condemne an innocent, or to iustifie the vngodly: in these and such like cases, all contention is to be concluded, by the aucthority of the Synode.

Bridges. SO farre as is warranted by euident Scripture, or is not preiudiciall to her Maiesties supreme aucthority, nor to any the good orders established in the Churches, & Realmes of Englande and Ireland: and with the lyke exception of the right & interest due to euery on [...] in other states and countries: The Sinods ec­clesiasticall cē sure for faultes and controuer­sies. I graunt this further aucthority of the Synode, to reforme and redress [...], by the Eccle. censure, all such faultes and controuersies as cannot bee determined in particular Churches.

As for the examples, that here for instancies they bring in, runne all vpon their former presupposalls, of these pretensed Pastors and Elders. Neuer­thelesse, (by the way) we may hereby perceaue, that if we should set vp such presupposed Pastors and Elders, as our brethren would haue: we shoulde so litle be free, Faults & cōtrouersies woulde be still as many & worse, if not moe, thā nowe there are. eyther from defaultes of life, or from controuersies in these, or such like matters: that still there would be as much adoe, not onely to punish and reforme the people; but euen the Pastors themselues and that seuerely, and perhaps, more a do also, (when the aucthority of the Prince & Prelates, and the lawes established were dissolued, and dispersed to seuerall congre­gations, or Synods, than now there is.

Moe pastorsin a congregatiōn, mo controuer­sie [...]. Yea, but (saye they, this might bée) where there is but one Pastor in a Churche.

And what if there be moe Pastors in a Church than one ( for so woulde they haue it that there should be moe) may there not fall out as greate, and moe controuersies too, among them twaine than where there is but one? and should not the Synode punish them bothe, if they were both faultie? and indeede they haue shewed the examples hereof already, A liuely & late example of 2. Pastors equall in one congre­gation. in some places, where of late the congregations haue had two of these Pastors, ( as the saying is, vnum arbustum non alit duos erythacos) such contentions and part-takings haue bin betweene them, that the whole congregation hath bin thereby de­uided, and dissolued. Example, that congregation which (because they could not at hoame haue this Tetrarchie of Doctors, Pastors, Gouernors, a [...]d Deacons, in such manner as is here prescribed,) went ouer not long since, into [Page 1237] the low Countries, there to enioy thē. Fleeing to Synodes. But how long agreed these their two Pastors and their other Gouernours? did they not euen there also (and that in short while) breake foorth into such sharpe contentions, that they were soone deuided into two congregations of one, and at length, the most part of them came home as wise, or perhaps wiser than they went out, being taught by experience. (which they saye (pag. 48.) is the mistresse of fooles) to to repente themselues at leasure, for their to quicke following of these newe deuises.

But may these Elders also which ( they say) should bee reformers of o­thers, The misgouer­ning of these newe Gou [...] ­nors. so notoriously misgouerne themselues, that not only they may be lead by affection, but so far lead therby, as to condemne an innocent, or to iustifie the vngodly, it appeareth by this, they may; and it is not vnlikely, but that, as here they put the case therof before it begins, so, were it once be­gun, we should fele to late the lamentable experience, by the notorious mis­gouernments of those gouernours.

But say they (not for remedie to preuent it, for that were the best, to cut it off, according to the olde saying, obsta principiis, s [...]ro medicina paratur: but for redresse when it is done, as when the pate is broken to lay a plaister.)

In these and such like cases, all contention is to be concluded by the aucthority of the Synode.

Here is still no aucthoritie but all of the Synode. And can nothing els, or must none else, haue aucthority to remedy these matters, but a Synode? & must a Synode ( which is an assembly out of many perticuler Churches) be alwayes called together, Our Brethrens continuall flee­ing to Synod [...]. so often as any contention or default happeneth among Pastors, or among the Elders, in anie one church or cōgregation?

If it be such a default or controuersie ( say they), as cannot be deter­mined in the particuler churches.

Loe, heere may our bretheren see and learne, The inconue­niences by the want of the iu­risdictions al­readie establi­shed. what it is to take away the Bishops Iurisdiction in a Diocese, and in a Prouince the Archbishops, and the Princes Superiour aucthoritie also in a Realme or Kingdome, for, let their Iurisdictions and aucthorities stande, these controuersies and defaultes might be punished, decided and reformed well inough, and neuer t [...]ouble so many Churches, by calling so often their Pastors from them, by gathering, and continuing Synodes for these matters, and so perhaps breede moe and newe contentions.

But (saye they) some example wee haue thereof. Actes. 15. where those contentious Scismatikes that withstoode Paule and Barnabas at Antiochia, were constrayned to yeelde by aucthority of the Counsell, and Paule and Barnabas restored to their credite.

Wee doe not denie the aucthoritie of a Councell, nor of that holye assemblie, and if they will so call it, a Councell or Synode, whereby Paule and Barnabas were restored to their credite, and the contentious [Page 1238] Scismatikes constrayned to yeelde. The assem­bly act. 15. And woulde God our [...]rethren woulde consider more aduisedly the force of this Example, least in their not yeilding to the aucthoritye and decrees of the lawfull Synodes and Councells holden in this Realme and Churche of Englande, about these matters whiche they impugne, they shewe themselues to be more factious, than were those contentious Scismatikes.

But nowe, if wee shall more neerely leuell these Synodes and Councels that our brethren would haue, The assembly. act. 15. was not a Synode of diuers particu­lar Churches. for the determining of these controuersies, & concluding all contentions, and for the punishing of all suche notori­ous defaults and misgouernements, to be called together into an assembly of the Bishops or Pastors of diuers particuler Churches, comparing the same with this assembly Act. 15. of the Apostles and Elders at Ierusalem: wee shall not finde, that (besides the parties sent from Antiochia, where the controuersie arose) there was any assemblie at all, either from diuers, or frō any other particuler Churches, but onely the assemblie of the Apostles and Elders of Ierusalem. Ver. 1. Wherein the text is cléere. vers. 1. &c. ‘Then came there downe from Iudea certeyne men, & taught the bretheren, saying: except ye bee circumcised after the maner of Moses, ye can not be saued. And when there was great dissentiō and disputation by Paule and Barnabas against them; they ordeyned that Paule and Barnabas and certeyne other of them, should goe vp to Ierusalem vnto the Apo­stles and Elders, about this question" that is ( sayth Beza) Iudices illis fe­rebant Apostolos & Seniores Hierosolymitanos, Beza in Act. 15.2. they appoynted the Apo­stles and Elders of Ierusalem to be their Iudges.’

Vers. 3. ‘Thus ( sayth Luke) being sent foorth by the Church, they passed through Phoenicia and Samaria, declaring the conuersion of the Gen­tiles, and they brought great ioye vnto all the bretheren." But here Luke telleth not, that they brought any of the Elders of the churches, ei­ther of Phoenicia or Samaria, or of any other Churches els, with them to Ierusalem. Vers. 4. "And when" ( sayth Luke) "they were come to Ierusalem, they were receiued of the Church, and of the Apostles and Elders, and they declared what things God had done by them. But ( sayd they) cer­teyne of the Sect of the Pharisies which did beleeue, rose vp, saying that it was needfull to circumcise them, and to commaunde them to keepe the lawe of Moses. Then the Apostles & Elders came together to looke to this matter.’

Here, when they came together, no mention is made of Churches, but of the Church, and of the Apostles and Elders. Which Elders ( wee haue shewed out of Caluin) were the Pastors of the Church of Ierusalem. So that if this assemblie shalbe called a Synode or Councell: yet was it but a Synode or Councell of one particuler Church, and the Apostle S. Iames being the Gouernour or Bishop of that Church ( as is before proued) was [Page 1239] the concluder and finall determiner of that controuersie. And therefore, When a Sy­nod is requi­site. where our Brethren say, some example we haue hereof. Act. 15. This ex­ample fitteth not so well as they weene, neither for the Synodes that they would haue, nor for the authoritie of the Synode.

But if they will decide the matter by examples, The Exam. of punishing by eccle. C [...]nsure in the auctho­rity giuen to Timothie. especially for redressing by Eccl. censure, defaultes and controuersies, and for punishing those Pastors or Elders of the Church which should be refourmers of others, and haue notoriously misgouerned themselues: Why forget they here, how Saint Paule gaue Timothie, not only authoritie to make Pastors o­uer diuers particuler Churches: but also how to receiue accusation a­gaynst the Pastorall Elders, and those that sinne, that is (as our bretheren call it) notoriously misgouerne themselues, to rebuke them openly, that is (as Caluin exposideth it) vt quisquis inter eos male se gesserit seuerè corriga­tur. The first see­king of redress [...] by eccl. Cens. is of the Bish. or Archbishop not of Synods. Whosoeuer among them behaueth himselfe ill, that he bee ( say our Bretheren) seuerely punished. So that, if the Pastors defaults and con­trouersies cannot bee redressed by Ecclesiasticall censure, not determi­ned, in the particuler Churches, wherein they are Pastors: why should they not first go either to the Bishop of the Dioces; or further, to the Archbishop of the Prouince, as we haue seene sufficient proofe that Timothie was?

But if the matter be so difficult, that it cannot yet be by them determi­ned: then in deede, by the authoritie and licence of the Christian Magi­strate, ( if there be a Christian Magistrate, as GOD be praysed we haue, When a Syn. or councel is requisite. if we can be thankfull and obedient) a Synode or Councell of many Bishops and Pastors, may bee called and holden, to refourme and redresse those e­normities. Sic tamen conuocetur Prouinciale concilium &c. saith Danaeus, Danaues in Christ. Isag. Part. 3. li. 3. cap. 38. lib. 3. Isag. cap. 38. But let the prouinciall Councell bee so called together, that the same Synode be signified vnto the faithfull Magistrate of that place wherunto it commeth together, to the ende that all suspition of Coitionis. cluttering together or of faction, may be auoyded; besides that, nei­ther ought that Prouinciall Synode to come together, Notice and leaue graunted of the Christiā Prince to haue a Synode or counsell. nor yet to bee summoned, but that the power of calling together such an assemblie, either generally or specially, from the chiefe faithfull Magistrate of all that Region, Kingdome, or Common weale, wherof that Prouince is a parte, be before hand expresse [...]y or by silent yeelding, graunted and gi­uen vnto the Church and to the Pastors thereof.

And in deede for such great matters and controuersies in Religion, and notorious misgouernances, not onely of Pastors but of the Bishops and Archbishops themselues, ( when the matters could not bee concluded, How the ge­nerall and pro­uinciall counc. were called & holden. nor the persons seuerely punished in their particuler Churches): many Pro­uinciall and generall Councels were called and holden, as against the Ar­rians, Macedonians, Nestorians, Eutichians, Monothelites, &c. Which Councels haue decided those great controuersies, deposed and condemned [Page 1240] the authors and mainteiners of them, Particular Shire Synods which the particular Churches could not doe. Of which examples there are store in the Ecclesiasti [...]all Histories.

The lear­ned disc. pag. 124.For which causes, Synodes ought oftentymes to bee assembled, though not generall of the whole Realme, but particular of euery Pro­uince or Shire, as it may bee most conueniently, that such things as are to be refourmed may be redressed with speede.

To this we graunt with such exception as before, and it is in vse also, for such petite and particular Synodes, Bridges. as euery Bishoppe hath in his Dioces, and in the partitions thereof, Particular Sy­nodes. as Dioceses be now taken, in the Ecclesiast [...]cal acceptation of the word, differing from the ciuill acceptation. For in the ciuill Lawe, Bernar Wal­therus lib. 1. miscell. cap. 19. as Bernardus Waltherus noteth lib. 1. miscell. cap. 19. the worde Diocese is now and then taken for a Prouince: as in lib. 1. c. de priua. Car­cer. where, Aegyptiaca Diocoesis, is vsed for the Prouince of Egypt. But he thinketh rather there is a great difference herein, for that many Prouin­ces were conteyned vnder a Diocese, The acceptatiō of the termes, Prouince and Diocese ciuilly and Ecclesiasti­cally. as were many Dioceses vnder a Prefecture. But wee vnderstand these termes of Diocese and Prouince o­therwise, for a Prouince to conteyne vnder it some number of Dioceses: and a Diocese to conteyne some number of particular Churches or Parishes, which now and then are bounded or parted in diuers Shires. And looke how the lawes Ecclesiasticall, and the common lawes of this our Realme haue deliuered vnto vs the distinction and acceptation of these names, ratified by custome, in the same sence doe wee accept them without alteration or conten­tion. So that, although we haue not Prouinciall Synodes so oftentymes, yet haue we Episcopall Synodes, Our triennall and annuall Synods in eue­ry Dioces. and Synodes of other ordinaries, such as are thought (if they bee well vsed) most conuenient for our state and Chur­ches: if they be abused, the fault is not in the lawe, but in the officers.

These smaller Synodes, as they haue their ordinarie tymes appoynted, and are limited for the number of the particular Churches that are in them to assemble together: so is their authoritie limited accordingly.

As the Synods are limited, so are their au­thorities. For, if we shall consider all the premisses, what our Brethren haue giuen vnto the Synode; If any controuersie ( say they) of doctrine doe arise, the lawfull Synode hath to consider that it bee determined by the word of God: and to determine of the vse of ceremonies pag. 116. And that, also for order and comelinesse and best edification, the Synode hath to de­termine, what shall bee obserued in particular charges, as of the tyme, place, What great authoritie and in how many things is by our bretheren giuen to the Synodes. and forme of preaching and ministring the Sacraments. pag. 117. That to make ceremoniall constitutions, whereby the Church must be gouerned in mere Ecclesiastical matters, it is out of al controuersie, &c. This authoritie was proper vnto the Synode. pag. 118. Yea, that the Church was lawfully vested with absolute authoritie, and the Synode hath to decree concerning ceremoniall orders of the Church, whereof some may be generall to all congregations, some particular to certeyne [Page 1241] churches. pag. 119 & 120. The danger by these shire Synods. That the Synode ought to haue such regard of all Churches, that they haue speciall regarde of euery one. pag. 120. That the ouerseers and Elders of the Church should come together to consider of this matter, what orders were most fit for diuers places to bring them to the obedience of Christ, what for the furtherance of thē that are newly come, and what for the continuance and encrease of thē that are very well come on pag. 121. Thus the Synode therefore ought to bee carefull in ordeyning of ceremonies, not onely that they be pure and agreeable to the word of God, but also that they be expedient for the time & persons, for whose vse they are ordeined. pag. 122. That the Synode hath further authoritie concerning discipline, to refourme and redresse by Eccl. censure, all such defaults and controuersies, as cannot be determined in the particular Churches; To what Sy­node all this great authorrie is giuen. both to punish seuerely the Pastor himself, and the Elders that should be refourmers of others.

Here is great authoritie giuen to the Synode. And what now is this Synode that hath all this so great authoritie? Is it a generall Synod? No. Is it a nationall Synod? No, neither. But what of that, though it bee not generall of the whole, but particular of euery Prouince?

A, then is it yet at least of a Prouince, that hath so great authoritie.

Nay, soft, not so, but particuler of euery Prouince, or Shire, as it may be most conueniently.

What? and is this Synod that we haue talked of all this while, a Synod of a Shire? And do our Bre. think this may be most conuenient, All this autho­ritie giuen to the particular Synode of eue­ry Shire. that eue­ry Synod of euery Shire may do all these things, as seemeth best to their wisedomes, one Shire one way, and another Shire another way; and so ma­ny diuers orders of ceremonies and disciplines in euery Shire, as it plea­seth the Synode of that Shire to determine? Well, yet this is somewhat better than it was before, Though this be daungerous to the state of the whole, yet better than to abolish all vni­formitie. when vniformitie of ceremonies was cleane con­demned for an vntrue principle. For by that vntrue principle of theirs, not only all the authoritie therein of all Synodes was ouerthrowne: but euery Church, yea, euery man (for ceremonies) might alter or chaunge thē at his pleasure, for feare he might bee thought to holde an vntrue principle, that there should be an vniformitie in them. But yet would this breede a mer­uestlous diuersitie, and a number of continuall garboyles and contentions in this Realme, if euery Shire therein had their Synod, which Synode had full authoritie to do all these things aforesayd. The daunger growing by this authoritie of these Shire Synodes. Howsoeuer our Brethren thinke this may be conuenient: it cannot sirke into my dull head, but that if euery of these Shire Synods had this authoritie: it would soone be a sorie England, the whole Realme consisting of so many Shires, and all the Shires ruled by so many Synodes, and all the Synodes hauing so much authoritie, yea full authoritie, euery one of them, as much as hath the whole in all. For, what is here left to the whole nationall Synod, yea, were it to a generall oecume­nicall [Page 1242] and vniuersall councell, The Synods election of Pastors. that this Shire councell or Synode cannot doe, if it haue all this foresayd authoritie? And if one Shire then determine one thing, & another Shire determine y e cōtrary: to what higher Synod shall the appeale be made? Or what neede y e other care for such appeale: Or what authoritie hath any other Synod, more thā that Synod had? And might not al be thē in a wise pickle? cal they this a redressing with speed? I pray God sende vs better speede, than (I feare mee) wee should finde by such a re­dressing.

But I hope our brethren wil either helpe vs againe with some more spee­die meanes and good deuise, how we may shake of the doubtes of these ab­surdityes and inconueniences: or else their selues on better aduisementes of them, will neyther seeke quirks to salue and colour them, nor yet maintaine them anye longer, but renounce them; when they shall perceaue that their good meaning in them, doth nothing aunswere to the perilous daunger of them.

Last of all, for as muche as the Election of Pastors, is a great and waightye matter, The lear­ned disc. pag. 124. whiche ought not to bee permitted to the iudge­ment of anye one man, but perteyneth to the Churche whereunto they should bee chosen, both for better aduise in choosing of a meete man, and for aucthoritye in causing him to accept their Election: it is conuenient that it bee done by the iudgemente of the particular Synode.

Our brethren heere from the correction, returne to the Election of Pastors, Bridges. bicause (say they) it is a greate and waightye matter. They vrge a fresh, The Synodes election of Pa­stors. that it ought not to be permitted to the iudgement of anye one manne, but pertayneth to the Churche wherunto they shoulde bee chosen.

I replye: that although in some Churches it may well so bee, and hath beene, and is, that the Church had, or hath some voyce, inter-est, or consent, in choosing of their Pastors, namelye in choosing of the Byshops: as the Pastors of all Cathedrall Churches haue yet some interest, in the electing of the Bishops to their Churches, whome the Christian Princes by the prerogatiue of their chiefest estate. and as Patrons for the temporal­ties that they haue endowed the Bishoprickes withall, and for their chiefe charge that they haue in generall, and specially of all the Churches in their Dominions, doe commend vnto their elections: yet on the other side, manye Churches haue beene and are furnished with good Bishops, and especially inferiour particular Churches with excellent Pastors, Christes and S. Paules, (be­sides Tim. Tit. &c.) manner of electing Pa­stors. by the iudgemente and appointing of one man. And we haue good warrant also for the same. For not onely Christ himselfe by his owne onelye Iudgemente, did first elect and ordaine the Apostles, and all the other 72. Disciples: but also Sainct Paule elected and ordeyned Timothy and Titus to bee Bishops, [Page 1243] or rather, Archbishops, of Ephesus, & Creta: Election without Sy­nodes. & that they (mentioning no other ioyned with them in the Authoritye of that action) should also or­daine others to be Bishops and Elders, in euery Citie of those Prouinces. And although they except, that Christes doing heerein is aboue all other: The exception of Christes example. yet me thinketh, that it is the better Example. For, had it beene absolutely euill, to appoint any to be a teacher of the people, and to minister the Sacrament vnto them, whom the people their selues had not chosen: It is not sim­ply euill to ap­point a Pastor whom the people before haue not cho­sen. then would Christ ( being but one man) neuer haue so chosen any at all to that office. Neyther helpeth it their tourne, that they say, the Apostles had not certaine places or boundes assigned vnto them, wherein to preache and Minister the Sacra­mentes, as Bishops and Pastors haue: for, neyther the limitation of the places, as any preiudice to the matter, nor yet the very Apostles, The exception that the Apo­stles had no certaine places assigned to them. and the 72 Disciples were so left at large, by these wordes of Christe, Marke. 16. 15. Goe into all the worlde, and preache the Gospell to all Nations. &c. But that both for a while, the places of their Preaching were limited vnto them before this commission. [...] also that afterwarde, they did portion out among them selues certaine partes and limites of the worlde, wherein they woulde preache: and some continued still, or moste commonlye at or neere about Ierusalem: and Iames had such especiall Resyance and charge in that Church, that he is called both of the auncient and late wryters (as we haue seene) the Bishop thereof.

But what shall we saye to those Pastors, The Bishops and Pastors made by Ti­mothie and [...] Titus without calling synods. that in euery particular Church of their prouinces, were made by the onely Iudgement of Timothie and Titus? For, the text inferreth no necessity whereon we should gather, that they were chosen and ordeyned by the Iudgement and aucthoritye of any other. Yea the very wordes of the Apostles charge, to ordaine them ci­ty by citie, or in euerie towne, ( except we shal say, he called the Synodes to euery towne) plainely argue, that the making of thē was without Synods.

But let vs now see how these sayings hang together, Our brethrens contradiction in the election. that the election of Pastors pertaineth to the Church wherunto they should be chosen: and yet, it is conuenient that it be done by the iudgement of the particular Synode, which they called before, the Synode of euery prouince or shire. For, whatsoeuer their reasons are that here they alleage, both for better aduice in chosing a meete man, and for aucthority in causing him to ac­cept their election: yet, if the Election pertaine to the church, wherunto the parties elected should be chosen; then, eyther it pertayneth to both, or not to the iudgement of the Synod, be it either particular or generall. For the Synode is not the church whereunto they are chosen; except they will call a particular church, a particular Synode.

And though they say, they giue not the synod the aucthority in choosing a meete man, but onely, for better aduice in chosing a meete man, & au­cthority only, in causing him to accept their election: yet doth not this [Page 1244] follow hereupon, The Synods iudgement in election. that it is cōuenient that the electiō it self be done by the Synods iudgement. For then hath the iudgement of the Synode autho­rity in the election it selfe, and such authority too; that if any election of a Pastor in any congregation be made, without the iudgement, at the least of a particular or shire Synode; it is an inconuenient election. To auoyde with inconueniencie, it must néedes fall out, that so often as any Pastorship is vacant in all England; by and by there must not onely bee an assemblie made by that particular church, but also a Synod be called and assembled of y e whole prouince, or at least of the whole shire, for their iudgemēt in the election of euery particular Pastor to be chosen. Wherby we should haue if not in euery shire, yet in most shires, continuall Synodes. But in euery as­sembly or company, some one of necessity, ( & he a Pastor or Elder,) must haue this prerogatiue to order and dispose the same with reason, or else great confusion is like to followe: pag. 114. and how then, must it not also followe of necessity, that there must bee a continuall prerogatiue of one, among and ouer the Pastors?

But what grosse contradictions these sayings implye: and that is more, what daylye molestations, contentions, daungers and inconueniences, these their so often & continuall assemblies & Synods of euery shire, eyther with the Princes warrant (as Dancus would haue it) or without it, would breede throughout the whole realme, although there were no other daunger by their former too too great authority, but only this their aduice, iudgement & au­cthority in the elections of euery newe Pastor that is to be chosen ouer all England: The lear­ned disc. pag. 124. & 125. I referre it to the further consideration of the indifferent rea­ders iudgement.

That no one man hath aucthority to ordaine Pastors and to impose them ouer Churches, hath bene before declared, by the example of the Apostles Paule & Barnabas, who although they were Apostles, yet wold they not chalenge that prerogatiue vnto themselues, but by common Election they ordeyned Elders in euerye Churche. Bridges. Actes. 14.23. Act. 14.23. Timothie also receaued his charge, Paule and Bar­nabas chalen­ged to themselues the pre­rogatiue of ordeyning Elders No mention of common or any election. although it were through prophe­cie, by imposition of handes of the Eldership. 1. Tim. 4.14. 1. Tim. 4.14.

Our brethren now to confirme this, that no one man hath aucthoritye to ordayne Pastors: rub ouer here againe their former examples, and firste, of Paule and Barnabas. Act. 14.23. Act. 14.23. But the text is moste plaine, that Paule and Barnabas did challenge that prerogatiue vnto themselues. And as for ordeyning Elders in euery church, by common election: the testimonie here cited, mentioneth neither common election, nor electi­on at all. Although (I graunte) election is inferred to haue preceeded, where ordeyning is mentioned. The woorde (as wee haue often seene beefore) is [...], The proper signification of the word [...] as who saye, ordeyning, by confirmati­on or stretching foorth of the hande. The Geneua traunslation [Page 1245] calleth this, ord [...]yning by election. And our brethren here, Paule and Barnabas ordeyning. ( to expresse withall, whose this ordeyning by election was) doe add, common ele­ction. Beza telleth vs (as wee haue heard) of the olde custome among the Grecians and Romaines in holding vp their handes, and thereby giuing their voices in the Elections of their officers. True it is, that many times the word is so taken. But doth it follow, it must be so taken heere: haue wee not heard Caluines better interpretation, that referreth it to the laying on of the Ministers handes, and not to the lifting up of the peoples? and so, let the worde be translated for election, must it follow it was the peoples?

But it is a world to see, how the greatest learned and best of all, when they haue once diepely conceaued an opinion, will drawe thinges to their owne cōstruction. For, although Bezaes trauels & learning in his obseruations on the newe Testament, deserue in generall, both laude and admiration, yet now and then ouershootes (and that not small) do escape him, as they did Erasmus and others before, especiallye in so greate and difficulte a woorke. Nemo omnibus horis, and (as they saye) Bonus aliquando dormitat Homerus. Yea a meane person of no great learning, that otherwise is no whit comparable, yet if he doe but marke here the contents it selfe, and sence thereof; may most ea­stly perceaue that they vnderstand this worde cleane amisse. To whom the worde [...] is referred.

For to whome is this word [...] referred? to the people? or to Paule and Barnabas? Luke saith in the two verses next before; And prea­ching, (or when they had preached) the Gospell to that Citie: and tea­ching (or had taught) many, (or had made disciples many) they retour­ned, &c. Who preached, taught or made Disciples, and retourned here? Is not all spoken of these two onely, Paule and Barnabas? confirming the soules of the Disciples, and exhorting to continue in the faith, &c. Vers. 21. Vers. 22. Who confirmed them here and exhorted them? Are these wordes spoken of anye moe, then Paule and Barnabas onely? and then it followeth: [...], Vers. 23. &c. but ordeyning by confirming with the hand ( or, when they had ordeyned by confirming with the hand) elders vnto them, by the church, or as we english it (throughout euery Church, pray­ing with fastings, they commended them to the L. on whom they bele­ued: Vers. 24. & passing throughout Pisidia they came to Pamphilia; Vers. 25. & speaking, (or when they had spoken the word in Perga,) they went downe to At­talia. Is it not here most apparent, that these actions, both before & after, are still spoken of Paule & Barnabas? and wherefore then shoulde these wordes of ordeyning Elders vnto them, with confirming by the hand, be vnder­stood of the peoples ordeyning the Elders with them?

Is it because they may gather that the people prayed and fasted with them? And for the fastings I graunt, because he saith with fastings, Howe the peoples actiōs were ioyned withe Paules & Ba [...] ­nabas. & telleth not who fasted any more especially than other. Albeit, for praying, it maye well be ascribed for the action of making or pronouncing these publike pray­ers, [Page 1246] vnto one or other of these two. [...]. Our brethren may remember their owne wordes, pag. 63.64. As it were greate confusion and vncomlinesse, for euery man to make his seuerall prayers in the publike assemblies: so is it orderly for one to pronounce the prayer in the name of the rest, and the rest to pray with him in silence, and to answere, Amen. And againe, as it perteyneth to the Pastor to conceaue publike prayers; so it is the dutie of the whole Church, in the name of the whole Church, to ioyne in hart with the Pastor in the same prayers.

In this sence, of the consent of their hartes vnto Paule and Barnabas prayers, The relation in the text be­tweene the or­deiners & the people to whō they ordeined the Elders. as the people here might bee saide also, to haue prayed with them: so we graunt that in consent of their hartes, they may be saide to haue ioy­ned with Paule & Barnabas, in the ordeyning of the Elders. And yet, this were more hardlye spoken of the ordeyning; sith in the very wordes of the text, is expressed a different relation, betweene Paule and Barnabas on the one partie, that ordeined the Elders: and on the other parte, the people vnto whom, they did ordeyne the Elders. [...], saith S. Luke. They ordeyned them with the confirming of the hand vnto them. Unto whom? but vnto the people: wherein it is manifest, that the people are cleane seuered from the ordeyners of the Elders, and were only the cor­relatiue parties, vnto whom the ordeyners did ordeyne those Elders. By all which it is most euident, that the word, [...], hath no reference at all to the people, or to any action of them, but to Paule and Barnabas on­ly, and to their action. For here were as yet no Elders ordeined, to ordeine the Elders in the peoples name, sith the Elders were as yet to bee ordey­ned. But the people did not ordeyne them to themselues with the Apo­stles: therefore, the Apostles onely did ordeyne the Elders vnto the peo­ple.

As for the vse of the worde by the prophane writers, (as also these words Ecclesia, Euangelium, Episcopus, Apostolus, and diuers others, haue bene vsed prophainely) though Beza hereupon conceiue, that this action was here vsed also in the people by holding vp their hands: Neuerthelesse, sith that we haue (and that by Caluins owne confession) alreadie seene, that the Eccl. wri­ters doe vse the word better, for that solemne rite (sayth he) of ordayning, which is called in the Scripture, laying on of hands: why should wée here in this holy action rather follow the interpretation of the prophane vse, than of the Ecclesiasticall? Why should wee rather ascribe it, with the prophane writers of the heathen, to the common election of the common people: than with the diuine writers of the Church, to the imposition of hands, which was a sacred ceremonie of ordeyning sacred persons, vsed onely by Gods sacred Ministers?

The Etimolo­gy of the word [...] Neither yet, (if we shall etymologize the word [...], of [...] a band, and [...], which is a pronouncing of the partie, on whom the hands are [Page 1547] laide, to be made or consecrate the Pastor: or els of [...], and [...] which is, The Exam­ple of Timo­thie. to confirme or strengthen) is there any vnaptnesse, why this worde may not bee as well and much better vnderstoode, for confirming or ordeyning an Elder in his consecrating, by laying the hand vpon him, which was the action of the Minister onely: than by holding vp the hand to his electing, which was the action of y e people, in such places where they were in so great numbers assembled, that their Suffrages could not so well be discerned, by the confused noyse of their voyces, as by the holding vp of their handes, for a token of their liking of the partie. But in euery Church where Paule and Barnabas went, and ordeyned Elders, there were not such great num­bers of the faithfull people, that they should need so to signifie their election by holding vp their handes, as Beza thinketh.

Neither sufficeth it, Caluin. acts. 14.23. ( as we haue seene also) that Caluin maketh Paule and Barnabas the chiefe moderators, least any tumult should arise a­mong the people: I like better of that he sayd before, vpon this 23. verse: therefore Christ did not only send his Apostles to preach the Gospell: but he commaunded also that there should be Pastors appoynted, that the preaching of the Gospell might be perpetuall & in daylie vse. Paule and Barnabas doe marke, that this order was set downe by Christ, whē as they assigned Pastors to euery Church. The assignement therefore of the Pastors, The assigning of the Pastors to the seuerall churches per­teyned to Paul & Barnabas. was the praerogatiue that Paule and Barnabas here chalen­ged to themselues.

I graunt, they did it not by any imposing Elders vpon them, against the peoples liking and good willes: but that the good people gaue their good as­sent vnto those, whom Paule and Barnabas assigned to bée their Pastors. And this Caluin himselfe here confesseth, that Paule and Barnabas are said to choose the Elders. Which if it be truely sayde, then the word [...], is spoken onely of Paule and Barnabas, and not of the people. And so Caluin confutes himselfe, The peoples assent debar­reth not the choosing and ordeining frō the Apostles. in gathering thereon a free election of the people. For although we may graunt, that Paule and Barnabas did not a­lone so choose and ordeyne them by their priuate office, but that it was the consent of thē all: yet was not only the moderating, but the choosing, the assigning: and the imposition of handes, ( which was the action of the ordeining) was the prerogatiue that Paule and Barnabas here did cha­lenge and had, euen by Caluins owne confession.

The other example 1. Tim 4. ver. 14. 1. Tim. 4.14. Our brethrens other example. Now Timothie also receiued his charge, since our Brethren applye it to the example of Pastors, I like it ve­ry well, and this withall is to be remembred. For, Our brethen here make Ti­mothie an ex­ample of Pa­stors. when we alleadge Timo­thie as an example of Bishops, whom they also doe call Pastors: they repell this example, saying; he was an Euangelist, therefore no Pastor: and now their selues alleadge him as an example for the choosing of Pastors. And this I like also, that they say of Timothie receiuing his charge, although [Page 1248] it were through prophecie, Supply of the Pastors rome yet was it done by the imposition of handes of the Eldership, [...]. Which wordes doe well ex­pound the other worde, being of the like matter and action that y other were; for ordeyning of Elders. And was this a lifting vp of handes too, or any e­lection by voyces of the people?

No. But here was such an imposing of the Pastor on the people, as had the imposition of hands:

Yea, but (say they) of the Eldership. Not of ( say I,) but with the Elder­ship. And this I graunt: but, doth this debarre Paule, that he only might not haue chosen, assigned, and appoynted him, if any other Elders did in the action of ordayning, Though other in the Elder­ship laid hands on Timothie with Paule, yet might he bee the onely cho­ser of him. lay their hands also on him, with the Apostle?

Albeit euen by Caluins owne interpretation, (we haue seene, how in this place the name of Presbiterie or Eldership, maye be aswell vnderstood, for the office of the priesthood or Eldership; as for the persons of the Priests or Elders. By which exposition of Caluine, it is apparant, that he might al­so well be sayde, to haue (in his ordeyning) the imposition of hands with the Eldership; although onely S. Paule alone (when he ordeined him,) had laide his handes vpon him. But howsoeuer it was done there in Ephesus, where there were moe Elders, before Timothie was ordeyned by S. Paule to be the chiefe Elder and [...] (as Beza calleth him) the Prouost or first stander. or B. of that Citie and prouince. Yet in all the places where Paule & Barnabas traueled, Act. 14. there is no likelihood, that they ordeyned there, first, other Elders to be their Gouernors, that were not Pastors, & then ioy­ned those Elders with thē, in y e Elections of the Elders that were Pastors: put as Caluine expressy saith, Luke speaketh there of Pastors onely. But, put the election of Pastors to the peoples elections, and not to the Electi­ons in the name of the people, to the gouerning Elders: and then our bre­thren straightway crie out; this were to breede confusion, yea, horrible con­fusion, whereof God is not the authour. pag. 83.84.

These Examples therfore serue not their turne, but the oftener they turne them vp to vs, they returne vppon themselues, with more and more ma­nifest prooues against them.

The lear­ned disc. pag. 12 [...].Therefore as it hath bin euidently declared before, the assemblie of Elders, consisting of graue, wise and godly men, ought to enquire, when the Pastors place is voide, where they may finde a man meete to supplie his roome, and therein to desire ayde of the Synode. The man by such godlye aduise so chosen, ought to be presented to the congregation, & of them to be allowed and receaued, if no man can shew any reasonable cause to the contrary. This is the right Election, and ordeyning of Pa­stors, grounded vppon the word of God, and practised by the Primitiue Church, two hundred yeeres after Christ, vntill the mystery of iniquity, grewe to worke more openly, to the setting vp of the tyrannicall king­dome [Page 1249] of Antichrist. The Gou [...]r­nors dealing in election

That the assemblie of Elders should consist of graue, wise and godlie men, they haue in deede declared before. But what are these graue, wise and godly men, of whom the assembly of Elders should consist? Bridges. Are they Teachers and Preachers, or are they not: If not: Our brethren excluding of their gouer­nors from dea­ling in these matters except they be pastors then haue they no autho­ritie to determine any thing in the Synode. For (as they haue also decla­red before. pag. 117.) who should be able to knowe what order, come­linesse and aedificatiō requireth according to Gods word, but they that be teachers and preachers of the same vnto all others? Which rule if it be true in one place, is true in all places, and so in the particular assemblies of Elders. Whereby it followeth, that except the assemblies be of so vnwise men, that they be not able to knowe what order, comelinesse, and aedifi­cation requireth, they must bee teachers and preachers, and of consequent Pastors, as likewise they haue before declared, and thereto cited euen one of their last testimonies: pag. 21. by the name of Elders, the Pastors are called. Act. 14.23. where Paule and Barnabas ordeyned Elders by elec­tion in euery congregation. But if now, that they may be able to knowe these matters ( of which the hauing a Pastor, is an order both of comelines and aedification according to Gods word) these Elders themselues must be Pastors: How shal these Elders enquire when the Pastors place is void, where they may finde a man meet to supply his roome, when the roome is neuer voyd of Pastors, so long as the assemblie of Elders doth continue: If they continue not, much lesse can they enquire for one, nor choose him, nor deserue therein the ayde of the Synod for him.

But, be the assemblie of the Elders, Pastors themselues, or not; The Synodes finde fitte Pa­stors. can they not choose another Pastor to supplye his roome, when any Pastors place is voyde among them, but that they ought therein to desire the ayde of the Synode? For, wherein do they meane this therein, but of that they de­clared before; to enquire when the Pastors place is voyde, where they may finde a man meete to supplye his roome; and therein to desire the ayde of the Synode? They declared before, concerning the Pastors elec­tion, that it was conuenient to bee done, by the iudgement of the parti­cular Synode, both for better aduice in choosing a meete man, and for authoritie in causing him to accept their election. A Synod to be called when a­ny Benefice in all England is voyde. And ought they now to haue the Synods ayde also, to helpe them to enquire when the Pastors place is voyde where they▪may finde a meet man to supply his roome? So that, when and wheresoeuer in all England, a Pastors place is voyde, we ought not onely forthwith to haue a Synode vppon that onely occasion, except the roome shall stande voyde till some greater occasion of a Synode happen: but the Synodesayde must bee craued, before the newe election, where they may finde a meete man; and in the election it selfe, their ad­uise also must be had in choosing a meete man; and besides this, their au­thoritie [Page 1205] must be had in causing him ( that is, The Synods dealing in placing past. the elected partie,) to accept their election; and finally, it is conuenient, that it bee done also, euen by the iudgement of the particular Synode. How much the synod hath to deale in pla­cing of pastors.

And then, this meete man, after all this inquirie, both of the assemblie of Elders of that particular Church, and of the Synodes ayde in this en­quirie, being at last found out: and the man by such godly aduice so cho­sen; What the congregation hath to doe therein. and by this authoritie so caused to accept their election: and all this being thus authentically done and ratified, by the iudgement of the parti­cular Synode: the man ought to be presented to the congregation, and by them to be allowed and receiued.

What? and must a new allowance of the congregation be had, after all this assembling, inquiring, aduising, and choosing of the gouerning El­ders of that congregation? Yea, and aboue them, after all the assembling, inquiring, and better aduising, and choosing, and authorizing, and euen causing the man to accept their election, and after iudgement and all, of the particular Synode? What shall we thinke hereon? Hath the particular congregation an higher authoritie of allowing the Pastor? then haue not onely the gouerning Elders, whom the congregation their selues haue of confidence chosen, and committed vnto them their authoritie. pag. 84. but also then the whole particular Synode, whose ayde therein was desi­red: and must it now be ouerruled by the allowing or disallowing of euery particular congregation?

Whether the congregation ought to re­ceaue the man whom the Sy­nod appoin­teth to them. If they say, they meane not, that the man ought so to bee allowed and receiued of the congregation, that he may also of them bee dissallowed or not receiued: but that the congregation must allowe him and receiue him, after all these allowances of him and authorities. What? and will they impose him vpon them, and inforce the congregation to allowe him and receiue him? Well may they be compelled to receiue him: but they cannot compell them to allowe him, except from teeth outward.

If they say, they meane not to cause them to allowe him or receiue him: but that they ought onely of their duetie so to doe: doe they not say in plaine words, of the Synodes authoritie ouer the elected partie; and for au­thoritie in causing him to accept their electiō? What imply these words, but that he must accept their election, be he willing or vnwilling to accept it? And haue they more authoritie to cause him to accept their election, than they haue to cause that particular congregation, ( which haue com­mitted their authoritie to the assemblie of Elders, which assemblie haue desired the ayde of the Synod,) to accept the man whom they haue thus elected for them?

The Synodes imposing of Pastors vpon the congrega­tion. But they say, that they ought so to doe, not simply, but, if no man can shewe any reasonable cause to the contrary.

And what if no man can doe this? must they thus therefore impose Pa­stors [Page 1251] on them? And is not this imposing, The Synods imposing pa­stors. one of their quarelles against the Bishops? & are they now themselues faine to come to imposing of Pastors on the congregations? All their elec­tion defeated by any one man.

But what now, if any man can alleadge any reasonable cause to the contrarie? must euery reason of any one man, ouer-rule al the reasons and authorities, both of all the residue of the congregation, and of all the go­uerning Elders, and of all the Synode? See, what a great sturre wee haue here had, & still must haue, about the choosing of euery Pastor in y t Realme; all the seuerall congregation, all the assemblie of Elders, all the Synode of the Prouince or Shire must meete together with all this adoe: and when all is done: in comes any one man, & he alone vpon any reasonable ( though not necessarie) cause, may turne topside turuie all their doings. Our brethrens auouching of the right electi­on and ordey­ning of Past.

And is this the right election and ordeyning of Pastors?

Yea (say they) this is the right election and ordeining of Pastors. Yea, and grounded vppon the word of God, and practised by the Primitiue Church 200. yeres after Christ.

This is stoutly auouched, if now they can proue it. But can they shew this election and ord [...]yning of Pastors in any places, yea, in any one place in al Gods word?

Well, what of that? It is grounded ( say they) vpon the word of God? Our brethrens election & or­deyning of Pa­stors is not grounded on-Gods word.

What? Are they soone grounded? What meane they by grounded? Cā they shewe vs any one rule, or but any one example hereof in the worde of God? No place that they haue yet alleadged, sheweth any such election and ordeyning of Pastors?

What Synodes assembling, inquiring, aduising, choosing, iudging, and causing of the partie elected to accept their election, was there had in the electing and ordeyning Pastors by Paule and Barnabas. Act. 14? Or what electing and ordeyning of Pastors was there in the Synode ( if we shall properly call that assemblie, a Synode,) which was of the Apostles and Elders of Ierusalem. Acts. 15? Or doth S. Paule in any of his precepts to Timothie or to Titus, commaund not only an assembly of the same con­gregatiō, whereunto the Pastor should be chosen; but also a Synod either general, or nationall, or Prouincial, or particular, yea be it but of one shire, to be called and holden, at the electing and ordeyning of all, and euery, or of any Pastors for their particular congregation?

And how then dare our Brethren for very shame, so confidently affirme, as though it were most cléere and out of all crime: This is the right election and ordeyning of Pastors grounded vppon the worde of God. What a grounding is this, of the which no one place, nor foote of grounde can bee found, or seene, or heard of?

And yet, if this were the right election and ordeyning of Pastors: then all the electiōs and ordeynings of Pastors expressed in the word of God, [Page 1252] must either be according vnto this; 200. yeeres practise after Christ. or els, they were not elected and ordey­ned aright; or els, this is not so the right election and ordeyning of thē, but that other elections & ordeynings of Pastors mencioned in the word of God, without these assemblies and Synods for the doing of them, are as right as they. And then, this maner of electing ( if euer there were any such) is no necessarie prescription vnto other.

But our bretheren not content, thus amisse to father this their electing and ordeyning of Pastors, as grounded vpon the word of God: they pro­ceede further to this practise of 200. yeares after christ. But this pretended practise also, we haue already sufficiently improued. And albeit, during the sayd tyme, The practise of 200. yeeres for this preten­ded electing & ordeyning Pa­stors. and as long againe in many places, the people had voyces of cō ­sent in the elections of their Bishops. Yet had they not also y e like dealing, in electing all the Pastors vnder the Bishops, vnt as for ordeining they had neuer any part at all theirin, neither for Bishops, nor for any other Pastors, neither during the practise of those 200. yeares, nor far before, nor after, ex­cept they shall find some odd extraordinarie example, which I remember not but that were not able to cary away al the practise of the primatiue church for 200. yeares after Christ.

But, (to call them to the iustifying of that they haue auouched here) can our Bretheren bee able to prooue, that all the elections and ordey­nings of Bishops and Pastors, were made by the Inquirie, aduice, choise, iudgment, and authoritie of Synodes, causing the party elected to ac­cept their election? or that Synodes were alwaies called, whensoeuer any Pastor of any particular church was to be elected and ordained?

The learned disc. pag. 125.126. & 127.By this wee maye plainely see, that our presentation of patrones, is both prophane and preiudiciall: our giuing of orders by Bishops, is presumptuous and full of absurdities. First, because they take vppon them to doe that, which none of the Apostles durst doe: that is, with­out Election of the churches to ordaine Elders. Secondlye, that they giue an office without a charge, to make a Pastor and send him to seeke a flocke, where hee can finde it: which is as vnreasonable a thing, as if one were chosen to be a church warden, & had neuer a church to kepe: or made a constable, that had neuer a towne or place appointed, wher­of he should be constable. For the name of Pastor, Elder, or ouerseer, is the name of an office in act and essc, because it is a proper relatiue, and not potentiall abilitie in the cloudes. If Bishops as they be nowe, were consecrated after the same maner to seeke their bishopriks, where they could find them, it were no greater absurditie, then it is to ordaine Pas­tors, and let them proll where they can for their benefices. Thirdly, by this wādring (we may also say vagabound) ministrie, shifting from place to place, and in all places, to bee counted a minister where he hath noe charge, it would griue a man to thinke what inconuenience doth fol­lowe, [Page 1253] but principally howe filthilye it stinketh of the olde popishe in­delible charecter, from whence it hath his grounde, Patrons pre­sentation. and neither of any reason, or of the worde of God. And yet forsooth it is so perfect, that it may abide no reformation. Fourthly, if you will see howe well the au­thority which they claime and practise is vsed of them, that onely haue the choyse and admission of Ministers: Looke ouer the whole Realme of England, what a multitude of vnfit Pastors shall you finde in euery place? so that Ieroboam neuer made worse priestes of the refuse of the people, to serue his goldē calues, then they haue ordeyned Ministers, to feede the flock of Christ which he hath purchased with his own blod.

By this that wee haue before perused, wee can neyther plainlye, nor any way see that our presentation of patrones, Bridges. ( being vsed as in right & lawe established it ought to be) is eyther prophane or preiudiciall, which wordes are very rough and hard, being spoken not so much against such pa­trones as doe prophanely, & with the Churches spoyle, abuse their interest; as simply against all our presentations of patrones, Prince or whosoeuer; and against the right and tytle of them although they chuse neuer so meete a man, or present him neuer so freely. For since that (to whomsoeuer the right of Electing hath perteyned) the principall end thereof was to prouide the Churches of meete Pastors, so that this may be prouided for and vphol­den: The right of electing is not in it selfe prophane.

And to whom is this our presentation of patrones preiudiciall? Is it preiudiciall to the people? Yea rather, (if it be well vsed) is it not more bene­ficiall to them? there is no simple necessitie of the peoples presenting, nor example in the Scripture as yet alleadged. But if the people had got a right afterward, might they not againe haue lost their right or interest whatsoeuer they had (which was rather in Cities, about the choosing of their Bishops, than of all Pastors in euery particular congregation) by abusing the same, through their factions, immoderate and tumultuous contentions, oftentimes ended with bloodshed, whereof the Ecclesiasticall histories haue many exam­ples, and some within the space of the foresayd 200. yeres?

And why might not their interest in electing Bishops haue ceased, as did their authoritie in many other things besides, that they had among them­selues before, while the Princes that were in chiefe authoritie ouer them, were as yet out of the household of the faith, and enemies thereto? The Princes care in proui­ding godlie Bishopes. Which Princes afterwardes becomming faithfull, this care especially belonged to them, both to prouide for godly Bishops, and to restrayne their people from factions, and from sedicious growing by their disordred elections. And so the people left off by little and little, to deale in those matters when the Christian Princes & the Clergie in the Cathedrall Churches dealt therein.

And doe not our Bretheren in effect confesse, that the people haue resigned vp what interest they had, vnto an assemblie of Elders consisting of graue, [Page 1254] wise and godly men, to elect for them; and pag. 84.85. in whome they repose such confidence that they commit vnto them their authoritie in hearing and determining such matters, If the people might resigne their interest to the Elders: why not to the Prince or to the Nobles: &c. as without horrible confu­sion they cannot perfourme themselues: and hereto also may bee refer­red that which is sayde of election of Pastors, that the Apostles Paule and Barnabas did ordeyne by election of the congregation, Elders vn­to many Churches Acts. 14.23. because the name of Elders is common to both: to Pastors and Gouernours.

If then they thinke, that the people may passe ouer this authoritie of e­lection from themselues to a fewe other: might they not aswell passe it ouer to the Prince, and repose as great a confidence in his vpright doing of the same?

But what, if vpon any Conquest made, the Prince and the Nobles haue reserued among other things, How diuerse waies the right of patronage and presentati­on might haue come. this honor and priuiledge ouer the people con­quered; or in the partitions of Cities, Townes and Parishes, to bee kept to themselues, or distributed among the chiefest of the Conquerors? Or what, if for some notable defence and maintenaunce of the people, or some benefite done vnto them, they haue graunted all such right, title and interest vnto the Prince, to the Nobles and Gouernours of them? Or what, if any Prince, or other of noble or gentle stemme, by erecting, founding, or giuing some pro­portion of house, land or reuenue, to mainteyne the Pastors liuelode; the right of presenting the Pastor to that Towne or Village, is deuolued to him and to his lawfull heyres; and so the Parson descending of that ligne, doe claime and hold by that right, to be euer after called, and to bee indéede the patrone of that Pastorship, that is, to be not onely the doner of his liuing; but the de­fender of him both in the exercise of his office, and in the liberties, rights and priuiledges of his Church?

To which ends and purposes, these patrones haue onely and no further, the interest of choosing a meete man, The endes whie patrona­ges were ordei­ned. and then to present that man of whō he hath made choyce, vnto the Bishoppe, as to the superiour pastor in that Dioce [...]e, that vpon his further triall and examination by the Bishop whether he be meete or no; he may be admitted, or repelled from that pastorship. And if this patrone doe not in sufficient tyme inquire after, and prouide a fitter Pastor: then the Bishop himselfe is to prouide one. Which matters and the reasons of them, with all other r [...]hts and orders perteyning therto, are now shewed and sufficiently prouided for in the lawe, both for the Pastor and the congregation, both for the Patrone and the Bishop, or from him to the Arch­bishop, or from him to the Prince. And should now all these positiue lawes and lawdable customes, growne to the auncient title of any, nay, of so many and so great persons rights and interests of this presentation, be thus defa­ced as prophane, and extorted from them as preiudiciall to the people?

I defend not, nor excuse the corrupt dealings of any patrones; but rather [Page 1255] hartely lament and vtterly mislike the manifolde abuses of them. Bishops gi­uing orders. But they may be remedied by farre better meanes, than for the wrongs done by some; to ouerthrowe the right due to all; and neither to spare Gentlemen, This newe de­uised electings and ordeinings far more indi­ciall then the presentation of patrons. Noble­men, Bishops, Archbishops, Prince, nor anye, but turne all loose to the peo­ples election. And yet to giue them the bobbe also, to take it runningly a­way from the people too, and to giue the patronage or right of choosing and presenting the Pastor to an assemblie of a few, in the name of y e whole. And whereto would this come, but to reuiue these old broyles (in euery Pa­rish for euery Pastor) that had wont to be in Cities, about the elections of the Bishops? And that which is more, to summon Synodes and assemble the Pastors and Elders of euery Parish at least in the Shire, to intermeddle themselues in this matter, which are all, or the most of them as much straun­gers (if not more) vnto that Parish, as perhaps is the Patrone to that Be­nefice.

If our presentation of Patrones be prophane and preiudiciall: vere­ly this election and ordeyning by their Elders and Synods, is farre more daungerous vnto all the state, and manifest iniurious vnto many.

But their conclusion runneth not onely against our presentation of Pa­trones: but also, that our giuing of orders by Bishops is presumptuous, Our Bishops geuing orders. and full of absurdities.

Whether our Bretheren presume not ouer much in these presumptu­ous speeches, I referre to other, least I should also be counted too presump­tuous. And yet, though I dare not presume to wage anye thing with our Bretheren on this poynt; neuerthelesse, I dare resume this vpon me, that, so many absurdities as we haue seene alreadie, in the elections and ordey­nings of Pastors, by the assemblies of their gouerning Elders and Sy­nodes; they shall neuer be able to shewe, Our brethren charge our Bishops ge­uing orders with 4. absur­dities and pre­sumptions. in our giuing of orders by the Bi­shops.

But here, (whether they bee all, or they haue more in store) they charge ours with fower absurdities and presumptions. First ( say they) because they take vpon them to doe that which none of the Apostles durst do: that is, without election of the Churches to ordeyne Elders.

Our Bretheren here doe not simply denye, but that our Bishops may or­deyne Elders: but saye they) not without the election of the Churches. Our Bishops may ordeine Elders, ergo they may gen [...] orders. But this is the poynt we stood on before. So that if our Bishoppes may or­deyne Elders, then it may suffice for their giuing orders. For what is the giuing of orders els, but the ordeyning? And if they may ordeyne them to be pastorall Elders, which is the office it selfe of the Ministerie, and so, farre more principall than is the electing of the partie, Bishops may ordeine past [...]rs ergo they may electe them. to be ordeyned a Minister or Pastor; or thā is the electing of him (being a Minister) to a place or liuing, where he may employe and exercise himself in his Ministerie: why then may not the Bishops elect also, hauing more discretion and skill then most com­monly [Page 1256] other haue, to choose a meete man, either to the office, or to the li­uing? The first ab­surditie and presumption.

But they say none of the Apostles durst so doe. And where finde they this in all the Scripture, that they durst not, or that they had any comman­demēt not to do it? Doth it suffice, if they could alleadge any example, where the Apostles did ordeyne Pastors with the election of the Churches? Whether the Apostles durst ordeine Pas­tors without the Churches Election. I thinke that were no sufficient proofe, that they durst not doe it otherwise; or that alwaies they did so; or that they had commaundement so to doe; or that their so doing were a rule and prescription for al elections. But in very déede they cannot shewe, (or at least, they haue not as yet shewed) so much as any one example where they did so. All those that they haue shewed, the oftner they alleadge them, the more they make against them. There is not one worde in them, that inferreth either the peoples, or in their name any con­sistorie Elders election of the Pastors, that the Apostles vsed or prescribed, in the ordeyning of Pastors. Yea rather, both the examples, and the pre­ceptes of Saint Paule to Timothie, are either playne (or seeme to encline) to the cleane contrary.

And shall wee dare to saye on the other side, (finding both the example heere alleadged by themselues, Acts 14. and Saint Paules preceptes to Ti­mothie and to Titus, of ordeyning pastorall Elders to bee made without mentioning of the Churches elections,) that the Apostles durst not or­deyne any Pastors with the Churches elections; no, wee dare not say so, but that the Apostles might haue done it with them, or without them, as they thought best, hauing the warrant of Gods Spirite, and as the occasion serued for their ordeyning of the Pastors. And therefore, I meruell how our Brethren durst so boldly affirme, that the Apostles not only did it not, but durst not doe it.

The 2. absur­ditie and pre­sumption is the geuing of an office with­out a charge or flocke.Secondly, ( say they) that they giue an office without a charge, and sende him to seeke a flocke where he can finde it.

Our Bretheren here begin to descant vpon the names of Pastors and of­fice. Neither doe wee denye, but that the name Pastor, betokeneth an of­fice, whether wee vnderstande it as hee is onely a Minister of the worde and Sacramentes, and so he is sayde to haue taken Orders, or as he hath a peculiar flocke to minister the worde and Sacraments in, as we common­ly call the Rector, Parson, Vicar or Curate, the pastor of such and such a Church or Parish. The worde Pastor in both sences may bee comprehended in the name of an office. And yet here if wee should goe as strictly to worke, as our Bretheren doe, (which curiositie I mislike not in them, to finde out all the quirkes in the worlde, to beate out the trueth more throughly) wee shall easely see great differences in the proprieties of these names and words of an office, and of an order. Albeit they may well bee taken and oftentimes are vsed indifferently.

[Page 1257] But the question is here whether any office can bee giuen, Office and Order. and the man truely called an officer, Where to the worde Of­fice hath rela­tion. without a charge of a place or a flock giuen with­all vnto him, whereof he is and may bee called the officer. They denye it, and I say he may, and my reason is this.

The word office hath not alwaies relation to the charge of a place one­ly and that specially of a certeyne place, where, or of persons among whome, the office is exercised: but of the matter it selfe and [...]uetie, whereof the office consisteth, in res [...]t of which matter, the other are as it were but accidentall, which our Bretheren here make all, or principall. The Prophetes were Pro­phetes before they had any certeyne places were they prophecied. The A­postles were called, and in office were Apostles, Phophets A­postels hauing no certaine Places. before they were sent into any message of their Apostleship. And Saint Paule calleth all both Apostles and Pastors, Ministers. 1. Cor. 4.1. though all of them had no certeyne stan­ding places designed to them to minister in, and yet were they all of them in the very office of the Ministerie full Ministers of the worde and Sacra­ments, if wee may so properly call the Ministerie of the worde and Sacra­ments, an office as an order.

In deede Saint Paule sayth of an office, Rom. 12. vers. 7. or an office, on the office. That is to say, The difference betweene Of­fice & Order. he that hath an office let him bee diligent in his office. But he assigneth not any certeyne places and charge of flockes to all the offices that he there reckoneth vp. Although, as it is an old saying, so it is not vntrue, Priesthood and Knighthood are orders rather than offices. And Priesthoode ( I meane not the Popish sacrificing Priest­hoode, but the Pastorall Eldership) may well be called an order, when the making of a Priest or pastorall Elder is called, the ordering or the or­deyning of him, and our Bretheren themselues do well call it the giuing of orders.

Knighthood now being likewise more properly called an order than an office: when a man hath receiued the order of Knighthood, The order of Knighthoode geuen without geuing landes fee to main­taine it. it followeth not that he must be a Knight of this or that place, as were some Knightes, namely the Knightes of Prussia, or the Knightes late of the Rhodes, and now of Malta: neither followeth it, that he that made him Knight must al­waies withall giue him landes and liuing, and yet all the better for the Knight if hee so doe, and more fitte for his order to haue sufficient main­tenaunce, and though hee had but xl. pounde a yeere, which was called a Knightes fee. Howbeit, hée m [...]ght b [...]e a Knight, though a poore Knight, without any such fee. For the order is one thing, and the maintenaunce of him in his order, yea his charge to doe his duetie i [...] his order, is another thing, and not the order it selfe.

But ( say they) this is as vnreasonable a thing, as i [...] one were chosen ( not to be a Knight, but) to bee a Churchwarden, and had neuer a Church to keepe; or made a Constable, that had neuer a Towne or place appoyn­ted, [Page 1258] whereof he should be Constable. Ceasing of offices.

The fimilitude [...] being a Churchwar­den or Coun­st [...]ble with Churche or Twone to looke vnto. The similitudes of these two offices, and of Church-warden, and of a Constable, are not a like to the order, or (if they will so call it) to the of­fice of the ministerie, for bicause that these two Offices haue a necessary re­lation in them selues not onely to the office, but also to the place where the pa [...]tie is the officer: so that, if no place be assigned them, there is no such of­ficer made. To which kinde of officers, the old distinction serueth, that the office & the place be distincta ratione non re. They cannot in the act of them be separate, though they be distinguished in the reason of them.

The difference betweene these offices and the office or order of a minister. And yet we see, that in some such offices, as in which besides the office, there is ioyned with all a degree of honour and dignity, though the relation of the office, in respect of the place where the office laye, doth cease; as, either the place being wasted, or possessed by another, and he dispossessed: yet may his degree of dignitie not cease or be in him vtterly exstinguished, so long as the right of the office is in him, though the exercise and action of the office, together with the place, and other appendices of the office, bee taken from him, Some offices made in re­spect of place & charge, that cease not with the disposses­sing of the place or charge. as a Kinge, Duke, Earle, or Lord, though he loose, (be it not by his own demerite, resignation, or lawefull depriuation) his Kingdome, Dukedome, Earledome, or Lordshippe, but by an others intrusion or occupation: yet is he still both called, and is in deed [...], a King, a Duke, an Earle, a Lord, by reason he still holdeth the right of the office, and capacitie to repossesse it though he haue neither possession, action, nor exercise of it at this instante. Notwith­standing, as it is sayd in the old verse on fortunes wheele, regno, regnaui, reg­nabo, sum sine regno. He may be rex sine regno, euen the lowest degree of them all, and yet rex still.

Yea, to descend to baser offices also, not only a professor of liberal sciences, but euen one professing mechanicall artes, or as we commonly terme him a handicrafts man, although he exercise not alwaies the action of his Function, nor occupie in his occupation, or as wee may generally call it also his office too: yet the office, occupation or function ceaseth not in him, and if nowe, it may bee thus in so manie other offices, which notwithstanding take all their denomination euen of the action and exercise of them, and of the charge or dutie therein required: why may it not, and much more, be thus in the order or office of the minister? Doth his office cease, if he be put from his place, where he was first appointed to minister.

If his office should cease with the place, then could hee minister in no o­ther place. Nay, then were hee no minister at all anye longer, so that, turne him out of his place, A Minister ceaseth not to bee a minister, though put from his place where hee [...]inistred. and turne him cleane out of his ministry, & if he be pre­ferred to an other place, he must be made minister again. And is worse then (as Chancer saith) A Monke out of his cloyster, is not worth an oyster; for a monke is a monke still: but the minister is become no minister, and so all his preaching and ministring of the sacraments are a laye mans actions, [Page 1259] and not a ministers: and (by their owne consequence) no sacraments at all, Entrie into the mini­strie. if he do these things where his charge and flocke is not: And in deede some of our Bretheren beginne to bée so precise, that thinke it scarse lawefull to preach, except it bée in their owne proper charges, though they bée orderly requested thereunto, but they neede not to bée squemish by this rule, for there they are not Ministers at all if they do it.

Now if the office of the ministerie it selfe cease not, with the altering of the place, where they had a charge, The ministerie it selfe depen­deth not vpon this or that Place. much lesse doth the institution and entrie into the office of y e ministrie, which is the ordeyning or geuing of orders, depend vpon or require the necessitie of a place, as it doth in the office of a Churchwarden or Counstable, or in the offices that haue locall honours and dignities annexed to the degrees, or to the offices of them, as in Kinges, Dukes, Earles, Lordes, &c. For these offices beginne togither with the places and charges annexed vnto them, but in all the offices of ministrie, it is not so. And if our Bretheren will so vrge it, let them looke to it their sel­ues. For I suppose, that some of them (if I take not my markes amisse, and those too, whom otherwise I reuerence and honour) had not prouisions of place and charge of flocke committed vnto them, How our Bre­theren were made minis­ters. at their verie first recei­uing of their orders, but perhaps taried some pretie while after, and yet (I hope) they make account that they were ministers beefore. Yea had they not bin ministers at all before, and that tryed, to bée both learned, and pre­supposed to bée meete men: they had not bin capable of those places and Charges.

And if I should goe further: what one of our Bre. were not made simply ministers of the word and sacraments, and not ministers condicionall, as the ministers of this or of that place, charge, or flocke? although it might bée some of them were alreadye prouides for in that bé [...]halfe: but their ta­king of orders or office of the ministrie it selfe, dependeth not theron: which it muste haue done, were the place a parte and that a necessarie parte of the office.

They say that this their learned discourse, is a breefe & plaine declara­tion concerning the desires of all those faithfull ministers that haue & do seeke for the Discipline and reformation of the Churche of Eng­lande. But if this bee one of the poyntes they desire and seeke for: then they desire and seeke for that, which ouerthrowes both their owne ministerye, and their faithfulness [...] too. For, if this rule be true; then are they no faythfull ministers, nor ministers at all, Our brethren ouerthrowe their owne Mi­nistrie. hauing recea­ued the orders of ministery otherwise, than their selues desire, seeke for, and prescribe that other should doe.

But they not considering this, goe forwarde from their examples of Churchwarden and Constable, to prooue it somewhat more Clerke­like. For ( saye they) the name of a Pastor, Elder, or Ouerseer, is the [Page 1260] name of an office in Act and Esse, The act and esse of a pastor. bicause it is a proper relatiue, and not a potentiall ability in the cloudes.

The name Pastor not so of act and esse, but that it ad­miteth also Po­tentiall habi­ [...]itie. Are all potentiall abilities in the Cloudes? But our brethren were disposed heere to speake in cloudes, and to tell the people of offices in Act and Esse, of proper relations, and of potentiall abilities: be like, bicause they woulde the worlde shoulde well vnderstande, that this is (for sooth) a learned discourse: howbeit, all this discourse here, is but of the names of this order or office of the ministerye. But, be they relatiues as proper as they will, and the relation also in Act and Esse, as they terme it: yet doth it not follow y t this actuall and essentiall relati­on, must be so strictly related to a place, where hée must bée a Pastor, or Elder, or Ouerseer, that hée cannot bée made the Pastor, Elder, or O­uerseer, till hée come thither his selfe, and excercise the office actually: for, if there bée no potentiall abilitye, but onely the verye Act and Esse, thereof to be considered in the office of a Pastor, Elder or ouerseer: then is hée not a Pastor, Elder, or Ouerseer, till hée doe feede or teache them, gouerne them and ouersee them actually. But, if heée bée not the Pastor till he come actually his selfe to doe these actions among them: then is all the action aforesayde in the Synode fustrate, except they goe all home with him, and ordaine him onely then and there, when and where he must doe the thinges in act and esse, that the name of his office hath relation vnto.

This Position ouerthroweth all the making of Pastors in the Synods. For ( say they) the name of a Pastor, Elder, or ouerseer, is the name of an office in act and Esse, bicause it is a proper relatiue, and not a potentiall abilitie in the Cloudes. Is not this a proper valiance on the name of Pastor? and to make it a proper relatiue, doe they not make it withall a proper office? Yea, sée whereunto by this nice valiance on these names and termes, The grosse ab­surditie of this position. this office will come: and all bicause it may in no wise suffer a potentiall abilitie. And whie so: forsooth for feare it would vapour up by and by into the cloudes, but admitte this to be true; and then it presentlye followeth, that when soeuer the officer ceaseth from the very act and doeing of his office ( as both vppon many occasions hée may sometimes doe, and of naturall necessitye he must oftentimes do,) so often doth he cease to be a Pastor, Elder, or Ouerseer.

But because they stand upon these 3. names, Pastor, Elder, and Ouer­seer, which they make all relatiues alike, and to haue like relation unto an office in act and esse. For the Esse, it is an other matter, if they meane the being of the office. For, assone as the office hath begun his esse or being; then his esse or being continueth still in the office in all these 3. na­mes thereof, although the act in all alike be not in esse or in being, which confuteth so muche more our brethrens assertion. But that all these three names are proper alike in respect of the Act: this againe is nothing so. [Page 1261] For, the name of Pastor signifying a shepheard, Bishops to seeke their Bishopricks. beareth more heardly up­pon this actuall relation, than the name of presbyter, Prieste, or Elder doth, which hath more reuerence to the office, function, dignitie or degree either in it selfe, or in respect of yonger and inferiour persons, than it hath vn­to any charge ouer them committed vnto him.

As for the name of ouerseer inferreth the relation of an office more in act, than doth the name of Elder or of Pastor. Bicause, hee may easiler & oftener actually ouersee them, than he can feede them. Yet none of these names are alwaies so related either to act o [...] to esse, that they debarre all potentiall abilitie in him, but that he may remit the continuall exercise and acte of his office, per interstitia, with pausings and ceassings oftentines be­tweene, and yet the Esse of his office ceasseth not, nor he to be still an essenti­all officer; and much lesse, that the esse or being of his office, yea, or the act eyther of the same, should be limited and tyed alwaies to one place, or flocke or charge: yea the place, flocke, or charge, to be a part of the esse or be­ing of the office.

But thus straightly doe our brethren driue us, to tracke them in these ha­rish termes of schoolemens quiddities, into the which, bicause, I am rather brought by them, than that I haue ioy to staye the reader in them; I craue & hope for, the easier pardon. For indéed, we striue not there so much for names and tearmes, as whether the order or office of the Pastor be not competi­ble to any man, that hath not withall a charge and flocke of people commit­ted unto him at the very instant of making him a Minister, or giuing him orders: which thing, because our Bishops do not, nor indeede can performe, nor was performed in these faithfull Ministers our brethren themselues, nor is necessary alwaies to be performed; while they would thus chalenge our Bishops of absurditie for it; they their selues incurre all these moste grosse absurdities, and yet they urge them still, with more and more absurdity.

But say they, if Bishops as they be nowe, were consecrated after the same manner, to seeke their Bishoprickes, where they could finde them: it were no greater absurditie, then it is to ordaine Pastors, and let them Prolle where they can for their benefices.

This meriment here would haue done well (among so solemne and sub­till relations of abilities, potentialities, actualities, and essenties: Our brethrens resemblance of Bishops to seeke their Bi­shop [...]icks.) to re­create the readers spirits, if it were to the purpose. But as before, they wold haue shifted off the matter, frō the order of the Priesthood or eldership, to the office of a Pastor; which yet we see serueth not their [...]: so, much lesse both this bold, that is a Minister may be made a Minister, and haue no pro­per place or benefice withall assigned him, where to Minister: that then after the same maner, a Bishop may be made a bishop; & haue no place or Bishopricke assigned him, whereof to be Bishop.

Indéede, if a bishop were all one & nothing else, but (as our brethren haue [Page 1262] sayd) an elder, Wandring Ministers. pastor, or Minister of the word and Sacraments: then, to make a bishop, Our brethrens drift for Bish. & bishopricks. and after to let him seeke a bishopricke where he can finde it, were no absurdity at all.

And I doubt it shrewdly, this be not the least of many of our Brethrens driftes, to make Bishops indeede goe seeke their bishoprickes. For euen these our learned brethren haue tolde us already, Pag. 54. of deuiding the superfluities of some places that haue too much, vnto thē that haue too little. And there want not more than inough, to harken in the wind for such a bargain, and euen therfore our brethren maye finde the more fauorites, in these deuises.

But since that a bishop, besides that he is an Elder Pastor or MInister, hath also an other office, The Bishop office besides Pastorship. in respect whereof he hath the name of Bishop. By which office he hath a superiour ouersight & higher charge of Iurisdiction, o­uer a number of other Pastorall Elders in certaine particular Churches, li­mited and bounded for his diocaeses: and of this we haue cleerely seene the practise euen in the Apostles times; and from the Apostles times, during all the times of the auncient and holy Fathers succeeding: the contrary wherof our brethren shall neuer be able to prooue: who may not then see, that is not blinded with too much ignorance or partiality; what a great difference there is in this poynt, betweene a Bishop, and one that is but onely a Minister: While the Ministers office respecteth the Ministerie of the worde and Sa­craments, in what place soeuer he shalbe assigned to Minister the same, and Bishops office respecting (besides this ministerie the Bishopricke, that is, the iurisdiction and ouersight of those Churches, that are allotted to his Diocoese.

And can our bretheren then iustifie this saying, If Bishops (as they bee now) were consecrated after the same māner, to seeke their Bishopricks where they could finde them, it were no greater absurditie, then it is to ordayne Pastors; and let them prolle where they can for their benefices.

What meane they by this word Bishops as they be now? Bish. as they be nowe. For this ma­keth yet more against themselues. For Bishops as they bee nowe, haue li­uinges also more or lesse, besides the charge of their Diocoese, annexed & ap­propriated unto them, which all Ministers haue not, neither (I thinke) al our bretheren their selues had their benefices when they were first made Mini­sters. And should wee returne such unseemely speeches on them, that they went seeking and prowling aboute for their benefices. where they coulde finde them: No, I doe thinke more reuerently of our brethren, but I mis­like their termes, and more their argument.

Thirdlye ( say they) by this wandring (wee may also say, vagabunde) ministerye, shifting from place to place, and in all places to bee coun­ted a minister, where he [...] no charge; it would greeue a man to think what inconueniences do [...]ollow, &c.

[Page 1263] We like as ill and are greeued as much, at wandring ministers, Ministers out of their charge. name­ly such as wander not vpon any unlawfull cause, but shifting from place to place; as any of these our learned brethren are grieued th [...]reat. The 3. absur­ditie & pre­sumptions is wandring and vagabund Mi­nisters. Al [...]ough a­gaine it be no small griefe, to heare them thus continue such vnr [...]uerent and uncharitable termes, as Vagabund ministers, they being their poore bre­thren, and ministers of Christ, not of Antichrist, ministers of Gods worde and Sacrament, not Idolatrous nor Massemonging Sacrificers. It were well, there were none but such as were so sufficiently prouided for, that they néede not wander. And the auncient Canons (as I thinke) are in force, that whosoeuer should be made a presbyter, priest, or Elder, the bishop is bound to see him haue Titulum ( as they terme it,) a Title of some stipend or penci­on wheron to be maintained; or else the Bishop that ordeyned him to be boūd to finde him. If this be not executed, that is another matter, No Ministers to be made si­ne Titulo. and may be re­medied, the Eccle. state both for the substance of the bishops, and of the mi­nisters dignities and offices, standing as it doth. And if anye bishop were complained upon and conuicted. I thinke he might by order of lawe be com­pelled to finde his Ministers, or be punished for making of them. But what is this to our brethrens assertion, that a man cānot be counted a minister where he hath no charge: and if not so much as counted; then not be. For if he be a minister, then he ought to be counted a minister.

Our Bretheren sayde before, it was an absurditie to ordeyne Pastors, Ministers are, and are to bee counted mini­sters out of their charges. and let them prowle where they can for their Benefices. But is that such an absurditie, as is this? Yea, this is not onely most absurde, and includeth all the former inconueniences: but it is cleane contrarie to all their owne positions hereon. For if the office of his Ministerie haue his esse ( as before they called it) that is, the essence or beeing thereof onely in that place or congregation, where the Minister hath a charge: then not onely (as I sayd before) being out of his charge or congregation, he is out of his Ministerie, and so a lay man, and if he preach, his preaching is no preaching: & if he minister the Sacraments, they are no Sacraments, neither the Lords Supper, nor yet Baptisme, nor so to bee counted by their owne rules, any more, than if a woman did minister them. For if those actions of his, be to be otherwise accounted: [...]hen is it by reason, that he himselfe is to be otherwise accounted that did them. And if he be to be accounted otherwise; then it is in respect be is a Minister. And if in that respect; then he is to be coūted a Minister, though out of his charge, and how true is then this our brethrens paradore, that he is not to be couted a Minister where he hath no charge?

Al these absurdities and dangerous inconueniences, with their traynes and sequelles doe so followe hereupon; The incoue­niences of our brethrens posi­tion. that many may call into question both their receiuing of the Lords Supper, and their childrens and their own bap­tisme too, and so stagger whether they may make full reckoning, that they be Christians yea or no, sauing in the profession of their faith. And yet they may [Page 1264] begin to doubt in that also, Ministers in Synodes since that S. Paule vseth this gradation, Rom. 10. verse 14. But how shall they call on him, on whom they haue not beleeued? How shall the [...] [...]eleeue in him of whom they haue not heard? and how shall they heare without a Preacher? and how shall they preach except they be sent? And how is the Preacher sent, if he goe out of his charge? And so vpon calling this in doubt, nay, that is more, vpon flatly denying both his sending, and the very beeing of his Ministerie; how doe we not vndoe agayne all the former parts of this gradation? and all because he that preached, ( as for example, I ima­gine it were at Paules Crosse) preached where he had no charge. If these things be no absurdities nor inconueniences with our Brethren; though they and I agree not herein; yet how doe they agree to their owne selues?

When a Synode is called, be it either vniuersall, nationall, prouinciall, or particular of any Shire, Our brethren ouerthrow all Synodes. ( as they woulde haue it) there to ordeyne Mini­sters vnto the particular congregations, or to decide a controuersie in doc­trine, or to determine of discipline, or to decree ceremonies for order & comelinesse: as they would haue these things to bee decided and concluded in Synodes: and Synodes ( at least prouinciall Synodes) to bee called often: who are they that should bee called thether? Are they not the Pastors, Tea­chers and Preachers, as (pag. 117.) they sayd before? Who shall be able to know▪ what order, comelinesse, and aedification requireth; according to Gods word, Pastors and Ministers in Synodes. but they that be teachers and preachers of the same vn­to all others?

But now, when all these Pastors, Ministers, Teachers, and Preachers go to this Synod, and are there assembled, they are out of their particular con­gregation, which they say is their charge: and what followeth, but they must forthwith bee counted no Ministers? And being no Ministers, they can neither preach nor teach; they can determine none of these controuer­sies; no, they are not able to knowe what perteyneth to order and come­linesse, so that for that while, they haue lost both their habilitie and their knowledge. But no maruell of that, when they haue lost their beeing Mi­nisters, and so lost themselues and all, so long as they bee out of their char­ges. And now where they come to make Ministers, being no Ministers their selues; how can they make others? and in what a pickle be we now?

But they say (and we must beleeue them) that they must haue Synods for the doing of all these things: but the Synode is not the flocke, the Benefice or particular congregation of them, and so not their charge: and what thē followeth hereupon, but that a man may bee counted a Minister where he hath no charge? Our brethrens contradiction [...] which is here the cleane contrarie to our Bretherens para­doxe, that a man must not bee counted a Minister where hee hath no charge?

Now consider, since they haue auowed both these sayings; and both these (being cleane contrary) cannot both stande true, one of them must yeeld, and [Page 1265] be packing for a manifest falshoode: Contradicti­ons. which were best to let goe? I thinke our Bretheren when they haue weighed well the peyse of both, will rather let go this, th [...]n the other, and neuer bee ashamed (for all the learning of their dis­course) to say, this was but a course ouerslip, and that a minister is, and must still be counted a Minister where he hath no charge nor flocke.

But if now to saue all vpright in both, they will say, he is not out of his charge in the Synod, though it bee not his flocke: shall they flocke vs so? Doe they not by his charge vnderstand his flocke? when they say of the Bi­shops that they giue an office without a charge; and what is that? For footh to make a Pastor and send him to seeke a flock where he can finde it? And did they not expounde this flocke also to be his Benefice, in saying, What our bre­theren meane by a ministers charge. to ordeyne Pastors and let them prowle wher [...] they can for their Bene­fices? Doe they not here plainly meane by the charge the flocke, and by the flocke the Benefice of the Pastor? And will they also make him Pastor there, where he hath no flocke? And do they not make a dis [...]inction also pag. 111. of his double estate saying, we haue declared before that there is a double authoritie of the Pastor, the one ioyned with the Elders of the Church whereof he is Pastor, the other with the Synod or holy assem­blie, whereof he is a member.

So that in the Synodes he is not present as a pastor, but as a member. No, not only he is not in the Synod as a Pastor, but he is not at all a pastor there, and if no pastor, then no minister. For if minister, then pastor, by our Bre. owne reckoning. For they make pastor and minister all one, and that they sayd before of making a pastor without a charge, here they repete, to be counted a minister where he hath no charge. So that, Our Brethrens position ouer­throweth all still all comes to this reckoning, that being not minister in the Synod, because that there he is not pastor: and he is not pastor, because it is not his charge, nor his flocke, nor his benefice: we are still at the pitch that we were at before, that either nothing can bée done in the Synod, and so wee shall haue no Ministers at all, if they must bee made there: or els, ministers be no ministers still, bée they in their charge, or be they out of it.

But, because our bretheren should not be pressed too hard, & that it might bée thought, that yet this assertion may hold vp his snowt, because that, al­though it be not properly his charge, The charge of the function, not of the place is of the essence of the ministerie. nor the charge which indéede they both meane and expresse: yet because the wordes runne so large, that he is not to bee counted a minister where he hath no charge, and hére hée hath some charge although not Pastorall: let vs see further, what our Bretheren can get hereby.

Set aside the Synode it selfe; what is he, if he chaunce to be in any other place? is he neither pastor nor minister, if he be in some other place where hee hath no charge, as, beit but in the waye vnto the Synode▪ is hee no mi­nister?

[Page 1266] The Charge of the Function▪ But perhaps they will say, that they say it not of any or of some places; but, in all places to bee counted a minister where hee hath no charge. And doth the number of places then make or marre the matter? ver [...]y, I see not why, if he ought still to bee counted a minister in some place where he hath no charge; but that he may bee counted so aswell, euen in all pla­ces where he hath no charge. And therefore it is not so much the charge of the place, as the charge of the function, that is the materiall poynt in­deede in a minister. Albeit (I graunt) he is ordeyned to haue a charge also, which he must exercise in some place, if he wil not altogether be ydle, though this place or that place be not assigned vnto him.

But they say, it would grieue a man to thinke what inconueniences doth followe, but principally how filthilie it stinketh of the old Popish indelible character, from whence it hath his ground, and neither of any reason nor of the word of God.

It grieueth me to thinke, ( and I thinke it would grieue any man, that truely loueth our Bretheren, Our ministerie smelleth not of the Popish Character. and neither hateth them nor flattereth them) that they so much as thinke not of the absurdities, contradictions, and in­conueniences of these their straunge opinions that so stinke in deede in the smell of all men els; that I meruell their selues are not grieued with it, nor yet thinke thereon. As for the office and function of our ministerie, how­soeuer there may bee cause of griefe, either by the foule fauour of euill report and sclaunderous infamie of it, or too euill a smell and stench in deede, by the default of some that are the ministers: yet is not that to bee imputed to the ministerie; of which function there is no cause to bee agrieued or ashamed, but for vs to reioyce; and for other, specially our Bretheren, if they bee (as they say and I wish them to bee) faithfull ministers, to thinke of vs, as they would haue vs to thinke of them: according to the Apostles rule, 1. Cor. 4.1. Let men so esteeme (or thinke) of vs, as Ministers of Christ and dispensers of the misteries of God.

So farre of is our ministerie ( whatsoeuer wretched sinners wee are our selues, and vnworthie in our earthen, polluted and brittle vesselles, to carie the heauenly liquour, and precious treasure of Gods worde and mysteries) so farre is it off from stinking or smelling of the false ministerie, or errors of Antichrist, and from all stench of the olde ( or rather the late) Popish in­delible character: that it is not (God bee blessed for it) charactered out, with any such Balaams markes and characters, as the Popish Priesthoode was, The function and potentiall abillitie remay­ning till degra­dat [...]on with­out indelible Cha [...]acter. neither of Dylinges, nor Shauinges, nor any such order or office, nor any such indelebilitie of the same: but that without scraping or disue­ [...]ing of the minister, he may bee disgraded, deposed, vnordered, or cleane de­priued of his order or office; ( as well as depriued or displaced from his Be­nefice) for his demerites in false doctrine, or wi [...]ked life, if he shall so deserue. And yet, till he bee lawfully disgraded or depriued, from his order or office [Page 1267] of the Ministerie; yea, though he were depriued of his Benefice. Indelible Character. Neuerthe­lesse, hee may remayne in the function order and esse of a Mini [...]ter still of the worde and Sacramentes; and in potentiall habilitie to the act and exercise, yea, although he were also suspended for a tyme, from all the action and ex­ercise of his Ministerie.

Will our Bretheren neuer allowe suspension, as a gentler correction, than vtter depriuing or disgrading? when they allowe e [...]en the excommu­nicated offenders (vpon their repentaunce and amendme [...]t) to bee re­ceiued agayne into the bosome of the Church? The minister not a newe or­deyned after suspension or excommuni­cation. pag. 98. And shall they not bee receiued agayne, as cléerely forgiuen, into their former places and offices? Or doe they so make him for that while, no Minister at all, that he must bee newe made Minister a fresh when he is released from that sentence of excommunication or suspension?

But why not; if he must bee newe made Minister doe he but once set his foote out of his charge of flocke or Benefice? and is hée Minister agayne, when bée setteth in his foote agayne into his charge? The absurditie of our Brethe­rens position. and can hée then bee minister or not minister when hée will? and can hée make himselfe minister a newe, as often as hée list thus to steppe in and out, to and from his charge? Or who shall make him minister agayne, so oft as hée thus starteth aside?

Truely it grieueth mée; and I am euen wearie to thinke ( and I thinke the reader also to heare, or to thinke) what an infinite number of absurdi­ties, doe still more and more arise, on these their straunge principles. Of which they máy well bestow these their owne speeches, that they are indéede grounded neither of any reason, or of the word of God.

But whether our ministerie be grounded on the old stinking popish indelible character▪ or (besides good reason) euen on the worde of God: The grounde of our ministe­rie hath Gods word & good reasons for it. let any godly or reasonable man, whose reason is not forestalled with affec­tion, be an indifferent vmpere betweene vs, in Gods name.

And yet forsoothe ( say they, in mockerie of our ministerie) it is so per­fect, that it may abide no reformation.

Wée vaunt of no perfection in our ministerie. It may bée good and godly; and yet vnperfect, We vaunt not of our ministe­ries perfection. as wee our selues and all our actions and offices are. Though our Bretheren boast too much of puritie and perfection; wee rather tend to it, than that wee are as yet able to apprehend it. For ( as the Apostle sayth, 1. Cor. 13. vers. 9, & 10.) wee knowe in parte and wee pro­phecie in parte; but when that which is perfect is come; then that which is in parte shalbe abolished. Would God, both for our Bretheren and for vs, wee were in the better parte for our ministerie; and more neere to perfe­ction all of vs, both in that and in all things els, than we be.

And for our partes, wee are readie to abide all due and true refor­mation. We are readie to abide all true reforma­tion. But as for such reformations as these are, that these our learned Bretheren (which call themselues all the faythfull Ministers) [Page 1268] doe desire, Multitudes of vnfit Mi­nisters. or rather, doe not desire, but prescribe vnto us, for the discipline and reformation of the Church of England: they are so farre off from any neernes to perfection; that (forsooth, and forsooth) they would rather deforme vs altogether, than any whit reforme vs, or amend vs.

Fourthly ( saye they) if you will see how well the authoritie which they claime and practise, The 4. absur­ditie and pre­sumption is the vse & practise of ordeining vnfit ministers. is vsed of them, that onely haue the choyce and admission of ministers: looke ouer the whole Realme of England, what a multitude of vnfit pastors shall you finde, in euery place? so that Ieroboam neuer made worse priestes of the refuse of the people, to serue his golden Calues, than they haue ordeyned ministers, to feede the flocke of Christ, which hee hath purchased with his owne blood.

It is good to see how well or ill, the authoritie claymed is practised or vsed; Howe wee should looke on this practise so wee see it with an intentiue, and yet a single eye; discerning euer­more betweene the authoritie it selfe, and the practise: and in the practise, betweene the vse and the abuse thereof. Now, if wee shall thus looke o­uer the whole Realme of England, which (GOD bee praysed) is a large circuite, and conteyneth a very great number of Pastors; it is lesse maruell if there bée many, not in all things so good, as their office and order doth require.

Saint Paule findeth fault in the Church of Corinthus, euen with all the prophetes there, St. paules fault finding with the prophets of Corinth. ( being though not all of them, yet many, the ordinarie mi­nisters and teachers of the worde) for their great disorders. And how much more (especially in this our more corrupt age) is it lesse woonder, if wee should see a multitude of vnfit pastors, in looking ouer a whole Realme, and that such a Realme as Englande is? maior est orbis vrbe, sayth Saint Ierome. And yet in the Citie where hee was at Rome, the multitude of the euill Priestes or ministers and their enuie, made him forsake Rome and goe to Bethelem. How some to seuere fathers haue fallen in­to scismes by offence of the ministers liues. Yea, for the enuie of the Priestes and ministers long before him, Tertullian from growing in malecontentment with the dissolute life of the ministers, fell so farre from them, that in the ende hee became a Montaniste. And the too much disliking of the corrupt liues of the Bishops, the Clergie and the Ministers in the auncient Churche, hath made many too austere Ministers, otherwise excellent learned men and streight liuers, be­come Scismatikes, as many of the precise nouatians and [...], or Puri­tanes were.

Not such great multitudes of vnfit ministers as our brethrē pretend. But now, if wee shall looke ouer the whole Realme of England, what a multitude ( say our Bretheren) of vnfit Pastors shall you finde in euery place? And indeede, what a multitude? I graunt, moe than wee woulde there were, or than there should bee. For in duetie, there ought none at all to bee vnfit. But if wee shall viewe the number well without sinister affec­tion: I trust wee shall not stude (considering the whole Realme) so great a [Page 1269] multitude, as our Bretherens exclamation, Ieroboams Priestes. ( grounded on ill will to the state of all the Ministers, and to their Ministerie it selfe) would make the worlde beleeue, that there is vnfitnesse in so many, that euen in euery place wee should finde a multitude of them. Whereas contrarywise, though there bee not a multitude of fitte Pastors in euery place; yet there is some, and some good multitude in many places, God bee praysed for it, and encrease the multitude of them.

But they finde fault, A sclaūderous compai [...]on of our Pastors to Ieroboams Priestes. not onely with the multitude of vnfitte Pastors in euery place, but that also they bee so vnfitte, that they spare not to saye: so that Ieroboam neuer made worse Priestes of the refuse of the people, to serue his golden Calues, then they haue ordeyned Mini­sters. &c.

Where here they speake not of so odde particular euill persons, either degenerating from their order, or vnworthie to haue bene at al [...] ordeyned, or perchaunce crept into the number by subornation and counterfeiting to bée ministers, and are not (as in a whole Realme, such naughtie persons may bee found:) but speake it generally and of a great multitude in euery place: These bitter speeches seeme rather to arise from the froth of some sharpe choler, if not very melancholie (comprehending in generall the good and the bad) to compare not onely the poore ministers, that to their habilities feede the flocke of Christ which he hath purchased with his owne blood, to the Idolatrous Priestes that Ieroboam made, of the refuse of the peo­ple, to serue his golden Calues: but also with like generalitie of all the Bi­shoppes, without discerning who hath made any vnfit ministers, and who not (that the fault being personall, might light vpon the persons offending): they charge them all alike, that they haue all done, as did that execrable A­postata and Idolatrous tyrant Ieroboam, who (being though a Prince, yet a mere laye man) tooke vppon him to make Priestes and ministers of the rascalles and refuse of the people, whereas in déede, neither hee (had he bene otherwise neuer so good) coulde make any Priestes at all: nor they (had they bene neuer so [...]tte, learned or godly) could bée made Priestes, be­ing not of the stocke of Aaron, and so in deede were no true Priestes at all.

But what doe I goe about, to repell this so manifest a sclaunder; the in­dignitie whereof, deserueth chastisement rather than answere? saue that our Bretheren v [...] a little poynt of cunning herein, Our Bretheren vse heerein the practise of the old Heritikes, and the papists by the minis­ters liues to dis­credite their ministerie. from which they should the rather shunne; because as ill men as was Ieroboam, euen many auncient Hereticks vsed the same comparison. And at this daye, it is the common practise of the Papistes, when they would breede a misliking of all our doc­trine, and our ministerie, to vndermyne it, by finding fault with the mini­sters vnfitnesse in their liues and learning. And because they dare not open­ly condemne all, which is their meaning; they make a shewe to bee offended with the multitude of the vnfittest ministers.

[Page 0271] Vnfit Mi­nisters. I wisse, if wee should thus rigge into the vnfitnesse, and that of mini­sters which are greate fauourites and vegers of these deuises and reforma­tions, wee could finde (if not a multitude in euery place, which God forbid) yet some numbers, very vnfit to bee called faithfull ministers, that desire the reformation of the Church of England. Which haue made such de­formation in the ministerie, and therevppon being partly misliked of vs, and partly either hauing bene punished, or fearing punishment, haue falne to take vpon them a great countenaunce of this our Bretherens zeale and pra­ctise that they vse, to inueigh against the Bishops, chalenging them for pride and tyrannie; and against all the Clergie and state of Ecclesiasticall gouern­ment now established: The vnfitnesse of manie a­mong our bre­theren to bee ministers. and these men get such great credite among many our male-contented Bretheren; that I am afrayde, some of them goe in the multitude and name also of these faithfull ministers, that recom­mend vnto vs this their learned discourse. Qui simulant Curios & Baccha­nalia viuunt.

But, let such passe as they are worthie: whome I rather lament, than stu­die to decipher their vnworthinesse. Howbeit, of these our learned (but misse­zealous) Bretheren, I thinke more reuerently, as becommeth mée, and doe not condemne them all, for the multitude and number of some among them, and craue that they would affoord vs the like equitie, not for the defaultes of some (though a multitude) to condemne all, and withall it selfe all the mini­sterie too: for so, wee may call the doctrine also too néere in question, and the whole corps and substance of our Church.

The lear­ned disc. pag. 128.This complaynt wee confesse is grieuous, but the indignitie of the matter inforceth it. Wee knowe that vayne excuses shall not bee wan­ting, of necessitie, &c. But if necessitie compelled them, to take such at the first: what necessitie compelleth them, to suffer them to bee such still? For, if they would needes admit ignorant persons to that charge; yet should they haue inforced them to studie, as well as to other thin­ges, they haue inforced them vnto, that in tyme they might haue gro­wen to bee meete for their calling. Which if they had done in 10.12. or 13. yeeres space, a great many might haue prooued excellently well learned and able to serue in the Church with great fruite and profite; and the rest according to proportion of their tyme, might haue come to some mediocritie in knowledge: whereas now, as igno [...]aunt and as vnfit, as they were the first day, so are they still for the most parte, and will so continue to their liues ende, if they may be suffered in ydlenesse as they haue bene hetherto.

Bridges. After our Bretheren haue thus bitterly compared, the multitude of our Pastors in euery place, to Ieroboams Idolatrous Priestes: they now goe about to excuse themselues of this so grieuous a complaynt, and [...]ithall, to cut off from vs all excuses.

[Page 1271]This complaynt ( say they) we confesse is greeuous, Our brethe­rens grie­uous com­plaint. but the indignitie of the matter inforceth it.

It is a greeuous complaynt in deede (as they confesse) and an heynous, both agaynst the Bishoppes, and agaynst their poore Brether [...]n ministers. Our Bretherēs confession of their cōplaint to be grieuous. Neither is there any so greeuous indignitie or necessitie, that inforceth them to complayne so greeuouslie▪ and beyonde not onely the veritie of the matter, but the boundes both of charitie and all modestie, and that in such greeuous maner of complayning, The extreame manner of our Bretherens grieuous com­playning. not by lowlie supplication, exhibited in writing to her most excellent Maiestie, or to her most honourable Councell; but to published in print to all the whole Realme, and that without licence to print it, yea agaynst Lawe and order giuen in such behalfe so to doe; and to scatter it abroade in euery parte of the whole Realme, as much as they may; and that with such reprochefull inuectiues, and notorious sclaunders: doth any thing, or should any thing, inforce our Bretheren to complayne in this extreame maner?

But now from this insufficient excuse of their so greeuous complaynt on the Bishops & our Ministers: they turne to the taking away from vs, the refuge and mitigation of all excuses.

Wee knowe ( say they) that vayne excuses shall not bee wanting of ne­cessitie, &c.

That that is amisse, and can bee so euicted; The excuse of necessitie. if our Bretheren will needes become so rough, that it maye deserue no modest excuse, nor mitigation with them; wee will gladly confesse it, and studie to refourme it in good or­der. And so (God bee praysed) as wee may, wee doe. And if wee [...]id not, lawe would compell vs.

But they knowe before hand (as they say) that wee will alleadge neces­sitie. And they also before hand, will reiect it, as a vayne excuse.

For wee knowe ( say they) that vayne excuses shall not be wanting, of necessitie. &c.

And how knowe théy (before hand) that wee would alleadge necessitie? Doth their minde (before hand) misgiue that there was at the first some ne­cessitie indeede? and why might it not then be alleadged?

But what meane they here, by adioyning this, &c. Doe they also knowe before hand, that we haue some other excuses, if necessitie would not be ad­mitted? And would they not alleadge them too, but suppresse them, or with­out all regarde, or hearing, or knowing of them, shake them off before hand, as vayne excuses to? But, not to stand vppon et-ceteraes: let vs see what they say to necessitie.

And yet they haue cast off that also before hand, as a vayne excuse. And indeede if they meane it, that wee should allea [...]e, that necessitie draue our Bishop to ordeyne, and vs allow such persons, of whom they sayd before, Ieroboā neuer made worse: then, as he had no necessitie, that did or ought [Page 1272] to haue driuen him to make suche Priestes: The excuse of necessitie. so wee could not alleadge an [...] such necessitie, The excuse of necessitie but that it should bee a very vayne excuse, to choose and ordeyne such ( not vayne onely) but most vyle persons. But wee are farre (God bee praysed) both from excusing such false and wicked Pastors, ( or rather, no Pastors at all) or from excusing any that haue made such, as they knewe or suspected, to bee either an euill person in life, or altogether vnfitte in knowledge for the ministerie.

Notwithstanding, if wee shall better consider of the matter, how for the neede and want of learned Preachers, The occasions of the necessi­tie. especially at that first tyme, when the Popish pastors were remooued, and the learned Preachers of the Gospell were the most of them destroyed, saue a small remaynder: and fewe of any towardnesse in learning indeuoured themselues vnto the Ministerie, but rather to other professions: and since that tyme also, seeing on the one side, so many hunting and prowlling after those the Clergies liuinges, or the fleecing of them, which for their better maintenaunce in learning and hospi­talitie they were endowed withall; and how the Clergie were continually enuyed, pinched and pulled at; and on the other side, seeing the innouations and garboyles of our Bretheren themselues in the Clergie, to make odious to the people both the Pastors, and also all the Prelates of the Realme; and the peoples vnthankfulnesse; and their owne vncerteyntie; whereby the lear­ned sort were the more discouraged, and their friendes would hardly permit them, for these and other reasons, to enter into this function of the ministe­rie, so difficult in it selfe, so enuyous, vnthankfull, daungerous and vncerteine to the worlde; except that God euen by the mere motion of his Spirite, ray­sed by some, and confirmed them against all these no small tentations to flesh and blood: why may not this now goe for a lawfull and no vayne excuse, that when learned Preachers could not bee gotten for Pastors, to furnish all the vacant places: they were euen glad and fayne to take some such other, (for supplye of this generall want) as being honest and godly poore men in conuersation, found in Religion, zealous and readie to further the Gospell to their best, though not able learnedly to preach vnto the people: that very necessitie did inforce it, that is to saye, this neede and want of learned Preachers caused it? Better is halfe a loafe than no bread. Necessitie (they say) is a sore weapon: and will our Bretheren bee so rigorous, not to admit this necessitie, but for a vayne excuse?

But if necessitie compelled them ( say they) to take such at the first: what necessitie compelleth them to suffer them to bee such still?

If (as now they graunt) necessitie compelled them: then it is not a vayne, but a lawfull and necessarie excuse.

But if it did ( say they) what necessitie compelleth them to suffer them to be such still?

This is not true, that they are suffered to be such still. Orders are ap­pointed, [Page 1273] both by the auncient discipline, The occasions of the necessitie. and by later degrees, t [...] sée that they exercise themselues in the studie & knowledge of Gods word. If the capa­cities of al be not such, as to attaine unto the gift of preaching, hauing not bin from their tender yeeres (as was Timothie) trayned vp in [...]earning▪ yet are they not to be depriued of their liuing, or deposed from their Ministery, The exercise of the ministery to increase in learning. ha­uing bin lawfully ordeyned, and by law possessed of their liuings. But if any continue in ignorance of the knowledge conuenient for him, and so terme it wilful, carelesse, and obstinate ignorance: there are good lawes prouided to cor­rect him, yea, if his faulte or defaultes so require, to depriue him.

If they say, these lawes are not dulye practised, but that some are suffred to be such still: Although (I hope) there be not many such, yet i [...] there were: that is the officers faulte, blame not the office. And yet, be officers neuer so so diligent, some negligence may escape them, and wee must not blame all for some.

But they still reiecte all these as vayne excuses. For ( say they) if they would needes admitte ignorant persons to that charge: The Bishops sclaundered, that they wouldneedes admit ignorant persons. yet should they haue inforced them to studie, as well as to other thinges that they haue inforced them vnto.

See how charitably our brethren turne the matter, not as though the ne­cessitie were for neede of more skilfull men: but that the Bishops woulde needes admitte ignorant persons. Is this our brethrens gentliest constru­ction of this necessitie?

But they saye, they should haue inforced them to studie.

That had bin vaine indeede, if the necessitie lay in the Bishops wilfulnes, Enforcing the ministers to studie and lear­ning. that they would needes admit them that were ignorant persons: wher­fore then should they inforce them not to be ignorant? But the Bishops by all lawfull meanes, doe labour that they shoulde not be ignoraunt. And therefore this is neyther true nor likelie, that the Bishops would needes ad­mit ignorant persons.

I graunt they enforce them not with such enforcement as our brethren would haue them doe; that is, to turne them out of their dores, Harrison a­gainst Mr. Cartwrit pag. 23. to goe studie where they maye begge their bread: nor as Harrison that full charitably, would haue all the poore vnlearned Ministers to be hanged vp and that in the churches and publike assemblies: but otherwise (according to their capacities and habilities) there are sufficient ordinances for that they should be enforced to studie more orderly.

But they saye they shoulde bee aswell enforced to studie, as to other things that they haue enforced them vnto. Inforcement vnto other thinges.

What those other thinges are that they haue bin enforced vnto, bi­cause they suppresse them, I can giue no certayne aunswere, bu [...] this in­generall, That I knowe of no vnlawfull thinges that they haue bene enforced vnto. For, speaking hereof the ignoraunt forte (the moste of [Page 1274] whō haue, 13. yeares profit. God wot, but finall lyuing) they are but very poore men, & therefore are not enforced w t any great charge, except it be to buy some few bookes, & to assemble thēselues the oftner vnto y e exercises of learning, which I take not to be y e way to suffer thē to liue in ignorance, but rather to be a good & tractable meanes, & if they wil so cal it, ā inforcemēt also vnto knowledge.

That in time ( say they) they might haue growne meet for their calling.

The growing of many in the increase of learning. And we doubt not but that many haue so growne, and yet many of them, that haue and doe growe daily more and more in knowledge, haue not the gift of vtterance to be a Preacher. And many of them, as they grow more meete in knowledge, yet growing withall in yeeres, age makes them stoupe, & be­come vnable to be preachers. Yea it oftentimes disableth many that haue bin able, and that before were good preachers. Besides many infirmities, & y e very necessities of pouerty it selfe, The decaies by age &c. ( which the poets called pondus [...]tna gra­vius) presseth manye downe, that they can not prouide such furniture of bokes, as were requisite in these controuersies, for a preacher not to want.

But ( saye they) if they had done this, in 10.12. or. 13. yeres space, a great many might haue proued excellently well learned, & able to serue in the Church with great fruite and profite.

All this hath bin done, & not done in hucker mucker, but notoriusly kno­wen & that longer space stil continuing than 10.12. or. 13. yėres: Yea more than y space doubled, euen the yeres of al her Maiesties raigne, & much good (no doubt) hath bin done by this exercise of y e clergy. But to prescribe, that a great many might haue proued excellētly wel learned, & able to serue in the church with great fruit & profit; that, neither I, nor al our Br. can determine, though we wish (w t gods wil) it might so haue bin. But we sée, that euen in y e very Vniuersities, the nurceries of learning, & where they are more in­forced to daily & to more learned exercises, euen of schollers & youths, which are more pregnant; yet among thē, & of those also y t addict thēselues vnto diui­nity; whatsoeuer they might: I cānot tel, but not a very great many of thē, no not in 10.12. or 13. yeres space, haue proued excellētly wel learned, & a­ble to serue in the church with great fruit & profit. The inforcing the ministers to studie this 13. yeares. Though (God be may­sed) there are some y t do so proue, god vouchsafe also to encrease y e nūber of thē. But Mercurius non fit ex quolibet ligno, there are not many of such excellēcy.

Now if it fall out thus among thē, in the vniuersities: where notwithstan­ding are many learned & godly preachers, The number of excellently well learned Diuines. & more and more increase:) howe much lesse can we make any promise of this, in y country exercises, amōg the poore old & simple ministers, y t in 10.12. or 13. yeres space, a great many might haue proued excellent wel learned, & able to serue in the Church with great fruit & profit, but (God be praised for it) though our brethren will not acknowledge it, some haue reaped hereby much fruit and profite, & are become proper schollers and preachers too.

And the rest ( saye they) according to the proportion of their time, [Page 1275] might haue come to some mediocrity in knowledge. Mediocritie in knowledge. Accusation of crimes.

This is better said, & of this sort are (I hope) if not all, yet the most part.

Wheras now ( say they) as ignorant & as vnfit as they were the first day, so are they still for the most part, & will so continue to their liues end, if they may be suffred in Idlenes as they haue bin hitherto.

If any such Idle droanes be, & so be proued: they may by law be more sharply cēsured, or remoued, without remouing of the law for thē. The punish­ments or re­mouing of the idle & hope­lesse. That an [...] be suffred in idlenes, & so haue bin hitherto: let y e suffrers answer it; & suffer y e shame or smart therof, when the accusers haue proued it, but let our brethren here take heede of slaunders.

Then it is a torment to think what ambitious suing, what e [...]uio us la­boring, what vnseemely flattering, what prodigall bribing, The learned disc. pag. 129. is vsed to at­tain to great dignities in the church, too far vnmeete for the modesty & grauity, that should be in christiā preachers. & as for the inferior benefi­ces, frō the fattest Parsonage to the porest Vicarige almost, if it be worth 40. poūd by the yere, what Simonical bargains of Leases, annui [...]ies, reser­uations, exhibitions: yea notwithstanding the Act of Parliament Anno. 13. by Antidates & other subtill conueiances, what Christian harte can thinke of them, without detestation of such horrible abuses. Bridges

The crimes here heaped vp together, are all personall, Our Bretherēs vndermining the lawe and authoritie by the persons de­faultes▪ & neither the faults of y law it selfe, nor approued by any law established in the church o [...] Englād. How soeuer any party is acquitt, or gilty, y e authoryty of y e law remaines in­tiere, & where it findeth such horrible abuses, cléerly proued, it seue [...]ely puni­sheth thē, if it be duly executed. & therfore thus to agrauate these crimes, & to reason frō them, to take away the B. & pastors lawful authority: conteineth a nūber of fallatiōs ab accedente, ab ignoratione elenchi, a non causavt causa, & a secundum quid ad simpliciter. & it may as easily be retorted on our Bre. that whē they had done al that euer they could; except not onely they would cleane take away all the great dignities, ( which is their drift, and which some be glad to barken after) but take away withall the inferiour benefices frō the fattest Parsonage, to the porest Vicarige also; After all our bretherens spoyles▪ wee should haue as great or great [...] faultes. yet woulde ther [...] bee cor­ruptions and abuses still in diuers persons, though their might be the lesse ambitious suings, when the liuinges were so horribly spoiled, which indéede were a worse spoyle, than any is made, and more detestable. And yet would there be ambition still, & far peraduenture worse in another more perilous sort, than any now there is. Diogenes when he sayd that he trampl [...]d downe Platonis fastum, the pompe of Plato: it was well aunswered, sed maiore fa­stu, but with a greater pompe then Plato had. The lear­ned disc. pag. 120.

Shal wee speake heere any thing of the popish Priesthood, the grea­test blasphemie that euer was: howe longe was it allowed for a lawe­full Ministerye, vntill by the godlye meaning of the sayde Parlya­ment, some brande-marke of shame, was sette vppon it? But how [Page 1276] pitifullye that aucthoritye was abused, The popish priesthood. whereas by the same statute committed to the Bishoppes, in allowing of Priestes that came to doe their pennaunce, by negligence of the Byshoppes, and bri­be [...]ye of their officers: the countrye cryeth out of it, and the state of the Churche, is little amended by it. Olde sir Iohn lacke latine, that had not seene some of his Benefices, a dosen yeare before, was carryed aboute on his mare, and sometimes on a carte: firste to the Bishop whome he chose, if he might for his purpose, such a one as had beene a priest of his owne order, and cared leaste what Mini­sters serue in his diocoese, and then from shire to shire, one distante an hundreth myle from another, mumbling vp his Articles in his morrow masse voyce in euerye Church where he had liuing, and returned as ve­rie a beaste as he came.

Bridges. Wee account the Popish Priestehood as great blasphemy, as our bre­thren doe.

The popishe priesthood ne­uer allowed of vs though some partes thereof be not vtterlie disa­loshed. But, how long say they was it allowed for a lawefull ministerye?

Neuer allowed at all amongste vs▪ saye wée. For euen when the masse was abolished, their blasphemous sacrificing ministerie, was abolished, for an vnlawfull ministerye. And yet as vnlawfull as that blasphemous ministerye was, in respect of most horrible blasphemies that it was corrupted with all, especially their vnbloudye sacrifice: yet can wée not saye, that it was in all respectes meerely no ministerye at all, nor had anye lawfull actions in that vnlawfull ministerie. The Pharises, though otherwise sectaries, and mainteyning blasphemous errours, and were the deadly enemies of Christe and his Gospell, yet did not Christe vt­terly condemne their ministery, but that he sayd, they sat in Moses chayre, and had the key of knowledge. And so, now and then some of the popish priestes preached the truth in some things.

For if our brethren will make them but meere laye men, then are neither they nor wee any ministers at all, but mere laye men also. For who or­deyned vs ministers, but such ministers as were either their selues of their Ministerie; or at leaste were made ministers of those ministers? except they will saye, the people can make ministers: and that which is more, we must eyther graunt, that he which is no minister but a meere lay man, may bap­tise, (which our brethren vtterly haue denied:) or els, that al those which were borne in the time of that ministery, The whole ministerie of the Papistes not condem­ned but the bad disting­uished from the euill there­in. were not at all baptized, and so, not one­ly a great many both of vs and of our brethren, are not yet baptised; but that also baptisme vtterly ceased in the churches. Yea, that so, the Church and all ceased, when there was no other ministerie.

And therfore we must not vtterly condēne the whole ministerie but distin­guish betwene it & y e good therin on y e one side, & the blasphemies & al the bad therin on y e other side, which did corrupt it. This corruptiō is to be takē frō it, [Page 1277] and then the Ministerie it selfe, which is, the office of teaching or preaching of the word of God, the Ministration of the Sacraments of Christ, the ma­king of publike prayers, and the gouerning or executing of those thinges that perteyne to the publike gouernment and discipline of the Church; is good and lawfull.

Neyther were any of these so excellent Ministers, Luther, Suinglius, oeco­lompadius, Caluine, Bucer, Peter Martyr, & many others, made Ministers a newe: but disclaimed onely and renounced all the errors, corruptions, and blasphemeis in the Ministerie which before they had receaued, [...]s wée haue heard Caluines prescription, Epist. 373. and so continued still in the office or ministery thus repurged.

And therefore, since the masse was taken away, and all [...]he other corrup­tions of the Ministerie, that were vsed in the popish priesthood; & an other Ministration appointed as is sette downe in our booke of publike prayer, by the godly lawes of the realme and Church of England established, which was done so soone as conueniently it could be done, forthwith after her Ma­iesties moste happy entrance into this kingdome: this is not truly sayd, that the popish priesthood being the greatest blasphemie that euer was, was alowed for a lawfull Ministerie, vntill by the godly meaning of the sayd parliament (Anno. 13.) some brande-marke of shame was sette vp­pon it.

As though the sacrificing Priesthoode had continued with allowance therof, for thirteene yere together of the Queenes Maiesties raigne, The Parlia­ments brande marke of shame. which was as long a time, as before they mencioned, for the inforcing of the mi­nisters to studie. Yea, by this rule, it continueth still, though disallowed: or rather (as they say) but noted onely with a brand-marke of shame set vpon it. So that this is not the taking of it awaye, but the continuing of it with more shame to the parliament and to all the states of the Realm [...], that haue marked it with a brand-marke of shame, and yet shame not to continue it, though we disallow it.

And this withall is but a shamefull and vnreuerent terme that here they vse, in calling eyther the statute, or the booke of articles agreed vppon by all the clergie of the Churche of England, and approued in the high courte of parliament by al the states of the realme, and by the statute commaunded to be read, a brand-marke of shame.

But our brethren to mittigate the matter, say the parliament had a god­ly meaning in making that statute, The godlye meaning o [...] the parliamēt. for Priestes ( that had bin made in the tyme of Popery) to professe their consent to the true doctrine, agreed vpon in the booke of articles, by their publike reading of the same booke in their benefices.

Yea verily, the parliament had therein a very godly meaning, and it was also as godly an act [...]s meaning of the parliament.

[Page 1278] The Statute anno 13. Eliz. But ( saye they) how pitifullye that authority was abused, which by the same statute was committed to the Bishops, in allowing of Priestes that came to doe their pennance, by negligence of the Bishops and bri­bery of their officers, the country cryeth out of it, and the state of the Church is little amended by it.

There is no such crying out in the country, as are these outcries of our brethren. If it be but little amended: yet little is somewhat. But if it bee not greate: that is not to be unputed to the good lawe, but to the euill and indirect accidents. The commit­ting to the Bishops the authoritie for the statutes execution. For it was not pitifull, that that authority was com­mitted to the Bishops in allowing of Priestes, that came ( not as our bre­thren here say) to doe their pennance, or to haue a brand-marke of shame set vpon them: but the statute it selfe more reuerently and rightly, setteth downe the cause and order of their act, saying.

That the Churches of the Queenes Maiesties dominions, maye bee serued with Pastors of sound religion, be it enacted by the authority of this present Parliament, The wordes of the Statute anno Eliz. 13. cap. 12. that euerye person vnder the degree of a Byshop, which doth or shall pretende, to be a priest or Minister of gods holy worde and Sacramentes, by reason of anye other fourme of in­stitution, consecration or ordeyning, than the forme set foorth by Parliament in the tyme of the late King of most worthye memorye King Edwarde the sixte, or now vsed in the raigne of our moste grati­ous Soueraigne Ladye, before the feaste of the Natiuitie nexte follow­ing, shall in the presence of the Bishop, or gardian of the spiritualties of some one diocoese, where he hath or shall haue ecclesiasticall liuing, declare his assent, and subscribe to all the articles of religion, which onely concerne the confession of the true Christian Faith, and the do­ctrine of the Sacramēts, comprised in a booke imprinted, intituled: Ar­ticles wherupō it was agreed by the Archbish. & Bish. of both prouinces, & the whole Clergy in the Conuocation holden at London, in the yeare of our lor [...] God, 1562. According to the computation of the Church of england, for the auoyding of the diuersities of opinions, and for the establishing of consent touching true Re­ligion, put forth by the Queenes Authoritye: And shall bring from suche B. or gardian of Spiritualties, in wryting vnder his Seale authentike, and testimoniall of such assent & subscription, & openly on some Sonday, in the time of publike seruice afore noone, in euery church (wher by reasō of any Ecc▪ liuing he ought to attēd) reade both the said Testimoniall & the said articles, vpon paine, that euery such persō, which shal not before the said feast, do as is aboue appointed, shall be ipso facto depriued, & al his Eccl. promotions shalbe voyd, as if he then were naturally dead.

These are the very words of the statute. Wherein, what could they bet­ter haue prouided, than (whatsoeuer they should ordeyne, for the bringing of those persons to the more sure confession and consent of sound Religion, [Page 1279] firste, Negligence & bribes. to come before the Bishoppe or the Gardian of the [...]pirituall iu­risdiction in the Bishops vacancie, Before whome the thinges or­dayned in the statute should best be done. in some one Diocoese where hee had any ecclesiasticall promotion, or liuing, and there before him, declare his consent and also subscribe to all the articles of religion, which onelye concerne the confession of the true Christian Faith? &c. Before whom should he haue done this, if he should doe it authentically, than before the Bishop or the bishops gardian, being the publike officers, that haue com­petent authority ouer him in those matters? which withall, confuteth our brethrens equall authority of all Pastors.

If the bishops were negligent, or the officers take bribes: The Bishops negligence & the officers bribes. this was the bishops & the officers fault, not any default in the lawes. Wise men should not doe like Williā Summer, strike one for another. But if the bishops neg­ligence and the bribery of the officers be so great, that the countrye cry­eth out of it, and the state of the Church is little amended: it is then so much the easier to be knowne, who are the offenders that so pitif [...]lly abused this godly meaning of the statute, & that authority committed to them and not they to be thus disorderly cried out vpon, The disorderly proceeding of our bretheren. and that in this vnchari­table maner, by inuectiue libelles, vnder the tytle of learned discourses, to be thus discoursed vpon, & with taunts & slaunders defamed to all the worlde, so much as lyes in them. If the matter be little amended, this is not to a­mend it more, but to make it worse, for this is naught worth, but to norishe malice, suspitiō, & sclaunder, & yet the fault not knowne, much lesse amēded.

Let the negligence & briberies ( with true desire of reformation, as the title of this learned discourse pretendeth) be iudicially in forme of law com­plained vpon, the parties being named, (if aliue) called, accused, heard, consi­dered, & conuicted therof, before their lawfull magistrate: Our bretherēs orderlie pro­ceeding. & then we & all the country, would cōmend therin our brethrens iust & more charitable dealing, then might they better thinke of our bretheren to bee in true meaning suche faithful Ministers as indéede desired the reformation of the Church of Englands discipline. At leastwise, whatsoeuer the country would thinke or speake, both the party and the matter that were proued faulty, of little might be much, and much sooner amended.

But on this fashiō to deface B. & their officers, & spread about such sclaun­ders & suspicions on them: all sober and godly affected may mislike it, and all the country may cry out theron, that it is not the part of faithful ministers & brethren, that it procéedth neither of true zeale, wisedom, faithfulnes, Iu­stice, or charity; nor tendeth little or much, to anye amendment of the right reformation or true Churches state, or of the persons, or of the ma [...]ter.

But nowe, if wee shall consider the matter better (I speake as they doe, The vnlikenes of our brethe­rens accusati­ons. in generall tyll some instance bée orderlye produced to the contrary) that they should heerein so heighnously accuse the bishops of negligence, though the lesser faulte, and the officers bryberye for this matter: [Page 1280] whatsoeuer the neglience of the one, Sir Iohn lacke latin. or the bribery of the other might doe hurte in other matters: there is no likelihood in the worlde, either of the one or of the other in this matter, neither could the Bishop with his negligence, or any fauour or the officers with their bribes taking, hinder y procéeding, or relieue the person, or abuse the authoritie, or defeate the penaltie of the s [...]atute.

For it is so prouidently prouided for, by the authoritye of the same highe court of parliament, that the party must not onely bring from the Bishop, or gardian of the spiritualties, in writing vnder his seale autētike, a testi­moniall of such assent and subscription: but also openly onsome sonday, in the time of publike seruice afore noone in euerye Church where by reason of any liuing he ought to attend) the partie shall reade both the sayde testimoniall and the sayde Articles: and all this to be done, vppon paine of loosing all his Eccl. promotions ipso facto. So that here, no negli­gence or any corruption of the Bishop, nor briberie of the officers coulde any whit helpe the partie, but that hee must needes do the thinges, that are thus presc [...]ibed, to be so openly in the face of all the Church performed.

Wherein the Bishop and his officers ar, or are not to bee blamed. Which things now if the minister did not (as he ought to do) vnfeyned­ly, and with all his hart, but hypocritically: that is not the Bishops nor the officers fault; his owne sin be vpon his owne head. But if his sin be founde out, and be not further punished, so farre as the Bishop by his superiour au­thority may doe: then hardly blame the Bishop and his officers, if the faulte thereof be in them.

As for poore olde sir Ihon lacke latines lacke of latine, Sir Iohn lacke latines traue­ling to read the articles. that fault is not to be laide to any of our Bishops, that made him not priest, howbeit many of our most zealous brethren, (which take vpon them not onely to bee faithfull ministers, but to bee preachers also) néede not much to insulte vpon old sir Iohn for lacke of latine.

But, what an olde mumpsimus haue they heere raked out, to make their wondermente and spectacle of example vppon, to leuell all those priestes by, for whome the statute in the wordes aboue cited, was enacted. Here is drawne out (as it were an owle out of an Iuie Bush, for all the birds to howt at) an olde sir Iohn lacke latine, though hee had his orders from rome a porta latina, hauing as it were a tot quot of benefices on his back in a number of diuers shires, one benefice distant a 100. miles frō another miserably carried about in a cart or on his mare bestia super bestiam, to goe mumble vp his articles in his morrow masse voice, in euery church where hee had liuing, and returne as verye a beast as hee came. What meane our brethren to bring foorth such a beast as they haue here described or did they know of any such in all England: and if they did, & the crie of all the countrye ran [...] vpon him, and that he was by negligence of the bishop and briberie of the officers borne out and vnpunished: then may hee the [Page 1281] eassier be knowne, and the other parties also (if liuing) to be punished all in, time. And not for this one odde palinodie; all the Bishops & their officers to be thus burdened with such crimes and outcries, for abusing that autho­rity of the statute committed vnto them.

But if that, knowing no such old croust, yet in the person and discription of such an hypocrite, they would insult on all thos [...] Ministers, that had before bin popish priestes, especially vpon the poore, old, and simpler sorte of them: they offer a great many honest men, that are neyther beastes nor Papistes, too great and too contumelious an iniury, that are nowe God bethanked Good & sound conuerted protestants.

But let vs take this old sir Ihon, as they haue here set him out. If nowe he had so many benefices that he saw not some of them in a dosen yeare before: there is expresse statute to haue abridged his number, and lawes to limite his circuite too.

But if he held them by any lawe or priuiledge, and saw them not before in a dosen yeres, nor were by necessary impediment deteyned from them, & prouided not the better in his absence for their instruction, and the diuine ser­uice, with the administration of the sacraments, & the preaching of the worde of God, to bee orderly set foorth vnto them, by some other to supply that, which by his infirmity, absence and ignorance he could not do him selfe: then indéede the Bishop and his officers may pertake the blame with him, con­trarywise, if he did all these thinges: what could the Bishop do against him?

But if now vpon this statute for feare he should loose his benefices, this old sir Iohn lacke Latine, were carried about on his mare, and somtimes on a cart, so it were to doe his duty, eyther then, or before, or after, if he were so carryed about, eyther for pouerty, or infirmity: our brethren should not haue obiected that vnto him. Euery one that cannot haue a horse to ride on, pouerty may make him glad that he hath a mate, or else he might perhaps trot on bayard a tentoes, and he that could neyther ride nor goe, by reason of great age, or other weakenes, if hee could neyther haue horselitter, couche, nor waggon, he must haue bin carryed in a carte, or else tarry at home & loose his benefice, for any remedy he had, that I knowe of, but howsoeuer his case stoode, pouerty and infirmity are rather (me thinkes) to be pitied than vpbrai­ded, yea though the man otherwise deserued no pitie.

But say they he was carryed, first to the Bishop whom he chose if hee might, for his purpose, such one as had bin a priest of his owne order, & cared least what ministers serue in his diocoese.

From the disdayning of poore sir Iohn, our brethren mount vp againe to another slaunder of the Bishop, Sclaunder of the Bishops. burdening him also not onely with the po­pish priesthood, and so to be one for the popish priestes purpose, as a fauo­rer of popery; but also to be carelesse what ministers serue in his diocoese. But till they name and proue any to haue then bene, or yet to be suche euill [Page 1283] Bishops: this againe may go for so a foule slaunder, that it deserueth for ans­were, a due rewarde of so great an obloquie.

But to come downe againe, from the Bishops to olde sir Iohn lacke Latine, that was carryed about on his mare or in a carte: if hée was so poore to bée carryed thus baselye aboute: howe is it sayd, that hée had not seene some of his benefices in a dozen yeare before, and that hée was carryed from shire to shire, one benefice beinge distante from another 100. mile, mumbling vp his articles in his morrow masse voyce, in euery Church where he had liuing?

It might haue beene, that this olde popish priest sir Iohn lacke latine, might haue serued some smale cure, No likelyhood of this deuise of Sir Iohn lacke latine. or perhaps in some odde corner haue got a benefice: but if hee had so many, it is not likely that he was but a sir Iohn lacke latine, if not rather, (had he had withall grace and truth,) that he had latine inough, and siluer ynough also, (if not too much) so that hée néeded not, to be carryed about on his mare, or in a carte for the matter. There is no probability in this tale.

But what liuinges soeuer he had, or hauing liuinges, how beastly soeuer he spared his money, and rode thether on his widge beaste: when hee came there, if he mumbled vp his articles in his morrowe masse voice; meaning heereby, Sir Iohns not [...]atisfiing the acte. that he did it also in such a beastely sorte, that the people did not vn­derstand him; or that he did it not in the best reuerent & hartie maner he could, but that he shewed himself to doe it against y e hart, and for fashion sake only to saue his liuing, and so returned ( if he came such a beaste thither) as very a beast as he came: this was no sufficient satisfaction, to the intendement and godly meaning of the lawe. And therefore if anye godly disposed persons, were iustly offended at his mockery, and manifest eluding of the godly mea­ning of this act, & cryed out vpon him for a counterfeite, or but orderly cō ­playned on his misdemeanor; they might most easily haue had him punished, & the matter amended, euen with the losse of all his liuinges, for so apparant mocking of the statute.

But now, howsoeuer this old sir Iohn lacke latine shifted, since our bre­thren here cite this act of parliament anno. 13. And withall doe so greatly commend the godly meaning of the sayd parliament, Whether our bretheren thē ­selues satisfie the godlie meaning of the statute. and pitie that the au­thority of the same statute was abused, and would haue the priestes made by the popish Priesthood ( and with good reason) to haue bin seuerelye looked vnto, in the full accōplishment of that, which the said statute of so godly meaning did enact: sith I hope our Bre. also meane as they speake; may it please them, to consider with me, or with their pillow, a little better of this godlye meaning of the act; & of the words therof, & then tell me, whether that some, if not all of their owne selues, might not haue bin shrewdly touched, & yet may be, by their manifest breach thereof. And for, to begin with the entendment & godly meaning of the act, to repeate the wordes againe & marke them bet­ter. [Page 1281] The words are these. The Statute Anno 13.

That the churches of the Queenes Maiesties dominions may be serued with Pastors of sound religion, The godlie meaning of the statute fl [...] against our Bretherens discourse. beit enacted by the authority of this pre­sent parliament, that euery person vnder the degree of a B. which doth or shall pretend to be a Priest or minister of gods holy word & sacramēts by reason of any other forme of institution, consecration or ordering, than the forme set foorth by parliament in the time of the late king of most worthy mermory king Edward the 6. or now vsed in the raigne of our most gracious soueraigne Lady, &c.

Doe these words and the godly meaning of them, reache onely to the po­pish Priesthood? do they not plainely reache also to any fourme of institu­tion, consecration or ordering of any other neuer so much reformed chur­ches beyond the sea [...], or in this realme, other than the forme set foorth by Parliament, in the raignes of king Edward, & of our now most gratious soueraigne Lady Queene Elizabeth? so that the forme of institution, consecration or ordering ministers, Priestes or Elders which our brethren doe pretend and vrge in this learned discourse, & the forme that they haue pre­scribed in their new boke of cōmon prayer, these words & godly meaning of the statute comprehend thē. And what now if any protestation were or­deined in any reformed churches beyond the seas, according to their formes of institution, consecrating or ordering, or according to that our brethren desire, & yet read not the articles, nor were depriued: will our brethren crie out, how pitifully that authority was abused, which was by the same sta­tute committed to the B. by the negligence of the Bishops, and bribery of their officers?

And although, that braunche touche not so much, these our Bre. now, bi­cause it saith: which doth or shal pretēd, How our Bre­theren ouer­throw their own ministery to be a Priest or Minister of gods holy word & sacraments, by reason of any other institution, consecratiō or ordering: sith our Bre. (as I take it) do not pretend to haue bin orde­red or made ministers by anye other forme, but onely; that they should, or would bée made ministers by another, that is, by the forme following the Geneua order set out in their communion booke ( so that withall, it haue the additions of this learned discourse, and be in a Synod) & so escape the dan­ger of the statutes words: yet therin they both do much discredite themselues, in holding by that ordeyning which they desire to leaue: writing against it, & yet retaining it & calling thēselues faithful ministers, & are made ministers by the very same forme, of a B. ordeining them, How our Bre­theren are in daunger of losing their ly­uinges by the godlie statute. which they condemne to be an vnfaithfull forme of ordeining ministers, or rather no ordeining at al, except Antichristian, being done by the authority of one man: besides that, they manifestly oppose themselues to the godly meaning of the statute.

But how soeuer for that point of the Statute ordeined as is aforesaid, they will flee (for holding their Benefices) from the meaninge thereof, which [Page 1284] neuerthelesse they confesse to be godly, Our brethe­ren impug­ning the booke of ar­ticles. to the wordes of the statute, that they pretend not to haue bin ordeined by another forme that is allowed in the statute: notwithstanding, in that part of the statute that followeth, how can our brethren excuse them selues, that they be not in danger of this Act, if they haue bene [...]ices? or haue they not done and doe cleane contrary to this their learned discourse, in agreeing to the statute that they might holde their li­uings, if they haue not lost them againe, by setting out this their learned dis­course, and by their maintenance of these opinions, and assertions, that are so direct against the statutes, marke the wordes of the act, and (as they call it) the godly meaning of the parliament.

And that if any person ecclesiasticall, or which shall haue ecclesiasti­call liuing, shall aduisedly mainteyne or affirme any doctrine directly cō ­trary or repugnant to any of the sayd articles; and being conuented be­fore the Bishop of the diocoese, or the ordinarie, or before the Queenes highnesse commissioners in causes ecclesiasticall, shall persist therein or not reuoke his errour, or after such reuocatiō eftsoones affirme such vn­true doctrine, such mainteyning, or affirming and persisting, or suche eftsoones affirming, shalbe iust cause to depriue such persons of his ec­clesiasticall promotions. And it shalbe lawfull for the Bishop of the diocoese or the ordinary, or the said commissioners, to depriue such per­sō so persisting, or lawfully conuicted of such eftsoones affirming, & vpō such sentence of depriuation pronounced, he shalbe indeed depriued.

Now if we shall withal consider how our brethren haue aduisedlie, that is to say, of deliberate and aduised purpose, directly in this their learned dis­course, pag. 135 challenged the doctrine of the sayd booke of Articles, say­ing. As was practised in the conuocation of the foresaid parliament, vn­to diuers Godly and learned preachers, that offred to speake against diuers grosse and palpable errours that had escaped the Bishops de­crees, Our bretherēs aduised impugning the arti­cles and main­taining doc­trine contrarie thereunto. as, for the distinction of Canonicall and apocriphall bookes, for explication of the clause in the article of predestination, where it is sayde, the elect may fall from grace, and such like matters: how truly this is spken of that conuocation, and howe trulye also they haue in these wordes, burdened both the Bishops and the articles, of no lesse than grosse and palpable errours, and that in principall pointes of doctrine: I reserue that, till I come to the proper place, where it is to be answered. But howe haue not our brethren aduisedly affirmed and (if they will stand to it) main­tayned doctrine directlye contrarye and repugnant, to some of the the Articles of the sayde booke?

For to affirme and maintaine that, that which is good doctrine, is a grosse and palpable errour: what is that, but to affirme and maintaine the doctrine that is directly contrary and repugnant thereto: and what remayneth. But that if the Bishops will not pitifully abuse that authority [Page 1285] of the statute▪ that was committed vnto them; they or the ordinarye, or the Queenes Maiesties highe commissioners in Ecclesiasticall causes, ought to conuent these oure learned discoursing Bretheren before them, (if they had anye names, that they might knowe them) and if any of them shall persist and not reuoke his errour &c: that this shalbe iust cause to depriue such person of his Ecclesiasticall promotions.

And besides these Articles aforesaid y t they challenge for grosse & palpa­ble errours: how do they not also impugne the 34.35. & 36. articles of y e said booke. Yea diuerse of thē haue beene also conuēted before the Bishop, the Ordinary, or the Commissioners aforesayd, and haue persisted in the contrarye to those articles▪ and these our learned discoursing bretheren haue gone further, to put their contradictions foorth to the worlde in print. The wordes of the 34. article, which they inpugne, are these. Who soeuer throughe his priuate Iudgement willingly and purposelye, doth open­lye breake the traditions of the Church, The 34 article of the traditiōs of the church. which bee not repugna [...]t to the worde of God, and be ordeyned and approued by common autho­ritye, oughte to be rebuked openly (that other maye feare to doe the lyke) as hee that offendeth against the common order of the Church, and hurteth the authoritye of the Magistrate, and woundeth the con­sciences of the weake bretheren. If our Brethren would agrée vnto this article, there should not be such troubles as there are, amongst vs.

The 35. article is of Homilies. The 35. article of homilies. The second booke of homilies, the se­uerall titles wherof, we haue ioyned vnder this article, doth conteyne a godly and wholesom doctrine, & necessary for these times, as doth the former boke of homilies, which were set forth in the time of K. Edward the 6. & therfore we iudge them to be read in churches by the ministers diligently & distinctly▪ that they may be vnderstood of the people.

Our brethren say, pa. 49. that a prescript forme of reading of praiers, of homelies, & such like, when they are alleaged to maintain the ignorance of vnskilful pastors ( as though y t were the vse they are alleaged for) are but the instrumēts of folish & Idoll shepherds, which haue a certaine pretēce of Pastorall office, but in effect, are altogether vnmeete for the same.

The 36. article is for Consecratiō of B. & ministers: The 36. article of consecrating of Bishops & ministers. The booke of consecration of Archbishops, B. & ordering of priestes & deacons lately set foorth in the time of Edward the 6. & confirmed at the same time by authority of parliament, doth conteyn al things necessary to such con­secration & ordering: neither hath it any thing that of it selfe is super­stitious or vngodly, & therefore, whosoeuer are consecrated or ordered according to the rites of that boke, since the secōd yere of the aforena­med king Edward, vnto this time, or hereafter shalbe consecrated or or­dered according to the same rires, we decree all such to bee rightly, or­derly and lawfully consecrated and ordered.

[Page 1286] Two pastors in euery con­gregation. And is not now the greatest part of this our brethrens learned discourse, for the consecrating, ordering or ordeyning of Archbishops B. Priestes, or Elders and deacons, directly contrary and repugnant to the doctrine and decree of this article? How directlie our bretherens learned disc. is against these articles. and what followeth hereupon? but that eyther our brethren must renounce this their learned discourse; or must denie the authority and godly meaning of this act Anno. 13▪ which here they haue approued: or else, if the B. and other off [...]cers shall not pitifully abuse that au­thority which by the same statute is committed to them; they must by the godly meaning and wordes of this act, pronounce them to bee iustly depriued; The lear­ned disc. pag. 130 & 131. yea theirselues haue pronounced sentence against themselues.

But this and all other inconueniences before rehearsed, shoulde vt­terly bee auoided, if wee might once establish the lawfull election of Pa­stors, according to the woorde of God. It were also greatlye to bee wished, that it might bee brought to passe, that in euery congregati­on, there shoulde bee two Pastors at the leaste, both bicause the charge is greate, and also for supplying the lacke of the one, if the other were sicke, or absent vppon necessitye, or anye such lyke case. Which thing were both agreeable to the example of the Apostolike church, and also verye profitable for the congregation. Wee doe not meane this in euery parish, as they be now distinguished, but in euery congre­gation as they may be desposed, both for best edifieng, and also for suf­ficient liuing for the Pastors.

Bridges. The inconueniences that they haue obiected, and the inconueniences that they haue incurred: the election also of Pastors that they would esta­blish for lawfull, againste the lawe established: and howe they haue not yet prooued it by any example or rule, to be according to the word of God: all this I remitte to the indifferent readers waighing of that we haue both of vs before spoken.

As for this other point, concerning the number, which they say, were also greately to be wished, that it might be brought to passe, that in euerye congregation there shoulde be two Pastors at the leaste: it is neither ne­cessary, nor in many places can well be brought to passe. Not, but that we graunt also, it may be well and very fitte in some places, where the charge is great, and if it could be also in all places we mislike it not, & in many places it is so already, where the Pastor hath other inferiour Ministers or Curates, which in the propriety of that liuing are inferiour to him, as the Vicars vn­der the Parsons, or as the Curates hauing stipendes vnder eyther of them, and yet in the order of the ministerye, all are equall. But there is no necessary precept nor example of the Apostles, that there were or should be no Pastors than one ordeyned in euery congregation. Two Pastors at least in eue­rie congregati­on.

And although it might bee in some respe [...]tes very profitable ( I graunt) for the congregation; yet in other respectes not very profitable not onelye [Page 1287] for that these two hauing equall authoritye, will the hardlyer agree: but also euen for the charges and profite of maintenaunces, to haue at least too learned Preachers, which they also make to bée Bishops, besides the Do­ctor, one also at least in euery congregation, as they haue sayde, pag. 15. that certayne men shoulde bee appointed in euerye congregation, whom he hath indewed with giftes meete for the same purpose which shoulde employe them selues eyther wholye or principallye to the studye of the holye Scriptures, One Doctor also at least in euery congre­gation. thereby to learne to auouche the prin­ciples of true Religion, and to represse and beate downe all false and straunge opinions, &c. Whose office is onelye to teache true doctrine and to confute all heresies, &c. Without applying their teaching, &c. Pag. 17. so that, The Number of the gouer­nors and Dea­cons not deter­mined. they must not bée anye of these two Epis­copall Pastours. And besides these, there must bée a Seigniour of Ec­clesiasticall gouernours, that are Elders not teaching, and of what number these must bée, they sette downe no stinte, nor of the Deacons. And all these must bée maintayned, At whose charges all the [...]e must be maintayned. especiallye and altogeather the do­ctors and Pastors, of y e Ecclesiasticall lyuing in that parish, or if that will not stretche, then eyther the Parrishe muste bée at the charges of their maintenaunce, or the Bishops, and Cathedrall Churches, and Colleges landes, wheresoeuer they lye in other congregations, must be brought thi­ther for their maintenance.

But they except, that they meane not this in euery Parishe, The factions arising by 2 e­quall pastors. as they bee nowe distinguished, but in euery congregation as they maye bee dis­posed, both for the best aedification, and also for sufficient lyning for the Pastors.

What aedification, or rather emulation and faction, this maye bréede, to reduce euery congregation, to I holde of this Pastor, and I of that Pastor; when both the Preachers in a Parrishe must be in all authoritye equall: Ierome testifieth (as wee haue heard) that the Churches in the ve­ry apostles tymes, did finde the inconuenience. But our tymes haue later and freshe examples, euen among our owne bretheren in their con­gregations. As for sufficient liuing of the Pastours, which héere they remember, when they haue remembred their Doctors also, and all their other Ecclesiasticall Officers: it maye hap to prooue as smale a suffici­encie, as he that sayd of the two kindes of enough; there was much enough, and little enough. But which enough shoulde be a sufficient lyuing, that is not yet determined. No, wee cannot yet sée that, till the Parishes bée newe disposed. A new dispo­sing of all the parishes in England.

What? and must all the Parrishes and congregations through out all Englande not bee distinguished as they bee nowe, but bée altered and newe disposed, for these new deuises, and for these newe Episcopall Pastors maintenances?

[Page 1288] New dispo­sing of pari­shes.They may be, say they.

They may be? what a saying is this? are they disposed to dally? for if all theother things and officers must be thus disposed: then must all the pari­shes be so disposed too, for else, if the parishes new disposing hath no must be but may be; then let them say of the other thinges and officers also, that they may be, but not, they must be, yea, all thinges considered, they must not be, for if we stoode but euen vpon this, that euery parish should not remaine as it is now distinguished, but be newly disposed: what a danger might this bréede, not onely in titles of inheritancies and other pointes in [...]awe (for this woulde make woorke for lawyers indéede, more then did all the altering of Abbey landes) but such an vniuersall innouation, and altering of all pari­shes and congregations in the realme, might bring such daungers to the whole state, as I am afrayd but to thinke on them.

It will bee obiected, when we haue all thinges at our pleasure, con­cerning the election of Pastors, The lear­ned disc. pag. 131. yet will there creepe in many abuses. Wee aunswere, they shall not so soone nor so easily, nor so many abuses creepe in, as nowe at wyde wyndowes, yea, great port gates do throong­in. But if as many or moe abuses (if more could be) were crept in, yet were the case better then it is nowe; for wee should be sure, that GOD approueth our order, though he condemne the abuses, bicause it is grounded vppon Gods worde, whereas nowe he abhorreth both.

Bridges. They terme it right for them selues, in saying: when we haue all things ar our pleasure: Our Bretheren hauing all thinges at their plea [...]ure. for in verye déede, set their pleasure a side, and all their reasons, examples, and authorities, when they are throughlye conside­red, serue not their tourne. Onelye this is the strongest argument that I can perceaue, they haue yet made, that it is their pleasure thus and thus to haue it.

But, if it will bee obiected ( as they saye, it wilbe) that when they haue all thinges at their pleasure, Abuses creep­ing in after our bretheren haue all thinges at their pleasure. hath concerning the election of Pastors, and their pleasure also in all other thinges besides, that they contend for; 'yet will there creepe in many abuses: what will it please them now to say to this obiection?

We aunswere, ( say they) they shall not so soone, nor so easily, nor so many abuses creepe in, as nowe at wide windowes, yea, at great porte­gates, doe throong in.

And we demaund what warrant and assurance of this? is there any thing here, but their bare answere, and meere promise? which maye bee as sure ( for ought that yet we see) as sealed with butter, and wee may beléeue it, if it pleaseth vs also to afforde them so much credite, as it pleaseth them to pawne so free a promise: but for anye reason to mooue vs, héere is none, but that they giue as héere three promises togeather, that abu­ses shall not so soone, nor so easilye, nor so many, creepe in as nowe [Page 1289] they thrung in at wyde windowes and port gates. Grounds of Gods word.

Indéede considering well of all that pro & con, hath passed betweene vs in the examining but of this their learned discourse: we neede not doubt that abuses would thrung in at wyde windowes and port gates ( as they say) now they doe: for when all the walles are beaten downe, what infinite abu­ses, and worse than abuses, may not most soone come in not only creeping, but come tumbling in, fay [...]e and easilie, if not rather foule and most con [...]u­sedly? howbeit, we feare not beating downe the walles, or one port gate or but portall, or but windowe opened, or any hole made, by all the batterie of these our learned Bretheren, except wee will let them (as we doe too much) discourse and take their pleasure indeede, to dispose and transpose, to pull down [...], [...]nd set vy, all things as they please to frame them. Now, whether they feare this obiection to be too true, or in securitie they will graunt it vs, for their further pleasure:

But if ( say they) as many, or moe abuses (if moe could be) were crept in: yet were it better than it is now; for we should be sure, that God ap­proueth our order▪ though he condemne the abuses, because it is groū ­ded vpon Gods word, whereas now he abhorreth both.

And can our brethren at length confesse this difference, betwixt the order grounded vpon Gods word and the abuses rising vpon mans corruption? Difference of the order grounded vp­on gods word, and abuses ri­sing of mans corruption. how chaunce then, they haue grounded all their former so bitter inuectiues, agaynst the orders of our Ministerie, vpon the abuses of the Ministers? and all to bleare the peoples eyes, to make the orders odious, because of the offensiue abuses that they pretend agaynst the persons. But it is well, that yet they here confesse, that their owne orders which they would haue, are not free from abuses; yea frō as many or more abuses, than are the orders that we haue. They doe well to graunt this, before hand, for if their orders were admitted, we should finde it too true afterward, that there would be as many or more abuses. Neuerthelesse, they set a good face thereon, that for all there were more abuses:

Tush, what of all that, yet should our case be better, when it should bee worser, than it is now.

Yea? how can that be?

For we should be sure, that God approueth our order.

And how should we be sure of this?

Because it is grounded vpon Gods word.

But can they tell vs in what part of Gods word this ground lyeth? What groūdes of Gods word our bretheren alleage. they haue oftentimes told vs, it is grounded on Gods word, but when we come to seeke for the words, wée can neuer find thē, nor any necessary consequence that they haue led vs vnto, in all the word of God, either for any example or commaundement, that wee are charged or bounde to followe: and therfore this is but their owne confident presupposall. When they can proue such a [Page 1290] ground in Gods word for them; The pastors members of the synod. then we will, yea wee must yeeld, will wée [...]ill wée, to Gods orders. But till then; wée craue leisure, that remouing the abuses as well as God will giue vs grace, we may keepe our orders still in Gods name, except wee might bee better assured of better orders, and lesse subiect to abuses than these be.

The lear­ned disc. pag. 132.But of the authoritie that Pastors haue as members of the Synode, wee haue spoken hetherto sufficiently. By which it is euident, how all things haue bene corrupted in Poperie, which had at the first, any good institution, which corruptions we also retayne at this day, without de­siring of any reformation.

Bridges. To that they say, they haue spoken hetherto sufficiently of the autho­ritie that Pastors haue as members of the Synode, whether it be also aun­swered sufficiently, to that they haue spoken therevpon; I yeeld it to the indifferencie of the Reader.

But what is this they say here, that Pastors haue as members of the Synode? What the pas­tors haue as members of the synod. Indeede they vsed that terme before, pag. 111. of the Pastors dou­ble authoritie, the one ioyned with the Elders of the Church whereof he is Pastor: the other with the Synode or holy assemblie, whereof he is a member. But after that, they sayde pag. 117. who should bee able to knowe, what order, comelinesse and edification requireth, according to Gods word; but they that bee teachers and preachers of the same vnto all others? What then meane they by these termes, that they haue autho­ritie as members of the Synode? If they meane, as all the members, and so, as the whole, that none be members or parts of the Synod but only they: then holde they tacke indeede to that their former clayme; who should bee a­ble to knowe those things but they? But in so doing, they not onely quite exclude the Prince; but their gouerning Elders also, and their Deacons, whom if they will not exclude from some authoritie, as members also of the Synod: then was that not sufficiently spoken, or rather they gaue their Pastors more than sufficient authoritie in the Synode.

The corruptions in Poperie, The reforma­tion of the cor­ruptions in Poperie. our Bishoppes and such as acknowledged their Episcopall authoritie, founde out (God bee praysed for it) before our Bretheren came, and reformed the same; and they now vnthankfully reward the reformers of those corruptions, to affoord them this good word for their labour, that we reteyne those corruptions at this day, and that without desiring of any reformation.

If in saying we, they speake of themselues; they are their owne Iudges, if, of the Queenes most excellent Maiestie and of all the Prelates and Pa­stors, and whole state of the Church and Realme of England: it is too eui­dent and too foule a sclaunder, that wee reteyne at this day all things that haue bene corrupted in Poperie, and that without desiring any refor­mation.

[Page 1291] Neither helpeth it that they say, Reteyning corruptions. all thinges which at the first had any good institution: they haue not yet bene able to proue, that by authoritie of any lawe established, wee reteyne so much as any one such corrupted thing; How we reteine anyething that hath bin cor­rupted. but, either haue reiected it, if it could not b [...] scoured from the rust and ranker of that corruption; or if it could, wée haue so clensed and refourmed the same, to his good institution; that wee may well and safely reteyne it without desiring innouation. If any persons reteyne the corruptions still; that is contrarie to the reformation of the lawe, and punishable vpon the lawfull proofe in the reteyner. And sith they doe here confesse, that the institutions were good, of those things, whereof they say, wee reteyne the corruptions: howsoeuer we reteyne them, the institution of them, was not nought (if good) but lawdable. And therefore, they are not vtterly to be con­demned; but contrarywise, may be well reteyned, being reduced to their first and good institution.

For, to begin first with our particular Synodes, good Lord what a mockerie they are of lawfull Synodes, The lear­ned disc. pag. 132 [...]33 and 134. being holden for no other ende almost, but to gather vp fees, both ordinary and extraordinary, with daylie newe deuises to powle the poore Priestes of their money, which they extort for seeing the letters of orders, for dinners and such like matters. And yet a newe inuented pillage, whereby they compell men to buye bookes of them for 4. pence, or 6. pence, which are too deare of a penie or two pence, & not only such smal ware, but also great bookes, being such as euery Parish is appoynted to buye, must bee bought of them for two or three shillings in a booke derer, then it may be bought in Paules Churchyard: yea otherwhiles though the Parish be furnished of them alreadie, they are not authenticall, except they bee bought at maister Chauncelors and Officiall, at maister Registeas hands. As for reformation of any thing in the Church, there are indeede many pre­sentments, and men sworne to present matters, but little or none a­mendement at all doth followe. So that it is a common saying in the countrey, when the presentment is once receiued they shall neuer heare more of it. Soone after the visitation or Synod the petite bribing Sum­ner rideth foorth laden with Excommunications, which hee scatte­reth abroade in the countrey, as thicke as hayle-shot, agaynst this Par­son, or that Vicar: this Churchwarden, and that Sydeman, whome he himselfe when he came to summon him to the Synode, for a Cheefe or a gammon of Bacon, had vndertaken to excuse for non apparance. But when hee is once excommunicated, there is no remedie, but hee must trudge to the Chauncellor or Officiall for absolution, who after hee hath once absolued his purse of a fewe groates▪ giueth him his blessing and sendeth him away. And this is the Image of our little or particular Synode.

[Page 1292] Particular Synods.To begin firste with our particular Synodes, good Lord what a bolde and open sclaunder is this, Bridges. that (whatsoeuer these corruptions are, which here they heape vp agaynst the officers) they dare not shame to saye; that the particular Synodes are holden for this end, Corruptions of pa [...]ticuler Synods. yea for no other ende almost, but to gather vp fees both ordinarie and extraordi­narie, with daylie newe deuises to powle the poore Priestes of their money?

Ordinarie fees of officers. It cannot bee denyed but that in such Synodes there are, and must néedes bée, where there are ordinarie officers, some ordinarie fees, except there be ordinarie stipends prouided, that the officers may be otherwise allowed for their acts, their payues and charges, if they would haue any officers at all, to enact or record the things done or decreed in their Synodes. Yea, the very Pastors themselues must haue (as they sayd before) a sufficient liuing. And were it well sayd of any e [...]uying the same, because the Pastors must euen of ordinarie haue sufficient lyuings, that therefore a sufficient lyuing is the ende, The endes of liuings, offices, and fees. or there is no other ende almost, but that, of hauing Pastors? where­as indeede that is no ende at all of the Pastorship, but a necessarie or conue­nient concurrence and appendix annexed thereunto. And euen so is it in the fees of the officers both in Synodes, and all other publike actions of the of­ficers. For if there were no other endes of them; both their fees and the offices could not continue, nor euer had begun.

Neither helpeth it the matter, that they say not simplie, Synodes are hol­den for no other ende at all: but that they are holden fo [...] no other ende almost: for, although almost neuer reached home; and so, it appeareth, that they are holden for other endes, if they had bene as willing to shewe them, as to shewe these thinges that here they picke quarrels withall: yet, if they had so done, they should haue shewed, that the gathering of these fees, in ve­ry deede were no endes of Synodes at all, but allowances assigned vnto them, that trauelled in the Synodes, to the endes that Synodes were and are ordeyned for. The fault of the officer and not of the of­fice. And if any officer ( as I graunt many officers doe) shot at o­ther endes, and made his fees his ende: so also may any other officer doe, Pastor or whosoeuer. But this is the fault of the man, and not to be imputed to the matter.

Our Brethrens pitie on the poore minis­ters. But it is a good hearing (if they meane good sooth) that our Bretheren yet now at the length begin to haue some pitie on the poore Priestes, whom for the greatest parte of this their learned discourse, they haue coursed and recoursed, withall the most dispitefull reproaches that they could deuise; and some would haue them hangd, and some would haue them turned out a beg­ging: and now forsoothe, they begin to smoothe them, and pitie the poore Priestes, that they should [...]ee polled of their money. Shall wee crye, good Lord what a mockerie is this? But there is no Priest so poore nor simple, that may not perceiue their mockerie both of him, Our Brethrens mockerie. and of the good lawes [Page 1293] and lawful orders of the Synods? Yea, Faultes in Officers. how they would mocke them euen with that Sophisticall deception, which their selues last noted, of not discer­ning, betweene the lawfull order and the abuse thereof.

And here (to make the Synod the more odious, Extorting mo­ney for [...]e [...]ing letters of Or­ders. they begin with the accu­sation extorting money for seeing the letters of orders.

But for plaine and simple aunswere hereunto: for the ordinarie and aun­cient accustomed fees of [...]egisters, or other fees by law rated and set doune, as are thought reasonable; there is great reason, that without all scoffing, grudging or detracting, they should be payd vnto them, seeing that the office of a Register in making and keeping authentick recordes, is a good and ne­cessarie office. And euen this among all other things, that our Bretheren here first begin to bee offended withall, to call for, to see, and to recorde, yea, The dutie of lawefull fees in Registers &c. euen at euery Synode, such of the Ministers letters of orders, as they shall thinke requisite, which is a matter of no small importance.

If any Registers doe abuse themselues therein, Our bretheren loth to shewe their letters of orders. namely by extortion ( as here they are burdened) name the Register, prooue the extortion in tyme, place and manner competent; and the Lawe hath prouided readie remedie. This generall complaint on all, we knowe not by whom, is not lawfull. But belike they would either haue no Registers, or they should haue no fee, or a­boue all things, the letters of orders must not be called for, nor scene: for in that, tangis vlcus, if our Bretheren must bee driuen to shewe how they were made Ministers, by authoritie whereof they take thēselues for Pastors. This is euen as when the Pharises Math. 22. were driuen to shewe the penie that conuinced them, either they must cleane ouerthrow all this their learned dis­course, and disclayme all these deuises of their Pastorshippe; or els they shall shewe themselues to bee no faithfull Ministers nor true Pastors, yea to bee vtterly no Pastors or Ministers at all, nor to haue any lawfull authoritie to teach or preach, nor to be capable to hold any Ecclesiasticall function or liuing, which would bee a shrewder losse vnto them, than all the Registers fees ( for all his extorting) amounteth vnto.

But by their leaue, the Register must not leaue still to call for the letters of their orders, both to see that they haue them, and that they bee recorded, and that in their still presenting of them, they stil acknowledge, that they hold all the lawfulnesse of their entrie into their calling and function by the testi­monie of them: so that if they shall now pretende to bee Ministers, and teach and preach and hold liuing, by that order that themselues crye out vpon, and yet reteyne it: all the world may see this great vnfaithfulnesse perpetually remayning in record agaynst them. I speake not this to approoue the manner of ordeyning in the Popish tyme (of the which sort the most of our Brethren are not) the corruptions in which orders they haue publikly renownced & disclaimed: & yet the exhibiting of thē also, for the good part in thē, is necessa­rie, & therby they also are knowne, how they were called into the Ministerie.

[Page 1294] Buying of Bookes. From letters of orders they come to dinners, and ( say they in generall) such like matters. For dinners & such like mat­ters.

If they bee no worse matters than di [...]ners, they are no ill matters. But if they were no better, they might haue dined at home. And is it not good reason, if their dinners be there prouided, they should pay for their dinners, or prouide otherwise, or kisse the poste, for ought that I perceiue, except any wi [...]sbestow their dinner on them. What a toy is this, to helpe to furnish vp their learned discourse, to picke a quarrell at the Synodes, for the Priestes paying of money for their dinners? Let them goe reckon rather with the Tapster or the Hoste, than trouble their learned discourse on Synodes, for dinners and such like matters.

From dinner they come to selling and buying of bookes. Selling & buy­ing of bookes.

Neither is this worthie their learned discourse, nor yet can bee much [...] ­misse, if ought amisse at all, so that the buyer haue ware worth his money. Call they this pillage?

Yea, say they, whereby they compell men to buye bookes of them.

I doe not thinke that they compell any: for if they list, they may buye them in other places. So that this is but a gentle compulsion to buye the bookes of them. Although, to appoynt some bookes meete for them, and to compell them to haue such bookes, is both lawfull and con­uenient. If they maye haue them there, it is their more ease that buye them, and if they pay a penie or two pence more for the reddinesse of them, and for his charge that prouided them, let them looke to that, a foole and his money is soone parted. And must this also bee inserted into this learned discourse?

No meruell if they forget not the greater and dearer bookes, when they remember a booke of a groate or two pence? But belike, some of these our Bretheren met with a hard hukster, or els they are ouer hard handed, if not worse affected, to any of those bookes, of which, if they might set the price, though the booke were well worth two or three shillings, would they not yet thinke it too deare of a penie or twopence? Loe, how easie a matter it is to finde a sticke to beate a dogge; to picke a quarrell at euery small offence, when one is disposed to cauill.

If the booke bee necessarie for the Parish, or for the Pastors, why should they not bee compelled to haue it? If they haue it alreadie; this is not true, that they can be compelled to buy it agayne, of these or those men. If they think they may haue it cheaper in Paules Church-yard; they may send the­ther for it, none can let them. If any compell them, or extort more than it is worth: their complaynt may bee hard in other places, and the partie offen­ding, (be he maister Register, or maister Officiall, or maister Chauncellor neuer so much) may be punished for it. The present­ [...]e [...]s not [...]e­formed.

From the bookes, they come to the presentments, with the which they [Page 1295] seeme to finde no fault, Presentmē [...]. that there are many presentments and mē sworne to present matters, but they finde fault with this, that fo [...] reformation of any thing in the churche, little or none amendement at all doth fol­lowe. And I confesse, that here they saye some thing, for little amende­ment, but not, for none at all. But still, this fault is not in the Lawe, nor in the Synode, but eyther in the people that ware worse and worse, or in the Officer that is negligent, and perchaunce also corrupted. And if the fault bee found to bee in him: there are lawes also prouided to refourme him.

As for the common saying in the Countrey, The present­ment no more hearde of. when the presentment is once receiued, they shall neuer here more of it.

It may bee, that some may say so, and it may so fall out in some matters and in some persons, but in all, it cannot bee true, nor for the most parte. Let them inquire after it, and they shall finde it farre otherwise. But I will de­fende no mans fault, nor yet myne owne; and by some negligence or igno­rance, without any corruption, Reformation of faultes▪ some faultes perhaps may not bee refour­med, that haue bene presented, or all mens humors are not satisfied, in the maner of refourming the same. Some count it no reformation, if it bee not refourmed as they imagine it should bée. But, id possumus quod iure pos­sumus. As for the reformations which our Bretheren woulde haue (in the conteyte of many other, that are as godly learned and wise as they, and of great experience in the sequell of such matters) where little amendement is now; would bring a great deale lesse amendement, if not rather, it would cleane marre all.

Next to the presentments, they fall a quarreling with the Summoner, The Summo­ner caryinge forth the cita­tions and ex­cōmuications. for giuing warning to the parties presented to appeare and aunswere, or for their not so doing, and for giuing notice to them, that they hau [...] incurred the censure of excommunication.

But here, howsoeuer the Summoner also may abuse his office, with pe­tit bribing (as they terme it): yet is not his office all vnnecessarie. And euen by the poore Summoner they may perceiue, that the common saying in the Countrey, is not very true, that when the presentment is once receiued, The present­ment hearde of. they shall neuer here more of it. For belike they heare somewhat more, when they heare of Citations, and perchaunce heare themselues summo­ned, and agayne after that, when they heare other newes, that for their con­tumacie besides their other notorious crymes, they stande excommunica­ted, and if the excommunications be scattered abroade as thick as hayle shot, the countrey were very thicke of hearing, if they hard not of them.

And if the Summoner ( notwithstanding al his promises for a Cheese or a gammon of Bacon) could not excuse the partie for non apparance: then bribes auayle the lesse, Bribes not preuayling. and Maister Chauncellor and the Officiall are the lesse corrupted and more commendable, when that the offender beeing [Page 1296] once excommunicated, General co­ [...]ions. there is no remedie but he must trudge to the Chauncelor or Officiall for absolution. Neither doth his absolution cō ­sist ( as they, to make it odious and contemptible, scoffe out the matter) in ab­soluing his purse of a fewe groates. It was meruel they raysed it not from fewe to many groates, and yet good reason, if he be able, that he should smart so farre, euen by the purse also, as to satisf [...]e the duetie of the fees, that are by lawe appoynted to the officers? But this is most vntrue, that his absolu­tion and releasing from the bonde of excommunication, that in mockerie, they call, the giuing him his blessing ( which terme they might as well vse, if it had bene the action of their whole Seniorie) is the absoluing of the purse, or consisteth on paying of money. Whereas indeede, he was neither excommunicated, nor is absolued, for money: but as he was excommu­nicated for the encreasement of his fault with disobedient contumacie; Absolution not for mo­ney. and contempt, for the which lesser sinnes deserue this correction as our Bretheren pag. 39. confesse: so is he released of the same, and restored to his state, vpon his humble and penitent submission, and serious request. Yea, if the case so require, vpon his publike acknowledgement and declaration of his hartie repentaunce, with some demonstrances and notes, of humblie su­steyning open rebuke and shame, in the face of all the congregation. With what conscience now, The lear­ned disc. pag. 123.125.136. & 137. can our Bretheren (agaynst their owne knowledge, in things so manifest) knitte vp this matter, saying: and this is the Image of our little particular Synod? and is this the Image also, of our great faith­full Bretherens, little faithfull and syncere dealing?

Our generall conuocations hauing a more shewe of good order, but in effect little better. For first they are stuffed full of Popish & prophane Chauncellors, and other Lawyers, which being meere lay men, and vn­learned in diuinitie, Choosing of Clearkes of the conuocati­on house. by their owne law ought to be no members of the Synode: and yet these will beare the greatest sway in all things. The Bi­shops, as though they were greater than the Apostles, must haue their seuerall conuenticle, whereas the Apostles and Elders came together with the whole multitude. Acts. 15. and as they are seuered in place, Act. 15. so will they be higher in authoritie. So that whatsoeuer is decreed among them, that must be called the determination of the whole Synode. So that no man must be suffered to speake any thing agaynst it, be it neuer so reasonable or agreeable to the word of God: yea, whosoeuer will not subscribe to all such things as they decree, must be excluded out of the conuocation, as was practised and threatned in the conuocation at the foresayd Parliament, vnto diuers godly and learned Preachers, that of­fered to speake agaynst diuers grosse and palpable errors, that had esca­ped the Bishops decrees. As, for the distinctions of Canonical and Apo­cryphall bookes, for explication of the clause in the article of predesti­nation: where it is sayd, that the elect may fall from grace, and such like [Page 1297] matters. If this be not to practise Lordship ouer our faith: to set downe decrees of Religion, which must be accepted of all men, without either reason or testimonie of the Scripture to proue them, and no man per­mitted to shewe any reason or Scriptures, that inforceth his conscience to the contrary, but onely to hang vpon the authoritie of Bishops: let some other declare what Paule meaneth, 2. Cor. 1.4. where he denyeth, that hee would exercise any Lordshippe, 2. Cor. 4. ouer the faith of the Corin­thians.

For although their decrees were neuer so perfect, yet it were an ex­ample of Tyrannicall dominion, neither to giue reasons to satisfie the ignoraunt themselues, nor to heare or confute that which might bee alleadged agaynst them by others; but for a fewe Lordbishops in com­parison of all the Conuocation, to sit by themselues and order all thin­ges at their pleasures, as though the Gospell sprang first from them: or had come vnto them onely; if sauoureth nothing so much as of Po­pish tyrannie: whereas otherwise it is well knowne they are not all of the best learned, nor all of the longest studie, nor all of the soundest iudgement, nor all of greatest zeale, nor all of best example, and there­fore not meetest to be the onely determiners in Ecclesiasticall matters, to the preiudice of the whole Synode. Wherefore it is greatly to bee desired, that our Synodes also, which are so farre out of order, may bee refourmed according to the Scripture, and the example of the Primi­tiue Church, that all thinges maye bee done with such modestie, gra­uitie, and iudgement, as they were by the Apostles and Elders. Acts. 15.

From our little or particular Synods, Bridges. our Bretheren come now to our generall conuocations, Our generall conuocations. of which they yet confesse, that both they haue a more shewe of good order, and are in effect though little, yet somewhat better. And here to prooue this little better, they say:

For first, they are stuffed full of Popish and prophane Chauncellors, and other Lawyers.

Is this their little better good order in effect, that they spake of? Our Brethrens contumelious speaches of Chauncelors & Lawy [...]s. If this were true, it is much worse, than before they made the little Synodes to bee. Before we had but trifles, here is worse stuffe if the conuocations are stuffed full of Popish and prophane Chauncellors and other Law­yers. And if they bee stuffed with them, then belike there is some store of them. But can they name and prooue any such Chauncellors or Lawyers, as bee admitted to bee members of the Synode, to bee popish and prophane? If they can; it had bene very well none, that at such tymes as the Conuo­cations were holden, they had (by these our Bretherens intimation) bene de­tected and examined, that if they had bene so conuinced, they might haue bene auoyded, remoued, or punished. If they can name none, nor prooue any to [Page 1298] be such persons, Chauncelors and Lawy­ers. then is this too prophane, too vncharitable, too vnprotestant-like a sclaunder, and the more at randon that these foule speeches are thus cast foorth, so much the worse and more suspicious. Or is the very name and office of Chauncellor or Lawyer, accounted of them to bee prophane and popish? Or doe they meane it of Chauncellors onely, and not ioyntly of Lawyers? And are all Chauncellors then popish and prophane? These speeches (sauing our Bretherens reuerence) are not onely ras [...], but daunge­rous, agaynst many worshipfull and right honorable personages, that haue the name and office of Chauncellors, and are yet neither prophane nor popish, but godly, sincere, religious, and very great fauourers of the Gospel.

Chauncelors or Lawyers in our conuocati­on [...]. As for our Conuocations, are so little stuffed full of Chauncellors or Lawyers, that wee haue there very fewe of them. And if wee haue some of them for their counsell and experience in the lawe: I thinke it no such matter of offence, but rather expedient, they being such, as are knowne to be of sound Religion, and not popish, or infected with any other knowne errour: and not prophane but vertuous and holie in life and conuersation. Me thinkes ra­ther, wee might bee glad, to haue some such Chauncellors or Lawyers a­mongst vs, because of their better experience in Ecclesiasticall regiment, and in deuising lawes, orders, and decrees, than wee our selues are so well able to conceiue, whose onely or principall profession is Diuinitie.

But say they, of these Chauncellors and other Lawyers: which being meere lay men, and vnlearned in Diuinitie, by their own lawe ought to be no members of the Synode.

Whether our Chauncelors or Lawyers in conuocations be more lay & vnlearned in diuitie then our bretherens gouernors. If they spared not before to call them popish and prophane, no meruell if they call them mere lay men and vnlearned in Diuinitie. But see here the indifferencie of these our learned Bretheren. When they speake of their gouerning Elders in euery congregation, they forsooth are not laye men, but persons and officers Ecclesiasticall. Although they bee Gentlemen, Marchants, Artizanes, Farmers, Husbandmen, or what trade soeuer. These are forsooth, no meere laye men, but Presbyters Priestes or Elders. And who made them so? The Pastor and the Parish haue chosen them to this office. And can their choyse make a meere lay man, not to be a meere lay man: and cannot the choyse of all the Pastors in a whole shire, nor the approbation of the whole prouinciall Synode, make a Chauncellor or o­ther Lawyer to be no meere lay man, in respect of the Ecclesiasticall office that they chose him vnto, as well as could that particular Parish or congre­gation?

Yea, but (say they these Chauncellors and other Lawyers) they are vn­learned in Diuinitie.

our brethen [...] obiecting to chauncelors & Lawyers I meruell that our Bretheren euen for very shame, would haue euer ob­iected this vnto them; knowing what great learned men many of their Se­niours must needes fall out to bee, in many Parishes, whom their late olde [Page 1299] sir Iohn lacke latine would soone appose, The Bishops seuerall place. for he yet at least could reade his Articles, but they could not reade a letter on the booke. And yet these men because they bee Seniours, must bee counted learned in Diuinitie, that th [...] [...] learned [...] ­ninitie. and how got they on a suddayne, all this learning, by inspiration with the election of them to the Seniorie? or came it by vertue of their Eldership? As though learning in Diuinitie were euen tyed to their Consistory.

As for Chauncellors and other Lawyers Ciuill or Canon (for I take it that they speake not so much of the Temporal Lawyers) these are meere lay men and vnlearned in Diuinitie. What a straunge and high conc [...]yte is this of themselues, still boasting in the toppe of euery leafe of their lear­ned discourse, and often of their graue wise and godly Seniours, with contempt of others, if they fauour not their deuises, bee they neuer so lear­ned men?

If they say, though they bée learned men; yet in other things, not in di­uinitie. Is it not more likely, that they bee or may bee, farre more learned in Diuinitie too, professing the studie that is euen next vnto Diuinitie, and in a great parte consisteth on Diuinitie, than those Temporall men, that are altogether or for the most parte trayned vp in worldly matters and in me­chanicall occupations, and haue little minde or leisure and lesse helpes of fearing to imploye themselues in any deepe studie in Diuinitie, yea many of them vtterly vnlearned? What a greate vanitie is in this dealing?

And yet these ( saye they, meaning Chauncelors and other Lawyers) will beare the greatest sway in all things in our Synodes.

These beare little sway ( GOD knowes, and it is apparant) at most, Chauncelors & Lawyers beare not the greatest sway in our conuo­cations. no more than doth any other particular man in them. But in their Synodes ( though they speake cleane contrary therein vnto themselues) yet these their lay rather than Ecclesiasticall Elders, either should beare the greatest sway of gouernment, or let them lay aside the prerogatiue of this name of Go­uernours, which title they make more peculier to them, than either to the Doctors or to the Pastors.

But now after the Chauncellors & Lawyers, which in our Conuoca­tions or generall Synode are very fewe amongst vs, except withall they be Ministers of the worde and Sacraments, or els Deacons: our Bretheren must here (there is no remedie) haue yet another fling at the Bishops.

The Bishops ( say they) as though they were greater than the Apostles, must haue their seuerall conuenticle.

If the Bishoppes haue a lawfull superiour dignitie, more than the other Priestes or pastorall Elders haue, The Bishops seuerall place in the conuo­cation. as before at large is proo­ued: why maye they not also haue a superiour place seuerall by them­selues, to consult vppon matters, that are meetest to bee propoun­ded in the whole Synode? Doth it therefore followe herevppon, that they take vppon them to bee greater than the Apostles, or but comparable [Page 1300] to them? Seuerall place. What a friuolous argument is this? but what reason haue they for it?

Whereas ( say they) the Apostles came together with the whole multitude.

The Apostles example Act. 15.6. Nay, soft (Bretheren) put vp these words agayne, for this time and place, with the whole multitude, in your purse. Adde not to the text. The words are these, Act. 15. vers. 6. Then the Apostles and Elders came together to looke to this matter. I graunt, he nameth afterward, all the multitude, ver. 12. And yet it seemeth that he ment there, none other, but all the multitude of the Apostles and Elders, that he sayde before, vers. 6. did come together. Although afterward for the sending of chosen men to carrie their decree, The Apostles were seuerall by themselues and yet ioyned with the Pas­tors and the multitude. it is sayd, vers. 22. that it seemed good to the Apostles and Elders, with the whole Church; although the whole multitude of the whole Church came not together about that controuersie. But it may appeare, the Apostles and the other Elders with the multitude were so in one place together, that neuerthelesse Luke testifieth, Acts. 5. vers. 13. saying: and of the o­ther (meaning, besides the Apostles) no man durst ioyne himselfe to them. And therefore if our Bishoppes haue their seuerall conuenticle, or place of comming together by themselues, what haue they therein that the A­postles also had not: and yet it followeth not, that if the Apostles had no seuerall conuenticle or meeting together, that they make themselues greater than the Apostles; or make any comparison of greatnesse with them.

But they acknowledge themselues farre inferiour, as in giftes, so in dig­nitie also of their function. Yea, in the order of their Pastorall Eldershippe or Priesthood it selfe, they acknowledge themselues to bee but equall and and all one, euen the greatest of them, not onely with the meanest in the con­uocation; but with the poorest Priest in Englande. Albeit, in respect of their lawfull superiour dignities, they may well haue a superiour and se­uerall conuenticle or meeting place, notwithstanding oftentymes, both they and all the residue of the conuocation, doe ioyntly also in one place as­semble altogether.

And as they are seuered ( say they) in place, so will they bee higher in authoritie. The Bishops higher in thoritie.

And good reason too, sith (as wee haue seene) it is, not in respect of any higher authoritie in the order of the Eldership: but of their higher au­thoritie of iurisdiction in the Ecclesiasticall regiment.

So that whatsoeuer ( say they) is decreed amongst themselues; that must be called the determination of the whole Synode.

I meruell that our Bretheren shamed nor feared not, to stuffe their lear­ned discourse, The decrees ar [...] of the whole synod not of the Bishops [...]lie. with so many manifest vntrueths. It is most euident, that nothing is or can bee decreed in the name of the whole Synodes deter­mination, without the whole Synode ( comprehending at least, the [Page 1301] greatest number for the whole) haue decreed and determined the same. Speaking in the conuoca­tion.

So that ( say they) no man must bee suffered to speake any thing agaynst it, bee it neuer so reasonable, or agreable to the worde of God.

This is another most great and manifest vntrueth, sclaunderous to the Bishoppes, and reproachfull to the whole Conuocation. There is none of the house, but that may in any matter, that is propounded to bee debated vp­pon; yea, any other though not of the house, being knowne to be a reuerent, How euery ōe of the house may speake in the conuoca­tion. godly, wise and learned person, either of the Ministerie, yea in some cases, though he were not any Ecclesiasticall person, yet might he also, bee freely admitted (according to the auncient Canons) to speake before the house, in such sorte and manner as the order of the house requireth, for those that bee or should bee learned men, to speake their minde in the Latine tongue (for feare some young Sir Iohn lacke latine would bee ouer busie) and so to rea­son freely pro & contra, obseruing alwaies that modestie and reuerence, which beseemeth the assemblie of graue and learned men. And in this ma­ner, many haue propounded, and reasoned vpon diuers matters; as those that are auncients in the Conuocations heretofore, can witnesse.

Yea ( saye they) whosoeuer will not subscribe to all such thinges as they decree, must bee excluded out of the Conuocation, as was pra­ctised and threatned, in the Conuocation at the foresayde Parlia­ment, vnto diuers godly and learned Preachers, that offered to speake agaynst diuers grosse and palpable errors, that had escaped the Bi­shops.

Our Bretheren hauing so often broken the squire of trueth in these mat­ters, doe here waxe bold to rappe out vntrueths now by huddles. What one Preacher hath bene excluded out of the Conuocation, for this, that he would not subscribe to all such thinges as the Bishoppes among them­selues haue decreed? None excluded the house for not subscri­bing to the Bishops d [...] ­cree▪ Or can they bring any instance but of such one threat made vnto them? And albeit a threat differeth from the putting it in pra­ctise: yet this also is a notorious sclaunder. There was no such thing either practised or threatned at any tyme in our Conuocations, namely at that tyme they mention (which I remember well, and so doe many others) when some speaking in English began to bee ouer busie, and to vse disordered be­hauiour with vnreuerent termes, they were by the Prolocutor as modera­tor commaunded to silence, or els to departe and not to disturbe the house, nor alter the lawdable orders thereof, except they would, and that in seemely modestie speake in Latine: which these godly and learned Preachers that our Bretheren commende, liked not to doe. Neuerthelesse, other being in­deede godly and learned Preachers, did very reuerently and with great learning discusse those matters. And so with generall consent either of all, [Page 1302] or (which sufficed) of the most and best parte, Subscribing to the arti­cles. those Articles were condescen­ded vpon and approoued for good and sound doctrine. And so I hope will stand, for any thing that our Bretheren, or any other shall euer bee able to say agaynst them. Whether the booke of arti­cles conteyne any errou [...].

As for any (and much lesse) diuers grosse and palpable errours that escaped the Bishops: I remember none, nor can learne of any. The De­crees conteyned in the articles aforesayd, are published to the open viewe of of euery man, if our Bretheren as yet can burthen them with any grosse or palpable errour, or with any errour at all, though not grosse nor palpa­ble, or but with apparance or suspition of errour, it were worth the hearing. But if there bee no such errour in them, who are then worthie the punishing, or at least worthie to acknowledge with repentaunce and reuoking this so great a sclaunder? Our Brethrens owne acquit­taunce for the truth of our re­ligion. For it toucheth not our Bishoppes and the Conuoca­tion onely; but, béeing established also as is aforesayde by act of Parlia­ment, and so the professed doctrine of all the Realme and Church of En­gland: how are wee not all hereby defaced, to maynteyne grosse and pal­pable errours, and that in no small poynts of doctrine?

If Papistes had sayd this, it had bene lesse meruell, which hate our do­ctrine and count it stuffe full of errours and heresies too. But they neuer were, nor are, nor euer shall bée (God willing) able, to prooue that we main­teyne any one errour in any one article of doctrine, but agree in all the substance of Religion, with the true and syncere worde of God. Yea our Bretheren their selues bearing vs witnesse, who in the Preface of this lear­ned discourse confesse, that for the substance of Religion it is resolued, and now publikly maynteyned for our true and holy faith.

How could this bee true, if those articles, namely these which here they note, being matter of faith, and publikely maynteyned and resolued, by all the Church of England to bee true and holie, were grosse and pal­pable errours? But to shewe both vnto them, and to all the worlde (least the Papistes should take holde hereon, when they heare of this our owne Bretherens accusation, which will bee euen meate and drinke to them, bée­ing glad to feede vppon such sclaunders, that as wee are sounde (GOD bée blessed for it) in all other articles of doctrine; so in these wee maynteyne no errour at all, but a most sure and syncere trueth: let vs come to the viewe of these two Articles, that here they mention for example.

The distinctiō of the Canoni­call and Apocryphall boo [...]es.As for the distinction ( saye they) of Canonicall and Apocryphall bookes.

Although this bee a matter wherein good and godly Fathers haue had some difference: yet for our Bishoppes and Conuocations decree there­on, I see not how our Bretheren shall bee able to finde, that wee holde a­ny error in that matter. It is the sixth Article, the wordes whereof are these.

[Page 1303]Holy Scripture conteyneth all things necessarie to saluation: The booke of articles not erroneus. so that whatsoeuer is not read therein, nor may bee proued thereby; is not to be required of any man, that it should bee beleeued as an article of the faith, or bee thought requisite or necessarie to saluation. In the name of the holy Scripture, wee doe vnderstand those canonicall bookes of the old and newe Testament, of whose authoritie was neuer any doubt in the Church.

Of the names and number of the Canonicall bookes. Genesis, Exo­dus, Leuiticus, Numeri, Deuteronomie, Iosue, Iudges, Ruth. The names & number of the Canonica [...]l bookes. The first booke of Samuell. The 2. booke of Samuell. The first booke of Kings. The 2. book of Kings. The 1. booke of Chroni. The 2. booke of Chroni. The 1. booke of Esdras. The 2. booke of Esdras. The booke of Hester. The booke of Iob. The Psalmes. The Prouerbes. Ecclesiast. or preacher. Cantica or songs of Sal. 4. Prophets the greater. 12. Prophets the lesse.

And the other bookes as Ierome sayth the Church doth reade for example of life and instruction of maners, The numbe [...] and nam [...]s of the Apoc [...]y­phall bookes in the old test [...] ment. but yet doth it not applye them to establish any doctrine. Such are these following. The 3. booke of Esdras. The 4. booke of Esdras. The booke of Tobias. The booke of Iudith. The rest of the booke of Hester. The booke of Wisdome. Iesus the sonne of Syrach. Baruch the Prophet. The song of the 3. children. The storie of Susanna. Of Bell and the Dragon. The prayer of Manasses. The 1. booke of Machab. The 2. booke of Machab.

All the bookes of the newe Testament, as they are commonly recei­ued, we doe receiue and account them for canonicall.

This is the whole article, especially for the distinction of Canonicall and Apocryphall bookes. And is there any grosse and palpable errour, or any errour at all in this distinction, that any godly and learned Prea­cher should haue offred to speake agaynst in the Conuocation? Well, if he could not be suffered to speake then: let him do it yet, doing it in seemely order. Yea, if it be a grosse and palpable errour that all we grossely mayn­teine in this distinction he is bound to shewe it orderly, comiter monstrarier viam erranti, if he will be a faithfull Minister. And if wee cannot bee able to defend this distinction, we will then (by Gods grace) yéeld it to be an error and forsake it. But I meruell, if it be so grosse and palpable, that we cannot yet feele nor vnderstande it, which were indeede a great grosnesse in vs all. But because, I confesse my selfe to be but grosse, that cannot so quickly find out this palpable error: neuerthelesse since that it is palpable or may be groped ( and yet out learned Bretheren will not vouchsafe to set it downe) I will therefore grossely grope after it, if perhaps I may finde it, and giue others warning of it. For (by the grace of God) wee shall not be so grosse, as defend any error, if we may finde it, and perceiue that it is indeede an error, that is to say, a wrong and false opinion.

[Page 1304] The canoni­call scripture Is this grosse error in these wordes: holie Scripture conteyneth all things necessarie to saluation, so that whatsoeuer is not read therein nor may bee proued thereby, is not to bee required of any man, that it should be beleeued as an article of faith, or be thought requisite or ne­cessarie to saluation? In what words this grosse er­ror should lye. I trust, they will acquit this parte of the article from all error. Neither is it properly of the distinction of Canonicall and Apo­cryphall bookes, which are to bee accounted of the one sorte, or of the other; but of eithers validitie or inualiditie in the articles of faith, and matters re­quisite or necessarie to saluation.

What then? Is this grosse and palpable error, for the distinction of Canonicall and Apocryphall bookes in the wordes of the article follo­wing? In the name of holy Scripture we doe vnderstand those Canoni­call bookes of the olde and newe Testament, of whose authoritie was neuer any doubt in the Church. What grosse and palpable error, or a­ny error at all is in these words, that wee doe vnderstand those bookes in the name of holy Scripture, of whose authoritie there was neuer any doubt in the Church? Is there any reason to the contrary, why wee should not vnderstand these bookes for holy Scripture?

The bookes that were ne­uer doubted of If they replye, that is true indeede, for those bookes: but not for those bookes onely: then are these wordes also of the article acquit by their owne mouthes. As for the so vnderstanding of them onely, to be accounted in the name of holy Scripture, of whose authoritie was neuer any doubt in the Church: this article hath no such worde, as this word onely, nor any such meaning. Yea, least their meaning or wordes might be misconstrued, they goe also particularly to worke, and booke by booke till which is to be vnderstoode for the holie or canonicall Scripture, and which not, in the olde Testament. Some of the canonicall doubted of. And in the newe Testament, they haue reckoned all for Canonicall.

If they yet replye, that diuers bookes of those which the articles name and vnderstand for the holie and canonicall Scripture, haue bin doubted of: I graunt it, and the articles doe confesse as much in these playne wordes. All the bookes of the newe Testament, as they are commonly receiued, we doe receiue and account them for canonicall. Do they not here plain­ly enough inferre, that there hath bene some doubt and not receiuing of some of them, when they say, as they are commonly receiued, so doe wee receiue them, though some doe not so receiue them? And will our learned Bretheren bee so [...]remptorie, that if they had not so fully or cléerely expres­sed their meaning in the former wordes, they will not giue them leaue to bee their owne expositors, but bee so cutted and short with them, that they may not tell out their owne tale, but a worde and a blowe, or euer they haue tolde halfe their tale, to crye out by and by, errour, errour, yea, grosse errour, and palpable errour?

[Page 1305] Ha bretheren, ye are a little to hastie to bée Parrish Priestes: The apocrpha. yée giue too short and too sharpe a iudgement in this matter. Our Brethrens to quicke cen­sure. Take the whole article to­gether, to conferre the later woordes with the former, and if a worde escape incommodiously: What? my Maisters, will yée take vauntage of euery sil­lable? or if ye will néedes prie so narrowly: goe to it then hardlye and spare not. I mislike not your industrye therein, spye (a Gods blessing) èuery mote in your bretherens eyes, and note euery tittle in their writinges, and weigh their woordes euen in the Goldesmithes balance. Yet, when yée haue all done, ye confesse your selues, it is but a scape, whereas indéede, weighe it well and trulye, it is not so much. But admitte it were a scape, will ye make a mountayne of a mole hill, that it is a grosse and palpable errour? Ve­rely, whether we shall weigh the woordes with graue and indifferent iudge­ment, as we ought to doe: or but euen grossely or sleightly consider of them, except our opinion be too grossely forestalled against them, wée coulde neuer giue so grosse a iudgement of them, as, for a grosse and palpable errour to condemne them: for in very déede, there is no errour at all in them.

But it maye be (such is my grosse pate) that yet wee haue not light vpon this grosse and palpable errour, indéede there are other woordes also, es­peciallye these after the cataloge of the Canonicall bookes in the olde Te­stament.

And the other bookes (as Hierome sayth) the Church doth reade, for example of the life and instruction of manners, Ieronimus in prefarionē in libros Salamo▪ but yet it doth not apply them to establish any doctrine.

Is there any thing heere that our Bretheren can challenge of errour? Is the sence of Hierome cyted amisse? Or is Hieromes sentence it selfe Erro­neous? The words of Hierome in his praeface on the bookes of Salomon are these: as therefore the Churche readeth indeede the bookes of Iu­deth, Tobie and the Machabies, but receaueth them not among the ca­nonicall Scriptures: so also it maye reade these two volumes ( hee spea­keth of Iesus the sonne of Syrach, and the booke of wisdome) to the ae­dification of the people, not to confirme the authoritye of Ecclesiasti­cal opinions, or decrees. Or are they offended that yet thus much should be giuen to the apocryphall Scriptures, that they should bee read at all in the Churche, for a dification in example of life and instruction of manners: but to be vtterlye neglected or defaced, as some haue not spared to bestowe, very grosse speeches on all the apocriphall Scripture? The e [...]matiō of the [...]poc [...] ­phall bookes. but bicause this a­gaine, is not so much for the distinction of Canonicall and Apocriphall bookes, as for the estimation of them, I thinke they meane not of anye grosse or palpable error in these words. If they doe (by the grace of god) wee shall the ea [...]ier cleare them, by the testimonie of manye, whome our brethren (I hope) wil not burden with so grosse speeches. Especially when the whole Frenche Churche in their confession, goeth as far foorth héerein, [Page 1306] as we doe. where hauing reckoned vp the whole Canonicall Scripture of the olde Testament and the newe, In [...] confes [...]ion [...] 1 de sc [...]iptura pag. 10. agreeing in all the particuler bookes with vs; in the fourth article they saye. These bookes wee acknow­ledge to bee canonicall, that is, wee haue them as the squire and rule of our Fayth, and that not onely by the common consent of the church but also much more by the testimonye and inwarde perswasions of the the holye ghoste, by whose suggestion we are taught to discerne them from other Ecclesiasticall bookes, which as they may be profitable, ne­uerthelesse they are not of that sort, that any article of the faith may be established out of them.

To whome accordeth the confession of the churches of B [...]lgia, or the lowe Countries. Who after their lyke enumeratiō of the canonicall bookes in the fiue and sixe articles, saye on this wise. These onelye bookes wee receaue as holy and canonicall, vppon which our fayth may staye, bee confirmed and established, &c. Moreouer wee make a difference be­tweene these holy bookes, and those which they call appocrypha, that it to wit, because the appocryphall may indeede be read inthe church, and it is laweful also so farre foorth to take instructions out of them, A [...]t. 6. as far as they agree with the canonicall bookes. Howbeit, they haue not that authoritye and force, that any opinion of the fayth and chri­stian Religion can bee certainelye builded on their testimonye. So farre is it off, that they can infringe or diminishe the authoritye of others.

And if after these, I maye alleage any priuate mans confession; I com­mend the Reuerende Zanchius. Who in his confession, chap. 1. Apho­risme. 4. after the like particular rehersall, that our Articles make, of the bookes canonicall and not Canonicall in the olde Testament: he sayth.

Thus much of the olde. But out of the newe Testament wee except none. For although there bee some of them, of which it was doub­ted in the olde tyme: notwithstanding euen they also were afterwarde no whit lesse acknowledged than were the other, to bee the writinges of the apostles, vnto whose iudgement we also subscribe. Of the former sorte, are the Gospels, after Matthew, Marke, Luke, Iohn: the actes of the apostles, the Epistles of Paule, the former of Peter, the former of Iohn. Of the later sorte are, the Epistle to the Hebrues, the Epistle of Iames, [...] the later of Peter, the seconde and thirde of Iohn, the Epistle of Iude, the Apocalypse. For although they maye seeme after a kinde of sorte, to bee of a certayne greater authoritye, of the which it was neuer doubted, than those of which sometymes it was doubted: not­withstanding, wee beleue as well the one as the other, euen as the cer­taine word of God. As for the Apocryphall bookes that are contey­ned [Page 1307] in the Bybles volume: wee giue them the firste place after the Ca­nonicall. And therefore wee vse onelye the Canonicall bookes, Aphoris. [...]. to prooue the opinions (or decrees) of Fayth, and with the Fathers wee teache that they are to bee vsed: as for the other, wee thinke that they haue no small authoritye to confirme afterwarde, those thinges that already are prooued. Thus writeth Zanchius agreeing with our articles▪ And heereto also he quoteth, Hierome in Praef. in Salo. Cyp. in Symb. pag. 377. conc. Load▪ cap. 59.

But what neede I labour thus, to cléere our Article herevpon: when the Geneua Bible it selfe, hath as much as this comes too, saying: the bookes that followe in order after the Prophetes, vnto the newe Testament, are called Apocrypha, that is, bookes which were not receaued by a com­mon consent to be read and expounded publikelye in the Churche, neyther yet serued to prooue any poynte of Christian Religion, saue in as much as they had the consent of other scriptures called canoni­call to confirme the same, or rather whereon they were grounded: but as bookes proceeding from godlye men, were receaued to be read for the aduauncement and furtherance of the knowledge of the histo­rie, and for the instruction of Godly maners.

Is not this as muche héere as is in anye thing conteyned in these wordes of our bookes article, for the vse and credite of the Apocriphall bookes? and wherein then for these wordes, doeth lye suche grosse and palpable errour, as they burthen this article withall? The 1. & 2. booke of Es­dras. for nothing re­mayneth nowe therein, not examined, but the enumeration of the bookes themselues, which are counted of vs for Canonicall, which for Apo­cryphall. And doe not these Articles keepe the same accompte, both for the number and for the Bookes of both sortes, that all these aforesayde, and the verye Geneua translation doth? except they will take aduaunta [...]e heerein, Hieronimi p [...] satio in 1. Esdras. that where the Geneua calleth Ezra and Nehemiah ( as Zanchi­us calleth them the two former of Esdras) our article reteyneth still the vsuall calling of them the firste booke of Esdras, the seconde booke of Esdras, because it treateth also muche of Esdras, But I trust that our Bretheren will not in anye wise accounte of that for a grosse and palpable or anye Errour at all, considering howe ordinarilye it hath gone by these names, and in Ieromes preface hee saythe, Neyther let it mooue anye bodye that one booke is of vs set foorth, nor let him bee delighted in the dreames of the third and fourth booke, Bicause also among the Hebrues the speeches of Esdras and Nehemiah are straightened into one Volume, &c. As the bookes & matter we keepe iust reckoning if their offence be, bicause wee counte none Appocryphall in the newe Testament: what do wee otherwise, than Zanchius doth? Than the Geneua Testament doth? yea than the Frenche, the Heluetian; [Page 1308] and the Dutch reformed Churches doe? [...] and therefore, where these grosse errours and palpable shoulde bee in this article, they are so grosse and palpable, that we can yet neyther see nor feele them. When our bretheren can shewe and prooue them, I for my parte (will by Gods assistance) wilful­lye defende no knowne errour.

Now since we cannot find this, let vs come to their seconde instance, which is, as they say:

Our Brethrens 2. challeng of of the booke of articles for grosse and pal­pable errours.For explication of the clause in the article of predestination, where it is sayde, that the elect may fall from grace, and such like matters.

Whether it bee negligence, or willfull peruerting, that I knowe not, but I conster it rather to the gentler faulte: notwithstanding, for those that professe themselues to be faythfull Ministers, and to sette foorth a learned discourse, and thus grosselye to burthen the articles, yea one of the chiefest articles in doctrine, agreed vppon by all the learned Clergye of the Realme, and aprooued by all the authoritye and states of the realme, with grosse and palpable errour, and to charge the Article with an eui­dent vntruth: if this discourse maye vaunt of learning, yet I woulde with that the learned discoursers were a little more faythfull Ministers, leaste this parte thereof might of any be termed, not a learned, but a lewde and vndiscreete discoursing.

The 17. article of predestina­tion & electiō.Where it is sayde in the article of predestination, which is the seuen­teenth article; that the elect may fall from grace, or any such lyke matter in that article, the wordes of the article are these.

Predestination to lyfe is the euerlasting purpose of GOD, where­by (before the foundations of the worlde were layde) hee hath con­stantlye decreede by his Counsaile secrete to vs, to deliuer from cursse and damnation, those whome hee hath chosen in Christe of mankinde, and to bring them by Christ to euerlasting saluation, as ves­sels made to honour. Wherefore they which bee endewed with so excellent a benefite of God, be called according to Gods purpose by his spirite woorking in due season: they through grace obeye the cal­ling: they bee iustified freely: they bee made sonnes of GOD by a­doption: they bee made like the Image of his onelye begotten sonne Iesus Christe: the walke religiouslye in good woorkes, and at length by Gods mercie, they atteyne to euerlasting felicitye.

As the Godlye consideration of predestination and our election in Christ is full of sweete, pleasan [...], and vnspeakeable comforte to godlye persons, and such as feele in themselues the woorking of the spirite of Christ, mortifying the workes of the fleshe, & their earthly members, drawing vp their minde to high and heauenly thinges, aswell because it doth greately establish and confirme their fayth of eternall saluation, to bee enioyed through Christ, as because it doth feruently kindle their [Page 1309] loue towardes God: so, for curious and carnall Pastors, Election. lacking the spi­rite of Christ, to haue continually before their eies the sentence of gods predestination, is a most daungerous downefall, wherby the diuell doth thrust them eyther into desperation, or into rechlesnes of most vncleane liuing, no lesse perilous than desperation.

Furthermore, we must receaue gods promises in such wise, as they be generally set foorth to vs in holy scripture: and in our doinges, that will of God is to be followed, which we haue expressly declared vnto vs in the word of God.

This againe is the whole article of predestination and election worde by word set downe. as it is in the booke. And now, what one sentence, or but one worde is here, that our brethren can prooue to bee erroneous; not grosse and palpable ( as they say) but to haue any spice neuer so couertly conueyed, Nothing in this article of Predestination and Election but sounde doctrine. of any the least errour in the worlde: if our bretheren be of sounde iudgement in this article, ( as I hope they be) Or what doubtfull spéeches are there in this article, that néede explication, for feare they might be vnderstoode er­roneously: But where are heere these words, that our bretherē haue by name burdened this article of predestination withall: saying, for explication of the clause in the article of predestination: where it is sayde, that the elect may fall from grace, and such like matters?

May not our bretheren be ashamed, so grossely and palpablie to fall from this grace of telling the truth so oftentimes before, but specially heere, in so great a matter, challenging one of the principall articles of our religion for grosse and palpable errours or vntruths, and their selues to fall intoso open, so vntrue and foule a sclaunder:

But to helpe our brethren as much as we may, with the true cleering of our selues, from so great and dangerous a sclaunder, (for our brethren harpe here about some thing) they meane be like in the 16 article, which is not (as they saye) of predestination, but, of sin after baptisme, where it is sayde thus.

Not euery deadly sin willingly committed after baptisme, is sin against the holy ghost, and vnpardonable. Wherefore, the graunt of repentance is not to bee denyed, to such as fall into sin after baptisme. The 16 article of sinne after Baptisme. After wee haue receaued the holy ghoste, we maye departe from grace giuen, and fall into sin, and by the grace of God (we may) arise againe, and amende our liues, and therefore they are to bee condemned, which say they can no more sinne, as long as they liue heere, or denye the place of forgiue­nesse to such as truely repent.

Héere indéede this article sayth, that after we haue receaued the holy, ghoste, wee maye departe from grace giuen, and fall into sinne, and by the grace of God wee maye arise agayne and amende our liues. And is there any errour, or anye darkenesse, or doubtfulnesse, or suspicion, [Page 1310] or inclination to errour in these woordes? Departing from grace. for, although they speake here generally, and mention not the elect, of whome they speake in the arti­cle following, which wée haue alreadye perused: yet neyther speake they of falling from grace, which woorde, falling, might perhaps bée con­strued of them in the harder sence, as though they were destitute of all grace and cleane voyde of the spirite of God: neyther the woordes nor the sence tendeth to any suche matter, but are onely these: that after weehaue re­ceaued the holy ghost, we may depart from grace giuē, How we may depart from grace. & fal into sin, &c.

Nowe, whether this bee vnderstoode of the Elect, or not: maye not such as are not of the number of the Elected, bée truely sayde also to haue receaued the holye Ghoste, in the giftes of some graces of the holye Ghoste giuen vnto them? The Apostle saythe, 1. Cor. 12. No man can say Iesus is the Lorde but by the holye Ghoste. Diuerse graces of the holy ghost may bee geuen to those that are not e­lected. And yet sayth Christ. Matthew 7.21. &c. Not euerye one that sayth vnto mee, lord Lorde, shall enter into the kingdome of Heauen: but hee that doth the will of my Father that is in Heauen, and manye will saye to me in that day, Lorde, Lord, haue wee not by thy name prophecied, and by thy name caste out Deuilles, and by thy name done manye greate woorkes: And then I will professe to them: I neuer knewe you, departe from mee, yee that woorke iniquitye. And yet those that receaued these giftes of working miracles, &c. They were graces giuen thē of the holy Ghoste. And Sainct Paule calleth them Charismata and spirituall giftes, the administration, operation, and manifestation of the spyrite, the diuersities of whose giftes he reckoneth vp, as wée haue seene, 1. Cor. 12. And did not diuers of the Corinthians departe or fall from the true vse of these graces of the holye Ghoste? As wee maye also say of Demas and others. And euen of the apparant reprobate, sayth Sainct Paule, He­brewes, 6. vers. 4. For it is impossible that they which were once light­tened, and haue tasted of the heaue [...]lye gifte, and were made perta­kers of the holye Ghoste, and haue tasted of the good woorde of God and of the powers of the worlde to come, if they shoulde fall awaye, shoulde bee renewed agayne by repentance, seeing that they crucifie a­gayne to themselues the sonne of God, and make a mocke of him. So then, vnderstanding these woordes euen for those that are not of the number of Gods elected; neuertheles they may be such, as God hath imparted great graces of the holy ghoste vnto, and yet they departe and fall from grace.

But now (which is the better and playner sence) because the Article men­cioneth rysing againe: vnderstanding these wordes for the Elect of God so far as man can gather by outwarde tokens: How the elect­ed may depart or fall [...]rom grace. yet may the Elect departe from grace, though not wholly and finnally, as doe the reprobate. For example, Dauid and Peter departed from grace, and fell into grieuous sinnes: yet not so, but that some sparkes of grace, though ouerwhelmed for the time still remaine in Gods elected, till God by his spirite reclaime them to repen­tance. [Page 1311] Sainct Paule writing to y e Gallathians, to whom as to gods elected. chap. 1.3. he wisheth grace and peace from God the Father, and from our Lord Iesus christ saith vnto them, vers. 6. I maruel that ye are so soone re­moued away vnto another Gospel, frō him that had called you into the grace of christe, and chap. 3.1. &c. O foolish Galathians, who hath be­witched you, that yee shoulde not obey the truth, to whome Iesus christ before was described in your sight and among you crucified? This onely would I learne of you, receaued ye the spirite by the workes of the lawe, or by the hearing of faith Preached? are ye so foolish that after yee haue begun in the spirite, ye would now be made perfect by the flesh? haue ye suffred so many thinges in vaine? &c. Had not these lost the grace of God, and S. Paule reclaimed them to repentance;

And so christ saith to the Angell ( or B. of the church of Ephesus, apoc. 2. I know thy workes, & thy labour; & thy patience, and how thou canst not forbeare them which are euil, & hast examined them which say they are apostles & are not, and hast found them lyers, & thou hast suffred & hast patience, and for my name sake hast laboured and hast not fainted. Héere are the great graces reckoned vp. But what followeth.

Neuertheles, I haue somwhat against thee, bicause thou hast left thy first loue, remember therfore, from whence thou art fallen, & repent, & do the first works, or else I will come against thee shortly; & wil remoue thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repēt. And is not this euen as much as here is said in this article; after we haue receaued the holy ghost wee maye depart from grace giuen and fall into sin, and by the grace of God, we may arise againe, and amend our liues?

And therfore, there is no error, nor anye suspicion of error in this saying: nor (as though it were doubtfully spoken) any néede of further explication: except our Bre. would euen seke to pick quarrels at words, to make thē séeme suspitious, that are sound & plaine enough: or except they be of a contrary opi­nion to this article, thinking that if they once haue receaued the holy ghost & his grace, they be so pure & sure euer after, that they can neuer sin: at least, they can neuer fal into any notorious sin. But although I pray both for them & vs, that we may not depart from grace, by falling into any such grieuous, & notorious sin: yet much more, that we fall not into that presumptuous sin, that we should be so puffed vp in co [...]it of our puritie, as to think we cannot depart frō grace, & fall into sin, & notorious sin also. For so our Bre. should themselues, maintaine a most grosse and palpable, The state and cōfidence of the elected. yea a most dangerous error & condēned heresie. For although we must not wauer in doubt betwixt feare & hope, distrust & faith, for our saluatiō, but haue a firme hope & ful confi­dēce, in y e [...]ternal good purpose promises & mercies of god in christ ( as y e very first words of y e article of predestination & election witnesseth y t we are of th [...] nūber of his Elected to saluation, whereof god hath vouchsafed vs good tokēs, besides the pledge of his spirite, certifieng our spirit, that we are the sons [Page 1312] of God, and if sonnes, heyres: &c. yet except the spirite helpe our infirmi­tyes we should quickly fall into great temptations and enormities. And ther­fore we are willed for our parte to woorke our saluation with feare and trembling, to pray that we enter not into temptation, and euer to checke our presumption with these & such like sentences: If we shal say we haue no sins, we deceaue our selues and there is no truth in vs, yea, that the iuste falleth seuen times a day, and yet riseth againe, &c.

But I hope our brethrē are not sotted in this grosse error of y e anabaptists, neyther wee (God be praysed) do allowe of the other grosse errours o [...] [...]he papists, that the elected can finally & vtterly depart frō grace. But, firmum stat fundamentum, deus nouit qui sunt sui.

Neyther is there any error in any of these our articles, nor any of the other articles of the booke. And therefore, I meruaile that they say, diuers godlye and learned Preachers offered to speake against diuers grosse and pal­pable errours that had escaped the Bishops decrees. Our Brethrens sclaunder of the Bishops for diuers grosse & pal­pable errours.

If there were anye so grosse, that they were palpable; and so many too, that there were diuers of them: and that (naming for example, these two matters) they conclude with this generalitie, saying, and such like matters: though we haue cléered our selues sufficiently heerein, and are (by the grace of God) ready to enter, eyther into the apologie of our selues, or to make the acknowledgement of all those diuers errors, and disclaime them, when they shalbe specified and so proued: yet is not this well done of our bretheren, to burthen vs with any, especially with grosse and palpable errors, and those diuers, and not so much as name them, that we might see them, and forsake thē. For this leaueth in the readers mind, a shrewde suspition, of further er­rours in these articles.

But we craue (in the feare of God and in the testimony of a good consci­ence) all mens good opinion, in this behalfe towardes vs, till our bretheren, or any other, be he Papist, Anabaptist, or whosoeuer, shall burthen vs expresly with this or that error by name: and then, if we cannot throughlye cleere our selues, let them condemne vs, but till then, christian charity ought to hold vs giltlesse.

And of these (I trust) we haue sufficiently acquit our selues; as for other, we are to aunswere in our defence, when we shall haue heard their accusation. But and they be such as these, (bicause they tel vs before hand, & such like:) I hope in God we shall do well enough, and had those matters that they sup­presse, bin worse than these, I suppose they would not haue opened these▪ and folded vp those on this fashion. But if they be foorth comming, wée neede not long to héere of them we shall haue them, I warrant you, with a recumbenti­bus, all in tyme, in the meane time, welcome be the grace of God. But let vs now sée, how our brethren conclude, and rattle vp our Bishops for these arti­cles, and for all the other matters that they haue charged them with.

[Page 1313]If this ( say th [...]y) be not to practise Lordship ouer Faith: The articles with proues. to set downe decrees of religion, which must be accepted of all men without eyther reason or testimonie of the scripture to prooue them, The learned disc. pag. 136. and no man per­mitted to shewe any reason or scripture, that enforceth his conscience to the contrarie, but onely to hang vpon the authority of bishops: let some other declare, what Paule meaneth, 2. cor. 4. where he denieth that he woulde exercise anye Lordship ouer the Fayth of the Corinthians.

Our bretheren shewe heere a manifest proofe▪ howe true that Article is, which they saye, was set dow [...]e by the Bishops and the conuocation, that the elect maye departe from grace, For I account of our bretheren, Bridges. as of the number of Gods elected. Yet, if they had not in this their learned discourse departed or fallen to much from grace, woulde they, or coulde they haue so fallen from the truth heerein by such vntrue and notorious sclaunders, thus to seeke the vtter disgracing and defacing of the Bishops? haue they prooued, or can they prooue anye one article or decree of Fayth and Religion, wherein the bishops haue taken vpon them any such Lorde­ship, or anye Lordeship at all ouer our Fayth? doth not euen the very for­mer article of these two last, cyted by our bretheren themselues against the Bishops, for the distinction of the Canonicall bookes, fully discharge the Bishops of this sclaunder? that holy Scripture conteyneth all thinges ne­cessary to saluation, so that, whatsoeuer is not read therein, nor may be proued therby, is not to be required of any mā, that it should be beleued as an Article of Fayth, or be thought requisite or necessary to saluation.

Doe they, which with their bretheren in the conuocation doe set downe this decree for faith and Religion, practise Lordeship ouer our fayth, Article 6. or set downe decrees of religion which must bee accepted of all men, with­out eyther reason or testimonie of the Scripture to prooue them, and no man permitted to shewe anye reason or Scripture, that inforceth his conscience to the contrarie, but onely to hang vpon the authoritie of Bi­shops? When the Bishops in most plaine woordes renounce all such autho­ritie, and referre it onely to the canonicall Scripture? who may not see, (if he will not wilfully, of too too much affection blindfold himselfe) the apparance of this sclaunder?

But our Bretheren say, The articles briefelie set down without their proues & testimonies. they haue set downe the decrees without eyther reason or testimony of the scripture to proue thē. I graunt it, y t for some, they haue so done, neyther is it the nature of briefe & sūmarie Articles which in Synodes are agreed vppon, after that they haue bin by reason and Scrip­ture cléerely proued, and are apparant: to haue them set out with their proues annexed to them, which is another point beside the Articles. In the ordi­nances Ecclesiasticall of the Church of Genena, and the orders of the schole of the said Citie, set out in french An. 1578. of the which many are of faith and religion, and in their summarie of the Christian Doctrine an­nexed, [Page 1314] do they still adioyne their prooues by reasons & testimonies of the Scripture. Articles not erronious. And haue not all the most auncient councels (which are greater than our conuocations) in all their articles and decrees, kept the selfe same order, most briefely and plainely, to set downe the naked article by it selfe? & so thus haue they set downe also the articles of their créedes. And so is the summary of our Faith commonly called the Apostles Creede, set downe in most short, plaine and simple wordes and sentences, without annexing the reasons or testimonies of Scripture that confirme them. For when these [...], or principles, gathered as capitall conclusions, and resolutions of the scripture are thus set downe, if they bee not such, nor haue the cléere proofe and grounde of Scripture for them, they will quickelye appeare in this their nakednesse, and quickelye shewe their shame to all the worlde, as doe the Papistes decrees whiche they set foorth, so soone as euer they come to the touchstone, to bée examined and prooued by the Scripture, they mol­ter away, and resolue to vanitie.

Let our bretheren nowe (a Gods name) take this our booke of articles, and whette all their wittes, and with all their learned discourses set vp­pon it, examine and trye it peecemeale thorowe and through euerye sentence woorde, syllable and tytle in it, if they finde anye thing contrarye to good and sounde reason, yea, contrarye too our dissonant from the Canonicall Scriptures: then saye, our Bishops practise Lordeship ouer our Fayth, and set downe orders of Religion which must bee accepted of all men, without eyther reason, or testimonie of Scripture to proue them, and no man permitted to shewe any reason or Scripture, that inforceth his conscience to the contrary, but onely to hang vppon the authority of Bishops.

But if they cannot finde anye thing in these decrees, orders, and Arti­cles, nor anye coulde finde it then, nor coulde euer since, nor euer shalbe able (and there was then in the conuocation, libertye enough, and hath euer bin since, and still is, being vsed in that lawefull and reuerent manner that is requisite for, the treaty of such matters) which yet coulde neuer, nor, I hope, shall euer be conuinced of errour: then let our bretheren (for verye shame or rather for loue of truthe) yeilde, and reuoke these soule sclaunders on the Bishops, and indeede on all the conuocation, and on all the realme and Churche of Englande, that hath established the allowance of these ar­ticles: or rather on the Articles themselues, which they sclaunder to bée decrees of Religion without eyther reason or testimonie of the Scrip­ture to prooue them, and that they onely hang vppon the authoritye of Bishops, and so are méere doctrines of men, and that they are Errors grosse and palpable. Thus through the sides of the Bishops, are these Articles and our Faith and Religion wounded by these our Bretheren, as though not onelye our Bishops, but all the Cleargie, the realme, the [Page 1315] doctrine and all, were as ill or woorse than the Papistes, Satisfying the ignoraunt. so farre hath this immoderate beate of their inconsiderate zeale, inflamed their passions and pa­tience againste the lawfull authority of the Bishops.

Nowe, when our Bretheren haue thus in their eager pursuite of the Bishops authoritye, raysed vp this soule sclaunder on the decrees: yet at length beginning to thinke better of the matter, and that it might bee, some bodye would perhaps take the paynes, to searche these Articles, since they were defamed of so grosse and palpable errours, and to bee without reason, nor grounded of the woorde of GOD: and in perusing of them might finde them, (as they are indéede) to bee moste cléere and sounde from all Errour, and manye of them (where reason is required) hauing excellent reasons also annexed, and all to bee altogether grounded on the woorde of God, whereof they were but summes and Capitall principles: so that, if this their sclaunder, vppon the present viewe of them woulde vanish away▪ though it woulde cast a grosse and palpable myste of errour, to him that woulde barely on their credite beléeue them: Well, yet for all that, haue at the Bishops one flyng moe, and it bee but for a parting blowe, or for a frend­ly shaking handes at the farewell.

For (say they) although their decrees were neuer so perfect.

Then, say I, their sclaunders were very shamefull.

Yet ( say they) it were an example of tyrannicall dominion, neyther to giue reasons to satisfie the ignorant themselues, nor to heare or con­fute that which might bee alledged againste them by others, but for a fewe Lorde Bishops, incomparison of all the conuocation, to sit by themselues, and order all thinges at their pleasures, as though the Gos­pell sprang first from them, or had come vnto them onely; it sauoreth of nothing so much as of Popish tyrannie.

This is no lesse notorious a sclaunder, than the other? There is none of the Conuocation house, How any in the conuocati­on house may be heard. but in the debating of any matter propounded, maye bee throughlye hearde, behauing himselfe in such order as i [...] [...]oresayd. Nei­ther woulde the Bishops disdaine eyther then, or at anye other time, their selues to satisfie the ignorant. But whome meane they by this igno­rant, that should bée brought into the conuocation house, or come before the Bishops there assembled? would they haue it that euery ignorant per­son of the common people, shoulde come before the Bishops, and desire of them the satisfaction of their ignorance? or doe they meane themselues the faithfull Ministers, that haue in this their learned discourse, How our bre­theren of [...]e [...]ed to be satisfied. made a briefe & playne declaration ( as they called it) concerning the thinges that are their desires? and will they then acknowledge their ignorance in these matters? & desire the Bishops to satisfie them with reason, this were a good hearing if they woulde thus doe. Though they were not chosen to be any of the house, yet and they would so doe, as they were neuer denyed; so [Page 1316] would I v [...]dertake they shoulde bee easilie admitted, Satisfiing our Brethe­ren. to come euen to the Bi­shops themselues & there in due manner to acknowledge their ignorance, de­siring to be satisfied with reason giuen by the Bishops vnto them. They should finde the Bishops reasonable enough, without any tyrannicall domi­nion ouer them: or if the Bishops woulde vse anye insolencie or tyranicall dominion, they should not be suffered, vpon due complaint, and proofe there­of. But what reason would satisfie them, that cannot so much as speake of these matters, without vaunt of euery spéeche of theirs, to be a learned dis­course: yea, that cannot speake in print vppon aduised deliberation, but in such a choller, and with such intēperate speeches as these are? Is it likely these learned men would acknowledge their ignorance, and would desire to be sa­tisfied, or be satisfied indeede with reason, as they ought to be, if they might haue reasons by the Bishops themselues giuen vnto them?

Yes, that they would, if the Bishops would heare them, or confute that which might be alleaged against them by others.

Ah, then I perceaue, there is a further drift in this desire, than to acknow­ledge their ignorance, & desire to be satisfied with the Bishops reasons giuē vnto thē? For now on a suddeine, their ignorance is turned to knowledg & to such knowledge, that they professe beforehand, the Bishops must heare them what? to confesse their ignorance, or to desire to learne the Bishops reasons?

No, but the Bishops must heare, or confute that which might bee al­leaged against them by others.

So that, they must needes dispute with the Bishops themselues, and with no meaner persons of all the conuocation house, and if the Bishops will not heare or confute that, whatsoeuer it be, which might be alleadged against them by others; then the Bishops vse tyrannicall dominion.

But would they be contented, if the Bishops would confute them; yea, if they confuted that, that might be alleaged against them by others?

But when would these others say, they were confuted? they reckon before hand to confu [...] [...]uen whatsoeuer it were without al exceptiō, which might be alleaged, be it neuer so strong reason, or neuer so firmely grounded on the word of God, by the bishops or by any others: were they neuer so many or neuer so excellently learned, if they be against them, they beléeue they will al­leage that against them that will confute them quite & cleane. And all this they must be heard throughly, till they haue done it.

Must they so? and what if they were neuer able to doe it?

Not able quoth hee? doubt yee of that? that they were not able to confute all the Bishops? if they be but heard till they haue done speaking, their very sayings a [...]e confutations of al that might be alleaged against them by o­thers, eyther the Bishops, or all the whole conuocation.

What? doe our brethren meane to be heard thus: they challenge here the Bishops hard, for sitting by themselues, and ordering all thinges at their pleasures, as though the Gospel sprang first from them, or had come vn­to [Page 1317] them onely: Confuting the Bishops. but howsoeuer the Bishops would attempt thus to order all thinges, which if they would, could not be suffered, neyther indéede doe they, nor attempt to doe; yet if we shall looke better into the matter, how far of are our bretheren from playing all these partes? they haue hitherto vrged many thinges, and some vpon their owne méere conclusions and bare words: How [...]ar [...]e of our brethe [...]en are from those partes where­with they bur­den the bish­ops. yea, we haue not hitherto in all this learned discourse, heard one true and substantiall proofe out of Gods woorde alleaged for the Doctors to bee debarred from preaching; for the Pastors to haue no superiour among them, in any standing dignity, authority and gouernment of Iurisdiction; for a con­sistorye of Ecclesiasticall Seniors, that may not teache but gouerne onely, to bee elected in euery congregation: for the Deacons not to meddle with tea­ching, but onely with the care of the poore and of the collections and distri­butions: for the excommunications to be made by this consistorye of not teaching Gouernours: for y e Pastors to be made in Synodes onely, after they are elected by the people with holding vp their handes: and that they cannot bée made Ministers but of this or y t place; & cānot be counted Ministers being out of that place. And that where such preachers are not, there can bee no publike prayers nor sacraments administred, &c. What one of these points; and a number moe, hath bin prooued by anie one cleere testimonie, or necessa­rye consequent of the Scripture, or by any one substantiall reason for the proofe of them: and what else in effect is this, than but to order all these thinges at their pleasures? And when they take on with all the Bishops, as though by their former industries and labours, they their selues had not receaued this light of the Gospell, which God bee praysed wée haue, if wee can vse it thankfully: or as though they were not by the Bishops made Mi­nisters of the Gospell, if they haue anye Ministerie at all thereof, and be not meere lay men: is not this, euen as though the Gospell (so far as the light of these controuersies commeth (vnto and their Ministerie thereof, sprang first from them, or had come vnto them onely, if not to our Bishops, nor to anye of our conuocations, nor to all the clergie of our Church of England but onely to them that set these thinges abroache? and what now? shall wée conclude on them, as they do on the Bishops; it sauoureth nothing so much as of popish tyranny? whereof sauoreth this? first, to put backe the Prin­ces supremacie in Ecclesiasticall causes, till all their Eccl. tetrarchie be par­ted among them, in such maner as wee haue alredy heard; and then, to pull downe all the dignities and authorities of Archebishops, Bishops, and all other Ecclesiasticall superiour Prelates. And to set vp themselues, euerye one to bée a full Bishoppe in his owne seuerall congregation; The state of our brethrens new pastor­ship. what though not Lordeship in name, but M. Bishop, yet in rule and authoritye ouer all in his congregation to bée euen a Lordeship: to suffer no superiour Pa­stor ouer him in his iurisdiction, but eche one equall to the best: and hée, as though hée were in his terrytorie euen another newe little Pope sitting in [Page 1318] his pontificalibus, The true pastors de­scription. with his consistorie of gouernors, as though it were a Colledge or Senate of a newe kinde of Cardinalles, as the hingins that holde vp the dores of Ecclesiasticall regiment and discipline: with a new mixte kinde of gouernors semi-secular, and dimi-ecclesiasticall Seniors, to sit by the themselues rounde aboute this Episcopall Pastor, ouer ruling all the congregation, yea, whosoeuer were inhabiting in y e parish, Knight, Lord, Earle, Duke, Prince, Queene, King, or Emperour; they must all of them, for all discipline and Ecclesiasticall regiment, be ouer-ruled by him, & by these his Gouerning Elders sitting about him. Of what sauoureth this? Of do­minion? of Poperie? of tyrannie? of confusion? of pride? of ordering all things at their pleasures? besides what dangers else, or worse thā yet we see not? if our bishops shoulde thus retallie these thinges vnto our Bretheren, woulde they not (trowe you) pay home the reckoning?

But as thoughe they were not yet on euen handes, but that there were a greate oddes in this reckoning; Our Brethrens accusation of our Bishops. and as though the Bishoppes were not to bee accompted comparable; nor for Learning, Studye, Iudgemente, Zeale, Example, they were so woorthy of their authoritye, as these our Bretheren are, to haue this newe kind of Eccl. gouernment: they obiect vnto the bishops their non sufficiencie in these thinges.

Whereas otherwise ( saye they) it is well knowne, they are not all of the best learned, nor all of the longest study, nor all of the soundest Iudgement, nor all of the greatest zeale, nor all of the best Example, and therefore not meetest to be the onelye determiners in Ecclesiasticall matters, to the preiudice of the whole Synode.

As for this conclusion, wee shall come to it in his turne. This compa­rison in the antecedent, is somewhat odious, to vpbraide to the Bishoppes, that they are not all of the best in these thinges, as though there were some other in the Synode, better heerein than they. Belike they meane those di­uerse godlye and learned Preachers, Our Brethrens commendatiō of themselues that they sayde before before, of­fered to speak [...]; or else some other of themselues, that they woulde haue to bee also of the Synode. For, although it were a pretie pollicie, to commit vs together among our selues, with an emulation agaynste our bishops, as not so learned, &c. as they would haue vs of the Conuocation house, thinke our selues to bée: yet they lightly giue not this to [...]y of vs, to be counted eyther learned, or studious, or sounde in iudgement, or of greate zeale, or of best example. But they oftentimes commende themselues for all these thinges, to bée godlie, wise, graue, and zealous men; they are those that Preache moste diligentlye, praye most feruent­lye, and minister the Sacramentes moste reuerently: they are the faith­full Ministers that seeke the Churches reformation; and still, looke vp to the top of euery leafe, and there hangeth vp this Iuie Garland to tolle on the reader, A Learned discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment.

[Page 1319] As for our Bishops, tush, for them, it is well knowne, Defacing our Bishops. they are not all of the best learned, nor all of the longest studie, nor all of the greatest zeale, nor all of the best example.

I praye you bretheren, of what sauoureth this? Surely it sauoureth not all of the best learning neyther, ( in my iudgement) if not rather of that learning, whereof Sainct Paule sayth, scientia inflat. Well (howe vn­sounde soeuer they shall accounte my simple Iudgement) woulde God their learning sauoured a little more of lowlie humility, and of Christian charitie than it doth; to thinke better of other their brethren in these qua­lities, namely of their betters, than of them selues.

And yet, if one shall examine these qualities particularly; Learning. what cause haue they to vpbrayde their Learning to the Bishops? Iwisse, they may easilie enter comparison with many of these our Bretheren. And if they shoulde all bée measured by this Learned discourse, might not these wordes returne to their Maisters? that neyther they are all of the best learning: except they haue better learning, that they keepe yet in store for an after reckoning.

And as for long studie in the moste of them, Longe studie. there néede no long studie for an aunswere. All the worlde may see that, in the yeares of the studentes do not their selues in their preface confesse? If any shal obiect, that the graue authority of Archbishops & Bishops, shall receaue a checke, whilste they are brought to deale with those, whom they iudge few, yong, vnlearned, & not comparable to themselues: but now they dare compare both in long studie & in learning too, with the B. and giue the check too, as yong as they be, yea (in their opinion) to giue thē check-mate, and that with a pawne.

But what sayd they there to this obiection? did they not say: let vs graunt the greate difference which they make of yeares and learning▪ yet the speeche of Elihu, giueth them sufficient aunswere, that this vnderstan­ding is not tyed to such outwarde respectes, but to the reuelation of Gods spirite. Here (as it were) they renounce they vaunt of long studie, in which they could not for shame, make any comparison, & therfore they flie to the example of yong Elihu, & to the reuelatiō of gods spirite; as though their learning, and these platformes, came by reuelation to thē on a sudden. and doe they now vpon y e smattering of a little learning; or for the small time, beit of their earnest studie, come in as it were vying withall the B. making exception of none, but obiect to them all, that they are not all of the best learned, nor all of longest studie?

But what néede long study, for greate or best learning among them, when their gouerning Elders in euery congregatiō, shal go for men learned in diuinity, that haue little leasure to studie long, or perhaps at all? and eue­ry Pastor holden for a learned diuine andfor a learned Preacher, although he were but new made a Pastor?

And as for sound iudgement, they measure y t, after their own iudgement [Page 1320] and conceite, Our Bishops accusation. esteéeming euery mans iudgement, albeit he be of neuer so long studie or greate learning, Sound iudg­ment. to bee no sounde iudgement, if it sounde not soundlie in their forestalled Iudgement.

As also their ouer great & preposterous zeale condemneth all the Bishops, and all vs their bretheren in the Gospell of Christ, to be but Popish and with­out all zeale, if wée yeilde not straight way to them, in all the deuises of these newe platformes.

And no maruell then, if the shoue in this among the residue, that the Bi­shops be not all of the best example. Would God, both they and wee, and all our bretheren were, if not of best, yet of better example than wee be. For to say the truth, The best ex­ample. the better of both, yea the best of vs all therein may be amen­ded. Neuerthelesse though it be an offence vnto the weake, and a steyne vnto the authoritie: yet not so, but that the authoritie it selfe is good, and maye stand euen in those persons, that are not all of best example; no, nor all of the greatest zeale: nor all of soundest iudgement: nor all of longest stu­die: nor all of the best learned neither: but, if the Bishops were in these thinges inferiour to some other, or to them, or any of them haue any defecte therein: yet ought not out bretheren thus to insult vpon them, being their fathers that made them Ministers of the Gospell, and hauing authority ouer them in the Church: were it but for the reuerence and dignitie of their autho­ritie, except indeede they were open enemies to the Faith, or manifest wicked in the example of their conuersation.

It should better (me thinkes) beseemeour brethren, to followe the shame fastnesse of Sem and Iapheth, than the shamelessenesse of Cham, in deriding and reuealing his fathers shame.

But what do I speaking this of those Children that are growne into such disdaine, that they will not acknowledge them to be their Fathers?

If they saye, that in these words they do not thus accuse them all, in say­ing: they are not all of the best learned, nor all of the longest studie, nor all of soundest iudgement, nor all of greatest zeale, nor all of best ex­ample?

What then do they meane by these so intricate speeches? bicause they still place this word all so cunningly in the middle, that as it may be called in que­stion, whether they referred it to these matters as when we saie a thing is not all of the best, that is to say, it is but meane or base; not all of the soundest that is to saye, rotten or corrupted; not all of the longest, that is, but short; not al of the greatest, that is but little: or els, that they referre the worde all, not to the matter, but to the persons; as they are not all of the best, that is to saye some of them are not of the best: and so for the residue of these qua­lities.

In which later sence if they shall meane it, that though they bee not all of thē of the best learned, yet some of thē are of the best learned, of the lōgest [Page 1321] studie, of the soundest iudgement, of the greatest zeale, Determi­ning in Sy­nods. and of the best example: as it is apparant, & they cannot for very shame denye these things, or the most of them, in some of our Bishoppes: why then doe they not follow those fewer some, than thus for some not so good in these things, to shake off all. And yet it is well knowne also, that there are many other (God be pray­sed) besides the Bishops, that may compare with any of these our Bretheren the learned discoursers, in any, yea in all these things. But their quarrell is here pretended onely, or chiefly at the Bishoppes, concluding agaynst them vpon these premisses:

And therefore not meete to be the onely determiners in Ecclesiasti­call matters, to the preiudice of the whole Synode.

This conclusion wee may safely admit, Determining Ecclesiasticall matters. were the Bishops neuer so excel­lent. It is not meete, neither doe they, nor can they, take this vpon them, which were indeede to the preiudice of the whole Synode. Nor the Synod receiueth this preiudice by them, nor giueth such authoritie to them, to be the onely determiners in Ecclesiasticall matters. For, euery one that is any particular member of the whole Synode hath both his deliberatiue and determinatiue voyce, except wee shall speake of such determination as re­collecting all their seuerall determinations, pronounceth publikely the sen­tentiall and finall determination of the matters, in the name and authoritie of them all, as Iames did, being Bishop of Ierusalem. And yet neither so, all the Bishops doe it: but one and the chiefest among them, as the full resolu­tion of the whole Synode.

But how will our Bretheren cléere themselues of this, whereof they ac­cuse our Bishoppes? for they pretending to be Pastors, and that Pastors and Bishops be but al one: they will then be Bishops, euery one that pretendeth to be a Pastor. Now, though these Bishops admit their gouerning Elders to come to the Synode, and to be parts also of the Synode with the Pastors, saying, that the Synode consisteth principally of Pastors, Elders, Tea­chers, and men of wisedome, iudgement and grauitie, as it were of ne­cessarie regents: pag. 113. And hereto they vrge the assemblie, Act. 15. the Apostles and Elders came together to consider vpon this matter, &c: yet when they come to the determination euen where they say pag. 117. the Synode hath to determine what shalbe obserued in particular charges, as of the tyme, place, and forme of preaching, and praying, and administring of the Sacraments: they so make themselues to bee the onely determiners in all Ecclesiasticall matters, that disoayning any other should so much as knowe them, they say.

For who should bee able to knowe what order, comelinesse, and edi­fication requireth, according to Gods word, but they that be teachers and preachers of the same vnto all others? for it is absurde that they should bee taught by such in these small things, as ought to learne the [Page 1322] trueth of them in all matters. The Pastors determi­ning.

Doe they not here (make their Ecclesiasticall Gouernours and Elders to be no teachers, and yet principall parts, whereof the Synod consisteth, and necessary regents; How our bre­theren deale in synods with their owne go­uernors. & yet when it commeth to the regencie indeede, to be cleane excluded from all regencie and determining of these matters, ex­cept they should determine that they knowe not: What shall we say then? whatsoeuer is decreed amongst them, that is to say, among these Bishops, that must be called the determination of the whole Synode. So that no man must be suffred to speake any thing agaynst it, be it neuer so reaso­nable or agreeable to the word of God. pag. 135. Tush, what reason you any longer of reason, or of agreeablenesse to the word of God? Haue ye not your aunswere alreadie? Who should bee able to knowe what order, comelinesse, and edification requireth according to Gods worde, but they that be teachers and preachers of the same vnto all others? Our Brethren [...] wordes retur­ned home. What? and will you take vpon you to bee teachers and preachers, because ye are Ecclesiasticall gouernours, and because ye are parts whereof the Synode consisteth? or are ye so cranke y t ye be necessarie regents? What of all this? we tell you agayne, that since ye bee not teachers and preachers, and so no Pastors nor Bishoppes: It is absurd that they should bee taught by you, which ought to learne the trueth of vs the Pastorall Bishops in all mat­ters. And therefore, whosoeuer of you all will not subscribe to all such things as we the Bishops decree, must bee excluded out of the Conuo­cation.

If this bee not to practise Lordship ( though not ouer the faith ( yet o­uer al the Synode, and ouer all the Churches, in these matters, no man be­ing permitted to shewe any reason or scripture that inforceth his con­science to the contrary: no not their Gouernors themselues to quitch, for feare they should heere be snatched vp for halting: but onely to hang vpon the authoritie, of these newe vpstart Pastorall Bishops: let some o­ther declare, what this meaneth, and how farre this differeth from tyran­nicall dominion, & from ordering all things at their pleasures, as though the Gospell sprang from them, or had come to them onely. It sauoureth of nothing so much as of Popish tyrannie: ( except of somewhat worse) whereas otherwise, it is well knowne that they are not all of the best learned, but many of them very simple schollers: nor all of longest studie, but méere children (or no students in Diuinity) euen the other [...]ay: nor all of soundest iudgement, nor able to iudge of many controuersies, nor to iudge of or sound to the depth of these, nor al of them sound, nor soundly agreeing together in iudgement of them. Nor all of the greatest zeale, though it bee the greatest thing in them, but according to knowledge not so great as te­stie: Nor all of the best example, but some good, some bad, and one with ano­ther as all other men, and what followeth?

[Page 1323]And therfore not meete ( how fayne soeuer they would, Preiua [...]ce [...] the synod. and take it he [...]e­vpon them) to bee the onely determiners in Eccl. matters, to the pre­iudice of the whole Synod, and of all the gouerning Elders, Whether our Bishops or these Pastors do more preiu­dice the synod. that are parts of the whole Synode with them. So playnly in all these thinges doe our Brethren euen in their owne words, with a very little windlasse turning thē home agayne, while they would powre out all these reproches on our Bi­shops, reaching short of them, spill them by the way, and all to defile and be­ray them selues therewith. As for our bishops, as they neither take any such authoritie in the Synod vpon them, ouer the Pastors, as these Episcopall Pastors take vpon them ouer their gouerning Elders; and so our Bishops preiudice not the whole Synod, nor any part thereof, as they do theirs; nor our Synodes finde themselues preiudiced or agreeued with the authoritie of our Bishops: but both our Bishops and our whole Synodes finde them­selues sclaundered, iniured, defaced, and so, much preiudiced by these spee­ches and deuises of our Bretheren.

As among other, this conclusion following is a great sclaunder of them:

Wherefore, it is greatly ( say they) to be desired, that our Synodes al­so which are so farre out of order, may bee reformed according to the Scripture and the example of the Primitiue Church.

That our Synodes are so farre out of order, as our Bretheren pretend, (except they haue some fresh proues to come) they haue not yet proued it. This is but an apparant vntrueth and infamie of them. The refourming of Synodes according to the Scripture and the example of the Primitiue Church, so farre as the Scripture giueth either rule or example of them, is alreadie in practise, if our Bretheren would bee thankfull to God for it. As for the particuler abuses, they may much more easily be refourmed, than by such Synodes and Councels as are heere deuised.

That all things ( say they) may bee done with such modestie, grauitie and iudgement, as they were by the Apostles and Elders. Act. 15.

Yea forsooth, this at length, is a good finall conclusion and determination of this matter. I am glad our Bretheren yet after all these ruffling stormes, Our brethren [...] conclusion. end thus caulmelie, with this wholesome aduice of modestie, grauitie and iudgement. Which three poynts if they had all this while set before them, at least wise, if they had followed them: they would neuer thus lauishly haue de­faced all our Synodes and Conuocations, with all the Bishops, the Pastors and other officers in them, albeit there had bene some defects or abuses of them, which might with modestie, grauitie and iudgement bée well reformed, the lawes, and orders of them already establi­shed (with the Bishops, Pastors and officers authorities reserued) remayning intier and still continuing.

The argument of the 16. Booke.

IN this last Booke (after their profession, that they haue now set forth the whole Ecclesiasticall Ministerie, with all the dueties and authorities perteyning to these fower te­trarches) they here graunt, that the place requireth, to treate of the Ciuill Magistrates authoritie in Ecclesiasticall mat­ters.

First, of the right vnderstanding the title of the Princes supremacie, and how farre forth they will moue no controuer­sies thereof. Of their graunt to the Princes supremacie ouer the Ecclesiasticall persons, with their cautions of the Popes su­premacie, and of Princes casting off the Popes yoke. Of the Princes supremacie also in the matters Ecclesiasticall, and of the Pastors supremacie therein aboue the Prince, and of the Popes presumption in these matters. Of the Princes au­thoritie in making lawes of Ecclesiasticall matters, and of their exception for not confounding the Princes and the Pa­stors offices, and of the Pastors consent. VVhether the Prin­ces authoritie reach no further, than to make ciuill lawes for Ecclesiasticall matters. And how farre the Pope also allo­wed Princes to make such lawes. VVhether the Princes au­thoritie stretch not to their dealing in the making of Ecclesia­sticall lawes, but onely for the charge to obserue them, that by the Clergie are alreadie made, and for the bodily punishment of those that violate them: whether this bee any more than the very Papistes and the Pope graunteth, and whether euen this also doe not touch these learned discoursers. Of the au­thoritie [Page 1325] and dealing of the auncient Princes besore Christes comming, and of the Christian Princes since his comming. Of our Bretherens reuerence to the auncient Christian Prin­ces in the Romaine Empyre, and in the Kingdoms of France, Spayne, and of this our Britanie. Of the Emperours authori­tie & dealings in Ecclesiasticall matters in the greatest Coun­cels, and of their Ecclesiasticall sanctions. Of the French Kings authoritie and dealing in the same. Of the authoritie and dea­lings of the Kings in Spayne. Of the authoritie and dealing of the Kings in England, and of t [...]e Ecclesiasticall lawes of the auncient Saxon Kings. Of the Princes dealing herein by the aduice of their learned Clergie, and whether their aduice inferre their sole superiour authoritie. Of the Princes seruice of God their father, and seruing the cōmoditie of the Church their mother. Of the testimonies of Esa 49.23. Psalm. 2.11. 1. Tim. 2.2. and of the Papistes and our Bretherens applying the same. How farre the endes and benefites of a Prince doe stretch: and how the Prince is both a childe, and yet withall a foster father or Nurse vnto the Church.

All which being declared for the authoritie of the Prince: our Bretheren make their Epilogus of all this learned dis­course.

First concerning their owne perswasion for this prescribed forme of Ecclesiasticall gouernment, to bee agreeable to Gods word, and cōsenting to the example of the Primitiue Church. And of their auouching that they be able so to proue it: and of their promise that when occasion shall serue, they will proue it so to bee. Of their solemne protestation why in the meane tyme they set foorth this learned discourse, and what they [Page 1326] seeke herein. And of the true way to reformation. And of their mouing them that be in authoritie, to put this prescribed forme in practise. And of their offering vp their bookes here­of vnto the Parliament. And how this doing is cleane con­trary to the chiefest positions in this learned discourse. And of renewing agayne these controuersies by disputation. And of the euent of this forme if it should be embraced. And of their desire that either this forme prescribed, or if not this, yet the like may be receiued: and how vncerteyne this desire of theirs is: and how we may or may not see and iudge what is the vt­termost of their desires herein. Of their sclaunders of the pre­sent state, and that wee are the aduersaries of Gods trueth, and how wee be hinderers of their proceeding to reformation. And of this learned discourse to be their publike testimoniall to the present age, and that the posteritie may know that the trueth in this tyme was not vnknowne, nor vntestified, con­cerning the right regiment of the Church, and whether this can be knowne hereby, yea, or no. Of their disordered speeches agaynst our regiment of the Church, and whether it be recei­ued of the most parte of Poperie, and how this redoundeth on our Bretheren. How they accuse theirs and our godly fathers of neglecting in this poynt for deliuering our Ecclesiasticall regiment to their children without contradiction, and how preiudiciall they complayne that this is vnto them. Last of all of their conclusion by prayer to God, for the pacification of these matters.

[Page 1327]AND now that we haue set forth the whole Ecclesiasticall Ministerie, The whole ministrie. according to the word of God, The lear­ned disc. pag. 137. with all the dueties and authorities that perteyneth vnto it: the place requireth that wee should also in­treate of the authoritie of the ciuill Magistrate in matters Ecclesiasti­call.

THankes bee giuen to God, that now at length our Bretheren here confesse (for I hope they say it not for a vaunt) that they haue set foorth the whole Ecclesiasticall Ministerie with all the dueties and authorities that perteyne vnto it. So that, Bridges. if now either they themselues or any other among them, adde any thing, or alter any thing, The whole ec­clesiasticall mi­nisterie and all the duties and authorities pertayning. of the dueties or of the authoritie of the Ecclesiastical Ministerie: then is either this or that conuinced, not to bee the whole Ecclesiasticall ministerie, nor all the dueties and authorities that perteyne vnto it, as here they say this is. But we haue seene in perusing this their learned discourse, in how many things, and those of moment materially perteyning to the Eccle­siasticall ministerie and to the dueties and authorities of the same, how they haue often altered and varied one from another, and runne into playne contradictions, besides a number of other, and other manner of poyntes, that I could gather and set downe, and (GOD willing) shall at large, The diuersities of our Brethe­rens disc [...]ries. if our Bretheren shall call for them: onely now I note a fewe of those, that this learned discourse hath led me vnto: And therefore, either their other dis­courses, or this their learned discourse is not altogether as here they say ac­cording to the word of God.

And now, sith that they haue discoursed and set foorth the whole, and all that they could or would, for their Ecclesiasticall ministerie, and all the dueties and authorities perteyning vnto it: I beseech thee which art the Protestant reader hereof, in the feare of God, bearing thy selfe euen indiffe­rently (as to those that on either parte, though dissenting in these matters the one from the other, yet in the substance of Religion and vnitie of faith, are both of vs thy deare and true Bretheren in Christ, The re [...]ders dutie in these controuersies. because wee on either hand may fauour too much our owne parties, and be caried away in the heate of our disputes) that thou wilt vouchsafe (so neere as God shall giue thee grace and an vnderstanding heart, to bee a true Iudge, and an vpright vm­peere, betweene all them (God knowes who and how many) that call them selues, all the faithfull ministers that seeke for the discipline and refor­mation of the Church of England, on the one partie: and euen poore myne owne selfe (God wotte) in this action, on the other partie: and betweene their learned discourse ( as they intitle it) of Ecclesiasticall gouernment, and [Page 1328] my vnlearned (as I confesse) and course aunswere thereunto: The treatise of the princes authorithie. setting aside (for the whyle) all fauour and partialitie, (which disturbe a cleere iudge­ment) euen as GOD shall helpe thee, and be thy true Iudge, and so I com­mit and commend it to Gods good speeding, and to thy indifferent reading, weighing, and iudging of it.

Our Brethrens entrie into the treatise of the Princes autho­ritie. And here now, when our Bretheren haue thus to the full, discoursed on the whole Ecclesiasticall ministerie, and all the dueties and authorities that perteyne vnto it: at length they begin to finde some leisure, to bethink themselues of the Christian Prince, and to giue him yet some remaynder at least, in the last lapping vp of all this learned discourse. So that, if the Christian Princes haue not the blessing before hande so plentifully powred foorth, as vppon Iacob, to haue the dewe of heauen and fatnesse of the earth, and to bee Lordes ouer their Bretheren and honoured of their mo­thers children: yet as one borne out of tyme (as they say by three hundred yeeres) and comming later, they shall not yet bee cleane forgotten, but shall haue at least a portion of Esaus blessing so farre foorth, that they shall haue also a dwelling place in the fatnesse of the earth, and somewhat also of the dewe from heauen aboue. Yet they shall haue their liuing by the sworde: but they must serue their Brothers, Our Brethrens dealing with Christian princes in these matters. till they get the maystrie, and breake their Brothers yoake from their neckes. And if they hold not themselues content with this blessing: let them goe further and fare worse, they get no more heere. For, their Bretheren haue come before them, and gotten away the blessinges from them. All the whole gouernment of Ecclesiasticall matters, is giuen and parted into fower partes, and is made a fayre tetrar­chie, of Doctor, the Pastor, the Gouernour, and the Deacon, these fo­wer haue forestalled in their seuerall shares and Iurisdiction, the gouerne­ment, and ordering of all Ecclesiasticall matters. But yet since there is a fifte parte of something left, and reserued for the Christian Prince: let vs see what that portion is, and how our Bretheren will also ordeyne and dis­pose thereof.

And now ( saye they) that wee haue set foorth the whole Ecclesia­sticall ministerie, The lear­ned disc. pag. 138. &c. The place requireth, that wee should also in­treate of the authoritie of the Ciuill Magistrate in matters Ecclesia­sticall.

The place required this long before. But let vs now take it while it is offered, least no place at all be left to the Christian Princes.

Of the title of the Princes supremacie, if it be truely vnderstood, we moue no controuersie, but that it doth properly apperteyne to the ciuill Magistrate to bee the highest gouernour of all persons within his dominion, so that the soueraigne Empyre of GOD bee kept whole.

[Page 1329] If the authoritie of the Christian princes supremacie be good; Gods soue­raigne Empire. the title expressing the same authoritie, is good also. And so, vise versa; if the title be good, the authoritie of the princes supremacie is likewise good. Bridges. But what meane they by this caution, that they say, The title of the Prince [...] supremacie. of the title of the Princes supremacie, if it be rightly vnderstood? For if they denie the vnderstan­ding of it, as her Maiestie & her predecessors, and the Parliament, and the whole Realmes and Churches both of England and of Ireland do vnder­stand it, then do they flatly deny that supremacie which her Maiestie clai­meth and hath; and that both her Predecessors, her Maiesties most renow­med Father claimed, recouered, and had: and which also her Maiesties most godly Brother claymed and had: The vnder­standing of the title of supremacie. and that the Parliament and the whole Realmes & Churches of England and Ireland doe owe, acknow­ledge and yéeld vnto her Maiestie, as they did before to her foresaide most noble predecessors. And how then do they mooue no controuersie of it? Which to call in question, considering withall (besides the manifest right in the law of God) the daunger of the penall lawes of this Realme proui­ded by statute, were very dangerous for thē to do: besides the euill offence and example to the Papists, that would gladly lie in the wind for such ad­uantage, that some of the Protestants themselues should now beginne, to moue controuersies, first of the title, and then of the authoritie of the christian Princes supremacie in Eccl. matters, and then of the vnderstan­ding of it, as though it had bin all this while not rightly vnderstood, or but ambiguously, which is so cleare, both in the matter it self & by the statutes thereon, & by diuerse that haue written & set forth the same plainly against the wrangling Papists, and by open declaratiōs in arraignments of those that haue worthily suffred for their obstinate deniall of the same: that al­most no controuersie is made more cleare & plaine than is the vnderstan­ding therof. And do our Br. come in now at length (after all their putting backe the speaking of it) with granting to it, with this exception: If it be rightly vnderstood? Then I perceaue they moue controuersie also of it for the right vnderstanding thereof. Well, what then? For we would not haue them yéeld to it otherwise.

If it be rightly vnderstood ( say they) we moue no controuersie of it, but that it doth properly▪ Our Brethr. exception of Gods so­ueraigne Empire. appertaine to the ciuill Magistrate to be the highest gouernor of all persons within his dominion, so that the soue­raigne Empire of God be kept whole.

This is a verie good vnderstanding of y caueat, so that the soueraigne Empire of God be kept whole: God forbid that should be violated, inua­ded, or any iot thereof diminished by the Prince. Neither doth her Ma. or did her most worthy father or brother, take vpon them, or we acknowledg any other supreme gouernment. And therefore, for our Brethr. her Ma. loyall subiectes, to cast forth such exceptions vnnecessarily, and where no [Page 1330] cause is, Gods Em­pire en­tire. thereby although to moue no controuersie, yet to ingender suspi­tion, that her Maiesty, her Father, and her Brother, claymed the title of supremacy otherwise, than that the soueraigne Empire of God might be kept whole, this being one of the chiefest causes of their and her claime, e­uen that the soueraigne Empire of God might be kept whole: or that we do otherwise yéeld to any supremacy of the Prince: this is neither here in them, or in any other dutifully done, but iniurious both to her Maiesty, and to all her obedient sub [...]ects that do yéeld it.

But since they will néedes héere make this exception, protesting that they moue no question of the title of the Princes supremacy, if it be rightly vnderstood, and that this right vnderstanding is onely this, so that the soueraigne Empire of God be kept whole: go to then, and let vs also haue this rightly vnderstood withall, so that, none of all these four Tetrarcks, Doctor, Pastor, Gouernor, nor Deacon, for whome they con­tend, be vnderstood to be God: nor their Empire, for Gods Empire.

If they say, this can not well be graunted; bycause, though they be not God personally, Gods em­pire kept whole by the Princes supremacie. nor so their Empire Gods Empire, yet they be God re­presentatiuely, as Gods Ministers, and deputies ouer his houshold, and so their Empire or authoritie is Gods Empire, bycause it is Gods ordi­nance, and therefore, Gods Empire is still by them kept whole: doth not all this fitte the Prince also? are not Princes in that representatiue sense called Gods? as Dauid sayth, Psalme 82. God standeth in the assem­bly of Gods, and iudgeth among Gods: and, I sayd, ye are Gods: and so God himselfe sayd to Moses concerning Aaron, He shall be as thy mouth, and thou shalt be to him as God, Exod. 4. ver. 16. and Rom. 13. It is sayd of the Prince, he is Gods minister, and his power is the ordi­nance of God.

Our Brethr. graunt of the Prince to be high­est ouer the persons. But our Brethren haue yet another restraint, for they will graunt all this in manner aforesaid: howbeit, they go no further héere than for the persons, for which they will moue no controuersie, but that it doth pro­perly apperteyne to the ciuill Magistrate, to be the highest Gouernor of all persons within his dominion. And do they héere acknowledge then, in this vnderstanding the title of the Princes supremacie, nothing else but that it doth properly appertaine to the ciuil Magistrate ( meaning the so­ueraigne Christian Prince) to bee the highest gouernour of all persons within his dominion? Well, this is yet farre more than the blind and re­bellious Papists will graunt: Howbeit in some respect they will graunt thus much also.

But shal the Prince be gouernor likewise of them, that properly must be called Gouernors?

And why not, if he must be aboue the Pastor also, which is aboue them? Howbeit, all this is granted here, as yet no further than for the persons.

[Page 1331] No is? This is but halfe of the title of the Princes supremacie. The Eccl. Gouernors. Where is the matter wherin this supremacy doth consist, that is to say, in al mat­ters or causes so well eccl. as tēporall? How farre our Brethr. graunt the Princes su­premacie o­uer their Eccl. gouer­nors. This is the materiall part of this title, & no lesse necessary than other of the persons, & is the chiefest point of this controuersie betwixt the Papists & vs. And do our Br. now begin to stay here another while at this? Thē we may make a faire piece of work. What, is this part forestalled vp already by any of the former tetrarkes?

Indéede they saide very suspitiously to the matter, pag. 84. Therefore there ought to be in euery Church a Consistory or Seignory of Elders or Gouernors, which ought to haue the hearing, examination, and deter­mining of all matters pertaining to discipline and gouernment of that congregation.

Yea (but say they) that sentence goeth further: which authoritie of theirs, neuerthelesse, ought to be moderated.

Or else (say I) farwell cleane the Princes supremacy in al eccl. matters; if these Gouernors authoritie in all matters, pertayning to discipline & gouernmēt of that cōgregatiō, be not moderated, and y wel moderated.

Yes (say they) it ought to be moderated, that their iudgement may be rightly accounted the iudgement of the holy Church.

Yea but (say I) how is it moderated, that it do not debarre the supre­macie of the Prince in all these matters?

Which thing ( say they) cōsisteth in these 2, points, first that the Elders be elected & chosen by consent of all the cōgregation, mē of godlines & wisdom, in whō the whole church reposeth such cōfidence that they cō ­mit vnto thē their authoritie in hearing, & determining such matters, as without horrible confusion they can not performe themselues.

Why, but al this while, what is this to any point of the Princes autori­tie in all this matter? Is there no better prouiso, for the Prince, in the 2. point of moderating the authority of these gouernors in Eccl. matters?

The 2. point ( say they) for moderation of the Elders authoritie in such sort, that their sentence may be the sentence of the Church, is this: that whē the Consistory haue trauelled in examining of causes pertaining to Eccl discipline▪ & agreed what iudgmēt ought to passe vpō the matters, they propound it to the whole multitude, that it may be confirmed.

Yea? is all the wind in that dore? Still▪ the whole multitude? The whole Church? The whole congregation? As though all the authoritie in Eccl. matters commeth from them, as from the spring, and floweth to thē, as to the Sea. They make the gouernors, which gouernors must with the Pa­stors make all the lawes, must heare & determine of all matters pertay­ning to discipline & to gouernment of that congregatiō: and whē they haue so don, al must be again referred to that cōgregation, & to the whole multitude of them, that it may be confirmed by their consent.

[Page 1332] Supremacy ouer all persons. What, and must it not come a litle higher after them, to be at least pro­pounded also to the Prince, that it may be also confirmed by his consent?

No, no, no, beware that of all things: if it be once confirmed by the mul­titude of that congregation, it hath passed all his confirmations, and can haue no more godfathers, except it come to a Synode.

But there we haue already heard how the Prince hath sped, except that now we shall heare of any more. For there are some matters yet left to the Prince for his supremacie to consist in, or else (besides a bare title it is meere nothing, no not of the persons neither, vnlesse withall it be in some matters.

Our Brethr. reseruation of the Prin­ces supremacie in the matters. Well, but they will not yet tell vs of these matters til afterwards. But thus farre they haue acknowledged for the persons, that the Prince is the highest gouernour of all persons within his dominion. Would not this haue bin very well & necessarily ioyned together vnto it, to know in what matters he is the highest of all the persons? Or else they may moue what controuersie on the supremacie they shall please, or cleane deny it. But since they will stay a while vpon the supremacie ouer all persons in the Princes dominions, & that with this prouiso, if it be rightly vnderstood, so that the soueraigne Empire of God be kept whole: let vs stay also to go together with them, and consider what stop or limax this is that stayes them here in their procéeding from the persons to the matters.

But herein resteth all the doubt, how this is truly to be vnderstood, & that shall wee best vnderstand by the contrarie: The learned disc. pa. 138. & 139 namely, by the vsurped tyrannie of Antichrist. For Antichrist did chalenge vnto himselfe all au­thoritie both that which is proper to God, and that which is common to men. Therefore that the Pope claymed to be the onely head of the Church, from which the whole bodie receiued direction, and was kept in vnitie of faith: this was blasphemous against Christ, & therfore may not be vsurped of any ciuil Magistrate, no more than by the pope. Like­wise, where he chalengeth authoritie to alter, change, & dispence with the commandement of God, to make new articles of fayth, to ordaine new Sacraments, &c. This is also blasphemous & ought not to be vsur­ped of any ciuill prince: on the other side, where he chalengeth autho­ritie ouer all princes, and so ouer all the Clergie, that hee did exempt them from the ciuill iurisdiction, this is contumelious, and iniurious against all Christian kinges. And therefore euerie prince in his owne dominion, ought to cast off the yoake of his subiection, and to bring all Eccl. persons vnto his obedience and iurisdiction. Here haue we the first part of the title of supreme gouernment ouer all persons.

If all the doubt resteth herein, how this is truly to be vnderstoode, that the soueraigne Empire of God may be kept whole: Bridges then is the su­premacie that her Ma. holdeth, and that we acknowledge, due, & properly [Page 1333] appertayneth to the Prince, without all doubting of the matter. The Cler­gies tem­poralties. And if our Brethren wil acknowledge all that supremacie vnto the Prince, saue that supremacie, which is proper to God, and saue that supremacie, or rather tyrannie which the Pope chalenged and vsurped, The Christi­an Princes supremacie farre diffe­rent from the Popes. or which is agrée­able thereunto: we should soone agrée herein without moouing any con­trouersie or doubt of this matter. Yea this should soone decide al our other controuersies. For first we confesse with our Brethr. that this Antichrist the Pope did, and doth chalenge vnto himselfe all authoritie both that which is proper to God, and that which is common to men. But so doth not her Maiestie chalenge, nor acknowledg any other authoritie, but that that is due and properly appertayning to the Prince vnder God, & com­mon onely to those persons, or rather peculiar to them, that vnder God are the chiefe Soueraignes in their Dominions: We confesse also with our Brethr. that this Antichrist the Pope, claimeth to be that only heade of the Church, frō which the whole bodie receaued directiō, & was kept in vnitie of faith: this his claime was (& is) blaspemous against Christ, & therefore may not be vsurped by any ciuill Magistrate, no more than by the Pope: Neither doth her Maiestie, or euer did, neither did her foresayd most royall Father & Brother, claime or vsurpe any such authoritie ouer vs, or we acknowledge any such authoritie in them.

We confesse with our Brethren likewise, where he ( meaning this An­tichrist the Pope) chalengeth authoritie to alter, change, The blasphemous cha­lenge of the Pope. & dispense with the commaundementes of God, to make newe articles of fayth, to or­dayne newe Sacramentes, &c. this is also blasphemous and ought not to be vsurped of any ciuill Prince: Neyther doth her Maiestie, or did her foresayde most noble Father and brother vsurp, or chalenge any such au­thoritie, or we yéelde it.

Caluine indéede did at the first so mistake it, that the most noble Prince K. Henrie the 8. tooke vpon him the like authoritie, and therefore wrote against it verie inconsiderately. But afterwarde both in K. Edw. & in her Ma. perceiuing no such authoritie giuen or taken: he tooke no such offence at the claime of their authoritie, but approoueth the same, and in all due manner writeth to them.

We confesse also with our Br. on the otherside, where he (to wit, this Antichrist the Pope) chalengeth authoritie ouer all Princes, & so ouer all the Clergie, that he did exempt them frō the ciuill iurisdiction, this is contumelious & iniurious against al Christian kings. Neither doth her Maiestie, or did her foresayde most noble Father & brother chalenge any such authoritie ouer all Princes, nor ouer all the Clergie, except a due au­thoritie ouer al such inferiour Princes ( because some states in the Realm may be included in the name of Princes vnder her Ma.) & ouer al those of the clergie, which are within her Ma. dominiōs, & are her lawful subiects: [Page 1334] neither exempteth she the Clergie frō al the ciuil iurisdiction, [...] and these Tetrarkes yoake. nor offreth in this her authority any contumely or iniurie, to al or against any chri­stian Kings, or against other Soueraignes in their Dominions: neither do wee acknowledge any other, than such as is a lawefull authoritie in her Maiestie.

And here as her Maiestie is frée, & her title and authoritie right & due, in her own dominions ouer all vnder & vassaile Princes, in or of the same dominions, The Cler­gies holding their temporalties of the Prince. and ouer all the Clergie also, in or of all her Maiesties domi­nions aforesaide, concerning the ciuill iurisdiction, wherof so farre as the Clergie hold any portion, or any other ciuill priuiledge, prerogatiue, fran­chesse, or immunitie, they hold it & reacknowledge it, in all due obedience and thankefulnesse, as deriued frō the munificence of her Ma. and her roy­all Progenitors. So let our Brethren herein take héede, how they & their new Clergie of consistory gouernors in their Sanedrins, vnder pretence of enquiring, examining, determining, iudging, and punishing all offen­ces in their seuerall congregations, encroch not vpon the Princes ciuil iu­risdiction. Our Brethr. gouernors incroching on the Prince. For this also is contumelious and iniurious both against her Maiesties authoritie, & against al christian Kings & Princes, and against the most of the ciuill Magistrates, Iudges, Iustices & officers, vnder the chiefe and soueraigne Princes, besides the Eccl. Prelates & their officers.

And therefore ( we conclude as our Brethr. here do) euery Prince in his own dominion, ought to cast off the yoake of his (to wit the Popes) sub­iection, & to bring all Eccl. persons vnto his or her obedience & iurisdi­ction. And we conclude a little further, that in the number of these Eccl. persons, Euery prince ought to cast off the yoake of the Popes and of these new tetrarks subiection. the Prince ought to bring in ( presupposing there were any such) all this new kinde of Doctors all these new Bishops in euery parish, all these new Gouernors, and all these new Deacons in euerie congregati­on, in his or her dominions, vnder his or her obedience & iurisdiction, and to cast off the yoake of their subiection: which if they ought to doe, then let our Brethr. againe take héede, how they impugne the obedience and iurisdiction of her Maiestie, and her lawes established, and cast a­mong her subiectes such repugnant discourses as this is, vaunt they ne­uer so much therein of Learning.

Here haue we ( say they) the first part of the title of supreme gouern­ment ouer all persons.

And thus farre both our Brethren & we agrée, concerning the persons.

In matters or causes Eccl. likewise, the Pope doth not onely presume against God, The learned disc. pa. 139. & 140 as we sayd before: but also against the lawfull authoritie, giuen by God vnto men. For he forbiddeth Princes to meddle with re­formation of Eccl. matters, or to make any lawes pertayning to causes of religion, aunswering them, that those thinges do appertaine only to him and the generall Counsell. But when he cōmeth to debate any thing [Page 1335] with his Clergie, then al lawes and knowledge, The Princes supremacie in Eccl, matters. are inclosed in the closet of his breast. When any generall Councell must be holden, all that they do receiueth authoritie from him. For except he do allow, it is nothing. And hee is so wise, that neither with the Councell, nor without the Councell he can erre or thinke amisse in matters Eccl. when as it is not onely lawefull, but also necessarie for Princes, if they will doe their du­tie, to looke to the reformation of religion, and to make lawes of mat­ters Ecclesiasticall. But so that wee confounde not the offices of the Prince and Pastor. For as it is not lawefull for the prince to preach nor administer the Sacraments: no more is it lawfull for him to make lawes in Eccl. causes, contrarie to the knowledge of his learned Pastors. For as these three partes of the pastors dutie are graunted to him by God, preaching, ministring of Sacramentes, and Eccl gouernment: he may no more take from a Pastor the third, than he may the two first.

They are now come from the persons, to the matters or causes Eccl. wherein and how farre foorth, Bridges. they will acknowledge the title and autho­ritie of the Princes supremacie. The Prin­ces authori­tie for Eccl. matters. All this that our Brethr. say here against the popes claime of supremacie for matters or causes Eccl. the same say we. And we gladly accept that which our Brethren do condemne, in the popes presumption and vsurpation both against God and man, and his forbidding princes to meddle with reformation of Eccl. matters, or to make any lawes pertayning to causes of religion, aunswering them, that those thinges do appertaine onely to him, and the generall Coun­cell.

And here we beséech our Brethren, confessing thus much against the pope, Our Brethr. speeches a­gainst Prin­ces dealing in eccl. mat­ters. ( as it becommeth good subiectes to their prince) to aduise thēselues withall, of their former vnaduised spéeches. pag. 9.10.84.85.117.1 [...]8.119. in which places besides their hard termes of Christian princes, doe they not giue(vnder the name of the Church & her authoritie) the know­ing, the hearing, the examining, the determining, the iudging and the punishing, of all matters and causes pertayning to discipline & gouern­ment of the Church, either to their pastors and teachers, or to the Seigno­ries of their gouernors? And what differeth this from forbidding princes to meddle with reformation of Eccl. matters, or to make lawes pertay­ning to causes of religion, aunswering them, How our Brethren in­c [...]rre the l [...]ke dealing that they re­p [...]chende in the Pope for n [...]i [...]sing Princes and the Cl [...]gie. that those thinges do ap­pertayne only to them, and to their consistories, and to their particula [...] Synodes, or generall Councell?

But when he ( say they meaning the pope) cōmeth to debate any thing with his Clergie, thē all lawes and knowledge are inclosed in the closet of his breast. And is this any more, than to say not onely to the Prince, but also to their owne consistorie gouernors, of whom their Synodes con­sist, as well as of themselues, pag. 117. who should be able to knowe [Page 1336] what order, The Pastors supremacie in Eccl. matters. comlines, & aedification requireth according to Gods word. but they that be teachers & preachers of the same vnto all others? For it is absurde that they should be taught by such in these small thinges, as ought to learne the truth of in all matters. This authoritie therfore can not be graunted vnto any ciuill Christian Magistrate, that without con­sent of the learned Pastors and Elders, yea against their consent, of whom as in some respect, he is a feeling member, he may lawfully make ceremoniall constitutions, whereby the Church must bee gouerned in meere Eccl. matters.

Sith therfore they turne al this against the Prince, is not this as much, as when they come to debate any thing with their Clergie Gouernors, that thē all lawes & knowledge is inclosed in the closet of their breasts, both from the Prince, and from their owne Clergie and Eccl. Gouernors? Is not this as much, as when they holde their generall Counsels, or Pro­uinciall, that all the authoritie must come from them? For except they doe allow it, it is nothing. And how farre differs this frō the Popes con­ceit, that they also are growen so wise, that neither with counsell, nor without the Councel they can erre or think amisse in Eccl▪ matters? Had they a generall Councell of all those, that they call the faithfull ministers, that composed this Learned discourse of Eccl. gouernment? Well, yet there is here some good hope, that when our Brethr. shall haue better be­thought thē of these things, which they mislike in the Pope, debarring the right & interest of Christian Princes: the verie vggly sight thereof will be as a glasse vnto thē, to sée & mislike their owne spéeches and doings, in ta­king vpon them, though not the verie same, yet so like presumption and vsurpation, especially so many, and so little states, as they are, farre infe­riour to the Pope, and at the verie first péeping out of them, yea before they are come to that they would haue, thus to insult not onely on the Bishops, and to come and set out lawes, before themselues are called vnto such authoritie: but also thus to blemish and deface the Christian Princes authoritie, to abase and debarre it, to examine, and determine, yea to en­croch vpon the right and interest in these matters of all Christian Prin­ces, and of their owne most godly and gracious Soueraigne.

But since the sight of their own description of the Popes presumptiō & vsurpation, doth begin here to make them stoupe somwhat to the Princes supremacy, Our Brethr. owne say­ings rightly returned on themselues. let them now in good time likewise remember their own say­ings, pag. 77. & 78. where speaking also of the Pope: whose intollerable presumption ( say they) as we haue long since banished out of this land; so wee wish that no steppe of such pride and arrogancie, might bee left behinde him: namely that no Elder or Minister of the Churche ( marke these your owne wordes well, good Brethren, and turne them not so off against our Bishops, that ye forget your selues) should chalenge [Page 1337] vnto himselfe or accept it, if it were offered vnto him, These Go­uernors & Pastors not in Script. any other autho­ritie, than that is allowed by the spirit of God, but chiefely to beware, that he vsurpe no authoritie, which is forbidden by the word of God. For wherefore do we detest the Pope, and his vsurped supremacie, but bycause he arrogateth the same vnto himselfe, not onely without the warrant of Gods word, but also cleane contrarie to the same?

Now if the same reasons and authorities that haue banished the Pope, do serue to condemne all other vsurped authoritie, that is practised in the Church, why should not all such vsurped authoritie be banished as well as the Pope? we can alleage against the Pope and rightly, that which S. Iohn Baptist did aunswere to his disciples, No man can take vnto himselfe any thing, except it be giuen him from heauen, Ioh. 3.27. and that saying of the Apostle to the Hebrewes, No man can take vpon him any honor in the Church of God, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron: in somuch, that Christ himselfe did not giue himselfe to be an high Priest, but he that sayd vnto him, Thou art my Sonne, this day haue I begotten thee. He sayth in another place, Thou art a Priest for euer, after the order of Melchizedech.

Now seeing these rules are so generall, that the Sonne of God him­selfe was not exempted from them, but shewed foorth the decree wher­in he was authorized: by what rule can any man reteyne that authoritie in the Church of God, that is not called therunto by the word of God?

All these words haue our Brethren alleaged triumphantly against the Bishops, whose authoritie we haue séene to be throughly grounded on the word of God. But for their Consistorie Gouernors, to whome they giue such great authoritie, we haue as yet after all this shuffling, Our Breth. Gouernors and Pastors and their elections, haue no proofe in Gods word. coniec­turing, pulling, and haling of the Scripture, of the auncient Fathers, and of the old Churches practise to found it vpon, we could not yet finde vpon better view therof, so much as one good and substantiall proofe or authori­tie for it, or the example but of one such man. And as for their Pastors, if none be Pastors, but such as are ordeyned after the forme by themselues set downe, Pag. 125. saying: this is the right election and ordeyning of Pastors grounded vpon the word of God: when we come to search bet­ter in the word of God, we finde not one Pastor so elected and ordeyned. And as for their selues, these faithfull Ministers, Our Breth. vnthankful­nesse to the Byshops. none of them neyther that I can learne of, were so elected and ordeyned, and so, they haue ey­ther no right calling nor authoritie at all, but are méere intruders, yea, méere lay men, or else that authoritie that they haue, they haue it of the Bishops, and of their authoritie that gaue them authoritie, and now they reward them well for their labour, that would eate them vp that brought them vp, as did the wolfe eate vp the Goate of whome she suckt, or rather as God complayneth, I haue nourished children.

[Page 1338] Princes making lawes. Yea, they are growne now so cranke on this little authoritie, that they fall vnto prescribing, abridging, limitting, and setting downe lawes, euen to their soueraigne Princes. Our Breth. prescribing lawes to the Prince. But quo warranto, by what new autho­ritie they can do all these things, against all these states and degrées of men, in all these matters, though it be beyond my authoritie to examine them, yet, bycause it is beyond my learning, I would but gladly know it, if they can teach it. But since they begin héere to relent somewhat to the Princes supremacy, without further ripping vp of former matters, except they begin againe to shrinke backe, after their former manner: let vs take them now in their good moode, and most ioyfully we accept this our Bre­threns graunt which héere they yéeld vnto, that it is not onely lawfull, but also necessary for Princes, Our Breth. yeelding to the Prince to make lawes for Ecclesiasti­call matters. if they will do their duty, to looke to the re­formation of religion, and to make lawes of matters Ecclesiasticall. Yea forsooth, this is another manner of matter, than we heard of any yet of our Brethrens mouths, towards the reformation of these things, that it is lawfull and necessary for Princes, besides their looking to it, euen to make lawes of Eccl. matters, so indéede did Moses, Iosue, Dauid, Salomon, and other good Princes, The ex­amples of Princes that made such lawes. before Christes cōming, and so did Constantine, Theo­dosius, Valentinian, Martian, Zeno, Iustinian, and diuers others godly Princes, since Christes comming, and such Eccl. lawes haue we in this Realme, of the auncient Bryttish Kings héeretofore: and euen so did some Kings also since the Conquest, make some such lawes of Eccl. matters, for all their authority was much impugned, incroched vppon, and in the end [...]ppressed, by the intrusion and tyrannie of the Pope, till God moued the heart of that most heroicall Prince King Henry the eyght, and after him, of his most vertuous sonne King Edward the sixt, who both of them re­gayned this supreme authoritie, and thereby made many most godly and excellent lawes, for the reformation of religion, and of Eccl. matters, and so (the Lord be glorified for her) our most excellent Soueraigne Lady Queene Elizabeth, ( whose dayes God long prolong in all felicitie) verie dutifully, carefully, and religiously, to the vttermost of her power, hath done, and doth looke to the reformation of religion, and to make lawes of matters Ecclesiasticall, if our Brethren would on the other side do their dutie, and in thankefulnesse be contented with her Maiesties reformation of religion, and with the lawes Eccl. that her Maiesty hath already made, yéelding their dutifull obedience, in the reuerent accepting and obseruing of them. If now our Brethren would thus hold on, in the acknowledge­ment of the Princes authority, we should soone agrée, and (as they say) moue no controuersie neyther on this, Our Breth. restraining of they graunted before to Princes. nor other matters. But this con­fession that commeth thus in a good moode vpon them on a suddaine, it is too good to continue long. For streight they begin (for feare they might séeme to haue graunted the Prince too much) to come in and pinch it on the [Page 1339] backe with new conditions and prouisoes. Restraine of Princes making lawes. But so ( say they) that we con­found not the offices of the Prince and of the Pastor. Well, if there fol­low no worse than this, we accept also of this exception, prouided againe on our part (to fall to indenting on euen hands) so that they rightly vnder­stand this tearme of offices: for, her Maiestie neuer attempted, nor the Statute admitteth any such attempt, of confounding these offices of the Prince and the Pastor: would God (and it were his will) our Brethren themselues were as farre off, from confounding of these offices, and that they and their new gouernors would encroch no more vpon her Maiesties royall office, and on the offices of her officers vnder her, than she or they do vpon the office of the Pastors. But now, least we should yet houer in suspense, what they meane héere by these offices, that should not be con­founded, they specifie the same, and say: Laws made contrary to the Pastors knowledge. For as it is not lawfull for the Prince to preach, nor administer the Sacraments, no more is lawfull for him to make lawes in Ecclesiasticall causes, contrary to the knowledge of his learned Pastors. I thought by little and little the winde would turne about, and sit ruffling againe in his old place: what néede these caueats héere so suspiciously cast out, as though these offices, or at least some of them, were confounded, or in hazard to be confounded by this suprema­cie that her Maiesty claimeth, or that is yéelded to her? whereas neyther the Statute giueth her Maiesty any such authority, as whereupon any suspicion of such confusion of these offices should arise: nor her Maiesty, or her father, or her brother, did euer by this title, claime or take vpon thē any such thing, as either to preach, or to administer sacraments, or to do any other actions properly apperteining to the Bishops, or to the Pastors, or to any other Ecclesiasticall officers: neither yet did make any lawes in Ecclesiasticall causes, either contrary to the knowledge, or without the knowledge, and the consent also; but with the knowledge, aduice, coun­sell and consent of her learned Pastors, Her Maie­sties lawfull making lawe [...] for Eccl. mat­ters. and (so far likewise as reacheth to their Eccl. authority) with their determination, resolution and decree thereon: which thing since her Maiesty hath so done, satisfying all these caueats and exceptions: how followeth it not, by our Brethrens owne confession, that it was and is lawfull for her so to do? yea, that it was and is necessary for her Maiesty, if she would do, as (God be praysed) she hath done, and her duty, to looke to the reformation of religion, and to make lawes of matters Eccl.? and how then (if our Brethren will looke to themselues, and to do their duty) is it lawfull for them any more than for the Papists, to disobey, to deface, to controll, to impugne, to violate, to alter the lawes in Ecclesiasticall matters that her Maiesty hath thus made? If they thinke she made them contrary to the knowledge of her learned Pa­stors, bycause they take it that it is contrary to their knowledge, Her Maie­sties lawes not made contrarie to the Pastors knowledge. if they were not Pastors at all whē her Maiesty made these lawes: or if that they which be Pastors now, either be not, or renounce to be such Pastors, and of [Page 1340] such ordeyning, Princess lawes in Eccl. mat­ters. as her Maiestie, and the Lawes of the Realme, acknow­ledge to be Pastors: or if these our Brethren be no [...] Pastors of such lear­ning and knowledge as they pretend, nor of any such number or estima­tion, as the other learned Pastors in her Maiesties dominions are, is she bound to take such knowledge of them, that when all those whome she acknowledgeth to be her lawfull Pastors, both the most and most estée­med, both the best and best learned of them, haue consulted vppon, and consented vnto, haue agreed vpon, and decreed also the same lawes, that yet it shall not be lawfull to her Maiestie, ( bycause of the dissent of a few other, whome she knoweth not to be her Pastors) to make any lawes at all of Ecclesiasticall matters, or to looke to the reformation of religion? why might not the Papists vse this reason, The Papists vsed the selfe-same reason that our Breeth. do against the Princes lawes. as well as our Brethren, to debarre her Maiesties right and authoritie héerein? yea, did not they vse the selfe-same reason, pleading, that they were the Pastors of the Realme, and so her Maiesties Pastors also, and that she could not looke to the re­formation of Religion, nor make lawes of matters Ecclesiasticall, con­trarie to their knowledge and consenting? for at her Maiesties first en­trie into her raigne, as she carefully looked ( before all other things) to the reformation of Religion, and to make godly lawes of Ecclesiasticall matters, so the Popish Pastors, which then were most in number, and greatest in power, and were in dutie her Pastors also, if they had perfour­med their dutie dutifully, which they did not: neyther can we denie, but that they, or many of them, were learned also, if they had had grace aun­swerable to learning, and had submitted their learning to truth, and not deteyned others in blindnesse of ignorance, to mainteine their errors: was it not lawfull therefore vnto her Maiestie, to looke to the reforma­tion of religion, Her Maie­sties lawes against the Papists er­rors. and to make lawes of matters Ecclesiasticall, bycause it was contrarie to their acknowledging, and to their consenting? yes, she perfourmed all this, mawger their withstanding, and she did well, yea, most excellent well in her so doing: not yet (as the Papists cried out, and still crie) that she did contrarie to the knowledge of her learned Pastors, for they accounted none to be learned Pastors, nor at all to be Pastors, but themselues. But her Maiestie did these things, with the consent of those that were both Pastors, and her Pastors too, and her learned Pastors: and euen by learning it was tried, and by the better learning of her better learned Pastors, vicit veritas, the truth had the victorie, and Poperie was confounded. And so her Maiestie made her lawes of Ecclesiasticall mat­ters, and reformation of Religion, with the consent of her learned Pa­stors, and established them with the approbation and authoritie of all the states of the Realme and Church of England, and hath (God be praysed) happily continued, till now of late, (as though we had not inough to do with the continuall maligning, sclaunders, and practises of the Popish [Page 1341] Pastors, and their adherents) we fall out vnhappily among our selues: and as her Maiesties godly and learned Pastors ioyned then with her Ma­iestie, against the Popish Pastors, in displacing them, with all their errors, and superstitious Ecclesiasticall lawes, and reformed religion, and made these lawes Ecclesiasticall that are now as yet in force: Our Breth. dealing a­gainst her Maiesties lawes in Ecclesiasti­cal matters. so a new kinde of Pastors begin a new stur, and are weary of these Ecclesiasticall lawes, and of this reformation, and of all these Pastors: calling themselues the faith­full Ministers that seeke the reformation of the Church of England, and would trie these matters againe by learning, and so (among other theyr bookes & writings thereon) haue now at length set forth to all the realme, this learned discourse of Ecclesiasticall gouernment: and her Maiestie must now reuoke all the reformation and Ecclesiasticall lawes, that she hath then and since made with her learned Pastors that then were, and be­gin afresh, both to turne out all those Pastors, for no right ordeyned Pa­stors, and to make new lawes of Ecclesiasticall matters, and a new refor­mation with their consents, that say they be now her learned Pastors, and on these conditions they wil admit her title of supremacy, On what conditions our bre­thren will admit her Maiesties supremacie. and her au­thority to do these things, or else not. If her Maiesty now shall heare of this, what may she thinke thereon? how may she comfort her selfe, and warrant her actions in all things that she hath done already? for if they were well done, they may well continue: if they may not well continue, but must be vndone, it is an argument they were not well done. But her Maiesty, though this be no small grief vnto her, to haue all her doings thus ript vp againe, by her owne subiects, and professors of the same Gospell that she professeth: and though it be no small triumph to the aduersaries of the Gospell, and argument for them to descant vpon against her Maie­stie, and against both our Brethren and vs, and all true Protestants: yet, let not her most excellent Maiesty be disinayed hereat (though indéede it be a great corsie) but when her Maiesty looketh on the grounds of the mat­ter, and not on the vnthankfulnes and mutabilitie of men, Her Maie­sties com­fort against these dea­lings. and lifteth vp her eyes to heauen, from whence commeth her saluation, how mightely God hath blessed and defended her, and prospered these things vnder her hands, her Maiesty shall receyue a greater comfort, and confirmation a­gainst all the treasonable practises of those her deadly aduersaries of the one partie, and all the dangerous innouations of these her ouer-zealous subiects on the other party, and represse them both in iustice and mercie, with safe continuance and good successe (God willing) of all her Maiesties reformation and lawes that she hath made of Ecclesiasticall matters he­therto, with the knowledge and consent of those that then were, or yet are her learned Pastors. And except these our new Pastors, that would be, haue any better learning, not yet reuealed, than is conteyned in this their learned discourse: the learned Pastors that are now in place, and in [Page 1342] Pastorall authoritie, will (by Gods grace) maynteyne and defende by truth and sound learning, their authorities, and the Ecclesiasticall lawes that her Maiesty hath made with their knowledge & consents, welynough I warrant them. Our Pa [...]tors defence of her Maie­sties autho­ritie and lawes a­gainst these new Pastors And let our Brethren, to begin withall, looke to this point better. For sith they graunt it is her Maiesties authoritie to make Lawes of Eccl. matters, so that she take from the Pastor none of these 3. offices, Preaching, Ministring the Sacraments, nor the Eccl. Gouern­ment from them: the Queenes Maiestie hauing made her Lawes without doing any of these thrée thinges, nor hauing taken from the Pastor the thirde, any more then the two first: Let them looke to it, both how they disobey the Lawes she hath made, and how they cast foorth such suspitious sclaunders on her Maiestie, as though in making her Lawes she did take the Pastors Ecclesiasticall gouernment from him. The learned disc. pa. 141.

By this it appeareth, howe farre it is lawfull for Princes to inter­meddle with causes Ecclesiasticall: namely, that it is the cheefest point of their duty, to haue speciall regard that God may be glorified in their dominion, and therefore they ought to make ciuill Lawes, to binde the people vnto the Confession of the true fayth, and the right administring and receiuing of the sacraments, and to all Ecclesiasticall orders, that they being instructed by the worde of God, through the ministerie of the preaching of the same, shall vnderstand to be prositable for aedify­ing of the Church of Christe, and the aduauncement of the glory of God. If any shall offend against the Lawes, whether he be a Preacher or hearer, besides the Ecclesiasticall censure, which hee shoulde not escape, he is also to be punished in body by the ciuill Magistrate.

They haue not yet, eyther by these, or by ought else before spoken, made it appeare, Bridges howe farre it is lawfull for Princes to intermedle with causes ecclesiasticall. And howe their supreme authoritie therein (which is farre higher then onely intermedling) stretcheth. As for the things which heere (as a recapitulation) they set downe: are nothing so much as they graunted before. For although they say, that it is the cheefest point of their duetie to haue especiall regard, that God may bee glori­fied in their Dominion: yet that doth not shewe what especiall autho­ritie they haue therein, and how farre foorth they haue it

If they say, that they do this in the conclusion following these wordes: And therefore they ought to make ciuill Lawes, All our Br. graunt of making lawes of Eccl. mat­ters, is tur­ned only to ciuill lawes. to binde the people vn­to the Confession of the true fayth, and the right administring and re­ceiuing of the Sacraments, and to all Eccl. orders. What haue they graunted heere to her Maiestie, but the onely making of ciuill Lawes? and thus the conclusion (when all comes to al) is not so much, as that they graunted before, or at leaste, made vs a shewe thereof. And yet they made to great daintie in the graunt thereof, with so many exceptions: which [Page 1343] graunt notwithstanding we gladly accepted at their handes, The aun­ciēt Prin­ces inter­medling. and made much of it: that it is not onely lawfull, but also necessarie for princes, if they will doe their duetie, to looke to the reformation of religion, and to make lawes of Ecclesiasticall matters, so that we confounde not the offices of the Prince and the Pastor. Heere euerie man that meaneth no subtiltie, woulde straight haue thought, that as the pastor hath some part of looking to the reformation of religion, and of making Lawes of matters Ecclesiasticall, pertayning to the office of a pastor, distinct from the office of a prince: so the prince also hath some parts of looking to the reformation of religion, & of making lawes of matters Eccl. pertaining to the office of a prince, distinct from the office of a pastor. And that, al­though the partes of eyther of their offices be distinct, yet in the verie looking to that reformation of Religion, and to the verie making of those Lawes of matters Ecclesiasticall, they both of them dointermeddle, which is the terme that their selues euen héere do vse.

But see nowe what a fayre gift our Brethren haue héere graunted. It is lawfull and necessarie for Princes to make Lawes of matters Ecclesia­sticall. What Lawes? Forsooth, they ought to make ciuill lawes, to bind the people vnto the confession of true faith, and the right administring of the Sacraments, and to all Ecclesiasticall orders. Yea forsooth, in this last and third point, lieth chiefely the question, of making lawes. What inter­medling in Eccl. mat­ters our Br. allow to Princes. But haue they any stroke in making lawes of any those Eccl. orders? No, but onely that they being instructed by the word of God, through the ministery of the preaching of the same, shall vnderstand to be profitable to the edi­fyeng of the Church, and the aduancement of the glorie of God, should bynde the people to them. What? should they make ciuill lawes, to bynde the people to them, before that they be made lawes and orders Ecclesiasticall? or howe can they be made lawes and orders Ecclesia­sticall? doth the scripture make all the lawes and orders Ecclesiasticall that are made? or is the ministerie of the preaching of the same, a suf­ficient instruction for the Prince, to take them for Ecclesiasticall lawes, bycause they put him to vnderstand, that they be profytable for edifying the Church of Christ, and aduancement of the glorie of God? so that, what they shall say as profitable héereunto, that is a lawe, or he must so take it? or else, still I demaund, who had the authoritie to make those lawes and orders Ecclesiasticall? except they shall say, they were all made before there were any christian Princes, The aunci­ent Princes intermed­ling. which was theyr for­mer refuge. Albeit, Moses, Iosue, Dauid, Salomon, &c. will ouer­reach that shift, for they had a stroke euen in the verie making of Ecclesiasticall lawes and orders them selues, and not onely in the ma­king of ciuill lawes for Ecclesiasticall lawes and orders, to bynde the people vnto them: and so had also dyuers Christian Princes [Page 1344] since Christes time: The Popes, and our Brethrens allowance to Princes. many of whose lawes, are Ecclesiasticall lawes them­selues, and Canons of the Church in the Canon lawe, and not onely ciuill lawes made, to binde the people to keepe the Canon lawes, or Ecclesia­sticall orders: and such also are diuers lawes of the auncient Bryttish and English Kings in this Realme, and the Epistle of Eleutherius himselfe (if it be his) giueth Lucius no lesse authoritie.

But is this all that our Brethren will allow to Christian Princes, and no further authoritie than this? yes: If any shall offend against the lawes, whether he be Preacher, Our Breth. allowance to Princes for bodily punish­ments. or hearer; beside the Ecclesiastical censure, which he should not escape, he is also to be punished in body by the ciuill Ma­gistrate. And is this againe all that we shall get more than before we got, for the supreme authoritie of the Christian Prince in Ecclesiasticall matters? and what more is héere graunted to the Prince, than the verie Papists, yea, than the Pope himselfe (as proude and iniurious to Princes as he is) will graunt vnto them? to make ciuill lawes for the defence of the lawes Ecclesiasticall, that he and his Cleargy onely do make, making the Princes to be the onely punishers, and as it were, their executioners of iustice vpon them, The Popes allowance to Christi­an Princes. that shall offend against their lawes. This they can well allow and like, that Princes should haue authority to punish the offender in body, besides the Ecclesiasticall censure, which the offender shall not escape at their hands: and for this cause they call the Empe­rour the Churches aduocate, and the Pope himselfe yéelded this title to King Henry the eyght, to be called the defender of the faith, and will our Brethren yéeld no better supremacy, nor greater authority to christian Princes, and so to her Maiesty, than the Papists, and the very Pope wil of­fer to yéeld her, so that her Maiesty will but make ciuill lawes to bynde the people to their lawes, and Ecclesiasticall orders, that the Pope and his Cleargie shall make, and that if any shall offend in body against his lawes, whether he be Preacher or hearer, besides the Ecclesiasticall cen­sure, which he should not escape, he is also to be punished in body by the ciuill Magistrate? all this doth the Pope offer to all the Princes in theyr dominions, that haue not cast off the yoke of his subiection, but liue in greatest seruitude vnder him, and yet our new Pastors make all this min­cing, to graunt but thus much authoritie at length vnto their Princes. But now, if they will beare so hard a hand, that we shall get no more authoritie for the Prince, and so, for her Maiestie, but bare and hardly this, which would make a man to maruell, that they which so often talke of her Maiesties supreme gouernment in Ecclesiasticall causes, haue now brought it from a supremacie, to such an inferioritie, that the Pope will offer as much authoritie to Princes, to mainteine his errors, as these Pa­stors will offer to mainteine the Gospell: yet I maruell the lesse, consi­dering all things: for they haue great cause to be afrayde, to graunt the [Page 1345] Prince but thus much. For, The aunci­ent Prin­ces lawes. haue the Prince but this authoritie ouer all the persons, that if any shall offend against the lawes and orders Eccle­siasticall, or against the Princes ciuill lawes, made to bind the people to them, whether he be Preacher, or hearer, Our Bre­thren incur bodily pu­nishment by their own graūt. besides the Ecclesiasticall cen­sure which he should not escape, that he is also to be punished in body, by the ciuill Magistrate. If this be so, then it stands our Brethren vpon to take great héede, for howsoeuer they shall despise our Prelates Ecclesi­asticall censure, how will they escape this bodily punishment? Yea, how do they not pronounce this sentence thereof against themselues? do they thinke that they offend not her Maiesties lawes, that thus deface them, breake them, and write against them? or do they thinke they be not her Maiesties Lawes, but the Churches, or the Cleargies? Did not her Ma­iesties approbation of them, quicken & confirme them to become Lawes? and hath she made no other ciuill Lawes also, with the whole authoritie of the Realme, to establish those Lawes? Or do they thinke her Maie­sties Lawes to be no Lawes, neyther Ecclesiasticall, nor yet Ciuill? so they may indéede make a wise match, and finde, that not onely her Maiesties Lawes be L [...]wes, and good and lawfull lawes also, but that her punish­ments be punishments, and that iust and seuere punishments too. But her Maiestie is most mercifull, and I hope they will be more dutifull, and bethinke themselues better on these things.

This we see that all Christian Emperours obserued, The learned disc. pa. 141. & 142 that when any controuersie arose, eyther of doctrine, or of order and ceremonies, they commaunded the Cleargie to consult and determine thereof, ac­cording to the Scripture, who assembling together in counsell, obeyed theyr commaundement: theyr conclusion then by the authoritie of the Emperour, was commaunded euery where to be obserued, and those that impugned it, to be punished. Bridges The same order we reade to be obserued by the Christian Kings of Fraunce and Spayne, yea, The ex­amples of the aunci­ent Christi­an Princes authoritie. The Prince [...] commaun­ded the Cleargie to consult and determine on the truth of contro­versies in doctrine, and cere­monies. of this our Bryttannie also, in gouerning their Ecclesiasticall state by the ad­uice of the Cleargie of their dominion.

Her Maiestie taketh not on her, nor desireth any more, neyther do we acknowledge any lesse authoritie in her, then had the auncient Christian Emperours, Constantine, Theodosius, Valentinian, Martianus, Ho­norius, Arcadius, Iustinian, &c. And we graunt, that all Christian Em­perours obserued this, that when any controuersie arose, eyther of doctrine or of order and ceremonies ( if the importance of that contro­uersie did so require) they commaunded the Cleargie to consult and to determine thereof, according to the Scripture: this is most true, and it was well done of them. Howbeit, they their selues made many good Ecclesiasticall lawes and sanctions, besides those which they confirmed with their supreme authoritie, that by occasion of great controuersies, [Page 1346] were consulted vpon, The Em­perours dealing. and determined in generall or prouinciall Coun­sels. And yet euen in those Counsels, the Emperour did not onely com­maund the Cleargie to consult and determine of the controuersies, ey­ther of doctrine, or of order and ceremonies: and when the Cleargie had consulted vpon, and determined the same, and had declared theyr determination to the Emperour, then he allowed it, and commaunded, that euery where it should be obserued, and those that impugned it, to be punished: for this indéede were no more, then (as I sayd before) the verie Pope hymselfe (saue for the commaunding of him and them) could be content the Emperour yet should do, so that he would intermedle no­thing in the matters themselues that are in controuersie, but let him and his Cleargie alone, with the consulting and determining of all the con­trouersies, and the Emperour onely to allow of their Decree, and to commaund all his subiects, whether they be Preachers, or hearers, to obserue the same, and to punish those that do impugne it. But, (that which the Pope can in no wise abide) the Emperour went further than all this commeth to: The Em­perours doing [...] in the Coun­ [...]els. for, besides that he did all those things in the Coun­selles, which we haue before declared, though he had also Presidents, whome he appointed according as he thought méete, to gouerne the Coun­sell, and all the order and actions thereof: yet now and then, (as the im­portance of the matter required, and other affayres hindered him not,) he sate himselfe in the Counsell among them, debated and consulted on the matters with them, and ioyned also with them euen in the determi­nation of the matters themselues.

And that this is true, the Emperour Constantines owne wordes do witnesse of his owne dooings, in the most famous Nicene Councell, and that both in the chiefest controuersie of our faith, and also in that great controuersie of the order and ceremonie of kéeping Easter day, after the order that we now kéepe it: whereof Constantine writing his Epistle vnto all Churches, as appeareth in Socrates historie, lib. 1. cap. 6. he sayeth on this wise. Socrates lib. 1. cap. 6.

When as I perceyued by the prosperous and flourishing estate of the common weale, The Empe­ [...]ours E­pistle to the Byshop for the keeping of Easter day. how greatly we are beholden to the goodnesse of Al­mightie God, conferred vpon vs, I iudged that aboue all things it be­houed me of dutie to foresee, that in the most holie and sacred assem­blyes of the Catholike Church vnder heauen, there should one faith, sincere loue and charitie, vniforme consent and agreement, touching the religion and seruice of Almightie God, inuiolably be reteyned, but sithence that the same could by no other meanes be settled in sure and firme place, except all the Byshops, or the greatest part of them, had assembled together, and that euery one had giuen his iudgement [Page 1347] of the matters perteyning to the most holie religion: when as for the same cause, so great an assemblie as possiblie could be made, was ga­thered together, I my selfe euen as one of your number, was present together with you: The Empe­rours own [...] confession of his dea­ling in the Nicene Counsell. for neyther did I refuse to ioyne my selfe with you in that ministerie, of which doing, I conceyue great ioy: and so farre were all the matters exquisitely sought out, vntill the sentence grate­full and acceptable vnto God, for the concord and consent of mens minds, was openly pronounced, in so much, that nothing at all remay­neth heereafter, that may tend to discord, or controuersie of the faith. When as at that time it was disputed vpon concerning the feast day of Eeaster, it was thought meete by the common sentence of all, that all men euery where, should celebrate the same vpon one and the selfe­same day: for what could be better or more honorable, than that thys feast, by which we haue the hope of Immortalitie set foorth vn­to vs, should be continually kept of all men after one manner and or­der? &c. And so he entereth into many excellent perswasions to the Churches, to moue them to forsake the Iewes order, and to ioyne all in obseruing the order that he with the Counsell had decreed. But ( sayth he) if these thyngs had not beene set foorth by me, yet were it your wisedomes to imploy your diligence, and with prayers to wish, that for no manner of cause, ye should be compelled to intermingle the integritie of your mindes, with the customes of wicked men. And euen as Constantine the great, and most godly Emperour, ioyned thus with [...]he Byshops in these Ecclesiasticall causes, and in many other, so did the other godly Emperours in all the approoued generall Counselles: if they were not present themselues, they appoynted Deputies, and those ciuill Magistrates also, The doing [...] of the Em­perours deputies i [...] the Coun­sels. that now and then improued all the whole Counselles Decrées: as in the Counsell of Chalcedone, when all the Counsell had decréed Bassianus Byshop of Ephesus, to be restored, the Iudges appoynted by the Emperour Martian, reiected that sentence, and appoynted them to chose another, whose commaundement therein they obeyed.

And many tymes, the Emperour hymselfe nameth the Byshops, and appoynteth the Counsell to ordeyne them, as Theodosius did at the se­cond vniuersall Counsell holden at Constantinople, when they could not agrée in the election of the Byshop of Constantinople, they deli­uered vp a number of names for him to chose one, The Emp [...] rour his selfe ap­pointeth the Byshop of Constan­tinople. and he appoynted Nectarius to be Byshop: which Emperour also, when he had called before him a number of Heretikes, by the councell and aduice of Necta­rius, who also was counselled thereunto Sisinius the Emperour in the Counsell reasoned with them seuerally, demaunding of them all [Page 1348] whether they allowed not of such and such godly and famous Fathers: whome when they extolled, and sayd that he allowed of them, be [...] ­ded if they would stand to their opinions in those controuersies: whereat, when they began to varie and stagger, The Empe­rour his selfe dispu­teth with Heretikes in the Counsell. The maner of the Em­perours ap­prouing the confession of the true beleeuers. The By­shops let­ters desi­ring the Emperour to ratify their de­crees. he willed them euery one seueral­ly, to bring to him a coppy of their faith in writing, and then he would de­liberate and determine among them all, which he would accept and fol­low: whereupon, drawing out the copies thereof, they presented them all before the Emperour: who hauing first made his prayers to God, and afterward perusing and deliberating of their copies, he approued onely the right and true faith of the consubstantiation, ( or ioyntsubstantiation of the sonne with the father) and tare all the other copies in pieces before their faces, Socrates, lib. 5. cap. 10.

And when in the Generall Counsell at Constantinople, they had con­cluded all their Decrees, all the whole Counsell write thus vnto the Em­perour: Sithence the time of our assemblie at Constantinople by your godly commaundement, we haue renewed concord amongst our selues, and haue prescribed certayne Canons, which we haue annexed vnto this our writing: we beseech therefore your clemencie, to com­maund the decree of the Counsell to be established by the letters of your holynesse, and that ye will confirme it: and as you haue honored the Church by the letters wherewith you haue called vs togither, so ye would also vouchsafe to ratifie the finall conclusion of the decrees with your owne sentence and seale.

So that the Emperour ( yea though he were absent) had the ratifica­tion, or the improuing of all the Synodall actes, as Theodosius the yonger writeth to the first Ephesine Counsell: The Em­perour rati­ [...]yeth or [...]eiecteth all the actes of the Coun­sell. we allow of the condem­nation of Nestorius, Cyrillus and Memnon: the other actes and con­demnations which you haue made, we dissalow. Which Emperour also sent to be his Deputy in the Counsell at Constantinople, about Eutyches controuersies, a noble man of his Court Florentius, writing thus vnto them: We will that he shall be present in your Synode, bycause the controuersie is of the faith: The Empe­rours De­puties do­ing in the Counsell. which Florentius sitting with the By­shops, examined Eutyches in the points of his faith, and pronounced also his owne determination on the controuersie, saying: He which doth not beleeue that in Christ there be two natures, doth not beleeue aright.

And in the cause against Dioscorus, Eusebius, Byshop of Dorola­nu, writeth vnto the Emperour Martian ( whose Supplication is sette downe in the Calcedon Counsell, Act. 2. in these wordes: Wee be­seeche your clemencie, that you will commaund him to aunswere to the matters that wee shall obiect agaynst him, wherein, wee will prooue hym to bee out of the Catholike faith, defendyng Here­syes full of vngodlynesse. Wherefore wee beseeche you, to directe [Page 1349] your holy and honorable commaundement, The Em­presse, and the Empe­rour. to the holy and vniuersall councell of the most religious Byshops, to examine the cause betwixt vs and Dioscorus, and to make relation of all things that are done, to be iudged as shall seeme good to your clemencie. The Empe­rour reque­sted to cō ­maund the Byshop to examin the controuer­sies, and to haue them referred to him as Iudge.

Thus do the Byshops not onely desire the Emperour to commaund the Counsell to examine the matter, being a matter méere Ecclesiasticall, and of faith, but also, to commaund the Counsell to make relation of all their doings to the Emperour, and the Emperour ( euen as it should séeme good to him) to be the iudge, and finall determiner of the controuersie. Now vpon this occasion, this Emperour Marcianus, and Valentinian, with the Empresse Pulcheria, ( that also being a mayden, had the gouern­ment of the Empire, and chose Martian to be Emperour in gouernment of the same, with Valentinian and her, The Em­presse toge­ther with the Empe­rour, sum­moneth the generall Counsell.) summoned a Counsell to be holden first at Nice: whether, when the Byshops were assembled, but the Em­perours could not come, they adiourned the same to Calcedon, appoyn­ting to be the Iudges of the Counsell 24. noble men. And afterward, when Martian, with Pulcheria, comming thether, were entred into the Counsell, he prescribeth both to the Byshops and to the Iudges, an order how they should procéed, which order they following, it is set downe in the first Act of this Counsel, that, The Empe­rours pre­sumption of the pro­ceeding in the Coun­sell. when the Iudges and Senate had duly exa­mined the causes, they gaue sentence to depose Dioscorus, and others, so that, this their iudgement should séeme good to the Emperour, to whome they referred the whole matter.

In which Counsell, when they came to the setting downe of an vni­forme Decrée of the christian faith, conformable to the first Nicen Coun­sell, The Em­perour and Empresse in th [...] Coun­sell▪ and the cause of their com­ming the­ther. after much trouble that the Iudges & the Emperours had to appease their disorders, by appointing committies, to whose resolution, when all the Counsell had consented, this being done, the Emperour, with Pulche­ria the mayden Empresse, entreth againe into the Counsell, and after he had declared the cause of his calling the Counsell, and of his personall comming into the same, to be for none other end, than to confirme the faith, and to remoue for euer héereafter, all dissention in religion: when the publike Notary of the Counsell had humbly demaunded, if it pleased him to heare the Counsels definition, the Emperour hauing willed him to recite it openly, which done, asking of them if euery man consented thereunto, when with great acclamations and prayses of him, they aun­swered, that it was the consents of them all, then he confirmeth the same, and setteth out a Statute thereupon. As for particular lawes and orders Eccl. that both he and diuers other Emperors, especially Iustinian, made, I referre them to the declaration of the ciuill & Canon Lawyers. There is almost no Church matter, whereof the Emperours, namely Iustinian, Iustinian. hath not some Ecclesiasticall constitution or other on the same: which Iu­stinian [Page 1350] also, The Empe­rours dea­lings. in the Counsell that he held at Constantinople, where he made the Archb. Mennas President: Mennas concluding the Counsell, saith, that none of those things that are to be moued in the Church, ought to be done without the Princes will and commaundement.

Thus as we sée that the Emperours had this authoritie in Eccl. mat­ters, so, graunt this to be lawfull in them, and this lawfulnesse stretcheth to all Christian Princes in their dominions. And therefore, where our Bre­thren say, the same order we reade also to be obserued by the christian Kings of Fraunce, and Spayne, yea, of this our Brittanie also, in gouer­ning their Eccl. state by the aduice of the Cleargy of their dominion: it was the same order indéede that was obserued of these Emperours, which these Kings also did obserue: and bycause it was the same, there­fore was it not the same that our Brethren say it was, but a farre grea­ter authoritie and intermedling; and not onely to allow that, that the Cleargy had determined, and to punish them that impugned those or­ders, but also to deale so farre-foorth in ioyning with the Cleargy, for the very making of Ecclesiasticall lawes, as the foresaid Emperours had be­fore done, and for a while after did still continue: as we reade of Con­stantine Pogonatus, Constanti­nus Pogo­natus. who called together the Byshops to a generall Counsell at Constantinople, against the Monothelits, sitting as Presi­dent with his Nobles in the same Counsell, where the Deputy for the Byshop of Rome among other also agréed, The Byshop of Romes obedience to the Em­perour in the Coun­sell. and acknowledged the Sea of Rome to be subiect vnto him, and humbly besought the Emperour, to commaund those that tooke part with the Byshop of Constantinople, to shew from whence they receyued their new speeches, and erroneous o­pinions: whereupon, the Emperour commaundeth Macarius, Byshop of Antioch, to aunswere, and in the next Session, he reasoneth himselfe with Macarius: and in the third action, when the Byshop of Romes Le­gate, being there but a partie plaintise, had espied forgerie in the Synodall bookes that were read, of the fift generall Counsell: the Iudges (though lay men) examined and found out the same by the Emperours commaun­dement: and when the Byshop of Constantinople besought the Empe­rour, The Byshop of Romes obedience to the Em­perour. that the letters of Agatho Byshop of Rome might also be read, the Emperour graunted thereunto. In which letters, the Byshop of Rome sheweth his obedience to the Emperour, for the effectuall accomplishing of his precepts, in sending of méete persons to that Counsell, excusing himselfe, The Byshop of Romes confession that the Emperour is Christs Vicar in carth, &c. that he could do it no sooner, by reason of the great circuit of hys Prouince: protesting withall, that he sendeth his Legates, euen for the dutifull obedience that he oweth to the Emperour. And after the confes­sion of his faith in the controuersie, he acknowledgeth the Emperour to occupie heere in earth the place and zeale of Iesus Christ, and that he ought to giue the right iudgemēt for the Euāgelical & Apostolical truth.

[Page 1351] Now after the Emperour had thus sitten his selfe in the examining and discussing of diuers actions & sessions in that Counsell, (as at large in the discourse therof appeareth) and after his departure, his deputes, in the end when all was done, & Macarius deposed, and the chosing of another Arch­bishop in his place referred to the Emperours pleasure, and that the whole Synode offered vp to the Emperour their definition of the con­trouersie, subscribed with all their hands, The Empe­rour confir­meth the Counsels definition, with his total assent. and be séeching him to examine and confirme the same: the Emperour hauing perused it, and demaunding whether it were their vniforme consent, vpon their confessions therof, the Emperour aunswereth: we haue read this definition, and we also do giue our consent thereto. And euen as much as all this commeth to, we reade of the christian Kings both of Fraunce, and Spaine, The french Kings go­uernment of the Ec­clesiasticall state. and of this our Britany also, in gouerning their Eccl. state, which are the thrée kingdoms that our Brethren héere specifie. Clodoueus euen the first Christian King of Fraunce in the Counsell that he called and held at Aurelia, when he had propounded matters for the Counsell to consult and determine vpon, Clodoueus in the Counsell at Orleance. Guntranus in the Counsell of Matiscone. they obeying the Kings commaundement, refer againe their conclusions to the Kings iudgement. And this authoritie doth Gunthranus the French King declare, in his Edict set foorth in the Counsell of Matiscone, concer­ning the Princes office, in causing his people to be trained vp in true Religion, and godly discipline, protesting, this charge is of God com­mitted vnto him: wherein also he declareth vnto the Byshops their of­fice, and concludeth, that it was he, which caused the Decrees to be made, that were determined vpon in that Counsell, touching discipline and ce­remonies to be defined, he confirming the same by his Edict thereon.

Charlemaine likewise (as Nauclerus sheweth) in a Counsell that he called, sitting with many of his Nobles in the Counsell, not only sayth, he called the same, that they should giue him good aduice, how the law of God, and the Churches Religion should be restored: but he decla­reth also, what ordinances he together with them had made to thatef­fect. We did ( saith he) ordeyne Byshops throughout the Cities, The King had the ap­pointing of the Bishops. by the counsell of the Priests, and of my Noblemen, and we did constitute Bo­nifacius to be the Archb. ouer them. We haue also decreed a Synode to be called together euery yeere, that the Decrees of the Canons, and lawes of the Church, may in our presence be reformed, &c. We haue degraded the false Priests, Deacons and Clearks, being adulterers, The Kings decree for annuall Sy­nodes. and fornicators, and haue driuen them to penance. We haue vtterly for­bidden all manner of hunting and hawking to the Cleargy. We also de­cree, that euery Preest dwelling in the Diocese, be subiect vnto his owne Byshop, and that alwayes in Lent he make an account, The K [...]ngs within the Churches discipline. and shew to the Byshop the manner and order of his ministerie, &c.

In like manner, Charles the great calling a Synode at Arles, when [Page 1352] they had decreed all their matters, The french kings dea­lings. they decree this withall, that all their doings should be presented to Charles the great, that where any defects are in their Decrees, The Coun­sell refer all their De­crees to the amending of the Prince. he would supply the same by his wisedome, and if any thing be otherwise than well, that he would amend it by hi [...] iudgement, and that which is well, he would ratifie and assist it by his authoritie. Where they say in the 45. Canon, that for the amending of all those abuses which the Counsell found to be in Eccl. matters, the kings mind must be knowne.

The like they do at the Counsell which he called at Cabellinum, espe­cially in the Counsell that he held at Mentz, where the Counsell craueth his ayde and confirmation of such Articles as they had agréed vpon, so that he iudge them worthy to be confirmed, beséeching him to cause that to be amended, that is found to be worthy of amendment. Which Counsell also giueth God thanks, that he had giuen vnto his Church a Gouernour, godly and deuout in his seruice, who in his time opening the fountaine of godly wisedome, doth continually feede the sheepe of Christ with holy foode, The Edict of Charles the great, to the Bishops and Pastors of Chur­ches. & instructeth them with diuine knowledge, &c.

And in his Edicts, set out not only to the Layty, but to the Cleargy, he writeth thus: Charles by the grace of God, King and Gouernour of the Kingdome of Fraunce, &c. Wherefore I thought good to moue you, O yee Pastors of Christes Churches, ye leaders of his flocke, and cleere lights of the world, that ye would trauaile with vigilant care, and dili­gent admonition to guide Gods people, The Kings commis­sioners ioined with the Byshops for the Churches discipline. through the Pastures of eter­nall life, &c. Therefore they are with earnest zeale to be admonished and exhorted yea, to be compelled to keepe themselues in a sure faith & rea­sonable continuance, within and vnder the rules of the Fathers. In the which worke and trauell, wit ye right well, that our industrie shall work [...] with you. For the which cause, we haue also addressed vnto you our messengers, The King taking vpon him the cor­rection of Eccl. ma [...] ­ters, is no presump­tion. which by our authoritie, shall with you amend and correct those things that are to be amended: and therefore, we haue also added such Canonicall constitutions, as to vs were thought to be most necessa­rie. Let none iudge this to be presumption, that we take vpon vs to a­mend that which is amisse, to cut off that which is superfluous. For we reade in the bookes of the Kings, how the holy King Iosias trauelled, in going about the circuits of his Kingdome, correcting and admonishing his people, The Chri­stian Kings ought to follow the examples of the good Kings in the old Testament. to reduce the whole Kingdome vnto the true religion and seruice of God. I speake not this, to make my selfe equall to him in ho­linesse, but bycause we ought alwayes to follow the examples of the holy Kings, and so much as we can, we are bound of necessitie, to bring the people to follow a vertuous life, to the prayse and glory of our Lord Iesus Christ.

And so he entreth into his rules & exhortatiōs to the B. and Priests, how [Page 1353] they should guide their Diocesses and Churches both by reading and preaching, and the Bishops to sende foorth the Priests to preach. It be­longeth ( saith he) vnto your office, O ye Pastors & guides of Gods chur­ches to sende foorth through out your Dioceses Priests to preach vnto the people, and to see that they preach rightly and honestly, The princes charge for preaching. that ye do not suffer new things that are not canonicall, but forged of their owne minde, & not according to the holy scriptures to be preached vnto the people, yea you your own selues preach the things that are true and ho­nest, and that lead vnto euerlasting life. And instruct ye other that they doe the same, &c.

Yea Alcuinus in his preface of his treatise on the trinitie, which he be­ing his Chaplaine dedicated vnto this French king, Alcuinus in praefas. lib. de Trinitate. being then also made Emperour, maketh the Prince to haue so farre authoritie aboue all other ciuill persons in Ecclesiast. matters, that he calleth him also a Preacher, and sayth, that he hath, as it were a priestly office in these thinges. And least ( sayth he) I should seeme not to helpe and further your preaching of the faith, I haue directed and dedicated vnto you this booke, think­ing no gift so conuenient and worthy to be presented vnto you: Of the prin­ces preach­ing and priestly power. seeing that all knowe this most plainely that the Prince of the people ought of necessitie to know all things, and to preach the things that please God. Neither doth it pertaine to any man to know better or mo things than it doth to an Emperour, whose doctrin ought to profite all the subiects &c. All the faithfull haue great cause to reioyce of your godlines, seeing that you haue a Priestly power, (as it is meete so to be) in the preaching of Gods worde, a perfect knowledge in the Catholike faith, and a most holy deuotion to mens saluation.

This authoritie and interest euen in the chiefest Eccl. matters doth that famous Alcuinus a countriman of our owne, Ludonicus pius his au­thoritie and dealing in Eccl. mat­ters. acknowledge vnto the Chri­stian Prince. And the like doth this Emperours sonne Lewes take vppon him, and it was yéelded vnto him, both in the Councell that he called at A­quisgraue in Germanie, and afterwarde in Italy at Ticinum: where hee giuing in charge to the Bishops and Councel, to consult among other mat­ters concerning the conuersation of the Bishops, the Priestes, and other Eccl. persons, of their doctrine and preaching to the people, of writing out of bookes, &c. He concludeth, I am very much desirous to knowe and couet to reforme them according to Gods will, and your holy ad­uise, in such sort that neither I bee founde reproueable in the sight of God, neither you nor the people incurre the wrathfull indignation of God for these things. How this may be searched, found out & brought to perfection, that I committe to be treated on by you, Ludouicus charge to the Bishop. and so to be de­clared vnto me. The lesser matters, which in generall touch all, but that touch some in speciall, and neede reformation, I will that yee make en­quirie [Page 1354] also of them, The kinges of spaynes dealinges. and make relation thereof vnto me.

Whereby we sée, that these Prince [...] had the chiefe authoritie in those Councelles, and both made Ecclesiasticall lawes them selues with the Bishops aduise and counsell, The exam­ples of the Christian Princes au­thoritie in the kings of Spayne. and also all the Bishops decrées and determi­nations depended on the Princes ratifying. This then was the order, and not that onely which our Brethren here say, we read to be obserued by the Christian Kings of France.

And euen as much do we read to be obserued by the Christian kings of Spayne: by whose authoritie▪ the first, second & third Councell at Bra­chara were called and many pointes for doctrine and discipline disposed. After whom Richaredus commaunded a Councel to be assembled and hol­den at Toledo, Richaredus in the Coū ­cell at To­ledo. where the king sitting among the Bishops, de [...]lareth vnto them how he called them together that he might by the common consul­tation in the Synode repayre and make a newe forme of Eccl. discipline which had bin long time hindred by Arianisme The which impedimēt ( sayth he) it hath pleased God to put away by my meanes, whereupon he exhorteth them to giue God thankes for his so doing, and admonisheth them before they enter into the consultation, to fast and pray to God, that he would vouchsafe to open vnto them a true order of discipline. And so after a thrée dayes fast appointed vnto them, the Synode beginning to en­ter into consultation, the king commeth in with his Queene and nobles, and sitteth amongest them, and causeth the confession of his faith, which he had written and subscribed with his and the Quéenes hands, to be pub­likely reade before them, contayning withall, his care & industrie in these matters. For the which doing the Councell reacknowledgeth the king to deserue the reward of an Apostle, because he had performed the office of an Apostle.

And when al the nobilitie had giuē vp also their confessions in writing and subscribed openly vnto thē, The kinges performing the office of an Apostle. then the king commanded the Synode to go in hand with the repayring and establishing some forme of eccl. disci­pline, saying, that the care of a king ought to stretch forth it selfe, & not to cease till he haue brought the subiects to a full knowledge & perfect age in Christ. The care, charge, and auth. of the Prince for discipline. And as a king ought to bend al his power & authoritie, to represse the insolencie of the euill, and to nourish the common peace & tranquillitie: euen so ought he much more to studie, to labour, and be carefull, not only to bring his subiectes from errors & false religion▪ but also to see thē instructed, The kinges decree for the peoples confession of their faith at the communi­on. taught & trayned vp in the truth of the cleare light. And hereupon by this his authoritie, he maketh a decree, & cōman­deth the Bishops to sée it put in executiō, that euery time at the receiuing of the cōmuniō, al the people together, do distinctly with a lowde voice recite the Nicene creede. Which being done, & that the Synode had cōsul­ted about the orders of their discipline, & exhibited the same vnto the king: [Page 1355] he considering the same, ratifieth and confirmeth al their doings. The Spa­nish kings dealings. And first he himselfe, and after him all the Synode, subscribeth to those orders.

The like wee read in the Councell of diuerse kinges of Spayne after­wardes. Sisenandus, that called the fourth Councell of Toledo. The doo­ings of di­uerse kinges of Spaine in Councels & eccl. matters Chintil­lanus, that called the 5. and 6. Chinaswindus, that called the seuenth, Reccessinuthus, that called the 8.9. and 10. Councels at Toledo. Bam­ba, that called the 12. & 13. Egita, that called the 14.15. and 16. all which kinges of Spayne, as they summoned the Councelles their selues, and commaunded th [...] Bishops to assemble, so they sate in the Councels with them, and when the Councels had consulted and agreed vpon any Eccle­siasticall matters, th [...]y offred the same to the Prince to be ratified and con­firmed. This authoritie had the Christian kinges of Spayne, not only in gouerning of all y e eccl. persons, but in making together with the Bishops▪ and in ratifying and confirming all their Synodall decrees and constitu­tions of Eccl. matters.

And no lesse authoritie had the kings of this our Britannie also in go­uerning their Eccl. state, by the aduise of the Clergie of their dominion. The autho­ritie and dealings of the auncient kinges in this our Bri­tannie. For profe whereof, we haue séene the Bishop. of Romes owne letter to king Lucius, that is reputed to be the first Christian king of Brytannie. Who when he wrote to Eleutherius then Bishop of Rome, to haue the Romaine and the Imperiall lawes to vse them in his kingdome: the Bi­shop returneth him this aunswere, (as we haue séene:) those lawes wee may disprooue, but not the lawes of God. Eleutherius acknowleg­ment of t [...]e kings authoritie in this Realme. You haue receaued lately (through the goodnesse of God in your kingdome, the faith and law of Christ. You haue there in your kingdome both the testamentes: out of them, (by Gods grace and the aduise of your Realme) take a Iawe, and thereby patiently gouerne your kingdome. You are in your king­dome the Vicare of God, &c. In which wordes hee plai [...]ely confesseth, that the Christian kinges authoritie stretcheth euen to the very making and ordeyning of Ecclesiast. lawes with the aduise of the Realme, and so withall of the Clergie.

And that thi [...] supreme authoritie of th [...] king was so practised in this lande, not only by Lucius, but also by the Christian kinges that succéeded him: while the Brittaines had the kingdome, which rather were not full kinges, but vnder the soueraigntie of the Romaine Emperours which beeing at that time the most of them Paganes: the Princes in Bry­tannie hadde the lesse authoritie, whereby there grewe manie cor­ruptions, especiallye the Heresie of Pelagianisme in this realme, till the Brytaynes were expulsed by the Saxons. And therefore, what with the oft [...]n warres, eyther with the Romaines, or with the Pictes, or with the Saxons: little or no certaine recorde remayneth, of anie Councelles helden, or of anie Ecclesiasticall Lawes made, [Page 1356] in the times of those brittish Princes. The Saxon kings dea­linges and lawes▪ Except we shall account Constan­tine the great as one of them, beeing the sonne of Constantius Chlorus, by the most noble and Christian Queene Helena, who being excellently learned in the tongues, wrote diuerse treatises of Religion and Ecclesia­sticall matters, of the prouidence of God, of the immortalitie of the soule, of the rule of godly life, &c. As Bale reporteth of this Queene, of whose husband and sonne we haue heard sufficiently before.

But to come to the Saxon kinges after they had receaued the faith of Christ ( for perhaps our Brethren also comprehende them in the name of the Christian Kinges of this our Brytanie:) William Lambert hath much helped vs, in gathering and translating, though rather to the sense than to the wordes, The lawes of the Saxon kings in eccl. matters the auncient lawes of those kinges, whereby we also may gather, what great authoritie they hadde in these matters, who be­ginning with the Lawes of Kinge Inas, setteth them downe in these wordes:

I Inas by the benefite of God King of the West Saxons, through the persuasion and institution of Cenrede my father, The lawes of king Inas of Lyedda and Erknwalde my Bishoppes, and of all mine Aldermen, (or Senators) and of the most auncient wise men of my people, in the great assem­blie of the seruauntes of God; I studied both for the saluation of our soules, and for the conseruation of our kingdome, that lawefull con­tractes of matrimonie, and that right iudgementes might be founded and established throughout all our dominion: and that hereafter it be not lawfull to any Senator, or to any other inhabiting our dominion, to breake these our iudgementes.

This preface béeing made, by all their aduice and consentes, but (as is aforesayde) by his authoritie: he setteth downe his Lawes in Chapters, both for Ecclesiasticall and ciuill matters. And first he be­ginneth with Ecclesiasticall, of the forme howe the ministers of God should liue.

First of all, wee commaunde that the Ministers of GOD doe care for, Cap. 1. of the mini­sters liues. and keepe the appointed forme of lyuing. And afterwarde wee will that among all our people the lawes and iudgementes be thus holden.

An infant shalbe baptized within 30. daies after it is come forth into the worlde. Cap. 2. of Infantes. Which thing if it be not done; the default shalbe punished with the paying of 30. s. but and if it die before it be baptized, he shall forfaite all his goods.

Cap. 3. of working on sunday.If a bondseruant be put to any seruile worke on the Lordes day, his Master shall make him free, and his Maister shall paye thirtie shillings, but if he did that worke without the commaundement of his Maister, the seruaunt shall bee beaten with stripes, or at least let him redeeme [Page 1357] with a price of money, the feare of his beating. The lawes of the Saxō Kings.

If a free man labour on this day, without his Maisters commaun­dement: let him eyther bee made a bonde man, or paye 60. shillings: if a Prieste offende in this, behalfe the penaltie shall bee augmented double.

The first frutes of the seedes shall be paide at Saint Martyns tyde. Chap. 4. of the first frut [...] of the seedes He that then shall not haue payde them shall be fined 40. shillings, and be­sides pay 12. times as much as the frutes come to.

If any man giltie of death, shall flee to the Church, he shall enioy his life, and make recompence according to right and lawe. Chap. 5. of the Chur­che [...] liber­tie. If anie man haue deserued beating, and flee to the Church, the beating shall be for­giuen him.

These ar [...] all the Eccl. lawes of Inas, which are there sette downe, sa­uing that in the next lawe after the Penaltie of fighting in the Kinges Court, he adioyneth also the forfeite of 120. shillinges for fighting in the Church, and in the 11. lawe, the forfaite of as much to him that bring­eth in false witnesse before a Bishop. His other lawes are méere ciuill and politike. But by these we sée his supreme authoritie euen to the ma­king the decree it selfe, of the Ecclesi. lawes so well as of the temporall. As for the last decree, of killing ones gossippe, or of the Kings godsonne, or of the sonne of a Bishop ( for Bishops and all the Clergie might then marry) are méere temporall.

The next lawes that Lambert translateth, The lawes of Aluredus in eccl. mat­ters. are of that excellent Prince Aluredus. Where first he setteth downe, the ten commaundementes of Almightie giuen by Moses, Exod. 20. and from thence procéedeth to the most of the lawes mentioned in the 21.22. and some in the 23. chapters of Exod. which done, he sayth:

These are the lawes that Almightie GOD himselfe deliuered to Moses to bee kept. As for the onely begotten sonne of God our sal­uation Iesus Christe, when hee came into the worlde, hee openly declared that hee came not to violate the lawe giuen, but with all meekenesse and goodnesse to fulfill it. For hee deliuered the disci­pline of true godlinesse. After whome, when hee was crucified, his Disciples (while they were as yet together, nor were seuered a sun­der to preach the Gospell) ioyned vnto Christ manie Nations, and sent their legates and Interpreters of the will of God to Antiochia, Syria, and Cilicia, which were conuerted vnto Christ from the bondage of the Gentiles.

The Apostles, and the Elders, Brethren, sende greeting vnto you. Act. 15. For as much as we haue heard that certaine men which departed from vs, haue trou­bled you with wordes, and when as they would declare vnto you certaine thinges whereof they had no commaundement from vs, they haue rather weaken [...]d [Page 1358] your mindes with error, Aluredes lawes. than instructed then with sounde and entire doctrine [...] it was thought good vnto vs being gathered together, to sende vnto you chosen men, Barnabas and Paule, which haue aduentured their life for Christe, toge­ther with whome wee haue sent Iudas and Sylas, who shall also by wordes de­clare the same thinges vnto you. For it seemed good to the holie Ghoste and to vs, to laye vppon you nothing more of necessarie burden, than this; that ye must abstayne from those thinges that are offered to Idols, and from bloud and from that that is strangled, and from fornication. And that which yee would not haue to be done vnto you, ye should not doe the same to others.

Out of this one precept it euidently appeareth, that right must bee rendered to euerie bodie: for there needeth no other iudiciall booke, saue onely this: whosoeuer sitteth beeing a Iudge vppon other, that he would not pronounce any other sentence vppon others, than he would haue to bee giuen vppon him selfe. But where as, when the Gos­pell of GOD was spread abroade, manie Nations, yea, and that the English-men, adioyned theyr fayth vnto the worde of God; manie assemblyes were made through-out the worlde, and also in Englande, there were holden meetinges together of the Bishoppes and of other most notable wise men: The impo­sing of pecuniarie mul­ctes. and these men beeing informed of the mer­cie of God, did at the first impose vpon euerie offender a punish­ment of money, and gaue vnto the Magistrates the office of taking the same, without all prouocation of offending GOD, hauing gi­uen them pardon before; saue onely vppon a Traytor and forsaker of his Lorde, they thought not this (beeing a milder penaltie) to bee inflicted: which manner of man they thought good, that hee shoulde not bee spared at all, Why a trai­tors punish­ment should be capitall. both because God woulde haue the dispisers of him-selfe to bee vnwoorthie of all mercie; and also, for that Christe forgaue not them that were betrayers of him to death, but he decreed that the Lorde shoulde bee worshipped before other. These men therefore in manie of their assemblies, appoynted punish­mentes of euerie one of the offences, and committed them to the mo­numentes of writing.

These sanctions I Alured the king, haue gathered together into one, and haue put them in writing; King Alu­redes owne writing of his sancti­ons. a great part of which, our auncestors kept religously, and mee-thinketh that manie of them are woorthie, to bee in this age kept of vs, with like righteousnesse. Notwithstan­ding some of them, which seemed to bee lesse profitable vnto vs, I haue by the consultation of wise men prouided, partly that they shoulde bee abrogated, The kings abrogating vnprofitable constituti­ons. and partly innouated. And because it might bee thought rashnesse, for any man to recorde in the monu­mentes of writing, manie of his owne decrees: and also it might be vncertaine what credite they shoulde haue with the posteritie, which [Page 1359] thing we do highly esteeme: The lawes of Edw. the Senior. whatsoeuer thinges I haue founde worthy to be obserued in the actes of my countrey-man Inas, of Offa king of the Mercians, or of Ethelbert which was the first king of the Eng­lishe men that was baptized, I haue collected them all. King Alu­reds colle­ction of the former kings lawes The other I haue vtterly omitted. And also in the discerning of these actes, I Alu­led king of the west Saxons, haue vsed the Counsell of the most prudent of our men, and they all liked the obseruation of the same to bee sette foorth.

Thus writeth Alured of his doing, both concerning his owne de­crees, and the decrees of all those kinges his auncestors in these matters which were not onely ciuill, and politike, but also Ecclesiasticall, In all which though he vsed the counsell and aduise of the Clergie, The auth. of the other kinges here mentioned. and of o­ther learned and wise men; yet, as he did the action himselfe, so hee did it by his owne supreme authoritie, and reckoning vp all these other kinges decrees also, it argueth that they in their times and dominions, had the like authoritie in eccl. matters.

The Eccl. lawes of Alurede, are the seconde, and the fift; The eccl. lawes that Aluredus set forth. of the pri­uileges of Churches, the 6. of robbing Church goods, the 8. of violating Nunnes. the 16. of teaching them in dissolute manner, the 21. of Priests that kill any man, the 29. of them that enter into religion being indeb­ted, the 39. of the festiuall and solemne dayes.

After this Alurede, his sonne Edwarde surnamed the elder, ioyning with Guthrune the Dane, king of the east Angles, The lawes in eccl. mat. of Edward the elder, & of Athelstan king of the east Angles. ( who changing his name at his baptisme was called Athelstane) doe sette foorth diuerse Ecclesiasticall Lawes, which the same Guthrune and Allfred had be­fore made, but belike, not till then sette foorth, which lawes were these.

Before all thinges they enact, that one God onely should be honora­bly and holily worshipped, The Princes penall lawes ioyned to the eccl. dispising and renouncing all the barbarous worship. And then (because they certainely knewe, that many would not be kept in the boundes of their dutie, nor obey the Eccl. discipline without them) they prouided humane lawes to be written out, and they sette forth the lawes pertayning to Christe, in common together with the lawes pertayning to the king that by these the rashnes of them might be restrayned, that would not obey the commandements of the Bishop. This therefore did they first decree:

That the peace of the Church within her walles, and that the tranquil­litie 1 which is deliuered by the hande of the king, should be kept godly and inuiolably. 2

And so they procéede against them that forsake the Christian fayth. 3

Against eccl. persons that robbe the Churches: that fight, or periure 4 themselues, or commit fornication, &c. And against incest.

[Page 1360] K. Ethel. staneslawesIf anie being condemned, desire to confesse himselfe to the Priest, 5 that all doo-earnestly and diligently promote all the lawes of God, &c.

6 For payment of tithes, for the money [...]hat then was payde to Rome, called the Peter pence; for the Church lightes: for the plowe almes: ( or as I take it almes giuen by the rate of their plow lande) and if any Dane denied or suppressed the diuine rightes or duties.

7 Of them that doe their businesses on the Lordes daye, of fastinges. And iudiciall swearinges on the festiuall dayes, 8. and 9. and against wit­ches.

11 Of those that are entred into orders and are deceaued of their goods.

Next of these are the lawes of Ethelstane.

The lawes of Ethelstan in eccl. mat­ters.I Ethelstane the king, by the prudent Counsell of the Arch-bishop Vlfhelme, and of other my Bishoppes, doe verie straightly charge and commaunde, all the Gouernours that are in my dominion, by the holie diuine powers of God, and of all the Saintes, and for my loue, that I beare to them, that before all other thinges they paye the iust and due tenthes (or tythes) of that that is mine owne in proper, The kinges, B. Nobles, and all the subiectes to pay their iust tithes. as well of liuing beastes, as of the yearely profites comming of the earth, which thing besides mee, euerie one of my Bishops, Senators, and Go­uernors shall do, &c.

After Athelstane followeth Edmunde.

The lawes of Edmund in eccl. mat­ters.In the solemne feast of Easter, king Edmunde did celebrate at Lon­don a great assembly, as well of the Ecclesiasticall persons, as of the Laye, in the which were present Oda, and the Arch-bishop Wolstane and many other Bishops, to consult about the health of their soules, 1 and all them that they had care of.

The Cler­gies chast life, which chastitie was shewed before that it debarred not in B & Pastors ma­trimonie.First, they that haue entred into holy orders, and of whom the peo­ple of God ought to require the example of vertue to followe the same, they shall leade their life chastly (as the reason of their order shall suffer) be they men or women; which thing if they shall not doe, they shall be punished according to the rules of their orders, that is to witte, they shall forfeit all their earthly possessions, so long as they liue, and beeing dead they shall not be buried with holy buriall, except that they amen­ded their manners.

2 Euery Christian shall religiously pay their tythes, and the first fruites of their seedes, Tythes, first fruts, almes. and the money that is due for the plowe almes. He that 5 payeth it not let him be accursed.

Reparations of churches.Euerie Bishop at his owne charges shal repaire the house of God, and may admonish the king, that the other Churches may be decently ad­orned, 6 which is a very necessary matter.

Periury and idolatrie.Whosoeuer forswere themselues, or make any barbarous sacrifices, [Page 1361] except they repent and amend their minde the sooner, they shall for euer be debarred of all the diuine seruices. I Edmund the King, to all that are in my Dominion and power, yong and olde, doe clearely sig­nify, that I haue earnestly inquired of the moste skilfull of my king­dome in the assembly as wel of the Ecclesiasticall as lay persons, by what meanes Christendome might be moste aduaunced, and it seemed best vnto vs all, that we should nourish loue and mutuall good will amongst vs through out all our Dominions, for we are all wearie of these conti­nuall fightinges. And therefore, we ordeyne in this manner. And so hee procéedeth to Lawes for these matters.

After this, follow the Lawes of Edgar.

The Lawes which Edgar the King, decreed in the great Senate, God to loue and him-selfe to preserue and to benefite all his Lordship (or Dominion). And so hee also procéedeth to the making of Lawes Eccl. The lawes of Edgar in Eccl. [...]at­ters. Of the rightes, immunities, and tithes of the Church. Of the manner of their tything, to them that haue a place of buriall in the Church. Of the times when the tythes of all sortes are due to payde of the Penie to Rome out of euery house. Of the Feast dayes and fastings. And then he commeth to humaine and politike Lawes.

Thus did all these Saxon Kinges, with the aduice of their Bishops & Cleargy, make as well Ecclesiasticall Lawes, as temporall with the ad­uice of the Lordes and other their officers temporall. And this they did their selues and by their owne authoritie, and not onely allowed of that which the Bishops and Cleargie before had decreed. All which I alleage not, to allowe of all those their Ecclesiasticall decrees: for many of the thinges▪ (especially in the Kings following, Howe farr [...] these decree [...] are, & are not allowa­ble.) were full of superstition and error, as (by Gods permission) the blindnesse of the time then was: but I note them onely for the point in question, of the Princes authoritie, not onely in making Ciuill Lawes for Ecclesiasticall matters, but in making Lawes of Ecclesiasticall matters, and so, in making Ecclesiasticall Lawes themselues.

And thus it continued heere in Englande till the Danes got the Kingdome. Neither did Canutus the Dane take vpon him any whit lesse the dealing in Ecclesiasticall matters, than the Saxon Kings had done, but rather sheweth it more liuely than all the other, as appeareth in the collection of his Lawes, as well Ecclesiasticall as temporall

The decree that Canutus King of the English men, of the Danes, and of the Norwayes, to the loue of God, to his own ornament, Canutu [...] his Lawes of Eccl m [...] [...]ers. and to the profit of his people, enacted at Winchester, on the feast of Mid win­tertide, (or the natiuitie of Christe.)

First, that all men shall through out all ages honourablie and aboue all other thinges worship one God. And holde religiously the onely [Page 1362] Christian religion, and loue the king Canutus with all fidelitie and ob­seruaunce.

2 Let vs maintain the temple of God with Godly & continuall peace, & let vs all often frequent it, both for the health of our soules, and for the encrease and profite of other things, for the onely peace of Christ comprehendeth all the Churches, and therefore it is meete that all Christians holde the Church in greate worship and honour. For the peace of God ought to bee desired and retayned aboue other thinges. And next after that, The peace & honor of God, & next after the Princes. the kings peace ought to bee kept. It behooueth therefore that the peace of the Church of God, within the walles ther­of, and the tranquilitie deliuered by the hande of the Christian king▪ bee euer cheefely kept firme and inuiolated. If any therefore shall vio­late any of these two, (Gods Churches and the kinges peace) forfetting his Lands, he shall be put to death, except the king shall pardon his of­fence. &c.

And if the Churches peace bee broken without man-slaughter, 3 let the punishment followe according to the manner of the offence. &c.

4 It greatly behooueth all Christian men moste religiously to main­tayne in peace the holinesse, The Chur­ches orders and digni­ [...]ies to bee maintained. the orders, and the places consecrated vn­to God, and to giue to euerye order his owne dignitie. For let eue­ry one knowe, (at leaste hee that will or may knowe) that it is a mat­ter of greate waight and moment, which the Preeste must doe [...]or the health of the people, if so bee hee shall studye to please GOD a­right.

Greate is the sanctifying, and more is the sanctifying (or consecra­ting) with the which in consecratinge baptisme and the Sacrament of thankes-giuing the Deuill is driuen away. Yea, the Angelles keepe the holye mysteries, and depending on the Diuine prouidence assist the preest, so often as he serueth God aright.

Which thing they do at all times when as the preeste doth hum­blie from his heart beseeche Christe, and begge of him those thinges that are necessarie for the peoples life: these men therefore for the fear of God, for the dignitie of their order, are to bee discerned from other men.

If therefore anye man shall accuse of any crime a Preeste, liuing 5 according to some certayne rule of Religion, and if hee witte him­selfe to bee cleane thereof, Canutus Lawes for the purgatiō of a preeste [...]ccused. let him say Masse if hee dare, and with his once receyuing of the sacrament of thankes-giuing, hee alone shall dash all the slaunder.

But if hee shall bee accused by three, then receiuing the Communi­on, [Page 1363] if so be hee dare, and taking with him two other of his owne order, The Lawes of Canutus hee shall wipe away the suspition of the supposed crime.

If any man shall accuse with some speciall sclaunder of crime a Dea­con liuing after some certayne forme of [...]eligion: Apurgation of a Deacō sclaundered the Deacon shall purge himselfe of the crime, by taking two other with him of his own order.

But if hee haue beene accused thrise, he shall purge him selfe with sixe other men of his owne order. &c.

Wee also doe bidde (or pray) and doe teache all the Ministers of GOD, and especially the preestes, Canu [...] Lawes for degrees of mari [...]ge. that they obey GOD and loue cleannesse and auoyde the wrath of GOD and flee from the lake of Hell fire. &c.

Moreouer wee teache, and wee pray, and in Gods name wee com­maunde, 7 that no manne can contract mariage with in the sixt decree of kindred, neyther yet mary the Widowe of his coosine, that was within sixe degrees vnto him, neyther that hee mary any that was of kinne to his Wife, that hee had before, neyther that any Christian mary his Gossippe, nor any that is deuorced. To conclude, hee that hath any care to keepe Gods Lawe, and will study to haue his soule saued frō hell fire, let him shunne harlots, and keepe him to his onelie wife, ioy­ned vnto him in lawfull mariage, and haue no more, so long as his wife liueth.

Let euery man pay vnto God yeerely his rightes and his iust duties 8 orderly, let him pay the almes of his plowing, the fift day after Easter. The tenth of his Cattell at Whitsontide, and the tenth of his fruites at Alhollow-tide. But if so be that any wil not pay their tenthes in man­ner, as we haue afore-sayd, concerning the acre that is tythe-able, then let the kinges officer, the Bishoppe, and the Lorde of the soyle, and the seruing preeste of the Churche come together, and whether hee will or no, deliuer the tenth part to the Churche, whereunto it is due, and leaue the ninth to him: as for the other eyght partes, the Lorde of the soyle shall haue the one moytie of them, and the Bishoppe of the dio­cesse shall haue the other, be he the Kings man or any Noble mans.

And in this order he proceedeth to a great number of other Ecclesiasti­call matter [...], (mingling (as in these) a great deale I graunt of foul chaffe, but good and badde, one with an [...]ther, all shewe his authoritie in Eccle­siasticall matters. But when hee commeth to the nineteenth, and so for­warde, because the Laws are of better matters, I will craue the readers patience further, in setting them downe also.

And let euery Christian man doe all those thinges, that are pro­fitable to his saluation. Let him applie him-selfe with all his [Page 1364] thought and care, to the Christian fayth and Religion: and whosoeuer will conceiue in his soule and minde those things that are n [...]essarie for his saluation (as indeede it ought to bee the desire of all men) let him prepare his minde to receiue the Sacrament of thankesgiuing at leaste thrise a yeare.

Receiuing the Com­munion thrise a yereAnd if hee will hope to finde fauour, let him well bestowe all his wordes and deedes, and dispose them orderly: let him keepe his othe and fayth giuen moste religiously. And let euerie man to the vttermost of his abilitie, driue away from the boundes of our Dominion, all vn­righteousnesse, and hereafter earnestly follow the righteousnes of God both in wordes and deeds, and so at the length we shall all bountifully obtain the mercie of God.

20 Besides this, let vs our selues put that in execution, that we com­maunde other. Fayth & life Let vs alwayes bee of a firme and faythfull minde to God. Let vs vpholde his honour with all our forces and abilities, and obey his will. For what soeuer wee shall doe towardes the Lorde, (bee­ing mooued with that faythfulnesse that is ioyned with vertue and our office) that shall be to our great aduantage. For in this thing God the cheefe ruler and Lorde of all, will bee exceeding faythfull vnto vs, it standeth vs therefore cheefely vpon, that they which are Lordes behaue themselues rightly to their vassailes. Duties of Lords to t [...]eir vas­s [...]iles. And wee earnestly admonishe all Christian men, that inwardly withall their heart they loue God, that religiously they holde the right Christian fayth, and that gladly they obey their Diuine Doctors, that moste diligently they search the Lawes and Doctrine of God, Obedience to the Tea­chers. and that they searche for it often and much for their owne commoditie.

And wee admonish that euery Christian man doe so throughlie learne, Charge to euerie chri­stiā to learn [...]he L. praier & the arti­cles of their beleefe. that at the leaste hee doe well knowe the right Fayth, and can say the Lordes Prayer, and the Articles of his beleefe. For by the one all Christian men doe call vpon God, and by the other, they pro­fesse a right fayth.

Christe him-selfe did first set foorth the Lordes prayer, and taught the same vnto his Disciples. Which diuine prayer consisteth of seuen pe­titions, the which whosoeuer shall vtter not faynedlie, but from his heart, None that hath not learned these things to be admitt [...]d to the Communi­on, &c. hee conferreth with God him-selfe of all thinges that are ne­cessarie, either for the life present or to come.

But by what meanes can any man heartily pray vnto God, except hee haue inwardlie to GOD a right Fayth? And verilie hee that will not learne these thinges, neyther shall haue his part of rest with the Christians after his death, neyther shall heere aliue bee admitted to receiue the Communion, neyther shall hee bee counted worthye to beare the name of a Christian man, neyther shall hee vndertake for a­ny [Page 1365] other at the Font nor at the Bishops hande, except hee learne these thinges, and shall knowe them well.

We also admonish them, that eche one of them studiouslie auoyde deadlie crimes and wicked deedes. And if peraduenture they haue 23 offended through the instigation of the deuil, Auoidance of greeuous crimes and repentaunce that by instruction of the preeste they amend it.

Moreouer wee admonish euery one to flee filthie whoredome, and the vnlawful vse of the flesh, and violating of the couenaunt of wedlock 24 so long as they liue. To flee whoredom.

Moreouer we teache, them, that the feare of God be always throughly 25 setled in the mindes of them all, The feare of Gods iudgementes. that day and night they feare the punishments due to wicked deeds, and dread the day of iudgement, and abhorre hell. And suppose euen their ending day approcheth.

As for the Bishops they shall be the Bedels of God and the interpre­ters 26 of Gods Lawe, The duty of B. & Pastors and they must openly teache the benefites of di­uine matters, and to set foorth them-selues to bee examples of liuing for others to followe, whosoeuer will giue eare to them. For hee is but an euill keeper, which with his voice at least, if he can do no more, shall not defende the flock committed vnto him against him that commeth to spoile it.

But none is so euill as the Deuill him-selfe, which alwayes laboureth in this one point, howe hee may moste destroy mens soules. Where­fore it behooueth the pastors to bee watchfull and to giue warning, that by their aduertisementes, the people may haue knowledge there­of. The pastors wee call the Bishops, and the preestes, whose partes are with erudition and Doctrine, to watche and defend the Lordes flock, that the furious and wilde Wolfe doe not foorthwith teare nor byte the flocke of God. And if there bee any that will not listen vnto the commaundements of God, hee hath to reckon for that with God him­selfe. The name of God for euer bee glorified, and loue him, and praise him, and honor him through out all worldes.

Thus did this Dane King heere in England euen at that blinde time take vpon him (as it were, like a Bishop or preacher him-selfe) to set forth these Lawes and decrees of Ecclesiasticall matters. The king t [...]acheth all estates, Eccl. and lay. After which hee procéedeth to those that hee calleth his worldly lawes. And yet euen among them also, hee inserteth some Ecclesiasticall lawes: as the 3.5.36.37.38.39.40.44.46. Besides causes of Matrimonie and fornication. And in the ende of all his Lawes of both sortes, Ecclesiasticall and tem­porall: hee concludeth all with a religious and diuinlike charge, com­maunding moste streightly in Gods name all his subiectes, to conuert them selues whole to God, and to [...]eare their pastors, and the pastors to teach and preach the worde of God vnto his people.

[Page 1366] The Cler­gies aduise to the K.This authoritie and intermedling in the making of Ecclesiasticall Lawes, both aswell for the Clergy as for the temporaltie, had the Kinges in this lande before the conquest. This auth. of Princes confuteth our Br. re­straint ther­of. What they haue had since, diuerse o­ther haue set foorth more largely, and I craue pardon that I haue beene so large in the collecting and setting downe of these. But I haue doone it to this ende, that we might more fully perceiue this point, that the Prin­ces did not onely make ciuill Lawes for Ecclesiasticall causes, or for mat­ters that by the Clergy onely were decreed, that they should be obserued in their Dominions, and appoynted bodily or pecuniarie punishmentes for offending the same, of which sort I graunt many of these Lawes are, that we haue collected: but also that they them-selues with the aduice of their Clergie made Eccl. Lawes, The Princes doing all by the Clergies aduise, de­barreth not their su­preme au­thoritie. and that mere Ecclesiasticall, or altoge­ther pertaining to Church persons, or to Church matters, yea, to matters of religion and Doctrine. Neyther diminished it their authoritie anie whit, that they did none of all these thinges without the aduise and de­termination of their Clergie: for alwaies the Clergy so conditionally de­termined the same before, if it were a matter but of order or ceremonie, and not of Doctrine ( which is inflexible, neyther dependeth vpon man, eyther of the Prince, or of them) that the supreme authoritie lay still in the Prince, so to conclude the finall determination, that the Princes sen­tence doe knit vp all the matter, and made that order or ceremonie, to haue the life or force of a decree, Lawe, or constitution among them. And other supreme authoritie than this, Her Maie­st [...]es supre­macie. with the consultation, delibe­rating, aduising and determining, what Ecclesiasticall matter of order or ceremonie her Learned Clergy thinke moste méete for [...]ur time and state, to bee moste agreeable to order, comelinesse, and aedification, to giue her royall assent to the confirmation and establishment of the same, that it may haue the full force and nature of a decree, Lawe, or constitu­tion Ecclesiasticall: her Maiestie otherwise neuer tooke vpon her, nor claymeth, or desireth to haue, nor the Statute giueth, nor wee acknowe­ledge.

And if our Brethren woulde graunt thus much (as I hope vpon bet­ter aduisement they will not deny it) wée shoulde néede no controuer­sy in this matter, and all these examples that wee are nowe driuen to bring foorth to satisfie them, wee and they shall more cheerefully turne against the Papistes, that are the professed enemies of her Maiestie, and of our Brethren, and of vs.

But it will perhaps be sayde, that for Princes to subscribe to the de­termination of Preestes (as they call them) is no supremacie, but a sub­iection. The learned disc. pa. 142.

Wee aunswere, it is no subiection vnto men, but to God, and his [Page 1367] worde, to doe nothing in these matters, but by the faythfull aduise of them, that knowe his will, and are bounde to teache it vnto all men: no more than it is, to bee counted a subiection, for a Prince in Ciuill affayres, to followe the aduice of wise and faythfull Counsel­lers.

Wee haue shewed before in the examples of diuerse Emperours and Kinges, how Princes subscribed to their clergies determinations: Bridges in such sort, as they beeing humblie requested thereunto, had in ceremoniall matters their free choyse, and might haue dashed all, or in subscribing thereto, they ratified the same and made it authenticall.

But if Princes were so to subscribe to the determination of Preestes, [...]s wee may well without errour or superstition call them, that the Princes their selues had no kinde of determination in any Ecclesiasticall causes, neyther aboue the preestes, nor yet at all with them: then in­déede it were no supremacie, but a subiection. And what else doe our Brethren heere giue to Princes? neither doe they heere deny, but in playne wordes confesse, that it is a subiection, and so, not a supremacie: saue that, they coulour it ouer with this faire shadowe.

Wee aunswere, it is no subiection vnto men, but vnto God.

And what else doe the very popish preestes aunswere, when they tak [...] from the prince his authoritie, & bring him in subiection to their pope, & to thē selues, but that this subiection, is a subiection not vnto thē, as vnto men, but to God, and to his word, and to his Church? And so vnder th [...] reuerende names of God, and of his worde and Churche, they greatly a­buse those Princes that thinke their sayinges to bee true, & make them thrall to their subiection, and to that which they pretend to be Gods worde, and to them that call them-selues the Church men, as our Br. also haue distributed the name of Eceles. or Church persons onely among their tetrarkes.

As for the faythfull aduise of those that knowe Gods will, and are bounde to teache it vnto all men: Wee denie not, but that the Prince is againe bounde, to aske faythfull aduice in matters of such impor­taunce as the making of Lawes. And of whome shoulde hee rather aske it, than of those that best knowe, or shoulde knowe Gods will, and haue moste experience in Ecclesiasticall matters, which is their proper pro­fession, and shoulde teache the same vnto all men: but this is no rebate­ment to that right of the princes supreme authority, by which the matter so aduised vpon, should be enacted and authorized for a Lawe. And this we haue seene not onelye in all the fore-sayde examples, howe for all the princes aduise with their Clergy, their authority still remayned entier: but also our Brethrens owne example that heere they alleage, doth [Page 1368] confirme the matter cleane against our Brethren. The K. fol­louing of aduise.

For although it is not to be counted a subiection, for a Prince in ci­uill affayres, to followe the aduise of wise and faythfull counsellers, but for all their duetie of giuing him faythfull aduise, It is no sub­iection to follow Counsaile. and his duety to follow their aduise yet when the matter shall come to the making of a Lawe, his voice hath the authoritie to strike vp all the matter, they determine thus it shoulde be, and then it is hee that determineth thus it shall bee. So that, their determination is in-deede properlie no determination of the matter, but deliberation and aduisement, as our Brethren doe here more aptlie terme it, or their determination is rather of the nature of the mat­ter than of authorizing the same: For, the resolute determining with au­thoritie is more properlie in the Prince, if wee respect the making of the matter to bee a Lawe in force amongest vs But, if these Councellers to the Prince, will goe beyonde aduise, and turne their aduise, into authori­tie, and such authoritie, that whatsoeuer they determine, that must the Prince maintaine and set foorth to be obserued euery where in his Do­minions, How the Counsellers determine, & how not. and commaunde those that impugne it to bee punished, and that his Counsellers will let the prince to haue no further authoritie than this: call yee this the aduise of wise and faythfull Counsellers? well may they be wise to themselues, but they be not so faithfull as they should be to the prince, neyther take they vpon them as Counsellers, accor­ding to their name, but rather as Princes. But no wise prince will so suffer them, nor any faythfull Councellers will so take vpon them. And therefore, if our Br. will but marke this their owne example better, they neede no better satisfaction, that although they woulde in the making of Eccl. Lawes be her Maiesties wise Counsellers, and giue her (as they say) faithfull aduise therein: Vnfaithfull Counsellers yet if their aduise shall growe so peremptorie, that they will prescribe, and the Prince must subscribe: that they will de­termine, & the Prince must execute, that it shall not be good without their consent, & the prince must not dissent from them, and that it is they that make it a law, & when they haue so decreed it, then the princes must command it to be obserued euery where in their dominions, and command them to bee punished that impugne it: this is plus satis pro imperio, and were verie daungerous to her Maiestie and to the whole state to admit it.

Whereby we see that if Gods ordinance were not plain in the scrip­tures, The learned disc. pa. 143. yet reason it selfe would conclude, that if in temporall matters, a wise prince wil do nothing of weight, without the counsail of wise men: how much more in Gods businesse, which are of greatest importaunce, should they not decree any thing without the aduise of them that bee learned in those matters.

Bridges Our Br. haue as yet shewed no ordinaunce of God, either plaine or [Page 1379] obscure in the Scriptures, The K. dealing by ad­uise. against the princes supreme authoritie that her Maiesty claymeth, or that wee acknowledge, or for anie thing that they haue as yet aouched, since they entred into this matter, of the title or authority of the princes supremacy. And therefore hauing alleaged nothing at all out of the Scriptures, no not the examples, Their examples of the Empire Fraunce, Spaine, and England cleane a­gainst them. that are appa­rant in the scriptures, of Moses, Iosue, Dauid &c. Which might much haue cleared the matter: but fled to the examples of the Emperors, of the Christian Kinges of Fraunce, and Spaine, yea and of this our Brit­tannie: and hauing only thus bumbased vp the matter with their foresaid reasons: they are now fallen in such a liking with these reasons, that as it were vaunting, they say of them:

Whereby we see, that if Gods ordinaunce were not playne in the scriptures, yet reason it selfe woulde conclude:

And what woulde reason it selfe conclude in this matter, against that supreme authoritie and gouernment that her Maiestie claimeth and en­ioyeth, Their con­clusion of reason frō Counsell & aduisement. or that we acknowledge and yeelde vnto her? as for the reason they last alleaged, wee see nothing yet, but it maketh much against them, and that verie daungerouslie against all such aduisers, as woulde from adui­sing fall to commaunding, and from Counselling of the Prince, woulde seaze vpon the Princes authoritie.

But if they will driue their reason to conclude onely of counsell and aduisement: I graunt them that then it is a good reason, but it hel­peth them nothing in this matter, [...]ea rather it maketh cleane against them.

It is good reason that in all the Princes temporall matters, and busi­nesse of managing the common-weale, but in Gods businesse ( as I grant also, Eccl. Lawes may wel be so called, and that some of them are matters of greatest importaunce) that the Prince shoulde not decree any thing, without the aduice of them that bee learned in those matters. Howe­beit this giueth not the authoritie, and much lesse all and the onely autho­ritie, of determining those matters vnto the aduisers of them, no more than it doth in temporall matters ( from whence they still vrge their rea­son by this comparison) that a wise Prince will doe nothing of weight, without the counsell of wise men. I graunt, that not onely reason it self will conclude this, but that also the ordinaunce of God is plaine in the scriptures, for euery man, namelie a wise Prince, Their rea­son either against all reason, or a­gainst themselues. in all matters bee they Ecclesiasticall or temporall, to doe nothing rashly, but if the matters bee doubtfull, with good counsell and aduise of them that be learned in those matters.

Neither any good reason, nor any ordinaunce of God plaine or not playne in the Scriptures, willeth any person taking such aduise, leaste of all willeth the Prince on that aduise giuen or taken, to thinke, [Page 1370] that because hee shoulde do nothing without their aduise, that he can do nothing without their authority. Neither is there any reason or ordi­naunce of God in the Scriptures, that any which are but aduisers to the prince, shoulde fall from aduising him, so to incroche vpon him. And if I were worthy to aduise princes. I would aduise them to take good aduise­ment, howe they aduised themselues by such aduisers, and (as I am thus aduised) mee thinketh it reason.

And if all princes by heathen wise mens iudgements, are so rulers, that they are seruantes of the Lawes, The learned disc. pa. 143. and of the common wealth: why shoulde it bee accounted for any dishonour vnto princes, to bee obe­dient to the Lawes of God their Father, and to serue to the commodi­tie of the Church their Mother? It is a greater honour to bee the Sonne of God, and the Childe of the Church, than to bee a Monarke of all the earth.

All princes ( I graunt) are such seruauntes of the common wealth, ( not onely by Heathen wise mens iudgementes, hut also by all Christian wise mens iudgements too, Bridges that neuerthelesse their supreme authority in gouerning of the common wealth, Princes se­uaunts to the commō weale and Lawes. is not one whit diminished by that seruice. And as for their seruice to the Lawes, which Lawes either they haue made them selues, or were made Lawes before they were made ru­lers, serueth ( I graunt also) to the maintenaunce of those Lawes, and to the punishment of the impugners of them: This seruice no debasing of their au­thoritie. howbeit this hindreth not, but that princes haue another ruling and not seruing seruice ( or as wee may well terme it) a seruing rule and gouernment, (besides the conser­uing of the Lawes) euen to make Lawes, as our Brethren haue before confessed. Aug. in Epist. 48. & 50. & lib. 5. de ciuit. dei. cap. 24. And as Saint Augustine excellently well doth say, in his 48. e­pistle ad Vincentium, And in his 50. Epistle ad Bonifacium ( as we haue séene at large before) And in his fift Booke De ciuit. Dei. cap. 24. Hee reckoneth this seruice among the princes cheefest vertues, hee sayth: that they make their power which they haue to bee a seruaunt vnto the Ma­iestie of God, How highly good prin­ces esteeme the seruice of God. moste largely to spreade abroad his seruice.

And of this seruice ( as Eusebius reporteth in the seconde Booke of Constantines life) doth Constantine glory, saying: I reclaymed man­kinde beeing instructed by my seruice (or ministery), Eu [...]eb. in li. de vita Constant. to the religion of the holye Lawe, and I caused that the moste blessed fayth shoulde more and more growe vnder a better ruler. For I woulde not be vnthankfull, especially to neglect my principall seruice, which is the thankes that I owe euen of duetie.

Sith therefore the princes seruice is so high and principall a seruice, stretching to the making of Eccl. Lawes, and to all these matters, which seruice ( as Saint Augustine sayth Epistola 50. None can doe but prin­ces: This seruice is no debarre, but rather an aduauncement and prero­gatiue [Page 1371] of the princes supreme authority in these matters. The King seruing the Chur­ches com­moditie.

Wee doe not therefore accounte it anie dishonour vnto princes, to bee obedient to the Lawes of GOD the Father, and serue to the com­moditie of the Church their Mother: It is rather the greatest honour that in this Worlde, and in their royall estate they canne attaine vnto. Neyther can any of their subiects, Clergie or other, The greate [...] honor of Princes. compare with them in the supreme degree of that authoritie, that onelye Christian princes haue heerein.

But rather our Brethren woulde abase this authoritie, with telling princes they must account no dishonour to obeye the lawes of GOD their Father, and serue to the commoditie of the Churche their Mo­ther: Our Br pretence of ho­noring God our Father, and seruing to the com­moditie of the Church our mother. what lawes of God the Father haue they as yet alleaged, either for this matter, or for any of their tetrarches, that inferre anye of these new Lawes, which they all without and besides the authoritie of a prince, woulde presse both vpon the prince and vs: Or what one thing, that (bee­ing better considered) serueth to the commoditie of the Churche their and our Mother, but rather to the greate disquieting of her, in the calme harbour (God bee thanked) heere in Englande, and to the discrediting of her name to all other Churches and peoples rounde about vs, and to the great hazarde of her estate amongst vs? And is this the way to serue her commoditie? If not rather to serue their owne turnes and humors, both to the great dishonour of God our father, and to the no little damage of the Church our mother, besides the dishonour and disobedience of our so gratious Prince, with the trouble and endaungering of all the whole Realme.

But let our Brethren take good héede, that they abuse not Princes thus vnder these high titles, of God their Father, and of the Churche their mother: for, How the Papists vsed these pretenses that our Brethren do euen with these termes did the Papistes deceaue Princes and all the world. When they sought their owne honour or profite, then they alwayes pretended the honouring of God their father, and seruing the commoditie of the Church their mother, in whose names (as Gods and the Churches deputies) they tooke on them selues to be honored, and their owne commoditie serued, both of all Princes and of all people, as much, if not much more, than eyther their father or their mother.

It is a greater honor ( say they) to be the sonne of God, and the child of the Church, than to be a Monarke of all the earth. A Prince may bee Gods child, and yet su­preme go­uernor.

And so it is indeede, who denieth it? and this is also as one of the papists blearing the eyes of princes. But any man, woman or child, neuer so pore or priuate, may (by the grace of God) be so well ynough, though he haue no publike auth. at all. But can not a man be a Monarch ( though not of al the earth) but in his owne dominions, & be also the Sonne of God and child of the Church, and yet with all in his owne Dominions, be the supreme [Page 1372] gouernor ouer all persons in all matters and causes eccl. so wel as tem­porall? The Pro­phecie of Esay. 49.

Of this honourable subiection to God and his Church, Esay pro­phesieth, Chapter, 49.23. The learned disc. pa. 143.144. & 145. Kings shall be thy nourssing Fathers, and Queenes shall bee thy Nourses. They shall worship thee with their faces towards the earth, and licke the dust of thy feete, and thou shalt knowe that I am the Lorde. The Prophet meaneth, that Kinges and Queenes shall be so carefull, for the preseruation of the Churche, that they shall thinke, no seruice too base for them, so they maye profite the Churche of Christe with­all. Esai. 49.23.

Vnto this honorable subiection the holie ghost exhorteth Princes in the second Psalme, after that they haue tried that they preuayle nothing in striuing against the kingdome of Christe: Bee nowe therefore wise O yee Kinges, bee learned that iudge the earth, serue the Lorde with feare, and reioyce to him with trembling, Psa. 2.10.11 declaring that it is a ioyfull seruice to bee obedient to Christe: yea, to serue God is indeede to reigne. And especially it is to bee noted, where S. Paule commaundeth prayers and supplications, to be made for the conuersion of Kinges vnto the knowledge of the truth, and their owne saluation, that hee alleageth this reason, That wee may lead a quiet & peaceable life, 1. Tim. 2.12. in al godlinesse and honestie vnder their protection. A godlie & honest life we may liue, vnder enemies of the church and perse­cutors: but a peaceable and quiet life in all godlinesse and honestie onely vnder a Christian prince. This thing therefore the Church most humbly desi­reth of the prince: for this end the Church continually prayeth to God for the prince: in this respect the Church most obediently submitteth her selfe vnto the prince as a childe to his Nursse, that both Prince, and people may honor God in this life, and after this life reign with Christ euerlastingly.

We shall nowe haue after these reasons, some testimonies of the scrip­ture alleaged: Bridges but if we shall still holde vs to the point in controuersie, whether the Christian prince hath authoritie with the aduise and coun­sell of his learned clergy, All these 3. cited te­stimonies make also against thē. to make and set foorth ecclesiasticall decrees and lawes, for all persons in his dominion to obserue, not one of all these three testimonies here cited out of the scripture, do gain-say it, yea rather euery one of them doth confirme it.

The Papistes also alleage this Testimonie of Esay for the superio­rity of the pope and of the Church ouer all Christian princes: The Papists abuse of this testi­monie of Esay. and will our Brethren abuse it likewise for their newe clergies authority? but who may not see, that euen in the resemblāces of these metaphors, a great authoritie, not vnder, but ouer the Church, is giuen here of God to Chri­stian princes? yea, euē as much in the new testament as was in the olde: [Page 1373] but by our Brethrens drift▪ they shoulde haue lesse. Esay. 49.

See what an interpretation they make of this prophecye: as though the Prophets meaning were, altogether to abase the authoritie of Chri­stian princes, and not rather cleane contrarie, to exalt and extoll it: though withall in some respects it be inferiour. The wordes of Esay not spoken so much to fore-tell of Princes abasing them vnder the church as of gouerning it. For except he had called Kinges and Queenes Fathers and Mothers, by what neerer title could the Pro­phet haue called them, than Kings to be the nourishing Fathers, and Queenes to be the nourishing Mothers of the Church? Ioseph was but a nourishing Father vnto Christ: and yet sayth the text as well of him, as of the Virgine Marie his naturall Mother, Luke 2. verse 51. that hee was Subiect vnto them. So honorable is the title of a nourishing Father, and comprehendeth in it such authoritie. Not, but that the Princes againe, (in respect that the Church is the spouse and wife of Christe) do humble them selues as Children vnto her. And so, as they acknowledge God to be their Heauenlie Father, they reacknowledge her to bee their mysticall Mo­ther.

Which not onely they, but euerie Ecclesiasticall person also must doe, as well and as farre foorth as they, though in some other respects, the pa­stors are again spirituall Fathers, euen as well to the Princes, as to any other of Gods people. And so are both the partes of this Prophecie ioy­ned together, that the Princes superioritie is declared in the former part of the sentence: Kinges shall bee thy nursing Fathers, and Queenes shall bee thy Nurses: that neuerthelesse in the other respect, they againe bee the Churches Children: and therefore it is added, They shall wor­ship thee with their Faces towardes the earth, and licke the dust of thy feeete. A third part of this testimonie left out, whereto the other parts be re­ferred.

But both these partes of prophesy, are againe referred to a thirde that followeth: And thou shalt knowe that I am the Lorde, for they shall not bee ashamed that waite for me. As though he sayde to the Church: Doe not thou ascribe this vnto thy self, but vnto mee, by whom and for whom it is done, neyther let the Princes bee ashamed, as though they did abase them-selues in doing this to thee: for they doe it to thee, not for thee, but for me, for whome they waite, and haue respect vnto: & therefore this re­ciprocall obedience neither of thee to them, nor of them to thee for mee, shall be anie shame or dishonor either vnto thee, or vnto them, nor any abasing of their Soueraigne authoritie ouer thee, for they shall not bee a­shamed that wayte for mee. Which last wordes of the sentence, our Bre­thren cleane cut off and leaue out.

And thus doth Caluine him-selfe expounde the wordes:

For they shall not be ashamed. &c. I take this worde [...], Cal. exposi­tion of the testimonie of Esay. for a par­ticle causall, for it is a continuing speeche, which of some is ill cut off, and by this argument hee prooueth it to bee equitie, that Princes [Page 1374] shoulde cheerefully addict them-selues to the Empire of God, nor b [...] agreeued to humble themselues before the Church, because God doth not suffer them to bee shamed that put their trust in him. But hee ioy­neth his trueth with our health, as though hee should say, this shall be an amiable and pleasant subiection. &c.

So that this is no diminishing nor abasing of the Princes authoritie, and therefore Caluine also called them before (vpon the first words, And Kinges shall bee thy noursing Fathers) Patrons, and Tutors. Whereup­on ( sayth hee) it is to bee noted, The duetie of Princes aboue al o­ther Chri­stians. that a certayne singular matter is heere required of Princes, besides the vulgar profession of the fayth, because authoritie and power is of God giuen vnto them, that they shoulde defend and procure the glorie of God. This in-deede pertayneth vn­to all: but Kinges, howe much greater their power is, so much the more ought they to employ them-selues, and more studiouslie to haue care thereof. And this is the reason why Dauid by name calleth on them & exhorteth them to be wise, and serue [...]he Lorde and kisse the Sonne.

Psalm. 2.10Heereupon it appeareth howe madde their dotages are, which af­firme that Kinges can-not bee Christian, except they renounce that office. For these thinges were fulfilled vnder Christe, when as by th [...] preaching of the Gospell, Kinges beeing conuerted vnto GOD, they atteyned vnto this moste noble degree of dignity, wherewith all kinde of Dominions and principalities are excelled, that they shoulde bee the noursing Fathers and Tutors of the Church. The papistes doe vn­derstande that Kinges are noursing Fathers of the Churche none o­therwise, The papists mis. vnder­standing of this place. then that they haue left vnto their sacrificing preestes and Monkes moste large reuenewes, wealthie possessions and wide de­maynes, by which they are fedde fatte as Hogges in a Stye. But this edu­cation tendeth to a farre other matter, then to glutte such vnsatiable gulfes. For neyther treateth hee heere of enritching their houses, that vnder a false pretext vaunt them-selues to bee the Churches Mini­sters (which was nothing else but to corrupt the Church of God, The Christian Princes nourishing of the Church. and to destroy it with deadly poyson) but of taking away superstitions, of remoouing all wicked and naughty worship, of promooting the king­dome of Christe, of conseruing the purity of Doctrine, of remoouing offences and of purging the filthes which corrupt Godlinesse, and ob­scure the maiesty of God.

If nowe the authoritie of the Prince stretcheth it selfe to all these thinges, in the name of nourishing the Churche, which is farre aboue all bodilie nourishment or mayntenaunce of liuing: then is not the Chri­stian princes authority abased any whit thereby, in the making of Eccle­siasticall Lawes for these Eccl. matters, but much more confirmed and en­creased: so that, the prophetes meaning was not (as our Br. heere say [Page 1375] the prophet meaneth) that kinges and Queenes shall bee so carefull for the preseruation of the Church that they shall think no seruice too base for them, so they may profite the Churche of Christe withall: The Prin­ces seruice, Psal. 2. For it is no pro [...]i [...] at all vnto the Churche, for princes to abase them-selues as they haue done, vnto the Pope and his Ministers: who no lesse shameful­ly abused [...] prophesy, than the Princes simplie in beleeuing of them, did thinke indeede no seruice too base for them, that they might ( as they thought) profit the Church of Christe withall. But the prophetes mea­ning was rather of twayne, besides the comforting of the Church, to fore­tell not onely the Princes honorable reuerencing of the Church, but also that by their exaltation & greate authoritie aboue it, they shoulde becom of persecutors, (as it were) euen parents to it.

But now, if this testimonie wil not serue, to make Princes stoupe vnto their bent: they haue another at hand. Our Br. [...]. testimonie Psa. 2.10.11. Vnto this honorable subiection ( say they) the holy Ghost exhorteth princes in the 2. psalme: after that they haue tried that they preuayl nothing in striuing against the kingdome of Christe: Be nowe therefore wise O yee kinges, bee learned that Iudge the earth, serue the Lord with feare, and reioyce to him with trembling, declaring that it is a ioyful seruice to be obedient to Christ, yea, to serue God is indeede to reigne.

Our Brethren where they shoulde yet n [...]w [...] at length, Our Br. that promi­sed to treate of Princes gouerning, are nowe all in Princes obeying. according to their promise, w [...]en all their other tetrarche [...] were ser [...]ied, haue declared vnto vs, howe farre the Princes authoritie in the gouernment of Eccl. matters stretcheth: they are nowe altogether fallen from describing vnto vs the Princes authoritie, of which (God wot) wee haue hearde full litle yet) to the descript [...]n all of the Princes subiection. For although they commende it with the name of honourable, yet still it is but subiection that they speake of, not authoritie.

Albeit, I graunt, this is moste true, that it is a ioyfull seruice to bee o­bedient to Christe, yea, to serue God, is indeede to reigne, & better than to reigne in any worldly kingdome, without Gods seruice: and therefore the holy ghoste [...]oth well therein exhort those Princes, which haue tri­ed that they preuayl nothing in striuing against the kingdome of Christ to be wise, and learned and to serue the Lorde.

But let our Br. withall remember this, that they abuse not this ex­hortation of the holy ghost, spoken to those Princes that resisted Christs kingdome, by applying it here altogether to the Princes that we speak of, that only are true Christian Princes, & haue already subiected their king­doms to Christs kingdom. For nowe we enquire of godly Princes, Our Br. wrong appliyng this testimonie, Psalm. 2. what auth. they haue by Christ allowed thē, in the gouerning of his kingdō? Otherwise, if they apply this sentence thus, as though her Maiestie in not submitting herself and her auth. to these their decrees & orders, did as yet [Page 1376] resist the kingdome of Christe: Psalm. 2. they offer her Maiestie no small [...], nor she may well abase her authoritie so farre: nor any other Christian Prince, that hath subiected his kingdome to the obedience of the king­dome of Christe, as her Maiestie ( God bee praysed) hath do [...]n [...].

Not, but that (I graunt) there is still an vse of this exhortation euen to all Princes neuer so godly, to continue in this Wisedome, learning, and seruice of the Lorde, But her Maiestie ( God be praysed) being wise and Learned indeede, hath Learned and found out a great diff [...]renc [...], betwéen th [...] seruing of the Lorde himselfe, and the seruing of the seruaunts of the Lorde. How all the Cleargy are inferior to the Prince. For although there bee a seruice that the Prince oweth to them al­so, in respect that they in their diuine seruice of Gods worde and Sacra­ments represent God: yet, the Princes being also the seruaunts of God, as they again represent him in their seruice: so their seruice is such a high and supreme gouernment, as (set the verie action of the spiritual seruan [...]s diuine seruice aside) they are all inferiour to the Princes seruice, and in some respects, not onely Subiects, but seruaunts also to their Princes, and not the Princes seruaunts vnto them. Yea, euen in those diuine seruices, which the Ministers, Stewards, or seruants of God professe, the Christian Princes, being also the Ministers and seruaunts of God, haue an higher seruice, ministerie and Stewardship, in the general ouer-sight of those par­ticular ouer-seers, to ouer-see and ouer-rule them to doe their dueties, and with their aduise and counsell, deuising and determining what is fit­test, to make lawes and orders with them and aboue them, not onely to rule all his temporall subiects, but all his Eccl. subiects too, and euen him selfe in all due subiection to those his Lawes & orders, that he hath made. And that this seruice of the Prince to God, stretcheth hereunto, and to the Prince especially aboue all other: we haue heard how S. Augustine ex­poundeth this testimonie▪ And yet because our Br. lead vs heere vnto it, let vs again mark it a little better, whether it more infirme and abase, or confirm and augment the princes authoritie, in making decrees & lawes of Ecclesiasticall matters.

S. Aug. in his 50. Epistle, ad Bonifacium, vpon this verse, And nowe yee Kings vnderstand. &c. Howe then ( saith he) doe kinges serue the Lorde in feare? Aug. in epis. 50. ad Boni­facium. but in forbidding with a religious seueritie, and in punishing those thinges, which are done contrary to the commaundementes of the Lorde. For hee serueth otherwise in that hee is a man, and other­wise in that he is a King. For, in that he is a man, hee serueth in liuing faythfully. How the K. serueth God as a man, & howe as a king. But in that hee is also a King, hee serueth in the enacting with a conuenient vigour, Lawes that commaunde righteous mat­ters, and forbidde the contrary. Euen as Ezechias serued in destroying the groues and Temples of the Idolles, and those high places that were builded contrary to the commaundement of God. Euen as Iosias [Page 1361] serued, he also doing the same things. The example of the Kinges seruice. Euen as the King of the Niniuites serued, in compelling the whole Citie to appease God. Euen as Darius serued, in giuing it into Daniels power to breake the Idoll, and in casting the enemies to the Lyons. Euen as Nabuchodonozor serued, (of whom we haue already spoken) in forbidding by a terrible Lawe, all that were placed in his kingdome, from blaspheming God. The seruice that none can do but Prin­ces. In this therfore kings doe serue the Lord, when they doe those thinges to serue him, that none but Kinges can doe.

If this seruice then be the onely prerogatiue of the Princes authority, The Christi­an Princes su­premacie in Eccl. matters. that none but the Prince can doe: and this prerogatiue be, to make such Ecclesiasticall lawes, as some of these Princes Lawes were: howe doeth not this seruice plainely include the Princes supreme gouernment in Ecclesia­sticall causes? And sith this seruice of the Princes vnto Christ, consisteth principally in making lawes for Christ: no maruell then, if the holy ghost exhort Princes to be wise and to be learned, and to vnderstand, The wise chri­stian Prince may aswell giue aduice to his Clergie as take aduice of them. as the most necessary thing for them, to vnderstand the state of the Ecclesiasticall gouernment. So that, if their Clergie forstowe to doe their duetie; yet the Prince by this wisedome, learning and vnderstanding, might as well be a­ble to giue aduise againe (if néede be) euen to his Cleargie, in the making of many Ecclesiasticall lawes and orders: as to take aduise of them. As wee sée how diuers of the forenamed Princes did, (and that by their authoritie, with the aduice of wise and learned men,) both make lawes of Ecclesiasti­call matters, and haue a supreme gouernment in the maintenance and dire­ction of them.

Musculus writing on these woordes. And now ye kings vnderstande, Musculus in 2. Psal. &c. The nations and people ( saith he, and much more, say I, the Clergie) are not excluded: Why Princes are most espe­cially called vpon. but Kings & Iudges are by name called to bethinke them selues, euen for this cause that they are the heads of the nations, and of the people ( conteyning in the nation, Clergie and al) to whome it principally apperteineth to be subiect vnto the Lord, and to giue them­selues to bee leaders of the people that are their subiects, vnto this true obedience. For in two respects it standeth them vpon to be obedient to the Lord, first bicause they are subiect to his power, as are all other mor­tall men: and then because they are made his peculier Ministers, to this purpose, that hauing receaued power ouer their subiectes, they shoulde both their selues the will of God, and cause their subiects to be o­bedient to it. And Marlorate vpon these wordes, Serue the Lord in feare, noting out of Caluin saith: Princes therefore in this place are admoni­shed that they shall then raigne happilie, Marloratus in psal. 2. when their power is nothing else but Gods seruice. That is to say, where in commaunding and bid­ding, they serue not their owne lust, but gods will: neither vsurpe that tyrannical speech, Sic volo, sic iubeo, stet proratione voluntas: Thus wil I haue [Page 1362] it, The bene­fits by Prin­ces. 1. Tim. 2 thus I bid it be: it stands for reasō that it pleaseth me. But they say: Sie volo, sic iubeo, quia sic divina volunt as mandat, cui soli cuncta subesse decet, thus will I haue it, thus I bid it be; because this is the will of Gods decree: He bids it bee, to whome what ere he say; all creatures (will they nill they, ought obey. Let them also note this place which deny the power of the king & secular Magistrat (as they cal him) to haue ought to do in a cause of a religion. In what mat­ters Princes serue the Lord For, although the kingdom of Christ be in the harts of the beleeuers, notwithstanding it apperteineth to the Magistrate to haue a care, that the doctrine of the word may be retined in the Church, that I­dolatry and false worship may bee taken awaye, that the Ministers of the church may be commodiously mainteined, & that the aduersaries may be repressed, & then to forbid the name of God to be blasphemed, & to bring to passe that such as leade a godly life may liue in safety, but the wicked persons & those that are vnquiet may be punished & restrained ned. This then is the Princes seruice vnto God. And is not this as much, as to make good Eccl. lawes & orders, with the aduice & counsell of the wise & godly learned clergy, as hath done, and doth her Maiestie?

But now our brethren after they haue tryed. whether they shoulde pre­uaile by these two aforesaid testimonies, least these should not preuail in stri­uing against the Princes authority in Eccl. matters; they adioyn a third vn­to them out of the new testament, Our Br. third testimonie out of 1. Tim. 2. for the re­straynt of the Princes supre­macie. saying: And especially it is to be noted, where S. Paule commaundeth prayers and supplications to be made for the conuersion of kings vnto the knowledge of the truth, and their own saluation, that he alleageth this reason, that we may leade a quiet and peace­able life, in all godlines & honesty vnder their protection. A godly & honest life we may liue, vnder enimies of the church & persecutors: but a peaceable and quiet life in all godlines & honesty, onely vnder a christian Prince.

If they do it as paraphrasts, by way of some part of exposition, they adde these words well, vnder their protection. But in that they set them downe as the words of the text, me thinketh it somwhat ouer bold so to cite the holy scripture; or yet as paraphrasts, if they so limite the end of our prayers and supplications for Kings & Princes, The Princes authoritie stretcheth fur­ther than to protection. which (in these three benefites that the Apostle citeth,) stretcheth a great deale farther than to protection onely. For (as Dauid and other godly Princes were) they may be both protectors and procurers of the same, yea, the chiefe gouernors and directors in the setting foorth and maintenance of them.

Neither is S. Paules exhortation to pray for Princes, to be restrained onely to the praiers & supplications to be made, for the conuersion of kings vn the knowledge of the truth: but it stretcheth further, yea generally, as well for those that are conuerted, as those that are to be conuerted: & as well to giue thanks for the one, as to pray for the other, & not onely for their owne saluation: but that by their meanes, all their subiects likewise may attaine to [Page 1363] the way of saluation. 1. Tim. 2.

He reckoneth vp ( saith Caluine) the fruits that spring vnto vs, out of a principality that is well ordered: the first is a quiet life. For, Caluin in 1. Tim. 2. the magi­strats are armed with the sword, to kepe vs in peace. Except they should beate downe the audaciousnes of wicked men, al things would be ful of robberies & slaughters, &c. The second fruit is the conseruation ( or sal­uation) that is to wit, while the Magistrats indeuour to nourish religion, to plant the worship of God, to require the reuerence of holy thinges. The 3. is the care of publike honestie, &c. If these 3. things be taken away, what is the state of mans life? if any care therfore, The benefites that we haue by the Princes ministerie. either of publike tran­quility, or of Godlines, or of honesty touch vs, let vs remember to haue consideration of them, by the ministery of whom, so excellent things do come into vs.

Thus doth Caluin confesse) that the Ministery of the Prince stretcheth as far foorth, in procuring vnto vs the benefit of religion, as of the other twain: & therfore he concludeth, that we must pray for Princes aswell & as much (if not much more) for this benefite, as for the other.

Yea, saith he: If any man shall aske, whether prayer ought also to bee made for the Kings, of whom we receaue no such thing? I aunswere; Why wee should pray for Princes of whome we haue not these benefites our prayers ought to tend heereunto, that they being gouerned by the spi­rite of God, may begin to be the Ministers vnto vs of those good things, of which before they did depriue vs. And therfore it behooueth vs, not onely to pray for those that alredy are worthy, but we must pray to god, that of ill, he would make thē good. For we must alwaies hold this prin­ciple, that magistrats are appointed of God, aswell for the custody of re­ligion, as of tranquility & publike honesty; euen no otherwise, than the earth is ordeyned to bring forth norishing fruits. As therefore when we pray for our daily bread, we beseech god, that with his blessing he would make the earth fruitful; so in those former benefits, we must looke to the ordinary meane, which by his prouidence he hath appointed, &c.

Moreouer here are Princes (on the otherside) and whosoeuer are Ma­gistrats, admonished of their office. For it is not enough, if that they re­presse all iniuries, by rendering to euery one his right, & nourish peace: except that they promoat religion, The Princes office. & study to cōpose mens maners with an honest discipline. For Dauid doth not in vaine exhort them, to kisse the sōne: nor Esay in vaine denoūceth, that they shalbe the norishing fa­thers of the Church. Therfore they haue not to flatter thēselues, if they shal neglect to giue thēselues to be helpers to plant the worship of god.

Thus doth Caluin vpon this place, aduaunce and recommend vnto vs, the great & most necessary authority of Princes in Religion, & not alleage it to their restraint, (as doe our bretheren) cleane contrary to all the Godly inter­preters of this place.

[Page 1364]A godly and honest life ( say they) wee may liue vnder enimies of the Church and persecutors.

Very hardly (say I) and very fewe, except the mightyer power and grace of God preserue them. How hardly we may leade a godly life vnder perse­cutors. Howbeit our bretheren héere, doe but as they did be­fore, Pag. 9. where they saide: the Church of God was perfect in all her regiment, before there was any Christian Prince, yea, the Church of God may stande and doth stand at this day, in most blessed estate, where the ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauourers. And was it not e­nough and to much for them, in the beginning of their learned discourse, to haue put backe the treatise of the Princes authoritie, Our br. renew their old defa­cing of the Princes au­thority. tyll all their Clergie haue all their authorities first alotted out to euery one of them, and to put back the Princes with such a contumelie: but that now also, whē they should come to the place that they promised to reserue for them, instéede of commending their authority in Eccl. matters, thus still to abase it, & especially this grea­test benefite among all other, & far aboue them all, that vnder God chiefely floweth vnto vs from godly & religious Princes?

I graunt it springeth not from them, as from the onely or principall foun­teynes: for God himselfe & his grace that floweth vnto vs from him, is the chiefe fountaine, that cannot be stopped, where he vouchsafeth to infuse it: and his worde is euen a fountaine of life, in the preaching, teaching, reading, me­ditating, beléeuing, & obeying y same, sourging & flowing into all godlines and honestie in this life, & to life euerlasting. Which (though in the elect of God) cannot by any Princes power be dryed vp, or vtterle stopped, but that y e water course thereof will breake foorth with great force & violence, though not of bodily resistance, but of spirituall power & operation: yet notwithstanding, as it pleaseth God to vse the labor in the word of his Eccl. Ministers, for the planting & watring of his Church: so hath he ordeined godly Princes, ( where he of his great mercy raiseth them vp) to be the chiefe Gouernors & directors, The excellent benefit that we receaue by a godly prince. to ouersée the cundit pipes of these spirituall waters, to be conueyed into all y e offices of the Lords house, & into all the partes of their dominions, & to run orderly in their currents, & to remoue all y e stops, & to clense all the corrupti­ons, & as néed is, to repaire & amend all the pipes: or els the effects of godli­nes & honesty shalbe greatly hindered, be spilt, or run another waye; and dis­honesty & vngodlines ouerflowe.

This therfore, (if wee shall respect the generall course of these effects in the Church, throughout the whole states of Realmes & Dominions, rather than some rare & particular persons,) is not so well spokē as it should be of our Bre. that a godly & honest life we may liue, In the worde godlines S. Paule vnder­standeth the worship of God. vnder enemies of the Church & persecutors. For the enemies & persecutors ( except god miraculously do turne it otherwise, to his glory & his elects confirmation) are the greatest hin­derers & ouerthrowers, both of honesty, & of all Godlines. In which woord godlines ( especially when the Apostle addeth, in al godlines) not onely god­lines [Page 1365]of life ( as the Papists confesse) which is but all one w t honestie: but (as we haue shewed out of Caluine) the godlines of religion or true worship of God is most especially comprehēded, as Beza also wery wel doth note theron.

This ( saith he) is a most noble place, not onely against the anabaptists & all other fanatical (or mad-spirited) persons, that think the Magistrate is to be taken away: but also against that most cruell charity ( or brother­hood of loue) of the Academikes, which of late haue crept in, & yeeld not to Magistrates a right, against the disturbers of true Religion: when as mention is here expresly made [...], that is, The Princes duty before all things to set foorth true re­ligion. of the iust & lawful worship, of which onely before other things, it behoueth the godly Ma­gistrates to be the mainteyners & setters forth. Yea, so far foorth, that so often as there should be any necessity, eyther to forgoe religion, or ciuil peace: what Princes soeuer would not prefer that before this, they should wittingly, & aduisedly bind thēselues, with a most grieuous offence, &c.

Thus againe doth Beza on this sentence, commend the authority of the Christian Prince, The peaceable & quiet life that our Bre. graunt we haue by Prin­ces. a great deale further here than do our bre. and yet I denie not, this is somwhat, that they will yet graunt thus much; that we may liue a peaceable & quiet life, in all godlines and honesty onely vnder a chri­stian Prince. For so can we not do, vnder enemies & persecutors: for they wil suffer none to liue a quiet and godly life, that are the professors of true religi­on, but to the vttermost of their power, destroy them, or disturbe their peace and quietnes. And how then will our bre. iustifie their former saying, Pag. 9? the Church of God may stand, and doth stand at this day in most blessed estate, where the ciuill Magistrates are not the greatest fauorers? Is that a blessed, and most blessed estate: Our Bre. here confute their former saying Pag 9. when they that professe godlines & ho­nesty cannot liue a peaceable nor quiet life? doth not the Church of God stand in a great deale far more blessed estate, where they may leade a peaceable and quiet life in all godlines and honesty? and therefore sith they con­fesse héere, and that more truly, that this benefite is onely vnder a Christian Prince: it followeth, that their other saying was not true: no, nor yet this: &al­beit in part, this be the truer of the twaine; yet it aunswereth not home to the due commendation & setting foorth of a christian Princes authority, how far it stretcheth in matters of Religion. For although quietnes & peaceable­nes in these things, is no small cōmodity (for a man would giue much, to buy his peace & to liue in quietnes?) neuertheles, since that in these things is not the onely end, nor the chiefest end of Christian Princes, nor the greatest be­nefite that we receaue by them; but their helpe, furtherance, & supreme au­thority vnder Christ, in setting out godly and honest lawes, Our Bre. s [...]t not foorth the best parts of the benefites by a godly Prince. ordinances & decrees, with the aduice of their godly learned Clergie in those matters, for y e establishment & maintenance of godly Religion & honest life in peace and quietnes, therfore our bre. do not here sufficiently set foorth all, nor the best part of the benefits, that we receiue by the authority of a godly Chri­stian [Page 1366] Prince: nor so much as the auncient examples both in the old testamēt, & as the allowance of the new Testament, or as the foresaid practise of y e Em­perors & Kings in Christendom doth allow, nor as we our selues haue both of late felt, The benefites that we receiue from God by her maiesty. in the gouernments, of that most Heroicall Prince King Henry the 8. and the most vertuous King Edward the 6. or that now especially (if we be not to vnthankfull, in not recognizing the manifold & excéeding bene­fites, that daily we all receiue & enioy from the godly raigne of our most gra­tious soueraigne Queene Elizabeth, which now most happily raigneth ouer vs, God be highly blessed for her, and God vouchsafe still to blesse her, and giue vs better grace in all duty & thankfulnes to acknowledge it. Much bet­ter doth Beza, Beza in Christ confesse, ca 5. act. 44. euen on this sentence also, in his confession. cap. 5. article 44. acknowledge these benefites of the Christian Prince, saying: It remaineth that we treate vppon the Magistrate, to wit, one of the members of the Church, & that in his kind, placed before the other without any excep­tion. As that whose force is architectonicall or building, the office ther­fore of this magistrate, is to conserue the publike peace & tranquillity. But when as that cannot well be done, but that in the firste place, the true worship of God must flowrish, from the which onely all true felicity springeth; The chiefest office of Chri­stian Magi­strates. it followeth that nothing ought of Christian Magistrates to be esteemed higher, than that they haue the church ordered, according to the prescript of Gods word, the authority wherof they ought to de­fend & mainteine, against al the froward contemners & disturbers ther­of, following the example of Dauid, &c.

This thing ( say they) the Church most hūbly desireth of the Prince: for this end, the Church continually praieth to God for the Prince: in this respect, The lear­ned disc. pag. 145. the church most obediently submitteth her selfe vnto the prince as a childe to his nurse, that both Prince and people may honor God in this life, and after this life raigne with Christ euerlastingly.

This conclusion is a great deale better than the premisses. For in them, we had all thinges still driuen, to the Princes abasing of themselues vnto the Church. Bridges. Which subiection notwithstanding, in the foresaid sense, as she is y e spouse of Christ, & the Prince a particular person; as she is the mother, & the Prince her childe, Our Br con­clusion better then all their premisses. so well as any of his subiects: we deny it not. But here now at length, our bre. tell vs another tale; how the church desireth of the Prince; how the Church not onely praieth continually for the Prince; but also most obediētly submitteth her selfe vnto the Prince, as a child to his nursse. In these words is inferred a great authority of the Prince ouer the Church. Now, if we shal see, what y e matters are, wherin this authority of the Prince ouer y e church cōsisteth: al this controuersy is forthwith cōcluded.

The doubtfull re [...]ea [...]e of our B [...]e [...]hrens speeches. And here, to the specifying of this point, this thing ( say our bre.) the church most humbly desireth of the Prince: what is this thing? For this end, the Church continually prayeth to God for the Prince: & what is this end? In this respect the Church most obediently submitteth her selfe vnto the [Page 1367] Prince, as a childe to his nurse, and what also is this respect? For, Our Bre. & our graunt to the pri [...]ce. we may either refer, this thing, this end, & this respect, eyther to the words that wēt before; or to the words y t follow. If we shall refer them to the words y t follow; that both Prince & people may honour god in this life and after this life raign with christ euerlastingly: our br. frō giuing to little, may giue too much, Princes the meanes to s [...]l­uatio [...]. except they make Princes to be but as meanes & instruments herevnto; as also be y e Eccl. ministers in their callings. Both of thē the prince & they, are y e instruments & meanes that God hath ordeined to this end, in the gouernment of his church, by the making of good Eccl. lawes that both Prince and peo­ple may honor God in this life, 1. Sam. 2.30 [...]. & of the consequence that God hath vouh­safed to set downe, (I will honor them that honor me) theymay after this life, raigne with Christ euerlastingly.

But if we shall refer this thing, this end, & this respect, to the words, go­ing before, that is, a peaceable and a quiet life, in all godlines & honesty: then are we neuer the hearer for the point in question, to know how far foorth, in procuring a peaceable & quiet life, in al godlines & honesty, The pitch of the controuer­sie betweene vs concerning this question. our br. wil graūt the authority of the Prince to stretch: whether to make (with the aduice of their learned clergy) Eccl. lawes, cōducing aswel to godlines, y t is to say, to gods true religion & worship; as to honesty & to a peaceable & quiet life, yea or no. For this is the very pitch of the question in controuersy.

They say, that the Prince with the aduice of the learned clergy maye make ciuill lawes for Eccl. matters.

And we say, that the Prince with the aduice of the learned clergy, may make, euen Eccl. lawes, or lawes not onely for, but of Eccl. matters. They say, that the Pastors onely (though for a shew now and then they ioyne with the Pastors, Th [...] difference betweene vs. those whom they tearm the gouernors) must make the decrees & lawes Eccl. apperteining to order cōlines & aedification of the church yea, who but teachers & preachers is able to know thē? & then the prince must make ciuill lawes to bind the people to al eccl, orders, that they be­ing instructed by the word of god, through the ministery of the prea­ching of the same, shall vnderstande, to bee profitable for edifying the church of christ, & to the aduancement of the glory of god. And yet som­what furder, If any shal offend against the lawes, whether he be preacher or hearer, besides the eccl. censure which he should not escape; he is al­so to be punished in body by the ciuil magistrate. we say, that the prince hath a part, & that a principal part, euen in the very making of all these eccl. lawes, orders or decrees, in that he maketh thē by his royall consēt to be eccl. lawes, orders & decrees. For till the princes royall assent, rati­fie them, ( if there be a christian Prince so to do) they be but determinatiōs what should or may bee done, and are indéede rather deliberations and aduise­ments, than that they haue the vigor & force of decrees and lawes.

So that, the Prince tarryeth not (as they say) till the Clergy haue fully de­creed it for a lawe, & afterward by the Ministery of their preaching, they [Page 1368] let him vnderstand what decrees and lawes they haue made: How the Prince is a nurse & then must he obserue them, and binde his people vnto them, & punish those that of­fend against them: but we say, that they deuise them, & he enacteth them. They say, they should be; & he saith, they shall be: and so he maketh the Eccl. lawes with their aduices. This is the very point, y t if they could they should, or rather should not, but woulde infringe. For in this chiefely consisteth, the Princes supreme authority in Eccl. matters that we defend, and they thus begin to call in question.

But euen their owne similitude doth here beate them: that they say, in this respect the church most obediently submitteth her selfe vnto the Prince as a child to his nurse. For if the Church doth so submit her selfe to the Prince: Our Brethrens similitude of a nurse against them. then, as the nursse doth not onely procure peace & quietnes to the child, in the things that are necessary for him, but doth giue him suck also, and nourisheth him with milke from her owne brests, besides other things that she prouideth, and not onely dresseth & trimmeth vp the childe, but also ap­pointeth orders & rules to others in the house, how the child should be kept & tended: so the Prince in all these things not onely for quietnes & safety of the church, nor for ciuill honesty onely & conuersation of life; but also in fee­ding the Church with the milke of Gods word ( as euen the very interli­neall glosse of the Papists thēselues, cannot shun, but confes that interpreta­tion, it is so forcible against them) & how is this the feeding them w t this milk from the Princes brests? since they their selues do not Preach the word; but by that authority that is in the Prince to set forth Eccl. lawes, for the fee­ding of the people with gods word, by all such other meanes besides prea­ching, teaching, & ministery of the Sacraments, as is competent to their princely estate: that is to say, by making Eccl. lawes, orders, & decrees, for the norishing and gouerning of the Church. Though still, in respecte the Princes are but particular persons, they againe are but as the children, the Pastors their nurses; God their father; & the Church their mother. And thus (we graunt) as mutuall meanes & instruments therunto, they haue on all parts, this authority giuen them of god, that (as our brethrē say) both Prince and people may honor God in this life, and after this life, reigne with christ euerlastingly. And this is all that our Bre. say, of the supreme authority of Christian Princes in Ecclesiasticall matters.

Thus haue wee briefely set foorth a forme of reformation, touching matters Eccl. (as we are throughly perswaded, agreeable to the word of God, & as we are able to proue, consenting with the example of the pri­mitiue church, The lear­ned disc. pag. 145. building onely vpon the most sure foundation of the ca­nonicall scriptures: but intending more at large, if occasion shall serue, hereafter to set forth the practise & consent of the godly fathers in their actes, Counsels & writings, following the same rule and interpretation of the scripture that we haue done,

[Page 1369] And thus also haue we fully & throughly heard, The Epi­logue of this learned disc. what our bre. briefly or largely haue set foorth, in all this their learned discourse of Eccl. gouern­ment, for the fourme of reformation touching Ecclesiasticall matters. Bridges.

Here therefore, hauing now finished their whole discourse, which in the front thereof they haue intituled, A briefe and playne declaration, contey­ning the desires of all those faithfull Ministers, that haue and doe seeke for the reformation of the Church of England: Our Brethrens Epilogue of this learned discourse. They now enter into the Epilogue or small per-oration, for the knitting vp of all the matters, that in this learned discourse haue bene layd downe.

And first, whereas (the more to perswade the reader to beléeue them) they say, this forme that they haue here set forth, Our Brethrens perswasion that this their forme is agree­able to Gods word. is (as they are throughly per­swaded) agreeable to the word of God: I aunswer, this is not materiall, what they are or are not throughly perswaded to bee agreeable to the word of God. For though in Christ, we wish as wel to them, as they to vs: yet depende wee no more on their perswasions to themselues, than they on ours to vs.

But if they could haue brought, or can bring, any sufficient and cléere profe of matter, out of the worde of GOD indeede, We depend not on our Brethrens per­swasion, but on their proues that might perswade vs throughly thereunto: If they could doe that, it were very materiall, and by the grace of God, wee should not gaynsay it, contrary to our consciences, but yéeld on all hands thereunto, and bee as throughly perswaded as there are. But this must bee with better and firmer prooues of Gods worde, than ei­ther our Bre. haue yet alledged, or any other that euer I read, agreeable or inclinable to their opinion. For, setting aside all such perswasions of men; this perswasion must bee wrought with pure matter. For till then, they can neuer throughly perswade other, to be perswaded as they bee, if they their selues be indeed (as they say they are) throughly perswaded. And although I may be somewhat easily perswaded, that they are somewhat perswaded, that this their forme is agreeable to Gods word: yet as yet, I can neither be throughly perswaded, that they their selues are throughly so perswa­ded of this forme: nor that this forme of this learned discourse ( let the learning, in eche mans perswasion, goe as it shall) is either the discourse, declaration, or desires, of all those faithfull Ministers, that haue and doe seeke for the discipline and reformation of the Church of England. Our Brethrens perswasion of our Bishops and most of the Clergie.

For first, they are not (I think) perswaded that all, or any one of our Bi­shops, and a great many, if not all, or the most part of vs, are so perswaded, either throughly, or in parte, or at all.

If they shall vtterly herein reiect all our Bishops and all vs, besides onely themselues, as no faithfull ministers: that were too arrogant a parte in them selues, and too iniurious and cōtumelious to all the Ministers in the Church of England, that are not throughly perswaded as (they say) they bee. Yea, this contumelie and iniurie would in [...]lude many not onely of their owne fa­uourers, [Page 1370] that yet are not perswaded at all, Our Br. per­swasion of this forme. in many things conteyned in this learned discourse, but vtterly mislike them, and will perhaps bee lesse and lesse perswaded, Our bre. their selues not per­swaded of this forme but dis­senting frō it. and more mislike them, when they view and consider better of the matters, of the groundes, of the prooues, and of the drifts thereof. But if they meane this through perswasion, to be of them onely that doe openly professe their discontentment, and are recusants and accusants of th [...] gouern­ment established in Ecclesiasticall matters, and that speake or write agaynst it, and haue set out other bookes, or that haue compl [...]tted themselues toge­ther in deuising and setting foorth this fourme of reformation, which they call a learned discourse, and a declaration of all the faithfull Ministers, &c. which who they are, and what number they be of, God knowes, I know not: yet this I know, and it is apparant, that diuers of them are so farre from being throughly perswaded in the forme here set foorth; that almost none of their writings & bookes in many poynts, Our bre. con­demning all ministers disa­greeing from them to be vn­faithfull. and some of those very materiall, are agreeable either one with another, or with this forme, as by conference of them will easily appeare. And some of their diuers opinions, and cleane contrary positions, we haue here seene, as occasion hath serued to obserue the same. Yea, we haue séene, how their owne selues oppugne their owne selues, with diuers and contrary assertions in this learned discourse. And then by this title of their forme, that it is the desires of all the faithfull Ministers, that seeke for the discipline & reformatiō of the Church of England; all those different frō these, seeke a wrong discipline & reformatiō, & are vn­faithfull Ministers, & call their own faithfulnesse & seeking in question too.

But I verely thinke (God forgiue me if I thinke amisse) where this lear­ned discourse is set fo [...]th in the name of all the faithfull Ministers that de­sire & seeke for the reformatiō of the Church of England: if they would declare their names who they bee, and that they were asked their voyces by scrutinie, or might deliuer the same as fréely as they their selues would wish; our scrutators whē they had nūbred al their voyces, would returne vs a fayre Non placet. If they would not rather many of them, euen openly disclayme their cōsent for their parts, & professe that this forme is none of their forme, nor they desire nor seeke for many of these straunge and daungerous mat­ters, that in this learned discourse are prescribed. Yea, whosoeuer were the writers hereof, in the names of all the faithfull Ministers; me thinketh they began euen here somewhat to s [...]agger, and dare not in playne wordes for a round conclusion say; Our bre. begin to shrinke in their perswa­sion. this forme is plat and playne set downe, and prescribed or commaunded in the word of God; and that they are throughly so per­swaded. No, they haue yet more grace than so: & they pronounce their words more warylie, saying: it is agreeable to the word of God. Howbeit, they deale not well in this cunning cōueyance of their words, that vnder the quar­ter sayle of agreeable, will so compasse the winde, till they set vp full sayle, and thrust it vpon vs, not onely as agreeable; but as flatly commaunded and [Page 1371] prescribed. For if it prescribe not, but be [...] onely agreeable, as here they say; agreeable form [...]o gods word. then are not we of any such necessitie bound thereto, but that wee may keepe this forme of Ecclesiasticall gouernment, that is alreadie established, Agreeabl or disagreeable to gods word. well enough; except our Bretheren can proue it to bee disagreeable. Yea, so disa­greeable, that it be repugnant to the word of God: which as yet they haue not, withall their heauing and shouing, bene able to doe. And yet, if they could prooue it to bee disagreeable: this inforceth no necessitie of their forme; no, though we should also admit that it were agreeable to the word of God: which neither yet haue they bene able to doe, withall their éeching and wrin­ging of Gods word, to prooue it.

But for all this, they say, they are able to prooue, that their forme of re­formation here set forth, is consenting with the example of the Primi­tiue Church.

Indéede they sayd not so much before, for the agreeablenes of this forme to the worde of God, that they were able to proue it; but onely that they were throughly perswaded it is agreeable. But for all their perswasion, we haue (thankes be to God) plainly seene it proued, that it is much disagre­able frō the word of God, euen in euery of the persons of their Tetrarchie, and in many other great and important poynts: and not onely disagreeable, but contrary. But now, when they come from the word of GOD, to the Primitiue Church, where they begin to take vppon them somewhat more boldly, that they are able to proue: what now are they able to proue? any rule, commaundement, or prescription of this forme? No. What our Br. say they are a­ble to prooue. But (say they) we are able to proue it to be consenting with the example of the Primitiue Church. What? doe they passe cleane ouer all rule, commaundement, and prescription, as a matter that they dare not so much as touch, or looke after, but leape at the first choppe into example? Or doth euery example in the Primitiue Church make a prescription? consenting with the example of the pri­mitiue church. or is equiualent with a rule or com­maundement? or if it doe not; how doth it binde vs? especially, vnderstanding the example of the Primitiue Church, so as here they doe, in a seperate sence from that, that is conteyned in the Scripture: for so I take it, that they ment the scripture only, whē they spake before of the word of God: and that now by y example of the Primitiue Church they meane y e tyme immediat­ly succéeding y t time, What they meane by the primitiue Church. that is expressed in the word of God. And yet, though they did cōprehend in y e name of the Primitiue Church, the tyme also expres­sed in the word of God, or any example in the word of God: they should hardly vrge a rule, or prescriptiō of some one exāple, if they haue nothing els but only some such exāple for it. Wel might an exāple be brought for an in­stance of the practise, of some one poynt or matter set foorth in this forme: Euery exāple neither infer­reth a rule nor generall prac­tise. but what would y t serue, for any exāple of all the poynts & matters, y t they haue set forth in this forme? Can they prooue a general practise of all these, or of any one [...]oint vpon which they haue discoursed, that the exāple thereof [Page 1372] was vsed vniuersally, Our Br. wa­rie speeches. and in continuall practise in the Primitiue Church? Understand the Primitiue Church how they please; they haue not yet she­wed vs any such example. No, in very deede not any one example, that is aunswerable to this their prescribed forme.

Yes (say they) wee are able to proue this forme, to be consenting to the example of the Primitiue Church.

Consenting? what meane they by that: So they told vs before, of being agreeable to the word of God, and doe they now tell vs of consenting to the example of the Primitiue Church? Why doe they now begin so spa­ringly to mince their termes, and as it were by ounces thus warily to way their words, Why our Br. doe thus now in the end re­strayne their speeches. in the ending of this their learned discourse? What, is it now, in fundo parsimonia? or are they now waxen more wise, than before in the discourse of all their learning? They had wont to followe the matter so freshly, to vrge and presse on euery thing so peremptorily, that it was so, and it is so, and it shall be so: euery coniecture was a conclusion; euery example was a prescription; yea, euery word a sentence, euery sentence a rule, and eue­ry rule without all exception; there is no remedie, thus and thus it must bee. And now, when it comes to the vpshot and last reckoning, I cannot tell how, all is dasht. Or doe they misdoubt, they haue somewhat ouershot them­selues before? And it is good to keepe some sober for an after reckoning, and therefore they now come in, with these more circumspect termes. Well, yet when all is done, it is either at least, agreeable to Gods word: or at least, wee are throughly so perswaded: or if it were not in the worde of God: yet at least, it was in the Primitiue Church: or at least, there was then the example of it: or at least, it was consenting with the example. Nay then Bretheren, and ye can driue it on thus: was it not at least, your own consent that we should imagine it for an example, or at least, was it not indéede mere nothing? Parturiunt montes nascetur ridiculus mus? is all this platforme come now to this, that it is consenting to the exāple of the Primitiue Church?

Well then, if it bee but consenting, and that but with example, and that but of the Primitiue Church: then, the market is well fallen, and perhaps mard, for the vtterance of these wares. And as we had before nothing but a­greeable, so it may fall out, that it is neither agreeable, nor consenting; at least, this is manifest that agreeable and consenting is not the same. Yea indeede, this forme of reformation that our Bretheren vrge, is neither the same, nor agreeable, nor consenting. And yet, admit it were consenting in matters that are not prescribed, not only other formes agreeable and con­senting, Agreeable and consenting are not the same. but euen disagreeable and dissenting also in some poynts, are so little to be condemned, that they may be very well allowed: or (to come downe as they doe) they may at least, be so well borne withall, that the vnitie of doc­trine, and peace of God, should not be broken, nor Scismes made for them in his Church. But since our Bretheren here, after Gods word, stand vpon the [Page 1373] consenting with the example of the Primitiue Church: Our Br. dis­sent and dis­agreeablenes what tyme will they limite for the Primitiue Church? For if we shall vnderstand it (as com­monly it is vnderstood) for all the tyme of the persecutions till Constantines reigne? Our Br. forme not cōsenting with the Pri­mitiue church. how can they proue the forme of reformation that is here prescri­bed, to bee consenting with the example of the Primitiue Church: yea, take it for any age after the Apostles: yea, in the very Apostles tymes? Can they name but one Doctor in any place, that might not or did not applye his doctrine, and exhort, and preach? they haue not named him. Can they name any one Church, where al the Pastors were so equall, that they had not a Bi­shop, or some one hauing a standing superiour gouernment ouer the resi­due, if there were many Pastors in that Church; or if they had not at al times, might not haue had, as well other Churches had; as wee haue seene what a number of such superiour Bishops there were in the Primitiue Church? Or can they name the mā, that was such a gouerning Elder as might not teach, or any Church that had them, Our Brethren can shewe no example in the Primi. Church for the most of their chie­fest positions. speaking of such as were Ecclesiasticall or Church Presbyters Priestes or Elders? Or if there were any such in some Churches; that there was such, and a Consistorie of them, in all the Primi­tiue Churches? Or can they tel who, where, and when, there were such Dea­cons, as medled onely with the care of the poore, and contributions for them, or distributions to them, that did not also attend vpon the Pastors, and might not bee admitted (as occasion serued) either to preach, teach, nor administer the Sacraments, nor so dispose themselues thereto, that they might be prepared to be made Pastors? Can they shewe that excommunica­tion was so pronounced by such as were not Ministers of the word, that all the people or a Segniorie of them in their names, were ioyned with the Pastors, in the power of the keyes, or for the Spirituall binding and lo­sing? Can they shewe that all which were elected and ordeyned Pastors, were elected and ordeyned onely in Synodes; and the Pastorall Elders of the worde no longer accounted Pastorall Elders, than they were onely in the place where their Pastorall charge did lye? And a number there are of such thinges, in this forme of reformation pretended, of which they can neuer shewe in the Primitiue Church any example; although perhaps of some thinges, they might shewe some example, and yet that not generall, nor any perpetuall rule thereof, to binde all Churches and all ages to that example.

But they doe well here to tell vs, that they are able to prooue all this. Our Bretheren say they are a­ble to proue it. And why then (if they bee able) haue they not done it? Doe they want the act and esse, whereof they tolde vs, pag. 126? And haue they now in the end found out (to dare vs withall) a potentiall abilitie in the Clowdes? Doe they tell vs now (when they haue finished all their learned discourse there­on) that they are able to prooue it? It had bin bet­ter if thei could haue sayd they haue proued it. Me thinkes it had bene a iolier hearing, to haue heard them say, we haue proued it. And I am throughly perswaded [Page 1374] in this, Our Br. abi­litie of proofe that if they had throughly perswaded themselues that they had pro­ued it, they would not haue strayned courtesie to haue tolde vs, that they had proued it, and not haue sayd now, they are able to proue it.

But it is a signe of grace, that our Brethren haue this shamefastnesse, that yet they will not goe thus farre, A token of grace not to boast they haue done that they haue not done. as to say they haue proued that, which their owne consciences witnesseth, and all the world may see, they haue not pro­ued, in all this their learned discoursing on the matter.

Well, what of that: though they haue not as yet proued it; yet, what say we to this? They are able to proue it.

Be they so indeede? Let them doe it then, say I, a Gods blessing, begin when they list, so they doe it more orderly than they haue hetherto gon to worke. But till then, I stand still on this; prooued it they haue not. And (for any thing that they haue alreadie sayd) we neede not doubt, but that we shall (by Gods grace) bee as well able to improue it, as they to proue it, except they haue better prooues to come, than as yet wee haue seene any. And if they shall be able to bring such prooues as shall prooue it indeede: I for my parte (God willing) as I shall bee able, will bee also as readie, to yeeld most gladly so farre, as they shall be able to proue it.

Building ( say they) onely vpon the most sure foundation of the cano­nicall Scriptures. How our Bre­thren haue builded on the foundation of the Scripture.

That (saye I) is a most sure foundation indeede, and yet withall they must build well and surely, and with good matter, not with stubble, sticks, and combustible stuffe vpon it.

But, that they haue neither built the forme set forth in this learned discourse, onely vpon this most sure foundation; nor, where they haue ta­ken any plot of ground out of scripture, as their foundation to build vpon any peece of this litigious frame, they haue done otherwise than to enforce that platforme on that ground with no right nor proprietie thereunto; nor yet haue builded thereon as good and skilfull builders should haue done; nor with such firme stuffe and mettall as will abyde the tryall of the fire: I referre it to the Surueyers of the woorke, and to all such as are expert in this kind of Architecture, to giue their iudgements both of the whole modill of this plotforme, and of euery parcell thereof, and of all their stuffe, work­manship, and maner of their building.

But our Bretheren put vs in better comfort, that if all this learned dis­course will not serue; they are not mynded to leaue off so.

But intending ( say they) more at large, if occasion shall serue, hereafter to set foorth, Our Bre. pro­mise to set forth the aun­cient Fathers of these things the practise and consent of the godly fathers in their acts, Councels and writings, following the same rule and interpretation of the Scripture, that we haue done.

Verely, neither this learned discourse, nor any other of our Bretherens, as yet set forth, no, nor any thing in Caluin, Beza, or Danaeus, ( for I take [Page 1375] it, What our Bretheren haue perfor­med. that our Bretheren haue most followed these three) or any other treatise that is extant, (at least, that I could euer see or reade) doth nor can proue the forme of reformation, that our Bretheren haue here in this learned dis­course prescribed. So that, they do well to be intending of some other peece of worke: for I see no other remedie, (to perswade vs so throughly, as they say they are) but that we must intend also on their further intending, when and whatsoeuer they shall more at large hereafter set foorth as occasion shall serue. Which (what occasion they intend it shall be) I remit to God.

And if they shall truely set foorth this that here they solemnly promise, of the practise and consent of the godly fathers in their acts, Councels and writings: I dare (by preuention) say thus much before hand, let me prooue it, as I shall be able, that they shall neuer be able to prooue, that those godlie fathers followed the same rule and interpretation of the scripture, that our Bretheren haue followed, What our Br. shall do if they shall truly per­forme this promise. in the fourme of this their learned dis­course of Ecclesiasticall gouernment: or that herein, either Caluin, or Be­za, or Danaeus, and other our Bretheren haue so done.

Not that I burthen them as falsaries: (whom I honor as godly fathers also, and deere bretheren, with all due reuerence) but as mistakers of those auncient godly fathers, as we haue partly seene alreadie, and shal see further, by Gods grace, when the performance of this promise shall come foorth, to examine throughly, Doctors. how they interpreted or practised the office of Doc­tors not exhorting nor applying the Scriptures; to search more narrowly, how they interpreted the rules, and practised the office of Bishops and Pastors: and whether one among the Pastorall Elders, were not in dignitie and iurisdiction, a continuing superiour, to whom the residue yéelded a pro­prietie of the name of Bishoppe: yea, whether it were practised otherwise, Bishops and Pastors. a­mong those godly fathers, in any Church in all Christendome from the Apostles tymes, vntill Constantines: yea, whether other of our Bretheren themselues, both Caluin, Beza, Danaeus, and diuers others, doe not confesse as much in playne words? And therefore, if they shall hereafter when occa­sion shall serue them, alleadge those godly fathers to the contrary, that is to wit, to proue all Pastorall Elders to haue bene all in dignitie and iu­risdiction equall, and Bishops all alike, one as much as another, except onely for a prerogatiue to some one Pastor, in some Synodall assembly: let them also intend to this, whether they should not manifestly hale th [...]se godly fathers interpretations and practise, cleane contrary to their mea­ning and doing, yea cleane contrary to their owne consciences and open as­sertions, that should so alleadge them.

To peruse likewise the writings, acts, and counsels, Consistorie of Elders. of those godly fa­thers, how they vsed their Consistories of Elders, where they had any (as in great Cities they had) whether they were of such Presbyters, Priestes or Elders, as being Ecclesiasticall persons, they had not to meddle in pub­like [Page 1376] teaching, but were gouernours onely; and not how many of those godly fathers, but whether any of them, interprete those words of Christ, Math. 18. Math. 18. Tell the Church; as Caluin and our Bretheren do interpret them. And further, to consider the interpretations, writings, acts, and Councels of those godly fathers, Deacons. for the vse and practise of the Deacons: whether besides the collections and distributions for the poore, they might not al­so be imployed to the publike teaching of the word of God, as occasion serued, nor to the ministring of the Sacraments, nor to the attendance in the diuine seruice on the Bishops and Pastors, whose proper office consi­sted therein. If our Bretheren shall proue all these things to haue bene so vsed, to haue bene so interpreted, and so practised, in the practise and con­sent of the godly fathers, in their acts, Coūcels and writings, following the same rule and interpretation of the Scripture, that our Bretheren in the forme of reformation prescribed in this learned discourse of Ecclesia­sticall gouernment, haue done: when they shall haue performed all this, and shall, as they intend more at large, as occasion shall serue, hereafter set it forth, that we may also be throughly perswaded by it: then will I say also for these our Bretheren, that they shal haue better acquit themselues than as yet they haue done, yea, than any hetherto haue done. If not rather in at­tempting this, they shall not doe, yet worse than they haue done, and worse than any other haue done; if they shalbe manifestly found to wrest the inter­pretations, writings, practise, consents, acts and Councels, of those godly Fathers.

What wee haue heard alreadie in those godly Fathers, cited the more at large, The godly fa­thers agaynst our Bretheren in all these things. and the greater number of them, euen to the tedious tyring both my selfe and the reader; but chiefly to auoyd all suspition of wresting or abusing them, and to shewe the greater consent of them, and the more continuall and vniuersall practise of them: and how in all these things those godly Fathers doe hetherto appeare (at least wise in my simple iudgement) cleane contrarie to this forme of our Bretheren, set forth in this learned discourse, for all these matters of this their quadripartite gouernment in Ecclesiasticall causes, being the greatest poynts, or next the greatest here in controuersie: I referre all past on both parts to God and the reader, praying the reader, till this their promise bee perfourmed, when they shal hereafter haue occasion; in the meane tyme to consider better of this their learned discourse, and of this (though not comparing in learning, but pleading for trueth) my well meaning aunswer thereunto.

Our Bretheren hauing now made this repetition, what they haue done, or rather would haue done; and giuen vs this promise, what they are inten­ding hereafter to doe: The lear­ned disc. pag. 146. herevpon they proceede to a solemne protestation, of the causes that moued them to set forth this learned discourse.

Therefore wee protest before the liuing God, and his holy Angelles, [Page 1377] and before the Lord Iesus Christ, Our Br. pro­testation. that shall come to iudge the quicke and the dead, and before the Queenes maiestie our most gracious soue­raigne, and the whole assemblie of all estates of this Realme: Our Br. prote­station of the causes of this learned dis­course. that as the whole world may playnlie see, wee seeke hereby not our owne profite, case nor aduauncement, but only the glorie of God, and the profite of his Church: so by this present writing wee discharge our conscience ac­cording to our dutie, which is to shewe vnto all men the true way of re­formation, and to mooue them that haue authoritie to put it in prac­tise, and to seeke by all lawfull and ordinarie meanes, that it may take place, that if it may please GOD to giue it good successe, at this tyme to bee imbraced, wee maye fulfill the rest of our course with ioye.

The maner of our Bretherens protestation, I would haue liked a great deale better, to haue had our Lord Iesus Christ, Bridges. ( being also himselfe the li­uing God, one and coequall with the father) set before his holie Angels, The maner of our Br. prote­station. be they neuer so holie.

But now, as they protest before the liuing God, our heauenly father, and before the Lord Iesus Christ his sonne our sauiour, that shall come to iudge the quicke and the dead, and before his holie Angels: and before the Queenes Maiestie our most gracious Soueraigne, and before the whole assemblie of all estates of this Realme, meaning the high Court of Parliament: so, howsoeuer they may deceiue mortall creatures, God is not mocked, as the Apostle sayth. And therefore our Bretheren haue to take great heede, what they haue here protested in the name of God, (whereof sayth Dauid Psal. 111. Holie and fearefull is his name) if they mynde not as seriously and religiously the matter, as they haue thus solemnelie prote­sted the name.

I speake this (which I am hartilie sorie to speake) seeing this great ouer­zealousnes of our Bretheren, that in their earnestnes (if they meane earnest, or els it is a great deale worse) auowe these high speeches in the name of God, of Angels and of men, that they can neuer iustifie before either God or Angelles, or before men. For, since they haue made this great and terrible protestation in the name of them all; and which all? All those faithfull mi­nisters, that haue and doe seeke for the discipline and reformation of the Church of England: and that this is a briefe and playne declaration of the desires of all those that seeke for these things, which they haue here set downe in this learned discourse: whatsoeuer they seeke hereby, Our Br. prote­sting for all the fait [...]full mini­sters. this protestation is very daungerous. All penned not this learned discourse, and perhaps all haue not seene it; yea peraduenture, it is so little the desires of all; that some may mislike many things, or some thing in it. Yea, I my selfe haue shewed it vnto some, that are euen of the most earnest of them, who at the first view haue liked this booke, and called it indeede a learned [Page 1378] discourse, and yet when I haue shewed them some of the principles therein; they haue vpon better conference and aduisement, Diuers of our bretheren mis­liking these desi [...]es in whose names this protesta­tion is made. so misliked them, that they haue vtterly protested, that whosoeuer were the compilers of it, or consen­ters to it, both they and many others thinke their names abused, accounting them-selues to bee no lesse of the number of those faithfull ministers, that haue and doe seeke for the discipline and reformation of the Church of England, than any of these learned discoursers reckon themselues to be: and yet they renounce the desire of these things.

But what neede wee alleadge hereto, the priuate speeches of any of our Bretheren? Vanescunt voces, litera scripta manet. See and conferre our Bre­therens writings, or looke but on those, that by occasion haue here fallen out to be noted, in the aunswer to this learned discourse, in how many, and that no small things, diuers of our Bretheren oppose themselues, to the desires that here these learned discoursers doe seeke for. Yea, I beléeue, that if all and [...]uery of our Bretheren, The varietie & vncerteyntie of our br. desires. which would clayme interest in the title of this discourse, but not in the matter of this discourse, would freely lay downe all their seuerall desires, and the thing that euery one of them doth indeed seeke for: their desires and seekings would be so variable and repugnant in many vnportant matters, that wee should neither knowe any certentie, what they would agree vpon to desire; nor bee able to determine what wee might graunt. And how then in this confusion and contrarieties of their desiring and seeking, can any one man, or a number of them, that agree vppon this forme here set foorth, ( if indeede they had agreed, and were not also in ma­ny things, as wee haue seene, cleane contrary to their owne selues euen in this learned discourse) make this solemne protestation, not onely for him, or for them-selues, but for a number of other, yea for all other among them, that seeke, or seeke not this or that?

And therefore, in my poore iudgement, and as one that wisheth their good vnfeynedly, A more warie protestation had bin better. this solemne and dreadfull protestation, might better haue bene spared, or protested in some other more warie maner. As right now, talking of agreeable and consenting, they were warie enough, how they tempered and set their wordes, and so much more (when here they protested on this wise) stoode it them vpon, to haue added at least, so farre as they knowe, or so farre as they are perswaded, beleeue, or hope: and not so resolutely to affirme that, which neither they nor any, but God doth knowe, who is the only sear­cher of each mans heart, and onely knoweth (whatsoeuer they pretend) what indeede they seeke for and desire.

But yet our Bretheren thought perhaps, that this solemne protestation would doe well here, Why our br. conclude with so solemne a protestation. to mooue the readers hearts at the closing vp of all the matter: and indeede it mooued myne, and that not a little, to see them after such long daliance, all the while of this their learned discoursing, thus so­lemnely in the end, to appeale to God for witnesse. And yet for some parte of [Page 1379] the matter, and for some parte of the men also, What our Br. seeke. I for my parte will beleeue them on their bare worde, without this deepe protesting: though all the whole world may not playnlie see it, nor will beleeue it, for all this prote­station, that they seeke hereby, not their owne profite, ease, They protest that they seeke not their own profite. &c. nor aduance­ment, for if they should, they might full easelie be deceiued.

Doe they not rather seeke their owne hurt, trouble, and ouerthrowe? Not wittingly, I thinke: and yet, they may seeke it, and finde it too, as some of them haue done, and haue now leisure enough to repent them of it. Our br. seeke rather their owne and o­thers hurt. But if some of them seeke it not; there is a shrewde likelihoode that some o­ther doe seeke hereby, their owne profite, ease and aduauncement, a little, or rather a great deale too much, with the hinderaunce, disquiet, and spoyle of many others. And would GOD, if they also seeke not these things, Our br. are in­struments to other. that they were not the instruments vnto others that doe seeke them.

But if they seeke not these things, what seeke they then.

For soothe, Our Br. wrong seeking of Gods glorie & his Churches profite. but onely the glorie of GOD and the profite of his Church.

Still the glorie of God, and the profite of his Church, must carie the name. Prooue it to be so, and there an end.

But what stand we seeking, what they seeke? If they seeke Gods glo­rie: why doe they thus open the mouthes of the aduersaries, How Gods glorie & truth is defaced hereby. to deface the glorie of God, and discredite his Gospell, by these vnnecessarie dissentions? If they seeke the profite of his Church: what greater hinderance to the Church can they offer, than thus to breake the vnitie and deuide the force thereof? Than thus to cast abroade to the wide world, to the deadly enemies, these bitter defacings and sharpe oppugnings of the same Church, How the Church is hin­dered by this our br. seeking. where­of their selues professe to bee the parts and members? Than thus to wound the weake Bretheren, that stande betweene vs, and make many that were comming on, to start backe, and that were among vs, to fall from vs: yea, to discourage the hearts of the strongest of vs: yea, to reproach all the Bi­shoppes and Prelats of the Church with all despites: yea, to disarme their most gracious Soueraigne, and bereaue her of the best parte of her su­preme authoritie, and to expose her Maiestie to all daungers of her estate, besides those that the Papistes practise agaynst her person: yea, to innouate and turquish all the whole state of both the Realmes of England and Ire­land, the very Parishes and all must bee newe transformed? While in the meane tyme, the professed enemie lyeth houering for the aduauntage of all occasions, doe euen drawe and whet their swordes, to sheath them in the bo­welles of vs all; except the liuing God through his mightie power and su­perabundant mercie, did euen myraculously defend vs from them. So that, If the Lord had not bin on our side (may Israell now say) if the Lord had not bin on our side, when men rose vp agaynst vs: they had then swallowed vs vp quicke, Psal. 124. [Page 1380] when their wrath was kindled agaynst vs. True way of reformation. Nay, when our owne wrath is not yet slaked, against our owne selues. And is this to seeke the glorie of God, and the profite of his Church, that our Bretheren say, they seeke onely?

But if they seeke indeede Gods glorie, and the profite of his Church: let them reclayme and leaue off all these euill practices: How our Br. should indeed seeke Gods glorie and the Churches pro­fite. and if all things bee not as they would haue them, yet remembring what in common together we haue, which is the principall, and which the common aduersarie seeketh most of all to take either it from vs, or vs from it, and the roring Lyon goeth a pace about, seeking how he may deuoure vs all: let vs both without distur­bance of the present state, ioyne our selues together, and vnite all our forces agaynst the publike enemie of vs both, & especially of Gods truth; till y t (af­ter we shall be out of all daunger of that man of sinne, that great aduersarie and his confederates) we may parlie of these matters more brotherlike. And then the whole world might plainly see and say, that there were more like­lihood, our Bretheren did only seeke the glorie of God and profite of his Church, as they protest they doe. Yea, where we make our enemies now to laugh and leape for ioye, and our selues to weepe and fall for sorrowe: Then should our mouth bee filled with laughter, and our tongue with ioye: yea then would they say (with greefe or admiration) among the heathen, Psal. 126. the Lord hath done great things for them, and our selues confesse with ioy and thankfulnesse, the Lord hath done great things for vs, whereof we reioyce. But if our Br. will not seeke Gods glorie & his Churches profite, in such order as they ought t [...] seeke it, but thus vnorderly: although they seeke it only, and nothing els: yet, seeke they neuer so much, they shal neuer finde it.

The true way of reformation But as they protest that these are the things which they onely seeke: so by this present writing ( say they) we discharge our cōscience according to our dutie, which is to shew vnto al men the true way of reformation.

That this is the true way of reformation, is not yet prooued, in all this learned discourse. They tolde vs they are able to prooue it, and they pro­mised also that they will proue many things hereafter when occasion shall serue their turne. But if this forme of theirs were (as they imagin & vaunt) the true way of reformation: what? and is this the true way of reforma­tion too; and the discharge of their conscience, and according to their du­tie, Our Br. maner of putting their forme in writing is not the t [...]ue way of reformatiō. to shewe it to all men, and that in this maner? I speake it not so much, for putting it in writing: for so, it might well be done with more aduisement, and be better conceiued, and all times the readier to be perused and pondered, of those that should haue to consider the same; and their selues with lesse am­biguities, alterings, and tergiuersations, be more streightly bound, to iustifie their writing: nor only for vaunting their selues of that they had written, to be such a profound peece of worke, such a learned discourse: for that might be, or seeme but an ouerliking of their owne babie, and proceede of too good an opinion of th [...]ir owne learning.

[Page 1381] But when they pester their writing with such reproches to other their Br. and that in authoritie: Discharge of conscience when they enter into matter of state, yea deale withal states, and with publike gouernment, and will shew such matters vnto all men, that concerne not all men, but is aboue many mens callings, to inter­meddle in them, especially to alter the lawes established, and the powers of so many persons, setting vp (as they say) newe Lords newe lawes, newe Doc­tors, newe Bishops, new Gouernors, new Deacons, new Segniories, new Synods, new authorities, new Parishes, and remoue al the old, or new trans­pose them, yea, bring in a newe supremacie of the Prince also, with the olde authoritie halfe clipt away: and to put all these in print the more to shew this present writing to al men: as who say, Be it knowne to al men by this pre­sent writing, yea, by this present printing, and to doe al this without any au­thoritie, or license or knowledge of the Magistrate, yea, agaynst the Magi­strate too: if this bee the discharge of their conscience, and according to their duetie, being subiects, being priuate persons, being Protestants, The discharge of conscience or rather charge thereof. being faithfull Ministers, being learned discoursers: would God they would bet­ter bethinke themselues.

It is beyond my learning, and a great scruple it is in many mens con­sciences, that think our Br. haue set their conscience on the tenters, & much charged it, rather then any whit discharged it, & do not according to their dutie therein; nor that this their doing, is any true or good way of reforma­tiō: but if ought were amisse, to make it much worse, if not to marre it quite, and to giue licence vnto such a way, as would or might bring all things to an vtter deformation and confusion. And here it followeth prettely, at the hard heeles, that might set the matter well forward.

And to mooue them ( say they) that haue authoritie, to put it in prac­tise, and to seeke by all lawfull and ordinary meanes, Seeking meanes that this form may take place. that it may take place, that it may please God to giue it good successe.

What meane they here by these perilous spéeches? And is this also a part of conscience & dutie, and the true way of reformation, to mooue them that haue authoritie to put it in practise? Who are these that haue au­thoritie, whom our Br. would by this their writing, The moouing them that be in authoritie to put it in practise. moue to put in prac­tise, this forme of reformation? Would they haue any that haue autho­ritie in the Realme committed vnto them by and vnder the Queenes most excellent maiestie, to attempt this, without her maiesties authoritie there­vnto, whom they called before our most gracious soueraigne, when they made their last protestation?

No, wee hope there is none, that in her maiesties dominions hath any authoritie committed vnto him, will be moued by this writing, or by any other writing or solliciting of our Bretheren, to put this forme in practise, without [...]e haue her maiesties authoritie so to doe, Daungerous meanes. she hauing now (God be praysed, & long continue it) the supreme authoritie of these matters. Nei­ther [Page 1382] should they that haue but inferiour authoritie to her maiestie, Offring vp bookes to the Parliament. yea all the Magistrates in the Realmes of her dominions, holding all the authori­tie that they haue immediatly or mediatly from her Maiestie, and her Maie­stie immediatly from God; seeke any lawfull and ordinary meanes, but vnlawfull and beyond extraordinarie, if they should practise that this may take place, without her authoritie thereunto: especially it being with all the direct ouerthrowe of her chiefe authoritie. They doe well to say, that they would haue them do it by lawfull and ordinarie meanes: wherein our Bre­theren differ from the Papists that seeke vijs & modis by all meanes to put in practise their desperate resolutions. Which as God defeateth, and our Bretheren detest: so what lawfull and ordinary meanes can they imagine, to put this their forme in practise agaynst her Maiesties will, that may stand with her supreme authoritie? Good successe. And therefore (in my opinion) this is ve­ry ill done, and daungerously spoken of our Br. to cast foorth such suspitious words, as to moue them that haue authoritie, so to abuse it, or as though they would or should be mooued to this practise. And for my parte I pro­test, that I like all this whole learned discourse the worse, that in the ende and conclusion of all, it should come to this drift, which verely is not plea­sing vnto God, nor God will euer (I dare warrant it) giue it good suc­cesse, if the winde begin once to blow in at that doore, which God forbid that euer we should see that tyme.

But what is the tyme that here they speake off? At this tyme to be im­braced. It should seeme to be at the time of the Parliament as may appeare by the last part of their protestation saying:

We protest before the liuing God, &c. and the whole assemblie of all estates of this Realme.

I meruell much at this practise of our Bretheren, that they are so eager in their pursuite, to haue their platformes put in practise that they see not how they crosse in this doing, O [...]r Brethrens offring vp their Pamphlets e­uery Parliamēt do therein cō ­trary to their own principles their owne writings. They are still at euery Parliament offering vp their little bookes (for I forbeare to call them Libels to auoyde offence) of the reformations that they call vpon, vnto the high and most honourable Court of Parliament. Wherein although if wee should lay together and conferre, all their bookes and formes of reforma­tion, that they haue offred vp vnto the Parliaments; wee should finde great varieties, and some contrarieties among them: yet let them agree or disagrée in other things how they shall: what doe they meane herein by putting them vnto the Parliament? Would they haue these controuersies to bee disputed vpon, and determined by the Parliament? That is cleane contrary to the chiefe materiall poynts, of the very bookes themselues, that they offer vp vnto the Parliament.

For except they will make all the Burgesses in the nether house and all the Lords in the higher house to bee Ecclesiasticall persons, and either Doc­tors [Page 1383] and Pastors, whom also they make all Bishoppes, The Parlia­ment about these mat­ters. teachers and Prea­chers of the word and Sacraments; at least wise, such Presbyters, Priestes or Elders not teaching, whom they call Gouernours; if they shall be pre­sent as any parts and members or necessarie regents of the assemblie, and not only as spectatores or auditores tantum; if they shall remayne still as lay ciuill or politicke persons: so that they can not (by their owne Canons) haue any voyces, at least, not determine any thing in Eccl. matters, especial­ly, so great and important matters as they make them. And what would they haue the Parliament then to doe in these things? Nay, wha [...] will they suffer them to doe: Yea, what would the Parliament doe, Our Brethrens words pa. 117. agaynst the Parliament & all that are no Pastors. when they should finde, that in the very bookes offred vnto them of these matters, they are pro­hibited to deale in these matters? Yea, how can they deale in these matters, and allow these Pastors to come in, and take them vp for their labour, saying vnto them: yea my Lords, and Maisters, dare ye take vpon you, or are ye a­ble to deale in these matters, or so much as to knowe them? For who should be able to know what order, comelinesse and aedification requireth ac­cording to Gods word, but they that bee teachers and preachers of the same vnto all others? For it is absurd that they should bee taught by such in these small things, as ought to learne the trueth of them in all matters. pag. 117. and much more absurd, that they should be taught by such in greater matters. Yea they ought to learne the truth of them in all matters.

If the Parliament once heare this thunder cracke: conticuere omnes in­temti (que) ora tenebunt. If some one among them perhaps doe replie and say:

If they will not suffer vs to haue any thing to doe in debating and deter­mining of these matters: why then (a Gods name) doe they put them vp to vs? or what would they haue vs to do in them? except they will giue vs some authoritie of them. How the Par­liament may r [...]iect all their Pamphlets. But they are so farre from giuing vs any such authori­tie: that they say, wee are not able so much as to knowe them. No, nor yet their owne Consistorie gouernors able to knowe them, but onely the tea­chers and preachers of the same to all others. And what will they then allowe to vs?

If the Parliament heare this man speake thus: may they not thinke, that man speaketh reasons? and that there was little reason, in troubling them continually with those matters, in the Parliament house, whereof they may not (according to the libertie of that most honorable assemblie) speake their mynds in reuerent maner, pro & contra freely, and no man debarred of his speech or iudgement: or els the house would better aduise themselues, how they permitted such fellowes to come among them, or to bring in such billes or bookes among them, of which they must be restrained of their libertie, both of speech and iudgement.

Yea, what if now another waxing bolder in the Parliament house, [Page 1384] would tell these faithfull ministers, The Parlia­ment not without the Prince. that the matters conteyned in this lear­ned discourse, being Ecclesiasticall matters, were to be consulted vpon and determined, by those that were the Bishops & Pastors of the Realme and Church of England, These matters to be rather debated in the Conuocation than in the Pa [...]liament. and that they had a Conuocation & Synodall assem­blie among themselues, and that they must go to them, and be tryed by thē, and bee as well content to submit themselues, to the determination of the Bishops and Pastors, lawfully and orderly there assembled, as they would to haue it tryed in the Parliamēt, if they were all such Eccl. persons, as were the other. And that if they would flee frō their owne coate & Eccl. company, to such as were but ciuill and politick persons, saue that they were Christiās as other of the people were: they should giue an ill example & preiudice their matters, and make themselues and their bookes to be more mistrusted, as not daring to abide the censure, of the chifest professors of those matters. Tra­ctent fabrilia fabri. Ecclesiasticall matters to be tryed by Ecclesiasticall per­sons. And that this is according to their owne [...]ositions. For who should be able to knowe, ( at least wise, who ought better to knowe) what order comelinesse and edification requireth according to Gods worde, than they that be teachers and preachers of the same vnto all others? Clergie men to determine Clergie mat­ters. For it is absurd, that they should be taught by such in these small things, ( and much lesse in greater things) as ought to learne the trueth of them in all matters. And therfore go to thē, and let thē determine those controuersies.

If our Bretheren shall heare this tale, and their owne words thus duelie returned on themselues: may they not then thinke they haue well helped themselues, by putting vp these matters to the Parliament? And if the Parliament should aunswer them thus, should they not aunswer thē aright?

But if now they had rather reuoke some of their positions, & giue y e Par­liamēt authority to deale herein, than to haue them be determined by the Bishops: The Parlia­ments deter­mining with­out the Prince what on the other side would they haue the Parliament do, without the authoritie of the Prince? Yea how chaunce they put not vp their bookes & writings first to her Maiestie, & mooue her first: for if they accounted her Ma­iestie indeed the supreme gouernor of all persons in al her dominions, & in all causes so wel Eccl. as temporall: would they haue y e Parliament decree those things without her Maiestie? Or the Parliament wherof her Maiestie is the supreme gouernor to determine these things without any debating of them?

Or if they should be debated vpō: who should rather do it thē the Clergie? And haue not al y t haue bin assembled together alreadie, both the Bishops, & the whole Conuocation, consulted, debated and determined alreadie on the matter? These matters alreadie deter­mined and by the Parliamēt ratified. And if they would haue her Maiestie & the Parliament to deale fur­ther therein, haue they not done that also? Hath not her Maiestie ratefied and authorized al their articles that the Conuocation agreed vpon? And hath not the whole Parliament also approued & allowed, & so, ratefied and confirmed al the Communion booke, & (besides the acknowledgement of her Maiesties [Page 1385] supremacie) all the articles agréed, and decréed vpon all, Ours and our brthrens disputation. or the most or chéefest of the lawes and orders Eccl. now standing in force and established amongst vs? And would they haue them reuoke & cancell all that they haue doone in these matters? or what else would they haue the Parliament herein to doo?

If they offer to dispute of these matters, either before the whole Par­liament, or before anie by the Parliament deputed, to heare the disputation betwéene vs of these controuersies; Our readines to approue these matters, being ord [...]lie called thereto neuer so often. doo they hope to dispute better and with more deliberat iudgement of that they shall saie ex tempore, than that they haue with aduisement written, or can write thereon? or that we can dis­pute woorse, or not so well, as they persuade themselues they can? Or doo they thinke (as Aeschines said, Quid si ipsam belluam andissetis) they shall better persuade and mooue the hearers of them, more by their liuelie spée­ches than by their learned writings, and so win it that waies? Verelie wée refuse no waie, what it shall please our most gratious souereigne and hir most honorable counsell, or the high court of Parliament to appoint (if that would serue the turne) for anie further triall, of renewing neuer so often these mat­ters, by disputing and calling them in question, againe and againe, for (God be praised) in so good a cause we néed not feare the euent: they that could so win the garland let them weare it.

But we maie easilie sée (before the disputation shall begin) that all this would not serue their turne in these controuersies, The euent of all disputation which our brethren ref [...]se except their selues be d [...] ­miners of these matters. which the word of God hath not expreslie decided, but in generalitie referred to these thrée heads, comlinesse, order, & aedification. Who shall iudge and determine of our disputation? they haue before hand debarred the prince, and all that are not teachers and preachers, and both the parties in controuersie are teachers and preachers, and they saie it were no reason, that we being the parties in controuersie on the one side (though we be teachers and preachers) should be determiners & iudges, what is comlinesse, order, and edifieng in these things: and maie not we saie the same to them againe, that they being also parties in controuersie on the other side, though they be teachers and prea­chers, it is no reason that they should be determiners and iudges, what is comlinesse, order, and aedifieng in these things, and when shall then these matters be iudged and determined? Except we would yéeld to them, or they would yéeld to vs, or both to some other, as to hir maiesty and the Par­liamēt. But if they shall so doo, they should conuince themselues before hand, that the forme is vntrue and false which they haue alredie before hand not onlie auowed to be true, but so determined alredie, and so before hand per­emptorily prescribed, both to vs and to the Parliament, & to the Quéens ma­iestie also; that we must all yéeld of necessitie vnto them.

Or whether we will yéeld or no, The [...] sho [...]ld take place. so that they can mooue them that haue authoritie to put this forme in practise, and to seeke by lawfull and or­dinarie means ( saie they) that it maie take place: that it may please God [Page 1386] to giue it good successe, Our br. de­sire of this or the like. at this time to be imbraced: we maie fulfill the rest of our course with ioy.

When indéed if it should take place, or that it pleased God to giue it that successe ( which they call good) at this time, or at anie time hereafter, by these means (which as we haue séene) are neither ordinarie nor orderlie, nor lawfull, nor reasonable, nor tending to Gods glorie, nor to the chur­ches profit, nor the safetie and souereigntie of hir Maiestie, nor the honour of them that haue authoritie, nor to the custome or fréedome of the Parlia­ment: then should our brethren also find & féele by experience the schoolemi­stresse (as they saie) of fooles, though now in opinion they hope and are per­suaded, and would persuade vs by the Theoriks of their learned discourse, otherwise, that they should so little fulfill the rest of their course with ioy, that they should rather consume their course with too late repentance, being continuallie coursed about these matters, with restlesse troubles and vexa­tions.

But if our sinnes be the let, that this or the like, grounded vpon Gods word, The lear­ned disc. pag. 147. maie not now be receaued: yet the present age maie see and iudge what is the vttermost of our desire, concerning reformation, which hitherto for lacke of such a publike testimoniall; hath beene sub­iect to infinite sclanders, deuised by the aduersaries of Gods truth, and hinderance of godlie proceedings vnto reformation. And that the posteritie maie knowe that the truth in this time, was not general­lie vnknowne nor vntestified, concerning the right regiment of the church of GOD: nor this disordred forme of ecclesiasticall gouern­ment, which we haue receaued for the most part of poperie, deliue­red to our children without contradiction that our example should not be preiudiciall vnto them: as the example of our godlie fathers (which in this point neglected their dutie) hath bene preiudiciall vn­to vs.

Verie well saith saint Iames, chapter 4, ver. 1, &c. From whence are wars and contentions among you? Bridges are they not hence euen of your lusts (or desires) that fight in your members? Ye lust (or desire) and haue not: ye enuie & haue indignation and can not obtaine: The cause why this desired forme is not to be receaued. you fight and war and get nothing, because ye aske not: ye aske and receaue not, because ye aske amisse, that you might consume it on the things that you lust for (or doe desire.) And euen so for our brethe­rens lusts and desires, to haue this forme take place and be put in prac­tise; their selues haue well confessed, saieng: but if our sinnes bee the let that this or the like, grounded vpon Gods word maie not now be re­ceaued: for their sinnes indeede be the let, because the things desired, and their desires and attempts thereof are full of sinnes, and therfore God of his great mercie lets and stops the receauing of this forme, sith it is not (as they pretend to vs, or persuade to themselues) grounded vpon Gods word, [Page 1387] and euen therefore it might not then, neither maie it now, The vtter­most of their desires. nor (by the grace of God) euer shall of vs be receiued at all.

But what is this which here they said: if our sinnes be the let, that this, or the like grounded vpon Gods word, maie not now be receaued? What haue we here? This indéed is a new point. Are we come now after all this adoe, Our brethrens conclusion of their desires, that either this or the like forme should be receaued. in the finall conclusion and lapping vp of all this forme & lear­ned discourse of ecclesiasticall gouernment, of all this declaration, of all the desires of all the faithfull ministers, what reformation of the church of England they seeke for; after all this vrging, prescribing, protesting, &c. are we now come to the receauing of this or the like?

I had thought all this while (and so they still did beare vs stoutlie in hand) that they had pleaded for this forme, & would haue prooued that this forme of eccl. gouernment ( which they haue here set foorth in this learned dis­course) had bene the true waie that they meant, of reformation. And now for sooth, when all comes to all, it is not this; but it is either this or the like.

Aha, is it but so; that is another maner of matter, if it be, but either this or the like: well then, thanks be to God, we haue séene alreadie what this is, and what truth and force this hath caried.

But what is that they saie, or the like? for it is an old and a true prouerbe, If it suffise to receaue the like then there is no necessitie of this forme. Nullum simile est idem, Nothing that is the like is the same, so that now, if we receaue the like, our brethren haue here giuen vs a flat discharge, & our quietus est for this: and as for this, we may againe giue it a free passe-port out of England, so that we receaue the like, for this bindeth vs not, but this or the like. No, nor yet the like bindeth vs, anie more than this. But as no­thing in this did before bind vs; and yet, had it bound vs, the bands (as now in the end we see) were of no force; yea, their selues haue here vndone y e bands and set vs at libertie, on this condition that we haue the like, What is ment by the like forme. so as yet we be free from this like also, for what this like is, that they tell not, and how shall we learne it?

For if we looke on all the forms, that anie other of our brethren doo also prescribe; or on any other forme in anie other reformed church; they are neither like this forme, nor one like another: It is not hurt­full that all churches forms of go­uernment be not like. In substance of doctrine they must bee all one. neither is there anie hurt at all therin, though they be not alike in their forms of eccl. gouernment. For, so that they be not alike, but al one and the same, in all one and the same sub­stance of doctrine, faith, and religion; the eccl. gouernment, in diuers states and dominions, maie differ in diuers matters, and be neither the same, nor yet alike, without any danger to those churches themselues, or anie preiu­dice to the churches of other princes countries and dominions.

But like or like not, if it may not ( saie they) be receaued: yet the pre­sent age may see and iudge, what is the vttermost of our desire.

That (say I) is verie hard for vs to see, The seeing & iudging the vttermost of our br. desires. when their own selues are not able to determine it. For although we may see these their desires y t are set down [Page 1388] in this learned discourse ( if they maie be rightlie termed desires, Aduersaries of Gods truth. and not ra­ther prescriptions: yet neither doo we see the vttermost of them, nor what a number (euen as in the horsse of Troie) lie hidden and included in them, that yet in these beginnings are not opened, and God knoweth whether the pre­sent age now liuing, shall see the one halfe or quarter of them, especiallie of the vttermost of them.

Yea, what an vncerteintie of their desires doo they here open to the pre­sent age; when they conclude thus, that they either desire this or the like forme to be receiued? Can this present age, or doo theirselues in this pre­set discourse, see the vttermost of these indefinit desires of the like, till they shall further open it, or till experiēce the mistresse of fooles, shall reueale it:

They saie, that the reformation which they desire, hitherto for lacke of such a publike testimoniall ( meaning as this learned discourse) hath beene subiect to infinit sclanders, deuised by the aduersaries of Gods truth, and hinderance of godlie proceedings vnto reformation:

If our brethren haue cause to take offense for sclanders ( as they say) deui­sed against their reformation, Our brethrens grecuous slan­dering of their brethren to be the aduersaries of Gods truth. doo they not see here what a foule and intolle­rable sclander they cast vpon all the professors of the Gospell, that are not of their opinion in this their deuised reformation, to terme vs the aduersaries of Gods truth, that fauor the truth of God, as much (by the grace of God) euen for their liues as they? Are we not their brethren in the profession of the Gospell? Haue they not confessed, that in substance of religion we agree, and it is resolued & publikelie mainteined for our true and holie faith? Were we thus professors of Gods truth, in the preface of this learned discourse andare we now in the peroration of the same, the aduersaries of gods truth?

Indéed, in the verie first title to the booke of this forme discoursed vpon, they began roughlie, and set it out, to serue for a iust apologie ( as they said) against the false accusations & sclanders of their aduersaries: there also they mentioned sclanders and false accusations, and called vs aduersaries. All which were heauie words, and a rough beginning of such as are or should be brethren. It was but malum omen to stumble on such foule terms at the verie threshold, it did prognosticat we should haue some storms, and so we haue had indéed, in passing through this learned discourse, and yet this is but a mild booke in comparison of manie other of theirs, albeit our brethren haue not béene verie meale mouthed, but haue vsed verie brode lan­guage (God wot, and all the world maie see) too vnséemelie for ministers, faithfull ministers, & learned discourses, against their brethren in Christ, for no greater matters than these are.

But we haue borne them off with head and shoulders, as well, and with as much pacience & forbearance as we mought, saue that we haue turned a­gaine now and then for our necessarie defense, and laid (I trust in modestie) [Page 1389]before our bretheren onelie, how ill they haue doone therein, and how the most of the same sclanders were such stones cast as could rebound.

But now, This learned discourse be­gun, conti­nued, and con­cluded in foule language. when we haue got out of the whole plotforme and building of this learned discourse, bearing off all the blowes & taunts in the seuerall lodgings of all these new Eccl. officers: and thought now on the backside of this building all had béene past and doone: naie soft, we shall haue like fare­well to our hansell; yea, where we were called before but their aduersaries: we shall now be driuen out with another maner of peale: as not onlie hinde­rances of their proceedings to reformation, but to all the present age, & that the posteritie maie know it too, as a perpetuall blot of infamie, we are now hissed out, & cried out vpo [...], not for their aduersaries onlie; but for the aduersaries of gods truth, they complaine of our false accusations and infinit sclanders, to let go all their other complaints on vs, this one is v­num pr [...]mille. To whom shall we complaine of this so apparant vntrue, and withall so hainous an accusation made on vs?

It deserueth indéede (for the indignitie thereof) to haue shaken our gar­ment, & with silence (as cléere therefrom) to haue gone our way. Our answer to this foule sclander. 10.8. But because it toucheth God & his truth, in which case we maie yet at least returne & saie with Christ our sauiour, ego daemonium non habeo: we are not the aduersa­ries of Gods truth: It is vntrulie and vnbrotherlie spoken, neither tou­cheth it vs alone, but all the holie and ancient fathers in the primitiue church, whom we haue plainlie shewed to be of y e same opinion, in all or the greatest of these cōtrouersies y t we defend: & in our own daies & present age, How manie besides vs this sclander tou­cheth. it spot­teth the fresh memorie of our late godlie fathers, Cranmer, Latimer, Rid­ley, Hooper, Ferrar, Philpot, &c. all blessed martyrs, and all that consented vnto them: and diuers reuerend & godlie Confessors of later memorie, as Bishop, Iuell, Horne, Pilkinton, Grindall, Cox, Bentham, Parkhurst, and others, which were all notablie known both on this side and beyond the seas, to be great professors of gods truth, and no lesse earnest impugners of the aduersaries of the truth of God.

And albeit they liked not these desires and deuises of our brethrēs forms of reformation; yet for their great learning and sinceritie in the gospell, the most notable men of late in the reformed churches beyond the seas, doe highlie honor them, and thinke and speake well of them, giuing full testimo­nie of their liking. Yea, both Bucer and Peter Martir, two chéefe lights and pillers of Gods church in these our last daies, forsooke their owne countries, and all other reformed churches, & liued vnder the forme of reformation of this our English church, with all due reuerence both to the state than be­ing, & to the bishops then liuing, without any impugning or defacing of thē.

Yea Caluine himselfe (as we haue shewed) alloweth well both of the an­cient bishops and Archbishops, before the tyrannie and e [...]rors of the pope began; and of the bishops of these daies, to continue still in their bishopriks, [Page 1390] so they be professors of Gods truth, Hinderance of our br. proceedings. and not aduersaries to it.

How vnaduisedlie then is this spoken of our brethren, and how reproch­fullie to call our Bishops and all vs that ioine with them, the aduersaries of Gods truth? Who are the aduersaries of Gods truth. Could they bestow any fouler terme vpon the rankest of al the Papists, or vpon the Pope himselfe? For they indéed are the aduersaries of Gods truth. And so S. Paule saith 2. Thes. 2. of that man of sin, & son of perdition, which is an aduersarie, and exalteth himselfe against all that is called God.

And this terme as a parting blow, for a token of remembrance, our brethe­ren vouchsafe to giue our bishops & vs, Our hinderāce of our br. pro­ceedings in this forme. to be y e aduersaries of Gods truth: this is too too bitter zeale, Mors in olla, there is Coloquintida in this pot that boils ouer such froth. Gods truth is not in this accusation, no brootherhood of Christ, no linke of loue, no bond of peace, no bowels of mercie, no affection of compassion, but all of passion in this too blacke Rhethorike. But it suf­ficeth vs to cleare our selues, GOD forgiue it our bretheren, and wée doe.

And whereas withall they burthen our Bishops and vs, that we are an hinderance of godlie proceedings vnto reformation: this is another great vntruth and sclander. These procéedings indéed of our bretheren, our Bishops and we, haue good cause both to hinder and repell. For they are nei­ther Godlie proceedings, nor proceede as becommeth either learned preachers, or faithful ministers, or dutiful subiects; neither proceed they in anie charitable and orderlie maner; neither is this forme that here they prescribe a reformation, as they call it, or (howsoeuer they persuade them­selues) any other than a redie path to confusion most deformed, as we haue plainly séene, euen where, pag. 84. they pretend most to auoid horrible con­fusion, as they terme it. And that we doo not belie this their forme, with in­finit, or with any sclanders, let the reader marke, or their selues reuise better their deuises, about the persons office and authoritie of those presbyters preests, or elders, whome they terme gouernours; but they might much bet­ter in my opinion haue the terme of secular preests, What d [...]for­med confusi­on among vs this forme of reformation would breede. for difference of the other pastorall preests, or eccl. preests, that are the ministers of the word and sacraments. And if they shall aduise themselues of the authoritie that they giue them (except they will wilfullie sot thēselues) they shall soone find great confusions, which vpon their admittance both in the office of the pastor, in the office of the prince, and of all officers and Magistrats, for lawes making and for lawes breaking, and for all vices wherein they would intermeddle and disturbe al the eccl. and ciuill state, and breed infinit contentions among the common people in euery parish & congregation, which all their deuises could not helpe, except with putting them down, & that were no lesse danger if they were once vp, and therefore to auoid all such deformations, I thinke it better before hand to hinder such proceedings to reformation, and to stop them that they come not in.

[Page 1391] I haue my selfe heard, and so haue diuers other, Deformed refomation. the means that now & thē the pastors of the French & Belgike churches, The French and Belgike churches. haue made, of y e confusiōs and contentions that haue cheeflie risen by these seigniories, & yet may their state far better admit them, especiallie now (God comfort them) standing as they doe, than our state may, God be praised for it. Neither doth Gualter crie out so much vpon this deuise of these gouernours, without good cause where otherwise there are godlie ciuill magistrates.

Besides this, their equalitie in all places, of all Pastors, & making of them to be all Bishops in euerie parish or seuerall congregation; what a refor­mation that would make, if their selues cannot see it (that perhaps would haue no superior) I referre to others better pōdering. And to ioine these new Bishops & these new Gouernors together, to make vp a consistorie of them, both these secular preests of all conditions & estates, noblemē, gentlemē, mer­chants, yeomen, craftsmen, confused together with these eccl. preests, that are the pastors; and all these in all eccl. discipline, excōmunication, & other church matters, to draw altogether in one ioint authoritie, whether it might be such a yoking (for some of them) as God forbad, of the oxe plowing with the asse; Deut. 22.10. and how fitlie this would draw and proceed to godly reforma­tion, we haue partly seene, let others thinke further of it, I feare the worst.

Besides the infinit troubles, about y e cōtinuall, or very often shire Synods, for elections & ordeining pastors: besides euery churches varietie in matters of ceremonies: besides y e cold lectures of the doctors, that might not exhort, nor rebuke, nor cōfort, nor applie their doctrine: but the hotter scāblings about y e new deuisions of the Bishops, the Colleges & the cathedral chur­ches lands, with all the sacrilege ( as they call it) of Abbies, as impropriati­ous, &c. al which their Deacons would looke to distribute, but they shalbe ser­ued al at leisure. Besides the diuisions & new boundings out of al particular parishes & congregatiōs, besides hir Maiestie to be put besides hir cheefest and most principall authoritie: and all these things to be done, & she cannot doe thereto: besides a number of their other proceedings, for the which I re­ferre me to this learned discourse, & to their other treatises, which, how wel they all agree together, and when all is done, either they would haue this or the like, or we cannot tell what, nor they tel vs what the like is, y t they referre vs vnto: are not these godly proceedings to reformatiō? & are we now to be blamed as hinderāces to these godly procedings vnto reformatiō? nay rather if they will indeed blame any, let them blame thēselues, for they hinder thēselues more than any other doe, except that they hinder most of all (which most of all they pretend to further) the glorie of GOD, the quiet and in­crease of the church by these proceedings, or rather recedings and backsli­dings.

But to cleare themselues hereof, they haue forsooth set foorth this lear­ned discourse cōcerning reformation, which hitherto ( say they) for lack [Page 1392] of such a publike testimoniall, Our brethe­rens publike testimoniall. was subiect to infinit sclanders.

This is a faire pretense, for the setting foorth this their learned dis­course. But if their intendment had béene indéed no further, but to haue clée­red themselues from infinit sclāders, Our brethrens pretense onlie t [...] cleere them­selue from sclander. they should haue stood either altogether or most, on that defensatiue point: wheras their chéefest part of this learned discourse hath béene spent in coursing and oppugning vs, and that with ca­sting forth far moe sclanders and accusations against vs, than anie matters that they were charged withall. But (I thinke) they haue sped accordinglie, e­uen with the onelie returning home their owne words, without anie our sclandrings of them. It is an old saying, Selfe doo, selfe haue; they could ne­uer haue found greater aduersaries to themselues, than their selues are, nor greater hinderance of their proceedings, than this their owne publike te­stimoniall, Our brethrens publike testi­moniall. to be a testimoniall beyond all exception, against them selues.

For whatsoeuer they haue béene burdened heretofore by others, their selues haue now confirmed all those reports to be most true, which before the comming foorth of this publike testimoniall, might haue béene suspec­ted to be sclanders: or that these things had béene but the singular conceits of this fantasticall head, or of that particular person. But now that this lear­ned discourse is set foorth, and is such a publike testimoniall, as contai­neth A breefe and plaine declaration concerning the desires of all those faithfull ministers, that haue and do seeke for the discipline and refor­mation of the church of England: Let this publike testimoniall be tho­rowlie weighed, how it concordeth with the particular testimonials, of al o­ther that before had written on the like argument. The disagree­ment of our br. testimonials Yea, how it agréeth with it selfe; least our brethrens testimonials in this point, should be found like the witnesse of those, of whom it is said, Marke 14, 57, Manie bare false wit­nesse against him, but their witnesse agreed not together.

I doo not compare our brethren to such a packe of false varlets; nor to go about anie such wicke [...] purpose; but onelie for this point, that their testimo­nials doo not agrée, and so do bréed their owne discredit. Besides manie appa­rant vntruths, contradictions, inconueniences, absurdities, ambiguities, and a number of vndutifull reproches of the pastors, of the Bishops, of the Magi­strates, of the Prince, of the whole church, state, and realme, wherewith this their publike testimoniall is not onelie interlaced, but full fraught. Which the present age séeing and considering; might rather reiect it for an in­famous libell, vnorderly crept out and scattered abrode in the name of all the faithfull ministers, and yet not one of all their names set vnto it; rather than accept it for anie lawfull, autentike, and publike testimoniall.

And as our brethren saie, they meant this for the age present; so say they: And that the posteritie maie know, Our brethrens intendment for the poste­ritie. that the truth in this time was not generallie vnknowne nor vntestified, concerning the right regiment of the church of God, nor this disordered forme of ecclesiasticall gouern­ment, [Page 1393] which we haue receaued for the most part of poperie, &c. Knowledg and sestifi­cation of the truth.

Loe, howe our Brethren still holde out to the harde ende, their boy­strous reproches, of our disordred forme of Ecclesiasticall gouernment; and that wee haue receaued it for the most part of Poperie; and it was within little, that they sayde not, for all of poperie, as the most part, doth often times goe for all. But with them, these spéeches goe not for sclaun­ders, but for friendly admonitions, and brotherly testimonials, of their good opinion of our state and vs.

Yea, these and all the rest are vttered, That the posteritie may knowe.

What should they knowe? Howe to ruffle in the like Rhetoricall fi­gures? What should they knowe? Howe these that went before them, left behinde them, such a reprochfull testimoniall of the present age? Is not this a faire recorde, and full worthy to be commended to the posteritie for a perpetuall memorie?

But they say, they shall knowe hereby, that the truth in this time, was not generally vnknowen nor vntestified, The poste­ritie can knowe no certain true forme by this Learned Discourse. concerning the right regi­ment of the Church of God:

And how shal they knowe this? By this Learned Discourse and pub­like testimoniall ( as they call it) testified by a generall indiuiduum vagum, Sir Nicholas Nemo, and all his companie, of faithfull Ministers? May this in lawe be admitted for a lawefull recorde, and publike testimoniall of the truth? Veritas non quaerit angulos.

Well, yet the posteritie may knowe that the truth in this time, was not vnknowen nor vntestified, concerning the right regiment of the Church of God.

Truth indéede, the truthe ( God be praysed for it) is not generally vn­knowen, especially, in this time. Yea (thankes be to God) it is knowen and testified more generally at this time, than for generalitie, it hath béen knowen (as I suppose) at any time, not excepting (in that respect) the ve­ry time of the Apostles: If our liues were generally also aunswerable, to our generall knowledge, and to our publike testification. Neyther is in this time the right regiment of the Church of GOD generally vn­knowen or vntestified, but was generally knowen and testified well i­nough, before the publike testimoniall of this Learned Discourse came foorth. Neither doe we, or can we take any certaine knowledge con­cerning the right regiment of the Churche hereby. Yea it should seeme, that their owne selues (except in some generalitie, and superficiall know­ledge) do not as yet know it, nor can testifie what it is For, if this be the right regiment of the Churche, that in this publike testimoniall they prescribe vnto vs: it hath not onely béene generally and altogether vn­knowen and vntestified, in anie time heretofore, vntill this time, that [Page 1394] his Learned Discourse came foorth, An vncer­taine con­clusion. and before was neuer heard of: I meane, for this forme, taking it altogether, as it is heere discoursed, ex­cept for some parcelles of it, testified of late by others: But, for anie cer­taine knowledge, it is not yet eyther generally made knowen and testi­fied vnto the present age, or to the posteritie by this publike testimoni­all, nor particularly vnto the testies themselues, for all that they boldly affirme this to be the right regiment of the Church: and yet when they haue neuer so truely testified, and discoursed neuer so learnedly, all that they can, The vncer­taine con­clusion of al our Brethr. desires. with all their heades layde together, their verie desire in the ende and summe of all, is but eyther to haue this or the like to bee re­ceaued.

But if this be the right; then eyther this, or the wrong, there is no like wil serue the turne. And is their desire to haue either right or wrong, they care not whether, so they may be ridde of this regiment that nowe we haue? If this regiment séeme too hoate vnto them, will they leape with the Flounder out of the frying pan into the fire? But (God be pray­sed) they néede not frie, except they frie in their owne hoate and fretting choller, at the regiment of the Church of Englande vnder GOD and her Maiestie, it is generally a good Regiment and right inough, accor­ding to the establishment of the lawes therof, if our Brethren would coole their ouer-hoate passions, and be thankefull to God, and vnder him to her Maiestie for it.

As for this publike testimoniall of our Brethren, if our regiment of the Church, be not right; the posteritie shal neuer know by theirs, what is right or wrong, or that the right regiment of the Church, was made knowen or testified in this time, either generally, or particularly, or (that is most to be desired) certainely, by such a doubtfull testification of vn­certaine desires, that either this, or the like, or else we can not tell what, might be receaued.

As for that they call our regiment of the Churche, a disordred forme of Ecclesiasticall gouernement: Our Brethr. disordred speeches a­gainst our forme of Ecclesiasti­cal gouern. it is but their owne disordred forme of not gouerning well their mindes and tongues. Our forme, both for the formal & material lawes & orders therof, is far more formal & material, than this forme of their is. Yea, if it should come to this, or the like: what mishapen forme we might happen to haue, wee can not yet fore-tell, nor they can tell vs. As for that which we haue alreadie we knowe it, and we knowe the verie worst thereof. The best of theirs is yet vncertaine.

I graunt, our forme is not so well ordered, but that there may, and do fall out disorders: but those happen by the abuse thereof. And so it may be, in any forme of gouernment neuer so good, by mens infirmities or corruptions, wherewith the forme it selfe is not to be charged. And yet I goe not about to defende our forme, or to vaunt thereof for anie [Page 1395] such absolute perfection, that it could not be altered or amended: Disorder a speeches. what Lawe is there not, that man can make, but it may bee, or rather is vn­perfect?

As for the forme that they haue here set foorth, ( be it spoken with our Brethrens pardō, if they please) besides their disordered setting it forth: the very forme it selfe is eyther much disordered, Abuses dis­ordering good forms and orders. or else other formes that other of our Brethren haue also set foorth, or that other reformed Churches are gouerned by, not onely in Germanie, but in Héluetia are disordered.

But be this and theirs neuer so well ordered: mought they not through abuses or corruptions be disordered? Or what warrant can they giue vs that this forme which they prescribe should neuer be disordered? And would they be content that any shoulde call this their forme a disordered forme, onely because of the abuses and corruptions? So that, admitting this their owne forme had in it selfe no disorder: yet this may touch their owne forme, so well as ours.

But they thinke they haue answered that alreadie pag. 132. That al­though vpon this their forme there crept in as many or mo abuses than now there are: yet God, though he condemne abuses, would approoue their order. Because ( say they) it is grounded vpon Gods worde. Our Brethr. forme not grounded on Gods worde. But we could there finde no such ground, but only that it is grounded in their méere fancies, it is no more grounded on Gods worde, nor yet so much grounded by many parts, as our forme is grounded.

And therefore, if they may say, God approueth our order, though he condemne the abuses: then may her Maiestie for her supreme authori­tie: if any vnder her, abuse her Maiesties authoritie: thē may our Bishops for their supreme dignitie & iurisdiction: then may our Doctors for their exhorting and applying: then may our Pastors for their ministerie & or­deyning: then may our Deacons for their attendance on the ministerie and preparing themselues to be made Pastors: then may our Eccl. Presby­ters, Priests, or Elders, which are not altogether debarred from teaching, though most employed in gouerning, much better say; for our forme of the Churches gouernement, we shall be sure that God approoueth our order in these thinges though he condemne the abuses in any of these thinges, because the order is grounded vpon Gods worde. And so farre our forme of Eccl. gouernment is not disordered.

But they say of our forme of Eccl. gouernment: it is that, which we haue receaued, for the most part, of Poperie.

These spéeches are againe verie sclaunderous vntruthes, that wee haue receaued the most part, or any part of poperie, or that we haue re­ceaued this forme of poperie, for the most part thereof. We haue recei­ued indéede (we do confesse) at the handes of the Papistes, diserse thinges [Page 1396] which our Brethren can not denie, Reasons ta­ken out of Poperie. to be good thinges. Neither is the re­ceiuing of a thing that is good, from a man that is ill, preiudiciall to the goodnesse of the thing. Yea, although the good thing were defiled or abu­sed by the ill mans ill handling of it, if when we receiue it, we reiect the defilinges and abuses, and reduce the thing to his originall vse, or proper nature. We haue receaued manie excellent thinges from the Iewes, yea many notable thinges also from the verie Heathen: but farre better, if not the best of all from the Papistes. For, from whom could wee haue gotte them else? As for their Poperie, that is the Popes and Papistes abuses and corruptions. Such rie we haue not receaued from them, reteyning the Poperie. If we haue taken the good and left the badde, that ought not (as a fault) to be vpbrayded vnto vs, but rather deserueth commendation.

But what meane they here in these wordes, that we haue receiued for the most part of Poperie? Doe they acquitte vs yet of some part? And why then doe they thus condemne all the whole Ecclesiasticall Gouerne­ment? Do they it because they say it is the most part? And yet when it commeth to the tryall, they shall finde it so much the lesse part, that indéed it is no part at all, which we haue receiued of the Papistes, wherein anie corruption was, that (considering the establishment of them by the lawes nowe in force) wee haue not altered and corrected. So that, if nowe there bee other abuses rysing; yet properly, it is not to be called Pope­rie, except to Papistes, that vse it still in their popish manner, and so they will doe euen the Sacramentes also, and Gospell of Iesus Christe: and yet may not these thinges, but that kinde of abusing them bee called poperie.

But from whence haue our Brethren (to proue this forme of their eccl. Gouernment) gotten all these arguments: Our Brethr. receiuing from the Papistes their popish arguments for their Pastors gouernmēt.

That the Church of God was perfect in al her regiment, or euer there was any Christian Prince, pag. 9.

That the authoritie which their Pastors claime, was graunted to the Church by our Sauiour Christ, practized by the Apostles; continued by their successors, three hundred yeres before there was any Christian Em­perors, pag. 118.

That the Christian Princes authoritie reacheth no further, than to make ciuill lawes to binde the people to the confession of true sayth, and the right administring and receauing of the Sacramentes, and to all Ecclesiasticall orders, that they beeing instructed by the worde of God, (through the ministerie of the preaching of the same) shall vn­derstande to bee profitable for aedifying of the Church of Christ, and for the aduauncement of the glorie of God. If anie shall offende against the lawes, whether he be preacher or hearer, besides the Ecclesiasticall censure, which he should not escape, he is also to be punished in bodie [Page 1397] by the ciuill Magistrate, pag. 141.

And againe, why should it be counted for any dishonour to Princes to bee obedient to the lawes of God their Father, and to serue to the commoditie of the Church their mother? It is a greater honour to bee the sonne of God, and the childe of the Church, than to be Monarke of all the earth. pag. 143. and hereto are alleaged for the Princes seruice, and subiection, Esa 49. to thinke no seruice too base for them, so that they may profite the Church. Ps. 2. and 1. Tim. 2.

What haue we here? Is this Sanders, or Stapleton, or Fecknā, or Ho­sius, or some other Papist, that speaketh in these voyces, and hath all these Popish argumentes? Or is it not some Pope himselfe, that vseth them a­gainst the supreme authoritie of Christian Princes? If this bee Iacob: may we not say with Isaac; Come neere my sonne, that I may feele thee, whether thou be my sonne Esau or not? But what neede we feare that? We wish all blessing and good to Iacob, and that Esau should serue him. Yea, we acknowledge no sonne, nor brother, but Iacob. Yea, but for all that: the voice is Iacobs voice, but the handes are the handes of Esau?

What? And haue ye then indeede (Brethren) got Esaus voice also? Or but couered your handes with a beastes rough skinne, to get the blessing? And doe not those rough handes, make the blessing worse?

Ha Brethren, Brethren, for shame burden not vs herein, if we haue receaued some thing, concerning but the forme of the Churches gouern­ment from the Papistes, hauing clensed the same from the roughnesse of it and abuse [...], and your selues in so great a matter of the Churches supreme gouernment, haue gotten all the fiue fingers, yea the whole, yea the very rough hande it selfe herein of Esau. Of Esau say I? Nay of all these Pa­pistes, and of the man of sinne himself, that childe of perdition, that great aduersarie both of the King Christ, and of all Christian kinges.

And yet you thinke to vse these argumentes well against all Christian Princes that the Pope vsed against them; but ye do verie ill, for herein ye take not these reasons and testimonies of the Papistes, but ye take of the Poperie of the Papistes. Yea, euen where ye condemne the Pope, there ye both iustifie his doinges, and would professe to followe them. Doth not your booke of obedience, pag. 52. and 53. breake foorth in these wordes? Although the Pope for sundrie enormities haue deposed Princes by their vnlawefull authoritie: yet the reason that moued them so to doe, was honest and iust, and meete to bee receaued, and executed by the body or state of euerie common-wealth. See heere in what a daunge­rous matter, you say the Popes reason is to be receaued, yea and his do­ing to be executed, and that by the body of euery common-wealth. And thus as the Pope did excommunicate and pronounce Princes to be depo­sed, such excommunications, and depositions woulde you pronounce in all [Page 1398] kingdoms. Example of contra­diction. Is not this a new kind of popery, if not far more daungerous▪ Yee say, our forme of regiment is translated from Rome to Canterbury. But this new Poperie comes directly as we sée, euē from Rome, & would enter into euerie parish, would come to our owne doores, would enter in­to the Princes pallace, would trample downe her Maiesties most princi­pall and supreme authoritie, and turne it out of doores, to place these new Parishionall Bishops, and their Consistories of vnteaching Priestes or Gouernors.

But this is no Poperie.

That was ill, I graunt, and too bad, but God graunt this be not a great deale worse. But such is our corrupted nature, when we haue wel amen­ded that that was amisse, our fingers itch, still to be mending it (as wee thinke) better and better, till we haue made it as ill as it was before or quite marde it altogether.

But our Bretheren are further offended with our forme of Ecclesia­sticall gouernment, that it is (say they) deliuered to our children with­out contradiction.

And why should it be deliuered with contradiction, if the matter de­liuered, be lawefull and good? Doe our Brethren loue contradiction so well, that they would haue it vsed in good and lawefull matters? And where no necessitie is? And to nousell vp our Children also in contradi­ction? S. Paule teacheth vs another rule, 1. Cor. 11.16. If any man lust to be contentious, we haue no such custome, neither the Churches of God. Wee shall finde contradiction inough, against the aduersaries of Gods truth, against wicked liuers, and abusers or corrupters of the forme of Ecclesi­asticall gouernment establied. And yet among the very enemies, sayth the Apostle, Haue peace with all men, so much as in you lyeth. So that, wee néede not contend one with another so vnbrotherly about these matters, if we shal do well: saue in the necessarie defence & maintenance of the right vse and authoritie of them; and least of all ought we to teach and trayne vp our children to vse contradiction against their spirituall fathers, in the Ecclesiasticall gouernment, that they deliuer vnto them; for that were to make them disobedient and rebellious children to their fathers. But lesse maruaile it is if they haue herein contradiction with vs, that haue so many contradictions in these matters among themselues.

But our Brethren would haue our forme of Ecclesiasticall gouerne­ment, not to be deliuered to our children without contradiction, that ( say they) our example should not be preiudiciall vnto them. How our Brethren would no [...] ­sle vp their children in contradi­ction.

As though it were a preiudice to our children not to be fleshed in con­tradiction against our forme established of Ecclesiasticall gouernement, euen as Hanniball was deuoted in his child-hoode to be a perpetuall dead­ly enemie to the Romaynes. So that these faithfull Ministers doe not [Page 1399] thinke, they can bee spirituall fathers to their naturall children, Our Bre­threns ac­cusation of our godly fathers. except they bring them vp in this spitefull contradiction. And if they shoulde not shewe their children this example; they should bee preiudiciall to them, and their children might degenerate, and not loue contention as they doe And so, they would haue contention growe by inheritance. For that will not out of the flesh, that is bredde in the bones, cat after kinde a good mouse hunt. Is not this a godly care of fathers, and a godly educa­tion of children?

As the example ( say they) of our godly fathers (which in this point neglected their dutie) hath beene preiudiciall vnto vs.

They complayne of their fathers that they brought not them vp thus, Our Brethr. accusation of their godly fathers. nor gaue not them such example of contradiction, as they will bring vp their children, and giue them better example by their contradiction. They accuse their Fathers of negligence herein, and yet they call them godly. But doe they not herein accuse themselues of many great crimes, both in vnthankefull accusing of their fathers for negligence; and for neg­lecting that matter, which if they shoulde not haue neglected, yea, if they should not diligently haue shunned and taken héede of, least they should haue giuen them any example, they should indéede not haue done the partes and duties of godly fathers to them, if they had nousled them vp in these contradictions. Which because they did not, they were the more godly fathers to them, and they the worse children that followe not therein their godlie fathers godly example. But are such as vngod­ly degenerate from them, and that is more vngodly, giue ill example to their children: wherein they neglect their dutie, both to the honour of their godly fathers, and to the charge of their tender children. And as this their ill example to their children may be daungerous both to them­selues, and to their children: so this accusing of their fathers, and yet ac­knowledgement of them to be godly, doth conuince and condemne their fa­thers. For, if the forme of the Ecclesiasticall regiment which they haue here discoursed vpon so learnedly, that they make their boast of it in the toppe of euerie leafe, to be a Learned Discourse, bee so high, so vrgent, and so necessarie: howe doe they call their and our fathers godly, Our godly fathers neg­lect of this forme and of no [...]sling vp their childrē in these contradicti­ons. ha­uing neglected their dutie in so high, vrgent and necessarie matters? If they may be godly, and neuerthelesse neglecte this their forme prescri­bed of Ecclesiasticall gonernement, for which they contende with vs their Brethren: then is not the same so important, as they would make it to be; nor the want or neglect thereof so preiudiciall, but that wee their sonnes may be godly also well inough without it, as our Fathers were godly fathers, notwithstanding they had it not, or did neglect the same.

[Page 1400] Our fa­thers [...]eg­lect of this [...]o [...]me. But this they say, is preiudiciall vnto this their forme, and vnto them herein, that our godly fathers did neglect it.

Indéede it is not a little preiudiciall thereunto. But it sheweth with­all that they accounted it not to be of that importance that our Brethren make it, nor to be any part of their dutie, which if they had, being godlie fathers, they neither would nor could haue so neglected. For who were these godly fathers? And how long haue they neglected this forme of our Brethren, if at least they euer knewe, or heard, or dreamed of this, or a­ny such forme like to this? Verily euen all the godly fathers that haue beene in any age, Our Brethr. preiudice by their godly fa­thers neg­lect. from the time of Christes being here on the earth, euen downe till our time, are these our godly Fathers. And this is no smal pre­iudice to these sonnes, that woulde nowe thrust these thinges vpon vs, and accuse all our godly Fathers in neglecting their duetie rather than they woulde leaue their contradiction against eyther vs their Brethren, or against their prince and Magistrates, or against their and our godly Fathers of any ages passed heeretofore: that they might leaue behinde them as a perpetuall publike testimoniall to their and our children, and to all posterity, an example of their contradictions and contentions

And thus with this good report of our godly Fathers and with this good publike testimoniall to the posterity of the age present, and with this carefull example for our children, to bee nourished vp in his con­tradiction, and to deliuer it as their inheritaunce to their children and childrens children while the worlde continueth after them: they breake off, and ende all this Learned Discourse, and with this charitable affecti­on and quiet mind to vs, and to our forme of Ecclesiasticall gouernment established, they conclude yet a greate deale better, with a finall wish, and (as it were) a prayer to God, Wherein so farre as the same tendeth to the glorie of God, to the more manifest reuealing of his trueth heere­in, to the acknowledgement of our sinnes and imperfections, to the humble and heartie begging of his mercie, grace, consolation, and vnitie of his ho­ly spirite: (not to the confirming of the forme that they haue here prescri­bed, nor to the defacing of the forme of Eccl. gouernment, alreadie in this his Church established:) we ioyntly say with them, and craue of them also to repete their owne wordes, and to say with vs and all of vs altoge­ther with heart and voice.

The Lorde graunt for Christes sake, that wee beeing ( all of vs) so farre from ( anie) perfection ( in this mo [...]tall life, but rather, as the holie Apostle sayth, Our Brethr. conclusion with prayer. 6. Hebr. being ledde forwardes towardes: that according to the commaundement of our Master Iesus Christ, we may be perfect as our heauenly father is perfect) God may open all our eyes to see the same, ( and not be blinded in our owne conceits) and bend our harts earnestly to labour to attaine thereunto, ( by all such godly and lawefull [Page 1401] meanes as is aunswerable to our vocations.) And in the meane time, so farre as wee haue attayned, ( to be thankefull to God for the same, and vnder him to all them whome hee hath made the instrumentes, whereby wee haue attayned thereunto. And not to bee weari [...] thereof, and seeke innouations, but with all constant alacritie of going forwarde, both in synceritie of true religion, and in sanctification of our liues, and in due obedience to our most gratious Soueraigne, and vnder her Maiestie to all our Ecclesiast. ouerseers, and ciuill Magistrates, and to all the godly lawes Eccl. or politicall, of this our Church and Realme of Englande) that we may proceede all by one rule, that we may be all like affectioned to seeke the glorie of God ( and the peace of his Church) and to builde vp the ruines of his temple ( and not to hinder the building, by controlling or defacing the builders thereof, by vnnecessarie contradictions, and by deuising of newe platformes) but, that with one heart, and with one voice, we may prayse the father of our Lorde Iesus Christe, in his holie temple, which is the congregation of Saintes in the holy Ghoste, ( and prayse the sonne also, which is the same our Lorde and Sauiour Iesus Christ, and together with the Father and the sonne, praie the holy ghost, the comforter to leade vs into all truth, and to sanctifie both our soules and bodies, with all holinesse and righteousnesse, according to the rich and plentifull measure of his grace, in this life transitorie, and to glorifie vs in his life eternall. All which, and all those other thinges, whatsoeuer his blessed will and heauenly wisedome seeth most requisite for his glory, for our saluation, and for the ceasing of these contradictions, that wee may be all truly vnited vnto him, and in him be reunited one to another, he of his infinite mercie vouchsafe to graunt: To whom ( thrée persons and one Almightie God, the king euerlasting, immortall, inuisible, and God wise onely) be all honour and glorie, all dominion and power, all prayse and thankesgiuing, both nowe for euer and for euermore.

And so, vnto this our Brethrens prayer thus a little (and I hope with­out offence) augmented, I beseech them and all our other Brethren and sisters in Iesus Christe, let vs all take withall vppon vs the good Clerkes parte and ioyne in the closure, by vnfeynedly pronouncing the Amen. Amen (good Lorde) according to thy good will. Amen. So be it.

Faultes escaped.

Pagina 19, line 17, Read these. 158, l. 14, to. 163, l. 42, them. [...]98, l. 11, [...]. 227, l. 26, of. 239, l. 11, sacrificer & 244, l. 38, [...] ▪ 243, l. 2, vnlearned. 256, l. 38, is. 258, l. 12, imposed. 268, l. 11, your. 276, in margin. antiquitie. 277, l, 41, praefectum. 284, l. 13, likely. [...]0. l. 31, represse. ib. is it. 293, l 36, ingendred: 305, in marg. dele of Ieromes. 323, l. 41, retur­ned to. 332, in marg. not Euangelistes. 341, l. 5, it. 346, l. 20, dele not. 347, l. 16, not. 348, l. 3, no long. 364, l. 37, greater. 368, l. 7, ordaine. 378, l. 27, so foorth. 389, l. 13, sith. 405, l, 37 [...] [...]. 40 [...], in marg. forbiddeth not. ib. l. 39, dele from. 419, l. 6, confused. 427, l. 29, Theoctistus. l. 31, dele Bishop. l. 33, twentith. 428, l. 36, yea. 432, in marg. praefatus est. 433, l. 27, & 28, su­perintendents. 441, l. 2, pontifex are: & yet he. 444, l. 6, dele the. 451, marg. Math. [...]3.454, l. 16, & 17, If there had beene no primacie, there had beene no loue of it: for, Ignoti null [...] cupidopunc; 457, l. 3, Collegues. 467, l. 18, member. 473, l. 11, as farre. ib. l. 36, that he. 505, l. 40, haled. 526, l. 22, expell. 534, l. 21, suffice. 541, l. 36, seale. 568, l. 15, as. 569, l. 15, that. 571, l. 16, or. 575, l. 42, principles. 610, l. 12, so. 611, l. 27. concent. 612, l. 24, the. 633, l. 34, wee. 665, l. 25, no. 681, l. 32 representeth. 694, l. 21, that. 703, l. 13, shee. 704, l. 10, is not. 711, l. 30, Batilidis. 721, l. 15, with. 726, l. 8, no superiour. 728, l. 40, of his. 732, l. 2, virilis. 740, l. 36, the. 742, l. 5, Alexan­dra. 749, l. 41, powers. 759, l. 19, he. 784, l. 39, which is. 797, l. 28, or. 812, l. 32, e [...]conuerso. 820, l. 29, with. 826, l. 37, dele not. 827, l. 6, confusion. 829, l. 1. than. 830, l. 6, are not. 831, l. 13 [...] is. 836, l. 22, dele the hea [...]ing. 839, l. 5, [...]. 840▪ l. 2. [...]. 841, l. 1, 1. Tim. 4.844, l. 9, some gouernement in the church, seperated both from others, and from this sole. 85 1, l. 46, neither. 855, l. 42, vnpreaching. 856, l. 8. perusall. 876, l. 28, proportion. ib. margi. Theophilact. 787, l. 9, life. 883, l. 13, the. 914, l. 13, Epistle. 922, l. 37, yee. 923, l. 40, of elders. 924, l. 26, them. 938, l. 21, driueth. 942, marg. [...]. 943, l. 36, [...]. 962, l. 21, driue vs. 972, l. 3, chosen coun­sels. 975, l. 3, dele for. 993, l. 13, whosoeuer. 994, l. 6, is. 996, l. 37, assessors. 1002, l. 35, they. 1003, l. 8, Sari. 1007, l. 28, [...]. 1029, l. 4, that. 1037, l [...] 35, any thing. 1044, l. 19, is. 1048, l. 5, [...]. 1052, l. 10, meere. 1057, l. 4, confute. 1062, l. 24, and him. 10 [...]3, l. 42, disputed. 1114, l. 33, to be. 1116, l. 27, or shee. 1120, l. 17, communion. 1138, l. 32, them. 1144, l. 2, discourses and. 1152; l. [...], all alike. 1164, l. 1, seate. l. 14, came. l. 32, confirme. 1176, l. 26, as. 1182 l. 25, then no. 1295, l. 14, distractions. 1198, l. 28, dele worthie. 1204, l. 13. humor. 1209, l. 36, to. 1216. l. 9, still. 1236, l. 4, seuerelie. 1243, l. 12, is. 1244, l. 6, which. 1251, l. 37, crie. 1254, l. 21, dele pro. 1255, marg. proiudiciall. 1256, l. 22, without. 1261, l. 3, reference. 1266, l. 2, no. 1287 l. 13, Seigniorie. 1317, l. 28, the. ib. l. 39, 40, Lord Bishop. 1325, l. 3, reference. 1348, l. 2, they. [...]350, l. 41, seate. 1357, l. 2 [...], God. 1361, l. 16, be. 1365, l. 9, [...]. 1366, marg. artic. ib. marg. reference.

These lines following are to be referred vnto the endes of their seuerall pages, as they are here quoted.
  • Pag. 212.
    :thus as they ministred before by preaching:
  • Pag. 700.
    vnto his beautie, which hath there for the time bin vnworthilie defiled.
  • Pag. 747.
    here committed:
  • Pag. 844.
    the churches consent: yet y t the regiment is a consent of them, is doubtfully

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.